Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 650

Rules for the Libriiry of the

Department of Industries. Ben^^al.

1. The Library is open from 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. except


on holidays; on Saturdays the Library closes at 2 p.m.

2. All books in the Library (except books of general


reference) arc available on loan to officers and staff of the
Department of Industries, Bengal, and subordinate offioee
and institutions under the Department.

3. The borrower can retain a book for not more than


IS days, provided it is not required for reference at Head
Office in the meantime. When required for a longer time
it may, on return, bo rc-issued if not wanted by another
reader.

4. The borrower requiring a book from the Library


must sign the Issue Register in token of receipt or grant

a receipt in the prescribed form, according to


circumstances.

5. Th«.' borrower is fully responsible for loss or


damage to the book and is required to pay the full price
of It or replace it at his own cost. It the book lost or
damaged is one of a set or senes and the volume cannot
be obtained singly the whole set or senes must be replaced
by him.

fi. As a rule books are not issued to outsiders, but


the Director of Industries at his discretion may sanction
the loan of books only to bona fide manufacturers on condi-
tions to be stated in each case

7. Rond fide manufacturers, research students and


person.-, interested in indigenous industries may consult
books and periodicals in the Library at the notified hours.

n c; Prv\ss-1938-r>‘>-34'.1B~U).(X>0
THE CHEMICAL FOUMULAliY
THE
CHEMICAL FORMULARY
A CONDENSED COLLECTION OF \ ALrABLE. TIMELY.
PRACTIC\L FORMLLAE FOR MAKINi; THOl SANDS
OF PRODTCTS IN ALL FIELDS OF INDI SPRY

VOLUME I

Editor-in-Chief

H. BENNETT

NEW YORK
D. VAN NOSTRAND (X)MPANY, Inc.
250 P’ouimi Avenue
O 1' y K I (j HT i; N OKU I NTKKNAT I <) NA L C () P YB I G U T L' NION
All HIGUTti UGHKBVKI) I’NDKB AmKBICAN liNIUN
I VTH»N AT lO A L ( 1910 )
BY Thk Chkmical Fdumulaky Co.

PllINTEl) IN r. S. A,

pmr Art OF
HHAI/NWORTM a CO INC
UOOK MANUFACTURrtrtrt
WR NkW YORK

VN
EDITOIMX-rniEF
II. Bkxxktt

Boaki) of Kditoiis

H. M. Abbott Centur\ Stearic Acid Co.

Carl F. A( k(‘ib:iurr Milliiran ik llu^iTiM^ <llu<‘ Co.

Wm. Alkus Clias. W. Berg Laboratories

W. J. Ba('/.a Industrial lu-'ean-b Forji.

Robcit Ib'tkowitz ^lefal lln ( ik Tubing (’o.

S. P)Iurii(‘iii lial Sliirley Laboralni les

(
F. 1., PrniiM.i. Con^uIliUL: 'lit iiii-t

M. R. RuHinfrtnn Lea Fabric'^, Tnc.

Evorctt F. (’annan Consult iiiL'’


(
'lieinist

Prof, lldincc M. Caitor Columbia riii\ei''ily

Dr. S. 11. CoiiV CoiiNultiug Cliemist

L 0. C.ipcs Cold Du t Coiju

S. P\larn Piodm N Co.

\. D.iii/i^cr Breinig Bios., liic.

M. Doiiit^cr Empire Stale Varnish Co.

Prof. n. C FiKlors Cooi>er Unitin Institute

A. L. Fisbbacb Miner'', Tnc,

Dr. I ramson Hale University of Arkan.sa.s

R. Hart Hart IVoduct-, Corp.

M. P. Ilofinan U. S. Colloul Mill Corp.

B. W. Hubbard Ideal Hidler & Mfg. Co.

H. J. Ilugbos C. C. Wakefield Co ,
Ltd.

Paul K. Jones Balfour, Oullirie & Co„ Ltd,

Dr. R. JurFt Research Laboratories, Inc.

H. Keller Evangeline Products Co.

W. A. Kingman Lowe Paper Co.

Frederick Kras^ner U. S. Kaval Supply Base

W. S. Lawrence Kaumagraph Co.


V
BOARD OP EDITORS

C. A. Marlies College of City of New York


J. C. Marquardt N. Y. Agric. Exp. Station

Oarson Meyer Eastman Kodak Co.

Prof. J. A. Neilson Michigan State College

C. A, Nowak Nowak Chem. Laboratories

IT. Oclis John P. Carlson, Inc.

Prof. Charles B. Ordway Alabama Polytechnic Institute

Prof. IX P\ Othmer Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn

Piof. ir. C. PolTer Purdue University

Lcorijinl A. IVirin Prudential Lacquer & Chem. Coi,

F, L. Pitiiior “El Farmaceutico”

l)ouf,'las R. Pinnock Wood & Selick, Inc.

Dr. L. W. II. Randall Consulting Ciiemist

Prof. G. Ros.s Robertson University of California

Edward Rosendnld (ilyeo Products Co., Inc.

Dr. Fne Sdiuelko Colloid Cliemical Lal)orntori(‘S

Prof. Win. ir. Schuyler Bucknell University

Dr, Le Roy D. Soft (kmsulting Chemist

J. W. S pise! man Weiss & Downes, Inc.

A. G. Stillwell Stillwell Laboratories

Prof. 0. R. Sweeney Iowa State College

Prof, 11. Taub (\»luinbiu University

Dr. V. Tuina Consulting Chemist

L. J. Venuto Binney & Smith, Inc.

M. Weiner Gelatine Products Co.

J. Whitehill Smith, Kline & French

Herbert J. Wolfe Superior Printing Ink Ca


PREFACE
Chemistry as taught in our schools ami colleges is confined piincipnlly to synthe-

sis, analysis and engineering — and properly so. It is part of the proper foundation

for the education of the chemist.

Many a chemist on entering an industry soon finds that the bulk of the products

manufactured by his concern are not synthetic or definite cliemical compounds but nro

mixtures, blends or highly comj'lex compounds of which he knows little or nothing.

The bteratiiro, in this field, if any, may l>o meagre, scattered or antiquated.

Even chemists, with years of expeiicncc in one or more indust lies, spend con-

siderable time and effort in ac(juaintiiig thomsel\s*s on entering a new field. Con-

sulting chemists, similarly, have problems brought to them from industries foreign

to them. A definite need has existed for an up to date compilation of formulae for

chemical compounding and treatment. Since the fields to be covered are many and

varied an editorial board was formed, composed of clicniisls and engineers in many
industries.

Many publications, laboratories, manufacturing companies and individuals have

been drawn upon to obtain the latest and lu-st information. It is felt that the

formulae given in this volume will save chemists and allied workers much time and

effort.

Manufacturers and sellers of chemicals will find in these formulae now uses for

their products. Non-chemical executives, professional men and others, who may lie

interested, will gain from this volume a “speaking acquaintance" with products

which they may l>e usiug, trying, or with which they are in contact.

It often happens that two individuals using the same ingredients in the same

formula get different results. This may be the re.sult of slight deviations or unfa-

miliarity with the intricacies of a new technique. Accordingly, repeated experiments

may be necessary to get the best results. Although many of the formulae given are

being used commercially many have been taken from patent specifications and th«

literature. Since these sources are often subject to various errors and omission^
viii PEEPACE
I ^
i i— W
due regard must be given to thig factor. Wherever possible it is advisable to con-

sult with other chemists or technical workers regarding commercial production. This

will save time and monej^and avoid “head-aches.’*

It is seldom that any formula will give exactly the results which one requires.

Formulae ano useful as starting points from which to work out one’s own ideas.

Formulae very often give us ideas which may help us in our specific problems. In

a compilation of this kind errors of omission, commission and printing may occur.

We shall be glad of any constructive criticism in this, our first attempt.

To the layman, it is suggested that he arrange for the services of a chemist or

technical worker familiar with the specific field in which ho is interested. Although

this involves an expenso it will insure quicker and better formulation without wastage

of time and mntoriala

H. Bennett
CONTENTS
rAGB
Addenda, Alcoholic Liquors 541

Adhesives ... 1

Agricultural Specialties 10

Alloys 19

Animal Preparations ... 2i

Beveiuges and Flavors 25

Food Products . 47

Cleaners, Soaps .... 75

Bleaching, Coloring, Dyeino ... ... 87

Cosmetics 101

Decolorizing, Deodorizing, Disinfecting .... 148

Emulsions .... 151

Etching, Engraving, Lithographing 164

Explosives, Pyrotechnics, Matches 109

Fire Proofing, Fire Extingulshing . .... 173

Fluxes and Solders; Welding 176

Fuels 179

Glass, Ceramics, Enamels 182

Ink, Carbon Paper, Duplicators, Crayons, Etc 19?

Insect, Rodent^ AND Weed Destroyers . 214

Insulation, Electrical Specialties . 224


Lacquers, Paints, Varnishes, Stains 225

Leather, Hides, Skins, Furs 307

Cement, Concrete, Stone and MATfniiAL.s of Construction ... 328

Metals and Treatment 341

Miscellaneous 345

Oils, Fats, Greasbb, Lubricants, Cutting Oils ... 356

Paper and Pulp 367

Pharmaceutical and Proprietary Preparations 376

Photography . . , 392

PiIsTics, Celluloid, Cellulose Esters, Compositions .... 394

Plating . . .
. ^
399
li
X CONTENTS
FAOM
P0U8H, Abrasives, Metal Cleaners 417
Repairing, Renovating, Removing Stains 433
Resins, Gums, Waxes ( 442
. Rubber 448
Rust Preventing, Pickuno 458
Silk, Rayon, Cot'kin, Fibre 459
Sizing and Stiftening, Softeners ......... 474
Waterproofing 478
Tables 484
References Consulted 491
Index 493
Supply Section

Chemical Advisors
Special Raw Materials
Equipment
Containers, Etc,
Pubucations
ADHESIVES
* Bakelite, Adhesive A glue base which when mixed with
Shellac 1«’'
uater and alkalies piodtices a smooth
Pontianak Gum S glue (having a inucli longer “life” than
Titanium Dioxide 2 a similar niatenal made without casein
Asbestine 22 and seed nu‘al) is foiiiied of dried blood
Ale.ohol 22 all'iiniin dried milk casein 1.1-30, a
meal high in protein material such
.-'crd

MS peanut, cotton-si'ed or .soy liean nu'iil


Box Toe Adhesive
30—1.1 ami finely cummiiiiited celluloso
1. Rosin 1300 gm.
about 100 parts.
2. Shellae 2('0 gm.

3. Alcohol 1.120 (.e.


4. Whiting 1000 gm.
* Adhesiv*', Moisture IVoof (\'!lophano
Dissolve one and two in three and then
work in four until uniform. Ktlivleiie (il\e(dnionoetln letln'r
20-807c,
* Adhesive, Casein
1/ietie A.-id 80-20%
Casein 50 The above is mixed with an equal vol-

Magnesium Oxide 3 ume of water.


Soda Ash 1

Water 500
Yeast 1
Adhesive for Celluloid to Celluloid
Sod. Bonite 2
Cum Camphor 1 part
Aleohol 4 parts
*Adheai\e, Cast'in
I)i‘»H(d\e tin* in the alcohol
cnniplior
Casein 7.1

15 ami then part Shellac.


a<ld 1 Warm to
Slaked I.inie
di.s,sol\e. is upjdied warm,
This cement
Kieselguhr 5
7
and tin* parts unit«*d must not be dis-
Sodium Fluoride
turbed uutil the c(‘ment is hanl.
Mix the above with water for use.

• Adhesive, Waterproof Casein * Celluloid and Rubber, Adhesive for


Soda Ash 1*5
0 Kfhvl Crotonate is a solvent fOT both
Sod. Acetate
pyroxylin and rubber. Both surfanee are
Sod. Huoride 5
eleaned and each is wet with Ktbyl Cro-
Slaked Lime 45
touate and presseil together.
Casein 140
Basic Copjier Carbonate 5

Cellulose Ester Adhesives


* Casein, Liquid Adhesive
Casein 100
1.
Urea 00
100 1.1parts nitrocotton.
Water
0 parts camphor.
Mix together and allow to stand until 79 parts aeetone.
dispersed and free from lumps; this may
10 jtarts filler.
be hastened by heating to 140-100° F.
Addition of more water 2.
with stirring.
causes thickening or precipitation. This 20 parts scrap film.
adhesive is fairly water proof and not 00 parts ethyl acetate.
alkaline like most commercial casein ad- 20 parts ethyl al<’(*hol.
hesives. pi parts aluminium powder.

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.

1
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
12
2 . 3. and elastic, and is not attacked by cold

16 part* nitrocotton. or warm water.


ethyl acetunilide.
Resins may also be added to the
10 parts
parts acetone. straightforward celluloid solution, in
74
parts starcln which case a solvent must be selected
15
which dissolves both celluloid and resin.
4.
Acetone is probably the most suitable in
pftrts cellulose acetate. this connection. Cellulose acetate may
,8 pftHs tricresyl phosphate. be used in place of celluloid, and suit-
20 parts methyl alcohol. able resins are copal and rosin, the fol-
'M)parts ethyl acetate. lowii:g mixture, for example, giving ex-
30 parts methyl acetate. cellent results:
25 parts tiller.
Celluloid 20 g.
5. Acetone 60 g.
12 parts nitrocotton. Copal 5 g.
4 parts ethyl acetanilide. Rosin 6 g.
parts castor oil. White lead 1 g.
20 parts ethyl acetate. Acetone 20 g.
20 parts methyl acetate. In addition there may be added a
17 parts methyl alcohol. small proportion of nitro-bcnzole, which
25 parts starcli. improves the odour.
0. An adhesive layer of exceptional prop-
ortii'S is obtained by using de-camphored
14 parts scrap tilm.
celluloid and castor oil, which are thor-
2 parts ('thyl acetanilide.
ouglily incorponited in ethyl acetate or
2 parts castor oil.
acetone. This adhesive is stable for an
3 parts tricresyl phosphate.
unlimited period and may be made up
1.3parts ethyl acetate.
on the following lines:
13 parts methyl acetate.
0 parts nu'thyl alcohol. Castor oil 85 g.
21 parts acetone. Nitrocellulose 15 kg.
6 parts benzine.
20 parts starch.
Solvents as required.
7. Pigments, fillers and odoriferous Sub-
10 parts nitrocotton, stances may also be incorporated.
4 parts camplior.
2 parts tricresyl phosphate. * Cigarette Tip Adhesive
.’iO parts acetone.
Nitrocellulose 1.5, rosin 13, tricresyl-
20 parts butyl acetate.
phosphate 1.3.4, triacetin 1.6, ethylene
14 parts tiller.
glycol 2..5, glycol monoformato 5 and
lithopono 45 kg.
Cellulose Ester, Adhesives for
Solution I. 12.8 hg. alcohol-damp * Decalcomania Adhesive
nitrocotton in 12,0 kg.
Glue 13.6
methyl acetate. Water 28
Solution II. 25.0 kg. crepe latex
first Butanol 7.3
dissolved in 72 kg. ben- Toluol 9.7
zole, Alcohol 26.8
or Turkey Red Oil 14.7
Solution I. 7.5 kg. celluloid in 7.5
kg. acetone, 7.5 kg.
• Glass to Cement Adhesive
methyl acetate and 15
kg. ethyl acetate. Glass coated on one side with a mlxt.
is

Solution II. 17.5 kg.


of Na and a metal oxide, e.g.,
silicate
first crepe latex
ZnO, which readily forms a silicate. The
in 72 kg. benzole.
glass is then heated gradually to 100®,
Solutions I and II are mixed and
preferably by heating it to 40®, main-
thinned to a suitable visi'osity.
taining that temp, for a few hrs., raising
An even simpler method consists in the temp, to 100®, and maintaining that
dissolving celluloid in acetone or a simi-
temp, for 1-2 hrs. The solid coating
lar solvent, the layer remaining after
thus obtained does nOt corrode the glass
evaporation being highly adhesive, soft
and adheres well to cement or gypsum.
ADHESIVES
Glass to Brass Adhesive * Synthetic Resin
Adhiiplve
Caustic Soda 1 For the prepn. of a tranapavent weath-
Bosin 3 erproof resin to be used in*the manuf.
Plaster of Paris 3 of reflectors for uniting glass particles
Water 6 to a support, a mixt. of PhOH 40, CH O
2
Boil together until all lumps disappear soln. 100, and NnOH 1.2 parts is warmed
and cool before using. This sets in about to about 62“ for alK)ut 2.5 hrs., treated
20 min. with 3.3 parts of lactic acid, and warmed
again to alwut 60“ until the mi^.
Quicksetting Insulating Adhesive becomes sirupy.
Modified Alkyd Resin 11-20
Pyroxylin Solution (35%) 64-73 • Adhesive for Silk or Rubber
Tricresyl Phosfate 4-8
Lacquer Thinner 11-21 Latex 5-15
This is useful on coils and radio parts. Rubber 20-52
Rosin 1.5-5
Copal 3-10
* Latex Adhesives Filler 6-25
Latex 100 Color .3-18
Invert Sugar 2
Gum Arabic 6-25
Sod. Thiosulfate 3
Pot. Bichromate 2
•“Masking'' Adhesive Tape
Latex 100
Albumen 2
For making 11 paper base or backing,
Carraghcan Moss the paper is first submitted to a prelimi-
5
Formaldehyde 3 naiy tieatmeiit by a saturating solutuiii
Sod. Bichromate 3 in\ol\ing a glue base. The saturating
Bolution IS comjHised of Iho following ma-
terials and pioporfjons.
Adhesive, Leather Shoe
Good leather adhesives for use by the .36poiiiid.s of dry glue

shoe industry are based on nitrocellulose, 72 pounds of water


rubber or casein. A nitrocellulose compn.
C4)n tains nitrocellulose 200, AcOAm 15, lOS pouad.s (ajiprox. 16“ Twaddell)
AmOH 15, rosin 10, camphor 5, Venire glue solution, (/'omplcto swell-
turpentine 15 and linseed oil 20 parts. ing is pmmitted, assisted by
Soft leather is made to adhere especially u at riling.
well by the following compn.: gutta
percha 85, rosin 25, asphalt 26, petroleum To this is then added 108 pounds
130 and CS 2 300-350 parts. of yellow glyei'nne.
108 pounds (approx. 16“ Twaddell)
glue solution
* Adhesive, Mask loH jKiunds pale yellow glyeerine
Beeswax 52
Lanolin 24
216 pounds glue glycerine water
Venice Turpentine 15
solution.
Castor Oil 9
To this is added 216 pounds of
* Mica Adhesive water.
Gilsonite 2
Rubber 1 216 pounds water
Benzol 3 2 pounds Formaldehyde
Allow to swell and mix properly. This
431 pfaind.s
may be thinned down with benzol or
naphtha.
The paper above described is prefer-
ably continuously submerged and passed
•Adhesive, Heat Plastic
through a bath of the saturating solution
The following is used for special as above prepared and then passed
adhesive binding tapes. through pressure rolls to squeeze off the
Balata 10 lb. excess and then dried by heating. It will
Bosin 6 lb. bo observed that just complete satura-
Mineral Oil 3 oz. tion is preferred as this step is closely
4 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
succosa or failure of the
* Adhesive Tape
related to tlio

treatment. Plasticized Crepe Rubber 10


The compounds in their
rubl)er resin Cumarono Resin 2
solvents may be spread upon the paper Zinc Oxide %
backing directly, utilizing a knife
Compound to a plastic mass on a rubber
spreader to uniformly and equally dis- mill aud then “cut'’ to desired body
tribute tliia material upon the base or with benzol or naphtha. Before applying
backing;. The solvent may thereafter be to cloth or paper the latter should havo
removed by evaporation, preferably with- the reverse treated with a flexible glue
out recoverinff the solvent and leaviiif; the (formalized) to prevent soaking thru and
rubber mixture upon the paper backing. .^ticking. Then apply above mixture with
a knife spieadci evenly and allow to dry.

Rubber Resin
Tape, Coating for Adhesive
2 lb. of plantation rubber, Heat Kt parts Castor Oil to 270“ C.
11), oi Mexican or wild rubber,
f)
and to it add slowly with stirring 6 part.s
higliin natural resin content.
shellac and I pa it rosin. The addition of
1 lb. of zinc oxide pigment. glycerol or glycols produces more sticky
The ingredients al>ove enumerated are products.
compounded on a lubber mixing roll and
then cut to the desired consistency in a
rubber solvent, based upon the neiu'ssary
Tape, Masking
viscosity for spieading this material. As altove except that 9 parts of shellac
Ordinarily, the solvent is calculated by i.s u.sed.

the number of pounds of solid compound


in one gallon of solvent such as, for in- Adhesive, Tin
stance, 8 pounds of Solid or comianinded
1, pot. llv'droxide 5
mateiial and 1 gallon of bmizol, which is '
2. Water 5t)
commonly refeired to us an 8 pound cut.
.‘J. Ho.mu 50
'I'lie vaiiations in pioportions of solvent
4. Rczinol No. 2 5
added will defiend upon the desired thick-
ness of adhesive coating required in the Heat one and two to boding and while
lesiduiim. stilling Mgoiously run in tliri'C and four

It will be understood that the examples


which havo been melted togotlier: stir
above given are for purposes of getting until umforiii and add
Water 50
the requisite adhesiveness in temperate
climates. An incn-ase in lesiiious ma-
terial or wild niliber may be made for * Adhesive, Vegetable
mateiial to be used iii eolder climates and
(a) Soya bean flour .10
in warmer climates the resin component
Alum 1
may be reduced.
Water 70
Tlie resinous coiiiponont may also he
Caustic Soda 11
varied in its leiictions to sohents by
1 Slaked Lime 4
choice of the lesinous material. Tims,
\ Water 20
fur purposes of removal of the adhesive
fiom some body to which it may be (b) Cottonseed flour 30
applied, it may 1)0 made .soluble to vari- Alum 1

ous organic soUents, either litMizol, gaso- Water 70


line, acetone or alcohol. Thus, where it Caustic Soda 18% 13

is desirable to make a surgeon’s tape, /


Slaked Limo 4

which is soluble in alcohol, an alcohol \ Water 20


soluble rosin is added the exa.nples m (c) Low grade wheat flour 30
above cited. Such lesin may be Bur- Portland Cement 10
gundy pitch. Tins will permit alcohol to Water 30
bo used in removing a piece of adhesive Caustic Soda 18% 30
tap from any surface. .Mich as from the Warm to 80“ C. and add
skin of a patient, by merely soaking the
Sod. Silicate 15
backing of the tape in alcohol. The
rublier, in any event, merely acts as a
vehicle for tlie resin and the character of Adhesive Wax
the adhesive in its reaction to solvents Rosin 100
will be dependent upon the character of Paraffin Wax 10
the resin incorporate with the rublxnr. Thin Mineral Oil 88
ADHESIVES 5

Sticky Wax Casein,




Dissolving

Rosin 100 3 to 4 parts of cold water by weight


Talc 16 to each pound of dry Casein.
Lanolin 60 1 ounce 20'' Ammonia to each pound
Paraflin 8 of diy Casein.
Sapon. Wax 2 If a liea\y solution is required, uso
Melt together and while stirring 3 to 1 pioportion; if a thinner
ipidly add slowly a boiling caustic soda solution IS desiinble, u.se 4 to 1.

ifution (10° Bi*.) .stir until uniform. Pour water into a jacketed kettle, or a
kettle heated by and add the
live hteum,
Ciusein. Stir well to break down any
Adhetlive fur Wigs
20 lumps that may foiin and then add
Dumar
20 Auiiuouia. Stir the mixture after adding
Rosin
40 tho Ammonia and immedmlely turn on
Heesw ax
20 the heat. Heat, while stirring, to about
Venice Turpentine
100'' F. Turn oflf the heat wlien this
Heat to 90° C. and sti]r until uniform;
temperature is reached and continue to
cast in sticks. stir, preferably with a meehamcal ngi
tutor, until the Casein is completely dis
sohed, which will take about half an
* Adhesive, Wood
So hour.
Casein
If the temperature exceeds ItiO” during
Hydrated Lime 4
the heating, it is not mtious, although it
}’ot.Chlorate 1 fi

Sod. Fluoride L5 h advisable not to apply excessive bent,


particularly when Ammonia is used, as
Soda Ash I

4 there is a 'tendency to somewhat W'oakon


Horax m
the ('asein and to darken it color.
Alum I
When the Casein is completely dissolved
Titanic Anhydride 1
it may be diluted, if nece.ssary, by the

This will not combine with tannins and addition of warm water and used, as dis-
oilspresent in wood. solved, either hot or cold, in the Bame
manner as ordinary glue.

• Adhesive, Wood Veneer 10 pounds Casein


lb. l'owder(>d Borax
Pot. Dichromate 0,2r>-2.0<;^/,
1“1
40 to GO pounds cold water
Slaked Lime
balance Stir cold for about l.'i minutes or until
Tapioca or Cassava flour
tho ('asoin coTiimencoH to swell.
Mix with water for use.
Then heat in a jacketed kettle for 40
to 00 minutes at a temperature not
Waterproof Adhesive for Wood higher than 100“ F. stirring constantly.
Light ga.soline 0 5 gal.
Acetone 5 gnl- Ammonia 26” can be used in place of
Soft cumarone Hbfl lb. Borax.
Pine oil *b. To make a thin solution we suggest
Tricresyl phosphate 0-25 lb. using equal parts of Ammonia 26” and
Trisodium iniosphate or Borax and Tri-
sodium Phosphate.
Adhesive for Fixing Wood, Tin, etc. to
If a preservative is deeired you can use
CeUuloid
Shellac 2 gm. alsiut 2% of Benzoate of i:^da or of %
Spirits of Camphor 3 gm. 1% Carbolic Acid.
Alcohol 4 cc.

Note do not dissolve Casein in k
Warm together until dissolved. copper kettle as this tends to discolor the
Casein particularly if the solvent is
• Adhesive, Water-Resistant Ammonia.
Peanut Meal 100 Ib.

Hydrated Lime 10 Ib. Cork and Wood Flour, Binders for

Soda Ash 10 lb. A. Rosin 100


Sod. Silicate 30 lb. Dibutyl Phthallate 35
Copper Sulfate 2 lb. Sod. Silicate 4
Water 400 lb. Nitrocelloloie 4
uaed in glueing wood. Castor Oil 2
The above ia
6 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
B. Ester Gum 50 Bituminous Cement
Cumarone Resin 50 A raixt. of asphalt 660, asbestos fiber
Linseed Oil bodied 10
60, pulverized soapstone 100, infusorial
Bibutyl tartrate 35 earth 80 and sand 300 lb. is used with a
C. Urea formaldehyde resin 50 softening agent formed from a mixt. of
Cumarone Resin 25 () asphalt 48,8 lb., “turpentine substi-
Rosin 25 tute” 2.9 gal. and coal oil 10.7 gal. and
Tricresyl phosphate 20 () paraffin wax 73.1, A1 stearate 3,6 lb.
Bibutyl phthallato 20 and coal The product is
oil 9.7 gal. suit-
able for scaling pipes and conduits.

• Binder, Oilproof and Waterproof


Load Oxide 59.6
* Cement, Bental
Iron Powder 2.0
Portland Cement 18.2 Zinc Oxypho.sfate 3
Slaked Lime 5.8 Tin C. P. 1
Glycerol 8.2
Water 6.2
* Glass Cement
This sets quickly and is resi.stiuit to
Chlorinated Naphthalene 10 lb.
shock.
Ester Gum 10 lb.
Rubber Latex 1 lb.
* C(!inent, Acid Proof
Melt together and apply hot. This
SiOa powder ground ftom gniin.s of good may also bo used for uniting metals,
strength and of sulHcient puiity not to
wood, otc.
bo attacked by acids is mixed with a
hardening agent, NaBF 4 or
and a solution of Na silicate in which the Cement, Safety Glass
8i02/Na20 ratio is < 30: 1, Graphite Pyroxylin 12
may be added as a lubricant. Camphor 2
Ethyl Methyl Ketono 30
Alcohol 15
Aquarium Cement
Gum Benzoin 2
To 10 of glazier’s putty add 1 lb.
lbs. Triacetin 5
dry litharge,1 lb. dry red lead, and 1 gill Benzyl Alcohol 2.5
of asphaltum. Mix to a stiff con.sistoucy
with boiled linseed oil and add sufficient
lampblack to give a slate color. Waterproof Glass and Metal Cement
Another well known formula consists This cement will also stand fairly high
of 10 parts by bulk of plaster of Pans,
temperatures.
10 of line sand, 10 of litharge, 1 part of Cement and litharge in equal parts are
powdered rosin, and sufficient boded lin-
thoroughly mixed. Then glycerine in an
seed oil to make a stiff putty. A third amount equal in volume to half the vol-
formula is ns follows: Red lead
3 parts, ume of the mixed powder is added and
litharge 7, fine sand 10, powdered rosin
the whole thoroughly mixed with a
1 part, and spar varnish sufficient to make
spatula. This cement will sot under
a stiff cement.
water.
In each case add the linseed oil or var- To repair leaks in pipes, fill the hole
nish little by little and mLx the ingredi- with the cement and bind it in place with
ents very thoroughly. If the putty cheese cloth. Then daub a quantity of
should become too soft, merely add more the cement on the cloth and wrap the
of the dry materials as the exact propor- whole tightly together with iron wire.
tions are not especially important. The powders may be mixed ready for
use, but tho glycerine must only be
added as needed.
Adhesive Cement (For Fine Furniture)
C^in (fine ground) 12 lb.
Lime (powdered, unslaked) 13 lb. * Iron Cement
Mica (dry, ground) 15 lb.
Ground birch charcoal 4
Barium sulphate (barytes) 60 lb.
Am. Chloride 0.6
Mix all ingredients. Keep in dry con- Rye flour I
tainer. To use, mix with water until Soda Ash 1
pasty. Hardens in about 24 hours. Sod. Nitrate 0.25
ADHESIVES
Iron Cement (for castings) Rubber Cement (For Use on Leather
Iron filings 128 lb. Shoes)
Plaster of Paris 20 lb. Naphtha (62“ B^,) 9.8 pt.
Whiting 8 lb. Carbon Tetrachloride 5,4 lb.
Gum Arabic 8 lb. Crepe Rubber 0.33 lb.
Carbon Black 1 lb.
Makes 1 gal, cement on allowing to
Portland Cement 4 lb. ®
swell.
Make into a paste with water directly
before using. Kaiiiro.'it h’ulilx'r (Vment
llc\e.H h’ul'bi'r 50
Linoleum Cement
Gav 20
Eed Oxide of Iron 20
Dextrin 60
The powders are thoroughly mixed and Grind and mi\ tIioroni;hIy. Apply with
made into a paste of desired consistency heat and ptcsMin*.
with water.
• Cement, RubWr to Metal
• Cement, Linoleum and Tile Ciepe Rubber 68 lb.
1. Sicapon 82 Ben/ol 6800 lb.
2. Paraffin 9 Btomino 40-80 lb.
3. Glycerin 9
Allow to stand and shako slowly until
Heat 1 80® C. and add 2
and 3 to uniform.
which has been melted to it slowly with
vigorous stirring until emulsified. Cement, Rubber Tiro
Crude Rubber 2’fb.
• Cement, Linoleum Backing Ro.‘un 2 lb.
A satd. base is coated with an
felt Carlton Bisulfide 1 gal.
alkyd resin paint which may bo made by
heating together at 150-180® ethylene
glycol diethyleno glycol 3..5-7.5, * Cement for Repairing Shoes
35,
glycerol 8-13, phthalic anhydride 105 and Portland Cement 10 lb.
drying oil acids 30 parts and dissolving Rubber 10 11).

the product in ethylene glycol monoethyl lio.sin 1.5 11).

ether or similar low-boiling solvents. Hlndlac 2 lb.


Sole Ix'athor Scrap 6 oz.
• Cement, Oxychloride Benzine 1 qt.

Fused Calcium Chloride 111


Magnesium Sulfate 120 * Pipe Joint Compound
Calcined Magnesite 250
19 The following compound contains no
Casein
204 poisonous materials and may bo prepared
Water
in dry form which will keep indefinitely.
It forms perfectly leak proof joints when
• Cement, Pipe Thread
applied as a paste by mixing with water.
Graphite 55%
Flour 66
Sicapon 45% Cement
l‘ortland 25
To the above paste may be worked in Talc 3
amounts of oils or water to obtain a Lamp Black 3
lubricating effect. This paste hardens Sea Sand 3
under heat to seal joints effectively.

* Filler, Expansion Joint


• Lute, Chlorine Besistant

Gay ground) 65 Cottonseed Oil 36


Burnt (finely
Caustic Soda 40“ B4. 35 Rosin 4
Diglycol Oleate 1

• Pipe Cement, Plastic Melt tho above and add

Asphalt 24-28 Sulfur 8


Tung Oil 4-8 Silica Dust 4
AsbCTtos Fibres 40-48 Continue heating and atining until
Petroleum Naphtha 20-24 thick.
JjlgJ^HEMICAL FORMm.APv
Floor Crack Filler
|lMt.rofPari. tte*
32 ,b. tiic1iS‘ Sar'S‘teo°“''r-
gXr'ea LfZ torn tot^ZwoT
mg consistency
-a‘e' in about an
remain in hour irw,n
this condition ^
for 6 or 8 hn

as i^ a” l*'"
• and drie?
Glue
Blood albumin
(90 per
^ccntaolubility)
,„o p.n. co.d‘l^etr'kt"t:ld‘Vrl‘'’'^/“n‘-
Ammonium hj-droxidn (spe-
cific gravity 0.90) a
Hydrated lime ’
i P*"*
Water
10 parts
resistant? water

the^’Kiiur zzi:\,T' r'


Flexible Bindery

SSSrSSS* Glue No. 1


Glycerin
Water
Glue
,

Ih.

glue.
Botanaphthol
Combine "tho'^amftlE.7''r'‘ Z'“"^ Icrpinool h-
»Ht^„d.h„b.vdra;.Srtor^^^ % lb.

Fxtra Flexible
Bindery Glue
Glue No. 2
Glue No. 3 GJ 11>.

Mceas^lll cauno’th?”™'*,'’'* Glycerin Ih,

Water Ih.

Betannphthol
Tcrpineol 1*^*

S™Tb4r;£S'=i.” Glycerin
Water 105
lh»
Jb.

Bofanaphthol }p>
Terpincol ^ m.
Blood allMunin lb.
(90
P®r cent solubility ) mo
Water P"‘» Regular Bindery
" Glue
Ammonium Glue No. 1
hydroi-
ide ( spec fie Glycerin 1*5 lb.
i
grnv-
0.90) Water 10 lb.
^
Parafornmidchydo Betanaphthol
Terpineol ^ m.
% lb.

for an hour
or two 0'"a
The ammonium OluoNo?''"*
with more
hydrox^!,“

formaldehyde is siffnri
«ur. i. atir^^
’"tj:

T Para-
Glycerin
Water
2inc Oxide
1^^
113
^1^
lb.

Jon' to,
apwd. Paraformnldehlde Bplanaplithol *
poured in so rapidly
sh ierpincol ^ m*
as
nor so slowly
thaf tL^ % lb.

Glue for Cellophane


1<^ parts gum arabio

A-ss;'Sk“ks 52% parts water


30 parts Glycerine
.05 part
Formaldehyde
ADHESIVES
* Casein Glue, Water Besiataot Leather Sole Glue
Casein 39 Rosin 60
Peanut Meal 39 Crepe Rubber 40
Hydrated Lime 11 Varnish 20
Trisodium Phosfate 4 Digest on a water-bath and when dii-
Sodium Fluoride 7 solved cool and add
Water 225-235 Naphtha 30
Add the solids slowly to the water
while stirring with an efficient stirrer. • Liquid Glue
Continue until smooth and free from Sod. Chlorate 3.5 lb,
lumps. Allow to stand 20-30 minutes m stirred into a hot solution of
and add a mixture of aldol water Glue 10 lb.
and 60% copper nitrate 2. Stir for 5 Water 13 lb.
minutes when it is ready for use.

Liquid Glue
Borax 8
“ Dissohdng ’

Glue
Water (Boiling) 4
In a 100 gal. steam jacketted kettle Pot. Carbonate 1

place 80 gal. water; to this add 100 lbs. Stir the above into
glue and soak for one hour; turn on Glue 10
steam and cook glue until di.ssolved; do Water (Boiling) 32
not heat above 110° F,

.Ma^klng Ta]>e Glue

Cabinet Makers’ Glue Glue (eoinpatilile with Calcium


(Jliloride) 50
Glue No. 2 87% lb.
Water 35
Glue No. 3 87% lb.
Glycerin 10 lb. Allow to swell for 3—4 hrs. Heat to
160° F. and then add while stirring
Water 175 lb.

Betanaphthol % lb. Glycol Bon Borate 8


Terpincol Mi lb. Glycerin 7
followed by
Calcium Chloride 0.35
In the above formulae the glue is
soaked in cold water over night and Water 2
heated not over 150° F. and stirred un- Care must Ik* taken that temperature is

tildissolved. The other ingredients are kept below 170 ’


(J.

then dissolved in it and the liquid i.s


then poured into mold.s where it sets on • Glue, Vegetablo
cooling.
Soya Bean Flour 100 lb.
Slaked Lime 10-20 lb.
Caustic Soda 5 lb.
Case Making Machine Glue
Water 100 or more lb.
Glue No. 2 175 lb.
Glycerin 10 lb.
Water 175 lb. Mucilage
Betanaphthol % lb. To 30 gallons water add 7.5 lbs. gum
Terpineol % lb. arabie, clean sorts. Mix at 160* P. until
completely dissolved; add 6 lbs. carbolic
acid, 1 lb. oil of cloves. Strain and fill.
Furniture Glue
Animal glue 10 lb. Envelope Mucilage
Powd. white lead 2% lb. Gum arabie 1 part
Powdered Chalk 5 oz. Starch 1 part
Sodium salicylate 2 lb. Sugar 4 parti
Wood alcohol 1% pt. Water, sufficient to produce the de-
Water 19 lb. sired consistency.

Dissolve sodium salicylate in water. The gum arabie is first dissolved in

Dissolve animal glue in the same water. water, the sugar added, then the starch,
Mix lead and chalk; add to the sodium breaking up all lumps, after which the
salicylate water and glue. Add wood mixture is boiled for a few miniitee in
alcohol to the batch. order to dissolve the starch,
10 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
it thinned down to the desired con-
is Make smooth paste of flour and cold
sistency with more water. water and then pour into boiling water.
Stir and boil for 5 minutes.

Mounting Paste
*
White dextrine 1 Ib.

Gum arabic 1 oz. Library Paste


Water pt.
Acetic acid 1 oz. 1.

Oil of wintergrecu 20 drops Tragacanth (powdered) 20


Oil of cinnamon. 20 diops White Dextrin 10
Salicylic acid 20 gr.
Wheat Flour 60
The dextrine and the gum , which 1 Glycerin 10
should be pulverized, are dissolved in the Cold Water 40
water, and then the salicylic acid added Salicylic Acid 3
and dissolved. This liquid is heated with Boiling Water 400
the de.\trine, and when the whole has
become pasty, which should require a Mix the tragacanth with 160 parts of
boiling water, stir well and set aside.
quarter of an hour, the acetic acid is
added, stirring in slowly. The heating is Mix the dextrin and the flour with the
continued, taking care not to boil the cold water, stir well and add to the
mass. The paste will soon become pearly, tragacanth mucilage. Pour Into the re-
and should then be removed from the fire sulting mixture the rest of the boiling

and the perfume oils added while it is water stirring constantly. Bub up the
cooling. It should be stirred thoroughly salicylic acid with the glycerin, add to

while the oils are being added. the mucilage and boil for 6 to 6 minutes
with constant stirring.

* Mucilage, Stick Form 2 .

Powdered white glue 10 parts White Dextrin 6 oz.


Powdered gum arabic 2 parts Diluted Acetic Acid 1 oz.
Sugar 5 parts Oil of Clove 10 drops
Water Sufficient Glycerin 1 oz.
Water to make 16 fl.oz.
Mix the glue and gum, then stir in
enough cold water to make the solution Make a paste of the dextrin with 6
the consistency of thick syrup. Soak ounces of cold water, add 8 ounces of
overnight to allow the glue and gum to boiling water, boil 5 minutes with con-
absorb the water, then add enough stant stirring, then add enough hot water
water to again bring it to a thick syrup. to make 14 fluid ounces. I^t cool then
Pour into a flat bottom pan that has been add tho other ingredients.
chilledand cut into sticks of desired size
when almost solid. If poured into molds
the molds should first be well greased
and then chilled by setting upon cracked Library Paste
ice. Flour 16
The addition of 0,1% of Moldex in the Gum Acacia 12
water used will prevent spoilage. Gum Tragacanth 3
Salicylic Acid 0.6
Clovel 0,6
Decorators’ Paste
Water 160
Pints by Weight
Rye meal 4 Use part of water to make a paste of
Fine whiting 2 flour. Heat another part of water with
Casein 1 gums until dispersed. Mix these two well
and other ingrWients and bring to a boil
Powdered alum % while Stirling.
Mix the above ingredients together and
rub to a fine powder. Use 2 lb. of the
mixture to one quart of water either hot
or cold. Library Paste —Photo Mounting
White Potato Dextrine 15 lb.
Flour Paste Water 15 lb.
Wheat Flour 4 lb. Glycerin 1 lb. 16 ox.
CoU Water
Btdttlt Water
Jut
9 sal.
Formaldehyde
rni a * — 2^ ox.
ADHESIVES 11

White Library Paste Metal Cap Seal


To 30 gallons cold water, add 75 lbs. Rublier Fnctice 20
wliite potato dextrine. Break up all Gutta Percha 20
lumps then heat to 180° F. Add 0 lbs. Asbestos Flour 60
car^lic acid and 1 lb. oil of w'intergreeii. Dark Red Iron Oxide Ids
Strain and till into jars while hot. Allow
to stand for three days.
• Plastic Seal for Glass Jars
Starch Paste This composition withstands action of
The strength of starch paste is in- oils and fats.

creased by the addition of a small quan- Glue Edible 75


tity of ammonium hydroxide. Paste may (’n.seiri 175
bo rendered flexible by the addition of Talc 76
glycerine. The following formula pro- Titanium Dioxide 76
duces satisfactory results: Diethyleiie Glycid 400
Purafurimildehyde 10
100 grams Water
4 grams Ammonium Hydroxide
Am. H}dioxido 18
Water 900
8 grams Paste Starch
1 gram Glycerine

Scaling Wax
Starch Paste
Shellac (Button) 14
Com or Tapioca Starch 4 Rosin 24
Cold Water 8 Veniiillion
BoiUng Water 0
Barytes 14
Make a paste of starch and cold water French White 4
then pour into Ixubng water and stir until Turpentine 1
translucent. Melt shellac and rosin; keep hot and
work in pigment and finally the turpen-
Putty tine. Cast in sticks.
Whiting 800
Com Oil 20
Crude Cottonseed Oil 10
Sealing Wax
Thin Mineral Oil 69
Shellac 84
Sod Oil 3
Venice Turpimtiiio 60
Rusiu 21
Elastic Putty
Turpentine 5
Rosin Oil 8 Sealing Wax
Linseed Oil and drier 5.5
Limed Rosin 8
Barytes 8.5
Tallow 6
Whiting <3.0 8
Turpentine
Precipitated Chalk 4
Non-Shrinking Putty ited Lead 4
White Lead 150 lb.

Raw Linseed Oil 16 K‘d-


Whiting 505 lb. Sealing Wax—Red
Silica 41 11^'
Orange Shellac 39 lb.
Flour Paste 41 lb. Resin 78 lb.

Turpentine 14 lb.

Whiting 56 lb.

Si lex 35 lb.
Whiting Putty Palo Vermillion 5% lb*
Whiting 800 lb.

Raw Linseed Oil 23 gal.


Sealing Wax— Brown—Cheap
Orange Shellac 26 Jb.

WTiite Lead-Whiting Putty



Rosin H grade 83 lb.
Turpentine lb.
Whiting 700 lb. Whiting 32 lb.

White Lead 100 lb. 8Ue* II


Raw Linseed Oil 22 gal. Burnt Umber
12 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY

Hard Wax Stopping for Pilling Screw Flexible Paper Box Glue
Holes in Wood Animal Glue 45%
r>«Camauba wax Ifl lb.
Glycerine 15%
IPamffin wax 8 lb.
Water 39%
Bosiit 8 lb.
Preservative 1%
Aspkaltum 1 lb. Soak the animal glue (bone glue
together and apply suitable for paper box work) in cool
Melt the above
water for approximately two hours and
hot.
melt at 140“ F. Stir the glycerine into
the glue solution after the temperature
Cellophane Glue has reached 140“ P. If the glue is kept
Animal Glue 40% f(ir a period of time, some effective
Water 40% pieservative should be added.
Aquuresiii 207o
Cement
Use grade of glue eommon to paper Celluloid 32 oz.
Ixix work; soak glue ju rool Avnter for Acetone 128 oz. or 1 gal.
around one hour, melt in water bath at Amyl Acetate 16 oz. or 1 pint
140* F. and stir in Aquaiesiii. Add
Methanol 16 oz. or 1 pint
siitficieiit water to produee the proper
working consistency at KtO-14U° F.
Mix the ingredients in a jar and
all
allow to stand until dissolved shaking —
from time to time.
Clean surface well before applying
Liquid Glue then apply a thin coating; first allow to
Animal Glue 40,7% dry then apply another coat and cement
Water 10.7% articles.
Sodium Nitrate 6.0%
Dissolve sodium nitrate in cdoI water, Adhesives for Hard Rubber
stir glue into solution, allow to soak 1. Carefully melt together 1 part gutta
two hours, melt in water bath at tem- percha and 2 jiarts coal tar pitch. Im-
perature between 140-160'’ F. Heat a mediately apply the fluid, homogeneous
couple of hours or until mixture remains hot muss to the parts to be joined, these
fluid at room temperature. Glue may first having been degreased. Allow the
be preserved by adding phenol or other repair to cool under pressure.
common preservative. 2. Broken hard rubber can be repaired
by applying to the 2 surfaces to bo
joined, concentrated silicate of potas-
Glue— Starch Paste sium and subjecting them to strong pres-
sure.
Starch (Cassava) 30% 3. Marine glue is made of 10 parts
Glue (Bono Glue) 10% rubber dissolved in 120 parts benzol or
Water 60% turpentine. Add 20 parts asphalt or 18
The starch and glue are put into solu- parts gum lac and allow to digest until
tion separately and mixed hot. Any the mass is homogeneous. The solid
additional water necessary to produce glue, when it is to be used, is liquefied
the desired consistency is incorporated by careful heating; while the surfaces to
later. be joined are first heated.
4. Melt together equal parts of pitch
and gutta percha. Apply hot.
Flexible Bookbinding Glue
5. Dissolve 20 parts of rubber in 160
Animal Glue 30% parts benzol or naphtha and mix with a
Water 29% solution of 20 parts gum lac and 50 parts
Glycerine 30% mastic in the smallest possible amount
Preservative 1% of 90% alcohol.

Soak the glue (medium grade hide)


When the surfaces to be adhered are
smooth, it isalways necessary to roughen
in the cool water for two hours, and
them first by filing them lightly.
melt at a temperature of 140“ P. Stir
the glycerine into the glue after the
140“ P. temperature has been reached. Oilproof Joint Cement
In the event the glue is kept for a For use in connections of rubber and
period of time, some effective preserva- metal pipes carrying gasoline, oils,
tive should be incorporated.
greases, etc.
ADHESIVES 13

A. Aquaresin GM 25 used, addition of


i.f., alum and other
Lampblack 5-15 salts. A
brittle glue will give a differ
ent pattern than a tough glue. iJaiul

10 sprinkled oier film of gfidatine is also


B. Graphite
Sicupon 20-40 employed to make eertain patterns,

Sizing of Paper
Silicate Adliesive
Glue is u.sed to servo for two distinct
Sod. Silicate 40 purposes in the munufneture of wall
Water 10
paper. It is emphnod as a binder for
Tescol 10
the clay, or other material with which
The water is mixed with tho silicate liie papers are grounded, and also as a

und the Tescol is added a little at a si/ing agent for the ground colors, espe-
time with good stirring. Do nut add eiallv for sun fast wall paper.
further quantities of Te.seol until the The most general jmictu e is to precipi-
previous portion is dnssulvod. This ad- tate the color directly on an insoluble
hesive is less alkaline and not as brittle ba.se n.s ilnided DaS 04 draw off
finely ,

as most silicate adhesives. Further lle\i mass after setting, wash,


the jtre<upitated
bihty can be gotten by adding some to free of excess iirecipitant or re
it

glycerin to the Tescol. agent, ami then Hejiarale from tho ex


cess of wafer by running it through a
centrifugal hulroext factor. This heavy
Handling of Glue (pulp color) is easily in-
insoluble base'
Special precaution should be used in corporated with glue solution in prepa
all c^ases to insure a soaking of tlie glue ration of sized material.
m the required amount of euld water f<ir In pnqmnition of some pulp colors, a
at least 4 hours. In order to efTect solu- number of chemicals are employed in
tion of glue the temperature should be order that the e\a<d shade of color de-
increased to about lob'’ F. J’rolonged sired may be [iroduccd. The viscosity of
heating and excessive heating should be reagents* emploied and freipient failure
avoided, because this has been shown to to wash out completely the excess of pre-
result in extensive loss due to the hydro cijiitant or reagent has in<healed tho use
lyzing action of tlie water. 1 n ap{d\ ing the of a gooii hide or b«iiie glue.
heat, the most advantageous method i.s In ordinary sized papeis the glue is
to apply heat (e.^., steam or ole<-tn(it\ j applied III one of two wass. The glue is
to a water jacket in which glue container eitlier put into the beater with the paper
is placed. pulp previous to making, or, the pa|ier
To employ glue such that the greatest IS run through a dilute bath of glue
benefit maybo derived from its pliy.si< al before drying. There is seldom anything
and chemical characteristics, the surface u.Mcd Witii the glue except at times a
should be made so warm that the melted little alum to gne pa{»er a somewhat
glue will not be chilled before it ha.s liarder finish.
time to effect a thorough adhesion. (Vmted pajier is iiiudc by applying a
For high class joint work only the bet mixture of high grade iinimal glue and
ter grades of bide glue should be em- \ariou8 pigments or tillers, about the
ployed. consistency of cream, to tho paper after
For Veneer work the medium grades it has been finished. High gloss papers
are indicated. In this case a high vis are of this type.
cosity is desirable on account of the
tendency of a thin liquid to penetrate Sizing of Textiles
the pores of the thin sheet of wood and
For this service hide glue finds exten-
show itself on the opposite surface.
sive use beiause of absence of the most
objei'tionable impurity SOj or sulphites.
Chipped Glass As the colors employed for dyeing fab-

Glue and Gelatine are allowed to rap rics are much more didicatc than those
idly dry out upon a plate of glass. As used in p-aper and arc usually soluble,
the glue loses moisture it contracts and the absence of traces of mineral acids or
adhesion of the gelatine is so great that alkalies is also indic^ited.

it tears away the surface of the glass


Hide or extracted bone glue is used on
itself, chipping it into characteristic cotton goods to stiffen and give body to
fem-like patterns. The general appear- the material. If solution of this glue is
ance of the design can be modified by too thin it will penetrate the pores of
varying the properties of the solution cotton fibre to such a degree that the
14 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
latter will be altogether too stiff to use, oilof turpentine and 2 parts of refinec
while if it is too viscous it will n<it be oilof turpentine and add 10 parts slaket
absorbed at all and will fail to dry out lime to mixture.
during passage through drying chamber.
Thte desired results are obtained when a
Strong Paste
very dilute solution of this glue is treated
Glue 4 parts
with a solution of alum. The alum thick-
W'^ater 80 parts
ens the solution and is satisfactory be-
cause no precipitation will result. in one pot

Carpets, tapestries, burlap wall cover- Starch 30 parts


ing are all heavily sized with this grade W'ator 20 parts
of glue. so that a thin milky fluid without lumps
In the case of shade cloth where firm- is obtained. Mix two while hot and
ness with flexibility is desired —strong after cooling add 5-10 drops phenol.
high gnide glue is used.
All straws used in the manufacture of
hats are sized. In this case a product Venetian Paste
that is more or less resistant to the ac- Fish Glue 4 oz.
tion of water and also light in weight is Cold Water Vi pt.
desired. A final bleaching is given the Venice Turpentine 2 fl. oz.
material, by the use of oxalic acid, or Rye Flour 1 lb.
lejid acetate. Many manufacturers bleach Water 1 pt.
their glue before sizing. Boiling Water 2 qt.
Soak and and while hot
dissolve glue
Adhesive Paste stir in Venice turpentine. Make up rye
Steep 4 oz. of ordinary gelatine in 1C flour and pour into boiling water. Stir
oz. H 2O until it be<^!omo8 soft, dissolve and add glue solution. Will adhere to
and while hot add 2 lb. of good flour painted surface.
paste and one part H 2 O. Heat to boil-
ing and when thickened remove from fire.
Label Paste
While cooling add % oz. silicate of soda
and stir with wooden spatula. Soak glue in 15% Acetic Acid solution
and heat to boiling and add flour.

Pastes for Paper and Fine Fancy


Articles Mucilage
Dissolve 100 parts glue in 200 water Soak 5 parts of good glue in 20 parts
and add a solution 2 parts of bleached of water and to liquid, add 9 parts glu-
shellac in 10 of alcohol. Stir constantly cose and three parts gum Arabic. Mix-
wliilo adding. Keep temperature below ture may be brushed on paper while luke-
50“ C. warm. It does not stick together but
adheres to bottles.
Paste for Fixing Labels (Machines)
Make 10% solution of glue and add to Glue for Cementing Glass
this 25% by weight of glue or dextrin. (To be exposed to boiling water)
Mix while warm and add to every pound
Five parts hide glue, one part dissolved
thereof %each of boiled linseed oil
oz.
acid cliromate of lime; the glue prepared,
and turpentine. This paste resists damn-
becomes, after exposed to light, insol-
ness and thus prevents printed labels
uble in water in consequence of a par-
from falling from metallic surfaces.
tial reduction of chromic acid.

Paste for Joining Leather to Pasteboard


Dissolve 50 parts of glue with 60 parts
Leather to Metal Glue
water, add 1% Venice turpentine and Digest a quantity of nutgalls (approx.
next a thick paste made with 100 parts 1 part) reduced to powder in 8 parts
starch in water. distilled water for 6 hours and filter.
If tannic acid is available use 5% solu-
tion instead. Dissolve 1 part by weight
Cement for Attaching Metal Letters to of glue in same quantity of water.
Class, Mar Me, \Vood Leather moistened with decoction of nut-
Dissolve over a water bath 5 parts glne galls or acid solution, and glue applied
in a mixture of 15 parts copal varnish, to metal previously roughened and
5 parts boiled linseed oil, 3 parts crude heated. Dry under pressure.
ADHESIVES 15

Sausage Casing Qlue part of mastic gum in 5 parts alcohol-


Olue for making sausage casings: Add water solution. Mix the two solutions
to It quart of hide glue 20% solution,
and keep in well stoppertnl bottles.

% to 1 oz. bichromate of potash. Warm


slightly when about to use it and before
Btratena—Household Cement
application moisten paper, latter must
be dried rapidly and then exposed to Dissolve 12 parts of white glue in 16
light until yellow glue becouies brown-
acetic acid, and then add this solution
to 2 parts gelatine in 16 of water. After
ish, boiled in sufficient quantity of water
uiLxing add 2 parts shellac varnish.
to which 2 to 3% alum added until chro-
mate is dissolvt^ out.
Banknote or Mouth Olue
Wood Coating Olue Dissolve gelatine with about to U
A sprayable coating composition suit- of its weight of brown sugar in as small

able for use on wood, cloth, paper, etc., a quantity of watiT as possible. When
comprises a non-jellying stable solution liquid cast mixture in thin cakes and
of substantially 29 parts glue free from when cold cut to size. When required
foreign substances of acid reaction in a for use moisten one end.
solvent comprising alcohol about .33 parts
and water about 35 parts and about 0.1
Paste for Cardboard
weight of the glue or a glue plasticizing
substance such as glycerol or turkey red Dissolve 11 oz. of high grade glue in
oil.
26 oz. H
2 O. Add 1 oz. of a solution
composed of 1 part shellac in 7 parts
alcohol and stir as long as solution is
Glue for Hectograph warm. Next dissolve Vj oz. of dextrine
One part glue, 1 part glycerine and in 7 oz. of alcohol and 3Vj| oz. of H 2O,
smallest amount of H 2O possible is used stir and place vessel in warm water until
as hectograph mass for the transfer of solution is Mix two solutions
complete.
matter, when with concentrated solution and allow to cool. When wanted for use
of aniline color. cut off a small piece and liquefy by
warming.
Liquid Glue
Glue liquid is prepared by treating a Paste for Pads
hot solution of animal glue with a sol Glue 4 parts, glycerine linseed oil
uble perchlorate not having a tanning
^
sugar 4, dye to color. Dissolve glue
action. Sodium perchlorate .3.5 parts and add glycerine with surar and then
may bo stirred into a hot solution of add dye and stir in tlie oil Use paste
glue 10 parts in water 13 parts. hot.
Glue liquid is prepared by treating
animal glue with chloric acid. Animal
Waterproof Qlue
glue 10 parts, dissolved in water 15 parts,
may be stirred with 20% chloric acid 3 Solution of glue by itself or mixed
parts. with pigments is used in painting walls
in distemper. A waterproof coating is
obtained as follows; Boil part of pow-
Glue for Joints in Leather Driving dered gall nuts and 12 parts 2 O untilH
Belts mass is reduced %
of its bulk. Strain
Soak 1 part domestic isinglass and 25 through cloth and apply solution to dry
parts glue in 75 parts water until thor- rout of distemper paint, the latter be-
oughly soft Heat until solution has coming thereby as solid and insoluble as
been effected. Add 0.2% Beta Naphthol oil paint. The tannin of gall nuts acting
and 0.1% Venice Turpentine C.P. Sur- only upon soft glue, the solution has to
faces to be cemented should be free from be applied so that the lower layer of the
grease, slightly roughened and glue ap- glue becomes thoroughly soaked through.
plied at a temperature of 150* F.

Waterproof Wrapping Paper


Jeweler’s Cement Dissolve 24 alum, 4 white soap in 32
Dissolve over the water bath 25 parts water in one pot. In another 2 gum
of fish glue in a amll quantity of alco- arabic, 6 glue in 32 parts water. Mix
hol-water mixture #0%, add 2 parts of 2 solutions. Heat and immerse paper,
gum ammoniac. Separately dissolve 1 dry.
16 THE CH^ICAL FORMUURY
ture of 8(>-104*’ F. is sufficiently elastic
Tungstic Glue
to admit of being drawn out into thin
(Substitute for Hard India Rubber) sheets. On cooling, this mass becomes
Mix thick solution of glue with tung- solid and brittle and on heating is again
state of and HCl, by means
soda soft and plastic. It can be used for all
which a compound of tungstic acid and purposes to which hard rubber is
glue is precipitated which at a tempera- adapted.

AOniCULTURAL SPECIALTIES
Apples, Removing Arsenic Spray Residue Dissolve the above and satnrate soil
from around root.s.

Removal of As to within tolerance


limits is effectedby washing with * Disinfectant, Seed
HCl, provided no oil-spray has been used
Trichloi odi nitrobenzene
on the fruit. Accumulations of oil Barium Dioxide
Of wax may necessitate the use of
Talc
0.6(t--l,33% HCl. Apjdes were injured
by 2% HCl, Oils having viscosity >65-75
or tighter oils applied very late in the Fertilizers
season rendered As nunoval very difficult.
Commercial fertilizers are compounded
Storage of anpU's at ordinary temp, prior from various raw materials which contain
to washing also increased the difliculty of
one or more of the three necessary In-
cleaning, but cold storage had little effect. gredients; Nitrogen, Phosphoric acid and
Kerosene emulsion, prepared with kaolin Pot^,
and used in conjunction with hot HCl, Different crops need different propor-
facilitated oil ana wax removal. Heating
tions of these chemicals and in general it
the acid (35—40°) improved washing
is better to have the Nitrogen present in
efficiency more than did increasing the
two or more forms such as i^monium
conen. of HCl used. Sulphate, Sodium Nitrate, Organic (such
as tankage, blood, cottonseed or other
Banana Plants, Combating “ Panama meals, etc.) The phosphoric acid is de-
Disease ’ rived from superphosphate or animal
Beat results were gotten by treating bone : the Potash from mineral salts quch
loots and surrounding soil of each plant as Muriate, Sulphate or mixtures such as
with lUj pints heavy gas oil (sp. irr. up Kainit or Manure Salt, and in special
to 0.8869). cases. Carbonate. T^ical formulae
follow.
In a formula the first figure represents
Prevention Black Rot in Delphinium
the percentage of Nitrogen, the seeptd.
Mercuric Chloride 1 Available Phosphoric acid and the tMrd,
Sod. Nitrate 1 Potash.
Water 1280

A simple formula 4-8-4


Ammonium sulfate (contains 20% Nitrogen) 400 lb. equal 80 lb. N
Superphosphate (contains 16% Available PaO.,)..,. 1000 lb. 160 lb. PoOk
Muriate Potash (contains 50% KjO) “
160 lb. 80 lb. KoO
harth (to make up one ton) 440 lb.

4-8-7 Potato Fertilizer


Am. Sulfate (20% N) 100 lb. contain 20 lb. N
Sodium Nitrate (16% N) 100 lb.
“ 16 **
agricultural speci AL 1 1 1>

Blood (1^ N) 1 ),. ^ •41 II..

Super phosphate (16% luot) 11*. 1 ( 1(1


•'

Muriate Potash (50% K2O) Ih. J4U “


Earth jsd ih.

Tobacco Fertili?or (^uaek Grass Killer


Pounds Sod. Chlorafe 1 lb.
Sulphate Ammonia (20,50% N) 20.1 Water 1 g,,).
Tankage (7% N) 2S0
Cottonsml Meal (5.50 N) e5 SpraMng two or three tinu\s yearly i.s

Superphosphate (18% P.Or,) 778 elbi iHH'ous.

Sulfate Potash (48% K.O) 202


• liiseef ii'ide .Ag.uinst T.ico
2000
Aluminum Naphthenute 25 gm.
<jis'sohe ill
General Garden Fertilizer Turpentine 500 gm.
Pounds add
Sulphate Ammonia (20.50%; N) 203 Acetone .375 gm.
Nitiate Soda (10% N) I2r> Alcohol 125 gm.
Tankage (7% N) 280
Superphosphate (18% P^.OrJ To the above mixture add:

Muriate Potash (50% K A)) 200 Sodium Salt of Penryl Naph-


Filler 207 thalin Siilplionif Acid 20 gm.

2001)
Ivi'ttuee Bottom Kot, Control of
Kfh\l .Meifiiry Phosphate 1
Grass Fi'rtilizer Powdered Bentonite 2
1 *ounds
Sulphate Ammonia (20 50% N) 585
Castor Pomace (4.50%' N) 140 Ornamental Bushes, InsivtuMde for
Siipeiphosphate (18% P-d)',) 007
Kero.'feue 10 gal.
Muriate Potash (50% KoO) 80
Soap CIiijis 6 Id.
Filler 228
Water 10 gal.
^iicotine Sulfate 1 02.
2000

Corn Fertilizer • Peat Fertillrx'r


1 •otind.s
peat wlii'di has been treated moist with
Sulphate Ammonia (20.50% X 341
JB'I and then dried is stirred for 1-1 Vj
Tankage (6% N) 100
hr. at nH" I•'^(P with a 1: 1 mol. mixture
Superpho.'-phate (18% l^d)-) i:;3:{
of JI;{P<)t and KII2PO4; the product,
Muriate Potash (50% K^O) 100
after cooling, i.s mixed with 1120, neutral-
ised with and dried.
2<IOO

•Fodder, Preserving,' Grocn J’otato IBiglit Control

Spraying with 6% llydrorhloric aod Dusting with following gives good ro-

iu the of 5 lb. per Pm lb. of


ratio hult.s

fiidder prevents development of injuriuu.s AnhyilrouS (’oj.per SulfatO 1


organisms. .Slaked Lime 8

• Fungicide, Seed
Potato Flake Fodder
The seed is dusted with
Copper Mercury Sulfocyanide 10 Potato flakes contain all the solid con-

Talc 20 stituents of the tubers and are an easily


dige.Mted fodder material. The potatoes
are wa.Hlied, rooked or stearaeil under
Grass Killer pre.‘<Mjre, and then mashed to a pulj),
Grass between the bricks or stones of a which 18 dro'd as a film on steam-heated
walk may be killed by adding a strong rollers, scrapisl off, broken up and stored.
solution of calcium chloride in water. 400 kg. of potatoes contg. 18% starch
yield 100 kg. of flakes contg. 12-15%
18 THE CHEMICAL PORMUURY
HgO, 6-7% protein, 0.3-0.5% fat, 1.2- dissolve in hot solution of caustic potash
1.6% cellulose and 72 - 77 % N-free exts. made by dissolving 5 lb. KOHin 10 lb.
water.

Seed Potato Piainfectant


Potassium Resin Solution
The dip is prepd. by adding to 25 gals,
of water, a inixt. of G oz. of HgCl 2 dis- Made by heating.
solved in 1 qt. of com. IICI. Forty hu. Pine Resin 4 lb.

of potatoes can ho tiea((*d with 25 gals, Pota.s.sium Hydroxide 2 lb.


of the dip. The soaking period is 5-40 Water 10 lb.

min. according to the severity of


One gallon of stock solution to 50 gals,
EhiBO€ton%a and scab infection.
water gave combination fungicide and
contact insecticide.
8e(!d Disinfectant
Hydrated Lime 95
Tree-Bands, Insect
Water 500
Stir well and add w liilc agitating Rolls of corrugated paper are saturated
Mercuric Chloride n with following and wrapped around trees
Water 100 Mineral Oil 1% Ib.
Filter and dry pieci pitate. Alpha Nupthylainino 1 lb.
Parallin Wax 4 oz.

Sprout Killer
* Weed- Killer
Sprouts or shoots of young tieea can
be killed by injecting into them a twenty (Non-poibonous to cattle)
per cent solution in water of sodium Calcium Cliloride 20
arsenitc. Since this material is very JSodium Chloiate 30
poisonous it must be handled with the
utmost care.
Weed Killer for Seed Beds
Sulphur Ile.sin Spray Zinc Sulfate 8 gm.
Water 250 c.c.
Stock spray made by mixing equal
parts of potassium polysulphide .«ioluiion Dissolve and apply above equally to
(liver of sulphur) with potn.s.sium lesiu every square foot of seed bed. Careless
solution. appheation will damage root tips. The
second dose for a succeeding crop should
Potassium Polysulphido Solution bo half of above strength.
Flowers of Sulphur 4 lb.
ALLOYS
MAKING FUSIBLE ALLOYS * Aluminum Alloy '
Copper
When making fusible alloys, melt the JSilicuu
lead and bismuth together. When mol ^*n*k(*l
ten, add the tin with stirring. Wiien the Aluminum Jialaii.-e
tin lias been molten into the mix, adjust
This alloy highly resistant to
is de-
tlie temperature of the mix to about 300®
terioration at ele\ated tenijieratures.
0., and using the cadmium sticks in tongs
as stirrers, work in the necessary cad-
miura. Cadmium burns easily in air, *<'opj)er Al!(ty, Tlcat Tn»atment of
lienee the temperature must be watched, ^\Ire cniiiposed of an alloy of Cu
20,
and if rise much above 300° C. this
it Mil .10, and Ni GiUj, is annealed, jirefer-
may happen. ably in \ac. at .'{(KM.'iO" (.’hGO®), for 12-
(lood metal can often be recovered 21 hr. The treatment increases the elas
from the dross formed in making fusible tic liiiiit and tensile strength.
alloys by working the dross with tlu'
ladle or a stick against the side of the
kettle. b\lIoy, Btainug
Tin 9-11%
Lipowitz Metal Ant imony 9-11%
Cadmium 3 Cadmium 1 1 l.H%
Tin 4 Arsenic o.lt 1.7%
Bismuth 15 Copper 1.2- !.()%,
Lead 8 Lead Balance
Melt above together and add
Mercury 2 •
,\lIo\, Bcanng
previously heated to 220° C. Altimiiiiim 3-12.5%
Melting point of above is 143° T. Copjicr 0.1-2%
Magne'.iiim ()..5-2..3%
Zinc Balunee
Rose Alloy
Bismuth 2
Lead 1
•.\lloy for bleanngs and Knife Edges
Tin 1 Carbon 0.5-().7%
Melting point 200° F. Silicon 0.7- (».!>%
Manga iK'se 0.5-0.7%,
Ch romiuiii 7..5-H..5%
Electrical Fuse Alloy Tmigsteii 7..5-8.5%
Tin 94
The remainder being iron, which may
Lead 344
coiitiiiii .small airioiints
of imjmrities such
Bismuth GOO
as plio'<j.|ioni,'4, silicon and sulphur, and
Melting point 1G8° F. is surface hardened by treatment with
ammonia at an elevated temperature.
* Alloy, Aluminum
An A1 alloy not requiring hardening

by heat treatment and suitable, e.g., for Alloy, Brake Drum

Nickel 0.5-30
intemabcombustion engine pistons and
Carbon 3-3.75
piston rings, consists of A1 77.5-91, Cu
Silicon 1-2.5
6-12, Ni 1-3, Cr 0.05-5 and Mg 0.5-
Manganese 0.4-1
2.5%.
A1 alloys, particularly for internal-
combustion engine, pistons, contain Si * Alloy, Copper
10-17, Ni 4r-8 and either Cu 1-5 or Mg An allojjr of high strength and electrical
conductivity consists of
20 TflE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Copper 94 This is resistant to acid and heat and
licryllium 1 has a high power of elongation.
Chromiiiin 5
* Iron Alloy, Corrosion Resistant
.
Alloy, Cupper Bearing
Copper 0.2-0.5%
Copper 02.3-40.2% Tungsten 0.01-0.5%,
Tin 4-8% Chrtiiiiium 0.00-0.5%,
Zinc .3-10% Carbon less than 0.05%
L(>ail 30-35% Mangane.se less than 0.25%
< 'ale aim 1
0.3-0.5% Silu-on less than 0.02%
Pliosphoru.H less than 0.02%,
* Dental, Alloy Sulfur less than 0.02%
(Uesilient arnl non coi rosivt* Inui Balance
Cold 39.8
<'oppt‘l ‘lo * Lead Alloy
Nifkel 14 A tough, .sliglitly liardened alloy suit-
Chroiniiim i able for storage battery plates consists
riutinuiu 0.3 of
Calcium 0.1-0.4%
• Alloy, Drill Hit Tin 0.5-2.0%
Tungaton Ciirliulo 90-97 Lead Balance
Molybdenum O.fi-o
Tantalum 3-9.5 * Lead Coating Alloy
A lead alloy for coating wire is com-
• Alloy, Kleetrlcul Itosistanee poseil of

Chromium S.5-95 Antimony 0.r)-1.4%


Molybdenum or Tung.sten J5-5 Hmuiiitir 0.05-0.5%
Leail Balance
* Alloy, Electrical Contact I’oint
* Alloy, Magnetic
Silver 05
Coppt'r 30 An alloy of 7U-;U)% Co and 30-70%
Fe 18 melted with 0.5-4% V and, after
Nickel 5
rolling into sheet, is annealed at 900-
1000“ and allowed to cool slowly.
• Hard Alloy
A prooeHfl for obtaining allo;iH of high *
hardnesa conaiating in forming an alloy
Alloy, Permanent Magnet
of 5 to 35% of tin and the balance chietly Carbon less than 0.2
nickel ami heating aaid alloy to a tem- Kickel 2
perature l,\ing between 900*' C. and the Hilicon 5
melting point of the alloy, then rapidly Cobalt 15-55
cooling said alloy and auLseijiiently an- Iron 40-80
nealing it at tempeiatuies between 4U0 Molybdenum 5-20
and 800" C.
A
process for obtaining nlhws of high * Silver Alloy, Tarnish Resistant
hardness consisting in furnimg an alloy
of 8 to 30' 3 of molibdeniim an<l the
Silver 80-95%
N^ickel 0.1-2%
balance chiefly nickel and heating said
Cadmium Balance
alloy to a temperature lying between
900“ C. and tlio melting point of the
* Alloy, Silver Brazing
alloy, then rapidly cooling said alloy and
subsequently annealing it at teiupernturea Alloys which are suitable for use in
between 400 and 800'’ C. brazing contain Ag 48-52, Cu 12-16, Zn
14-18 and Cd l()-30%.
Alloys which are suitable for brazing
•Alloy, Imitation Gold
purposes contain Ag 48-52, Zn 14-18,
Cobalt 1-5
Cd l(V-20, Cu 12-10 and P about 0.5-2%.
Chromium 0.5-5
Tin 0.5-1
Zinc 0.1-0.5 Non Tarnishing Silver Coating
Titanium 0.5-1 Ag and its alloys are protected against
Silver 0.^2 atm. influences by dipping in a soln.
ALI/)YS 21
ontg. Cr03, Cu NH4 chloride nnd (or) Copper, Improving Ehvtrical
I
persulfate, whereby an invisible coat- Conductivity of
ing is produced on the metal.
The luohiui metal is deuxidisi^d with
(h(hlo-(l. h tl„. lunount used being
* Alloy, Stainless Silver suflicient leave to (l.O(i2-0.0(>r)<;<7 Li in
the east metal.

* Cohi, Imitation
To 5 II), 10 (t/. of incited Cu are su»‘-
* Alloy, Sulfur Resistant ce.ssively added ,'!
<»/,. fullor’s eartli, 7 oz.
Na^B^t);, ammoniated mercury, 12
o/..
Chromium ir)-2L*'’{,
o/.. Sn, d 07. MgO and and
Ma nganese t i- 1 iV/,. 07.. ale,, 1

the mixt. IS agitated and boiled.


Molybdenum 1-10^ Tlte
resultant alloy simulates \n and is mal
(’arbon N
Iron Bala me
lealde, <luctile, immune from tarnishing
and suited for jewelrv.
This has a high strength at (100° C.

* White Cold, I'ntarnishablo


* Alloy, Sulfur Re.sistant Steel
A white All (All .'lO, (’u 20, Ni 11,
Chromium ti''^
'An Je; IS rendered unlainishable l)\
)
Silicon 0,7.V/^) plating witli Sn and afterwards healing
Tungsten V/„ to 21i)-2o(P' t(» form a suiface allov.
(’urbon > O.ri' c.

Iron Jtalance
Stainle.ss “Invar"
* Alloy, Thermocouple Two alhns containing appro.x, .'10.5';’'^

IV, Co, and !»' Cr liave coefl's,


Rhenium ?>
;

of expansion <107 and l.2X|0 re


-<',
Platinum Italame
Sfus'iiveh. Polished surfa<‘es ar(‘ unat-
tacked by moist air, IL.O, seii-H^O, etc,
* Alloy, Thermostatii; Couple for manv niontli.s.

(a) Nickel .'12-12


Iron Balamc LI(‘ctrof\pe Metal
(b) Molvbdenum l-lo
Nickel .'ll-l.'i

Iron Balance

* Tough Alloy Lhstrotype Backing Metal


Nickel ‘
2..')-l.S'^^^ Tin 4%
Copper 2.0-18% Antimonv .’5.7)%

Tungsten Carbide to make 100%. The Lead *


92..')%
above alloy is cast in forms.
* Rcsislancc, Lh-cfrinil Metal
t .Nichrorne substitute)
* Alloy, Watch Spring
Nickel .'’.0
Aluminum i)-10%,

Beryllium 0,1 -o.,')


Manga ncs 0..'>-.'')%

Tungsten 8
Carbon 0.05-1%-
Iron Bnlnnce
Iron Balance

Limit vpe Metal


*
Rnike Shoes, Automobile
Tin 4-4..5%
To an alloy for bnike .shoes,
prep, Antimonv 11.5%
.”>.')-49% Cu and 1-2% Sb are melted in
lAkn Balance
one crucible and 49-04% Pb in aftother.
This melted Pb is gradually added to the
IJionotypo Metal
melted alloy of Cu and 8b with t’Orist.
Tin
agitation and heating. The proAiict is Antimony 10.8%,
poured into a mold provide with ftn ^
l/end Balance
iron gauze lining whieli serv’el as a skele-
ton and the whole is cooled until it solidi-
fies. ' •pewter or Mittania Metal
A soft white ^ef* con.sists of Sn to-
22 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
gether with 1-15% of hardening metal •Stainless Steel
selected from the Sb-Ou group and Aprocess for making a stainless metal
0.005-0.1% of A1 or Zn. composition which comprises intimately
admixing finely divided particles of iron,
nickel and chromium, which have clean
* Refining Typo Metal
surfaces and are of a size sufficient!}
Used and partially oxidized typo metal small to pass through a 200 mesh screen,
is refined by fusing with a reducing substantially in the proportion of iron
agent comprising, for example, the fol- 74%, nickel 8%, and chromium 18%,, sub-
-
lowing components: rosin 200, basswood jecting the resulting admixture to a
0 60, BaS 50, borax 00, Nn4Cl 17.5 and pressure of not less than 20,000 pounds
Na^COa parts, mixed at temps, suffi- per square inch, and heating the com
ciently high to melt the rosin. When pressed mixture in a non-oxidizing at
cool, 75 parts of NaIIC03 are added. mosphere to a temperature above 900® C,
The mass i.s then powd. but not substantially above 1200® C. to
form a substantially homogeneous prod-
Stereotype Metal 7- uct.

Tin 0.5-7%
Antimony 12.7.j-l.'>% * Steel, Stainless
Lead Balance Nickel 5-35%
Chromium 9-13%
* Steel, Armor Plato Molybdenum 3-10%
Carbon 0.2S-0. ir,% Iron Balance
Chromium 2-t%
Molybdenum 0.15-1%
• Stainless Steel, Bright Annealing
Nickel 1-3.3%
Iron Balance Articles such as sheets formed of
Ni-Cr alloys with
nickel, stainless steel or
a bright surface are obtained by treat-
* Steel, Non-Magnetic ing the metal with HNO3 to render the
Carbon 0.45-0.05% bright surface paa.sivc and then heating
Chromium l.r)-.5% to about 900° to 1100® for several hrs.
Manganese 10%. m a reducing atm. to effect annealing
Nieki'l 8 10 %. without discoloration.
Iron Balance

* Steel, Tool
•Steel, Non Oxidizing
(For motor valvesl A hard alloy for tools, implements and
Carbon 0. 15-0.05% projiH'tiles consists of W 38-98 and Be
Manganese 0.3-0.0%, 2-9.5%,, with or without up to 3%, C and
Silicon 1. 3-2.5%, 57% Fe, the Be being at least 5% if the
Chromium 11-14% W is less than 82% and the Fe at least

Cobalt 2-3.5% 5%, if the C exceeds 2%. The may W


Molybdenum O.G-1.3% bo replaced wholly or in part by Mo and
Iron Cr, the Fe by Ni, Co, Mn or Ti and the
Balance
C in part by Al, Mg, Si, B, Zr or Ce.
• Steel, Razor Blade
Carbon 0.r>-2.5% Steel, Tool
Chromium 5-20% Iron 10-33
Maugane.se 0.1-1.75% Carbon 1-4
Molybdenum 0.05-2% Tungsten 64-46
Nickel 0.2.5-3.5% Chromium 16-11.5
Silicon 0.1-2% Cobalt 8-5.5
Vanadium 0.0.'>-1.5%
llDn Balance * Tool Steel
Steel (C=0.9-l%,) 95-98.2
• Steel, Rustless
Cobalt 0.2-5
Chromium 14-20%
Carbon > 0.4% Non-Tarnishing Acid Resistant Alloy
Copper 0.5-6% Thallium 10
Molybdenum 0.4-3.5% Aluminum 10
Iron Balance .Silver 80
ALLOYS 23

White Gold and heated fir.st at 900-980“’ for 20-50


hr. to graphiUso the free cementilo,
An alloy which possesses many of the
then at 730-650“’ for 114-50 hr. to graph-
physical properties of Pt including
itise the perirhlic cemontito and doenr-
some degree of resistance to nculs is bunse the white Fe.
prepared by alloying a primary alloy
with a large proportion of Au. For a
soft IS-carat white An the primary alloy • Hardening Steel
contains Au 37 (37.4), Ni 38.1 (44 5),
Linseed oil is heated to tho b.p., rosin
Cu 1(5.4 (5.0), Zn 7.1 (11.1), and Mu 1.4
lb. per gal.) is added, and tho metal
(-%)• This alloy is best piepared fiom
granulated metals, and approx. 25% of (Fe or steel) i.s immersed in Iho solu-
melted with 75% of Au in tion until it attains tho same temp.;
the alloy is

the second stage. the metal is then removed, covered with


powdered resin, and quenched in cold
coal-oil.

* Copper Refining Electrode Alloy


• Rustproof Steel
Thallium 10
20 Molten Fo or steel containing 3% Ti
Tin
70 and 0.5-0.6% Mn is tri'ated with 1-
Lead
20% of a 50:50 Pb-As alloy, whereby
Tho above is far more resistant than
the Pb separates to the bottom of llio
lead when u.sed in electrolytic doposi-
liquid mass and the .\s remains finely
lion of copper from acid solutions. dispersed throughout the ferrite crys-
talsand protects tho resulting castings
* Stainless Steel from rusting.
Above a bath of molten Fc (500 kg.)
with tho dc.sired C content is formed a * Working Aluminum-Magnesium Alloys
slag of chromite (300 kg. containing
In the working of aluminum-base alloys
48% Cr-, 03 ), (30 kg.), CaO (150
NiO
containing from aliout 5 to 15 per cent
kg.), CaFz (40 kg.), and bauxite (30
of magnesium, the steps comprising pre-
kg.), and to thi.s i.s added a mixture of
heating the alloy at a temperature above
the same chromite (820 kg.), NiO (HO
about 550° F. but below the temperature
kg.), A1 (310 kg.), and 75% ferrosiheon
of inoijdent fusion, cooling the alloy
(82 kg.), whereby an exothermic reac-
rapidly to a working range which is be
tion ensues with the direct production
low' about 600° F. and is also below the
of stainless steel.
preheating temperature but is not lower
than about 475° F. and working tho alloy
Cold Drawing Wire Alloy
* within said range^
An suitable for cold-drawn
alloy
wire, etc., comprises Cu 91-99 (96.25),
• Klasting Resistance Wire
8 n 0.25-3.00 (1.75), A1 0.5-4.0 (1.0),
Si 0.25-2.0 0 )%. A bridge wire for blasting caps TOm-
(1
.

prising gold about 58.4% and nickel


about 41.6% alloyed together and drawn
• Electrical Contact Alloy
to tho required size to have a desired
An alloy of Au 30, Ag 70% is very electrical resistance per unit of length.
suitable for contacts that arc open for
long periods.
* ('oiro.sion Proof Steel
A rorrosion-proof steel free from
• Low-Expansion Alloy
irraphite and Bi consists of Cr 20-30,
An alloy having a coeflf. of expansion W 5-C, Ni ^10, Cu 10-15, C 8.5-3 and
about IX KM
over a range or temp,
the rest Fe.
depending on the amounts of the minor
constituents comprises Cr 9.5-99, Fe
0.1-3.0, Si 0.1-2.0, C not more than 1.0, • Sulfur Resistant Steel
and Mn-fN+0 not more than 0.4%. An alloy suitable for high-prt^ssuro oil
and steam fittings, etc., contains Fe to-
Strong Malleable Cast Iron
• gether with Cr 6 ,
Si 0.75, W 1 and 0
from a trace up to 0.5%.
White-Fc castings arc packed with
4-15% of Fe 203 into an annealing pot
ANIMAL PREPARATIONS
• Cattle Food I Coal Tar (neutral) % oz.

Dried Rlood 75 Pino Tar 3 oz.

Precipitated Chalk 5 Pish Oil 24 oz.

Molasses 20 Diglycol Oleato 1 oz.

Shake well before u.sing: apply at


Lico and Mite Tablets (Poultry) night and wash off next day.
Calcium Sulfide 16.13
Silica Hand 7.52
GyjiHum 6.48 Distemper Cure for Dog.s
Sugar 57.80
Fluid Extract of Ruckthorn 1 oz.
Starch 11.64
Fluid Extract of Ginger oz.

Poultry Louso Powder Syrup of Poppies 2 oz.


Simple Syrup 1 oz.
Nicotine 0.28
Cod Liver Oil 4 oz.
Naphthalene 9.98
Shake well.
Sulfur 19.80
Sodium Fluoride 0.54 Dose —A tablespoonful is given twice
daily.

Veterinary Gall Salve


Trihromphcnol 5.75 kfj. Animal Condition Powder
Petrolatum 67.15 kg. Sulfur 5
Reo.swax 9.2 kg. Rosin 5
Lard Compound (Paraffin Fenugreek Seed 5
added in summer) 29.0 kg. Flaxseed Meal 5
Alum 13.8 kg. Magnesium Sulfate 5
Sul]ihur 27.6 kg. Ginger African 4
Indigo 2.25 kg. Gentian Root 4
Copperas 4
Melt the wax; add tho other ingredi- Sod. Bicarbonate 4
ents,and rub thoroughly through oint- Antimony 2
ment mill. Salt 2
Pot, Nitrate 1
Worm Expcller
All of above materials should be pow-
Magnesium Sulfate 12.04
Calcium Sulfate dered and then mixed thoroughly.
9.05
Calcium Silicate 6.8.5
Venetian Rod 7.34
Sand 2.11
Mange Cure
Nicotine 0.22 Potassium Carbonate 8 gr.
Flowers of Sulphur 64 gr.
Mange Ointment Oil of Picis 12 c.c.
Mercurous Iodide Yellow 10 gr. Oil of Cado 12 c.c.
Salicylic Acid
H oz- Linseed Oil tomake 11 litets
Sulfur Sublimed 3 oz.

34
BE ERA (J i: S A N 1) E I, A 0HS
( Alcohol K* LKiuor-^ will he found on j«ij;e Ml.)

Almond Kxtract CofTw Aroma


Oil Bitter Almonds F.P.A. ly* fl, oz. Ethylmethvlucelnldehyde 4, 2, .3 |>ent

Alcohol >5 pi. une<lione 4, 3, .Veil 3, isovaleric


Witter 5 I)ts. acid L', a nu'thylfurfurole 2, Ac 2 1, fui
fiirole 1, FhOlI 1, isoeug»‘iiol 1, metlivl

Almond Flavor mercaptan O.d, giiaiacol 0.5, a-metli^l


cvelopeiitenolone 0.5, tliiogiiaiacol 0.1,
1 Fluid Ounce Oil Bitter Almonds
furyl niereupian 0.3, octyl ale, 0.2 parts.
K) Fluid Ounces Olycopon S
oil Fluid Ounces Water
* CofTee Extract

Imitation Almond Flavor Ground Koa.st CofTee 40


Glycerol ( Aiili\<lrou.H) 100
Benzaldehyde (F.F.C.) 1.3
Heat at 80-90“ C. witli stirring and
(ilycopon X8 1(3
filter.
(llycend 24
Water 128 CofTee Substitute

Ani.sc Flavor
CofTee Powdered
Iteiiii 3.3

Sugar I'owilered 5
3 Fluid Ounces Oil Anise
Boasted I’eunuts Powdered 02
7o Fluid Oun<‘e.s Olycopon S
L’li Fluid Ounces Water
Dry Ginger Ah‘ Extract
8 07. Solid Kxtnict Juinaicn Ginger
Caraway Flavor
2 diaui.H Oil (finger
2 Fluid Ounces Oil Caraway 2 draiii.H Oil Sweet Oniiige
70 Fluid Ounces Olycopon S 1 dram Oil I.inu'S, Distilled
28 Fluid Ounces Water dram Oil .Mace
Vi
Vi dram Oil Coriander

Celery Flavor Vi dram Oil I/eiiierione

4 Fluid Ounces Oil (Vlery (irind (he aho\e in a mortar with 4 oz.

70 Fluid Ounces Olycopon S jiowdered iiiagiiesiuni carbonate tlieii add ;

2<i Fluid Ounces Water 1 gallon (il\eop<ui .XS slowly while grind-
ing in thoroughl\ (lien add om* gallon;

wa(er slowly anil stir tlioroijglil\ for 2


Th^uno Flavor liouis, add 2 07. kieselgiilir and filter

3 Fluid Ounces Oil Thyme (liroiigh fim* liltiT paper. The firiish<‘il

70 Fluid Ounces Olycopon 8 jtroduct should be aged to develop a finer


27 Fluid Ouncefl Water aroma and taste.
4 oz, of this ext met is used per gal-
lon of Hvrufi.
Cinnamon Flavor
1 Fluid Ounce Oil Cinnamon
Ginger Ale
35 Fluid Ounces Olycopon 8
14 Huid Ounces Water Jamaica Ginger, fine powder 8 lb.
(.'apsiciiiii, fine powder (3 oz.
Ii making the above flavors the oil
Alcohol a sufficient quantity
should be dissolved in the Olycopon by
stirring at room temperature. The water Mix (lie powders intimately, moisten
is then added slowly with vigorous stir- them with enough alcohol to make them
ring. In some cases (where a clear flavor flistinctlydamp but not wet, set aside
fs desired) mix in a weight of magne- ffir four hours, then pack in a cylindri-
sium carbonate equal to the weight of cal percolator and jiercohtte with alcohol
the oil used; stir and filter. until ten pints have been collected plnce ;

the percolate in a bottle of at least 2-


25
26 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Cologne Spirit 8 fluidounces
gallon capacity and add 2 fluid drams
of oleoresin ginger, shake and add 2% Sugar 6 pounds
pounds of finely powdered pumice stone Water 3 pints
and agitate frequently for twelve hours, Caramel enough
then the next step is most important. Mix the the Cologne
fluidextracts,
Add 14 pints of water one pint at a time, spirit and the water, add the spirit ol
then shake briskly and add the next. orange and set aside for two days shak-
After adding all the water set aside ing occasionally. Then filter, add the
for twenty- four hours, agitating strongly lime juice and the ginger ale extract and
every hour or so, then add: dissolve the sugar in the mixed liquids.
Oil of Lemon 1 fl. oz.

Oil of Rose Ooranium fl. dr. .‘1

Pure Lemon Flavor


Oil of Bergamot 2 fl. dr.
Di8.solve 5 fluid ounces Lemon Oil in
Oil of Cinnamon *1 A. dr.
3 oz. 9.'5 fluid ounces Glycopon 8; no heating
Magnesium Carbonate
is necessary.
First rub the magnesia with the oils
The same proportions of oils of orange,
in a mortar, add nine fl. oz. of the clear
limes, caraway, peppermint, wintergreen,
portion of the ginger mixture to which
etc,, may bo used as above to make 57,
two ounces of alcohol have been added flavors.
and continue trituration, rinsing the Glycopon S will dissolve 10% of oils.
mortar out with the ginger mixture, pass
Glycopon XS will dissolve any quan-
the ginger mixture through a double fil-
tity of oils, but should only be used in
ter and add the mixture of oils through concentrated flavors because it has an
the filter. Finally pass enough water
ethereal odor.
tlirough the filter to make three gallons
of the finished extract which is to bo
used 4 fl. oz. to a gallon of syrup. Dilute Imitation Lemon Flavor
the syrup, 1 fl. oz. with 0 fl. oz. of car- 5 Fluid Ounces Citral
bonated water; bottle. 9(5 Fluid Ounces Glycopon AAA
Note: The ginger ale can be colored a 189 Fluid Ounces Water
darker color with caramel.

Imitation Lemon Flavor


Soluble Ginger or Capsicum Flavor oz. Citral
12 Fluid Ounces Oleoresin Ginger 100 oz, Glycopon AAA
or Capsicum I lb. Glucose 43“ Bnumo
243 Fluid Ounces Glycopon AAA (50 oz. Water
fl Ounces Precipitated Magnesium
Carbonate
189 Fluid Ounces Water Lemon Extract
Oil of Lemon, U.S.P. oz.
In nuiking the above flavor, first mix
Alcohol, 190 proof 121 oz.
the oleoresin thoroughly with Glycopon
AAA and then add the magnesium car- Mix, let stand overnight, then filter.

bonate, working it into an even paste.


Add tlie water slowly with thorough stir-
Lemon Oil Emulsion
ring, tlion filter.
1. Gum Arabic 13 oz.
2. Terpenelcss Oil of Lemon 20 oz.
Havana Cigar Flavor 3. Oil of Lemon 20 oz,
Couinarin, pure, cryst. 1 dr. 4. Glycerin 40 oz.
Methyl Benzoate 4 dr. 5. Water to make 10 gal.
Essence Vanilla, Special 2 pt. Mix one and four then mix in two and
Oil CascArilla 1 dr.
three to this add five slowly with good
Oil Valeriana dr.
stirring. Beat intermittently until homo-
Acetic Ether, Absolute 5 oz.
geneous. Then pass through an homogo-
Glycopon XS 1 pt.
nizer.

Kola Beverr.ge Syrup


Concentrated extract of lemon Shall . —
be prepared from oil of lemon, or lemou
Fluidextract of Coca 4 fluidounces peel, or both, and ethyl alcohol of proper
Fluidextract of Kola 2 fluidounces strength, and shall contain not less than
Spirit of Orange IVi fluidounces 20 per cent, by volume, of oil of lemon
Lime Juice pints and not less than 0.8 per cent, by weight,
Ginger Ale Extract %
fluidounce of citral.
BEVERAGES AND FLAVORS 27
Extract of lemon —
Shall be prepared
.
Terpenckss extract of oronpe.—Shall
from oil of lemon or lemon peel, or both, be prepared by shaking oil of orange
and ethyl alcohol of proper strength. It with dilute jthyl alcohol or by dissolv-
shall contain not less than 80 per cent, mg terpeneloss oil of orange of proper
by volume, of absolute ethyl alcohol, not strength in liluto ethyl alcohol, and shall
less than 5 per cent, by volume, of oil correspond in flavoring strength to or-
of lemon and not less than 0.2 per cent, ange extract.
by weight, of citral derived solely from
Orange flavor, nonolcoholir.— Shall bo
the oil of lemon or lemon peel used in
a mixture of 20 per cent, by volume, of
Its preparation.
oil of orange (r.8.l\ standard) and 80
Terpenelesa extract of lemon Shall .
— per cent, by volume, of cottonsiHsl oil.
be prepared by shaking oil of lemon w ith The cottonseed oil shall lie thoroughly
dilute ethyl alcohol, or by dissolving refined, winter pressed, sweet, neutral,
terpenelesa oil of lemon of proper and free from rancidity. The finished
strength in dilute ethyl alcohol, and shall product shall be clear, free from seili-
contain not less than 0.2 per cent, by meut and rancidity.
weight, of citral derived solely from oil
of lemon.
Lemon nonalcoholic.—Shall be
flavor,
Orange Oil Emulsion
a mixture of 20 per cent, by volume, of 4 oz. gelatin
oil of lemon (U.S.P. standard) and 80 1<) lb. water
per cent, by volume, of cottonseed oil. 24 111. cane sugar
The cottonseed oil shall be thoroughly re- (»0 lb. invert sugar
fined, winter pressed, sweet, neutral, and 20 oz. terpeneless oil orange
free from rancidity. The finished prod- 20 0 /. oil orange
uct shall be clear, free from sediment Dissolve the gelatin in the water, add
and rancidity. the cane sugar and heat until dissolved.
Then add the invert sugar and mix well
Lemonade Powder for Soft Drinks add oils; homogenize.
80 parts Cane Sugar
14 parts Dry Bordens Lemon Powder Orange Powder for Soft Drinks
l4o Part Citric Acid 80 Parts Pane Sugar
Color with a yellow certified food color. 20 Parts Dry Bordens Oningo Powder
The above powders are mixed and col- % Part Citric Acid
ored. Four ounces of above powder Color with an orange certified foo<l
when mixed with pint of cold water will color.
make delicious lemonade. The above powders are mixed thor-
oughly. Four oiinees of above powder
• when mixed with pint of cold water will
Mat6, Improving Taste and Odor
make a delicious orange drink.
Mate 100
Acetaldehyde (1%) 100
Allow to stand for day and dry. Peppermint Fluvor
3 I’liiid Ounces Oil Peppermint
Imitation Maple Flavor
70 Huid Ounces Glycopon S
27 Fluid Ounces Water
1 lb. Maple Base
1% lb. Glycopon AAA
1 lb. Sugar Color • Tea Extract, Concentrated
Balance water to make 1 gaL A tea concentrate in paste form is
made by the following method. It is
noteworthy in that all bitter principles
Orange Extract
are eliminated without destroying any of
Oil Orange 6^ oz.
the delicate flavoring principles. A
Alcohol 121% oz.
quantity of tea leaves submerged inis
Mix, let stand overnight, then filter. two to four volumes of cold water in a
Extract of orange —
Shall be prepared
. sealed container. A quantity of pow-
from oil of orange or orange peel, or dered dry calcium hydrate, approximately
both, and absolute ethyl alcohol of 3 to 5% of the quantity of tea leaves
proper strength, and shall contain not is added to the water and the complete
lees than 80 per cent, by volume, of ethyl mixture is subjected to agitation through
alcohol, and not lees than 5 per cent, by the manipulation of the container for
volume, of oil of orange. about a half jiour. After this period
28 TOE CHEMICAL ’FORMUURY
the extract ie decanted or filtered off 6 oz. Vanillin
through a cloth or fine inegh and the com- 2 oz. Coumarin
plete residue is returned to the container 4 oz. Oleoresin Vanilla
for a second extracting which may be 3% lb. Glucose 43° Baum4
repeated as often as desired. The vari- 4 oz. Caramel Color
ous extractives I'lniu the various extrac- Balance water to make 1 gal.
tive operations are mixed together and
Bubjected to desiccation by a process
The usual procedure on above formulae
is to put the Vanillin and Coumarin in
known as sfirny drying. The concentrate
a container containing the required
is then mixed with 50% solution of
glycerine and water to proiluce a rela-
amount of Glycopon AAA; heat to 50°
tively thick paste, packed hermeticallym and stir until completely dissolved.
sealed containers, preferably collapsible
Then allow to cool to room temperature
tubes so that the paste may be positively and add to it slowly with stirring the
sealed and measured quantities thereof required aniopt of water. If caramel
readily dispensed.
color,prune juice, sugar or syrup is to
be added, these should be dissolved first
in the water.
Pure Vanilla Flavor
Where a water-white Vanilla is de-
Oleorcsin Vanilla 4 oz. sired, the solution of Vanillin in Glyco-
Glycopon AAA 2 pt. pon AAA may be decolorized by the ad-
Water to make 1 gallon. dition of a little tartaric or citric acid.
Flavoring ingredients nunst bo com-
pletely dissolved in (Jlycojam before any
water is added. Filter clear after two
or three days. Non-Alcoholic Vanilla, Lemon and
Vanilla lieans may be exhausted with Almond Flavors180.00
Glycopon A.\A diluted with water as The following method for180.00
making a
completely as with alcohol. No solvent 120.00
nonalcoholic flavor has been suggested;
losses occur through evaporation. 120.00
Non-Ali'oholic Vanilla Flavor
Imitation Vanilla Flavors Vanillin 3.2 Gm,
Vanillin Coumarin 0.19 Gm.
2 oz.
Glycerin
Coumarin % oz.
S\ rup
mils
( Glycopon AAA :i2 fluid oz. mils
Waft'r to 7 gallons. Water mils
Ether mils
Vanillin Color sufficient
2 oz.
Coumarin 1 oz.
Dissolve the vanillin and the coumarin
Glycopon A.\A 28 fluid oz.
( in the ether. Mix the glycerin, 8vru[)
Sugar 5 lb.
and water, add to this ether solution of
Water to 5 gallon.s.
the vanillin and coumarin. Beat until
the ether is entirely Volatilized and then
Vanillin 20 oz. add the color.
Coumarin 4 oz. The Paste type of flavors has been
GUa-oiion AAA V/j gal.
siiggi'sted for non-alcoholic
'Valor lemon and
184 oz. almond. Soak 250 Gm. of gum traga-
Take 1 lb. of aliove and add water to
canth in 4 liters of distilled water for
it slowly with .stirring to make 2 gallons. three or four days or until it is softened
and has taken up as much w-ater as it
Imitation \'anilla Concentrate will hold. Now forcibly strain it through
[Vanillin 10 oz,
cheesecloth. Mix 120 mils of
this muci-
4. Coumarin 3 oz.
lage with 360 mils of glycerin. This
I
I Glycopon AAA 128 oz!
will serve as the vehicle for the flavor.
For this quantity of paste add gradually
Vanillin 20 oz.
and with constant tntnration in a mor-
Coumarin tar 60 mils of oil of lemon.
10 oz.
( Glycopon AAA 1 gal!
For almond flavor use 120 mils of the
paste and 360 mils of glycerin and to
Concentrate*! \anilla this add gradually and with constant
Compound Flavor
(Highest Quality) trituration 15 mils of benzaldehyde whi'*h
must be free from hydrocyanic acid and
For dilution with water up to 17 to
1. chlorine.
60 oz. Glycopon AAA
BEVERAGES AND FLAVORS 29

Compound Vanilla Extract Kxtra concentratfd extract of t'om'i/n.

A. Mexican Vanilla Beans 1 lb. — Shall be prepared, without addetl flav-


oring or coloring, from prime vanilla
Bourbon Vanilla Beans 1 lb.
beans, with or without glycerin; shall
Water 2 gjil.
contain, 111 100 «ubic ceiitiiiieters, the
Alcohol 2 gal.
oz. siduble matters from not less than 100
Glycerin
grams of vanilla beans, and shall con-
Rock Candy Syrup 2 pt.
tain not lcs.s than 00 per cent, by vol-
Grind or cut the beans small and place ume, of absolute etlijl alcohol, and when
in a porcelain jar or clean wooden keg; one part by \(»lume, of the [iroduct is
pour over them the water at a boding diluted witii nine parts, by volume, of
temperature and macerate for tweiits dilute alcohol ( 10 per cent, by volume)
four hours. Then add the alcohol and the resulting mixture shall comply wdtli
glycerin and macerate for forty-eight the requireimmts for \aiiilla extract cx-
hours; lastly, add the rock candy 8\rui), c(‘|tt in regard to alcohol content. The
stir well and macerate for not
less than
lalxd shall clearly indicate the strength
four weeks. of the pro<iuct and if tin* nroduct is not
B. Vanillin 2 oz.
made dirivtly from vanilla beans, the
Alcohol 2 pt. label should contain a statement to that
Mix and let stand for twenty- four effect.

hours; then add one pint rock candy /A’ strength, txtraet of ,anxUa Shall . —
syrup, and stand for twenty- fimr
let be prepared without added flavoring or
liours longer; add one pint prune
juice coloring, from prime vanilla beans with
and let stand for twenty-four hours; or without sugar an<l/or glycerin; shall
tlien add five pints boiling water ami
let contain, in IdO cubic centimeters, the
stand for tw'o weeks. Filter. soluble matters from not less than 40
To make the extract add one quart of grams of vanilla beans; shall contain
solution (B) to one gallon of solution not less than [ht cent, by volume, of
(A). absolute ethyl alcolud. and when one
part, by volume, of the product is di-
Vanilla Extract luted with thnr jmrts, by volume, of
Olcorosin Vanilla 4 oz. dilute alcohol (40 [icr cent by volume)
Alcohol 4 pints the resulting mixture shall comply with
Simple Syrup D/4 pints tin* reipiiremeiits for vanilla extract, ex-
Water 2% p‘nts cept in regard to alcohol content. The
label slmll cbmrly indicntc the strength
thoroughly. Sim[de
Mix by stirring of the piodiict and if the product is not
syrup is prepared by dissolving lb-
imulc directly from vainllii beans, the
of sugar m
one quart of water. label should contain a statement to that

Pure vanxlla extract , — Shall be pre- effect.

pared without added flavoring or col(»r-


ing, from prime vanilla beans with
oder
N 0 N-A C O H 0 L I C
without sugar and/or glycerin; shall
I,

contain, in 100 cubic centimeters, the


sol-
F I, A \ 0 R S
uble matters from not less than 10 gram.s
of vanilla beuius; shall contain not less Imitation lUack Walnut Flavor
than 40 per cent, by volume, of absolute 8 oz. Oil of Black Walnut Flavor
ethyl alcohol, and show a Wichman leatl 1% lb. (iljycofion AAA
number not less than 0.70, Ihe strength 1 11). (Jlucose t:’." Baiiine
of the extract in respect to the vanillin 2 oz. Sugar ('olor

and vanilla resins, which shall be deriveil Balance water to make 1 gal.

solely from the beans used, shall bo


not
less than 0.17 per cent vanillin and
not Wintergreen flavor
less than 0.09 per cent vanilla resins. I'luid Ounces Methyl Salicylate
Imitation vanillA, artificuilly flavored 70 Fluid fhinces (Jlycopon AAA
. —
and colored Shall be a solution of van- 27 Fluid Ounces Water
illin and oouniarin in dilute glycend
with 5 per cent, by volume, of true Chocolate Syrup
vanilla extract, colored with caramel.
Heat 2 lb, chocolate.
There shall be not than 0.0 gram of
less
Add 0 lb. :{0" B6. sugar syrup
vanillin, 0.1 gram of coumarin, and
lio
Boil down to desireii thickmnw
centimeters of glycerol (U.SP. stand-
finished Add Fio of 1% Sodium Benzoate
ard), in 100 centimeters of the
product.
30 THE CHEMICAL FORMUURY
Fruit Syrup The above formulae can bo used for
One quart lemon, orange or other fruit maWng any emulsion flavor by substi
pulp; 6^6 lb. sugar; 5 pints water; %- luting other oils or combinations of oils
1 oz. citric acid, and 1 oz. Viscogum. for lemon or orange oil. Thus oil of
peppermint, wintergreen, cinnamon,
Directions: clove, nutmeg or any combinations of
Mix thoroughly of sugar with 1
1 lb. these or other oils may be used to make
oz. of ViBcouuin. Bring the 5 pints of emulsions of di He rent flavors. The con-
water to a coil and add slowly while centrations of the oils given in the above
stirring the mixture of Vi.scogum and formuhie may bo varied to suit individ-
sugar. Then boil vigorously for one ual requirements. Emulsions made with
minute. If artificial color is desired, it 50% of some oils are so thick that they
may bq Added at this point. Now add will scarcely flow. The viscosity of a
the (5V^ lb.) of sugar and cook weak oil emulsion may be increased by

until commctely dissolved. Allow to cool mixing some cotton or other edible oil
to 180® F. and add the citric acid, previ- with tiio flavor oil used, before emulsifi-
ously dissolved in a littja^ water. The cation.

fruit pulp Is thqp added and slow stir- The addition of 1% phosphoric or
rinp; is continued until cool. If some ad- hydrochloric acid or a larger amount of
ditional flavor is desired it is added at a weakerjEiaMl increases the stability of
this point. If a preservative is indi-
these emulsions. The acid should be dis-
cated then 3.6 grams of Benzpate of solved in the water used.
in. The finishei^’^rup is
llllTcd slowly wliilo bottling. It is ad-
Essence Grape Aroma “Speciar'
visable to shake each bottle the next day
before packing tor shjj^ent. Nerolin 20 gr.
The pulp
Essence Cognac » 10 mils
will now remain in s^Wsion for long
Sol. Methyl Anthranilatc
periods.
10 20 mils
Tinct. Cacao 20 mils
EMULSION KI. AVORS Fluid Ext. Valerian 2 mils
Sol. Benzoic Ether 1 : 10 1 mil
Formula (Cold Method)
Grape Juice 60 rails
A. 1. Lemon or Orange Oil 25 oz. Glycopon XS 200 mils
2. Kmulsono B 3-4 oz.
3. Water q.s. 1 gal.
Pistacho Essence
4. tllycerin 10 oz.
Oil Lemon, Handpreased 4 rails
Put (1) and (2) inwitha pot fitted Oil Bitter Almonds,
a beating stirrer. Start mixing to wet
F.F.P.A. 8 mils
the gum thoroughly with the oil. Add E.s8once Strawberry Aroma 12 mils
(3) and (4) udiile beating vigorously. Benzyl Acetate, pure 3 drops
Continue beating until homogeneous. Glycerine, pure 12 mils
Continue beating intermittently for a
Peach Flavor, pure 3 mils
few hours. If the aboNc amount of es-
Glycopon XS 120 rails
sential oil is not desired, any part of it
Green Color i/j
gm.
may be replaced with mineral or cotton-
seed oil.
Essence Prune Juice for Blending
Tinct. St. John's Bread 10 oz.
Formula (Hot Method) Extract Vanilla 5 oz.
B. 1. Lemon or Orange Oil 25 oz. Prune Juice 28 oz.
2. Emulsono B 2 oz. Prune Spirit 12 oz. 4 dr.
3. Water q.s. 1 gal. Essence Bum Kingston 2 oz. 4 dr.
4. Sugar 16 oz. Tinct. Lemosin Oak 30 oz.
Mix Essence Raisin Wine 10 oz.
(2) and (4) intimately in drv
pot. In a steam-heated kettle or double Essence Cognac Fine Cham-
boiler, bring (3) to a boil; add the mix- pagne 5 oz.
ture of and (4) very slowly while Essence Figs 2 oz. 4 dr.
(2)
stirring. Cover the kettle and boil for Essence Grape Aroma 2 oz.
two hours, while stirring. Allow to cool
and add the oil slowly while beating Oil Blood Orange
vigorously*. Continue beating until uni- Oil Sweet Orange, Hand-
form. Continue beating intermittently pressed 64 oz.
for a few hours. Oil Lemon, Handpressed 15 oz. 4 dr.
BEVERAGES AND FLAVOItS 31

Oil Peach Blossom 2 dr. Sol. P(*ach Aldehyde, pure


Methyl Anthranilate, pure 1 dr. 1: 20 1 mil
Vanillin, pur. cryst. 16 oz. Glycopon XS 2000 mils
Apple Cider 1300 mils
Corn Ether \Vater 730 mils
Glycopon XS 5000 gr.
Oil Pear Ethereal
Acetic Ether 1000 gr-
Fusel Oil 30 gr-
Benzyl Propionate 1 pt.
Coriander Oil 4 gr. Amyl Acetate, pure -
11 pt.

Oil Cognac t gr. Butyric Ether, Absolute 4 i)t.

Oil Gin, 01(1 Tom Oil Neroli Artificial

Oil Coriander, pure 3 oz. 4 dr. A ml) ret tone » gr.


Oil Angelica Root 3 dr. Oil Ko.se (Jeranium / 5 gr.
Oil Anise, Russian, Rectified 1 oz. Infusion Balsam Tolu 8 gr.
Oil Caraway, Dutch 4 dr. (il}copon XS .50 gr.
Oil Juniper Berries, I’lumyl E*hyl Acetate 20 gr.
Rectified 7 oz. 4 dr. Oninge Oil 40 gr.
Olycopon XS -JL.^t. 8 oz. Rose Li-af Infusion 75 gr.
Oil Neroli Gen. Bigardo 100 gr.
Geraiul Acetate 100 gr.
Essence Gin, Old Tom
Met|iyl Anthanilato 100 gr.
Essence Gin, Holland 1 gal.
Inf. (Grange Flowt-rs
Glycopon XS 1 pt.
Linalol 100 gl^
Oil Coriander, pure 1 oz.
Oil Petit Grain Algerian 1.50 gr.
Oil Calamus ^
1 oz.
Linahl AtMiato l.jO gr.

Essence Gin, London Dock Apricot Oil


Oil Gin, Old Tom {> oz.
Oil N<*roli Art. 12 oz
Oil Gin, Holland 18 oz.
Oil Cognac White H oz.
Oil Cassia, Rectified 4 dl.
Oenaiifliic Ether 1 1 oz.
Glycopon XS ()4 0 /,.
Pi-acli Aldehyde 100% 4 oz.
Vanillin 64 oz.
Arrac Aroma Essence Oil Apple Etheri-al 16 oz.
Oil Birch 16 gr- Acetic Ether 06 oz.

Oil Cognac 16 gr- Valerian Ether Absolute 16 oz.


Oil Maraschino 25 gr- (!lyco]»on XH 240 oz.

Oil Celery 8 gr-


Rum Essence 250 gr. Es.Mcnce Sweet Clit rO
Glycopon XS 250 gr. IIeliotro|tin 60 gr.
Solution .Jasmin, Concrete
J; 10 in Glyi-opon XH 24 mils
Oil Gin Holland
Solution I’eio'h Aldehyde, pure
Oil Lemon 1 dr.
20 in Glycopon XS
1 : 7^/2 mils
Oil Anise 1 dr.
C\clainic Aldehyde, pure 2 mils
Oil Angelica Root 6 dr.
Oil Bitter Almonds,
Oil Fusel 4 dr.
F.F.P.A. 16 mils
Oil Juniper Berries 20 oz.
Vanillin 84 gr.
Oil Rosemary Flavor 6 dr.
Fluidextmet Rluitany .33 mils
Oil Coriander 4 dr.
Oil (doves 21/4 mils
Glycopon XS 10 oz.
Oil Cinnamon Ceylon 1^4 mils
Cherry Juice 800 mils
Essence Holland Gin Glycopon XS 800 mils
Oil Gin 1000 mils
Glycerine C.P. 200 mils Essence WTiiskcy Bourbon
Glycopon XS 216 oz. Fusel Oil 1 gal.
Oil Bitter Almond V/2 oz.
Essence Apple Aroma Oil Ibise Art. 48 min.
Oil Apple Ethereal 750 mils Vanilhi Extract 32 oz.
Oil Jasmine Flowers 3 mils Ess. Jamaica Rum 40 oz.
Amyl Valerianate, pure 20 mils Pineapple Aroma 40 oz.
Vanillin 10 gr. Acetic Ether 12 oz.
Tinct. Civet 4 oz. to 1 gal. 5 mils
32 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Essence of Jamama Rum Oil Spice (Jewuertz 2 dr.
1 dr.
Butyric Ether, Absolute 2 dr.
Oil of Cassia
25 drops Tinct. Foenigraeci, Concen-
Oil of Birch Tar
tration 3 oz. 4 dr.
Oil of Ylung Ylang Natural 3 dr.
Oil of Orange Flower
Natural 20 drops Essence KartofTel Schnaps
Oil of Ceylon Cinnamon 15 drops Essence Rye Whiskey 8 oz.
Rum Ether Pure 3 pt. Essence Nordhaeuser Korn 8 oz.
*
Acetic Ether 2 Vi oz.
Butyric, Ether 1 oz. 1 dr.
Tincture of Saffron 1 lb. Oil Cherry Ethereal
to a gal. 4 oz. Amyl Acetate, Pure 12 pt.
Extract of Vanilla Pure 3 0/,.
Am\l Butyrate, Pure 8 pt.
Balsam Peru 2 dr. Benzaldeh}tle, fiee from
Tincture Stynix U.S.P. 2 dr. Prussic Acid 12 pt.
Coumarin 5 dr. Oil Lemon, Ilandpressed 1(3 oz.
Oil Sweet Orange, Hand-
‘ ‘ ’ ’
Essence AVliiskey Scotch pressed 8 oz.

Ouniacol, pure 4 <]r.


Oil Cloves, Pure 1(5 oz.

Oil (’ade, pure 1 oz. Oil Cassia, Leadfree 8 oz.

Butyric Ether, pure 4 oz. Vegetable Red Coloring.


Esseuco Rye Whiskey 2 gul.
Essence Rootbeer
Essence Cognac Brandy Oil Sassafras, Pure 1 oz.

Essence Brandy 20 oz. Oil Anise Russian, Rectified 1 oz.

Extract Vanilla 4 oz. Oil Lemon, Natural 1 oz.

Tinct, Orrisroot, Florentine Methyl Salieylate (Oil Winter-


(2 lb. to 1 gal.) 2 oz. green Art.) 18 oz.

Oil Cognac, Genuine 1 oz. (il^copon XS () oz.

Oil Bitter Almonds, Free from Water 11 oz.


Prussic, Acid 2 dr. Bismarck Blown Color
Essence Riirn, New England (3 <lr.

Acetic Ether, Absolute 2 oz. 2 dr.


Nitrous Ether, Absolute 2 oz.
Essence Rum New England
Olycopon XS 10 oz. Oil Ciunamon, Ceylon 2 dr.
Oil (Moves, Pure 2 dr.
Oil Chamomile, Roman 4 dr.
Essence Slivovitz Rum Ether, Pure 4 pt.
Oil Bitter Almonds, Butyric Etlier, Absolute 3 oz.
F.K.P.A. 2 mils Extract Vanilla 4 dr.
Oil Neroli, Artificial 1 mil Acetic Ether, Absolute 3 oz.
Oil Cognac, Genuine, Green 2 mils Glycopun XS 8 oz.
Vanillin 5 gm.
Essence Raspberry Aroma .300 mils
Essence I’lum 300 mils Root Beer Oil
Essi'nce .lamaica Rum 25 mils Methyl Salicylate 5 oz.
Essence Raisin Wine 50 mils Sufrol 8 oz.
}*rune Spirit 100 mils Oil Orange 1 oz.
Glycopou XS 100 mils Oil Clove 2 drops
Oil Nutmeg 2 drops

Essence Nordhaeuser Korn


Coumarin % oz.
Vanillin 1 oz.
ChtvoI 10 oz. Glyoopon XS 64 oz.
Oil Caraway, Hutch 2 oz. Water q.s. 128 oz.
Oil Coriander, pure 30 drops 1 ounce of above flavors 2 gallons.
Acetic Ether, Absolute 4 dr.
Glyoopon XS (50 oz.
Glycerine, Pure 18 oz.
Oil Scotch
Oil Corn Fusel 6 oz.
Oil Bitter Almonds 4 dr.
Essence Nordhaeuser Korn Oil Coriander 4 dr.
Rum Ether, Pure 2 gal. Oil Cade 1 oz.
Corn Fnsel Oil 2 pt. Guaiaco! 2 dr.
BEVERAGES AND FLAVORS 33
Butyric Ether 4 oz. Tincture of I.iemusin Oak
Glycopon X8 4 oz. Oak Bark, Powder 2 Ib.
Glycopon XS 4 pt.
Water 4 pt.
New England Rum Essence
Nitrous Ether 250 g''-

Butyric Ether 250 Tincture of Maple Bark


gr-
Acetic Ether 250 gr. Maple Bark, Powdered 2 lb.
Oil Lemon .3 g*"- Glycopon XS 4 pt.
Oil Cinnamon 3 g*"- Water *
4 pt.
Oil Neroli 1 g**-

Balsam of Peru 2 gf-


Tincture of Saffron
Kura Eas. No. 10 500 gr-
Saffron 1 lb.
Glycopon XS 1 gal.
Tincture of Castorium
Castorium, Canadense 1 lb. Tincture of Sandalwood
Glycopon XS 1 gal. Sandalwood, Powder 2 lb.
Glycopon XS 1 gtil.

Tincture of Civet
Tinctun* of St. .lohna Bread
Civet, (ronuino 4 oz.
(ilycopon XS 1 gal.
St. .lolms Hmid, Powder 2 lb.
(ilycopon XS 4 pt.
Water 4 pt.

Tincture Foenugreek
Foenugreek, Powder 2 lb. Tincture Orrisroot, Florentine
Glycopon XS 1 gal. Orrisroot, Florentine, Powder 2 lb.
V,l »pou XS 4 pt.
Water 4 pt.
Essence Raisin Wine
f]xtract Vanillin 70 oz.
Tincture of Almonds, Shells
Essence Raspberry Aroma 2 oz.
Almonds, Shells 4 lb.
Oenantliic Ether, Absolute 4 dr.
Geraniol Puie 2 oz 2 dr.
.
(ilyc(»pon XS (1 pt.
Water 2 pt.
Acetic Etlier, Glacial 2 oz 2 (Ir.
.

(ilycopon XS 40 oz.
Methyl Antliranilate Pure 20 drops Tincture of Arnicn
Water 10 oz. Arnica Powiler 1 lb.
Glycopon X.S 1 gal.
Oil Plum Ethereal
Oil Pineapple, Ethereal 4 pt.
Tincture (Jurn Benzoin, Siam
Oil Jamaica Rum 4 pt.
Essence Slivovitz 4 pt.
Gum Benzoin Siam, Powder 2 Ib.

Essence Peach Blossoms pt.


Glycopon XS 1 gal.
4
Glycopon XS 6 pt.

Tincture <»f Musk Tonquin, Grains


Tincture of Foenugreek, Concentrate Musk Tonquin, (Jrains 4 oz.
Foenugreek, Powder 4 lb. Glycopon XS 1 gal.

Glycopon XS 1 gal.

Tincture Musk Artificial


Tincture of Figs Musk Artificial 100% Pure 4 oz.
Figs 4 lb.
Glycopon XS 1 gaJ.
Glycopon XS 4 pt. Dissolve.
Water 4 pt.

Tincture of Hickory Tincture of Mastic

Hickory Bark, Powder 2 lb.


Gum Mastic Powder 1 lb.
Glycopon XS Glycopon XS 6 pt
2 pt.
Water Dissolve.
4 pt.
34 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Essence Apple, Extra Oil Cloves
2% mils
Oil Apple, Ethereal 1500 mils 1
Oil Cinnamon 1^ mils
Peach h’lavor 100 mils Cherry Juice 800 mils
OJycopon X8 5000 mils Glycopon XS 800 mils
Water 3500 mils
Vegetable Liquid Yellow Cognac Essence
Color 10 mils
Oil Bitter Almond 20 drops
Oil Absinthe, French Oil Cognac 50 guL
Violet Flower Essence 25 gm.
Oil Wormwood, American 10 oz.
Oil Star Anise, Leadfreo
Woodruff Essence 50 gm.
16 oz.
Oil Anise Russian, Rectified
Ocnanthic Ether 15 gm.
12 oz.
Acetic Ether 120 gm.
Oil Fennel, Rectified G oz.
Oil Neroli, Artificial % dr.
Glycopon XS 3 oz. Oil Scotch Whisky Mix
Tinct. Gum Benzoin, Siam 2 lb.
Oil Fusel
to 1 gal,
6 oz.
3 oz. Oil Bitter Almond 4 dr.
Oil Coriander 4 dr.
Oil Anisette Oil Cade Pure 1 oz.
Oil Anise Russian, Rectified 405 mils Guiacol Pure 2 dr.
Oil Sweet I’ennel, R(>ctified 20 mils Butyric Ether 4 oz.
Oil Coriander, l^ure 1 oz, to 60 gal.
10 mils
Oil Star Anise, Leadfree 465 mils
Oil Angelica Root 30 mils Oil Peach Blossom
Oil Bitter Almonds,
Oil Neroli 16 oz.
F.B\P.A. 8 mils Oil Cognac Genuine 14 oz.
Oil Rose, Artificial 2 mils Cenanthic Ether 14 oz.
Peach Aldehyde 100% 4 oz.
Oil Alkermes, Cordial Oil Apple Ethereal 16 oz.
Oil Cinnamon, Ceylon Acetic Ether Absolute 96 oz.
100 gin.
Oil Cassia, Leadfree Valerianic Ether Absolute 16
200 gm. oz.
Oil Cloves, Pure 200 gm. Glycopon XS 240 oz,
Oil Mace, Distilled 450 gm.
Oil Rose, Genuine 1 gm. Oil Bourbon 1-30
Glycopon XS 50 gm. Oil Fusel
6 pt.
Butyric, Ether 2 oz.
Anisette Flavor Oil Bitter Almonds 2 dr.
Oil Star Anise 100 gm. Oil Jam. Rum 16 oz.
Oil Anise 50 gm. Tinct. Castoreum 8 oz.
Oil Carvol 7 gm.
Oil Lemon 5 gm. 122 oz.
Oil Rose
Oil Neroli
% gm.
2 gm. Extract Bourbon 1-1
Oil Cardamon 2 gm. Oil Bourbon 6 oz.
Glycopon 8 32 oz.
Essence Arac Sugar Color 20 oz.
Citric Acid 8. 8
Oil Noroli Petnlo, Extra 15 drops oz.
Essence Juiumca Kuiu Tannic Acid Sol. 1 oz.
43 oz.
Extract Vanilla 13 oz.
Essence Cognac Fine Cham- 67 oz.
pagne W^ator 61 oz.
2 oz, 4 dr.
Essence Raisin Wine 1 oz.
128 oz.

Essence Wild Cherry Aroma Super Aroma Bourbon 1-6


Heliotropin
40 gn Oil Fusel Rectified 240 oz.
Solution Jasmine 24 mil
Peach Aldehyde 7^ mil
Ess. Pineapple
% oz.

Oil Bitter Almond 23 mil


Ess. Peach Blossom
% oz.
CitricAcid Solution 50% 240 oz.
Vanillin 84 gn Solution Saccharin Saturated
n. Extr. Phatany 35 mil Oil Jam. Rum
^ oz.
13 oz»
BEVKRAGES AND Fr.Avnng
3S
Glycopon 9 133 02. Oil Mace Distilled dr.
Tannic Acid Sol. 1 02 . Oil Anise Seed, Russian,
Rectified j dr.
626 02. Oil Angelica Root 40 dr.
Oil Bitter Almonds, F.F.P.A.
Vi dr.
Special Whisky Flavor 1-16 Oil Wormyyood, American 20 dr.
Oil Neroli Bigrade, Petale,
Super Aroma Bourbonette
1-5 Extra 1 dr.
100 02 .

Oil Cognac, Genuine, WTiite 15 dr.


Oil Bourbon Cyllo 4 oz.
Glycopon XS 20 02 -

104 02.

Essenco Concord Grape


Bourbon 1 to 1 Methyl Aathninilate, Pure 10 oz.
Oil Bourbon 40 oz. (Uyc4)|ton XS 100 oz.
Oil Combiiitllion 20 oz. Glycerine, iMire 45 oz.
Glycopon XS 10 oz. Vegetable Bed Liquid 5 oz.
Tannic Acid Solution 1 lb.
C.P. Tannic Acid Dissolved
Essence Cognac Brandy
in 1 cal. Hot Water 10 oz.
Saccharin Solution 1 lb. Sol- Es.senci' (’ognae Fine Cham-
uble Water Saccharin 5 gal. pagtie 5 oz.

Boiling Water f/2 oz. Extract Vanilla 2 dr.

Citric Acid Solution 10 oz. Tini't. St. .lohns Bread 2 dr.

Sugar Color 100% 200 oz. Glycopon XS 2 02.

Vanilla Ext. Imitation 2 oz. Glycerine, Pure 4 dr.


Irnit. Vanilla Ext. 1 oz. Vanillin.
Dissolve in ^
gal. Clycopon S; Vi g***!.
E.ssence Cognac Fine Champagne
Water.
Oil Cognac, Genuine, White 20 oz.
Oil Bitter Almonds,
Whisky Flavor 1-25 K.F.P..\. 1 02 . 2 dr.
Oil Bourbon 100 oz. Acetic Ether, Absolute 45 02.
Oil Fusel 200 oz. Glycopon XS 15 pt.
Ess. of i’eachBlossom 1 Vi oz. Essence Ibtisin Wine 10 oz.
Ess. of Pineapple Aroma Vi Tini't. Leiiiohin Oak 5 oz.
Tannic Acid C.P. 1 dr.

f^sence Creme de Mentho


.300 oz.
Oil I’eppermint, Twice
Uis'tilied 2 oz.
Essence of Peach Blossom
Menthol 2 dr.
Oil of Peach Hlossoin IVi oz.
Glycopon XS .35 oz. 4 dr.
Peach Aldehyde 100% 2 dr. Green Coloring.
(il^copon Xs" 6 pt.
Water 28 oz.
Essence Whiskey “Ryo”
Cordon Gin Essence Oil Fusel Potato 2 pt.
16 Oil Fusel Rye 18 pt.
Oil Juniper Berries oz.
Oil Angelica Root 20 cc.
Rum Ether, Pure 20 pt.
20 Oil Coriander, Pure 5 oz.
Oil Angelica Seed cc.
40 Oil Bitter Almonds,
Oil Coriander or.
F.F.P.A. 2 02 . 4 dr.
Oil Lemon 60 cc.
20 Glycopon X8 50 pt.
Sweet Orange cc.
Tinct. Catechu 1 pt.
Neroli 5 cc.
Vanillin 2 dr.
Geranium Rose 5 cc.
ITeliotropin 4 dr.
Glycopon XS to make 1 gal.
make 50 Tinct. Balsam, Peru, True 1 dr.
4 02 . of above to gal.

Essence Chartreuse Essence Trester Brandy


Oil Peppermint, Rectified IVi dr. Oil Cognac, Genuine 4 02.

Oil Lemon, Handpressed 2 dr. Oil Com Fusel 5 02.

Oil Cassia, Leadfree 1 dr. Methyl Salicylate 3 02.

Oil Cloves Pure 1 dr. Acetic Ether, Absolute 2 lb. 8 02.


36 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY

Glycopon XS 24 pt. Artificial Grape Syrup Form


Water 3 pt. 12 oz. ArtificialGrape Oil 6 oz.
Tartaric Acid 2% lb.

Essence Tutti Frutti Cream of Tartar 2 oz.


Tannic Acid 15 gm.
Essence Henedictine 16 oz.
Grain Alcohol 3 pt.
Essence Marastdiino 16 oz.
16
Sugar Syrup 7 pt.
Essence Ouracao oz.

Essence Violet J-'lowcrs 16 oz.


Color sufiSciently to give the desired
Oil Strawberry, Ethereal 32 oz.
shade.
Tinct. Vanilla 1 Ib. to 1 gal. 32 oz.
The syrup is made by dissolving 7
pounds granulated sugar in su&cient
Eascnce Itock and Ryo Whiskey water to make one gallon.
Oil Corn Fuaol 7 oz. 4 dr.
OilCognao Genuine Green 4 dr. Artificial Grape Flavor
Jlalsam J’eru, True 4 dr.
(Powder)
Easenco Jamaica Rum 4 dr.
Vanillin 2 dr. Tartaric Acid 2% lb.

Acetic Ether, Absolute 4 dr. Cream of Tartar 2 oz.

Coumarin 5 dr. Tannic Acid 15 gr.

E8.senco Uaisin Wine 12 oz. Granulated Sugar 10 lb.

Peach Flavor 4 dr. Concentrated Grape Oil,

Glycopon XH 35 oz. Artificial 6 oz.

Glycerine, Pure 16 oz.


Mixthe tannic acid with cream of
tartar. (The tannic acid may bo
Oil Benedictine omitted if desired.) This should bo
Oil Sweet Orange, Hand- mixed thoroughly, then mix this with
pressed 72 oz. about 1/^ pound of the acid (fine pow-
Oil Angelica Hoot 6 oz. dered.) AIix well, then work in the
Oil Calamus 3 oz. remaining acid in lots of pound at a %
Oil Cinnamon, Ceylon 3 oz. time, thorough mixing being c.ssential.
Oil Mace, Distilled 3 oz. It is best done by sieving several times,
Oil Celery 3 oz. mixing well after each sieving. Now
Glycopon XS 12 oz. work in the sugar the same way, so that
the whole forms a (lerfectly even mix-

French Curacao
ture. Now slowly work in the artificial
grape oil, mixing thoroughly. Huflicient
Oil Orange 10 oz.
color i.s added to give the required
Mace Oil 8 cc.
shade when dissolved in water. Mix
Cassia Oil 16 cc.
thoroughly and spread out until dry,
Cloves Oil 8 oc.
then rub again through a sieve and put
Lemon Oil 32 oc.
up in packages.
Rose Oil i cc.
As the color will vary in strength, it
Vanillin 1 dr.
will be necessary to experiment a little
Jam. Kum Ess. 2 oz.
to get the exact quantity required to
give the desired color when the product
.Vitificial Grape Oil
IS made up into a finished drink.
Bon/.vl lUitvrate lOVj fl. oz.
In the .strength given here, a tea-
Methvl .Vnlhraiiilato 4 >
.j fl. oz.
spoonful will bo sufficient to flavor
Methyl Halicylato *•! fl. oz.
strongly a quart of water.
Ainvl Valerianate Vi fl. oz.
Fluid Extract Valerianate 3 fl. oz.
Port Wine 75 fl, oz. Powdered Flavors
Alcohol loO fl. oz. Put about 4 ounces of the powder
Grape Juice .50 fl. oz. into a mortar and spray or drop the
Glycerine LM fl. oz. mixed flavoring materials over it
slowly, mixing well. When all have
Mix the first five with the alcohol,
been added, gradually add the remain-
then the other materials one at a
der of the acid, mixing well after each
tune in the order given, stirring well
addition. The color should be dissolved
ifter each addition. Let stand for 24 in the flavoringmixture before adding
iours and filter. the acid. When well mixed, place in a
glass dish and stir often until it has
_BEVERAGES and FLA VOI^S
37
=a
dried out sufficiently to admit of pack-
Artificial Oil of Raspberry
ing. Best put up in glass bottles with
Acetic Ether
closely fitting stoppers, but may be put 5
The quantity is sufficient Formic Ether
up in cans. ]
Methyl-.Salic\ lie Ether
for 45 gallons of liquid. ] 0/..
Nitruu.s Ether
j 02.
Raspberry ()<‘Tianthic Etlier j
The base as above 1 lb. Sebacylic Ether 1 oi.
Artificial Oil of Raspberry 02. Butyric Ether 1 02.
Bordeau S. Amaranth Ben/oic Ether ] 0/.
Color 2 to 5 gr. Amyl- Butyric Ether j
^2'
Artificial Vanilla Flavor 1 dr. Succinic Aei.l 1 o;..
Saturated Solution Tartaric
Acid in fold Alcohol fl 02.
Strawberry Glycerine 4 0/,.
The base as above 1 lb. Tincture of Orris 100 02.
Ponceau 3 R Color 2 to.5 gr.
Artificial Oil of Strawberry IV^o/..
Mix the succinic acid with the tine*
lure, add the others ami, lastly, the
Artificial Vanilla Flavor 1 dr.
glycerine. One ounce of pure vanilla
extract will improxe this.
Cherry
The base as above 1 lb.
Artificial Oil of Pineapple
Artificial Oil of Cherry It^o/.
Bordoau S. Amaranth Color 10 gr.
.\inyl Butyrate 1 02.
Butyric Ether 4 02,
Sebacic Ether 1 oz.
Pineapple .'\cetic Ether 4 dr.
The base as above 1 lb. Amyl Acetate 4 dr.
Artificial Pineapple Oil IVjo/,. Pineapjile .Tuico 4 dr.
Napthol Yellow, Color 10 gr. Glvccniie C. P. 4 oz.
Alcolud 50 oz.

Wild Cherry Mix, adding glycerine lust.


Oil of Wild Cherry. (Sec
formula below) jit.
-VrlilH ml Oil of Poach
Distilled Water la gal.
EthU I’ormute 5 oz.
Cologne Spirit.s Vj gal.
Eih\l Butyrate 5 02.
Red Color Vi fl. 02.
Ethyl Acetate 5 02.
Mix water and Cologne Spirits. Add Ethyl Sebneale 1 02.
the oil of Wild Cherry, mix and add the Ethyl N'aleriunato 6 02.
color. Mix well. Oil of Bitter Almonds 5 oz.
Aldehyde 2 02, '

Use to:
Glycerine .5 02.
1 gallon Simple Syrup. Amyl Alcohol 2 oz.
1 ounce Extract.
Alcohol enough to make up 100
ounces.
Oil of Wild Cherry
Acetic Ether 10 fl. 02 .

Benzoic h]thcr 5 fl. 02.


Artificial Oil of Cherry
r Ethyl Benzoate
Oil of Bitter Almonds fl. OZ, 5 oz.
Amyl Valerianic Ether 0 fl. OZ, Ethyl Oenanlhate 1 oz.
Benzoic Acid 2 fl. 02. Ethyl Acetate 5 oz.
Glycerine 8 fl. 02. Ben/oic Acid 1 oz.
Cologne Spirits 0 pt. Glycerine 3 qz.
Oil of P.itter Almonds oz.

* Coffee f^xtract
Alcohol enough to make up 100
Roast ground fresh coffee is perco- ounces.
lated with hot water until exhausted.
5-20% Glycerin is then added. Excess Artificial Vanilla Flavor
water is driven off by heating in vacuo
Vanillin 6 dr.
at temperatures up to 90“ C.
Cumarin 2 dr.
Alcohol 2 pt.
38 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY*
Water 5 pt. ized. The pure annatto which precipi-
White Sugar Syrup 1 pt. tates must be washed thoroughly with
Glycerine C. P. 1 pt. water and dried.
This solution may be used for color-
Caramel color enough to give the de- ing ices and various other articles.
Bired shade.
Dissolve the vanillin and cumarin in
the alcohol, then add the other mate- Red
rials and let stand for a few days be-
Liquid Cochineal
fore using. If not clear, filter. The
syrup is made by dissolving 12 ounces Powdered Cochineal 1 oz.

of sugar in water enough to mako a Carbonate of Potassium % oz.


pint of syrup. Alum 02 .

Bitartrate of Potassium 1 oz.


Alcohol 1 fl. oz.
Glycerine (C. P.) 6 fl. oz.
Artificial Oil Strawberry
Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz.
Ethyl Butyrate 5 oz.
Ethyl Formato 1 oz. Triturate the cochineal intimately
Ethyl Salicylate 1 oz. with the carbonate of potassium and 8
Ethyl
Nitrate 1 oz. fluid ounces of distilled water, then
Acetate
Ethyl 5 oz. add the alum and bitartrato of potas-
Amyl Acetate 3 oz. sium successively, put the mixture in
Glycerine C. P. 2 oz. a capacious vessel to boil, then set aside
Alcohol enough to make up 100 to cool, add alcohol and glycerine, filter
ounces. the same and pass enough distilled
water through the filter to maj^e 16
fluid ounces.
Beverage Colors
(Vegetable)
Carmine Solution
Yellow
Carmine, best 480 gr.
Tincture of Turmeric
Ammonia Water 6 fl. oz.
Turmeric (ground) 1 lb. Glycerine 6 fl. oz.
Dilute Alcohol 10 pt. Water, to mako 16 fl. oz.

Exhaust by maceration and percola- Triturate the carmine to fine powder


tion. Keep in a dark place. in a Wedgwood mortar, gradually add
Saffron 1 lb. the ammonia water, and afterwards the
Alcohol 5 pt. glycerine, under constant trituration.
Water 5 pt. Transfer the mixture to a porcelain
capsule, and heat on a water bath, stir-
''
Mix alcohol and water and add saf- ring constantly, until the liquid is en-
fron. this mixture to stand in
Allow tirely free from ammoniacal odor.
a warm
place for several days, with Then cool and add enough water to
occasional agitation, then filter. The mako 16 fluid ounces.
tincture thus prepared has a deep Carmine solution may also be pre-
orange color and when diluted, or used pared by triturating the carmine with
in .small quantities, gives a beautiful just enough solution of potassa to dis-
yellow tint to 8yrup.s. solve it, then adding 2 fluid ounces of

alcohol and enough water to make 16


ounces. Or, instead of the solution of
Orange potassa, use suflScient saturated solution
Solution of Annntto of borax to dissolve the carmine, then
It is prepared by dissolving pure
add enough water to make 16 fluid
annatto in alcohol, making it of any ounces.
desired .strength. Pure annatto only Carmine solution makes a brilliant
color, and is largely employed, but it is
should be employed. Ordinary annntto
used for dyeing may be purified by not a satisfactory preparation to use
dissolving in a weak solution of sodium at the soda fountain because the syrups
carbonate or other alkali by the aid of are acid as a rule and will separate the
beat. Let cool, and add pure dilute carmine from its alkaline combination
sulphuric acid, drop by drop, stirring and cause its precipitation.
constantly, until the soda is neutral-
BEVERAGES AND FLAVORS 39
Brown Red Pour the water npon the litmus, stir
Compound Tincture of Cudbear well, allow to stand for about an hour,

ludbear, powder stirring occasionally, filter, and to the


120 gr.
Caramel IMjav. oz.
filtrate add the alcohol.
Alcohol, of each Sufficient
Water, of each Sufficient Root Beer Lmulsiou
Macerate the cudbear with 12 fluid Gum Arabic 17 lb.

ounces of a mixture composed of 1 vol- Water 6Vj gal.


ume of alcohol and 2 of water for 12
Heat and stir until di.ssolved. Filter
hours, agitating frequently, then filter.
through cheese cloth.
Add the caramel, previously dissolved m
2 fluid ounces of water, and then pass
through the filter enough of the before- FormuUi A'o. I

mentioned alcohol water mixture to (To make 1() g:ill(tiis (»f conci'iif rate.)
make the whole liquid measure 10 fluid Oil of WiiilergreiMi (syn
ounces.
thetic) 1 pt.
This preparation may also bo made Oil of .Sassafras 1 pt.
hy dissolving 1% ounces of caramel in Vanillin •1 0/.
2 fluid ounces of water, adding 4 fluid Coumariii 1 oz.
ounces of tincture of cudbear and then
enough of a mixture composed of 1 Formula No. £
\olume of alcohol and 2 of water to (To make lo gallons of ronm 'Ill rale.)
make the whole measure 10 fluid ounces. Oil of Wintergreen (syn-
thetic) 2 qt.
Oil of l^assnfras 1 qt.
Chlorophyll Oil of ('loves 1 pt.
This may bo employed in alcoholic Oil of (’a.ssia 1 pt.
solution for coloring preparations of a
Emulsifli'af ion or absorption of the
green tint. It may l>e [iiirchased or it
may bo prepared as follows: oils in the gum solution cun be accom-

Digest leaves of grass, nettles,


plished by simply gradually pouring the
oils into the gum solution, while the
''pinach, or other green herb, in warm
water, until soft; pmir off the water,
same is being vigorously agitated. It

shoubi be agitated for at least 10 miri


and crush the herb to a pulp. Boil this
utes and as this process is going on you
for a short time with a per cent
will note the ti'miency of the gum solu
solution of caustic soda, and afterwards
tiou to thicken, Jf you ha\(' an etmil
precipitate the chlorophyll by means
sifier, so much the belter; emul.sifier,
of dilute hydrochloric acid; wash the
howe\er, is not essential, ns a good
precipitate thoroughly with water, press
stirring with a wooden padille or a
and dry it, and use as much for the
large size cream whijiper will do the
solution as may be necessary.
work. While you are mixing this solu-
tion, about one gallon of sugar coloring
(caramel coloring) should bo added to
Tincture of Grass
give the concentrate a dark color. The
Lawn Grass, fresh, cut fine 2 av. oz. resulting product is then made up with
Alcohol It’i fl. oz.
water to make exactly 10 gallons and
then given another thorough stirring
Put the grass in a wide mouth bottle
before being placed in container. One
and pour thi? alcohol upon it. Afti-r
gallon of this product will flavor 20
standing a few days, agitating occa-
barrels of root beer.
sionally, pour off the liquid.
This is a useful preparation for giv-
ing a green color to essences, syrup of East India Lemon 8onr Extract
violets, etc. It can be used with alco-
on of Lemon 6 oz.
hol or water.
Oil of Limes 2 oz.
Alcohol, Of) per cent % gnl.
Purple Warm Water ^ gal.

Tincture of Litmus
Alum % dr.

Litmus, pow<ler 2% av. o*. Add the oils to the alcohol and shako
Water, boiling 16 fl, oz. well. Dissolve the alum in the water.
Alcohol 3 fl. oz. Add the water gradually in small
40 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
quantities, shaking well after each ad- Vanillin 12 dr.
dition. Set aside to settle for 6 hours. Coumarin 3% oz.
A scum will form on
Separate top. Nerolin 5 oz.
extract from this with rubber hose. Ethyl Benzoate 6 oz.
Filter clear through magnesia. Methyl Salicylate % lb.
Use to: Ethyl Butyrate % lb.
1 gallon Simple Syrup. Ethyl Acetate lb.
ounces Lemon Sour Extract. Benzyl Acetate IVi lb.
3 ounces i.enion Sour Acid. Amyl Acetate 3 Jb.
\'j ounce Yellow Color.
8 lb.

Cideretto Syrup
Vanilla Basic Etheir
Sugar 4() lb.
Water fit/j gal.
Cardamom Oil l*/6 oz.

Soluble Lemon Extract 4 11. o/.


Cinnamon Oil 21/j oz.
Butyric Ether Clove Oil 4 oz.
I fl, o/.
Sugar Color oz.
Ethyl Oonanthato 8 oz.
IVi 11.

Citric Acid Solution Vanillin 8 oz.


00 11. oz.
Amyl Acetate iMi lb.
Use to:
Ethyl Acetate 3 lb.
8-ouace soda Inittle.
1 to 1
'/i ounce Syrup.
0 lb.

Imitation Apple Flavor Cherry


Amyl Valerianate Oil of Cherry Artificial
0 oz.
Ether Acetic 3 oz. Amyl Acetate () fl. oz.
Spirits of Nitroim Ether 3 oz. Amyl Butyrate 3 fl. oz.
Amyl Butyrate, Absolute 1 oz. Benzoic Ether 3 11, oz.
Aldehyde oz. Oil of Bitter Almonds
Essence of Beach Blossom oz. (free from pruN.sic aci d) 8 fl. oz.
Alcohol 1)5 per cent, enough lo make Oil of Lemon 2 11. oz.
1 quart. Oil of Orange 1 fl. oz.
Oil of Cloves j
fl. oz.
Glycerim* lo' oz.
Cheap Apple Cider 11 .

Oil of Cardamom f) dr
Boiled Cider 2 gal. Cologne Spin is 30 fl. oz.
(Jranulated Sugar 2.") lb.
Tartaric Acid •% gal.
Water 30 gal. Cherry Compound
Dry Citric Tartaric Acid {%
Color to
with sugar color.
suit
Citric and Vii Tartaric) I’Alb.
Thoroughly mix; let stand three dav'^,
Extract (dicrry Concentrated 1 pt.
then draw otT and aild one ounce of
Vegetable Ked Color in
benzoate of soda to each ten gallons
liquidform S oz.
of cider. Keep in a cool place.
Water, enough to make 1 gallon.

Sweet Artificial Drinking Cider Browed (linger Ale


Boiled or Condensed Cider S gal. This gives a true flavored gingrr afe
(Iranulated Sugar 10 lb.
Fifty barrels of hot water are run
80 per cent Acetic Acid o/.
into the kettle and heated to Imding.
Water enough Si.x hundred pounds of granulated .sugar
to make up to 50 gal-
lons. are now added, making sure that tho
Note: A leading firm tells us that .same dissolves properly. This having
they have put up thousands and thou- been accomplished, seventy-five pounds
sands of barrels of drinking cider using of powdered ginger, twenty-one pounds
the above formula and it has givon ex- of crystallized citric acid and eight
cellent results. ounces of powdered capsicum are intro-
duced into tho solution, which is per-
mitted to boil for half-hour. Eighteen
Strawberry Basic Ether Wild
pounds of good quality hops are now
Wintergroen Oil 6 added and the solution boiled for an
Ceylon Cinnamon Oil 6 dr. additional three-quarters of an hour,
BEVEHAGES AND EEAVORH 41

wliori'upon it is made up to a volume half hour for J2 hours. Then add 14


at least, fifty-two barrels, cooled pints of water in quantities of 1 pint
(,\’or the Baudelot
cooler and run into a at each addition, .shaking briskly mean-
settling tub, where it is permitted to while. This part of the operation is
remain overnight. most important. Set the mixture aside
The following morning the clear su- for 21 hours, agitating it strongly every
hour or so during that period. Then
pernant liquid is withdrawn or, to work
more economically, the whole solution take
may bo filter-pressed and run into a Oil of Lemon 1 Vj A* oz.

clean vat or fermenter. Oil of lio.se (or geriiiiiuiii) 8 H. dr.

Having reached this stage, the bover- j Oil of Bergamot 2 H. dr.

age maybo treated in one of two dif- Oil of Cinnaimtn 3 fl. dr.
ferent ways. Either five barrels of this Magnesium carbonate 8 li. oz.

.solution may be withdrawn, pitched


with yeast and permitted to feruieut the oils with the nuignesin in a
Hub
completely and after eomploted fermen- large moitar and add 11 ounces of the
tation freed of the yeast by filtration, clear portion of the ginger mixture to
leturned to the main portion of the which have been previously added 2
.solution and stored for, at least, ten ounces of alcohol, and continue tritura-
days. H preferable or more conve- tion, nn.'.ing out Hie mortar with the

nient, instead of withdrawing a


portion ginger niixtiirt'. Pas.s the gmgi'r mix-
<d' the solution to be completely fer- tuie through a double lilter and add
mented and subsequently returning the through the lilter the mivture of oils
be eure- and magnesia; finally j>ass enough
saiiK', the entire solution can
to iiinke the
fully cheeked fi'rmented by pitehing water through tin' filter

with the eustomnry amount of veust resulting product measure 21 pints, or


and permitting the gravity to decrease gallons.
.'{ If the opi'rator shouM desire
an extract of more or less jmiigency be
no more than 0.8 of one per cent, after
defin'd ('ITect by in-
which tlio solution or beverage must may (d)taiti his
creasing or di'cri'asiiig tin* (|iianlity of
he chilled almost to freezing, filtered
powdered cajtsicuiii in the foi inula.
and run into a clean and sterile vat,
where it is to be stored for a period of
ten (lavs. The beverage is carbonated
Ei'inon Extract (Torpcncless)
and filtered in the usual manner, as
practiced in the manufacture of cereal
Oil of Eemon 'bl Ib.
«''•
beverages. It is advisalilo to carbonate
(’itral
Culognc Spirit.s P>
twice, after which the beverage
is

ready for bottling.


Pul in a churn and work 2 hours. Of
'I’ho bottled ginger ale may
be pas-
11 gallons of wati'T, add grndunlly
teurized if desired, although this
is
about gallons every hour and work
If sold in bulk it is to
not ncccssnrv.
pnekages fortwo limirs more, then adil 8 gallons
he racked into freshlv pitched
water and vverk more. 'I'lie whole proe-
and can be shipped without any danger takes about lb hours, .\fter ten
('.sH
of fermentation.
hours add I'ij gallons (’ologiie Hpirils.
Let stand for -IH hours and filter.
Soluble Ginger Ale Extract
I'se to:
(To be used in the proportion of 4
gallon of syrup.) 1 gallon Siinjde Kyrup.
ounce's of extract to 1
1 (»unc(> Exiraet.
Jamaica Ginger, in fine powder 8 Hi.

Capsicum, in fine powder fi oz.

Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. ^ lioot Beer


Oil of Sweet Birch or
Mixthe powders intimately, moisten 15 ot.
Methvl .‘^alicylalo
them with a sufficient quantity of alco- % oz.
Pack Oil of Cloves
hol and set aside for 4 hours. % oz.
percolate Oil of Sassafras
in a cylindrical percolator and oz.
percolate Oil of Lemon
until 10 pints of
with alcohol
Oil of Ca.ssia % 07-
have resulted. Place the percolate in Extract
Mexiean V'anilla
a bottle of the capacity of 10 pints, 0 pt.
(best quality)
and add to it 2 fluid dram.s of oleo- 15 pt.
pounds Cologne Hpirit.s
resin of ginger; shake, add 2V^i 4 oz.
and Caramel
of finely powdered pumice stone, dr.
one- Oil of Nutmeg 2
agitate thoroughly at intervals of
42 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Dissolve the oils in the alcohol. Mix Granulated Sugar 8 oz.
the caramel with the vanilla extract. Water 2% pt.
Pour the colored vanilla extract into the Sugar Color 1 oz.
alcoholic solution. A brown precipitate
Dissolve the oils in two pints of the
will form, which acts as the clarifying
agent, and may be filtered out after
spirits. Each oil must be added sepa-
rately and well shaken with the spirits
standing an hour to two hours.
before another oil is added. Now put
Use to:
the pumice stone and sugar in a Wedgo-
1 gallonSimple Syrup (10 pounds wood mortar, add the mixture gradually
sugar to gallon water). and rub together to a paste. Mix tliV
1ounce Root Beer Extract. remander of the spirits and water
% ounce Citric Acid Solution. together, add the sugar color to these,
2 ounces Caramel. and dis.solvo carefully. Mix the whole
B together gradually, stirring well until
Oil of Wintergreen 20 oz.
all combines, and filter through filter
24 paper.
Oil of Sassafras oz.
Oil of Anise 10 dr. Use to;
Oil of Cassia 1 oz. 1 gallon Simple Syrup.
Cologne Spirits 3% gal. 1 ounce Extract.
Water % gal.
Plain or Simple Syrup
Use to:
Simple Syrup. Granulated Cano Sugar 30 lb.
1 gallon
2 ounces Extract.
Water (boiling) 7 qt.

C Pour tho sugar into the water gradu-


Oil of Sassafras 2'^ fl. oz. ally, stirring meanwhile, and when dis-
Oil of Wintergreen 2Mjfl.oz. solved, strain through coarse cotton
Oil of Sweet Orange 2 fl. oz. cloth. Do not cover container until
Amyl Butyrate 2 11. oz. thoroughly cooled. This will produce
Oil of Spruce M» fl. oz. four gallons of syrup. Tho relative
Oil of Clovo.s 2 dr. proportions of sugar and water are very
Oil of Anise 2 dr. important since, if a smaller amount of
Cologne Spirits 7 pt. sugar is employed, fermentation sooner
Water 2 pt. or later will ensue. If too much sugar
is used, crystallization will surely fol-
Add a time the oils to the
a little at
low, resulting in a liquid too thin to
Cologne Spirits, shako well, add the 2 keep under ordinary temperature.
pints of water and filter through
pumice.
Beverage Acidulants
Use to;
Citric Acid Crystals 4 lb.
1 gallon Simple Syrup,
Boiling Water 4 pU
ounces Extract.
D When dissolved, filter through filter
Oil of Sassafras 6 fi. oz. paper using glass funnel. Keep in glass
Oil of Peppermint % fl. oz. and avoid contact with metal.
Oil of Tar 10 drops
Oil of Cinnamon 10 drops
Tartaric Acid Solution
Carbonate Magnesius 4 av. oz.
Cologne Spirits Ml gal.
Tartaric Acid Crystals 4 lb.
Water M>gal. Boiling Water 4 pt.
Treat tho same as above.
Use to:
1 gallon Simple Syrup.
% n. ounce Extract. Mixed Acid Solution
2 fl. ounces Sugar Color. Tartaric Acid Crystals 2 lb.
Boiling Water 4 pt.
Citric Acid Crystals 2 lb.
Sarsaparilla Extract
Treat tho same as above.
Oil of Wintergreen 4 oz.
Oil of Sassafras 4 oz.
Phosphoric Acid Solution
Oil of Anise 1 oz.
Cologne Spirits 5 pt. Phosphoric Acid 85% 4 lb.
Powdered Pumice Stone 4 oz. Cold water to make one gallon.
BEVERA0E8 AND FI.AVflRS 43
Stand over night and filter through bed and percolate. One- half to 1 ounce
paper. Jlix acid in stone jar and keep of this is used per gallon of syrup.
in glass bottle.

Sapinono Foams
Cherry Acid Solution
Formula A —
Citric Acid 2Vi av. lb. Sapinono 1 Jb.
Tartaric Acid 2\^ av. lb. Glycerine gal.
Hot Water 1 gal.
Thoroughly dissolve and ad<l Phos-
H gal.
Dissoho the sapinono in ^ gallon of
phoric Acid syrupy 2 fluid ounces. clear water, then add glycerine. Use
'•j dram to 1 gallon or 1 ounce to 15
Compound Cider Aci<l
gallons of s\rup.

Citric Acid Crystals 5 lb.


Fvimula />

Tartaric Acid .Sapinono 21 a\. oz.


5 lb.
Acetic Acid, pure 80% pt.
Water 1 gal.
1
Pho.sphoriG Acid Syiupy 1 pt. Dissolve sapinono in water by agita-
Place all the aciil in a stone jar and tion and when ilissolved mid
add two or three gallons of boiling rormaldeliyde 2 fl. dr.
water, stirring until all is dissoKed. Fse to gallon or
1 ilraiii 1 1 ounce to
.\dd water to make (5 gallons. 15 gallons of s\ rup.

Foam Producers Ginger Ale E,\tract


Soap Bark Foam.s 01 eo IvCMii Ginger 15 oz.
Formula A— Oleo Kesin (’upsicum 2 oz.
Quillaja bark is used in the form of Lemon Lxfrai’t 5 pt.
tincture and may bo prepared as fol- Orange Extract 2’{{ pt.
lows; Alcohol and Water 2 gal.

Quillajn, fine chips av. oz. Use to;


Alcohol 10 fl. o/. 1 gallon .‘-^imple Syrup.
Water yuflicient 3 ounces Extinct.

Mi.v the drug w'ith 24 fluid ounces of


w'ater, boil for 15 minutes. .Strain and Ginger Ale Ikxlract (Belfast)
add enough water through the strainer
Oleo Kesin Ginger 21 o/.
to make the \oluiiie eijual to 22 fluid Oieo J(»-Mn (‘iip-'icuin 5 Vi oz.
ouncc.s. Mix the liquid when cool with Oil of Lemon (Terpene-
the alcohol, let stand for 12 hours, filter,
les.s ) 30 oz.
and to the filtrate add enough water
Oil (d Orange (Terpene-
to mca.sure 32 fluid ounces,
lexs 12 07..
,If a cheaper preparation is desired,
Oil fd’ Ua'.sia IVi dr.
the alcohol may be rcplaccil by water
Oil of Itosiq Artificial dr.
or by glycerine. If the former be used,
(>il of Cloxes IVi dr.
the preparation must be preserved by
Cologne Spirits gal.
the addition of a small amount of sali-
Water 3 gal.
cylic acid solution. Either of the latter
U.so to;
is to be preferred to the alcoholic solu-
1 gallon Simple .Syrup.
tion, as the alcohol has the tendency to
2 ounces Extract.
cause premature expulsion of gas from
the soda when served.
About one fluid ounce of this prepa- Ginger Ale Extract
ration is usually suflacient for one gal- Oil of Ginger 4 oz.
lon of syrup. Oil of (kipsieum 1 oz.
Formula B — Lemon Extract 10 oz.
Soap Bark (chips) 1 lb. Orange Extract 8 oz.
Boiling Water 10 pt. Alcohol 31;^ pt.
Alcohol (95%) 1 pt.
Water 3 Vi pt.
Boil the soap bark in the water for
30 minutes. Allow to cool. Add the Ginger Champagne Syrup
alcohol. Pack a small quantity of dry Sugar 46 lb.
soap bark in a percolator to make a Water 6% gal.
44 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Soluble Extract of C.so to:
Ginger 8 fl. oz. gallon Simple Syrup.
1
Soluble Extract of 1 ounce Extract.
Orange 16 fl. oz.
Soluble bixtract of
Lemon 8 fl. oz.
Concrete Orange Extract
Sulphurous Acid 4 fl. oz.
Vanilla Extract 2 fl. oz.
Gum Tragacanth 2 dr.
Sugar Color Gluco.so 4 oz.
214 fl. oz.
Citric Acid Solution 32 fl. uz.
Concentrated Oil of Orange % oz.
Oil of Hitter Orange 1 oz.
Use to:
Concentrated Tincture of
% ounce soda bottle. Grunge 12 oz.
I to I
'/i ounces of above. Citral 15 gr.
Cola Flavor:
Esc to:
Oil of Lemon 120 drops
I gnllon Simple Syrup.
Oil of Sweet Ornni'o 80 drops
1 ounce Extract.
Oil of Nutme}^ 40 drops
Oil of Cinnamon 40 drops
Oil of Coriander 20 drops
Oil of Neroh 40 drops Orange Champagne Syrup
Alcohol, lio per cent 1 cjt. Sugar 46 lb.

Add rotation, shakinj; well before


in Water 614 gals.
nddiiijfnext ingredient, mid let stand Soluble Orange Extract 3 fl. oz.

48 hours when it is ready to use. Solubb' Lemon Extract 20 fl. oz.


Soluble Lime Extract T) fl. oz.
Cola Syrup:
Sulplmrous Acid 3 fl. oz.
Sugar 60 lb.
(hfne Acid Solution 3 fl. oz.
Water 5 gal. Oraiigi* color to suit.
Dissolve sugar and bring to boil.
Use to:
Thou, while boiling, stir iu syrup:
Each pint bottle 2^4 ounces E.xtract.
licet Sugar Color 40 fl. oz.
Let cool and add:
I’hosjihoric Acid Syrup 3 fl, oz. Oiange Ivxtrnct
Alkaloid of Caireine iViav. oz. Alcohol
(Dissolved in 8 o/.s. boil-
(!)4 per cent) 2% gal.
Terjiciicless Oil of
ing water.) Orange 11 dr.
Fluid Extract Cola Neroli 5 drops
Leaves Water 2^,4 gtil.
Fluid Extract Kola Nuts 2Va 11. oz.
Alcohol 1 pt.
Extract of Vanilla 5 fl. oz. Orange Cider Compound
Cola Flavor 4 fl. oz. Aeid Citric and Acid Tar-
Olycerino 4 11, oz.
Lime Juice
taric (% of each) 114 pt.
16 fl. oz. Orange Extract (above) 1 pt.
Let age for three day.s. Sugar color 6 oz.
Note: The sugar color used in all Cola Vegetable Red Color (any
drinks must be the best. red color will do) 2 oz.
Water, enough to make 1 gal.

Extract of Limes
Oil of Limes 6 fl. oz.
Orangeade Substitute Powder
Alcohol, 9.') per cent ^ gal. Terponoleos Oil of Orange 1 dr.
DLstilled Water gal. Orange Color No. 1 2 to 5 gr.
Citric Acid 12 oz.
Powdered Sugar 4 oz.
Orange
Mix the oil of orange with about 1
Orange Extract
ounce of alcohol. Put the sugar in a
Sweet Orange Oil 64 oz. mortar and gradually add the solution
Oil of Bitter Orange 32 oz. of the oil. The color should be dis-
Grain Alcohol 6 gal. solved in the oil solution before mixing
Water 6 gal. with the powder. After the liquid has
BEVERAGES AND FLAVORS

lieon mixed with the sugar, add the incorporatiHl in the cooker bmiuw’ Sov
Citric Acid gradually, mixing well after Body Grits contain but a tnice of stanli
each addition. and need no cooking as the carboh.Ndnito
The same remarks concerning the use content amounting to about 35% is in
apply to this as the form of soluble dextrins and sugars.
of the terpencless oil
to the lemon powder. If ordinary oil
orange used, it will be neces-
of sweet is

sary to employ at least one ounce to Yogurt or Bulgarian Buttermilk


get as strong a product as mailo with Propagate n small culture of the Ba
the quantity of the terpencless oil speci- oillus Bulgaricus from day to day as in
Hed. Furthermore, a product made dicuted for the laclir culture for butter
uith the ordinary oil will not possess milk. Thi.s culture may be obtained
the same keeping qualities as one made from various commercial laboratories.
with the terpencless oils, as they will To prevent contamiimtion by yeasts or
gradually acquire a turpentine odor and gas forming bacteria, it is nwessary to
l!a\or by the oxidation of the terpeiies carry this culture at a temperature of
contained in the oil. about 110° F. A small egg incubator
may be used for this pur|>osc.
Carry in a similar way a culture of
Beer the ordinary sour milk organism, wliuh
3 Vi gallons of water
with 11 pounds may be obtained from many of tlio com
of fancy brewing malts and 1 pound of merciiil laboratories.
Hoy Grits (Kreemko). The water thism Thoroughly pasteurize the milk to be
t|iuiiitity -5 to 10
malt mash is first raised to a tempera- fermented. If a small
is to be made, it
ture of 122 degrees F. and tin* malt gallons, for instance-
to-

gether with the Body Grits is run in and may be done by bidding a can of milk
the temperature again raised to 122 and in u tub or vat of water heated by a
maintained for 2 hours. steam hose. If a larger quantity is

The cooker mash is made at the same made, one of the starter cans used in
time using 1 pound of malt and 4 pounds creameries mil be found convenient.
of rice aud gallons of water.
3'Xt
I he These are essentially eylindrical vats
water used in this cooker mash is raised with mechanical stirrers and a jacket
to 122 degrees F. and the malt and
the rice which cun be filled nilli steam for lieat
are run in and the niash brought again
to mg or water for cooling. Tlio milk
122 degrees F. and this temperature should be held at a temjierature of at
F. for not less tliun .30 min
maintained for one hour after which tem- least P>()'"

perature it is quickly raised to 170 de utes.

grees and maintained for Vj hour,


after Cool the milk to about KH)" F. Draw
off one half and inoculate it
with the
which it is niised to boiling and boiled
for Vi
quickly culture obtained in the second operation.
into the malt mash from which the
lauter Inoculate the remaining half with Bid
has first been drawn, the lauter
being guricus culture obtained m
the first oper-
the The aimamt be added will
to
nearly all of the liquid portion of ation.

malt mash. This proportion of materials depend on the quantity of milk to be


in the mushes and heated in the manner fermented, the time at which it is desired
of to have it curdled, and tlic
temperature
described will give a temperature
maintained during the fermentation.
mixed mashes of 170 degrees Fahrenheit,
which temperature is maintained for 20 This can best be determined by expen-
One shuuM be sufficient for
minutes and then raised to 175 for com enee. pint

plcte saccharification. The lauter whieli any amount between 10 and 20 gallons.
was withdrawn from the malt mash is
added back into the combined mashes im
mediately when the temperature of 170 Buttermilk Lemonade
degrees ia reached. A refreshing and nutritious drink may
This method is one in cereal chemistry be made b} the addition of lermux
juice
producing a larger quantity of dextrin and sugar to buttermilk, following the
material, reducing the fermentable
mat-
same procedure as in making ordinary
ter. After running off the first wort at lemonade. It will usually be found nwo
about 18.5 balling the grains are sparged essary to use more sugar and more lemon
to one yelding 11 Vi gallons of
wort
down juice than in making lemonade with
in the kettle. The Soy Grits (Kreemko) water. Buttermilk lemonade should be
to
are employed in this manner in order served very cold.
completely peptonize the protein content
it contains. The material should not be
46 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Kefir or Koumiaa When charged under pressures of from
Uae buttermilk or freahly curdled sour 70 to 175 pounds and kept at tempera-
milk. This should be thoroughly agi- tures ranging from 35“ to 60®, bottles of
tated to break the curd into fine particles. clean fresh milk or pasteurized milk kept
Buttermilk containing Jhicillus Bulgari- from four to five months without per
cua will give a flavor too acid for moat ceptible increase in acidity.
tastes. Milk carbonated under a pressure of
Add 1 per cent cane sugar (1*/^ oz. to 70 pounds comes from the bottle as a
the gallon). Add a small amount of foamy mass, more or less like kuiuiss tliat


ywiat cake onc-fuurth of a cake will be is two or three days
acid, pleiusant flavor,
old. It has a slightly
sufficient for 1 gallon of buttermilk. The due to the carbon
yeast cuke should bo ground up in water dioxide, and has a somewhat more salty
80 that it will bo well distributed. taste than ordinary milk. In the case of
Bottle this preparation, leaving suffi- carbonated milk pasteurized at 185“ F.,
cient apace to permit a thorough shaking there is, of course, something of a
of the contents. Htrong round bottles
“ cooked '' taste. Though the cream
of the type used for carbonated drinks separates in the bottle, it is thorouglilv
should be used, as considerable pressure remixed by a little shaking as the milk
is developed by the fermentation. If the corni's from the bottle and there is no
bottle is not provided with a sealing de- a{)()caranco of separate particles of
vice the corks must be securely tied or cream. All who have had occasion to
wired in place. te.st the quality of c.arbonatcd milk as a

Hold for 4 or 5 days at a temperature beverage agree in regarding it as a pleas-


of 05 to 70“ F., shaking every day to ant drink. In the case of milk bottled
keep the curd widl broken up. At the under a pressure of 150 pounds of car-
end of this time there should be consid- bon dioxide, the milk delivered from the
erable gas but not enough to blow the siphon is about tlie consistency of whip
milk out of the laittle. It should have
pod cream, but, on standing a short
a pleasant acid taste with a slight bit- time, it changes into a readily drinkable
terness. The fresh milk sometimes has condition. From the experience had, it
a yeasty taste but this gradually disap- would seem tliat carbonated milk might
pears. if tlie mdk is kept on ice it will easily be made a fairly popular beverage.
remain in good I'ondition for two weeks
or more. Malted Milk Powders
50 parts Powdered Malt Extract
Carbonated Milk 20 parts Powdered Skimmed Milk
The beat results are secured when 30 parts Cane Sugar
newly pasteurized milk or cleanly drawn Mix well. One teaspoonful when added
fresh milk is treated with carbon diox- to 8 ounces of a mixture of cliocolato
ide in a tank, such as used in bottling
is syrup, milk and ice cream and then
establishments in preparing earbonated mixed with the malted milk machine will
drinks, and tlien placed in siphon bottles. make u delicious malted milk drink.
FOOD PRODUCTS
Tho Manufacture of Ruttennilk froui 111 llie dosed jiii. It may now be strnined
Skimmed Milk to lemovc niiy lumps of euid not finelv
quality
hioktii up b_v the iigitntiuii lifter vvhicli it
'I’lie finest of butfeiimlk is
vliouhl be kept in a ciml plum'. If a clean
[•rnlinbly that pioduoed l*y <liuinni;,f
pleasint flavour is obtaiiu'd by sin h
i-leaa ll!i\oured cieam uhuh lia'< heim
natiiial soiiiing and the aitificial buttei
[iiiipeily ripened \\ith tlie aid of a jiiiie
fiilture of lactic acid. Suiplus '-knium'tl
milk iH to Ik* made frequently, it is ad
visililc to add a few ounc(>.s of tlu* (list
milk, may, however, in many CU'C'^, he
artificial biiitcrinilk to the next qiianfity
piofitahly eoruerfed into an ailifnial
<if '•kimmed nulk (o be soured. 'I'lius tin*
Imltermilk of piactically the same com-
piisition and quality as the natuial hut-
de.'«iiahle llavoiir may lie reproduc'd from
time to (line iii the same maniiei us yeast
teimilk.
is pro|pagat('d.
In makin^^ artificial hutferimlk the
The
coiiqtosition of such aitificial but-
•'kimmed-milk may or may not he pasteur
termilk m practically the same as tliiil
i/,ed. In either case ahout Id per cent
of natural buttermilk, the only ditTeieiice
of clean fla\ouH‘d lactic to id miltuie
being that (he latter usually eontaiiis
should bo added to tin* skimmed milk
"Imlitly inoH* milk fat, 'I'lie peic'iifage
which is maintained at a lemjMMature of
ol milk fat Ml the artificial hiitleriiiilk
70° F. until coa^fiilation takes phu'c. If
mav he increa.'-ed to appioxmiately that
the time leqiiireil to produce coaiiiilatioii
of natuial buttermilk hy adding to eiieli
IS too long the firocess shoiihl he hastened
one hiiiidied jKUind.s of skimmed milk
iiy mcreasiufj the perceiita^o* of cultuie
before soul mg. two (piurts of Whole
used, rather than hy lai.sin^^ the tempeia
milk.
tuie. Kaisinj^ the tem[)eiature above
70° F. will usually lesult in a juodiict of
inferior lla\our. Rutter Suhstituti'
As .«i)on as coaf^ulation has taken phua* 1 Water 120
the curdled milk tiansfcrred to
is tlie
2 (Jalagum 1

churn which is revoheil for thirty to ;t (’ottoiiseid f)il -lo

foity minute.s as in churninf; cream. It } Caustic .S.da O.tIL*

the skimmcd-rmik is allowed to .stand lonp" Ruttci Flavor to suit


after coaj^ulafion takes place hefoie in and sfn'W on sui
l)is'-(»l\c 1 1 2
heiiif; churned, the whey and cunly mat-
fac*‘; hung to a lioil lun
wliile stirring;
ter of the finished product will show a with high speed
I and .'i into it '•lowly
greater tendency to .«eparate. The churn- lalei niittent stirring.
ing lireaks the curd into fine i»arlich*s
producing a smooth vchety hutterinilk
which is diflicult to distinguish from a * Rutter and Honey Cteam
good natural product. As soon ns the
artificial buttermilk is drawn from the
bnpiid Hoiiev 02
churn it should he strained to remove Rutter S
any particles of curd which may not have The above aie wainied and passed thru
l>een broken up in the churning procexs. an hoinogeni/er.
Tho tempemturo of tho product should
at onco be reduced to at least 50° F. to
retard the development of acidity and of Candv, Yeast
undesirable flavours. filvcoTol IH
Artificial buttermilk may also be satis- (‘itric Acid •J

factorily producoil in a small way in the Kpsom Saifs 2


home. A clean fruit jar of suitable .«ize Yeast- Foam
‘ ’
‘ ’ (live-yeast 100
may be partially filled with clean fresh TapicM-a Starch 200
skimmed-milk which is allowed to sour The above is mixed intimately and is
naturally at a temperature of 70° F, to ready for use in candy mixtures.
75* F. W'hen coagulated, the milk should
be vigorously shaken for a few minutes
48 the chemical formulary
Non-HIooiuing ’ ’

Choc'olata liquor
Cliocolate Coatings Spiced Chocolate — VII (Vienna)
is lii'afod to about 4(>®
2500 g. cacao
and not more than of finely divided 2500 g. sugar
solid gelatin is added; water not more
20 g. powdered cardamom seed
than 1% of the entiie quantity is added
no g. powdered doves
as the mixing proceeds and snificient fat
210 g. powdered cinnamon
such as cacao butter is added to bring the
25 g. Peru balsam
fat content to about ‘M)%, tho temp, is
raised to aliout 60° and is maintained
at
this point for about 15 hrs.
Coffee Chocolate
2000 g. cacao
Spiel'd Chocolat<‘ — 2000 g. .sugar
2000 g, cacao 500 g, ground coffee
2500 g. sugar
*16
g. powdered cinnamon
J9 g. iiowdered chtves
* Candy Jellies
8 g. powdi'red caidamom seed Moderately Finn 1‘octin Jellies
for Cm
or JSlab Work
Ingredients
Spiced Chocolate —II Water
4000 g. cacao gal.
JOO Grade Exchange Citrus
J50 g. starch flour
Pectin 32
70 g, povvdejcd clove.s oz.
Acetate of 8oda (IJ.S.P.)
4000 g. sugar I'/i 0/,.

125 powdered cinnamon


(hi lie Amd (ciystals or
g.
powileicd) 2^4 oz.
dli g. puwdi'ied eaidaniom seed
Glucose (i;{° B,'.) 20
6 g. IN'iu balsam lb.
Gianulated Sugar 20 lb.
Color ami Flavor
as desired
Spiced Chocolate’ — III r>ir<ctions
2500 g. cacao
2500 g sugar ( U iut .-Vi gallons of water
in a
6.) powdered cinnamon
kettle and heat hot (ITO^F.). (Open
g.
tiie or steam-jacketed
4 g. powdered coriaruler seed kettle may be
used.)
41 g. powdeicd clovi's
1 g. oil of lemon (2) Thoroughly viix 12 ounces of 100
Gtade lv\cliang.> (.tjirus Peetiii
8 g. powd''i(d cardamom .sei'd with about
6 jiounds ol gianulated sugar.
(d) Add the Pectiu-Sugar
mixture to
Spiced Clioculutt — IV the warm water as it
being stirred with m
2500 g. cacao a paddle. Continue to .stir and heat to
2500 g. .sugar lioiling Boil vigorou.sly for a
moment.
5 g, powdered cloves (-1) ( omlane the acetate
of .soda and
no g, jmw'deicd I'lntiamon citric acid. I)i.s.sol\o ill a simdl portion
2.) g. powdered cardamom seed ot liot water.
4 g. ])owdered nutmeg (•>) Add
acetate of soda-citric acid
tlio
solution to tlie kettle and
then the 2()
pounds of
Sjiieed (''hucolate — again.
gIuco.se. Heat to boding
2500 g, cacao Add
(6) the remainder of the simar
J800 g. sugar (U pouiul.s) and cook to 222'’'-224°l'’
2 g. powdered cardamom seed ur to a good “sheet."
(This tempera-
50 g. powdeied Ceylon cinnamon ture correspond.** to
75-78% total soluble
50 g. vanilla soImIs at sea level.It i.s suflioient to cook
1 g. I'ow'dejed nutmeg tlie batch to 1(C-12 F. above the '

boiling
point ot water at your
factory.)
Spiced ( hocolato — ^’I (Leipzig)
(/) Add the color and flavor, then
into starch at
cast
2500 once. This formula will
g. cacao
produce about 48 to
dOOO g. sugar 50 pounds of candv.
Ihe tmished piece may
dO jiowdored be eivstallizeil,
g. cardamom seed sanded, iced, or coated with
200 g. powdered cinnamon chocolate.
Note: Cooking the batch to 224®
JdO g. powdered cloves F is
recoinnieiuled for slab work.
Hotiiied Corn Sugar may
be substituted
FOOD PRODFCTS 49

for all or a part of the


oane or beet Citric Acid (crystals or
Hugar given in the above foiniula. powdeied) 2 or.
Glucose (43° BA) 20 lb.
Granulated Sugar 20 lb.

Turt and Moderately Firm Fei-tin Jellies Color and Flavor a8de.sirod
for Cast or Slab Work
Directions
(Especially for Fruit Fla\ors)
(1) Put 3 gallons of water in a kettle
Ingndicnts and heat hot (170° F.). (Open firo or
Water 2«/jg!d. .'•team-jaeki'ted kettle may be used.)
Exchange Citrus Thoivuglilg i/nr 1.’) ouiice.s of ]0U
100 Grade (2)
12 o/. Grade Exchange Citnis Pectin witli about
Pectin
Acetate of Soda (IJ.S.P.) 3 o/. h pound.s of giamilated sugar.
Citric Acid (crystals or (3) Add the Pectin Sngiii
mixture to
powdered 4 o/. the warm water a.s it is being sliired
Glucose (43° Be.) 20 lb. with a i>addle. Continue to slir and heat
Granulated Sugar 20 lb. to boiling. Hod Mgorously fora moment.
asde-^ued (4) Combine the acetate of soda
and
Color and Flavor
eifne acid. Dissolve in a Kimill portion
D Dictions of hot wafer.
Put 2 V2 gallon.s of waf(*r in a (,')) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid
(1)
kettle and heat hot (170 P.). (()j»eii solution to till' kettle and then Hie 2i>

Ino, or steam-jacketod kettle ma\ be prmiids of gluvo.se. Heat to boiling again.

used.)
(lit Add flu' remanulei of tin* sugar
Thomughlii mu 12 ounces of H'c (12 pounds) and cook to 222 -224 I'.,
(2)
Giade Exchange Citius Pectin with alKuit oi to a good “sheet “ ('Plus tempera-

line (oiiespond.s to total soluble


.sugar.
0 jiouiuks of giariulati'd
te solids at IS sutlicient to cook
(3) Add the Pectin Sugar ruixtiiie s,.,i It

being ''fiiieil with the b.itili to 10 12 F. abo\c the bulling


till* warm watiT as it is
point of wafei at \oui fnctoiy.)
a paddle. Continue to stii and lieal to
\<M coloV and t!a\or, then cast
Boil vigorously for a niouienl. 7 tlu'
lioiling. ( )

Tins foimiila will


the acetate of soda and into pfaK'h at olive.
(4) Combine
produce about to .'iO jxmmls of candy.
Dis.sohe in a small poition
1''
citric acid.
Thr- may be vrysfalbzi'd,
finished pie< e
of hot water.
.^amlM), iced, or coaled with cliocolate.
(.“)) Add tlie acetate, of soda-eittic acid
solution to tlic kettle and then ll.e L’o Vo/r C.oking the
‘ batch to 221° F. is
of gllK'ose. Heat to boding tor slal) woik
jHiuiuls K r ooiiiicniic(l

again. J,‘chin (I ('otn Sugar may Ix' substituted


lemnlnder of the^ part of the cane 01 beet
(()) Add the for all or a
(It pounds) and cook to 222
- — t f .
sugar gueii in the above foiniula.
(lliis lciiipei;i-
or to a good “.sheet.’'
tuie eonesponds to total soluble
It is siiflicient to
.-ook for or
solids at sea level. Turt and Firm Pectin .Tellies (.'ast

10 -12’ F. al.o\e the boding Slal. Work


tlie bateh to

iH.irit of water at }our


factory.) (E'-pccially for Fruit Flavors)

(7) Add the color


and flavor, tln n cas
starch at once, 'riiis formula will Ingn dients
into
candy.
pioduce about 4.S to 7)0 pounds of Water
The finisln'd pie<-e may be cry-f alli/cd, lOO Grade Exchange Citrus
chocolate^ !•’
sanded, iced, or coated with tin
-Vetate of So.la (PSP) 2^ oz.
Cooking the batch to 22 i F.
'

Note: (crystals or
Citiic A' id
rccommeiiiled for slali woik. , .
•H/i OZ.
1
Iw substituted
.
nowdei.ilj
Kefined Corn Sugar may 20
cano or beet sugar Glucose (
13° BA) lb.
for all or a part of the 20
Gianiibitid Sugar lb.
given in the above formula.. as desired
c.dorarnl Flavor

Dirt ct ions
Firm Pectin Jellies for Cast or Slab
^ ork
kettle
(1) Put 3 gallons of water in a
and heat hot (17')' F.). (Open fire or
Ingredients
3 gal. steam-jacketed kettle may be used.)
Water
(2) Thoroughly mu 15
ounces of IbO
100 Grade Exchange
HI Grade Exchange Citrus Per'lin with
Citrus Pectin
F -S.P.) 01 aliout 8 pounds of granulated sugar.
Acetate of Soda 1 Vii .
(
60 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
(3) Add the Pectin-Sugar mixture to a good “sheet." (This temperature cor-
the warm water as it is being stirred with responds to about 78% total soluble solids
a paddle. Continue to stir and heat to at sea level. It is sufficient to cook the
boiling. Boil vigorously for a moment. batch to 12° F. above the boiling point
(4) Combine tlie acetate of soda and of water at your factory.)
(0)
citric acid. Dissolve in a small portion (7) Add the color and flavor, then cast
of hot water. into starch at once. This formula will
(6) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid produce aljout 48 pounds of candy. The
solution to the kettle and then the 20 finished piece may be crystallized, sanded,
pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling iced, or coated with chocolate.
again. Note Refined Com Sugar may be
Add the remainder of the sugar substituted for all or a part of the cane
(12 pounds) and cook to 222°-224° F., or beet sugar given in the above formula.
or to a good “.sheet." (This tempera-
ture corresponds to 75-78% total soluble Tart and Tender Pectin Jellies for Cast
solids at sea level. It is sufficient to cook Work
the batch to 10'’“12° F. above the boiling (Especially for Fruit Flavors)
point of water at your factory.)
Ingredients
(7) Add the color and flavor, then cast
into starch at once. This formula will Water 2% gal.
produce about 48 to .'50 pounds of candy. 100 Grade Exchange Citrus
The finished piece may he crystallized, Pectin 8 oz.
sanded, iced, or coated with chocolate. Acetate of Soda (U.S.P.) 2^ oz.
Citric Acid (crystals or
Note: Cooking the batch to 224° F. is
powdered) 4^4 oz.
recommended for slab work.
Glucose (43® B6.) 20 lb.
Refined Corn Sugar may bo substituted
for or a part of the canc or beet sugar
all
Granulated Sugar 20 lb.
Color and Flavor as desired
given in the above formula.
Directions

Tender Pectin Work (1) Put 2% gallons of water in a


Jellies for Cast
kettle and heat hot (170® F.), (Open
Ingredients fire or steam-jacketed kettlo may be
Water used.)
2^4 gal.
100 Giade Exchange Citrus (2) Thoroughly mix 8 ounces of 100
Pectin Giade Exchange Citrus Pectin with about
8 oz.
Acetate of Soda (U.H.P.) 1^4 oz. 4 pounds of granulated sugar.
Citric Acid (crystals or (3) Add tlie Pectin-Sugar mixture to
powdered) the warm water as it is being stirred with
214 oz.
Glucose (43° B^.) 20 lb.
a paddle. Continue to stir and heat to
boiling. Boil vigorously for a moment.
Granulated Sugar 20 lb.
Color and Flavor as desired (4) Combine the acetate of soda and
citric acid. Dissolve in a small portion of
Directions hot water.

(1) Put 2^ gallons of Water in a (5) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid
and heat hot (170° F.). solution to the kettle and then the 20
kettle (Open
fire or stoam-jacketed kettle may be pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling
used.) again.

(2) Thoroughly mu 8 ounces of 100 (6) Add the remainder of the sugar
Grade Exchange Citrus Pectin w'ith about (1(5 pounds) and cook to 224° F., or to a
good “shoot.” (This temperature cor-
4 pounds of gianulated sugar.
(3) Add (he Pectin-Sugar mixture to
responds to about 78% total soluble solids
at sea level. It is sufficient to cook the
the warm water ns it is being stirred with
a paddle. Continue to stir and heat to batch to 12® F. above the boiling point
boiling. Boil vigorously for a moment. of water at your factory.)
Combine the acetate of soda and (7) Add the color and flavor, then
(4 )
ca.st into starch at once. This formula
citric acid. Dissolve in a small portion
will produce about 48 pounds of candy.
of hot water.
The finished piece may be crystallized,
(6) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid
sanded, iced, or coated with chocolate.
solution to the kettle and then the 20
pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling Note: Refined Corn Sugar may be sub
again. s^tuted for all or a part of the cane or
(6) Add
the remainder of the sugar beet sugar given in the above formula.
(16 pounds) and cook to 224® F., or to
FOOD PRODUCE 51

Firm Pectin Fruit Jellies for Slab Work Honey (82-^83% soluble
solids) 20 lb.
Ingredients
Granulatinl Sugar 20 lb.
Water 3 gal. Color and Flavor if desired
JOO Grade Exchange Citrus
Pectin 15 oz. I^incticns
Acetate of Soda (U.S.P.) 1 oz.
Citric Acid (crystals or (1) Pijt 3*^ gallons of water in a
powdered) kettle and heat hot (170° F.). (Open
2 oz.
hie or steam-jacketed kettle may lie
Glucose (43° Be.) 20 lb.
u.sed.)
Granulated Sugar 20 lb.
Fruit Pulp (2 No. 10 tins or) 13 lb. (2) Thoroughly mix 16 ounces of 100
Grade Fxchange Citrus Pectin with about
Color and Flavor as desired
S pounds of giauulated sugar to which
Ihnctions has bemi added the 1 ounce of Acetate
of .Soda (P.S.P.).
(1) Put 3 gallons of water in a kettle
and heat hot (170° F.). (Open fiie oi (3) Add
this mixture to the warm
water it is as
being stirred with a
steam-jacketed kettle may be used.)
I'addle. Continue to .stir ami heat to
(2) Thoroughly mij- M
ounces of 100
l>oiling. Boil Mgoiously foi a moment.
Grade Exchange Citrus Pectin with about
S pounds of granulated sugar.
(1) Add flu' leinaimh'r of the siigai
(12 pouiiils) and cook to 210" F., or to
(3) Add the Pectin-Sugar nuxtuie to
a goial "sheet." ('Dus tempenitiin' cor
the warm water as it is being stiiied
revpt)nds to about ().*>((. total soluble
with a paddle. Continue to .'^tir and heat
solids at sea level. It is sufficient lo
to Ixiiling. Boil vigorously for a
cook the batch to 7 h\ abovi' the boil
moment.
Combine the acetate of soda and
II.
g ]'oiut of water at your faelory.)
(4)
(’ool the batch lo 176' F.
citric acid. Dissolve in a small portion
of hot water. (3) Add the honi'y which should bfi
at a teiiipcralnie of about 170 F. Mix
(fi) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid
Ihoroiiglily W'lth flu* batch, then add the
solution to the kettle and then the 20
mid solution, pour oii a slal» at oiici',
pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling again.
Will'll the batch has set, the jellies are
(fi) Add the remainder of tlio sugar
eiil They ma\ be sanded,
ci jstalli/ed,
(12 pounds), the fruit jiulp (2 No lo
Ued, or coated with chocolate.
tins), and cook to 221" F. or to a good
(6) Thi.s will piuduce about 50 pounds
"sheet.” (This tein[ierature mirn'spouds
of candy.
to about 78% total soluble soIkK at sea
level. It is sufficient to cook the batch to
12° P\ above the boiling point of water
at your factory.) Moderately Firm P«‘ctin CofTeo Jollies
(7) If desired, color and flavor may for Cast or .Slab Work
bo added, although flavor is seldom
needed. The batch is poured at once Ingndu nts

into oiled or waxed paper lined foim'^ Coffee Fxtiact (see note) 2*4 gnb
to the desired depth and allowed to JO" Grade Exchange Citrus
stand until set. It is then cut to pro- J\ ft in 12 oz.
duce pieces of the desired size which may Ai'etate of Soda (E.S.p.) 2 *4 oz.
be crystallized, sanded, iced, or chocolate Citiie Acid ^ery.^tIllH or
coated to produce extra fancy confections powdered) 4 oz.
at low cost, (ilueoso (13° Be } 20 11).

Grauulati d Sugar 20 lb.


jVote : Refined Corn Sugar may be sub
stituted for all or a part of the cane or
Coho and Fluxoi if desired

beet sugar given in the above formula.


Directions
(1) Put 2*4 gallons of Coffoo Extract
Firm Pectin Honey Jellies for Slab Work in a kettle and heat hot (170° F.). (Open
fire or steam jacketed kettle may be
Ingredients used.)
Water 3*4 gal. (2) Thoroughly mix 12 ounces of 100
100 Grade Exchange Citrus tirade Exchange Citrus Pectin with about
Pectin 16 oz. 6 pounds of granulated sugar.
Acetate of Soda (U.S.P.) 1 oz (3) Add the Pectin Sugar mixture to
Citric Acid (crystals or the warm (Coffee Extract as it is being
powdered) 2 oz. stirred with a paddle. Continue to stir
52 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
and heat to boiliiijf. Boil vigorously for the citric acid dissolved in a small
a moment. amount of hot water.
(4) Combine tho acetate of soda and (C) Cast into starch at onco. This
(0) acid.
citric Dissolve in a small portion formula will produce about 48 to 5(i
of hot water. pounds of candy. The finished piece may
(5) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid be crystallized, sanded, iced, or coated
solution to the kettle and then tho 20 w’ith chocolate.
pounds of glucose. Heat to' boiling Note: Cooking the batch to 224° F.
again. is recommended for slab work.
hinzufügen
tho remainder of tho sugar
(14 pounds) and cook to 222''-224'' F.,
or to a good “sheet.” (This tempera- Chocolate Pudding Desert
ture corresjwnds to 75-78% total soluble 23 parts corn starch
solids at sea l('v<‘l. It is suQicient to 9 parts tajiioca starch
cook tho batch to 10'’-12“ F. above tho 18 parts cocoa powder
boiling point of w'ater at your factory.) 50 parts cano sugar
(7) Add the color and flavor, if de- Vanilla Flavor to suit.
then cast into starch at once. Thi.s
sired,' The aliovo powders are very carefully
formula will produce al»out 48 to 50 mixed. Four ounces when carefully
|)ounds of candy. The finished piece may cooked up with a pint of milk will make
be crystallized, sanded, iced, or coated a delicious pint of chocolate pudding.
with chocolate.
Note; (looking tho batch to 224'" F. is
Gelatin Dessert Powder
rmimmended for slab work.
Gelatin Powder (best grade) 80
Hugar I’owdi'r 450
Taitaric Acid Powder JO
.Moderately Firm Molasses Pectin Jellies
For Cast or Slab Woik
Thickening of Jams, Preserves and Otlu'r
Ingredients
Fruit I'astes
Water 2*4 gid. For many specific uses, particularly in
100 (iiude F,xcliange ('itrus
baking and for soda fountain use, true
Pectin 12 0/.
fruit as well as imitation fruit jams, pie-
N(‘vv Orlean.s Molasses T) lb.
.serves and pastes must be thickened. This
Glucose (43° Be.) 15 lb.
thickening necessary to prevent leak-
is
Gramilatisi Sugar 20 lb.
age in pies and pa.stries and too rapid
Citiie A<'id (crystals or
How when used as coatings and dtessiiigs.
powdered 4 oz.
Hero Galagura fills a long felt want with
Color and Flavor as desired
(6) a resultant lowering of costs in addition.
Directions The method for making 100 pounds of
finished jam or preserves is as follows:
(1) Put 2 Vj gallons of water in a Mix thorougiily 7 ozs. of Galagura with
kettle and heat hot (170'" F.). (Open 35 ounces of cano sugar. Tho usual
lire or steam jacketed kettle may be
amount of sugar and fruit is boiled to-
used.)
gether in a steam-jacketed kettle. Start
(2) ThoroughUj mir 12 ounces of 100
the stirring paddle when boiling begins
<!iado Fixchange Citrus Pectin with about
and add VERY SLOWLY
tho above
0 pounds of granulated sugar.
mentioned mixture of Galagum and
(^0) Add the Pectin-8iigar Mixture to
.sugar. Heat up to 221° F. and then turn
the waim water as it is being stirred
off heat. Continue stirring until cool.
with a paddle. Continue to stir and heat
If desired tho jam may ho worked on the
to boiling. Bod vigorously for a cooling table, mixing it occasionally. The
moment.
use of Galagum in this process increases
(4) Add the 5 pounds of New Orleans the bulk or volume more than 5 per cent.
Molasses to the kettle and then the 15
pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling
again. Imitation Jellies
Add the remainder of the sugar The com syrup imitation jelly is made
(14 pounds) and cook to 222'"-224‘’ F., as follows: The 8 pints of water i
or to a good “sheet.” (This tempera- biought to a boil. Add slowly with stir
ture corresponds to 75-78% total soluble ring the 70 grams of Aacagum, whicl
solids at s*'a level. It is suflicient to cook has been previously mixed with the 7 ozs
tho batch to 10‘’-12'’ F, almve the boiling of Cerelose. Bring to a boil and cook
point of water at your factory.) Add for one minute. Now add the certified
FOOD PRODUCTS 53
food color wliich has l>een dissolv'd m boiling for inimites, reniovo from tlie
.')

a little warm >Nater. Thou add tho 7 Ihf.. sto\e,and allow to dram. Bet this stand
of warm corn s^'rup. Stir until complottdy for one hour, then jioiir into a (laiinel
ii/ixed and at no tune mod the tonij.oia* jelly bug, Jiress to ol)tain all possible
ture be higher than -00° F. TruiislVr juice, diip tlmi a bag to remove jmrticles
the to pail, allow to cool down
jelly ot fruit. Tlie juice is then placed in a
iihout 150° F. Then add with stiiniig kettle and biouglit to boil, at which
a
the 35 grams of pliobplioric a«‘id and I'luit time tlnne is lulded 1 lb. sugar for I'ltcli
tlavor. The jelly will set in se\eial hoiiis lunmd flint taken. The jellying point is
or allow to set all night. di'lerinined b\ dipping a spoon into the
The imitation cane sugar jelly is made boiling .solution, and tlum holding it

exactly the same way as the coin s\rup abo\e ki'tth' alhtwing tin' synqi to diop.

jelly with the exception that you nn.x the When It iliops in Ihikes or sheets from
70 grams of Aacaguni with abou* K) jmt the option jmiir iniinediately into clean,
cent of the weight of cane sugar. 'I'hi^
sft'iili/t'd jelly gi:i>se'i. When jelly is cold
mixture will aid the Aacagum coiisideralily pour hot purallm oxer it and store it

in going into solution when added to the


away.
hot water.
The phosphoric acid u.sed in the above Fig Pre.-iervea
formulae was made by diluting S.'i [ler
(i (ps tigs
cent phosphoric acid with an equal \<il
2 qt’«, .sugar
nine of water. The fruit lla\ois U''eil
;; <j(.s water
were of the fruit oil type and weie di.s-
solved in (llyeopou XS, Add one cup soda to (1 qts. boiling
watei Plunge tigs into hot .sod.i solution
and allow to remain until wliiti', milky
Jelly (Non Sweating) Ibiid IS cxtiiicted (iilioiil I.') iiiiniites) or
Agar-Agar or Peetin 0.7ri2-Pr until wattT IS cold enough to plunge linnd
Sod. Algiiiato O.VP/f. info coiiifoitably. Put tigs tliui two cold
Sugar wjiiei liaths to iiiiM* well.

Water 7S Sib/,, (’iHilnitj. Drain figs thoroughly and


(htric Acid 0.03-0 Of^o add giathially to thes.vnm yon have made
ly lioilmg till' sugar uiul water together
1<I mmnles ami skiitumiig Cook rapidly
Ciuava Jelly tigs aie cimu and tender (uliout 2
niilil
houis)
Pnparatwn of Jinct:
Wash Guavas, and slice into small
pieces with a sharji knife. For eadi Pig Jam
pound of truit add 2 pints of walei and ^eleet \eiv ripe figs, Wash find dram.
boil until soft (alxnit -5 minute.H), allow q e\eiy gallon of peeled (ig.s add 2 qtS.
|

to stand until cold. Pour into cln'c-e iiia^li and (ouk to the pioiicr con-
,'•> 1
,

cloth bag and allow to diain pie-'smg to '-''-ti my. Whin nearing tlie linishiiig
extract all juice. This juice is then point I'C (areful not to sioreh. If using
d mined without pressing thru a clean a tlierniomelcr, cook to 222 F. or 100° 0,
flannel jelly bag.

Making the Jelly:


(inipefnnf Picserves
Bring the juice to a boil, and thoji add
I lb. grapefnnl peel
the sugar. Continue boiling until the
Ai lb. sugar
jellying point has been reached, which i.s
1 ]>t. wnti'i-
indicated by the llaking or sheeting from 2 slice.H of lemon
the spoon. The jellying point of the
Vn paratxon: Select bright fruit with
guava is 108° C. or 22()Vj° F,
a ihuk pe« I, wash carefully, (hit peel
into Strips or shapi'S. I'o J lb. of fruit

Kumquat Jelly add 2 pmt.s of water and the lemon. Boil


for 15 minutes, «’hange the water and
1 lb. Kuraquats
Uni again. I{ei*eat the process as often
1 lb. Sugar
a.H IS iiece'-sary to remove as much of the
V/j pints water Remove
bitter of the pisd us is desired.
Wash kumquats, treated with soda, and the |M‘el and the lemon from the water
then cut in halves, f’or each pound of and drop them into a boiling syrup made
fruit taken add 1V4 pints water. Boil by adding sugar t-o 1 pint water for
for 15 minutes then the kettle i.s covered each pound of peel taken and boiling
and set aside for 15 hours. After again until the sugar is dissolved. After the
(6)
52 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
and heat to boiling. Boil vigorously for the citric acid dissolved in a small
a moment. amount of hot water.
(4) Combine the acetate of soda and Cast into starch at onco. This
(0) acid.
citric Dissolve in a small portion formula will produce about 48 to 6<>
of hot water. pounds of candy. The fini.shed piece may
(5) Add the acetate of soda-citrie acid be crystallized, sanded, iced, or coatcii
solution to the kettle and then the 20 with chocolate.
pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling Note Cooking the batch to 224° F.
again. is recommended for slab work.
hinzufügen
the remainder of the sugar
(14 pounds) and cook to 222‘’-224“ F.,
(This tempera- Chocolate Pudding Desert
or to a good “sheet.”
ture corresponds to 75-78% total soluble 23 parts com starch
solids at sea level. It is sullicient to 9 parts tapioca starch
cook the batch to F. above the 18 parts cocoa powder
boiling point of water at your factory.) 50 parts cane sugar
Add the color and flavor, if de-
(7) Vanilla Flavor to suit.
then cast into starch at once. This
sired,' The aliove powders are very carefully
formula will produce alKiut 48 to 50 mixed. Four ounces when carefully
}K)unds of candy. The finished piece may cooked up with a iiint of milk will make
be crystallized, sanded, iced, or coated a delicious pint of chocolate pudding.
with chocolate.
Note: Cooking tlie batch to 224'" F, is
Gelatin Dessert Powder
recommended for slab work.
Gelatin Powder (best grade) 80
Hugar Powder 450
Tartaric Acid Powder 10
.Moderately Finn Molns.nes Pectin Jellies
For (hist or Slab Work
Thickening of Jams, Preserves and OtluT
Ingredients
Fruit Pastes
Water 2•^gal. For many specific uses, particularly in
100 (Itado Kxchange (htrus
baking and for soda fountain use, true
Pectin 12 oz.
fruit as well us imitation fruit jams, ]»ro-
New (Irlcans Mohissi's r> lb.
serves and pastes must be tliickened. This
Glucose (43° Be.) 15 lb.
thickening necessary to prevent leak-
is
Granulated Sugar 20 lb.
age in i>ies and pa-stiies and too rapid
('it lie Acid (crystals or
How when u.scd as coatings and dies8ing.H.
powdcicd) 4 oz.
Hero Oalagum tills a long felt want with
Color and Flavor as desired
a resultant lowering of costs in addition.
IHrcctions
The method for making 100 pounds of
finished jam or piescrves is as follows:
(1) Put 2 Vj gallons of water in a Mix thoroughly 7 ozs. of Galagum with
kettle and heat hot (170'" F.). (Open 35 ounces of cane sugar. Tho usual
lire or steam-jacketed kettle may be amount of sugar and fruit is boiled to-
used.)
gether in a steam- jacketed kettle. Start
(2) Thoroughly mil 12 ounces of 100 the stirring paddle when boiling begin.s
Cinde FiXchange Citru.s Pectin with alwut
t> pounds of granulated sugar.
and add VERY SLOWLY tho above
mentioned mixture of Galagum and
(il) Add tlie Pectin-Sugar Mixture to .sugar. Heat up to 221° F. and then turn
the wnim water as it is being stirred off heat. Continue stirring until cool.
with a paddle, ('ontinuo to stir and heat
If desired the jam may bo worked on tho
to boiling. Boil vigorously for a cooling table, mixing it occasionally. The
moment. use of Galagum in this process increases
(4) Add the 5 pounds of Now Orleans the bulk or volume more than 5 per cent.
Molasses to the kettle and then the 15
pdunds of glucose. Heat to boiling
again. Imitation Jellies
(5) Add the remainder of the sugar Tho com syrup imitation jelly is made
(14 pounds) and cook to 222“-224° F., as follows: Tho 8 pints of water is
or to a good “sheet.” (This tempera- brought to a boil. Add slowly with stir-
ture corre.sponds to 75-78% total soluble ring the 70 grams of Aacagum, which
solids at 8t‘a level. Tt is sufficient to cook has lieen previously mixed with the 7 ozs.
the batch to 10'’-12® F. aliove the boiling of Cerelose. Bring to a boil and cook
point of water at your factory.) Add for one minute. Now add tho certi&d
FOOD PRODUCTS 53

food color which has heon diS'^oUed lu boiling for 5 minutes, remove from tho
a little warm vvater. Then adil the 7 Ihs. stove, and Let this stand
allow' to drain.

of warm corn syrup. Stir until completely for one hour, then jmnr into a Ibinnel
iijixcd and at no tunc need the tempera- jelly bag, to obtain all possible
pies.s

ture bo higher than l2U0° F. Transfei juice, iliip thru a bag to remove particles
the jelly to pail, allow to cool down of fruit. The jnue is then idaeed in a
about 150° F. Then add with stiiring ki'ttle and biouglit to a boil, at which

the 35 grams of pho!^pholle acid and fruit time tlieie is added I lb. sugar for each
llavor. The jelly will set in several hoiiis }iuund fiuit taken. The jellying point is
detei mined by dipping a spoon into the
or allow to set all niglit.
Koling solution, and then holding it
The imitation cane sugar jelly is made
nbo\e kettle alhiwing the syrup to diop.
exactly the same way as the coin sMup
\\ lien It diops in flukes oi sheefs from
jellywith the exception that you mix the
per the spoon pom imim'diafely info ch'aii,
70 grams of Aacagum with ahou* li>
This sleiib/od jellv glasM'S. When ji'llv is cold
cent of the weight of cane sugar.
jionr hot paiafhn over it and store it
mixture will aid the Aacagum considerably
aw ay.
m going into solution when added to the
hot water.
The phosphoric acid used in the ubov<‘ Pig Pii’servt'S
foimulao was made by diluting per
(>qts figs
cent phosphoric acid with an ecpial vol- 2 qfs sugar
ume of water. The fruit tlav^us used 3 (pH wafer
wore of the fruit oil tyjie and weie dis- Clip soda to <> qf-^. Isnling
Add one
solved in Cllycopon AS, I’lunge figs info liot soda solution
watei
and allow to remain until white, milky
Jelly (Non Sweating) lliiid is exIiMcted (al'oiit lo mmutes) or
until water is cold enough to plunge hand
Agar-Agar or Peetin
into (om foil ably Put ligs thin two cold
Sod. Alginate well.
15
wafer baths to iinse
Sugar -'’'/o
7s-s:b/c thoroughly and
Drain figs
Water
Citrie Acid 0.03-0 (i-P/o add giadimlly to thesvruo .vou have mad('
by boding the sugar ami wafer togethi'r
1(1 minutes and skimnniig. Cook riijudly
(luava Jelly until figs aie cleai and tender (about ll
houis)
Pr(paration of >linci :

and slice into small


Wash (iuavas,
pieces with a sharp knile. For eudi Fig Jam
pound of fruit add 2 pints of water ami Si leef \orv ripe figs. Wash and dram.
boil until soft (alx.ut -’5 muiut. sj, allow To e\iu > gallon ot )»eeled figs add 2 qts.
until cohl. Four into diee-e .Hiig ir. liiasii and (ook to the pioper con-
to stand
cloth bag and allow to tliain
presHing to .-ihIciii-n . W lien iieaniig the finishing
point b(‘ careful not to .Hcorch. It usin^
extract all juice. This juice is then
dean a thermometer, cook to 222 F. or lUO" U,
drained without pressing thru a
flannel jelly bag.

Making the JtUy: (irapcfniif IToseivos


liring the juice to a boil, and then add 1 lb. grapefruit pool
Continue boiling until the
the sugar. ’*1 lb. sugar
which is
jellying point has Ihvu readied, 1 pt. water
do-eting from
indicated by the flaking or li slices of lemon
The jellying point of the
the spoon. Pri jxirotton Seb^ct bright fruit w'lth
108" C. or 1".
guava is a tliiek peel, wHsli cuiefully. Cut peel
into Strips or shapes. To 1 lb. of fruit
Kuinquat Jelly add 2 pints of water and the lemon. Jioil
for Jo minutes, diunge the water and
1 lb. Kuniquats again. Hejieat the process as often
lioil
1 lb. Sugar as 18 nec«‘ssary to remove aa much of the
IVj pints water bitter of (he peel iia is desired. Remove
Wash kumquats, treated with soda, and the peel and the lemon from the water
then cut in halves. For each pound
of and drop them into u boiling syrup made
fruit taken add pints water, Boi by adding %
sugar to 1 pint water for
covered each pound of peel taken and boiling
for 15 minutes then the kettle is
until the sugar is dissolved. After the
and set aside for 15 hours. After ag&ui 1
54 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
peel is added boil until the peel is trans- Celery Seed % oz.
parent and the syrup sufficiently heavy. Cardamom % oz.
Slippery Elm 4 oz.
B.
Peach Preserves Indian Curry Powder
10 pooled sliced cling stone
lb, Coriander Seed 5 oz.
peaches Turmeric 5 oz.
7 lb. sugar Cardamom 40 oz.
3 pints water Cayenne Pepper 10 oz.
10 peach kernels Fenugreek Seed 4 oz.
Bring sugar and water to a boilj add Tho above ingredients are mixed and
the poaches and kernels. Cook until the allow to dry in a warm oven to drive ofl
fruit is clear when liftedfrom the syinp.
tho moisture. It is then ground vei;
Pack in sterilized containeis and seal.
line and packed in tins.

ColTee Extract
Orange Marmalade
This IS prepared by bringing 3 gallons
3 lb. oranges
of water to a boil and adding V/i pounds
3 lemons
of Giound Coffee. The mixture is stirred
IVj pint water
well and set aside to draw' for 10 minute^.
3 lb. sugar
The extinct is then strained through a
Wash, remove the peid and seeds, cut- suitable cloth, oi filtered, and will yield
ting one half of the peel into veiy thin the needed 2 ‘a gallons of extract.
strips, and add pulp and balance
it to tin*
of the peel, which has first had the yellow Pineapple Icing
portion grated off and has lu'en passed
Pineapple (grated or crushed) 1 lb.
through a food ctiopner with the pulp.
Cover with water and let stand overnight. Thicken to proper consistenev with
Boil for 10 niinutea the ne.xt morning,
icing sugar. Heat to 110° C. and appi)
stand for 12 hours, add tho while waini.
allow to
sugar and again stand overnight. Cook
it rapidly next morning until the jelly Lemon Icing
test can Ih‘ obtained (about 222® F.). Hot Water 16 oz.
Cool to 170 F. pour into sterilized

Sugar 120 0/..


glasses, and soul with parafline. licmon Grating or Juice 2 oz.
Glucose Syrup 4 oz.

Green Tomato Mince- Meat


peek green tomatoe.s
Orange Icing
1
2 lb. raisins
Hot Water 16 oz.

lb. blown sugar Sugar 120 oz.


2Vj
lb, suet or coeounut
Orange Grating or Juice 2 oz.
Vj
Glucose Syrup 4 oz.
2 tsp, ground cinnamon
2 tsp. nutmeg
2 tsp. cloves Maraschino Icing
Vi cup vinegar Hot Water 16 oz.
2 tsp. salt.
Maraschino Juice 6 oz.
(3iop tomatoes fine and drain. Cover Chopped Cherries (to suit)
with cold water, heat thru and dram Sugar 120 oz.
again. Add chopped raisins and other Glucose 4 oz.
ingredients, (’ook 30 minutes. Pack
into sterilized jars and process lo
Coffeo Icing
minutes.
Fresh Made Coffeo 16 oz.
Sugar 96 oz.
Curry Powder (Spicing) Invert Suga- 8 oz.
Caramel Color % oz.

Coriander t^eed 16 oz.


White Popper 1 oz. Vanilla Icing
Cayenne Pepper ^ oz. Hot Water 16 oz.
Turmeric 1% oz. Glucose 4 02.

Ginger 1 oz. Sugar 112 oz.

Mace % oz. Vanilla % oz.

Clove % oz. Egg Whites 3 oz.


Fennel % oz.
FOOD PRODUCTS 55
Chocolate Icing Sugar 96 oz.
Hot Water 16 oz. Glucoso 8 oz.
Sugar 96 oz. Water 32 oz.
M(uted Butter 4 oz. -Add syiiip to beaten uhilea, and bent
Melted Chocolato 16 oz. up until desired oou.sistencv is reached.
Inverted Sugar S oz.

Hoyal Icing
Home Made Icing Beat light:
Beat stiff
Egg White 16 oz.
Egg Whites .'12 oz. Jeiiig Sugar 96 oz.
Salt VI oz. Juice of Lemon 1 oz.
SugJir 16 oz. Cream of Tartar % oz.
Vanilla (to suit) Vanilla ^ oz.
Boil together to 236-240“ F.
Sugar 104 oz.
Fruit Cake Shrine
Glucose 8 oz.
Water 2 oz.
Bring to a boil

Add cooked syrup egg whites


to Lcaten Water 16 oz.
and beat until stiff. Add chopped fruits, Glucose 12 oz.
nuts as desired. Malt Extract Powden'd Vu oz.
Add;
(Jelatino (dissolved) 1 oz.
Chocolato Fudge Flavor to Smt
Bring to a boil: Apply while hot to baked cake.
('hocolato 16 0/.
Butter 4 oz.
Sugar 16 oz. Cocoa Icing
Milk 16 0/. Bent together until .Miuiiitli and glossy!
Glucoso 6 07.
I’laslic Cocoanut Butler 16 oz.
Cool to 120“ F. Invert Sugar 20 oz.
Then add and mix smooth Water 12 oz.
Vanilla 1 07. Cocoa 20 or.
Sugar Icing 72 07. lung Sugar 8H oz.
Egg Whites 2 OZ. Milk Powder 4’i4 oz.

Mix smooth. Salt % oz.


Vanilla ^ oz.
Butterscotch Fudge MarHlimallow
Cook to 23.V F. Soak together:
Brown Sugar 64 oz. (iclatino 3%oz.
Milk 32 oz. {.’old Water 1.3 oz.
Butter 8 oz.
Then heat to 140“ F. and add
Gluco.so 1 '/i oz.

('ool to 120“ F. Hot Water 21 oz.

Then add Invert Sugar 16 o/.


b'iiig Sugar 104 o/.
Milk 16 oz.
Vanilla 1 oz.
Lemon Juice 1 oz.
Bent stiff and use while, warm.
Salt % oz.
Butter 8 oz.
Icing Sugar 128 oz.
Burnt Sugar Marshmallow and Meringue Powders
Vi oz.
Use Warm. Formula No. 1
25 lb. Dried Egg Albumen
25 lb. Galagum C
Light Meringue Icing
40 Jb. Corn Starch
Beat until stiff: 5 lb. Skimmed Milk Powder
Egg Whites 32 oz. 6 lb. Powdered Alum
Sait oz. Vanillin to suit.
Vanilla oz. Mix the above well and run through a
Boil to 240“ F. finemesh sifter.
56 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Formula No. 2 Cool and mix the crystallized product
with
26 lb. Dried Egg Albumen
25 lb. Gulagum C Malt Diastase 3
10 lb. Tapioca Starch
35 lb. Cane Sugar (powdered)
Skimmed Milk Powder • Baking Powder
6 lb.
Vanillin to suit. Sod. Bicarbonate .300
Mix the above well and run through Calcium Dihydrogen Pliosfate 33
a tine mesh sifter. Sod. Hydrogen Pyrophosfate 405
Starch 262
Formula No. 3
25 lb. Dried Egg Albumen
Household Baking Powders
25 lb. Oalugum C
2r) lb. Corn Starch
1.
20 lb. Corn Sugar (powdered)
Skimmed Milk Powder Sodium Bicarbonate 28 parts
5 lb.
Mono Calcium Phosphate 35 parts
Mix the alio VO well and run through a Corn Starch 27 parts
flno mesh sifter.
Mix tho al)ovo powders thoroughly and
In any of tho abovo formulae, where
store in airtight containers.
it is desired to reduce the amount of
(lalagum C, then the differenco la made
up with cari(' .sugar.
Sodium Bicarbonate 28 parts
The above meiuiguo formulae are to
Calcium Acid Phosphate 29 parts
bo used us follows:
Sodium Aluminum Sulphate 19 parts
Tako 5 oz. of nnuingue powder to 1
Staich Corn 21 parts
quart cold water and .3 lb. cane sugar.
3.
Put the cold water into a clean kettle,
then add to it the sugar and meringue Sodium Bicarlionato 28 parts
powder. Peat in the machine until the Mono (3ilcium Phosphate 12 parts
required slitTness is obtained. Foi muisli- Sodium Aluminum Sul-
mallow whip lake 2 oz. of meringue phate 21 Vi parts
powder, I <piHtt cidd water, lb. of cane Staich Corn 38 Vi parts
4.
sugar and whip to the desired stiffness.
Now dissohe thoroughly 2V.> oz. of (lela- Sodium Bicarbonate 28 jiaits
tin in Vj I’i'd h'd, water. Add this slowly Sodium Alnmiiuim Sul[diate 28 parts
to the beaten lurringm', and contimie to Coin Starch 44 parts
bent iqi until the desired eousistency is

t^Uained.
Bakeis Baking Powder

• Flour, High Pising 5.

To incicase Hie of bread,


\o!. yield Sodium Bicarbonate 35 jiarts
ete., made fiom dough fiee fiom egg yolk Mono Calcium Piin.-pliafi* 9 parts
or egg \olk siibsfifute and substantially Sodium Aluminum Sulphate 29 parts
free fioin fat, a idiusphatule. r.r/., hvitlnn Com Starch 27 parts
from .soy beaus, to the extent of (i.

is incorpoialed in tlie Hour. Sodium Bicarlionate parts


.”>5

Soduim Alunnnnni Sulphab' paits


( orn Starch 30 puits
* liupiownient of Flour 7.

H’he addition of the following greatly Sodium Bicarbonate .3,5 parts


Impioves baking properties of flour. Calcium Acid Phosphate 30 parts
(Nn4)..S20^ 2.5-5% Sodium Aluminum Sulphate 24 parts
Can4(P04)2 2.5-5% Starch Core 5 parts
Pot. Citrate 2.5-5% 8 .

Sodium Bicarbonate 28 pnrt.s


Sodium Acid Pyrophosphate 20 parts
* Flour Improver Mono ('alcium Phosphate 22 parts
The baking capacity of flour is in- Corn Starch 30 parts
creased by adding 0.1-0.6 gni. of fol- 9.

lowing mixture to 1 kg. of flour: Sodium Bicarbonate 27 parts


Asparagine 3 lb. Cream of Tartar 69 parts
Hydrogen Peroxide 10 lb. Corn Starch 13 parts
1 tK)!) PRODrCTS
10 . freezing, keeps well and has good flavor
Bicarbonate
iotlium 27 parts and appearuuee.
Cream of Tartar 45 parts
Tartaric Acid (5 parts
Mayonimiso
Corn Starch 22 parts Kgg Yolk 8 OK.
In these formulas mix the powders well. ^ inegar 8 OK.
Sug.ir 1 OK.
* Mold on Food, Preventinj? Oil Ot) oz.
The food is coated with glyceryl for- Salt 1 V4 OK.
mate. Mu-taid O/-.

* Fruit, Prevention of Mold On \\ atei 10 o/.

1. Citrus fruit tieated with a warm


is Diulil uji and mil mi colloid mill.
'idutioii 2 ounces each of
containing
Itnriix and soda ash per gallon, prefer-
Milk and Cicam, Inc leasing Viscosity of
,ilih under high piessuie.

2. Dissolve in 1 gallon of water, o to S To iiicrcn''e the \i M'osity and iniproxe


minces of borax, and Vj to 1 ounce each tilecoiiMstcm y of mi ik 01 cieam, the nm-
(if casein and glucose, (’oat fiuit, and Iminl is heated to 10 12‘ in 20—30
allow' to dry. min cooled to 2 3 in 20— .'10 mm. and
.

held at 2 for 1 2 da; s.


* Eggs, Preservative [•’or

Benreue 10.(100
* (.'ream, .\rtilicial
Cicpe Bubber ."lllll

.Nnjililha lU.OdO Biiflei Pat 10


I'aibon Bi.'^ultidi* 2.000 \e-elal.le F.it 10
> 111 fur 70 .Milk Powdei 7

I’aialhii Wax .'.1


10 Sugar 0.75
Del ns Boot Extract 200 (iclatm 1

Borax 0,25
Water G2
Ico Cream Powder
Flavor to suit
Diicd Milk Powder 51
Sugar Powdi'r f)'J
•Breast Milk, Ailificial
Sod. Carlionatf 2
Cream of Tartar 4 t
A siib.stitute for liunian milk is prCjid.

Vanillin O.Ot) by adding to iininial indk, or animal milk


jiroduets, appiopnate nmis. of albumin,
One pound of above makes 10 l])S. ice
lactose. KoCOh, Kd, K^lll’t)^, Ke oleale
ream.
and citrates ot Na, Ca and .Mg. 'Ihus,
to a heated inixt. of whey J<(0, 2.V/}-
Mayonnai.so cream IHU and water 720 cc. then* niiiy
Mliolo Egg.s 4 be Hthled niliuniin .'10, lactose 52, K2('Oa
Kgg Yolks 10 0 207, K<'l KoBPO^ 0.2.'{2, Na citrate
l/Ujiiiil Pectin 2^4 OK. 0 5, Ca citrate 0.54, Mg citrate 0.12 and
Mustard Powder (yellow) 14 OZ. Ko oleale U.OOO g.
Sugar 1 Vi oy-
Salt 1 oz.
• Milk Prod nets, Pres«*r\'ing
Vegetable Oil 1 gal.
Mayonnaise Flavor 2 cc. A Hmall projiortion (suitnbly about
1 5Cf ) “f gly<er(il or other polyhydru' nic.
Tincture Capsicum (optional) 4 cc.
I^acticAcid 4 cc. sucli as (liiiii-thylene and trimethylene
Vinegar Gt/4 oz. glycol or jiropyleio* glvcol is a<bJed to pro-
Water \Ti*nt dtwclopment of rancidity in milk,
GVzOK.
dried milk, cream, butter, etc.
Mayonnaise
Cottonseed Salad Oil 70.25 Manufacturing Cream Cheese (Hot
Egg Yolk 10.00 Process)
Vinegar (50 grain) 10.00 The new method of mannfarturlng
Water 3.90 cream che‘*se involves a new principle;
Salt 1.45 aggregation
namely, the of the fat
Sugar 3.50 globules into large by proper
clusters
Mustard 0.80 homogenization. This is accompanied by
White Pepper 0.10 a partial coagulation of the casein in
This formula gives good resistance to these fat clusters so that the entire mass
58 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
8Gt8 to a permanent condition which is * Nuts, Removing Rancidity of
not materiull/ affected by temperature. In order to remove rancidity and dis-
Swe<!t cream of {'ood flavor containing coloration, rancid nut meats are immeisc]
40 to 42 per cent of milk fat is the basis in a NuOH solu. (suitably of about 5('/c
for this cheese. From 3 to 5 per cent of strength) and subsequently treated with
soluble dry skimmilk is stirred into the a IlCi solu. (suitably of about 1%
cream. Then 0.5 to 0.7 per cent of finely strength), washed and dried.
ground agar free from objectiomtble
flavor or odor should bo added to this
mixture while it is being constantly * Lard, Preventing Rancidity in
stirred. The addition of 0.05-0.1% Gum Guaic
The mixture should then bo heated to to lard or other fats prevents rancidity.
IHO to ISO'" F. and held for 5 to 10
minutes for the agar to dissolve. It
should then bo cooled to 110'^' F. Add * Salt, Cooking and Fermentation
0.75 per cent of common salt and 0.5 to A salt mixt. contains cations of alkali
1 per cent of good commercial starter and alk. earth metals in a physiol, cquil.
depending upon the rate at which acidity such that it does not modify tho surface
is desiied in the cheese. The mixture tension of an electroneg. lipoid soln. and
should then bo passed thru a coarse that the optimum colloidal state for orj;.
strainer and homogenized at 3,000 to albumin is reached. Examples contain
4,000 pounds pre.ssuro per squaio inch. NnCl 86.81, KCl 5.54, MgClg 3.53, CaCU
The mixture should leave the homogeni/.er 4.1 g., and NaCl 74.55, tartrate 7.47, K
at the consistency of soft butter and Mg lactate 8.15, Ca lactate 9.78 g. The
sliglitly firmer than ice cream us it lea^e3 salt niixts. are used in cooking, fermenta-
the freezer. twn, tanning, etc.
The mixture should bo
placed im-
mi'diutely into the liiial before the
m()ld.s
tempeialur<> lowers to 100 or le.ss because Sherbets
the finest body and texture is secured if 13.5 lb. Sugar
the cliee.se is not mixed after the agar has 2% to 3 0/.. Sheragum
set. The cheese can bo chilled in the Flavor, Water, Acid, Color
refrigerator to 70“ and then placed in a and mix make
to 5 gallon.s of mixture.
70“ room for 10 or 15 hours for the acid
flavor to develop. 1. Directions if not pasteurizing:
The quantity of acid developed in the Mix well 3 oz. or slightly less of
chccao can bo varied not only by the Sheragum with of the sugar of the
all
percentage of starter but by the quantity mix. Add water in the
this to tho cold
of dry skimmilk. The more dry skim- vat, agitating all of tho time. Add the
milk the higher the acidity will be. Acid flavor and mix thoroughly. If the flavor
develops somewhat slowly in this cheese contains a high sugar content, cut down
so that it may 1ki necessary to increase on tho^ amount of sugar added. The
tho percentage of starter under, special amount’ of sugar given is satisfactory
conditions. when orange or lemon slierbets are made.
When relish, olives, etc., are mixed This mixture requires no aging, but if
with the cheoso it is geneially not neces- aged overnight will give a smoothei
sary to u.se starter since tho relish gives product.
plenty of tartness and flavor to the Freeze with cold refrigerant and when
ehcoso. The quantities used vary from tho mixture has started to thicken
10 to 30 per cent. Tho cream can bo slightly add tho acid (3-4 oz. of 50%
homogenized at 120“ thus making it pos- citric acid). When the mix is a little
sible to puck a much warmer cheese with stiffer, add 2 quarts of regular mix.
less danger of the agar congealing liefore Draw when frozen or when the overrun
packing. It is desirable in such cheese reaches 25 to 30 per cent.
to use fully 5 per cent of dry skimmilk The regular formula used by the plant
to help prevent any whey drainage. If
may be used. The only things to watch
there is much juice from the relish it are— that the gum is mixed well with a
may be desirable to add it to the warm large quantity of sugar and added slowly
cheese before homogenization but such a to the cold water, or milk if milk is used.
procedure increastis the acidity in the Do not add tho acid until the mixture is
cream thereby causing excessive fat being frozen. The mix may be added
clumping. This may be offset by the use any time. We
always add the mix at the
of lower homogenization. freezer because if the mixture is very
acid, it may curdle the mix.
FOOpPRODUCTS 59

2. Directions if product is pasteurized: of tho most desirable ice from a com-


The same rule is followed, but that mercial slandpuint.
oz. of Sheragum will bo sutKoient m In the two examples of powder given
this ease. Acid, color and tluvor are not alK)\e, the tirst
will give a greater yield
|iiistourized. Since heating brings out a than the second. In lioth instance.s the
little flavor from the gum, the gum and agar should bo ground to pass approxi-
i-iiough sugar to carry it should be left mately u 40 mesh screen. '1 he pectin may
out until the mixture is cooled. vary in amount, depending upon tho
smoothness desired in the liuished product
and it will Ik* understood that if a lower
* Sherbet (Water-Ice) grade of pectin is used a corresponding
The following formula gives a smooth increase in the amount will probably be
product of good stability. required. In IkiIIi examples the citric
(1) Prepare, in the form of a powder, acid cry.'«tnl8 should be ground to a
the following ingredients, weighing and |u>wder and then mixed with the other
tiiuing samo according to porceutages ingredients.
gi\ea:
Water Ices and Sherbets
Per cent
Com Sugar bo 724
The formulae give only the basis for
(a)
the mixture and do not nltempl to specify
Agar 2 857
liaxors ami fnnt juices to give the water
Pectin (ICO grade) 4.28C
ices or shc'rbets their cliaractcnsfic
Citric Acid Powdered
Crystals 5.715
tlavois. The tigiiros are given on the
basis of 100 pounds of mix which is about
Gelatin 1.120
10 Ml gallons. The mix has a specilic
graiity of approximately 1.14 at lOM’.
UlO.
and weighs 0 5 pounds per gallon. The
speci/ic gravity vanes greatly, depending
(b) Corn Sugar 87.517
largi'ly uj>on the percentage of sugar and
Agar 2.872
the temperature.
Pectin (160 grade) 4.877
Citric Acid 4.734
Water Ico
100 ,

Tane .Sugar 25.0 lb.


Prepare 100 pounds of ice mix, Corn Sugar 7.0 lb.
(2)
using 7 pound.s of the alnive powder, 21 Agar 0.2 lb.
pounds sucrose (beet or cane sugar), 20 (3.2 ounces or 00 6 grams)
pounds of fruit, and 52 pounds ot walci. (Jnm 1'rngucanlli or High
In preparing tlie ice mix, tin* 7 pounds guide India Gum 0.4 lb.

of powder should be dissolved 25 to 30m (6.4 ounces or 181.2 grams)


pounds of water and heated to boiling Water, Fruit, Fruit Acid,
temperature, l)oiliiig not to exceed ap- Flaior, and Color 67.4 lb.

pioximately one miiiiitc, as xccsVue boil-


« Oieriun 20 to 25 per cent— Total yield
ing in the presence of the acid will reduce 1.3 gallons.
the jellying strength of tin- pectm. 'Jlie

Solution thus prepared is tlicn added to Sherlx?t Using Milk


the balance of the mix. In case concen- Cane Sugar 25.0 lb.
trated fruits (such as concontiated orange Coin Sugar 7.0 lb.
juice) arc used, additional amounts of Agar 0.2 lb.
water will be necessary for diluting the (3 2 ounces or 00 6 grams)
fruit concentrate to normal strength. In Gum 'rragttcanth or High-
addition to the ingredients listed, addi- grade India Gum 0.2 lb.
tional flavoring and coloring may l>e de- (3.2 ounces or 90.6 grams)
sirable or necessary, depending upon the Whole Milk 50.0 lb.
fruit used. It should be mentioned that Water, Fruit, Fruit Acid,
a good ice, smooth, palatable, of desir- Flavor, and Color 17.6 lb.
able flavor, and possessing good keeping
qualities, should contain a uniform
Overrun 25 to 30 per cent —Total yield
13.5 gallons.
amount of acid, preferably 0.60 to 0.65
per cent titratable acidity, calculated iu
terms of citric acid. Also, air incorpo- Sherbet Using Ice Cream Mix
rated to the extent of 30 to 40 per cent Cane Sugar 25.0 lb.

of the original liquid content is generally Corn Sugar 7.0 lb.


considered as sufficient for the production Agar 0.2 lb.
40 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
(3.2 ounces or 90.6 grams) Vanilla Sauce Powder
Gum Tragncanth or High- Corn Flour 100
grade India Gum 0.2 lb. Vanillin 0.5
(3.2 ounces or 90.6 grams) Yellow Food Color 0.05
Ice Cream Mix, without
Sugar or Gelatin 10.0 lb.
Water, Fruit, Fruit Acid, Procedure for Washing and Sterilizing
Flavor, and Color 57.6 lb. Freezeis Using Steam and Chlorine

Overrun — 25 to 30 per cent — Total ation


Atthe eonclusion of the freezing oper-
dram the ice cream from th"
yield 13.5 gallons.
freezer. Kiiice the strainer, hopper, iin.l
The mixture be pri'pared by first
.nhould out.side of the fi eezer, particularly at tlh'
vveigiung uio.st wiuei or ail of the
of tlie head, with cold water. Fill the fiec/t-i
imik, if any is leaving out enough
u.sed, two-thirds full of cold water. Run one
water to dissolve tlio agar and to allow half minute and diaiu.
for fruit juices, etc. 'Ihe sugais should Filltho hopper full of water at 14(i"
bo thoroughly mixed with tiio powdeied to F. and add a half pound (1 cup
gum tragacauth or high-giade india gum full) of cleansing powder. Wash the
and slowly poured inio the water while St lamer, hopper, and outside of the
tho water is lieing agitated rapidly. fieezer with a brush. Drain the solution
Powdered agar is piefouible to gianular into tho fieezer, (the freezer should be at
or shieds because it can bo moie readily least tw'o-tliiid.s full) run one-half minute,
dissolved. The powdered agar should bo and dram tho freezer.
poured into 50 times its weight of boiling Rcraovo the head, scrub with a brush,
water while tho water is lieing agitated being certain to clean out the front bear-
rapidly. The water with agar should con- ing. Wash tho bearing end of the dashei
tinue to bod for aiiout live minutes when with a bru.sh, remove from freezer, and
the agar will be completely di.Hsolvod. The wash. Replace dasher and head.
hot ugnr solution should be added to the Fill the hopper full of water at 180° to
mix us if it were a liot gelatin solution. 18.5° F. so that the screen is immersed.
Tho gi'latini/atioii si length of agar is Let it stand 2 minutes to steiilize tlic
reduced by boiling in acid solution.s, but hopper and screen. Drain into the
it is only slowly alien'd by boding in free/.i'r, (the freezer should be at least
water, so it is important that fruit acid tuo-thirds full) run one-half minute, and
should bo added to the mix after the drain.
agar. All other ingiedients used .should Partially close the freezer gate so that
be added to the mix at this time and the it is about one-fourth open. Turn steam
total weight biought up to the requiied into tho freezer, through a special re-
amount with wati'r, making allowance for movable pipe, with .sulliciont force to give
the fruit and fruit acids er juices which a noticeable blowing of steam from tho
are usually added at the freezer. fniit hopper opening. Steam until the
There is no necessity of aging water steam condensate dripping from the
ices or sherbets made with agar uud gum freezer is above 180° F. This will require
as stabilizers because tho action of each 3 to 5 minutes for a 10-gallon freezer
takes place within a few minutes. and 5 to 8 minutes for a 25-gallon
Kvidence of a weak gel formation should freezer. Open the gate and let tho
Ihi readily observed at once if snlfioient freezer stand intact until ready for use.
agar has been used, since agar solutions Before using tlie freezer, fill the hopper
set at *10“ to 42*^ C. and since tho tem- with water at 100° to 110° F., making
perature of tho cold mixes is much certain that the screen is covered. Add
lower. suflicient chlorine to give 100 p p.m. and
stir well. If desired, the chlorine solu-
tion can be pumped into the hopper from
Vanilla Bean Flavoring Powder a special tank. Drain the chlorine solu-
25 Parts Ground V*nilla Bean tion into the freezer, operate the freezer
74 Parts Confectioners Powdered for one-half minute, and drain. The
Sugar fret'zer is then in excellent sanitary con-
1 Part Oil of Bitter Almond dition and ready for immediate use.

Mix the above ingredients very thor-


oughly. Place in sifter top cans and uso •Vitamin Ck)ncentrat 0
as powdered flavor over ice cream, cereals A
vitamin concentrate in tablet form,
and baking. consisting of a pulverized and corapresst'd
blend of the following raw vegetables
roOD PROm’CTS G1

containing vitamins A, B, C, D and E Macaroons:


in Bubstantially the following proportions:
6 Kilos Gtonnd Nuts
Per cent L) Kilos Crystallized Sugar
Spinach 10 to 20 Kilos Potato Flour
Green Cabbage 5 to 15 5ii0 Grams Glucose
White Cabbage 2.5 to 40 2 K.los Glace Sugar
Lettuce 3 to 7 4 Kilos b'lce Flour
Carrot 20 to 40 2 Litres Narobin Solution
and dehydrated to less than of their
onginal moistuie content.
I'ses of Narobin m I'oiinection W'ith
Kggs, ill General Baking, Pa.stry
For Fancy Cakes, Tea Cake's, Macaroons
Making, Sponge Cake, and Other
Preparation of the Naiobm aolution:
('akes
Stir 10 grams Xarobin powder (mixed
IL'n', by tlio use of Narobin solutions,
with a little sugar to help solution) in
a saving fiom lo to 2o';, of eggs, run
one litre water, allowing about one hour
be efleefed. A-^ide lioiii <*ionomy,
for dissolving. {Note: tin' metro* Kilo
\iirobin appears to inako the egg whites
is equivalent to pounds, and One
n.se, giving them body, and jii eventing
Ounce ia equivalent to about 28 grams).
lumping. \ arious foiiniilae aie given
Cakes below, .showing the n^e of Naiobin hoIu-
12 Kilos Sugar lion to r<*p!a<’e wlndo eggs, egg whiles,
171/2Kilos Flour < (e., in vaiious lihnds.
Koi instance,
5 Kilos Butter f'lrmulas A and B
are found to take the
5 Kilos Kai.siiis jthoe of 2<l whoh* eggs.
(piarls of
2 Litres Kggs .Saiohiii .'<iihitu)n is made u[i of 20 to
5 Litres Narobin Solution .'10 to .'1.5 grams j>er lilie of water,—
200 Grains Baking Powder with which solution rcpiaci's one egg by .50
Orange or Other Flavor grams and each white or volk by 25
grams, as a general basis for use.
Sponge Oakes
12 Kilos Sugar
18 Kilos Flour Kormiila A and Variations:
5 Kilos Margarine 12 t)iiarts Whole Kggs
500 Grams Powdered Milk r. (Quarts Kgg Whites
5 Lities Kaiobin Solution t^uaits
.'5 Naroliii) Solution (one
2 Litres Kggs ounce ]M i (jutirl water )
250 Grams Baking Powder
Mix (he Narobin
with (ho solution
Cake No. 2; whiles, (hen ineorpoiate With the entiio
6 Kilos Sugar eggs (orvolKs). s(‘ in preparat ions the
l

7 Kilos Flour sniiie ris actual eggs, 'I'his formula takes


tlie jilaee of 20 quarts of whole eggs.
5 Litres Kggs
3 Litres Narobin Solution with r> Litres AVhole Kggs
^'anilla Flavor 2'/j Litres Lgg Wliitea
2 Kilos Melted Margarine J'/z Litres Naiol.in Solution (30
grams Naiobin per btio
Cake No. 3: water;
6 Kilos .Sugar
7 Kilos Flour Can replace 10 litres of whole eggs.
5 Litres Kggs It isequally possible, with very good
3 Litres Narobin Solution r»‘sult.‘<, to UM‘ 5 litres whole eggs, 2'/2
1 Litre Kgg While and i/| Litre litn-s egg whites, 2('{| litres Narobin
Narobin Solution, bi-aten together solution.
30 Grams Ammonia (baking powder) S(it( Egg vjhites may bo replaced by
2 Kilos Cri.xco (a vegetable substitute jiowdered egg albumen. This is par-
for butter) ticularly re<ommended in winter.

Cake No. 4;
6 Kilos Sugar Fonnulft B and Variationa
7% Kilos Flour 10 Quarts \Vholn Eggs
4 Litres Eggs
5 Quarts Egg Whites
4 Litres Narobin Solution
5 Quarts Narobin Solution (same
Beat well together. strength)
62 TlfE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
This is found to replace 20 quarts of in connection with storage eggs, giving
rhole eggs. them sul^tantially more adhesive power,
6 Litres Egg Yolks and facilitating their emulsion.
21^ Litres Egg Whites
2^/2 Litres Narobin Solution (30
* Chocolate Margarine
grams Narobiti dissolved in
one litre \vann water) Cocoanut Oil 1800 lb.

This takes the place of 10 litres of egg Cocoanut Oil (hydrogenated) 500 lb.

yolks. Cottonseed Oil 300 Jb.

Formula B is recommended for spice


cakes, etc., giving better results than by
In pieparing a mix of these ingredi-
use of egg yolks alone. In summer it is ents, the hydrogenated and unhydro-
Ixjtter to reduce the proportion of genated cocoanut oils are preferably first
Narobin, as well as the quantity of egg mixed together by churning them at ii
whites.
temperature of approximately 90° F,, at
which temperature the oils are free-
flowing, and the agitation continuing
Formula C and Variations
over a period of approximately three
10 Quarts Egg Yolks niinute.s.
5 Quarts Egg Whites The proportion of hydrogenated cocoa-
6 Quarts Narobin Solution (same nut oil used may vaiy considerably from
strength) the flguie given above, keeping in mind
Narobin solution is prepared by dis- the desiied consistency and other char-
solving 30 to 35 grams Narobin powder acteristics of the final product.
in one litre warm water. Fifty grams of After the cocoanut and hydrogenated
this solution replaces one whole egg, and cocoanut oil have been mixed as above,
25 grams takes the place of one yolk or thirty gallons of water at a tempeia
one white. ture of about 40° F. are placed in the
churn with the fats and the whole mass
Formula D and Variations is agitated for about five minutes. Then
the 300 lbs. of cottonseed oil, which
Dissolve in one quart of water from 1
should bo at a temperature of about
to IVi ounces Narobin; and it will be
80° F., are mixed in. At this point tho
noted that one egg can bo replaced by
slightly less than two ounces of this .solu-
mass w'lll be in a llowable state. Tho
tion; and one egg yolk, or one egg white
important feature dunng this step is to
prevent tho oils from graining. The
can bo replaced by about ono ounce of
this solution.
temperatures above are selected with this
in mind but arc not critical.
For 100 whole eggs, formula for re-
placement is:
The next step is to pour this flowable
mass into cold water maintained at a
75 Whole Eggs
temperature of about 34° F, to crystal-
45 Ounces of the Narobin Solution
lize the fats. This is accomplished by
(Narobin Solution 30-35 — grams in tlowing the fatty mass into a stream of
ono litre warm wattu.) cold water, whereupon the fatty mass is
For 100 egg yolks, formula for re- broken up and quickly chilled to produce
placement is: small globules or granules of fat. The
75 Egg Yolks stream flows for such a distance that
the fat and water will remain together
22 Ounces of Narobin Solution
for preferably less than two minutes. It
For 100 egg whites, the formula for
will be understood that the vegetable fats
roplaccmcut is:
may, however, be crystallized in any
75 Egg Whites desired manner.
22 Ounces of Narobin Solution The fat mixture, after being crystal-
Use of less Narobin (both in quantity lized, is racchunically removed from the
and strength of solution) is recommended water and dumped into a large mass of
in summer than in winter. Thi.s is because water at a temperature of 67° P. This
the composition of the egg differs in the latter temperature is important, and for

seasons the fresh eggs in summer hav- best results should not be permitted to
ing more albumen than in winter; and vary by more than 2° P. either way. The
correspondingly in winter they contain fat, being in a highly subdivided state
more yolk. liefore being charged into the water, is
Formulas A, B, C and D should only rapidly and uniformly brought to very
serve as examples, and as dednite start- nearly the temperature of the water and
ing points. Narobin gives better value at that temperature coalesces again into
FOOD PRODUCTS 03

;i large unitary mass. The purpojse ot Worked into the mass, while the fats of
charging the fat base into water is to the l*ase are in a solidilied state, tluit is,
hi mg it quickly and uniformly to the Without the aiiplicatioii of lieat. At this
ilt'Mred temperature, 'lias ma\ be u1m> tune about bj'i by wmglit of salt, ba.sed
accomplished by tempering in the air to on the total weight of the Uiix, us added.
I he same temperature as speciiicd but not Allei the.se iiigiedients ha\e been woiked
«o satisfactoiily as by the use oi water. together until the mass is smootli and of
After leaving the water bath, the fat suitable texture, the mass is spieiid iu
IS placed in a continuous working device, thin la\ers to permit it to roach uiufoim
preferably one having screw blades, and temperatures in the shoite.‘>t po^8lbh‘
IS worked until the water content i.s tune, and is chilled to render if capable
biought down to alioiit H'/t- When this of being punted. The piodm't may then
point reached, the mass is ienio\ed to
is be printcil nml packed f<tr shipiiieiit nnd
a butter worker, compri.sing a ie\ol\iiig sale. If the product is to be jiiickiiged in
table and a wooden loll, and is woiked glass or other similar containeis, how
on this device until the moisture content e\er, this ehilliiig step is uniM'<-es.‘-ar\
IS reduced to somewhat below ,
jirefer- The eliocidate beat uig material used
ably to about 79<. The exact manner of ''liould be in the form of an aqueous
woiking is not critical, neitlier is it s\iiip. A syrup of the following formula
necessary to use the specific tyjie.s of nia- IS satisfactory:
cliinos mentioned above. Since the object J’ercent by
of this working is to reduce the moisture weight
content, it is evident that any device Sugar 62
which will accornidish this object will (’ocoa 12
be operatixe. However, the particular (/'hoi'olato 7

arrangement di.vussed abo\e, or an Salt 0.2


equivalent thereof, has the viitue that all Vanilla O.Ol
particles are properly worked so that the Wutei balance, or about ]>(%
tendency for while pai tides to appear
in the finished product is lessenid. 'I’Ik* emulsifving agent to ns'O is one
coiiimonl\ sold the
uinier nam(‘ of
After the moistuie content has been
“Hmurgol,’' 'I'hisa complex fatty
is
leduccd and the mass has been tlioroughh
iiiixtiiK' coiisi'-tiiig of ni'jiroxinmtely 50
worked to maintrun all part.'< of the mavs
to ‘ht'/o of moist lire and 15 to 50% by
at the same tenipi'iature, so as to elimi-
weight of fatly matti'r. Tlu' actne
nate most, if not all, of the hard parln h s,
eiuulsif\ mg agent in the fatty matter is
the material is placed m
a tempenng
glyeerme
nionosteuiyl .Hodium siilpho
room, where it is held at a teinjieratuie
acetate, winch js present in tho mixtuie to
of about 64 to OS'" F. for from Iwehe to
the extent of appruxuimtcly 15 to
eighteen hours.
by weight.
It is desirable to work or mix the fatty
The jirodmt of this process is a sub
material with tlie milk and aqueous cIuko-
staiitially ])ermnnent ami honiogemams
late syrup immi'diately after the moisture
emulsion of an I'diblc vegetable fat and
content has lieen rediieeil to the projn'r
ail aqueous chucolate-bearing syruj),
amount, but if this can not be done be-
which IS of smooth uniform ti'xture and
cause of insuflicient equipment, the fatty
of seriu-solid consistency and spieadiible
material must bo kept undei do.se tem-
like butter. The llaxor of tho elioeolalo
perature control in a tcnijionng room.
piedoniiiiates over that of the other in-
After the tempering is fini.died, the
gredients, thus making a new ))roduct
material is mixed with milk, for example,
raitirely different from any sjiread for
about twenty gallons of milk for each
liread, cake, pastrn‘s or the like previously
2600 pounds of fatty material.
Preferably, the milk should be slightly
known.
acid. This may be accomplished by add
ing a suitable amount of lactic acid cul-
• Cheese, Pasteurizing
ture and ripening the milk to aliout .85%
acidity. At the time that the milk is The proccFH of treating soft acid cheese
arldcd, a suitable amount, for example, having a jdl of about 3.5 to 5 which com-
about 3% by weight of an emulsifying prises, adding an amount of an alkaline
agent should l>e added. These ingredients substance to the cheese to bring its pll to
are then thoroughly worked together at about 5.5 or 6.5, pasteurizing tho mixture
room temperature. and th<’n adding an amount of an acid
About 1560 lbs. of a suitable chocolate sulrstaiice to tho cheese to bring its pH
syrup, also at ordinary room tempera- back to about 3.5 to 5.
ture, are then added and thoroughly
64 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Cultured Milk 4. Add l‘^-2 per cent of the mother
Three different organisms are com- cultuie and mix well.
monly used in the rnauufaetuic of cul- Incubate at about 72° F. for 18
5.

tured milk drinks in this country. The houis or until acidity of about .75 per
most common pioduct is that made by cent IS leached.
souring milk under control conditions ti. Break curd and cool immediately to
with pure cultutes of 8. lacticus. 801110 at least 50° F. by pumping over surface
manulucturers prefer a heavy body and eoolei.
a sharper Iluvor which they secure by
adding a small jiroportioii of L. bul- Preparation of L. IJulgaiicus Starter
garicus starti'r to that made with 8. hic-
Mother cultuie.
ticus. For the acidophilus dunk a thud
oiganism is used called L, acidophilus. 1. Use only high quality skim milk.
2. Place milk in glus.s container such
All tliiei* of these sturteiscun bo secuiod
as fruit jar and heat to 100-200° F. foi
fiom any commercial cultiiie laboratoiy.
30 minutes.
In some ca.ses no butter fat is added,
3. Cool slowly to 100° F.
but a much mor(> palutablo product can
4. Using sterile spoon or pipette trans-
lie secured by the addition of suflicient
fer about 10 cc. of the last mother cul-
cream (0 make a total fat eontmit of 1-2
ture to each quart of the sterilized milk.
per cent.
Cover bottle immediately.
Esflciitinl to Have (Jood Starteis 5. Incubate at 100° F. for about 18

Probably hours or until linn curd is formed.


tlio moat easentiul require-
ti. Place ill 40° F. room until
ment for the suecessful manufaetiue of used.
cultured milk is that the staiter bo kept H. Bulk starter.
pure. This means that ptoper facihth'.s
case only small quantities of bul-
Ill
must be available for glowing the cul-
gailac are to bo made it will not be noccs-
tures, and a comiietent petson must bo in
sary to prepaic any bulk starter of the
charge. Fven with the best of care,
biilgancns culture, as a suflicient amount
staiters occasionally “go off” and need
of the mother culture nin lie prepared to
to bo replaced with new stock.
supply the quantity ni'eded to mix with
Mother ciiltuM's should bo grown in
the lactic, starter. Otherwise jirocood us
the laboratory. From these mother cul- follows:
tures the bulk cultures cun be set. In
no case should the attem])t bo made to 1. Use only high quality skim milk.
carry starters by transferring from one 2. Heat to 190° F, lor .30 minutes.
vat or can to another. The transfei 3. Cool to 100-10.5° F.
should be carefully made, using only 4. .\dd l‘/i-2 per cent of mother
sterile equipment, from the mother cui- eiiltuie.
turo to wliat is to be the m‘xt mother. 0. Hold at 100° F. for 18 hours or until
Since (he preparation of the three staiteis aeidity of about 1.00 per ei'ut is obtained,
vaties somewhat eiu'h one wdl be i-oii- 0. Hrouk ciiid and cool immediately to

sidered separately. at least 50° F. by pumping over surface


cooler.

Pre[)Hrati<)n of 8. Lacticu.s Starter Occasionally bulgaricus starter is sold


A. Mother culture. for a cultured milk drink, but its flavor
IS so sliaip and it.s body so viscous that
1. Use only liigh quality skim milk.
it IS bettor to mix it with the lactic cul-
2. Place milk in glass container such
as fruit jar and heat to ItK)'’ F. foi 30
ture. A desirable drink can be prepared
by adding one pnit of the bulgaricus to
minutes.
nine parts of the lactic culture together
3. Cool slowly to 72° F.
with tlie amount of cream necessary to
4. Using sterile spoon or pipette tians-
supply 2 per cent fat in the finished
for aliout 10 cc. of the last mother cul-
pioduet.
ture to each quart of the sterilized milk.
This product has the advantage of a
Cover bottle immediately.
acid flavor, a smooth and fairly
di.stinct
6. Incubate at about 72° F. for about
heavy Iwdy with little tendency to whey
18 hours or until curd is well set up,
ti. Place in 40° F. room until used,

B. Bulk starter. Preparation of L. Acidophilus Starter


1. Use only high quality skim milk. The preparation of acidophilus cultures
2. Heat to 180° F. for 30 minutes. requires considerable care as slight con-
3. Cool to 72° P. tamination will rain the culture.
FOOD PRODUCTS 65

A. Mother culture. The seeond method is to churn a good


1. Sterilize selected milk in autoclave
glade of iiighly colortil cream until butler
guinules of di'siiable size are sis'ured.
hy heating to 240“ F. for 15 mmutea.
2. Cool to lOO-^ F.
The gianiiles are then eliilh'd in n 40 F.

3. Add ulwut 10 cc. of mother culture


loom until film and are then added to
still ter that has bit u eooled to at lea.-t
using sterile pipette. Cotton plug .should
50 F., in siitlicieiit (pmiililu's to U* vis
k* tlamed before returning to tln.sk.
4. Incubate at 100“ F. for hums. H ible in the bottle. A small (plant ity of
!). Use ininiodiately if possible; other- cn'um added to the stiiiter will improve
wise store at about o0“ F.
the flavor. The main objeelion to tins

Acidophilus cultures should k* examined mt'thod IS Ilie fact


that the finished
luicroscopieally occa.sionally to make sure jirodiicl lacks the butteimilk flavor. Its
mniii advantage is in tin' lediiced volume
the culture is puie.
ot cieani that mimt b(> cliuiiicd.

H. Bulk starter. Another method ripen S-10 per


is to

1. Use S(*le('tod milk. cent pnsleuii/<‘<l sweet cream to an acidity


H. Heat to boiling or .‘-lightly higher of aiuml ..‘hO pel cent. Butter color is
for iU) ininule.s. added and tlie mixtuM' cluiiiied uiltll
Cool to about 100“ F., hoM .‘10 giiinulcs of tiu' jirnpiT >.i/e are seemed.
;i.

niinute.s and again heat to boiling for 10 Knoiigh cooled staiter is then nddt'd to
minutes. liiing the fat content down to about per 1

cent, 'bills gives a pKaim of goml llavor


I. Cool to 105“ F.
l

5. Add 1-1 Vi mother culture. and fairly light body. he adviiiilage of 'I

(5. incubate at lo5 F. lur k-L’o lioui'- this method ov(‘r the fiisf IS the gieaier

.,r until an acidity of about .70 per cent last'of churning and the iisliiccd voliimo
IS reached. of cK'ani tliat must be handled in the
7. Cool as rapidly us pos.'-ible to 50 F. chill II.

Caro must k
taken to keep the tein-
peiaturo up to at least loo F. dining
the incubation jiciiod. All p<»ssible Hour Cream
Minrce.s of contamuiatioii sliould also be Commercial sour cn*am somidimes
cimtrolled as the eiillure must remain called Jewish cream, is tin* Ix'uvy bodied,
pine. Thoe factois are so important smooth tevliiied piodiicl of high acid
that specially coii'tnicted \ats aie neccs llavor scciiicd by pmeeMHing and iijienilig
sary for the siicceH.il'ul manufacture of sweet cr<am uiuici (oiitml conditions. Jt
aiidofihiliis milk on a commen lal basis i.s used as a spieiid tot bn'ad, as a dies'
I>. acidophilus cultures niaybestoied at
lag loi vegetables, and in the making ol
40“ F. or lower lor .seieial days wiliioiit
sanies of vtiiioos kinds.
adwting the number of living oigaiiisms 'bheie are si'vcial siicc(*ssfiil methods
for jiieparing soui cieam. Vaimlious in
jdaiit eipiipnieiit and plant c-oiiditioiis
Cliurned Buttermilk a method
make It iinpo-sil.lc to snggi'st
Catering to the ideas of certain indi- applicable to all plants. Three geiienil
viduals who believe that the products and pio<cdutcs will thiieluie be given.
[oactiees of 0111 childhood are better than
those of tod.'iy, many dealers have placed A. .Method for making sour crMini with-
oil the market within leeent yeais a type out the iiw* of a \is'-oli/,er oi hoino-
of fermented milk termed chinned butter- g(*ni/er.
milk. This jirodiict has been made in 1. l.’sing enzyme
mimeimis ways, but in general tlii'ro are
a. I*asteun/e the eti-am (lH-2() per
tluee methods. cent fat) by lieatiiig to ]7.'i'’ F.
I’robubly the inoie common method is for .'JU minutes.
to ripen thoroughly and pastcinizc a to 8.V r. and u<ld [mr
b. f'ool .5

2 per cent milk to about .7.0 i>er cent cent startei and of rennet
S) cc.
acidity. The ripened milk is then churned (diluted with .'10 volumes of
at a sufTicientiy high temperatuic to pro- water) to each BiO pounds of
duce butter granules in the usual length milk.
of time or even shorter. The churning is
c. Four cream into sliotgun cans.
stopped when the granule.s are about the
(]. Incubate at 85“ F. until a firm
size of small rice grains. The buttermilk
(umI is formed.
is then pumped over a cooler and bottled.
t-ool rapidly without stirring by
If butter coloring added to the milk
is
e.
jdacing cun in ice water or
before churning a more distinct granule
40“ F. room.
will be obtained.
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Thia is a fast method for making a Iwx without a bottom and with slits
sour cream of good body. sawed in tho sides to allow drainage. The
2. Using cheese curd mold is set on tho draining table, a fol-
a. Pastcuiize per cent cream by lower is put on tho curd, and one or
heating to 115“ F. for 30 min- two bricks aie used on each cheese fur
utes and cool to 72“ F. pressure. The cheeses are allow’ed to re-

b. Add 3 per cent starter and main in tho molds for 24 hours, when
incubate at 72“ F. for 18 hours. they are removed, the entire surface rub-
c. Mix 4 parts of soured cream
bed with salt, and the cheeses piled three
with 1 part of cottage cheese deep. The salting i.s done each day for
curd and 1.5 parts of good three days, after which the cheese ii
starter which have been previ- taken to the ripening cellar, which should
ously mixed and strained to re- bo comparati\oly moist and have a tern-
move curd particles. poruturo of from 60“ to 65“ F. Kipeu-
iug requires two months.
3. Using skim milk powder
a. Add 3 per cent skim milk pow-
der to 20 per cent cream.
Brio Cheese
b. Kaise temperature giadually to
145“ F. with constant stirung. This is a soft, rennet cliecso made from
Hold 30 minutes at 145“ F. cows’ milk. Tho clioeso vaiics in size
Cool to 72“ F. and add 3 per
and also in quality, deponding on whether
c.
whole or partly .skimmed milk is used.
cent starter and % cc. rennet
(diluted with 3 volumes of The method of manufactuie resembles
closely that of t'amembcit.
water) to each 100 pounds of
milk.
Tho milk used is usually perfectly
fresh. It is not micominon, however, to
d. Place in shotgun cans.
Incubate 15 hours at 72“ F.
mix the evening ’.s milk, whi'ii kept eool
e.
overnight, with tho morning’s nulk. Some
f. Cool without stirring by placing
artificial coloring matter is added to (he
can in ice water or 40“ F. room.
milk, whieh is then .set with rennot at a
B. Method of making sour cream, using tompeiaturo of 80“ or 85“ F. After
viseolizer or homogeni/er. standing undisturbed for about two
Pasteurize lK-20 per cent cream at
1. hours, the cumI is dipped into forms or
180“ F. for 30 minutes. hoops, of which thcie are tlireo si/es in
2. Hoinogi'nize at 180“ F. using 3,000 punmon use. Tho hugest si/(' is about 15
p(»unda pri'SHuro on om* valve. (Be sure inches in diameter, the medium .si/e about
homogeni/.er is thoroughly washed and 12 inclu's m
diameti'r, and tho smallest

sterilized previous to use.) .si/oabout 6 inches in diameti'r, all vary-


ing in height from 2 to 3 iiiehes. After
3. Cool to 72“ F. and add 3 per cent
diainagi' for 24 hours without pri'ssiiro
starter.
being applu'd, the hoojis aro removed, and
4. When acidity of .0-7 per cent has
tho surface of tho chcr.se is sprinkled with
been reached package and .store at 40“ F.
salt, ('harcual is sometimes mixed with
A body ean be secured
slightly lieavior tho .salt u.sed. The cheese
is then trans-
by adding 2 or 3 per cent of milk powder ferred to tho fiist curing room, which is
to the cream; or enough concentiated kept dry and well ventilated. After re-
skim milk to increase the setum sohd.s 2-3 mauling in (his room for about eight days
per cent; or .25 per cent of high grade the cheo.so becomes covered with mold. It
gelatin. is then tiansfeired to tho .second curing
A better body can also bo secured bv loom or collar, v\hich is usually very dark,
ripening tho cream in the final container impoi bs'tly vi'iitilated and has a teinpeia-
ifsuch a procedure cau bo made practical. turo of about 55“ F. Tho cheese ii'inains
there for from two to four vvisks, or until
Brick Cheese tho consistency and odor indicate that it
Perfectly sweet milk is set in a vat at is sufliciently ripened. Tho red colora-
86“ F. with suflicient rennet to coagulate tion which tho surface of the choeso
it in 20 or 30 minutes. The curd is cut finally acquires has been attributed to on
with Cheddar curd knives, is then heated organism designated Baallus firmaticus.
to 110“ or 120“ F., and is stirred con- The ripening is due to one or more species
stantly. The cookingcontinued until
is of molds which occur on the surface and
the curd has liecome so firm that a hand- produce enzymes, which in tuni cause a
ful squeezeil together will fall apart when gradual and progressive breaking down
released. The curd is then dipped into of the casein from tho exterior toward
the mold, which is a heavy rectangular the center. The interior of a ripened
FOOD PRODrCl'S 67
cheese varies in consistency
from waxy of about 2 quarts of milk. After drain-
to semiliquid and has a veiy pionouncod ing for about 18 hours, preferably in a
odor and a sharp characteristic taste. room ha\ing n uniform tompernturt' of
Co® or 7(1® F., (he e!iee.'»e is turned. This
IS rept'ated fiecpiently for about (wo
Brinza Cheese
davs. when it is removed from the forms
This cheese from sheep 's milk, or a
and .-ialled on (ho outside. After 2t lioui.s
mi.Nturo of slieep 8 and {goats’ milk.
the elieest' i.s caiiieil to the curing rooms,
The cheese is made in small lots, from
which are maintained at lempeiaturos of
1! to 4 gallons of fresh milk being used
from 5:t® to 59® F. and with a high rela-
at one time. This is put into a kettle and
tive humidity, (hiring the cheese is (he
win u the temperature of the milk is from
nio.st dillieult pait of the maniifaetuiiiig
73” to S5® F. sutlicient rennet is added
pioces.s, for not only must Iheie be n
to obtain coagulation in Ifi minutes. The
uniform and jirogie.'.sni' <le\el(tpmeiit of
curd is broken up and the whey dipped,
(he iipening agents, but the eiiiil must be
and the Curd is placed in a linen sack and
gradually deMcealeil at tin' same tune.
allowed to drain for 24 hours. It is then
I’loper combtious of huniulily and tern-
cut into pif'ces and placed on a boaid,
peiatiir*' must be niaiiitaiiied ami subject
where with frequent turnings it is allowed
to regulation in order to favor the
to remain until it commences to get
(le\eIo[)ment of the needful mold,
Mueaiy, whieh reqiuies about eight da\s.
rinu'illtum ('(iiii( mbi iti, the biicti'iia, and
The jneces arc tlu'ii laid one on top of
yea.<t.‘<. Althongli (lie giowth of tlie mold
aiiotiu'r in a vessel lioiding fiom 4() to (lb
IS neeesyiiy in ordi'r to bung about a
pounds, where they remain for 21 hoiii-^.
gradual bieaking down ('f thi* casein, this
after which they are lemoved, the rind
growth should md be too Mgoioiis ami
(Hit away, and the eiiid or ]>artiall\ min'd
iuMiiiant; otlu'iwise the pindiict will lie
<'li('ese broken uji in another \essel. Aftei
remleied unfit foi eommei<iiiI jmrpo.sc's.
10 liours salt is stirred in and the nud
Following (he giowtii of the mold, ollici
run through a mill, wlinh cuts it \cry
organisms de\eloj», giving the lesnlliint
line, when it is packed in a tub with lK.'ech
clicesi' a leddish appearance instead of a
shavings.
white and Idiie, ns i.s tlie case In the
initi;d moM fermentation. Fiom bi to
Cainembcrt Clieeso 2b <la\s aie ir'quiu'd to In mg about the
propel balance between the vaiioii.s forms
This is a soft, rennet cheese made from
cow’s milk. A tjjMcal clo-eso is ul>out of lile. At the end ol that time tlie
cheese is allowed to completi' its ripening
•IVt inches in diameter, tluee-quarfi'is of
an inch or 1 inch (hick, and in (In* mar- at the lower limits of tlii' indicated (cm

ket in this country is U'^iially found pi'iafiiKs and with a minimuiii of


ventilation.
wrapped in paper and inclos'd in a
wooden box of the sanu* shape. The
cheese usually has a rind about one-oighth (.'hi'ddar (’liecKO

of an inch in thickness, which is composed The milk, morning’s and evening’s


of niold.s and dried cheese. The interior iiiivcd, IS set at S.'j' F. with sutlicient
is yellowish in (-olnr nnd waxy, creamy, icrifict to coagulate to (he [ooper jioint in
or almost fluid in consistency, di'fii'nding fiom 2.7 minutes. At tin* lime of
to -1(1

largely njion the degne of ripeness. .selling the milk should have an acidity
Cameniliert cheese is made from whoh* of about O.IS or 0 20 j»cr cent. Color
milk or from milk slightly skimmed. It may or may not bo used. 'I'he curd is cut
is not advisable to .skim the milk unle.ss when it breaks evenly befoie the, finger.
it testa more than 3.r) jior cent biitterfat. Tlie cutting is done with I'lird knives
'I'lie temperature of setting is from 78’ made up of blad»‘s set aliout one-thud of
to 87® F., and the quantity of rennet an imh ajiart in frames. In one franm
added for this purpose is sutlicient to get the knives are .set jierjs'iidicularly and in
the desired degree of firmness in from (he other hori/ontally. When well cut the
two to five hours. The curd i.a then trans- curd is in uniform cubes of al)Out one-
breaking up
ferred, usually with as little third of an inch.
as possible, to perforated tin forms or After bi ing rut, the curd is heated
hoops aliout inches in diameter ami slowlv and with continued stirring until
the same in height. Tlie.se rest upon rush it reaches a tem[>cralurc of from 9(1® to

mats, which permit it free drainage. The lbs“ F. With the use of mcclianical agi-
fillingof the forms may be done at two tators, as is the common practice, the
or three different times, short intervals curd should Ixj heated about 4° higher
being necessary for the curd to settle. than when itivring is done by hand.
Each form holds the equivalent in curd After heating, the stirring is continued
68 mn. uniSMICAL FORMULARY

intermittently until the curd is sufficiently ticles are not allowed to mat together
firm. This is determined by squeezing after the whey is drawn. The curd is
a handful, Which should fall apart im- stirred occasionally to prevent this mat-
mediately on being released. The whey ting process, but it differs from the sweet-
is then drawn. At the same time the acid curd cheese, as acid is allowed to develop
should have reached about 0.20 per cent, before salting and pressing. Formerly a
or one-fourth of an inch, the latter of comparatively large quantity of stirred-
which is determined by measuring the curd cheese was made, but very little, if
length of strings when the curd is touched any, is made at tho present time.
to a hot iron. The curd is then matted A washed-curd cheese varies from the
about 4 inches deep, sometimes in tho regular Cheddar process in having the
Iwttom of tlio vat, sometimes on racks milled curd subjected to cold water for a
covered with a coarse linen cloth. After short period. This process is evidently
it has remained there long enough to practiced to force the curd to take up a
stick togctlier it is cut into rectangular smull percentage of tho water and in-
pieces easy to handle, which are turned crease the yield. It results in a cheese
frequently and finally piled two to four which apparently breaks down or ripens
deep; in tho inoanwhilo the temperature much more rapidly than cheese made in
of the curd is k(*pt at about 90® F. When the ordinary way. This ripening is very
the curd has broken down until it has tho likely not due to tho excess of moisture
smooth feeling of velvet, which requires but to some other unexplained reason.
from one to three hours, it is milled by Some States have prohibited the use of
means of a machine, wliicli cuts it into the State brand on washed-curd cheese.
pieces tho sizo of a finger. It is then
stirred on the bottom of tho vat until
whey ceases to run, which roipiires from Cheshire Cheese
one-half to one and one-half hours, when This cheese is one of the oldest and
it is salted at the rate of 2 or 2Vj pounds most popular of tho English varieties.
of salt to 100 pounds of millc. It is then It is a rennet eheoso made from whole
ready to be put into tho press. The curd milk of cows, and is named for Chester
is put into tinned-iron hoops of tho pro- County, England, where it is largely pro-
per sizo, which are lined with cheesecloth duced. It is made in cylindrical shape,
Imndages. Tho hoops are put into presses from 14 to 16 inches in diameter, and
and great pressure is applied by means weighs from 50 to 70 pounds. In making
of screws. Tho next morning the cheese this cheese sufficient annatto is u.sed to
is removed from the lioups and put on give the product a very high color. The
shelves in a curing room. Formetly it process of manufacture vanes in detail in
WHS kept in a curing room as long ns six different sections. Perfectly sweet milk,
months, but at the present time it is night’s and morning’s mixed, is sot at a
covered with a coat of paraffin and put temperature of from 75* to 90“ F. In
into cold storage when from .3 to 12 days one hour, tho curd is cut usually with an
old. There is a growing demand on the instrument in which knives are set in a
part of consumers for mild cheese, and frame to cut culios 1 or 1 Vi inches square.
eomsequontly ripening must bo carried on This is pushed down through the curd
at a tempo ratu 10 below 50“ F. and finally worked back and forth at an
An important point in tho process of angle. This is continued for aliout an
manufacturing Cheddar cheese is tho de- hour, or until tho particles of curd are
velopment of the desired quantity of acid, tho sizo of peas. The curd is then allowed
which is responsible for tho projx'r break- to settle and mat on the bottom of the
ing down of tho curd lM>foro milling and vat for about an hour, when it is rolled
suiting. Tho maximum quantity of acid up to one end, weighted down, and the
that can bo developed in the whey with- whey drawn, aher the desired degree of
out injuring tho texture of the cheese acidity has been obtained. Tho curd is
should, therefore, be aimed at. It is very cut in pieces of the right sizo to handle
probable that too much weight has been and is piled on racks. It is then run
placed on tho desirability of a maximum through a curd mill, salted at the rate of
development of acid, and that practically 3 pounds to 1,000 pounds of milk, and
as good cheese can bo produced without put into a hoop having a number of holes
the nigh acid. in the side, through which skewers can
Some of the details in the manufacture 1)6 thrust into the cheese to promote
of Cheddar choose are varied to some drainage. The cheese in the hoop is put
extent, and other names may be used to into a heated wooden box called an oven,
designate the cheese so mide. A stirred- and sometimes light pressure is applied,
curd cheese is one in which the curd par- tho pressure increasing gradually until it
food products
reaches hbout 1 ton. The curing cellar With milk of a good quality a yield of
or room is about 60* to 65“ P. The time 15 to 18 pounds of cheese per 100 pounds
required for thorough ripening is from of skim milk is obtained. Cottage cheese
8 to 10 months. should always bo kept in a refrigerator
or in a cooler until disposed of.
Cottage Cheese
Cottage cheese is sometimes made with
a small amount of rennet, and the curd Cream Choeso
is heated to from 118“ to 125“ F. It may Genuine cream cheese is made from a
be made on a small or a factory scale. rich cream thickened by souring or from
With this method the skim milk is pas> sweet cream thickened with rennet. The
trurized, cooled to 70“ or 80“, and 1 to 5 cream for this cheese should always lie
per cent of a starter added. Rennet is jiastcurized. Tins thickened cream is put
then added at the rate of 1 c.c. per 1,000 into a cloth and allowed to dniin, the
pounds of milk. The curd is allowed to cloth lieing cluuigcd several times during
develop an acidity of about 0.55 in from the draining, which requires about four
6 to 10 hours. The cougulum i.s then cut days. It is then jiliwed on a board covered
into */^-inch culies. Water at a tempera- with a cloth, pjirmkled with salt, and
ture of 115“ is run over the curd in about turned occasionally. It i.s ready for con-
an hour ^d
the temperature of the wash sumption in from 5 to 10 days.
water than gradually raised to 120“. The Another variety of cieiim cheese is
curd is then stirred until it will stand made from cream with a low content of
without breaking. It is then giadually butterfat (6 or 8 per cent). A small
cooked to a temperature of 11H° to 12(5“ quantity of a luctic-ucid starter is added
in the course of one and one-half to three to the cream, and after the mixture is
liours. When the curd may be squeezed warmed to from 70“ to 7G“ F. and thor-
in the hand and still retain its shape, the oughly stirred, rennet is added at the
whey is withdrawn and the curd is washed rate of fiom 1 to ll-j ounces of com-
two or three times in cold water. After mercial liquid rennet to 1,000 jHiunds of
the washing the water is withdrawn, and cream, bsunlly tlie cieum is placed in
the curd ditched along the side of the vat shotgun cans holding about 30 pounds
or kettle, and drained for one hour. It each. After setting tor about 18 hours,
I.s then placed in a cooler for 12 hours. the curd is poured, with as little breaking
To each 100 pounds of curd, 70 pounds as possible, upon draining rin’ks covered
of a mixture of milk and cream contain- with cloths. After a few liours’ drainage
ing 10 per cent cream is added. The curd the cloths are drawn together, tied, placed
is then stirred for a few minutes. After upon crai'ked ice, and allowed to remain
creaming the cheese is placed in a cooler ovi’rnight. The curd is then pressed,
at .30® to 40“ until ready to use or ship. salted, and worked to a paste by means
When the cheese is made on a factory of special macliinrry or by suitable sub-
scale a drier product is desired in order stitutes. The cheese is then molded into
that it may lie marketed successfully. pieces weighing from 3 to 4 ounces,
For thisreason the curd is generally wrnjiped in tin foil and, without curing,
cooked at a higher temperature than placed upon the market. The standard
when made on a small scale. The main package of cream cheese is 3 inches by 2
equipment necessary for making cottage inches by 1 inch. It is a mild rich che<^se
cheese on a factory scale is a pasteurizing which is relished most when eaton a few
outfit and a channel -bottom Cheddar vat. days after it is made. Cream cheese is
Ordinarily from 5 to 10 jkt cent of a now quite oxten8i\rly made in the larger
good lactic starter is added to skim milk, factories of the United Status, where the
after which the milk is allowed to ripen ever-increasing demand for it makes it
at a temperature of 70“ to 80" F. until one of the most popular variotioa of soft
curdled. The curd is then cut into cubes cheese.
and gradually heated to from 115“ to
125“ in 30 to 45 minutes. When the
whey has been removed, the curd is Edam Cheese
washed with cold water, drained, and The perfectly fresh milk is set at 82*
piled along the sides of the vat. Ordi- to 84“ F. ; e^Ior is added and sufficient
narily the cheese is salted at the rate of rennet is used to coagulate the milk in .30
3 or 4 ounces per 100 pounds of milk. minutes. The curdled milk is divided
Often the cheese is mixed with cream evenly with a knife. After 20 minutes
and then marketed in small, single ser- the whey is partly removed. The curd is
vice, paraffined paper containers, or in further diviM; after 10 minutes another
batter tube. portion of the whey is removed and stir-
70 THE chemical FORMULARY
ring is retained for 10 minutes. Then Department of Agriculture or by State
the temperature of the mixture it in- agenciea
created to 9^*. The curd is now allowed It has been found that by clarifying
to settle and the whey removed ; then the the milk a much better quality of cheese
layer of curd is cut into pieces, each part can bo produced, both in regard to eye
having the size of a cheese. These are formation and in improving the body of
left to settle in the molds, and they are the cheese. Clarification tends to reduce
then turned a few times; after being the number and to increase the size of
wrapped in cloth they are pressed two or the eyes. It is estimated that fully two-
three hours. After this they are salted, thirds of the factories of Wisconsin now
either by rubbing in salt and putting clarify their milk for the manufacture of
them in molds without lids, or by immer- wheel and block Swiss.
sion in brine for three days. They are In making the cheese in Switzerland
then stored for ripening and turned at the evening’s milk is skimmed; the morn-
intervals, which is the cause of their ing’s milk is heated to 108® or 110® F.,
flattened shape. When they are a few and the cream from the evening ’s milk is
weeks old they are marketed and the added and both thoroughly mixed. The
ripening process continues in the ware- evening ’a milk cooled with a little saffron
houses of the cheese merchants. to color it, is then added, and the whole
is mixed. The milk is then brought to a
temperature of 90® in summer and 95° in
Emmonthaler (Domestic Swiss) Cheese winter, and sufficient rennet is added to
This is a hard, rennet cheese made coagulate the milk in 30 or 40 minutes.
from cows' milk, and has a mild, some- The whole process is carried through in a
what sweetish flavor. It is characterized huge copper kettle holding 300 gallons.
by holes or eyes which develop to about The rennet used is obtained by soaking
the size of a cent in typical cheeses and the calf’s stomach in whey for 24 hours.
are from 1 to 3 inches apart. Cheese of When the milk has thickened to almost
the same kind made in the United States the desired point for cutting, which is
is known as Domestic Swiss, and that practically the same as for ordinary
made in the region of Lake Constance is American or Cheddar Cheese, the thin sur-
called Algau Emmenthaler. face layer is scooped off and turned
There is a slight difference in manipu- wrong side up. This is supposed to aid
lation of the milk in making Emmen- in incorporating the layer of cream into
thaler cheese in this country as compared the cheese. The curd is then cut very
with Switzerland. In the latter countiy coarse by means of a so-called harp. Tho
the evening’s and morning’s milk is cheesemaker, with a wooden scoop in each
mixed and made into cheese, while in the hand, then draws the mass of curd
United States it is popularly believed toward him, that lying on the bottom of
that the evening ’s milk must bo made into tho kettle being brought to the surface.
cheese immediately after milking, as is At this point tho cheesemaker and an
done with the morning’s milk. assistant commence stirring tho curd with
However, there is a growing tendency the harp, a breaker having first been fit-
to make the cheese from milk delivered ted to the inside of tho kettle to interrupt
once a day or from milk that has been the current of tho whey and curd. The
slightly ripened, as it is believed that harps are given a circular motion and cut
the quality of the cheese is thereby im- —
the curd very fine about the size of
proved. wheat kernels.
Swiss cheese is made both with home- After this stage is reached heating is
made rennet and with commercial rennet. commenced. In Switzerland until recently
When homemade rennet is employed all the heating was done over an open
usually no additional cultures are used. fire, the kettle being swung on a large

In some cases the homemade rennet is crane; most of the factories have the
inoculated with a pure culture starter of same method at the present time. In this
lactobacillus bulguricus. With modem country the same method was followed in
methods it has been found desirable to tho early days of the industry, but at the
use the following pure cultures: (1) The present time inclosed fireplaces, into
lactobacillus bulgaricus to check unde- which the kettle can be swung and doors
sirable fermentation and to aid in con- closed to retain the heat, are largely em-
trolling the ripening; (2) the use of an ployed. This takes -away much of the
eye and flavor culture to aid in the de- discomfort of the operation. In a few
vwopment of eyes and flavor. These instances the kettle is set in cement and
pure cultures are sent out by the Bureau an iron ear containing the firs is run
of Dairy Industry of the United States under it. The most m^em factories use
FOOD PRODUCTS 71

steam, which appears to be the most satis- The vary in temperature from 55*
cellars
factory way. When the heating is begun to 65* F., though in extreme cases 70*
the contents of the kettle are brought or a little higher may be used. While the
rapidly to the desired temperature, which cheeses are in the ripening cellar, which
may be from 126* to 140* F., the higher in Switzerland may l>o from 6 to 10
temperature often being necessary to get months or longer, and in the United
the curd sufficiently firm. In the mean- States three to six months, they should be
while the stirring continues for about one turned and washed every other day for
hour, with slight interruptions near the the first two or three months and less
end of the process, when the curd has often subsequently. At the same time a
become so firm that it will not mat to- little coarse salt is sprinkled on the sur-

gether. The end of the cooking is deter- face. In a few hours this salt has dis
mined by the firmness of the cutd, which solved, and the brine is spread over the
is judged by matting a small cuke with surface with n long-handled brush.
pressure by the hands and noting the The cheeses are very large, about 6
ease with which the cake breaks when inches in thickness and sometimes as
heating the edge. much as 4 feet in diameter, and weigh
When the curd is sufficiently firm, the from 60 to 220 pounds. In shipping, a
contents of the kettle are rotated rapidly number of them are placc'tl in a tub which
and allowed to come to a standstill as may contain 1,000 pounds of cheese,
the momentum is lost. This brings all Fmmentlmler cheese is made
fcjoinetimes

the curd into a cone-shaped pile in the up in the form of blocks instead of in
center of the kettle. One edge of a heavy the shape of millstones. The blocks are
linen cloth resembling burlap is wrapped about 2H inches long and 8 inches square
around a piece of hoop iron, and by this in the other dimensions and weigh usu-

means the cloth is slipped under the pile ally from 25 to 28 pounds.
of curd. The mass of curd is then raised
from the whey by moans of a rope and
pulley and lowered into a cheese hoop on Gorgonzola Cheese
the draining table. These hoops are from This variety, known also as Stracchino
4 to 6 inches deep and vary greatly in di Gorgonzola, is a renuet, Italian cheese
diameter. cloth is folded over the
The made from whole milk of cows. The in-
choose, a large follower is put on top, and terior of the cheese is mottled or veined
the press allowed to come down on the
is with a penicillium mui’h like Hoquefort,
cheese. The press is usually a log swung and for that reason the chi'cso has been
at one end and operated by a double grouped with the Koquefort and Htilton
lever. Pressure is continued for the first varieties. As seen upon the markets in
time just long enough for the euid mass this country the surface of the cheese is
to retain its shape. The hoop is Ihen re- covered with a thin coat resembling clay,
moved, the cheese turned over, and a dry said to be prepared by mixing barite or
cloth substituted. The cheese is allowed gypsum, lard or tallow, and coloring
to remain in the press about 24 hours, matter. The cheeses are cylindrical in
during which time it is turned and a shape, about 12 inches in diameter and 8
dry cloth substituted six or more times. inches in height, and as marketed are
At the end of the pressing, the curd wrapped in paper and packed with straw
should be a homogeneous mass without in wicker baskets.
holes. The cheese is then removed to the The milk used in making this cheese
salting l)oard, covered with a layer of is warmed to a temperature of al)out 75*
salt, and occasionally turned. In a day F. and coagulated rapidly with rennet,
or two it is put into the salting tank in the time required l»cing usually from 15
a brine strong enough to float an egg; it to 20 minutes. The curd is then cut very
remains there at the discretion of the fine, inclosed in a cloth and drained, after

cheesemakcr for from one to four days. which it is put into hoops 12 inches in
Often no brine tank is used with diameter and 10 inches high. It was for-
Emmenthaler cheese. merly the custom to allow the curd from
The cheese is then taken to the curing the evening ’s milk to drain overnight and
cellar. In the best factories two or more to mix it with the fresh, warm curd from
cellars with diflferent temperatures ai^ the morning’s milk prepared in the tame
available, and the cheeses are placed in way. The curd from the evening’s milk
them according to their development. If and that from the morning ’s milk, crum-
it appears that the cheese may develop bled very fine, were put into hoops in
too fast and have too many and too large layers with moldy bread crumbs inter-
eyes, it is placed in a cool cellar; if the spersed among the layers. The cheese is
reverse is true, a warm cellar is selected. turned frequently for four or five days,
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
the cloths being changed occasionally, two months. When ripe tho cheese is
and is salted from the outside, the proc- wrapped in paper, then in tin foil, and
ess requiring about two weeks. It is put into boxes, each containing about 50
then transferred to the curing rooms, cheeses.
where a low temperature is usually main- Contrary to the popular belief, no Lim-
tained. At an early stage in the process burg is imported into this country at tho
of ripening, the cheese is usually punched present time. This type of cheese is
with an instrument about 6 inches long, made so cheaply and of such good qual-
tapering from a sharp point to a diameter ity in this country that the foreign make
of about one-eighth inch at the base. has been crowded out of the market.
About 150 holes are made in each cheese.
This favors the development of the peni-
cillium throughout the interior of the Loaf or Process Cheese
cheese. Well-made cheese may bo kept It is defined as the clean, sound, heated
for a year or longer. In the region where product made by comminuting and blend-
it is made, much of the cheese is con-
ing, with the aid of heat and water and
sumed while in a fresh condition. with or without tho addition of salt, one
or more lots of cheese into a homogeneous
plastic mass.
Limburg Cheese At present it is estimated that one-half
This is a soft, rennet cheese made from of all cheese made in this country is
cows’ milk which may contain all the marketed as loaf or process checsi*.
butterfat or may be partly or entirely American Cheddar, Swiss, Brick, Lim-
skimmed. The best Liialmig is undoubt- burg, and even Caniembert have been
edly made from the whole milk. This handled in this manner.
cheese has a very strong and character- In the preparation of this product,
istic odor and taste, weighs about 2 chcCBO of different degrees of ripeness
pounds, and is about 6 by 0 by 3 inches and of inferior quality with respect to
in size. flavor and texture may be used. Well-
Limburg choose originated in the cured Canadian, well-cured Emmenthalcr,
Province of Liittich, Belgium, in tho or culture Swiss cheese is often used to
neighborhood of lIorv6, and was marketed impart a typical flavor. It is stated that
in Limburg, Belgium. Its manufacture as much as 20 per cent white American
has spread to Germany and Austria, cheese is often blended with Swiss cheese
where it is very popular, and to tho in order to give tho finished product tho
United States, whore largo quantities arc proper texture.
made, mostly in New Yoik and Wis- Tho method of manufacture consists in
consin. cleaning tho surface of tho cheese, grind-
Swoct milk, without any coloring mat- ing it, and then adding a small quantity
ter, is set at a tomporaturo of fiuin Dl® of an emulsifier, sucli as sodium citrate,
to 90® F. with sulliciont lonnot to coagu- sodium phosphate, or rochelle salts, dis-
late the milk in about 40 minutes. lu solved in water, and finally heating the
foreign countries a kettle is used, but in mixture in jacketed containers with coa-
the United States an ordinary rectangu- Btant agitation until tho cherso has
lar cheese vat is found to be more satis- reached tlio piopor degree of consistency.
factory. Tho curd is cut or broken into It is then put into suitable containeis
cubes of about one-third of an inch and either directly or by specially designed
is stirred for a short time without ud<ti- machinery. From 1 to 2 percent of
tional heRting^ It is then dipped into emulsifiers are often used. Conaiderablo
rectangular forms 2S inches lung, 5Vj skill is required iu selecting tho best
inches broad, and about 8 inches deep. kind of cheese to use as well as in regu-
These forms are kept on a draining lating tho manner and duiation of tho
board, where tho whey drains out freely. cooking. Ordinarily the choeso is gradu-
When the cheese has been in the forma, ally heated and stirred until a tempera-
with frequent turnings, for a rullicieut tuio of 140 to IGO* F. is reached. Tho
length of time to retain its shape, it is stirring is continued at this temperature
removed to the salting table, where the for a longer or shorter period according
surface is rubbed daily with salt. Wlien to the nature and kind of cheese.
the surface of the cheese commences to In the initial heating there is at first
got slippery the cheese is put into a a slight separation of fat. This is fol-
ripening cellar having a temperature of lowed by physical changes in the char-
about 60® F. While in the cellar the sur- acter of tho curd so that tho cheese be-
face of each cheese is frequently rubl>ed comes plastic and stringy. Upon further
thoroughly. To ripen requires one or heating this plastic state is gradually
FOOD PRODUCTS 73

broken down and a homogeneous mass ns Neufchktel but have slightly different
qualities is de- shapes.
with but slight plastic
veloped. When the cheese has reached bJeufchfttel cliooso is made in the same

this creamy condition and while still very manner as cream cheese, except that a
little less rennet is used, perhaps 1 ounce
hut, it is weighed and
run into tin-foil-
hnod containers. Such packages render of commercial liquid rennet to 1,000
the cheese remarkably free from
subse- pounds. Either whole milk or partly
quent mold development. skimmed milk is used. Rennet is added
Most of the process cheese raanufac- to it at ordinary temperatures, and tho
tuicd in this country is made in a few curd when sufiioiently firm is broken up,
laigo plants. At the present time there put into molds, and subji'cted to pressure.
are no regulations as to the kind or After being salted, the cheese is cured for
quality of cheese that may be used in fiom 8 to 15 days in a so-called drying
blending and no statement on the pack- room and then ripened in a cellar at a
age as to whether or not emulsifiers are temperature of al>out 55“ F. During tho
U3t‘d.
process of ripening tho cheesi' IxH'onies
covered at first with a wliitisli mold and
later with a blue mold in which red spots
Munster Chceso api'cur. After about one month it is
Miinster is a rennet cheese of the v^holo ready for sale.

milk of cows, made in the vicinity of


Miinster, in the western part of Germany
Parmesan Cheese
near tho Vosges Mountains. Similar
cheese made in the neighboring portion The milk, which has U'en skimmed to a

and Miinster greater or less extent, is heated in copper


of France is called Giiromi^,
kettles to a temperature varying, accord-
.heeso made near Colmar and Strassburg 90"
names of those ing to tho acidity of the milk, from
IS sometimes given tho
to 100" P. Tho kettle is then removed
two cities.
Tho milkis set at about 90* F., with
from the fire, rennet added, and tho
rennet to coagulate it in 30 kettle covered and allowed to stand for
hufiicient
minutes. The curd is theu broken up and
20 minutes to one hour, when tlie curd is
allowed to stand from 30 to 45 minutes cut very fine and cooked, with stirring, to
115* or 125* P. for from 15 to 45 min-
without stiiring, when it is dipped with
utes. Tho curd is removed from tho
a sieve, which gives slight pressure to
par- kettle by means of a cloth, and after
tlie curd and holds back the small

ticles. After removing tho whey the curd draining for a short time is j'ut into
isscooped into forms or hoops, and caia- hoops aliout 10 inches high and 18 inches
way or anise seed is usually added. The
or more in diameter, and lined with
coarse cloth before filling. Pressure is
hoops are made in two parts, tho lower
beiug 4 inches high and 7 inches in then applied for 24 hours, tho cliceso
diameter, with holes in the bottom for
being turned frequently and the cloths
cliunged. The sailing, which is begun in
draining, and the upper of tho same di-
from one to throe days after removing
mensions. The whole resembles an ordi-
The from the press, is continued for a con-
nary cheese hoop with bandages.
siderable length of time, often 40 days.
hoop is lined with cheesecloth. After tho
curd has been in the hoop for 12 hours Tho cheeses are then transferred to a
wcU-ventilatcd room, where they
tho upper part of the latter may bo re-
cool,
may bo stored for years, tho surface
moved, the cheese turned, and the cloth
being rubbed with oil from time to time.
removed. Tho cheese is now put into tho
upper portion of the hoop and turned The exterior of tho chwso is dark green
frequently for from four to six days. In or black, duo to coloring matter rubbed
the meantime tho temperature is held at on the surface. A greenish color in tho
interior has lx>en attributed to the
con-
68* F. After salt has been rubbed on the
tamination with copper from tho vessels
surface daily for three days the cheese is
in which the milk i» allowed to stand
taken, to the cellar, which has a tempera-
before skimming.
ture of from 51* to 65" F., where it is
allowed to ripen for two or three months.
Parmesan cheese when well made may
be broken and grated easily and may be
kept for an indefinite number of years.
Neufch&tel Cheese It is grated and used largely for soups
and with macaroni. A
considerable quan-
This isa soft rennet cheese made w- tity of this cheese ia imported into this
tensively from either whole or skim milk for a very higk price.
country and sella
of cows, Bondon, Malakoff, Petit Carre,
and Petit Buisse are essemtiiUly the same
74 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Boquefort Cheese of mold on the surface. In order to favor
the growth of mold in the interior, the
This is a soft, rennet cheese made from
cheese is pierced by machinery with from
the milk of sheep. It is also stated from
20 to 00 small nee^es, which process per-
good authority that as much as 2.46 per
mits the free access of air. The cheeae
cent of cows' milk and 0.18 per cent of
goats’ milk are mixed with the sheep’s
may be sold after from 30 to 40 days
or may remain in the caves as long as
milk. There are, however, numerous imi-
five months, depending upon the degree
tations, such as Gcx and SeptmonccI,
of ripening desired. During the process
made from cows’ milk, which resemble
One of the most striking of ripening by scraping sind evaporation
Roquefort.
characteristics of this cheese is the mot-
the cheese loses from 16 to 20 per cent
of the original weight. When ripened, it
tled or marbled appearance of the in-
terior, due to the development of a peni-
weighs 4ya or 5 pounds.
cilUum, which is the principal ripening
agent. Stilton Cheese
Part of the milk is heated to 122® to This is a hard, rennet cheese, the best
140® F. ‘When this milk is mixed with of which is made from cows’ milk to
the remainder the resulting temperature which a portion of cream has been added.
should be 76® to 82®, which is the setting 'Iho cheese is about 7 inches in diameter,
temperature for the cheese. In from one 9 inches high, and weighs 12 or 15
to two hours after the addition of rennet pounds. It has a very characteristic
tho curd is cut until the particles are wrinkled or ridged skin or rind, which is
about the size of walnuts. Tho whe^ is probably caused by the drying of molds
dipped off, and the curd is put into and bacteria on the surface. When cut it
hoops which are about 8% inches in shows blue or green portions of mold
diameter and inches in height. Tho which give its characteristic piquant
hoops usually are filled in three layers, a flavor. Tlio cheese belongs to the same
layer of moldy bread crumbs between group as tho Roquefort of France and the
each. Tho bread used for this purpose is Gorgonzola of Italy.
prepared from wheat and barley flour, The morning’s milk is put into a tin
with tho addition of whey and a little vat, tho cream from the night’s milk is
vinegar. It is thoroughly baked and kept added, and tho whole is brought to a tem-
in a moist place from four to six weeks, perature of 80® F., when the rennet is
during which time it becomes permeated added. It is claimed by some cheese-
with a growth of tho mold. The crust is makers that the curd should be softer
removed, and tho interior is crumbled when broken up or cut than tho curd for
dried, ground very fine, and sifted. The
Cheddar cheese, whereas others believe
cheese is not subjected to pressure. It is that it should become very firm before it
turned usually ono hour after putting is disturbed, one or two hours being
into hoops and is not wrapped in cloths. allowed for setting. When sufficiently
Formerly the manufacture of tho firm, the curd dipped into cloths which
is
ohoeso up to this stage was carried on are placed in tin strainers. After drain-
by tho shepherds themselves, but in recent ing for one hour, the cloths containing
years centralized factories have been the curd are packed closely together in a
established, and much of tho milk is col-
large tub and allowed to remain for 12
lected and there mado into cheese. The hours, when they are again tightened
cheese is then taken to the caves. These and packed for 18 hours. The curd is
are for the most part natural caverns ground up coarse, and salt is added, 1
which exist in large numbers in the region pound to 60 pounds of curd. It is then
of Roquefort. The temperature in these put into tin hoops 8 inches in diameter
caves is 40® to 45® F., and the air and 10 inches deep. The cheeses remain
circulates very freely through them. when they are
in the hoops for six days,
Recently artificial caves have been con- bandaged for 12 days, or until they be-
structed and used. When tho cheeses
come firm, and are then placed in tho
reach tho caves they are salted,
which Ripened Stilton
curing room at 65® F.
serves to check the growth of the
mold
cheese of late is often ground up and put
on the surface. One or two days later into jars holding from 1 to 2^ pounds.
with a cloth
they are rubbed vigorously
and are afterward subjected to thorough Infants Milk
scraping with knives, a process formerly
done by hand, but now performed much
To make cow’s milk more easily diges-
bybottle-fed babies—one level
more satisfactorily and economically by tible

The salting, scraping, or tablespoon gelatine for each quart of


machinery.
milk is used. The gelatine is soaked for
brushing seems to check the development
CLEANERfl, SOAPS

10 minutes in y% cup of cold milk taken heated to a temp, over about 65* and
from formula, then placed in boiling which contains a hardening agent such as
water and stirred until dissolution. Then K alum and an emollient such as glycerol,
add remainder of the milk. and the coated article is then dipped into
Jelly Powders: In the manufacture of a gelatin soln. of alx>ut 27% at a temp,
llavored gelatine, 10 parts gelatine is of al>out 43-40* which has not bc('n
mixed with 85 parts sugar to which flavor, heated to above about 65* and the coat-
color and tartaric acid 2 parts are used ing formed is dried.
to sharpen the flavor.
Gelatin in Ice Cream and other Food
* Preserving Pepper Extracts
Products: % of 1% gelatine in ice
cream prevents the formation of ice crys- Extracts of red pepper are preserved
tals by acting as an emulsifying agent by the addition of 0.01-0.05% thiosiua-
improves the texture and body of the minc.
finished product.
• Sausage Casing
• Non-Sweating Peanut Butter Cheese cloth or cnlendorod muslin is
1-5% of Diglycol Stearate or Glyceryl coated with a viscou.s, gelatinous solution
Munostearate or Cetamin is dissolved by prepared by boiling down the extract
warming and thorough mixing in the from 25 lb. of fresh hog skins or hides
peanut butter mass. with 8 gal. of H 2 O to 15 lb. wt. and
adding glycerin 2 %, NaCl 10 - 20 %, and

*
KNO 3 1 02* to 3 lb. of hide solution.
Protective Coating for Meats The cloth is smoked for about 24 hr. to
The dipped into a gelatin
articles are dry and harden the coating; alterna-
soln. contg. about 30% gelatin at a temp, tively, it may be treated with 2-3%
of about 57-60* which has not been CH 2 O followed by hypochlorite.

CLEANER S, SOAPS
• Cleaning Compound brass; and if the metal is immediately
This product is claimed to bo non- polished and lacquered with clear lac-
inflammable; for cleaning floors and oil quer, a reasonably permanent finish will
paints. result.

Hydrogenated Naphthalin 35 Cleaning Copper Coins


Cyclohexanol 10 Sodium Cyanide 6-8 oz.
Sulphonated Oleates 10 Water 1 gaL
Water 20
Apply the above solution hot with a
Turpentine 15
tampico brush, and when tarnish is re-
Ammonium Chloride 3
moved, wash with clean cold water, then
Isoamyl Acetate 2
hot water and dry.

Cleaning Compound, Bottle


Coutton. — This material is poisonous
and care must bo taken in handling.
Sodium Metasilicate 10
Soda Ash 20 Dry Cleaning Fluid
Trisodium Phosphate 25
(Non-inflammable and quick acting)
Butvl CelloBoIve 1
To Clean Bronze Diglycol Oleate 1
Water 1
Saturate a 5% acetic add solution (or
Isopropyl Alcohol 10
household vinegar) with ordinary table
Garoon Tetrachloride 14
salt. This solution will clean bronze or
76 CHEMICAL FORMUI^RY
Cleaning Fluid, Non>Inflammable Senzine 5 oz.
A. Carbon Tetrachloride 6^ gal. Chloroform 1 oz.
Deodorized Gasoline Mix solution and oleate; shake
the
(68” Be) 3% gal. well and add the ether; shake, and add
Chloroform 4 oz. 5 ounces of benzine; agitate thoroughly;
B, Carbon Totrachlorido 6 gal. then add 1 ounce of chloroform and
Deodorized Naphtha shake again. Allow to stand a few min-
(57-59” Be) 3% gal. utes and shake at intervals, when a mix-
ture having the consistency of cream
Benzol % and showing but little tendency to sepa-
Chloroform 4 oz.
rate will result.

• Cleaning Fluid
* Deodorant Cleaner, Porcelain
Methyl Acetone 2
Ethyl Acetate 1 Sod. Risulfate 80
Alcohol 1 Pino Oil 4
Methanol 1 Sodium Sulfate 16

* Cleaner, Dairy Equipment Powdered Glove Cleaner


Trisodium Phosphate 30-50 Cream of Tartar Powd. 480
Sod. Metnsilioato 40-60 Soap Bark ICO
Soap 2-10 Whiting 96
Soda Ash 8-10 Oil Birch Tar 12

Dry Cleaner • Band Cleaner and Softener


Oleic Acid 370 gra Coarse Corn Meal 60-80 lb.
Stearic Acid 80 gm Glycerol 7-22 lb.
Potassium Carbonate 80 gm Soap 11-22 lb.
Water 70 gra Color and perfume to suit.
Benzin 395 gra
Stronger Ammonia Water 5 gm Hand Wash, Mechanics Antiseptic
Molt the stearic acid and dissolve it
Chloride of Lime Powd. ]75 gm.
in the warmed oleic acid. To this add
Sod. Bicarbonate 359 gm.
the warm benzin and mix thoroughly.
Boric Acid 35 gm.
Dissolve the carbonate in the water and
Water 30 oz.
add this with constant stirring into the
benzin mixture. Finally add the ammo- For use on grimy hands to prevent
nia and beat into a homogeneous paste. dermatitis dilute with 10 times water
and follow by thorough rinsing with
mild soap and water.
Gasoline Cleaning Cream
1. Cocoa Soap 5 gm. Cleaning Paste for Mechanics
Ammonia Water 8 cc.
100 lb. Stearic Acid
Solution Potassa 4 cc.
54 lb. Caustic Soda Soln. 30” Be
Water, enough to make 30 cc.
10 lb. Soda Ash
Dissolve the soap, by the aid of heat, 836 Water
in 10 cc. of wTiter, add the ammonia and
solution of potassa, and sufficient water
1000 lb.
to make 30 cc. To this saponaceous
cream carefully add, in small portions at
Heat at*85* C. for about 10 minutes,
stirring until uniform. Fine pumice
a time, 5000 cc. of gasoline. This is
stated to bo an excellent cream for re-
stone may be incorporated as an abra-
sive if desired.
moving grease spots from clothing.
2. Spirit of Ammonia 20 gra.
Ether 50 gm. Kerosene Jelly Cleaner
Gasoline 150 gm. 1. Trihydroxyethylamine Stearate 5
Oil Lavender 5 gm. 2. Kerosene 16
Tincture Soapbark 225 gm. 3. Cresylic Acid 1
Alcohol 500 gm. 4. Water (Boiling) 45
3. Oleate Ammonia 2 oz. Heat (1) and (2) until dissolved; add
Solution Ammonia 2 oz. (4) slowly while stirring with high speed
Ether 1 oz. mixer then add (3).
'
CLEANERS. 80APS *

Thia makes an excellent antiseptic 0.5 lb., light mineral oil 6 lb., petroleum
cleaner for woodwork, tile, porcelain, jelly 2.5 lb., pumice stone 20 lb., ben-
etc. ziue 0.5 lb. nnd perfume 0.5 lb.

•Laundry Detergent Printers Form Cleaner


Soap 5.5 lb.
Sod. Mctasilicate 20 lb.
Water 29 lb.
Water 50 gal.
Heat together until dissolved. Run
into this slowly with rapid stirring:
Rifle Cleaner
Turpentine 11 ot. Sperm Oil 10
Pot. Nitrate 4 o*. Turpentine 10
Ammonium Hydroxide 12 os, Acetone 10
Mineml Oil 17 os. Kerosene 20
I.Anolin 0.5

Leather Cleaner
Castile Soap (Powd.) 6 Rug Goaner
Water 160 Di-Olycol Oleate 44
Boil until dissolved: cool and add Butyl Cellosolve 5
Ethylene Dichlorido 12
Ammonium Hydroxide 6
15
Alcohol
Glycerin 14
Oleic Acid 11
Ethylene Dichloride 7
Ammonium Hydroxide 11
Water 45
Marble and Porcelain Cleaner This rany bo made thinner by incretis
Diatomaceous Earth 3 ing the amount of water.
Sulfuric Acid 0
Sodium Sulfate 88
•Silk Stockings and Gloves, Detergent
Ammonium Hydroxide (0.880) 3
• Marble and Porcelain Cleaner Gum Arabic 1
Sodium Bisulfite 25 Oil Ijivender Spike %
Sodium Sulfate 75 Water 14
2 ounces of the above are used per
• Cleaner, Oil Painting gallon of wash water.

Tetralin 35
Hexalin 10 Cleaning Straw Hats
Sod. Sulforicinoleate 10
15 1 Hats made of natural (uncolored)
.

Turpentine
20 straw, which have become soiled by wear,
Water
3 may Ise cleaned by thoroughly sponging
Am. Chloride
2 with a weak solution of tartaric acid in
Amyl Acetate water, followed by water alone. The hat
after being so treated should be fasteneil
• Cleaner for Oil Paintings by the rim to a board by meaps of pins,
so that it will keep its shape on drying.
A paste for cleaning oil
delicate fabrics, precious wood, etc., is Packets containing some of the acid in
obtained by stirring a soln, of 3000 g. powdered form and wrapped in wax
rice starch and 50 g. deodorant, e.g,, rose paper may be put up and sold for this
oil, almond oil, PhN 02 in*9 1. HoO into purpose. Of course, printed dirwtions
,
for the use of the acid should aoconi-
a mixt. of CCI 4 280, decahydronaphtha-
lene 980, cyolohexanol 380, olive oil 340
pany the packet.
2. Sponge the hat with a solution of:
*
and H
2O 240 g. and
adding up to 1020
g. of 15* B^. NaOH aoln. Sodium Hyposulphite 10 parts
Olveerin 5 parts
Alcohol 10 parts
* Detergent and Paint Remover Water 75 parts
Tallow 14 lb., coconut oil or the like
8.5 lb. and a soln. of NaOH 3.75 lb. in Lay aside in a damp place for 24 hours
water 25 lb. are boiled together, water
and then apply:
75 lb. is added, with further boiling, and Citric Acid 2 parts
there are then alK» added silicate of Na Akohol 10 parts
or glycerol 3 lb., an aq. soln, of borax Water 90 parts
78 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
PreM with a moderately hot iron after Distilled Water 32
stiffening with gum water if necessary. Oxalic Acid
3. If the hat has become much dark-
ened in tint by wear the fumes of burn- *
Soap
ing sulphur may
be employed. The ma-
terial should be first tiiuroughly cleaned Cottonseed Fatty Acids 60
by sponging with an aqueous solution of Hardwhite Stearin 20
potassium earbonate, followed by a simi- Soda Ash 12
lar application of water, and it is then Caustic Potash g
iUspended over the sulphur fumes. These These are ground together to form a
are generated by placing in a metal or dry water soluble soap.
>9arthen dish, so mounteu as to keep the
heat from setting fire to anything be- Soap, Castor Oil
neath. some brimstone, and sprinkling
To obtain a transparent, amber-col
over it some live coals to start combus-
ored castor-oil soap (A), mix 30 cc.
tion. The operation is conducted in a
deep box or oarrol, the dish of burning
KOH of 80%
(wt./vol.) with 15 cc. in-
dustrial ale. and 99.4 g. castor oil. The
sulphur being placed at the bottom, and
resulting opaque jelly when put into ii
the article to be bleached being sus
warm place will be clear after 10 min.
pended from a string stretched across
To prep, from this a compound soln. of
the top. - A
cpver not fitting so tightly
cresol, add further 142 g. cresol, shake,
as to exclude all^ir is placed over it,
then add H 2 O to make 300 cc. To prep,
and the apparatus allowed to stand for
a more dil. soln. of A, add to the above
a few hours. Hats so treated will re-
quire to be stiffened by the application
anantity of A sufficient 2 O to make H
225 cc. This soln., liquid castor-oil soap
of a little gum wat«r, and pressed on a
{li)f is miscible with H 2O in all propor-
block with a hot iron to bring them back
tions, is permanent and may be used ns
into shape.
_______ a stock soln. for other prepus.
Wall Paper Cleaner
Whiting * Floating Soap
10 lb.
Magnesia Groined 2 lb. Asubstance capable of generating II
Fulleri Earth 2 lb. is added to the soap or a constituent
Pumidl^ Pohrd. 12 oz. thereof before, during or after the sa-
» Lemenofe 4 oz. ponification proce.ss. Tims, 20 g. of At
dust may be added to 100 kg. of hot
TAuudry Sours
liquid grained soap.
Neutralizing scale for use in souring
after ^ chlorine blg^ on cotton, etc.
* Soap, Dry Cleaning
I ouzu 56% acetiff^cid
.cetiff« equals the
following:' Oleic Acid 1
'
0.6 os. OxfUc Acid Cyclohexanol 1
0.5 os. Suliffrio .Acid Cone. Carbon Tetrachloride 1
1.4 oz. Nitre Cake (33%) i Ammonia (26° B6) 0.2
0.5 oz. SodiudlBilico Flourid^*V Water 0.5
'
0.6 oz. Sodium mcid Fluoride
Dry Cleaning Soap
1.0 oz. Muriatic Acid
1.0 oz. Sodium Bisulfite Red Oil 1000
2.0 oz. Lactic Acid Pot. Hydroxide (50° B4) 400
Hexalin 1000
others that could be added iW 1»I gas,
Benzine or. Carbon Tetra-
“hypo," formic acid, etc.
chloride 300
Water 300
Laundry Blue The first two items are warmed to 70*
Ultramarine Blue 35 C. and stirred until saponification ia
Aniline Blue Soluble 1 eomplete. Cool and stir in other ingre-
Soda Ash 30 dients.
Com Syrup 7
Dry Cleaners Soap
Make into a paste with water and
prees in forms. 50 to 55 parts good quality red oil
(oleic acid).
12 to parts eaostic potash is
14
Liquid Laundry Blue added to the red ail and stirred
Pmaffian Hue 1 until soap solution la reached.
CLEANERS, SOAPS 79

34 to 36 parts denatured alcohol aids in brightening the colors of the


cleaned garments.
The red oil soap is added to the alco-
This formula is composed of the fol-
hol and the mix stirred for one hour.
lowing ingreilients:
Diglycol Oleateused as a dry clean-
is

ing soap because of the following ad- Naphtha Soluble Soap


vantages : Oleic Acid 107 lb.
1. Dissolves quickly and clearly in dry Butyl Cellosolve 27 lb.
cleaning solvents. Cleaner's Naphtha 25 lb.
2. Low surface tension increases pene- Trietlmnolamino 19.7 lb.
tration. I'otassium Hvdroxide 8,3 lb.
*
3. Possesses high detergent powers. Water 13.5 lb.
4 . Does not build up pressure on filters.
The oleic acid, Butyl Cellosolve and
5 . Low cost.
naphtha are thoroughly mixed and
One pint is usually used with 50 gal- heated to 140“ F. in the absence of
lons of solvent. flames. In a separate container the po-
tassium hydroxide is dissolved in the
water and mixed with the Triethanola-
Dry Cleaning Liquid Soap mine. The water solution is then stirred
' (Non- Alkaline) into the oleic acid solution, stirring
Diglycol Oleate 130 is continued for abo^t St) minutes until

Tetralin 28 a clear stable solution is produced.


Naphtha 30

. Laundry Soap
Drycleaners Soap Tallow Soap 75%
White Oleic Acid 0- 10% Steain-distillod Pine Oil 25%
Triethanolamine 3- 4%
The pine oil content of this laundry
Carbontetrachloride 18-17%
soap promotes excellent penetration and
Cleaners Naphtha 73-09%,
has been tested and proven to insure the
Mix white oleic and trietlianolmine removal of more dirt. l*ine oil has .no
and heat solution until hand warm. Then deleterious effe<’-t on any tvpe of textile
add carbontetmchloride and cleaners fibre. A laundry soap of ftiiltfw works,
naphtha, stirring mixture slowly. well at anv temperature an^ will assist^
in the brightening of colofls It leaves j#
pleasant piney odor in the damp clothw,
Dry-Cleaning Soaps which disappears upon drying.

One ofthe major uses for Triethan-


olamine is in the preparation of dry-
cleaning soaps. The first requisite of
£ighly^%. palm-seed 0(1 and 20 1^.
such soaps is that they be soluble in
sunflower seed oil aye fil^nd. at 50*
dry-cleaning solvents, a property which is
Triethanolamine
of
with 5% kg. 50 BA KbH. After the
a characteristic
mixed Triethan- mix^Hlas stood, it is a^usted to the de-
Boapa In practice a
olamine-potash soap can be used, the si^ alky., and then Ae filling mass (con-
oisting of 200 kg. cryst. sugar, 10 kg.
mixture being cheaper and at least as
soluble as the Triethanolamine soap it-
K2CO3 and 10 kg. KCl dissolveil in 1000

self. A
formula along these lines, wWcl^,
gives excellent results in dry-cleaning,
has been worked out and thoroughly * Liquid Soap, Non-Qelatinizing
tested. It produces a soap which is sol-
Eight kilomms of coconut oil, 2 kilo-
uble in naphtha in all proportions, and
grams of t^ow and 1.3 kilograms of
is therefore particularly adapted for use
olein (oleic acid) are saponifiM by the
with filter s^tems. Being more com-
half-boiled process with 7.2 kil^rams of
pletely saponified than ordi^ry soaps, it
is more concentrated and hence less is
caustic potash lye (40 d^rees with ^)
the addition of 15 liters of water.
required for use. The incorporation ^ Shortly after sanonification is completed,
Butyl Gellosolve in the formula gives a
3.2 kilograms of a 50 per cent solution
particularly effective coupling action,
of potassium acetate are added. The
and allows the addition of water which
soap is then allowed to cool It is fil-
is vitally necessiXy for good detergent
tered to remove impurities.
action. It also iisnts in removing food-
stains and gther water-soluble spots and
80 THE CHEMICAL PORMULARY
Concentrated Liqdd Soap for Silk is dissolved in 77 parts by weight of
Goods, Silk Stockings, Etc. water and again up to a maximum of
Water 55 parts 0.5 part of potash is added.
° Solid Caufltic Potash 5 parts It is very interesting to follow through
Diethylane Olvfiol 20 parts the progress of saponification'. At the
Bed Oil or Oleic Acid 20 parts beginning the temperature of the mix-
ture rises slowly, since only a small part
Yield 100 parts of the mixture is saponified under the
initial conditions of the process. But
Dissolve the caustic in the water, add
the rise in temperature constantly be-
the diethylenc glycol, bring to a boil and
comes greater and the principal reaction
add the red oil. Adjust eitlier with red
of the saponification then takes place.
oil or alluili until the suniplo dissolved
Hence if the ndxture has been agitate<i
in alcohol is neutral to plienulphtlialein.
at a tempemturc of 65 to 70 degrees t?.,
the temperature rises slowly to approxi-
Formula: Liquid Cleaning Soup mately 75 to 78 degrees 0. Thereafter
the rise is more rapid until approximately
Rosin Soap (Anhydrous) 10%
85 degrees (’. is attained. At this point
Oleate Soap (Anhydrous) 10%
the grmter part of the contents of the
Steam-distilled Pino Oil 20%
kettle is saponified and the heat of reac-
Trisodium Phosphate 4% tion libemted becomes smaller and fur-
Water 50%
ther increase of the temperature is
This product makes a very efficient
cleaner for use on all types of floors, slow'er. In mo.st cases the temperature
woodwork, tile, porcelain, etc. The pine increases to approximately 94 to 96 de-
oil content insures penetration and n
grees 0. and remains constant at that
solvent action to assist tlio removal of point for some time. Then there comes
greasy and oily Aims. This product has a point at which the temperature in the
kettle begins to fall. Saponification re-
a pleasant piney odor that will act ns a
partial deodorant, and the pine oil con-
action may then be considered as finished
tent will also insure some disinfecting
and it only remains to saponify residual
value.
traces of unsaponified matter. Hence
the mixture in the kettle must show at
this point noticeable traces of caustic
Liquid Soap alkali, so that the saponification of the
The soap base may bo made from one- residual fat and oil may be affectc«l
third coconut oil and two-thirds soya W'hen the mixture is well-agitated.
beau oil. The proportions used in sapo- As the mass in the kettle is worked
nification are 10.75 parts by weight of up, it first bivomes thick and heavy, but
soya bean oil, crude or bleached, 5.00 then soon thinner and thereafter thicker
parts by Weight of coconut oil and about and heavier again. When this happens,
7.87 parts by weight of 50 degrees B6 agitation is best stopped and the soap
^tassium hydroxide. The soap obtained mass is allowed to remain quiescent for
from this saponification is dissolved in some minutes. Then the soap is fitted
77 parts by weight of water to which a and tested. If sufficient alkali were
maximum of Oli part by weight of present, technically complete saponifica-
potash has been added. tion would be obtained. Thus, the re-
Another soap is made from two-thirds sults would be as good as those obtained
loconut oil and one-third castor oil. The by hot saponification of fats.
proportions used in saponification are At this point the fitting of the soap
10.76 parts by weight of coconut oil, 5,0 begins. The soap must have a slight
parts by weight of pure castor oil and but clearly perceptible acrid taste. This
about 7.48 parts by weight of 50 degrees test may be used when the complete
potassium hydroxide solution. After saponification test is not made in the
saimnification, the soap is dissolved in works laboratory. This test is, however,
76 parts by weight of water and as very simple and should be made. A
above a maximum of 0.5 part by weight small quantity of the soap is dissolved
of potash is added. in disnlled water. The solution must
In making the soap from coconut oil not be turbid, but absolutely clear. If
and olein, the following proportions are t1l»re is a slight turbidity, this indicates
used: 8.5 parts by weight of coconut the presence of unsaponi'fled oils or fats.
oiL 6.0 rarts by weight of best quality However, in this case, no traces of free
olm acid and about 7.3 parts by weight caustic potash could M detected in the
of 50 degrees B6 potassium hydroxide soap, since the correctly earned out half-
solntion. After saponification the soap boil process gives absoluteyr good re-
CLEANEBg, SOAPS 81

aulta. If too little lye has been used in red used with best results for this
oil is
the saponification process, which may purpose. This product dissolves rapiilly
also happen when the potassium hydrox- and completely in the liquid soap to give
ide solution employed is not 50 degrw a clear solution. Neutmliwition is there
strength (this does not happen often), fore rapid and as complete as desired.
if the solution of potassium hydroxide is
allowed to remain in storage’ tanks ex-
White Hose Soap
piised to the air for too long a time so
that considerable of the hydroxide is Soap Cliips 100 kilos
converted into the carbonate and the Perfume:
strength of the solution accordingly re- Geninium Algerian Oil 2.50grms.
duced, then the soap may be lacking in Rhodinol 250 gnus.
potash lye and in fitting the soap it then Benzyl Acetate 250 grms.
b'comes necessary to add potassium hy Patchouli Oil 50 gnus.
(Iroxide. In this case the potassium hy- Oh.ve Oil 100 grms.
droxide solution is diluted with distilUsl Benzciin Siam Tincture 75 grms.
or soft water to about 30 degree's Musk Ainhrette Ib'siduo 300 gnus.
concentration, so that it can bo mixed Aldehyde Cl 1
5 gnus.
with the soap more readily and more No color.
uniforiiily. The fitting of the soap must
be repeaterl in this case after a short Violet Soap
time has elapsed and tlie same jirocess is
Soap Chips 100 kilos
carried through until a definite excess of
Orris Powder 100 kilos
fMitassium hydroxide is detectable in the
soap. Perfume:
Alkali in Soap Base
Orris Resinoid 100 grms.
If the excess of alkali is found to be Ylang Viang Bourbon
too large when the soap base is ti'sted, Oil 300 grms.
tlie taste of the soap being too sharp,
Bergamot Oil 250 grms.
then there must have been an error in lononc Spci'ial for Soap 2iHI gnus.
measuring out the alkali for saponifica- Musk Aiiihrctte Pcsidue 3(i0 grms.
tion of the fats and oils, on the assump-
Benzol Acetate 50 grms.
tion that there was nothing wrong with A’o color.
the latter and they were completely
saponifiable. However, fats ami oils,
Oriental Bouquet Soap
which are not completely saponifiable,
and hence are not of first quality (t(*i li- Soap Chips 100 kilos
meal gnide), are not suitable raw ma- Perfume:
terials for making liquid soaps. How- La vernier Oil 250 grms.
ever, if the soap base contains too much Patchouli 200 grins.
alkali, then it is necessary to neutmlize VctiNcrt Bourbon 200 grms.
the same. This is accomplished by in- Cananga Oil 200 grins.
tiuducing a small quantity of coconut Musk Ambrette Residue 150 grins.
into the hot soap. Good results are also
obtained with oleic acid. After tlie Color
added fats or oils have been thoroughly Dark Green 100 grms.
mixed with the soap mass and saponi-
fied, the soap must be tested again after Lilac Soap
about ten to fifteen minutes and fitted. Soap ('hips 100 kilos
As has been remarked above, if the Perfume:
soap base had a content of about 05 to Terpineol 400 grms.
00 per cent of fatty acids, it ne'e!! be Meth.>l lonone 100 grms.
dissolved only in three times its weight
PIien\ lacidahlehyde 100 grms.
of distilled or soft water to give a liquid Ilydroxicitroncllul 200 grms.
soap containing about fifteen to sixteen Benz\l .Vectate 100 grms.
per cent of fatty acids. If the soap Bromo.st}rol 50 grms.
base contained only a slight quantity of Musk Artificial 50 grms.
alkalin excess and was ui^ without fur-
Color
ther treatment, the liquid soap will be
Lavender Blue 75 grms.
found to be practically neutral. On the
other hand, if the proportion of excess
potassium hydroxide in the soap base Almond Blossom Soap
was quite large, then the liquid soap Soap Chips 100 kilos
must be neutialised. An acid turkey White Almond Flour 10 kilos
f!HEMrCAl.
Benzoin Siam Tincture 200 grms.
Perfume; Artificial 100 gnns.
Musk
200 grms.
Bergamot Oil
200 grmfl. Color
Ifo-Eugonol 75 grms.
200 grms. Light Green
Norolifl
Oil 100 grms.
Bitter Almond
100 grms.
Aubcpino Bed Bose Soap
75 grms.
Vanilla Tincture 100 kUos
15 grmi. Soap Chips
Bromoetyrol Perfume:
10 gnna
Aldehyde C14 250 grms.
Geranium Algerian Oil
No color.
100 grms.
Phenylacetaldehyde
100 grms.
Rhodinol
Perfumo grms.
Eau do Cologne Soap Benzyl Acetate
100
250 grms.
Sandalwood Oil
Low Priced Perfume 50 grms.
Vertivert Bourbon
« - kilos 100 grms.
fhinil
Soap Chips . Benzoin Siam Tincture
Powder kilos 50 grms.
Orris J Musk Artificial
Bergamot ’*$» B™*-
8™“' Color
Lemon Oil
f
Sr loolrms!
Light Cinnabar

Soaps
150 grms.

Muek Tinelurc 1'’ B™'“' Pine Oil Powder Scrubbing


No soaps arc
color.
The pine powder scrubbing
they arc manu-
specialty products since
rather than for
Lavender Soup Perfume factured for specific use

Priced Perfume ^ Manufacturers have found that clean-


Niedrig
for many pur-
JOO kilos ers may be recommended
Soap Chips however, pine powto
Lavender Oil poses; in ndJition,
invaluable to the
Rosemary scrubbing soaps are
public garage owner and
filling
Nerolin K ’

and dirt
1® manager for dissolving grease
Civet Tincture k*^*^'®*
light sudsing
from concrete flooring. Its
Colors great advantage lu that it
property is a
100 gnus. leave a slippery tilm. In
ad^-
Light Green does not
fragrance excel-
tion its searching piney
obnoxious odors.
lently dispel SOS many
Heliotrope Soap Perfume representative of the
WD The following is

Soap Chipa best grades:


Perfluuo:
600 grma Parts by Weight
Holiotropin crystal
50 Oleic Acid (Add Number~195)
(Saponification
50 “I” Wood Rosin
»T' 'sSir Number— 165)
13.3 Sodium Hydroxide (1007o)
I"" 8'- 100 Pine Oil
Oil 100 grma 737 Soda Ash (587o)
aomnlum Algerian
Musk Artiflcinl 8™^ 4.7 Water
Civet Tincture
^ 8™^’
prepared in the following man-
It is

Colors
grms. ”^The oleic acid and
Wood Rosm
75
Lavender Blue brought to a
put m the are added to a vat and
Dissolved in water and temperature of 80« C. The
soamm hy-
mixer with soap and oik droxide is dissolved m ^
th®
of the
amount of water. Temperature
60 C. and the
New Mown Hay Soap mass is then dropped to
is added by
5 kilos sodium hydroxide solution
Orris Powder compbte «pott-
100 kilos stirring in slowly. Mier
Chips
the Pine Oil is added by
stir-
Perfume; ifleation
s<^a ash to the
ring in slowly. Add the

Ooumarin K™
200 gms.

previous mass and
c 9\ stirring device
^
similarly constructed
Nerolin
CLEANERS. SOAPS 83

to a cement mixer. The resxiltant prod- then added to balance water loss during
uct is free flowing. sustained heating to bring product to
The pine powder is sprinkled over the original weight.
greasy floors and wet down witli a hose.
'I’he ilsual scrubbing practice is followed.
Pine Oil Liquid Scrubbing Soaps
Or itmay be dissolved in a bucket of
hot water and applied in usual manner. The scrubbing soups on the market
are either liquid or powder. The former
are principally composed of soaps and
Pine Oil Liquid Hand Soaps solvents with lesser percentagee of alkali,
Liquid soaps usually are made with whereas, the latter are mostly alkali with
focoanut oil-potash soaps, or a combinsi- slight traces of soap and solvent.
fuin of palm-kernel oil and vegetable oil- Pine Oil Liquid Scrubbing Soap is
pntash soaps. recommended for general use and is
These soaps are diluted with \vater, widely used in many institutions to pre-
depending upon the price the consumer serve costly surfaces and for its deodor-
wishes to pay for such a product. Wlicn izing properties.
high percentages of water are present The follow’ing i.s a good formula for a
large percentages of etliyl (or grain) liquid scrubbing soap:
alcohol, glycerol or sugar are added to
Parts by Weight
lower the freezing point. Consequently,
thoie is less chance for the soups io (tl.() Oleic Aidd (Aeid Number
solidify out of solution and cause a sub- IIM)
sequent clouding of the finished product. “I” Wood Itosin (Aeid Num
A cloudy product causes sales resistance ber 1 <',>)

while a clear, transparent product does M.'t S<»dnim IPdruxide (100%)


not. 133.0 Pine Oil
Manufacturers of liquid soaps have 20.7 Tri sodium J'hospliato
found that the addition of pine oil in- 700.H Water
(reases the cleaning action of the soap.
In addition, pine oil imparts a pincy 1000.0
fragrance to the soap. The following It is prepared in the following man-
foimiila was developed for use in a ner:
washroom dispenser: The Oleie and Wood Rosin
Aei<l
arc added to a \at and heated to a tem-
Parts by Weight perature of 80" <J. The sodium hydrox-
UKi.O CiH'oanut Oil (Saponification ide IS then disHolvinl in a suffleient
No. 2o7) amount of the water to make a 15% to
4(».0 Potassium Hydroxide (89% 20% solution. One half of the alkali
Pure) solution is then uilded to the mass and
10.0 Pine Oil stirred in 8l<»wly. The remainder of the
To 1.0 Water water together with the tri-sodium phos-
phate IS then added by stirring in slowly.
1000.0 After temperature has been dropped to
It is prepared in the following man- 60° C. the balance of the sodium hydrox-
ner; ide solution is added with vigorous agi-

Cocoanut oil of Ceylon Grade is added tation and continued for 15 minutes.
to a vat and heated to a temperature of After complete saponification the Pino
80"-S5® C. The potassium hydroxide is Oil is added by stirring vigorously for
then dissolved in a sufficient amount of several minutes.
the water to make a 15% to 20% solu The finisheil or completed prl^uct is
tion. One-half the solution is then added light red to dark brown in color, de-
to the cocoanut oil and stirred in slowly. pendent upon the type of rosin or oleic
The balance of water is then added fol- acid used.
lowed by the balance of potassium hy- 8uch a pine liquid scrub soup is espe-
droxide solution which is stirred in ciallyadapted for fine tile, cork, rubber,
linoleum, mastic, terrazzo and painted
slowly. The temperature of the mix is
then kept at floors.
C. for a period of
from two to three hours with good agi- 1. It is a powerful solvent.
tation. After complete saponification, 2. It does not contain any injurious
the solution is then cooled, chilled and ingredients.
filtered in this chilled state. The Pine 3. It is an efficient cleanser.
Oil is then added by stirring in rery 4 It removes grease and stains.
.

slowly. A sufficient amount of water is 5. It deodorires.


S4 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
'
0, It repeats. Mix the two with good stirring; re-
1. It is economical to manufacture. move from heat and add
8. It if a concentrated product and Turpentine 1200
effects a great economy.
while stirring well.
9. Use 4 oz. in a 10 quart pail of
(preferably hot) water and then ap-
ply in usual manner. Waterless" Soap
A soap which may be used to clean
Pine Oil Soap hands without water consists of
Water 8.0 parts Agar-Agar 2
Solid Caustic Soda 2.5 parts Psyllium 3
Alcohol 10.0 parts Glycerol 50
Pine Oil 18.0 parts Soda Ash 50
Red Oil (Oleic Acid) 17.5 parts Soft Soap 50
Water 44.0 parts Am. Hydroxide 25
Javelle Water 5
Yield 100.0 parts Water 815
Mix theingredients while stirring in
the order given at a temperature of about
Soap Paste)
40® C. ; finally adjust with red oil or
alkali until a sample dissolved in alco-
Soap (66%) 70
hol is neutral to plienolphthalein.
Sod. Silicate 1.5
Soda Ash 3.5
Water 25.0
Pino Oil Scrubbing Soap
Potash Corn Oil Soap 96-07 * Perborate Soap Powder
Pine Oil 4- 3 Mag. Sulfate 1 lb.

Saddle Soap Water 10 lb.

Camauba Wax 54
Dissolve above and mix into
Soap Flakes 20 Sod. Silicate (75® Tw.) 10 lb.
Tallow 26 Soda Ash 22.5 lb.
Turpentine 21 Soap (Melted) 50 lb.
Sperm Oil 6 When thoroughly mixed cool to 50'® UIK
Water 5 work in
Sod. Perborate 9.5 lb.
Soft Soap for Textile Purposes Tliis mixture is finally reduced to tt

83 parts Saponified Red Oil. powder.


17 parts fair grade of animal grease.
3 parts 30® Baum6 Caustic Soda Lye.
* Soap Powder
5 parts Carbonate Potash.
24 parts Caustic Potash. Soap (Figured on Dry Basis) 10
Bentonite (Dry Basis) 2.5
Dissolve mix the Carbonate of
and
Soda Ash 45
Potash and Caustic Potash with the Soda
lye and add to the molted fat in a boil-
• Soap Powder, Non-Caking
ing kettle. Boiling should bo acoom-
plished with live steam. Add sufficient Sod. Metasilicate 10
water to bring to the r^uired soap con- Neutral Soap 3.3
tent and continue boiling until the sa- Soda Ash 20
ponificfftion is complete. Then, while still
boiling, make the necessary correction •Soap Powder, Antiseptic
by adding more fat or caustic as needed Soda Ash 75-85
to bring about neutrality.
Powdered Soap 14-18
Barium or Sodium Peroxide 1.6- 2
Saddle Soap Trioxymethylene 0.1-0.35
Beeswax 600
Caustic Potash 80 Washing and Bleaching Powder
Water 800
Sod. Perborate 8-10%
Boil for 5 minutes while stirring. 1 Sod. Persulfate 8-10%
nother vessel heat Sod. Carbonate 66-70%
Castile Soap 160 Sod. Tetraborate 15%
Water 800
CLEANERS. SOAPS 85

• Protective Cream Steam distilled Pino Oil 10%


Soda Ash 75%
A cream for protecting hands from
paint, lacquer grease, etc., consists of
Water 6%
19 This product makes a very effleient
Soap Flakes
4 scouring compound for cleaning concrete
Dextrin
2 floors, tile, marble, gmnite, etc. The
l>an()lin
3 pine oil content insures good penetration
Aquarcsin
72 and is essential for tin* eflicieiit removal
Water
of greasy and oily dirt.

* Soap Rancidity, Prevention of


n.Oj-1,0% of Dicyandiaraide is added

to tlie soap.
SwtM'ping CoiiqKiunds
Although there are many sweeping
* Rancidity in Soap, Prevention of
compounds on the market made of saw-
Tlio addition of 0.2% Sod. Sulfanilate dust, .sand, ground feldspar, oil, wax
is recommended. emulsions, <a)lonng matter, disinfectant,
etc., It IS beliiwed that in many cases
* Soap Stabilizer fine sawdust moistened with water at the
time of use will }>rove satisfactory. 8omo
The addition of 0.2 to 0.4% trietlian-
jirefera compound containing sand, oil,
olnrnine olcato to soaps inhibits oxida-
etc.; for example, the Treasury Depart-
tion.
ment at one time used a compound made
up iK'conling to the following formula:
Rug Cleaning Soap
Hand 10 parts by weight
Oleic Acid 28 lb.
Fine Hawdust .3’^ parts by weight
llutyl Cellosolve 5 lb.
Halt I'/j parts by weight
Kthylene Dichloride 13 lb. Paraflin Oil 1 jHirt by weight
Triethanolamine 15 lb. Mix thoroughly.
Water 125 lb.
Certain (lovernment offices have ad-
Isopropanol 14 lb.
vised us that a compound conforming to
The oleic acid, ethylene dichlonde and the following formula lias been satis-
Rutyl (kdlosolve are mixed and then factory in si r\icc:
luhled to a solution made of the Tricth-
35%
Fine Hand
aiiolamiiio and water. The unxtuie ns
Pine Hawdust 40%
well stirred and sufficient isopropanol is
Paniflin Oil 15%
added to form a clear solution. Tie*
Water (d\e if coloring is de-
product emulsifies in water, and the 10%
sired;
einulsion made with an equal volume of
water is recommended for cleaning rugs. The Navy Dejiartment has used a
compound consisting of a uniform mix-
ture of clean, fine sand and finely ground
Paint and Tar Solvent sawdust properly impregnated with a re-
Xylene 140 lb. fined heavy mineral oil and water. Such
Trichlorethylene 47 lb. a compound must show on analysis: not
Ethylene Dichlorido 01 lb. more than 20 per cent of water, not
Oleic Acid 40 lb. more than .lO per c«‘nt of elmn sand, not
Sulphonated Castor Oil 21 lb. less than 5 per cent of refined ln*avy
Isopropanol 313 lb. mineral oil, and the remainder finely
Triethanolamine 10 lb. ground sawdust. Home of the commer-
This made by mixing the xxlene, cial conqiounds are colored with Iron
is
trichlorethylene, ethylene dichlori<le, oleic oxide or other pigment and contain
acid and sulphonated oil, adding the iso- naphthalene flakes.
Essential oils, such as oil of eucalj'p-
propanol and triethanohimine and stir-
ring to obtain an even, clear mixture. tus, oil of sassafras, etc., are frequently

This solution is easily dispersed in water added to impart a ph-asant odor to the
and makes a stable emulsion that is ex- compound or to mask any unplwisant
o<jor that may be duo to the ingredient*
cellent for removing paint and tar from
wool. used.

Powdered Scouring Compound •Combined “Sour and Bluing''


Rosin Soap 5% The proportions in which to mix the
Olente Soap 5% compound is six (fl) ounces of aniline
*
86 THE CHEMICAL FORMUURY
dye to one hundred (100) pounds of Opal
boric acid, these proportions being best
Fluoresceue 1 Ib. to 3000 gal.
suited for souring and bluing under
ordinary conditions, but the proportions
of dye and boric acid cun bo increased
or decreased as /nay bo found necessary Coloring Milled Soaps
to completely neutralize the residual Average soap mill holds 200 pounds
alkali in the cloth or clothes, and pro- For eacii batch use 197 pounds of No.
vide the proper degree or extent of acid- I

soap chips. Add 3 lb. of zinc oxido.


ity and bluing. Add proper perfume.
The invention provides a new product
wliich may bo packed for commercial —
Pink i/iQ oz. of Rhodamino BX.
and domestic use. The product being Breen — oz. of Chloro Green S-.'llO
non-corrosive, free running, and harm- Blue — oz. of Alizarine Blue A. 8
less, is safely handled, cun bo easily Yellow — oz. of Pylam Yellow 8-3 Is
.

weighed or mensurefl, and overcomes the Red — 1 oz. Cloth Red


hazard of using strong acids and/or acid Amber — oz. Pylam Amber S-271
salts for the souring operation. The use Rose— oz. Violamine 2 R
of the product efficiently and completely Violet — oz. Pylam Violet S-33.3
neutralizes all the alkali containe<l in Lemon — oz. Fluoresceno
the cloth or clothes, provi<le 8 acidity if
desired or needed, thoroughly and evenly All the above dyes are dissolved in

blues the cloth or idothes, cuts down the water before being added to the soap.
number of rinsing operations, and pre-
serves the fabric.
Dry Cleaning Soap on Ammonia Ba.se
Coloring Liquid Soaps This soap is easily prepared cold by a
Pink simple mixing operation. A good 80 4 : )

for pressure filter systems, if good grade


Ehodumino B Ex 1 lb. to 6000 gal. oleic acid is used.
Yellow
Oleic Acid (preferably cold
Pylam Yellow S-318 1 lb. to 1500 gal. pressed) 32 gal.
Stoddard Solvent or
Blue
Varnolene 15 gjil.
Alizarine Blue 1 lb. to 1500 gal.
Ammonia (0.920) (M 11 >.

Leaf Gre(n
Naphthol (Ireou Mix these ingredients thoroughly; in
1 lb. to 1500 gal.
cold weather the oleic acid sliouhl bt
Olive Grnn warmed up.
Ohloro Croon 8-3 10 1 lb. to 1500 gal.
Beer Pipe Cleaning Compound
Amber Caustic Soda 12.5
Bismarck Brown 1 lb. to 1500 gal. Soda Ash 87.5
BLEACHING, COLORING, DYEING
Bleach for Animal Fats suspension in a solution eontaining
Vj-
Bleach for use with animal fats and 1% of NaOII (on the wl. of air-(lry
(uls is to use from 1% lb. to 4 lb. pulp), wu8h«*d, and bh»acheil with uii
Miinf^iinato of Soda or Pernianjjanate alkaline livp<tclilurite lupior. The NnOU
Salts and from lb. to 0 lb. of Sul- steejt reduco.s the resin content but does
phuric Acid to each 100 lb. of fat. not alTcvl tiu* «-celliilose content.
required quantity of Man-
Dissolve (H) The above process is applied to
of Soda or Permanganate Salts
pjiuiiite pulp which i.s cau.'U'd to Ilow as a con-
m from 20 to 25 times its own weight tinuous .stronm through a suitable sys-
of boiling water. Dilute required quan tem, The NaOll lupior is added to the
tity Sulphuric Acid with 10 times its raw pulp entering tlie svsteiii, and at a
own wi'iglit of water. Liquefy fat tlior |)oint reailied by the pulp about 2 hr.
oughly at as low tempenilure as possible later the bleach liquor is added and tlic

and then add slowly and with vigorous temp, raised to 27”.
agitation the Manganate or Perman
ganate solution, continue agitation ac- * Chlorine Free Bleacliing Powder
tively for 15 to ;U) minutes, then add,
Sodium Peroxide I'Jf)
also with vigorous agitation the dilute
Citric ,\cid 4.17
Sulphuric Acid and continue stirring foi
Soap (Powd.) n.lVA
15 minutes. Then steam is to be turned Sod. Carbonate 41.()d
on and an active boil kept up until all
Sod. Silicate 8.;34
III own stain (lisa[»pears, which should be
from .'50 to 00 minutes from time boiling
'
oriiiiK'nceR. Then setth* and dmw off *Cliloiide of Lime, Non II\ groscopic
'Spoilt sidution and wash oil with water. (5hloiido of Lime is ground intimately
If using Manganate* of Soda caie must with r>-l()Vo Calcium Sulfate.
1)0 take'n not to add bottoms or undia
Hol\(‘(l portion. Permanganate* Salta cost
a little more but me>re* ri'aelily soluble.
Blea<'hiiig Colton in Kier
is
(per jOOO lb, cotton)
Hydrogen Peroxide

Bh-aching Vegetable and Animal Oils
(loo Volume) 25 Ib.
Patty oils (e*tc.) are nii\e*il with a Sodium Silicate (Sp. gr. Lll) 40 lb.
dry CaOOl., preiduot containing .'iO-OOe^
Sulfoiiated Corn Oil 414 Ih.
of available Cl; in amount equiv. to
Heat to 185-105° F. for J/j-l hour.
0. 5-1.0% of available Cl on the oil, unel
Kinse well and dry.
heated at 70-90° until ble*acheel; the
sepamted oil is blown with siijicrheated
steam until free from available Cl. Bleaching Cotton
The goods to be bleached are impreg-
Blenching Angora Wool nate<l with a solution of Turkey HchI Oil

A of from 5 to 10 per rent strength, ac-


good method is to prepare a bath
at 00°
cording to I lie natural eolor of the cot-
make
alkaline with ammonia,
F.,
add the required hydrogen peroxide, give ton, wiling and centrifuged to get rid

the yam (previously thoroughly wetted of the excess, and then dried. The goods
out) a few turns in the liquor and sub- are next boded for six hours under pres-
merge and allow to stand over night. sure with from 1% to 2 per cent of
Keniove from the bath the following caustic 80 «la, rinsed, slightly soured,
morning and rinse in \varm water. rinseilarain, passe*! through a very weak
soap bath, aga^ rinsed, and then dried.
Tf the cotton is very pure and easily
• Cellulose Pulp, Bleaching bleached the process may be simplified
(A) Unbleached sulphite pulp is by putting the Turkey-Red Oil into the
treated at room temp, as a flowablc aq. boiler with the lye. The process has
87
88 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
special importance for bleaching makko- Sodium Hypochlorite Meach
yarn, as that yarn, so largely used for To prepare Sodium Hypochlorite.
finer counts, has been hitherto very diffi- Dissolve 100 lb. of 33% Bleaching
cult to bleach, requiring strong baths of Powder in 40 gallons of water.
chloride of lime. Dissolve ()0 lb. of Soda Ash in 20 gul
Turkey-Bed Oil may also be used to Ions of boiling water, afterwards diluting
advantage in bleaching cotton by the with 10 gallons of cold water.
usual chloride of lime method, as fol- The Soda solution is then to be mi.xed
lows: with the bleaching powder paste ami
Goods may be treated with the oil well stirred for one-half hour and al
before bleaching. Pad goods in a 5 per lowed to settle over night.
cent solution of the oil, and steam with- In the morning the mcar solution is to
out pressure. Tlio oil may also be added be drawn off.
to the contents of the kier, whether this The residue should be washed with
consists of lime, soda, or caustic soda. clear water, allowed to settle, and tlic
Two litres of Turkey- Ited Oil per cubic top liquor added to the main solution.
meter of caustic soda at 3“ Tw. are The washing may be done for econ
sufficient. The oil is added to the satu- omy, several times, each time letting the
rated liquor, which is afterwards intro- solution settle and adding the top to the
duced into the kier. There is no change main solution.
required in the bleaching operation. Use only sufficient wash wmters to
When lime is used, the oil is added to bring the main solution to stand at
the lime after slaking, ami then the to 7° Tw.
necessary quantity of water is added. A Now add IVi to 2 lb. Soda Ash. Dis-
milky liquid is thus obtained, which only solve and lot stand over night, when all
settles very slowly, and whicli penetrates the lime will have been thrown out of
the goods perfectly, especially when solution.
te^id. The use of the oil in the lime It Ls then ready for use by simple*
boil gives better results than in the dilution in w'nter to the desired strength
soda boil.
C4iustic for bleaching.
Before the unti chlorino bath it is ad- Sodium Hypochlorite has advan
visable to wash well in soft water, in tages over the old-time Chloride of Lime
order to remove any undecomposed oil. solution. The goods come out softer.
Goods bleached with tlio aid of Turkoy- They rinse cleaner, and this insures bet
Reil Oil are much softer than those ter strength of the fibre and a more per-
bleached without. The chemicking is manent white.
easier and quicker, while at the same
time less bleach may be used. Bleach for Furs
Water 3 gal.
Hydrogen Peroxide 3 uz.
Bleachers, Chlorine Pot. Persulfate 6 oz.
Sod. Pyrophosphate 6 oz.
Hypochlorite Liquor Made with
Liejuid Chlorine
In 400 to 500 gallons water dissolve: Hypochlorite Bleach
150 to 1300 lb. Soda Ash Caustic Soda 120 lb.
80 lb. Caustic Soda Water 700-800 lb.
100 lb. Chlorine Stir until dissolved.

The Chlorine should bo added to the Put 100 lb. of above in carboy packed
alkaline solution slowly to prevent heat- in ice and salt. Pass into it chlorine
ing and loss. gas from a weighed cylinder on a scale.
Another method is to use a solution When 16 lb. chlorine has passed in and
of Caustic Soda: solution is still alkaline to phenolph
thalein 8hut't)ff chlorine. Keep tempera
400 to 500 gallons water
125 lb. Caustic Soda
turo ns low as possible. The resulting
hypochlorite solution may be diluted as
100 lb. Chlorine
desired.
Tanks or tubs of good depth should
be used in making Hypochlorite solu- Javel Water
tions. If shallow solutions are used, the Bleaching Powder 20 lb.
Chlorine will not absorb readily and the Soda Ash 20 lb.
finished solution will not be stable. Water 60 gal.
Mix well until reaction is completed.
BLEACHING. COLORING, DYEl NG 89

Allow to settle over night and siphon off lar form, and not in gummy
masses.
tlic clear liquid. hMlter off the shellac on a large Witt
plate or Buclmer funnel provided with

Laundry Bleach a filter paper, and wash thoroughly with


a largo amount of eold water. Without
Soda Ash 23 lb.
dr\ing or other treatment, the bleached
Chlorine 7.6 lb.
shellac is dissolved bv heating for a long
Water 60 gal.
time on the sti^m bath with 1,000 cc.
Laundry *‘Sour” of distilled water containing 7 g. of
crystallized borax.
Oxalic Acid 3 lb.
Water 3 gal.
ricftt with stirring until dissolved. Cool Bh'aching Tussnh Silk
and add Dilute 10 gallons hydrogen peroxide
Acetic Acid (5G%) 8^ lb. (12 vol, per cent) with 3 to 4 times the
weight of water, and add waterglass
One pint of this sour is used per 200
until a feebly alkaline reaction sets in.
lb. of goods.
After cleaning the Tus.snh silk well with
boiling soap and a little soda, enter it at
*
Bleaching Paper Pulp about 40° (’. (105° F.) into this bath,
The pulp is agitated at room temp, to advantage chargi‘<l with 4-8 oz. soap
with 0.25-10% of a hydrosulphite per 10 gallons, gradually niise the teiri-
(Na 2 lH^ 04 ) in aq. solution and then, pemture to boiling heat, and h-ave for
«itliout subsequent washing, converted 0 to 8 hours or over night in this bath.
into paper. When the bleaching is coniphde. rinse
thoroughly, treat for sevenil hours in a
bisulphite bath and rinse wtdl once more.
Bleaching Kayon Cotton Skein.s
1. Treat for Vj hr. at 70° C. with 1% *
Sod. Sul tide. Stripping ('omposition for Dyed
2. Rinse until free from sulfide. Fabrics
Treat with 0.1-0.25% sod. hypo- 1. Sodium Il)dr()sulphite 90 gm.
chlorite. IVtrolatiim 10 gm.
4. Treat with 0.25% Hydrochloric Sislium Cascinuti’ 5-30 gm.
Acid. Instead of sotliiim caseinate, uso iso-
5. Rinse acid free. propylimphthalene sodium sulphonato,
(). Repeat 5 and 4. sodium ricinoleate, siilphonated oil, with
7. Rinse wdth soft water until free or without soda ash, sodium bisulphite,
from acid and chlorine. or common still.
8. Rinse with 1% sulfomited oil or
2. Sodium H_\drosulphito 90 gin.
olive oil soaj).
Oleic .\< id 10 gm.
9. Extract excess solution and dry.
S()d:i ash sufficient to efffect complete
or partial saponification.
Bleaching Sliellac for Water Solution Instead of oleic acid, you can use
Dissolve .10 g. of orange shellac in 000 stearic a<‘id, sulpholeic acid, castor oil,
cc. of water containing 10 g. of an corn oil or siilphonated castor oil. In-
hydrous sodium carbonate, by warming stetid of soda ash you may use borax or
on the steam bath. Let the solution ammonium carbonate.
stand over night for the wax to collect This gives a stable composition in
and the orpiment to settle out; then cake or other solid form.
filter through a plaited paper into a
1 -liter beaker. Sodium hyperbromite so-
lution is prepared by dissolving 5.5 g.
Water Soluble Colors
of caustic soda in 150 cc. of water and Dissolve the color in hot water. Filter
adding to this 3 cc. of bromine, drop to insure tliat you have no particles of
by drop with vigorous shaking, and cool- undiBsolved color (those caubo spots and
ing. The bleacliing solution is added to blotches). T^sc from 2 to 3 ounces of
the filtered shellac solution and then the color to a gallon of water. It is not
mixture allowed to st&nd for 15 min- necessary to make fresh color each time.
utes. Then acidify by adding 1:1 hy- It is important, however, to stir the
drochloric acid in small portions, with color, ifyou have not used it in some-
vigorous stirring. The beaker should time. This is necessary, as some colors
stand in a vessel of cold water so that have a tendency to settle out of solution
the shellac will be precipitated in granu- on long standing. A little stirring puts
90 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
them back into solution again. Do not of colored liquid soap looks much lighter
use a tin or iron container for your than one gallon of the same colored soap.
color solution. A chemical reaction will Make sure that the suds are not too
set up that will decrease the coloring deeply colored.
power.
Bath Salts
Alcohol Soluble Colors
Use water or alcohol colors.
Dissolve from 2 to 5 ounces of color
When you use water soluble colors, it
per gallon of alcohol, depending on the
is best to make a solution as conceu
shade. Filter and use as required. These
trated as possible. Color some of your
colors are also soluble in acetone, ethyl
salt very heavily and then mix this up
acetate.
with the rest of your salt. This will
minimize the water used. Add the color
Oil Soluble Colors
before you add the perfume oils.
These are soluble in perfume oils,
oleic and stearic acid, as well as other
fatty acids, vegetable and mineral waxes, Light and Washing Fast Dyeing Process
vegetable and mineral oils; molten pam- A brown shade very fast to wasliiiig
diclilorbenzfde. Also soluble in acetone, and light is obtained by printing fabiu-
ethyl acetate and toluol. with a thickened paste (.-f) containing
When the <,‘(>lor8 are dissolved in oils, W-NH2 CoH 4- OH (1), HCl, and a sub
.

waxes or fatty acids, the solvents should stance capable of liberating CIIoO {(.g.,
be heated to insure full solution of the CH2O, NaHSCbj), steaming for 4-8 inin.
color. You wdl not get full money value in a Mnther-Platt, and oxidizing in 2oVr
or perfect solution if you dissolve the aq. !Na2Cr207 at CO®, followed by soap-
color in cold oils. ing and washing. Mordant dyes, espe-
cially alizarin, may be added to A, and
the resulting shade is deeper if Cr(OAo),{
Milled Soaps
is also added. The brown pigment has
You can use water or ah'ohol soluble an affinity for basic dye.s, and those ma\
colors. Water colors preferreil, as alco- be added to A or applied aftorwanls,
hol may cause blistering. Add the liquid whereby very deep shades are obtained.
color to the soap in an amalgamator if The HCl in A may be replaced bv a

possible preferably after the perfume mixture of HCO2H or AoOH and NH^-l-
and zinc oxide. If no amalgamator is An alternative printing process, whereby
used, distribute the color throughout the the same brown pigment is formed ulti-
soap as much as possible, before nulling. mately, consists in condensing CHoO
Spots and blotches are caused by undis- with (I) in the presence of an alkali
solved color, so make sure that you have and using the resulting transparent
a clear color solution. gelatinous product in the prep, of A.

Cold, Half-Boiled and Boiled Soaps *


Rendering Liquid Hydrocarbons
and Soap Bases Fluorescent
You can use water or oil soluble col- Less than 0.057o of any of the fol-
(•rs. If you use water soluble colors add lowing added to hydrocarbon oils or
the liquid color after saponification has liquids imparts fluorescence.
starteti. Wherever possible, as in figged
Dchydrothio-toluidine or xylidine
soaps, crutch in the color after saponiii-
J’riniulino Base
cation is completed. Do not add dry C-amino-2 pbenyl benzthiazole
color to your mass and expect it to dis-
5-amino- 2*phcnyl benzoxazole
solve. You will have trouble. Some of
the color will not dissolve and will spot
your soap, and cause blotches when the
soap is used. If you use an oil soluble * Aluminum, Coloring
color dissolve it in hot oil before you Allovs of Zn, A1 and Cu are colored
use it. black by dipping them into a bath com-
posed of equal vols. of (1) a 10% soln.
Liquid Soaps of CUSO4, and (2) a soln. of picric acid
Use water soluble colors only; first 1: 120 for about 6 sec. Various color.**
having dissolved them in hot water and are obtained by using a bath contg.
filter^. Use as much of the solution as equal vols. of (1) a 12% soln. of Cu
is necessary to give reouired stiade. Do tartrate and (2) a 1C% soln. of NaOH.
not over-color, liemomber that 2 ounces
BLEACHING. COLORING, DYKINO 91

A. Water
METAL COLOBING Silver Nitrate
2.5
25.0 gm.
lit.

Potassium Uarlmnate 25.0 gm.


Tho coloring of metals depends to a
Sodium Bicarbonate 25.0 gm.
great extent upon the skill of the oper-
Potassium Bichromate 10.0 gm.
ator as well as to the different eliernirals
The brushing iind or
and methods used.
B. Water 1 lit.
relieving operations must be done bv
familiar with these operations t<)
Siher Nitrate 10 gm.
one
For the brush- Potassium Chromate 2.5 gin.
|iro(liice uniform results.
Pot. (''arbonate 100.0 gm.
ing operation fine crimped nickel siher
Sodium Bicarbonate 80.0 gm.
or brass wire wheels are used and oper-
ated at 800 R.P.M., either wet or dry. To
obtain a bright surface immerse
Tampico or muslin buff wheels are for not more than 10 to 15 minutes.
used for relieving operations. They are
generally used with water and fine
Oxidized Silver Effevt on Aluminum
jjumicc and operated at 800 R.l’.M.
Dip the aluminum in a bath containing
The use of the sand blast is es.sential
also in producing various shades of col Hydrochloric Acid 1 gal.
(irs, some very beautiful effects may
as Ars«‘nic 2 oz.
he produced by the proper use of the Iron Sulphate 1 oz.

.Muncl blast machine, both before and Copper Sulphate 2 oz.


after the cfdoring operation. The aluminum must be absolutely
The colors produced by chemical means ch*an and free from grc^ise Ix'fore dip-
are oxides or sulphides, or a combination
of both.
Silver Finishes

Black Finish for Aluminum The silver finishes are sulphide fin-

i.sIk's, and the clicmicnls used are eitlii‘r


Water 1 gJil.
sodium, potassium, calcium, or luiimo-
('austic Soda 1 lb.
nium sulphide. The potassium salt pro-
Common Salt 4 oz.
iluces the hardest black and tlie ammo-
Heat the water in an iron or earthen- nium salt the Softest. Either salt is
ware vessel, and dissolve the caustic used in the proportion of Vi to 1 oz. per
soda. Stir well, and add the salt. Keep gallon of water, and used hot. To pro-
at about 200® F. and place the aluminum duce a black color tlie llnish is obtained
article in for about fifteen minutes. by eitlier wet or dry seiatch brushing,
Uinso thoroughly, and imiiiersc in second ami tin- relu'f or gray finishes with the
batli made up as follows; use of a rag or taiujuco wheel with fine
Hydrochloric Acid 1 gal. puma e ami water.
Iron fciulphate 1 lb-

White Arsenic 1 lb.


Coloring Copjier
Water 1 gal.
There are many formulae for the eol-
Dip the aluminum in this bath for a
oriiig of copper or copjier plate<l work,
few seconds only. Itinse well in hot
and the color will dejamd upon the
water.
chemicals used, the temperature and the
length of time tlie work is left in the
Aluminum, Electrolytic Coloring of coloring solution.
Of 7 suitable electrolytes, H3PO4 The work shtuild be perfivtly clean
(.Y) +XaOH (0.2 N) gives the best coat and free fnmi any grease or finger
mg fur coloring. The coating is formed marks.
at the anode by electrolyzing at 100 v.
at 2o°. The following dyes are suitable: Brown on Copper
Alizjirin Sice, (red); alizarin oninge 8 1. Potassium (,’hlorate 1 oz.
W I’dr. ;
Azoflavine F F N
(yellow); Copper Hulfato 4 oz.
Union Green B; Water Blue;
Alkali Water 1 gfil.

Violet R 0 0; Alizarin Black for silk IV


hot, scratch brush wet. If color
Pdr. uneven, rejieat coloring operation and
is
semteh brush dry.
* Silver Finish for Aluminum A darker or more red color is produced
(Jirotka Process) in this solution:

Immerse the aluminum in boiling bath 2. Copper Sulfate 4 oz.

of one of the following solutions. Nickel Sulfate 2 oz.


92 tiie chemical formulary

Potassium Chlorato 1 oz. Water 1 gal.


"Vyater 1 Use boiling temperature.
Finishing operations nro the same as
above. Brown Color
Various sIukIoh of bronze from a Gold Sulphurett of Antimony 4 oz.
chocolate cohjr to a black can bo pro- Caustic Soda 8 oz.
duced in a solution made of: Water 1 gal.
3. Potassium Hulphide % to 1 oz.
Use at boiling temperature. Scratch
Water 1 gul.
brush dry and if color is not even and
For the light shades uao cold and a dark enough, repeat immersion and
short time of immersion. For darker, scratch brush operations.
use hot, with longer immersion.
Various colors are produced in any
of the following solutions used either Brown Color
hot or cyld. Copper Sulfate 4 oz.
4. Yellow Barium Sulphide 1 oz. Potassium Chlorate 2 oz.
Water 1 gal. Water 1 gal.
5. Yellow Barium Sulphide 1 oz. The w'ork is immersed in this solution
Calcium Sulphide Mi nz. (fl.) for a minute or so, and without rinsing
Water 1 gal. immerse in a sulphur solution made of
6. Golden Sulphurett liquid sulphur 1 ounce, water 1 gallon.
Antimony to 1 oz. The work is rinsed in cold water, and if
Caustic Soda 1 to 2 oz. color is not dark enough, repeat both
Water Dgal. dipping operations. Dry by using hot
7. Copper Sulfate 12 oz. water and sawdust and scratch Brush
Acetic Acid 4 oz. dry-
Caustic Soda 4 oz.
Water 1 gul. Brown Color
8. Copper Sulfate 4 oz.
Liquid Sulphur 1 oz.
Copper Acetate 2 oz.
Water gal.
1
Potassium Chloride, 6 oz.
Water The work immersed in this solution
is
1 gal.
for a minute or so, and then without
9, Copper Sulfate 8 oz.
rinsing immersed into a solution mado
Potassium Pcriiiangtinato 1 oz.
of sulfuric ai'id 1 oz., nitric acid 1 oz.,
Water 1 gal.
water 1 gallon. If color is not dark
Royal Copper Finish enough, repeat both dipping operations
and scratch brush dry.
There are two method.M of producing
this finish, one with molten sodium
nitrate and the other with the use of Verde Color
the blow torch. When any quantity of Copper Nitrate Ifi oz.
work is to bo done, the nitrate method Animouimn Chloride 4 oz.
is recommended. The articles must be Acetic Acid 1 qt.
of either copper or have a heavy deposit Water 3 qt.
of copper upon them. Best results aio
Immerse the work and If colorlet dry.
obtained by lead plating the copper be-
isnot uniform use a painter’s sash brush
fore the heat treatment process.
which is moistened with the solution and
To prepare the lend solution, dissolve
stipple lightly.
6 oz. of caustic soda in 2 quarts of water
and add 2 oz. of litharge (lead).
Verde Antique Finish on Copper
Copper Nitrate 16 oz.
Blue Color
Acetic Acid 4 oz.
Hyposulphite Soda 8 oz. Water 1 gal.
Lead Acetate 4 oz.
Bestapplied hot and sparingly to
Water 1 gal. previously moistened surface.
Use at temperature and im-
boiling
merse just lung enough to produce blue
* Green Patina on Copper
color.
The article is made the anode in a
Green Color solution containing 10% MgS04 , 2%
Kitrate of Iron 2 os. Mg(OH) 2 , and 2% KBrOs, using a
Hyposulphite Soda 8 os. stainless steel or C cathode. The bath
BLEACHING, CX)li)RlNC.. DYEING 93

ia operated at 95" with 4 amp./sq. dm. Sod. C}*unidG 4V{| oz.


at 0 volts for 15 min. Sod. Carbonate 1 oz.
Rochelle Salts 2 oz.
Water 1 gat
Verde Antique Finish
By adjustment of current and temp,
Copper Nitrate 4 oz.
any shade between copper and \ellow
Ammonium Chloride 4 oz.
bniss may be produced. A Hufflciently
Calcium Chloride 4 oz.
thick coating ia needed so that it may
Water 1 gal.
stand an acid diji.
Green Finish on Bnias
Brass articles are colored various * Bronzing Iron and Steel
shades of green by any of tlie foll(»v\ing
When dry they should be lac The bronzing batli consists of
baths.
Caustic Soda 126 lb.
quercd to preserve the coating.
Water 150 lb.
1. Hyposulfito of Soda 8 oz.
l*ot. Cyanide 4 lb.
Acetate of Lead 2-(i oz.
Litharge 39 lb.
or Niekel Sulfate 2-1) oz.
Neutral Lead Cliromato 1 lb.
or Iron Nitrate 2-6 oz.
lv<*!id I’eroxide 2 lb.
or Iron Chloride 2-6 oz.
Chromium Oxide 2 lb.
Water 1 gal.

Use hot.
Coloring Iron

2. Sod. Bisulfite 4 oz. Etching {“ brotrmng,” bluing/'


Lead Acetate V/i oz. cte.).--Solutiona of cliemieal reiigent.s
Water 1 g;il. are applied to the steel witli a cloth or
sponge; the steel is allowed to oxidize
Use hot and dip repeatedly.
for some hours while drying; the rust is
then scraped olT, leaving a thin aflhenmt
3. Copper Sulfate 2 oz. c(*at of oxnie. The proeess is repeated
Iron Sulfate 2 oz. a number of tim(‘S, depmiding on the
Am. Carbonate 2 oz.’ depth of color desired. The surface is
Water 1 gal. then oiled. The following is a repre-
sentatuM* list of combinations of reagents
Steel, Blue Black Finish that ha\e been used for producing the
A. riaoe object in molten Sodium resjieetive colors:
Nitrate (700-81)0° h\) for 2~:’> minutes.
Remove and allow to cool somewhat; ( olor. Olid HeoKent for Troducin*
Part a
wash in hot water; dry and oil with Hlork: by
mineral or linseed oil. Kimt formula Wnght
or Itinitiuth rlilonde 20
.M«*rrurir rlilundc 40
B. Place in following solution for lo < opiM-r etdunde 20
minutes. ll\ droHilorir and U’O
Alcohol 100
Copper Sulfate e/- V\Btcr 1000
Iron Chloride 1 lb- Second formula —
Hydrochloric Acid 4 oz. ('oiirnr-nitrate iolution (10 percent) 700
Alcohol 300
Nitric Acid Vi '^r..

g^l- Third formula ~


Water 1
Mercuric chloride 60
Arniiioiiiuni chloride 60
Then allow to dry for several hours; Water 1000
place in above solution again for lo
min.; remove and dry for 10 hr. Place Brown:
in boiling water for hr.; dry and Kirat forniulft
Alcohol 46
scratch brush very lightly. Oil with
Irori-r) londe aolulion 46
mineral or linseed oil and wipe dry. Mercuric chloride 46
Sweet apirito of niter (ethyl nitrite 4-
alcohol) 46
Coloring Brass Red Copper aulphate 30
Electroplate in following solution at
Nunc acid 22
Water 1000
110-120® F. at current density of 0
Second formula
amp./sq. ft. using cast bronze or elec- Nitnc acid 70
trolytic copper anodes. Alcohol 140
Copper aulphate 280
Copper Cyanide 3 oz. Iron fiUncs 10
Zinc Cyanide % oz. Water 1000
04 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Blue: I. Before cutting to shape.
Iron chloriJo 400 2. After cutting to shape.
AitUniotiy chloride. 400
Oaltio aciii 200 Method (1). Material is put in
Water 1000 frames and backed with a starch sizing
Broate: to give body. Bye is then brushed on.
Manganese-nitrate solution (10 per ( Bye may also bo added to the sizing,
cent) 700 Bried and die cut to shape.
Alouliol 300
Method (2). After backing coat is
bath .
— The eloanc*! steol ia put on, the material is die cut and then
heated in fused sodium nitrate or potas dipped into the dye solution.
fium nitrate or a mixture of the two, Bye solutions prepared as follows:
often with the addition of manganese
dioxide. The color acquired by the steel Fellow
depends on the temperature of the bath, Auramino 0 1 oz.
as well as its composition. Other fu8e<j Benaturod Alcohol 4 oz.
oxidizing baths can probably bo used Water 4 oz.
also. Hose
Temper colors —The
‘'temper colors”
.
Rhodamino B 1 oz.
seen on steel when heated between
it is
Water 4 oz.
220“ and .'{20° (J. duo to a thin
are
Denatured Alcohol 4 oz.
layer of oxide. Such a layer of oxide is
Purple
often applied as a protecting coating,
the blue color being the one usually
Pylam Purple 1 oz.

used. The steel is heated in free aiFand


Water 4 oz.

the various colors will bo produced at


Denatured Alcohol 4 oz.

the following temperatures: Peacock Blue


Temper Color “F. Patent Blue 1 oz.
Palo yellow . 418 Water 2 uz.
fitraw . 448
Hrown . 491 Denatured Alcohol 2 oz.
Purple . 636
Palo blue . 572 Green
Dark blue 599
Pylam Brilliant Green 1 oz.
The color depends somewhat on the Water 4 oz.
duration of the heating and to a lesser Denatured Alcohol 4 oz.
extent on the nature of the steel.
Pink
Eosino 1 oz.
Statuary Finish on Naval Bronze Water 2 oz.
To produce statuary finishes on naval Denatured Alcohol 2 oz.
bronze base the following solns. may be
used: for light bronze, Kt^lO^ 1 oz. and Cerise
(hiSOi- 5II_iO 4 oz. per gal. water; for Rose Bengnlo 1 oz.

dark bronze KC 1()3 1 oz., NiS04 TH^O -


Water 2 oz.

2 oz. and CuS 04 5HoO 4 oz. per gal.


-
Denatured Alcohol 2 oz.

water; for dark to blue-black finish,


K 2 S or (NH 4 ) 2 S 1/4-1 oz. per
gal. water.
* Sulfur Dyeing Process
Black Finish for Tin The dull red-brown shade obtained by
First clean tin thoroughly from grease dyeing cotton with the acenaphthene 8
is rendered faster and changed to a
by soaking in boiling caustic potash .so-
clear red-orange shade by after-treat-
lution.
to bath
Kinse and tmnsfer immediately
made up of. ment at 100® W
20 minutes in a bath
containing per liter, 4 cc. of NaOH (d
Hot Water 1 gal.
1.38), 1.5 g. of NaoSoOi, and 10 g. of
Antimony Chloride 6 oz.
an alkylating or arylating agent.
Copper (J^hlorido 12 oz.
Keepin until desired color is obtained,
then rinse in hot water.
Colors for Bath Salts

Coloring Artificial Flowers



Yellow Lissamine Fast
Yellow 2 08
(Made from Cotton, Muslin, Silk, Velvet) —
Orange Naphthalene Fast
Material is colored in two ways. Yefiow 2 OS
BLEACHING. COLORING, DYEING 95
Pink^Rhodamine BS Orange
(ireen —Solway Green GS Acid Orange 1 0£.
Water 1 qt.
A 0.1% solution of dye is made in Heat to boll. Dye at 100* C.
water. One pint of this solution is used
to 1 00-150 lb. of bath salts. K,d
Croceine Scarlet 3BX 1 OE,

Coloring Belt Edges Water . 1 qt.


Heat to boil. Dye at 100® C.
Brown
Itismarck Browm 1 oz. • Coloring, Brandy
Water 1 pt.
Sod. Acetate 1
Borax Shellac Water Solution 1 pt.
Water 5
Black Corn Sugar 100

Nigrosine Crystals 1 oz.


Heat until a dark brown color forms.

Water 1 pt.
Borax Shellac Water Solution 1 pt. Coloring Com'rete
Table of Colors to be Used in
Coloring Bone Buttons Concrete Floor Finish
Amounts of pigments given in table
Black are approximate only. Ti'st samples
Pylam Ebony Black 1 oz. should be made uj) to determine exact
Water 1 qt. (piantities reijuired for the desired color
Heat to boil. Bye at 100® C. and shade.
PonndB of Color Rft-

Color Ueairod ComiTiorcml Nmiica of Color* (juiriHl for Kuril Ha* of


for U»o m
Coinent (
‘eiiioiit to Kocuro

Light MfHiium
bbade Hhade
Grays, blue-blaok and black Germantown bampbliick* or
n 1
Carbon black* or H 1
black Oxide of Manganese* or 1 2
.Mineral black 1 2
...... L'ltraiminiic blue fi 0
blue
brownish red to dull brick red bed oxide of iron s 0
Mincriil turkey nnj A 0
bright red to vermilion
Itidiaii red A 0
lieu sandstone to purplish red
brown to reddish-brown \ictallie lirow u (oxide) A 0
ydlovx od.ie .T A 0
bull, colonial tint and yellow
Yellow oxide 2 4
Green cliromium oxide or A 0
Grcemsti blue ullramarino A

quality lampblack should be used f'arbnn blarV. is ..f light weight and requlrei
* Only first
Tor
thorough^mixxng. blLk oxide or mineral blark is j.robablv most inh Hiilageoue for general lue.
black use 11 pounds of oxide for each bag of cement
Silvering Dragees
Dragees must be perfectly dry before sil-
Silvering operation should be carried
solution \ci cmiting is applied. Silvering is ac-
out only in clean vessels. Gelatin
2r) jiaits coniplislu'd by addition of silver powder
IS first prepared by softening
soft- to glasslinc'd kettle containing pills.
gelatin with little water and cooking
This kettle is made so that it can ho ro-
ened mass and then passing liquid gelatin
tated and silvering takes place while ket-
through filtering cloth. Gelatin is then
tle is inmotion. Uniform spi'ed of 80 to
mixed with 60 parts acetic acid in suit-
The smaller the on^nal 100 K.U.M. is important. Pills must run
able flask.
the thinner the gelatin out of kettle quite dry and then they are
sugar-coated pills,
If
further dried on glass plate or dish.
solution must be and the more acetic acm
silver coating does not possess required
must be added. Silvering process should
luster, then dragees are allowed to re-
be carried out in room in which
is
main few days and are then run into
dry and as cold as possible, compatible
Dragees lye glnss lined kettle again and moistened
with comfort of workers. Hermetically
ordr with little acetic acid.
moistened with gelatin solution in
out sealed containers must lie used for stor-
nary kettle and operation is earned
smooth dragees should be ing silvereii dragees, because they lose
by htnd. Only
can luster on contact with air.
used, because a fine, metallic luster silvering
smooth surface. Another good method for
be produced only on
0& THE CHEMrCAt FORMULARY
drageeB ia to prepare a little gum solu- acid by 1 per cent sulphuric acid.
This
tion or white syrup with which sugar- lias the effect of clearing the
bath of
coated pills are moistened. They are dichroraate and ensuring the action
of
then placed in box which is filled with the chrome. The chrome dyes are the
few pieces of silver leaf. liox may be fastest in general respects of all
the
made of porcelain, glass, horn or wood. soluble d}es, and although the process
is
It is closed and rotated so that dragees expensive and laborious compared to
the
roll around in it in continuous circle. straight use of acid dyes, the results
arc
Rotation continues as long as any metal- well worth tlie extra trouble involved.
lic particles remain unattached to jiilb.
More silver Imf is addoil as may be nec-
essary and rotation of box is continm>d Leather, Applying Basic Dyes to
until perfectly silvered pills are ob Before dyeing with basic dyes, tanned
tained. If dragees contain medicaments, leather is treated for :h) min. with
a
which react with silver, such as for ex- liquor containing as much C11SO4 as
the
ample sulfur compounds, a collodion dye to be afterwards applied, wherebv
coating is applied before silvering or the depth of shade obtained subsequentlV
before sugar coating pill. Thus the pills is 4-5 times that similarly
obtained on
may bo placed in roomy dish and mix- non-treated leather, wliilst exaggerated
ture of 2 parts collodion and one part grain defects and a tendency- for the
ether is poured over them. Pills are dyed flesh side of the leather to be loose
rolled in solution until solid, uniformly to rubbing (evident in leather not
tixed
lustrous spotless coating is obtained. after binning) are avoided. The Cti
treatment colors the tanned h'ather from
a pale yellow to brown, but insutficientlv
Fur Skin Dyeing
to affect the shade obtained with
the
A typical aciddyeing process wmdd basic dye, and enables acid dyes to bo
be as follows: The dyestuff solution is satisfactorily replai'ed by basic! dyes.
sieved into the bath, 10 per cfnt
Glau-
ber 's salt and 2 per cent acetic
acid on
the weight of the material are ’’Pluck Leathi'r Dye
added.
'I’he goods are entered at 20 deg. C., O-Dichlor Benzol .*10 gni.
raised to 40 deg. 0., and a further lo’ Spirit Soluble Nigrosine
20,000
7.5 gm.
per cent Glauber’s salts added. Oleic Acid
After 5 gjj,
dyeing for half an hour at this tempera- Alcohol 48 gni.’
ture, the bath is slowly raised to
05 deg.
to 70 dog. C., and a further
2 per cent Coloring Gasoline
acetic acid added. If necessary, the
bath may bo cleared by the addition
Red— 130,000Azo 11). Oil Red
of 20, IKK) gallons gasoline.
from 1 to 2 per cent formic acid. It
is Orange-l
30,000lb. Azo Oil Orange
advisable to allow the skins to cool down
at least for half an hour in gallons gasoline.
the baths, Yellow— I
as this, while helping to exhaust lb. Azo
Oil Yellow
the 20.000 gallons gasoline.
bath, also helps to increase the
tion.
penetra- ” Green — 1 11). .Vnthraqmnone Oil Green
After dyeing the skins are treated in 30.000 gallons gasoline.
a solution containing *Blue-— 1 lb. Antliraquinone Oil Blue
gallons gasoline.
Olivo Oil Soap
Olive Oil
100 grm. • Violet —
1 lb. Anthraquinono
Oil Violet
20 grm. gallons gasoline.
Ammonia 10 gmi, In commerelal prnetice dve is first dis-
per liter, for 15 minutes at 20 deg.
C., solved in benzol (1 lb. to 2 gal.).
then hydro-extracted without rinsing and The above dyes do not precipitate out
dried. This proi:eas for acid dvestuffs of solution and have good light fastness.
gives very good results.

To ^\^litpn Yellow Gasoline


Fur Skin Dyeing 1. Determine Saybolt number of gaso-
Chrome colors are applied in the same line.
**

way as the acid dyestuffs, but they are 2 . Dissolve Pyla- White in bensol
dy^l with the addition of potassium (1%
sol.).
dichromato equal to half the weight of 3. Add Pyla-White in following pro-
dyestuff. The skins are dyed for 1 to 2 portion :

hours at 70 deg. 0., and it is advisable


1 lb. to 2500 bbL Saybolt Color
to replace the final addition of acetic
No. 16
BLEACniNO. COTX)RING. DYEING 97

J. lb. to 5000 bbl. Savbolt Color ored compound of some other metal. The
No. 18 compounds of copper are tho most use
1 lb. to 10000 bbl. Say bolt Color ful. By treating zinc with various cop-
No. 20 per solutions several colors may Im' ob-
1 lb. to 25000 bbl. Savbolt Color tained. .411 shades of black and brown
No. 22 produced by .»mall changes in the pro-
Agitate until P\la Wliite solution cedure, such as tune of dip, concentra-
4.
tluirouglily distributed. tion, etc,
is
iustuutaneoua. .\n adlmrcnf bright black can In* rcAad-
Whitening is
ily produced by electrodejiosition in tho
following bath;
Coloring Glycerin
Nickel Anmioniiini Sulphate
Yellow — Auroinino (per gnl.) H oz.
Scarlet—Pylani Scarlet No. 1523 Zinc .Siilplinti* 1 oz.
Green— Malachite Green Sodium Snlplto ('uinate 2 oz.
Blue— Metlulene Blue
Orange— (’lirysoidine A fairlv adherent black cnimble of
Violet — Methsl Violet being bruslicd \i> iciiio\e the cidonng in
Black — Pylatn Basic Black the high lights ri'siilts from a 5 sisond
Brown — Bisniark Brown dip 111 the following solution:
Use from one to two ounces per gallon Sodium H\dro\ide (per gal.) t oz.

depending on depth desired. Wliite Antimoin Tiioxide (*j oz.


M‘ at l.js
I to’] .7 r

Coloring Gelatine Solutions


A siniil.'ir result may be obtained by
im-ans of a .'!(• minute dip in the follow-
1 of color
oz.
ing solution
1 pt, of water
Singh' Nickel Salts (per gal.) 10 oz.
This makes a stoi-k solution. Stidium Sulphate I.') oz.
.\dd as much of stock solution to the Ammoiiiiiiii Gliloride 1
oz.
’'i
dissolved gelatine to giv<‘ desired depth. Bone A<ud 2 oz.
The following shades are a\ailable:

Yellow 'r r t r a 7 n e i
Black, Itruwn, gra\, gold, bronzi‘, etc.,
: , 1

may be iiroduced in a large range of


Red -T\\lam Brilliant Gelo Re<l
slia<i<‘s. Oiling With a bglit oil, or in
Blue-Patent lUiie
some crises the um* of a coat of clear
Violet —
Hastings Light Violet la«-(|uer will improve the luster and per-

Green Mixture of Tartnizine and maneiiie of tin* dep<isit.
Patent Blue ('olors produced by chemical means
Black— Acid .let Pdu.k are n*:ison:ibl\ jn'imancnt when used in-
doors. W la 11 exposed to outdoor at-

Gelatine Backed Lantern Slides mospheres a relati\cly short life may bo


expected.
Same as above.

G<doring Zinc l)ie Gastings


Black Stain on Zinc
Nickel Chloride 4 oz. Formula Xo. 1
Ammonium Chloride t' oz.
Goppi'r Sulphate 125 grin,
Ammonium Sulphocyunide 2 oz.
I’otassium Ghlonite (»i) grm.
Zinc Cldoride Vi oz. Water 1 lit.*
Water 1 giib
•A full quart to be exact l.().5<57
The solution should be used at 100° F. quarts.
Immerse the work until a black color of should be heated to about
Tills solution
sufficient intensity is obtained. 150“ or loll" F., and the hut solution
should be linishi'd on the eastings.
Coloring Die Cast Zinc Formula Xo. t
Zinc weathers to a soft gray. To ob-
Copper Sulphate 100 grnu
tain other effects artificial coloring is
Nickel Ammonium
necessary. This may be accomplished by
Sulphate 100 grm.
elerdrodeposition or simple immersion
Potassium Clilorate 100 grm.
(chemical coloring). Since the com-
Water 7 lit.
pounds of zinc are chiefly white, thif
proce^ of coloring zinc ne<'es8itates the This solution is to be applied by im-
production on the zinc surface of a col- mersion (dipping).
98 the chemical formulary
Formula No. 3 mately mixed with 3 Jb. of turpentine
and 12 lb. of 50% Turkey red oil, suffi
Antimony Chloride 90 grm.
cient Hop being added to give a thin
Alcohol 800 grm.
60 grm. paste. The mixt. is heated to 80* and
Hydrochloric Acid
dild. to 10 gal. with b. HoO. The clear
This solution is applied by immersion soln. is poured into 300 gal. of soft H2O
(dipping), pulled out and wiped with a contg. 2.5 lb. of olive oil soap. 100 Ih.
dry cloth, then immersed again, with- of cellulose acetate yarn is dyed with
drawn and wiped with linseed oil. this soln. by treating for 1.5 hr. at 75* C.
Solutions for producing a brown color
are as follows:
•Lubricating Oils, Stabilizing Color of
Formula A There is added to the oil 0.05-1%
Copper Nitrate 200 gnn. butyl diethanolamine.
Water 1 lit.

Use this at 65® F., and apply the • Coloring Paper


liquid by immersion.
400 of rosin and 500 g. of aniline
g.
Formula li color arc dissolved in 10 1. of ale. The
Copper Sulphate .18 grm. soln. is applied to paper winch is then
Sodium Carbonate 400 grm. dried.
Ordinary Sugar 56 grm.
Spotting Pencil
Water 1 bt.
(For restoring color on fabrics, etc.)
Note: Carbonate comes in
Sodium
Stearic Acid (D.P.) 50 parts
several grades, but the grade to use in
this solution is what is designated as
Japan Wax 50 parts
llequired amount of oil dyes for shade.
having ten molecules of water.
This solution is to bo painted on and Place material a steam-jacketed
in
allowed to dry: then the eastings are vessel, pri'fenibly; melt slowly and agi
brushed with a dry brush to remove ex- tato until thoroughly mixed. Pour into
cess and non-adhering material. After forms desired to cool.
this treatment waim the castings to
Use
about 130® F., or sliglitly higher.
Stains or spots removed previously on
fabrics and on last of original shade
* Paraffin Wax, Coloring these Hjiotting ]»encils cun be used ad-
1. Fye 2 vantageously in restoring original shade.
2. Trihydroxyethylamine Stearate 6
3. Paniffln Wax 400 or more
Dyeing Straw Green
Melt (2) and dissolve (1) in it with
stirring and then add to (3) wliicli has
The light green which is so popular on
straw hats at present is proilueed with
been melted.
basic colors in a bath made up of 5 jier
* cent acetic acid and 5 per cent Malachite
Butter Coloring
green crystals. Tlie dyeing is continued
Oil-soluble Yellow Food at about 160 deg. F. for an hour or until
Color 2-3 grm.
the shade is acquired, after which the
Water 100 grm.
stmw is removed, rinsed, hydro-extracted
Gum Arabic Vj to 1 grin. and dried at a low temperature.
The color matter is preferably oil free,
even though of course it should be oil-
Suede Brown, Dyeing
soluble, so that us little foreign oil or
fat as possible may enter into the fin- Sheepskins for suede are usually of a
ished butter or oleomargarine. straight vegetable tannage, or vegetable-
In order to avoid freezing of the tanned and retanned in chrome. These
aqueous compound, various additional in- should be given a good wash before col-
gredients may be added, especially dur- oring. They are then ready for the bot-
ing the colder seasons of the year, as tom. The selection of the mordant for
for example glycerin, in sufficient bottoming depends largely on the shade
amounts to accomplish the desired pur- of brown desired. Usually a bottom of
pose. sumac extract and fustic crystals will
prove satisfactory. For a particularly
Dyeing Cellulose Acetate dark shade a small amount of logwood
4 lb. of 4-nitro-2-methoxy-4' dimethyl* cr3r8tals may be used with them. After
uninoazobenzene (25% paste) are inti* drumming for fifteen to twenty minutes
BLEACHING, COLORTNO. DVEING

at 90® to
100® F., a striker such as tita- National Plmspliine RN 20 ox.
nium potassium oxalate or bichromate of National Safranine A 5 oz.
potash is added, and drumming is con- and run for 15 to 20 minutes. Then
tinued for an additional ten or fifteen dram and the pack is ready for the fat
minutes. The drum is then drained and
liquor.
the skins given a slight rinse. Fat liquor in a fresh bath for twenty-
They arc then ready for the first dye five minutes with:
bath. This usually a bath of Acid
is

(’ulors. The skins are drummed in tliis Sulphonated Neatsfoot Oil 10 or.

bath for twenty minutes at 110° F. At Then wash and horse up. The
drain,
the end of this time, if the color is not skins are then hung up, dampened in
Butficicntly exhausted, a small amount of sawdu.st, staki'd, lacked, blockeii and
formic acid is added and drumming eon- bruslied.
tmued for ten to fifteen minutes. Then The selivlion of a good fat liuuor is
the drum is drained. \ery impoitant. This applies to chrome-
The next step is the addition of the taiiiiedsuede as well as xcgetiible tanned
Ihiflic Color. This may be made in one suede. 'I’he use of too much fat liquor
bath or in sevenil, aeeording to the shade IS to be axoided, as this will cause a
desired. After obtaining the shade de- .sheen or a gieasy appeaninc.e. One
sired, drain and fat liquor in a fresh should also ax Old tlie use of too tiiucli
bath. The skins are then washed in tin* dxe, particularly a Jiasio Color, us this
ilium or in a tub and horsed up. After will cau.se crocking. Washing the skins
imlling out, tliey are hung up to dr\. thoroughly uml biu.sliiug after blocking
When dry they are dampened back in will help to oxcrcome fins.
the sawdust, then staked, and ta<'k«‘d on Chrome laniu'd leather prepared for
the boards. From the boards they are huede coIon‘d in a similar manner to
IS
blocked and finally brushed. tlie proce.ss just gixen fur conibinatioii
For particularly dark shades on this taniu'd leather, llowexi'r caie should be
stock, it is sometimes necessary to give taken to be sure the slock is thoroughly
a .sei'ond coloring. After hanging up, wi‘t out befuM* starting to color. This
the skins are wet back and tlien ladored stock IS minh harder to wet out than
to the desired sliade. They are then the (ui'vious stock. The chrome tanni'd
finished as preyiously stated. leather also has a betliT nllinity for iho
Tlie following formula is for Prado cidor, and it also may be colon'd at a
Hroyyri, one of the popular brovin shades. sliglillx higher tioiiperalure. After wet-
This IS calculated for 1,000 square feet ting out, the leather is gixeu li bottom
Iunilunatiou tanned sheefiskins prepared uf sumac extra, fustic crystals and log-
for suede. After washing, bottom fur wood crvstals if necessary.
liftoen to twenty minutes at 110° F. with 'J'his IS druiiiined for tiftisui to twenty
**1 imuutes at 110'' to 120° F. TIum the
Fustic Crystals
Logwood 1 niurdant is struck with a suitable striker
siK li ns biclirornate of potasli and run
stiike with: for another ten minutes. The liquor is
Bichromate of potash 5 oz. tlieii diained off and tlie skins rinsed.

and run for ton minutes. Drain and The skins are then given a bath of an
rinse. Dye for twenty minutes at 110° aeid brown similar to National Paru
F. with Brown PD, National Resorcino Brown R,
or National Hesoreine Brown RN, and
National Resorcine for twenty miniiti's at 110°
run in this
Brown R ^ lb. 8 oz.
12i»° F. By tins lime, if exilor has
to
National Wool Orange exhausted, add a small
not Hufliiieiilly
A Cone. 1 lb- 1-
amount of formic a<id and run for ten
National Buffalo Black NBR 10 oz.
minutes. Then drain, and top with a
then add: basic brown. Run for twenty minutes
Formic Acid 12 oz- at ll<i° F. Drum in a fresh bath with
Drain. a small amount of Sulphomited Neats-
and run for ten minutes.
foot Oil and egg yolk. Wash in drum
Top with: or tub and horse up. The skins are then
National Bismarck Brown hung up to dry. When dry, dampen in
Y Extra 3»A lb.
sawdust and stake them. Then dry well
National Safranine A 8 oz.
to bring up the nap. Tack on boards
National Methylene Blue 2B 10 oz.
uml then brush.
Run at 110° F. for twenty minutes and In horsing up suede, the skins should
add: always be {Hac^ grain to grain. When
[00 THE CHEMICAL EORMUJ.ARY

placed In the duet, they should be put


Brown MaJiogany
grain to grain, also. Azo Rubine 4 oz.
Chrome-tanned suede may also tw col- Pylam Red 4 oz.

orctl with Direct Colors. When used for Nigrosine Powder 2Mi oz.

this purpose, they should bo applied


di- Acid Orange 6^^ oz.
rectly to tlie leather. Dissolve in 4 gal. hot water.

Dark Walnut
Colored Waters (Non-Fading)
T’ylam Black 5 oz.
These are for filling bottles which aie
Acid Orange 1 oz.
exposed to sunlight.
Pylam Tellow 1 oz.
Amethyst Dissolve in 2 gal. hot water.
Sodium Salicylate 10 grn.
Tine. Ferric Chloride Mi dr.
Distilled Water 2Mi Kal. Light Walnut
Pylam Black 2 oz.
Acid Orange 2 oz.
Dissolve in I gal. hot water.
Blue
Copper Sulfate 4 oz.
Anirnonia .sutlicient to di.s'iolve Oak
precipitate
Pylam Black 1 oz.
Distilled Water 2’, a gal.
Metanil Yellow 7 oz.
Dissolve in 4 gal. hot water.

Green
Nickel Sulfate ^ or. Spirit Stains
Sulfuric Acid 6 oz. Bfd Malic gang
Distilled Water 2% gol.
Pylam Spiiit Black Vz oz.
Bismarck Brown .3 oz.
Ihi.'sic Fuch.sine oz.

Garnet Rni Dissolve in 1 gal. denatured alcohol.


Pot. Hichrornato 10 oz.
Sulfuric Acid lt> oz.
Water 2f(j gal. Browu Mahogany
Pylam Spirit Black 41^ oz.
Pylam Spirit Orange oz.
Hose Ii((i
Basic Fuchsinc Mi oz.
Cudbear 2 oz.
10 oz.
Dissolve ill 2 gal denatured alcohol.
Water
Macerate two days and (liter;
for
dilute with water to the projier shade
Walnut
and add Vj oz. Ammonium Hydroxide to
each gallon. Bismarck Brown 3 oz.
Pylam Spirit Black 1 oz.

Dissolve in 1 gal. denatured alcohol


Orange
Pot. Bichromate It) oz.
Nitric Acid 8 oz.
Oak (Dark)
Distilled Water 2% gal.
Pylam Orange gm.
10
Bismarck Brown 3% gm.
Malachite Green 2 gm.
Water Stains Dissolve in 1 pint denatured alcohol
Xed Mahogany
Ato Rubine 4 oz.
Pylam Red 4 oz. Oak (Golden)
Pylam Black % oz. Pylam Orange 1 oz.
Acid Orange oz. Auramine 1 oz.

Dissolve in 3 gal hot water. Dissolve i)i 1 gal denatured alcohol


COSMETICS 101

The preceding are soluble in alcoholic OH Stain


shellacs and lacquers containing alcohol.
H oz. of Oil Soluble Color
1 quart of Benzol
Does not raise grain. Penetration—
Coloring Wood poor.
Water Stain
% oz. of any Basic Color
J’ariHjf/i Stain
1 quart of Water
oz.of Oil Soluble Color
This raises the grain. Gives l)e8t pene- quart Varnish
1
tration.
Stir until thoroughly dispersed and
allow to stand overnight.
Spirit Stain

^ oz. of ^any Basic Color

1 quart of Denatured Alcohol. Sht'Uoc .S’fdtn

Good penetration. Raises the grain Same as spirit stain. Substitute shel-
somewhat. lac "oliition for denatured alcohol.

C0S M E TICS
Violet Ammonia Camphor 1.5 gm.
Alcohol 120.0 cc.
Ammonia Water 12 pt.
Water, enough to make 500.0 cc.
Distilled Water 28 pt.
Perfume (see below) 1 oz.
Color enough Pine Oil Bath Liquid
Turkey Red Oil 10 oz.
Perfume for the Foregoing I'luorcHccin VjO oz.
Anisic Aldehyde Vi dr. I*ine Oil 3 oz.
Benzyl Acetate % <D' Water 3 oz.
lonone 1 dr.
Dissolve the fluorescein in the turkey
Coumarin 1 gr.
rod oil; add the pine oil and when well
Oil of Bergamot 15 nun.
mixed add the water, stirring until a
Oil of Neroli 10 min.
uniform liquid results. Strain if neces-
Tincture of Musk 4 oz.
sary.

Pine Needle Bath Tablets


Liquid Toilet Ammonia
(For Bath) A good formula for the production of
pine uimmIIc extract l>Hth tablets is as fol-
Ammonium Stearate (Paste) 8 oz.
lows: 05 parts of common salt, 15 parts
Ammonia 28® 0 oz.
of borax, 17 parts of true pine nt*e<llo
Water 50 oz.
extract, 3 parts of pine needle perfume
Glycerine 2 oz.
oil, such as pine ne^le oil, bornyl ace-
Perfume to suit.
tate, oil of silver pine, oil of knee pine,
rounded oft with lavender oil, oil of sage,
Borated Bathing Solution and strengthened with eucalyptus oil
Boric Acid 10 gm. About 10 to 15 parts of fluorescein are
Alum. Powd. 2.5 gm. used for color.
102 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
A pine needle extract preparation added 4 parts of pine needle oil, 1 part
which willgive the bath a fine green of juniper oil and 12.5 parts of alcohol
color is made ae follows: 25 parts of As soon as this mass has been uniformly
pulverized borax, 25 parts of common mixed, 15 parts of water are added and
salt, 12 parts of calcined soda, 0.05 part the emulsion is formed by vigorous shak-
of fluorescein and parts of oil of ing and agitation. At the end 50 to 60
silver fir. Another formula calls for 5 parts of water are added.
parts of fluorescein, 10 parts of ammo-
nia, 25 parts of oil of knee pine, 25
parts of oil of silver fir, 935 parts of Pine Needle Balsam
95% alcohol. Uranine may bo used in Pine needle balsam is prepared as fol
the place of fluorescein with the result lows: 3 parts of lavender oil are mixed
that a greener shade is obtained. with 20 parts of pine needle oil, 25 parts
of knee pine oil, 1,000 parts of alcohol
Pine Needle Concentrate
and enough chlorophyll to give desired
green color. Following formula is for
(For Bath)
pine needle balsam with approximately
Many pine needle oil preparations now 50% alcohol content: 100 parts of tinc-
marketed, do not take into account that
ture of nutgalls, are mixed with 50 parts
when they are put into water the oil of aromatic tincture, 50 parts of sweet
floats on top and only makes contact
spirit of niter, 20 parts of ethyl acetate,
with a very small portion of the body.
25 parts of pine needle oil, 50 parts of
By using the following formula the oil knee pine oil, 5,000 parts of 95% alcohol
is emulsified and spreads uniformly
and 5,000 [»arts of distilled water. Sugar
through the bath, giving the entire body
color or chlorophyll may bo added to
the benefit of the pine needle oil.
color the mixture.
1. Pino Needle Oil 10 lb. A pine needle bath preparation may
2. Sodium Sulforicinoleato 10 lb. also be made as follows: 20 parts of
3. Water 5 lb. bath chamomillo, 40 parts of peppermint
4. Fluorescein To Suit leaves, 100 parts of calamus root, 60
Mix 1 and 2 until dissolved. Add 3 parts of woodruff herb and 80 parts of
slowly with stirring. Add 4 and stir eucalyptus leaves, the entire mixture cut
until dissolved. up into proper form, is treated with
The above formula when thrown into 4,800 parts of 9()% alcohol and macti-
water disperses uniformly to give n rnted for 14 days. Mixture is filtered
milky green solution. Other oils may and residue pressed. The filtrate is
bo substituted for Pine Needle Oil. If mixed with 120 parts of aromatic tinc-
a lower cost is desired, part of the pine ture, 50 parts of oil of Siberian fir
oil may be replaced by mineral, olive or needles free from terjienes, 20 parts of
ci)ttonB<'ed oil and a larger amount of knee pine oil, 20 parts of juniper oil, 15
water may bo added. parts of cau de cologne and 275 parts
of pure glycerin of 28° BA Residue
after filtration may be digested with
Pino Needle Milk 4,000 parts of boiling water and filtered.
(For Bath) The two extracts aro united and colored
Pine needle bath milk is prepared as green with chlorophyll. -

follows: In one process the milky con-


sistency and appearance is secured by
emulsification with soap, g\im tragticanth Effervescing Bath Salts
and the like. In a second process the Another important class of bath prep-
same effect is secured with tincture of arations contains oxygenated salts, which
benzoin. Other directions call for lano- relTOse oxygen gas during the bath.
lin as an aid in procuring the emulsified Preparations that develop enrbon diox-
condition. The simplest formula calls for 2 ide during the bathing process are closely
parts of eucalyptus oil, 2 parts of lemon allied to the former and the two may
oil, 18 parts of oil of silver pine, 15 be grouped together in the class of effer-
parts of knee pine oil, 400 parts of tinc- vescent bath salts. These are the prepa-
ture of benzoin, 8,000 parts of alcohol rations that have been recommended for
and 3.000 parts of water. In another attaining slimness of figure.
formula, 0 parts of soda soap are dis- The simplest carbon dioxide releasing
solved in 100 parts of alcohol; 10 parts preparation contains sodium acid sul-
of this mixture are triturat^ into a phate and sodium bicarbonate. While
smooth paste with %
part of gum this preparation is effective, it is by no
tragacanth powder. Then there are means so effective as the mixture which
^SMETICS 103

coulains tartaric acid or potassium bi- tassium bitartrate. Another new prepa-
tartrate. These chemicals increase the ration of this typo calls for
3 parts of
cost of the preparation, but they are sodium perborate, 4 parts of mangaueso
well worth while adding. They are used sulphate, 11 parts of sodium tartrate.
in the place of the sodium acid sulphate. Pressed residues from sweet and bitter
If 900 parts of sodium bicarbonate are almonds can Iw used to good adxTintage
ui^ed, then about 750 parts of pulverized as catalysts. These residues may bo
tartaric acid or 1,200 parts of potassium mixed with the dry oxygenated salts.
acid tartrate are required. It is essen- They possess the additional property of
tial that this preparation should not re- creating a lather when the comjiosition
act to produce carbon dioxide before it is dissolved in water.
13 actually used, and in order to prevent

the reaction from taking place prema-


turely it is sufficient to add to it a
water-absorbing salt, such as sodium sul-
Kffervescent Bath Salts
Iiimte, and about 200 parts are enough
Id give good Instead of the
results. Another preparation is made from 400
Sfulinm sulphate, the same proportion of paits of puheiizi'd sodium biborate, 200
starch may be used. It is also useful to jiarts of sodium suljihate, .300 parts of
add a lather-producing agent so that the sodium bicarbonalc, 225 juirts of tarlane
caibou dioxide is released in the bath in acid, 50 pails of lactose, 25 jmrts of talc
\ciy fine bubbles.Such an agent is pul- and 15 ])urts of oleum junus siKertris
soap or dry enule quillaiu bark
\di / 0(1
1
and oleum pinus punnlio. Ingredients
extinct or else a solution of casein in are mixed 2 or 3 times ami passed
lye. These preparations may bo us('d in tliiough a fine sieve, and then the color-
connection with pine needle compositions ing matter, for eMuiiple fluorewein, is
as well. added. Addition of talc and milk sugar
A new fot multi for the preparation of is necessary to Ijo able to prepare tablets
bath salts that cvolvt's carbon dioxide is po88e.3sing a certain Btrengih and sta-
the following: 00 parts of sodium car- bility.
bonate, 75 parts of tartaiie acid, 120 The uBe of herbs for the mamifnetum
I'aits of starch, 15 parts of lemon oil of bathing piiqiarations gives excellent
and 5 drops of ioiione. The oil and re.sul(8. Tlie herb extract may be made
starch are mixed and otlicr ingredients from a number of different liotanieals,
added and kneaded into a paste with such as pcjifieimint leaves, sage leaves,
ether. Approximately 1 part of gum rosemary leaies, thyme and elmmomille,
benzoin is mixed with 30 [uirts of ether wliicli may be used in the proportion of
and used for the u!>o\e purpose. Mix- 100 parts each. The botanicals must be
ture can be pressed into taldets which u.sed free from dust and are treat (‘d with
are stable duo to the starch contained in 250 parts of 90% alcohol.
them. Production of this preparation is
An effervescent pine needle bath salt simpler and l(‘ss troubh^sonie, if a pino
preparation is made as follows: 300 needle milk is prepared for direct use.
parts of sodium bicarbonate, 275 parts The first step in the pror-ess is to pre-
nf pulverized sodium bisulpluite, 12 parts pare a 5% SO% soda soap
solution of
silver fir oil. Urauine is added until in 95% alcohol.Fi\e parts of the finest
color is yellow. Tablets may be pressed pulverized white gum tragaennth are
from this mixture. triturated with 100 parts of soap solu-
Bath salts, which evolve oxygen, are tion. Then 45 parts of pine noodle oil
generally made with the aid of sodium and 5 parts of juniper oil dissolved in
I’erborate. A catalyst must bo used in 125 purls of 95% alcohol are mixed with
making the preparation. Thus for 1,000 paste. Thereafter 550 parts of water at
parts of sodium perborate, there are re- 30* C. arc added and mixture is agitated
quired 1.4 parts of manganese dioxide or for long time. A thick emulsion is
0.7 parts by weight of cobalt carbonate, formed, resembling a cod liver oil emul-
or 40 parts of gypsum or 26,7 parts of sion. This emulsion is ready fof use
magnesium fluoride. and can be added directly to the bath.
An effective bath salt of this type Astringent substances such as oak hark
contains 300 parts of sodium perborate extract may bo added to the emulsion,
and a catalyst composed of 6 parts of but this must lie done during the manu-
manganese sulphate and 9 parts of po- facturing process.
104 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Jelly Brilliaiitine
Spermaceti 14 lb.
fieestrax 6 lb.
Mineral Oil 100 lb.
Cuticle Remover
Perfume j Jb.
Pot. Hydroxide
Color to suit. 2 oz.
vVatcr i
2 ’

Melt the waxes the


mineral oil,
in Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol
Strain and allow to cool to about 115'
F. Add perfume; stir until cold.
Cholo8teroM.ecithin Cream
(Synthetic Hormone)
Liquid Brilliantine 1. I.^nolin, Anhydrous 20 gm
Mineral Oil 100 Stearin
10 g,„;
Clilorophyll (Oil Soluble) To Suit Lacao Butter 20 pm
Perfume To Suit White Wax 20 gmi
Sweet Almond Oil, Pre-
Solid Brilliantine served with Nipagin 200 am.
Petrolatum 100 lb. Cholesterol jrm
6
Chlorophyll 2 oz. Lecithin
12 g,,,.'
Perfume Oil 8 oz. Water gO gm.
Sodium Benzoate 1.5 gm
Face Clay ,
15 grn]
Clay Nipagin M. 0,8 gm.
100 lb.
Water (Cold) 20 gal.
Tincture of Benzoin Cholesterol and Lecithin Skin Creams
3 pt.
Perfume 3 oz. 2. Lanolin, Anhydrous
30 irm.
Add the water to the clay and grind White Wax 50 gm]
tillsmooth. Evaporate until 150 lb. re- Spermaceti
main.
10 gm.
Run through mill to smooth Borax
2 gm.
clumped particles; cool and mix in the Water 18 gm.
benzoin and perfume. Fill in collapsible Cholesterol 1.5 gm.
pure tin tubes. Egg Lecithin 0.5 gm.

*
Lanolin Emulsion
Corpse Tissue Filler
Lanolin 80 jb.
Zinc Oxide 50 lb. Stearic Acid
Glucose 15 ib,
10 lb Trietlianolamino k n,
20-25 lb] Water
iMaster of Paris 200 lb]
.3 lb.
Phenol 1 11,”
Preparation
Alum 5 oz*
Weigli out the
Triethanolamine and
stearic acid and
add to the whole quan-
Mole and Blotch Covering tity of water. Heat the mixture in a
Collodion kettle and, when the stearic
1 j^al. acid is
Zinc Oxide 1 ib. ^ creamy soap solution.
T'l i
Geranium I^ike i/j
oz. Add the lanolin and continue heating
Yellow Ochre Lake li/j oz. without stirring until the lanolin is
melted and the mixture is just below the
boiling point.
Leg and Arm Blc^sh Covering
At this point stir the mixture tlior
Stearic Acid 4 lb. oughly a thick creamy emulsion
until
Diethylene Glycol results.
1(5 lb. Continue stirring intermittent!
H^t to 180° F. and to this add while until the emulsion has cooled
to room
stirring the following solution heaU*d to temperature.
140° F.
Caustic Potash Properties
4 oz.
Water This emulsion is a very smooth, lightlv
15 pt.
colored cream of excellent stability,
When uniform work in following: and
can be diluted to any desired consistency
Zinc Oxide 15 ib. with water. Such a lanolin emulsion is
Yellow T.,ake 12 oz! essentially a water-soluble lanolin
Persian I^ko and
4 oz] can be used in place of the straight fat
Perfume Oil 4 oz. whenever washability is advantageous.
COSMETICS 105

Variations 3. Stearic Acid triple


pre.H8e<i 5
To overcome a slight rancid odor in oz, 260 gr.

lanolin it is suggested that one per cent Oil Sweet Almond 3 os.
t(>r}>Mieol by weight be added to the Eth\l -Vmino Benzoate V4 oz.
lanolin prior to emulsification. More- Melt acid and oil together and add
ii\(*r, only the purest anhydrous grmlc Ethyl Ammo Benzoate. Stir until dis*
bhould be used for cosmetic and medic- and adjust teniporatuie to 70* C.
solvt'd

uni preparations. T..anolin, as a readily


Anti Sunburn Cream
absorbed and beneficial oil, is reconi-
niciided for use in many skin creams, Stearic Acid 96
anil may readily be incorporated in van- Trikabn 20
nhing creams, cold creams and shaving Gljccriii 32
creams. Water 400
Uses Ae.sculin 10-25
shaving Perfume To Suit
Sunburn creams, hand lotions,
( reams.
.\8tring('nt Cream
Cilycosterin 3 lb.
Anti-Perspi ration Cream 1.

2. Uiiite Petrolatum 1 lb.


1. Lanolin Hydrous 1
3. Astringent J*owder No. 1 4 oz.
•J. Henzoinated Lard 90
4. Water 15 lb.
Zine. Oxide
.T Perfume 1 uz.
4. Salii-ylicAcid L2
0.9 llrtit (1) and (2) to 190® F. and add
."). Henzoic. Acid
9.4 to n slowly (4) which has been heatwl
»l. Perfume Oil
to 200® C.*^ Stir ami work in (3) until
Dissolve (4) and (5) in small amount
umforin; add (5) just before pouring.
of alcohol; mix into (1) ami then work
lido (2). Orind in (3) until smooth and
(hen work in (0). Absorption Base Cream
AbsorpI u»n Base ('ri'iuns are coming
to tlie fort* because of their beneficial
Almond Cream Liquid
«-ITcct <*ii tilt* skin because of their cho-
Oil Sweet A mom Is
1 1 lb.
ami oxicholesterin ctmtent.
Icsterin
Spermaceti 2 lb.
Parachid is a highly refini'd absorj^)-
Beeswax 2 1b.
tern base t.f the Euci'nii tspe, which is
(’astile Soap Powdered 3 lb.
iKscd in producing high grade creams
Borax 2 lb.
wliith an* pure whiti*--- not yellow* like
1 lb.
(Jiiinco .Telly
most creams of this t\pc ami which are
Alcohol 1 pt.
also fn*c from the (dijectionable lanolin
Water 4 pt.
(dlor. Such creams do not ilrv out and
Melt the spermaceti and wax together. will not corrotle metal containers. The
1dissolve the soap and b<»rax in hot folb.wing formula may be used as a
water. Mix these together and aild rial sl.arfmg point. For special purposes,
iuicc of ingredient.s. Stir and filter
sulphur, bismuth Hiibnltrate, mercury
through cloth. salts, titanium dioxnle, salicylic and
Ihvinttl t.r tit her protlucts may be intro-

Almond Cream for After Shaving ducetl.

1. Potassium Carbonate
1 oz. 1.30 gr. f Parachol 10 lb.

Water 1.) oz. 1. 1 Parasterin 20 lb.


Distilled
1 Mineral Oil 10 11).

Dissolve Potassium Carhomte in water, 2. Water 25 lb.

filter Ileal (1) in water, both, till melted,


2. Gum TragacAnth 17.') gr. allow to cool to 4.'i-47* C. Warm (2) to
Glycerin 10 oz.
4 3 __47
, C. ami add in 7 or 8 different
<*

1 oz„ portions to (1), stirring vigorously, tak-


Borax
Distilled Water 64 o/..
ing care not to add more water until
dissolve Borax previous portion! are absorbed.
Tn 20 oz. hot water
then add Gum TragacAnth and Glycerin. Bleach Cream
stand 12 hours, stirring fre-
Allow to
has formed mucil-
When gum White Wa» oz.
quently.
WTiite Petrolatum 12% oz.
age add the remaining 44 oz. of water
while stirring and strain through muslin. Ammoniated Mercury 1% ox»
106 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Biaraath Subnitrate % oz. slightly to change the consistency of the
Oil of Red Rose 40 drops cream as desired.
Melt the white wax in a double boiler.
Add the petrolatum and stir until melted. Cleansing Cream
Cool. Mix the amraoniatcd mercury and Mineral Oil (White)
1. 64
bismuth subnitrato. Add ^ pound cold 2. Beeswax 18
petrolatum mixture and mix in a paint 3. Parachol 5.S
mill. When smooth, add the balance of 4. Borax 1
the petrolatum mixture and perfume. Water
6. 21
6. Perfume 0.5
Melt together 1, 2 and 3. Dissolve 4
Cleansing Cream in 5 and heat to boiling. Add this to
Stearic Acid 29 lb. first mixture slowly with stirring; a<M
Ijanolin(Anhydrous) 8 lb. perfume before solidification begins.
Mineral Oil (White) 60 lb.
Triethanolamine .3.6 lb.
Cleansing Cream
Carbitol 10 lb.
Water 100 lb.
1. Mineral Oil 80 lb.
2. Spermaceti 30 lb.
Preparation
.3. Glycosterin 24 lb.
Melt the stearic acid the mineral
in 4. Water 90 lb.
oil, add the lanolin and bring the tem- Glycerin
5. 10 lb.
perature of this oil solution to 70® C. Perfume to suit.
().

Then add it to the solution of Triethan- Heat 1, 2 and 3 to 140® F. and stir
olamine and water which has been into it slowly 4 and 5 heated to same
brought to the boiling point in a sepa- temperature. Add perfume, at 105° R
rate container. Stir vigorously to obtain stir slowly until cold after allowing to
a uniform emulsion and add the Carbitol stand for 5 minutes stir until smooth
solution of the perfume. Continue with and pack.
oven stirring until a smooth cream is
obtained and then occasionally until cold.
Cleansing Cream
Too rapid stirring causes an undesirable
aeration of the cream. Mineral Oil 78 lb.
White Wax 5 lb.

Properties Spermaceti 28 lb.


T r ihy d roxy ethy lami ne
Cleansing creams contain a fairly high Stearate (Special) 20 lb.
content of mineral oil and usually a wax Perfume 1 lb.
base. The latter is not essential in a Glycerin 4 lb.
properly formulated cream although it is Water 92 lb.
frequently used. The mineral oil content
Heat Nos. 1 and 3 separately to 200®
is normally quite high as it is this
P.j then add No. 1 to 3 slowdy, stirring
material which dissolves or suspends the
thoroughly. When the cream begins to
dirt particles so that they may be read-
set, the perfume is added and stirred in.
ily removed by a cloth or absorbent
Allow to stand over night. Stir thor-
paper. The higher percentage of Tri-
oughly the ne.xt morning and package.
ethanolamine used in this typo of cream
This cream will not sweat oil during hot
than in a vanishing cream serves to com-
weather and will maintain its consist-
pletely emulsify the oil, aids in its pene-
ency.
tration into the pores, and forms a cream
which is readily removed with water. Soluble Cleansing Cream
Carbitol exerts a soothing action on the
(Latlierless Shaving Cream)
skin and facilitates the cleansing action.
Creams of this type are made without
Variations heat. Merely beat together.
Ammonium Stearate (Paste) 250 oz.
While various waxes and oils may be 25
Mineral Oil, White oz,
used in this type of cream, it is impor- I*erfunie to suit.
tant that the correct proportion of Tri-
ethanolamine bo used. A deficiency of Stir until most of the ammonia has
evaporated.
the base is indicated by a thin emulsion,
This creamis particularly soothing to
which is not readily washable, and a
the skin and combines the properties of
surplus by a granular cream which tends
The water con- a vanishing and cold cream.
to separate on cooling.
tent can be increuwd or decreased
COSMETICS 107

Cleanging Cream pletely emulsify the oil and lanolin, aids


their penetration into the pores and
A cream for removing dirt from the forma a cream which is rmdily removotl
hands without the use of water contains
NH3
0.5, soda
with water, if dcsireil. Carbitol exerts
,.jisein 9, lime water 16,
6. a soothing action on the skin and facili-
1,
oxycellulose or hydrocellulose 9, per-
tates the cleansing action of the cream.
fume 0.5 and water 64 parts.
Due to the high Carbitol and lanolin
contents this cream is soothing and heal-
Liquid Cleansing Cream (Non Oreasy) ing to the skin and cun be ustMl as a
1. Bee8wa.x 1-5 hand lotion as well as n cleansing cream.
10. Spermaceti 6.5
2.
3. Cherry Kernel Oil 6.0
* Proccnluro for Making Cold Creams
4. Olycosterin 4.0
122.0 1. Dissolve in water, heating
borax
Water
3.0 this to 150“ F.
6. Alcohol or Isohol
1*0 2. Melt in another pot beeswax, Glyco-
7. Galagum
8. Borax 3.0 Wax A and white mineral oil and kc*op
3.0 at about 150“ F.; add with stirring 3/7
9. Perfume
4.0 parts Lily of the Valley (or other per-
Glycerin
fume).
Melt together 1, 2 and 3. Heat while
Add 2 to 1 slowly with thorough stir-
stirring 4, 5, 7 and 8 together until uni-
ring; continue stirring until cool enough
form. Mix these two solutions stirring
to pour.
untiluniform. Stir in 6, 9 and 10 and 1. Borax 2 parts
mix until uniform. Water 54 parts
2. Glyco -Wax A 20 parts
Wliite Beeswax 20 parts
Liquid Cleansing Cream
White Mineral Oil 120 parts
StearicAcid 25 lb.
3. Perfume 1 part
Lanolin (Anhydrous) 31 lb.
Softer creams can bo prepared by in-
Mineral Oil (White) 57 lb.
creasing the amounts or water in the
Triethanolamine 9 lb.
above formulae.
Carbitol 75 lb.
If creams are packed when too warm
Water 315 lb.
the finished products will not look as
Quince Seed Mucilage 19 lb.
well as if they arc poured when cooler.
Terpineol 9.35 lb.
The best tune for packing is just before
Preparation the cn*um begins to set.

Melt the stearic acid in the mineral


oil, add the lanolin and terpineol and Cold Cream
bring the temperature of this oil solu- Stearic.Acid 30 lb.

Add it to the solution of Lanolin (Anhydrous) 20 lb.


tion to 70® C.
Bi'cswax (White) 16
Triethanolamine and water which has
lb.

(White) 33
been brought to the boiling point in a Miiicnil Oil lb.

Stir vigorously until Tnetlianolamino 3.8 lb.


separate container.
16
good emulsion is formed and then add Carbitol lb.
a
the quince seed mucilage, slowly, with Water 95 lb.

continued stirring. Add the perfume Preparation


to the Carbitol and stir this slowly Melt the stearic acid, lanolin and
into the cream. The stirring should beeswax in the mineral oil and h<Mit to
be fast enough to keep the cream about 70“ C. Prepare in a separate
well mixed but not aerate it. If the kettle a boding solution of the Triethan-
stirring is not continued until the cream olamine and water, and add to this the
is cold, it thickens upon standing. The hot 8<dution of waxes. Btir vigorously
quince seed mucilage is made by adding until a creamy emulsion is obtained and
9% ounces of quince seed to 20 pounds add the Carbitol to which the perfume
of water at 80® C., soaking 5 or 6 hours, has been added. Continue stirring until
and straining through a cloth. Some homogeneous and the product has reached
suitable material should be added to the the proper consistency. Pour into jars
quince seed mucilage to prevent its mold- while still warm.
ing over a period of time. Properties
Properties Cold creams are somewhat similar to
cleansing creams in composition. They
contain less oil add usually a mixture of
108 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
fats and waxes of a type absorbed by Petrolatum White 18
the 8ki|u Since cold creams usually re- Mineral Oil 8
main in contact with the skin for sev- Water 200
eral hours, they should contain the Perfume To Suit
proper skin conditioners and the maxi-
Cold Cream (Cleansing Type)
mum absorbability of the fatty matter.
Tlie given cream is of good texture, is White Wax 10 oz.

white and stable, and soothing in its Paraffin 9 oz.

action. It is also a washable cream. Ceresin 2 oz.


White Petrolatum 8 oz,
Variations Liquid Petrolatum 3 lb.

The given formula should serve as a Borax 1 oz.


starting point for making up a cream to Water, Distilled 1 pt., 4 fl. oz.

suit the individual preference and should


not be considered as necessarily the best Cold Cream (Qreaseless)
product obtainable. Great variation in
the wax and oil constituents is allow-
A very low priced light bodied but
stable cream is made as follows:
able with little change in the basic in-
For example, vegetable and Glycosterin 22 lb.
gredients.
animal oils or fats may be substituted
Petrolatum White 16 lb.
Paraffin Wax 12 lb.
for all or a part of the mineral oil
which is used only in the cheaper creams. Mineral Oil 32 lb.
Specific attention should bo paid to the
Water 128 lb.
choice of perfumes, for some tend to
Borax 3 lb.
Pot. Carbonate 2 lb.
discolor cosmetic creams after standing
for a time. Neither Triethanolamine Heat above separately 80® C. and
to
nor Carbitol, however, will have a de- pour (2) into (1) slowly while stirring.
teriorating effect on perfumes properly Add perfume at 55® C. stir and pack.
chosen. If cold packed a high gloss is given to
surface oy passing a flame lightly over
Cold Cream (Inexpensive) surface in each jar.
Spermaceti 125
White Wax 120
Greaseless Quinosol Cream
Liquid Petrolatum 5G0
Borax 5 180 grams stearin are melted in 6 to
7 liter vessel on water bath with 400
Distilled Water 190
Oil of Hose, Synthetic q.s.
grams of water. Melted mass is allowed
to remain on water bath and is mixed
Molt the wax and spermaceti on the with boiling solution of 18 grams potas-
water bath and add the liquid petro-
sium carbonate in 400 grams water and
latum. Heat the distilled water and in
stirred constantly with wood stirring rod,
it dissolve the borax. Add this warm
while carbonate solution is added in
solution to the melted mixture while both
small portions. This is continued imtil
are warm and at about the sumo tem- uniform mass is obtained. Excess alkali
perature. Beat rapidly; as soon as it
in product must be neutralized with a
begins to congeal add the oil of rose and little stearin. Then 300 grams C. P.
beat until congealed. Dispense prefer-
glycerin, 40 grams lanolin and 10 grams
ably in pure tin tubes.
beeswax are added and finally 1 to 2 %
(20 to 40 grams) perfume bouquet usu-
• Cold Cream ally used in perfuming soap. When
Glyceryl Monostcarato IS homogeneous product is obtained, vessel
Beeswax 1 is removed from water bath and cooled

White Petrolatum 6 to 55® C. while being constantly stirred.


Lard 4 Then solution of 12 grams quinosol in
Mineral Oil 7 800 grams water, heated to same tem-
Sweet Almond Oil 5 perature, is added in portions. Mixture
Glycerol 3 is agitated while being cooled to room

Water 65.5 temperature. It is permitted to stand


Diethylaminoethyloleyl- for 1 to 2 days, then worked up again
phosfate 0.5 and finally filled into tubes or jars.

Cold Cream (Lo^r Goat) Cold Cream (Non-Greasy)


Glycosterin 20 Glycosterin B2 lb.
Paraffin Wax 30 Petrolatum fVaseline) 16 lb.
COSMETICS 100

Paraffin Wax 12 lb. Ethyl Amino Benroate Vi o*.


Mineral Oil 30 lb. Potassium Carbonate 1 ot 175 gr.
Water 100 lb. Borax 1 or-

Heat fint four ingredients to 170® F.


Distilled Water 70 o*.
Then slowly with Glycerin 9 os.
and stir together.
stirring pour in the water which has Melt Stearic Acid and Apricot Kernel
been heated to the same temperature. Oil together and add Ethyl Amino Ben-
Stir thoroughly and tlien allow to stand zoate. Stir until dissolve<i and strain
(hot) until air bubbles are gone. Add through cloth. Dissuhe Potassium Car-
perfume and stir and pour at llO-l.’U)® bonate and Borax in Distilled Water and
F. Cover jars as soon as possible. filter then add Glycerin. Adjust tem-
The above cold cream when made on perature of b«)th the oil-stearic acid mix-
a commercial scale costs less than 5 cents ture and of the Borax, Potassium Car-
per lb. exclusive of perfume. bonate solution to 75° then add slowly
while stirring the melttnl stearic acid and
apricot kernel oil mixture to the aqueous
Liquid Cold Cream
solution. Stir until completely emulsi-
(Water-soluble)
fied and until tenipenituro has dropped
1. Mineral Oil 72 lb.
to about 40-45° C. Fill into jars or
2. Trihydroxyethylamine
tubes.
Stearate (Special) HVt ih.

3. Water (Warm) ICO lb.

4. Perfume 1^4 lb. Cold Cream

Heat (1) and (2) until just melted Mineral Oil 1 gal.

together, and stir. add (3)


Next White Beeswax 2 It).

slowly with thorough stirring and con- Water (preferably distilled) ^ gal.

tinue until batch is homogeneous.


the Powdereil Borax (bolted) 2 oz.
Allow to stand one ni^ht and stir for bi'oswax and oil in ono container.
Mix
15 minutes before packing. Bring to 1.50° F. then riHluee to 120“ F.
This cream washes oflP easily with cold Dissolve bomx m
water. Bring to 120-'
water. The consistency can be changed F. I*our borax and water solution
by varying the amount of water in this slowly into wax and oil solution stirring
formula. constantly but not mpidly. At 115® F.,
Cream perfume and pour into contAiuers.
Theatrical Cold
Spermaceti 12.) gm.

White Wax 120 gm. Cold Cream


Liquid Petrolatum 500 gm. Bi'eswiix .540 grams
Borax 5 gm. Spermaceti 300 grams
Water, Distilled 190 gm. Mineral Oil 1730 gmms
Stearin 430 grams
Wind Burn Water 720 cc.
Cold Cream, for Sun and
Borax lOO grams
Apricot Kernel Oil 54 oz.
Sodium Benzoate 10 grams
White Beeswax 13 nz-
Perfume.
White Ceresin Wax oz.

Ethyl Amino Benzoate Vi oz. The fat bases should be melted with
Borax Powder ¥2 oz. mineral oil.The borax and benzoate of
Distilled Water 25 oz. R.).la dissolveil in water and brought to

Beeswax an.] the boil and stirreil while still hot into
Melt Apricot Kernel Oil,
with
and add Ethyl the molten fats. Allow to cool
Ceresin Wax together
Add perfume.
Stir untU dis^lved. slow agitation.
Amino Benzoate.
Adjust temperature to 65® C. Dissolve
Borax in hot Distilled Water and filter. Oreaseless Cream
add
Adjust temperature to 65® C. Then 4
Stiarlc Acid oz.
Borax solution slowly while stirring to
the Paraffine Wax ¥2 oz.
the oil and wax mixture kept at 12 oz.
Olyoerino
same temperature and stir until cold.
Add Ammonia 26® ¥i oz.
Vanishing Cream, for Sun and Wind When there is a perfect saponification,
Bum add 16 oz. warm distilled water in which
Stearic Acid triple must be dissolve 15 grams powdered
14 oz.
borax.
5 oz.
Api^^Keroel Oil
no THE CHEMICAL FORMUI.ARY
OreasclesB Cream Hard Soap 1 dr.
Water
Di.stilled 1 oz.
Steario Acid 40 lb.
Dissolve and add
Water 22 gal.
Glycerine 3 gal. 1 pt. Hydrous Wool Fat 1 oz.
Borax 3 lb. 12 oz. Glycerin 1 oz.
Potassium Carbonate 18 oz.
If a more liquid cream desired
is fht
Mineral Oil 1 pt.
amount of soap may bo increased to
Uie 20 gal. water in kettle with drachm, and the glycerin and hydroui,
Stearic Acid and melt. Stir well. Add wool fat reduced to % oz. each.
potassium carbonate and borax dissolved
in 2 gal. hot water. Beat until smooth.
Stir constantly. Add mineral oil in
about li) minutes, gradually add glyc- •Lemon Cream
erine. Heat all for % hour. Stir con- The formulae given for cold creams
stantly until cool. Add perfume. can be modified to make a lemon cream
by substituting Lcmenone for the usual
perfume to the extent of of 1% and %
Greaseless Cream coloring yellow.

Stearic Acid 14 oz.


(Hycerino 12 oz.
Potash 4 oz.
Cleansing Cream, Lemon
Water 8 oz.
Borax 1 oz. 1. TiCmon Juice 70
To Suit 2. White Petrolatum 12
Porfuino
3. Carachol 17
4. Lemenono 1
Oreaseh'.ss Cream Melt 2 and .3 and add 1slowly with
Stearic Acid 30 oz. .stilling. Then stir in 4 until uniform.
Cocoa Butter 21.^ oz.
Water 12 pt.

Add
Borax oz. Liquefying Cream
2Vi
Water 9 pt. Miiieial Oil 7 lb.

Add (Vrafbix 3 lb.

Sodium Carbonate 2 oz. I’etrolatura 2 lb.

Water 4 oz.
Melt together at 220® F. and stir at
Glycerine 15 oz.
room tompciaturo until cold. Then add
I’eroxido 15 oz.
pel fume; pour into jars while liquid but
Ammonia Water 10% at lowest possible temperature. This
Perfume. cream will not sweat oil during hot
weather.

Oreasoless Cream
Stearic Acid 4 lb. 12 oz. Creams, Massage
Glycerine 8 lb. 8 oz.
Water 14 pt.
One formula suggests compounding 65
parts of mineral oil, 35 parts cetyl alco-
Ammonia Water 4yi oz.
hol and 10 parts water. In another, 90
Heat 2 glycerine with 12 pints
lb. parts stearic acid, 9 parts potassium
water into the ammonia. Then molt '
carbonate, 800 parts water are used to
Stearic Acid. Add first mixture and make soapy mixture by first melting
balance of glycerine and water. Heat to stearic acid and then adding solution of
80* C. carbonate in water and stirring until all
carbon dioxide evolution has ceased.
Then mass is cooled. It is mixed with
Liquid Lanolin Cream
5 parts white beeswax, 20 parts anhyd-
Liquid lanolin cream depends upon a rous lanolin, 150 parts glycerin and per-
suspension of lanolin by the aid of soap. fumed with 6 parts oil of eucalyptus, 5
The following is a satisfactory formula: parts oil of pinus sylvestris and one part
COSMETICS 111

camphor. In another formula 65 parts neous product, it is recomnicmhMl to imvss


oil, 7.5 parts stearic aciil, 7.5 the magma through an ointment mill
mim-rul
beeswax, 6 parts solid para- before putting in jars. Addition of 1.5%
unrts white
parts liquid paraffin, 0.5 part sodium benzoate helps preservation.
ffin wax, 9

Bodiuni carbonate, 0.5


part borax and
parts water are mixed together,
35 Rolling Massage Cream
(’ream bo perfumed.
may Another
lanolin, 500 Stearic Acid (Triple
cream contains 500 parts ,
[
Pressed) 6.75 lb.
parts rose water, 500 parts lard, 200
and Cocoa Butter 1.3.50 oa,
parts glycerin, 15 parts cheiranthus,
Minenil Oil 2.25 lb.
5 parts
dianthus (clove pink).
Corn Starch 12.00 lb.

Massage Cream Boric Acid 2.10 lb.


2 .

1 ounce Water 5.00 gal.


Glycerin
Moldex L50 gm.
Itorax 2 drachms
Glycerine 45 fl. oz.
lioracic Acid 1 drachm _ I
Ainmoiiia 20 Baumf* 12
1 fl. oz.
Oil Rose Geranium 30 drops
Perfume (Hose) 4 oz,.
Oil Anise 15 drops
Color (Hose) 1 oz..
Oil of Bitter Almonds 15 drops
Milk 1 g!*lh)n Mix the corn starch with cold water
until smooth (no lumps). Add theboiic
Heat the milk until it curdles and
Heat until it foinis a tliick trans
I

acid.
stand 12 hours.
to Strain it
allow it
lucent paste, stirring continually, taking
through cheesecloth and allow it to care to avoid overheating and hurning
afiind again for 12 hours. Mix in the Take off the
the bottom of the pan.
salts and the glycerin, and tritumte
in
heat and a<ld No. .3. Htir. 'Mien a<hl
a mortar, finally adding the odors
and
No. 1, which has previously bemi meltisl
the coloring. The curdled milk must he together at 200“ F. Stir rapidly fur
from water as possible in order
as free about M/i to 2 hours. Add color and
to avoid separation. perfume, and 2 o/.. sodium benzouto dis-
solved in 4 oz. water. Fuck cold.

Rolling Massage Cream


These creams are generally colored ('ream, Mosquito Repellent
pink, with cosine. The general process White Mineral Oil 10 oz.

for making these creams is as follows: lieeswax I'.S.P. 4 oz.

To 128 parts of fresh milk add


(1) }<pcrma«‘eti 1 oz.

2/10 of 1% of formaldehyde 40% solu- Distilleil Water 8 oz..

tion or 1% sodium benzoate is added as Borax :io gr.

an antiseptic, and enough of a 2% But.vl Salicvlate L.'i oz.


shade.
tion of cosine to give the proper
Mixture is warmed to about 50 -5o°
(
Mosquito Rcpi’llant Liquid
then
on water bath while stirring gently, i^5
White Mineral Oil
strained if necessary. 5
side, a 20% solu- Hcwl Salicylate
(2) Prepare on the
solution The* above products are not malodor*
tion of alum or a concentratiyl
water ous or very volatile.
of potassium sulphate in distilled
and bring it to the boiling point.
boil- Nourisliirig Cream
Bring mixture No. 1, (milk) to
slowly, parts
ing point and pour while stirring Beeswax 1 5
(No. 2). Stop heat- Mineral Oil 45 parts
the boiling mixture
let cool
ing, continue to stir gently, and I^anolin
slowly at about 55® (X ( Anhydrous) 12 parts
, , .

When cool, and upper liquid is clwr, Glyc.o Wax “ A ’


1,') parts
al ow
strain on muslin previously wetted, Water 2.5 [larts

precipitate to drain, wash


with little Borax M/i parts
cold water, drain again. Then pass Benz(»ate of Boda Vi part
large
through filter press if there is too i’crfuine Vi part
excess of water. Consistency of crwim
Heat Nos. I and 2 separately to 200®
will depend upon quantity with stirring
*
adrt to F., then add I to 2 slowly
lowed to remain in casein. Then When the
10 to in an emulsifier or beater.
casein about 1% of perfume and
to cream begins to set add the perfume.
15% of glycerin or carbitol in orderput Allow to stand over night; stir the next
prevent quick drying of casein,
and
homoge- moruing and package.
in tightly sealed jar. To obtoin
112 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
This cream poascMes exceptional pene- slowly with stirring (2) which has been
trating powers and is absorbed verjr heated to the same temperature. Add
readily by the skin. the perfume at about 105® F. and stir
in. l*our at 95-100® P.

Nourishing Cream
(Skin Food Type) Tissue Cream
Glycosterin 12 lb. Lanolin 800 parts
Petrolatum (Vaseline) 4 lb. Almond Oil 100 parts
lianolin 6 lb. Glycerine 100 parts
Mineral Oil 12 lb. Benzoic Acid 2 parts
Water 65 lb. Perfume to suit.
'^1
procedure Melt lanolin on water bath, and add
lie is the same as for cohb
crea.ii.
the oils and glycerine. Stir until of
uniform consistensy. When cool, add
Nourishing Cream Cholesterol perfume.
White Wax 600 gm.
Spermaceti 100 gm. Tissue Cream with Cholesterin
Stearin 600 gm. liEnolin d25 grams
Anhydrous
J..anolin, 600 gm. Cocoa Butter, odorless 200 grams
Cacao Sutter 400 gm. Beeswax, White 300 grams
Sweet Almond Oil Spei inaceti 55 grams
(with preservative) 1,800 gm. Oleic Acid grams
50
Cholesterol, Purest 120 gm. Stearic Acid grams
200
After solution of the cholesterol has Sesame Oil (with
been effected, stir the following hot solu- preservative) 800 grams
tion into the molten mass until pasty; Cholesterin (Pure) 65 grams
Sodium lienzoate Borax 50 grams
15 gm.
Borax Water 800 grams
100 gm.
Water Sodium Benzoate 8 grams
1,700 gm.
Procedure: Melt the waxes, fats, and
Sun llurn Cream oil. Add the cholesterin. Make a liol
solution of tlie borax, sodium benzoate
Lanolin 2 lb. and water and stir into the melted fats
White IN'trolatum 8 lb. after the cholesterin has dissolved. Mix
Zinc Oxide 4 lb.
thoroughly and perfume to suit.
Glycerine 4 lb.
Mix the above thoroughly.
1 issue v^roam wiin lA'citum and
Cholesterin
Tissue Cream
Lanolin,, Anhydrous 220 grams
White Wax 5 oz. Cocoa Butter, odorless 100 grams
Spcnimceti 1 lb. Beeswax, White 200 grams
Petrolatum (Light Amber) 1 lb. ytearic Acid T. P. 100 grams
Mineral Oil li/^ pints
Olivo Oil (with
Lanolin (Hydrous) 2 lb. preservative) grams
1000
Borax % oz. Lecithin grams
22
Water 10 oz. Cludesterin grams
44
Benzyl Alcohol 1 drachm Water grams
600
Oil Bitter Almond 1 dmehm Parahydrdxybenzoic Acid 4 grams
Oil Rose Oeraniuni 1% dmehm Sodium Benzoate 10 grams
Oil Bergamot 2 dmehm Procedure' Melt fats, waxes and oils,
ad<l cholesterin and lecithin. Stir in a
Tissue Cream (Non- Alkaline) solution (hot) of the water and sodium
Spermaceti benzoate. Dissolve the parahydroxy-
10 lb.
Lanolin 20 benzoic acid in a small quantity of alco-
lb.
Glycosterin 46 lb.
hol. Mix, perfume, and color.
Olive Oil 20 lb.
Almond Oil 30 lb. Tissue Cream with Lecithin
W^ater 90 lb.
lanolin, Anhydrous 22 grams
Sodium Benzoate % lb.
Spettnacet-i 22 grams
Perfume to suit Beeswax, White 40 grama
Heat (1) to 150® F. and run into it Cocoa Butter, odorless 28 grams
COSMETICS
113

Almond Oil (with Mineral Oil


preservative) 390 grams Almond Oil 6%
Lecithin 60 grams Glycerin 3%
Borax 5 grams 'Vater
63%
Sodium Benzoate 5 grams
I'arahydroxybenzoic Acid 2 grams Petrolatum Cream
Water 220 grams Glycer\l Monostoarate
Procedure as before.
10%
White Petrolatum 20%
Mineral Oil 10%
Tissue Cream with Cholesterol, Lecithin Water 60%
and Turtle Oil
Beeswax, White 220 grams Vanishing Crt‘ama
Stearic Acid 100 grams Vanishing Crwims made with Glyco-
Cocoa Butter, odorless 200 grams mino (a real forward step in cosmetics)
I..nnolin 200 grams enable aiuone to produce perfect punl-
Turtle Oil 1000 grams uets, noteworthy bei^uusi'
A^lmond Oil (with 1. The use of cuustio soda, potash and
preservative) 1000 grams ammonia is elimiuatiHl.
Cholesterin 58 grams 2. No gl}cerin is necessary.
Lecithin 120 grains
3. A most beautiful pearly finish re-
Water 800 grams sults.
Parahydroxybenzoic Acid 8 grams 4. CIosihIjars will not dry or shrink.
fiodium Benzoate 12 grains
5. It may be poureil in jars when cold.
Borax 120 grams (t. The batch is complete in 24 hours.
Proceed as above.
Formula
Tissue Cream (Soft) with Cholesterin 1. Stearic Acid (C.Q.) 20 lb.

Base ( (ilycomino 11 lb.


“* Water .60 lb.
Absorption Base 30 grams \

liiinolin grams 3. Perfume 12 oz.


5
Water .'>5 grams Heat No. 2 to 200“ F. and add No. 1
Beeswax, White 10 grams (jireMou.sly heated to 200* F.) to it
slowly with Hlirnng in an emulsifier or
Procedure: Melt the wax and lanolin,
add tlie base and stir m the water wlnpper. Continue stirring until mass is
honiogeneouH. Allow to stand over night,.
(warm).
(Note: Consistency in the foregoing
Add No. and mix for 20 minutes. This
formulas can be adjusted by changing
eream is softer tlian the old fashioned
the wax content to suit.)
creams but Upifuis the highest urado
modern vunisliing ereuin. The pearliness
VANISHING CREAMS in tins cream inrrrtises with ago and is
helped by stirring cidd the next day.
Ordinary Type
A softer crnim con be produced by
Glyceryl Monostearato 10.0% increasing the amount of water.
Glycerin 3.0% A harder eream is made by pouring
Petrolatum .3.0%
hot or by in-Teasmg the amount of
Hpermacoti 5.0% gte^iri*' arid and also if stirring is very
;

^^lneral Oil 2.0% slow'.


Stearic Acid 2.0%
Caustic Potash 0.1% .\Htiingent Cream
Titanium Oxide 1.0% An cream of the highest
astringent
Water 7.3.9%
type made by adding one ounce of
1 .S

Astringent Powder No. 1 to the above


Pearly Type vanishing cream just before it begins to
Glyceryl Monostearate 2.5% thicken.
Stearic Acid 10.5%
Glycerin 4.5% Vanishing or Foundation Cream
Ammonia (S. G. 91) 2.5% Acid 4 lb.
Sti^iric
Water 80.0% ^. (

( lianulin 1 lb.

Moderately Fatty Cream f


Water 2 gal
12% B. t Glycerin 2 U).
Glyceryl Monostearato
0% 1 Pot. Carbonate 2 oz.
Petrolatum
Lanolin 4% 0. Perfume OU 2 oz.
114 THE CHEMICAL EORMULARY
In separate aluminum or enamel pots cr^in^ on top. Rapid stirring after
heat A and B to 180“ F. Add B to A this poi4t has been reached will
usually
slowly with stirring until uniform. Stir cause aeration and yield a thin cream,'^
in C at 110° F.
The above makes an excellent sunburn
cream with or without the addition of Vanisliing or Foundation Cream
1% (Quinine Kicinoleate.
Stearic Acid 24 lb
Triethanolamine 1 lb!
Water 8 gal
Vanishing Cream
Glycopon S 12 Tb.
St(*aric Acid 50 lb. Water
J^jinolin (Anhydrous) 8 gal.
9 lb. Perfume 8 oz.
Triethanolamine 2.5 lb.
Carbitul 18 lb.
In separate vessels heat stearic acid
Water 120 lb.
and all other ingredients except perfume

Preparation
to 180° F. Add one to the other and
stir until uniform. Mix in perfume at
In one container melt the stearic acid
about 105° F.
<‘arefully and add the lanolin. Heat the
Triethanolamine aud water separately to
boiling and then add the melted fatty
Vanishing Cream
aciil to it with constant stirring. When Stearic Acid
a smooth mixture is obtahied, stir in the 35 lb.

Carbitul to wliich has been added the


Witch Hazel C gal.
Distilled Water 10 gal.
lierfiiine. Continue with even stirring
Glycerine 50 lb.
while cooling until a heavy, smooth
cream is obtained, and then stir occa- Castor Oil 8 oz.

sionally until ^Id.


Sodium Borate 8 oz.
The cream will be
come thinner as it cools and the acid Ammonia 28% 56 oz.

crystallizes.
Perfume.
Properties Melt stearic acid and castor oil in one
A vanisWng cream should bo com- container and in another heat Witch
pletely absorbed without leaving a greasy Hazel and Water in which has been dis-
residue. It should have no tendency to solved the Sodium Borate. When at
flakd or roll and should impart a feeling about 20° under b. p. of water, add
of softness and smoothness to the skin. ammonia to water solution and instantly
It should alTord some protetdion against introduce into this solution the stearic
wind and sun and also act as a powder acid. Agitato cream for 12 hours until
base. The given product gives these de- every truce of ammonia gas has passed
sired properties to the fullest extent, and off. Agitate again the next day for two
is free from irritating effect. hours. Add perfume.

Variations Vanishing Cream


An excellent suntan or sunburn Stearic Acid 18 lb.
cream
can bo made with the above formula Glycerine 6 pints
using 40 lb. stearic acid and 20 lb. Ammonia Water
lanolin.
26° Baumt^ pint 2 oz.
1
Stearic acid the essential ingredient
is
Water 11 gal.
of a vanishing cream since it produces Perfume.
the desired “dryness” and pearliness. Melt stearic acid at low heat. Mix
It should be a very pure product if no glycerine with ammonia and 11 gal. of
rancidity or discoloration is to develop. water. Add to stearic acid in several
The gmde of acid has some effect upon portions, heating and stirring until
the consistency of a vanishing cream, smooth and liquid. W'hen all water has
and if it is very hard and waxy, more been added remove from fire. Add per-
water will have to bo added to give the fume. Stir occasionally until mass is
proper body. As a rule, by variations cold. Strain cold through cheese cloth.
in the amount of this ingredient, any
desired consistency can bo obtained. Vanishing Cream
The speed of stirring also has an effect Stearic Acid 16 lb.
upon the body of the cream. During Water 74 lb.
the cooling, as soon as a stiff smooth Glycerine 10 lb.
emulsion is obtained, stirring should Borax Ib.
reduced until just sufficient to prevent Potassium Carbonate % lb.
COSMETICS
115

When finished add R<i8e Water 54 mil.


Glycerine 5 lb. Gl.\ceiin 10 mil.
Perfume. Rose ('olour a trace
Melt stearic acid and glycerine on Dijisolvo the snlicylic acid in the
wiiter bath, keeping at 70® Cf. Dissolve Cologne and the aluminium chlor-
spiiit,

Potassium Carbonate and Borax in water ide in the lose water. Mix and add the
Add this solution very slowly ghceriiie. A inoio delicate perfume may
at 70® C.
constantly stirring to stearic acid and be used.
glycerine having turned off the heat. IJ. Paste Type
After all water is added, keep on stir- Salicylic Acid 10 gm.
ring until cream forms. Then turn on LcMgated Zinc Oxide 00 gm.
the heat again and stir until whole mass Cneasele.vs Cold ('ream 480 gm.
is practically liquid. Turn off heat and Perfume to Suit.
stir till cold. Shortly before getting
cool, add 5 lbs. glycerine.
Deodonijjt Pencil
(White
Zinc Stearate Creams product)
Zinc stearate cream may be prepared Or. (Ir.

with 150 grams glycerin, 100 grams Zinc Phonolaulfonate 5 10


w'litor, 80 grama zinc 8t('arate. Stearate Zinc Oleate 10 10
IS first triturated with glycerin and Aluminum Palmitate 7.50 7.5
water gradually added. Cream i.s very Paraehol 20.00 30
soft, white and absolutely homogeneous.
Sometimes ingredients of cream s«‘parate
after lung standing. This can be cor-
Olyco Wax
Titanium Dioxide —
40.00 30
15

Rub first three ingredients to fine


rected by addition of about 5% of medic- jxiwder upd add Uquificd wax the
to
inal pulverized soap whicli ensures per Pariehol mixture. Stir until just Ix’foro
nianent cohesion of various ingredients solidiliciition and pour into molds.
in uniform mixture.
Five parts zinc stearate may be easily
mixed with 50 parts petrolatum and is
• Deodorant Pencil
useful for many purposes, particularly Whili Kaolin
> 40%
in healing cuts. CJiveo Wax 20%
Lanolin salvo is made with .325 parts Mineial Oil 20%
lanolin, 35 parts cercsin w'ax, 150 part.s Aiiiiii iiuim ('hlurido 20%
mineral oil and 150 parts w'ater. Ceresm Melt waxwater bath and add inin-
in
wax melted in heated mineral oil and
is eral ml; keep at flU and add the inti-
then lanolin is added and- mixture al- mately aliimimim clilende crystals
i;ii\< <l

lowed to cool. Mass is triturated into and kaolin. Stir with pn'SHure until
soft salvo and water and perfume are smooth paste is formed. I’our at once
worked in gradually. Five to 10% of into molds and cool slowly.
zinc stearate is added to obtain prepa-
ration suitable for dry skin.
Perspiration Deodoiizing Cream
Liquid Body Deodorant B<*eswax 8 oz.

A. Licpiid Petrolatum 24 oz.

1 lb- Sodium Borate 100 gr.


Aluminum Aceto Tartrate gr.
1 oz. Benzoic Aeid 20
Rose Perfume (water soluble)
Salievlie Arid 400 gr.
Water 5 gal.
Hot Water 10 oz.
B.
Aluminum Chloride Melt the wax and oil and heat to about
8 lb. ICO <legrees F. Dissolve the other ma-
(crystalline)
Hydrochloric Acid d oz. terials in the water, heat to the same

Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 4 oz. teraperatures as the wax solution, and


5 gal. pour it into the latter, b<*ating briskly
Water
to suit until the cream is formed. Hero a com-
Color
paratively high temperature of the solu-
tions, plus a small amount of stirring,
Perspiration Deodorants
rciults m
a glossy cream.
A. Liquid Type
Perspiration Deodorant
Salicylic Acid 2 gm.
4 gm. Sod. Perborate 10
Aluminum Chloride
30 mil. Sod. Bicarbonate Z
Cologne Spirit
lie THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Glycerin 1 Green, Light
Rom Water 98 Zinc Cbdde 3 lb.
Tint pink with eosin. Green Lake 1 lb.
Gray
Deodorant Powder Ultramarine Blue 1 lb.
Methyl Salicylate 1.5 parts
Carbon Black 1 Ib
Oil of Eucalyptus 2.0 parts
Zinc Oxide 2 lb.’

Thymol 12.0 parts Brown


Menthol 0.5 parts Burnt Umber 3 lb.
Boric Acid 39,0 parts Zinc Oxide 1 lb.
Acetanilid 43.0 parts Green, Dark
Starch 2.0 parts Green Lake 3 lb.
Zinc Oxide 1 lb.
Deodorant Powder
Violet
Zinc Peroxide 0.5 gm.
Betanaphthol Benzoate
Violet Lake 1 Ib,
0.1 gm.
Talcum Zinc Oxide 3 lb.
99.4 gm.
Heat and wax mixture and giind
colors
in ointment mill; pack by pouring hot.
Depilatory
Strontium Sulfide 50
Zinc Oxide 60 Eyebrow Sticks
Bice Flour 00 ParafiSn Wax 300 gm.
Perfume to suit Cocoa Butter 300 gm.
Solid Eau de Cologne Beeswax 100 gm.
Petrolatum 100 gm.
1.3 parts of sodium hydroxide are dis-
Carbon Black sufficient
solved in 40 parts water; and 8.5 parts
of stearic acid are dissolved in 50 parts Mix thoroughly and run into molds to
of 90% alcohol. Then the two solutions form sticks.

are thoroughly mixed and heated slowly


until the liquid turns clear. The essence Non-lathering Hair Cleanser
of Eau de Cologne is then added and the Ammonium Stearate (Paste) 30 oz.
liquid cooled to avoid evaporation of the Water 2 oz.
oils, but not enough to allow it to con- Perfume to Suit
geal. After the oil has become thoroughly
This is made cold by simple mixing
mixed with the base, the solution is then
until homogeneous and until most of
poured into moulds and allowed to cool.
ammonia has evaporated.

Eau de Quinine
Dandruff Mixture
The following is a formula for an in-
Chloral Hydrate 1 dr.
expensive eau do quinine:
Glycerin 4 dr.
Tincture of Cantharidin 1 dr. Bay Rum 8 oz.
Quinine Hydrochloride 10 gr. Mix.
Tincture of Capsicum 20 min.
Glycerin 30 min. Dandruff Remedy
Bay Rum, Prepared with Ammonium Carbonate 5
Industrial Spirit to 20 oz. Alcohol 30
Tincture of Cudbear Glycerin 20
sufficient to color Rose Water 200
Eye Shadow
Dandruff Treatment
Mineral Oil 6 lb.
Lanolin This complaint requires for its treat-
2 lb.
Petrolatum ment and cure external medications in
1 lb.
the form of ointments, shampoos and hair
Beeswax 1 lb.
tonics, and these should contain anti-
Paraffin 2 ?b.
Perfume Oil 4 oz.
septics, parasiticides and stimulants. The
following formulas indicate the type of
Color with any of following combi- preparation
nations
Scalp Tonic
Blue Resorcin 10 gm.
,
Ultramarine Blue 2 lb. Chloral Hydrate 6 gm.
Zinc Oxide 2 lb. Camphor 0J2 gm.
COSMETICS
117

Tincture of Cantharides 10 gm. 0.5 part of haematoxylin and 0,3 part


Alcohol 50 gm. of para aminodiphenylanuue, gives deep
Oil of Geranium, black shade which do<‘s not turn greenish
Oil of Bergamot, black. Mixture consisting of 0,5 part of
Oil of Lavender, haemato\\liu and 0.5 part of paia-
Oil of Bitter Almond amiiio])heiud gnes fine che.'ilnut brown
of each 0.25 gm. .shade, while mixture of 0.5 part of
Glycerin 2 gm. haematexyliii ami 0,5 part of metapheuyl-
Distilled Water to make 1,000 gm. enediamino gi\es beautiful platinum
Color with trace of aniliue dyo. Filter blond shade.
peifectly clear and bright.
Hair-Dye, Noii Toxic
Apply to scalp three or four times a
Colois .such as 5: 5' dichlorothioindigo
\\eek and rub in thoroughly.
or 5: 5' dichloro 0: O' dimelJiylthioindigo
Ointment for Dandruff which are bluish icd and blend therewith
Salicylic Acid suitable piopnrlion.s of biomiimted bctil-
10 gr.
I’icK'ipitated Sulphur
napthalciie imligo whuh is yellowish
15 gr.
White Petrolatum 1 oz.
giecn with or without indigo to siruro
Oil of Geranium,
dark iieutial .sluulcs. 'flic aimuinl of each
Oil of Bergamot of each 2 min. color will depend upon the shades de-sired.
The coloring material is dissolved in hut
Apply once or twice a weeli . Follow
water to wlihh a small amouul of sodium
ith hhanipoo the next moinmg hydrosulphilo and iimninnia are addi^l
and is ready fur application to the hair.
Dandruff Ointment In coloring the hair, it is first washed,
if nece.ssary, after winch the solution is
Precipitated Sulphur 8 lb.
njiplied unilorrnly with cotton or a small
Oxyquiiiolino Sulpliato 1 lb.
brush. '1 he solution is permitted to re-
Lanolin 10 11).

Petrolatum 01 lb.
main on the hair until a sullicient amount
Iheteof is absoibed. The time required
Pastor Oil 15 lb.
is \anable, dejiending upon the shade to
'ITncturo Fish Berrios 1 lb.
be produeed. The hair is then again
Balsam Peiu 2 11).
washed and dried, 'fhe exposure of the
Carbolic Acid 85% 2 lb.
the a(mo.M]>!iere after washing and
liair to
^lix the sulphur with the castor oil ruli-
while the hair i.s drying results in oxida*
ng thoroughly until lumps ha\e di.sap-
tion of lolor base to pioduce the desired
peared. Mix the oxyquinolinc* sulphate color. Tlie hair is then sliainpooed and
with ten pounds of petrolatum, run dried. A.s u K'sult of the operation, the
through an ointment null thiee times, a<M hair IS jiermaiieiitly colored and may bo
the sulphur castor oil mixtuie, mix washcil npeatedly without removing the
thoroughly and run through mill again. color tin let lorn.
Melt the lanolin and the rest of the 'Pile solution ns deseribed affords all of
petrolatum, add the remainder of the cas- the m'e."'ary niiitenal for the tr«*atracnt,
tor oil, mix thoroughly and then mix in it being unm‘c»-.'<sar\, as is usual in many
the oxy-sulphur mass. Mix thoroughly, hair d>eiag oiieratioiis, to apply hydrogen
add the balsam Peru, continue mixing for peroxide or similar chemical ngcnti. It
^

thirty minutes. 13 possible, therefore, to sujqdy rxiloriug


material iii a single solution of the leuco

Dressing for “Kinky" Hair ba.se adapted to pnabice the desired color
or shadi-will'll the material is applied in
Beef suet Hi
tho manner di^cubed to tlio hair. A
Yellow Beeswax 2 oz.
typical examjdo of such a solution con-
Castor Oil 2 oz.
sists of
Benzoic Acid 10 gr.
Oil of Lemon 1 dr. ('olor 10 gm.
Li drops Sodium Hydrosulphito 1 gm.
Oil of Cassia
Aqua Ammonia 50 ce.
Melt the suet and wax, add the castor likT
\\aler 1
oil, and acid, allow to cool and add other
Such a solution is adapted to afford a
oils.
deep color. In light shades the propor-
* Hair Dyes tion of color would be considerably less,
Mixture may consist of 0.5 part of l^e hair after treatment as descrilied U
soft and free from harshness. There ii
haematoxylin and 0,3 part of orthoamin*
no substantial loss of strength and the
ophenol. Striking blonde shade is ob-
tained thereby. Mixture which contains hair takes a permanent wave readily when
118 THE chemical formulary
treated })y the usual waving methods. Oil of Green Elder
The colors aio fast and do not change 3
Oil of Eucalyptus
when tlio hair is exposed to strong light 3
or becomes moist with perspiration.
Hair Tonic
Alcohol
10 gal.
Ilair-Fixativo Castor Oil
7 gal.
Wuter Quinine Bicinolcate 1 lb.
20 gal.
Gum Trngacanth 1 lb.
Perfume Oil 1 lb.
Boric Acid 1 Jb.
Moldcx 2 oz.
Allow to stand over night and stir until Hair Shampoos
uniform; then stir in The absence of alkalinity in Triethano-
Perfume Oil 4 oz. lamine soaps and their harmless
effect
Color to suit upon the skin has brought about
their
use not only in emulsified cosmetic
creams
Hair Fixers or Straighteners but also in special cosmetic soaps.
A very
(Waxy) good hair shampoo, for example, is com-
po.sed of a neutral cocoanut
oil soap of
A Triethanolamine. For a variation, Carbi
Ceratlux 40 lb. tol may bo added as a
Glyco Wax A cleanser ami
10 lb.* stimulpt for the scalp according to the
Petrolatum, White or Yellow 100 lb. following formula:
Bosin 40 lb.

Melt together until clear and stir until


uniform. I’our into jars while melted.
Shampoo
Oleic Acid 55 jb.
Beeswax Cocoanut Patty Acids 40 lb.
10 lb.
Petrolatum, Yellow or White 100 Triethanolamine 50 lb.
lb.
i’aratlux Carbitol 55
40 jb. jb.’

Fle.xore8in Bl 40 ib. The product preparedin this way is a


Method as given for formula A. For- liquid soap of a clear red color,
which can
mula A will give a V(*ry light colored bo diluted with water to any desired Con-
product if white petrolatum, and FF sistency or concentration.
rosin is used. Harder or softer product
inay bo gotten by slight variation
of tho
above. Olive Oil Shampoo
Olivo Oil 4 Jb.
Eeuiou Binso
Oleic Acid
8 lb.
1. Lemonone 3 Cocoanut Oil
2 . Isohol 8 lb.
14 lb.’ Caustic Potash 5 jb.
3. Citric Acid 3Vjlb.* Alcohol
4. Tartaric Acid 3 pt’.
4 Mi lb. Water to Make 10 gal.
5 . Water 16 ib.
Dissolve tho caustic potash in water.
Dissolve 1 in 2 and add to it slowly Mix and heat tho oils to 120® F. Pour
with stirring 3 and 4 which have been in the alkali solution and
stir until
dissolved in 5.
saponified. Add two pints of the alcohol
and heat to 180® F. Meanwhile prepare
* Hair “Bestorer" the following mixture and add foregoing
Cholesterol Glycerine 16 oz.
5
Ethyl Acetate
12o Borax 16 oz.
Allow to stand 24 hrs. and stir till di Potassium Carbonate 8 oz.
solved. Add Oleic Acid
1 oz.
^cohol 800
After standing another 24 Dissolve the oleic acid in one pint of
hrs. add alcohol.
Balsam Peru Dissolve borax and potassium
5q
carbonate in glycerine with heat, mix
thoroughly and add oleic solution. Add
• “ Hair-Bestorer "
this mixture to soap base while still quite
Vaseline 48 hot. Transfer to a refrigerating tank
Beeswax 1 the day after soap has been finished, re-
Olive Oil 3 frigerate to 40® F.. filter and fill at once.
COSMETICS 119

Lirao Juice and Glycerin (for hair) Milky Hair Wash


White Wax 500 gm. (Kerosene)
Oil of Sweet Almonds 2 kilos, 500 c.c.
1. Trihydrox) cthylamino
are melted together in a water-bath and Stearate Sj>eeial 10 lb.
added to: 2. KeroM-ne 150 lb.

Glycerin 300 gm. 3. Pino Oil 6 lb,

Citric Acid 30 gm. 4. Water 250 lb.

dissolved in a litre of rose water. Finally, Heat Xos. 1 and 2 to 140® F. and stir
there are added with stirring in an auto- until dis>ol\ed; then stir in No. 3. Now
matic mixer: alhtw No. 4 to run in slowly while Stir-
ling. If the pim> oil is olijt'Ctionable,
Alcohol (95 per cent.) 150 gm.
however. aii\ other oil may Ik? sulwtituted
Oil of Ijemon 75 gm.
for it. It may be colored bi*autifullv by
Oil of Bitter Almonds 10 gm.
means of any water-soluble dyo free horn
salt.

Dry Shampoo Powder


Cocoanut Oil Soap Powder 30% Soaploss Shampoo
Sodium Carlxinato Mono- Sapiuone 10
hydrated 45% Water 900
Hoih.x 25% Ah'oliol 100
Henna Leaves Powder trace Pei fume 15
Aniline Yellow trace
PcrfuuHj to suit Kan de (Quinine Hair Tonic
Mix together and sift. Keep in closed Quiniiu* 11 \drochloiidt! :!0 gm.
containers. Siilicvlic Acid .2 5 oz.
(ilycerino 4 oz.
Itc.sorciu 4 oz.
Soapless Shampoo
Alcohol 52 oz.
Sulfonated Olive Oil, con- I’erfiimi* and Color
cent at ed
i 40 parts Water g. S, 1 gal.
Sulfonated Castor Oil, con-
centrated 10 parts
White Mineral Oil 15 parts
Water 35 part.s Hair Tonic, Honey and Flower
25% Solution of Caustic Oil of O ran go 2 oz.
Soda to Clear Oil ol UiMiion I oz.
Oil of Heigamot Vi <*/..
Mix all the ingredients with the excep-
<'a^‘tor Oil 10 oz.
tion of the caustic soda, waim
45-5(C to
]

Honey 1 oz.
C. and add enough of the cnu.stic soda
Oil of ('hives 1 dr.
solution (1 or 2%) until the mixture
Lavender 2 dr.
turns bright. Perfume as desired.
(iernnio) 2 dr.
(’oninarin 1 dr.

Soaplesa Shampoo Synthetic Musk Vi dr.


Mineral Oil 1 gal.
1. Sulfo Turk “A” 10 lb,
Induslnul Methylated Spirit 2 gal.
2. Mineral Oil 10 lb.
3. White Oleic Acid 10 lb.

4. Alcohol 2-10 lb.


Scalp Tonic
Mix the above materials
given. If desired, the
in the order
ci»’»t can be re-
Tannic Acid U.S.P.
Saheybe Acid U.S.P.
^
^ 0.5
1.0
duced further by adding an additional Castor f)il U.S.P. 24.5
amount of water. The water should be Resorcinol Monoacetate 5.0
added carefully wdth stirring. The addi- Alcohol 09.0
tion of water should be stopped just Perfume suffieient
before a cloudiness appears.
These shampoos are used by pouring a
little into the hand and rubbing to a Hair Tonic-Cholesterol
creamy consistency with water and then Alcohol 75%
applying to the hair which must be wet. Glycerine 5%
Cholesterol 1%
120 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Lecithin 1% Hair Wave Concentrate
DiHtilled Water 12% Gum Karaya 25 lb.
Perfume 1% Alcohol JO ga).
Chloroform 5% Liquid Glycol Bori-Borate
^ gal.
DisRolvo IpciUiin In chloroform add I Perfume Oil 8 ox.
cholesterol and one giilUm of alcohol. 1 to suit
Hhake and slir into water for use.
the glycerine, add the lecithin-cholcHterol
mixture, agitate one liour, add the
for
water and agitato for two hour.s. Allow
Finger Wave Dryer
to stand over night and iilter.
1.

Pota.Hsium Carbonate
40 gm.
Borax jO gm.
Mucilage of Tragaeanth 100 cc.
IJair Tonic (’oumann
5 g,,,
Tannic, Acid 0.5
Methyl Acetophenone J cc.'
Alcohol 100
Hulicylic Acid 1.0
Castor Oil Bose Water to make 1000 cc.
24.5
Resorcin Mono Acetate 5.0
o
Alcohol 60.0 600 gin.
Perfume Hufiicicnt Acacia 80 gm.
Boiling Water 18 liters
When cold add
of (himphor
58pirit 7.j ce.

Hair Setting Fluid Hehotropin enough for perfume


(Dries quickly and leave.s no visildc
residue.)
Hair Wave Fluid
Glyconicl 6 lb.
1. Trngeen 4 ]b.
Isoliol 20 lb.
2. Glye(){)on S
1. .
Karaya Gum White 5 lb.
]6
3. Nohol 1,5
Foinmidehyde 1 lb.
It,,

Tiiiac Oil 3 lb.


128-236 lb.

2. Water 4.54 lb. Wet thoroughly with 2 and 3 and


1

3. Water 454 lb. allow to stand (overnight if possible).


Stir 4 in slowly a little at a time.
Mix together
ingredients in (1). This
The
viscosityof thickness of this fluid de-
is thenpoured .nlowly into (2) while
with the use of more than a cer-
erea.'^es
stirring thoioughly until all partiele.s are
tain amount of water. This dries
rapidly
dispersed. This gi\es a concentrate. To
and does not leave a white deposit on
make a tinislied product for use on the
the hair. Tt requires no preservative and
hair, this iniAture is stirred into (3). will not spot.
If a colored pioduct is desireii a lit-
tle spirit soluble aniline green is dis.solvcd
in (1).
Hair Wave Jolly
Gum Tragrtcanth 12 oz.
Alcohol
Permanent Waving Fluid Water
^ gal.
3 gai.
Borax 8 gr.
Permosnlt 75 Jb.
Benzoic Acid 8 dr.
Ammonia 28 degree 72 lb.
Perfume 3 dr.
Glycerine 7 lb.
Water 800 lb.
Put the tragaeanth into a vessel, add
the water and borax and allow to stand
Stir the above until dissolved and filter until dissolved, a period which will de-
the next day. pend upon whether the tragaeanth is
COSMETICS 121

powdered in riblwna or lumps. Add


Hair Setting Preparations
alcohol to which perfume and benzoic
have been added and mix thoroughly. Decoct ion.s of quince seed and of
Squeeze through muslin bag. psyllium seeds are among those em-
ployed. For example, a decoction of 0.2


part of psyllium sc-od in 100 parts of
distilled water, jirepjired by lioiling for
Hair Wave Liquid five minutes, and mixnt} with

Quince Seed an equal bulk of 8[iiri(, may be employc\l.


:i0 oz.
Water 10 gal.
Borax Powdered 20 oz.
I'erfunu! 4 o/. Hair SiUtiiig Lotion
Benzoic Acid o/.
Alcohol in oz.
Knuil.sone B. m
Powder 0.1
ls4qiiupy| Alctiliol 10.0
Boil the water, add the quince seed and Terpineol 0.25
allow to stand overnight stirring occu- Water, Dihiilled^or Kos«* to 1011,0
Monally. Add the borax solution (innd<‘
'i'lioroiighlv mix the einiilsoiic B with *

with part of the water). Filter. Aild


0.2 of isopiopvl aholud iti a p(‘rfec(ly
perfunio and benzoie acid solution and
dry, cajiiK-ioii.s bottle Add S Ilf water ^

mix thoroughly.
all at oii'i*, and shake viuleiitlv, Dilute ,

with water, luldiiig the re^l «it the iso-


propyl alcohol lu wlucli tin* teip iiie<d has
lieeii f)ie\u<ii>ly dlhMiUed, towiiids he I
Ilair (hirliiig Powder
end. After ^laminig, it is deHiiable to
lilter the Ititmn, or to decinit it fnmi the
Sodium (’arbonate
Sodium Bicarbonate ^edlment, if a p«'rt*M tly clem pioduct is
required, and perfi'cily clear lotions
.Mix jiowders thoroughly. make a much stronger iijipeal tlian cloudy
ones. .\3 IS well known, terpineol has a
lilac like odoi, and, esjiecially if nia<le
with lose walei, tins lotum smells quite
Hair Wave Powder nice. The tcipinenl, howiwer, mav be
replaced by any water soluble |M‘r^utn«‘,
Burn Karaya 100 |b.
a iiiinitsu of which, aliendy compounded,
Sod. Ben/oatc 2 lb
are now on (he mmket. A bare trace of
Pei fumed Oil 1 lb
cunnoi.siiie gives the lotion a pretty tint,
Polor to suit
or anv ofhei iiiiiotuous water soluble dyr*
To use put ill water to swell and stir can be employed.
fill uniform.

Hand ('leaning Preparations


Permanent Wavnng Solution
The frdlowing formulas inakr* jirepa-
Pemiosnlt 1 lb.
ratioii.s for <dearimg the hands by just
Water r. gal.
using it and wiping olT with a towel:

Allow to stand overnight and filter.


l.npiid
To this add Pastor Oil 25
Snlfoturk (’ Id oz. Hoi. ('au'>tic Potash (1-1) 10
Ammonium Hydroxide HI.') oz. Aleohol 00
Petrol 10
A milky stable mixture results.
Water 20
Neutralize with oleic acid.

^ Solid
Permanent Wave Solutions Oleic Acid 4 oz.

Hydrazine Hydrochloride 4 TuriMMiline Substitute 1 oz.


Alcohol 2 oz.
Water 9tl
Ct.«tor Oil 1 oz.
B. Borax .3 75
Sod. Bicarlionate 3150 Neutralize with solution of caustic
Linseed Oil 0.17 potash (1-1). Add water 2 oz. to form
Starch 0.40 a paste, incorjiorate 15 per cent borax
Water 99.00 powder.
122 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
. Cloaning Artificial Dentures Ceresino 15 lb.

^ The following formula has been found


to bo satisfactory in every way:
Beeswax
Bromo “Acid"
5
4
lb.
oz.
Perfume Oil 1 lb.
Precipitated Chalk 4 oz.

Heavy Magnesium Carbonate 1 oz.


Liglit Magnesium Carbonate Vi oz. ^ Lipstick
Powdered Soap 2 dr. 1. Stearoricinol 4 to 6 oz.

The dental plate brush should be 2. Paraffin Wax 1 oz.


slightly damp when using this powder. 3. Beeswax 1 oz.
4. Bromo Acid ^ oz.
5. Geranium Lake Vi oz.
Hand Cleanser and Conditioner 0. Perfume to suit.
1. Mineral Oil 70 lb.
Melt and grind above in heated oint-
2. Olive Oil 8 lb.
ment mill 100® F. and mold.
3. Trihydroxyethylamino No
alcohol or other solvent is neces-
Stearate (Special) 14 lb.
sary as 1 is a powerful solvent.
4. Water 70 lb.
The above formula gives an indelible
5. Perfume 2 lb.
stick which goes on evenly to form a
Heat Nos. 1, 2 and 3 together to 110' coating free from objectionable gloss.
F. and stir until homogetu'ous. Add No. After it penetrates it does not come off
4 slowly while stirring and then stir in easily.
the perfume. (Vintinue stirring until In hot weather the above formula
cool. Hy varying the amount of water a should bo modified by increasing the
thicker or thinner jireparation will be amount of Beeswax.
formed. The thii*,kcr preparations are
put up in tubes and arc now carried by
Lip Pomade
men and women, espceiallv motorists,
who, when water is not available, merely Mineral Oil 1 gal.
put a little of this cleaner on their Petrolatum White 2 lb.
hands, rub it in and then wipe off with Ozokerite White 5 lb.

it the grease, paint or dirt present.


oil, Beeswax White 2 lb.

Not only is this an excellent detergent Perfume 1 oz.

but it leaves the skin smooth, and pro- Color to suit

duces a cooling sensation and prevents


Lotion Formulae
chapping during cold weather.
Lanolin 12 lb.
Mineral Oil 20 lb.
Lip Sticks Triliydroxyethylamine
Vaseline 15 oz.
Stearate (Special) 4% lb.
Beeswax 10 oz.
Glycosterin 2 lb.
Spermaceti 400 gr.
Glycerin 8 lb.
Carmine () dr.
Water 200 lb.
Perfume to suit. Benzoate of Soda V t
lb.
Melt and stir. Allow to cool some Perfume to suit.
before adding perfume. I’our into molds. Heat A and B separately to 180® F.
and run B into A slowly while stirring.
Lipstick, Indelible When temperature has dropped to 100°
Stearoricinol 28 lb.
F. add perfume. Continue stirring until
Mineral Oil 4 lb.
COLD.
Lanolin (Anhydrous) 2 lb. The low cost and high quality of these
Petrolatum 2 lb. lotions make them of great interest.
Paraffin Wax 8 lb.
This eliminates the use of spermaceti,
Beeswax 8 lb. almond oil and gums which are prone to
Bromo “Acid" 1 lb. spoilage and the technique is very simple.
Lake Colors 5 lb. These formulae can be made thinner
Perfume Oil 1 lb. by increasing the amount of Glycerin or
thicker by decreasing the amount of
By varying, the colors correspondingly
Glycerin. They have excellent smoothing
different shades may be gotten. *

and nourishing properties for the skin


because of their Lanolin and Glycerin
Orange Changeable Lipstick content.
Cocoa Butter 20 Ib. 1. Lanolin 1 lb.
Castor Oil 12 lb. 2. Tincture of Benzoin 20 or.
COSMETICS 123

3. Glycosterin 10 lb. No. 5 to 140" F. and run in slowly


4. Witch Hazel 2o0 lb. the above mixture, stirring thoroughly.

Melt 1, 2 and 3 together and run into


When the temperature has dropped to
lOo" F. add tlie jierfuine drop by drop,
this slowly with stirring 4 heated to
stirring until eompletelv absorbed. Con-
140" F.
tinue stirring until cool and package.

After Shave Lotion


Menthol 1 dr. Honey and Almond Type Lotion
Boric Acid 2 % oz. 1. Glycosterin 8 lb.
Glycerine 5 oz. 2. Glyeopon S 15 lb.
Alcohol 5 qt. 3. Glycerin 30 lb.
Water, to make 5 gal. 4. Honey 4 lb.
Perfume 5. Water 240 lb.
0.
Dissolve menthol in alcohol. Add (). Almond Perfume to suit.
Boric Acid, perfume, and glycerine. Stir Heat 1, 2 and 3 to 140° F. and then
thoroughly until everything is dissolved. add slowly with stirring 1 and 5 heated
Add water. Filter. This preparation to same temperature. Finally add 0 and
may be colored by adding enough color .stir until cold.
to give shade desired.

Anesthetic Shii\ing Lotion


Sun Burn or After-Shave Lotion
Boric Acid lOO gr.
1.Emulsone B 50 gm. Menthol 8 gr.
2. Boric Acid 50 gm. Benzocuine 0 gr.
3. Isohol 100 gm. Alcohol 0 oz.
4. Phenol 1 dram Water to 1 pt.
5. Menthol 1 dram
Dissolve the menthol and benzocaino
Oil of Rose 1 dram
in the alcohol ami add gradually to the
7. Glyeopon AAA 400 gm.
8. Water 7 pt.
water m
which the acid has been dis-
solved.
9. Titanium Dioxide 2 oz.

Rub No. 1 and No. 2 together with


No.- add and mix in thoroughly Nos.
3, Lotion, Anti-Sunburn
4, 6 and 7.
5, Mix Nos. 8 and 9 and Quinine acid sulphate is used in pro-
stir into previous mixture rapidly for 4 portion of 4 parts, dissolved in (14 parts
minutes only. Strain through cheese- of water which also contains J part of
cloth and bottle. This gives a thick citric acid and 12 parts of 95% alcoliol.
soothing cream which is very popular. This solution is added to mixfure of 4
parts of finest, pulverized gum traga-
Milky Powder Base or Lotion canth and 5 parts of glycerin. Solution
is added to gum mixture in small por-
1. Glycosterin 10 lb.
tions with constant agitation. Prepara-
2.Water 300 lb.
tion IB easily made and is highly effec-
3.Perfume to suit
tive. It can be perfumed to taste.
Heat 1 and 2 imtil melted. Stir while
cooling,adding perfume at 105° F. By
decreasing the amount of water more Astringent Lotion
viscous products are obtained. By re-
Water 24 oz.
ducing the water to 100 lb. a paste
Glycerine oz.
cream is formed. The addition of Tita-
Alum 1 oz.
nium Dioxide to the above forms a liquid 4
powder or ‘ *
night-white. ” Isohol oz.
Lavender Oil 1 dram
Zinc Phenol Sulfonate % oz.
Almond Lotion Dissolve the Lavender Oil in the Isohol
1. Mineral Oil 35 lb. and stir into (he w'ater containing the
2. White Wax 2 lb. other ingredients.
3. Trihydroxyethylamine
Stearate (Special) 8 lb.
Perfume (Almond)
4. 1 lb. Artificial Sun Bum Liquids
5. Water 50 lb. A. Powd, Cudbear 20 lb.

Heat Nos. 1, 2 and 3 together to 140" Powd. Henna 4 lb.

F. and stir until homogeneous. Heat Peanut or Almond Oil 32 lb.


m the chemical formulary
Macerate at 120“ F, for 3 hours and
Emollient Cosmetic Wash
Alter. Triethanolamine 10.0 gm.
2 lb. Stearin 15.0 gm.
B. Quinine Sulfate
Witch Hazel 5 lb. Paraffin Oil 10.0 gra.
Lanolin 10 lb. Distilled Water 65.0 gm.
Peanut Oil 02 lb.

0. Peanut Oil 00 lb.

Olivo Oil 35 lb. Face Lotion


Bergamot Oil 1 lb. Triethanolamine 0.5 cc.
Laurel Berry Oil 3 lb. Glycerine 28“ BA 4.0 cc.
Chlorophyll 1 lb. Alcohol 95% 33.0 cc.

Formulae B and C above require ex- Water 62.0 cc.

posure of skin to sun. Perfume 0.5 cc.

Astringent Lotion (Mild) Hand Lotion


Alcohol 31/2 gal. Macerate 3 oz. of Quince Seed in 2
Glycerin 4 pt. quarts of cold water for 24 hours. Strain
Orange Flower ^Vater 20 gal. through linen cloth with force and add
Zinc Phenol Sulfonate 1 lb. 1 quart of water to the strained mucil-
Color to suit age. Mix: Bay Rum, 10 oz; Glycerin,
Perfume to suit 8 oz. Orange Flower Water, 12 oz.
;

Alcohol, 20 oz. and add to the mucilage,


followed by sufficient water to make 1
Astringent Lotion
gal. of finished product.
Witch Hazel Extract 5 gal.
Zinc Phenol Sulfonate 8 oz.
Color and Perfume to suit Hand Lotion
Boric Acid 1 dram
Astringent Lotion Cleanser Glycerine 0 drams
Alcohol 5 gal. Dissolve by heat and mix with
Glycopon 8 4 lb. Lanolin 0 drams
Water 5 gal. Petrolatum 1 oz, ^
Phenol 2 oz.
Perfume 5 oz. The berated glycerine should be cooled
Color to suit. before mixing. Add any perfume de-
sired.

'
Astringent Lotion
• Insect and Poison Plant Lotions
Alum 1 oz.
Pot. Carbonate 0.25 oz. A. Cycle Hoxylamine 25
Glycerin 0.50 oz. Alcohol 75
.Rose Water 10.00 oz. B. Linoleic Acid 2
Water to make 1% pints. Some of Triethanolamine 1
this water can bo replaced by witch C. Stearic Acid 1
hazel.
Triethanolamine 2
Zinc Oxide 1
Water or Alcohol to suit
Face Lotion
Triethanolamine gm.
2.0
Calcium Carbonate gm.
1.0 Lemon Juice Lotion
Aq. Hamamelis 65.0 gm. Pectin 2.5
Aq. Rosac 26.0 gm. Lemon Juice 9.5
Triethanolamine 4.0 gm. Water 88
Borax 2.0 gm. Moldex 0.15
Petroleum Jelly 4.0 gm.
Alcohol 25.0 gra.
Skin Lotion
Distilled Water 65.0 gm.
Zinc Phenolsulfonate 30 ot.
Alcohol 4 dr.
Acne Lotion Glycerine 2 dr.
Triethanolamine 10.0 gm. Tinct. of Cochineal 1 dr.
Stearin 22.0 gm. Orange Flower Water 02.
Petroleum Jelly 3.0 gm. Bose Water to make 6 oz.
COSMETICS 125

Lotion for Oily Skins sufficient rose wiiter to give total of


1,000 parts. Mixture is allowed to stand
Boric Acid 1 dr.
0.5 oz. several days and then filtered through
Alcohol
hair sieve.
Rose Water 5.5 oz.

Sunburn Preparations
Liquid White (for Skin)
1. Subnitrate of Bismuth 1^ dr.
Lotion for hand and arms contains Powdered French Chalk 30 dr.
2,500 parts witch hazel extract, 5,000 Glycerine 2 dr.
parts rose water, 1,000 parts alcohol, Rose Water IVj oz.

1,800 parts glycerin, 100 parts tallow, Mix the powders, and rub down care-
100 parts magnesium carbonate, 50 parts fully with the glycerine; then add the
magnesium steamte and 1,000 parts anti- rose water. Shake the bottle before use.
pyrine. First, antipyrine is dissolved in
2. Glycerine Cream 2 dr.
witch hazel extract and rose water. Then
Jordan Almonds 4 dr.
glycerin added.
is Perfume used is al-
Rose 5 oz.
lowed to be absorbed by magnesium car-
Essential Oil of Almonds 3 drops
bonate, magnesium stearate and tallow.
Then alcohol is added. This suspension Blanch the almonds, and then dry and
is strongly shaken for two dayj. Milk beat them up into a perfectly smooth
is filtered through coarse filter paper. paste; then mix in the glycerine cream
The two preparations are united with and essential oil. Gradually add the
vigorous stirring and decanted. This rose water, stirring well after each ad-
preparation is applied with cotton. Skin dition; then strain through muslin.
is rubbed and preparation is allowed
to

dry. Skin remains white the entire Swedisli Face Tonic


evening. Advantage of this preparation (After 8havo Lotion)
over ordinary liquid powder is that a
1. Zinc Phenolsulfonato Vi oz.
dull white effect is obtained, lasting 4 15
2. Witch llazol oz.
to 6 hours. 10 oz.
3. Isohol
4. Glycerine 1 oz.
Smooth-Skin Balm 5. Balsam Peru Vi oz.
Lavender Oil gm.
The formula given for Sun Burn on 6. 10
page V2‘^ with the exception that the Dissolve Nos. 1 and 2 and then dis-

Phenol is replaced by dram Bismuth


1
solve Nos. 4, 5 and 6 in No. 3. Mix
Ox) chloi ide. both solutions and stir thoroughly. Al-
low to stand overnight and filler.
Skin Milks
Milky preparations for use on skin can Sunburn Liniment
be made with lanolin, cucumber milk Formula
and almond milk. In first ease 50 parts Water White Steam-distilled
lanolin are mixed with .3 parts medicinal Pine Od 75%
soap, 20 parts glycerin, .’lOO parts rose Medicinal Olive Oil 25%
water, 5 parts tincture of benzoin, 10
The finished product will bo almost
parts perfume bouquet and 612 parts
water white and is au effective treatment
water. In 8e(!ond case .>0 parts lanolin
for sunburn. The product is applied by
are melted on water bath and 200 parts
rubbing ilirectly on the sunburned sur-
warm rose water, containing 10 parts face of the skin.
pure potash soap and 20 parts glycerin
in solution, are gradually added. Then
mixture of 10 parts perfume composition Mascara
and 30 parts tincture of benzoin are Tri hyd roxy ethylamino
added, and mixture is removed from Stearate Special 40 lb.
water bath and mixed with 700 parts Carnauba Wax ]0 lb.
warmed, freshly percolated cucumber Carbon Black 30-40 lb.
juice. Mixture is agitated until it cools
Melt with stirring and cast or extrude
off. In third case 70 parts shelled
in sticks.
almonds are crushed with addition of
sufficient rose water to give stiff paste. Liquid Mascara
Then 20 parts tincture of benzoin, 2 Tine. Benzoin (25%)
parts benzaldchyde and one part rose oil
Black Dye (Oil Soluble)
are mixed and added to paste along with
in
7 parts borax and 50 parts glycerin
126 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Nail Preparations Heat to 85® C. and add to above.
Nail bicarh consists of 3 borax, 7% % Zinc Oxide 2 % lb.
glycerin (28® HA), 90 %
perfume water, Zinc Stearate 1 lb.
2.4% preservative. Hleach of greater Clay (Colloidal) lb.
potency is made with (55% hydrogen Sienna (Raw) 1 oz.
peroxide (3%), 34% distilled water, 1%
Rub together at 30° C. and mix in.
alcoholic solution of ammonia, 0.5% ter-
peneless pinenoedlo oil. Liquor for re-
Oil Red Rose ^/4 oz.
moving nicotine stains contains 90% Oil Lilac Blossoms
44 oz.
hydrogen peroxide (.“.%), 10% ammonia
solution (density 0.9(5), or bisulfite liquor Muscle Oil
or sulfur dioxide may be used. Polish-
Castor Oil Odorless 10 gal.
ing powder contains 40% pumice powder,
Alcohol 5 gal.
15% talc and 45% stannous oxide, or Perfume Oil
(55% titanium dioxide, 10% talc and 5 oz.
25% pulverized pumice. Nail enamel
consists of 7% white oarnauba wax, 7% Solidified Perfume (Oils)
Japan wax, 2.5% spermaceti, 80.5% Trihydroxyethyl Amino Linoleato 1
white petrolatum, 0.25% turpentine, 0.5% Oningo or other oil 1
acetic acid (80“ HA), one per cent ethyl Water j
alcohol (90 to 98%), 0.25% alcanin and
Add in above order stirring well.
one per cent perfume. Nail paste con-
tains 99% white petrolatum and 0.5 to
one per cent of non-poisonoua, fat-sol- Sun Tan Oil
uble, scarlet red, or 15% whiU; beeswax, The basis of all such bronzing prepa-
10% white ceresin, 30 %
sweet oil of rations is generally a vegetable oil, pref-
almonds, 35% tartaric acid, 4% citric erably arachis oil (peanut oil), olive oil,
acid and 0% alum. Liquid cream for or ae.«Mime oil. Anichis oil in particular
after-treating nails contains one per cent is said to have a bronzing
elTect, but in
white beeswax, 4% glyceryl monostear- nearly all cases it is accompanied
by a
ate, 10% sweet oil of almonds or apricot special dye, such as the one
indicated
kernel oil, 5% white petrolatum, 80% below.
distilled water and one per cent preser- The following formula may be usi'd as
vative. a basis for ex])eriments, and is said
to
have a bronzing effect as a result of
Nail White direct application:
Zinc White Sifted 5 grm. Arachis Oil 60 gm.
Cliloroform 20 grin. Bergamot Oil 1 gm.
Paraffin 2 grm. Olivo Oil
38 gm.
Oil of Neroli 15 drops Waxoline Brown (Bye) 1 gm.
Hissolvo the paraffin in the chloroform
and adtl the other ingredients with con-
Sun Tan Oil
stant agitation.
Pherry Kernel Oil jqO
Green Color (Oil Soluble) to suit
Moldex 0 1
•Nicotine Stain, Bleach for
A compn. especially suited for remov-
ing nicotine and other stains from the Sun Tan Oil
hands or delicate fabrics consists of an
Peanut Oil 9g
Quinine Oleato 2
aq. soln. contg. alkali
hypochlorite or
hypobromite, the available PI or Hr be- Perfume and color to suit.
ing 0.5-15%, free alkali less than
8%
and the former being 1-3 times the Sun Tan Oil
latter.
Mineral or Olive Oil 95-98
(Quinine Kicinoleate 5- 2
Oil Soluble Red or Orange to suit
Nose Shine Preventer
Com Starch 1 ib. Beauty Pack
Glycerin lb. Tmgaonnth 25
Rub together. Alcohol
Water 40
2 pt. Glycopon 8 40
Turkey R^d Oil 1 pt. Calamine
Eosin (0.1%i solution) 80
7 oz. Zinc Oxide 30
COSMETICS 127

Zinc Stearate 50 Cinnamic Alcohol 5 gm.


Glycerin 20 Jasmin Liquid Absolute 2 gm.
Lime Water 1000 Grasse Rose Oil 0.50 gm.
Heliotropin, Crystallized 2 gm.
Dissolve the tragacanth in the alcohol
Then add to the lime Infusion of I'loreutine Orris,
and carbitol.
Rub up zinc stearate, zinc oxide 20 per cent 100 gm.
water.
glycerin. Add traga- 90 Per Cent Alcohol to produce 1 litre.
and calamine with
canth, glycopon S, lime water
alcohol,
mixture to calamine, zinc oxide, zinc * Plastic Cosmetic
stearate and glycerin mixture. Gelatin 100 lb.

Water 350 lb.

Soap Perfume, Tuberose Allow to swell and stir in

Cananga Oil 200 gnu. Ethyhme (dycol 52 lb.

IMienylpropyl Alcohol 200 grill. Zinc Oxide 85 lb.

Benzyl Acetate 100 grill. ('astor Oil 50 lb.

Amyl Salicylate 100 grill.


to make a smooth plastic mass.
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 100 grill.

Petitgrain Oil (Paraguay) (>0 gnu.

40 grm. Face I’owders


Linalol
loninc Beta 50 grin. Base ] — Medium Weight
Ilellotropme 50 grill. Talc 50
Musk Xylol 40 grm. Chalk Pi)td. 15
Benzoin Resin ()0 grm. Kaolin Bolted 20
Ziih’, Oxide 15
1,000 Zinc Stearate 5
Perfume Oil 12 oz.

Water Soluble Perfumes Base 11 —Rico


(Jollified Perfumes) Talc 45
1. Glycopon 297 1 Rice Starch 20
2. Perfume 1 H** Zinc Oxide 15
3. Water Vi-1 lb. Kaolin 10
Zinc, Stearate 10
Mix Nos. 1 and 2 together unfd uni
No. .3 slowly with stirring I’ei fume Oil 8 oz.
form. Add
until a jellv is formed. The water must Base III— Light
be added VERY slowly, stirring thor- Talc 00
oughly, but as soon as a tiirbnlity ap- Chalk Pptd. Light 15
pears no more water can be added. These Zinc Oxide 10
jelly perfumes disperse in water to give Zinc Stearate 10
a milky solution when eoneeutmtod and Kaolin 5
JVrfumc Oil 10 oz.
a slightly turbid solution when highly
diluted. By incorporating mcdn’inal in- Base IV — Heavy
gredients, ointments, salves, etc., are Taht 45
made which are not sticky and wash off Kaolin 30
readily with water. Zinc Oxide 10
Titanium Oxide 10
Extract of Cyclamen Zinc Stearate 5
P(*rfume Oil 10 oz.
Cyclamen Aldehyde 5 gm,
Hydroxycitronellal, very Coloring.
pure 25 gm. The raw colors as bought are mixed
Benzyl Ethyl Carbinol 10 gm. with talc in the mtio
Terpineol, very pure, middle 1 Color
distillate 5 gm. 9 Talc
Methyl lonone 5 gm.
10 gm. and are either ball milled or screened
Citronellol, purified
2 gm. through fifty mesh wire screen and then
Benzyl Acetate
bolted through a 120 mesh silk screen.
Citral, Water- white, very
The talc used is figured as part of th^
pure 9.50 gm.
formula. These colors arc then knowi|^
Alpha lonone. Water white,
gm. as bases.
extra fine 10
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 10 gpu. Geranium Lake Base
Rhodinol Ex Geranium 10 gm. Burnt Sienna Base
Bergamot Oil 5 gn^ Persian Orange Base
128 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Yellow Ochre Base •Carnation Perfume Base
Burnt Amber Base * Note , —Do not use in creams or lip-
Purple Lake Base or Violet Lake Base. sticks as it is apt to irritate.
Approximate coloring for powders 100 Isoeugenol 30
lb. Base. Eugenol 30
Rhodinol 10
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 10
Rachel or Cream Vanillin 3
Yellow Ochre Base 5 lb. Alpha lonone 5
Synthetic Rose 7
Benzyl Salicylate 5
Poach
Persian Orange Base 5 lb.
Medicated Perfume
Lavender Oil (42% Ester) 30
Brunette Camphor 10
Burnt Sienna Base 4 lb. Menthol 5
Yellow Ochre Base 4 lb. Thymol 5
Rosemary Oil 25
Methyl Salicylate 15
Flesh Benzaldehyde 5
Yellow Base 2 lb. Oil Bay Terpeneless 5
Geranium Base 1 lb.
Dandruff Remover
Mineral Oil 5 gal.
Dark Rachel
Turkey Brown Oil 5 gal.
Yellow Ochre 7 lb. Medicated Perfume 1 lb.
Burnt Sienna Base 3 lb.

Geranium Base 1 lb.


Sweet Pea Perfume Base
Phenyl Ethyl Phenyl Acetate 5
Suntan Dimethyl Acetophenone 3
Ethyl Vanillin 1
Burnt Sienna Base 20 lb.
Benzyl Acetate 6
Violet or Lavender shades are secured Musk Ketone 5
with a Violet Lake Base. Greens with a Ylang Manila 6
Green Lake Base. Dullness in shades is Benzyl Salicylate 10
secured with Burnt Amber Base. Synthetic Rose 2
Procedure: All materials ere brushed Cinnamyl Alcohol 20
through a thirty mesh screen into mixer Ilydroxycitronellal 20
and color added: Mixed for an hour or Linalool 10
until a good distribution is effected. Hydrotropic Aldehyde 1
The perfume is rubbed into 2 pounds of Neroli Petale 5
Magnesium Carbonate and screened to Terpineol 8
break particles. The perfume and Mag
nesium Carbonate is then added to the Face Powder
balance of the ingredients, mixed again
and all sifted through a 100 to 150
Osmo Kaolin 45
Zinc Oxide 10
mesh silk screen.
Bice Starch 15
Magnesium Carbonate 7
Talc 18
Neroli Perfume Base
Magnesium Stearate 5
Neroli Petale 25 Perfume (Compoux^d) 2
French Pettigrain 35 Heliotropino 1
Nerol 10
Sift through 120 mesh.
Rhodinol 5
Linalool 5
Linalyl Acetate 3 iVice Powder (Heavy for Night Wear)
> Orange Flower Absolute 6 Osmo Kaolin 30
Methyl Anthranilate 5 Titanium Oxide 30
Aldehyde CIO (10%) 2 Talc 23
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 5 Magnesium Carbonate 10
Magnesium Stearate 7
COSMETICS 129

Perfume 3 Rouge Compacts


Heliotropine 2 Carmine 1 oz.
Sift through 120 mesh. Talc 21 oz.
Gum Acacia 1% oz.
Ammonia a few drops
Bath Powder
Powdered Borax 1 lb.
Mix first three items in a mortar, add
Ammonia Muriat 2 oi. a few drops of ammonia and some water.
Synthetic Violet 2 dr. Pound into a fine mass adding more water
in small portions to form a stiff paste.
Synthetic Heliotrope 2 dr.
Fill into molds immediately. The amount
of cnimine can bo increased to obtain
Liquid Powder different shades.
Zinc Oxide 3 lb.
Precipitated Chalk 3 lb.
Glycerine 1 pt.
Brushless Shaving Creams
Alcohol 4 pt. Soaplcss Type
Perfume 4 oz. Glyceryl Monostcarate 6.5%
Water 4 gal. Stearic Acid 6.6%
Color Mineral Oil 4.0%
(See Face Powder) Peanut Oil 4.0%
Rachel— 1 oz. Yellow Ochre Base Glycerin 10.0%
Tan— 1 oz. Burnt Sienna Base
Water 69.0%
Flesh— 1 oz. Gemnium Base
Alkaline Type (Pearly Appearance)
Peach— % oz. Persian Orange Base
A. Cocoamit Oil 20.0 parts
Suet 15.0 parts
Bath Powder B, Caustic Potash (90%) 31.0 parts
Powdered Borax 1 lb. Caustic Soda (90%) 4.0 parts
Ammonia Chloride 2 oz. Borax 2.5 parts
Synthetic Violet 2 dr. Water 142.5 parts
Synthetic Heliotrope 2 dr. 0. Water IIO.O parts
1). Stearic Acid 145.0 parts
E. Glyceiyl Monostoarate 40.0 parts
Talcum Powder Stearic Acid HO.O parts
Venetian Talcum Powdi'r 700 gm. Water 380.0 parts
Osnio-kaolin or Colloidal
Clay 200 gm. In the case of the alkaline type, “A”
Magnesium Stearate 100 gm. must be saponified with “B”. To this
Benzyl Ethyl Carbinol 3 gm. add “C" and then “D," which has
2 gm. already been melted. The whole mass
Alpha lonone
Cyclamen Aldehyde or should bo slined fur a few minutes at a
Cycdosal 1gm. temperature of almut 80" C., so as to bo
gm. siiie that no luni[)S will form. It should
Ethyl Vanillin Crystallized 0..'5

tlirn be allowed to cool viitliout stirring.


Heliotrnpin Crystallized 5 gm.
Titanium or Zinc, Oxide 25 gm. Aftm one to two days, the mass will take
<»n a pearly appearance. Then an emul-
sion made with “E” should be added
Toilet Powder while both are cold. In order to make
Talcum 8 parts by weight the emulsion “E" smooth, it is advisable
Boric Acid 1 part by weight to take ten parts of the combined mass
1 1 L u resulting from “A,'’ “B, ” “C" and
“D,” and add this to “E” while the
latter is still hot. The pearly appearance
Facial and Body Reducer will temporarily vanish but alter two
Camphor 5 oz. days will again appear.
Epsom Salt Powdered 10 oz.
Isohol 85 oz.
Tincture Iodine 1 c.c. Shaving Cream, Brushless
Water 5 oz. Stearic Acid 12
Perfume 2 oz. White Mineral Oil 12
Stir quickly while bottling as this Paraffin Wax 5
preparation separates quickly. Bottles Soap Flakes 3
ih<^d labeled Shake before using. Water 72
130 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Brushless Shaving Cream Paste Rouge
Liquid Creams Beeswax 8 lb.
Stearic Acid 200 g. Stearoricinol 28 lb.
Triethanolamine 10 g. Mineral Oil 4 lb.
Water 800 g. Lanolin Anhydrous 2 lb.
Thicker Creams Petrolatum 2 lb.
Stearic Acid 200 g. Bromo Acid 1 lb.
Triethanolamine 10 g. Lake Colors S lb.
Anhydrous Sodium Carbonate 10 g. Perfume Oil 1 lb.
Water 800 g.
Perfumed Artificial Sea Salt
Brushless Shaving Cream Potassium Chloride 1 oz.
Stearic Acid Triple 75 lb. Magnesium Chloride 6 oz.
Sesame Oil 70 lb. Calcium Sulphate 1 oz.
Spermaceti 10 lb. Sodium Chloride 2 dr.
Strong Ammonia Solution 10 lb. Coumarin 1 dr.
Hot Water 315 lb. Alcohol 6 dr.
Glycerin 30 lb.
Perfume q.s. * Lathering Shaving Cream
Procedure .
— Melt waxes and fats.
Boil Mineial Oil 2 oz.
water, add ammonia, and pour
into Tallow Edible 4^oz.
melted fats with constant agitation. 1. Stearic Acid 10 oz.
When completely .saponified stir slowly (V)ch. Cocoanut Oil 5 oz.
until quite cold. Add perfume. GlycoWaxA oz.
Caustic Potash Lye
36" Be. 17 oz.
Brushless Shaving Cream 2’
Caustic Soda Lye 36®
Stearic Acid 50 gm. B6. oz.
Cocoa Butter 9 gm. Water 23 oz.
Sodium Carbonate Mono- 3. Boric Acid l^A oz.
hydrated 10 gm. [Olycopon AAA 2 oz.
Borax 20 gm. 4. Stearic Acid (C.G.) 10 oz.
Glycerin 40 c.c. 5. Perfume oz.
Alcohol 32 c.c.
Water The above formula gives a profuse
400 C.C.
lathering cream equal to the best creams
Perfume q.s.
on the market. It gives a thick, rich, non-
Procedure —
Dissolve the sodium car-
,
drying lather of the small bubble typo,
bonate, borax, and glycerin in hot water. which softens the beard quickly and con-
Melt the fats and waxes and add the tains no uncombined alkali, making it
alkali solution. Stir briskly until elTer- non-irritating to the skin. This cream
vescenco ceases and a smooth white .soap i.s peaily and the pearliness increa.ses with

is formed. Stir .slowly until cold; then ag<'.


add the perfume mixed with alcohol. Heat (1) until melted and keep melted.
Heat (.3) until dissolved; then cool.
Liquid Rouge Now add (2) to (3) and stir; then add
this to (1) slowly with good stirring,
Krythrosine 0.25 gm. keeping batch hot on a steam-bath; con-
Eosin-bluish 0.40 gm. tinue stirring until homogeneous. Keep
Glycerin 80,00 cc.
hot and allow to stand covered for 30
Alcohol (grain, 190 proof) 560.00 cc.
minutes. Stir for 5 minutes. Melt (4)
Simple Syrup 100.00 cc.
in a separate not and run it into the
Heliotrope Bouquet q.s.
above batch with good stirring; allow
Distilled Water q.s. 1000.00 cc.
to stand covered for 30 minutes; take off
Dissolve dyes in glycerin-alcohol mix- steam-bath and stir until thick; add (5)
ture. Add simple syrup and heliotrope; when almost cold stir thoroughly. Allow
;

then add water. to stand covered for week or ten days,


stirring each day for five minutes.

Paste Rouge
Bydecreasing the amount of waxes in Shaving Cream (Lathering)
lipstick formula, an excellent paste rougo Melted mutton tallow (250 g.) and 60
is made. g. ox tallow are saponified with 178 cc.
50® B6. potassium hydroxide solution amd
COSMETICS 131

boiled to sticky mass. Cool and mix with to avoid rapid stirring, as this tends to
boiled solution of 150 g. stearin, 40 g. aerate the cream.
anhydrous lanolin, 50 g. potassium car-
Make up to Properties
lionate and 1200 g. water.
3000 g. with water. Cream No. a white, pearly product
1 is
somewhat cream and is
like a vanishing
preferable for oily skins. Cream No. 2
Lather Shaving Cream is a smooth white cream of grontcr body
Cocoanut Oil 18 lb. than the other, and is preferred for use
Stearic Acid 73 lb. on dry skins. Both creams are readily
Caustic Potash Lye 39° BA 54 lb. applied to give a smooth coating on tho
Glycerine 33 lb. face, have a soothing after-effect and are
Water 27 lb. readily washable. The consistency of
these creams can bo varied by altering
Put and glycerine in kettle and heat
oil
Add tho proportion of water, and other
to 120° F. and stir thoroughly.
changes can be made along tho linos indi-
slowly 35 lb. lye and continue to stir
cated by tho differenco in the two for-
until it thickens. Add balance of lye
mulae. cream of good consistency can
A
mixed with the water slowly with con- formulae
Allow to bo made by combining tho t\vo
stant stirring until smooth.
given above.
stand in kettle 24 hours, then add per-
fume. Fill into tubes.
* Latherlcss Shaving Cream

Latherlcss creams of a^ highly pearly


Lathering Shaving Cream
appearance are made by using the formula
1. Stearic Acid 30.0% given above for vanishing cream. little A
2. Cocoanut Oil 3.3% menthol may bo incorporated to produce
3. Caustic Potasli, 50° Be. 18.8% a cooling effect on tho skin.
4. Caustic Soda, 20° Tw. 1 . 0 % These shaving creams aro particularly
6. Glycerin 5.0% interesting because they do not contain
6. Water 41.3% caustic soda, potash or ammonia and,
to suit
Perfume therefore, will not causo tho most tender
skin to smart or redden. They penetrate

Latherlcss Shaving Creams hairs and soften the skin, producing a


remarkably clean and smooth shave.
Cream No. 1 Since they are really vanishing creams,
50 lb. they not only clean tho skin but do away
Stearic Acid
Lanolin (anhydrous) 9 lb. with the necessity of after-shaving lotions
Carbitol 3 lb. and creams. An antiseptic shaving cream
Triethauolamino 1.5 11). of this tyiKj is made by dissolving a small
Borax 1.7 lb. amount of any non-acid, nou-irritating
135 lb. antiseptic in tho batch.
Water
Cream No. 2
Stearic Acid 40 lb.
•Latherlcss (lirushless) Shaving Cream
7 lb.
Lanolin (anhydrous) (Non-Irritating)
Mineral Oil (white) 18 lb.
1. Mineral Oil 15 lb.
Carbitol 3 lb.
2. Glycosterin 15 lb.
Triethanolamine 3.3 lb.
3 Water 50 lb.
Borax 3.7 lb.
125 lb.
Procedure
Water
Preparation Heat (1) and (2) to 150° F. and stir
150° F. slowly, A
Melt the stearic acid, which should be (3) into it heated to
alone littloperfurao and menthol (if desired)
the purest grade obtainable, either
is stirred in at 105° F. and stirring
is
or with the mineral oil depending upon
which formula is followed. Add the continued until cold.
lanolin and bring the temperature to
about 70° C. Heat the water, Triethano- Shaving Cream, Latherlcss
lamine and borax in a separate container
Glycosterin 10 lb.
and when at the boiling point, add the
Ethylene Glycol 10 lb.
acid solution. vigorously until a
Stir
Mineral Oil White 8 lb.
smooth emulsion is obtained and then 2 lb.
dissolved in the Carbitol. Lanoline
add the perfume 34 lb.
Stearic Acid
During the further cooling of the cream, 2 lb.
care Glycerin
stir gently but continuously taking
132 THE CHI^ICAL FORMULARY
Water 124 lb. Industrial Spirit 3 pt. (2 pt.)

Menthol 0.2 lb. Water 5 gal.

The alternative quantities are for a


Shaving Sticks cheaper preparation
Stearic Acid 40
Cocoanut-oil 10
For Mosquito Bites
Caustic Potash 38® Pfi. 23
Caustic Soda 38" B6. 6 The following application is suggested
Glycosterin 4 as a means of preventing insect bites:

Fats must bo saponified at 70“ Celsius. Cedar Oil 2 dr,


The reaction rather strong, therefore
is Citronella Oil 4 dr.

the lye must bo added more quickly than Spirits of Camphor ad 1 oz.

usual; to the saponified mass add Gly- This should be smeared on the skin of
costerin and leave to the self-iuduced the exposed parts as often as is necessary.
heating process for three hours, but stir Cod-liver oil used in the same way has
through hourly. Put into forms or pa.'^.s been highly recommended, and in combi-
through a drying machine. A soap put nation with quinine it makes an effective
into forms takes very long to harden. “sunburn and midge cream, “ a formula
Good drying is necessary. The fre.shly being as follows
machined sticks are too soft for cutting
Quinine Acid Hydro-
and must bo left to harden several lioiirs.
chloride 5 parts
After cutting wrap in tinfoil for preserv-
Cod-liver Oil 20 parts
ing their soft and pliant quality.
Anhydrous Wool Fat 75 parts
Oil of Ija vender (or
Shaving Cream for Tubes geranium) a sufficiency
Stearic Acid 15 The irritation of
a mosquito or fly bito
I’eanut Oil 6 may be allayed by gently rubbing tho
Ooooanut-oil (Cochin) 7 puncture with a moist cake of soap, or
Caustic Potash Lye 40" Bti. 14 l)y applying a 1 per cent alcoholic solu-
Water 16 tion of menthol, or 1-20 aqueous carbolic
Glycosterin 2 lotion. Hydrogen peroxide or weak
add to tho melted fats at
Stir as usual, ammonia solution dabbed on is also u.so-
70" Celsius tho mixed potash lye and ful. If the bito shows signs of sepsis,
water till sufficiently thick, leave till fully constantly renewed hot boric fomenta-
saponified and cooled. The melted Gly- tions should be applied, or if a limb is
costerin and perfume is then stirred into implicated, hot saline arm or leg baths.
tho soft mass.

Styptic
Shaving Cream
An excellent styptic powder results from
Lard 100 the mixture of 50% powdered talc and
Olive-oil Sesame-oil 80
50% phthalyl peroxide. Tho latter often
Cocoanut-oil (Cochin) 70 contains up to 40% of its weight as
Glycosterin 5 phthalio acid; this is beneficial and acts
Caustic Potash 40" BA 125 as a stabilizer. The mixture is antiseptic.
Solution of Potash 20" B6. 15
Melt fats and Glycosterin, saponify
with caustic potash lye; add the potash Styptic Pencils
solution, perfume and pass through a The following are the methods adopted
3-roll-mill. By addition of a little alco- for themanufacture of alum pencils:
hol during the rolling tho cream will get White: Liquefy 100 gm. of potassium
a silky shine. alum crj’stals by tho aid of heat. Remove
any scum and avoid overheating, particu-
larly of the sides of the vessel in which
After-Shaving Lotion
liquefaction is being carried out. The
The following is a formula for a men- molten liquid should be perfectly clear.
thol after-shaving lotion; Triturate a mixture of French chalk in
Tragacanth (pdr.) 8 oz, (5oz,) fine powder, 5 gm., glycerin 5 gm. to sT
Formalin 2 dr. (4 (dr.) paste, incorporate \idth the liquefied alura
Menthol 2 oz. (1 oz.) and pour into suitable molds. white A
Cologne Oil 2V{| oz. appearance can be imparted to the result-
Bed Coloring a sufficiency ing pencils by the addition of more
COSMETial 133

French chalk. Clear: Carefully liquefy Removing Tattoo Marki


potassium alum crystals so as to avoid
I.
loss of water of crystallization, adding a
small amount of glycerin and water Pepsin and papain have been proposed
(about 6 per cent) until a clear liquid is as applications to remove the epidermis.
obtained. This is poured, whilst hot, into A glycerol solution of either is tattooed
suitable moulds, previously smeared with into the skin over the disfigured part;
fat. The solidified pencils are rendered and it is suid that the operation has
smooth by rubbing them with a moistened proved successful. Piipiiin, 5; water, 25;
piece of cloth. glycerol, 75; diluted hydrochloric acid, 1.
Rub the papain with the water and hydro-
chloric acid, allow the mixture to stand
Styptic Pencils for an hour, add the glycerin, lot it stand
for three hours and filter.
Liquefy 100 grams of potassium alum
crystalsby the aid of heat. Remove
II.
any scum and avoid overheating particu-
larly of the aides of the vessel in which Apply a highly concentrated tannin
liquefaction is being carried out. The solution to the tattooed places and treat
molten liquid should bo perfectly clear. them with a tattooing needle as the
'Priturate a mixture of French chalk in tattooer does. Next vigorously rub the
fine powder, 5 grams, glycerin 5 grams, to places with a lunar caustic stick and
a paste, incorporate with the liquefied allow the silver nitrate to act for some
alum and pour into suitable moulds. A time until the tattooed portions have
whiter appearance can be imparted to the turned entirely black. Then take off by
resulting pencils by the addition of more dabbing. At first a silver tannatc forms
French chalk. on the upper layers of the skin, which
dyes the tattooing black; with slight
symptoms of inflammation a scurf ensues,
Witch Ilazcl Jelly which comi's off after fourteen or six-
1 oz. teen days leaving behind a reddish scar.
Boric Acid
Tragacanth 2 oz. The latter assumes the natural color of
the skin after some time. The process is
Witch Hazel 1 gal.
said to have good results.
Obviously such treatments are heroic
Wrinkle Remover and curry along with them the risk of
permanent scaning. It is therefore a job
Distilled Extract of
for a trained dermatologist rather than
Witch Hazel 600 pa/ts
for a layman.
Boric Acid 20 parts
Menthol 1 part
Glycerin 50 parts Chypre Perfume Base for Paco Powder
Perfume (with a spirit
(.’oumarin 10
basis) 100 parts 6
Haiitylyl Acetate
Elderflower water 329 parts 5
Musk ketone
Musk Anibrctte 2
1,000 parts 5
Vet i vert ol Acetate
Dissolve the menthol in the perfume Patchouli 2
and add to the mixed liquids. Make up Isoeugenol 5
to volume as directed. Methyl lonone 5
Bergamot 25
Ylang yiang Manila 10
Skin Whitener Tolu Hesin 5
(Night White or Powder Base) Vanillin 2
Glycosterin 10 lb. Linalool 3
1.
2. Water 60 lb. Mousse de Cheno 7.5
3 Oinnamyl Alcohol 6.0
3. Titanium Dioxide lb.
Labdunum Resin 3.5
Heat 1 apd 2 to 150” P. and stir until
cold. Allow to stand overnight (very im-
portant). Stir the next morning and Gardenia Perfume Base
tnake sure that it is COLD. Then stir in Lilac Synthetic 20
Titanium Dioxide until uniform. In place Rose Synthetic 10
of titanium, talc or zinc stearate may be 30
Lily Synthetic
use^ Jasmin Synthetic 25
134 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Phenyl Acetaldehyde (50%) 2 Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 5
Methyl Naphthyl Ketone 6 Anisic Aldehyde 7
Isoougenol 2 Phenyl Acetaldehyde (50%) 5
Vanillin 2 Musk Xylene 3
Styralyl Acetate 3 Sandalwood Oil 1

Honcysncklo Perfume Base Lily Perfume Base


Hydroxycitronellal 25 Hydroxycitronellal 30
Alpha Jonone 10 Terpineol 20
Terpincol 6 Methyl lonone 5
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 6 Ylang Ylang 5
Cinnamyl Alcohol 10 Rose Absolute 3
Vanillin 3 Jasmin Absolute 2
Jasmin Absolute 2 Heliotropine 6
Mimosa Absolute 5 Cyclamen Aldehyde 3
Neroli Absolute 1 Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 10
Musk Ketone 2 Vanillin 0.5
Methyl Naphthyl Ketone 5 Methyl Phenyl Acetate 0.5
Linalool 5 Nerol 0
Benzyl Acetate 6 Rhodinol 5
Bhodinol 5 Linalool 5
Cinnamyl Acetate 5
Heliotropin 5 Peach Blossom Odor
Phenyl Acetaldehyde (50%) 1 (for toilet creams)
Pure Poach Lactone 840 gm.
Jasmine Perfume Base Amyl Acetate 25 gm.
Benzoic Aldehyde 10 gm.
Benzyl Acetate 50 Vanillin 90 gm.
Hydroxycitronellal 15 Ethyl Valerianate 20 gm.
Cinnamyl Alcohol 10
Ethyl Butyrate 25 gm.
Linalool 7
Ylnng Ylang Manila 7
Para Crosyl Caprylato 2 Rose Perfume Base (Water Soluble)
Methyl lonone 3 Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 70
Benzyl Formate 1 Rhodinol 15
Benzyl Propionate 3 Phenyl Acetaldehyde 5
Amyl Cinnamic Aldehyde 2 Methyl Phenyl Aci'tato 1
Vetivert Bourbon 2
Lavender Perfume Geranium Bourbon 2
Methyl lonone 3
French Lavender Oil 500 Aldehyde CIO (10%) 2
Spike Lavender Oil 100
Bergamot Oil 200
Ceraniol 100 Sandalwood Perfume — 1,
Sandalwood Oil 60 Sandalwood Oil 200
Bosemary Oil 80 Cedarwood Oil 150
Thyme Oil 20 Patchouli Oil 15
Coumarin 30 Bergamot Oil 30
Dimethyl-hydroquinone 10 Eugenol 10
Artificial Musk 3 Vetiver Oil 20
Tinctuie of Civet 10 Artificial Musk 5
Mousse de Chone 3 Geranium Oil 30
I^bdStnum Resin 3 Cassia Oil 5
Styrax Resin 3 Cananga Oil 5
Ext. of Mousse de Chfine 10
Lilac Perfume Base Styrax Resin 5-
Coumarin 5
Terpineol 30
Dimethyl-hydroquinone 3
Hydroxycitronellal 15 Tincture of Civet 20
Cinnamyl Alcohol 10
Rhodinol 10
Heliotropin 7 Sandalw'ood Perfume —II
Rose Absolute 2 Sandalwood Oil 100
Jasmin Absolute 5 Cedarwood Oil 120
Cosmetics 135

Geraniol 20 Anise Oil 100 gm.


Terpineol 50 Bergamot Oil 150 gm.
Hyaroxy-citronellol 10
Artificial Musk 3
Perfume for Windsor Soap ^
Styrax Resin 3
(^Yellow)
Low Priced Perfume
Violet Perfume
Soap Chips 100 kilos
lonone 400
Caraway Oil 250 gm.
Concrete Orris Oil 20
Cassia Oil 200 gm.
Cananga Oil 40
Clove Oil 50 gm.
Methyl Heptin Carbonate 8
Sandalwood Oil 15
Almond Soap
Perfume for
Benzyl Acetate 40
Artificial Otto of Rose 20 Low Priced Perfume
Bergamot Oil 20 Soap Chips 100 kilos
Phenyl-ethyl Alcohol 10 Bergamot Oil 150 gm.
Heliotropin 35 Palmai-osa Oil 75 gm.
Cassie Extract 20 Bitter Almond Oil 100 gm.
Styrax Resin 15 Mirbano Oil 75 gm.
Artificial Musk 2
Ext. of Mousse do Cheno 5
Pompas Bouquet
Low Priced Perfume
Perfume for Windsor Soap 100 kilos
Soap Chips
(White) 200 gm.
Cassia Oil
Low Priced Perfunic Clove Oil 100 gm.
Soap Chips 100 kilos Thyme Oil 100 gm.
Caraway Oil 250 gm. Balsam Peru Tincture 100 gm.

Violet Perfume Bases, Synthetic


Ordi-
Constituents. Parma Boise de Nice. Classic.
nan/
/. 11. III. IV. y. VI. VU.
lonone Alpha 200 400 500 350 350 300 150
140 — — — — — 250
lonone Beta
200 — — 250 250 — —
Mothylionono
— 50 — 25 — — —
Orris Concrete
On is Kesinoid — 150 — 65 — 100 —
Cassie, Natural 20 — — 10 — —
Jasmin, Natural — 15 — 25 — 20 —
Bose, Natural 10 — — — 10 —
50 25 100 40 100 30 100
Benzyl Acetate
— — 100 25 — — —
Geraniol
Vetiverol 20 35 — — — —
Musk Xylol 40
Musk Ketone z 40 35 50
Methyl Heptin Carbonate — — 5 — 10 7.5 10
Methyl Octin Carbonate 5 5 — — — — —
Coumarin 35 — 30 — —
70 100 45 100 100 100
Hcliotropin
30 10 — — — — —
Vanillin
— — 140 150
Phenylethyl Alcohol 100 60
50 — —75 125 50
Bergamot
— 50 — — — —
— —
'

Ilydroxycitronellal
— — — 10
Violet Leaf Absolute
0J5 — —
Methylnonyl Aldehyde
— — —
1

75 — 25
— 160

Linalol
___ — 85
Terpineol
60 — 40 — 50 — —
Linalyl Acetate
— — — — 20 —
Geranyl Acetate
— — — — —
Aldehyde C 12
Anisic aldehyde ex anethol
— — 60 — —5 — —
136 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Toilet Soap Base which can be readily milled into a per-
fectly neutral and stable toilet soap.
The folloMng represent five standard
This process has demonstrated its use
and workable compositions of the stock
fulness as it lias been employed in prac
used in making the soup base. The first
tical operations for quite some years.
mixture contains eighty per cent of fresh
beef tallow, and twenty per cent of good
grade coconut oil; the second, sixty-five Half -Boil Process
per cent of beef tallow, fifteen per cent
of lard and twenty per cent of coconut A fourth process for the manufacture
oil; the third, seventy per cent of of soap base consists in complete saponi-
bleached palm oil, fifteen per cent of fication of the fatty mixture (neutral
sulphonated olive oil and fifteen per cent fats) only by the half-boil process. The
of coconut oil; the fourth, sixty-five to soap is then comminuted to chips and
seventy per cent of beef tallow, ten to these are dried in the usual manner as
fifteen per cent of castor oil and twenty in all the soap making processes and
per cent of coconut oil; the fifth, sixty thereafter milled. Toilet soaps that are
per cent of bleached palm oil, twenty per manufactured by this process contain in
cent of beef tallow and twenty per cent excess of eight per cent glycerin. Hence
of coconut oil. it is evident that the soap is sufliciently

In making soap bases of second qual- plastic and easily millable. A long se
ity good glades of fat refuse are used in ries of experiments has also proven that
largo quantities and also palm kernel oil the soap is absolutely stable. Naturally
in the place of coconut oil. These raw a most important prerequisite of this
materials can be converted into well- soap making process is that the raw
saponified soaps and of good keeping materials used must be absolutely pure
quality, but only when great care is paid and free from any odor as well as free
to the details of the process. However, from albumens. If the raw materials
the soap base that is made in this man- received into the plant are not of tins
ner cannot be perfumed satisfactorily. quality, they must be purified by suitable
The oldest and mostly used process for means before being used in the kettles.
the manufacture of excellent soap bases Only when the temperature varies very
is first to saponify the tallow, lard, palm markedly and when the humidity of the
oil, castor oil and the like and to salt- air is very high, close to 100 per cent, do
out the same once or seveml times. Then soaps made in this manner become wet.
the coconut oil is added and the saponifi- On the other hand, soaps made by other
cation continued and the soap salted out processes of saponification as well as
until a niger is obtained. This process after-treatment become wet much more
has been improved by beginning the readily under considerably less severe
saponification of each batch of stock in conditions.
a dilTorent kettle and after the batch Some toilet soap manufacturers con-
has been completely saponified, the vert the soap base into toilet soap by the
salted-out curd soap from a previous following process. The raw materials,
saponification is added. It is claimed consicsting of tallow, lard and the like,
that this metluxl makes for ti'chnicully are comiuetely saponified in a large tank,
complete saponification of tlio stock in a provided with an apparatus
agitating
more easily and safely attained manner. and situated close to the kettle.Saponi-
A third method of boiling the soap fication is carried out according to the
does not involve the addition of any emulsification-saponificationprocess by
salt. It has been used in various toilet the half -boil method using a small ex-
soap works and has been found satisfac- cess of lye. Then immediately after
tory over a period of years. The salting saponification the mass is added to the
out of the curd from the previous boil curd soap which has been subjected to
ns well as of the soap from the boil to several changes, the soap obtained from
which the curd soap has been added is a previous boil When the entire mix-
accomplished with concentrated sodium ture has been saponified, then the soap
hydroxide lye. The graining of thff fin- is salted out, salt being used in making
ished soup is also accomplished with two changes. The soap is then finisheil
dilute sodium hydroxide solution and not in the usual manner. The emulsification
with salt water. The curd soap that is and saponification of the stock, which is

obtained after standing for thirty-six carried out in a single operation, gives a
hours in the kettle is quite alkaline. soap which is completely saponified.
However, the alkalinity of the soap dis- This process is therefore of considerable
appearis as the latter is dried. The re- advantage.
lult is that a product is finally obtained
COSMETICS 137

Pearl Nail Enamel of the petrolatum, the lanolin and the


High Viscosity Nitrocellulose 20 oz. minenil oil and add the potassium solu-
Low Viscosity Nitrocellulose 10 oz. tion. Then add the titanium mass. Mix
Cellosolve Acetate thoroughly and mill again.
Vi pt.
Pale Damraer Gum 10 oz.
Butyl Acetate 1 qt. Lotion
Toluol 3 gal. Castor Oil 6 oz.
Ethyl Acetate 2 gaL OO Tar Rectified 10 oz.
Pearl Essence 18 oz. Phenol 1 oz.
Dibutyl Phthalate 1 pt. Formalin 1 oz.
Sesame Oil ICO oz.
Soft Soap 10 oz.
Lotion for Dry Dandruff
Alcohol 30 oz.
Tannic Acid 10 oz.
Perfume to suit.
Chloral Hydrate 10 oz.
Witch Hazel 200 oz. Procedure: Dissolve the soap in part
Castor Oil 5 oz. of the alcohol using slight heat. Dis-
Soya Bean Oil 50 oz. solve the formalin and the phenol in the
Alcohol 800 oz. rest of the nlcoliol. Mix the sesame,
Perfume to suit. castor and tar oils, add the soap and
Procedure: Dissolve tannic and
the then the formalin phenol.
the chloral in the alcohol, add the witch Other materials utilized in the prepa-
hazel and the oils and mix thoroughly. ration of ointments and lotions of this
kind are: storax, creosote, ammoniated
Lotion for Oily Dandruff mercury, sulphonated bitumen, procaine
hvdrocliloride, copper oleate, sublimed
Zinc Sulphate 2 oz.
sulphur, balsam of Peru, titanium oxide,
Phenol 1 oz.
silver lactate, alcohol, olive oil, sesame
Menthol 2 oz.
oil, benzoated lard and a number of ab-
Glycerin 50 oz.
sorption bases.
Water 120 oz.
Formalin 2 oz.
Alcohol 40 oz. Eczema Preparations
Perfume to suit. Ointments
Lanolin 200 oz.
Procedure: Dissolve the zinc sulphate Petrolatum 200 oz.
in some of the water. Dissolve the Beeswax 50 oz.
phenol and the menthol in the alcohol, Phenol 5 oz.
add the glycerin, the formalin and the Camphor 10 oz.
remainder of the water. Mix thoroughly Oil Eucalyptus 60 oz.
and filter. Salicylic Acid 10 oz.
Other chemicals used in the manufac- Perfume to suit.
ture of dandruff preparations include:
crude oil, precipitated sulphur, oil of 525 oz.
tar rectified, oil of camphor white, tur-
key red oil, oil of thjTue, soj'a bean oil,
Curling Liquid
thuja, cresol, lignol, sulphonated bitu-
men, lanolin, betanaphthol, croton oil, Quince Seed 30 oz.
bismuth subcarbonate, mercuric salicyl- Water 10 gaL
Borax Powdered 20 oz.
ate, arsenic iodide.
Perfume Compound 4 oz.
Benzoic Acid 3 oz.
Preparations for Scabies Alcohol 10 oz.
Ointment
Procedure: Boil the water, add the
Potassium Sulphide 50 oz.
quinse seed and allow to stand over-
Water 250 oz.
night, stirring occasionally. Add the
Petrolatum 250 oz.
250 oz.
borax solution (made with part of the
Lanolin
5 oz.
water). Filter. Add perfume and
ben-
Titanium Dioxide
zoic acid solution and mix thoroughly.
Mineral Oil 200 oz.
Extracting the quince seed hot in-
Perfume to suit.
creases the turbidity of the extract If
Procedure: Dissolve the potassium in margin of profit is great enough it is
the water. Take part of the petrolatum ^t(«r to extract the mucilage cold. As
and mill in the titanium. Melt the rest an additional precaution the quince seed
138 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
should be cleaned by blowing. This eral oil. Strain and allow to cool to
wastes a little of the mucilage but it about 115“ F. Add perfume; stir until
also removes clay and sand which the cold.
seed is apt to contain. In addition to the hair tonics for the
two primary scalp conditions, dry and
oily, there are a multitude of others for
Curling JeUy
which various claims are made. This
Gum Tragacanth 12 oz. group is so various that it would be
Alcohol % gal. impossible to give an adequate outline.
Water 3 gal. We shall, therefore, content ourselves
Borax 8 gr. with giving two typical formulas to
Benzoic Acid gether with one containing cholesterol.
Perfume 3 dr. Much attention is being given to hair
tonics containing lanolin derivatives,
Procedure: Put the tragacanth into a
lecithin, etc.
vessel, add the water and borax and
allow to stand until dissolved, a period
which will depend upon whether the
Hair Tonic —Dry Scalp
tragacanth is powdered, in ribbons or Castor Oil 1 gal.
lumps. Add alcohol to which perfume Crude Carbolic 30% 8 oz.

and benzoic lias been added and mix Cresol U. S. P. 3 oz.

thoroughly. Squeeze through muslin bag. Lignol 1 gal.


Soya Bean Oil 2 gal.
Precipitated Sulphur 2 oz.
Hair Whitener
Aniline Blue
Procedure: Mix the soya bean oil, the
2 oz.
castor heat to 100® F. and add the
oil
Distilled Water 15 gfil.
lignol. Take a small quantity of this
Procedure: Dissolve blue in one half mixture and rub up precipitated sulphur
the water by allowing it to stand over into a smooth paste. Mix with rest of
night. Mix thoroughly add the rest of oils. Add carbolic and cresol.
the water and filter. It is undesirable Dry scalp is often a diseased condi-
to run this preparation through a tion, accompanied by dandruff. Often it

mechanical filter because the stain is al- is caused by poor circulation of blood.
most impossible to remove. It is better Above preparation should be rubbed into
to filter in five gallon bottles reserved scalp at night, and, because odor is ob-
for this purpose. noxious, shampooed out in morning.
Label should contain a statement to the
effect that the longer the preparation is
Liquid Brilliantine left on the better will results be.
Light Mineral Oil 99%
Perfume (Usually Flower Typo) 1%
Procedure: MLx and filter.
Hair Tonic —Oily Scalp
Water 15 gal.
Glycerine 2 gal.
Brilliantincs are favorite sellers, the Alcohol 30 gal.
liquid being the best seller of the two. Menthol 7 lb.
Although some chemists insist that bril- Resorcinmonoacetate 8 oz.
liantines should be made from vegetable Perfume q. s.
oils, the danger of rancidity in cases
where the hair is not shampooed fre- Procedure: Dissolve menthol and per-
quently is great and it seems advisable fume in alcohol, mixing rapidly. Add
therefore to adhere to light mineral oil. glycerine and 10 gallons of water. Dis-
The purpose of a brilliantine is to solve resorcinmonoacetate in rest of
brighten the hair, to help hold it in water, add to the above and mix for
place and to perfume it. three hours. Allow to stand over night
and filter.

Jolly Brilliantine Hair Tonic —Containing Cholesterol

Spermaceti 14 lb.
Alcohol 75%
Beeswax 6 lb.
Glycerine 5%
Mineral Oil 100 lb.
Cholesterol 1%
Perfume 1 lb. Lecithin 1%
Color to suit Distilled Water 12 %
Perfume 1%
Prooedwe: Melt the waxes in the min- Chloroform 6%
COSMETICS 139

Procedure: Dissolve lecithin in chloro- Parachol 17%


form, add cholosterol and one gallon of Acid proof Lemon (to perfume) 1%
alcohol. Mix the perfume with the alco-
hol, add the glycerine, add the lecithin- 100 %
diolosterol mixture, agitato for one hour
Mix the parachol with the petrolatum
add the water and agitate for two hours.
with heat and mix until homogeneous.
Allow to stand over night and filter.
Allow to cool slightly and then slowly
add the lemon juice while mixing rap-
Dandruff Ointment idly. Add the acid proof lemon.
Dandruff ointment is usually a power-
fully antiseptic salvo, the following
formula being typical of the class: Translucent Jelly Cream
Precipitated Sulphur 8 lb. Stearic Acid 6%
Oxyquinoline Sulphate 1 lb. Spermaceti 15%
Lanoline 10 lb. White Petrolatum 30%
Petrolatum 61 lb. Mineral Oil 49%
Castor Oil 15 lb. Perfume Oil to Suit.
Tincture Fish Berries 1 lb. 100%
Balsam Peru 2 lb.

Carbolic Acid 85% 2 lb. Melt the stearic, acid and the sporma-
ceti, add the petrolatum and wlum
Procedure: Mix the sulphur with the melted stir in the mineral oil which has
castor oil rubbing thoroughly until lumps first been heated. When almost set stir
have disappeared. Mix the oxyquinoline in perfume.
sulphate with ten pounds of petrolatum,
run through an ointment mill or milling Greasy Type Cleansing Cream
rolls three times, add the sulphur castor
Spermaceti 23%
oil mixture, mix thoroughly and run 20%
Petrolatum White
through the mill again. Melt the lano- Mineral Oil 57%
line, and the rest of the petrolatum, add
Perfume to Suit.
the remainder of the castor oil, mix 100%
thoroughly and then mix in the oxy-
Make as above.
sulphur mass. Mix thoroughly, add the
balsam of Peru, continue mixing for
thirty minutes, add the tincture fish ber- Cold Cream
ries and the carbolic acid and mix again Mineral Oil 54 %
for twenty or thirty minutes. The ma- White Wax 18 %
chine best suited for this ointment is a Absorption Base Parachol 5.5%
pony mixer. Borax 1 %
Water 21 %
Perfume .5%
• Lip Stick
26.7% talc, 13.3% 10.9% pon-
kaolin, 100 0 .
%
ceau 3R 6.3% amaranth, 17.1% yellow
ochre, 5.7% zinc oxide, 3.6% paraffin, Melt the white wax, add the mineral
5.9% beeswax, 2.4% carnauba wax, 4.7% oil. Dissolve borax in part of water
sulfonated oil and 3.4% petrolatum. with heat. Add to melted fats. Heat
rest of water, stir in absorption
base
Body materials, that is talc and kaolin,
are mixed, then dry coloring matter is until smooth and mix with fats. Agitato
added including ponceau, amaranth and thoroughly and when just above solidify-
• yellow ochre; then zinc oxide and finally ing point, add perfume.
binder which is first fused so that mix-
ing with binder takes place above melt- Lecithin Lotion
ing point of same. Mass is mixed well
Milky lotions (emulsions) are produced
until plastic and poured into sticks.
by dissolving lecithin in oil and agi-
Some other ingredients mentioned in- with
tating or churning the oil solution
clude eosine Y, tartarazine, borax and
neutral soap solution containing water
bentonite. Sulfonated oil in lipstick
or glycerine. In this way there form
aids dispersion of color on skin.
emulsions that are not to« stable. Fai
more stable is the following emulsion:
Lemon Juice Cleansing Cream Two parts of monostearin ^ycerine es-

70% ter, 1 part stearin alcohol, 5 parts


Pure Lemon Juice
.

12% stearin, 2 parts lanolin, 5 parts mineral


White Petrolatum
140 ^ THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
oil (according to the parHcfalar fattiness Skin Smoothener
desired 10-15 parts) and % parte lecithin Boric Acid 3 drams
are melted and 1 part potash in 5 parts Tragacanth 8 grams
glycerine and 40 parts hot water is
Glycerine 3 drams
stirred during heating, into the fused
DistilledWater 1(5 oz.
mass. It 'is further heated until the
mass no longer rises thick. Then it is Boil—stir until a clear jelly is ob-
tained.
stirred cold. It is then thinned after
cooling with more water until the par-
Bolling Massage Creams
ticular thin liquid state desired is at-
tained. Instead of or in conjunction Creams of type are made from
this
with the first two constituent parts a freshly precipitatedcasein from milk.
glycol stearate may bo used. They at seem to disappear when
first,
rubbed on the skin, then on further rub-
bing, roll into small particles carrying
Lecithin Nourishing Cream with them the dust and dirt collected in
Lanolin 15 gr. the pores of the skin. They have the
Beeswax 15 gr. disadvantage of not keeping very well
Spermaceti 10 gr. as the water contained in the casein
Petrolatum 55 gr. evaporates mtlicr quickly, especially if
Borax 1 gr. jars are not kept tightly closed, or
are
Water 2 2 gr. opened too frequently.
Cholesterin 1 gr. These creams are generally colored
Lecithin 1 gr. pink, with cosine. The general process
Perfume as required for making these creams is as follows:
(1) To 128 parts of fresh milk add
Cream 2/10 of 1% of formaldehyde 40% solu-
tion or 1% sodium benzoate is
Spermaceti 10 gr.
added as
an antiseptic, and enough of a
Solid Paraflin 15 gr. 2%
solu-
tion of cosine to give tlie proper
Mineral Oil shade.
45 gr. Mixture is warmed to about 50-55® C.
Lecithin 1.5 gr. on water bath while stirring gently, then
Cholesterin 0.5 gr. strained if necessary.
Borax 1 gr.
Water (2) Prepare on the side, a 20% solu-
30 gr.
tion of alum or a concentrated
Perfume ns required solution
of potassium sulphate in distilled water
The solution of lecithin and choles- and bring it to the boiling point.
terin is accomplished best in the liquid Bring mixture No. 1, (milk) to boiling
or melted fats and waxy constituents. point and pour while stirring slowly,
the
The melted mass is permitted to be boiling mixture (No. 2). Stop heating,
cooled at say 40'* C. and the hot solu- continue to stir gently, and let cool
tion of borax in water is poured first in slowly at about 55° C.
small portions and then in larger por- ^yhen cool, and upper liquid is clear,
tions into the fused mass while stirring strain on muslin previously wetted, allow
thoroughly. Then it is stirred cold. precipitate to drain, wash with little
cold
In the case of vanishing cream, it is water, drain again. Then pass through
Bomowhat more filter press if there is too large
difficult to work in the excess of
lecithin. Tlio simplest way is to dissolve water. Consistency of cream will de-
the lecithin in the melted steal ic acid pend upon quantity of water allowed to
(overheating should bo prevented) and remain in casein. Then add to casein
to mix the potash solution into it by about 1% of perfume and 10 to of 15%
stirring in the usual way. glycerin or carbitol in order to
On the other prevent
hand saponification and emulsification quick drying of casein, and put in
tightly
might be affected by the lecithin. sealed jar. To obtain homogeneous
If prod-
any oil is permitted in the vanishing uct, it is recommended to
pass the magma
cr^m, lecithin is ground fine with warm through an ointment mill before putting
in jars. Addition of 1.5% sodium ben-
mineral oil (1 part of lecithin to sav
zoate helps preservation.
H-1 part of mineral oil), so that a
mass is produced that can be distrib-
uted. As soon as the cream has been Depilatory Cream
mixed and while it is still warm, the
wann lecithin
A formula for a depilatory cream is
oil is stirred thoroughly one part gum tragac^inth, 10 parts water,
i&to it. The whole of it is stirred cold. 10 parts glycerin and six ^rts starch,
together hot, and intimately mixed with
COSMETICS
141

35 parts strontium sulpliide, 3 parts Mosquito Cream ^


sodium sulphide, 30 parts zinc oxide, 10 Good results can bo secured
from com-
parts lanolin, 15 parts water and 0.2
position containing 5 parts powdered
part menthol. Formula for depilatory
wheat starch, 10 parts water, 45 parts
powder is 30 parts strontium sulphide, glycerin 28" B6., 30 parts lanolin and 5
20 parts calcium sulphide, 30 parts
to 10 parts oil of clove. Starch is rubbed
starch, 16 parts talc, 3 parts aluminum
into smooth paste with water; glycerin
acetate and one part menthol. is mixed in and mass converted into
jelly-like consistency by heating and agi-
tating; it is then alloweil to cool.
Soothing Cream
Used to relieve skin irritation, espe-
Nail Polish (Paste)
cially after a depilatory has been used.
A oxide paste, containing 28
zinc A good formula for a nail polish in
parts almond oil, 60 parts zinc oxide, 15 paste form contains 100 parts of light
parts talc and 60 parts cold cream is colored rosin, 60 parts of stearin, 60
useful; also a mixture of 30 parts lano- parts of yellow beeswax and 200 parts
lin and 90 parts soap-camphor liniment of ceresin wax. These ingredients aro
perfumed with oil of lavender. melted together on water bath and then
300 parts of white petrolatum aro mixed
in. Then a well mixed mixture of 200
Depilatory Perfumes parts of washed kieselguhr, 140 parts of
zinc oxide and 100 parts of tin oxide is
The oils, which have been
essential
mixed with the waxy base. Before mix-
found suitable for perfuming depilato-
ture is removed from water bath, color-
ries include oil of wintergreen, vetivert
ing matter is added, for example alkannu
oil, patchouly of thyme, lavender
oil, oil
pink, as well ns 15 to 20 parts of per-
oil; also the aromatics, amyl salicylate,
fume. These ingredients must be added
terpineol, benzyl acetate, menthol. About
shortly before mass bei'omos solid and is
2% is usually added. Lavender oil, par- poured into containers.
ticularly terpeneless, is much liked for
this purpose, as it alleviates skin irri-
tation. Preparations for Baldness
Ointment

Hair Lotions Pilocarpine Hydrochloride 20 oz.


Precipitated Sulphur 120 oz.
One part cholesterin, 0.3 part lecithin Parachol 60 oz.
in 200 parts of 96% alcohol and mixed Ihilsam of Peru 60 oz.
with 3 parts castor oil. Another solu- Kesorcinol Monoacetato 30 oz.
tion of 0.5 part oxyquiniline sulfate and Petrolatum 900 oz.
0.2 part salicylic acid in 75 parts 96% Water 00 oz.
alcohol is added and mixture made up Perfume to suit.
to 300 parts by weight.
Procedure: Dissolve the pilocarpine in
water and mix with absorption base.
Vanishing Cream Mill the sulphur and the monoacetato
with part of tlie petrolatum. Melt the
Five parts of cocoa butter are melted
rest and stir in the absorption base and
with 25 to 30 parts of pure stearin on
water bath at not above 100® C. Warm add finally the sulphur mass. Mix thor-
oughly.
solution, 60® C., of 100 parts water,
seven parts potash, eight parts borax, 16
parts glycerin, 12 parts alcohol and 3 Lotion
parts ammonia, is added to 30 parts of
Mercuric Chloride 1 oz.
molten mass. Much carbon dioxide gas
Salicylic Acid 5 oz.
is liberated, which necessitates largo ket-
Chloral Hydrate 5 oz.
tle for operation. Vigorous agitation is
Glycerin 25 oz.
required. After most of carbon dioxido
Acetone 10 oz.
has escaped, hot-filtered solution of 0.5
Alcohol 200 oz.
part agar-agar in 20 parts water is
Water 825 oz.
added and mixture stirred until cool.
Perfume to suit.
Perfume is added shortly before mass
congeals. Cream is filled into containers Procedure: Take part of the petro-
after stos^ting 1 to 2 days. latum, add the salicylic, the phenol and
tha camphor and mill thoroughly. Melt
142 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
petrolatum continual stirring until a saponaceous
the lanolin, the rest of the
mass has been produced.
and the beeawux, stir in the milled base
Now, in two separate vessels, dissolve
and add the oil of eucalyptus.
the lecithin in the chloroform; and mix
the rosemary with the rose water. Then
add the lecithin Golution to the rose water
Lotion mixture. In the final step in this prepa-
Oxyquinolino Sulpliate 1 oz. ration, this mixture is then added very

Tincture of Fish Berries 10 oz. slowly, to the saponified oil that was first
Glycerin 30 oz. produced. Stirring should be continued
Tincture Benzoin 8 oz. for about an hour after mixing has been
Witch Hazel 150 oz. completed.
Water 10 oz. There are a number of other chemicals
Perfume to suit. which have been used in the manufacture
of psoriasis products. Among the more
Procedure: Dissolve the sulphate in popular of these may be included the fol-
water. Mix the fish berries with the lowing: lanolin, se.same oil, peanut oil,
glycerin, add the benzoin and the witch benzoic acid, bismuth subgallate, linseed
hazel. Then add the sulphate solution. oil, birch tar, chaulmoogra oil, neats foot
Other chemicals used in the manufac- oil, croton oil, cod-liver oil, and soya bean
ture of eczema preparations are: calo- oil.
mel, iodoform, oil of wormwood, silver
protein, sodium iodide, potassium iodide,
pine tar, bismuth resorcinate, mercuric Dandruff Preparations
salicylate, bismuth subnitrnto, red mer- Ointment
basic aluminum acetate,
y
curic iodide, Lanolin 12 oz.
benzocaine, bismuth oxyquinolato, and Water 15 oz.
various absorption bases. Silver Lactate .S oz.
Tincture Fish Berries 5 oz.
Sulphur Iodide 3 oz.

Psoriasis Preparations Balsam of Peru 15 oz.


Cocoa Butter 20 oz.
Ointment Petrolatum 60 oz.
Chrysarobin 3 oz. Clycorm 10 oz.
Salicylic Acid 1 oz. Perfume to suit.
Rectified Oil of Pine Tar 10 oz.
Soft Soap I.*) oz. Procedure: Dissolve the silver lactate
Petrolatum 28 oz. in water and the sulphur iodide in glyc-
Absorption Base 5 oz. erin. Melt the petrolatum, the lanolin
Perfume to suit. and the cocoa butter, stir in the silver
lactate solution, add the sulphur iodide
Procedure: Mill the salicylic and the solution and finally thebalsam of Peru
chryaarobin with a part of the petro- and the fish berries.
latum. Melt the rest of the pi'trolatum
and the absorption base, add the soap,
the pine tar and the chrysarobin-salicylic Lipstick
mass and mix thoroughly. grm.
White Beeswax 20
Paraffin 5 grm.
Spermaceti 8 grm.
Lotion Cocoa Butter 10 grm.
Oil of Mace 10 oz. Benzoated Lard 25 grm.
Olivo Oil 10 oz. Parachol 20 grm.
Liquid Ammonia 15 oz. Bromo Acid .3 grm.
Essence of Rosemary 6 oz. Color Mixture for Shade 10 grm.
Rose Water 60 oz. Para Oxybenzoic Acid
Lecithin % oz. Ester .05 grm.
Chloroform 3 oz. Perfume (with flavor
Perfume to suit. character) 1 grm.

Procedure: In making this prepara- Procedure: Mix the colors first with
tion, the proper method to be followed is the bromo acid. Melt the parachol and
to add the olive oil to the mace. This the lard, add the color mixture and grind
step should be followed by thorough mix- through a paint mill three or four times.
ing. After this operation is completed Meanwhile melt and mix the rest of the
the ammonia water is added slowly, with waxes, and, when the colors are ready,
COSMETICS 143

add the melted waxes and mix tlior- containers, they will last for years.
oughly. Heat should not be raised nbo\e When acetanilide and magnesium car-

the melting point of the waxes. As soon bonate are used alone, then about 15%
as the batch is finished it should be menthol or menthol and camphor should
molded, keeping it so far as possible at be added.
a constant temperature.
Wrinkle Cream
Anti-Perspiration Liquid First requirements of skin creams for
removing wrinkles is that they must be
Oxyquinoline Sulfate 1
500 greaselesa. Cream is naturally uae<l as
Rose Water
massage cream, for process of removing
wrinkles involves massaging. Suitable
Anti-Perspiration Powder formula for sut’h cream is 1(U)0 parts of
Oxyquinoline Sulfate 1 rose water and 350 parts of glycerin.
Tale 10 This mixture is brought up to boiling
and 40 parts of })otash soap added.
Solution is boiletl again and IS parts of
Freckle ''Removers”
purilied calcined potash addetl. In an-
Two grams of zinc sulphophenylate,
other \essel ISO parts of white stearin
.lO grams of distilled water, 2 grams of
are nudted. First solution is filten'd
ielitliyol, .'10 grams each of anhydrous remove impurities.
througli cloth to
lanolin and petroleum jelly and 2 grams Then it is brought to boiling and molten
of lemon oil or other suitable perfume, stearin allowed to flow into vessel in thin
will give good results.
stream while solution is vigorously agi-
Preparations with a bleaching action tated. Large vessel must bo usial for
are made containing 1500 grams of wool carrying out operation, for mass must
grease, S.IO grams of almond oil, 110 not be allowed to boil over due to evolu-
grams of beeswax, 150 grams of borax, tion of large quantities of carbon diox-
150 grams of hydrogen peroxide (100% ide. If contents of kettle boil over, re-
by volume) and 10 grams of yellow sult is insuflicient saponitication of con-
petrolatum. tents and jioor product. This is noticed
by formation of small lumps in cream.
Freckles Treatment The.se lumps cannot be jiroperly rubbed
Alcohol 4 oz. into skin and spoil entire action of cream.
Stronger Rose Water 2 oz. This cream is really a soft soap. Mass
Tincture of Benzoin 15 dr. is cooled after being boiled long enough

Apply every night after scrubbing. and is agitated thoroughly and pi-rfumed
with 15 parts of rose oil and one part of
vanillin. Bmall amount of alcohol may
Perfume Sticks be added either after or during addition
Most suitable base for these perfumed of stearin. This is effective in prevent-
crayons is acetanilide. It is used in pro- ing formation of lumps.
portion of 87.5 parts by weight. It is
melted on water bath or over flame, pro-
while being Concentrated Hair Wave
vided it is carefully stirred
heated. Temperature must not rise above Gum Karaya White 5 lb.

80® C. When it is molten, 10.5 parts Aquaresin G. M. 5-10 lb.

of pulverized magnesium carbonate are


mixed in until it dissolves entirely. Then
Rub together thoroughly and stir in
Isopropyl Alcohol (99%) 20 lb.
there are added 35 parts of xylene musk,
Perfume and color to suit.
17.5 parts of heliotropin, and 3.5 parts
of Japan wax. When all ingredients This concentrate when thrown into
have been melted, 8.4 parts of perfume water and stirred gives a uniform prod-
dissolved in 4.2 parts of benzyl alcohol uct whose thickness depends on amount
are added. of water used. This product differs from
Mass and can be
will solidify rapidly similar preparations in that it ^ves the
formed into shape warm.
while still hair lustre and does not flake off.
Amount of heliotropine added is maxi-
mum allowable limit, for more of this
Eau De Cologne and Toilet Waters
substance will make mass soft. Perfume
must not be added in excess of that pre- Base A
scri^d above, for the excess will simply Indian I.iemon Oil 20 grm.
ooze out of mass. When these perfumed Bergamot 20 grm.
crayons are properly packed in air-tight Neroli or Neroli Synthetic 39 grm.
144 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Italian Sweet Orange Oil 10 grm. Bhodinol 5
lavender 40-42% Ester 10 grm. Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 7.5
Orris Boot Tincture 2 grm. Citronellal Acetate 2.5
Ambreine or Ambrethene 3 grm.

Use 100 grams to 1 gallon 70% alco- Fancy Cologpie


hol. Allow to stand for one week. Chill Terpenelcss Lemon
and 3
Alter while cold.
Terpeneless Bergamot 15
Neroli Petale 25
Perfume Bases Nerol 15
Terpeneless Bergamot 7
Floral Eau De Colognes (Acacia Type)
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 10
Base A (above) 100 Hydroxycitronellal I5
Methyl Naphthyl Ketone 2 (Mnnamyl Acetate 5
Anisic Aldehyde 1 Ambreine or Ambrethene 5
Benzyl Acetate 1

Jasmin Synthetic
Chypro Cologne
Base A Benzyl Acetate 400
200
Oak Moss Absolute Hydroxycitronellal 100
3
Vetiverol Acetate Linolool 50
5
Patchouli Heliotropin 50
3
Coumarin Amyl Cinnamic Aldehyde 50
5
Santalol Acetate Para Cresyl Caprylate 50
4 Ylang Ylang Oil 50
Jasmin Absolute 250
Oardenia Cologne
Base A 200
Styralyl Acetate 2 Rose Synthetic
Hydrotropic Aldehyde 0.5 Rose Otto 150
Rose Absolute 50
Jasmin Cologne Rhodinol 200
Base A Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 300
200
Benzyl Acetate Phenyl Ethyl Propionate 100
5
Amyl Cinnamic Aldehyde Alpha lonono 50
2
Hydroxycitronellal Vetiverol Acetate 25
3
Rhodinol Acetate 25
Citronellol Butyrate 25
Lilac Cologne Phenyl Acetic Aldehyde
Base A 50% 50
200 Aldehyde C9 (10%) I5
Benzol Acetate 5 Alcohol CIO (25%) 10
Terpmeol 5
Anisic Aldehyde 2
Phenyl Acetic Aldehyde Carnation
2
Hydroxycitronellal 5 (Bo not use Creams or Lipsticks)
in
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 100
Orcliideo or Trefl6 Cologne
Isoeugenol 250
Base A Eugenol 300
200
Isobutyl Salicylate Rose Otto 25
10
Musk Ambrette 20% Rhodinol 200
in Benzyl
Benzoate Ethyl Vanillin 20
5
Musk Ketone 50
Benzyl Isoergenol 50
Carnation Cologne Methyl lonone 50
Bise A 100 Oppoponax Resin
Isoeugenol 2
5 Tolu Resin g
Eugenol 5
Vanillin 2
Methyl lonone Oregon
3
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol Carnation Synthetic 250
5
Methyl lonone 200
Peru Balsam 20
Rose Cologne Tolu Balsam
Base A 20
lOo Benzoin
Bose Geranium 50
2JS Ylang Manilla 60
COSMETICS

Jasmin Synthetic 50 Para Creayl Phenyl Acetate 25


Cinnamyl Alcohol 150 Para Cresyl Acetate 10
Rose Synthetic 50 Methyl Para Creaol 10
Oppoponax Resin 5
Castoreum Absolute 5
Ambreine or Ambrethene 150 Honeysuckle
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 100
Cinnamyl Alcohol 100
Jacinthe S}Tithetic
Heliotropin 50
Phenyl Acetic Aldehyde 50% 200 Alpha lonone 100
Phenyl Acetic Aldehyde Mimosa Synthetic 50
Dimethyl Acetal 50 Jasmin Synthetic 100
Hydrotropic Aldehyde 50 Rose Synthetic 50
Prom Styrol 10 Terpinol 50
Methyl Octrine Carbonate 10% 15 Plienyl Acetic Acid 10
Clary Sage Oil 20 Musk Ketone 25
Ylang Manilla Oil 50 Musk Ambrette 25
Methyl lonone 50 Methyl Naphthyl Ketone 50
Phenyl Etliyl Alcohol lOO Pam Cresyl Phenyl Acetate 10
Cinnatnyl Alcohol 200 Hydrotropic Aldehyde 10
Rose Synthetic 50 Neroli Synthetic 50
Phenyl Ethyl Propinate 50 Phenyl Ethyl Phenyl Acetate 50
Phenyl I’ropyl Acetate 50 Linalool 50
Terpineol 55 Nerol 50
Vanillin 20 Hydroxycitronellol 170
Musk Ketone 30

TrellG
Tuberose Synthetic Isobutyl Salicylate 250
Tuberose Natural 100 Benzyl Salicylate 150
Cinnamyl Alcohol 50 Ylang Bourbon Oil 150
Plienyl I’ropyl Alcohol 100 Metliyl lonone 100
Ylang Mayilla Oil 300 Isoeugenol 30
Benzyl Salicylate 100 Eugcnol 30
Benzoin Resin 50 P.ergarnot Oil 100
Tolu Ream 50 Linalyl Acetate 50
Sty rax Resin 50 Citroncllol Acetate 05
Methvl lonone 50 Coumarin 60
Heliotropin 50 Para Cresyl Phenyl Acetate 25
Methvl Salicylate 25
Aldehyde C12 (10%) 50
Violet Synthetic
Alcohol Cl 2 (25%) 25
Alpha lonone 200
Beta lonone 50
Neroli Synthetic Methyl lonone 150
Neroli Petale 250 Orris Resin 100
French Pettigrain 300 (.'assie Synthetic 50
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 100 .lasmin Synthetic 50
Linalyl Anthranilate 100 Vcti\erol Acetate 50
Linalool 50 Coumarin 25
Nerol 100 Vanillin 25
Rhodinol 50 Bergamot 50
IMienyl Acetic Acid 5 Hydrnxycitronellal 50
Sweet Italian Orange Oil 45 Isobutyi Phenyl Acetate 50
Musk Ketune 50
Violet Natural 100
Narciase Synthetic
Ylang Bourbon Oil 150
Benzyl Acetate 100 Ambre (Fixative)
Hydroxycitronellal 200 Musk Kotftne 30
Terpineol 100 Musk Ambrette 30
Cinnamyl Alcohol 100 Labdanum Bleached 100
Rose Synthetic 75 Orris Absolute 10
Coumarin 50 Methvl lonone 60
Jaamin Synthetic 50 VaniUin 60
146 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Vetiverol Acetate 50 Tangerine Cream
Counmrin 50 Follow cold cream formula using water
Clary Bage Oil 25 soluble orange color and tangerine
Rergamot Oil per-
125 fume.
Heliotropin 100
lienzylCinnamate 100
Resin Peru 50 Mint Cream
Resin Tolu 50 Follow cold cream formula using water
Santalool Acetate 80 soluble green color and peppermint
Resin Benzoin per-
50 fume.
Ambreine or Ambrethene 100

Mimosa Synthetic Wild Cherry Cream


Mimosa Absolute Follow cold cream formula using water
100
Dimethyl Acetophenone soluble cherry cold and wild cherry
100 per-
Isobutvl Salicylate fume.
100
Phenyl Acetic Acid 25
Phenyl Acetic Aldehyde (50%) 25
Linalool 75
June lype uream
Benzyl Acetate 50 The most recent advance in an all pur-
Coumarin 50 pose cream, sold in tubes, is exemplihed
Cinnamyl Alcohol 200 by the following formula which gives a
Cinnamyl Acetate 75 waxless cleansing, nourishing, stimulating
Hydroxycitronollal 150 and softening cream which also acts as
a powder base.
A. Clycosterin 10 lb.
Cold Cream, Modern
Mineral Oil, White 3 gal.
Paraffin Wax 1 lb. Petrolatum, Wliite 6 lb.
Cetarnin 2 lb. Paracliol 2 lb.
Petrolatum, White 114 lb. B. Water 7^ gal.
Mineral Oil, White 3 pt.
Glycopon AAA 4 lb.
Heat to 180® F. and to it add with
stirring in separate vessels heat Aand B to
Water (Boiling) 1(50® F. Add B to A slowly while stir-
1 gal.
When at 150® F., while mixing, add 1
ring vigorously. A jelly like mass re-

dram perfume and mix


sults. Add 4 oz. perfume and continue
tdl thick. Pack stirring. As temperature drops to 110®
cold.
F. a transformation takes place —
a beau-
tiful white cream results; stirring is

Lemon Cream continued until cold when it is packed


into tubes or jars. It may be packed
Follow above cold cream formula, us-
ing a little Tartrazine in the water and
warm by heating, with stirring, to 105-
110® F.
Citral in place of perfume.
This cream wipes off the skin without
leaving a greasy film. It, nevertheless,
Cucumber Cream penetrates and is readily absorbed by
As above except using water the skin.
soluble
green color and cucumber perfume. To give a cooling effect on the skin,
1-2 oz. of menthol may be added with
the perfume.
Strawberry Cream Modified forms of this cream may be
As above except using water soluble made by the addition of water soluble
pink color and strawberry perfume. colors and appropriate perfumes, oils or
other materials to produce

Lemon Cream
Lavender Cream
Strawberry Cream
As above except using water soluble Cucumber Cream
lavender color and lavender perfume. Turtle Cream
Viosterol Cream
Lecithin Cream
Violet Cream Hormone Cream
Follow cold cream formula using water Olive Oil Cream
soluble violet color and violet perfume. Almond Oil Cream
COSMETICS 147

Tissue Builder Cream dissolved in the water and 1 oz. of cu-


Paraffin Wax 1 lb. cumber perfume is used.
Cetamin 2 lb.
Lanolin Anhydrous 1 lb. Lemon Cream
Petrolatum, Amber 1 lb.
Same as Cold Cream (above) except
Mineral Oil 3 pt.
that a little Tartrazino is dissolved in
Heat above to 180" F. and while mix the water and as perfume either 1 oz. of
ing add slowly Tcrpeneless Oil of Lemon or Citral is

Water (Boiling) used.


1 gal.
Continue stirring and at 150“ F. add
1V(5 drams perfume. This cream is Brushless Shaving Cream
poured into jars at 130-135“ C.
Deramin 4 lb.
Water 5 gal.

Hair Milk Heat to 180“ F. and pour into


1. Mineral Oil, White 144 lb. Stearic Acid 15 lb.
2. Trihydroxyethylamine Lanolm 1 11).

Stearate 29 lb. previously heated to 180“ F. while mix-


3. Water, Warm 320 lb. ing moderately.
4. Perfume 3 lb. Add perfume 4 oz. when thick and mix
While stirring heat (1) and (2) until until C(dd. II a eooliii}; (n’l'ct on the
melted togctlicr.Acid (3) slowly with skin desired 1 oz. Mentliol
is may be
stirring untd uniform. Add (4). Stir. added with the jierfume.
Allow' to stand ovei night, stir moderatcdy
and package. Liijuefyiiig Clean,sing Cream
This preparation corrcicts dry scalp and
Soft Type
hair and imparts a gloss to the latter and
keeps it in place. It replacc’s old fash-
Petrolatum, While 3 lb.

ioned greasy hair oils and brilhantincs. Cera flux 2 lb.


Petrolatum, Tjiipiid 1 gal.

Melt together and add 1 diam jier


Cold Cream fume; pour at lowest possible tempeni
Mineral Oil, White 1 gal. ture.
Beeswax, White 1 lb.
Ozokerite, White 1 lb.
Medium Typo
Ceraflux 2 lb.
Spermaceti 5 lb.
Heat to 170“ F, and add to abovi Petrolatum, White 8 lb.
while mixing Oeraflux 4 lb.

Water gal. Petrolatum, Liquid V/j gal.


Bor^ VA oz.
Melt together and add V/j drains per
previously heated to 170“ F. When fume; pour at lowi'st possible tempera
temperature is 140“ F. add 1 oz. per ture.
fume and pour into jars at 130-135“ C.

Hard Type (for Hot Climates)


Tissue Cream Spermaceti 5 lb.

To the above mixture of waxes add Petrolatum, White 8 lb.


Ozokerite 5 lb.
Lanolin Anhydrous 1 lb.
Petrolatum, Liquid 1^^ gal.
and replace the Beeswax, White by Yel- Medium Type
Proceed as in above.
low Beeswax.

Cold Cream
Turtle Oil Cream
White Beeswax 150 gm.
Same as Tissue Cream (above) with
White Mineral Oil COO gm.
the addition of Turtle Oil %
lb. and % Water 240 cc.
oz. Moldex, dissolved in the water.
Borax 10 gm.
Melt beeswax in mineral oil. Dissolve
Cucumber Cream borax in water. Add two with vigorous
Same as Cold Cream (above) except stirring until cooL Perfume to suit.
that a little water soluble green color is
14d THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
*
Vanishing Cream Heat to 180* F. and pour into

To make a quart. Stearic Acid 16 lb.

Steafic Acid (Triple previously heated to 180* F. while stir


Pressed) 1920 gm. ring, not too quickly. Add 4 oz. per-
Glycerin 960^p. fume when cream thickens and stir until
Soda Ash 60^. cold. Allow to stand overnight and pack.
Borax 840 gm. The pearly finish becomes more pro
make 32 oz.
Disttlled water to nounced with age.
Melt stearic in glycerine and one half This cream is noteworthy because it is
the water. Dissolve soda ash and borax free from ammonia, soda, potash and
in other half. Mix two with stirring glycerin and therefore will not affect
until cream is cooled suflflciently. Per- tender skins.
fume to suit.

Pearly Vanishing Cream Astringent Cream


This cream is non-beading as it is free Add 4 oz. Astringent Powder to the
from glycerine. above when cold. Or, preferably, grind
Deramin 4 lb. the Astringent Powder into 1 lb. of the
Water 5 gal. cream and then mix into the entire batch.

DECOLORIZING, DEODORIZING,
DISINFECTING
• Ammonia Gas Mask Absorbent into shallow paus to depth of one inch
First make a solution of and heat to 160® F.

Sod. Silicate 43 kg.


Water 61 gal. * Refrigerator Deodorant

Sulfuric Acid 3500 c.c.


Take sour sherry charcoal 45%, coco-
nut charcoal 25%, boxwood charcoal 20%
Water 13 liters
and trioxymethylene 10%, all in granular
Add 10 liters of this acid solution form. This mixture is placed in a rotat-
slowly with stirring to the silicate solu-
ing cylinder or barrel, provided with agi-
tion. The balance of the acid solution is
tating apparatus, and stirred for ten
then poured in quickly while stirring
minutes or until a homogeneous product
vigorously. Stir until neutral or slightly
of uniform composition is obtained. The
acid. On standing for about hour a
granules are then sieved to remove any
glassy blue white jelly forms. Thip is
pulverant material, and the mixture is
transferred to a number of canvas bags
then poured into a cylindrical container
and placed in a press. Pressure is ap-
of perforated sheet metal, the perfora-
plied to squeeze out as much water as
tions being of such size as to freely* admit
possible. A
rigid white gel is left. This
air, gases and vapors but too small to
ispressed thru a No. 4 screen and placed
permit egress of the granular particles of
in a suitable mixer. To thia is added carbon and trioxymethylene.
the following solution v
In the foregoing there Is used sour
Malic Acid (Powd.) 20 lb. cherry, coconut and boxwood carbon or
Water 4 liters charcoal and trioxymethylene in granular
heated slowly to 65-70* C. with good stir- form, however, pulverant materials may
rtng. Add slowly another liter of water be used with equally good results, or a
while stirring for 20 minutes. Transfer central core of molten trioxymethylene
to % mill and grind to uniform size.. Pour may be used around which is deposed the
DECOLORIZING, DISINFECTING
149

gas absorbing materials, all of which may Spray for Movie Theatre
then be enclosed in a pervious container,
The following is a formula for a prepa*
a perforated cylinder of sheet aluminum ration suitable for spraying in theatres:
approximately 3 inches tall and 2%
Pine-needle Oil
inches in diameter being one form in
which I prefer to manufacture this ap-
Formal in of each 2 oz.
paratus. Such a receptacle has a capacity
Acetone 6 oz.
Isopropyl Alcohol to 20 oz.
of approximately 105 grams and will con-
tain; For use as a spray 1 oz. is mixed with
Grams a pint of water.
Sour Cherry Wood Charcoal 47.25
Cocoanut Shell Charcoal 2G.25 Theatre Sprays
Boxwood Charcoal 21.00
Trioxy methylene 10.00 (1)
Oil Lavender 60 c.c.
In the foregoing, use pulverant tri- Oil Bergamot 30 c.c.
oxymethylene which is packed in a thim- Oil l’epperniii|t 5 dr.
ble or capsule of unsized paper. This Oil Cloves 30 dr.
capsule forms a central core about which Ac’ul Benzoic 1.8 gm.
is packed the granular absorbent ma- Alcohol sufficient to make 300 c.c.
terial. The shape and size mentioned is
one form suitable for use in a refriger- The benzoic acid is dissolved in the
ator having a capacity of approximately and the
alcohol volatile oils added.

3 cubic feet.
2)
Another form product may be manu- (

factured as follows: Pine Needle Oil 2 oz.


Per cent Foimalm 2 oz.
Acetone 0 oz.
Sour Cherry Wood Charcoal 45
Isopropyl Alcohol to make 20 oz.
Cocoanut Shell Charcoal 25
Boxwood Charcoal 20 For mix 1 oz. of above with a
use,
Trioxymethyleno 10 pint of water for spraying.

These materials are mixed to a paste


stiff
with ox blood, diluted with 10 volumes * Disinfectant
of water, and the mass is charred in suit- A disinfectant having a coefficient of
able molds at 600* C. so as to form cakes
2 plus in accordance with Bideal -Walker
or blocks which are available for use with- (1921 modification) may be prepared by
out the necessity of a containing re- mixing the followmg ingredients in the
ceptacle. proportions given;
Per cent
* Garlic, Deodorizing by weight
Tar Acid Oil (25% tar acids) 68
Garlic is chopped very finely and heated
The Kosoap 30
with water in a pressure cooker.
Castor Oil Soap 2
odorous materials are then removed by
blowing air or steam thru it. A disinfectant havdng a coefficient of
3 plus may be prepared by mixing the
following ingredients together in the
Deodorant Spray proportions given:
For theatres, lavatories, etc. Per cent
Pine-needle Oil by weight
Formalin of each 2 oz. Insecticide Oil 56.0
Acetone 6 oz. High Boiling Tar Acida 4.0
Isopropyl Alcohol to 20 oz. Water Gas Tar Diatillate 8.0
Ko.sonp 30.0
For use as a spray 1 oz. is mixed with
a pint of water. Castor Oil Soap 2,0
In the above examples, rather than
adding the rosoap to the oily por-
Pine Deodorizing Spray tioni^ it is preferable to add the oily
Pine spray— Pine oil 250, geranium oil portions such as the tar acids, Insecticid®,
5, bergamot oil 5, lavender oil 15, rose* oil, and water gas tar distillate, to the
mary oil 10, bomylacetate 15 and iso- rosoap while stirring and heating. The
PrOH 700 parts. remaining ingredients may be added in
any order.
160 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Water added to the above composi-
is Lysol-Type Disinfectant
'tions to produce a dieinfectant in the (Phenol CoeflScient about 2.6)
form of an emuleion. Any desired pro- Straw Colored Cresylic Acid 50 parts
portion of water may be used. The emul-
(Phenol Coefficient about 5.0)
Bion formed is of an exceptionally stable
Sulfonated Castor Oil, Con. 25 parts
character.
25% Caustic Potash Solution 15 parts
Any animal or vegetable oil soap may
bo substituted for castor oil soap to aid Add the caustic potash while stirring
to a mixture of the other two, and ad-
in stabilizing emulsions. For instance
just either with alkali or red oil (oleic
Boya bean oil soap or stearic acid soap
acid) until a sample dissolved in alcohol
may be used, Sulphonated oils may also
is neutral to phenolphthalein.
be used.

* Disinfectant, Pine Oil Disinfectant


Deodorizing
Lime 85-93
A low priced disinfectant and deodo-
rizer for spraying (when diluted with
Sod. Tetrasilicato 15-7
water) or general cleaning purposes.
Alum 5
Rosoap 10 lb.
* I’lnc Oil 60 lb.
Disinfectant Blench
Toluene sulfodichloramidc
The pine oil is worked into the Rosoap,
24
gradually, to avoid lumping. Part of
Caustic Soda 10
the pine oil may bo replaced by kcroseno
Sod. Sulfate 110
to lower costs. The above when stirred
When dissolved in water it is a strong into water gives a milky white emulsiu.
bleach and disinfectant.

‘ ’
Pine Oil Disinfectants
* Lysol ’ (Cresol Disinfectant)
Pine Oil Disinfectants are commonly
Dissolve 25.5 gins. Caustic Soda in 140
made according to the Hygienic Labora-
c.c. water, waim this and add to a
tory Formula;
warmed mixture of 500 c.c, Crosylic Acid
and 180 c.c. Rozolin; stir thoroughly and Parts by Weight
add water to make 1000 c.c. Pine Oil 1000
“1” Wood Rosin (Acid Num-
Cresol Disinfectant
ber— 165) 400
Sodium Hydroxide (25% Solu-
A. Cresol 35 tion) 200
Creosote 45
Castor Oil Soap 20
1600
Itprepared in the following manner;
ivS
B, Rosin 17
The Pine Oil and Wood Rosin are
Washed Cresote 71
heated together at a temperaturo ot
Cresol 10 80® C. in a jacketed steam kettle, the de-
Caustic Soda 2
gree of heat is maintained until the rosin
Water 2
is thoroughly dissolved in the Pine Oil.
The temperaturo is then dropped to 60® C.
White Cresol, Disinfectant at which point the Sodium Hydroxide
Cresol 50 (25% solution) is added by stirring in
Cresote 7.5 very slowly. Saponification should bo
Glue 2.5 complete in thirty (.30) minutes. This
Castor Oil Soap 0.5 product has a predicted phenol coefficient
Caustic Soda 0.1 of 3.5 to 4 determined by the Food and
Water 60 Drug Act Method against B-Typhosus.
The following formula was developed
Disinfecting Laundry using a vegetable oil soap base:
Soak for 1 hour in any of following Vegetable Oil Soap Base 20%
and rinse. Pine Oil 80%
Formalin 1
Pine oil is added to the vegetable oil
, Water (at 140“ F.) 200
soap and stirred in slowly. No heating
Emulsified Cresol (Cresylic Acid) 1
is required for this blend. This product
Water 100 has a predicted phenol coefficient of 5.2
Use cold.
determined by the Food and Drug Act
Method against B-Typhosus.
EMULSIONS 151

The following label has been approved lice, spray a 40 dilution with water
1 to
for disinfectants by the Government: on roosts and dropboards; to kill fleas,
wash dogs in a 1 to 40 dilution in soapy
Fine Oil Disinfectants water.
Active Ingredients The Government has strict regulations
Pine Oil 1 to prevent laljeling a product as a disin-
Soap or Base 2 fectant if an adulterant is present.
Inert Ingredients Manufacturers should have a represen-
Moisture 3 tative sample of their disinfectant tested
(Moisture not to exceed 10% of total.) for determination of phenol coefficiency.
The above procedures, if followed, in-
Food and Act Teat Phenol
Drug — sure the manufacturer of having a disin-
Coefticient (4). in blanks (1)
(Fill fectant labeled within the Government
(2) — —
(3) (4) correspond
to with the regulations.
disinfectant manufactured.) A Steam-distilled Pine Oil Di.sinfectant
made according to the prescribed rules
Directions and regulations insures the following;

In the bathroom. To wash the bath- 1. Has a clear sparkling amber color.

tub, basin and toilet, apply in a 1 to 40 2 Produces a snowy white emulsion in


.

dilution in water. water,


In public places. Schools, —Hotels, 3. Does not burn body tissues.

Theatres, Stores, Office Buildings, Col- 4. Is non-corro.sive and non-toxic to


leges, etc. Spray freely one part to forty humans.
parts of water. 5. Does not stain when in diluted form.

In garbage receptacles. To check the— 0. Leaves a clean piney odor where-

development of putrefactive action and cver applied.


breeding of flies. Spray the receptacle 7. Kill.s typhoid, scarlet fever, diph-
with a 1 to 40 dilution in water. theria and cholera germs, etc.
In the stable.— To help promote sanita- H. Is free from suspended matter.
tion and destroy stable odors. Spray a This denotes uniformity,
1 to 40 dilution in water. 9. May be used as an antiseptic for

In kennels, chicken houses, etc.— To kill minor cuts and bruises as a wet dressing.

EMUL sionS
Emulsions that i.s, something which does not mi^
Theory with water.
theory and practice of Kniulsification formulae and methods
Since the
emulsions is still in a highly disorgan- have been evolved chiefly through prac-
ized state the theoretical side will bo tice— by actually making innumerable
touched on but lightly. emulsions. Because of the vagaries and
An emulsion may be considered as a eccentricities of emulsions practical
homogeneous suspension of tiny drop- workers have made greater technical
lets of oil in water or water in oil. The advances in this field than the pure
oil in water type may bo represented research chemists. Too often the
by the usual furniture polish (milky) trained chemist does not achieve as
and the water in oil type by butter. good emulsions as the lay worker be- —
The term “oil" includes oils (mineral, cause the former rebels instinctly
vegetable, animal or essential), fats, against empirical formulae and does not
greases, waxes, hydrocarbons (beneol, follow instructions as implicitly as the
naphtha, turpentine, etc.), synthetics man “who knows be doesn’t know."
(thylene dichloride, nitrobisnzol, etc.) Moreover each new emulsion reprifents
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
"
new problem having, numerous vari* Emulsifying Agent
able factors^. These should not be under* Ammonium Linoleate Pasto
Mtimated if a good stable emulsion is
desired. The technique and preparation A cream colored paste; amnioniacal
of any particular formula should first be odor.
mastered before any variations are at* This is an excellent agent for emulsi-
tempted. I
fying vegetable and fish oils, waxes,
fat, resins, hydrocarbons and many
Methods other water insoluble products. When
Just as ono man's food may be an- emulsifying a water insoluble product

other's poison so one method, which^i having a melting point of over 100® C.,
will givo u perfect emulsion in ono case, the latter should bo first dissolved in
may proiluco a perfect failure in an- naphtha, ethylene dichloride, turpentine
other., Thus no ono method or emulsi- or similar solvent. Alcohol as a rule
fying agent will serve universally. should not be used as it breaks down
Specific technique will be given later in most emulsions. Similarly acids, esters
the case of the different emulsifying and salts must be avoided.
agents recommended.
When an emulsion of a solid melting Procedure
above 100® C. is desired, it should first Using proportions given in the fol-
be melted with sufficient solvent or oil lowing table, first dissolve the indicated
to reduce the combined melting point
amount of water in the Ammonium
below 100° C. For example naphtha- Linoleate Paste. This is done by cov-
lene with naphtha or other hydrocar-
ering the Ammonium Linoleate with
bons; synthetic resins with hydrocar-
the required amount of water and al-
bons or vegetable oils.
lowing it to soak over night. Work in
Uses slowly the next day until dissolved
completely. Do not attempt to dissolve
Technical emulsions are used in
in any other way or lumps will result.
numerous ways in many fields. The
To this add slowly with vigorous agi-
followingare but a few of a large
tation the indicated amount of oil and
number of uses. Polishes, beauty continue stirring until homogeneous.
creams, lotions, water-proofing, agricul-
When a wax is to bo emulsified the
tural sprays, mayonnaise, denning com-
wax is melted and considered as an
pounds, lubricants etc. Many new spe- oil. In this case the water must bo
cialty emulsions are likewise being
heated above the melting point of the
created.
wax. Most trouble is encountered in
Summary making wax emulsions because the solu-
tion of Ammonium Linoleate in water
It must be borne in mind, however,
and the melted wax are not heated suf-
that perfect results cannot be gotten
ficiently. To play safe keep each of
until a few experimental emulsions are
thesG solutions between 95 and 100° C.,
made in order to become familiar with
not allowing the temperature to drop
working conditions. That is why ex-
below the melting point of the wax
perience shows that ono of the given
while adding one to the other. These
formulae should be mastered before at-
formulae have been repeated numerous
tempting any variations.
times with uniformly good results. If
Variations in raw materials, proce-
your emulsion is grainy or forms a film
dure, eriors in proportions, etc., produce
of wax on the surface, then the fault
poor results. The formulae given have
is in manipulation and not in the Emul-
been repeated many times and will
sifier. Good wax emulsions cannot bo
work if they are strictly adhered to.
Of course these formulae cannot fill
mad# by hand or with a slow moving
paddle. The vigorous agitation of a
every individual requirement. Varia-
fast electric stirrer is essential.
tions are therefore necessary. In order
Emulsions of the various infiammable
to work Out ^successful formulae, pa-
hydrocarbons produce products of high
tience is essential. That which is worth
cleansing powers and of a much higher
while getting is worth while striving
flash-point.
for. It is suggested that only one in-
In many synthetic reactions where
gredient or proportion be varied at a
better contact is desired between an
time. This enables one to know exactly
aqueous and a water insoluble liquid
what produces the change in the fin-
recourse is had to emulsions. Similarly
ished. product.
a wator soluble solid may be dissolved
A
EMULSIONS
*
in water and then emulsified with the Triethanolamine Oleate 6
water insoluble liquid. Water * 78

Formulae
Coconut Oil Emulsion
(All parts by Weight)
Coconut Oil 81
Parte
Ammo- Triethanolamine Oleate 6
Parts nium Oleic Acid 12
Material of Linoleate Water
Emuloified ParU Water 82
No. Paste
1. Kerosene 90 90 8
Naphtha 90 100
Corn Oil Emulsion
2. 7
3. Bensol 90 100 7 Corn Oil 86
i. Gasoline 90 100 7
5. Pine Oil 90 90 10
Triethanolamine Oleate 6
6 . Carnauba Wax ... 90 620 12 Oleic Acid 6
7. Beeswax 90 600 12 Water 82
8. Ozokerite 90 400 14
9. Turpentine . . . 90 100 8
10 Nitrobenzol 90 100 8
Cod Liver Oil Pimulsion
11 Orthodichlorbeuzol 90 100 8 Cod Liver Oil 82
12 Methyl tSalicylate . 90 100 8
Triethanolamine Oleate 6
The above formulae can be lessoned Oleic Aciil 6
in cost by reducing the amount of emul- Water 80
sifierused. The minimum can bo de-
Cotton iSeetl Oil Emulsion
termined by experiment. Increasing
the amount of watt'r will give thin Cotton Seed Oil 86
emulsions. Certain oil emulsions arc Triethanolamine Oleate 6
improved by the addition of 1% or so Oleic Acid 6
of ammonia dissolved in water when Water 80
making the emulsion.
Emulsifying Agent
Trihydroxyethylmnine Stearate
Oil Emulsions
(T. S. ior short)
Using Triethanolamine Oleatc A light brown wax.
Faint fatty odor.
The procedure is to stir the trieth- In the formulae given below proceed
anolamine oleate with the oleic acid as follows;
until dissolved and then, while beating Melt the T. S. with the oil and add
\igorously to run the oil and water into this to the water (some prefer to use
it in successive alternate portions. w'arm water) slowly while stirring vig-
Emulsification take.s place immediately orously with an eleetric mixer. Warm
and beating can be discontinued in a water and very rapid stirring produce
few minutes. These emulsions are very uniformly stable emulsions.
stable. As they are diluted, however,
the degree of stability decrea.sos. Salts, Formulae
acids or other electrolytes disrupt these Trihydroxy-
emulsions. The addition of small Material Parts ethylarnine
amounts of cresylic acid, alcohols or Eiimlsibed Parts Water Stearate

pine oil thicken them considerably. A Mineral Od 7.1 186 16


B Ihiie Oil 75 86 14
C. Turpentine 75 85 14
I) Paraffin Wax 86 200 10
Almond Oil Emulsion E Euralyptus Oil 76 86 14
r. Balsam C opaiba 76 86 14
Almond Oil 81 G OHSoline. . . 75 86 14
Triethanolamine Oleate 6
Oleic Acid 0
Water *81 Fuel or Lubricating Oil Emulsion
Fuel or Lubricating Oil 88
Castor Oil Emulsion Triethanolamine Oleate 6
Castor Oil 82 Oleic Acid
Triethanolamine Oleate 6 Water 90
Oleic Acid 12
Water 82 Lard Oil Emulsion
Lard Oil 88
Chinawood Oil Emulsion Triethanolamine Oleate 9
Oleic Acid 4
Chinawood Oil 86
Water 76
Olew Acid 10
154 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Linseed Oil Emulsion Rubberseed Oil Emulsion
Linseed Oil 86 Rubberseed Oil 84
Triethandamino Oleate 6 Triethanolamine Oleate 6
Oleic Acid 6 Oleic Acid 6
Water 78 Water 84

Monhailcn Oil Emulsion Sesame Oil Emulsion


Menhaden Oil 86 Sesame Oil 86
Triethanolamine Oleate 6 Triethanolamine Oleate 6
Oleic Acid 6 Oleic Acid 6
Water 80 Water 85

Soya Bean Oil Emulsion


Ncutsfoot Oil Emulsion
Soya Bean Oil 86
Neatsfoot Oil 86
Triethanolamine Oleate 6
Triethanolamine Oleate 6
Oleic Acifl 6
Oleic Acid 6
Water 85
Water 78
Sperm Oil Emulsion
Olive Oil Emulsion Sperm Oil 82
Olivo Oil 86 Triethanolamine Oleate 6
'rriethunolamino Oleate 6 Oleic Acid 6
Oleic Acid 6 Water 82
Water 78
Oil in Water Emulsions, Coloring

Palm Oil Emulsion Water soluble dyes arc recommended.


Palm Oil The dyes are best dissolved in the
86
Trielhanolamiue Oleate water to be used in the emulsion.
6
Oleic Acid If the emulsion is to be colored after
6
Water completion, dissolve the color in as
80
little water as possible and add the con-
centratoil dye solution to the emulsion
Paraflin Oil Emulsion
and stir vigorously. If impractical to
Para din Oil 80 add this small quantity of water, the
Triethanolamine Oleate 12 dry dye should bo added in small
Oleic Acid 6 amounts to the emulsion and stirred
Water 80 vigorously.

Peanut Oil Emulsion Maroon Color


Peanut Oil 86 Pylam Water Maroon
Triethanolamine Oleate 6 1 lb. to 400 gal.
Oleic Acid 6 Yellow
Water 80 Tartrazine 1 lb. to 1200 gal.

Porilla Oil Emulsion Black


Perilla Oil 84 Nigrosino Crystals 1 lb. to 1200 gal.
Triethanolamine Oleate 6
Violet
Oleic Acid 6
Water 82 Alizarine Violet 1 lb. to 1200 gal.
Green
Rapcsood Oil Emulsion
Pylam Chloro Green 8-310
Rapeseed Oil 85 1 lb. to 1200 gal.
Triethanolamine Oleate 6 Rose
Oleic Acid 6
Violamine 2R, DuPont
Water 85
1 lb. to 1200 gal.
Brown
Rosin Oil Emulsion
Bismarck Brown 1 lb. to 1200 gal.
Rosin Oil 80
Triethanolamine Oleate 6 Amber
Oleic Acid 4 Pylam Amber 8-271
Water 82 11b. to 400 gaL
EMULSIONS 165

Coloring Washing Powders Melt Gelatinewater and while


in
Dishwashing and cleaning compounds boiling hot, add melted rosin slowly,
made from T. S. P., modified soda, soda agitating violently. Continue agitation
ash or combinations of same are colored until perfectly smooth.
as follows: ,

Favorite color is peach, which gives Rosin 700 gr.


a greenish fluorescence when dissolved Water 2100 cc.
in water. Stearic Acid 63 gr.
Color: Soluble Fluorescene, Triethanolamine 21 gr.
1 lb. to 1250 lbs. compound Molt Rosin and Stearic Acid together.
Add Triethanolamine to water. Heat
Coloring Mineral Oil water to boiling point and stir in
molted rosin. Stir until smooth.
Brilliantincs and light mineral oils
for same are colored as follows:
Rosin 14 gr.
Green
Water 84 cc.
Pylakromo Green LX-799
Heat to boiling; turn off heat and
llb.tolfiOO gal.
add while stirring vigorously
Yellow
Ammonium Hydroxide 5 cc.
Azo Yellow 1 lb. to IGOO gal.
Water 31 cc.
Blue Stir until all lumps disappear (re-
Alizarine Oil Blue 1 lb. to 2000 gal. heating may bo necessary).
Violet
Grasol Violet 1 lb. to 2000 gal. Asphalt Emulsions
Asphalt 500 gr.
Rod
Water 500 cc.
Pylakromo Red No. 420 Bentonito 30 gr.
1 lb. to 1000 gal. (^uebiaidio 30 gr.
Soda Ash 10 gr.
Water in Oil Emulsions, Coloring
Combine bentonite, Quebracho, soda
Oil soluble colors arc recommended. n.sh and water and heat to 200” F.
The colors are dissolved in the oil be- While stirring, add a.sphalt whiidi has
fore emulsification. been heated to apjiroximatoly 200” F.

Green Pylakromo Oil Continue stirring until asphalt is dis-
Green 1119 8 oz. to 100 gal. persed.
Azo Yellow 8 oz. to 1 00 gal.
Alizarine Oil Blue 8 oz. to 12.") gal. Asphalt 2800 gr.
Alizarine Oil Violet 8 oz. to 125 gal. Water 2800 gr.
Azo Oil Red 8 oz. to 100 gal. Rosin Soup (50%) 118 gr.
Oil Black 8 oz. to 2.5 gal. Pine Oil 40 cc.

Add water and heat to


rosin soap to
Black Wax Emulsions 200” F. Heat asphalt to 200” and add
To color any non-edible wax emul- pine oil. While agitating, slowly pour
sion black,stir into it, with a high asphalt into water and continue agitat-
speed mixer about 10 parts Paris Paste ing until a smooth emulsion is formed.
per every 100 parts of wax present in
the emulsion. * Asphalt Emulsion
A very stable 1:1 bitumon-n20 emul-
Bosin Emulsions sion is formed by adding part of the
Rosin 700 gr. melted asphalt, while stirring, to hot
Water 2100 cc. dil. NaOH; when a scum begins to form,
Glue 150 gr. 0.5% of oleic acid is added and the rest
Melt glue in water and while boiling of the asphalt together with 2% of <
hot, slowly add melted rosin, agitating clay.
violently. Continue agitation until per-

Pitch Emulsion
fectly smooth.
Bitumen or pitch is dispersed in an
Bosin 700 gr. aq. paste of starch the »» of which
Water 2100 cc. has been adjusted to 4.0-^.0 by the
Gelatine 150 gr. addition of tannic acid or materitl eon-
150 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
tainlng tannin. The product may con- been added, but not before, stir vigor-
tain 60% of bitumen, 1.5-2% of starch, ously until the mixture is fairly homo-
0.15-0.2% of tannic acid, and the re- geneous. Then slowly add with con-
mainder HgO. stant stirring 33 lbs. of water, obtain-
ing a thick smooth emulsion.
Continuing with the same stirring
Soluble Oil Emulsions rate, first add the remainder of the oil
|

The soluble oil method is particularly in small portions, and finally the re-
applicable for medium viscosity mineral maining water in a similar manner.
oils and is not successfully applied to Emulsification is complete when the
other oils or solvents. With such min- oil and water are evenly distributed.
eral oils, however, the method yields
excellent emulsions which are quite Properties
stable. These oils usually require from The olive oil emulsion so prepared is
3.5 to 4.0 per cent Triethanolamine, de- pure white and creamy, and will be
pending upon the stability desired in stable in the concentrated form in
the emulsion. The amount of oleic acid which made. If greater dilution is
it is
lies between 8 and 11 per cent, the desired,water may bo stirred into this
amount varying especially with the emulsion in any proportion. When di-
type of oil. The more refined oihs are luted to five times its volume, giving
the most difficult to emulsify as will bo a 9% concentration of oil in water, no
seen from the following table: separation should occur within 24 hours.

Soluble Oils Variations


Trieth. When storage for an indefinite period
aiiol-
of time is unnecessary, a technically
Typ« of Oil Color Oil Oleic Acid anuoe
3.71b.
satisfactory product can be similarly
Cutting Oil... Yellow 881b. 8 01b.
Textile Oil . . . bloom 87 lb. 8.8 lb. 3 H lb prepared with only 7 per cent oleic acid
Medicinal Oil. White 86 lb. 10 0 lb. 4.01b and V/j per cent Triethanolamine.
Rayon Oil.... White 851b. 10.41b. 4.01b.

Uses
Formulation by this method requires
groat exactness, and it is always neces- Textile lubrication, shampoos, hand
sary to derive formulae for the specific lotions.

oil to be emulsified because of the great


variation in commercial petroleum prod- Pine Oil Emulsion
ucts. Given an unknown oil, take 88 Pino Oil 91 lb.
grams, add 8.0 grams of oleic acid and Oleic Acid 6 lb.
stir to a clear solution. Now measure Triethanolamine 3 lb.
carefully 4.0 grams of Triethanolamine Water 100 lb.
into this solution and stir thoroughly. Preparation
On holding this mixture up to the light,
Add the oleic acid. Triethanolamine
it will usually bo cloudy or show minute
and 30 lbs. of the pine oil to the mixer
suspended droplets. Now add oleic acid and stir until the product is clear.
drop by drop, stirring thoroughly after Then add very slowly an equal volume
each addition until the mixture becomes of water stirring vigorously meanwhile.
clear. It will now emulsify in watcr^. When this mixture has become a
but a few drops further of acid will smooth uniform emulsion, the remainder
give a slightly superior soluble oil. The of the oil is gradually added with con
total oloio acid can now bo calculated slant agitation. The rest of the water
and the whole formula reduced to the is next similarly added until emulsifica-
basis of 100 pounds. tion is complete.

Properties
Olivo Oil Emulsions
The pine emulsion so prepared is
oil
Olive Oil 88 lb. a creamy, white product which is in-
Oleic Acid 10 lb. definitely stable when concentrated. It
Triethanolamine 2 lb. can be further diluted as desired, the
Water 80 lb. best results being obtained when the
Preparation water is stirred into the product. At
Working ordinary temperatures
at very high dilutions, such as is obtained
add the Triethanolamine, oleic acid and with 1% oil in water, good dispersion
30 lbs. of the olive oil to the agitator. and fairly high stability still character-
fi.8 soon as these three ingredients have ize the emulsion.
EMULSIONS 167

Variations eral oils is the above formula which

To make this product as concentrated was derived for an oil suitable for an
as possible and still maintain ready orchard spray. Similar formulae will
dilution with water, preparation is sug- bo found for other oils of this typo.
gested as follows. Dissolve 3 lbs. of
Preparation
Triethanolamine in 40 lbs of water and
add slowly, with high-speed stirring, a Into a container equipped with a
solution of 6 lbs. of oleic acid in 91 lbs. simple stirring dcMce, pour 7 pounds of
of pine oil.
the mineral oil together with all of the
Uses oleic acid. Htirnng for a few minutes
produces a homogeneous solution to
Disinfectants and deodorants, textile
which should now bo added the exact
wetting-out and scouring agents.
quantity of Triethanolamine. Mix this
into the liquid until a clear solution
Light Mineral Oil Emulsion results.

Mineral Oil 88 lb. To the above product add the remain-


Oleic Acid 8.0 lb. der of the oil and stir sutfieiently long
Triethanolamine 3.7 lb to obtain a uniform solution. In mak-
Water ing shipments it will be suflicient to add
Formulation one part of the oil base to four parts
of the untreated oil without stirring.
The above formula was derived for
a particular low viscosity lubricating Properties
oil and is typical of the formulation for
The soluble oil so prepared will not
a cutting oil.
deteriorate or separate on storage. It
Preparation will emulsify spontaneously when added
slowly to water and will form a stable
the olci^ acid and 8 pounds
Weigh out
while emulsion. Dilution, however, is
of the mineral oil and stir together to
Then add best performed by first stirring well
obtain a uniform solution.
with an equal volume of water and then
the exact amount of Triethanolamine
diluting to the exltuit desired.
and stir until the solution is clear.
Homo warming will occur during the Uses
reaction of the acid and amine.
Orchard .‘^priiy, hand cleaner, sham-
This soluble oil base is dilutable with
poo.
the remainder of the oil at any time.
iSimply stir the remaining 80 pounds of
the oil into the base, or four parts by White ParaiBn Oil Emulsion
weight of the oil to one part of the Paraffin Oil 85 lb.

base. Oleic Acid 10.4 lb.


Properties Triethanolamine 4.0 lb.

Both the soluble oil base and the Water


resulting soluble oil are stable indefi- Formulation
nitely and will not separate on standing The refined white paraffin oils re-

when made up in the proper propor- quire somewhat more Triethanolamine


tions. The product emulsifles sponta- and oloic acid to become readily soluble.
neously into water. The
when poured The above formula is an example of the,
best method of emulsifying, however, proportion of ingredients for a particu-
is accomplished by stirring the oil with lar oil of Ibis type. Preparation of the
an equal volume of water until a emulsion will bo considered on the basis
smooth creamy mass is obtained, and of this particular oil.
this can be diluted further with water
as desired. Preparation
Uses In weighing out the ingredients, all

Cutting oils, soluble greases. measurements except those of the oil

should follow the formula very exactly.


Add the oleic acid to 5 pounds of the
Refined Mineral Oil Emulsion oil and stir until homogeneous. Then
Mineral Oil 87 lb. add the Triethanolamine and mix thor-
Oleic Acid 8.8 lb. oughly until a clear viscous solution is
Triethanolamine 3.5 lb. obtained. The mass will heat up on ac-
Water count of the saponifying action of the
Formulation amine upon the oleic acid.

Typical of the partially refined min- To this soluble oil base, the remain-
158 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
ing 80 pounda of paraffin oil may be Uses
added when deaired, or aimply one part Leather soaking, silk soaking, leather
by weight of this base to four parts of dressing.
the oil. Stirring sufficient to mix the
two materials only is necessary. A per-
fectly clear liquid will result if the pro- Linseed Oil Emulsion
portion of oleic acid is correct. Linseed Oil 88 lb.
Oleic Acid 10 lb.

Properties Triethanolamine 2 lb.


Water 80 lb.
This soluble oil is readily emulsified
Preparation
into any quantity of water, although it
is preferable to agitate it first to a Working ordinary temperatures,
at
thick creamy emulsion with an equal thoroughly mix the oleic acid. Trieth-
volume of water before further dilution. anolamine and 30 lb. of the linseed oil.
At a concentration of 5 per cent oil in Add 33 lb. of water to this mixture
water, the emulsion should bo perfectly slowly with constant, vigorous stirring.
stable for 24 hours. This procedure yields a thick, smooth
emulsion.
Uses The remainder of the oil is then
added in small portions, maintaining
Eayon lubrication, cosmetic creams.
the same stirring rate, and the rest of
the water is added similarly. Stirring
Neat’s Foot Oil Emul.sion is discontinued as soon as the last of
the water has been evenly dispersed.
Neat’s Foot Oil 88 lb.
Oleic Acid 10 lb. Properties
Triethanolamine 2 lb.
This emulsion is of the oil-in-water
Water 80 lb.
type, and is a stable, creamy product
Preparation which can bo further diluted with
Add together the oleic acid, Trieth- water. The emulsion should bo stored
anolamine, and .'10 lb. of the Neat’s in an airtight container as oxidation of
foot oil at ordinary temperatures. Mix the oil decreases the stability of the
thoroughly in the agitator and guidually emulsion.
add 33 lb. of water, stirring vigorously Variations
meanwhile. A thick, uniform emulsion In the case of linseed oil, it is often
Will result. desirable for the emulsion to bo of the
Continuing with vigorous stirring, water-in-oil typo. If tho procedure
add slowly the remainder of the oil and given above is followed, using 1%
then the rest of the water. Discontinue Triethanolamine and 3% free fatty acid
stirring when an even mixture is ob- instead of tho indicated proportions,
tained. such an emulsion will result.
Properties Tho given formulae have been tested
The Neat’s foot oil emulsion prepared on a boiled linseed oil and will require
as above a uniform white and stable
is
some alteration for raw linseed oils.
product. The stability decreases some These different oils have a variable free
what on dilution, although in a 10% fatty acid content which affects chiefly
concentration of oil in water, no separa- tho amount of oleic acid to be added in
tion may be expected to occur within emulsification.
24 hours. Dilution down to 1% is pos- Uses
sible, provided the water is carefully Emulsion paints, linoleum coatings.
stirred into the original thick emulsion.

This is tho most general of tho emul-


Variations
sification methods and can be success-
When the emulsion is to be used fully used to emulsify most of the prfd-
shortly after preparation, the percent- ucts. In the same way that previous
ages of Triethanolamine and oleic acid methods are particularly valuable for
can be considerably reduced. This is certain products, however, .the Trieth-
best brought about by stirring further anolamine method is invaluable in spe-
oil and water alternately into the origi- cific cases. It is recommended for min-
nal emulsion by the procedure given eral solvents, such as gasoline, naphtha,
above. On the other hand, the Trieth- kerosene and benzol, and for many of
anolamine method of emulsification can the emulsion mixtures, such as polishes
be used. and cosmetic creams.
EMULSIONS 159

A number of polish and cosmetic Variations


formulae are given later to explain the With the given formula the amount
use of this method in the latter con- of water in the kerosene emulsion may
nection. The following are typical of be reduced to 50 pounds, the emulsion
the formulae for emulsions of the min- remaining of the oil-iu-water type. If
eral solvents, the ingredients being the proportion of water is further
given as usual on a weight basis. lowered, and particularly if the emul-
sion is prepared by gradually adding
Triethanolamine Method the water solution to the oil solution,
Triethanol-
the resulting product will usually bo of
Type of Oleic
Solvent Solvent Acid amino Water the water-in-oil typo. The latter type
Kerosene. 89 . 8 3 100 is also favored by an increase in the
Naphtha... 82 14 4 100 jiercentage of oleic acid.

In using this method, two solutions Uses


are made up, to be called the “oil solu- Polishes, cleaning conijiounds, insec-
tion" and the “water solution" re- ticides.
spectively. The solvent and oleic acid
are mixed and being mutually soluble, The water method of emulsification
form a clear oil solution. In a separate has been developed for use iniitieularly
container, the water and Triethanola- with waxes and other semi-solid mate-
mine are similarly dissolved together rials, such as greasi's and asphalts, and
at ordinary temperatures to form a for the prepaiatioii of the w'ax polishes.
clear water solution. It gives \ery good results, how'over, in
The oil solution is then added in its other emulsion jirobleiiis and is a con-
entirety to the water solution, and the \ciiient method whenever stearic acid
mi.xturo at once violently agitated. A is ])r('fcrab!i“ to liijuid fatty acids.
white emulsion results instantly. To The following tabulation presents
obtain good stability it is important suggestions for the formulae to bo
that stirring be as rapid as possible at adopted for wnx<‘S. The projiortions of
the start, and then bo continued inter- the ingredients are given on a weight
mittently a few times after the emul- ba.sis.
sion has formed. Water Method
Typo of Stoiino Triotliano!-
Wax W’ax Ai'ul ammo Wator
Kerosene Emulsion Itooswax. 88 9 3 300
87 9 4 400
Kerosene 89 lb. (.'iiriiiitibii

Piiranui . 88 9 3 300
Oleic Acid 8 lb. Lanolin., 80 6 200
Triethanolamine 3 lb. J apaii . . . 85 12 3 400
Water 10^
In this method, the wax or oil is
Preparation
omul.sificdby means of a w:iter solution
Tho preparation of this emulsion is of the soap which i.s made from tho
typical of the procedure used for any Triethanolamine and stearic acid. The
liquid. In one container weigh out the water i.s measured out into a container
above quantities of kerosene and oleic or kettle which can be heated. Tho
acid and mix these two liquids thor- Triothanolamino then stirred into
is
oughly. In a separate container stir this stearic acid is added.
and then the
together the water and Triethanolamine On heating, the acid gradually melts
until a homogeneous solution is ob- and can bo stirred into the water to
tained. give a smooth soap solution, and the
Tho solution is now poured into
oil temperature is raised to just below the
the water solution, and the resulting boiling point. The wax is now melted
mixture is stirred or agitated vigor- in a separate container and its tem-
o*6ly. After tho emulsion is well perature brought to 85-95“ C. This is
formed, it should bo stirred occasion- then added to the water solution and
ally, a few minutes at a time. tho whole at once stirred vigorously to
obtain a good emulsion. Stirring is
Properties then continued gently until the product
This method produces a pure white has cooled.
emulsion of kerosene which possesses ex-
cellent stability. It is of the oil-in-
Carnauba Wax Emulsion
water type and can be diluted to any Carnauba Wax 87 lb.
extent desired by the addition of water. Stearic Acid 9 Ib.
160 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY

Triethanolamino 4 lb. Properties
Water 400 lb. The wax emulsion so pre-
paraffin
Preparation pared is a creamy, white product, the
Weigh out the stearic acid, water and consistency and stability of which are
and Triothanolamiue, and heat the mix- but little affected by temperature
ture in a kettle to 100* C. After the changes. In its concentrated form, no
acid has molted completely and the solu- separation will occur over a period of
tion is boiling gently, stir carefully months. To make a more dilute prod-
until the acid has been dissolved and uct, water may be stirred into this
a smooth soap solution is obtained. emulsion.
In a separate steam-heated container Variations
melt the carnauba wax until a tempera- The wax and stearic acid are melted
ture of S.'i-OO* C. is reached. Do not together over a steam bath until the
allow the temperature to rise above
temperature is 90° G. and thoroughly
95“ C., or the wax will be darkened in
mixed. The mixture is then poured
color. Now add the molten wax to the quickly into a boiling solution of the
boiling soap solution and stir vigor-
Triethanolamine and water, and is at
ously until an even dispersion of the once violently agitated. The emulsion
wax results. Stir gently, but continu- is then stirred gently until it has cooled
ously, until the emulsion has cooled to
to room temperature. The same pro-
room temperature. cedure is to bo followed if oils or sol-
vents are to bo mixed with the wax,
Properties
the only change being a substitution of
The carnauba wax emulsion, when a portion of the wax in the given
prepared ns described, is a very smooth, formula.
cream-colored product. It is rather vis-
Uses
cous when cold, but of thinner consist-
Sizing and waterproofing, cosmetic
ency when warm, and is a very stable
creams, polishes.
emulsion. It may bo diluted with water
if desired.
Variations Triethanolamine Emulsions
The substitution of oleic for stearic The soap method of emulsification has
acid in the above formula produces an proved to be the most practical method
emulsion somewhat loss stable but much of treatment for the majority of animal
loss viscous. It therefore permits a and vegetable oils, ns well as for cer-
considerably higher concentration of tain typos of organic solvents.
wax to be used. When other ingredi- Typical of the oils to bo emulsified
ents are to be added they are best in- by this method, as well as tho formulae
cluded prior to emulsification by to be developed, is the following table
methods given in the polish formulae. which gives tho proportions of ingredi-
ents by weight:
Uses
Leather dressings, auto polishes. Soap Method
Tri-
Oleio ethanol-
Paraffin Wax Emulsion Type of Oil Oil Acid amine Water
Castor Oil 82 16 2 80
Paraffin Wax 88 lb. Cottonseed Oil 88 10 2 80
Stearic Acid 9 lb. Lard Oil 87 10 3 80
Linseed Oil 88 10 2 80
Triethanolamine 3 lb.
Olive Oil
.

. 88 10 2 80
Water 300 lb. Neat’s Foot Oil 88 . 10 2 80
Preparation Dichlorethyl Ether.83 12 5 100
Ethylene Dichlonde 86 10 4 100
Mixthe water, Triethanolamine and Lubricating Oil. 89 9 2 100
stearic acid and heat to 100“ C., Pine Oil 91 6 3 100
White Paraffin Oil 82 14 4 100
allowing the mixture to boil gently.
Then stir carefully so that a smooth The procedure by thismethod con-
soap solution is obtained with a mini- sists in stirring the oil and water alter-
mum of foam. In a separate container nately into the soap made from- the
melt the paraffin wax and bring its tem- Triethanolamine and oleic acid. To
perature to 90^ C. Add the hot wax one-third of the oil is added the total
immediately to the boiling soap solution olcio acid and Triethanolamine and
and stir vigorously until the wax is these are stirred together until homo-
evenly dispersed. Continue to stir the geneous. Stirring vigorously, a volume
emulsion slowly while cooling. of water equal to the oil present is now
EMULSIONS 161

added slowly, a thick creamy emulsion One part of


Di- Glycol Stearate when
resulting. The remainder of the oil can melted in 10-30 parts of boiling water
next be added with continuous stirring, produces, on stirring, while cooling, a
and finally the rest of the water in a uniform milky dispersion of tho wax
similar manner. The following details in water which is very stable. Tho con-
an emulsion prepared by this method. •sistency \arie8 with tho amount of
water used. They may bo also used as
lubricants to bo squirted botweon
Ethylene Dichloride Emulsion
spriuglcuNcs or other inaccessible
Ethylene Dichloride 86 lb. places. On evaporation of tho water a
Oleic Acid 10 lb. film of non-flowing wax remains behind
Triethanolamine 4 lb. as a lubricant. These make oxcollont
Water 100 lb. suspending media for titanium dioxide,
Preparation carbon black, graphite, silica and other
Mix together the oleic acid, Trieth- abrasives.
anolamine and 30 pounds of the ethyl- Formulae
ene dichloride until a clear solution is
obtained. This will become somewhat 10 Pine Oil .. 40 Water 40
Di-aiycol
10 Mineral Oil... 60 Water 600
warm due to the saponification of the I
10 Paraffin Wax 40 Water 260
UUarate
fatty acid by the Triethanolamine. Q [ 10 Water 60
Now add slowly, with thorough stirring, Ei 10 Water 300
"lO pounds of the water, finally obtain-
Procedure
ing a thick creamy emulsion.
The oil or wax is melted with the Di-
Then with continued stirring of this
Glycol Stearate. The water is heated
emulsion, add first the remainder of the
to a temperature above the melting
oil in small portions and finally all of
point of the wax and added slowly
the water likewise.
while stirring vigorously. Continue
Properties stirring until cool. By varying tho
amounts of water, emulsions of vary-
The emulsion resulting above is pure ing con.sistency are obtained. They are
white and stable. It may be further
very white in color and stable. Other
diluted with water to any extent de-
oils and waxes may be emulsified in a
sired, the emulsion containing 20% of
similar way.
solvent showing no separation in 24
Formulae (A), (B), (C), (D) all use-
hours. Emulsions of chlorinated hydro-
ful as polishes.
carbons can not be stored indefinitely
Formula (.\) serves as a liniment,
because of a gradual hydrolysis in the
disinfectant or deodorant. Tho pine oil
presence of water. It is, therefore,
may be replacml by turpentine, citron-
recommended for use within a few ella oil or perfume compounds.
weeks of its manufacture.
Formula (B) with a little perfume
di.s.solved in the oil makes an excellent
Variations
lotion or liquid cleansing cream.
Ethylene dichloride is frequently Formula (D) with a little perfume
used in textile scouring agents in emul-
is used as a lotion or powder base.
sified form. For such u.ses a high pro- Formula (E) serves as a greaseless
portion of soap to solvent is desirable, ointment in paste rouge base (with tho
and in this case a soluble ethylene di- addition of Glyco Wax B).
chloride can be made. A clear solution
results when fiO pounds of this solvent
are stirred with 34 pounds of oleic acid Emulsifying Agent
and 16 pounds of Triethanolamine, and Miscibol (Pot. Oleo-Abietate)
this mixture emulsifies instantaneously
A viscous paste; resinous odor. Alka-
when added to water. line reaction.
Used of Turkey Red or Sul-
in place
Uses
fonated oils where an acid product is
Scouring and wetting agents, pol-
undesirable. For making ‘‘soluble'*
ishes, insecticides.
oils.
The following formulae gives clear
Emulsifying Agent solutions without heating. When these
Di-Glycol Stearate solutions are thrown into water they
A diffuse rapidly to give milky emulsions.
light colored wax. Practically
odorless (m.p. 58-60° C.). This is abso- A. Pine Oil 6 lb.
lutely free from alkalies or amines. Miscibol 1 lb.
162 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
B. Pine Oil 5 lb. The ammonium linoloate and water
Kerosene 1 lb. were allowed to stand overnight as
Miscibol 1 lb. above. Then heated to 90° C. and
Water 1 lb. stirred by means of high-speed mixer.
Tho wax and oil were heated together
until tho wax dissolved in tho oil, and
Asphalt Emulsion
taken to 100° C. This solution was
A hot dil. aq. soln. of alkali such as then added to the ammonium linoleate
a soln. ofNaOH of about 0.5% strength dispersion in water, and stirred rapidly.
is propd. and about an equal wt. of This gave a paste emulsion.
asphalt is melted; part of the melted
asphalt is stirred into the hot soln.
* Colloidal Lecithin
slowly until scum begins to form on
the surface, then a small quantity (suit- Lecithin 1 lb.
ably about 0.5% of the final product) Glycerol 1 lb.
of oleic acid is added, followed by addn. Gelatin 2 lb.
of the rest of the asphalt while the Water 100 lb.
temp, and agitation are rtiaintainod and Warm and stir until dispersed.
a small proportion of clay is added to
give desired stability and adhesiveness.
Cumar Emulsion
Cumar 50
Asphalt Emulsion Naphtha 50
A sodium olcate solution is made up Allow to stand overnight and stir
to a concentration of 20 per cent by until dissolved. Add
the addition of oleic acid and caustic Blendone 20
soda to water at 1)0° C. This is then while stirring with a high-speed agi-
diluted with 9 times its volume of water tator; add slowly
heated to 90" C. The 2 per cent soap
Water 100
solution is run through the colloid mill
with an equal amount of asphalt heated Stir vigorously for 5-10 minutes.
to not o.xceeding 100° C. The resultant
emulsion contains equal parts of asphalt Halowax Emulsions
and water, with 1 per cent by weight
of soup. Formula No. 1
Water 3 lb.
Carnauba Wax, Kerosene Emulsion Halowax 1 lb.
Stearic Acid 53 gm.
Carnauba Wax 10.0 gr.
Triethanolamine 27 gm.
Kerosene 20.0 cc.
Ammonium Linoloate 2.4 gr. Formula No. 2
Water 200.0 cc. Water 3 lb.

Tho ammonium linoloate was placed


Halowax 3 lb.
Stearic Acid 108 gm.
in a vessel and covered with the water
(cold) and allowed to stand overnight.
Triethanolamine 54 gm.
The following day it w'as warmed and Formula No. 3
stirred until completely di.spersed in Water 3 lb.
the water, taking care that no lumps Halowax 13 oz.
wore left. This was taken to 90° C. Halowax Oil No. 1000 3 oz.
and stirred by means of a high speed Stearic Acid 108 gm.
mixer. The wax was melted, taken to Triethanolamine 54 gm.
100° C., and tho kerosene added and
Melt the wax and stearic acid to-
stirred until the wax was dissolved in gether and stir. Heat the water and
it. This was then added to the hot triethanolamine until they start to boil.
ammonium linoloate dispersion and the Add the wax to the water and stir with
agitation continued until tho emulsion an electric stirrer and then run through
was cool. This gave a fluid emulsion. the colloid mill. A good emulsion is
obtained if it is cooled quickly after
Carnauba Wax, Mineral coming from the colloid mill.
Oil Emulsion
Mineral Oil (Spindle) 19 cc.
Carnauba Wax 18 gr. Lanolin Emulsion (Fluid)
Ammonium linoloate 2.4 gr. Diglycol Oleate (Light) 10 gm.
Water 102 cc. Lanolin (Anhydrous) 30 gm.
EMULSIONS 163

Warmed till dissolved. Added to the •Trichlorethyleno Emulsion


above with rapid agitation
Trichlorcthyleno 67 lb.
Water 60 cc. Turkey Red Oil 4.5 lb.
made slightly alkaline with Caustic Bentouito 2 lb.
soda (%%). Stir five to ten minutes. Water 26 lb.
Amonnia (26° BA) 0.45 lb.

Paradichlorbenzeue Emulsion
Paradichlorbenzene 12 gin. *Sulfonated Mineral Oil
Glycol Stearate 3 gm. Thismseful as an emulsifying agent
is
Water 150 cc. and “spreader" —
for various emulsions
Melt the glycol stearate in the water — particularly agricultural sprays.
(about 90° C.). Stir rapidly (high- Two volume.s of lubricating stock
speed mixer). Melt the paradichlor- such as brown neutral oil are mixed
benzene, preferably on water bath and under continuous and rapid agitation
add slowly to the stearate dispersion in with one volume of acid, ordinary 95
water. Continue stirring until cool. to 97 per cent sulfuric acid, for thirty
minutes at a temperature approximately
35° to 40° C. The reactivity of the
Rosin, Turpentine Emulsion oil incommercial batches tends to cause
Rosin 11.0 gm. exces.Mve heating and the material
Turpentine 2.5 gm. .shouldbe suitably precooled or else the
Ammonium Linoleate 2.0 gm. mixture intimately cooled to avoid the
Water 50.0 cc. rise of temperature above 50° C.

Ammonia 15.0 cc. One feature of this process is the


control of temperature during the reac-
The ammonium linoleate and water tion and terminating the reaction in the
are taken up in the usual way (ms* minimum time so that the useful product
page 152); heated, and nieclianicaily agi-
acids jiroduced will nut bo destroyed.
tated (highspeed mixer). 'I’he rosin
The temperature of the reacting mass
and tinpi'iitiiK* aie heateil together
of sulfuric acid and mineral oil must
and added to the nninioiiium linoh'ate
not be allowed to nsi* materially above
dispersion in water to wliieli has pre- 50° r. and that the lowest temperatures
viously been added the 15 ee. of am-
eomp.itible with a satisfactory reaction
monia. Stirring is continued until
produce the best grade of water soluble
cool.
produi’t acid. With proper temperature
This gives a paste emulsion.
contnd eitlier ordinary concentrated
sulfuric acid or 20% fuming acid may
* be employed.
Rubber Emulsion
The production of this useful product
A mixt. of rubber 100, benzene 10- acid IS also poKsible by the use of a
100, glue 1 and ca.se in 1 part is ma.sti-
proportional quantity of fuming sul-
cated while .slowly adding an nq. soln. furic but it iH then preferable to add
of K oleate until the rubber constitutes the fuming ncid gradually to the oil
the dispersed phase of the batch. The while the agitator is running and also
product is suitable for use as a cement- to cool the reacting mass as with a
ing medium. wafer bath surroumling the agitating
vessel and preferably cooled agitators,
etc.
Raw Tallow Emulsion (50%)
At the end of the reaction time one
Raw Beef Tallow (Good volume of water is added to this mass,
Quality) 80-100 lb.
and mixed by the same rapid agitation
Trihydroxyethylamine until uniformly distributed. The mass
Stearate 9 lb.
is then allowed to stratify into throe
Water 90-100 lb.
layers. The upper layer consists of oil

(6-8 ounces of Trisodium phosphate and oil soluble sulfonic acids. The
added to water may prove advantageous middle layer consists of some oil, sul-
if water used is of a high degree of fonic acids, sulfonic tars, organic sulfur
hardness.) bodies, sulfuric acid, water, some sul-
This is a substitute on an equal basis furous acid and the bodies in which I
for commercial 50% Sulfonated Tallow am interested. The bottom layer con-
in sizing preparations. sists essentially of sulfuric acid and
water.
164 .
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
The oil layer (upper) and the acid with approximately one-third its volume
layer (lower) are then removed from of benzol (benzene) to purify it. After
the middle layer which is a thick green- sufficient agitation the mixture is al-
ish black mass and may even show a lowed to stratify and the lower layer
purple color in thin layers. containing product in solution is drawn
The separated middle layer is then off from below. This benzol wash-
dissolved in throe volumes of alcohol ing is repeated three or four times
(methyl or ethyl) and dry finely pow- or until the sulfonic tars have been
dered soda ash (sodium carbonate) practically all removed.
added under agitation until the strong After the solution has been washed
free acids are neutralized and precipi- with benzol it is returned to the still
tated as salts insoluble in alcohol of where the dissolved benzol and remain-
this concentration. ing alcohol are removed by further dis-
The aqueous alcohol is then filtered to tillation.
remove the precipitated salts. The re- The resulting purified product may bo
sulting alcoholic filtrate is then. further reduced to any desired consistency by
diluted with an equal volume of water evaporation. When reduced so as to
and either exactly neutralized with a contain .“lO to 40 per cent solids product
solution of sodium hydrate, or may be is a brown colored syrupy liquid com-
made alkaline with ammonia. pletely soluble in water and in alcohol
The filtrate is then placed in a still and contains practically no oil solubln
to remove and recover the excess of al- matter. The color is variable from light
cohol. When the alcoholic content of brown to nearly black depending on
the filtrate has been reduced to approxi- the time and temperature of the origi-
mately ten per cent by volume, the fil- nal reaction and on the oil stock used.
trate is removed from the still and In general the lighter colored acids are
placed in a closed agitating vessel of superior quality.
where it is heated to 50° C, and mixed

ETCHING, ENGRAVING, LITHOGRAPHING


Brass, Black Pickling of Denatured Alcohol 16 oz.
Copper Carbonate 750 Water 96 oz.
Ammonia Hydroxide 150
Immersion from 3 to 8 minutes is
* Stainless Steel, Etching
indicated.
Iron Chloride 100
Etching Glass Water 50-75
A. Sod. Fluoride 9 dr. Use at 25-37.5° C.
Pot Sulfate 108 gr.
Water 1 pt.
B. Hydrochloric Acid
(cone.) 10 fl. dr. Etch Resist
Zinc Chloride 216 gr. In etching glassit is necessary at times
Water 1 pt. to block off portions which one desires
Mix solutions A and B in equal amounts to keep unetched. A
solution for this
before use. purpose is composed of the following
Asphaltum 12.5%
Etching Steel Bees Wax 4.5%
The following solution is used. Ceresine Wax 58 %
Nitric Acid 32 oz. Stearic Acid 25 %
Hydrochloric Acid 3 oz.
ETC?HING, ENGRAVING. LITHOGRAPHING
166

ETCH SOLUTIONS POE (a) Phosphoric Acid (85%) 1 oz.


(b) Gum Arabic Soln. 32 to 40 oz.
LITHOGEAPHIC PLATES
Etches for Zinc Plates
(a) 1 gal. of chemically pure HNO*
Ammonium Nitrate 3 oz. with 7 OaTs. of HoO
Ammonium Phosphate 3% oz. (b) Dissolve zinc to the point of sntu*
Calcium Chloride % oz. ration in this HNO3 solution.
Hydrotluoric Acid ViOZ. (c) Take of resulting soln. and
1 oz.
Gum Arabic Solu. Vi oz. of gum
arable soln. and mix with
(Saturated) 80 oz. a gallon of water.

Phosphoric Acid 1 part 2 oz. Bichromate of Ammonia


Gallic Acid 2 parts 1 pt. Gum
arabic Solution
Gum Arabic Soln. 8 parts 1 tps. of the following:
Water 14 parts 2 Vi oz. Phosphoric Acid (85%
into
Gum Arabic Solution 32 OZ.
84 oz. Gum Solution
Ammonia Water (16%) 3 oz.
Phosphoric Acid 1 OZ.
Gum Solution is water saturated with
Hydrofluoric Acid 5 or 0 dr.
gum arable ami Ultercd.

Pour each of the above ingredients


into gum separately and stir cmiintimiously. Etches for Stono
Keep 24 hours befoie using ITNO3 added to gum solution until
action of acid is plainly visible when it
13applied to the stono.
Etches for Either Zinc or Aluminum
Sod. Phosphate 1 part
Pot. Phosphate 2 parts Counter Etches
Sod. Nitrate 1 part A. For Zinc Plates.
Pot. Nitrate 2 parts Alum 4 oz.
Dissolve in 1 gal. of hot water and J1N’()3 1 oz.
add 2 ozs. Phosphoric Acid. II3O 1 gal.

Mix and ro\er plate thoroughly, then


Ammonium Nitrate 2 parts dry plates as quickly as possible.
Ammonium Phosphate 2 parts Foi Aluminum Plates
Gum Arabic Soln. 20 parts 1. Potash Aluminum 809 dr.
Water 75 parts UNO., 18.5 c.R.

12 gal.
Ammonium Nitrate 1 part 2. II., 1 Kill.

Ammonium Biphosphate 1 part liN03 Vi oz.


Gum Arabic Solution 10 parts Aci'tifi Acid 2 oz.
Water 38 parts IR’L 1 oz.
(Mix thoroughly.)
Etches for Aluminum Plates 3. Acetic Acid 99.5% 2 oz.
Potash of Aluminum V^oz.
(a) Dissolve 2 ozs. of Pulverized Amra.
Water 60 oz.
Bichromate in 1C ozs. water.
Acetic Acid (99.5%) 2^/t oz.
(b) Mix 1 oz. of the soln. resulting
Nitric Acid Sp. Gr. 1.403 IViOZ.
from (a) with the following.
H. F. Acid (Tech.) 1 oz.
(1) (20%) Phosphoric Acid 1 oz.
Water gal.
2
(2) Gum Arabic Soln. 8 oz.
(3) Water 8 oz.
•Paste Acids

(a) Sod. Phosphate


(for etching, cleaning and soldering)
Vj oz.
(b) Sod. Nitrate Vj oz. 1. Suspend itc 6 lb.
2. Water 70 lb.
Dissolve (a) and (b) in gal. of hot
3. Muriatic Acid 28 lb.
water and add 1 oz. (80%) Phosphoric
Acid. Use this etch gum,
without Allow 1 and 2 to stand over-night and
spreading it evenly over the Plate, by then mix until smooth. If nocessary use
means of a soft sponge or a brush made warm water. When cold add 3 slowly
of camels or badgers hair. and stir until uniform.
166 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Antique Gold Finisli Swab gently wtih soft cloth or cotton
Gold Cjanide ^ oz. to remove last thin film of deposit.
Silver CJyanide ^ dwt.
Sodium Cyanide 6 oz.
* Desensitizing Lithographic Plates
Sodium Carbonate 2 oz.
Water 1 gal. 1. Preparation of the Coating Solution.
A very small quantity of lead dissolved
in caustic soda is added to this solution. Formula—
In preparing the lead solution dissolve 1 Dissolve
ounce of lead carbonate and 4 ounces of % oz. of dry ammonium bichromate
caustic soda in 1 quart of water, and in 4 oz. of water
add 20 to 30 drops to each gallon of Add this solution to
solution. 15 oz. of fresh, strained gum arable
Operate solution at 110* P., with 4 to 5 solution having a density of 14“ on
volts. Use 18 karat green gold anodes. the Baum6 hydrometer, or a specific
Agitation of the work is essential to pro- gravity of 1.115 at 00-70° F.
duce the antique finish. After the smut
is produced relieve on a small rag wheel, Foimula —
using bicarbonate of soda moistened with
This solution can also be made without
water. The work is lacquered to protect
the use of a hydrometer by completely
the finish.
dissolving
Oun-metal Finish 4% oz. of air dry gum arabic in
After the work has been polished and 10 oz. of water,
cleaned, it is placed in the following solu- straining through at least four thick-
tion for ten to fifteen minutes: nesses of cheeso cloth, and making up to
Ferric Chloride 15 ounces, with water.
2 oz.
Mercury Nitrate 2 oz. To this is added a solution made by
Muriatic Acid 2 oz. dissolving
Alcohol 8 oz. oz. of dry ammonium bichromate in
Water 8 oz. 4 oz. of water
After immersing the work in this solu- In either case the solution, if correctly
tion it should be hung up to dry for 10
made, will measure approximately 12^“
to 12 hours. Repeat the immersion and on the Bnum6 hydrometer, or 1.094
drying operation, then brush lightly with
specific gravity at 60-70“ F.
a fine crimped steel wire wheel. Finally,
oilwith paraffin or linseed oil, and remove
Precaution: —
This solution will give the
best result.s if made up fresh from sweet
excess oil with a soft cloth.
gum arabic solution, each day. It should
bo kept in a cool place and in a brown
Photo Engravers Collodion bottle to protect it from light action and

Nitrocellulose (15-20 sec.)


should under no circumstances be used if
3
it has been standing longer than two
Ether 48.5
Alcohol days.
48.5
Filter and bottle.
The proportion of gum arabic to
ammonium bichromate need not be limited
to the exact figures given above, but may
Etching Filler be varied with experience to as low as 12
A etched linos in metal to
filler for ounces of 14“ Baum4 gum solution, or
make them more distinctive has the fol- 3^ ounces of dry gum arabic, to %
ounce
lowing formula: of ammonium bichromate. This propor-
White Bees Wax 10 gr. tion produces a harder film but one that
French Chalk 5 gr.
under certain conditions may show a
Melt together. tendency to take a light tint. The pro-
portion given in the formulae A and B
(above) has worked well in practice and
Etching Aluminum Reflectors should be followed at least until experi-
Water at 45“ C. 950 c.c. ence has been gained.
Hydrofluoric Acid (48%) 50 c.c. The viscosity of the coating solution
Rotate reflector every 30 seconds. may be reduced, if desired, by adding to
Pour off and wash with running water. it a little water. The diluted solution will
Introduce 50-50 Nitric acid to remove produce a somewhat thinner coating but
black film. the characteristics of the surface wUl
Pour off and rinse with water. not be appreciably affected.
ETCHING, ENGRAVING. LITHOGRAPHING
167
2. Preparation of the Image. Di8tanc« Time of exposure (minntea)
Zinc and aluminum plates and litho- from arc Aluminum Zinc
graphic stones on which the design has 48 in. 8H 10
60 in. 13Vi 16
been produced by any of the methods 78 la. 23 28
commonly used, can be treated. The
preparation of the design should be car- b. Lengths of exposure to be given,
ried to the point at which it is ready for using a 30 ampere double open arc print-
the final etch. The final etch may bo ing lamp, using photographic white
applied in the usual manner before the flame carbons
application of the coating, but this is not
DisUnce Time of exposure (minutes)
necessary since the bichromated gum film from arc Aluminum Zinc
alone produces complete desensitization. 48 in. 3 ^ 4
Precaution: —The surface must be 60 In. 5 6
“clean” The image or design must be 78 in. 8 % 10
sufficiently well developed and greasy to
Due to the fact that arc printing lamps
stand the usual etching and gumming. of various makes vary somewhat in cur-
5.
The coating should not be applied to a rent and voltage characteristics and in
photo-litho plate or stone until the image light intensity, the above tables are only
has been strengthened by rolling up suffi- to be taken as a guide. It is generally
ciently to stand etching and gumming. If safe to assume that the same exposure
the ink is too spare, or if the image is which will give a satisfactory nlltumen
under developing ink alone, there may be print on a metal plate or stone, through
difficulty in washing out the design after the average dry plate negative in a print-
coating and exposing. Surfaces on which ing frame, is the proper exposure to give
there is crayon or tusche work should be the bichromated gum desensitizing film.
etched, gummed, washed out and rolled The distance from the light source to tho
up well before application of the coating plate or stone during exposure should bo
solution. at least as great as tho length of tho
diagonal of the plate, in order to secure
3. Coating the Plate or Stone.
uniform light action.
6.
Dampen and if it has been
the surface
under gum, wash it off with a clean Washing.
sponge. Take off the excess moisture After exposure, the plate or stone is im-
with a sponge or clean rag. Pour a little mediately washed for not less than two
of the bichromated gum solution from minutes in running water to remove the
the bottle onto the surface and rub it unchanged ammonium bichromate, the
down evenly with a clean dry rag. With excess of water is wiped off with a
another clean dry rag or piece of cheese sponge or rag and the plate is gummed
cloth rub until the coating is thin and up with ordinary gum arabic solution in
dry exactly in the same manner as in the usual way and dried. It is then ready
gumming up. to bo washed out and put under
Precaution: —
Just as in gumming, the asphaltum.
coating must be thin so that the work Precaution: —
If the excess ammonium
is not covered. After the coating is bichromate is not thoroughly removed
hardened, streaks are difficult to wash out from the film by washing, tho hardened
and should be avoided. If the work has gum film will gradually become grease-
been too sparsely inked it will be difficult receptive unless the printing operation is
to prevent streaks. liegun within a short time. If an im-
properly washed plate stands in the dry
4. Exposure.
condition longer than 2 or 3 days it will
After coating, the entire surface is ex- scum.
posed to the rays of an arc lamp to
harden the film. Any light source of Printing.
sufficiently high intensity can be used. Plates or stones prepared in this way
Since arm lamps are in general use for should be handled in the usual manner
printing down, they are recommended for except that in most cases they can bo run
this purpose also. A variety of these is without etch or dope in the fountain
available, having varying intensities, and water. Should a tendency to fill up be
we give the following suggestions for ap- encountered, the work should be gummed
proximately correct exposure: out and the surface gummed up and
a. Lengths of exposures to be given, dried. A little weak etch may be added
using a 25 ampere single open arc print- to the fountain if thickening persists.
ing lamp, using photographic white Chromic etches should be avoided. A
flame carbons. satisfactory formula is as follows:
168 THE CHEMICAL FORMUURY,
^ os. 85% phosphoric acid the “case connection," the hook is in
16 os. 14* BaumI gum arable solution. ditect contact with the metallic plate of
the case, portions of the wax being re-
Prom % to % ounce of this mixture
movjjd in order to bring the metal and
added to a gallon of dampening water
the lfraphite surface into electrical con-
is usually all that is needed to keep the
tact, while the back of the case is in-
work open.
sulated with wax. In the method now
Because of the nature of the coating
more generally employed, and known as
of hardened gum, the plates appear
the “face connection," the hook is in
“slick" to the pressman and therefore
contact with a small copper plate im-
seem to carry more water than they
bedded in the wax near the top of the
actually do. The first reaction of the
form and in contact with the graphite
pressman is to cut down his water, and
surface. In the latter method the
this usually results in a scum caused by
metallic plate itself is not in the circuit,
the plate being too dry. A
little ex-
and there is less tendency for copper to
perience is necessary to enable him to
Since deposit upon any accidentally exposed
learn how to control the water.
portions of it.
the valleys of the grain are filled with the
After the copper is deposited to the de-
water absorbent coating, printing is
sired thickness (usually 0.006 to 0.010
actually done with less surface moisture
inch (0.15 to 0.25 mm.)) the case is taken
than on ordinary plates, but of course
from the bath, and the copper "shell"
some water must bo carried. Should a
is loosened by means of hot water. After
scum appear, do not etch the plate until
trimming the edges, the back of the shell
you have tried increasing the water a
is treated with soldering fluid (usually an
little. If the scum disappears then, the
acidified solution of zinc chloride) and
trouble is due to too little water.
coated with "tin foil" containing about
35 per cent of tin and 65 per cent of lead,
after which it is laid face downward upon
Electrotyping a heated pan. After the tin foil is melted
The step in the production of an
first
upon the back of the shells, molten
electrotype consists in the preparation of electrotype metal (usually containing
an impression or “mold" in wax of the from 3 to 4 per cent each of tin and anti-
form to be reproduced. The molding wax mony and from 92 to 94 per cent of lend)
is poured over them to the desiied depth.
usually consists of ozokerite to which
various substances have been added to The electrotypes thus produced ate
produce the desired physical properties. cleaned, cut, atid trimmed to the desired
size, "finished" to a plane surface and
The molten wax is poured upon one side
of a metallic plate, consisting of lead, shaved to the proper thickness. They may
copper, or aluminum. The wax-coated be subsequently curved if desired.
*
metal is termed a case. ^ After taking

‘ in many cases, for the most perfect
the impression of the form by the use of reproduction of halftone or other work in
suitable pressure at a slightly elevated low relief, molding in thin sheet lead at
temperature, usually by means of a high pressures is practiced. The load
hydraulic press, the resultant "mold" is mold thus produced is cleaned with alcohol
“trimmed" and “built up" to produce to remove grease, and is then treated
the desired degree of relief in the finished with a dilute solution of chromic acid or
plate. a chromate. This forms a thin film of
.

The mold is then coated with graphite, lend chromate, which prevents the de-
applied by a wet or a dry process, or posited metal shell from adhering too
both. After washing out the excess of tenaciously. The subsequent steps are
graphite, the form is either introduced similar to those involved when wax molds
directly into the depositing bath, or, in are used.
some cases, is given a preliminary treat- For the better classes of work,
especially color process halftones, or for
ment (so-called “oxidizing") with cop-
plates requiring very severe service, nickel
per sulphate solution and fine iron filings,
electrotypes (commonly called "steel" or
whereby a thin film of copper is deposited
"nickel steel ’%.are frequently employed.
by ‘ ‘ immersion ’ upon the graphite. The

In their preparation, a thin layer of


baths are usually contained in lead-lined
nickel (usually about 0.001 inch or 0.025
wooden tanks, with copper cross bars,
from which the anodes and cathodes are mm.) is first deposited upon the wax or
lead mold, copper is then deposited back
suspended. Electrical connection to the
graphited cathode surface is made by of the nickel, and the resultant nickel
means of the suspending hook by either copper shell is treated as above. The true
“nickel electrotype" thus made should
of two methods. In the one known as
toLOSIONS AND PYROTECHNICS 169

not be confused with a nickel-plated chromium, usually about 0.0002 inch


electrotype in which nickel is deposited (0.005 mm.) has been often applied to
upon the surface of a finished copper nickel or copper electrotypes that are to
electrotype. 1x3 used for very long runs, for example

During recent years a thin coating of in the printing of cartons and labels.

EXPLOSIVES, PYROTECHNICS,
AND MATCHES
* Blasting Composition Diphenylamine 1
54 Pot. Sulfate 1
Am. Chlorate
Barium Nitrate 29.5
Aluminum Powder l.o * Igniter, Blasting Cap
Aluminum Granules 0 20-40
Pot. Fcrricyanide
Rosin 5 10-30
J’ot. Chlorate
Nitrocellulose 70-30
• Explosive
An explosive consists of NaClO3 5-50, • Ammunition Primer
NaNOg 5-50, 0-O2NC0H4MC 5-15,
Mercury Fulminate 10-40
(02N)2C(,H3Me 5-15, and sawdust 5-15 20-45
Antimony Sulfide
parts. 10-60
Barium Nitrate
Lead Trinitrorcsorcinolate 5-35
• Explosive, Blasting
Sod. Chlorate 77.1
• Percussion Cop Primer
Dinitrotoluol 17.1
5.05 Lend Azide 5-15
Castor Oil
Cu Silicide 10-16
Paraffin Wax 0.75
Barium Nitrate 10-15
or
75 Tetmzeuo 10-15
Pot. Chlorate
Dinitrotoluol 18.4
• Electrical Detonator
Mononitro Naphthalene 1.06
4.8 Lead Sulfocyanide 30-50
Castor Oil
0.74 Pot. Chlorate 10-30
Paraffin
Smokeless Powder 30-60
•Fuse, Blasting
A mixture such as Pb
thiocyaimte
•Cartridge Primer, Explosive
smokeless
.30-60, KClOg 10-30 and ground 30
similar char- Meicury Fulminate
powder 30-50% or one of lx*ad Trmitro Resorcinate 10
Cu thiocyanate,
acter which may contain 29
as Barium Nitrate
a nitrate or a perchlorate is used Lead Sulfocyanide 10
wire
ignition material around the ignition Abrasive 20
fuse, and a detonating
of an electric
Binder 1
tetrani
charge may be used comprising
mix-
tromethylaniline associate with a * Primer, Explosive
in the
ture of Hg fulminate anJi'KClOg
Stable to shock and friction.
proportions of 90 and 10%, respectively.

*
- t
Pot. Chlorate
Antimony
28
55
* Powder, Ballistic 1*
Zinc Dust
Nitrocelluloee (13.15% N) 85 Gelatin Solution
36%
Dinitrotoluol sufficient to act as a binder
5
Dibutyl Phthalate
170 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
die

* Primer, Explosive The sawdust and vaseline ikiixture is

37 made by rubbing 8 oz. of sawdust with


Mercury Fulminate
Barium Nitrate 32 6 oz. of melted vaseline.
Antimony Sulfide 28
Ground Glass 3 Potassium Perchlorate 41^ oz.
Trinitro Toluol 4-8 Strontium Nitrate 20 oz.
Sulphur 5^ oz.
* ‘ ‘
Tracer


Bullet Composition Rosin % oz.
An improved light emitting composi-
Sugar ^ oz.
Antimony, Powdered ^oz.
tion is a mixture of two parts of mag-
Vaseline-sawdust Mixture 10 oz.
nesium powder and three parts of bismuth
oxide, which when pressed under a load
of ten cwts. into tracer pellets for shot Perchlorate Potash 12^^ parts
gun cartridges, gives excellent results, Nitrate Strontia Powdered 50 parts
having the desired properties of certainty Powdered Charcoal 1 part
of ignition, brightness of trace, and free- Powdered Sugar 4 parts
dom from danger of possible toxic effects. Red Gum 15 parts
Similar results are obtained with a mix-
ture of one part magnesium powder and Potassium Chlorate parts
6
ono to two parts of sodium bismuthate. Strontium Nitrate parts
2
A composition containing three parts Strontium Carbonate 1 ^ parts
of bismuth oxide, two parts of magnesium Gum Kauri (red gum)
powder or other suitable metallic powder,
2% parts

and half a part of strontium peroxide.


The addition of the strontium peroxide Green Fire Composition
changes the white colour of the flame Barium Chlorate 90 gm.
emitted by the tracing composition to a Powdered Orange Shellac 10 gm.
reddish colour and in brilliant sunlight
This mixture is made by mixing the
the trace is much more discernible than
above two ingredients together.
a completely white light.

* Explosive Primer Barium Chlorate 23 parts


Barium Nitrate 59 parts
Zirconium (Powd.) 10
Potassium Chlorate 6 parts
Mercury Fulminate 35
Orange Shellac 11 parts
Barium Nitrate 40
Stearic Acid Powd. 1 part
Antimony Trisulfido 15

Barium Chlorate 55 parts


Pyrotechnics
Barium Nitrate 33 parts
“Red Fire" Shellac 12 parts
Strontium Nitrate 66 parts
Potassium Chlorate 25 parts Barium Nitrate 6 parts
Powdered Orange Shellac 9 parts Potassium Nitrate 3 parts
Sulphur 2 parts
Strontium Carbonate 16 parts
Potassium Chlorate 72 parts Barium Nitrate 18 parts
Orange Shellac Powdered 12 parts Shellac 4 parts
Mercurous Chloride 4 parts
37 parts
Potassium Chlorate 2 parts
Potassium Chlorate
Strontium Nitrate 50 parts
Shellac Powd. 13 parts Barium Nitrate 3 parts
Potassium Chlorate 4 parts
Strontium Nitrate 8 oz. Gum Kauri (rod gum) 1^ parts
Sugar 4 oz.
Potassium Chlorate 1 oz.
Blue Fire Composition
Potassium Perchlorate 15 oz.
Strontium Nitrate 80 oz. Potassium Chlorate 6 parts
Flowers of Sulphur 20 oz. Ammonio-sulphate of Copper 8 parts
Wood Charcoal (powdered) 1 oz. Shellac 1 part

Gum Kauri (red gum) 2 oz. Willow Charcoal 2 parts


Vaseline^sawdust Mixture 10 oz.
EXPLOSIONS AND PYROTECHNICS 171

Potasaiipn Chlorate 40 parts Potassium Nitrate 10 parts


Copper Sulphate 8 parts Sulphur 2 parts
Rosin 6 parts Charcoal 2 partijf
Iron Filings (fine) 7 parts
White Fire Compositions For loading into ordinary paper cases.
Potassium Nitrate 24 parts
Sulphur 7 parts Potassium Nitrate 36 parts
Charcoal (wood) 1 part
Sulphur 2 parts
Charcoal (wood) 10 parts
Potassium Nitrate 7 parts For loading into paper cases.
Sulphur 2 parts
Powdered Antimony 1 part
Light Sticks
Fill thin paper
tubes of about
Potassium Perchlorate 3^4 oz.
outside diameter and 1' long with the
Barium Nitrate 17 oz.
colored fire compositions, alternating.
Powdered Sulphur 3^oz.
One end of the tube should be closed
Finely Powdered Aluminum 5 oz.
tightly to a depth of 3" with clay or sand.
Fill with powder of the desired color and

Potassium Perchlorate^ 7 oz. close end by pasting a piece of tissue


Barium Nitrate 34 oz. paper around it, after inserting a fuse.
Flowers of Sulphur 7 oz. Boil a handful of sawdust or wood
Aluminum Bronze (dust) 2 oz. shavings in a cup of water containing a
Aluminum Fhikes 7 oz. toaspoonful of potassium nitrate. When
dry, it will burn with a whitish yellow

Pyrotechnic
flame, sizzling as it bums. Add tea* %
sjioon of strontium nitrate to the water
A nonhygroscopic successively explod* before boiling the sawdust in it. When
ing composition consists of the sawdust is then immersed and dried
Pot. Chlorate 35 lb. it will burn with a red flame. Barium
Magnesium Oxide 35 lb. nitrate will make the flame green; cop*
Phosforus Trisulfide 12 lb.
per sulphate, blue.
Gum Arabic 1 jh-
Pot. Dichromate 5 Ih-
Clay and Sand 8 Homemade Sparklers
White Potassium Chlorate 10 oz.
‘ ‘ ’ ’ Granulated Aluminum 2 oz.
* Pyrotechnic Snakes
Charcoal Me o**
Naphthol Pitch 300
100 Miy^conslstency of thick cream with
Tetryl
20 a solution of 2 oz. of dextrine in a pint
Nitrocellulose
250 of w'liter and coat upon wires or slender
Nitric Acid
60 w'ooden sticks.
Linseed Oil
Stearic Acid 0.5 For red sparkler add 1 %
oz. powdered

0.5 strontium nitrate.


Graphite
For green sparkler add 2 oz. powdered
barium nitrate.
* Pyrotechnic Starter
Calcium Silicido 10
Lead Dioxide 15 Smoke Composition
30 White: Powdered Potas-
Fused Silica
Copper Oxide 30 sium Nitrate 4 oz.
Powdered Soft Coal 5 oz.
Sulphur 10 oz.
Showers of Fire 3
Fine Sawdust oz.
Potassium Nitrate 18 pa^ Red Potassium Chlorate
: 15 parts
Sulphur 8 parts Paranitraniline Red 65 parts
Lampblack 5 parts Lactose (powdered) 20 parts
This composition bums with a yellow- Green Synthetic Indigo
: 26 parts
ish color, throwing out streamers
of Auramine Yellow 0 15 parts
golden sparks, due to the lampblack Potassium Chlorate 33 parts
which is used. The mixture bums slowly Lactose (powdered) 26 parte
and is suitable for filling paper tubes. Yellow: Precipitated Bed
Arsenic Sulphide 55 parts
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Powdered Sulphur 15 parts extinguished ; and may be used again and
PotaMium Nitrate 30 parts again.
Pot. Chlorate 35
Smoke, Composition for Producing Calcium Plumbate 3.7
Sulfur 0.9
Tetrachlorethane or Chloro-
Benzoyl Peroxide 3.7
napthalenes 40-50
Powdered Glass 14.2
Zinc Filings 65-25
Hexamethylene Tetramine 42.5
Pot. Nitrate
Glue Solution sutBcient to bind
Sod. Nitrate
Formaldehyde 0.5
Calcium Silicide
Pitch Mold into rods and coat with thin sod.
silicate.

* Gas Bomb, Combined Tear and Smoke


Match, Repeatably Igniting
Chloroacetophenono 12.5-.30
Hexachlorethane 27.3-52.5 From the following is molded a match
which ignites on rubbing and may be
Ammonium Chlorate 5
2 blown out and used repeatedly.
Zino Dust
Zinc Oxide 3 Pyroxylin 50
Pot. Chlorate 20
Powd. Glass 10
* Yellow Smoko Composition
Camphor 8
One substance well adapted to produce Pyridine 4
yellow smoko is: potassium bichromate Am. Oxalate 2
60 parts, bismuth tetroxide 20 parts, mag-
nesium 14 parts; that is, the ingredi- * Blasting Fuse
ents are substantially in the proportion Fuses for “touching-off” by electric-
13:4: 2, respectively. ity are made from an explosive mixt.
Another substance that gives the same giving no gas and a hot flame. Reduced
result is: potassium bichromate 65 parts, Fe and KoMn^Oj^, or of 8b and
bismuth subnitrate 20 parts, and mag- K2Mn20s, or of Ca02 and C-Mg, all in
nesium 15 parts, the proportions having the proportions 1 1. :

approximately the same relation as above


given.
• Black Powder
The compositions specified gives off
puffs of yellow smoko that are particu- Pot. Nitrate 72
larly adapted for use in daylight fire- Sulfur 6.5
works and various daylight signaling Charcoal 21
devioes. Turkey Brown Oil 0.5-2
The dry materials must be in fine
* Match, Repoatably Igniting
powder. The Turkey Brown Oil is used
Those matches are ignited by friction; to slow up the rate of combustion.
FIRE PROOFING, FIRE EXTINGUISHING
Dry Fire Extinguisher SOO guUons of solution is used for each
Ammonium Sulphate 30 lb. thousand pounds of shells and the mix-
Sod. Bicarbonate 18 lb. ia cooked for approximately an hour

Ammonium IMiosphate 2 lb. ’^nd a half with occasional agitation by

Bed Ochre 4 lb. injection of steam, which also scrvea


Silex 40 lb. keep up the temperature.
When the charge has been sufficiently
. ,
cooked, the liquor is withdrawn and boiled
Fire Extinguishing liuid down from aliout 5% solid contents to
Carlxin Tetrachloride 94-05 about 40% solid contents. If desired,
Solvent Naphtha 5 the stabilizer may lie by the
fortified
Ammonia Uas 0.5-1 addition to tlie l)oiled extract of minute
The above minimizes production of quantities of borax, sodium leslnate,
toxicfumes when extinguishing fires. benzoate of soda or para formaldehyde.
The stabilizer may be used in liquid
form but is preferably dried to a cako
* Fire Extinguishing Liquid (Non- in a suitable vacuum drier and the cake
Freezing) ground to a crystalline powder of approxi-
Pot. Carlionate 34-42 niately 40 mesh.
**'e proportions of the stabilizer to bo
Ethylene Glwol 5-6%
Pot. Chiomato 2-:i% the foaming iiigredi-
Balance therewith and the kind of foam
desired. By using approximately 3
ouiiees of the powdered extinct, 22 ounces
• Fire Extinguishing Foam of bicarbonate of su.la and 30 ounces of
Largo quantities of roasted peanut aluminum sulphate and eombiiiing these
sheila are ordinarily available as a waste ingredients with a suitable volume of
product at little or no co.st and this fact solvent, preferably approximately one
us well as the facility with which they pound of jiowder to one gallon of water,
may be digested, the high pereentnge of a stifiT, tenacious foam will lie produced
yield, and the excellence, color and non- which has great mobility, may ^be con-
staining characteristics of the product ve\ed through conduits with bpt little
make roasted peanut shells prefeiable to deterioration, does not stain or discolor
the husks of other legumes, which may, materials with which it comes in contact,
however, be used. and which owing to its light color, is
In the preparation of stabilizer, the readily visible so that it c^n be deter*
roasted peanut shells or hulls, together mined whether it is being projected to the
with any discarded peanut shells or hulls, right snot.
t(»gether with any discarded peanut ker- The dry powdered extract is preferably
nels or peanut vines which may mixed
Ik; combined with Iho bicarbonate of soda
with the shells, may be shredded and and this mixture is preferably fed
charged into a vertical extraction cylinder separately from the aluminum sulphate
and mixed therein with approximately into a stream of water flowing through a
10% of commercial caustic soda. Warm hose or pipe. The powder may be intro-
water, or the wash water from a previ- duced into the water by means of an
ously treated batch of shells, is then ejector or ejectors creating sufficient suc-
inlroduced into the cylinder and dissolves tion to draw the powders into the run-
the soda. The cylinder ia then closed ning stream in proper proportions or by
and water at a temperature of approxl- mechanical feeders. The powders arc dis-
nately 290*" P. is forced into the cylinder solved by contact with the water in the
at a pressure of approximately 60 pounds hose or pipe to form foam which is
per square inch, the air in the cylinder ejected from the nozzle,
iieing vented therefrom. Approximately

AU formulae preceded an aateriak (•) are covered patents.

173
174 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Firoproofing •Fireproof Coating
Periodically the question of fireproofing Wood covered with following is re-
woodwork, curtains, and drapings crops sistant to fire and heat.
up, especially in regard to trade displays Asbestos 40
and exhibitions. The use of sodium Magnesite 30
acetate for fireproofing wood has been Magnesium Chloride
known for a long time, and a solution
(30% solution) to make paste
of 16 per cent, strength has been found
the most suitable concentration. Better
results are obtained if the sodium acetate •Metal, Fireproofing
is reinforced with a small quantity of A metal article
is protected and ren-
disodiura phosphate. For flame proofing dered firo-resistiug by coating it with a
planks a solution containing 228 grams layer of high-melting asphalt, then with
sodium acetate crystals and 33 grams a layer of asbestos paper or felt satd.
disodium phosphate crystals per litre with a mixt. of asphalt 60 and chlorinated
should bo used. Tho planks are given polyphenyl 40% and then with a layer of
three coatings with this solution, time tho asphalt.
being left between each application to
allow the liquor to soak in. For ellicient * Paint, Fireproof
working tho application of about 70
grams anhydrous sodium acetate per Afireproof paint made exclusively of
square metro of wood surface is noces- inorg. materials contains 20% silicate,

aary. The depth of penetration depends 15% KOH, 20% dil. HaPO^ 15% finely
on tho thickness and nature of tho wood. divided asbestos, 15% ZnO and 15%
In tho case of air dried pine boards of kaolin, intimately mixed.
17 mm. thickness a total penetration of
15 mm. was found, the boards being • Fireproofing Paper
coated on both sides. If tho wood has
Craftboard or paper is satd. with a
boon well dried out it Is advisable to give
soln. contg. Al2( 804)3 8 oz., Ti sulfate
a preliminary treatment with water.
Vi oz. and water 1 gal. heated to
For coating curtains, paper, etc., the
140-180® F. Tho craftboard or paper is
L.C.C. recommends 1 lb. of ammonium
removed and partially dried and then
phosphate and 2 lb. of ammonium
dipped in a soln. contg. Na2S04 10 lb.,
chloride to 1^^ gallons of water, or alter-
natively 10 oz. bora.x and 8 oz. borncic
NU3HO3 5 lb., Na silicate soln. (39® B6.)
14 and water 28 gal. heated to
gal.
acid per gallon of water. Tho second 140-180® F. The craftboard or paper is
formum is stated to bo better for delicate
partially dried and pressed in desired
articles. The fabrics should bo dried
shape.
without rinsing, and in all cases a small
piece of* the cloth should 1x5 treated first,
m order to find tho effect on colour and * Fireproofing
texture. Paper or wood impregnated with is

* Fireproofing Solution Cryolite or Sodium


Fluosilicate 1-3
Aluminum Sulfate 1-2
Fibrous materials are immersed or
Sod. Silicate 3-5
treated under pressure with following;
Water 12-24
Am. Chloride or Carbonate 12
Boric Acid 8
• Rayon, Fireproofing
Ammonium Hydroxide 8
Water 70 Rayon cloth is immersed in 10% PhoB-
foric Acid at 40® C. for 15 min.
Fireproofing Canvas
Am. Phosphate 1 lb.
Am. Chloride 2 lb. Fireproofing Textiles
Water 1% gal. Tho cloth is impregnated with
Impregnate with above; squeeze out Borax 70
excess and dry. Boric Acid 30
Water 600
Fireproofing Light Fabrics and dried.
Borax 10 os. Ammonium Chloride 20 kg.
Boric Acid 8 oz. Zinc Chloride 30 per cent. 300 1.
Water „ 1 gal. Ammonia 28 per cent 350 L
Impregnate; squeeze and dry. Water 100 L
FIRE PROOFING, FIRE EXTINGUISHING 176

The Paris Municipal Laboratory, the oxide which combines also with the
ecommended the following process: fiber.
’repare a 2 per cent, solution of aiumi-
lum sulphate and a 6 per cent, solution Asbestos Dope
if silicate of soda. Mix and enter the —
Asbestos. Tho cloth is painted with
loth. After squeezing and drying the a dope containing asbestos which hardly
ilurainum silicate formed is insoluble. interferes with suppleness. An interest-
Another method consists in padding the ing composition is:
'abric in a solution of ammonium phos- Asbestos 350 gr.
)hate8, then steeping in an ammoniacal Silicate of Soda, 36 deg. B. 350 gr.
lolution of magnesium chloride. The Water 1,000 gr.
ompound formed on the fiber is insoluble
The particles crumble and shrink. Con-
n water. The fabric is rinsed to remove
tinue heating for about 12 hours, ('rush
he excess of magnesium chloride and
Iried.
and screen to uniform sizes; re{>laco in
Tungstate of zinc resists washing, and pans and reheat at 185-195® F. until
proper state of dryness reached (about
is
his makes preferred at times to tung-
it
8 hours). The dried material is of a
jtate of alumina. The most usual
granular glassy light yellow color. This
nethod consists in padding in a solution
No.
)f stannate of soda at Udeg. B., and material is nir-«’ooled and sifted thru

'hen drying. Tho goods are then entered


6 and No. 8 screens.
into a bath of the following composition:
Fireproofing Wood
Tungstate of Soda, 35 deg. B. 4 parts
Acetic Acid, 9 deg. B. 1 part Wood can be effectively fireproofed by
Ammonium Hydrochloride, 4 immersion in a 15 per cent aqueous
deg. B. 3 parts solution of anhydrous sodium aeetato
with the addition of alxiut 3-4 per
Acetate of Zinc, 17 deg. B. 2 parts
cent of crystalline sodium phosphate
After centrifuging and drying tho (NAulIPO^ I2H2O).
fabric is hot-calendered to evaporate the
acetic acid, * Fireresisting Fiberboard
Perkin recommends the following
method: Pad with a solution of stannate Wood fiber is satd. with 10% NaOII
then treat soln. and the treated fibers together with
of soda at 26 deg. B., and dry,
with a solution of ammonium sulphate at mineral wool fibers are introduced into a
10 deg. B., squeeze, dry and wash in i>ody of a carrier liquid such as water

water to remove the excess of ammonium and agitated to bring the fibers into sus-
sulphate. This last step Is not indis- pension (the mineral wool fiber compris-
pensable, as tho sulphate has flame- ing 5(t-90% of the total fiber in tho sus-
proofing properties, Tho stannate of pension) and a product such as fiberboard
soda combines intimately with the fiber or the like is then formed from the
suspensiun.
and the ammonium sulphate precipitates
MatorUls, Equipment, Containers, consult Bupply
For Cheinicsl Advisors, Specisl Eow etc.,

Section at end of book.


FLUXES AND SOLDERS; WELDING
Soldering Solutiona Solder
Zine Chloride made by completely Tin 1
neutnilizing hydrochlorio acid with zinc Lead Phosphide 0.1
ia moat univorHiilly uaed. In addition to Lead 98.9
this roain, aiunionium chloride and a
mixture of 15% zinc chloride, 25% glyc- * Soldering Fluid
erine and 00% water are aatiafactory
Zinc Chloride 1(M)0
for copper, brass, steel, terne plate, Glycerol 0.5-^0
tinned steel, mom'l metal, etc. Hydro- Alcohol 6-60
chloric acid ia necessary on galvanized Water 1-50
Btoel.
A well-made soft-soldered joint will * Tdquid “Solder"
develop 5000 to 0000 lb. p(‘r sip inch in
shear. Heavy Clear Lacquer 57.5
Benzol 23
Silver solders consist of silver 20% to
70%, copper 50% to 18%, zinc balance. Aluminum Powder 19.5
Borax or Boric acid mixture used for This luis good heat resistance and
fluxes. Melting points of silver sohler non-corrosive.
vary according to composition usually
200 to 800 degrees F. below those of the * Solder, Aluminum

usual brazing brasses and about 1100
Zinc 40-00
to 1200 degrees F. above ordinary soft
Tin 40-60
solder.
Cadmium l-IO
Alupinum solder is a 12% silicon and Iron 0.5- 5
88% aluminum melting at about 580 de- Rosin 2
grees C. (1070 degrees F.).
Tallow 2- 5

* Solder, AJumimitn
Soldering Solution for Stainless Steels
Lead 25
Zinc Chloride, Commercial 37 gin. Zinc 40
(llacial Acetic Acid 99.9% 23 gnu Tin 20
Hydrochloride Acid, Com.
Aluminum 5
34.5% IlCl 40 gm.

Solder, Aluminum
Soldering Solution for Rustless Irons Tin 60
Zinc 40
,
Hydrochloric Acid, spociflc
gravity 1.18 CO gm.
* Solder, Aluminum
Ferric Chloride, Lump Form,
Zinc 50
I’ulverized 33 gnu
Nitric Acid, Spwillc Gravity Tin 20
Lead 15
1.42 2 gm.
Add in order named. Magnesium 10
Calcium
Tinning Flux — Zinc chloride stick
5
from sat united solution in water.
Solder, Aluminum
Aluminum 30
Non-Corrosive Soldering Flux Zinc 20
Tin 15
Rosin 1 oz.
Copper 6
Denatured Alcohol 4 oz. Bismuth 10
Silver 10
All formulas preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.
176
FLUXES AND SOLDERS: WELDING 177

Aluminu'm Solder Zinc Solder Flux


Zinc 10-30 Cadmium Chloride 40
Aluminum 7-15 Ivoad Chloride 40
Copper 1- 5 Ammonium Bromide 16
Bismuth ^ 1- 8 Sodium Fluoride 4
Tin Balance

Pewter, Soldering
* Solder, Aluminum
The surfaces are cleaned thoroughly.
Aluminum 30
As a flux there is usihI a mixture of
Zinc 20
rosin and olive oil. A good solder con
Tin 15
sists of
Copper 5
Bismuth 10 Bismuth 50
Silver 10-20 Tin 25
Lead 25
• Solder, Brazing
Solder, Silver
Phosforus 2.5-10
Silver 20
Zinc 5-50
Copper 45
Copper Balance
Zinc 30
Cadmium 5
Solder, Brazing
Copper 40-55 * Solder, High Speed Steel
Zinc CO-45
Powd. Soft Steel 85
Fused I'owd. lioric Acid 8
* Chain Solder Borax 2
A composition which may be
solder Powd. High Speed Steel 5
applied to greasy machine made chain in
the hank, rubbed into the joints, and
Solder, Stainless Steel
excess rubbed off so that after lieat-
Tin (56
treatment none will remain on the sur-
ia^ld 34
face of the cliain, is composed of pow-
dered Bn 2 pts., powdered Cu 1 pt., red ‘
P J pt. Solder, “Stainless Steel”
Manganese 20
(.5oj)|ter 25
* Bolder, Copper and Brass
Nickel 5
Iron Chloride 8 49
Silver
Zinc Chloride 8 (lold 1
I.ard 2(5

Rosin 2
Soldering Paste
Glycerol 6
Water 10 parts
Tin 121^
Zim* Chloride 25 parts
Lead
Ammonium Idiloride 2 parts
Dark I'etrolalum 65 parts
Flux, Soldering Dissolve the salts in the water and
Zinc Chloride 71 tir intothe petndatuw.
Am. Chloride 29

• Welding Fltix
* Soldering Ilux, Anti-Fermentive (’ulcium Fluoride 1
Salicylic Acid (Powd.) 20 Borax 3
Rosin (Powd.) 20
Melt together and enst into sticks.
Fuse together
Calcium Fluoride 25 * Flux, Welding
Borax 75
Pet. Carbonate 3
Pot. (diloride 3.7
• Solder Flux Lithium ('hloride 0.9
Fuse together Pot. Sulfate 7.2
Zinc Uiloride 8-20 Borax 20
Stearic Acid 88 Boric Add 21
Soda Ash 38.2

For ChrmiMl Adrinofi, SpecisI Raw lUtorUU, Kquipmonl, CouUiner*. •!«., comult SdpplF
SMtioB St end of book.
178 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Welding Eod Compoaition Boric Acid 49
Tungsten 1 -12% Borax 9
Chromium 1 -10% Iron or Copper Oxide 30
0.1 - 5% Sod. Silicate 12
Nickel
Aluminum 0.1 - 8%
Vanadium 0.1 - 2% • Welding Rod for Bronze to Iron
Carbon 1.75- 4% Copper 80 -90
Manganese 0.5 - 5% Tin 1 -10
Silicon 0.2 - 3% Phosfor Copper 0.2- 1
Molybdenum 0.1 - 6%
Iron Balance
* Welding Wire, Nickel
Welding Rod Composition
Magnesium 0.2-0.02%
Carbon O.GO- 0.85% Silicon 4 -0.05%
Manganese 11 -i;{.5 % Titanium 2 -0.05%
Nickel 2.5 - 3.5 % Nickel Balance
Silicon <* 0 00
.
%
Iron Balance Solder (Powder Form)
*
Iron Filings 100 parts
Welding Electrode Coating
Ammonium Cliloride 50 parts
Cotton cloth impregnated with follow- Sulphur in Powder Form 25 parts
lowing ini.vturo is used:
Mix well.
Tale 10
Feldspar 30 • Aluminum Solders
Ferromanganese (low C) 10 A. Tin 60-09%
Sod. Silicate 24 Zinc 27.5-28.5%
Aluminum 2,5-6.5%
* Welding Rod

Copper 80 -90 B. Tin 47.5-49%


Tin I -10 Zinc 47.5-49%
Phosphorus Copper 0.2- 1 Aluminum 2.5-5%

MVelding Rod C. Tin 37-45%


Nickel 20-30 Lead 37-45%
Copper 10-20 Zinc 9-21%
Iron Balance Aluminum 1- 5%

* Welding Rod, Bronze • White Mital Welding Composition


A bronze rod is coated with the fol- Copper 5
lowing composition and used with a Antimony 6
blow-pipe dame: Zinc 90

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents*


FUELS
Solidified Alcohol Boil together; cool; run in slowly with
AJcohol 1000,0 cc. stirring
Stearic Acid GO.h gin. Benzine 600 gm.
Caustic Soda 13.5 gm. Water 2 gm.
Dissolve the stearic acid in 500 cc. of
the alcohol, and the caustic soda in the
•“Canned Heat'’
remaining alcohol. Warm to GO" C.,
mix, and allow to solidify. A fuel which gives an in-
solidified
tense smokeh'ss tiame and which will not
made us follows:
e.vplode or e\u])(»rate is
Solidified Alcohol
Ce\h»n (’ocoaniit Oil 50 lb.
Denatured Alcohol 1000 cc. Crude Fulm Oil lb.
Soap Chips (Well Dried) 28-30 gm. Pule Rosin 37 ‘/j lb.
Gum I^ac 2 gm. Cau.stic Soda Lye 38" BA 50 lb.
Heat alcohol to 140" F., add soap and Water 2 Vi lb.
lac, mix till complctcdy dissolved, allow 9G per cent Alcohol 8 oz. (about)
to cool.
In ctpenition the 50 pounds of Ceylon
* ‘ cocoanul oil is placed in a suitable Ves-

Anti-Knock ’

Fuel
sel and tin* nunaining ingredients mixed
Mercuric Cianide dissolved in a little
therewith according to the following
glycerol is added to gasoline to extent
method
of 0.01-^.1%.
The cocoanut oil (Ceylon cocoanut oil)
and rosin are melted over a moderate
*
Fuel Briquettes fire. The palm oil is then added and
A non-caking or poorly caking fuel, also melted. The melted rosin fat is
e.g., anthracite or semi coke, is mixed straineci and when it shows a tempera-

intimately with 10-25% of a finely- ture of abmit 17<» degrees Fiilir. it is

ground caking coal and with a small stirredin the lye in a fine jet. When
amount, e.g., 1-2%, of a binder such as combination has be<*n effected, the water
is added to the thick colloid mass, which
itch, the mixture is briquetted, and the
IS thereby nmdered somewhat more liquid
riquettes are embedded in a neutral re-
fractory material, e.g., small coke, and by the addition. The alcohol is now
crutched in and tiie mass is permitted to
carbonized. For household fuel carboni-
zation is effected at G0O-G5O", whilst rest for about an hour; the pan or re-
ceptacle being W(>11 covered. A more in-
briquettes for industrial purposes are
produced by carbonization at 900-1000". timate union is thereby produceil. The
somewhat thick, transparent colloid is
then lirought into tlie frame, again
• Briquets, Fuel drawn tliiough with the erutch and al-
In making fuel briquets with an an- lowed to stand without being covered.
thracite base, culm 85-90, asphalt 5-10 To (his eiinilsificution agent is added 75
and pulverized bituminous coal about per cent of <lenaliired iileohol, and the
5% are used together. The asphalt is whole heated to a boiling point after
rendered freely fluent by heating, the which it IS allowed to cool; the colloid
culm is heated to about the same temp, thus formitd being then ready for use.
and mixed with the asphalt and the bitu-
minous coal is then added and inter-
•Coal and Coke, Improving
mixed.
Appearance of
•Jelly, Benzine The following method is useful in re-
Soap 20 gm. storing the lustre of weather beaten or
Alcohol 20 gm. discolored coal; to allay dust; to pro-

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.


179
feo THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Tent freezing; preventing corrosion of Mix in a heated dough mixer. Mix in
metal contacted; to improve efficiency of Sawdust 60
combustilon. Charcoal or Coal Dust 10
1. Bicapon or Lignin Liquor 100 Compress strongly into bricks.
2. Fuel Oil 4
3. Water 280
* Gasoline Gum Formation Inhibitor
Run(2) into (1) slowly with rapid 0.001-0.1% of cresol is added to the
stirring then follow up with (3).
gasoline.
0.01-0.15% lecithin is added to the
Coal, Coloring gasoline.
The coal is immersed in the following
solution; the time of immersion indu* Gasoline Fuel, Modified
ences the shade of coloring. The following composition gives satis-
Water 100 gal. factory service for buses, trucks and
Iron Chloride 2*,^ lb. tractors.
Pot. Ferricyanide 3 lb. Light Creosote Oil 90
Solvent Naphtha 10
• Prevention of Dusting of Coal or Coke Gasoline 50
A light mineral oil of about '‘32 grav-
• Gasoline, Solidified
ity" and having a flash point of about
175* is atomized onto agitated coal or grams of stearic acid are
Thirty-five
coke so as to deposit a film on the picites dissolved in five hundred cubic centi-
amounting to about 1 gal. of oil per ton meters of ethyl alcohol by warming, and
of material, which serves to suppress then seven cubic centimeters of a thirty
dust. U. S. 1,886,033 relates to a simi- per cent solution of sodium hydroxide
lar product. (30% sodium hydroxide and 70% water)
is added and the heating is continued
until the reaction is complete. Forty-
Fire Kindler
five hundred cubic centimeters of gaso-
1. Cork Dust 50 line is now slowly added and the result-
2. Sawdust 50 ing mass is then set aside to cool and
3. Paraffin 80 gelatinize.
4. Pot. Chlorate 10
Sugar Coconut Oil 32 parts
5. 10
Sodium Hydroxide (30%) 9 parts
Dissolve (4) and (5) in a minimum Water 60 parts
amount of water and* mix thoroughly Ethyl Alcohol 3 parts
with (1) and (2). Place in heated Gasoline 6000 parts
dough mixer and pour in melted (3);
The preferred manner of preparing
mix until uniform and cast in blocks.
this form of the composition is as fol-
lows:
Fire Starters A mixture of thirty-two cubic centi-
Rosin or Pitch meters of coconut oil, seven cubic centi-
10
Sawdust meters of a thirty fK*r cent solution of
10 or more
sodium hydroxide, and sixty cubic centi-
Melt and mix and cast in forms.
meters of water are heated on a steam
bath until the coconut oil is melted.
Fire Kindlers Three cubic centimeters of ethyl alcohol
is then added and the mass is boiled
Paraffin Crude 30
until the reaction is complete, where-
Rosin Pitch 10
upon six thousand cubic centimeters of
Wood Hour 60
gasoline are slowly added while stirring
Compress strongly into bricks. and the resulting mass is then set aside
to cool and gelatinize.
Rosin Dark 30 The resulting gelatinous composition is
Petroleum Oil Thin 5 a glutinous solid that is readily handled
Sawdust 65 and which is well adapted for use as a
solid fuel in lieu of dangerous and
kffix and compress strongly into bricks.
highly inflammable liquid fuels such as
alcohol or gasoline. Also this composi-
Distillery Waste 20 tion is well adapted for other uses such
Paraffin Crude 10 as removing spots and stains from cloth-
FUELS 181

ing and other apparel, and with the ad- Fuel Oil
dition of antiseptic agents provides a Fuel Oil 400 cc.
desirable germicide. Degras 5 gnu
Dissolve by vigorous stirring; run in
Solidified Gasoline slowly following solution
Gasoline 0.5 gal Pot. Nitrate gm.
White Soap (Fine Shaved) 12 oz- Borax 2 ^^ gm.
Water 1.0 pt. Water 38 cc.
Household Ammonia 5 oz. Finally pass through colloid mill.
Heat the water, add soap, mix and The above mixture ensures i>erfoct,
when cool add the ammonia. Then work rapid and complete combustion.
in slowly the gasoline to form semi-solid
mass.
* Motor Fuel
* Special Gasoline Gasoline 70
The addition 0.2-1% oxidized parafUn Benzol 20
wax to gasoline serves to act as a lubri- Meth}l Formate 10
cant in automobile cylinders.
* Motor-Fuel, ‘ ‘
Anti-Knock ’

* Gasoline, Stabilizing The following is added to gJisolino to


Deoolorizntion and stabilization against prevent “knocking."
development of undesired color odor or Aniline 1.5
gum deposition is effected by adding a Acetone 0.2
tri- or other poly-hydroxybenzene (suit- Alcohol 0.8
ably 1 lb. of pyrogallol to 75,000 lb. of
oil).
Special Fuel
* Internal Combustion Fuel Aluminum Powder 95
Gasoline 60-90 Sulfur Powder 5
Tertiary Dutyl Alcohol 40-10
* Engine Carbon Removers
A. Sulfur 0.5
• Kerosene, Solidified
Phosforus 0.5
Kerosene 96..')
Naphtha 09
Albumen 1.5

Heat the above to 40" C. cool add to B. Aniline 2


this Benzol 2
Acetone 2 Alccdiol 2
Remove precipitated albumen and
solidify by heating to 60" C. C. Furfurvl Alcohol 10
*

Xylol 10

For Chcmicsl Advisors, Special Eaw Materials, Equlpraenl, Containers, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
GLASS, CERAMICS, ENAMELS
• Casting Hlip, Ceramic tough reinforcing material, such as cel-

Am. Hydroxide 0.10-0.62 lulose ester plastic of which celluloid is

Caustic So<la 0.01-0.14 a common example. Among the ce-

Bochello Salt 0.01-0.10 ments or binders heretofore used are


Oxalic Acid 0.01-0.10 the so-called glyptal resins, such resins
Litharge 0.000003-.006 comprising the condensation products of
a polyhydric alcohol with a polybasic
acid. Unmodified resins of this typo
Crucibles, itcfructorics when used as cements, have in general
Flake Graphite 21 certain favorable characteristics, one of
Crushed Silicon Carbide 4o which is that the sheets will not separate
Flint 11 duo to the absorption of moisture by
Borax 6 the cement, but have certain undesir-
Tar 18 able properties when used in the manu-
facture of safety glass, one of the ob-
* Crucibles, Non-Porous jections to the resins being their tend-
ency to polymerize and become brittle
AljOsarHoO heated for 1 hr. at
is
and lose their holding power in the
1000°, ini.xed with kaolin (5:2) an<l
course of time. They also have the
2i\r-I{Cl, and ground in a ball mill. The
property of acting as plasticizers or
paste is heatiMl until viscous, dried in
soKents of the cellulose plastic and are
the air for 1 day, and heated at 000°
themselves not soluble in non-solvents
for 4 hr. and finally at 1650° for 0.75
of cellulose ester plastic. I have found
hr. The product is non-porous and
that resins of this kind can bo improved
temp.-resistant. The linear shrinkage
for the desired purpose; made soluble
undergone is about 27%.
in non-solvents of cellulose ester plastic
solvents; and made non-solvents of cel-
•Refractory Lining lulose plastic by the use of fat or fatty

A metallic pot is lined with a mixture acid or oil in certain proportion during
of the polymerization of the rosins.
The following formulae set forth in
Slacked Lime 100
five examples of proportions of ingredi-
Borax 6
ents required to form modified poly-
Vitreous Knamol 26
hydric alcohol polybasic acid condensa-
Glue Solution 12
tion resins: ‘

It is dried and baked at 500-700° C.


*
Example No. 1
Pkrts
Marking Glass
Glycerol 94
40° B6. Sodium Silicate can be used Phthalic Anhydride 148
ns a marking ink on glass. It adheres Fatty Acids (obtained from
well after drying. After a few weeks, Soya Bean Oil) 120
the dried silicate is washed off, the
glass will bo found etched. If dcsire<l, Example No. 2
colored pigments may bo added to the Parts
silicate to make it show up better. Glycerol 94
Phthalic Anhydride 148
Fatty Acids from Castor Oil 40
•Safety Glass
Corn Oil 100
Laminated or safety glass which or-
dinarily consists of two sheets of glass Example No. 3
cemented by a suitable binding mate- Ports
rial to the opposite sides of a sheet of Glycerol 94

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.


GLASS, CERAMICS, ENAMELS 183

Phthalic Anhydride 123 temperature preferably being between


Fatty Acids (obtained from 200 and 250 degrees F. and the pressure
Linseed Oil) ^ 210 being about 150 pounds per souaro inch.
If desired, the solvent used may bo
Example No. 4 made up of a mixture of several sol*
Parts vents.
Glycerine 02
Phthalic Anhydride 185
“Horak'' Glass
Oleic Acid 141
**IIorak" glass, made in Czecho-
China Wood Oil 20
slovakia, is said to possess great elas-
Example No. 5 ticity, andbe to resistant to suddon
Parts changes of temperature. The composi-
92 tion is:
Glycerol
175 Per cent.
Phthalic Anhydride
Butyric Acid 44 Sand GO-70
China Wood Oil Acids 60 Boric Acid 15-30
Soya Bean Oil 50 Potas.sium Carbonate 1-2
Sodium Carbonate 3-0
The amounts of phthalic anhydride Zirconia 1-3
and of fatty acid are interchangeable Titanium Dioxido 1-3
according to their acid equivalents: one
mol. of phthalic being equivalent to 2 • Golden Luster on Glass
mols, of fatty acid, or %
mol. of oil,
CI2 is passed into an aq. solii. of
where it used as the source of fatty
is
FeCIa, mixed with
acid. The proportions used need not nec-
n20o. The sola, is sprayed on a glass
essarily be molecular quantities, since
heated
su’rfilce to 700“ to produce a
certain advantageous cllects either in
golden luster.
the preparation or in the final product
may bo obtained by using an excess of
one or two ingredients. •Refractory Glass
Other monobasic acids, such as ben- The glass is made of SiO^ 65-75,
zoic, propionic, butyric, lactic, salicylic, B2O;, 10-1.'>, A12 ():j 2-5, alkali oxide
their analogues or substitution prod- 4-^16 and ZnO The linear ex-
ucts, can bo used in place of the fatty pansion coelT. is 4 X It is resistant
aciils from oil or polybasic acid to
to acids and alkalies.
estcrify part of the hydro .yl groups of
the polyhydric alcohol. Likewise poly-
Glass, Besistant
hydric ethers, such as the polyglycorols
and diethylene glycol, or the ether de- Bilicon Dioxido 70
rivatives of a polyhydric alcohol, such Boron Oxide 10-20
ns mono-cthyl-ether of glycerol, may be Litharge 10
used in place of part or all of the poly- Iron Oxide 6
hydric alcohol. Examples of other This glass i.s resistant to high tem*
polyhydric alcohols are glycol and man- peralures, quick temperature changes
nitol, and of other polybasic acids, suc- and is easily worked.
ciniCj sebacic, tartaric, citric, malic,
malcio and lactic.
Glass, Buby
Among the non-solvents of cellulose
ester plastic which may be used as sol- The following is added to the basic
vents of the above resins are the follow- glass batch
ing; heavy coal tar naphtha, toluol, Selenium 2 %
benzol, xylol, tetrachloride,
carbon Cadmium Sulfido 1 %
cumene and ethyl benzene. The propor- Arsenic Trioaiide 1 %
tion of resin to solvent ranges from Carbon 0.5%
two to twenty parts in one hundred. In
applying the cement, the resin is dis- • Glass, Stfety
solved in the solvent and sprayed onto
There are provided between glass
the faces of the glass sheets in a thin
film or coat. This film is allowed to dry
sheets alkyd intermediate layers, and
out in part or in whole after which the there is applied a relatively low pres-
sure, e. g., 60 lb. per sq. in., at about
sheets are assembled and subject to
heat and pressure following the usual no* for 6 min.; suoseauently the temp,
is lowered to 70-75* while the pressure
practice in laminating safety glass, the
Bow Matoriab, Equipment, Containers, etc., oonsnlt Bupiip
for Chwaleal Advisors, flpoeial
Boodoa at ead of book.
ia alowljr ioereased to about 200 lb. 9 Kg Calcite
The finiabed product ia removed from 60 g Pyroluaite
the proaa after cooling to room temp.
Belgian Plate Glass
•Glaas, Subatitute 50 Kg White Sand
^e following when applied to wire 17 Kg Sulphate
or cloth net forma a tranaparent mate- 40 Kg Calcite
rial which may bo used in place of 1 Kg Coal Dust
glaaa. It is non-breakablc and trana- 230 g Arsenious Acid
mita ultra-violet light and ia used for
poultry houaoa, playrooms, etc.
German Plato Glass
Cellulose Acetate 100
Triphenyl Phoafate 12-17
50 Kg White Sand
Dibutyl Tartrate 12-17
17 Kg Sulphate
Acetone 80-90 ) sufficient to got
3 Kg Soda
Alcohol 10-20 / thickness desired
18 Kg Calcite
1 Kg Coal Dust
500 g Arsenious Acid
Glass, Ultra-Violet Transmitting
Silica Sand 53-57% English Plate Glass
Peldapar 23-27%
Calcined Pot. Carbonate 8% 50 Kg White Sand
Bone Ash 12%
14 Kg Sulphate
18 Kg Calcite
The above used for ultra-violet
is
520 g Coal Dust
light incandescent lamp bulbs. ^ 500 g Arsenious Acid

Thermal Glass French Plate Glass


Hi material, as elastic as fused Si02, 50 Kg White Sand
more workable and stable in the flame, 17 Kg Chalk
and less liable to surface-cracking, is 19 Kg Sulphate
prepared by fusing (at > 1700®) a mix- 600 g Coal Dust
ture of 90-99 pts. of Si02 and 10-1 pts. 510 g Arsenious Acid
of beryl.

Glaze, Acid Resisting


Glass Ultra-Violet Transparent
A batch for making glass especially Load Oxide 0.8

transparent to ultra-violet radiation of


Sodium Oxide 0.1
Iron Oxide 0.1
wave lengths below 3200 A. U. consists
Silicon Oxide 1.5
of silica 560, borax 527 and powd.
Zn Boron Oxide 0.4
metallic 8 parts.

Glass, Ultra-Violet Ray Transmitting Glazes, Alkali-free Lime


A colorless glasshaving high ultra- Satisfactory bright glazes having a
violet transmission is formed by melt- maturing temp, of cones 11 to 13 were
ing a F-contg, batch in a carboniferous produced. A good cone 13 bright glaze
container. The batch may comprise was produced with 100 limestone, 26
kaolin, 245 calcined kaolin and 396
SiOa 35.5-40, H3BO3 16.5-32.5, AI2O3
21-27 and CaO 11-17% together with sand. With mat glazes it was found
CaF2- necessary to use at least 3 mols. of
Si02 to prevent crazing. A good cone
11 mat was produced with limestone
Bohemian Plate Class— 100, kaolin 26, calcined kaplin 112 and
50.0 Kg Quartz sand 96. These glazes are especially
20.0 KgJRtash resistant to abrasion and chem. action
8.5 Kg^alcite and therefore are recommended for
'100.0 g Arsenic chem. porcelain, cooking utensils, insu-
lators and tecK stoneware. A
good
magnesia-lime, alkali-free glaze was
Bohemian Plate Glass troduced with calcined magnesite 19,
50 Kg White Sand fimestone 78,kaolin 26, calcined kaolin
12 Eg Potash 45 and sand 144.
*
GLASS, ceramics, ENAMELS m
Gla2e for Copper Tankards in the form of a moist pulp and then
Silicon Dioxide 45.5 heating the article for a short time, so
Pot. Oxide 8 that the difficultly fusible substances do
Sod. Oxide 14 not completely dissolve in the readily
Boron Triozide 19.5 fusible substances, with the result that
Aluminum Oxide 6.5 a coarse-grained coating is produced.
Calcium Fluoride 6.5 A suitable mixt. contains borax 36.3,
feldspar 36.3, quartz 32, soda
6, NaNOs
*
6 CaP2 1*8 and kaolin 10 parts.
Enameling Copper
Cu and Cu
alloys are given an inton-
• Opacifier, Enamel
aive treatment with acid and then
coated with an enamel free from prod- An opacifier contg. NaZr silicate and
ucts capable of tarnishing, e.g., one Zr silicate is prepd. by heating a mixt.
contg. Si02 45.5, KoO 8, NasO 14, BaoOg of Zr silicate about 78 and Na2C03
19.5, AI2O3 6.5 and CaF2 6.5. The en- about 22% to about 900-950* and cool-
amel is applied directly by pulveriza- ing and disintegrating the product.
tion and the objects are baked at a
temp. (800*) at which all the constitu-
Vitreous Enamel Opacifier
ents of the enamel melt to form a
limpid covering. Sod. Antimonate 3
®
Tin Oxide 1

Vitroous Enamel
Removing Vitreous Enamel
240 grams borax, 410 grams potash
Place article in a boiling 30% Caustic
feldspar, 30 grams saltpetre, 120 grams
Soda solution and enamel will dissolve.
sodium carbonate, 30 grams calcium
spar, and 170 grams quartz are fused
together to produce 1,000 grams of lump Enamel for Gold Dental Crowns
enamel. This is crushed, ground with Silicon 6.5^
60 grams of tinting substance and about Borax 2
20 grams of zirconia opacifier. The Soda Ash 1.65
latter should contain about 1 gram of Sodium Nitrate 0.3
salt of
unstable acid, for example, Cryolite 1.2
sodium nitrate of formate. Tin Oxide 0.5

* Vitreous Enamel, Translucent


* Enamel, Vitreous
Sod. Silicate Fo which has a particularly low fusi-
68
bility has its constituents limited in the
(23% Na-74% Si)
following manner, boric anhydride 10-
Aluminum Hydrate 5
Borax 13
23, Ba or Sr 5-2.5, K
3.5-19, SiOg 4-13,
Zn 0-23, Ca 0-10, AI2O3 0-3 and F
Sod. Antimonate 12
Cryolite
0-3%. The enamel is applied by heat-
6
ing the article to redness and powder-
Barium Carbonate 8
ing the enamel thereon so that it im-
mediately molts.
Vitreous Enamel, Acid Proof
An acid proof enamel suitable for use • Porcelain Composition
in chemical apparatus consists of
Pyrophylitc is used to replace all the
Sand 527 silica and some of the feldspar in a
Kaolin 65 porcelain corapn., to obtain a pro<lnet
Borax 57 of higher dielectric and mech. strength
Calcium Carbonate 85 and of lower jiorosity. A mixt. may
Soda Ash >
230 bo used formed of china clay 34, ball
Sodium Silieo Fluoride

* Enameling Iron
42
phyUte 16-25%. ^
clav 13-19, feldspaia 87-22 and pyro-

* Porcelain, Insolating
Pe articles, particularly sheet Fe, are
provided with a colorless ground-enamel China Clay 84 lb.
coating, free from CoO or NiO, by ap- Ball Clay 13 lb.
plying a suitable mixt. of readily fus- Feldspar 87 lb.
ible and difficultly fusible substances Pyrophylite 16 lb.
186 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Electrical Porcelain ware should bo carefully stacked on
Kaolin 40-55 grates in such a manner as to admit
Quartz 25-32 free access of air to all parts of every
Feldspar 20-28 piece of ware. Care must be taken to
very finely; mix well and prevent flat surfaces from coming into
Grind
1400“ C. contact with each other, and space must
fire'* at
be provided between the different pieces
of ware to admit sufficient air to com-
* Eefractory Composition pletely oxidize all carbonaceous matter
(For crucibles and furnace linings) present. It must be remembered that
the heat treatment forms an iron scale
Barium Oxide 31-51
which must subsequently be removed
Aluminum Oxide 17-37
22-42 by acid, and consequently the time and
.Silicon Dioxide
temperature should not be carried be-
The above is not corroded by alumi- yond that necessary to burn off the oil.
num or its alloys. Removing Grease with Caustic Soda.—
Caustic soda or potash may be used for
removing fatty materials, especially if
Enameling Steel
they are present in small amounts. In
The preparation of (ho steel for en- this process the steel article is immersed
ameling consists in giving it such treat- in a boiling solution of caustic soda or
ment us is necessary to leave a clean potash and allowed to remain for a few
surface, free from any foreign mutter minutes. It is then taken out and
that will injure the enamel when ap- washed free from alkali in clear water.
plied and burned. The treatment re- This precaution is necessary because the
quired depemls upon the nature and adhering alkali solution would rapidly
size of the piece of ware and the kind neutralize the pickling acid into which
of foreign matter that is to bo removed. the steel is next placed for the removal
The sand blast is used in cleaning of rust and other deleterious impurities.
laTgo ware and such as cun not bo easily
cleaned by pickling. When the sand Pickling
blast is used, no other treatment is ro- After the oil and carbonaceous mat-
uirod, since grease, rust, and any other ter have been removed from the sur-
oroign matter is readily removed by face, it is necessary to remove all rust
it. This is the most elTcctive method and oxide of iron. The pickling solu-
of cleaning steel and one that gives an tion used is one of either sulphuric or
excellent surface for enameling. For hydrochloric acid.
small pieces it is much more expensive
than pickling, and it is economical only 1. Mixing the Raw Materials
in making largo pieces or special shapes General practice in mixing the raw
of comparatively high value. materials consists in weighing the
batch, which generally approximates
Treatment Preliminary to Pickling 500 pounds, into a box and then turning
Nearly all light steel ware is cleaned the mixture over a few times with a
by the pickling process. The prelimi- hoe or shovel. In the case of colored
nary treatment before the ware is enamels it is considered mixed when
placed in the pickling acid varies. the coloring oxide is uniformly dis-
Grease and carbonaceous matter must tributed, imparting a uniform gray
ba removed from the ware before plac- color to the batch. In white enamels
ing in the pickling solution, and three the practice is to turn the mixture a
general methods are in use for doing certain number of times, which is con-
this; scaling, washing in caustic nlkalL sidered to bo sufficient. Here is one
solutions, the use of proprietary"
or of the places where enamelers can im-
cleaning compounds. prove their practice and raise the stand-
Scaling. —
Scaling or heating the ware ard of their ware by doing away with
slipshod methods and resorting to more
to redness is the method most generally
employed. Durilig the process of shap- thorough, exact, and economical meth-
ing the ware from the sheet of steel ods. Itotating drums and other forms^
it invariably collects grease from ma-
mixing machines give much more satS*
chinery and workmen’s hands, and one factory results.
method of removing such carbonaceous Every enameler, and even the unedu-
matter is to burn it off. Especially is cated laborer who has worked around
this the case when handling largo num- the smelter, has observed that the
bers of small pieces. To do this, the enamel smelts more quickly when most
GLASS, CERAMICS, ENAMEL9 187

thoroughly mixed. This simply the


is is formed, in which the opacifying
practical application of the well-known agents, fluorides, tin oxide, and anti-
scientific principle that the speed of mony compounds are carried in suspen-
chemical reactions is directly propor- sion. Longer smelting results in a con-

tional to the area of surface of contact siderable solution of these materials, as


well as3. decomposition of the fluorides
botweep the reacting substances. If a
fire brick were crushed to a
powder and and consequent reduction in the opacity
mixed into the batch it would go into of the enamel. No opacity is obtained
solution in the melt and disappear with from tin or antimony oxides after they
are once taken into solution. Quick
the other ingredients of the batch,
while that same brick when laid in the .smelting is therefore to bo desired, and
wall of the smelter will stand for this again calls attention to the value
months without being eaten away. This of fine grinding and thorough mixture
same principle applies to all the refrac- of the raw materials.
tory ingredients of the batch. A largo
Tempering Knamel Slips
piece of flint stone will go through a
In preparing enamel slips for applica-
melt and come out with only the sharp
tion to theware the frit is ground wet
edges eaten off. The length of time re-
and contains 5 to 10 per cent (by
quired for smelting the enamel depends To increase
weight) of plastic clay.
directly upon the fineness of the raw
the viscosity of the slip and aid in hold-
material, especially flint and feldspar, a floccu-
ing the enamel in su.spension,
and upon the thoroughness with which In white or
2. lating agent is added.
they are mixed. It follows, then, that
cover enamels magnesium sulphate is
better mixing of the raw materials In
generally used for this purpose.
means less labor, less fuel, leas time of
ground coats borax is almost univer-
smelting, and less wear and tear on the
sally emido\ed, since nearly all other
smelter.
salt.s whifli huvo a similar effect on the
It is not only from an economic
slip are likely to cause rusting of the
standpoint that thorough mixing is ad- during iho drying of the ware.
steel
visable. The quality of the white en- Fine grinding makes the frit more
1.
amels is inversely proportional to the
ca.sy to float, but cnamelcrs dare not
length of time spent in producing a
grind too finely, because of difllculty in
thorough melt. Long smelting results
getting a uniform coating on the ware.
in a considerable reduction in opacity.
Oround coat enamels especially must
Fine grinding and thorough mixing in-
be coarse, not finer than 100 niosli, and,
sures a uniform fusion product in the
better, 80 mesh.
shortest possible time and hence mini- bo
2. Loud enamels would, of course,
mum solution of opacifying agents and more diflicult to float than lighter ones,
minimum reduction in opacity. but lead 18 seldom used in enamels for
Melting sheet iron. However, all frits are rela-
tively high in specific gravity ns com-
In the smelter the enamel mixture is
pared with clays and therefore settle
melted and fined until no lumps of un-
more readily.
fused or undissolved material can bo easily prevented by
drawn 3. Settling is
detected in a string of the glass thick, approaching a
making the slip
from the melt. The melting process order to apply them by
paste, but in
begins with the fusion of the least re-
borax, dipping or spraying, slips must b*,,iuf-
fractory ingredients or fluxes—
tem- ficiently fluid to flow. With such
soda ash, etc.—at relatively low
more sistcncy heavier substances will Iftllo
peratures. The liquid attacks the
by solution unic.ssa floating agent is used.
refractory substances both
Viscosity has been described as tho
and by chemical reaction. The forma-
4.

raw ma- friction between two liquids flowing in


tion of eutectics between the
contact with each other, or between a
terialsand the compounds resulting
liquid and a solid moving in it; in
from chemical reaction facilitates the Tho
other words, resistance to flow.
melting process. ^
continued efficiency of a floating medium in pre-
If the smelting process is of heavier particles,
venting the settling
for a sufficient length of time a
per-
therefore, depends upon its viscosity or
fectly homogeneous glass in which
all
resistance to the motion of particles
constituento would be in equilibrium
passing through it. Tho floating me-
would result. Such a condition is not
i

dium in the case of enamels is not to


obtainable, especially in white enamels. water, but as the
be considered as the
The meeting should proceed only to the
clay sabstance in suspension in water.
point where a sUble borosiUcate glass
188 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
High viBcositj is also required in en- is too thin and will not be sufficiently
amel slips to prevent them from flowing burned where it is thick. Either of
down the sides and into the corners these defects will cause the finished
of the ware after dipping. A steel ware to bo defective. The method best
body, being nonabsorbent, offers a dif- suited to produce this result, with due
ferent problem from that of a porous consideration to the cost of the opera-
body dipped in a glaze slip. The ab- tion, is the one generally used.
sorption by the porous body prevents Slushing
. —
By far the greatest propor-
the flowing of the glaze, but the enamel tion of enameled ware is slushed, espe-
slip must stay in place by virtue of its cially in tho case of all light wares and
viscosity, although it is possible that such as can bo easily shaken to distrib-
surface tension also plays an important ute tho enamel uniformly. Tho opera-
role here. tion consists in dipping the piece of
5. It is evident that a sufficient ware into the enamel slip, removing it
amount of the floating medium to pre- and shaking it in such a way as to
vent settling can readily bo added, but leave a thin and uniform coating over
other considerations limit the amount tho entire surface of the metal. There
of clay which can bo used with any are two factors of vital importance in
glaze or enamel, about 10 per cent being securing proper results by this method
the maximum permissible in the latter. — tho consistency of the enamel slip
The efficiency of the clay as a floating and tho skill of tho operator. The con-
agent is therefore highly important, sistency of slip for slushing is such as
especially in enamels where the frit is is termed " short that is, it has a
of higher specific gravity and more high viscosity and will not run down or
coarsely ground than in glazes or cn- drain off from vertical surfaces after
gobos, and whore the amount of clay dipping.
used is necessarily small. To tho novice it would seem a simple
matter to dip a piece of steel into a tub
1. Application of tho Enamel of slip, shake off a little, and obtain a
There is no more vitally important nicely coated piece of ware. As a mat-
operation in tho entire process of en- ter of fact, considerable practice is re-
ameling than tho application of tho first quired to acquire skill sufficient to slush
coat of enamel. A piece of ware which even simple shapes uniformly, while
has passed through tho operations of extensixe training and a very high de-
forming and cleaning has acquired con- gree of skill is required in tho handling
siderable value to tho manufacturer on of complicated shapes.
account of tho labor oxpendoil upon it. Draining. —
This method is frequently
In tho application of the ground coat applied to perfectly flat ware, such as
it is possible to enhance this value or signs, and to simple shapes. The piece
to destroy it, or, still worse, to so treat it of ware is dipped in the slip and is then
that it will pass through tho succeeding set on edge to allow the excess to run
operations and still bo worthless as a off at the bottom. The consistency of
finished piece of ware. Given a good tho slip, which is very different from
ground coat, properly applied and that used in slushing, is tho principal
burned, tho finishing of tho ware is factor in tho success of this operation.
simple. Tho very best ground coat im- In this case tho viscosity is much lower,
properly applied or burned can give so that tho slip will flow down the ver-
only a poor piece of ware, regardless tical surface, but at the same time its
of what its previous cost or future consistency must bo such that it will
treatment may bo. Every possible pre- form a good coating and adhere to the
caution should therefore bo taken to in- ware after tho excess drains off. It
sure a suitable coating on tho steel. must also bo sufficiently viscous to keep
Four different methods are used for tho enamel in suspension and not allow
applying the enamel to the steel slush- — it to settle onto the bottom of the tank.
ing, draining, spraying, and dusting. Spraying. —
For applying enamel to
The choice of method depends upon the complex shapes and heavy ware, spray-
size and shape of the ware and tho ing is frequently resorted to. It is too
nature of the enamel. Tho chief factor expensive to use on the ordinary grades
to be considered in tho application of of ware, but for special shapes with
the enamel is to obtain a coating of many corners and sharp angles, or any
uniform and sufficient thickness on the piece of ware which can not be slnshed
surface of the ware. If a thin and uni- uniformly, spraying is the best^ethod
form coating is not obtained, the en- of coating. It is wasteful of material
amel will burn off the portions where it and requires skill to obtain good results,
GLASS, CERAMICS. ENAMEI^ 189

but if proper care is U8cd any piece be. should bo said, further, that
It

of ware can be very uniformly coated best results are always obtained with
by spraying. The piece may be placed thin enamels. Barring tho properties
on a whirling rack and turned while the of whiteness and opacity, tho excellence
spray is being applied. of enamels is inversely proportional to
The consistency of the enamel is their thickness. This is especially true
highly important again in this case. of tho ability of tho ware to withstand
The enamel must be ground sufficiently bending and abrasion. In view of those
fine to prevent stopping the nozzle of facts the aim should always bo to keep
the sprayer, but for best results it must tho enamel as thin as possible, while at
not bo too finely ground. Its viscosity tho same time obtaining tho desired
must be high to prevent flowing. Since opacity and color.
the distribution of the slip over the
2. Drying
surface is accomplished in this case by
the movement of tho spray and not by Ground-coat enamels should bo dried
shaking tho piece, it is possible to work as rupitlly as po^^-ible to prevent rust-
with a higher viscosity than in slushing. ing of tho steel. This will l»o controlled
Dusting . —
This method of application to some extent by the lloceulating
agents used in the slip, but rapid dry-
is very common in cast-iron work, but

in steelwork it is used only on hea\y


ing is the best practice in any case. If
wares, such as condensers for chemical an^ alkaline flocculating agent is used
works, etc. It has a decided advantage for tempering the ground coat, it can
in tho production of acid-resisting be dried in tho open air without serious
wares, because no raw materials are rusting; but if chlorides or sulphates
added to tho frit, whereas when any are used, rusting is almost sure to re-
sult oven with rapid drying. This rust
of the other methods of application are
used, it is necessary to aild some raw may or may not bo visible after tho
clay and soluble salts to tho frit in
ware is dry, but it is quite sure to make
Its appearance, when the grouml coat is
order to get a slip of the proper consist-
ency. These raw materials arc invari- burned, in the form of spots where the
ably decidedly injurious to tho enamel, iron oxide has reacted with the enamel
especially where resistance to chemical to such an extent as to form a spot-like
corrosion is desired. While an enamel iron scale. When these spots arc
is a glassy coating, it is far from being
formed, it is practically impossible to
cover them with cover enamel. They
a solid glass; and the more raw mate-
will show in tho finished ware either as
rial added in grinding the frit the
dark spots or us pits in tho surface.
further the finished enamel removed
is
from condition, since these raw
this
While proper drying of tho ground coat
materials are only to a very .slight ex- can not entirely prevent this trouble
in an improi>erly tempered enamel, it
tent combined with the frit during the
Because of will always rciJueo tho trouble, and
brief burning operation.
this fact the dusting method is de-
when the ware is not dried rapidly tho
trouble is likely to come even in the
cidedly the best to use for making
best tempered enamel.
ename'lcd ware to resist chemical cor-
rosion.
The rate of drying of cover enamels
out this process, the is of less importance than in drying
In carrying
ground coat, as well as cover coat, is ground coats. However, rapid drying
The metal is is hero again desirable. One of the
frequently dusted on.
reasons for this, especially in
wiped with a wet sponge or cloth, and chief
tho powder dusted on while the metal
white enamel, is the fact that dirt in the
is still wet. Sometimes an adhesive form of factory dust sticks to the ware
agent is added to prevent the enamel while wet, and therefore rapid drying
from falling off when dry. of tho white enamel makes for pure
The methods used for cover enamels white ware. Another point in favor of
are the same as those used for ground rapid drying of finished ware is the
coats. The quality of workmanship ii need of space for storing the ware.
applving cover coats is far less impor- After the enamel is dry the ware can
tant* than in applying ground coats. If
be handled and stored in much less
a piece of ware is perfectly coated with space than when wet, and in making
the ground coat, tho cover coat may some classes of wares, such as cooking
uteosils, the problem of finding room
be quite imperfectly applied and still
for storing sufficient ware to keep the
give gfod results. Of course there arc
limits to this, and the more uniformly
furnaces going is sometimes trouble-
the enamel is applied the better it will
some. There are two common defects
190 THE CHEMICAL FORMUURY
eatued by improper drying. Water imity to some heavy piece of metal or
atreakiog, caused by moisture from dry* I

other surface which absorbed the heat


ing ware condensing on the cold surface while the main body of the piece of
of wet ware and running down vertical ware was free to heat up rapidly. A
surfaces in streaks, can be avoided by good burner will strike the happy me-
proper circulation of air in the dryer. dium and leave his ware in the furnace
When ware is dried too rapidly the en- long enough to fire the heavy parts
amel will crawl. This is caused by the properly but not long enough to burn
formation of shrinkage cracks duo to off tho light parts. The nature of the
driving off the moisture from the clay enamel intiuonces very materially the
too rapidly. These cracks do not show burner's ability to properly burn light
in the dry ware, but when it is burned and heavy parts, but ho can greatly
the enamel crawls and collects in beads. facilitate matters by using proper care
This defect will bo caused when a piece in setting his ware on the grates.
of wet ware is set on a hot piece of The temperatures used for burning
metal or when the drying is very sud- enamels differ widely, depending upon
den. The same defect may result from tho enamel and tho ware. General prac-
rough handling of the dry ware, a sud- tice is to burn the ground coat at much
den sharp blow breaking the bond be- higher temperature than the finishing
tween the dry enamel and stool, which coats. This is not due to the fact that
results in crawling. tho ground coat necessarily has a higher
softening temperature than tho finish-
8. Burning Enamels ing coats, but rather to the fact that
General Description . —
Muffle furnaces it has been found that the general ex-
are almost invariably used for burning cellence of the ware is improved by this
light wares and especially white ware. procedure.
For burning heavy steel wares open
furnaces are used.
Ground-Coat Frit
The ware is sot on pointed projec-
Borax 90
tionsfrom iron grates, which should bo Ash
So<la 23
kept sharp so that tho least possible Potash Feldspar 110
part of tho grates comes in contact with Quartz 70
the enamel. Only pieces of approxi- Manganese Dioxide 18
mately tho same size and weight should Saltpeter 18
be burned together, since only a few Cobalt Oxide 1.5
minutes are allowed for burning a fork Fluorspar 27
of light steel ware, and if there is much
difference in tho size of tho ware it Mill Addition
will heat up to tho temperature of the Per cent
furnace at different rates. As a result Clay 8
of this the lighter ware will bo suftl- Water 50
ciontly fired before larger pieces have
Magnesia .25
acquired tho desired temperature, and Borax in Boiling Solution 2.0
some of the ware will bo sure to bo
imperfectly fired.
White-Coat Frit
In setting tho ware on tho grates pre- Borax 100
paratory to firing, care should be taken Soda Ash 54
to see that ample space is loft between Potash Feldspar 110
all surfaces. Heavy parts like handles Flint 110
on dishpans and ears on kettles should Saltpeter 23
bo removed as far as possible from all Fluorspar 13
other surfaces. The reason for this is Barium Carbonato 25
not only to permit those heavy parts Antimony Oxide 20
to heat up as rapidly as possible but Zinc Oxide 25
also to prevent them from absorbing Cryolite 25
radiated heat from parts near them, Mill Addition
thereby retarding the rate at which Per cent
these parts are heated.
Tin Oxide 6
It frequently happens that there will
Clay 6
be a small area on a piece of ware un-
derburned while the piece as a whole is
Magnesium Sulphate .5

properly burned. Investigation of the The key to the burning tempefaturos


cause of this will reveal the fact that used, with their index numbers and the
this underbumed spot was in close prox- time required in each ease to produce
GLASS, CERAMICS, ENAMEI^ 191

tho best results in the enamel, are as slate Ca(OH)o 20 CaSO^


, 7, K 2 SO 4 2,
follows; Ca silicofluoride 1 part and WTiter.
Ground Coat
Index Number Temperature, Time, Acid Resistant Enamel
®F. Minutes
1 1700 4 I 11 in
1800 3
2
Quartz 47.3 52.5 55.8
3
Felspar 22.4 19.1 17.5
First White Soda 29.8 32.0 33.0
Number Temperature,
Marble 1(5.8 3.3.7 13.4
Index Time,
Boric Acid (5.2 3.5
"F. Minutes
1600 0
y

2. 1700 132 122.5 32(1.8 119.7


3 . 1800 1

Percentage of Bases
Second White SiO., 02.0 G.11 07.2
Index Number Temperature, Time, B/ii Mi 2.0
“F. Minutes aLo-, 4.1 3.5 3.2
' 1500 .3 K.ro’ 3.1 2.(5 2.4
2 37.9 19.1 19.7
3. 1700 132
(’a() 9.4 7.7 7.5

Ultra Violet Glass


300.0 100.0 100.0
A glass of the oompn. B 0 O 3 82, Li^O
13.(5, BcO 4.4% may bo prepd. by fusing Bnamel I hns a cubical coefficient of
below 950® in a Bt or ALO3 crucible. exjiuiiHKm of .'!22.8 X 10-7, ]I of 321.4X
This glass and the K 2 O and NiuO ana- 10-7, und 111 of ;542 XlO-7.
logs should be valuable substiluti-s for The preliminary surface treatment of
quartz in optical work. They transmit the iron before enamelling is most ini
light after long exposure to air and portant. Not only the gross irregulari-
ultra-violet light, and can be fused to ties, but all surface imjiurities should ns
ordinary glass. far as possible lie removed. The usual
metliod empUned today is the sand-blast,
using a mixture of relatively coarse sand
* Gilding Glass and steel scrap, blown at a pressure of
B 2O 3 8 8 Al.C^
Glass contg. Si 02 74.0, .
, four to six atmospheres. It is necessary
4.3, and bivalent oxide 4.(5%,
alkali 3.7 that this cleaning process be applied ns
is coated with an ethoroal oil soln, of Au soon as the casting has cooled, and it is
resinate contg. 3-30% Au and fired. a frequent practice for tho cnstings to bo
heated to a dull red after the sand-
blasting, this hwiting particularly favor-
* Safety Glass ing the decomposition of the iron car-
of each of 2 sheets of
One surface bi<le.

glass is provided with a skin coating of The technology of the npjilication of


a corapn. fonned from gelatin 1 , nitro- the iicid-resistiiig enamels ditTers from
cellulose 1 a mutual solvent such us
,
tliat of the ordinary enamelling proeess
HO Ac 70, a gelatin solvent such as ^\ater only in regard to the final coat; in both
14 and a nitrocellulose solvent such as cases the appliciition of the ground coat
acetone 14% and the coated surfaces are is the same. This ground enamel, the
united with an intervening sheet such as so called frit, is chosen so as to have a
a pyroxylin compn. wide temperature softening interval, and
consists usually of two parts of ground
flint and one part of borax, with small
•Refractory Brick quantities of felspar and fluorspar. This
A
compn. for making refractory ar- ground mass is applied to the cast iron
ticles such as furnace bricks or crucibles by the wet proc^jss, and is burned on at
contains plastic infusible clay 100 , powd. a temperature of about 1000 ® C. It is
glass 10 , borax 5 and NaCl 15 kg. The white, and makee a very firm bond with
proportions may be varied. the metal. The wet covering enamel,
finelyground, is sprayed on to this frit,
and is advantageous to incorporate a
it
• Brick, Sound Proofing littleclay in the grinding mill On to
Bricks which have good sound-deaden- the layer of wet coating enamel there is
ing properties are formed from slag 40, sieved a fine powder, mosely similar in
m THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
compotition to the .enamel itself, after dull lustre, and it is sometimes the prac-
whicn the coating Is thoroughly dried. tice to give I'final coat of highly lustrous
This application process is generally re- enamel. TImlatter usually is not very
peated several times, resistant to acid, and is dissolved off
when the vessel is put into use. The
5®uming and Cooling Operations enamelled pieces should be cooled very
The temperature of burning depends slowly. If the cooling is too rapid, ow-
ujion the fusilulity of the enamel, and is ing to the comparatively poor heat con-
usually about 1000“ C. Burning is usu- ductivity of the enamel, stresses are set
ally effected in muffle furnaces, but in up which lead to the formation of sur-
the case of very large pieces, in non- face cracks. Really well-controlled cool-
muffle furnaces of special constniction. ing improves the acid resistance of the
According to Gorman Patent 478,032, mass, for it is a well-known physical-
burning is effected in an ele<!tric furnace chemical principle that has been con-
under vacuum by this means the forma-
; firmed in practice, that badly cooletl
tion of bubbles is stated to bo completely glasses are less resistant to the leaching
avoided. Numerous highly resistant action of liquids than aru well-cooled .

enamels give a surface of con^paratively glasses.

INK, CARBON PAPER, DUPLICATORS,


CRAYONS, ETC.
Black Carbon Paper Acetone 225.0
75% of these materials in proportions Alcohol 135.0
suitable for grade desired. Resin 2.7
Candolilla Wax Glycerine 45.0
Beeswax
*
Crude Montan Wax Carbon Paper
Mineral Oil A suitable paper is coated with 4
Toners (Oil Soluble) 10% (iutta I'ercha 30
Peerless Carbon Black 15% Lump Black 17
This is ground hot. It is a base for- Carnauba Wax 30
mula which may be modified to suit con- Petrolatum 40
ditions.

* Carbon Paper Carbon Paper


Glassino paper is coated with hecto- Crystal Violet Base or Methyl
Violet Base 300 parts
are dissolved in
Reil Oil 600 parts
Flexiblo Printing Roller
This is introduced into approximately
Casein Glue Solution 10
Glycerin 6 Sesatne Oil 350O--I0O0 parts
Molasses 5 and added to
Clovel 1 Camauba Wax 3500 parts
Mix until uniform and pour into melted at 105-110“ C.
forms.
• Stencil Sheet • Chemical Printing on Wall Board
Coat paper wdth the following material The material,^.p., plaster board, is
Nitrocellulose 12.6 printed with 5^0% aq. KMn04 and
All formulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.
INK, CARBON PAPER, DUPLICATORS
heated to form knO^ Such printing is the design may be in several colors, if
readily eradicated when de^^. desired. A^rtion of the chalk is
abraded from the stick by the rubbing
upon the fabric, and these abraded por-
Atiimftl Marking Crayon
tions, of infinitesimal size, yield up tneir
Tallow 180 dye to the moistened fabric. After dry-
Bosin 5 ing, the cluilk particles may be bruslio*!
Eozolin 2 away, if desir^, leaving the design '^In
Melt together* and add while stirring the form of a permanent impression upon
a mineral pigment such as Prussian Blue, the fabric. Dye applied with the im-
Bed Iron oStide, etc. Cast in glass or proved crayons is h^ss likely to “bleed,”
metal tubes. than if applied in any other nmnner, and
it is not removed by washing.

Blackboard Crayon It will be understood that the fabric


is stretched prior to the application of
Calcium Carbonate
(precipitated) 60 lb. the design. It may bo moistened before
40 or after stretching, and is moistened
Kaolin Clay lb.
over substantially the area to be occu-
Saponified Oleic Acid 5 lb.
pied bv the design.
Caustic Soda % lb.
Wliile it is stated that the fabric is
The Oleic Acid and Caustic Soda are
stretched prior to the application of the
mixed, warm, in a separate kettle and design, this is not essential in all cases,
added to the clay mix along with enough but 18 a matter of choice with, the de-
water to bring to about the consistency signer. It is apparent that the design
of putty. The mixing is done in a stand-
might be drawn by mechanism suitable
ard type dough mLxer or other clay mix- for the purpose instead of manually.
ing equipment. The particles of chalk also absorb
moisture from the cloth, thus making a
• Goth Marking Crayon definite flow of moisture into the mark
or design, removing any likelihood of
In making the crayon, pure chalk in
the color running or bleeding.
the proportion of about 500 parts is
thoroughly permeated with one to four
parts of dye of a suitable character in Drawing Crayons
alcoholic solution, a binder such as dex-
trin, in the proportion of about
ten Black
Kaolin 24 lb.
parts, being used to assist in the mold-
Carbon Black 22 lb.
ing of the chalk into sticks.
Garnet Shellac 12 lb.
The chalk particles should have ai»p|)or-
ous structure, giving a very large adsorp- Denatured Alcohol 1 gal.

tioir surface for the dye, which prefer-


Turpentine % gal.

ably is an alcoholic solution of aniline Dissolve shellac in alcohol; add tur-


dye of the desired color. pentine and then mix in solids and grind
While the preferable method of mak- to smooth paste. Mould and dry slowly.
ing the crayons is to permeate the chalk
in a powdered conditio^ the dye may be
Blue
Soapstone 34 lb.
added after the molding of the chalk
In this event,
sticks. Chinese Blue 14 lb.
and binder into
Garnet Shellac 12 lb.
substances of a suitable nature to assist
Denatured Alcohol gal
penetration of the dye may be used, as 1

for instance, butanol These substances Turpenlinc % gal


not only assist in the penetration of the Method —as under Black.
dye, but they retard the drying, and
make it more uniform. The butanol Wax Drawing Pastels
when used, assists penetration, but sub-
stantially the same results may be
ob- Black
tained without butattol, by extending the Hard Soap 80
time of soaking. The chalk is dried in Bestwax Crude 60
air, or in ovens, as naay be desired. Spermac,eti Crude 28
Crayons so obtained are used in the Oirbon Black 14
following naanner. The fabric, such as Burnt Umber 5
silk, rayon or the like, is moistened over Prussian Blue 4
the part fhich is to liceive the dewgn.
The design is then drawn upon the cloth Melt waxes and soap, mix in piraients
with the crayon, it being understood th^ and grind until mooth; pour not in

Bew BsalpowU. Ooatslaors, ote., «oo«Ut Samir


for ChMleol Adviaonk Spodsl Mstsrials,
SMtei St «d of kMk.
494 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
molds; and plunge into cold water to Black
''set.” Soapstone 56
Red Bone Black 8
Hard Soap 28 Yellow Soap 6
Saponified Japan Wax 28 Gum Arabic 2
Spermaceti 16 Glycerin 1
Camauba Wax 2
Dissolve gum in water, add glycerin,
Beeswax Crude 8
mix in pigments; grind to a smooth
Orange Chrome Yellow 12
paste with water and mold.

Method as under Black.

Lithographic Crayon Warehouse Chalk


Gypsum 40
Sod. Stearate 7
Soapstone 55
Beeswax 6
Carbon Black 6
Carbon Black 1
Petrolatum 1
Mix uniform paste with a thin
to a
Lithographic Crayon glue solution and mold.
Beeswax .*10

Tallow 25
Soap 20 Wax Crayons
Shellac 15 The manufacture of wax crayons fol-
Lamp Black 6 lows very closely that of the moulded
Heat in enamelled pot to molt together. candle, both in procedure and materials
Then hejxt strongly until vapor ignites. and an attempt to go into details would
Allow burn for a while and smother
to be endless and rather futile. A finely
fiame with cover of pot. Take out a divided dry color is usually more suit-
sample and teat for elasticity. Tf not able us the coloring medium and usually
satisfactory ignite again in same way. more dependable. The dry color is added
to the wax combination after the wax is
melted in a steam jacketed aluminum
Marking Crayons
kettle. Meilianical agitation is contin-
Ceresin 40
ued until tlie kettle has been emptied in
Camauba Wax 35
order prevent any tendency of the
to
Paraffin Wax 20
Color to settle to the bottom.
Beeswax The wax
5
should be maintained ns nearly to the
Talc 60
meUing point as practicable and rapid
Chrome (Ireen «)r Other Pigment 15
cooling is perhaps more important here
than in candles. A good starting point
Crayon, Tailonn’ Marking on the wax combination would bo as
Camauba Wax 11 follows:
Stearic Acid 2 Double Pressed Saponified
Cerutlux 7r) Stearic Acid 40 lb.
Ozokerite 6 Paraffine 45 lb.
Terra Albn 6 Beeswax 10 lb.
Camauba Wax 6 lb.

Tailors’ Chalk
Dry color to suit.

The above proportions may be changed


Yellow to create a harder or softer crayon and
Chalk (Powd.) 28 Candelilla Wax may be added or substi-
Soapstone 18 tuted for the Beeswax. Care should bo
Pipe Clay 10 taken not to make the crayon too hard
Yellow Ochre 7 as a tendency of the points to crack or
Lemon Chrome Yellow 1% flake will be noted.
Make into a paste with water and
mold.
White Mimeograph Moistening Compound
French Chalk ^0 Powdered Soap 8 oz.
Pipe Clay 20 Castile Soap 5 oz.
White Curd Soap 6 Glycerin
^ Make into a stiff paste with water Water to make 1 gaL
and dfy.
INK, CARBON PAPER, DUPLICATORS
Non-Offset Compound the writing is fresh, and this will gen-
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 35 erally suffice.
Soft Cup Grease 35
Paraffin Wax 10 Ink: Writing
Beeswax 20 Except for tho phenol and dye, this
Melt together; cool and run in mill. ink half as concentrated as tho record
is
and copying ink. It is similar to some
of the cummeroial writing fluids and
Ink: Copying and Becord fountain inks. The standard is
pen
made same way as tho preceding
in the
All tho ingredionta in the standard ink
ink, and from nmterials of tho sumo
must be of the quality prescribed in the
quality. If made with slightly more
current edition of the United States
hydrocliloric acidHum the formula culls
Pharmacopoeia.
for it will keep longer without deposit-
Tannic Acid 23.4 gm. ing sediment, but it will be more corro-
Gallic Acid Crystals 7.7 gin. sive to steed pons.
Ferrous Sulpliato .30.0 gin. The standard formula is:
Hydrochloric Acid, Dilute 25.0 gm.
Tannic Aid 11.7 gm.
Plienol (Carbolic Acid) 1.0 gm.
Gallic Acid CrNstals .3.8 gm.
Soluble Blue ,3.5 gm.
Ferrous *Sulphate 15.0 gm.
Water to make 1 liter at 20°C. (<i8°F.) Hydrochloric Acid, Dilute 12.5 gm.
Phenol (Carbolic Acnl) 1.0 gm.
Hero as in allother fitrmulae,
Soluble Blue .3.5 gm.
“water” means distilled water, if it can
bo had. Rain water is si'cond choice. Water to make 1 liter at 20®
Dilute hydrochloric acid, U.8.P., is of ((>8® F.).

10 per cent strength, (’oncent rated hy-


drochloric acid us commonly sold is a
Writing Ink
water solution containing about .‘hi per
cent by weight of hydrocliloric acid gas, (8 times concentrated)
so as to make the 10 per cent acid, 100 The ingredients are best dissolved as
parts by weight of concentrated acid follow s
must be diluted with 200 parts by weight lliNHoh ed in
2 oiinccR Kfrroij* Sul- i ox, of dll Hydro*
of water.
chlono
Soluble blue is one of the compara- 3 ox of Water
tively few dyes that are not precipitated 0 47 < of Solutti*'
1 * blue
3 ox. of Water
by the other ingredients of the ink. U 1.) ox. of blieiiol

When buying a supply of it, be careful 1 <M of Tannic And


IX of Water
0 .M» oi of (tallic Arnt
to say that it is to be used for making
.

For waahiiig, etc. 2 of Water


ink.
To make tho ink, dissolve the tannic Dissolve first the Dye and Phenol;
and about 400 milliliters
gallic acids in pour into this mixture the acid solution
of water at a temperature of about 50® of Iron and then tlie Tannic (iiillic Acid
C. (122® F.). Dissolve the ferrous sul- solution. All solutions should be In-ated
phate in alaiut 200 milliliters of warm to aliout 180® F. and the final mixture
winter to which has been ndde«l the re stirred well forsome time and then al-
quired amount of hydrochloric acid. In lowed to cool. Let stand quietly for 2
another 200 milliliters of warm water or 3 da)8 and decant.
dissolve the dye. Mix the three solutions
and add the phenol. Rinse each of the
vessels in which the solutions were made Writing Ink
with a small quantity of water, and use 1. Nutgalls Powd. 8
the rinsings to make the volume of ink 2. Logw'ood Chips 8
up to 1 liter at room temperature. Be 3. Iron Bulfate 4
sure the ink is well mixed before it is 4. Oum Acacia 4
bottled. If sealed hermetically in a 5. Anibno Black 1
glass bulb, the ink will keep for years n. Water 167
with practically no formation of sedi-
ment. So when bottling the ink, have
Dissolve (4) in gal. water and (51 %
in 3 gal. water; filter and mix thew; two
good tight corks and till the bottles al-
solutions. Boil (1), (2) and (3) in re-
most to the corks.
maining water for 2% hours and strain.
This in]| is primarily for records, and
Mix tmii liquid with previous solution.
is not liM most copying inks. However
it will make one press copy when
w thk chemical formulary
a large proportion of a dye that has
Writing Ink—Bed
good tinting strength. The letter is then
ifosino I
0*- pressed face-downward upn a gelatin-
Gum Arebic 1 o*-
glycerin or a clay-glvcerin pad, which
Phenol % 0*-, absorbs a considerable amount of the
Water 1 gal. ink. From this pad it is possible to
print a number of increasingly paler

Writing Ink Blue Black copies upon other sheets of paper. The
Naphthol Blue Black 1 oz. name, hectograph, “hundred writing,”
Gum Arabic ^ oz. exaggerates somewhat, unless copies so
Phenol M oz. pale as to bo barely legible are counted.
Water 1
gal. In experimenting with quite a number
of dyes, it was found that the following
Red Writing Ink would give at least .30 copies with un-
Water, Warm 250 ral. broken line, and numerous other copies
Crocoin Scarlet 15 lb. that were easily legible, though there
Carbolic Acid lb. were breaks in the strokes of the pen.
Methyl violet gave the most copies, the
best red dye was rhodamine B, and
Blue Writing Ink emeral green and Victoria blue were the
Water, Warm 250 ^1. best of their colors.
Methylene Blue 15 lb. The ink used in making these tests was
Carbolic Acid *
lV(i lb. prepared according to the formula:
Acetone 8
Jet Black Writing Ink Glycerin 20
Water, Warm 250 pi. Acetic Acid, Coml. 30% 10
Nigrosone 15 lb.
Water 50
Dextrin 2
Carbolic Acid 1% lb.
Dye 10
Directions
Stamp-Pad Ink
Dissolve all color in 25 pllons of hot
water (about 100* F.), add balance of A solution of dye in water could be
warm water while mixing. Allow to used on n stamp pad, but it would soon
stand several days then devant without dry out. A mixture of equal volumes of
glycerin and water remains moist under
stirring up any sediment.
all atmospheric humidities, though the
water content of the mixture fluctuates.
Concentrated Ink, Powder and Tablets In each 100 milliliters of the mixture of
Concentrated ink that meets all the re- glycerin and water dissolve 5 grams of
quirements of the specification can be dye. The following are used for making
made by cutting dowm the amount of the standards of different colors in the
water to a minimum, so as to make a specification: water soluble nigrosino
pasty mass or a thick fluid with the sol- (black), soluble blue, light green, ma-
ids only partly dissolved. Instead of genta (,red), and acid violet.
hydrochloric acid, which is volatile, an
equivalent quantity of sulphuric acid is
Recording Inks
used; that is, 1.77 gmms of the usual
concentrated acid of 95 per cent strength For outdoor recording instruments the
(6(5 deg. Baum6). Weather Bureau uses inks made by dis-
solving about 10 grafUs of dye in 1 liter
of a mixture of equal volumes of glyc-
Ink: Red erin and water. As this mixture will
The standard ink is made Jby dissolv- freeze in some parts of the country, it is
ing grams of crocein scarlet 3B in sometimes necessary to add a certain
1 litor of water pr^ojrtion of alcohol to the ink.
For recording instruments in the labo-
ratory, the ink needs to contain only
Hectograph Ink enough glycerin to prevent its drying at
Yean before some of the modem du- the tip ol the pen. A
mixture of 1 vol-
plicating devices had been invented, the ume of glycerin and 3 volumes of water
Wtograph was used for printing small has been found satisfactory.
ediidons of circular letters, etc., and it is Almost any water-soluble j^e might,
still in r^er vride use. The original is be used were it not that somb of them
writtaa^mth a special ink that contsdns rather unaccountably make blurred linee
INK, CARBON PAPER. DUPLICATORS 197

on the usual card and paper charts. Add sufficient ammonium hvdroxide
*

to
Dyes that have been found to work well dissolve the blue precipitate formed.
are crocein scarlet, fast crimson, brilliant
yellow, emerald green, soluble blue,
* Printing Ink for Cellulose Acetate
methylene blue, methyl violet, Bismarck
brown, and water-soluble nigrosine. Film
Cellulose Acetate 3
Ethylene Cllycol Monomethyl
Indelible Marking Ink
Ether 50
Dissolve 5 grams of silver nitrate in Ethylene Cdycol Monomethyl
its own weight of water, and add am- Ether Acetate 60
monia water (not household ammonia) Color to suit
until the precipitate that first forms just
dissolves. Separately dissolve 5 grams
• Ink, Concentrateil Writing
of gumarabic in 10 milliliters of warm
water, and 3 grams of anhydrous sodium A paste ink suitable for writing on
carbonate (or 3.5 grams of the mono- diln. with water comprises water 2 os.,

hydrate) in 15 milliliters of warm water. white potato dextrin 1 os,, gjillic acid
Mix the three solutions and warm untd 33d grains, tannic acid 120 grains, gran-
the mixture starts to darken. This ink ulated Fe;;S()4 252 grains, 1101 1.30 min-
should be used with a gold or a quill ims, carbolic acid 3.5 drams, glycerol 2 I
pen if possible, but if not, with a clean drams, blue aniline A 217 grains, indi-
steel pen. The writing should be exposeil gotin <)8 grains and IIQAc.
to direct sunlight or pressed with a hot
iron to develop the color. The ink must
* Ink, Gold Bronso
be kept in the dark.
Aniline black inks are made in one or Cresvlic Aci<l 8
in two solutions, the argument for the Sulfuric Acid 4
latter being that the chemical reaction Borax 15 •

that produces the color must take place Flour 60


largely in the fibers where the mark is Chrome Yidlow 8
wanted. There is no chance for the color Gold Bronze Powder 10
to be formed in the bottle before the ink Varnish 10
is applied to the fabric, and to make a Water 00
sediment that can not penetrate into tlie Heat to a boil while stirring and make
fibers. However, excellent one solution thicker or thinner by altering amount of
inks can be bouglit. water.
For a two-solution ink the following When the finished ink is too heavy it
has been recommended: may be reduced by petrolatum or varnish.
Solution A.
Copper (Cupric Cldoridc) 85 Writing and Copying Ink
Sodium Chlorate 10(1
Fountain Cnpyinf
Ammonium Chloride 53 Pen ink Ink
Water 600 Tannic Acid 1 oi. 3 lOoi.
Gallic Acid , . . , . . 0 SO oi, 1 00 oi.
Ferrous Sulphate 2 00 ot. 4 00 oi.
Solution B.
. .

Hydrochloric Acid (dilute) 1 67 ot. 8 34 oa.


Oum Arabic 67 Phenol 0 13ui. 0 13 oa.
335 .Soluble Ulue 0 47 oi. 0 47 oi.
Water .

Aniline Hydrochloride 200


Dissolve the Tannin and Oallic Acid in
Keep in separate bottles. Immedi- about .3 pints of warm water (of about
ately before use mix 1 volume of A and 130” F.) and add to it the Dilute Hydro-
4 volumes of B. chloric Acid (of about 7* BA) and then
the solution of Ferrous Sulphate and
Blue-Print Ink Phenol in about 2 pints of water. Bring
up to 1 gallon, mix well and let stand
For writing on blue prints use the fol-
quietly for 4 days. Then decant without
lowing which bleaches white; stirring up any sediment formed.
Soda Ash 10 gm.
Water 50
Ink for Glass and Poredain
Ink for Bran Shellac 4
Copper Acetate « 1 Borax , 1
Witn 15 Water 160
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Warm and itir until diwolred; cool •Ink, Indelible
and flltor. Add A mixt. of castor oil 15, glycerol 15,
Dye 1 aniline oil 3, Ph 2 NH
5 and a small amt.
of methyl violet is one example and a
mixt. of soybean protein 15, aniline oil
Ink for Writing on Olaas 5, jg-naphthol 1, Ph 2 NH
5 and varnish 5
is another.
Pale Shellac 2 oz.
Venice Turpentine 1 oz.
Sandarac oz. * Intaglio Ink
Oil of Turpentine 3 fl. oz.
Heat 314 Gilsonite under pressure
lb.

DigHolve by gently heating and then with 1 gal. solvent naphtha until dis-
add one of the following pigments. solved; cool and beat in a 20% water
solution of dextrin.

Black I^amp Black Vi oz.

Blue Ultramarine Vt oz.

Green Brunswick Green % oz.
lied —
Vermilion Vt oz.
Printing Inks
Printing Inks may be divided into
three —
classes typographic, lithographic
and rotographic. They consist principally
Waterproof Ink for Glass
of a pigment, vehicle and drier.
Shellac Bleached 10 Typographic Inks
Venice Turpentine 4
Hosin Oil 1 Typographic inks arc printed from a
Turpentine 15 raised surface. They dry principally by
Indigo Powder 5 oxidation and penetration. Magazine
and book inks dry largely by oxidation.
Representative formulae would be as
follows
* Ink, Graining Black
Gum Arabic 2.5 Carbon Black 20 lb.
Ethylene Glycol 60 No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 30 lb.
Water 7.5 Rosin Oil 30 lb.
Pigment 30 Cobalt Drier 10 lb.
Stcarine Pitch 5 lb.

Hwtograph Ink Yellow


Acetone 8
Glycerin 20 Chrome Yellow 75 lb.

Acetic Acid (28%) 10 No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 25 lb.

Water 50 Lead-Manganese Drier 2 lb.


Dextrin 2
Dye 10 Bed
Lithol Red 45 lb.
Dissolve dextrin in hot water with No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 50 lb.
stirring; cool and add other liquids and Drier 5 lb.
dye.
Besides these pigments, formulae con-
tain many other colors, depending upon
Hectograph Ink their use and desired shade. News inks,
Fuchsine 1 oz. which come under the typographic class,
Alcohol 1 oz. dry principally by penetmtion, assisted
Glycerin ^ oz. in some cases by oxidation. The follow-
Phenol H oz. ing would be representative formulae:

Hectograph Mass
Good Grade Powdered Glue 2 parts
News Inks
Water 1 lb. Black
Glycerine • 4 lb.
Carbon Black 12 lb.

Proceed as in printers^ rollers compo- Mineral Oil 85 lb.

sition. Methyl Violet 1 lb.


Btearine Pitch 2 lb.
INK, CARBON PAPER. DOTUCATORS
Blve pletely by evaporation. Generally sol-
Peacock Bluo 15 lb. vents such as Toluene, Xylene and High
White Extender 7 lb. Flash Naphtha are u^
to dissolve the
No. 2 Lithographic Vamiah 20 lb. ri^ins which, together, make up the ve-
Mineral Oil 58 lb. hicles. Practically any rosin soluble in
Bed the above mentioned solvents may be
Lithol Bed 12 lb. used. A
formula would contain approxi-
^\’hite Extender 10 lb. mately
Mineral Oil 25 lb. Pigment 331,^ lb.
^

No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 25 lb. BeSin 33^ lb.


Rosin Oil 27 lb. Solvent 33^ lb.
Until recently only black and brown
Lithographic Inks pigments were used, but at present roto-

The lithographic process depends upon graphic inks may be made in other colors.

the fact that oil or greasy substances


and water will not mix. Most present PRINTING INKS are made by wet-
day lithographic printing is done from ting and di.spcrsing solid pigment colors
The in a snitaiile liipiid medium. The vehicle
grained zinc or aluminum plates.
original designs or characters are made
used IS nsnalU a combination of oils and
vaniishes together with small amount'* <»f
onlo the plates by the artist actually
driers, wax and grease compounda The
drawing or painting the original onto the
grained plate or by transferring the de- ink is manufactured by first mixing the
ingredients in a change can or kneading
signs from another print by transfer ink
or by a photo litho process, whereby the
mixer and then ground on steel roller

design or negative is developed on the


In ^rmulating a printing onlv ink,
metal plate after it has Ixien sensitized
those pigments should be used that will
with an albumen coating.
This coating which has no affinity for
meet the riHiuirements of the printed
matter, such as permanency to light,
water, allows the ink to transfer from a
alkali proof, etc., and the methml of
rubber roll to the plate and then to the
Lithographic inks, in composi- printing used (either typographic, plano-
paper.
typographic graphic or intaglio). The skillful blend-
tion, are verv similar to
Generally a heavier lithographic ing of these pigments in a formula pro-
inks.
The only duces pnictically any desired color in tho
varnish is used as a vehicle.
that chromatic, scale.
essential difTerence in pigments is
weak The sjMH'ific gravity and oil absorp-
they must not bleed in water or
tion of the pigments will govern the
acids to anv groat degree.
ratio of pigment to vehicle. The typo of
Vehicles.— The vehicles in printing
Litho- vehicle will vary according to tho body,
inks are, as already mentioned.
tack, penetration, hardnens of printed
graphic varnish is nothing more than a
It may range m films, and drying properties tliat is de-
lieat bodied linseed oil.
sired to give ‘to the ink. These in turn
viscosity anywhere from 2 poises to 500
mav are governed by the method of printing
poises. Itos’in oils and mineral oils
Al- used, type of press, size of the form,
be either of high or low viscosity.
and nature of the stock the ink is printed
though the above oils are most commonly
on.
used in typographic inks, china wood oil,
The final test of the suitability of a
perilla oil and fish oil are also used.
printing ink is its ability to work well
Other ingredients may be found in
on the printing pre,8s, print perfectly and
inks such as waxes, resins and sometimes
to adhere properly to the printing sur-
solvents.
are made from lead, face.
/;;.,>^^,_I>rier8
The eominorcially available pigments,
manganese and cobalt compounds. These
the properties of each and typical formu-
are dispersed in various oils and var-
lae containing these pigments are listed
nishes. Generally lead and mangan^
in the following:
driers are used in light colors while
cobalt is used in the darker colors. The
kind of driers used are also dependent YELLOW PIGMENTS
on the application.
Chrome YelloilfS

These are Lead Chromates made from


Botographic Inks soluble lead salts and bi -chromate of
Botographic inks are printed from an s^. They range in shade from a light
etched surface. They dry almost com- Primrose to a deep Orange.
200 the chemical formulary
Properties Light Medium Orange
Besifltance to Light Good Excellent Excellent
Refiitance to Varnigh Bleed Excellent Excellent Excellent
Resigtanco to Water Bleed Excellent Excellent Excellent
Eegigtance to Paraffin Bleed Excellent Excellent Excellent
Begigtance to Alcohol Excellent Excellent Excellent
Resiatance to Alkali Poor Fair Good
Rcgigtance to Acid Good Fair Poor
Hiding Power Excellent Excellent Excellent
Baking Temperature 230" F. 320" F. 320" F.

The Chrome Yellowa can only be used They are destroyed by alkalies and acids
in making opaque colora and therefore but have good resistance to lithographo-
only for the first color in three or four varnish and paraffin. They are slightly
color process work. soluble in water and alcohol.

Process Yellow
Process Transparent Yellow
Primrose Yellow Dry 4 lb.
Tartrazine Yellow Lake
Lemon Yellow Dry 1 lb. 8 oz.
Dry 4 lb. 12 oz.
Magnesium Carbonate Dry 1 lb.
No. 0 Lithographic
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
Varnish 2 lb. 8 oz.
No. 2 Lithographic Varnish 3 lb.
Cobalt Linolcate Liquid Drier 3 oz.
No. 6 Lithographic Varnish 3 oz.
No. 00 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
No. 6 Lithographic Varnish oz.
Lead Manganese Paste Drier 6 oz
Lead Manganese Paste Drjer % oz.
Paraffin Wax 2 oz.
Process Yellow Kerosene Oil 6 oz.
Chrome Yellow Medium Dry 8 lb.
Amber Petrolatum 3 oz.
Magnesium Carbonate
Dry 1 lb. 8 oz. Cadmium Yellows
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
These are precipitated cadmium sul
No. 2 Lithographic Varnish 5 lb. fides and are produced in a light and
No. 5 Lithographic Varnish 4 oz. dark shade. They are very permanent
No. 6 Lithogmphic Varnish 2 oz. to light and very resistant to alkali,
Lead Manganese Paste Drier % oz.
water, alcohol, oils and paraffin, but are
The above formulae may Iw modified affected by acids.
to be made stronger and more opaque by
omitting the magnesium carbonate and
using more of the chrome yellow pig-
Cadmium Yellow
ments. Cadmium Yellow Light Dry 15 lb.
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 4 lb.
Offset Tin Printing Yellow No. 3 Lithographic Varnish 8 oz.
No. 1 Transparent Lithographic Lead Manganese Drier 4 oz.
Varnish 20 lb. Wax Compound 4 oz.
No. 00 Transparent Lithographic Aluminum Hydrate Dry 1 lb.
Varnish 2 lb. No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
No. 2 Transparent Lithographic
Varnish 4 lb.
No. 3 Transparent Lithographic
Varnish 2 lb. ORANGE PIGMENTS
C. P. Meilium Chrome Yellow Orange Mineral
Dry 65 lb.
Oran^mineral is also known as red
Gloss White Dry 15 lb.
lead. It is a very opaque and bright
Offset Ink Wax Compound 1 lb.
orange pigment of very good perma-
on last pass over mill and add nency. In formulating inks with orange
No. 7 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb. mineral it is necessary to use a lighter
pigment and a heavy varnish with it,
Yellow Lakes due to its high specific gravity and low
These give transparent inks which are oil absorption, otherwise it will work
used for process colors. They are made very poorly on the press. It has a strong
from the auramine, quinoline, tartrazine drymg action on drying oils and there-
and naphthol yellow S dyes. They all fore does not require the addition of any
have very poor permanency to light. driers.
INK, CARBON 1»APEK, DUPLICATOHS
201

Opaque Orange Ink Permanent Orange


Orange Mineral Powder, Dry 30 lb.
Permanent Orange is made by coujv
No. 0 Lithographic Varniah 6 lb.
ling a diazotiteil solution of dinitro-
Xo. 1 Lithographic Varnish 12 lb.
aniline with beta-naphthql.
No. 3 Lithographic Varnish 3 lb.
Persian Orange, Dry 8 Ih. Properties
Hydrate, Dry
.\luriiina 13 lb. Resistance to:
No. 6 Lithographic
Light Excellent
Varnish 1 lb. 8 oz. Varnish Blml Slightly soluble
Ihiraffiu Bli'etl Good
Persian Omtige
Water Bleisi Good
Poisian Orange is made by precipitat- Alcohol G<H)d
ing the azo dyestuff orange II with Alkali Good
citlier banum chloride or stannous chlo Acid Good
ride on freshly prepared alumina hydrate Hiding Power Good
liuse Baking Temjierature 270* K.
Properties
Kesistance to: For stock ink grind 1 part color with
1 part Xo. 0 Lilliographic Varnish.
Light Poor
Varnish Bleed Good
Water Bleed Good Transparent Orange
Paraffin Bleed Good
Alcohol Poor Persian Orange Piy 7 lb 8 oz.
Alkali Fair Xo. 0 Lithographic Varnish 6 lb.

Acid Poor WcKilgreij^M* 12 oz.


Hiding Power Very transparent ('obalt Linoleate Liquid Drier 8 oz.
Baking Temperature 270* P. ly^ad Mangant“«e Paste Drier 4 oz.

Red Pigments
Lithol Toners
The colors are produced by coupling Tobias Acid and Beta Naphthol, The various
shades ranging from Orange’ to Maroon arc prod'iciHl by forming different metalUc
salts. The sodium salt is the Orange shade. The barium and calcium salts are bluer.
Sodium It 0 Him Calcium
Properties Litlml Tontrs Lithol Toners Lithol Toners
Resistance to Light Fair Pair Fair
Resistance to Varnish Bleed Excellent Excellent Excel h'lit
Resi.stance to Water Bleed Good Excellent Excellent
Resistance to Paraffin Bleed Excellent Excellent Excellent
Resistance to Alcohol Fair Goo<| Goo.1
Resistance to Alkali Good Good Good
Resistance to Acid Good Excellent Excellent
Hiding Pow'or Good Fair Good
Baking Temperature .... 165* F. 230* F.

Gloss Die Stamping Red Cylinder Press Bed


Gloss Stamping Varnish 33 lb. Sodium Lithol Toner Dry 8 lb.

No. 1Burnt Plate Oil 2 lb. Barium Lithol Toner Dry 5 ll».

Gloss White, Dry 5 lb.


Plate Paste, Dryer 6 Ij).
Magnesium Carlsinate, Dry 5 lb.
Blanc Fixe Dry 27 lb.
No. b Lithographic Varnish 20 lb.

Paris White (Whiting) Dry 28 lb. Boiled Linseed Oil 2 lb.


licad Manganese PasteDrier 2 lb. 8 oz.
Calcium Lithol Toner Red Dry 4 lb.
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Drier 1 lb.

Red For Lake C


This color is made by coupling chlor toluidine Sulfonic Acid with Beta Naphthol
and as in the case of Lithol Reds, various shades are produced by forming different
metallic salts.
The sodium salt is the orange shade also called bronze orange. The barium salt
isthe red shade.
Red for Lake C is an excellent color for printing inks, possessing excellent work-
ing qualities, brilliance and transparency. The shades as a rule run much yellower in
undertone than lithol reds.
202 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Properties Sodium Salt Barium Salt
Resistance to Light Fair Fair
Resistance to Varnish Bleed Excellent Excellent
Resistance to Water Bleed Good Excellent
Resistance to Paraffin Bleed E.xcellent Excellent
Resistance to Alcohol Pair Pair
Resistance to Alkali Pair Good
Resistance to Acid Fair Good
Hiding Power Good Very poor
Baking Temperature 230* P.
1

Scarlet Ink
Job Press Bright Red
The pigment of Scarlet Ink is the lead
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 4 lb. lake of the scarlet dye formed by the
No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 5 lb. combination of Xylidine and R salt. It
Load-Manganese Paste is ground directly into the ink from the
Drier 1 lb. 8 oz. pulp and is marketed in this form only
Barium Red for Lake C Dry 4 lb. because the color cannot be dried with-
Gloss White Dry 7 lb. out losing practically all of its strength.
Aluminum Hydrate Dry 3 lb. Scarlet Ink is very transparent and ha.s
Cobalt Drier 4 oz. a good finish, or gloss.
Properties
Resistance to:
Offset Proce.Hs Red
Light Pair
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 32 lb. Varni.sli Bleed Fair
No. 3 Litliographic Varnish 4 lb. Water Bleed I'air
Barium Red for Lake C, Dry 44 lb. Paraffin Bleed Good
Aluminum Hydrate, Dry 8 lb. Alcohol Good
Blanc Fixe Dry 8 lb. Alkali Fair
Offset Ink Wax Compound 2 lb. Acid Fair
Paste Drier (Lead Acetate Hiding Power Very pool
'Manganese Borate) 2 lb. Baking Temperature 165* P.

Para Reds
Those colors are produced by coupling Paia Nitranilino with Bela Naphthol. Two
distinct types; namely, Light and Dark Ptira Reds aie used.
Para Reds are well .suited for label and carton woik due to their good permanence
to light and excellent co^erlng.
Propntks Para Red Light Paul R(d Dark
Resistance to Light Good Good
Resistance to Varnish Bleed Poor Poor
Resistance to Water Bleed Fair Poor
Rtisistnnco to Paraffin Bleed Poor Poor
Resistance to Alcohol Poor Poor
Resistance to Alkali Fair Fair
Re.sistance to Acid Good Poor
Hiding Power Excellent Excellent
Baking Temperature 230* F. 230* P.

Cylinder Press Red Ink


Label Red
No. 1 Litliographic Varnish 35 lb.
No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 5 lb.
No. 00 Lithographic Varnish 12 lb.
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 8 lb.
Neutral Wool Grease 4 lb.
Medium Bodied Rosin and Paste Drier (Manganese
Mineral Oil Varnish 6 lb. Resinnte Lead Acetate) 4 lb.
Para Red Dark Dry 6 lb. Gloss White, Dry 22 lb.
Para Red Light Dry 2 lb. Barium Lake for Red C, Dry 23 lb.
Aluminum Hydrate Dry 8 lb.
Wool Grease 1 lb. 8 oz. Toluidine Red
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Drier 2 lb. This color is made by coupling Meta
Wax Compound 8 oz. Nitro Paratoluidine with Beta Naphthol.
Barium Sulfate Dry 10 lb. It ia lighter and brighter than Light
INK. CARBON PAPER. PTTPTJP.ATnpft
203
Para Red and is noted for its excellent Paraffin Bleed Good
light fastness and opacity. Alcohol Good
Alkali Poor
Properties
Acid Poor
Resistance to: Baking Temperature 270® F.
Light Excellent
For stock ink grind part color with
1
Varnish Bleed Good
1 part No. 0 l.ithograpluc Varnish.
Water Bleed Fair
Paraffin Bleed Poor
Alcohol Poor Eoaine and Phloxino
Alkali* Excellent (Bluish Shade Rwl)
Acid Good Those are lake pigments made from
Biding Power Excellent triphenyl nu'thiine dyestuffs. The dye-
Baking Temperature 320® F.
stuff is precipitated with bjtsic Imd ace-
For stock ink grind 1 part color with tate on an alumina hydrate base. Tln‘so
L ])artNo. 0 Lithographic V^arnish. colors are \ery clean, brilliant and trans-
parent and are used in the manufacture
of proc(‘S8 reds, where peruianency is not
Madder Lake
required.
This is made from the synthetic ali-

;:irme dyestuff
ProjHriu's
dihydroxyanthraquinone.
Resistance to;
Properties
Light Very poor
Resistance to: Varnish Blml Good
Light Excellent Water Bh*ed Poor
Varnish Bleed Good Ihimffin Bleed Poor
Water Bleed Good Alcohol Poor
Paraffin Bleed Good Alkali Very poor
Oils and Grease Excellent Acid Very poor
Alcohol Good Heat Very poor
Alkali Changes to
blue violet Process IUhI
Acid P(M)r Phlo.vine Toner Red, Dry 12 lb.
Hiding Power Poor Alumina Hy<lrute, Dry 10 lb.
The madder lakes are used mainly for No. 0 I.ithogniphic Varnish 7 lb.
oil and grouse proof inks such as on No. 1 Lithognij)hic Varnish 14 lb.

butter-wrappers. No. () Lithogmphic Varnish 1 lb.


Wax Compound 3 lb.

Madder Lake Ink


Madder Lake, Dry 5 lb. 8 oz. BLUE r I 0 MENT 8
No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 3 lb. Iron Blues
No. 2 Lithographic Varnish 5 lb.
This class of colors is made from so-
Ijoad-Manganeso Paste Drier 8 uz.
dium or potassium ferrocyanides and
Cobalt Linolcato Drier 12 oz.
ferrous sulfate. Tlirn* distinct types are
supplied for printing inks namely.
Pigment Scarlet Milori, Bronze and Prussian blues.

(Bluish Shade of Red) rrop(rtus


This color is manufactured by precipi- Resistance to:
tating the acid azo dyestuff
soluble
Light Excellent
(made by coupling diazotized anthranilic
Varnish Bleed Excellent
acid with R salt) with barium chloride.
Water Bleed Excellent
The precipitation is made in the pres-
Paraffin Bleed Excellent
ence of freshly prepared alumina hy-
Alcohol Excellent
drate base thus forming an insoluble
Alkali Poor
lake pigment.
Acid Excellent
Properties Baking Temperatures 320® F.

Resistance to:
Light Excellent Job Press Blue
Varnish Bleed Good Bronze Blue, Dry 0 lb.
Water Bleed Sit. soluble Permanent Violet, Dry 1 lb. 8 oz.
204 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
No. 0 Lithographic Alkali Blue Inks
Vamiih 9 lb. 8 oz. (Reflex Blue Toner)
Lead Manganese Paste Drier 4 oz.
These inks are made from C. P. Alkali
No, 6 Lithographic Varnish 4 oz.
Blue, an organic dyestuff and litho-
No. 1 Lithographic
graphic varnish. The alkali blue color
Varnish 2 lb. 8 oz.
in dry pigment form is unsatisfactory
Barium Sulfate, Dry 6 lb.
for grinding, so that it is necessary to
Petrolatum 4 oz.
add the varnish to the wet precipitated
pulp and then to displace and drive off
Label Blue the water present.
Bronze Blue, Dry 8 lb.
No. 0 Lithographic Properties
Varnish 2 lb 4 . oz. Resistance to:
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
Light Fair
Mineral Ink Oil 4 lb 8 . oz.
Varnish Bleed Excellent
Barium Sulfate, Dry 3 lb.
. 8 oz. Water Bleed Excellent
Aluminum Hydrate, Dry 0 oz. Paraffin Bleed Excellent
Permanent Violet, Dry 4 oz.
Alcohol Poor
\Vool Grease 0 oz.
Alkali Good
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Acids Excellent
Drier 4 oz.
Lead Manganese Paste Drier 12 oz.
The Reflex on Alkali Blue toners are
very strong, clean, bronzy colors and are
used for toning up the iron blues and
Lichtdruck or Photogelatin Blue !

also black inks.


No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 44 lb.
No. 3 Lithographic Varnish 3 lb.
Milori Blue, Dry 50 lb. Glassine and Cellophane Blue
Multon Tallow 1 lb. Spec. Hard Grip Varnish (No. 1
Lithogmphic Varnish and Am-
Steel Plate Blue berol) 25 lb.

Bronze Blue, Dry 52 lb. Cobalt Linoleate Drier 8 lb.

Barytes, Dry 14 lb. Beeswax (Melted into Drier) 2 lb.

No. 0V(» Plato Oil 27 lb. Red Sliade Reflex Alkali


No. 1 Plate Oil 7 lb. Blue Ink 60 lb.
No. 00000 Lithographic
Varnish 5 lb.
Peacock Blue
Peacock blue is a lake color produced
bv precipitating the acid dyestuff, erio- Permanent Blue Toner
gluucine or patent blue, on alumina This is a very clean, strong, reddish
hydrate base ^th barium chloride. This blue made from the basic dyestuff, Vic-
color is greener than the iron blues and toria blue and phosphotun^ratic acid. It
of much greater cleanliness and trans- is produced in both the cfry state and
parency. It is chiefly used in the manu- ink form.
facture of process inks.
Properties
Properties Resistance to;
Resistance to: Light Good
Light Very poor Varnish Bleed Excellent
Varnish Bleed Good Water Bleed Excellent
Water Bleed Poor Paraffin Bleed Excellent
Paraffin Bleed Good Alcohol Poor
Alcohol Poor Alkali Fair
AlkaU Poor Acids Fair
Add Poor Baking Temperature 270" F.
i

Process Blue
Blue Lake Ink
Peacock Blue, Dry 8 lb. 8 oz.
Aluminum Hydrate. Dry 3 lb.
No. 0 Lithogmphic Varnish 4 lb.
Magnesium Carbonate, Dry 3 lb.
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 3 lb.
Permanent Blue Toner,
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Drier 1 lb.
Dry 2 lb. 8 os.
Wax Compound 8 os.
No. 6 lithographic Varnish 9 lb.
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Drier 1 lb. Properties
Lead Manganese Paste Drier 12 oz.
Resistance to:
Wax Compound 8 oz.
Light Good
Varnish Bleed Excellent
Ultramarine Blue Water Bleed Excellent
Is an artificially prepared pigment Paraffin Bleed Excellent
made bv heating together finely divided Alcohol Poor
soda ash or sodium sulfate, china clay, Alkali Good
sulfur and some form of carbon, without Acid Fair
contact with the air. The color of ultra-
For stock ink grind 1 part color with
marine blue is reddish and very clean part No. 0 Lithographic Varnish.
1
but it has the
disadvantages of very
weak tinctorial value, poor working
qualities on the press and wearing action OREILN PIGMENTS
on copper plates due to its sulfur con- Chrome Green (or Milori Green)
tent.
These are produced in various sliades
Properties by precipitating greenish chrome yellow
Resistance to; upon freshly preidpitated gr»H‘ni8h iron
Light Excellent blue. These pigments are opaque and
Varnish Bleed Excellent have the same properties as the chrome
Water Bleed Excellent yellow's and iron blues.
Paraffin Bleed Excellent
Properties
Alcohol Excellent
Alkali Excellent Resistance to:
Acid Poor Light Good
Varnish Bleed Excellent

Ultramarine Blue Ink


Water Bleed Excellent
Paraffin Bleed Excellent
Ultramarine Blue, Dry 15 lb.
Alcohol Excellent
Aluminum Hydrate, Dry 4 lb.
Alkali Poor
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 8 lb.
Acid Good
No. 2 Lithographic Varnish 2 lb.
Hiding Power Excellent
No. 3 Lithographic Varnish 8 oz.
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Drier 2 oz.
.Tob Green
PURPLE PIGMENTS Milori Green, Dry 8 lb. 8 oz.
No. 0 Lithographic, Varnisli 1 lb.
Methyl Violet
No. 1 Lithographie Varnish 4 lb.
Methyl Violet is made from
the basic No. 2 Lithographic Varnish U lb.
dyestuff methyl violet by precipitation Copal Gum Varnish 4 11 >.

with tannic acid and tartar emetic. It is Primrose Vellow, Dry 22 lb.
ground in lithographic varnish from the Aluinimim Hydrate, Diy 1 lb.
wet pulp and sold in ink form.

Properties Miiun (iitru Ink


Resistance to: Milori Green, Dry 12 lb.
No. j ]/ithographicVarnish 3 Ib.
Light Very poor
Good No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 2 lb.
Varnish Bleed
Good Copal Gum Varnish 1 lb.
Water Bleed
ParaflSn Bleed Good No. 00 Lithographic Varnish 8 oz.
Alcohol Poor
Alkali Poor
Green Lakes
Acids Fair
The green lake pigments are all trans-
It has very poor drying Qualities when
parent lake colors made from various
used in inks and should be used with,
organic dyestuffs, such as acid green,
su^cient cobalt drier.
malachite green and Victoria green. All
of the green lakes are very fugitive ex-
Permanent Purple cept those that are precipitated with
Permanent purple is also derived from phosphotungstie or phospho-molybdic
the methyl violet dyestuff but is precipi- acid. The use of neen lake pigments in
tated with phosphotungstie add inst^ printing inks enalue one to obuin much
of tannio acid. clsaanr and brigliter greens than can be
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
made from milori green or the chrome Highgrade Carbon Black, Dry 22 lb.
yellows and iron blues. Blue for Black in Ink Form 14 lb.
Various shades and color strengths are Paste Drier (Manganese Besinate
produced by the color manufacturers and Lead Acetate) 12 lb.
the properties of each should bo deter- Cobalt Linoleate, Liquid Drier 14 lb.
mined before used for any particular
purpose.
Halftone Black for Coated Stock
Boiled Linseed Oil 16 lb.
Light Green Lake
No. 00 Lithographic Varnish 12 lb.
Green Lake Light, Dry 7 lb. 8 oz. No. 3 Lithographic Varnish 12 lb.
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 8 lb. Concentrated Cobalt Linoleate
No. 2 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb. Drier 8 lb.
Quinoline Yellow I^ake, Drv .3 lb. Soft Wax Non-oflfset Compound
No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 12 oz. (see below) 12 lb.
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Red Shade Reflex Alkali Blue,
Drier 1 lb. 4 oz. Ink 10 lb.
Lead Manganese Paste High Grade Carbon Black,
Drier 1 lb. 8 oz. Dry 18 lb.
Wool Grease 12 oz. Blue for Black in Ink Form 12 lb.

Black Pigments Web Press Black for Newsprint


The most important black pigments Heavy Body Mineral Ink Oil 33 lb.
are lampblack and carbon black or gas Second Run Rosin Oil 22 lb.
black. The former is produced by the Rosin Varnish (00 parts Mineral
burning of oils and fats with incom- Oil and 40 parts Rosin) 34 lb.
plete combustion. Carbon black is pro- News-grade Carbon Black,
duced by the burning of gas with insutli- Dry 10 lb.
cient air for complete combustion. In Blue Toner (10% Methylene
both cases the black carbon soot is de- Blue in Oleic Acid) 1 lb.
posited and collected by various methods.
Carbon black is used more extensively
today than lampblack for the manufac- Lithographic Black
turing of printing inks as it is much No. 3 Lithographic Varnish 24 lb.
stronger, blacker and gives glossier inks. No. 1 Lithogmpluc Varnish 24 lb.
Lampblack produces duller inks and is No. 7 Lithogmphic Varnish 1 lb.
used for that purpose. The black pig- Red Shade Reflex Alkali Blue
ments have a great retarding action on Ink 9 lb.
the drying of oils and varnishes so that Finest Grade Carbon Black,
it is necessary to use larger amounts of Dry 32 lb.
driers in formulating black inks. The Concentrated Cobalt Drier 10 lb.
iron blues and alkali blue toners are
usually added to the black pigments to Copper Plate Black
give the effect of greater depth and
No. 1 Burnt Plate Oil 20 lb.
blackness to black inks.
No. 2 Burnt Plate Oil 4 lb.
Hard Black (Bone Black)
Heavy Job Black Dry 37 lb.

Carbon Black Soft Black (Bono Black)


8 lb.
Bronze Blue, Dry 5 lb.
Dry 16 lb.
Alkali Blue Toner Plate Paste Drier 10 lb.
3 lb.
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish Prussian Blue, Dry 7 lb.
5 lb.
No. 3 Lithographic Varnish 10 lb.
No. 5 Lithographic Varnish 4 lb. Bookbinder's Black
Gloss Vamiw 3 lb.
No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 15 lb.
Cobalt Drier 2 lb. 8 oz.
Gloss Copal or Kauri Varnish 25 lb.
Iiead Manganese Paste Drier 3 lb.
Concentrated Cobalt Linoleate
Drier 10 lb.
Bond Ledger or Job Black High Grade Carbon Black
No. 3 Lithographic Varnish 16 lb.
Dry 25 lb.

Gloss Varnish (Lithographic


Bronze Blue in Ink Form 15 lb.
Reflex Alkali Blue, Red Shade,
Varnish and Amberol) 19 lb.
Amber Petrolatum Inh 10 lb.
3 lb.
.INK, CARBON PAPER, DUPLICATORS 207

White Pigments and stable, making it safe to use with


any of |he printing ink vehicU^ and
These may be divided into two classes,
pigments. It can be baked without dis
transparent and opaque.
coloration.

1. Transparent White Pigments The above white pigments are used in


conjunction with the colored pigments
Aluminum Hydrate.—la made by pre-
as indicated by the various formulae.
cipitation from alumina sulfate and so-
dium carbonate.
It is the most transparent and best Wax Offset Compound
low
working pigment available. Its very 1. Beeswax 22
oil absorption
specific gravity and high 2. Petrolatum Amber 20
an excellent inert extender to 5
makes it 3. Mutton Tallow
especially
be used with other pigments, 4. Puruftin Oil 22
those of high specific gravity
and low Kerosene 10
5.
oil absorption, giving
the latter better Naphtha (High Flash) 4
6.
working qualities. Alumina hydrate im-
an ink.
Melt (1), (2), (3) and (4) and stir
parts good finish or gloss to
until dissolved. Turn off heat and work
in (5) and (6).
Magnesium Carbonate (Magnesia)
of
This is a precipitated mixture Soft Wax Non-Offset Compound
liydrated magnesium carbonate
and mag-
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 35
nesium hydroxide. It is used similarly :i5
Soft Cup (irease
to alumina hydrate. It gives a flatter 10
slightly less trans- Paraffin Wax
finish to an ink, is
20
lower oil absorp- Beeswax
parent and has a little

tion.
Blanc Fixe * Ink, Intaglio
22
This is precipitated barium
sulfate. 1. Gilsonite
than alumina Petroleum Naphtha 51
It is much less transparent 2.
has a much 5
liydrate and magnesia and 3. Glue
high spe- Water 22
lower oil absorption due to its 4.

cific gravity.has much poorer work-


It (1) is dissolved in (2)
and (3) in
ing qualities and is only used as a
ch^p nuxlenilely. Kmulsify the
(4) licatmg
extender. It dries with a very dull two witli vigorous stirring.

finish.
Gloss White
• Intaglio Printing Ink
coprecipitating
Gloss White is made by
and blanc Grind together in ball mill
a mixture of alumina hydrate
of alumina 154
fixe. It usually contains 25% A. KitriH’dlulose ('/i sec.)
blanc fixe, by Isopropyl Alcoliol 54
hydrate and 75% of
working Diethyl Phosfate 50
weight. It has much better
dry I.4impblack 50
qualities than a corresponding
blanc ni^ 400
turo of alumina hydrate and Alcohol
inert 34
and is used as an economical and Toluol
123
base in printing inks. B. Nitrocellulose (14 sec.)
Alcohol 43
Triphenyl Phosfate 17
OPAQUE WHITE PIGMENTS Acetone 440
Toluol 267
Lithopone
Tricresyl Phosfate 17
and
of zinc sulfide
This is a mixture Castor Oil 16
and
barium sulfate. It has good opacity Milori Blue 120
to a great ex-
hiding power and is
printing inks.
tent for this purpose in
• Intaglio Inks, Water Resistant
Zinc Oxide
white has good
One hundred parts by weight of rosin
zinc
Zinc Oxide or re dissolved in one hundred parts by
for opaque
opacity and is greaUv used The solution is then
xSjdng whites and other opaque
inks. eight of benzine.
lUidsifted inan aqueous solution of W
arts by weight of sodium
resinate (rosin
Titanium Oxide weight of water,
avail* M\>) and 800 parU by
This is the most opaque nil ;ment liis^emulsion is than mixed with
200 to
inert
able today. It U also the 'most
the chemical formulary
and Silver Nitrate 15
280 parti by weight of pigment
Copper Sulfate 35
ground into an intaglio ink.
One hundred parti by weight of dam- Gum Arabic 20
Sal Soda 20
mar may be diiiolved in 100 to 150 parts
by weight of bemsol. The solution is Distilled Water 80
then emulsifled with a solution of sixty Ammonium Hydroxide 50
parts by weight of rosin soap in 600
parts by weight of water. The emulsion A. Copper Chloride 85
IS thereafter mixed with 160 to 220 parts
Sodium Chlorate 106
by weight of pigment and ground into Ammonium Chloride 53
an ink. Paste colors may be used in the Water 600
place of dry colors.
B. Aniline Hydrochloride 60
It is possible to use a brownish col-
Glycerin 30
ored pigment which is made in the form
of an emulsion of petroleum pitch or
Gum Acacia 20
Coloring matters or pigment
Water 130
asphalt.
pastes plus diluents may then bo added 1 part of A with 4 of B and use
Mix
to the emulsion. Thus a solution of one immediately as mixture does not keep.
hundred parts by weight of petroleum The marking is ' fixed ’ by steaming it.
‘ ’

pitch (melting point lUO to 120* C.) in


one hundred parts by weight of benzol
Aniline Black 7 gm.
is emulsified with 200 parts by weight
Alcohol 200 cc.
of rosin soap of 20 per cent conccntni-
Hydrochloric Acid 12 cc.
tion. Pigments are added for example
( Shellac 10 gm.
in the form of a paste consisting of one
Alcohol 800 cc.
hundred parts by weight of lithol red R
(

and 300 parts by weight of water plus Dissolve the shellac in alcohol and then
a neutral diluent. stir in other ingredients.

Invisible Ink Indelible T^aundry Ink


Cobalt Chloride 3 dr. 1. Phenol 32 fl. oz.
Water 4 oz. 2. Nitrobcnzol 30 fl. oz.
Glycerin 1 dr. 3. Turpentine 12 fl. oz.
4. Nigrosine (Spirit Sol-
Ink, Invisible uble) 3% lb.

Linseed Oil 1 dr. 5. Alum (Powd.) 6 oz.


Anunonia Water 20 dr. Heat (1), (2) and (3) in enamel pot
Water 100 dr. to 105® C. turn olT heat and add (5)
;

This ink leaves no visible stain on the and stir until dissolved; add (4) and
paper, but when it is dipped in water, stir until completely dissolved. Allow
and while it wot, the secret can be
is to stand 24 hours, filter and bottle. The
read. As the Qj^per dries the writing above gives a black ink. By substituting
again disappears. other spirit soluble colors different shades
are obtained.

Laundry Marking Ink


A. Soda Ash 1 Marking Ink
Gum Acacia 1 A
water glass marking ink is made by
Water 10 cooking together fifty parts by weight of
B. Silver Nitrate 4 water glass, 38 to 40 degrees B4. concen-
Gum Acacia 4 tration, and twenty-five parts by weight
Lampblack 2 of each of water and ground rosin. The
Water 40 cooking continues until a smooth soap
solution is formed. Before this solution
Wet cloth with solution A and dry.
cools down, twenty parts by weight of
Write with solution B using a quill pen.
carbon black are added. When the pro-
portions used above are changed, so that
Silver Nitrate 6 equal parts by weight of water glass,
Gum Acacia 6 water and rosin are used, and when this
Soda Ash 8 soap solution is mixed with twenty-five
Distilled Water 15 parts by weight of carbon black and
Ammoniua Hydroxide 8 seventy-five parts by weight of mineral
black, a lo-called marking India ink is
INK, CARBON PAPER. DUPLICATORS

obtained. This ink may then be com- of water, containing in one case 0.3 part

pres^ into tablets and dried. When by weight of crystalline sodium carbo-
moistened with a wet brush, the color is nate, ina second 0.3 part by weight of
transferred to the same and hence the potassium dichroraate and in a third 0.3
ink can be used for
marking purposes part by weight of potassium binoxalata

with or without stencils. In each case the mixture is vigorously


agitatwl. Then ten parts by weight of
pine soot or carbon black, double cal-
Marking Ink, Waterproof cined, are uniformly moistened with alco-
A waterproofing marking ink is made hol, and this mass is then slowly mixed
bv heating almost to the boiling teni' with the abovo-mentioneil solutions.
perature a mixture of seventy parts by There is also added 0.1 part by weight
weight of water, five parts by weight of of tricresol and tho entire mixture is
ammonia, 0.910 specific gravity, and then passeti through n fine screen. When
twenty-five parts by weight of pulver- the aforementioned ingredients are to be
ized, red acaroid resin. The mass is con- used in the finely pulverized condition,
stantly agitated while being heated. then thirty parts by weight of vine black
Then sufficient ammonia is added in (Frankfurt black) are uswl in place of
small proportions, until the resin is com- (he carbon black or pine soot and no
pletely dissolved, that is the undissolvi'd alcohol is All the ingredients are
used.
part from tho first cooking is brought w<dl mixed and then sen-ened and a
into solution. The solution, still in llie marking powder is thus obtained, which
hot state, is then passed tlirougli a very is very well suited for marking packages

fine sieve or through a hair cloth.


The after it has been dissolved iu eight to
sieved mass is then mi.xcd with one half ten times the quantity of hot water.
part by weight of acid green, three parts

by weight of bluish or violet tinted


Marking Ink
nigrosin, three parts by weight of sul-
marking packages, boxes,
phonated castor oil and O.l jmrt by Inks for
In order to make bales, etc shipment are discusiwd.
for
weight of tri cresol. ,

Two of the formulas given contain rosin:


the ink somewhat thicker in consistimcy,
Watcrglass (38-12* B^) 59, H 2O 25
a little sliellac size or casein solution is ( 1 )

udde<l. If the ac^roid resin solution be- and ground rosin 25 parts are c<Kiked
togctlicr and 20 parts of lampblack
comes too thick, this is generally due to
pitch
tho use of too much shellac size or casein adiled, (2) Medium hard stearin
ammonia. 30 and rosin pitch 25 parts are melU*d
solution or
together and coal Uir light oil 40 and
lampblack 5 parts are added.
Acid Proof Marking for Quartz
Thermometers
visible Marking Ink
A sharply defined, clearly
lb.
marking unaffected by acids and alkalis, .Isphaltuni 1
4
and permanent up to 1000 °, is made bv ('uul Tar lb.

coating the surface with a polymerizctl Benzol 3 qt.


var
material (tung or linseed oil, Japan
nish, etc.), lightly scratching,
etching
Marking Ink
with dil. HF at 80-90°, and filling
the
Castor Oil 7
marking with a pigment (grey-black) of I
Hosin Oil
CuO, sand, and glycerin (I), which is Mcllnl Violet 2
off the
fixed by gently heating to drive 90
sufficient
Abohol
(I) and afterwards to a temp,
to fuse the pigment. A green pigment
consists of Pb 203 (5 pts.), 8 02 (1
pt ), i Blue Marking Ink
suspended in (I). BheUac 2
and C 02O 3 (35 pts.)
tium Acacia 2
Borax 2
Marking Ink Aniline Dye sufficient

Without the use of stencils mav be Ultramarine Blue sufllcient


20
made by mixing four parts by weight of Water
haematm and twelve parts by weight of
weight
white dextrin in eighty parts by Ink, Meat Branding
of warm water. The solution ii then
mix^ 14 lb. of spirit soluble nigrosine is
allowed to cool and la seoarately
m dissolved in a warmed mixture of Glyc-
with three solutions, each prepared
by weight erin 28 lb., Glycopon AA, 10 lb., Acetic
the warm itate with two parts
210 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Acid Glacial 12 lb. Cool iad add 136 lb. Follow same procedure as for mimeo-
alcohol. graph ink base.

Meat Stamping Inks


Ink, Mimeograph
A. Red
Carmine Shellac 4
16 oz.
Ammonium Hydroxide 120 Borax
Glycerin 45 Water 30 oz.

Stir until dissolved then stir in Boil the above until dissolved; stir in
Dextrin Nelgin 8 oz.
20
Add with stirring
Water 20 oz.
13. Blue
Then work in
Pure Food Blue Dye 30 Lampblack or other pigment 5 oz.
Dextrin 20
Glycerin 82
Water 70 Outdoor Ink
Shellac 12.5
Inks for Metals Alcohol 22.5
An Cresol Tech. 15
marking black can bo obtained
iron
by mixing thirty parts by weight of Nigrosine Base 5
medium hard stearin pitch with twenty-
live parts by weight of rosin pit<’h, forty • Ink, Recording Instrument
parts by weight of coal tar light oil and
Water Soluble Eosin 1 oz.
rtve parts by weight of carW
black. Formic Acid 2 cc.
The two pitches are first molted together, Glycerol
the molten mass removed from the flame 5 cc.
Water 1 gal.
and then very carefully mixed with the Am. Hydroxide
light oil or crude
to make alkaline
Great care
benzol.
must bo taken to avoid the mass running
over or the benzol or light oil catching Rubber Stamp Ink
Are. Then the carbon black is a<lded Aniline Red 20
after first being passed through a fine Glycerine 6
screen. This ink is very well suited for Molasses 3
marking metal containers and sheet Boiling Water 80
metal and in fact or all purposes where
the ink does not penetrate into material
and hence must possess a marked tend- Black Stencil Ink
ency to adhere firmly to the surface of Paris Paste is thinned down with
the same. water and rapid stirring to the consist-
ency desired.
Mimeograph Ink Base If a waterproof ink is desired the
1. Lampblack (Best Grade) water is replaced by a rubless wa.x emul-
10.5
2. Violet Toner sion or borax shellac solution.
1.1
3. Aluminum Hydrate Light 3.8
4. Long Varnish 1,1 Ink for Use on Metals
5. Castor Oil 65.5 Copper Sulphate 10 g.
6. Lanolin 18.0 Hydrochloric Acid, Cone.
Mix (1), and (^) dry and add
(2) Ammonium Chloride 1
8 g.
(4) and (5) and continue mixing until Gum Arabic 4 g.
uniform; add (6) and mix until thor- Lamp Black 2 g.
oughly incorporated. Then grind on a Water 10 g.
four roll
mill. This base ink is too
heavy for direct use and is thinned down Typewriter Ribbon Ink
with castor oil to suit. Petroleum Oil 108
Peerless Carbon Black 25- 30
Mimeograph Ink Oleic Acid 20
Toner (Oil Soluble) 10
Lampblack (Best Grade) 6.4
Grind until uniform.
Violet Toner 0.6
Aluminum Hydrate (Light) 2.2
liOng Varnish 0.6 Stamp Pad Ink
Castor Oil 78.5 Glycerin 5 lb. 6 oz.
Lanolin 11.7 Water 4 ib. 2 oz.
ink, carbon paper, duplicators 211

and add *'ink.” A s/wet of paper Immersed in


Warm to 150" F.
the solution and dried in (Jie dark be-
Methyl Violet 6% oz.
comes blue when expi»se<l to the sun. If
stirring. Allow to cool and
„lowly while written on with a pen dipped in plain
stand for a few days and filter. water, tlie letter will appear white on a
blue ground. If the paper bo held close
Magenta 4 oz. to a hot fire, tho blue becomes black.
Acetic Acid 4 oz. Similarly, the blue letters that apimar
Water 1 qt. on a white ground, if strongly heated,
Alcohol 1 pt. become permanently brown or black.
(43® B6) 1 pt.
(ilucose
qt.
Cilycerino :

Ink, Invisible or Sympathetic


the
Add the dye slowly with stirring to or ten per cent solution
Warm and 1. Make a fi\e
mixture of other ingredients. of cobalt chloride in soft or distilled
until dissolved. Allow to staml a
stir water. Wlieti marks arc made wMth this
few days and filter. For violet and green
on paper it is m>t noticeable when dry at
a.s abovf
inks acetic acid may be used ordiiiarv heating tho
tciuperalure;
oil
acetic acid.
for other colors leave out pupi'i', fjHin lines will appear.
Itlut

2. Writing or a dniwing made with a


* Ink, Sheep Marking ti'ii per <’ent solution of lead acetate (or

Permanganate 4 sugar of h*ad) m wafer will turn black


I’ot.
5 if^*\posed to hidrogen sulfide, or if a
Trisodium Phosfato
1 we.'ik of ammonium sulfide is
solution
Dextrin
to suit brusheil geiitli o\er it.
Water
W ilting ’made with a five or ten
per cent solution of ammonium or potas-
* Sausage Marking Ink
sium thiociaiiale in water will turn a
10- 20 or sprayeil
Spar Varnish ,l,rp im/ if lirushed gently
1- 2
Paraffin W ax with a dilute solution of ferric chloride.
20- I’.s
1‘etrolatum
Oil Varnisli 70- Ho
China wood Transfer Ink
127-D'8
Pigment
Fltnuiiarine Blue 50
1.

2. tliim Mastm :io


Stamping Ink :t. Ho. swax 10
Denatured Alcohol 1 part 1. retrolatiim 10

Siurit Soluble Aniline Molt ;) ami (1), work in (1) and


Dyestuff
pans (

ll\ with liu'lted ( 2 ).

Glycerine 4-5 part.s

Mix thoroughly in water bath at


Wuterjiroof Drawing Inks
V. Allow to cool.
Apply to inking pads or as sten Yelh.w
Frcsli Bleached Rludlac 28 gm.
cihng ink. gm.
Borax (’r\Ht.allj/.ed 7

Water 1”00 cc.


• Ink, Stencil
120 Dissolve the above by warming and
Rosin Oil
90 stirring, thou add with stirring
Turkey Red Oil
10 Krythrosine Yellow I oz.
Mineral Oil
60
Water Bv substitutiTig the following dyes in
17
Carbon Black a like amount the correspomliiig shadei?
are obtained:
Ink, Sympathetic Orange -Brilliant Orange B
solution of oxal molybdic acid
yields Yellow— Chloramine Yellow
A B
with (Ireen -Brilliant Milling Green
an “ink” the characters made
which are invisible in the lamp
light, or W ool ^llu« G Extra
which, exposed to Violet— Methyl Violet B
in weak daylight, but
strong sunlight or electric arc
light, sud- Brown Benzamino Brown 3GO
The
denly appear in deep indigo blue.
acid is prepared by adding to
a boiling for Printing Inks
Dye Toners
molybdic acid one of oxalic
solution of Low Titre, Oleic
Distilled,
boiling, letting; cool, and
r»v
acid, also Arid 50 parts
covering the crystals which form. Dye 50 parU
make the Oil Soluble
solve these in cold water to
212 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
(Such &8 Victoria Blue Base, Colored Pencil Leads
Methyl Violet, etc.) Ammonium Hydroxide 2
Shellac 3
These are heated together and ground
over rolls until a heavy paste is forme*!.
Venice Turpentine ‘1
Prussian Blue or other pigment 6
Clay or Chalk 4
Ink Eradicator for Tracing Cloth The pigment are ground to a fine
Turpentine 17 paste with water; the sliellac is dissolved
Pun^ce Dust 63 in the ammonia. The Venice turpentine
is rendered fluid by short heating. The
Petrolatum 14
Paraflln 10 clay is worked to a smooth slurry with
water and pressed through muslm and
dried and powdered. Mix everythmg to-
Ink for Zinc gether in a mill until the consistency is
Copper Acetate 1 that of a thick dough. This is then fed
Ammonium Chloride 1 into a pressing machine of the macaroni
Water 15 type with openings of the size required.
I^ampblack % The extruded leads are placd in a dry-
ing oven for drying.
Copper Sulfate 1
Pot. Clilorate 1
Red Indelible Lead
Water 36
Rosin Soup 60 gm.
Water 6
Blue Copying Pencil
Dissolve with lu«,t and add
Aniline Blue (Water Soluble)
Shellac 40 gm.
Powder 2 kg.
Stir in
Water 4 kg.
Dissolve by heating; then cool and add Poncijau-Creosot 2 kg.

Gum Tragacanth Powder 20 gui.


and
and stir until dispersed; now’ add Albumen 40 grn.
Gum Tragacanth 40 gm.
Milori Blue (Powiler) kg.
Water 120 gm.
Kaolin (Powder) 3:17 kg.
Mill in
Make acid with sulfuric acid; allow to
Cinnabar Powtl. 0
kR.
stand overnight and neutralize with soda
Kaolin Powd. 2 kg.
ash. Extruilo the leads and dry for a
Extrude through pn*88 and dry.
few days. Rub off crystals which have
formed on leads, by means of a damp
rag. Dr^ in an oven and clean off crys- • Stencil Sheet
tals again in same way. Repwit until
more crystals form on drying. The resins used in the following for-
Redissolve in a similar amount of
mulae are phenol formaldehyde china-
water to wliich has been added Iho fol- wood oil types which are hardened by
* heat.
lowing filtered solution.
Sugar 80 gm. 16 parts of resin vjiHlish, formed by
dissolving 45 parts of resin in the
Albumen 20 gin.
120 gm. solvent
Water
then add with stirring
' 9 parts peanut oil ^
3V<i parts of alumin^ stearate.
Indigo-Oarmin 500 gm. The second formula is as follows:
and heat on a water bath until of a 16 parts of resin vfimish
doughy consistency. 10 parts of peanut oil
The Milori Blue and Kaolin should 0 parts' of diethylene glycol monoethyl
first be mixed together with water to ether *

form a slurry and ground wet and dried


and powdered. To this is added and
4%
The
parts aluminum
third ^formula
stearate.
is as fdllows:
^
thoroughly mixed in
10 parts of resin varnish
Sulfuric Acid % kg.
10 parts com oil (refined)
The finished lead is waxed or greased 16 parts of diethylene glycol monoethy]
to protect it from atmospheric moisture. ether
4Mi p^iti aluminum stearate.
INK, CARBON PAPER, DUPLICATORS 213

KxperimentB have sliown that in the product at thtt time is substantiallv in


second and third formulae given above, soluble by virtue of the reaction produced
tliat diethylene glycol monobutyl ether by the heat treatment involving the con-
tua^ be substituted in the same propor- stituent parts of tho potentially reactive
tions for the diethylene glycol monoeihyl resin.
ether. In preparing stencil sheets, according
The invention also contemplates the to the 8<‘con<l and third formulae, the
use of other non volatile derivutixes of process i.s exactly the same, except that
glycol which may serve well in this use. iho oil, either 'peanut or corn oil, as the
The invention further contemplates in case may be, tlie glycol dcrix'ative and
all of the alKive formulae, bet ore tho the aluminum stearate are mixed together
mixtures are finally prepared, that a col- prior to the introduction of tho solvent
oring agent be added such as victoria and cobtnng agent.
blue base or other suitable coloring ma- It lias Ihvu found in practice that a
terial m sufficient quantity to render the suitable base jiapt^r smli as yoshino
coating opaque so that the cut letters of paper, coati'd ami tn'ated in the above
tlic stencil will reveal tho white fibres of indicated manner produces a greatly im-
the backing slieet bv tho color contrast. proied stencil paper. The coating as
To prepare stencil paper according to prepared is ipiite insoluble in oils and
the first formula, it has been found well inks ami yet is tif such character tliat it
to first mix 9 jiarts of peanut oil and may be cut by a stylus or cutting type
parts of aluminum steamte ami add to form very accurate letters.
to this the desired quantity of coloring It IS further found that stencil paper
material which has been previously dis thus preparet! when cut, is very durable
solved ill an appropriate amount of std- and will withstand the wear of a largo
\eut, which is pieferably 30 parts of any number of nqinuiuctions without causing
one or any mixture of alcohols, bcn/ols blurs or imperfect letters. Furthermore,
or esters, but which may by way of ex- paper so juodiiced is unafftHitial by
ample be toluol and ethyl or butyl iilco- weatlier conditions, remaining in good
liol mixed in proportions of approxi- wuirkablo condition at all times and is
mately 20 to 25 parts resptsdively. not Hiibjivt to being dried out or liard-
This mixture is added at a temjieni- ened by exposure to tho atmosphere nor
ture of about 45 to 50 degrees centigrade is it subjis't to lieing enicked in a man

and while raaintanied at this temperature, tier to puss ink wlien it is folded or
It) parts by weight, of the resin varni,s!i creased in uni inary usage.
containing substantially 45 per cent of
the solid reain is then added ami the
• Stencil Sheet Coating
product stirred.
8uitable base sheets such as yo.shino Water 130
paper are then coated in the usual way, Sulfo Turk 0 .40

with the coating solution prepared as Tncresyl Phosfato 20


above outlined, the sheets bein^unniersed Ultramarine llluo 10
Oleyl Alcohol 10
or floated upon the coating batlu Wlmn
the sheets have been thorougiily covered
(lelutin 8
with the solution triey may be drawn lieecliw'ood Flour 6
across a straight edge or wire to remove
Myri<yl Alccjliyl 5
this is necessary, (Hycerol 3
the excess material, if
The drying Dinitro Toluene 0.5
and then hung up to, dry.
opera^n serves to volatilize part of the
solveifS Stencil Paper .

dryi% operation, the sheet


After the
1. A stencil sheet coating composition
is placed in an oven the temperature of
coutuining the following substanC/CS in
which may be frorif 90 to 150 degrees
substantially the psoportions specified:
centigrade but preferably Substantially
140 degrees centigrade, and baked for a Aluminum Stearate 2 parts
period of 30 to 60 minutes. After bak- (45% Solution) Phenol
Formaldehyde Resin 16 parts
Ing, tte sheets are removed and cooled
V which time the sticking present dur-
ing the heat treatment distfppesta. The
Chlorinated Naphthalene
Com Oil
14 parts
13 parts
INSEC.T, RODENT AND WEED
DESTROYERS
* Agricultural Insccticido amount which is incapable of producing

An emulsifying ooinpuKitiun comprises a uniform emulsion composite when the


casein, gumljoge, oyiyl alcohol, and soda. mass is agitated at normal atmospheric
As an illustrativo example of such prepa- temperature but is effective for producing
ration, 0.84 pounds of casein is slowly a uniform emulsion composite when the
poured into about 2 gallons of cold water, mass is heated to approximately 80° C.
and stirred until thoroughly wet and and vigorously agitated, heating the mass
soaked, then O.O.'l pounds of dehydrated to approximately 80° C. and vigorously
sodium carbonate is added, stirring until agitating the heated mass. As a typical
all the casein is well in solution. Hix gal- example of the method employed in pre
lons of denatured alcohol is then added, paring an insecticide and fungicide ac-
and 1.07 pounds of powdi'red gamboge. cording to the present invention, (500 cc.
The gamboge is added slowly with con- of shale oil kerosene which is rich in
stant stirring. Knough water is then nitrogen bases and contains saturated and
added to make up a total of 20 gallons. uusaturated hydrocarbons are mixed with
The resultant sdlutiou should be clear and approximately 4U() cc. of water carrying
of a dark cherry color, and contain not approximately grams of sulfite waste
over 0.1 to 0.2% of free alkali. In.ntead liquor calculated on the dry basis. In
of denatured ethyl alcohol, other available commercial practice it is most convenient
alcohols may be used, for instance methyl to use the sulfite waste liquor in the com-
alcohol or the higher primary or secon- mercial form containing 50 per cent solid.s
dary alcohols. With this composition, the and in this case 600 cc. of shale oil
oil to be emulsied is incorporated, pref- kcroseno would bo mixed with 395 cc. of
erably by alow additions, with agitation. water and 5 cc. of the sulfite waste liquor.
Most oils emulsify therein readily. Heat The mu.ss prepared in either of the ways
may be applii'd if nuicker emulsification mentioned is then heated to approxi-
is desired. For petroleum oil for example, mately 80° C. and thereafter vigorously
with a specific gravity of 0.891, a propor- stirred to form an emulsion composite.
tion of 1 part by volume of the foregoing
• Insecticide, Agricultural
composition to 5 parts of the oil affords
a satisfactory product. Such emulsion
will contain about 8.'1.3 per cent of oil, Ex. I Ex. TI
making up to a consi.Htency about that of
Per Per
lard at the same temperature. Such a Cent
product, even after standing in a warm Glue 1.00 1.20
Water 20.00 24.00
place for months is free from separation.
. .

White oil, 60 visctieitv (100“ F) 66.46


Emulsions customary heretofore, under White oil, SO viBcoeity (100“ F) 77.77
the same conditions all show separation, Alcohol
Sodium compound
... of preferen*
6 26’
with oil at the top and >vater on the tially uil-Bolublc aulfonstes
'

6ottom. (56 per cent) 1 23 1 64


I,ead ATseimte 9 45
Toluol '
Trace Trace
• Agricultural Insecticide
An insecticide and fungicide comprises
an oil-in-water emulsion of the 150®-300* The composition may be very readily
C. distillate fraction of crude shale oil, emulsified or thinned with water; for
which the oil }j:lobules are at least as example passage through a rotary pump
large as approximately 4 microns in is usually sufficient for the production of
diameter. The process of preparing this a very stable emulsion.
comprises mixing with water and a For use as a spray, the thick emulsion
150®-300® C. distillate fraction of crude is diluted with between about 10 and
shale oil an emulsifying agent in an 100 volumes of water, a good distribution

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patenta


214
INSECT. RODENT DE8TROYER8 215

l>cing obtained with slight stirring. It every case and the cost is extremely low,
IS preferred to dilute the thick emulsion Tho gcrminability of the seed grain is not
with about thirty to fifty volumes of impaired.
water, which gives an emulsion of ap-
proximately 2% oil content. Insecticide Spray
(Agricultural Quich-Breaking)
Insecticide Spray, Agricultural
Diglycol Oleato 2 lb.
Shale Oil Kerosene 600 c.c. I’yiethreum Extract
Water 300 c.c. (Mineral Oil or Kerosene) 50 lb.
Sicapon 10 gin. Mixing the aluive together gives a con-
Heat between 70-100'' C. and stir centrated sjmiy baso free from alkalies.
vigorously to emulsify. The aliove is a Tlie active principle of pyrethreum is
concentrate and is diluted to 60 liters thus unalTected. Burning duo to alkali
for actual spraying. 18 also eluniuated. l.

The alMive concentrate emulsifies


readily on stirring in water with a pump.
Agricultural Spray
It i8 “quick breaking" when sprayed on
Nicotine 1.20
the foliage.
Soap 20.20
Water 75.20
Insecticidal Dust
Sulfur 60.00
Agricultuial Spiuy
Nicotine 1.90
Anthracoiu! Oil 75
Lead Arsenate 10.00
Fisli Oil Soap 3 2.00
Ar'^enic
Water 22 Talc 28.00

* Agricultural Spray • TnsiHMicide, Nfcotino

Mineral Oil 2-2Vi gftl. An anhydrous insecticide baso consists


Diglycol Olcate 2-3 o/.
Trihydroxyethylamino Nicotine 1622
Linoleato %-l lb. Oleic Acid 2002
Water 100 gal. Soda Ash 150
Add in the order above and Wat vigor- Water is added to this for any dilu-
ously. The above emulsiou is quick tion desired for spraying.
breaking and spreads easily.
• Floatable Powdered Insecticide
* Uirvicidc, Agricultural Qui4’klinio 300
Nicotine Sulfate li-l^ Paste Copper Arsenite 300
Sugar 2-5
Mix thoroughly and when hmt begins
Water 2-8
to develop add
Diatomaceous Earth 75-100
Stearic Acid 12
Mix thoroughly and grind well before
* Pyrethrum Extract use. Other insecticidea such as arsenates,
Ground Pyrethrum Flowers 30 lb. pyrethrum, derris, “nicotine" dust, etc.
Ethylene Dichlorido 20 gal. may l>o ufu'd. They should first lie made
into pastes with water.
Percolate the above and finally squee/e
out the wet mass. If a concentrate is
desired tho extract is heated to drive otf • Weed Killer
tho solvent. There remains an okoresin Sodium Chlorate 1.8
which may be dissolved in kerosene or Calcium Chloride 1.2
other distillate.

Vegetable Weevil, Insecticide for


Seed Disinfection
Sodium silicofluorido when used as a
Formalin vapor generated by boiling
is
dust (about 30-40 lbs. per acre) give#
a formalin soln. contg. 1 part of 40% in good results.
100 parts water and the seed is exposed
1-10 min. Tests in 4 widely sepd. areas
Weevils, Rilling Com
for 4 yrs. have given efficient control of
oat smut {Vstilago avenae) and wheat
Fumigation with CS2 is recommended.
bunt (TUletia caries and T. foetens) in Approx, 1 lb. of CS 2 is used to 100 cu.

B«w MsUriata, Eqalpownt, (^Uln«r«. etc., con.nll Sspply


For CheaAc%\ AirHon, Sp^isl
Section nt end of book.
THE C?HEMTCAL formulary
ft of ipace to be famigated. If the con- Copper Sulphate (98 per cent.) 4 Jb.
tact jperiod exceeds 36 hra., permination Best Quicklime (in lump form) 4 lb.
ia iinured. Optimum results were ob- Water 60 .gaL
tained at temps, of 75-00 * F. in closed
The copper sulphate should be dissolved
bins.
in a small wooden vessel at the rate of
1 gal. of water per lb. of sulphate (iron
* Herbicide or tin vessels must not be used). The
Water 67 lb. lime should be slaked to a fine paste with
Salt 19 lb. a little water in another vessel, and water
Sulfuric Acid 8 lb. added gradually to make a milk, and
Iron Sulfate 3 lb. finally diluted in a large barrel to the
Hydrochlorio Acid 3 lb. requisite amount (46 gal.). The 4 gals,
The above is diluted with water and of cop^)er sulphate may now be poured
sprayed on the weeds. slowly into the diluted milk of lime and
the mixture stirred thoroughly during the
process. The two components of the mix-
Spray, Horticultural ture may bo kept separately for a long
time, but, after mixing, the spray fluid
0.84 pounds of casein is slowly poured
into alwut 2 gallons of cold water, and
should bo used as soon as possible at all —
events, within 24 hours. When used on a
stirred until thoroughly wot and soaked,
large scale it may be convenient to make
then 0.63 pounds of dehydrated sodium
carbonate is added, stirring untd all the up a stock of each ingredient which may
casein is well in solution. Bix gallons of
be diluted down and mixed as required.
denatured alcohol is then added, and 1.67 For this purpose, 50 lb. of copper sul-
pounds of powdered gamboge. The phate may bo dissolved in 50 gals, of
gamboge is added slowly with constant water and 50 lb. of lime, slaked and
stirring. Enough water is then added to diluted to 50 gals, of milk of lime. P^aeh
gallon will then represent 1 lb. of copper
mako up a total of 20 gallons. With this
composition, the oil to be emulsihed is sulphate and 1 lb. of lime. When required
for use, the contents of tho barreLs
incorporated, preferably by slow addi-
tions, with agitation. Most oils emulsify should bo thoroughly stirred and the
requisite number of gallons taken out and
therein readily. Heat may bo applied if
quicker emulsification is desired. For diluted according to the above formula.
petroleum oil for example, with a specific For a 50-gal]on barrel, for instance, 4

gravity of 0.891 a proportion of 1 part gals, of limo-inilk should l)e removed and
by volume of the foregoing composition diluted with 42 gals, of water, and when
to 6 parts of the oil affords a satisfactory
thoroughly stirred and strained the 4
gals, of copper solution may be added
product. Such emulsion will contain
slowly. The addition of refined sugar (2
about 83.,3% of oil, making up to a con-
oz. to 60 gals.) is useful in delaying
sistency about that of lard at the same
flocculation.
tempi-rature. Such a product, even after
standing in a warm place for months is
free from separation. Treebaud Composition
For horticultural spraying, a petroleum Sulfur Flowers 6
oil emulsion as indicated, would ordinarily
Linseed Oil 75
bo used at a spraying strength of 2%
oil. This would be obtained from the Heat hrs. with stirring until uni-
preparation referred to in tho above
,
form. Cool and thin with cottonseed oil.
example by diluting 2.4 gallons of the
emulsion to 100 gallons with water.
When sprayed, a highly satisfactory coat- • Tree Spray
ing on the vegetation is had, with a nMni* The ba.nic ingredients of this improved
mum loss from run-off or drip, and at the spray are oil and hydrated lime. The oil
same time the oil is well protected against is preferably a highly refined petroleum
damaging tender foliage. oil having a viscosity of about 50 to 150
sec. Saybolt at 100* F, and a specific
gravity of about 0.89 to 0.81. The
Bordeaux Mixture hydrated lime is preferably very finely
is the method of making
The following powdered and it may be of commerciid
Bordeaux Mixture for horticultural spray- purity. Other solids, such as talc,
ing. Tho customary wash is known as gypsum and bentonite may be used in-
“4-4-50,” and the official formula and stead of or combined with the lime, but
instructions nr© as follows: it has been found that hydrated lime
INSECT. RODENT DESTROYERS 21 !

givet* the best results. A preferred effective for combating the orientM
formula for tliis tree spray is: hydrated moths which infest the sensitive IfliMt o|^
lime, .15 lbs.; white oil, % gal.; casein, peach trees. It may also be used afaiust
.38 lbs. The oil is tlioroughly mixed with codling moths, red spider, aphids, aeale
the solid ingredients in any suitable ap- insects and other insect and fungus pesti;
paratus, for example, the mixture may bo The term “refined oil'* as USM in Uid
passed through screens of about ten mesh claims includes relatively viscous oils
so that the solids will absorb a uniform which have been treated to remove the
amount of the oil. The above proportions unsaturated hydrocarlions or other com-
may bo varied throughout a considerable pounds which may be injurious to foliage.
range, but for practical purposes, the
amount of oil used should not bo sulliclent
to yield a sticky or pasty ma.ss. Instead
Pine Oil insecticides
of using casein in the aliove formula,
about 2 per c<*nt of gum arnbic or an Yurmor ^tt'iim-disUlled Pine Oil is

equivalent amount of gum ghatti, de- rupully displueing such ingredients as


hydrated sulfite liquor or other materials methyl salicylate, citronelitt, lemon oil,
which have an emulsifying action may be sjilrol and oil of wiulergrei'n in household

used. The powder keep indefinitely,


will in.sei'ticides for it possesses a pronounced

and dry no pte.'^erva-


siucfl it is relatively germicidal value, aside from its pleasant
tive is necessary for the casein. The dry jierl'uino odor.

powder may be shipped to the orchards in


paper bags and may be mixed with water
1. Formulae
to form a spray, about 20 pounds of pow- Pyrethrum Extract 1 qt.
der being incorporated in about 50 gals, Gasolene-kerosene 5 qt.
of water. The amount of water will, of Citroiiella 1 oz.
course, vary within wide limits, and it is Yurmor Pine Oil (5 oz.
usually desirable to proportion the mix- PuradichlorkTizcne 8 oz.
ture so that the oil content in the final I’yrethniin Extract 1 qt.
spray will bo from Mi to 2 per cent. Gasolene kerosene 5 ql.
When this emulsified mixture is sprayed Paradiehlork'nzeno 4 oz.
onto the foliage, it does not cling thereto Cedarwood Oil 3 oz.
in largo drops but it spreads evenly, Yurmor Pine Oil 3 oz.
adheres closely to the leaves and gives a Methyl Haln’ylate 2 oz.
smooth, uniform coverage which is
Pyrethruni Extract qt.
1
superior to that obtained by prior sprays. (JnsideiK'-keioseno 5 qt.
This is a particularly important feature Yuinior Pino Oil 5 qt.
becau.se it insures the effectiveness of the
spray and it makes frequent and/or re-
peated spraying unnecessary. Hereto- Fungicide
fore sulfur has been avoided in oil sprays
because of its injury to plant foliage. A composition consisting of 95 per cent
dusting sulfur and 5 per cent by weight
Ordinarily sulfur, when combined with
ot either of the following dry and finely
oil,causes the leaves to burn and curl up.
m ground substances: aluminum hydroxide,
It has been discovered that sulfur
zinc oxide, or hydroxide, aluminum sul-
amounts to about 15 per cent (cjilculated
fate or zinc sulfate, or the basic sulfates
on the dry powder basis) may lie mixed
of these metals, or other non-hygro*copic
with this spray and used on sensitive
salts formed from an anion, the hydroxide
foliage with safety. It has Ijeen found
of which is amphoteric, ete., was found
that other toxic ingredients, such as
to be much superior to straight sulfur
lead arsenate, monochloronaphthalenc and
their equivalents, may also bo employed.
dusts, and at least eq^iial to the most
efficient lime-sulfur liquid sprays without
For instance, 0.1 per cent monochloro-
having any of the drawbacks of the
naphthalene (calculated on the diluted
latter.
spray) has been added to my spray and
has been found effective without apparent
injury to sensitive plftnt tissue. There • Fungicide
has been developed no theory to explain
why normally injnrious elements such as Light Petroleum Oil 18
sulfur, are rendered non-injurious when
Gum Arabic 1

applied with a lime-oil spray of the char-


Gum Ghatti ]

acter described, experiments have


but Phenol 2
proven this to be a fact. This improved
Kodium Polysulfido 1%'^
spray has been found to bo particularly
218 the chemical formulary
Fungus Killer a plan may bo convenient, a “stock
36 solution" of sodium arsenite is made up.
Copper Carbonate
3 This does not ferment and if kept in a
Copper Sulfato
well-stoppered bottle will not deteriorate
Buflur 68 appreciably. Tho stock solution is mixed
Fumigation Composition
• as desired with thin syrup.

Liquid HCN (25-50%) with chloro* One ounce arsenious oxide (common
picrin (2-3%), as warning agent) is ab- “white arsenic")
sorbed by a granular material (0-20- % ounce sal soda crystals (if the soda
mesh) consisting of calcined infusorial has crumbled down into a fine white
earth. powder, use only %
ounce)
Boil above ingredients together
the
PVuit Spray Ucsiduo, Kemoviug with about one pint of water in a
Treatment with 0..'{-l% Hydrochloric gianite-waro pan. l)o not use aluminum
Acid at 95-105“ F. gives good results in or galvanized vessels. After tho arsenic
removing arsenical residues. is practically all dissolved, add enough
water to make the total volume of tho
solution one quart. Sometimes the
•Green Lead Arsenato
arsenic is not quite pure, and h’aves a
A method of making a green colored little cloudiness which will settle over
insecticide conipiises leacting a water-
night, and which does no harm any-
soluble chromate with lead hydrogen
way. Mix thoroughly, bottle and label
arsenate so that sonic of the lead hydro-
POISON. At tho time the syrup is de-
gen arsenate is converted into a load sired for use, mix tho Stock Solution as
chromium arsenic cora]>ound and adding above picpared with honey according to
ferric feriooyariido so that the lead
tho following figures:
chromium arsenic compound formed and
Stock Arsenic Solution 1 fl.oz.
tho ferric forrocynnido cooperate to pro-
duce a green-colored insecticide having in-
Thin Honey 1 pt.

creased fungicidal and adhesive proper- Method of Use .


—Soak pieces of ex-
ties and without an appreciablo incieaso celsior in the syrup, place in cans; cover
in water solubility. To 1(580of lbs. with loose fitting lids, and place outfit m
litharge in suspension in water add 150 path of ants.
lbs. of nitric acid (30" Baunie) follow Note. Ants seem to like straight honey
this with 20 lbs. of sodium dichromate. be.Ht. If economy is desired, cane syrup
To this add 1380 lbs. of arsenic acid (01 may be substituted for a part of the
per cent A82O5). After reaction between honey ingiedient.
tho litharge and tho arsenic, acid has
taken place add 15 lbs. ferric ferrocyanide
(Prussian blue). Tho yield on a dry Ant Bcpellent
basis will bo around 2685 lbs. of dry 1 lb. sugar in 1 qt. of water
green lead arsouato. 125 grams arsenate of soda
Boil and strain.
Add spoonful of honey.
Argentine Ant Poison
This poison consists of a syrup, attrac-
• Moth Proofing
tive to the insects, containing from one
to two tenths of one per cent of the Am. Selenate or Selenious
chemical element arsenic in the form of Acid 1“2
sodium arsenite. In view of tho uncertain Wtttei 1000
purity of commercial sodium arsenite, it
Allow material to soak in above for
18 advisable to prepare the chemical in
two hours; rinse with water and dry.
solution from arsenious oxide, a stable,
standard compound universally obtain-
able and of known poison strength. Tho
Ant Destroyer
poisoned syrup prepared from this ma-
terial is not immediately fatal to tho
Tartar Emetic 1 lb.

irorkor ants, but instead is carried by tho


Sugar Powd. 1 lb.

insects to the nests, where the queen and


Arsenic Sulfide Powd. % oz.

brood are killed.


Inasmuch as the syrup does not keep
Ants, Carpenter, Destroying
very well without a preservative, it is
perhaps better to make up a small supply Bore sloping hole at top of infested
wood and pour in a mixture of equal
each time it is used. In order that suoh
INSECT, RODENT DE8TROYEFLS 219

parts of carbon and oarl>on


disullldo Uso one pint of this mixture to five
tetrachloride. The heavy liquid and ita pints kerosene.
vapor will sink down and permeate
crevices.
Another method is to dissolve one
Insecticide, Bed Bug
pound paradichlorbenr.ene in two quarts Kerosene 90
of kerosene and spray this solution. t'lowl 6
(’uvul 1
Pino Oil 4
Ants, Preventing Entr)' of
Sprinkle Clovel or Oil of Sassafras at Bed Bug Exterminator
entrances. Ants do not like these odors Insoid Powder 150
and wull not enter. Colocynth 50
Phenol 60
Oil of Turpentine 100
Ant Powder Aleoliol 1000
Sodium Fluoride 7.8
Mneeiale (he crude drugs in the alcohol
Pvrethreum Powd. 8 for eiglif days, (‘\]>rrss, and fllti'r, then
Starch 14 add the ]ihenol and oil.

Fire Ant, Insecticide for Bed Bug Killer


Thallium Sulfate 2 oz. IverowMie 90-98
Sugar 5 lb. Plienol t-il
Honey % lb.
Bsc us spiny in ciucks and on springs.
Water pt.

Insecticide for Mexican Bean Beetle


Ant Poison
Sj>i:i\ with
Thallium sulphate ha.s been found Bannin Sibcunnondo 5 lb.
elToctive in exterminating in d or 4 weeks Water .')() gal.
small red ants m house.s, where arsenic
compounds had previously failed. The
Insecticide, Cabbage Maggot
following mixture was us<‘d
Cahunel 4
Water 1 pt.
(lyiisiim Powder 1)6
Sugar 1 lb.

Thallium Sulphate 27 gr.


Honey 3 oz. * InsiM't and Mildew Proofing Canvas
The whole is brought to the boil and well \ process has lavn patented for the
stii rod. tieatnieiit of lubiK’s with thallniin salts
Fire ants in Texas wore exterminated in such a way as to tender tliein water,
by the use of a syrup containing li oz. of moth, mouldy and insect proof. The
tliallium sulphate m
pints of water, ptoeos IS said to be suitable for tho
n lb. of sugar and y2 lb. of honey iHung tieatmeiit of textiles such as tent canvas,
added, and when dissolved the whole and III addition to impaiting the jiroper-
made up to a gallon with water, f’our tiesmentioned above, is claimed to render
teuspoonfuls of this arc poured on a the mateiials more dniable.
moistened sponge which is placed in a Two B(jlutions arc requin^l, A and B.
box near the ant nest. An example ot A is as follows:
Parts

Insecticide
Soap 15
2 Casein 10
Naphthalene lb.
Carrageen 5
Oleo-resin Pyrethrum 2 oz.
Bentonite 30
Methyl Salicylate 2% pt.
Petrolatum 500
Deodorized Kerosene gal.
Water 2400
Dissolve the first two ingredients in the
kerosene by mixing or shaking and add iSoIntion B consists of a solution of a
the methyl salicylate. thallium or certain other metallic salt,
one part of the salt lieing dissolved in
almut 40 parts of water.
Insecticide (Bed Bugs) The soap, casein, carrageen, and water
Cresol 3 fl. oz. are lieaten together, a small amount of
Dichlorobenzene 13 fl. oz. borax having l>eeu added to render tbo
220 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
CHJwin >olul)lo. The temperature should These sprays could 1)6 materially im-
be from 140" id 200" F. Into the emul- proved by the addition of more pfne oil
sion which is formed, the iMmtonite is as evidenced by the subsequent data.
slowly sifted with constant stirring, and A series of four sprays were subjected
when incorporated, tho melted petrolatum to identical conditions for a period of
is added, tho liquid being coutinuously time at an agricultural college and a city
beaten during the operation. sanitation department.
The canvas to be treated is immersed The sprays were composed of the fol-
in and thoroughly wetted with A, wrung lowing ingicdients, all figures computed
out and passed into B, washed, in water on a volume basis:
to remove excess of metallic salts, again a a
The finished goods "gw
wrung, and dried.
P 0 s .

are said to be entirely without any greasi- oZ ft.®


g.®
oX
ness, and to be of a gootl color. U.
(a) Heavy-bodied
Puraihii Oil. . 15% 20% 30',
Cattle Spray
(b) Kerosene Ext. of
Pyrethrum . . . 8% 8% 8'.
Kerosene Ext met of (o) Yarmor Pine Oil . 25% 30% 30% 50',
(d) IjOiiK-time Puru-
Pyrethrum Flowers 8 parts 1 HR Oil 55% 42% 12%
Steam-distilled Pine Oil 10 to 15 parts (e) Petroleum Distil-
Petroleum Oil (10 to late 62%
(1.5 sees, viscosity)
100'% 100% 100% 100%
to make 100 parts by volume

The kerosene extract is made at tho Tho product prepared by simple mix-
is

rate of five pounds of lloweis to a gallon ing of tho iiigiedieuts. Care must hv
of oil. The kerosene used should be taken that the ingredients are not allowed
highly refined so us to be as neaily non- to absorb water as this may produce a

irritant as possible. One may ])urcliase cloudy product. Tho cloudiness is easil\
nwdy made extract from the pieviously lomoved, how'ovcr, by filtration througli
mentioned companies. Pine Oil is tho re- kirselguhr or like material.
pellent in the formula. Steam-dixt^Urd (a) The heavy-bodied paraffin oil is
/Hn« oil is more repdhnt to flu's and lees obtainable from any oil refinery and
irritatinp to the skxn than the ehtaper .mIiouUI conform to tho following specifi-

destrucUvely distilled pine oil. If neces- cations:


sary the latter may be used at tho rate or A.P.r. Gravity 28.0
of 20 to 25 parts per hundred. Specific Gravity (30* F. 0.88725
Flash Point 350" F.
Fire I^)lnt 405* F.
Cattle Louse Inaocticido
Viscosity at 100® F.
Dust with 90 to 100 Siiybolt units
Sodium Fluoride 1 Pour Point 30" F.
Diatomaceous Earth 1 Color No. 2 Tag-Robinsou
Tho kerosene extract of pyrethrum
(b)
Cattle Parasiticide call.sfor a concentration of the extract
from five pounds of flowers per gallon ol
Precipitated Chalk 40
keiosene. Lctliane may also be used ns
Hock Salt 60
a replacement product for kerosene ex-
Pino Tar 2
tinct of pyrclhium.
Copper Sulfate 1
(c) Yarmor Pino Oil conforms to
Make into plastic
cast into blocks aud dry.
mass with water; specifications —eighty-two per cent secon-
duiy and tertiary alcohols.
(d) The long-time burning oil is ob-
tainable from any oil refinery and should
Pine Oil Cattle Sprays
conform to the following specifications:
The axiom “contented cows produce
more milk” has been the basis for con-
BA Gravity at 60" F. 40.0-45.0

siderable research work on pine oil cattle Thi.s fraction of oil is a shade heavier
sprays. than kerosene.
Various cattle sprays arc being (e) The petroleum distillate is ob-
marketed, differing in ingredient con- tainable from any oil refinery and should
tent, but producing comparable results in conform to the folowing specifications:
combating warble and horse flics. There Flash, Cleveland Open Cup 260" F.
are also a few pine oil cattle sprays on Fire, Cleveland Open Cup
tho market that have outstanding merit. * 300" F. Minimum
INSECT, RODENT DESTROYEIjS 221

ViKosity, Saybolt Tliemio at 60* P. 2)


(
1000 to 1500 '
Parts by Weight
Color, 18* LoTibond 6.0 Maximum
Cloud Teat 32* F. Maximum Powdered Borax 10
lii.scet Powder 1
Unsaturation 4% Maximum
A.P.I. Gravity
Starch 1
36.5 and 38.5*
(
3)
These sprays were originally tested ac-
cording to the Pcet-Orady Method and Parts by Weight
the results are tabulated for Formulae Kiesolguhr 22
No. 2A and No. 2B. Sodiuoi Fluoride 40
Sodium Chloride 10
Formulae No. 2A and No. 2B
The ingredients in the finest powder
Down in Drnd after arc thoioiighly mixed and the powder
to min. Sf hm. ^plinkled about runs of the insects.
Test No. 1 100 70 (4) Freshly burnt plaster of Paris and
2 98 72 tine oatmeal (dry) in oipial parts are
3 98 75 thoroughly mixed and the powder is
4 100 66 dusted around place.s infested by roaches.
5 98 55
6 99 62
7 100 49 Tnswt Powder (Cockroach)
8 97 47 powdered Borax 8 lb. 10 o*.
9 100 71 Wliite Hellebore 8 ox,
Dalmation Powder 8 ox.
99 6.3 (irouiul Cloves 4 ox.
These sprays were later tested on a ('ayeiuie Pepper 2 ox.
an agricultural college
practical scale at
and a city sanitation department. TIu-
comments are indicative of what to ex Hoiich Poison
jiect when they are applied in the field. Sod. Fluoride 60
Formulae No. 2A and No. 2B re<>ei\ed Flour 60
the unanimous vote as being the niohi
effective and most pre.sentable product.^
of the four. They possessed the follow- Koacli Powder
ing characteristics: Sodium Fluoridi' 66
1. Burning or blistering of hides P\ ret h rum 30
negative Starch 6
2. —
Odor mild odor of the pine forest
3. Tainting of milk negative— if
Earthworm Poison
sprayed .'50 min. befon* milking
Conosive Bnbliiunte 1 ox.
time and usual care exorcised.
Water
4. Clarity— free from suspended
S[irinkle
75 gal.
matter giotind with this solution
5. —
Color dark amber wlmli i.H uiihanuiul to plant life; vegeta-
6. liepcllency —three to six hours tion .Kliould be Kjiritikled with water after

7. Volatility —
relatively slow drying this lieHtmeiit.

8. Kill— 6.3%
9. Knock-down— 99%
10. —
Matting of hair negative Fly Spray
11. —
Healing properties the pine oil This is made by macerating 500 gms,
content promotes healing of open of pyrethrum with 4 liters of kerostme
wounds and cuts. (followed by expression) after 24 hours.
Results of field tests may be duplicated Perfume by adding 90 c^. of methyl
salicylate to each 4 liters of solution,
provided no deviations are made in raw
materials specified. I’yrethrum 240 gm.
Kerosene 2000.0 cc.
Cockroaches, Extenninant for Gasoline 2000.0 cc.
Napthalene 30.0 gm.
(1)
Parts by Weight Macerate the pyrethrum in the potro
Powdered Borax 4 leum liquids for 48 hours, then strain,
Flour 2 express and then add the naphthalene.
Chocolate Powder * X
222 THE CHEMICAL FORMTJLARY
Fly Spray lie killed by 5-(5% BaClg soln. or 0.15%

89 nicotine spray (40 gallons per acre, min.),


Deodorized KoroHono
but itis more advisable to destroy the
Methyl Salicylate 1
10 flics with a spray contg. 0.3-0.4% NoJt’
Pyrothruin Powd.
Percolate a few times and filter.
and 2% sugar.

Warble-Fly, Control of
Ply CatohinfT Mixture Good results are gotten by spraying
Rosin 5f>
with
Ester Guru 1
Soft Soap Vi lb.
Heavy Mineral Oil 40
Water 1 gal.
Melt together and stir until dissolved. Derris Powder % lb.
Remove from heat and stir in
Glycerine 2¥j
Honey iVi Bracken, Eradication of
Spray with 1% solution of Bod.
chlorate.
Fly Paper
Rosin .'12

Rezinel No. 2 20 Moth Spiay


Castor Oil 8 Camphor 10, naplithalone 40, capsicum
Heat above and stir until uniform. 100, oil of cl(>ve.s 10, turpentine 100 and
Apply hot to suitahlo pn{M'r. ale. 900 parts are macerated for 48 hrs.

Ijaereasing rosin content gives a heavier and stiamed.


faster drying coating. Decreasing losin
gives a thinner stickier coating which re- Mothproofing Solution
mains sticky for longer periods.
For te\til(\s — non-staining
Sod. Aluminum Silii'ofluoride 0.52
Fly Paper Water 98.48
Water 21
Glucose It) * Mothproofing Composition
Sod. Silicate 11
Chlorxylenols (mixed) 3-5
coriu
(11) Vi
Trinitroisobutylxylene 3-5
First coated paper in a weak
soak Magnesium Carbonate 94-90
alum .solution; diy and then coat with
above.
Mutlipioofing
Fly Paper
Soilium Fluoride 0.5
Rosin gm.
.*12
Sodium 'faurocholato 0.2
Flexoresin El 20 gm. Caibon Dioxide
Castor Oil 8 gm. to saturation point of water
Melt togellier, and dip paper into warm Water 100
mixture.

Fly Paper Composition Textile Mothproofing

A. Rosin 118 Puranitro Chlorbonzol 10-20


Ro/.olin 70 Pnrudichlorbcnzol 80-90
Pa ratlin Wax 10
B. Rosin 12.5 Codling Moth Bands
Rosin Oil 30 Bands are treated with a solution ob-
Rozolin 40 tained by heating
C. Rosin 100 Beta Nnphthol 1 lb.
Pino Oil 30 Rod Engine Oil
Rosin Oil 30
(.'100 sec.) 1% pt.

Thin Mineral Oil 30


Aluminum Stearate % oz.

Glyceryl Bori Borate 4


Glycerin 2 Codling Moth Spray
Nicotine tannate kills by contact the
mature eggs and young larvae of the
Beet Fly, Spray for codling moth. It remains toxic to the
Eggs and pupae are not greatly harmed larvae for at least 21 days, and is more
by c^^ntact insecticides. The larvae may toxic as a stomttch poison than PbHA 804 .
INSECT, R ODENT DESTROYEKS 223

The Bpraj' tank luixt. is piopd. fiom


Snail Killer
U. 8. F. tannic acid and uee mcotme
soln.), the quantities being 4 purls
Ferrous Sul fate 20
(50%
Ferric Sulfate 20
tannic acid dissolved in 1000 pmts water
Copper Sulfate 45
to which 1 part of nicotine soln. is added.
The niixt. is compatible with 8, but not
with soap, lime-S soln., Ca caseinate or
other alk. or acid substances.
Field Mouse Poison
Whole Wheat 125 lb.
Thallium Sulphate l^lb.
Nematodes, Spray for Combating Hot Water 6 qt.
Carbon Bisulfide 68 Starch, Dry % lb.
Hosoap 8 Cl^ceriu %pt.
Water 20
The thallium sulphate is dissolved in the
Agitato violently and dilute 1:50 with
liotwater, and to tins i.s added (he starch,
water before u^e. Fornuildehyde may be
previously mixed with a little cold water.
added to contiol fungus pests.
The clear stareli paste thus made is boiled
for 2 to 3 miimtes, the glyceim added i.**

Peacli-Boier (lesser), Control of and the mixture boiled lor a sliuit time
Faradiclilor Ben/ol 1 Ib.
and then incorporated with the wheal.
Crude t'otlon.'-eed Oil 2 ijt.
A simple lilt poison eonsists of n
tapioca Hour paste, containing 2bj% of
Other oils aie not as satisfactory us
thallium sulplmle, and spread on slices of
cottonsi'ed oil.
bread, .\nolher bait which has been used
successfully is made as follows*. Va oz. of
It 0(3 on t Poison lhalliuiii .’«u!{)ha(e is dissolved in a large
Strychnine 0.55 tea eup of boiling water and half a cup-
Haecharine 0.15 ful of corn syiiij), and 12 oz. of peanut

Flour 98.30 butter are added. Tlun slices of bread


from two loaves are well coveri'd with
Strychnine 0.35 this mixture and eut into small squares.
Anise Oil 0.15 Tabh'spoonfnl doM's of these squares are
Sugar 20.50 placed III the liacks of the vermin.
Flour 79.00

Bed Bug Spmy


Non-Poisonous Rat Destroyer
Evsol 1 oz.
fJypsurn 100 Curbtm Tetnicliloriih* 7.5 parts
Rye Flour 300 K(‘fined Kerosene 25 parts
Dry thoroughly in oven and add 0 1 i
Mix. Bure death to bugs.
of anise. Keep in air-tight containei

Mouse Exterminator Moth Killer

Barium Carbonate 100 (For Upholsti'red Furniture)


Oatmeal 300 Ethylene Dichloride 74 parts
Saccharin 1 ('arbon Telracliloride 25 jiarts
Water enough Paradn-lilorbcn/i'm* 1 part
Make a stiff dough, force through and Diglycol Oleate 1 part
coarse sieve, and dry in an oven.

Insect Extenninator
"Silverfish, " Poison for
Kerosene, Refined Grade 1 gal.
White Arsenic 30 gm. l*\retlirum Powder, Best
Flour 500 e.c. Grade i/j lb.
Water to make paste Pemdii IdorbenzeDe 1 lb.
Pkfumc Buflicient
INSULATION, ELECTRICAL SPECIALTIES
• Electrical Insulating Compound • Liquid Electrical Resistance
The following formulae may bo used A Il20-tube resistance for high voltages
ns u covering or lute as well us for mold- is provided with means for cooling the
ing into forms: liquid so that its resistance is maintained

(a) Molasses 20 lb. substantially const. Instead of H2O an


Lithurgo 50 gm. aq. soln, of CU8O4 or Manganni’s liquid,
contg, mannitol 121, H3BO3 41 and KC)
Stir until homogeneous. Allow to stand
0,00 g. per 1., may be used.
until desired degree of hardness or plas-
ticity is reached.

•Non- Drying Plastic Conductor


(b) Nitrobenzol 100 gm. Glycol Bori Borate 20-30
Manganese llosinate 50 gm. Water 5
Molasses 40 lb. (’nrbon Black 10
The amounts in above formula may be
varied to produce different consistencies.
Insulating Coating, Electrical Filament
Layers of a said. soln. of A1(N03);,
• Electric Insulation of d27 1.4 mixed with 3-10% by wt, of
Elec, insulating coating compns. are SiOo are applied to a filamentary W
prepd. on a base of urea-Cll2() resin, wire, and the wire is heated after each
mixed with materials with which solid successive layer is applied to convert the
solns. are formed. Example: parts AI(N03)3 to AI2O3. The wire is subse-
of a 4()% soln. of urca-CIIoO resin in quently heat(‘d to a temp, above the
n-BuOII are mixed with a sofn. of nitro m. p. of Si()2 but below the crystn. point
cellulose 15, blown castor oil .’h), and of W
to form a hard homogeneous in
rosin 6 parts in AcOllu 25, EtOH 75 and sulating coating.
I’hMe 75 parts, by wt. Coatings of this
compn. are very adherent, elastic and

durable after drying for 8 hrs. at 75°. liLsulating Tape, Electrical
They are resistant to mineral acids and Tape IS treiited ivith fidlowing at 105°.
to the action of transformer oils at high Carnaiiba-Muntan Wav 40-50
temps. Kosm .’.2-40
(’astor Od 10-28
•Electrical Insulation
The following composition is suitable * Insulation Composition, Coil Impregna-
for transformers, capacitators, cables,
tion
etc.
Rosin 70
Crude Scale Wax 80 Asphalt 30
Petrolatum 10
Apply at 100-175° C.
Mineral Oil 10

• Insulation, Heat
* Electrical Insulation Lining
Hake Mica 800
Glue 1
Flour Paste 100
Water 24
Phenol 1
Sulfoturk C 2
Mica 5 Put between strips of cotton or jute
Sod. Silicate 5 and wrap around steam pipes.

AU fomulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.


224
INSULATION, ELECTRICAL SPECIALTIBB 225.

* Heat Insulation * Cable Oil, High Tension


Portland Cement The following is used for saturating"

(quick setting) 15-40% high tension paper wound cables.


Mineral Wool 40-65 Mineral Oil 85-90 lb.
Diatomaceoua Earth ^0-30 Kosin 10-15 lb.

Rubber 0.2-0.5 lb.


• Heat Insulator
A material weighing approx. 20 lb. per Sanctuary Oil
cu. ft. comprises the set product of a Rape Seed Oil 3 lb.
inixt. formed from calcined gypsum 2 lb., Colton 8ml Oil
AloC 804)3 3 07.., CaCOs 1.5 oz., soap 4 g., (Winter Pressed) 1 lb.
talc 8 g. and water 20 fl. oz LinsiH^d Oil 1 lb.

* Heat Insulating Material • Stove Wick


(Hass Wool or Mineral Cotton 80 ^
Pumice Powderetl
Asbestos 1^
Charcoal Powdenxl 1
Plaster or strong Glue 2 I
Coke Powdered
Sand I’owdered 1
Gnt Powdered I
* Refrigerator In.sulating Compound
Kosin Powdered
Tjitox ].'{ gal.
Silicate of Soda 2
Hentonite 00 11).

Trihydro,\yotliylamine Water suflicient to make paste. Pn«8


Abietttte 2 lb. into shape and vitrify by heat to drive
Water 1 gttl- off all volatile matter.

l.ACQUEKS, PAINTS, V AUN I S HK S ,


STAINS
miiteriiilH as rosin, shellac, daiiininr,
Nitrocellulose Lacquers
kauri, copals, sandarac, mastic, and
These lacqiieis may be divided into A legion of names may be men-
elemi.
two parts '.- -volatile and non volatile con- tioned in the latter class. Hut we will
stituents. I nder the former may l>e
sol
con line oursehes to tlie most rejiresentn-
classed the liquids used to carry the
live and jmpular members of each kind.
ids into solution. The non volatile mat-
In this chiss are found ester gum, liako-
ter consists of nitrocellulose, gums
oder
lite, beckacite, amberols, lewisols, and
lesins, and a plasticizer.
tlio iez\ls and tegliics.
Afilm of nitrocellulose alone is not hard and brittle
I.Mcipicr films Ixi’ome
satisfactory .for most us^ as it lacks
with uue To overcome the cracking and
adhesion, is stiff and brittle, lacks flexi-
result of peeling of a brittle film due to the ex
bility and elasticity; and as a
pnnsion, contraction, or bending of the
peel off the surface.
this,' it will split o'r
coated surface, a plasticizer is incorpor-
Nitrocellulose has a high viscosity, and Those materials
solution will not contain as ated into the lacquer.
a lacquer
much solids for the coating as a paint or muv be oils, such as castor oil, blown
castor oil, blown rape seed oil,
oil, OKO
varnish of like viscosity. A very impor-
and lacquer linseed oil,
Resins are used to give a lacquer more which
increased viscosity, tant class is the high boiling esters
solids without many
are solvents for the cotton and
greater adhesion, more gloss and some-
used times for the resins. In this class will
times greater hardness. The resins
The be found the ethyl, butyl and amyl esters
are both natural and s.^mthetic.
such well known of the phthnlfttes, tricresyl phosphate, tri*
former class contains
•) are covered by patents.
All formulae preceded by an asterisk (
226 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
phenyl phosphate; just to mention a few percentage formula, as a 20%, 25%, or
of the most common ones in use. These 35% solution.
plasticizers are non-volatile and will re-
Cotton Solution No. 1
main in the film for a very long time.
They tend to form solid solutions with Dry ViSoc Cotton 25 %
the nitrocellulose, A
very important
j
Den. Alcohol 10.7%
class and coming to fore are the
the Butyl Acetate 16.1%
resin-plasticizers. In tliis class will be Toluol 32.1%
found ethyl or methyl abietate, beckolac Ethyl Acetate 16.1%
I.'IOS, paraplox 5B as those most popular This solution contains 2 pounds of dry
to-day. cotton in the gallon of solution. The
By the use of the term solvents, wo solution weighs 8.3 pounds per gallon.
mean those liquids that are used to dis-
solve the nitrocellulose. Solvents are Cotton Solution No. 2
classificKl as low boilers and high boilers. Dry %sec Cotton 35.8 lb.
Each class performs a certain function. Kthyl Acetate 24.8 lb.
Low boilers are used to carry the cotton Toluol 24.2 lb.
into solution, provide volatility for the Ethyl Alcohol 15.2 lb.
lacquer, and also give the initial set for
This solution is a .3()% cut, and con
the film. Usually the low boiler is a
tains approximately 59.5 ounces of dry
faster solvent for the cotton than the
cotton in the gallon.
high boiler. The most popular member
of this class is ethyl acetate. The high Cotton Solution No. 3
boilers provide smooth flow, prevent
Dry 70sec Cotton 1.13 lb.
blush, orange peel and give homogeneity
Alcohol .51 lb.
to the film. In this class are found butyl 3.10 lb.
Ben/.ol
acetate, amyl acetate, butyl proprionate,
Eth\l Acetate 3.00 lb.
ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, and the cello-
This yields one gallon of solution of a
solves.
high viscosity cotton.
Latent solvents are compounds or
liquids that are not solvents for cotton Cotton Solution No. 4: —
To 24 ounces
by themselves. But they become so, by of film scrap add one gallon of solution
the mere addition of a solvent. In this of 25% Etiivl Acetate; 25% Alcohol,
class are the methyl, ethyl, butyl, propyl, 10% Tolucd, and 34% Bayway Solvent
and amyl alcohols. No. 55.
In the making of a solvent mixture or Uesin solutions are cut from 4 to 14
thinner for a lacquer, other liquids arc pounds of resin to the gallon of solvent,
used, such as benzol, toluol, xylol, solvent or else as a 50/50 cut of resin and the
naphtha, and also special petroleum solvent. The solvents used are generally
naphthas. These do not liissolve cotton, benzol, toluol, xylol, alcohol, and ethyl
and also lower the solvent power of a acetate. In general, different resins will
solvent when mixed with them. This reipiire different solvents. Some manufac-
class of liquids is called diluents, and tuiers cut their resins in a thinner to in-
though they are excellent solvents for a sure greater compatibility with the cot-
great many of the resins, we will call ton solutions. Ester gum, Lcwisol, bock-
them diluents as they are not solvents for acite, amberol are dissolved in one gallon
the nitrocellulose. They give bulk to the of toluol or thinner. The proportions are
mixture, aid in keeping the resins in
8 pounds of the resin to one gallon of
solution, help balance the formula, and the solvent. Elemi gum is dissolved in an
also lower the price. equal weight of solvent. For Kauri gum,
In the compounding of lacquers, cer- dissolve 40 pounds of the resin in 60
tain standard or stock solutions are used pounds of a solution of 85% denatured
nitrocellulose or cotton solutions, end alcohol and 15% ethyl acetate. Dam-
the resin solutions. They are blended in mar Solution is made by dissolving 80
various proportions, a plasticizer and the pounds of dammar in a mixture of 20
solvents added to bring it to the desired pounds of ethyl acetate and 40
viscosity or concentration. pounds of petroleum naphtha of boiling
The nitrocellulose solutions are usually range between 80 and 130* C. When
made to contain a definite amount of completely dissolved add 100 pounds of
ounces to the gallon, or to hold a certain ethyl alcohol, agitate for a while and
amount of cotton in the gallon of solu- allow to settle overnight for a thorough
tion. Or else it may be cut according to the dewaxing. The shellac solution may be
2—

LACQUERfi. PAINTS. VARNISHES, ST AINS


227
the ordinary 4 or 5 pound cut of ahellac 1 Good solvent power.
in alcohol. -Good blush resistance.
A good solvent should possess high 3 Proper speed of evaporation.
solvent power, offer excellent blush re- 1 — Low cost.
sistance, give good flow, make for excel-
lent compatibility and a thoroughly Sol\ent No. No. No. No. No.
(ihiuiior). .. 1 2 3 4 5
homogeneous film, and should be fast IVlroleuni
in its action. The formulae listed be- Naithlha . . . 44 %
low may be
used for solvents and Toluol . .

EthjI Acetate 2-";


reducers to thin the various slock solu- Eili\ Alcohol
1 12' y
.

tions, when incorporating them with the Huf\I .4cet.Hto


other ingredients for a lacquer for sale Hulvl Alcohol
.\iii\l Vcctate 22' 20' ^
or use. Aiii\l Alcohol
llijfjl <’cllo{iol\e
Solvent No 1 No 2 No 3 No 4 No 5
Tolaol QH"' 50<i. 60';, 70';
Ethyl Acetate. 10%. 161o 16', 16',' 1.6'
Den Alcohol... 15',; 10'; 6',
lUityl Alcohol 15'% 15% .... 5', Wood Lacquers
Hutyl Acetate 20',
A rnyl Acetate 13*;, . .
In a general run of wood lacquers,
Amyl Alcohol 7'% one will be called upon to supply u
(Vllosolve. S'o 5',, .. ... 5';
sanding sealer, high glo.^-s clear, Hat liic-
Butyl CelloBolve 5% 5'/^ 5',t,
tjiiers, lubliiiig or poll,slung lacquers,
The following formulae contain the and \jinous specialties as required by
main elements of a good thinner for the trade such as alcohol proof lacquer,
general use, namely and rubbed effect lacquer.

Non-Volatile
Sanding Sealer; No. 1 Dry Basis No. 2 Non-Volatile
Cottou Solution No. 1 1 qt. or 2 11)
} 2 ll>- 4 1b. 1 11).
Cotton S^dution No, 4. . 1 <jl or 2 11). t) oz.
Resin Solution 1 i)t. or 1 11). bill). 2 11). 1 11).

Dibutyl Phthalate . . .
H lb.
P. lb.
Blown Castor Oil .
h11>. JhH*.
Zinc Stearate (U H. II ). 1 11) i)aste 32' ,% solids I II). 32.' ^% solids
Solvent No. 3 . . . .
1 qt 1 (It.

The rosin in No. 1 is ninberol No. 8ti1 Clear Lacquers


and in No. 2 is Lewisol No. 2. Lach % .'-'cc. NilrorcDijIi'Sc 2 2 2
solution is mtido by cutting 8 pounds I iHniinar .SoIuIkui
'2 ‘4
of tho ro.spee.livo resin in 1 gal. of a E flcr (lum .Sdluliun 3 1 3
Kauri .''"lulion . . il'i
cheap thinner. \iiihrr<>l Solution 2
.’ ‘2
1 I'Wiaol .Solution
^3
Blown t’antor (hi ^

Clear Lacquers I hliutvl I’hthalalc


A high gloss clear cun be nuide by Jrurcayl I'Limphate
taking
Cotton Solution No. 4 1 gal. Flat Lacquer
Cotton Solution No. 1 gal. Cotton Solution No. 1 2 lb.
Ester Gum Solution 1 gal. t'ottoD Solution No. 3 lb.
8 pounds resin to 1 gal. thinner Amberol Solution 1 lb.
Amberol Solution gal. Zinc Stearate (KBII) 1 lb.
(8 pounds resin to 1 gal. thinner i I'ricresy) I'hosjihato Vj lb.
above.) Solvent No. 4 to one gallon.
Blown Castor Oil Vi lb.
Solvent No. 5 1 gal.
Rubbing or Polishing Lacquer
Below we will give a table of various
Cotton Solution No. 1 4 lb.
wood lacquers. In this table will bo
Cotton Solution No. 3 1 ll>.
found the non-volatiles. By the use of
I.ewisol Solution 1 lb.
the standard solutions of cotton, resin
and solvents as given above these for- Dibutyl Phthalate % Ib.

mulae may be compounded. The ad<li- Solvent No. 4 to one gallon.


tion of solvent and amount will be left
to the individual, to meet his specific Alcohol Proof Lacquers
problem of price and quality.
Cotton Solution No. 1 1 gal.

For Chemical Adviaort, SpecisI Rtir MsterlsU, Equipment, ConUinem. etc, cbnunlt Supply
Section It end of book.
m THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
1 qt. gloss. If flattening is desired a zinc
Amberol Solation
Paraplox 5B stearate mixture is added. The base
clear used will depend on the price of
Solvent No. 3 to spraying consist- cheap enamel is being
the cnpmol. If a
ency.
formulated, a base clear high in ester
4 gum will be indicated. Also the vis-
Cotton Solution No. 1 lb.
2 lb. cosity may bo increased by the use of
Lewisol Solution
12 oz. high visco-sity cotton or the film solu-
Dibutyl Phthalato
tion. For the better grade enamels, the
Solvent No. 3 1 qt-
lower viscosity cotton is used to give
By combining the flat and gloss lac-
muro solids, and the bettor resins in-
quers invarying proportions, any de- creased, such as amberol, lewisol, becka-
sired effect of serni gloss, satin finish citc, and the rezyls. These resins will
or rubbed effect may be obtained.
also give the tougher and more flexible
film.
Wood Enamels (Pyroxylin)
In a discussion of the pigmented Metal Lacquers
enamels two factors must be considered. These lacquers are used as a protect-
The ability to grind the pigment in the ive and ornaineutal coating on all class
plant, or must the ground pigment bo of metal objects, such as, brass goods,
bought from an outside source. For plated ware, and even iron and steel,
the former wo will list below some rep- and some of the newer alloys. When
rosonted grinds in a plasticizer and the purpose is to protect the highly pol-
gum solution. These will be explained ished surface against tarnishing, the
in detail and the difference from the mill lacquer is made of a rather high viscos-
ground product shown. ity cotton, as this type will give a

PlK- lllown P.n.P., Ester Lewisol


tougher film than %
second cotton,
meat, Cuetor Gum, 'rhe film is thin and almost impercep-
Oil, tible. The resin used is usually low in
Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Ll)s. Lbs.
acid number and of a very pale color.
likok 10 16 8 12 12
White 60 8 4 12 12
Tho low acid number being required so
Red 40 26 H 13 H 18 as not to attack the metal coated. Tho
Mlue 46 22 11 0 6 resin will add to tho adhesion of tho
Orange. . . 80 14 6
6
'6 lacquer.
Yellow .... 67 16
Green. 68 ‘
13 H 6ti 3 6 High Vi.scosity Cot-
Indian Red. 68 14 6 0
ton 4 4 4 4
Eleini Solution - - 2 -
To make these all equal to 100 pound
basis add toluol to make 100
enough Dammar Solution 1% - 1
pounds. This will also thin the mixture Liiidol 1

to the proper grinding consistency for Dibutyl Phthalato - 1 1 1


Blown Castor Oil _ _ 1
a roller mill. For a bull or pebble mill
slightly more thinning will bo required. Ester Oum Solution - - 1

The H.B.H. pigments are dispersed in Clear finishing lacquers for metal and
a medium consisting of second nitro- automobile work may be included in
cellulose in a solvent mixture. I’hese this class.
lacquer pigments will be found to bo of Dry Pyroxylin 10 parts
n uniform dispersion, excellent cover- Rezyl 19 20 parts
ing power, smooth, and may bo obtained Dibutyl Phthnlate 5 parts
in any quantity from a gallon can to a
fifty gallon drum. In the uso of the Dry Pyroxylin *^10 parts
R.B.H. pigments additional plasticizer Rezyl 113 30 parts
must bo added to compensate for the Dibutyl Phthalate 3 parts
added cotton and pigment. It will also
be found necessary to carefully watch Dry Pyroxylin 6

the resin content for gloss lacquers as


Ester Gum
those pigments have a tendency to flat-
Blown Castor Oil
ten a lacquer.
Dibutyl Phthalate
In the formulation of a wood enamel, For enamels for metal, we again
a good clear lacquer is usually taken ns refer to the grinds given under wood
the base and the pigment grind added enamels and follow the same system of
to this to meet the required specifica- incorporating the pigment. That is,
tion for covering power. Sometimes take a clear base, and add sufficient
more resin is added to bring up the pigment to reach tho reqairoments for
LACX^UERa, PAINTS. VARNISHES, STAINS^
229 ^
good covering power. In this class of are Quick drying. These lacquers are
material it is advisable to increase the usually made from a medium to a high
plasticizer, for better flexibility and viscosity cotton. They contain castor oil
better adhesion. and other oils as plastici/ers and no
rchins. The rosins are not used us they
tend to detract from the flexibility.
Automobile Lacquers
The usual starting point in this work is
This class of lacquer deserves a spe- to begin with the plasticizer equalling
cial division and a complete line of the dry cotton. The plasticizers that
formulae will be given to cover the may be recommended for this work are
entire requirements. numerous. The blown
old favorites are
Primer Swrfacer —
This typo of mate-
.
castor, raw castor blown rapesecd
oil,
rial should possess excellent adhesion, oil and treated linseed oil. The newer
extreme flexibility and toughness, dry ones are ADM ino, butyl acetyl ricin-
quickly, high filling power, and be oloate, beckoluc 1308 and hydrort«in.
easily sanded by the dry or wot paper
in cither water or naphtha.
To 2 pounds of dry see. cotton add
Bron/.ing Lacquer
12 lb. of grind of A grade of nitrocellulose is
.special
usually used for this ly{)e of material.
40 lb. Keystone Filler
It IS called bron/iiig cotton and has a
20 lb. Lithopono
\iscosity of from 30 to 40 seconds.
10 lb. Talc or Barytes
Itesin.s are not used as the free acid
40 lb. Beckolae No. 1.308
lb. Rlown Castor Oil may caus<* (he powder to (urn. A form-
ula that has been tested and used is;
lb. Dibutyl Phthnlute
in 1 gal Butyl Acetate Dry Pyroxylin 4 parts
Polishing Black —
High solids, good
. Diiuityl Phthalale 1% parts
covering power, good color, excellt'iit Bron/e Powder lb.

flow, easy rubbing and rnu.Ht come to a Solvent 5 gal.

high polish with the least amount of


Rubbing. To
Specialty Lacquers
1 lb. dry Vi sec. cotton
A lacquer in vogue today for deco-
lb. dry 30 see. cotton
rating purposes is the crystal lacquer.
add 2 lb, of the following pigment
This matiTial depends on the action
grind
of naphthalene to crystallize and of a
10 lb. Huper Spectra Black
cotton solution and at the same lime
ir» lb. Blown Castor Oil
not alTect the strength of the film.
15 lb. Tncresyl Phosphate
lb. Butyl Stearato (’oil on Sdlution No. 1 15 lb.
2Vi
15 lb. Lewisol Solution (’oiton Solution No. 3 5% lb.

Naphthalene Flakes 4 lb.


42% lb. Toluol
('y<lohevatione (5% lb.
make up to two gallons with an ex- .Vmbcrol Solution 2 lb.
tremely good solvent. Tncrosylphosjihate % lb.
High Gloss Black This lacquer
. — Amvl Acetate 6 Ib.
should possess high gloss of a lasting Fill to 10 gal. with solvent.
quality, good coverage, good color, ex-
cellent flow and smoothness and bo able
to stand the wear of the sun's rays.
A "matt" l.Hcquer for the furniture
trmlemay be made by taking;
Dry % sec. cotton 5 lb.
5 11). Cut White Shellac 2% lb.
Dry 15 sec. cotton .3 lb.
Ester Gum 3 lb.
A. S. Sitlulion Cotton % lb.

Lewisol 9 lb.
Haw Linseed Oil 2 oz.

2 lb.
Blown Castor Oil 2 oz.
Lindol
Acetone 1 pt.
Blown Castor Oil 2 lb.
Toluol 1 pt.
Black Grind (above) 10 lb.
Solvent q.s. 10 gal. Fill to gal. with denatured alcohol.

Leather Lacquers Nail Polish Lacquer (Clear)


Leather lacquers or leather dopes arc Cotton Solution No, 1 32 oz.
used in the manufacture of artificial Cotton Solution No. 3 16 oz.
lenther and split leather. lOie solvcnta Dammar Solution 16 oz.
230 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Tricrcsyl Phosphate 16 oz. Toluol 27
Butyl Collosolvo 16 oz. Den. Alcohol 17
C.P. Acetone to one gallon (1 qt.).
Naphtha 14

The above may bo colored to suit.


sec. Pyroxylin 10
All the formulae given above though
Ester Gum 10
having proved their practical use by
Hydro Resin 3
standing the test of sale and rcsalo to
Blown Castor Oil 3
consumers are only offered as a starting
Butyl Alcohol 8
basis for one’s problem. In each trade
Toluol 43
there are individual requirements, and
Butyl Acetate 20
it is up to the skill and ingenuity of
Ethyl Acetate 3
the compounder to adapt or change his
formulae to meet those requirements.
Pearl Wood Lacquer
Olivo Green Dipping Enamel 18 oz. % second Nitrocellulose
Carbon Black 10 8 oz. High Viscosity Nitrocellu-
lose
Chrome Green (25%) 192
Boiled Linseed Oil 63 6 oz. Dammar Qum-Pale
Varni.sh 15 6 oz. Hhcllac
Benzine 13 2 pt. Butyl Acetate
1 pt. Butyl Alcohol
*
i/t pt. Amyl Acetate
Anti-fouling Lacquer Toluol
4 pt.
Low- viscosity nitrocellulose lO.;', 3 oz. Dibutyl Phthalate
rosin 7.6, mercuricresinato 1.5, Paris 4 oz. Pearl Essence
green 1,5, pigment 0.0, castor oil 6.5,
butyl acetate 21.(i, butyl alcohol 7.2,
ethyl acetate 8.0, denatured alcohol White Lacquer Enamels
15.0, methyl alcohol 3.1), b'en/.cno 8.4 per (1) Nitro-cotton Solution:
cent. The permeability of the films to 10 parts Nitro-cotton No. 6
wati'r is decreased by increasing the dry
percentage of gum, whereas it may be 30 parts Butyl Acetate
increased by increasing the proportion 10 parts Toluol
of softeiK'r or cellulose derivative. 10 parts Ethyl Acetate
The ingredients arc mixed and the
cotton dissolved.
•Lacquer Black Coating
Pyroxylin 10 (2) Pigment Paste:
Castor Oil 10 10 parts Alftalate 222 A 100
Ethyl Acetate 30 per cent.
Benzol 35 10 parts Toluol
Alcohol 14.5 20 parts Titanium Dioxide
Nigrosene 0.5 (100 per cent Titanium
While)
• Lacquer Coating, Non-intlammable The paste is ground finely on a mill.

Cellulose Acetate 12 (,3) 60 parts nitro-cotton solution are


Monoethylin Palmitnto 12 mi.xcd thoroughly with 40 parts of pig-
Triphenyl Phosfate 6 ment paste, and the enamel then diluted
Acetone 8.5 with the above-mentioned solvent mix-
Ethyl Acetate 7.5 ture to brushing, spraying or dipping
Alcohol 6.0 consistency.
Toluol 16.0
Cello.solvo 17.6
Nitrocellulose Lacquers
Acetone Oil (OO^-ISO® C.) 16,0
Diacetone Alcohol 2.5 •

(a)
Non-Blushing Lacquers 4.5 parts 222 A. Alftalate
12 parts Nitro-cotton No. 6
Vi sec. Pyroxylin 10
Hydro Rosin 2% 36 parts Butyl Acetate
Blown Castor Oil 4% 23 parts Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Acetate 10 24.5 parts Toluol
Butyl Acetate 15
6
14

^ 6

LACQUERS, PAINTS. VARNISHES. STAINS

(b) Ethyl Acetate 2.5


parts 222 A Alftalate Petroleum Distillate (80-130*
148 parts Nitro-cotton No. 6 C.) 4.9
16 parts Butyl Acetate Butyl Acetate 24.4
25 parts Ethyl Acetate Dibutyl I’hthalato 1
parts Industrial Methylated
spirit
• Lacquer Thinner
parts Butanol
19 parts Benzol
Ethyl Acetate 2(M0%
Ethyl Alcohol 32-70%
Ethylene Dichlorido 10-28%
(c)

18 parts 222 A Alftalate


Lacquer Thinners
6 parts Nitro-cotton No. 6
15 parts Butyl Acetate
A
Butyl Acetate 20
7 parts Industrial Methylated
Ethyl Acetate 10
spirit
Denatured Alcohol 10
7 parts Butanol
Toluol 60
31 parts Toluol
8 parts Benzol
parts Ethyl Acetate B
Butyl Acetate 25
Ethyl Acetate 15
(d) Butyl Alcohol 10
17 parts 222 A
Alftalate Toluol 50
16 parts Nitro-cotton No. 6
19 parts Butyl Acetate • Umiercoat, Lacquer
30 parts Ethyl Acetate
Shellac 2-4 lb.
8 parts Industrial Methylated
Dibutyl Phthnlate 2-10 oz.
spirit
Denatured Alcohol 1 gal.
8 parts Butanol
22 parts Benzol
The above lacquers differ from each Imitation Chinese Lacquer
other chiefly in their contents of alfta- Alcohol I gal.
late in proportion to nitro-cotton. The Shellac 4 lb.
liigher the alftalate content the greater Sealing Wax 4-16 oz.
the propert\ and elasticity.
tilling The
Different colored sealing waxes pro-
above mixtures should only be
.solvent
duce different coloretl laequers.
regarded as OMimples. They may, of
course, be changed in the usual way for
It must, how- * Non-Oelling Lacquers
nitrocellulose lacquers.
ever, always bo remoinbered that alfta-
I
late 222 A is insoluble in methylated
Parts
spirit.
Half Second Cotton 12
* Lacquer, Shellac Estci Dammar 12
Dibutyl Phthalate 8
The following formulae have unusual
Zinc Oxide 30
elasticity and and possess good
gloss
Tartaric Acnl .3-1.5
fidhesivo properties and excellent dur-
ability and resistance to the actinic In 100 parts of a sob,ent mixture con-
rays. sisting of:
(a) Per cent
Pyroxylin (wot) 11 by volume
Butvl Ester of Bleached Shellac 20 Ethyl Lactate 20
Butyl Acetate 24 Butyl Acetate 10
Toluol 40 Toluol 70
n
(b) Parts
Pyroxylin 9 Half Second Cotton 12
Dammar (dewaxed) 5.9 Ester Gum 0
Butyl Ester of Bleached Tricresyl Phosphate 6
Shellac 10 Zine Oxide 20
Alcohol Id Sodium Tartrate .d-1.6
THE chemical FORMULARY
In 100 parts of a solvent mixture con- Per cent
silting of: by volume
Per cent Butyl Oxyisobutyrate 20
by volume Ethyl Acetate 10
Isopropyl Lactate 40 Butyl Acetato 10
Xylol 60 Toluol 60
III
Parts * Non-Gclling Metallic Lacquers
Half Second Cotton 12 A typical non-livering composition
Glyptal Resin (“Rezyl 12 ") 20 consists of (in parts by weight): Cellu-
Dibutyl Phthalato 3 lose nitrate 8.5, tricresyl phosphate 2(».
Titanium Dioxide 20 gold bronze 17.5, ethyl acetato 3
Zinc Oxide 10 benzol 60, and the citric or tartaric
Tartaric Acid .1-.5 acid 0.14 to 6.8. Other pigments to
which this invention refers include
In 100 parts of a solvent mixture con- Vandyke brown, red oxide of iron, iron
listing of: blues, and chrome yellow. The addition
Per cent
of HU acid of the nature specified abo\e.
by volume preferably dissolved in a solvent for the
Isobutyl Lactnto 42 base material, to compositions which
Naphtha (boiling range 140- have alrca<ly livered is effective in de-
100* C.) 58 livering them, i.e., restoring them to
IV their original condition and prcNenting
Parts further livering. For this purpose the
aciil preventive agent is used in the
Half Second Cotton 12
same proportions as indicated.
Dammar 12
Dibutyl Phthalato 8
Zinc Oxide 30 Artificial Flower Pearl Lacciuer
Tartaric Acid .3-1.5
40 oz. High Viscosity Nitrocel-
In 100 parts of a solvent mixture con- lulose
sisting of: lla pt. (’ellusolve .\cetato
Per cent Dibutyl Phthalato
Vj pt.
by volume 1 Butyl Acetate
qt.

Normal Butyl Lactate 37 1.2 lb. Olyptal


Naphtha (boiling range 150- 2Vj gal. Toluol
200“ C.) 63 IVi gal* Ethyl Acetato
32 oz. Pearl Essence
V
Parts
Half Second Cotton 12 Pearl Dipping Solution
Ester Gum 9 3 lb. High Viscosity Nitrocellu-
Tricresyl Phosphate fi
lose
Zinc Oxide 30 4M» pfib Amyl Acetate
Sodium Tartrate .3-1.5 H oz. Pearl Essence
In 100 parts of a solvent mixture con-
sisting of: Pearl Flnnmels
l*er cent
1 pt. Lacquer Enamel (Black, Blue,
by volume Rod, etc.)
Ethyl Oxyisobutynite :in pt. Outdoor Durable Clear Lac-
7
Butyl Acetato 10 quer
Toluol 60 8 oz. Pearl Essence
VI
Parts * Non-Chalking Lacquer Coating
Half Second Cotton 12
Undercoating: Half-second nitro-cot-
Dammar 12
ton 10 oz., ester gum 5 oz., blown castor
Dibutyl Phthalato 8
oil 8 oz., dissolved (to 1 gallon) in a mix-,
Titanium Dioxide 20
turo of ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
Zinc Oxide 10
25 per cent, toluene 37, xylene 23, and
Tartaric Acid .1-.5
ethyl alcohol 15 per cent; the pigment
In 100 parts of a solvent mlxtur© con- may bo .5 oz. of carbon black and 0.7
sisting of: oz. of Prus.sian blue. Intermediate
lacquers, paints, varnishes, stains
Toluol 2 (5.0
coat: Half -second cellulose nitrate 20
Dibutyi Phthalate 5.0
oz. tricresyl phosphate up to 14 oz.,
Glycol Abietate 10.5
dissolved in a mixture of equal volumes
and toluene to make
of butyl acetate
coating: Low- Paper Lacquer
1 eallon of solution. Top
20 oz., resin Dry nitrocellulose, 100 lb.; rotyl 11,
viscosity cellulose acetate
plasticizer 8-18 oz., dissolved 250 to 300 lb.; tricresyl phosphate,
50
O-oO oz.,
to 100 lb.; and paraffin wax, 4 to 8
lb.
in"l gallon of a
mixture of ethyl ace-
tate 25, acetone 30,
ethyl lactate 2."), Extra wrappings in cardboard contain-
and ethyl alcohol 20 per cent. Tests ers arc sometimes rendered unnecessary
have shown that whereas
ordinary cel- by coating one or both surfaces of the
of
lulose nitrate lacquer coatings will container with the foregoing type
bloom within two or three coating. Kezyl lacquer coatings are
chalk and other
months of exposure and cellulose
ace- suggested also for washable and
will blister wallpapers.
tate directly over nitrate
of severe
and peel after several months • Paper Lacquer
weather conditions, the combined
1^“'*
(triple) coating described
above will The following lacquer gives
paper or cardboard, it
years
remain in good condition for two liant surface to
water-proof.
or when exposed to equally severe
more likewise renders it

weather conditions. Pyroxylin


Ethyl Acetate
Butyl Acetate 'Jn
* Lacquer Pigment Base
as
Butyl Lactate
The process may bo carried out Octvl Phthalate
(vis-
follows: 15 lb. of nitrocellulose Alcohol
the alcohol- 4
cosity Vi sec. American) in Dammar (de waxed)
and 15 lb. of alcohol
<lamp condition Albertol
other liquo
(or appropriate amount of
,

E.ster (him
xylol) are
such as benzol, toluol, or Toluol
excps of
kneaded together until the
capillarity; 8<. * ’
Lacquer
alcohol is taken up by Pearl

' '

blend of per 25
lb. of pigment (e.g. a Silky Lead Iodide
cent of titanium dioxole
on a baryK.
l>yroxylin !rn
and the kneading and 100-1.>0
base) is added, LaequiT Thinner
mixing operation is continued ^
we tel Bronze Lacquer, Non-Thickening
the pigment is thoroughly *

(about half an hour). Pyroxylin ?


and the kmading
(5 )b ) is thou adile<l Dibutyl Phthalate
particles are
resumed until the pigment Butyl Acetate

dispersed as
.sufficiently
^ Ethyl Acetate •;

visual tests; this Butyl Alcohol


plaMic or puttv-
more. The product is Ethyl Alcohol
sold as sueh^,
liko and may be 'I"/
"hvl Bnmze Powder
wi^th lb. of ethyl
be diluted for use
..

To the above when homogeneous,


is
alcohol, and 10 lb. of
acetate. 2 lb. of
added water 5 parts, slowly with
stir-
to mix all Hi*' in-
toluol It is possible
once to form the ring.
gredients together at
the procedure de-
puttv-like mass, but • Crackle Lacquer Base
ffid above gives
This “crackle base" consists of
a
the viscosity is more easily controlled.
metallic soap, such as an
aluminium
or otherwise
Lacquer soap, mixml by grinding
Pyroxylin and Kubber with a solvent such as ethyl
acetate and
also, during the grinding,
Pyroxylin preferably
5 pyroxylin to
Rubber •i/vA with a small quantity of
Ethyl Crotonate give body to the mixture. A suitable
composition consisU of aluminium
ste-

ethyl acetate 74.5, pyroxylin


* Lacquer, Quick Drying arate 25,
0.5 per cent. Other aliphatic alcohols
Pyroxylin or esters used as solvent, but
may be
Denatured Alcohol hydrocarbons are not suitable, as
they
^ *

Butyl Acetate tend to cause the base to


gel
Ethyl Acetate

Tbe crackle base should be


storage.
Butanol
234 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
103 lbs. of wet cotton is a standard weight drum
added to the ordinary cellulose nitrate and IS composed of 135 lbs. of dry cotton and
lacquer such proportion that the
in 58 Ibe. of alcohol.
finished product contains 10-15 per cent
by weight of the metallic soap. In Lewisol No. 3 Solution
thinning the mixture of lacquer and
crackle base it is desirable to use ethyl Gala. Pts. Lbs. Material Wt. %
8.00 Lewisol No. 3 52.
acetate or other readily volatile solvent 1 7.22 Toluol 47 44
in order to accelerate the speed of dry-
ing. 15.22 100.00
Yiilo, 1.8 Gals. WEiaHT, 8.45 Lbs. fib Gal.
* Crystallizing Lacquer Eaoh gallon of solution contains 4.4 lbs. of gum
About 12 lb. of nitro-cotton and 25
lb. of salicylic acid are dissolved in a * Wrinkle Finish Lacquer
mixture of acetone 45, ethyl acetate 45, A
wrinkle finish is produced by apply-
and butyl alcohol 10 per cent to produce ing to a lacquer film a mixture of
a liquid of specific gravity about 0.95 liquids, e.g.,AcOBu, AcOEt and PhMo,
or 0.90. The composition is applied to having a solvent action on the film.
paper, leather, or other base and the The lacquer is prepared from dry nitro-
solvent allowed to evaporate at about cellulose 7, chinawood oil 9, Ca resinate
60* to 85* F. When crystallization is
10, AcOBu 40 and PhMo 34 parts.
complete the coated product is passed
through a warm solution of sodium
Tinting Lacquers, Shellacs, Etc.
borate or sodium phosphate, whereby
more or acid is dis-
less of the salicylic (Light Yellow to a Ruby Red Color)
solved out according to the period of Resublimed iodine added in the pro-
immersion. In place of the above alka- portion of 2 grams of iodine to 1 gal-
line treatment it is possible to remove lon of lacquer or shellac will produce
the salicylic acid by passing live steam a clear golden yellow color that is fast.
through the paper. When such coatings This yellow color can be deepened by
are applied to wood it is preferable to the addition of more iodine to a point
wash the product with borax solution or when it begins to take on a clear ruby
benzol sufficiently to strike through to red color at about 50 grams per gallon.
the wood and dissolve from it a certain This color is also fast.
amount of the natural gum or resin,
thereby accentuating the grain; a pro- Air-Plane Wing Dope
tective coating of varnish, etc., should
(Non-inflammable)
then be applied.
A formula used in England is as fol-
lows:
Gloss Furniture Lacquer
Acetate of Cellulose 350 gr.
GsIb. Pts Lbs. MateriiJ Wt % Triphenyl Phosphate 50 gr.
28 7.63 21.1 64 Cotton Solution 48 76
10 8 45 84 55 T.ewisol No
3 Holution , 19 30 Acetone 2,500 ccm.
2 8.05 16 30 Ibbutvl Phthalste. . 3 72
1,200 ccm.
.

A 4.5 06 Butyl Cdloeolve 10 28 Benzol


7 51
8 7.29 21 87 Butyl Acetate 4 99 Alcohol 1,200 ccm.
8 5 76 20 28 Butyl Alcohol 4 63 Bcnz.ylic Alcohol 100 ccm.
6 6.07 36 42 Laotol Spirits A 8 32

438.12 100 00 5 1.

Tube B.— Gardner Holdt ^ 80® F.


The characterized by a higher
effect,
8p. Qr. .921 ((il 80® F.
flaming point and by retardation, may
ThU lacquer, to quote a finisher, “Rows like a by the use of
Tarnish." It, therefore will rub down with a
perhaps bo augmented
minimum of labor, which leavee more lacquer on chlorhydrocarbons in heavy proportion:
th» vork. It is very touch and three lAonths of
tiposure facing south at 45® to the horisontal did Acetate of Cellulose 150 gr.
not damage it. Glyceryl Phthalato 100 gr.
Dichloride of Ethylene 600 ccm.
Cotton Solution Methylated Spirits 200 ccm.
Methyl Olycel 100 ccm.
Ods. Pts. I.bs
193 00 Wet Cotton
Material Wt.
28 09
% 100 ccm.
Acetate of Methylglycol
22 7.80 10193 Ethyl Acetate 28 57
40 7.22 832 12 Toluol 48.34
1 1.
087.04 100.00
Yiild 90 Qallons or Solution Addition of Pigments
WiioBT, 7 03 Lis. nil Qal.
The addition of pigments, oxide of
This solution contains 1 M Ibe. of dry cotton in
further decreases
•Mh gallon of solution (or 19.00% by wt.). The zinc for instance, still
LACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 235

inaammability. MetaUic salts applied Paints


to the cloth
as the first step would act Paints are surface coatings consisting
as retarding agents, but they are not essentially of pigments ground in ve-
used as the dope would adhere less hicles of drying oils and varnishes.
firmly to the cloth.
In this connection. The quantity and typo of pigments do-
It must bo
noted that the presence of a termiiio the color, hiding value and to
Don-saponifiablo substance, such as a large extent the body or censistoncy
petrol, in the cloth completely prevents of the muteriftl. They may al^ influ-
the adherence of dope. euco the drying time as well as ttrti life
The aeroplane wings are brushed of the paint.
with the acetate of celluloso
solution. The vehicle portion, both as to quan-
Pads or other machines are not much titv' and type, influences essentially the

used for the cloth, as the solution


is so life, gloss* flexibility and drying tirao

volatile. After drying a second and of the material. It consists of drying


even a third coat is given. oils, gums, varnishes, dryers and vola-

The dry dope should stick tightly on tile matter.


the tissue, like the skin of a
drum, and Dryers are metallic soaps of fatty
should resist changes of
temperature, acids, suchas (’o, Pb, and Mn, com-
wet weather and sunlight. It is
recoin- pounds of Iinoleic and nbietie acids.
riKMidable to protect it by means
of a Known as liiioleatos and resinates.
varnish, generally with a base of
nitro- These are the important metals used
cellulose, to which pigments
arc added for dryers. More recently, other or-
of
to decrease very considerably its
in- ganic ucnls have been used in place
nnplithr'iiie
llammability. This protecting varnish the fatty acids, particularly
acid. The nuphthenates nrc quite com-
can bo prepared as follows:
moniv useti at present.
Viscous Solution of Nitro-
Vo’intiles,such as turpentine, solvent
celluloso
naphtha, varnoleno, benzine, etc., are
Castor Oil
used merelv to give fluidity in order to
Acetone !'
permit application by spraying, brush-
Amyl Acetate
^7 hgs. ing and dipping.
Methylated Spirits
Typical paint formulas follow:
For exterior use where suTfaces are
Airship Fabric Dope exposed to atino.^phoric conditions,
The rubberized fabric composing the
treated with
gas bags of airships is also 1. White House Paint
Pyroxylin dope as follows: 210 lb.
White Load
Amyl Acetate Zinc Oxide 00 lb.

Butyl Acetate Asbestine ^0 lb.


02® Gasoline Refined Linseed Oil 12 gal.
Denatured Alcohol
Grind and add
Castor Oil
^ Varnrdene 1
Pyroxylin
Linseed Oil 7 gal.
Liquid Dryer (containing
Air Plane Dope
r)% Mn and 5% Pb
the tensile
To harden and increase metal)
strength of fabric used
m con-
airplane
gal
Yield 27
struction:
Pyroxylin 2. Black
sal.
Solvent ^ I Ump Blari » JV-
The solvent consists of the following: Litharge o jo*

Whiling 52 b-
Ethyl Acetate 00
Amyl or Butyl Acetate 22% Asbestine lb.

2% 25 gal.
Denatured Alcohol Raw Linseed Oil
Benzol _ Grind and add

* Anti-fouling Composition Mixed Dryer (containing


about .5% each of Pb
Petrolatum ?
.
o and Mn and 1% Co) 3 gal.
Heavy Lubricating Oil Linseed H
Rosin 2%
Paraffin
Yield 53% gal
Salt *
236 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
3. Green Grind and add
Chrome Green 75 lb. Linseed Oil 5 gal.
Barytox 75 lb. Ket'tlebodied Linseed Oil 10 gal.
Silica 75 lb. Varnolene 1% gal.
Asbestine 75 lb.
Linseed Oil 22 gal. Load Manganese Dryer 114 gal.
Grind and add
Outside House Paints are also made
Dryefs Mixed 1% gal.
in paste form and sold as such. The
Varnolene gal.
user reduces them gallon to gallon with
iinseod Oil 11 gal.
linseed oil and adds about 1 pint of

47
Pb-Mn Dryer.
Yield 'A gal.

In grinding the pastos above add tho PASTE PAINTS


oils flrHt into tho mixer and whih* mix-
Zinc Oxide
ing follow with the p.gments. After
Zinc Oxide 415 lb.
tho grind, tho remaining vohieles are
Refined Linseed Oil 11 gal.
added.
Othor Colors: Yield 500 lb.
For light tints sneh as ivory, cream,
bnff, gray, light brown, light green, and
light blue, use the white house paint Rod Lead
formula and add small quantities of Rod Lead 465 lb.

colors in oil to the llnished product to Raw Linseed Oil 4% gal.

obtain the required shades. Tho colors


in oil moat generally used for ivory, Yield 500 lb.

cream, buff, gray, and light brown are


raw and burnt umbers, lamp black, White Lead
chrome yellows, ochera, and red oxides. Corroded White Lead 430 lb.
For light blue, use either prusaian
or ultramarine Wuo and lamp black,
Refined Linseed Oil 6^ gal.

chrome yellow and red oxide, depending Yield 500 lb.


upon shade required. These are the
moat usual combinations but others may Both the white ready mixed and
bo used. It depends entirely upon the paste paints are made also by combin-
shades required. ing White Lead, Zinc Oxide, Titanox
Bright rod or vermilion, use Formula and TiOo with inerts in various propor-
ns tho above black or green, substitut-
tions. Lithopone is sometimes included
ing Toluidine rod for the colored pig- and although claims are made for these
ments, leaving the rest of the formulas pigments whether used alone or in com-
bination, tho Pb Zn combination seem
the same. Because of the price, tolui-
dino is little used. I’ara Toner is gen- to give best durability for exterior pur-
erally substituted. poses. For hiding, Ti02 titanox and
lithopone are best in tho order named.

Bed Lend INTERIOR PAINTS


Rod Load 1,000 lb.
White Flat Wall Paint
Linseed Oil 10 gal.
Lithopone (high oil ab-
Grind and add sorption) 400 lb.

Linseed Oil 5 gal. Asbestine 100 lb.

Kettlebodicd Linseed Oil 10 gal. Refined Linseed Oil 7% gal.

Varnolene IV4 gal. 3 j^our Kettle Bodied


Lend, Manganese Dryer iy4 gal. Linseed Oil 2% gaL
f 60% Limed Rosin Soln.
Yield 41% gal. in Varnolene 2% gal.
Varnolene 5 gal.

Metal Protective Paint Grind and add


Zinc Dust Paint Varnolene 15 gal.
Pb-Mn Dryer gal.
Zinc Oxide 250 lb.
Zinc Dust 750 lb.
Yield 45 gal
Linseed Oil 10 gaL
VARNI8HE8, STAINS 237
Eggshell Rster fum wood oil T»rnl«h may ho aaod.
Proferably howevt*r Ubo a partial ph.*u<^-for-
Low Oil Lithopone 400 lb. inaldehyda eondenaalloa gum variety such aa
Asbestine 60 *lb. paranol or amborol,
Tint to required color with colon grontld
Whiting 60 lb.
in Varnish
50 Gal. Ester Wood Oil
Varnish 17% gal.
3 Hr. Kettle Body Lin-
Quick Drying Enamels
seed Oil 7% gal.
60% Limed Bosin Soln. 5 gal. Same as floor paints except tun only
Grind and add the phouol-formulilehydo type. Also
have it a little longer in oil, about 87.
Varnoleno 5 gal
Mixed Dryer 1% gal.
Enamel for Walls and Wood Work
Yield 51% gal.
Low Oil Lithopono lb.
Zinc Oxide Ilf) lb.
Gloss
3 Hr. Kettlebodied Lin-
Low Oil Lithopone 375 lb.
seed Oil 12 gal.
Zinc Oxide 125 lb.
Light Ester Wood Oil 5 gul.
Hoflned Linseed Oil 12% gal.
Grind and add
3 Hr. Kettle Bodied Oil 10 gal.
Light Ester Wood Oil 15 ^al*
Grind and add
.')()% Varnish
3 Hr. Kettle Bodied Oil 5 gal.
Dammar Holn. in Varnoleno 1 gal.
60% Pale Ester Gum Soln. 16V4 gal. Yurnolene 10 gal.
Mixed Dryer 1% gal.
Varnoleno 11 ’4 gal
Varnishes
Yield 70 gal
Varnish is a gum cooked in a dry-
Tint aa above under house Paints, ing oil and thinned with volatile eol-
before painting. vents. Dryers are added in the form of
metallic compounds during the heat-

Wall Scaler ing process or they are added as metal-


Silica 20 lb. he linoleates and resinates after the
10 lb. \arni.sh i.s made. (Other organic c^^m-
Asbestine
50 Gal. Ester Wood Oil pounds of these metals are also used
Varnish gal such as the naphthlnnatcs.)
3
The presence of Pb, Mn, end Oo in
Grind and add
solution accelerates the drying of var-
50 Gal. Ester Wood Oil nishes very materially. They act as oxy-
Varnish 7 gal gen earners, absorbing oxygen from the
Blown Linseed Oil 2 gal.
air and surrendering it to the oils,
Varnoleno 2 gal.
which combine with it to form a hard
Mixed Dryer % gal.
rubbery material.
Gums impart hardness to a varnish
Yield 16 gal film, and oils impart flexibility. The
used on walls for reducing porosity. 'Monger" a varnish the more flexible
it is. This length is measured by the
number of gallons of oil used per 100 lb.
Wall Wash for Neutralizing Free Lime
of gum, 50 gal., 25 gal., 10 gal., etc.,
on Fresh Plaster Walls
denoting the addition of the corre-
Zinc Sulphate 1 lb.
sponding gallons of, say, combined lin-
Water 1 gal.
ncod and china wooeP oils to 100 lb. of
Floor Paint gum.
. The most common gum used is ester
Lithopone 1.50 lb.
%um, th^ glyceryl compound of obietic
Zinc Oxide 50 lb.
* acid Or rosii. Itimed rosin is also use<l
28 Gal. Varnish 8 gal extensively but gives more discolora-
Grind and add tion and ie not as |W>utral as the ester.
No. 22 Gal. Varnish* 16 tal. Neutrality is important, particularly
Vamolene 3 gal when died in paint formulation when
MixedT Dryer % gal such baai^ pigments are used as White
Le^
m gal.“
and ZnO. An acid varnish may
re|ugio etegulatlon or "livering" oif
240 THE CHDMICAL FQRM]LJM1^
Interior Knamel 111 Hine^J Spitito 57%
Pigment 34% Lead-Cobalt-Mangaliese
Vehicle 66% Liquid Drier 3%
100% 100%,
Pigment t Limed Boain diaaolved in part of Min-
eral Spirits.
Lithopone 100%
Vehicle
Interior Gloss Paint I
Limed Rosin 20%
China Wood Oil
Pigment 60%
35%
Vehicle 40%
Linseed Oil 10%
Above cooked together and
reduced with
100%
Pi^iiint
Mineral Spirits 33% Lithopono 65%,
Cobalt Liquid Drier 2% Zinc Oxide 20%
Extenders * 15%
100%
100%
* Extenders for Interior glou palnta in-
^ Interior Flat Paint I
cludo whiting, barytea, china clay, aabeatine.
Pigment 65%
Venicle 35% V'ehiclo
Heat Bodied Linseed Oil 65%
100% Mineral .Spirits 32%
Pigment Lcnd-Cobnlt Liquid Drier 3%
Lithopono 85%
*
Extenders 15% 100 %
100</n
Interior Gloss Paint II
* Extendt^m for Interior flat palnta Includo
asbeatlne, talc, ailica, whiting, china clay, Pigment 55%
barytea. Vehicle 45%
Vehicle 100 %
Limed Rosin 8% Pigment
Linseed Oil 7% Lithopono 80%
China Wood Oil 25% I'Atendors 20%
The above cooked together
and reduced with 100 %
Vehicle
Mineral Spirits 58%
Lead-Cobn 1 Manganese
1 • Limed Rosin f 20%
Liquid Drier 2% (!hirm Wood Oil t 25%
Refined Linseed Oil 25%
100% Mineral .Spirits 27%
Cobalt Liquid Drier 3%
Interior Flat Paint 11
Pigment 65%
100 %
t Limed Rosin and China Wood Oil cooked
Vehicle ,
35% together and roducod with Mineral Spirits.

100%,
Interior Gloss Paint III
Pigment
Lithopone 80% figment 62%
Zinc Oxide 5%, Vehicle 48%
Extenders 15%
100 %
100% Pigment
Vehicle Lithopone d0%
Refined Linseed Oil 30% Asbei^ine ^
10%
Blown Linseed Oil 6%
Limed Rosin t #9^ 100 %
VARNISHES, STAINS

Vehicle ,
Zinc Oxide, Amer. Process 25%
Refined Linseed Oil 45% Extenders 15%
Blown Linseed Oil 10%
Limed Rosin t 7%
Mineral Spirits 36% Vehicle
Load-Cobalt Liquid Drier 3% Raw Liiihced Oil 80%
Kettle Bodied Linseed Oil 5%
1007o Mineral Spirits 11%
t Limed Rosin dissolved in part of Min- Leiid-Mangaiiose Liquid Drier 4%
eral Spirits.
100 %
Exterior House Paint I

Pijrment 67% Exterior House Paint IV


Vehicle 33%
Pigment 63%
100 % Vehicle 37%
Pigment
White Lead 70%
100 %
J’lglll'Mlt
Zinc Oxide 20%
(Amor. Process) Zinc Sulphide 25%
White Lend 15%,
Extenders* 10%,
Ziin* Oxide, 35% Leaded 40%
100%r
Silica 10%
Ahbestino 10%
* Krlenders for exterior paints iruhide
barytes, asbestine, silica
100 %
V ehiclc
Vehicle
Haw Linseed Oil 80%
Haw Linseed Oil ''0%
Kettle Bodied Linseed Oil 5%
Kettle Bodied Linseed Oil .')Cf
Turpentine 5%
Turpentine IP/o
.Mineral Spint.s 6%
Lead-Manganese Liquid Drier 1% Leu d • M n n gn n e so • C obal t
100 %,
Liqiiiil Drier 4 %
100 %>
Exterior House Paint IF
Pigment 64% Black Htoving Enuinels or Baking
Vehicle Japans
These arc applied by dipping, brush-
100 %, ing or spraying and are stovod at 100"
Pigment P. to 400" F. from 1 to 4 hours accord-

Lithopone *16%? ing to tho nature of the japan. Egg


4.)% shell gloss or flats are made by adding
Zinc Oxide, 35% Leaded
Extenders !•>% vegetable black in sufficient quantity
to give the desired result and thinned
100 % down with volatile thinner.
Vehicle
Ocneral Method of l^roccdure
Raw Lin.seed Oil 83%,
7% The japans are made by cooking lin-
Kettle Bodied Linseed Oil
•''% seed oil w^h litharge, rod lead and
Mineral Spirits
5% black oxide of mangaiiesa (or burnt
Load-Manganese Liquid Drier
Hinher) for about five hours at 450® F.
The dryers are gradually
^ 100 % to 47.5“ F.
^iken up and the oil oxidised to an
almost solid mass. This is known as
Exterior House Paint III lend oil. Stearine pitch, together with
Pigment a bone pitch, to increase blackness, arc
Vehicle 35% mlded to the hot nrnss and thoroughly
cooked for' two to three hours until
100 % they are all completely amalgamated.
Pigment It is then thinned down with kerosene
White Lead 40% and titf spirita, strained And tanked un-
Titanox B 20% til impunties have settled out. Komc-
242 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
times a half to one ounce of Prussian Formula B
blue to the gallon is added during heat- Asphaltum 100 lb.
ing. This increases opacity and in Boiled Linseed Oil 2 gal.
parts inerjjased hardtioss and drying to White Spirit 14 gal.
the oil. These japans are used for the
cycle and bedstead trade, also as in-
sulating varnish for impregnating ar- Brunswick Black A
mature and field coils of motors and Asphaltum 100 lb.
dynamos, also transformer and magnet Dark Rosin 80 lb.
coils. Litharge 2 lb.
Manganese Dioxide 1 lb.
Black Stoving Enamel White Spirit 18 gal.
Gilsonite Selects 100 lb.
Manjak 10 lb.
Linseed Oil 10 gal. Brunswick Black B
Burnt Umber 5 lb. Asphaltum 30 lb.
Kerosene 10 gal. Dark Rosin 100 lb.
Tar Spirits It) gal. Slaked Lime 4 lb.
Boiled Linseed Oil 3 gal.
Stove at 300® F. for four hour.s.
Litharge 2 lb.
Manganese Dioxide 1 lb.

Black Stoving Enamel


White Spirit 30 gal.

Stcarine Pitch 100 Ib. Brunswick Blacks are only for in-
Rosin 20 Ib. door use such as for coating iron work
Raw Linseed Oil 50 gal. and arc too brittle for outdoor use.
Flake Litharge 24 lb.
Manganese Dioxide 2 lb.
Berlin Black
niroaono
Tar Spirits ^Jal: Berlin Blacks are air drying enamels
Stove at 300* foi
which give a mat or eggshell finish.

Brun.swick Black 12 gal.


Vegetable Black 20 lb.
Black Varnish (Cycles) Turpentine G gal.
Prepared Pitch
Boiled Linseed Oil
^ . 37.5 parts
SESiNiNFlrts
^Petroleum 12.5 parts Wood Paints
White Spirit 18.5 parts No. 1 Paint. Weight per gallon 14.8 lb.

Stove at 180* C.
Pigment G2%
Lithopono 50%
Black Stoving Enamel Loaded Zinc Oxide 40%
34 parts
Silica 6%
Stearine Pitch
Asphaltum 11 parts
Asbestine 5%
Boiled Linseed Oil 22 parts
Vehicle 38%
Turpentine 13 parts
White Spirit 20 parts Raw Linseed Oil 80%
Kettle Bodied Oil 8%
Stove at 120® C. Naphtha 7%
Turp, Drier 5%
Air Drying Black Enamels and The above paint was reduced for
Varnishes primer by the addition of one quart of
Formula A raw linseed oil and one quart of turpen-
Asphaltum 100 lb. tine to one gallon of paint.
Boiled Linseed Oil 4 gal.
Bed Lead 2 lb.
Manganese Dioxide 1 lb. No. 2 Paint. Weight per gallon 11% lb.

White Spirit 20 gal. Pigment 44%


The White Spirit is added to the mix* Titanox B 70%
ture of the otlu)r materials. Titanium Dioxide 15%
Zino Oxide 15%
LACX>OERB, PAHTO, VARNISHBB, CTAINB 243

Vehicle 56% Drier 2.*l%


• Phenol Rosin Varniali 75% Solution 2.7%
Boiled Linseed Oil 12% * Phthalic anhydride varnigh percent-
Turpentine 0% ages by weight;
Xylol 3.4% Glycerol Phthuluto Linseed
Solution 2.0%
Acid He.sin 42.5%
Drier 1.0% Heavy Naphtha 90% \
Piue Oil 10% C7.5%
•The Phenol Rosin Varnish was /
made up (by weight) as follows: Peduetion of this paint for priming
Phenol Rosin 13.0% purpo.tes was efVeclod by the addition
Wood Oil 4.5.0% of one half gallon of raw linseed oil to
Heavy Naphtha 42.07o one gallon of paint.

This paint was reduced for priming


purposes by the addition of one-half Flat Lacquer Paste
gallon raw linseed oil and one-half pint (All by Weight)
of turpentine to one gallon of paint. Cotton— dry basis
Vi" R!4 4 07..

Aluminum »St<*;irntc 16 0/..

Dibutylplithalnte 1 OZ.
No. 3 Paint. Weight per gallon 11 Vi lb.
Klh\l Aleolinl, including
jib'((hol in cotton 10
Pigment 43% 07..

Titanox B 70%
I.’ili\l Acetate 13% OZ.
Butyl Acetate 3 OZ.
Titanium Dioxide 15%
Butvl .Mcohol 4 07..
Zinc Oxide 15% Toluol 13% oz.

Vehicle 57% Grind IS hours in a one-Mllon porcc-


•Phenol Ester Varni.sh 77% m mill with stone pTOblcs. TJua
Roib'd Linseed Oil 1 2% above gives proper si/e natch forl&liNL
Turpoutinc 5.4% u mi^. Tht j|Mili|houId bo ooe-half
Solution 2..5% full of onolj^c^ ^|||||f^ebb1os.
Drier 3.1%
• The Phenol E.stor Varnish consisted Clear Gloss jpequor
of: (By \^ght)
100% Phenol Formaldehyde Cottaft#-^^rv basin 7%%
By Weight PaleDewa x on Dam mu r
Type — Kesinoid 25% 1
solid basis 4H%
Ester Gum 71% 19.1%, Dibut vljthihnlato 8 %
Rosin 4%, 1
1 Blown Cn.stor Oil 1%%
Wood Oil 67% 1
Metlivl Alcohol 4 %
Bodied Linseed Oil 1

35.0%o F.thvi Alcohol, including that


(Body q Oil) 33% j
1 in cotton 7%%
Heavy Naphtha 37.1%c Butanol 0 %
Xylol 2.8%, Ethvl Acetate 8 %
Turpentine 6.0%o Butvl Acetate 18 %
Reduction of the No. 3 paint for prim- Toluol 40 %
ing purposes was accomplished by add-
ing one-half gallon raw linseed oil and EXTKRIOR WOOD PAINTS
one-half pint of xylol to one gallon of
paint. Formula No. 1 — T*riming Coat
(New Outside Wood)
No. 4 Paint. Weight per gallon 11^ lb.
Mtteria!» Soft Paito HaaTy Paate
Pigment 43%, WhitciMd 100 Ih 100 1b.
Pure Linaafd Oil 4 cal 4 csl-
Titanox B 70% Pura Tur[*«ntine 1 \ iral. 2 aal.
Titanium Dioxide 15% Pure Dner tl id. fl pt
Zinc Oxide 15% (latlona Paint
of 0 ral
Coverafs (700 aq. ft. par {a1 6,800 sq ft.
Vehicle 57% )

• Phthalic Anhydride Var- The addition of a very small amount


nish *83.5% of lampblack in -oil to this formula re-
Boiled Linseed Oil 11.4% sults in a more even and perfect appear-
244 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
ing job after the Hubsequent coaU have results. They And It Improves ths paint’s
been applied. brushing and flowing qualities.
t When boiled oil is used, reduca drier
It k important that tho
Oipecially to 14 pint.
priming coat bo mixed ami applied
properly. It is tho foundation for all Formula No. 4 —First Coat
succeeding coats of paint and unless it (Repainting Outside Wood)
HocuroH a firm and lasting anchorage
Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
the coats that follow will merely bo
White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb.
lying on tho surface and will cause Pure Linseed Oil 2 gal. ^ gal.
endless trouble'. Moro than ordinary Pure Turpentine 1\ gal. 2 gal.

care in the mixing and brushing on of Pure Drier fl Pt- tl pt.

tho priming coat will provide good in- Gallons of Paint 7 gal.
surance against future trouble. Coverage (800 sq. ft. tier gal.) 6,600 sq. ft

The painter may use his own judg-


This coat will hitle old surface
tho
ment in using a smaller quantity of oil
better if it is tinted to about tho color
for woods which are less absorbent such
of tho final coat. If a white job ih
as southern yellow pine, white spruce,
Alaska cedar and cypress.
wanted the addition of a very small
amount of lanipblack-in-oil to this
t When boiled oil is used, reduce drier to
Vi piut.
formula will result in a moro even and
perfect appearing job after tho final
Formula No. 2— Second Coat coat has been applied.
(Now Outside Wood)
Formula No. 5 — Second Coat
Materials Soft Paste Heavy Pute (Repainting Outside Wood)
White-lead 100 lb 100 lb.
Pure Linseed Oil K Kul- IV^ Ksl. Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
Pure Turpentine 1 Vi Rnl. 1 Vi gal. White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb
Pure Drier 1 pt ft pt. Pure LiiiKced Oil • 3 gul. * 3 gal.
Pure Turpentine — gsl, 1 qf
Oalloni of Paint 5% ksI. 6 rhI. Pure l>nor ft l>t- tl pt.
CuveraRe (800 sq.
ft, per Rol.) 4,S00 aq. ft. 4,800 sq. ft. (IniloiiH of Piuol 6 ’4 gal.
Coverage (800 sq. ft. jx'r gal.) 6,000 sq ft.
^Yhere light-colored paint is being
mixed, it is good practice to tint the Paint Ingredients in Tabular Form.
body coat approtimatcly the shade of the For convenience and ready reference,
fiiial coat as it will alTord bettor hiding tho previous formulas arc tabulated later,
power. following which will be found the same
formulas reduced to the basis of one
Formula No. 3— Third Coat gallon of paint.
(Now Outside Wood) t When boiled oil is used, raduie drier to
V4 pint,
Material* Soft Paste Heavy Paste sections whore dirt discoloration or
* III
White-lead 100 lb lOO lb mildew is prevalent, particularly on exposure.'!
Pure Linseed Oil * 2 ’4 rhI • 8 gal. not subjected to direct sunlight, better results
Pure Turpentine 1 qt. 1 qt will bo obtained by reducing the linseed oil
Pure Drier 1 pt. ft pt. content by one-half gallon and add^g one
pint of turpentine to this formula.
Oalloni of Paint .^Ti r» 1 6 Vi Ral
Coverage (800 oq. Painting Porch and Other Floors.
ft. per gal.) 4,700 sq.ft. .n.OOO eq ft. The same precautions must bo taken in
preparing to paint a floor as in tho
Repainting Outside Wood. Two coats — preparation of any other surface. If the
usually are enough on wood which has
old paint is rough and scaly or thick
boon painted before,%he old paint serv- and gummy, the floor should be cleaned
ing as a priming coat.
down to the wood by planing, burning
Before repainting, scrape otf nil loose and scraping or by the use of a liquid
and peeling paint and touch up the bare paint remover. If a remover containing
spots and defective places with paint
lyo or other strong alkali is used,, the
mixed according to Formula No. 4 and surface must bo brushed afterward with
then apply two coats as follows:
a coat of strong vinegar to neutralize
* In Rcctions whera dirt discoloration or all remaining traces of alkali and then
mildew U prevalent, particularly on expo- thoroughly washed with water.
sures not subjected to direct sunlight, better Make
results will be obtained by reducing the lin- sure that every part of the floor is Arm
seed oU content by one-naif gallon and in- and solid. After sandpapering anc
"
creasing the turpentine by one pint.
cleaning, the floor is ready for painting
Although turpentine has been specified in
Formulas 3, 8, 4 and 5 many painters Priming Poft Wood Floors. Tf th» —
using a flatting oil instead with eneilent floor is of white pine, poplar, hemloek
LACQUERS. PAINTS. VARNISHES, 8TAIN8 245

Pnr« Turpentine 2 gal 8V4


or other soft woo(3, use the following '4 gal.
Pure Ilnur ta pi V| pi.
formula for the first coat;
Painl
Formula No. 8 — Priming Coat (jHlIons of
Coverage (6 OO mi. ft. jH^r gal.) 4,800 aq. ft.

(Soft Wood Floors)


I'crmulu No. 9 — Third Coat
Uftteriils Soft Paste Heavy Paste (Wood Ffoors)
While-lead 100 lb 100 lb
Pure Linseed 011 3 3 gal. Malerlala Soft Paste Heavy Pasta
Pure Turpentine 2 \ gal. 3 gal. White lesd 100 lb. 100 lb.
Pure Lrier tl pt. tl pt Pure Liniioed Oil — "
Vi gal.
Pure Turpentine 1 gal. 1 gal.
(iallons of I’amt 0 (.nl
I’ure Drier V4 pt V4 pt.
Coverage (700 sq ft. i>ergal.) 6,800 sq ft.
Plwor \uitiish 1 gal. 1 fat

In applying use a bru'^h well filled <<hI (iuh


1 i.f I'nitit .'i'4 g«l. 5 Vi gal.

One ('overage ns 00 mi
with paint and brush out well.
ft. per gal) 4,200 sq. ft. 4,400 sq. ft.
niuso of sticky floor paint is flowing
the paint on so thick that it doe.s not For porch floors a varnish shoubl bo
dry thoroughly underneath, and then used that will witlislaiid outside expo*
hurrying too much with the other coats. Min*. Where diirk colored paint is used,
Aher the priming rout is «lrv, nil tliui tinting colors with turpentine to
loiuta, crack.s, nail-holi's and other de- paint cousi.steiicy before adiling to tho
tects should be filled with a goo(l white- paint
lend putty. The put tv shouM be firmlv 'I’wo things to keep in mind through-
pressed into the joints or hole^ nrid out till* work are: first, vigorous brush-
sinootbed over with a putty knife. ing to s|>read out each coat to the ut-
When the putty is entirely dry, mind- most; si'coml, allowing each coat at
l.aper. least four days to dry.

t When boiled oil is used, redu'e drier to Fiiderside of Forch Floors.— Porch
Vi pint. floors require j»rotecfion against moist*
are from the drinip space beneath tho
Priming TTard Wood Floors. — New This spare i.s frequently left

hard wood floors oak, majilc, ash. >el-
porch.
without sufficient ventilation. If tho
low pino or walnut are not often — soil is damp the fiorch floor cannot help
painted but, if they are to be painted
nbsorbing n great deal of moisture,
with white-lead, use the following first-
which is almost certain to cause blister*
coat formula:
Ing and peeling of paint. To prevent
Formula No. 7 —
Priming Coal trouble of this sort give the underside
of the floor, also the tongue and groove
(Hard Wood Floors)
edges of the hoards, a coat of paint
Mstcrlals Soft Paste Heavy Pant® mixed us follows:
Whifc-lond 100 Ih too lb
Pure Linseed 011 2 gal 2 g.d Formula No. 10
Pure Tnrijentine 214 P.il 3 P'>1
(Underside Porch Floors)
Pure Urier tl ft tl I’t

Materials Hof I Paste Heavy PtiU


Oallona of Paint c-l
per gal 5,000 Wiitelaad 100 Jb 100 Ib.
Covernge (700 sq. ft. ) aq. ft.
Pure l.insci‘d Oil .3(4 g*l> 4 gsl-
t When boiled oil is used, reduce drier to
Pure Turpentine 2 gel. 2 gsl.
pint. Pun« Drier 1 pt ft pt.

The priming coat the most impor- is OfiUons of I’aint 8% gal 0 gal.
tant. A
ftrst-claiw foundation aavea ma-'* CoveiBK*' (700 Kt|
ft {HT gel) 4,038 aq ft. 6,300 eq. ft.
terial and labor in repainting.
Body and Finishing Coats. lor the — V4
t When
pint
boiled oil is used, reduce drier to

body or second coat and the fini.shing


or third coat on new floors, whether the Colored Kxterior Paint. All formulaB —
wood is soft or hard, use the two for- given so fur in this book make white
mulas that follow. These same formu- paint. Where colored paint is wanted it
las should be followed in repainting can bo made simply by adding tinting
wood floors with two coats. colors of the proper shadh in the right
amounts. The tinting colors are known
Formula No. 8— Second Coat as “ eolor8*in-oil " and ejtn be bought
(Wood Floors) .in tubes or in cans wherever you buy

Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste your white-lead.


Wblte-Iead 100 Ib. lOO Ib.
While there is hardly a limit to the
Pure Linaewi Oil H r»l- % fsl- ntiinbar of tints and snades that may
246 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
produced by addiiif^ colors to white- change on exposure than those requir-
lead paint, gome colors have a tendency ing tinting materials of a more fugitive
to fade rather quickly on exposure to type. The latter colors are grouped as
sunlight and should bo avoided unless, ^'fairly permanent" and "not perma-
as is sometimes the case, this faded, nent."
weathered appearance is d<‘sired for f’ormulas for Exterior Colors. Tf you —
ipccial architectural reasons. Formulas are tinting a batch of paint which con-
for making a number of desirable colors tains more or less than 100 pounds of
are printed later. Any of these colors white-lead, simply increase or decrease
can be varied indefinitely by increasing the quantity of coloring material pro-
or decreasing the amount of tinting portionately.
materials specified.
Most of the color formulas given cull Permanent
for the use of two or more tinting mate- Fawn—No. 1001
rials but it should be remembered that 9 oz. Raw Umber
simpler colors may bo made with but one
coloring material. Lamp bhick, added in
Ruff — No. 1002
varying amounts to white lead paint,
9 oz. Raw Umber
produces a range of pleasing giays; 1% lb. Raw' Sienna
chrome yellow will produce creams, yel- Rose Buff— No. 100.1
lows and bulTs; chrome green will make 9 oz. Raw' Umlier
shades of green; and Venetian red pro 1% oz. Raw Sienna
vides a variety of pinks. IV^ lb. Raw Sienna
Since there is no standard of tono oi
Cafe-au-lait— No. 1004
tinting strength for colois in-oil of vari
9 oz. Raw Umber
ous manufacture, all formulas for pro
V/j 11). Raw Sienna
ducing colored paint must necessarily
13 oz. Burnt Sienna
be approximate. (Jhromo yellows and
2 oz. Lampblack
ochres, for example, are particularly
subject to variation in both strength Tan— No. 1005
and tone. 8 lb. Raw Sienna
The
tinting colors should be added to
the batch of paint before the final thin-
Dral) — No. 1006
8 lb. Raw Sienna
ning. Never pour in all at once the
4 lb. Raw Umber
entire quantity of color specified. Add
the color gradually and note its effect as C olden Brown — No.1007
it is being stirred into the paint. Stop 8 lb. Raw Sienna
when the right shade is reached oven if 7 oz. Venetian Red
you have used less than the formula calls Ivory — No. 1008
for. On the other hand, you will have 13 oz. French Ochre
to provide more color if the speedfied
amount fails to bring the batch to the —
Ash Gray No. 1013
Should you accidentally 2 oz. Lampblack
shade wanted.
mix too much color in the paint it will Lead Gray — No. 1016
Ihi necessary to add more white-lead, 8 oz. Lanijiblaok
properly thinned.
When a formula calls for large
Fairly Permanent
amounts of tinting color, it is necessary
to provide an extra quantity of thinners Colonial Yellow— No. 1009
to avoid changing the consistency of 13 oz. French Ochre
the paint, 'fliis extra color should be IVi lb. Medium Chrome Yellow
thinned before mixing in. Dump the Jadt^No. ion
color into a pad and bring it to paint
Hi lb. Medium Chrome Green
eonsisUmey by stirring in linseed oil and
turpentine (e^ual quantities of each). Putty— No. 1014
Permanence of Colors. — The colors 2 oz. Lampblack
which follow are grouped according to 3 oz. Medium Chrome Yellow
ijtlieir relative permanence. Of course, Silver Green— No. 1015
all colors are subject to some fading 2 oz. Lampblack
but those classified as “permanent^' 3 oz. Medium Chrome Yellow
are less likely to show noticeable 12 oz. Medium Chrome Green
LACQUERS, PAINTS. VARNISHES, gTAINS 247

Not Permanent Formula No. 11— Second Coat



Coiling Blue No. 1010 (Wood Shingles ns Siding)
2 oz. Chinese Blue
Materials Soft Past* IltMiTy Paata
Opal— No. 1012
Whita-lead 100 lb. 100 lb
1^ lb. Medium Chrome Green Pure Llnsaad Oil e«l. ‘i gal.
8 oz. Chinese Blue Puro 'l’urp«*ntiiid 1 gal. 1 gal.
Pur* Drier 1 pt 1 pi

Dark Colors. —These colors are used G.xIlona of Paint 5^ gal. 0 gal.
chiefly for sash and blinds and require Coverage (600 aq.
no white-lead. Each formula is com- ft. par gal ) 8,375 sq ft 8,600 iq. ft.

plete in itself, the tUinners being shown For the third coat use Formula No. 3.

with each color. Formulas Nos. 1 and 2


should bo used for the priming and sec-
Sluining Wood
Shingles and Bough
ond coats respectively, on new un- —
Siding. A sniull amount of tinting ma-
terial, sufliciont to stain tho 8hinglo.s or
painted wood and Formula No. 4 for
siding to tho desired color, should bo
the first coat on repaint jobs w'hen the
following colors are used as tho finish-
added to a mixture of tho following
oils:
ing coat. The addition of lampblack to
tho above formulas (on tho basis of 8 % Flatting Oil
ounces of lampblack to each 100 pounds % Pure Boiled Linseed Oil
of white-lead) will provide a .satisfac- In order to obtain the desired color
tory ground color. it is necessary only to add (ho proper
tinting coloraiu-oil to the above oil
Hed No. 1017— (Permanent) mixture. The color formulas which fol-
low give the amounts of colors-in-oil
No White-lead
required for eaeh gallon of the oil mix-
20 lb. Venetian Bed ture to produce some of tho more com-
10 lb. Indian Bed mon colors. These are but a few of tho
P/t gal. Pure Linseed Oil many colors obtainable.
1 pt. Pure Turpentine
1 pt. Pure Drier Or.ay
This will make about 2% gallons of 12»/j lb. White-load
paint which will cov(‘r apjiroxiinatcly Vj oz. Lampblack
2.200 square feet, one coat.
Deep B'mI Brown
Gri'en — No. 1018 — (Permanent) 3 lb. Dark Indian Bed
No White-lead
Bright Bed
10 lb. Chromium Oxide
4 lb. Venetian Bed
1 qt. Pure Linseed Oil
Vj pt. Pure Turpentine Green
% pt. Pure Drier
lb. rhromiurn Oxide
This will make about a gallon of or
paint which will cover approximately
800 square feet, one coat.
3 lb. Medium Chrome Green
Blue
Brow'n — No. 1019 — (Permanent) 4% lb, White-lead
No White-load V/i lb. Prussian Blue
10 lb, French Ochre 8 oz. Lampblack
3 lb. Venetian Bed NoU* — While rreosote oil aomeiiniM U uwd
% lb. Lampblack for Mtaiiiing thinglei and rough aiding it ia

qt. Pure Linseed Oil not iietMled to preduco a good, pcnatratlrig ntain
3
and is vory likrD to cause trouble if (he
1 pt. Pure Turpentine surface w painted in the future. Creosote
% pt. Pure Drier stains beneath a coat of paint are apt to
"bleed” through and cause discoloration and
This will make about 1% gallons of spoil an otherwise good Job.
paint which will cover approximately
1.200 square feet one coat. Helpful Hints In Mixing and Apply-

ing Paint. 1. Be sure to mix plenty of
Painting Wood Shingles on Side of paint, both fpr body and trim. It is,

House. Paint for wood shingles used better to have some left than to run
as siding should be prepared as follows: short, especially if you are using a col-
For priming coat use Formula No. 1. ored paint. There will be no waste, for
For the second coat use: the left-overs are useful for painting
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
2.
be smoothed down before tho new paint
edlar ataiw, ro«f vallcya or gutters and
applied. If the old paint was white-
various odd jobs where the color of the is

paint makes no material difference. lead and linseed oil only a light sand-
The body and trim color left-bvers may ing and dusting off will be needed. If
be used for such work an<l a little lamp- hard, brittle paint was used it may
black added to the batch to produce a be necessary to scrape the surface or
neutral shade. perhaps remove the old paint with a
,

Bo sure to put the tinting colors in gasoline or acetylene torch and scraper.
the paint before the final thinning. Do not paint over loose or scaling
The colors should first bo thinned to I
paint. Be sure to brush off all the
paint consistency and added to the mix dust and dirt that has collected on
after the white-lead has been broken up the drip-caps over windows and door.*<,
in the case of heavy paste white-lead, us well as on the window headers and
or before the final thinning if soft pa.ste sills. If not removed, the dust and dirt
white-lead is used. To put in the colors will mix with tho fresh paint and cause
in their paste form or in dry form is to streaking.
invite streaking when the paint Ls 11. Use plenty of “elbow grease."
brushed out. Brush the paint well into the pores of
3. Strain your paint before using it. tho wood and do not allow it merely to
Stretch a double thick nc.ss of cheese- (low from tho brush. It is doubly im-
cloth or a fine wire screen over a tub or portant to brush tho priming coat in
pail and pour your freshly mixed paint closely.
through it. This will remove small 12.For putty use only pure white-
lumps of color, skins and other foreign lead (either soft paste or heavy paste)
matter that may have fallen into the thickcnml to putty consistency with dry
mixing tub. Straining the paint also whiting. With this putty fill all nail-
adds to its spreading qualities. hole.s, cracks, kuot-holcs, dents and
4. Benzine and kerosene should never other defects in the surface. These
bo u.sod as a substitute for turpentine. places should be filled tightly after the
Mineral oil and other non-drying oils priming coat is dry. Putty containing
have no place in paint. Avoid them. petroleum and marble dust often mars
fi. Use only the best liquid drier, an otherwise good painting job by mak-
made by some well-known manufac- ing yellow nail-holes and cracks.
turer. 13. Preparation.s of cheap shellac,
6. Knots and sappy streaks in new rosin, etc., are likely to cause knots to
wood should bo shellacked, after tho show yellow.
priming coat is applied, with pure shel- 14. It is well to nii.x the paint 48
lac varnish, brushed out very thin. hours before being used but do not put
When the lurabor is extremely knotty, in the drier or all tho turpentine until
less oil and more turpentine nmy be just before application. Paint should
used than tho formula calls for, ns too not be allowed to stand for long periods
much oil on tho knots causes later coats unless it is kept in fully sealed, air-
to draw and check. tight containers; otherwise it will be-
7. Do no outside house-painting in ex- come fatty.
tremely cold, frosty or damp weather. 1.'). Two coats of paint, properly
Painting may be done in winter if care mixed and well brushed out, are always
is taken to choose periods when the better than one thick, hea\y coat.
temperature is favorablo (not lower Id.In the case of linseed oil substi-
than 50“ F.) and surfaces are dry. tutes is sometimes claimed that they
it
8. Moisture is paint's worst enemy. are “just ns good."
Wood in new buildings almost ahvays
contains a good deal of moisture. Let
the wood dry out thoroughly before Interior Wall Paints
painting. Never put more than the —
Preparing the Surface. It is always
priming coat on tho outside of a house advisable to allow plaster at least six
until the plaster inside is thoroughly months to dry and aekson thoroughly
“bone dry." Oil and water will not before attempting to paint it. Fresh
mix and paint applied over a damp plaster contains free alkali which has
surface may eventually peel. a tendency to keep paint from drying
9. Be equally careful when repaint- properly and to cause colors to bleach
ing. Wait for dry weather and examine out.
the surface carefully for moisture be- A good many people do not care to let
fore painting. their walls go unpainted for six months.
10. The surface to be painted should In such cases, painters oftentimes arts-
LA0QUBR8, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 249

cially “age*' the new plaster by treat* should bo remembered that textlu^ea
ig the surface with a solution made by cannot be hidden completely with paint
issolviog two pounds of zinc sulphate and if the texture is displeasing, the
1 one gallon of water. After this solu- paper should be removed.
lon is applied, sufficient time is allowed If there is more than one layer of
or the plaster to dry before priming.* paper ou the wall, or if the paper is ex-
In th« esM of the priminf cost, flerure
* tremely loohc or if there is considerable
00 square feet per gallon. Also for the plastering to be done, it would be better
»eond and third coats, if turpentine U to to remove ell the paper using a broad
e nsod.
knife or similar tool after saturating
Before applying any paint, be sure the paper with warm water. The plas-
hat the plaster or old paint is clean ter should then be washed to remove
ind smooth. Go over the wall very all traces of paste.
ightly with fine sandpaper or a wide
lutty knife to remove grit and any
0080 plaster or paint, taking care not to
Formula No. I'J — Priming Coat
(Interior Plaster)
cratch the surface.
Fill all cracks and holes with patch* Material# Soft Paste Heavy Paata
ng piaster. The proper filling of cracks White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb.
8 essential to a good-appearing and Pure ItoiU'd Lin-
lernmnent paint job on plaster. The Boed on 3 gai 8 gal.
Floor Varnish 2 gul 2 gal
tlaster, to bo filled properly, should be
Pure Turjivnllno 1’4 gul. 1'^ gal.
irst cut out in the shape of nn inverted
or triangle.
V’ Gallon# of Paint 0*4 gal.
Coverage ( 600 wi ft. i>er gal 5,700 aq, ft
The edges
of the opened crack should )

be soaked with water to aid the patch-


ing plaster in forming a bond with (he
I'ormula No, 1.'5 — Hecond Coat
old wall. (Interior IMaster)

Materialx Pante H«»avy Paste


Interior Wood Painting Whitelrad 100 lb 100 lb.
All loose dust and be re-
dirt should Pure TurpeiUlno 1 *4 gal. 1 % gal
moved before painting. If the surface Floor Varnith \ gul. ^ gel

is excessively dirty or covered with


Pure Drier H pi. H pt

grease, it should bo washed. This is Gallon# of Paint r>'4 gnl.

especially true of kitchen, bathroom and Coverago (700 sq. ft per gal ) 3,675 aq. ft.

laundry walls and ceilings.


Formula No, 14— Third Coat, Flat
Walls that ha\e been c.alcimined
should be washed off with sponge and
Finish
warm water before applying the prim- (Interior Plaster)
ing coat.
Material# Soft PapiU' Heavy Paste
It is frequently possible to paint suc-
White-lead 100 Ih 100 lb.
cessfully over wallpaper provided there Pure Tiirjienline 1 ^ gal 2 gal
is but one layer on the wall and (hat Floor Vnrniah 1 pt I pi
layer in fairly good condition. All sec- Puro Drier ’4 pt ^ pt

tions of loose paper should be torn away Gallon# of Paint 5 gal


and if there are aqy cracks underneath, Coverage (800 #<1 ft. per gal.) 4,000 aq. ft.
they should be repaired with patching
plaster and the scams rubbed with No. Formula No. 1.^)— Third Coat,
0 sandpaper. Painting is then done as Eggshell Finish
if on bare plaster. (Interior Plaster)
Some wallpapers contain bleeding
colors. When any light paint is applied Material# 8^>ft Pa#te Heary Faita
over them the oil in the paint dissolves WTiltelrnd 100 lb 100 Ib.

the color and discoloration results.


I*ure Turpentine % gal. 1 gal
Floor VarniKh 1*4 gal, 1*4 gal.
This can be stopped usually, by the ap- Pure Drur 'A pt. Vi pt.
plication of two thin coats of shellac
Gallons of Paint 5*4 gal.
over the priming coat. If this difficulty
Coverage ( 700 aq. ft. par gaL) 8,675 aq. ft.
is anticipated it would be well to teat a

little light paint on the dark colors and Enamel Finish. —When
a prepared
if bleeding results it would probably be enamel is to ba used as the finishing
easier to remove the paper than to ap- coat, the priming and second coats
ply the two coats of shellac. should be mixed according to formulas
If the paper is tettured in a pleasing Ne. 12 and No. 13. Then follow with
manner it need not be remored but it enough eoats of formula No. 13 to make
250 the chemical formulary

will not only completely Silver Gray—No. 1026


a eJound which Lampblack
hide the surface but will
be flat and 1 oz.

uniform. The finish of prepared


over this
enamel
ground.
Light Blue — No. 1027
may then bo applied 1 oz. Lampblack
Colored Interior Paint.—The preced- 7 oz. Chinese Blue
ing formulas covering the painting of
interior plaster surfaces produce white Canary — No. 1028
paint. U
colored paint is desired, the 8 oz. Medium Chrome Yellow
white paint can bo readily tinted by the
addition of proper tinting colors before
Pi.stachio — No. 1029
8 oz. Medium Chrome Yellow
all the thinners are added, as explained
under “Tinting." 8co also the section 1^2 oz. Medium Chrome Green
in “Colored Exterior Paint" which
gives some valuable pointers on the
Stippling. —
This is one of the most
useful methods a painter can employ to
selection and uso of colors-in-oil.
give unusual beauty to an interior wall
Porniulas for Interior Colors. The — job. A stippled effect is produced
following formulas are based on the use .simply by striking the wet surface, be-
of 100 pounds of white-lead. For
fore the paint has sot, with a special
smaller or larger amounts of white-lead
typo of bru.sh known a.s a wall stippling
simply decrease or increase the quantity
brush. The ends of the bristles “piek.
of coloring material accordingly.
up" the paint resulting in a uniform
pebbly surface that eliminates all po.s-
of brushmarks or
Formula No. 10 — Third Coat,
sibilities
blemishes of any kind.
surface

Oil Olo.ss Finish


Since a paint coat to bo stippled can
(Interior Plaster) bo applied with less attention to even
Noto. —Tho followinjr formul* should ho brushing, this method adds practically
usnd only as a hnso for dark <olors, ns liirht nothing to the labor time required for
rulurod paint containiuK considorablo raw
luisoed oil \m 1I yellow badly when n.sed on tho job. At the same time it adds
Interiors. Whore a liuht-eolored gloss finish greatly to tho finished effect.
is required, follow Formula No i7.
One hundred pounds of heavy paste
(a) Materials Amounts white-lead thinned with 2 gallons of
Heavy Paste While-lead 100 lb flatting oil (or turpentine) makes a
Pure lunseed Oil 3 gal. paint suitable for stippling. If a heav-
Flatting Oil ’4 gal
ier stipple is de.sirod tho quantity of
Pure Drier 1 pt.
flatting oil may bo reduced accordingly.
Gallons of Paint
Coverage (800 sq. ft. per gal )
O'i
6,000 sq
gsl.
ft.
Special Wall Finishes. —
Many people
prefer walls decorated in one color and
or without doubt in many cases good taste
(b) Materials Amounts dictates this treatment. Others prefer
Heavy Paste White-lead 100 lb. blended, mottled or figured wall effects
Pure liinsw^d Oil 3 gal.
and these are frequently suitable. Some
Pure Turp<mtino V* g»l.
Pure Drier 1 pt- owners think they must give up the
sanitary and other advantages of paint
Gallons of Paint fi'i gal
6,000 sq
when anything but a plain unfigured
Coverage (800 sq. ft. per gal.) ft.
finish is desired. This is a great mis-
Warm — No. 1020
Gray take. Quite a number of very beautiful
9 Raw Umber
oz. and highly decorative blended, mottled
Lemon Ivory— No. 1021 and figured wall effects are obtainable
2 02, Medium Chrome Yellow with paint made of white-load and flat-
ting oil. Moreover, with these effects
Shell Pink— No. 1022
are still retained case of cleaning, sani-
2 oz. Medium Chrome Yellow
tary qualities and rich texture.
4 oz. Venetian Red
Plain walls are desirable where sim-
Rose Gray— No. 1023 plicity is indicated, where care must be
2 oz. Medium Chrome Yellow taken not to detract from pictures or
4 oz. Venetian Red in large formal rooms where a certain
1 oz. Lampblack severity is required. Bat there are
Buff— No. 1024 many cases where the use of special
3^ lb. French Ochre finishes is not only in excellent taste
Peach— No. 1025 but preferable. To meet this demand,
3H lb. French Ochre there are described below and on the
2 oe. Venetian Red following pages some of the blended,
LACXjUERS. PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 251

mottled and figured wall effects obtain- reverse way a light finish may be em*
able with paint. ployed over a dark ground.

Crumpled Roll Finish. To produce It must, however, be kept in mind
this finish, select two harmonious colors that as only about one-third of the
differing enough in tone to offer a ground coat shows through, the finish*
pleasing contrast. ing coat is the one which doterinines
The ground or second coat, using the the dominant color of the decorative
second coat formula, should be tinted effect.

to match one of the colors selected and In new work the second coat should
should be applied in the regular way be tinted to the dp.sired ground color,
and allowed to dry. Then the finishing while the third coat should bo colored
coat is brushed on, a workable section in a sullicuMitly different manner to
at a time, and “rolled" as described show a proper degree of contrast when
below while still wet. Prepare the fin- removed by rolling in Iho manner pro*
ishing coat according to the third coat viously described. t)n repaint work,
fiat finish formula and tint it to match however, the .side wall color already in
the second color chosen. place, if 111 good condition and free of
The “rolling" or mottling is «lonc grease and <hrt, may bo employed as the
with a double sheet of newspaper or ground, and in such an instance the
other absorbent paper crumpled tightly single lini.shing coat to be applied over
It should be tinted with proper refer-
into an elongated wad seven to eight
inches in length. Newly printed news- ence to the ground so that the desired
papers should not be used because the degree of differenco will be appiireut.
printing ink may come off the paper Kxperiment with this finish will show
and spoil the appearance of the wall. that the si/e of the figure is determined
by the closeness with wdiich the paper
Starting at the top left-hand corner
selected for use is erumpletl. I’apor
of the freshly painted surface and roll-
crumpled loosely will produce a more or
ing diagonally downward, turn the roll
less widely spaced effect, while closely
of crumpled paper over and over with
crumpleil paper will produce an exception*
the fingers, pressing it firmly against
ally uniform treatment.
the wall to keep it from slipping.
Where a thr<*i*-tone finish is desired,
Continue the rolling to the bottom of
another coat of flat paint, tinfeil to a
the wall ami repeat for the next strip,
third color, should be upjilied over the
permitting the end of the roll of paper
two-tone effect and then rolled as pro*
to pust overlap the edge of the previous
viously ilescribed.
strip.
The crumpleil roll finish should not
New rolls should bo substituted when be attempted on rough-finished sur-
the paper becomes so saturated with faces since the high points of the plaster
paint as to leave an indistinct impres- w'lll prevent the paper from reaching
sion.
the paint in the depressed portions, thus
After a wall has been rolled it should leaving an indistinct pattern.
be examined. All blank or missed
spaces should be patted with the crum-

8 teneil Finish. Whether a ^decora-
tive note of color is required over an
pled paper, and all blurs touched up and entire side wall or sim[dy in small spots
rerollod while they are still wet. here and there in the panels, thi‘ stencil
Care should be taken to apply no offers a ready means of supplying it.
larger section of the fini.shing coat than It is also invaluable us a quick method
can be conveniently rolled before it sets of securing a frieze or panel border
up. where moldings arc missing.
The principal problem involved in a Although a steneil can bo applied
treatment of, this type lies in the selec- with ease, there are two points which
tion of the two colors to be used. Such should not be overlooked in connection
colors as ivory for a ground and tan for with its application. First, care should
a finishing coat combine nicely, as do be taken to avoid the use of a too thin
salmon pink and pale smoke gray, and paint as a stencil color. The paint
buff and light gray. should bo of paste consistency, thinned
If considerable difference exists be- slightly with flatting oil, and should be
tween the colors selected for use, an applied with a brush carrying very little
effect may be expected that is sharper paint. Second, care should be taken
and more clearly defined than in the actually to compare the stencil color
case of two colors which are more or directly against the ground over which
less similar. Just as a dark finish may it is to be applied, since those colors in
be employed over a light gT9and, in the the immediate vicinity of the stencil
3^2 THE CHEAflCAL FOKMULARY
will inflncnco and seem to chango its tho top of the wall in small spots, con-
color characteristic. siderably removed from one another.

Tiffany Finish. This finish, which Farther down the wall, tho spots should
was originated by the famous Tiffany be made larger and, as the baseboard
Btudios of New York City, is sometimes is approached, should be more closely

called a blended or glazed finish. To spaced.


prepare a surface for the tiffany finish As explained under ‘ ‘ Tiffany Hnish, ’

^it should first bo brought up to the the colors should be blendea into ono
ground color selected by adding the re- another with a ball of cheesecloth with
quired amount of tinting materials to a faint suggestion of wiped high lights,
Formula No. 14. This coat should be through which the ground color is
allowed to dry thoroughly. Over this barely visible.
should bo brushed a coat of straight Tho work should then bo finished by
flatting oil, taking care to cover no tamping with a ball of clean cheesecloth
larger area than can bo conveniently starting at tho top of the wall.

worked about twenty-five square feet. Tho plain shaded effect, which is pro-
While the flatting oil is still wet, the duced by using but ono glazing color,
glazing colors should bo applied here IS rendered in thfe same way except that
and there. Homo of the colors-in-oil tho color gradation should bo as even
used for tinting paint are better as possible with no attempt made to sug-
adapted to glazing work than others. gest high lights by wiping through to
Raw and burnt sienna, raw and burnt tho ground color beneath. Tho ground
umber, rose lake, cobalt and Chinese .should bo permitted to show only at the
blues and lampblack arc most fre- top of tho wall.
quently used as glazing colors. Tho J’aint Blend. —
This finish employs the
last two mentioned should bo used very same blemling principle as the tiffany,
sparingly since they exhibit a tendency except that tinted fiat paint is used
to “strike in” and unless care is taken in.stead of flatting oil and colors.
a spotty ofToct may result. While the ground, prepared just as
Tho colors should bo blended one into for the tiffany by using Formula 14,
another with a wad of cheesecloth, us- tinted to the desired color, is still wet,
ing either a circular or a figure 8 mo- the blending is done with paint mixed
tion. High lights shoubl then be wiped to the same formula (No. 14). The
out hero and there to permit the ground nece.ssnry quantity of paint for tho
color to show through and the work blending is divided into two or more
finished by tamping with a ball of batehes and these parts tinted to dif-
cheesecloth. ferent but harmonizing colors. These
Tho method as outlined above applies colors, In well-assorted groups, are
of course to smooth finish plaster, but spotted over the wet ground and then,
equally interesting effects on this same before tho paint has set up, smoothly
order may bo obtained on rough finish blended into each other by tamping
plaster, provided tho
,
glaring colors with a stippling bni.sh. Tho effect pro-
when applied are blendetl into ono an- duced i.s very similar to tho tiffany.
other by tamping with a stippling The principal advantage of this finish
brush. IS the f.act that tho painting and tho

Shaded Tiffany Finish.—Tho shaded Idending enn be accomplished at the one


tiffany differs from tho regular tilTanv time instead of, as in the tiffany, hav-
in that the coloring, instead of being ing to wait until tho ground coat is
the same all over, gradually gets darker dry before doing the blending.
down the wall, being very light at tho —
Polychrome Finish. Tho polychrome
ceiling lino. This interesting dccorn- or miilli-colored finish is intere.sting for
tive effect is often employed as a treat- use where spots of color Me required to
ment for eleoves, side wall panels or for accentuate certain moldings composed
,

vaulted ceilings to gi^e the appearance of individual units such as the egg and
of increased height. dart, bead, floral motifs, etc., that may
An appropriate flat ground color, pre- bo present in tho interior. It is, as a
pared according to tho third coat flat general rule, mos^ satisfactory for use
finish formula is selected, applied and ns nn added touch of decoration where
allowed to dry. Next a coat of straight a plain one-tone treatment has been em-
flatting oil is brushed on to cover as ployed on side wall and ceiling.
much of tho surface as can be easily This finish is best obtainiJd by apply-
worked at one time. ing to the various units composing the
While tho flatting oil is still wet, tho molding several different colors which
glazing colors should bo applied near have been extended into tints by the
U\CQUER8, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS te
addition of white-lead. These tints harmonize with the remainder of tbe
should be quite light and nearly equal glazing color used on the aide wall.
in value. Tinting parts of the molding Another interesting treatment is se-
in certain of these light colors oilers a cured by wiping clean the areas appea^
isrticularly effective treatment for ing through the stencil openings and
farge rooms, since it lends a colorful then applying, in the regular atoncil
touch to an interior that might other- manner, some of iho clear glazing colors
wise appear cold and uninteresting. used in originally spotting the wall for
Should the effect appear too bright (he glazed effect. This will naturally
it can bo toned down, when the paint produce a stencil in complete harmony
is dry, by the application of a thin glaze with Iho romuindcr of the side wall
coat as described below, under “An- since the same colors arc used.
tioue Finish.'^ The wiped stencil is, of course, appro-
Wo-Tono Glaze or Antique Finish. priate for use only on plaster having a
This method of finishing the plum one- smooth finish. Obvious difficulties
tone wall, or some more elaborate deco- would bo encountered in endeavoring to
rative treatment, is indispensable where wipe clear the surface of a rough*
the colors u.sed need to be softened finished ground.
and a rich depth of tone added to the Striping. — Where a simple method of
work. treatment is required to lend a distinc-
The effect is obtained by first prepar- tive air to an interior which has been
ing a thin semi truusjiarent glaze com- painted in a plain one tone effect, strip-
posed of flatting oil to which tinting ing may be used with good results.
material has been added to jiroduce the Striping is simjdy a narrow banding
depth of tone required. Apply this lino of some harmonizing color of
glaze over the dry finishing coat and greater strength than that applied on
then, while the glaze is still wet, wipe tho side wall.
lightly over it with a ball of clean For general use this line should per-
cheesecloth. This operation will remove haps bo three-quarters of an inch iu
a certain amount of the glaze, permit- width outlining all window frames, door
ting enough to remain on the surface to frames, and running parallel with any
give an antique effect. other interior trim.

"Wiped Stencil Finish. A coat of The striping line should be applied
straight flatting oil is applied over a direct to the side wall a few inches out
dry, flat, one-tono ground coat prepared from the wood trim, tho distance de-
according to Formula No. 14, and tinted pending largely on the width of the
to the desired color. On this wet sur- stripe which is, in turn, diderminod by
face the glazing colors are spotted un- the size of the room. Tho usual dis-
evenly. The colors arc then blended tance is about three to four inches for a
one into another until a tiffany finish is three-quarter inch stripe.
produced. Striping is also employed where imi-
While the tiffany is still wet the .sten- tation stone effects are requ^cd as a
cil selected for use should bo placed method of marking (heir outline.
firmly against the surface and the glaze I’anel Effects with I’aint. —
Large in-
appearing through the openings of the terior surfaces are sometimes found
stencil should be removed by wiping that would appear far more interesting
with a ball of cheesecloth. This allows if paneled than if left in large un-
the ground color to show through. broken areas.
The case with which an error can be Striping or stenciling with paint to
corrected by simply glq/dng over the proilucc panels offers n simple solution
spot and rewiping through the stencil of the problem. In laying off the side
cun be seen. wall in panels, considerable discretion
There aro*many interesting possibil- should be exercised in order that tho
ities with this finish. When the stencil panels may be interesting in shape. As
is placed against the wall, the glaze a general rule, panels should bo taller
may be wiped out clean to show a clear- than they are wide in, order to lend an
cut pattern or it mj^y be wiped lightly atmosphere of beighf to the interior.
to show a faint and somewhat indistinct When panels have boon outlined and
outline. In the latter case, care should tho decorative panel treatment carried
be taken to wipe clean the edge of the out, a solid striping line of color or a
area appearing through the stencil stencil border should be applied to
openings. This operation permits a frame properly each panel. The width
small amount of the glazing color to of the Dordcr is dependent on tho panel
remain in the center of each figure, to size.
254 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY

Spongo Mottle Finish. In the sponge textured with a brush, whiskbroom,
mottle finish the colors chosen for the sponge or any other means.
ground and mottling coats should differ A plhstic paint prepared as described
su/Bciontly to show the de.sircd degree may do tinted while it is being mixed,
of contrast in the finished effect. or may have colors-in-oil worked into it
A flat ground, properly tinted, should while it is still wet on the wall. Such
first bo applied and allowed to dry. a paint sets up overnight and can ea.sily
Prepare this ground according to For- bo glazed to lend additional color to the
mula, No. 11; use this formula also for surface if such a procedure is desired.
the mottling coat. White-load and oil plastic paint may
Now cut a coarse fibre sponge in half bo applied to any surface that is in con-
in order to make a flat surface, soaking dition to receive paint —
plaster, wall
one of the halves in water to soften board, fabric w'all coverings, brick, con-
the fibres and then wringing it out care- crete, w'ood and glass. In tho case of
fully. fabric wall coverings, all loose or slack
To do the mottling, lightly prc.ss the fabric .should bo pasted or nailed in
flat sideof the sponge into some of the place with nails driven through tin
mottling coat paint, previously .spread disks. One coat plastic paint, which
on a board, and then tamp the wall with is sufficient for all ordinary texturing,

it hero and there. Go over the entire will completely hide small defects and
surface in this way, making no attempt nail heads.
to follow a set pattern. Much of the When tho plastic paint is to be ap-
charm of tho sponge motile finish la plied to now plaster walls, it is recom-
lost if tho sponge . mai kings are iricndod that the walls first receive a
placed in straight linos and at fixed in- priming coat of wall primer. If the
tervals. walls have been previously painted with
More than one mottling color may, of an oil paint, and are in satisfactory con-
course, employed.
be (lao a separate dition for repainting, the plastic finish
sponge for each color. may be applied direct.
A beautiful and changeable effect Use an ordinary four-inch wall brush
may bo secured by using an egg.shcll ami coat only a workable section at a
gloss (third coat, eggshell finish), over tune. If too largo an area is covered
a flat ground coat. Ity tinting both the before the texturing is begun, the paint
ground and the mottling coats to the mav bo difficult to manipulate.
same color an c(Tc<-t of tracery may be Plastic Textures. —
Paint prepared ac-
obtained due to changes in the angle cording to Formula No. 18 may, when
of reflected light. applied, be textured to produce interest-

Combination F.ffeets. All tho .s])Ocial ing and highly decorative effects.
wall finishes described on tho foregoing For a wall effect of modified texture,
pages are subjoet to interesting varia- apply n coat of paint mixed as follows:
tions and many may be used with e.\-
collont results in combinations one with Formula No. IS — Plastic Paint
another. A little cxperiineuting will
'

disclose innumerable possibilities. For Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste


White lend too lb, 100
example, tho two-tone eruinpled roll fin- It).

Dry W'hilinjT 44 22
ish serves as an excellent background
over which to apply a sponge mottle or
FlnltiiiK
Pure Drier
Oil l-\
%
lb.
gal.
I)t.
mM lb.
xal.
pt
stencil, giv ing an elaborato and highly
Gallons of Paint 7 Vi Rsk 5 Vi gal.
decorative treatment. Coverage (160 sq.
White-Load and Oil Plastic Paint. ft per gal.) 1,160 sq.ft 840 sq. ft
The trend is away from oxco.ssively
rough surfaces ns wall finishes, but If soft pa.ste white-lead is used, thin
modified or low-roHof textures are gain- the whiting with the flatting oil and mix
ing in popularity. This latter typo of thoroughly with tho white-lead, adding
textural effect can bo produced readily the drier and such tinting colors as may
with a white-load and oil plastic paint. bo required.
Such a paint is made with nmtcrials If heavy paste white-lead is used, add
that the painter always has in his shop, half tho flatting oil to the white-lead
is relatively low in cost and gives a and use the remainder to thin tho whit-
durable finish that can bo kept clonn by ing. Then mix tho two batches to-
washing. gether thoroughly, addinft the drier.
The resulting paint, although heavy, Tinting colors may also be put in if
will brush out with comparative ease, desired.
after which it may bo manipulated or A gallon of ^bite-lead and oil plastic
LACQUERS. PAINTS. VARNISHES, STAINS 255

paint will cover from 100 to 220 square turo this with a whisk-broom in the
the difference in spreading rate manner described and, when dry, glaxe
depending upon the thickness of film re- it with colors thinned with fluting oil.

quired to produce the desired texture. Weave Modorne, — This effect is pro-
The maximum coverage of 220 square duced simply by drawing a whisk-broom
feet to a gallon represents a spreading through the plastic paint at various
rate beyond which the plastic paint angles. The broom sweeps should bo
would be too thin for producing even fairly long and overlap so as to form
the most modified relief effect. The an interesting series of interlacing di-
minimum coverage of 100 square feet agonal lines. Particularly effective re-
to the gallon Tcprcscuts a spreading rate sults may be had with this effect by
which, if further reduced, will not gi\e glazing with gold, silver, bronze or
overnight drying, due to the heaviness some other mot a color. I

of the texture. An average coxerage —


Water Wave. Pogitining at the top
of 100 square feet per gallon should ho of the wall, diaw a wliisk-brooiii or
estimated in figuring costs on plastic I'.'unt bru.-li slowly downward, nt the

lead paint. , same lime moxiiig it from left to right


Basket Weave.— Drag the wide edge to produce a senes of waxy lines.
of a whisk broom down over the paint —
Vein Ridief. To produce this effect,
about six inches, until a square is simjdy slriki* the wet plastic, paint
formed. Then place the broom imme- shaiply nil oxer with the fiat sidi' of a
diately below, and at the left edge of four-inch wall brush.
the square, and draw it horizontally —
Swirl Overlay. There are two ways
across the wall until the right etlge of of forming this interesting figure. One
the motif above is reached. Kepent IS to place the flat side of a coarse fibre

the first procos.s below the horizontal sponge nguiuht tin' plastic paint, pulling

markings. When this pattern is laid the spoiigi' sharply away after a quarter
over an entire wall the effect resembles twist of tin' wrist. The sofoiid method
a basket weavi? and makes an interest- is to use, in place of the sponge, a flat

ing modern design for small rooms or block of wood about six inchi's square
for the tea room, shoji or studio. and an inch thick. With either tool

Fan Swirl. Starting at the top of the the markings should bo made so that
wall, place a whisk broom against the the swirls overlap.
wet plastic paint and give the wrist —
Gothic 8cro!l. A serving spoon is
slightly more than a half turn to the the tool nsed in producing this pattern.
right to produce a circular effect. Re- The bowl of the spoon is pressed against
peat the process, making another simi- the wet plastic and moved spiral-
lar figure at the right of the first one. fashion. The outer sweep of the spiral
The whisk broom is held in horizontal .should be six or eight inches in diam-
position. The bristles at the right act eter, the spiral becoming smaller ns it
a.s the axis upon which the broom is approaches the central point from
turned. After several of these fan- which the spoon is lifted. A second
shaped swirls have been executed, a spiral, overlapping the first, is then
scpond series should bo worked below added and the process continued to
the first and just close enough to enable form an all-over treatment.
the sweep of the whisk broom to carry Waving Rccd.— First drag a graining
the pattern up over the lower part of comb horizontally across the plastic
the first line. paint. Then, using the rounded end of
The Fan Swirl texture is particularly the handle of a paint brush or putty
striking if a glaze is added to accentu- knife, make upward curving lines a foot
ate the high points. to n foot and a half long. All the lines
Grass Oloth.— The beauty of the “hould have the same general curvature
Grass Cloth effect depends aH much on and taper off at the point to rcscmblo
the colors used as on the texture. A reeds bending slightly before the wind.
coat of tinted plastic paint is first The “reeds'' should interlace to provide
brushed on in the usual way. While a uniform all-over pattern. The use
this coat is still wet, spots of plastic of a glaze will bring out the texture
paint of various colors are applied here strikingly.
and there. A whisk-broom is then Thatched Reed.—This effect is ob-
drawn vertically across the surface so
^
tained by drawing the rounded end of
as to blend the colors. (he handle of a brush or putty knife
Another way to produce the Grass through the plastic paint to establish
Put on a
Cloth finish is as follows: vertical and diagonal markings, closely
coat of tinted plastic paist Then tex- interlaced. These, in the fliul finish,
THF. chemical FOJIMULARY

matted effect of to smooth down all points raised in


/should Buffgcst the
texture is stippling.
tbatcb. I'bo
cX'cl? After^he textured paint has set, it is
applied.
emphaM if a glaze is
marked off into blocks. This is accom-
made
'

Willow Twig.— Thi» design is


plished by cutting parallel lines spaced
by'^plucing a rolling pin against the
about a quarter of'»an inch apart and
plastic paint and simply rolling the pin
then lifting out the plastic paint be-
upward.

Texture. Ju.st taraping the
Fretted
tween the lines.
It is customary to use a thin glazing
wot plaHtic paint uniformly with a
coarse flhro sponge produces the fretted coat in the case of the Travertine effect.
texture.
The liquid glaze may be made with
flatting oil, burnt umber and burnt
Bamboo Bffoct.— Firat, tamp the wot
.sienna.
plastic paint uniformly with a coarse
iflbVo Then, with a length of
sponge.

Caenstone. This texture is secured
simply by stippling creiim-colorcd plas-
rounded stick, such as a pencil or piece
tic paint in a uniform manner with a
of half-round molding, press in the hani-
stippling brush and then glazing. The
boo-liko marks. These markings should
he sloped uniformly to the right or loft blocking off is done in the same way
as in the case of the Travertine effect.
but no attempt made to produce an oven
design.
Tapestry Effect.— This effect is ob-
tained by dragging a graining comb
Pino Noodle Texture. — The back-
through the plastic paint to give a
ground of this effect i.s produced by
series of vertical lines and then strik-
tamping the wet paint uniformly
pla.stic
ing the paint lightly hero and there
with a coarse fibio sponge. The
with a sponge or a wad of paper. Glaz-
‘'needles” are then formed by tamping
ing with gold, silver or bronze gives a
the paint with a wood block around
rich, beautiful finish.
whicn heavy cord ha.s been wound in
fan shape. The block .should be about

Painting Fabric Coverings. To over-
come defects in plaster walls or to anti-
four incoes square wrappiul with six or
cipate others which it is feared may
seven turns of cord .so that the turns
develop, plaster walls are sometimes
are together at one end of the block,
covered with muslin or a specially pre-
thus forming the fan shape.
pared fabric of some kind which is then
l*aletto Blend. —
The Palette blend is painted. No difficulties are encountered
produced by brushing on a coaft of plas- in painting such fabric coserings. The
tic paint in the regular way and then painting is done in the regular way just
applying spots of plastic pnint of an- as if plaster were being painted, and
other color while the all-over coat is the finished job is practically indistin-
still wot. This done, the two colors are guishable from ordinary painted pins-
blended together by placing a straight* lor. If the fabric has been previously
edge again.st the surface at various treated with a size, no priming coat is
places and giving the tool a quarter necessary.
twist. The staightedge may be cellu-
loid, wood or metal. Care should bo ex-

Painting Wall Board. Composition
wall board, which is used on many inte-
orcised to hold it very lightly against riors to take the place of plaster, may
the surface so that too much plastic be painted with satisfactory results.
paint is not piled up. The two colors Such surfaces may be treated like plas-
used should give a good contrast. ter walls and the painting should bo
About three times as much paint will done in accordance with the recommen-
be needed for the undercoat as for the dations given for pointing plaster.
spots. Washing Painted Walls. —
Walls

Travertine. First apply a cream- painted with white-lead can be cleaned,
colored plastic paint uniformly over the without harm, provided the following
surface. Then press a sponge lightly procedure is employed.
here and there, evenly distributing the A workable portion of the wall should
sponge markings and spacing them be sponged with a good white soap solu-
from four to eight inches apart. The tion, tho work progressing from the
markings should measure about^ three baseboard toward the ceiling. This sec-
inches in width and be longer horizon- tion should then be rinsed with clear
tally than vertically. Such markings water and the adjoining section cleaned
can readily bo made by grasping the Tn the same manner. The Irhite soap
sponge tightly. A straightedge is 11- remove ordi-
solution should effectively
nslly drawn
lightly across the textured nary dust and dirt which accumulates
plastic paint from left to right so as on most walla.
UCX)UER8, PAINT8> VAftNlSHES, 'WTKim W
In certain public buiklingai, the walls tiallona of Paint 5
Coverage (80U aq ft. per gal.) 4,000 aq. ft.
receive severe mechanical injury and
become badly soiled, and it is sometimes Formula No. 21—Third Coat, Flat
necessary to use a solution stronger Finish
than that containing only white soap.
(New Inside Wood)
Sumo of the washing powders, which
ilo not contain an excessive amount of (a) Malcrialt Soft Paite Heavy Paate
alkaline material, prove very effective Wfaito lead 100 lb. 100 lb.

in such cases. Cleaning powders that Flatting Oil 1^ gal. 2 ya).


contain a certain amount of abrasive (iallons of Paint A gal.
material will naturally wear down the Coverage (9U0 aq. ft. per gal.) 4,500 aq. ft.

paint film regardless of how hard it may or


lie and their use shouM bo avoided (b) Materiala Soft Paste Heavy Paste
whenever pos.sible. A little experiment- White-lead 100 lb 100 lb.

ing will enable one to determine just Pure Turiientine 1% gal. 3 tal
Floor Vsrniah 1 pi 1 pt
how strong a soap solution is necessary Pure Drier 4 pt. hk pt.
to produce the desired results without
injuring the paint film by either chem- of Paint
(Salloiis .*> gal
Coverage (SOO sq ft iK>r gal 4,000 aq. ft.
ical or mechanical action. )

I'amting New Inside Wood.— The fob Formula No. 22 -Third Coat,
Inwing formulas are for white paint.
Kggshell Finish
If the paint is to bo colored, tint it as
explained. (a) Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
While lead 100 lb. 100 lb.

Formula No. 19 — Priming Coat Klatling


Wall Primer
Oil J<)i
H
gal
gal
2 gal.
K gal.
(New Inside Wood)
(iailons of Paint 13 gal.
(ft) Mftteriali Soft ?&«te Heavy Pft*t© Coverage (900 sq. ft, i>er gal.) 4,700 aq. ft.

White lcftd 100 lb 100 lb or


V'lattinu Oil Kid 0 gn\ (b) Materials AmounU
I'lire l.nis.'i'd Oil 3 Kill ;i Kill
Heavy pB«te White-lead 100 lb.
Pare Drier I pt 1 Pt
Pure Turjientine gal.

iall'iii't of Piunt KnI Floor Varnish \ gal.


(

CoveniKC ( *^*10 s<i fl per k«1 ) 7,200 sq ft.


I'ure Drier H pt

or Callous of Paint 5 gal.


(b) Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste Coverage (700 »q fl p<*r gal ) 3,500 sq. fl.

100 100 lb
White lead
I'lire Haw Linseed
lb.
Formula No. 23 — Third Coat,
Oil 3 gal S gal Oil Gloss Finish
Pure Tnr|)entine (tal. n Ktl
Pure Drier 1 pi 1 pt. (New Inside Wood)
X'ofe -The following should beformula
Osllons of Paint 0 koI
piT gal 6, .300 sq ft.
UMil as a base for dark colors only, as light-
Coverage 700 sq. ft
colored paint containing considerable raw lin-
( )

seed oil will yellow badly when used on In-


As on outside wood, the painter may teriors Where a light colored glosa finish la
cverciso his discretion in reducing the required, follow Formula No. 17.
<|uantity of linseed oil for woo'ls which
!iie less absorbent such as southern yel-
(a) Materials Amounta
low pine, white spruce, Alaska cedar, Heavy I’nstc White-load 100 lb.

hemlock and cypress. iThe amount of FlattinK Oil gxl-

tlatting oil and drier should be increased 1‘uro I/inseotl Oil 3 gal.
Pure Drier 1 pt.
correspondingly.

Formula No. 20 — Second Coat Giillons of Faint


Coverage (800 sq. ft.
fi’/4 gal.

(New Inside Wood) sq.ft,


per gal.) .'>,000

(a) Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste or


^Vhitc-lr8d IflO lb too lb (b) Materials Amounts
Flatting 0.1 gal. 2 gal Heavy Paste White-lead 100 lb.

Oallons of Paint -I gal Pure Linseed Oil 3 gal.


Coverage (900 aq. ft. per gal.) 4,500 sq ft. Pure Turpentine Vi gal*
or Pure l)rier I pt-

(b) Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paate


Oallon.s of Paint fiV4 gal-
White-lead
'
100 lb 100 lb.

Pure Turpentine Htgal. * .


Coverage (800 sq. ft.
Pure Drier Mi pt. H pt per gal.) 5,000 sq.ft-
258 THli: CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Enamel FiniHh.— When a prepared en- is soft, should first bo applied to
make
amel ia to be uaed as the finishing coat, an even foundation for the stain. If
the priming and second coats should bo this precaution is not taken, the stain
mixed according to Formulas No. 19 and will strike in hereand there, appearing
Np. 20. Then follow with a sufficient dark in some spots and light in others!
number of coats of Formula No. 20. When this coat is dry, the stain should
bo applied over it,
Formula No. 24 — First Coat Ov«t After the stain
has been on the surface for 5 or 10
Shellac
minutes wipe off the surplus with a dry
(Special Interior Wood Finish) rag or waste.
(s) Materialii Soft Taate Heavy Paste
Whlte knd 100 lb 100 Jb
Stain Formulas
Flatting Oil 1% Kal 2 |fal
(Natural Wood)
Oallone of Paint b {;al.
(a) 2 qt. Flatting Oil
Coverai;e (900 sq. ft. per gal ) 4,500 aq. ft.

or 2 qt. Pure Raw Linseed Oil


(b) Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste 1 qt. Pure Drier
White-lead
Pure Turpentine
100
1
’4
lb.
gal
100
l*/4
lb
gal
—or
Floor Varnish ‘4 gal *4 gal
^b) 2 qt. Pure Raw Linseed Oil
l*ur* Drier % pi pi 2 qt. Pure Turpentine
1 qt. Pure Drier
(laltona of Paint 4% gal
Coverage (800 sq, ft. per gal.) 3,800 sq. ft To this may
bo added colors-in-oil, in
tlie approximate proportions outlined
Old woodwo^ aliould be rubbed below, to obtain the required color.
smooth with sahtipupur until all glo.ss
has disappeared. Then apply ono coat Cherry
of paint mixt'd according to Formula
2 lb. Hurnt Sienna
No. 24.
1 11). Itaw Sienna
When the coat on cither
first new or
old work is dry and hard, putty all de- If the burnt sienna has more of a
fects such as knot-holes, dents, eraek.s, brown than a fiery red tone, omit the
etc., putty made by 8ti(ItMun«'
with raw sKuinu but use three pounds of
heavy paste white-lead to putty eon- burnt sienna instead of two.
sistcncy with dry whiting.
From this point new and old work Mahogany
should be treated alike. When the first 2 lb. Van Dyke Brown
coat is dry, rub it down with No. 0 1 lb. Rose Lake
sandpaper. Repeat coats of Formula Vary the proportions of the above
No. 24 as many times as are necessary
colors to get the depth desired for this
to bring the surface to clear white with
stain.
no dark places showing through, always
sanding between each coat. Light Oak
Next apply ono coat of high-grade
white enamel. After this is dry, rub it
2 lb. Raw Sienna
down with pumice and water. Then Vj lb. Raw Umber
apply a second coat of the same enamel If the raw sienna is inferior in stain-
and finish with rotten stone and .sweet ing power, omit the raw umber and use
oil. Polish finally witfi a chamois. three pounds raw sienna.
This completes the full-gloss finish.
For a silk finish, rub down the last Dark Oak
coat with lino pumice and water. 2 lb. Raw Sienna
To obtain an ivory effect, tint the lb. Burnt Umber
last coat with just enough raw sienna Small amount Burnt Sienna
to turn it off the white, before apply-
ing the enamel. The enamel coats must Walnut
be tinted in liktf manner. 6 Ib. Prench Ochre
\ — 1 oz. Venetian Red
Interior, Wood Stains'^
1 oz. Lampblack
Staining Interior Wood. In staining
new interior wood a coat of liquid com-
— For graining colors the tinting mate-
rials given under “Staining,” for the
posed of equal parts of raw linseed oil particular wood to be imitated, should
and turpentine, particularly if the wood be thinned to brushing consisteney with
LACQUERS, PAINTS. VARNISHES. STAINS 259

3 parts Pure Turpeniino the pores. One coat makes a fair job,
2 parts Pure Raw Linseed Oil but two coats make a bettor one, filling
1 part Pure Drier up the checks which the first coat dia
not fill.
This point should bo applied over the .\fter the filler has dried for about
dry ground and, while still wet, should an hour, rub briskly across the grain of
be dragged, combed* or otherwise lig- the wood with coar.se burlap or excel-
urod, in imitation of natural wood sior to remove surplus filler left on the
graining. .surface.

Painting Interior Floors. There are The purpose in using fillers is to fill
two kinds of floors that require paint- the pores of open-grained wood, and to
ing —new floors laid with soft wood |trevent tlarkcniiig by the excessive ab-
such us hemlock or white pine; old surplion of \arnish or other material
floors that have bocoino worn, scratched, used for the finish.
stained or otherwise marred. Kev\ Oil Finish. —Oiling, no doubt, is the
floors of hard wood, such ns oak, ash, most durable finish for a floor, though
maple or yellow pine may be painte<l, it requites frequent going over. One
if desired, but waxing or varni-'hing or elTect of oil is to darken considerably

staining makes a handsomer linmh. the natural color of the wood. For
Success with newly painted floors de- a floor oil use three jmrts of pure boiled
pi'iids chiefly upon the choice of right lin.seed oil to one I'urt of turpentine.
materials and knowing how to use them. When boiled oil cannot be obtained
In fact, the only important particular take four jiarls raw oil, one part turpen-
in which the film of floor iminl needs to tine and one part drier. 8fir frequently
(UfTer from that on a win<low frame, while using; upjdy with a strong, stilt
door or the side of a house is the finish. brush; rub well into the wood. Clean
The priming coat most anchor firmly elT all surplus oil not taken up by tho
into the wood, it must dry thoroughly wood. An oiled floor should bo wiped
ami the outer coat must become hard frequently with an oiled cloth. Oily
before the floor is used. rags are 'liable to take fire spoutano-
Other Finishes for Hard Wood Floors. oimly and should be burned.
'-Fot hard wood floors that tiro not to Shellac Finish.— This treatment gives
be jiaiutod, four kimis of treatment may a fairly lasting finish if the floor is not

be namod oiling, shellacking, varnish- to ha\e very rough usage. Three or
ing and waxing. The processes overlaji four coats of shellac, thinned down with
more or less and vary according to the good quality dimatiired alcohol, are rec-
kind of wood. The treatment selected ommended for either soft or hard wood
should also depend upon the way the floors.
floor IS to bo used. A few fundamentals Refiuishing Old Floors.— Tho proper
may be stated. time to take care of a floor is when the
Open-grained hard woods, such as first bare spot appears. Then nil that
oak, birch, ash or walnut, should be IS necessary is to scrub thoroughly,
treated first with a good silex paste apply a coat of floor varnish or paint
filler. Close-grained hard woods, like to such places ns show wear; nnd, when
maple or cherry, require no filter. Yel- dry, go o\er the entire floor.
low pine, owing to the pilch it is likely To bring a badly worn floor back to

to contain, should first have a thin coat its original state of perfection requires
of shellac to prevent the pitch from considerable work and ingenuity. Thero
blistering later coats. arc two good rtfelhods by which this can
Good silex paste fillers may be pur- bo done. One is to remove tho old finish
chased ready to apply. Or an excellent and then scrape tho wood with a car-
one may be made by mixing the finest penter's steel floor scraper. This scrap-
silex, or siUca, wit)i equal parts of pure ing and subsequent sandjmpering brings
linae^ oil, pure turpentine'^ and best tho wood back to its onginal condition
japan drier, so as to form a medium and all that is then necessary is to fill,
paste. Reduce this paste to a fairly stain and varnish or paint as a new
thin mixture with turpenttlie Only, al- floor. This is a sonfbwhat expensive
lowing the filler to stand lor a time. proceeding, however, and many petmle
In some cases it is possible to add the prefer (P do the work la the following

colors-in*oil, with which the wood is to way:


be stained,, directly to the filler. This 1.Apply a good liquid paint and var-
is good praetiee. Brush across the nish remover. Cheap soda solutions dis-
gran of ne wood with a stiff, stubby color the wood. Covet ten or twelve
bnuth thnt.will work the paste well into boards at a tiiae, the entire width of
260 the chemical formulary
the room. When £nish has softened, Formula, No. 26—Second Coat
remove most of the film with a broad (Stucco, Concrete, Brick, Stone)
^aisbing up with coarse steel
itnifo,
wool dipped in remover, Matariaia Soft Pasta Heavy Paste
Jf the floor is not badly discolored, White-lead 100 lb. 100 Jb.
a thorough washing np with denatured Pure Linseed Oil 2 gal. 2 gal
Pure Turpentine 1^4’ gal. IVi gal
alcohol will bo sulUcient for the. final Pure Drier fl pt. , tl pi.
cleaning. If bleaching is required, how-
ever, a hot saturated oxalic acid solu- Qalions of Paint 6^ gal.
Coverage (400 sq. ft. per gal.) ^,600
tion (as much acid as the quantity of sq. ft.

boiling water will dissolve) should be


applied over the entire floor. If there
Formula No. 27— Third Coat, Gloss
are some spots that do not bloaoh out Finish
after ton minutes, apply more of the hot (Stucco, Concrete, Brick, Stone)
solution to these places until the entire
Materials Bo/t Paste Heavy Paste
uniform in color. Then, remove
floor is
White-load 100 lb, 100
excess acid with warm water and Pure Linseed Oil
Jb.
3 gal, 3 gal.
sponge and allow to dry. Pure Turpentine — 1 qt.
Sometimes, when there are only a few l»vro Drier tl pt fl pt^
dark, worn places in the floor, it is only
Gallons of paint 614 gal.
necessary to apply the bleaching solu-
Coverage (600 sq ft. per gal.) 3,750 sq. ft.
tion to tnese spots, cleaning up the rest
* If
pure boiled linseed oil is not available,
of the floor with aleohol.
use pure raw liuseed oil and add IVi pints
2. Sandpaper with No, 1% grade, rub- pure drier
bing with the grain of the wood. Wipe t When boiled oil is used, reduce drier to
pint.
up the loose dust carefully and then */4

reflnish in the manner desired.


will not be necessary, of course, to use
It
Formula No. 28 —Third Coat, Flat
filler. Finish
(Stucco, Concrete, Brick, Stone)

Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste


White-lead 100 lb 100
Painting Stucco, Concrete, Brick, Etc. lb.
Flatting Oil (or
Preparing Stueeo or Concrete. — turpentine) l '>4 gul. 2 gal
Rtucco, concrete w'ork and the mortar
Gallons of Paint a gal.
in brick or stone work should be al-
Coverage (600 sq. ft. per gal.) 3,000 sq. ft.
lowed to stand and dry at least a year
before paint is applied. If painted
within a year, it may be aged artificially
Semi-Flat An excellent
Finislu —
semi-flat finish on brick, stone, concrete
by washing with a solution made by and stucco can bo secured by applying
dissolving two pounds of zinc sulphate over the second coat one or two coats
in one gtulon of water or with ordinary of paint made according to Formula
carbonic acid water. No. 22, substituting spar varnish for
Boiled linseed oil should bo used ns tho floor varnish listed in the formula.
specified wherever possible, especially For brick-red finish on outside brick,
on stucco and concrete. If boiled oil is thin the color with flatting oil.
not available, raw oil and drier may bo
Painting Concrete Flooft. The fore- —
used.
Formulas for New Work.— For paint-
going priming coat Formula No. 25 —
may be used in priming concrete floors,
ing stucco, concrete, brick or stone, ap-
substituting floor varnish for the spar
dy throe coats of paint mixed nccord- varnish listed. The second and third
fDg to the following formulas;
coats must be made to prodijce a harder
finish thau is necessary in the case of
Formula No. 25 —Priming Coat concrete walls, as floors are subjected
(Stucco, Concrete, Brick, Stone) to much more" severe usage. The fol-
lowing formulas will produce the hard
Usterials Soft P»it« Heary Paste flnish needed:
100 Ih. 100 Jb.
Par« Boil«d Lin-
Md Oil* Formula No. 2&— Second Coat
Spsr Varnish
1r gKi.
8
2
gnl
irai. (Concrete Floors)
Par* Turpentin* lU g»i. IH gal.
Msterisls Soft Past* Heavy Paste
Qallona of Paiut 0% gal. Whlto-Iead 100 Ib. 100 lb.
Covarage (300 sq. ft per gal.) 1,875 sq. It. .Pure Liiuead Oil H ftl. H gal.
UCXjUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 261
Pure Turpentine 2V4 pel. sel. pletely cover bare metal To the naked
Pure Drier '
1 pu I pi.
eye, the metal may appear to bo covered
Qalloni of Feint Qfel. but under the mieroscojpo it is another
Coverege <400 sq. ft. per gel.) 2,40<|tq. ft- story. Many small pinholes and air
bubbles will bo found. Even a second
Formula No. 30— Third Coat
coat will not absolutely cover all these
(Concrete Floora) pinholes. A third coat is really neces-
sary. Of course, tlie more the paint is
Materials Amounts brushed out, the more the pinholes and
Heavy Paste White-lead 100 lb. air bubbles are worked out. Plenty of
Pure Turpentine gal. good brushing effort is essential to a
Floor Varnish 4 gal. first-class job.

Gallons of Paint 814



Mixing the Paint. Paint is made
with paste red-lead exactly as white-
Coverage (COO aq. ft.
load paint is made with heavy pasta
per gal.) 5,000 sq. ft.
white-lead, by simply adding linseed oil
a little at a time and stirring constantly
When the third coat is dry the floor with a woo«lcn puddle. Drj' rod-lead
should be finished by applying a coat
IS mixed with oil in the same manner,
of wax or a hich grade floor varmsh.
the only difference being that it is loss
The third coat should be tinted with a
easy to incorporate with the oil.
little lampblack to match the natural
If the paint to bo tinted, "break
is
color of concrete.
up" or soften tho red-lead first with
After the priming coat is dry all
just enough linseed oil to make a work-
cracks and other defects in the floor
able paste; then add tho coloring mate-
should be filled with a good putty. The
rial and finally tho romaindor of the
putty should bo firmly pres.scd into the
oil. When’ drier is used, put it in after
cracks and smoothed over with a putty
tho coloring material and before adding
knife.
the final oil.
Two things to keep in mind through- Applying the Paint.— Steel and iron
out the work are: first, vigorous brush-
should never bo painted during wot
ing to spread out each coat to the ut-
weather nor when covered with dew or
most; second, allowing each coat at
frost. Early moaning painting during
least four days to <lry. One cause of summer months
the late is not recom-
.stickiness on floors is flowing the paint
mended US a ii.sual thing. It is always
on so thick that it does not dry thor-
better to wait until the sun has had
oughly underneath, and then hurrying
time to dry everything out. It is bad
too much with the other coats.
practice to attempt painting in freezing
weather.
Red lead paint can best bo applied
Metal Painting with a round or o\al brush. Bo suro
Preparing the Surface. To obtain — to use plenty of paint, covering tho
the best results with red-lead, care surface well and not attempting to
should be exercised in applying as well make a gallon of paint go too far. Pay
as mixing the paint. A vital point is particular attention to bolts, rivet
to clean off all loose rust, dirt and heads, edges and corners, as they aro
other foreign material before commenc- more subject to destructive influences
ing to paint. Wire brushes and scrapers than perff*cfly flat surfaces.
will be found to be effective in remov- The priming coat is the most Impor-
ing rust and scale. The sand blast tant. Extra care and precaution should
will give good results and is strongly be taken during its application.
recommended, but thorough scraping Allow plenty of time between coats
and brushing will usually be satisfac- for the previous coat to dty thoroughly.
tory. Rusl, the great enemy of iron- A week is not too long, especially for
and steel, is an accclef|tor of further tbt priming coat.
rusting when it is loose enough to re-
tain moisture. If rust is allowed to re- Formula No. 31—Priming Coat
main it will work disaster,, even after (Ertcrior and Interior Metal)
the paint has been applied. Besides,
rust and dirt are likely to cause peeling. Dry
Number of Coats.— Three coats of Materials K«d-lea4 Red-lead
paint are necessary on all outside work. Ri^dlesd 100 lb. 100 lb.
Pure LIneeed Oil
Two coats will do for metal indoors. In <Hee Note Below) gal. 8% r*!-
no case will one coat of paint com- Pare Turpentine 1 1 pt-
tHt; CimMiCAL FORMUURY
Chinese Blue-in-oil
Pore Drier 1 pt- ^
— Pure Turpentine
12 lb.

1 pt’
Oa/ions 0/ Pftint Pure Drier 1 pt.
Covcra^o^(8^00 jq.
3 4,200 sq. ft.
Gallons of Paint gal.

formula No. 32—Second Coat Coverage (800 sq. ft


(Light Brown) per gal.) 7,800 sq, ft.

(Exterior and Interior Metal)


Formula No. 35— Third Coat
Paste Dry (Dark Groen)
MaUriala Bed-Je*d Bed-lead
(Exterior and Interior Metal)
Rod-load 100 lb. 100 lb.

Pure LJnaood Oil Materials Amounts


<l^e Note Below) 2% gal. 8)^ gal.

Pure Lampblack-in- Paste Rod-lead 100 lb.


oil 12 oz. 13 oz.
Pure Linseed Oil 4 gal.
Pure Turpentine 1 pt 1 pt.

Pure Ilrlof 1 pt. 1 pt. Medium Chrome Yel-


low-in-oil 12'^ lb.
Gallons of .Taint 6 gal. 8 Vi gal.
Chinese Blue-in-oil VJi lb.
Coverage (800 sq.
ft. per gal.) 4,000 sq.ft. 4,400 sq.ft. Pure Turpentine 1 qt.

Note.— If genuine boiled linseed oil is avail- Pure Drier 1 qt.

able, we advise the use of one-third boiled


oil to two-thirds raw oil. In this case, omit Gallons of Paint 7Vi gal.
the drier. Coverage (800 sq. ft.
per gal.) (5,000 sq. ft.
The lampblack is added to the red-
lead for the eccood coat to change the Formula No. 30 —Third Coat
color of tho paint to a light brown, (Black)
which onabloa tho painter to see readily
(Exterior and Interior Metal)
if any places have not been covered
properly. Moreover, a slightly shaded Materials Amounts
second coat facilitates the inspection of
Paste Rod-load 100 lb.
the final coat in tho same way.
Pure Linseed Oil 14 gal.
Lanipblack-in-oil 1)2 lb.
Formula No. 33— Third Coat
Chinese Bluo-in-oil 16 lb.
(Dark Brown)
(Exterior and Interior Metal)
Pure Turpentine % gal.
Pure Drier % gal.

Paste Dry
Materials Rod load Rod-lead
Gallons of I’aint 24% gal.

Red-load 100 lb 100 lb.


Coverage (800 sq. ft.

Pure Linseed Oil 8H gel- 8 gal. per gal.) 19,500 sq.ft.


Pure lainpblaok'i li-
on 6 lb 6V6 Ib.
Intermediate shades of green and
Pure Tnrjientino 1 pt. 1 pt
pure Drier 1 pt. 1 pt.
brown may be secured by varying the
amount of coloring matter used. Where
Gallons of Paint gal. 7'% gal.
the formulas given are altered to any
Coverage (800 sq.
great extent, however, bo sure that tho
ft. per gal.) 6,400 sq.ft. 6,900 sq.ft.
amount of linseed oil used is increased
Dark Finishes. —Whore
a dark color or decreased accordingly.
is desired other than tho browns se- —
Light Finishes. In cases where deco-
cured by shading rod-lead with lamp- rative finishes are desired other than
black, decorative finishes quch as greens tho dark ones obtainable by tinting red-
and black, ate obtainable by simply lead, use second and third coats of pure
adding tinting materials to red-lead. white-lead paint tinted to the required
Formulas for tinting paste red-lead color, for either exterior 'or interior
light and dark green and black follow; work. Where considerable additional
tinting material is required, add linseed
Formula No. 34—Third Coat oil and turpentine equal to one-half
(Light Green) the weight of the tinting material.
(Exterior and Interior Metal) IVhite-lead and linseed oil are especially
adapted for use over 'red-lead and lin-
Materials Amounts seed oil because linseed oil dries much
Paste Red-lead 100 lb. the same with the two pigments, and
Pure Linseed Oil 5% gal. therefore makes a homogeneous film.
Medium Chrome Yol- The following white-lead second and
low-in-oil 30 lb. final coats will be found to give good
UCXiUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES. 8TA1N8 263

results gcneraUjr, over a priming coat loud paint will practically eliminate the
of red-lead: most common trouble experienced with
interior Bheot-melal work of this type,
Formula No. 37 —Second Coat the formation of rust spots.
(Exterior Metal) Where the ceiling is to be finished in
white or a very light tint, it is recom-
M«t«rUls SoftPasM HearfFatU
100 100 lb
mended that all the coats, including the
Whit«-lead lb.

?aro LinM«d Oil K fal. IMi gal. printing coat, be of white-lead.


Pur« l'urp«ntina 1 % gal. 1 M gal. For priming, use the following:
Pure Oner 1 iit. 1 pt.

Gallons of Paint 5% gal. 6 gal


Formula No. 40 — Priming Coat
Coveragi* (800 sq (Interior Metal)
it. pur gal ) 4,500 aq. ft. 4,800 aq. ft.
Materials A^mounts
Formula No. 38 — Third Coat
Heavy Paste White-lead 100 1b.
(Exterior Metal) l‘uroLinseed Oil 2 gal.
Maienala Soft Paste Heavy Paste Pure Turpentine •
1 gal.

White luad 100 lb 100 lb Pure Drier 1 pt.


Pure Linseed Oil ihi gal. 3 gal.
Pure Turpentine 1 qt 1 0** Gallons of Paint fi gal.
* * 1 pi.
Pure Drier 1 pt
Coverage (800 sq. ft.

Gallons of Pmnl 5 “b gal. Cl* gal per gal.) 4,800 sq. ft.
Coveiago (HUU nq
ft, jK-r gal) 4, 700 sq ft 5,000 sq ft. The second coat should be mixed as
* poor dr) mg condiliona, auch aa
Under follows:
cold wealher, the amount of drier
or huiiiid
should bo incroiisetl, not to exceed twice the Formula No. 41 —Second Coat
amount called for by the formula.
(Interior Metal)
A very attractive light gray, which Amounts
applied fairly (a) Materials
will in one coat (if
heavy) hide the red-lead undercoatiug, Heavy Pa.ste White-lead 100 lb.

can bo obtained with the following Flatting Oil 2 gal.


formula:
Gallons of Paint 5 gal.
Formula No. 39 Third Coat — Coverage (900 pq. ft. ^
(Light Gray) per gal.) 4,500 sq. ft.
oder
(Exterior Metal)
(b) Materials Amounts
Materials Soft Pasta Heavy Pasta
Heavy Paste White-lead 100 lb.
White load 10 lb. 100 lb.

Frciich ochre in*


Pure Turpentine 2 gal.
oil 8 oz 8 OS. Pure Drier 1 pt.
Lampblark-in-oil 4 oz. 4 01 .

Pure Raw Lin- Gallons of Paint 5 gal.


gal. 3H gal.
seed Oil
Pure Turjwntino — 1 qt
(-oTerage (800 sq,
per gal.)
ft,
4,000 sq. ft.
Pure Drier 1 pt. 1 pt

Gallons of Paint C% gal If a flat finish is desired, the third or


Goveruge (800 sq. final coat should bo made as follows:
ft. per gal.) 6,400 sq. ft.

Where white or an exceptionally light


Formula No. 42 — Third Coat,
Flat Finish
tint is desired on interior work over a
(Interior Metal)
red-lead priming coat two coats of
white-lead paint should be used to ob- (ft) MftteriftU Soft Pftit« Heft 17 Pftiitft

scure totally the red-lead undercoat. In Whitv Jead 100 lb. 100 lb
such cases, apply Formula 41 for the Flalting Oil 1% gal 2 gal
second coat, adding about one ounce of
Gallons of Paint fi gal.
lampblack if the final coat is to be Coverage (900 ftq. ft per gftl.) 4,500 iq. ft.

white or an exceptiohnlly light tint. or


The practice of adding larapbl^k (b) Materials Soft FftsU Heavy PsiU
should be followed also on exterior Wbite-leftd 100 Ib. 100 lb
work. For the final coat, use Formula Pnre Turpentine 1% gftl. 2 gal
42 or Formula 43, according to finish Floor Varnish 1 pt. 1 pt.

Pnre Drier 14 pt, 14 pt


desired.
Painting Metal Ceilings. Painting — Gallons of Paint S g»l-
metal ceiling with red-lead or white* Ctwftrsgft ( 800 sq. ft. per gftl.) 4,000 iq- ft-
THE CHEMICAL lORMULARY
If an eggBhell finish is preferred, use •
Fomula No. 45 — Second Coat
the following foe the third coat: (Galvanized Iron)

Formula No. 43 —Third, Eggshell Materials Amounts


Gloss Finish
Paste Bed-lead 100 lb.
(Interior Metal) Pure Baw Linseed
Soft Paste Heavy FgjSte
Oil 2% gal.
(«) Materials Lainpblack-in-oil 12 oz.
White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb.
Pure Turpentine 1 pt.
Flatting Oil % gal. 1 gal.
Floor Varnish 1^ gal. gal. '
Pure Drier 1 pt.

Gallons of Paint
'
5% gal
Coverage (800 sq. ft. per gal. ) 4,200 aq. ft. Gallons of Paint 5 gal. .

or
Coverage (800 sq. ft.
per gal.) 4,000 sq. ft.
(b) Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
White-lead IQO lb. 100 lb.

Pure Turpentine % gal. 1 gal. Third Coat


Floor Varnish gal 1*4 gal.
Pure Drier *4 pt. *4 pt. (Galvanized Iron)

Gallons of Paint 6 ‘4 gal. Mix the third coat similar to the sec-
Coverage ( 700 sq. ft. por gah) 8,675 sq. ft. ond coat except where a decorative
finish is desired other than the slightly
(b) Materials Amounts shaded red-lead color. In the latter
Heavy Paste White-lead 100 lb. case, substitute one of the tinted red-
Pure Turpentine 1% gal. lead finishing coats.
Fldor Varnish % gab —
Painting Radiators. Pipes and radia-
Pure Drier % pt. tors never before painted should first
bo cleaned thoroughly with wire brushes
Gallons of Paint 6 gal. to remove all traces of rust, dirt and
Coverage (700 sq. ft. grease. Then apply a priming coat of
per gal.) 3^500 sq.ft. red-lead paint based on Formula No. 44.
In the case of pipes and radiators
‘Painting Galvanized Iron. No paint — that have been painted before and that
can be recommended to stand up satis- show some defect such as blistering or
factorily on galvanized iron at all times peeling, the old finish should bo re-
because the coating left by the galvan- moved and the foregoing priming coat
izing process has a tendency to repol applied. If the old finish shows no de-
paint. Sonictimes the paint takes hold fects, the priming coat may be omitted.
properly right away; other times con- In the painting of pipes and radiators
siderable difficulty is encountered in the decorative requirements of the room
making the paint adhere. should bo considered. The finish may
It has been the o.xperience of practi- be in aluminum or bronze, or in some
cal painters that paint made o4i,puro light tinted paint which will harmonize
red-lead and linseed oil gives co6d re- with the color scheme of the room.
sults most consistently. The oest re- In the painting of pipes and radiators
sults are obtained after the galvanized the decorative requirements of the room
iron has been exposed to the weather should bo considered. The finish may
at least six months. be in aluminum or bronze, or in some
Apply three coats of paint mixed ac- light tinted paint which will harmonize
cording to the following formulas: with the color scheme of the room. The
metallic powders, if these are used,
Formula No. 44 —Priming (?bat should bo thinned to suitable painting
(Galvanized Iron) consistency with a mixture of one part
good varnish and two parts flatting oil.
Materials Amounts This makes an excellent bronzing liquid.
Paste Red-lead 100 lb. If a light-tinted flat paint is decided
Pure Baw Linseed upon, apply a second coat, tinted to ap-
Oil . 2% gal. proximately the color desired in the fin-
Pure Turpentine 1 pt. ishing coat, based on Formula No. 41.
Pure Drier 1 pt. Then follow with the finishing cOat
tinted to the desirjid color and mixed
Gallons of Paint 4% gal. according to the above formula or, if a
Coverage (800 sq. ft. semi^gloss finish is desired, according to
per gal.) 3,900 sq. ft. Fomula No. 43. When a fdl gloss is
LACQUERS. PAINta VARNISHES, STAINS 205
desired, a good prepared enamel may be thick the paint will alligator, leaving
employed fot the finishing coat. the knots bare.
Ample time should be permitted to Painting the Hull.—Prime the new
elapse between coats so that each may wood with a thin coat of paint mixed
dry and harden thoroughly before the as follows:
next is applied. If it is possible to per-
mit the steam to pass gradually through Formula No. 46—Priming Coat
the pipes between coats, the drying may (Boat Exterior)
bo hastened in this way. However, the Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
steam should not be turned on full. If V^liitc-lcnd 100 lb 100 lb.
the pipes are submitted to sudden heat- Pure l.inseed Oil 4 gal. 4 gsl.
ing, the coating will undoubtedly be Pure TurpeSline 1% gal. 2 gal.
I'uro Drier fl pt. tl pt.
affected.
It should also bo kept in mind that
CalloiiH of Paint 9 gal.
almost all light tints show a tendency
Coverage (700 sq. ft. per gal.) 6,800 sq. ft.
to darken slightly duo to heat. This
t When boiled oil is used, reduce drier to
should bo taken into consideration wdion ^ pint.
the color is selected.
After the priming coat has dried thor-
oughly, fill all cracks, nail-holes, dents
and other in
the surface care-
defelits
Boat Painting fully with putty. The hardest and most
serviceable putty is that based on white-
The practice in painting boats is
lead. It should Consist of white-lead,
regulated largely by one thing— the
either soft or heavpr paste, stiffen^ to
type of craft. If a boat is a yacht or
putty consistency with dry whiting. ^
a launch, the owner aims to keep it
Use sandpaper to smooth down the
always clean and bright. Its appear-
rough places. Then apply a second coat
ance is a matter of pride with him.
of paint, mixed as follows:
Hence the handsomest job obtainable
is none too fine, and coat upon coat of

paint is often applied in order to get


Formula, No. 47 Second Coat —
(Boat Exterior)
an unusually fine finish.
A rowboat, on the other h£md, is not Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
a show boat. \VTiilo the possessor of White-lead 100 lb. 100 Jb.
Pure Raw Lin-
one or a fleet of them wants a job that seed
Oil 1 % gal. IVi gal.
looks well, only an ordinarily good FUtling Oil (or
finish is called for. Tnrjientine 1 gal. iVi gal,

When Pure J,>ruT 1 pt. 1 pi.


comes to canoes an alto-
it
gether different problem is preaenle<l.
finllons of Paint
A high-class finish is wmnted, but it is Coverage (800 per gal.)
gal.
sq. ft. 4,400 tq. ft.
not obtained in the same way, because
a canoe is usually built of canvas. RcMat the second coat as many times
For present purposes, therefore, boats us desired. Many*' boatmen put on five
have been classified into three groups: or six coats brushed out very thin.
Power and Sail Boats; Row Boats; Can- Without question this is the best prac-
vas Canoes. In this order, directions tice, as a number of thin coats produces
for painting them are taken up. much better results than the same
Power and Sail Boats. —
The outside thickness of film produced by putting
of the hull, deck-house and some parts on two or three thick coats.
of the' interior are proper subjects for Finish with a coat of paint mixed as
the paint brush. Some of these parts follows:
should receive attention at least every
year. Formula No. 48 —Finishing Coat
Preparing the Surface.-^If the wood
(Boat Exterior)
is new, dust it off carefully and cover
all knots and sappy streaks with orange
Materials Amounts
shellac. shellac can be made by
The Heavy Paste White-lead 100 Ib.

thinning dry orange gum shellac with Flatting Oil (or Tur-
good quality denatured alcohol, propor- pentine) 2 gal.
tioned on the basis of three pounds of Spar Varnish % gal.
shellac to one gallon of alcohol, or the
liquid shellac may be purchased as “3 Callons of Paint 5 % gaL
pound cut pure orange shellac." Brash Coverage (800 sq. ft.
the shellae'>^A thin. If it i| put on too per gal.) 4,400 sq. ft
266 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
The preeediiyg' formula givee a Formula No. 52 —
Finishing Coat,
or gJowlosB finish, which wears, Eggshell Gloss
much better under exposure to the (Boat Interior)
water than a glossy paint rich in oil. Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
Painting Deck, 8pars and Outside of White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb.

Cabin. Use the same fdfmulas for the Flatting Oil (or
priming and second coats on the deck, Turpentine) % gal. 1 gal.

spars and outside of the cabin as for


Floor Vamish 1^ gal. 1^ gal.
(If turpentine la used, add^ ^ pt. pure
painting the hull. Then apply the fol- drier.)
lowing finishing coat. Be sure to allow
Gallons of Paint 5Vi gal.
plenty of time between coats for the pre-
Coverage (800 sq. ft. per gal.) 4,200 sq. ft.
ceding coat to become dry, at least forty-
eight hours.
Note.— If an extra fine finish is desired,
draw the oil from the white-lead in the case
of all three coats.
Formula No. 49 — Gloss Finishing Coat If a gloss finish is desired, a prepared
enamel may bo used for the finishing coat,
(Boat Exterior) or a gloss finish may be made by thinning 3
poujids of white-lead with sufficient turpentine
Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste to make a thick paste and then thoroughly
White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb. mixing it with 1 gallon of high grade floor
Pure Raw Lin- varnish.
seed Oil 2‘/4 J pal. 8 pal.
Pure Turpentine
Pure Drier
1 qt.
pt.
1 qt.
1 pt.

Tints. The finishing coats specified
1 for the hull, the deck, the spars and the
Oallona of Paint 5Ti gal. 6% gal. outside and inside of the cabin make
Coverage (800 sq. white paint. Where a colored paint is
i/ft. per gal.) 4,700 sq. ft. 5,000 sq ft.
desired, tint the final coat in usual way.

Painting the Interior. New wood- — Painting Metal Parts. Iron and steel —
hulls, masts or other metal parts of a
work inside of cabins, saloons, etc.,
vessel should be painted with two coats
should first receive a thin coat of good
of red-lead, thinned according to the
orange shellac. Sandpaper the shellac
following formula:
when dry. Putty all nail-holes and
joints. Then apply a priming coat Formula No. 53
mixed as follows:
Metal Work on Boats)
Formula No. 50—iPriming Coat Materials Amounts
(Boat Interior) Paste Rod-lead 100 lb.
Pure Raw Linseed Oil * 2% gal.
(a) Materials S<!lft Paste Heavy Paste
Pure Turpentine 1 pt.
White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb.
Pure Drier 1 pt.
FlatUng OU 1% gal. 2 gal.

Gallons of Paint r> pal. Gallons of Paint 4% gals.


Coverage (900 sq. ft. per gal.) 4,500 sq. ft. Coverage (800 sq. ft.
or ^
per gal.) 3,900 sq. ft.
(b) Materials Soft Paste Heart Paste * If genuine boiled oil is available, use
White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb. one-third boiled and two-thirds raw oil, omit-
Pure Turpentine 1\ gal. 2 gal. ing the drier.
Floor Vamish '4 gal. % gal.
Pure Drier % pt. % pt. On ornamental parts, finish with
Gallons of Paint 5^ gal. white-lead tinted to suit. Below the
Coverage (800 sq. ft. per gal.) 4,200 sq. ft. waterline, finish with anti-fouling, if
desired.
Follow with a second coat, mixed as
follows;
Repainting. —In repainting, use the
same formulas given for painting new
work, except that the priming or first
Formula No. 51 —Second Coat
coat may be omitted. Old coats should
(Boat Interior) bo well smoothed down and the surface
dry before new coats are applied.
Heavy Faite
Materials
White-lead
Soft Paste
100 lb, 100 lb.

Row ^ats. Do not attempt to paint
* Flatting Oil (or immediately after taking the boat from
Turpentine) 2^ kal- 2% gal. the water. Let it dry out thoroughly.
No matter how good' a paint is it will
Gallons of Paint 5H gal.
not stick to a wet surface.
Coverage (900 sq. ft. per gal.) 4,950 sq. ft.
Neither will paint adhere properly to
If an eggshell gl^ isdesired, apply a boat's bottom that is covered '^th
a finishing coat mi^ as follows: dirt, water plants, mame
animals, etc.
LACQUER8, PAINTS, VARNISHES. STAINS W
Clean off all i;uch accumulation by Tint as desired.
l^:raping or scrubbing. The above formula should make
Stop up all leaks before applying any enough paint for the first coat on one
paint. Cracks and seams can be filled canoe. Put the paint on thick and work
up with caulking cotton soaked in paste it well into the canvas by careful brush-

white-lead, nail-holes with bits of pine, ing. When dry, sandpaper the surface
and very small leaks with white-lead and then apply two coats of japan color
putty. thinned with spar varnish and just
Paint applied over an uneven surface enough turpentine to make the paint
is bound to present a bad appearance. brush out .smooth. One pint of japan
Where the old paint is rough, sandpaper color and one pint of varnish should bo
it down smooth and touch up all bare sufficient to do the work.
spots before applying the first coat. If the old paint on a canoe is in good
After heeding the foregoing direc- condition, the white-lead paint need not
tions, apply two coats of paint, inside be applied. Simply sandpaper tho old
and outside, mixed according to the coat down smooth and apply tho two
following formula: coats of Japan color and varnish.
To refinish the inside of a canoe,
Formula No. 54 sandpaper tho old varnish thoroughly
(Row Boats —Exterior and Interior) and put on o^e coat of good spar var-
nish. Ono pfet of varnish should bo
Materials Amounts
sufficient.
Heavy Paste White-lead 25 lb. —
Patching. To mend n hole in a ennoe,
Pure Turpentine % gal- insert a piece of canvas beneath tho
Spar Varnish pt. torn part, pasting tho patch on with a
Pure Drier 1 gill littlewhite-load and rubbing varnish,
and clinching it to the rib.s of tho canoe
Gallons of Paint IVi gal. with brass or copper tacks. Very small
Coverage (800 sq. ft. holes can bo fixed by plugging them
per gal.) 1,000 sq.ft. with white-lead stiffened slightly with
whiting.
If a colored paint is wanted, tint the
last coat. The addition of a very little White Enamel Paint, Outdoor
lampblack or dropblack will produce a
gray. A little Chinese blue will make 1. Parts
a light blue. (For other colors follow Albcrtol 177 C Extra Palo 100
tinting directions using only one-quarter Linseed Stand Oil Extra Pale 400
of the quantity of ingredients called for, Thickened Wood Oil Extra Palo 100
as Formula No. 54 is based on 25 pounds Cobalt (calculate<l as metal) 0.4
of white-lead instead of 100 pounds.) White Spirit 200-300
The finish produced by two coats of The albcrtol is dissolved in the white
paint mixed according to Formula No. spirit cither in the cold, or at a tem-
56 will bo “flat" or lustreless. If an perature of 50** C. (112° F.), and tho
eggshell gloss is desired, use Formula stand oils, driers and tho remainder of
No. 54, modified by the use of an addi- the white spirit added to this solution.
tional pint of spar varnish, for the fin- The finished varnish is then ground
ishing coat. w'ith zinc white. To obtain a still bet-
Canvas Canoes. —When the paint is so
ter white color, it is advantageous, in-
badly cracked and broken that the can- stead of using zinc white alone, to use
vas shows through in places, it is best 75 per cent zinc white and 25 per ceut
to remove the old coat entirely by titanium white.
means of a paint remover and start Another very usual procedure is to
anew. After the old paint is off, sand- grind the white pigment with a corre-
paper the surface and apply a coat of sponding quantity of linseed stand oil
paint composed of: to form a thick paste. The remainder
Formula No. 55 0| the oils, tho resin solution, the driers
(Canoes)
and the diluents are added to this white
paste.
IfatorUlt Soft Psst« Hetrj Paste
White-lead 2. Decorators' Varnish
Pure Turpentine pt* 1* pt-
Farts
Spar Vamhih % pt. pt.
Pure Drier 1 gill 1 giU Albertpl 177 C. 100
Linseed Btapd Oil 90
OaDons of Paint ^ DtL
Coreraf* (700a«.ft.perfai)^ 176iq.ft. « Thickened Wooa Oil SO
Cobalt (calcuiated as metalV 0.12 1125-175 thinner
I^ttenta * 125-175.^ Proceed as in 4 above.

Tbe stahfi oils are mixed together;


and the albertol dissolved therein at a White Enamel Paint Indoor
temperature of 150® C. (|P2® F.^. As
Zinc White 80
the temperature falls, the cobalt drier
Titanium White 20.
and flhaily the diluents are added. Ac-
Varnish 120
cording to the paleness desired, albertol
177 C extra pale, pale or dark is used. Grind together thoroughly and thin
1
to brushing consistency.
8 Long
. Oil Outdoor Varnish
100 parts Albertol 177 C aro dis-
solved at a to^^)orature of
White Enamel Paint, Tin Printing
150-1C0® C. (302-320® F.) in Litliopono or Titanium
100 parts Linseetl Stand Oil. When White 100
solutiop has taken place, Varnish 100-140
* further Thin to viscosityj desired.
155 parts Linseed Stand Oil and
85 parts Thickened Wood Oil are
added. The tbmporaturo is It is recommended that a stoving
then agnin for a short while temperature of 100° C. (212® F.) bo
raised to 100® C. (212® F.). not oxccodcd.
Finafiy,
0.3^5part Cobalt (calculated as 6. Decorator's Varnish
metal) is to be added, and
100 parts Albertol 201 C.
then
90 parts Linseed Stand Oil
200^275 parts Diluents.
30 parts Thickened Wood Oil
If the American method is preferred, 0.12 part Cobalt (calculated as
SCO example No. 7. metal)
120-175 parts Diluents
4. Flatting Varnish
Procedure exactly as in the case of
100 parts Albertol 201 C are cooked example No. 4.
with
70 parts Linseed Stand Oil at 7. Quick-drying Outdoor Varnish by tho
240-260® C. (404-500® F.) American Method. (Also suitable
until a test of the
sinall for Boat and Finished Varnish.)
batch, thinned out with
100 parts Albertol 201 C aro heated
double the normal proportion
with
pf diluents, and cooled down
260 parts Raw Wood Oil under con-
under the tap, remains quite
stant stirring, as rapidly as
from cloudiness.
free
possible, to a temperature of
•80 parts Thickened Wood Oils are 275® C. (527® F.), and then
then added and the tempera-
removed from the fire. Ow-
ture again raised to ^40® G.
ning to internal heating, the
(464® F.); after again carry-
temperature continues to
ing out the dilution test de-
rise. Therefore
scribed above.
16 parts Lead Besinate are added
0.1 part Cobalt (calculated as
immediately.
metal) a^d « l ,

100-150 parts Diluents are added Preparation of tho Lead Eesinate:


at falling temperataro. 8 pax;ts litharge are dissolved
^in lot) parts of rosin at 240®
6. White Tin-printing Enamel C. (4§4° F.).
(May also be used as a white indOp)f To cool tho batch,
enamel), f'
50 parts Linseed Stand Oil are
added when tl^e lead resinate
JOO 201 C Extfh
parts Albertol
has been taiwn up. Then
Fale
0.09 part Cobalt, Hind finally
f parts Linseed Stand Oil Palest 150-^0 pagts 'White Spirit, are
20 parts Thickened Wood 9i\ added. «
Palest
0.075 part Cobalt (calculalbd as No dilntion test is necessary.

^ metal) >
^ ^ ^ ^
LACQUERS. PAINT8> VARNISHES. STAIl4
'*
,
• f

Water Paints should first bo’ cleaned with care or


A. Potato Starch 10 trouble will be eiperienced with adho-
Cold Water SO sion. The following modification works
10 Caustic Soda 10 more smoothly and gives a better coat-
ing, but is not «o durable or waterproof.
Mi]t the starch with eold water and
add the caustic slowly in a thin stream Na20.3.3Si0j (S.G.1.4) . 20%
till a transparent thick liquid is ob-
Rico Starch ^ 5%
tained. Pigment ’
20%
Water r
55%
B. OO-Mcsh Lactic Casein 6
Water 20 ‘

Fireproof Paint
20 B6 Caustic Soda 10
Aluminum Powder 1 lb.
Soak the casein in |he warm water,
Sodium Silicate 22®, B6 1 gal.
not over 130® F., and add the caustic
whilst stirring.

C. Medium Congo Copal 20 Water Paint


Linseed Oil i 50
Double Boiled Oil, with
White Spirit* 30 Driers 50
Manganese (as Rosinato) .1
Water 45
Sodium Silleflto 5 .

Linseed Oil Varnish as Pigment 50


above 80 The oil, which may ba diluted if re-
Water 150 quired with 120® F. flash White spirit,
Grind in the required amount of pig- should be added to the aqueous pha^e in
ment with the oil varnish and then stir a slow stream with rapid and vigorous
in the water. Run the three solutions stirring.

together through a Hurrel Horaogenizer The oil may bo replaced with, for
and the resulting emulsion will be stable example, latex, and paints can be made
for a year. If for export to a hot coun- on the following hues:
try, it is advisable to add a litle pre- 1. Sodium Silicato 10
servative, e.g., metachlor-paracresol. Ammonia 10
Water 10
Zinc Oxide 5
Irish moss is sometimes used in order
Sulphur 3
to obtain a high viscosity in paste dis-
Zinc DimethyldithiO Car-
tempers and so keep the pigment from
bamate dS
settling. It is usually dissolved before-
hand form a very thick jelly and
to 2. 60% Latex 100
then added. One well-known brand of Whiting 200
distemper on the market is composed Spindle Oil 60
of an anhydrous basis of Glup 5
Chalk 84.0 % The two s’olutions are made seMr-
Blanc Fixe 1,5 % ately ac indicated, and mixed.
ratio of silica, is not mentioned, bin
Th^
Zinc Oxide .25%
Brunswick Green ^
7.4 % presumably 3.3Si02 is indicated. The
more alkaline varieties of sodium sili-
Dextrine 5.0 % cate cause precipitation of latex by tea-
Irish Moss 1.1 % son of hydrolysis. If, however, ammo-
Nitrobenzene .05%
nia bf added to the solution this iu-
the whole being so adjusted as to con-
tain approximately 90% of water.
creases toe OHion cbneentiation and
prevents splitting of the silicate, so that
the lateic is thickened and rendered
Silicate Water. Paint ,atable. Aluminium sulphate also thick-
Sod. Silicate 40 ens latex by precipitation of the pro-
Pdt. Silicate ^^jcin portion, giving a butter-like prod-
25
Asbestine - '
15
Pigment (fii|^ IlSonsity) i 20 1. Pale Boiled Oil . 1^.

Dilate with Safl«tent water before Rostn #


nse. e ,
White Spirit 25 Ib.

A paint similar to this, but cohtain- Melt the rosin in the oil and dilate
ii^ much less pigmedt, may for while iNIft with the white spirit. Then
coating electric light bolbe/^fWhieh gTihd ii» %h#pigBient.
270 THB CgEMICfAL FORMULARY
2; Casein ^
120 lb. the warm water, the borax added first
Water 000 lb. and then the phenol. This solution is
Borax, 24 lb. allowed to stand for 2^ hours, and the
Ammohia 3 lb. ingredients in the seednd list are then
10% Potassium Bichro- added ^d
afteif mixing hot those in the
mate 30 lb. third. It is well known that pigments
Mirbane 3 lb. grind better in oil than in water and it
is a great advantage to grind the pig-
Dissolve the casein by steeping it in
,
ment into the oil medium in the third
the water at 130* FI, then add the
list before emulsifying it with the
borax and the ammonia. Allow to' cool
casein solution. The proportion of pig-
and add the bichromate solution. By
ment usually incorporated is about six
vigorous shaking emulsify the mirbano
to eight times the total weight of the
with twice the amount of the casein
medium.
solution just prepared, and add the '

milky product to the balance. Then Water Paint


mix the oil into the casein solution,
Trihydroxyethylamine Lino-
usiug a whisk or colloid mill. It should
leate 0.6
be noted that while 90-mesh casein is ^
Glue 10
usually selected on account of its
Water 32
speedy solubility, it is #iueh better to
Varnish 16
use 30-mosh casein ns this contains
Naphtha 4'
fewer grits (from the grinding stones)
Sodium Ortho Phenyl
and its viscosity is more uniform.
Phenate 0.1

Water Soluble Shellac Solution Paint, Oil Emulsion


(1) To 5 parts of sulfonated rape oil Trihydroxyethylamine Linole-
add 1 part of sodium hydroxide. Warm ate 0.3
in a water bath until the excess water Glue 6
has been evaporated, Water 16
(2) Dissolve 3 parts of No. 1 in 30 Linseed Oil Varnish 8
parts 6t water. Phenol 0.2
(3) Add 5 parts of a 20% ammonia Procedure for the above oil emulsion
solution to the 39 parts of No. 2. paints ia to dissolve the water soluble
(4) To 44 parts of No. 3 add 25 parts materials and heat together with stir-
of flaked orange shellac ^d
agitate in ring until free from lumps. The oil, var-
a mechanical churn until solution is
ni.sh or other water insoluble material
complete. Under normal conditions this is run in slowly while stirring vigor-
will require about 6 hour.s.
ously with a high-speed mixer. Best
The resultant heat should dissipate results are obtained by not too long
about 22 parts of the water so that the
mixing and occasional rest periods.
completed mixture will contain approxi-
mately 4% lb, of shellac per gallon of
mixture. Eailroad Water Tank Paint
Protecting the interiors of steel water
Matt Finish Distemper tanks from rust and corrosion is often
A typical formula for a matt distem- a troublesome problem because the
per of this type with good covering paint or Other protective material is
pOwer and resistance to water is casein nearly always under water, and fre-
10 per cent, lime 10 per cent, clay 10 quent repairs or repainting mean put-
per cent, lime-proof pigment 10 per ting a tank temporarity out of service.
cent, and chalk 60 per cent. i?Tho pur- Therefore the method successfully used
pose of the clay is to keep the other by tho'tJnion Pacific System should be
pigments in suspension and to aid in the of interest to all with similar problems.
brushing of the paint. ' *
This 10,000-mile rail system has 260
steel water storage, ta^s at 230 sta-
tions. They vary iu " cppacit^ from
Oil-bound Distemper
,
fi.OOO^tb 1,000,000 gal* and run up to
fl) casein 30 kg., water iSO litres, 100 ft. ih diameter at ^lifain terminals
borax 3.5 kg., phenol 1.0 kg.;
(2) Ibr- where maximum daily consumption is
malin 2.0 litres, water 5.0 litres; (3) 1,400,000 gal. Tlw total storage ca-
rosin 16 kg., boiled oil 15 kg., white pacitor i»,81,300,0(w gal. and represents
spiri^ 10 litres. The caseinMs soakea in ap inlf^ment of several million dol-
LACQUEttS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS
^
lars. Probably no railway system en- 3. A rather high proportion of pig*
eountars a greater variety of climatic ment is desirable especially on
and water conditions than the Union interior surfaces.
Pacific. Its painting jobs are therefore 4. Each coat mu^t bo brushed out to
put to severe test and the problem of a thin film.
protecting the Jarge investment is of 5. Litharge is to be used in each Hold
great importance. coat for interior surfaces.
Steel tanks are given a shop coat of 6. Proper intervals of time must bo
ready-mixed red lead paint inside and allowed for the drying of each
out. After erection the exterior is coat.
given a brown and a black coat, both
being mixtures of red lead and lamp- Outside Wood Paint
black, with lampblack increased in the
black coat. Priming Coat fieeond Coat
Interiors receive three coats in addi- Soft T’asto W'hifo-load 100 lb. 100 lb.
I'liro Linaeed Oil 2 gal. 8 gal.
tion to the shop coat. The first field
Pure TuriH-ntino 1% gal.
coat is brown and is made by a«lding Pure Drfer * 1 pi 1 pt.
10 oz. of lampblack paste, fi fiui<l o/. of Ciallons of Paint 7 gal AM, gel
japan drier, and 2 tfe. of finely powdered Coverage, one coat 5,000 sij. ft .5,000 aq. ft.

litharge to 1 gal. of ready-mixed red * When boiled oil ia used, reduce drier to
Vi pt. y
lead paint. A second field coat, light
brown, has the same composition ns the
first with the exception of the lamp-
Structural Paint
black paste, 5 oz. of which are used in- Firtt or Inter- Ton or Fin-
stead of 10. The third field coat, red, viedtnte (Joat$ ithtng ('oal$
is the same, with all lampblack omitted. Blue Lead in Oil, Paste 100 lb. 100 lb.

The litharge passes n No. 325 sieve Kaw Linseed Oil 2% gal. 8 gal.
Turpentine or 'Paint
with total residue on the sieve not ex-
and Varnish Manu-
ceeding r per cent by weight. The facturer’s 48* to
ready-mixed red lead paint pigment con- 50* iiuplitlia iVi gal. 2 qt.
Drier (r<»sin free) 1 qt. 1 qt.
tains 88 per cent of red lead by weight,
Approximate Paint
which must run not less than 91 per I’roduced 7 Vi gal. 6H gal.
cent true red lead. The lampblack paste WiMght per (inllon,
Approximately 17 8 18V4 to
25 pot cent pure lampblack by
Ib.
is
19V4 lb.
weight, balance pure linseed (|il. Addi-
tion of the litharge gives an extraordi-
narily hard paint film that does not be- Paint for Interior Plaster
come unduly soft by continued soaking.
Priming Coat
The ready-mixed red lead paint contains
76 per cent by V
eight of pigment. Soft Paste White Lead 100 lb.

Tanks arc inspected annually and Pure Hoi led Linseed Oil 3 gal.
painted at intervals of from four to ten Floor Varnish 2 gal.

years, depending upon local comditions. Pure Turpentine IVt tml.

To avoid interruption of water service, Gallons of Paint 9 Vi gal.

a set of three 8,000-gal. steel tanks with Coverage (600 sq. ft.
per gal.) 5,700 sq. ft.
demountable steel trestle support is con-
veyed on flat cars to the vicinity of the Second Coat
paint job as a temporary storage plant.
The permanent tank is drained and the Soft Paste White Lead 100 lb.
Pure Turpentine IVi gal.
steel cleaned, sometimes by sandblast-
ing, but more generally by scraping and
Floor Varnish % gal.

wire brushes. Brush painting is usually I’urc Drier % pt.


Gallong of Paint 5 Vi gal.
used. The paints de.sciibed cove| about
Coverage (700 sq. ft.
400 sq. ft. per gal. with the brush
per gal.) 3,675 sq.ft.
method.
Through experience it has been Third doat— Flat Finish
learned to wa^ch closely the following
'
Boft Paste White' Load 100 lb.
vital items;j
1. The 8t4el jfork must be and Pure Turpentine
Floor Varnish
gal.
1 ^t. ^
^
tempertttftre conditions |avorable
when paint is ap^jjlied. >q*ure Drier pt. %
Gallons of Paint 6 gal.
2. The paint nuist be thoAuighly
mixed at the ttart and jCrequently Coverage (800 sq. ft.
' per gaV) 4,000 sq. ft.
stirred. .
m ^RqHEMTCAL FQI^MULARY
Ttird 'Coii—EgggheH i'’iBish with 3 gallons of Xylol and 18 gallons
*
of V. M. and P. Naphtha. ThS >may ‘
So^l^aste White Le^a 100 1b.
Pure^Tu^ntiae % gal. require 2-4 honrfl. When solution has
Floor Varnish IH gal. been completed add the linseed oil and
the Cobalt Drier.
Pore Drier % pt
The following |rintl^ are* suggested.
Gallons of Paint 51/4 gal.
Coverage (700 eq. ft Pigments may be added according to
per gal) 3,675 sq, ft. specidc requirements. These grinds cab
bo made conveniently’ in a pebble mill.

Black Walnut Stain fjoi 1 Grind No. 2 Grind


^Isonite 2 lb. Above Vehicle 40% |
,
40%
Tiranium PiKment. 42 % > 333%,^, hv
Torpontino 2 lb. Asbestine,
.

18% J 14.7%. weight


Jiiatuiniiceous Enrth 12.0'/o

Ebony Slfj^in Following the grind the batch is


Nigrosine (water soluble) 16 lb. thinned 5Q% by weight with a mixture
OxaHo Acid 7 lb. of 8.1% V. M. and P. Naphtha and 1.1%
Water 640 lb. Xylol. Grind ^No. 2* dries at a faster
rate.
Clear SRtlngle filtain

Creosote Oil II. Varni.sh Type:


1 gal.
Kerosene 1 gal, Varnish A
Cumar V 1 100 lb.
2 gal. China Wood Oil 33 gal.
Glycerine 18 fb.
Colored Shingle Stain (Re^) Litharge 2% lb.
Rod Oxide 45 lb.
Cobalt Acetate % lb.
Asbestine 15 lb.
Mineral Spfrits 60 gul.
Linseed ,Oil 3 gal. Cooking Method: Carry China Wood
Grind and add Oil and Glycerine to 400® F. Add 30
pounds Cumar raonnwhile running heat
Creosote Oil 12 gal.
rapidly to *>60^ F. Withdraw from fire
Kerosene 12 gal.
and hold for 'first string from stirrer.
Chill with remaining Cumar. Body (if
291^ gal. necessary) by holding around 500-480“
Similarly other colored shingle stains
'F. until a sample cooled on tin gives a
can bo made by changing the colored good string. Cook in Cobalt Acetate.
pigments. Cool to 450“ F. or below and thin.

Cumar Cut B:
• Mahogany Stain
Cumar 100 lb.
The method of producing a fadeless
Xylol )
.31^ gal.
mahogany stain, which consists in mix-
V. M. and P. Naphtha 13V^ gal.
ing with the steam extracted water in-
soluble extract of quebracho wood suf- This is a cut of 6 pounds of Cumar
ficient hot concentrated nlknli solution to the gallon of thinner.
to produce a jpH value of about 11 to The solution is made by a'gitating
12, ana digesting with sufReiont added
Cumar and ^ho thinners ia.jne^nnical
hot wdter to produce a pH value be- mixer or tuinbling barrel fot 2-3 hours.
tween 7.0 and 8.5 in the final product. The following grinds are suitable:

Grinds Grind 4
Lithopoiw- 840
Traffic or Road Marking P^int Titanium M^hopone.. . 840
Aebentine 360 parts 360 parts
I, Cold Cut Method for Jraffic Paint: Cumar Cut B 300 by 300 bjr
Cobalt T.inoleate Paste weight weitht
Drier (6% Cobalt) . 10 10
Kettle BodM Linseed 6if; . .
."
Ralbw Varnish A 600 600

Thei grinds are fn a pebble


Solution— or Naphthenate mill and^ipro funher tiilnUed with 160
Drier No. 42— Equivalent to IH poundi^-
.000 lb. Cobalt Metal. parts b5^ weight of wt mixture of 80%
V. M. and P. and
Proetjlure: Cut the Cumar by agitat-
^lol. ^%
Varnish Type 11 road paint dries At a
ing in n power mixer or tumbling barrel ^slqwer-iate than th^ cold cut type, »
LACQUERg, PArirra, VARNISHB^?

coveritig power. 'Griad Vehicles for Aluminum and Bronaii^


ht» a better
BUgfested for application over . Liquids
type
asphalt. The following formulae aro^ types of
vehicles which experiments have indi-
Vehicle lor Ready Mixed Aluminum cated as being suitable for use for
Pnint: aluminum coatings.
Some manufacturers find it desirable In most cases it; is desirable to add
aluminum paints with the alui^ii-
to dffer 1% to 2 lb. aged aluminnm ^ake to each
num powder already mixed with tho gallon of liquid. - .

vehicle. This plractice, ie not generally


for Oatsldo Aluminum
advocated but it may be said that a « Vehicle

fair jnea^ure of success has


been real- Paints:
ized wifh some vehicles in which
alumi- A. Spar Type
num powder has been mixed and which
31 gal. China Wood Oil
has undergone limited storage. 10 gal. Kettle Bodied Linsood
Cumar V 1
' 100 11^- Oil*
China Wood Oil 5 ga .
2.5 lb. Ro.sin
•Kettle Bodied Linseed Oil 5 gal. 7 lb. Litharge ,

Xylol
* !•'> •
75 lb. Cumar V
V. M. and P. Naphtha le gul. GVj oz. Cobalt Acotate
Coibalt Resinate (3Vi% t)5 gal. Mineral Spirits
1
Metal) Linseed Oil U bodied At ST.’i* P. ftr 8

* Linseed Oil Bodied 3 hours »t 575* F. hours.


^
Cooking Method: China Wood Oil and
Cooking Method: Heat Chinn Wood
400° F. at
Linseed Oil are carried to and Rosin with a fust fire to 400* I.
which point .’iO pounds Cumar are addecL While still on tho Are add 25 poiyids
Tho temperature is carried to 450° F. Cumar. When the temperature of 475*
good body is at-
until a while
and 18 held \b reached begin adding litharge
tained, determined by testing
This is stirring rapidly. Tho Litharge may be
samples cooled on tin until a stiff but- dusted in or mixed with China Wood
addi-
ton is obtained. Oil to a fluid consistency prior to
In experiments this vehicle has
been
tion. The heat is checked only slightly
mixed with two pounds aluminum flake during the Litharge addition and dur-
our observation, to
per gallon and has, in
ing this operation it is necessary
given good flaking results upon stand- whip down the foam. The flro i* then
ing several months. raised to bring the tomperaturo rapidly
to .575“ F. This point should
be reached
Vehicle for Aluminum Paint for
Ex-
within 25 to 30 minutes of tho start.
posure to High Temperatures:
Tho kettle is withdrawn from tho flro
The formula given below h suggested at this point and held until the
tempera-
liquid which is to be This requires
for an aluminum ture gains 585-595° F.
exposed to high temperatures. In many only a minute or two. The h^at ii
checked with the linseed oil followed by
con-
cases, since temperatures and other
ditions vary, the varnish maker
will
the Cumar. Stir rapidly and tho tem-
have to hisva^
formulations to meet perature drop.s below .500° F. Hold be-
.special coamtions: tween 50(M8(»° F. until a sample cofldtl
Cumar W ,
lb.
gal.
on tin gives a moderate body.
Add Cobalt Acetate at 480° F. Cook
China Wood Oil
Light Cold Pressed until (leetate fumes cease, cool and tWn.

Menhaden Oil 2^2 gal. q’he addition of l.>-25% Xylol in-

Xylol
*
5 gal. orense.s flawing effect.

V. M. and P. Naphtha
'
20 ral The addition of 15-25% of Coke Oven
distillate (Xvlol or Hi Flash Naphtha)
Cobalt Resinate (3%%) 0.8 lb.
increases the flakiiflf effect of the liquid.
Cooking Method: Carry China Wood
Oil to 400° F. Add ^0 pounds Cumar B. Cumar— Phcnoli(fRe8in Tpo—
and bring heah up rapidly to
The following varnish involves thp
Hold for a short ttme and then chick
use pf Cumar with the oil reactive
with the fish oil and Cumkr. at
phenolic resins. The usual low cooking
500° P, (re heating if necessary) for
temperatures may be used:
aboi^ 10 minutes. . Thef add drier an^
thin,
China Wood Oil it.
. .
nil ffARotive PhenoHe Resin
“yHE CHEMICAL FORMLLABy~
I f— -
"*
"' "
'
'

'
S^e3 Lead Begimte
*
S lb. Pov^dered Basic Lead Carbo ^
Cvunar^ , iijite (White Lead) 3^1b.
V3 Map. $6(h270^ F. Mineral Spirits 50 gal,
* Kettle Bodied at 576* F. for 8 hours.
Of
" Procedure: Heat China Wood Oil and
rrW 1 M.P. 300-320'* F. 75 Ib.
45 gal. Rosin in k,ettle quickly to 400° F. A^d
Minefal Spirits ^
'
' * about 25 pounds of Cumar and run
Liquid Drier
Cotfking Motii 9 d: .Run China Wood
rapidly to 565-570® X
Withdraw from
the fijre. Hold until the temperature
Oil, Phenolic Resin and Lead 'Eesinate roaches 580® F. Chill the batch with the
tp 400® F. Add ope-half of the Qnmar Linseed (or Perilla) Oil and 45 pounds
and carry to 480° F.-500® F. Hold for of Cumar. Stir as the temperature
body at this temperature. Chill with drops to about 525-520® F. Add tho
the remuitin^ Cumar. Cool, thin and white lead and stir until taken up. Add
add liquid drier. the remaining Cumar and cool to about
* It Is that enough liquid
recommonded 490° F. Hold between 490° F. and 475°
driers be a concentration of
added to give F. for approximately 30 minutes or until
.02% to .03% Cobalt MeUl on
the weight of
a sample cooled on tin gives a one inch
the oil. Cobalt Linoleato, or Naphthenato
Drier solution majf be used. string or mere. Cool below 450° F. and
thin.
0. Cold Cut Typo The following grind is suggested.
tho user wi.shos to prepare a
Whare
cold* cut aluminum vehicle for outside
Paste No. f
use, ho may usoi>,tho following formula- Titanox C 1000 lb.
tion as a guide in his work. It' must Varnish II 388 lb.,

be lealizod that such a formula as given


below will not bo as durably as tho spar Total 1388 lb.
types, but will give suitable service in Grind on stone mill.
many cases.
Reduction of Paste No. 1
100 lb. Cumar 2 V
20 gill. V. M. and P. Naphtha Paste No. 1 1388 lb.

5 gal. '‘Xylol
Varnish II 253 lb.

10 gal. Kettle Bodied Linseed Mineral Spirits 229 lb.

Oil Liquid Cobalt Drier: Add equivalent


Liquid Cobalt Drier (Equivalent of 0.03% cobalt nmtal on tho weight of
"to 0.03% Cobalt on weight of the oil.
oil) If it is desirable to make a loss ox-
pensive pigment combination it is pos-
Procedure: Cut Cumar by agitating
sible to replace 25% of the Titanox C
with tho V. M. and P. Naphtha and
in tho above grind with inerts. A com-
Xylol for sovorgl hours. When com-
bination of 10% Asbestine and 15%
pletely dissolved add the Linseed Oil
Whiting can be used for this purpose.
and Cobalt Drier.
'
Vehicle for Interior Aluminum Paints: * Glazing Composition
50 lb. Cumar V 2 Wliiting 15
2 gal. Xylol Asbestine 15
lOVj gal. V. M. and P. Naphtha Asbestos Fiber 5
2 gal. Kettle Bodied Linseed Aluminum Powder 9
Oil Linseed Oil Boiled 30
1 pt. Japan Drier Naphtha 26

Wall Sealers i '


Candy Glaze
Tho following formula may be used Shellac (arsenic free) M .^Ib.

by tho paint and vafnish manufacturer Alcohol 6.5 lb.


in developing a good wall sealer. Isopropyl Aceti^e 2.4 lb.

Varnish II
aiCandy^ Glaze
'
China Wood Oil 30 gal.
,

Capal Bold Chijia 6 lb.


Kettle Bpdied LiniiBed or
Perilla Oil* Isopropyl Alcohol (9^1-99%^ 12 lb.
3 gal.
88 lb.
® llopropyl Acdtate "
^
2;lh.

12 lb.
LACQUERS. PAINTS; VARWTlItnia^
* Acidf^esistant Paint
Finish Coats*^
A^iltos Fibre 26 100 lb. C^Bmei^ial Hardi Paste
Alununum Silicate 44 ’ Whitcl Lead Carbontm
.Barium Sulfate 26 2 gal. Raw
Linseed Oil
,

''fitedrin ' Pitch " 10 2 gal. Boiled Linseed Oil


Petroleum Asphalt 15 2- 2 \^ oz. Chinese Blue in Oil
^Mineral Asphalt 10 19 oz. Burnt Umber in Oil
JNaphtha 200 These quantities mc£ka about 7 gal. of
paint. ^ ^
Antifouling Paint
a. B'^in 2 lb. • Paint, Cement
Lithopone 1 lb. Hydrated Lime 43
Naphtha 160 lb.
Hydraulic Cement 19.5
Talc 12.Q
b. Chrome Green 1 lb. Metronite 11.5
Lithopone 2 lb. Salt is
Rosin 3 Ib. Mica 5.0
Naphth^ 160 lb. Gum Arabic 1.8
Gum Karaya 0.5
c. Chrome Green 21 lb. Irish Moss O.l
Rosin 12 Ib. Calcium Stearate 0.8
,

Napbtha 160 lb. This is used as a cold water exterior


First apply a coat of (a) and when jiaint.

dry apply a coat of (b). When this


has dried a^iply (c). Cement ^Wator Paint
50 lb. White Portland Cement
•Paint, Automobile Top 5 ’
lb. Gypsum
4Vwj lb. Calcium Chloride
Carbon Black 16
lb. Hydrated Lime
Calcium Phosfate 77
Calcium Carbonate 3 60 lb.
Sodium Silicate 2
Water 2
Mix intimately in pebble mill. Stir
Rosin about 7 to 8 lb. of the above into 1 gnl.
103
of water and paint over wet surface.
China Wood Oil >
223
Naphtha 359
When paint sets up, wet down with or-
dinary tap water.
Auto Top Dressing
Mix a solution of benzol and aaphal- Cold Water Paint, Outside
tura to the consistency of milk and to Whiting 55 lb.
each pint of the resulting mixture add Clay 15 Ib.
about twd or three tablesppons of lin- Dextrine 2 lb.
seed oil. The linseed oil is added to (’ascin 12 lb.
make the dressipg more flexible. Lime 15 Ib.
Trisodium Phosfate 1 lb.

Blackboard Paint
Corrosive Sublirmitc 1 oL
Ten pounds of the above are used
Carbon Blhek 15 lb.
with 1 gal. of water.
Shellac 14 lb.
Prussian Blue 1 lb.
Lithopone 1 lb. Enjimel Paint Remover
Powdered Carborundum 7 lb. Benzene (90® B6) 50
Drier liquid 16 Ib. Alcohol 25
AlqMiol 130 lb.
Acetone 10
Linseed Oil Boiled
^-4 — 7% lb. Nitric Acid
Sulfonated Oil
Beeswax *
10
5
1
^ ]Sria^' Paint
'
'*
ndereoats '

85 lb. Dry-Ked* Lead Enamel Pf^nt (Outdoor)


U galrRaw^t4n8eed Oil White Lead 50-75


^

'
S Boiled Linseed Oil Zinc Oxide
1 gill Petrolipam Spirits Barium Fluoride
-
, XJHE CHEMIVAL '
JfVnMUljAllz
ui
-

II I

^nbini Wood Oil ,


. 10-15 «>^|^ight sand-blaHting |ir also said’ to
,

I4ii«eed Oir f' 5-10 Ahye been used for cleaning g^ani^d.*
( irpaand putting
Turpimne it in conditionJo.t^e
MaoHs Copal ' paita.t. No donht this would accpmpl^h
Alcohol 50-» this purp^. »
**

'^thyl Acetate 3^5a Even m .the ,ca8e of perfectly clegn


zinc, it is dot easy to get paint to stijk
always No paint yet invented adhl^s’
FlexU)le Paint for hfarking or Stencil t<|[ h^jvell as in 'the case of iron 6r
it
*fQTk wood, imt
dhamists call ‘ ‘ the surface
,
Adheres well to rubber goods. Can tension ^*^i8 different.' Not thgt any
be hot pressed into fabrics, good paint invariably all coi^M off.
Gutta Percha 60 Gener^illy most of it stays on Hut that
is not very satisfactory.
Colored^ Pigment 40
If galvanized iron is weathered and
iThe colored pigment is milled into the then well cleaned,^ there is seldom any
Gutta'' Perena on a roll mill. Pigments trouble ancountered when the paint is
suco as vermilion, cadmium sulphides, rod-lead. Probably most of the difficul-
ultramarine, et^ may be used. Organic ties in painting galvanized| surfaces are
color lakes ard^also satisfactory. On traceable to improper preparation done
account of the smaller quantity of lake by not too expensive labor. This is
needed the difference should be made why weath^ng, which does not skip
up wiA blanc-flxe. anything, is l)est.
The mixed compound is dissolved in
solvent naphtha with slight warming.
A 20% solution gives good coveragOi and Paint Grinding
may be sprayed ojwsily; A
small percentage of Oleic Acid ma.
tcrially helps the grinding of Carbon
Black.
Freight Car Paint
Irpn oxide paste, containing 25% lin-
see^ oil, 100 lb.; rozyl 110, 42 lb. and Heat Resisting Paint
xylol 18 lb.; liquid drier, 81b.; naphtha Powdered Graphite 1 lb.
or-inineral spirits, 59 lb.; total, 227 lb. Lampblack 1 lb.
or 23^ gal. The liquid drier shoubl Black Oxide of Manganese 0.3.3 lb.
contain lib. of lead linoloate and lb. .Tapan Gold Size 0.33 pt.
of nrnnganeso linoleate dissolved in Turpentine 0.50 pt.
turpentine or coal-tar naphtha. A still Boiled Linseed Oil 0.33 pt.
more rapid-drying and enduring paint
Mixtogether until a uniform con-
can bo made by grinding the pigment in
sistency is obtained.
a solution of rezyl 110 instead of using
an oil paste.

High Light Reflecting l^int


Galvanized Iron, Treatment before The following formulae are suggested
Painting for obtaining proper illumination in in-
l^me teriors and providing desirable paints
people, before painting it, wash
that can be washed ;repeatedly:
the galvanized metal with vinegar.
This is said tp be good. Others scrub it 100 lb. Pure .White iLe^d (heavy
*
well with burlap wet with benzine. paste)
Scrubbing the surface with soap and 2 gal. Flatting Oil
sand can be recommended. The best or
method seems to be, however, to leave
100 lb. Pure White Lead (heavy
the galvanized metal exposed to the
paste)
weather fpr a few months. ^ ,

2 gal. Pure Turpentine


Still others report good results from
1 pt. Floor Varnish
washing the well-cleaned surface with
one pei|cent solution of copper chlo- % pt. Pure Prior
ride, acetate or sulphate. The solution
They may be tin^A^u follows CQuan-
fa left on for a time and then brushed
tities are pe^^ 100 iktv^ite lead)T f

off before painting ,ig attempted. A White — "3^ om French ^Are


feii^montitl of exposure is probably CrMm —% lb. Frei^
*

however, even than this treat- ]^t Buff -3 lbt*Fren^^|^


LACQUERS, PAINTS. VARNISHES. STAINS
277
Priming Coat Casein Solution:
100 lb. Pure White Lead Soft Casein 80 or.
Paste Borax 12 oz.
2H gal. Pure Boiled Linseed Oil Water 480 oz.
2 gal. Spar Varnish
I’A gal. Pure Turpentine Add to this a mixture of .880 am-
monia 90 cc. and saturated phenol solu-
Makes about 9 gal.
tion 10 cc.

Second Coat Pigment Paste:


100 lb. Pure White Lead Soft Casein Solution
Paste 7 pt.
Water 9 pt.
2% gal. Pure Raw Linseed Oil
Lithopone 50 lb.
1 gal. Spar Varnish
1 gal. Pure Turpentine Paint:
pt. Pure Drier
Preserved Latex 16 pt.
Makes about 7% gal. Casein Solution 14 pt.
Pigment Paste 32 pt.
Third Coat
100 lb. Pure White Lead Soft
Paste Heat Sensitive Paints
2 gal. Pure Turpentine The Double Iodide of Silver and
% pt. Pure Drier Mercury
Makes about 514 gJ^l* Silver Iodide .5 pnrt.s
Mercuric Iodide 1 part
* Paint, Hydrocarbon Resistant This compound mixed with shellac
and painted on thin .'strips of steel
Minium 10
change from a very bright yellow to a
Litharge 2
deep red as the temperaturo increases.
Glycerol (30® B(5.) 3
Sod. Silicate (3(1° B6.) 9
This paint resists water, oils, cold Lumlnou.s Paints
and heat. Parts by
White Weight
* Paint, Iron Protecti\e lainiinou.s Calcium Sulphide 20
Zinc, Oxidi* in
Zinc Chromate 12.5
Barium Sulphate 10
Basic Lead Chromate 12.5
Varnish SO
Sublimed Blue Lead 25
Magnesium Silicate 50 Yellow
Linseed Oil CO
LuniinouH Calcium Sulphide 20
China Wood Oil 20
Barium Sulphate 6
Turpentine 10
Barium Chromate 4
Drier 5
Varnish 25
Petroleum Naphtha 5
Yellow
• Latex Paints Luminous Calcium Sulphide 20
Tiariiim Sulphate 5
Latex (50% solids) 50% Orpiment 4
Kieselguhr 16’/^%
Varnish 25
Lithopone 40%
Lime 2% Red
Zinc Oxide 8% Luminous Calcium Sulphide 20
Sulphur 3% Barium Sulphate 5
Barytes 5% Realgar 4
Soap %% Varnish 25
The whole of the fillers are ground
wet with 40 parts of water to form a Green
thick eream, and then added to the Luminous Calcium Sulphide 20
latex. The film may bo vulcanized after Barium Sulphate 5
application* Ultramarine Blue (French) 3
Paints made on the following formnla Cobalt Blue 3
do not coagulate, **ball*up'^ or pull off. VarniBh 28-30
278 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Violot . Equivalent Paste Red-lead Formula
Luminous Calcium Sulphide 20 Paste red-lead2.232 gal. -100 lb.
.
83 OS'^ . .

2.352 gal. - 18.23 lb.


Additional oil, IS iac/
Barium Sulphate 5 Turpentine 0.147 gal. -
.
. ,

1.06 lb. 0 88'"*^ .

Violet Lake
.

2 Drier 0.147 gal. - 1.061b . . . 0. 88 %


Varnish 25
4.878 gal. -120.35 lb. .100^
Light Weight Formula
Luminous Paiut Dry red-lead.. . . 25 lb. 74 30 %. .

Barium Sulfate 34 Ib. linseed oil.. Igal,- 7.761b... 23 03 %


Turpentine pt. -
Indian Lake 22 lb. ^
Hpt. -
0.46 lb.
0.451b...
1.336%. .

Madder Lake 1.336%


23 lb.
Luminous Calcium Sulfide 76 lb. •/
^ “ 33 66 lb. . . 100 00 %
i.*-
Weight of one gallon, 22.2 lb.
Varnish 73 lb.

Equivalent Paste Red-lead Formula


Pm te red-lead 2 232 gal. -100 lb 80 8 *7
Luminous Paint Additional oil 2.76 gal.» 21311b
Turpentine.... 0.17
.
17 2 . %
The following arc two formulas for gal.« 1.23 1b .. 088%
Dner 0.17 gal.- 1.231b .. 088%
luminous paint giving a yellow glow:
6.32 gal.- 123.77 lb . 100 00%
I II
Strontium Carbonate 100 100
Sulphur 100 30
STRUCTURAL METAL
Potassium Chloride 0.5 — PAINTS
Sodium Carbonate — 2
Tinted Paint Formulas
Sodium Chloride 0.5 0.5
Manganese Chloride 0.4 0.2 Light Brown
The mixture a crucible
is hoate in
(28 lb. Pigment to 1 gal. Oil)
for three-quarters of an hour at about
Dry Red-lead Formula
1,300® C. The more permanent variety
of luminous paint used for watch hands
Dry red-lead. .28 lb . . 75 98%
PMte lampblack H lb = 0.2 lb. , 0 64%
consists of zinc sulphide activated with Raw linseed oil . 1 gal « 7 75 lb 21 04%
radium bromide. Turpentine pt. - 0 45 1b 1.22%
Dner H Pt. = 0 45 Ib 1.22%

,
1.63 gal. -36 85 lb IW 00%
* Weight of one gallon, 24 15 lb
Marino Paint
Coal Tar 1 gal. Paste Red-lead Formula
Sodium Cyanide 5 oz. PMto red-lead 2 232 gal. - 100 lb 82 58 '

Cement 1 lb. pMte lampblack 0 082 gal. - 0 75 Ib 0 62 %


Raw linseed oil. 2 352 gal. - 18 23 lb. . 16 06 %
Turpentine 0 147 gal.- 1.06 1b 0.876%
Dner 0 147 gal.- 1.061b . 0.876%
Structural Metal Paints
4 96
gal.- 121.1 Ib 100 000%
The Three Principal Paint Formulas Weight one g^on, 24 42 lb.
of
Note.- Anv may be tinted light
red-Icad paint
Full Weight Formula brown by adding two ounces of paste lampolack
Dry red-load . . .33 lb . 79 23% to eaoh gallon of painty or three-quarters of a
Raw linaeod oil. . 1 gal - 7.75 lb ... 18 61% pound of DMte lampblack to each 100 pounds of
Turpentine Vi pt. - 0 45 lb . . . 108% PMte red-lead.
I>rier H pt. - 0 45 lb. . . . 108% Black
Total . 1.58 gal =• 4 165 lb ...100.00% 100 lb. PMte red-lead 2.23 gal.
Weight of one gallon, 26 4 lb. 52 Ib. PMte lampblack 5.5 gal.
16 lb. PMte Prussian blue 1.6 gal.
108 5 lb. raw linseed oil 14.0 gal.
Equivalent Paste tled-lead Formula 3.6 lb. turpentine 0.5 gal.
Paste red-lead2 2.32 gal =100
.
lb 86 54% .
3.6 lb drier 0.5 gal.
Additional oil . 1 851 gal. = 14 34 lb . 12 36%
Turpentine... 0 1 16 gal" 283.7 lb.
0,8351b. 0 55% 24.33 gal.
0 110 gal.- 0.8351b.. 0.55% Weight of one gallon, 11.7 lb.; contains 3.8 Ib.
dry reu-lead.
4.315 gal - 110 01 lb .100.00%
Dark Brown
Medium Weight Formula 100 lb. PMte red-lead 2.23 gal.
6 Ib. PMte lampblack 67 gal.
Dry red-lead .28 lb . . . 76.40% 28.1 Ib. (3 H
gal ) linseed oil 3.63 gal.
Raw linseed oil.. 1 gal, « 7,75 lb ... 2114% .901b. (1 pint) turpentine 12 gal.
Turpentine Upt. - 0.45 lb 123% .901b. (1 pint) drier 12 gal.
Drier H pt. - 0 451b.... 123%
136.9
- - lb.
-- 6.77 aaJ.
Tot^ ........ 151 - 36 65 lb... 100.00
gal % Weight of one gallon, 20 lbs,; contains 18.7 lb.
Weight of one g^on, 24 2 lb. dry redhead.
lacquers, paints. VARNISHBS, stains
Light Gray
^
Olive Drab Paint
Heavy Paste Formula White Lead (ground in raw *
100 lb paste white-lead (heavy paete) 2 85 gal linseed oil)
0 25 lb.paate lampblack 028 gal!
^
05 lb paste French ochre 0 033 gal
Raw Umber (ground in raw
31.0 lb (4 gal ) raw linseed oil 4 00 gal linseed oil) 3
01)0 lb. (1 pint) turpentine 125 gal Chrome Yellow (ground
O.yO lb. (1 pint) drier in
126 gal raw linseed oil) lb.
133.551b. 7.ia gal. Linseed Oil Raw pt
1
Weight of one gallon, 18 5 lb. Turpentine
Japan Drier
% pt.’

Soft Paste Formula pt.

100 lb. paste white-lead (soft paste). 3 23 gal


0 25 lb. paste lampblack 028 gal
05 lb. paste French ochre Outside While Paint Paso
. 033 gal
25.2 lb. (3 >4 gal.) raw linseed oil. 3 25 gal . Lithopoiio (high
0 90
.
oil ab-
lb. (1 pint) turpentine 125 gal
0.90 lb. (l pint) drier
sorption) 2r)0 lb.
125 gal
Zinc Oxide
127 75 lb 6.79 g^l Asbestine
Weight of one gallon, 18.8 lb.
105 Jh.
Refined Linseed Oil 18^ gal.
Light Green Bodied Linseed Oil 6 % gnl.
100 lb. paste red-lead .... 2 23
Varnolene (Naphtha) 2^2 gal.
gal
30 lb paste chrome yellow med. . 1 25 gal
12 lb. paste Prussian blue 12 gal
42.625 lb. raw linseed oil 6 5 gal * Paint, Outside
0 90 lb turpentine 0 126 gal
0 90 lb drier 0 125 gal White Lend 37.5
Keene's Cement 12
186.4 lb. 10 43 gals
Tartaric Acid 0.5
Weight of one gallon, 17.9 lb contains 8 9 lb
dry red-lead.
,

Linseed Oil 42.5


Dark Green Turpentine 5
Japan Drier 1.5
100 lb. paste red-lead 2 23 gal
12 5 lb paste chrome yellow med. Paraffin 0.5
0 622 gal.
7 .I lb piiste I'russian blue 0 75 gal Carbon Tetra Chloride 0.5
31 0 lb. raw linseed oil 4 0 gal
1.80 lb. turpentine .... 0 26 gal
1.80 lb. drier 0 25 gal 21.8
Outside White Paint
154.6 lb 8 00 gal Material Pounds
Weight of one gallon, 10.3 lb., contains 11 G lb. Carbonate White Lead
dry red-lead. 41.0
Zinc (j.xido 20.5
Ashcstino 7.3
Linseed Oil 25.8
Paint, Oil Emulsion Turpentine and Driers 5.4
(1) Linseed Oil 9
Water 16 100.0
Alum 1
Glue 4 Pounds
Chlorphenol 0.1 30.9 Titanox B.
Sulfo Turk C 0.5 21.8 Basic Carbonate White Load
12.1 Zinc Oxide
(5.0 Asbe.stine
(2) Potato Starch 10
Water 31.9 IJnsced Oil
80
Casein 0.1 Turpentine, Varnolene and
6
Varnish Driers
80
Water 170
Am. Oleate 3 Pounds
24 0 Lithopone (Albalith)
(3) Casein 3 24.0 Zinc Oxide (American Proc-
Water 30 ess) XX
Borax 0.35 (5.0 Asbestine
Phenol 0.2 6.0 Silica
Formaldehyde 0.2 Alkali refined or mechanically
Rosin 1.5 refined Linseed Oil
Pale Boiled Linseed Oil 1.5 2.5 Kettle Bodied Linseed Oil
Naphtha (V.M. & P.) 2.0 6.6 Turpentine, Varnolene and
Sulfo Turk C 0.3 Driers
280 the CHEMICAL FORMULARY
4.8
Pounds
l(i gal. Linseed Oil (bodied 4%
hrs. at 590® F.)
25.5 AXl Lithoponn
2% lb. Lead Acetate
28.7 35 per cent Leaded Zinc Oxide
Asbestine 8 gal. Linseed Oil (bodied 4%
at 590® F.)
hrs.
4.8 Silica
58 gal. Varnoleno or Oleum
29.9 Refined Linseed Oil
2.6 Kettlo Bodied Linseed Oil Bun Lewisol No. 2, China Wood Oil,
1.8 Drier and Id gal. Linseed Oil to 450® F. in 15
1.9 Thinners minutes and add Lead Acetate. Run to
565® F. in 10 minutes and hold for sign
of string. Check with 8 gal. Linseed
Cheap Outside White Paint
Oil, hold at 500® F. for 11 2 minutes,
Lithopono 300 lb. and reduce at about 450® F.
I’aris White 200 lb.
After cold or after grind add Cobalt
Asbestine 130 lb.
in the proportion of .03% based on the
Refined Linseed Oil 7 gal. weight of the oil.
Refined Fish Oil 7 gal.
Limed Gloss Oil 11% gal.
Varnoleno (Naphtha) 5% gal. Rubbing Varnish
Kerosene 5% gal. 100 lb. Lewisol No. 2
Liquid Japan Drier 2Vi gal. 20 lb. Hardened Rosin (800 lb.
8par Varnish 3 gal. Rosin, 64 lb. Lead Acetate,
Water 4% gal. 40 lb. Lime)
Where colored paint i:a desired raw 10 gal. China Wood Oil
oils and dark glo.ss oil may bo used 5 lb. Powdered Litharge
with suitable pij^'monts replacing all or 2% lb. Zinc Sulfate
part of the above pigments. 8 gal. Dipentene
30 gul. Benzine
4 lb. No. 49 Drier
Fresh Plaster, Painting On
Directions:
The following composition when ap-
plied to fro.sh plaster acts as a moisture 4 gal. CW
Oil and H Rosin run
absorbent and permits of the applica- to 510° F.
tion of paint at once. 4 gal. More China Wood Oil
Rosin or Shellac 20-60 added and run to 540° F.
Titanox .5-20 China Wood Oil, Litharge,
2 gal.
Zinc Oxide 5-10 Zinc Sulfate and the
Denatured Alcohol 25-50 100 lb. Lewisol No. 2 added and
Xylene 50-75 run to 500° F. Hold for 20
minutes to hard pill. Cool
and reduce.
Paint, Cold Water
Casein 10
Lime 10 Varnish
Chalk 60 77 lb. Lewisol No. 2
Clay 10 29 gal. China Wood Oil
Pigment 10 2% lb. Lead Acetate
To the above dry mixture water 8 gal. 4-hr. Bodied Linseed
added just before use. 5n gfil. Varnoleno or Oleum
Run Lewisol No. 2 and China Wood
Oil to 450° F. in 15 minutes. Add Lead
* New Plaster Wall Size
Acetate and run to 565° F. in 10 min-
Copal 25 utes. Held for .signs of string (about
Alcohol 30 1 minute). Check with Bodied Linseed
Xylol 60 Oil and hold for 3 minutes at 500® F.
Lithopone 10 Cool to 450® F. and reduce.
Titanox 5
Zinc Oxide 10
Varnish
84 lb. Lewisol No. 18
Varnish Formula No. LV-112 16 lb. WWGum Rosin
40-gal. Long 2% lb. Lead Acetate
92% lb. Lowisol No. 2 3 lb. Harshaw’s No. 42 Cobalt
18 gal. China Wood Oil 29 gal. China Wood Oil
TACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES. STAINS

4 gul. Heavy Bodied Linseed The abo\e gallons are “U. gal-
8.
Oil (bodied \y^ hrs. at 590* lons.
’ *

F.)
8 gal. Dipentene
76 gal. Varnolene Varnish Formula No. LV-107
Runthe Rosin and China Wood Oil 40-gnI. Long
to 450® F. in 15 minutes. Add Lend 50% Solids
Acetate and run to 5(55° F. in 8 minutes, Ajiproximate Body F— Qardner-Holdt
(’heck with Heavy Bodied Linseed Oil, Scale
stir and a<ld Lewisol No. 18. Stir until
924'a lb. Lewisol No. 2
all in solution. Run to 500° F., hold for 29 gal. China Wood Oil
body if necessary, cool to 450° F. and 2% lb. Lead Acetate
reduce. Not as durable as No. 2, but 8 gul. Linseed Oil (bodied 4M»
easier to handle. hrs. at 590° F.)
.58 gal. Varnolene or Oleum
Varnish Formula No. LV-89 Run Lewisol No. 2 and China Wood
25-gal. Long Oil to 450° F. in 15 minuto.s and add
Lead Acetate. Run to 505° F. in 10
13 gal. China Wood Oil
minutes and hold for sign.s of string
Bodied Linseed Oil
2 gal. (4% (not over 45 seconds). Chock with
hours at 590° F.)
Bodied Linseed Oil, hold 3 minutes, and
50 lb. Lewi.sol No. 2
reduce at about 450° F.
10 lb. Prepared Rosin
After cold or after grind add Cobalt
1 gal. Dipentene No. 122
in the proportion of .035% ba.setl on the
30 gal. Varnolene or Oleum
weight of the oil.
Run China Wood Oil and Lewisol No. This varnish dries in from 2 to 4
2 to 425° F. slow (20 minutes). Stir hours. Yiobl 104'yi gallons.
continually, run to 520-530° F. in 14 The above gallons are “IT, H. gal-
minutes. Hold for string, in this case lons.'*
9 minutes, check with Bodied Lin.seed
Oil, Prepared Rosin, cool to 450° F. and Varnish Formula No. LV-111
reduce.
40-gal. Long
Varnish Formula No. LV-93
92% lb. Lewisol No. 2
21 gal. China Wood Oil
25-gal. Long 8 gal. Linsee<l Oil (bodied 4%
This varnish is recommended where hrs. at 590" F.)
permanency of white, watcrproofne8.s, 2% lb. Lead Acetate
good flow and color, and very fa.st dry 8 gal. Linsi'ed Oil (bodied 4%
are desired, but where it is not neces- hr.s. at 590° f’.)
.sary to pa.ss the severe fume closet test. 58 Varnolene or Oleum
gal.

7Vj gal. China Wood Oil Run Lewisol No. 2, China Wood Oil
25 lb. Lewisol No. 2 and 8 gal. Linseed Oil to 450° F. in 15
5 lb. Prepared Rosin * minutes and add Lent] Acetate. Run to
% lb. Litharge .565° P\ in 10 minutes and hold for signs
15 gol. Varnolene or Oleum of string (not over 45 seconds). Check
with 8 gal. Linseed Oil, hold at 500° F.
Run gal. Wood Oil and 17 lb.
for 7 minutes, and reduce at about 4.50°
Lewisol No. 2 to 575° F. in 15 minutes
F.
(held for 1 minute). String and check
After cold or after grind add Cobalt
immediately with 1 gal. China Wood
in the proportion of .03% based on the
Oil, Litharge, Prepared Rosin, and bal-
weight of the oil.
ance of Lewisol No. 2. Drop heat to
475° F., hold for 10 minutes at 475-450°
F. for signs of string and reduce. Ester Gum Mixing Varnish
Note. The varnish must be checked (L.V.-151)
immediately at first sign of string at
575* F.
22% gal. China Wood Oil
22% lb. Imperial Ester Gum No. 8
*The Prepared Rosin for the above made
by heating 800 Ib Rosin with 32 lb. Lead Heat to 525° F. and hold for string
Acetate and 25 Ib Lime. and add 45 lb. Imperial Ester Gum No.
After the grind or before the Tamiah is 8, 2% lb. Red Lead, 3% lb. Ground
pnt up add .85% Cobalt baaed on the non-
Litharge, and gain to 550* F. and add
volatile content of the Tamiah. Tleld, 25 M
gallona. 6 gal. LV-150 Oil
282 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Stir well, and, if necessary, hose to 120 lb. LV-89 Lewisol No. 2
500 and let cool to 425®. Varnish
Add Oleum. 200 lb. Grind
104 lb. LV-89 Lewisol No. 2
Varnish
LV-150 Oil
15 fl. oz. Drier
30 gal. China Wood Oil
30 lb. W. G. Rosin Drier
Gain to 52.5® F. and hold for .string 100 gal. 25 lb. Harahaw Load
and add 30 lb. W. 0. Rosin, 30 gal. No. 45
Superior Linseed Oil and stir well and 75 lb. Varnolene
gam to .545° and add slowly 15 lb. 31 gal. 25 lb. Harshaw Cobalt
Ground Litharge. No. 42
Stir for 15 minutes and let cool aud 75 Ib. Varnolene
lank.
The above gallons are “U. S. gal-
White Enamel
lons.”
129 Titanox B
lb.
Sanding Sealer 43 Zinc Oxide
lb.
120 lb. LV-111 Lewisol No. 2
Gals. Pts. Lbs. Material Wt % Varnish
8 61.04 Cotton .Solution. 41 70
8 25 35 Lcwiaol .Solution. . 17 32 200 lb. Grind
6 5 83 Zinc .Stearate Base. 3 1>8 1G4 lb. LV-111 Lewisol No. 2
2 2 16 Dibutyi I’htlialato 1 47
Varnish
1 4 10 83 Butvl Acetate 7 40
1 4 10 14 Butyl Alcohol 6 93 15 fl. oz. Nuodex Cobalt
1 6 76 Denatured Alcohol. 4 62
4 24 28 Laotol Spirits A. 16 58
. .

White Enamel
20 146 30 100 00
HAND IN T»N MINUT10
120 Titanox B
lb.
43 Zinc Oxide
lb.
120 LV-112 Lewisol
lb. No. 2
Cotton Solution Varnish
O&ls. Pts. Lbs. Material Wt. % 200 lb. Grind
193 (X) Wet Cotton .... 28 00 1()4 lb. LV112 Lewisol No. 2
22 7 36 161 92 Ethyl Acetate 23 57
332 12 Toluol
.

48 34
Varnish
40 7.22 . . . .

15 fl. oz. Nuodox Cobalt


687 04 100.00
YIELD 90 0 A r.LONH OP SOLUTION
WEIGHT 7 63 LD. PER GAL. White Enamel
This solution contains 1 4 lb. of dry cotton in 129 Titanox B
lb.
u h gallon O'" solution (or 19 66% by wt
riie 193 lb. of wot cotton is a standard weight 43 lb. Zinc O.\ido
i
ruin and is composed of 135 lb of dry cotton 120 lb. LV-115 Lewisol No. 2
.iiui 58 lb. of alcohol
Varnish
200 lb. Grind
Lewisol Solution 1(54 lb. LV-115 Lewisol No. 2
Gals. Pts Lbs Material Wt. % Varnish
8 00 Lewisol 1.2 or 18.. 52 56 15 fl. oz. Nuodox Cobalt
1 7 22 Toluol 47 44

15 22 100.00 Varnish Formula No. LV-66


WEIUllT 8 45 LB. PER GAL.
Approx. 22-gal. Long
This varnish is recommended whore
Zinc Stearate Base
extreme waterproofness, weather resist-
Gals. Pts. Lbs. Material Wt. % ance and ability to resist yellowing out
75 (X) Zinc Stearate 25 72 of direct light are not required, but
26 180 50 Toluol 61 90
5 36 10 Toluol* 12 38 where it is desirable to pass very severe
gas tests.
291 60 100 00

YIELD 37 H gallons WEIGHT 7 78 LB. PER OAL. 144 lb. Lewisol No. 2
* Grind in pebble inill four hours
and rinse out
IG lb. W G Rosin
with Toluol. 2 % lb. Lead Acetate
3 lb. No. 42 Drier (Harshaw)
White Enamel 15 gal. Kellogg KVO Linseed
129 lb. Titano.x B Oil
43 lb. Zinc Oxide 15 gal. China Wood Oil
LACQUERS, PAINTS. VARNISHES, STAINS
^
4 gal. Heavy Bodied Linseed the batch. Add the liquid driers nt
Oil 4% hours nt 590® i\ 350° F.
8 gal. Gum Turps Remarks
76 gal. Varnoleue or Oleum This varnish is a so called "four
Run the Wood Oil and the Kelloggs hour" varnish. It is highly water and
KVO Linseed to 450° F. in 15 minutes. alkali resistant. Samph's
have been
Add Lead Acetate and heat to 525° I', maintained at a temperature of ;U)° F.
in 7 minutes. Hold at 525° F. for 10 for 7 dius without showing precipitation.
minutes. Immediately add the ro.-'in
and Lewisol No. 2 and the Heavy Bo<l- Cobalt Drier
led Linseed Oil. Stir well and heat to
500° F. and hold for 50 minute.s. Fool W. W. Rosin 100 lb.

400° F. and reduce, adding the Co- Rehned Linseed Oil 100 lb.
to
Cobalt Acetate 16 lb.
balt after the grind in proportion of
Mineral Spints 35 gal.
.035% Cobalt as metal based on the
weight of the This varnish dries
oil. Heat Rosin and Tdnseed Oil to 350°
in from 2 to 4 hours depending, of and add Cobalt Acetate slowly. Keep
course, on conditions. Yield, 140 gal- the tempeniture rising. When nearly all
lons. the Acetate has been added, the inixliiie
The above gallons are "U. S. gal- may crystallize but in raising the tem-
lons." perature to 500° 1'. it will again become
Injuid. Add the balance of Acetate if
not already added and hold at 500“ F,
Four Hour Varnish until all acetic acid fumes have been
The following formula using Nevin- eliminated, (/ool to 390° F. and add
dene suggested where rapid drying is
is Mineral Spirits.
desired in a medium oil varnish. The This drier contains one ounce of Co-
liiined Rosin is used to assist kettle balt Metal per gallon.
manipulation, to prevent drier precipita-
tion and to keep the Nevindene com-
Manganese Drier
pletely dissolved. To obtain maximum
speed of drying no Linseed Oil is used. W. W. Rosin 100 lb.
Refined Linseed Oil 100 lb.

Medium Oil Varnish Manganese Acetate 151.^ lb.


Mineral Spirits 35 gal.
Nevindene 81 lb.
Limed Rosin (5%) 13 lb. The procedun' in making thii? drier is
No. 1 Fused Lead Resinato 6 lb. the same as that described for the (-obalt
China Wood Oil 25 gal. drier.
No. 1 Cobalt Drier 1 gal. This likewise contains one ounce of
No. 1 Manganese Drier % gal. Manganese Metal jier gallon.
Mineral Spirits 41 gal.

0.(10% Lead Metal based on weight of Short Oil Varnish


China Wood Oil. Neville Hard Resin 100 lb.
0.03% Cobalt Metal based on weight of (;hina Wood Oil 10 gal.
China Wood Oil. Mineral Spirits 25 gal.
0.011% Manganese Metal based on No. 1 Cobalt Drier JVi gal.
weight of China Wood Oil. 0.10% Cobalt Metal based on weight of
(’hina Wood Oil.
Procedure
Procedure
Heat the Wood Oil to 400° F. and add
13 lb. of Limed Rosin and 40 lb. of Heat the Wood Oil to 400" F. and add
Nevindene. Run the batch so as to get 30 lb. of Hard Resin. Run the batch so
to the top heat of 505° F. in approxi- as to get to the top heat of 565° F. in
mately 30 minutes from the start of the about 35 minutes from the start of the
cook. Hold at 505° F. until a few drops cook. Hold at 505° F. until a few drops
"spun" on glass "pick up" 12 to 15 "spun" on glass "pick up" about 24
inches before "breaking." Chill with inches before "breaking." Chill with
the Lead Reainate and balance of 41 lb. the balance of 70 lb. of Hard Rosin. The
of Nevindene to cool around 495° F. hatch should not show a "string" at any
Hold here for a syrupy body but do not stage. If desired, just enough of the
"string" the vamisL As soon as the Resin may be added to "chill" to 490°
desired body is obtained add enough F. and the kettle held here for a final
Mineral Spirits to completely "check" "stout" body. The Resin must all be
284 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
in solution when tho kettle has cooled to Four Hour V'arnish
425® F. The Mineral Wpirits should be
added as soon as all of tiic Kesin has
A variation is given below. Three gal-
lons of China Wood Oil have been re-
dissolved. Add tlie Liquid Drier at placed by three gallons of Bodied Liu-
350® F.
bcod Oil. This gives a film with slightly
Remarks
moie flexibility.
This varnish serves to illustrate the
Nevindene 81 lb.
use of straifjlit Cobalt Drier with Neville
Limed Rosin (5%,) 12^5 lb.
Resin. I'or many purposes it will bo de-
No. 1 Fused Lead Resinate 0% lb.
sirable to replaci* some of the Cobalt
China Wood Oil 22 gal.
Drier with I’used Lead Resinate.
Bodied Linseed Oil 3 gal.
No. 1 Cobalt Drier D/jjj gal.
Medium Oil \'arnish No. 1 Manganese Drier % gal.
Neville Hard Resin 84 lb. Mineral Spirits 41 gal.
No. 1 Fused Lead Resiimto »5 lb.
0.(i0%, Load Metal Baaed on weight of
Kster (ium 10 lb.
China Wood Oil.
China Wood Oil 20 gal.
1.20%, Lead Metal bused on weight of
Bodied Linseed Oil 3 gal.
Linseed Oil.
Mineral Spirits 42 gal.
0.03% Cobalt Metal based on weight of
No. 1 Cobalt Drier 1 gal.
China Wood Oil.
No. 1 Mangaac'so Drier >
0.0(5%) (hibalt Metal based on weight of
0.()0% Load Metal based on w'oij^lit of Linseed Oil.
China Wood Oil. 0.01%, Manganese Metal based on weight
1.20% Lead Metal bused on w'eight of of {/’hina Wood Oil.
Linseed Oil. 0.02%) Manganese Metal based on weight
0.03% (\)bult Mc'tal based on weight of of Linseed Oil.
(/lima Wood (^il.

0.00%, Cobalt Metal based on weight of Procedure


Linseed Oil.
0.011%, MangarK'.Ho Metal based on Heat the Wood Oil to 400® F. and add
weight of China Wood Oil. the Limed Rosin and 40 lb. of Nevin-
0.022% Mangaiu'si' Metal based on dene. Run the batch so as to get to the
weight of Linseed Oil. top lieat of 505® F. in approximately 30
minutes from the start of the cook. Hold
*' Procedure at 505° F. until a few drops “spun” on
Heat tho Wood Oo to 100® F. and add glass “pick up” 12 to 15 inches before
10 lb. E.ster Cum and 40 lb. of Hard “breaking.” Chill with the Lead Rosin-
Resin. Run the batch so as to get to the u(e and «‘*iougli Nevindene to cool to
top heat of 505® F. in appro.ximately 30 around 405° t’. Huhl here for a syrupy
minutes from the start of tlio emok. llold body but do not “string” the varnish.
at 505° F. until a few drops “spun” on As soon as the desired body is obtained,
glass “pick up” 12 to 15 inches before add any remaining Nevindene and enough
“breaking.” Cahill with the Lead Resin- Mineral Spirits to completely “check”
ate, tho Hard Resin (tho 41 pounds that the batch. Add tho liquid driers at
have been “Indd out”) and enough of 350° F.
the Linseed Oil, if nece.ssary, to cool to Remarks
approximately 405° F. Hold here for a
This varnish is a so-called “four
syruiiy body but do not “string” tho
hour” varnish. water and
It is highly
varnish. Add balance of Linseed Oil, if
alkali Samples have been
resistant.
any, and follow at once. with the Mineral
maintained at a temperature of 30° F.
Spirits if necessary to further “check”
for 7 days without showing precipitation.
the batch. Add the liquid driers at
350® F. Method: The China Wood Oil is heated
Remarks to about 470° F. and 75 pounds Cumar
added with stirring while on the fire.
When freshlv made, this varnish may The temperature is run up to about 530°
show some “silking,” but ageing for one
F. and the kettle is withdrawn and held
or two days usually eliminates it. Under
until a drop of the oil on cold glass seta
good conditions, tins varnish wall permit
to a hard button. The balance (25
of the application of two coats a day.
pounds) of Cumar is added with stirring.
Here again, faster drying may be ob-
The temperature falls below 500° F. The
tained by increasing tho drier content,
kettle is put back on the fire and heated
particularly the Cobalt.
to about 510® F. It is held for 15 to 30
LACQUERS, PAINTS. VARNISHES, STAINS
^

minutes until suflGcient body is attained about 15-17 minutes of start) to 485° F.
as indicated by a drop of the melt cooled Check lire, and gradually stir in litharge.
on glass. In this varnish it should give When the litharge is in, boost the fire to
a hard button. The batch is cooled and reach 590° F. This takes 5 to 7 mill-
the cobalt linoleate is added. Thinning utes^* Take off fire at 590° F. and gain
is started at 450“ F. or below. It should 000° F. which temjieratiire is reached
be noted that at no point in this opera- quickly. Chill at once with 5 gallons of
tion is the China Wood Oil cooked so China Wood Oil and follow at once with
that it strings from the stirrer. the Cumar. Stir rapidly and the tem-
This formula is successful except perature drops below 500° F. Hold at
where elasticity is of utmost importance 455-175° F. for (lie proper body (about
in which case a longer oil varnish may 40 minutes to nii hour is required).
be used. Sometimes it is necessary in this opera-
tion to place on the fire to maintain the
temperature. Add (he Cobalt Acetate,
Cumar in Concrete Paints
around 4i‘>0° F. cool to 4.50— 110° F. and
The following varnish A may
be used thin. When intended as a grinding ve
for general purpose alkali resisting var hide it is better to add the cobalt as a
iHslies or as a vehicle for concrete paints. liquid drier after grinding.
However, varnish R is more satisfactory Nnfp- The CXCC18 of Iiflmrpe, added toroiqlraiii
where greater elasticity and case of tlio raio of oil polyim;n/,uti(»n at the I'levalfHl
grinding are required. ti'inperaliire,forms ii clond of insoluble lead
drier whirh requires some time to aetlle
Wliilo lend or Lend Aretnto in equivalent
amount can be used inslend of the litharife
Varnish A
China Wood Oil 20 gal. Concrete Silos, Varnish for Interior of
Cumar V 125 lb.
This simple coating is suggested as a
Mineral Spirits 35 gal. wash coat for concrete silo interiors since
Method: Put China Wood Oil in ket- it will resist the alkaline action of the

tle, run very quickly (12-1() minutes) to concrete and the organic acids and other
400° F. and add 100 pounds of Cumar. reactive liquids which, geni'mted in the
Carry the heat rapidly to 5(5° F. (this ensilage, have a destructive action on tlm
point should be reached within 2(J-25 concrete.
minutes of the start) and withdraw the Cumar V-3 IPO lb.
kettle from the fire as the temperature Xylol 5 gal.
gains 570-575° F. Do not allow the V. M. and P. Naphtha 15 gal.
batch to string, but check with the re-
maining 25 pounds of Cumar. Tins must Dissolve the Cumar by agitation with
be stirred in rapidly. the solvent mixture in a vessel provided
It will be neces-
sary to cool from this point by running with a mechanical mixer or in a tumbling
a stream of water on the kettle until the barrel. The solution possesses a com-
temperature is just below 500° F. Body paratively low vi.scosity.
the batch between 500-450° F. as ft Htir in about 300 pounds of Portland
cools. The varnish can be reheated to c(‘mcnt and ajiply with a heavy brusli.
480-490° It will be understood that if a glaze coat
F.if necessary. The body is
e.stimated by cooling a sample of the 18 required less cement will bo used. If
melt on tin. The batch a flatter finish is desired a greater
is thinned at
450-4:{0° F. amount of cement can be added.
A Cobalt Japan (Equivalent of The mixture is applied with a heavy
1 lb.
of 5% Cobalt Linoleate) is added brush.
later.

Alkali Resisting Varnish


Varnish B Where a varnish of maximum alkali
China Wood Oil resistance is desired the following for-
30 gal.
Cumar V 100 lb.
mula is suggested.
Litharge (Sublimed) 7% lb. China Wood Oil 10-12 gal.
Cobalt Acetate ^ lb. Cumar W 100 lb.
Mineral Spirits 60 gal. Cobalt Linoleate of 5%
Method: Put 25 gallons China Wood Metal Content (or
Oil in the kettle, carry to 400° F. then equivalent) 8 oz.
add 25 lb. Cumar. Bun quickly (within
Mineral Spirits 28 gaL
286 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
VARNISH Take 590° F. and gain 600° F.
off fire at

Medium Oil —China Wood Oil which temperature is reached quickly.


Chill at once with 5 gallons of China
(High Cooking Temperature)
Wood Oil and follow at once with the
China Wood Oil 20 gal.
Cuniar. Stir rapidly and the tempera-
Curnar V 125 lb.
ture drops below 500“ F. Hold at 455-
Mineral Spirits 35 gal. 475° F. for the proper body (about 40
Method: Put China Wood Oil in ket- minutes to an hour is required). Some-
tle, run very quickly (12-10 ininutea) to times it is necessary in this operation to
400® F. and add 100 pounda of Cuniar. place on the Are to maintain tlie tempera-
Curry the heat rapidly to 5r)5° F. (this ture. Add the Cobalt Acetate, around
point should be reached within 20-25 400° F., cool to 450-140° F. and thin.
minutes of the start) and withdraw the
Nolo: Tho of litharge, added to re-
kettle from the fire as the temperature «traiii tho rate of oil iwlyiuorizntion at the
gains 570-575° F. Do not allow the »4ovated teraporature, forms a cloud of insol-
batch to string but check with the re ii))lo load soap which requiros some time to
settle. White lead or Load Acetate in equiva-
maining 25 pounds of Curnar. This must lent amount can bo used instead of tiiu
bo stirred in rapidly. It will be neces- litliargo.
sary to cool from tliis point by lunniiig
a stream of water on the kettle until the Long Oil —
China Wood Spar with Rosin —
temperature is just below 500° F. Body and Litharge (Regular 34 gallon type)
the batch between 500 •450° F. as it cools.
China Wood Oil 34 gal.
The varnish can be relieated to 480-490° Curnar V 70 lb.
F. if necessary. The body is estimated Rosin 30 lb.
by cooling a sample of the melt on tin.
Litharge 714- 8 lb.
The batch is thinned at 450-430° F. Cobalt Acetate or equivalent
A Cobalt .Japan (F(|uivaleut of 1 lb. Cobalt Linoleate or Manga-
of 5% Cobalt Linoleate) is added later.
nese Resiiiuto 5.3 oz.
Mineral Spirits 60-65 gal
Long Oil —China Wood Linseed Method: Run China Wood Oil and
Jiosin Typo Rosin to 405—170° F. and add Litharge
China Wood Oil 20 gal. while stirring down foam. Carry quickly
Linseed Oil 10 gal. to 575-585° F. and pull from tho Are
Cuniar V 100 lb. while it gains 600° F. Check at once
Rosin 20 lb. with the Curnar which quickly lowers tho
Cobalt Linoleate (about temperature to about 5.35° F. Chill here
5% metal) 1.5 lb. with hose to about 51.5-510° F. and gain
Mineral Spirits 40 gal. body as the batch slowly cools to 480° F.
Method: The China Wood Oil and
Add Cobalt Drier at 480° II Cool to
450-440° F. and thin. It is not desir-
Rosin are heated to about 5.>5° F. and
able in any case to allow tho China Wood
drawn off the tiro. When the oil strings
Oil to string.
the Linseed Oil is added to chill The
Curnar is then added and the kettle put Note: For belter flowitiff results use 31 gal-
lons China Wood Oil and 3 gallons of kettle-
back on the Are, heated to 500-510° F., bodied Linseed Oil. For longer oil batches use
held for 15 to .30 minutes or until suffi- 34 gallons of China Wood Oil as given above
cient body has been obtained. Add drier, and chill at 600® F. with 3 to 6 gallons of
Linseed Oil.
cool and thin at 450° F. or below.

Long Oil —
China Wood Oil Spar with a —
Long Oil— China Wood Oil Curnar— Resinate (25 gallon Quick Drying)
Spar Type with Litharge China Wood Oil 25 gal
China Wood Oil 30 gal. Curnar V 75 lb.
Curnar V 100 lb. Fused Lead Resinate (5%
Litharge (Sublimed) 7 Vi lb. Lead Content) 25 lb.
Cobalt Acetate % lb. Cobalt Linoleate (6.5%
Mineral Spirits 60 gal. Metal) 12 oz.
Method: Put 25 gallons China Wood Mineral Spirits 50-55 gal.
Oil in the kettle, carry to 400° F. then Method: Run tho China Wood Oil to
add 25 lb. Curnar. Run quickly (within 300° F. and add the Fused Lead Resin-
about 15-17 minutes of start) to 485° F. ato, then carry temperature quickly to
Check lire, and gradually stir in litharge. 560° F. and withdraw from the fire. Al-
When the litharge is in, boost the fire to low it to gain 575° F. Hold a moment
reach 590° F. This takes 5 to 7 minutes. and chill immediately with 75 pounds of
LACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 287

Cumar. and the teraperature


Stir rapidly F. This point should bo reached within
drops to 510-515” F. Allow the varnish 20-25 minutes of the start. The kettle
to gain body as it cools from this point. is withdrawn from the tire at this point

It is important to gain a good body so and the temperature is allowed to gam


that when the batch is thinned with 50- about 590“ F. Do not allow the batch
55 gallons Mineral Spirits it will have an to string but chock with 65 pounds of
F. or G. (Gardner-Holt) body. It is not Cumar and stir rapidly. The tcnipcni
good practice to string the Cumar Var- ture drops to 500-480® F. Put kettle on
nish, therefore the progress of the body- fire and heat to 500 or 510“ F. Cook at
ing of the oil is noted by withdrawing 500-470“ F. until a sample cooled on
samples from the stirrer and testing on glass gives a hard button. Gradually
pieces of tin. add the remaining Cumar without allow-
Fused Zinc Resinato with a small per- ing tlie tenipeialiire to be reduced too
centage of lead can be used instead of imich. Add the Cobalt Acetate at 470“
the Fused Lead Resinate the above m F. and hoiu until it is taken up. Cool
formula. Limed Rosin can also be used and begin thinning at 430-110“
if approximately l^j pounds litharge is Instead of using Fused Lead Resinate,
added at 460“ F. on the up-heat. untreated Rosin can be added to the
Rather than cook the Cobalt drier into Cliina Wood Oil at the start and at 450“
the batch, some varnish makers prefer to F. to 470“ F. about U/i pounds of pow-
add the Cobalt in the form of a liquid dered Litharge dusted in, while the oil is
drier. stirred rapidly. From this point the up-
heat is continued and the remaining pro-

Short Oil —China Wood Oil Alone


cedure is followed.

China Wood Oil 12 gal.


Cumar V 100 lb. — —
Medium Oil China Wood Linseed Oil
Cobalt Linoleate of 5% (Low Cooking Temperature)
Metal Content (or equiva- China Wood Oil 15*^ gal.
lent) 8 oz. Refined or hour Kettle
Mineral Spirits 28 gal. Bodied Linseed Oil 2\(j gal.

Method: The China Wood Oil is heated Cumar V 100 lb.

to about 470“ F. and 75 pounds Cumar


Cobalt Linoleate (5%
Metal (^intent) 12 oz.
added with stirring while on the fire.
The temperature is run up to about G.'lO” Mineral Spirits 34 gal.

F. and the kettle is withdrawn and held Method: The China Wood Oil Is heated
untila drop of the oil on cold glass sets to about 470” F. and about 74 pounds
to a hard button. The balance (25 Curnar added wliile still on the fire, with
ixmnds) of Cumar is added with stirring. sufficient stirring to prevent the Cumar
The temperature falls below 500“ F. from sticking to the bottom of the kettle
The kettle is put back on the fire and (as local overheating would darken the
heated to about 510“ F. It is held for varni.sli). This should require not over
15 to .‘10 minutes until sufficient body i.s 12 minutes. The temperature is then run
attained as indicated by a drop of the up about 535“ F., the kettle with-
to
melt cooled on glass. In this varnish it drawn from the fire and held for 15 min-
.should give a hard button. The batch is utes, or until a drop on a cold glass plate
cooled and the cobalt linoleate is added. sets up to a fairly hard button. The
Thinning is started at 450“ F. or below. cooking under any circumstances should
It should be noted that at no point in not be continued so far that the oil be-
this operation is the China Wood Oil gins to string from the stirrer. The bal-
cooked so that it strings from the stirrer. ance of the Cumar (25 pounds) and the
Linseed Oil are added with stirring to
check the heat. It is important to get
Short Oil —China Wood Oil with a the proper body without stringing and
Holding Agent
this method has been found to be both
China Wood Oil 10 gal.
easy and safe. The final bodying is con-
Cumar W or Cumar V 90 lb.
ducted at 50(M80“ F. until a sample
Fused Lead Resmate 10 lb.
tested on glass indicates that the correct
(Metal content about 5%) body has been obtained. The Cobalt is
Cobalt Acetate 2 oz. then added and after cooling below 450“
Mineral Spirits 18-20 gal.
F. the batch is thinned. This varnish
Method: The China Wood Oil and lias excellent lustre and is^hard and
Lead Resinate are put into the kettle and tough.
the heat is carried rapidly to 575-580“ This varnish can be improved in drying
288 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
time by the addition of two pounds of Bodied Linseed Oil 15 gal.
Lead Resinate or Lead Linolcate with the Litharge 3 lb.
Cobalt Linoleate. Manganese Acetate % lb.
Cobalt % lb.
Turpentine 22 gal.
75-Gallon Rosin Varnish Formula
Mineral Spirits 10 gal.
I Wood Rosin 100 lb.
run to 450® F. and add
Heat Wood Oil and Ester Gum and 5
Hydrated Li mo 7 lb.
gal. Linseed Oil to 400° F. Add Lith-

run to 560® F. and add in a slow stream


arge. Raise quickly to 580°. Gain 590.
with stirring
Hold for Add balance of
light string.
Linseed Oil. Reheat to 500° until 2"
Haw China Wood Oil ?> 7 gal. % to 3" string established from stirring
and
rod. Cool to 410° and thin.
Haw Linseed Oil 9>/j| gal.

run to 590° F. and add


Raw Linseed Oil 28 gal.
25-Gallon Amberol F-7 Varnish Formula
Sublimed Litharge 8 lb.
run to 510° F. and eook at thi.s tempera-
Amberol F-7 90 lb.
Lead Resinate 10 lb.
ture until proper body is obtained (about
China Wood Oil 22 gal.
4 hours). Reduce with
Turpentine
Medium Bodied Linseed Oil 3 gal.
40 gal.
Mineral Thinner 45 gal.
Varsol 45 gal.
Liquid Cobalt Drier 'A gal.
in which is dissolved
Cobalt Linoleate Paste Drier 4 lb.
Liquid Manganese Drier % gal.

Cook the Amberol F-7 and China Wood


Oil to 5(50°, check with 3 gallons of Lin
25-Gallon Ester Gum Varnish Formula seed Oil and hold for body at 500°. Pull
Ester Gum 40 lb. from fire. Add Lead Itesinate and then
China Wood Oil 9 gal. to G body. Add Liquid Driers.
Bodied Linseed Oil 1 gal.
Litharge 1 lb.
50-Gallon Amberol F-7 Varnish Formula
Man^nese Acetate 4 oz.
Cobalt Acetate 1 oz. Amberol F-7 95 lb.
Turpentine 5 gal. China Wood Oil 35 gal.
Mineml Spirits 10 gal. Medium Bodied Linseed Oil 15 gal.
Fu8(*d Lead Resinate 8 lb.
Heat 9 gal. Wood Oil and 35 lb. Ester
Cobalt Acetate 6 oz.
Gum to 400® F. Add I lb. Litharge,
Manganese Acetate 4 oz.
liaise quickly to 580° F., gain 590 olT
Mineml Thinner 73 gal.
fire;hold for light string from stirring
rod. Add imnieiliately 5 lb. F.ster Gum Cook the Amberol F-7, China Wood Oil
and 1 gal. of Hodied Linseed Oil (.1 lira.). and 5 gal. of Linseed Oil to 5(50°. Check
At 440° F. add driers. Then thin. with 10 gal. of Linseed Oil and hold at
500® F. for body. Pull from fire. Add
Lead Resinate and when all is in, add
50-Gnllon Eater Gum Varnish Formula Cobalt and Manganese Driers. Thin at
faster Gum lb. 450° F.
China Wood Oil i;i gal.
Perilla Oil l'/2 gul.
75-Gallon Amberol F-7 Varnish Formula
Bodied Linseed Oil :d/, gal.
Amberol F-7 100 lb.
Litharge 1 lb. 11 oz.
China Wood Oil 47 gal.
Manganese Acetate 6 oz.
Med. Bodied Linseed Oil 28 gal.
Cobalt Acetate li/(i oz.
Fused Lend Resinate 71A lb.
Turpentine 1.3 i/j gal.
Mineral Thinner 102 gal.
Mineral Spirits 12 gal.
Liquid Cobalt Drier sufficient to give
Heat Wood Oil, Perilla Oil and Ester metallic cobalt equal to .03% of the
Gum to 400° F. Add Litharge. (Quickly oil content.
raise to 580-590® F. off fire. Hold for
Cook the Amberol F-7, China Wood Oil
light string. Add Bodied Linseed Oil.
and 14 gal. of Linseed Oil to 550° F.
At 440° F. add driers and reduce.
Check with 14 gal. of Linseed Oil, hold
for body at 500® F. Pull from fire. Add
75-Qallon Ester Gum Varnish Formula Lead Resinate and thin to body F. Add
Ester Gum 40 lb.
Liquid Driers.
China Wood Oil 15 gal.
LACQUERS. PAINTS, VARNISHES. STA NS I 289

25-GaIIon Aniberol 226 Varnish Formula gallon of above varnish add


flip

Amberol 226 1*4 fl- ounces XK-1092 Cobalt Drier and


100 lb.
China Wood Oil 25 gal. V2 ounci* XK-9t4 Lead Manganese
Drier.
Mineral Thinner 38 gal.
Liquid Cobalt Drier sufficient to give
Cobalt Metal equal to .03% of the
oil content. 75 Gallon XR 251 Bakelite Varnish
Cook the Amberol and China Wood Oil J’ormula
to 460° F. and hold for body. Thin with China Wood Oil 25 gal.
Mineral Thinner to Body F. Add Liquid Bakelite XR-2 .'j
1 lb.
('obalt Drier. Miiier.il Spirits 24 gal.
Dipentiiio 2% gal.

oO-Gallon Amberol 226 Varnish Formula Procedure: Oil and resin in kettle to
450° F. in Vi hour. Hold at 450" F.
Amberol 226 100 lb.
for .35 minutes and thin at once. Driers:
China Wood Oil 50 gal.
'Po each gallon of tlie above varnish add
Mineral Thinner 61V1> g^d.
Liquid Cobalt Drier containing suffi-
2 fl. ounces of XK
1092 (^)balt Drier and
2 fl. ounces of XK-914 Lead Manganese
cient Cobalt Metal to equal .0.3% of
Drier.
the oil content.
Cook the Amberol and China Wood Oil
to 460° F. and hold for body. Thin to XIv-911 Lead Manganese Drier
Body F and add Lujmd (^ibalt Drier.
This drier
is jirep.ared by dissidving
2.7 lb. of lead manganese Soligen in iVi
75-Gallon Amberol 226 Varnish Formula gallons of mineral spirits by warming.
Amberol 226 100 lb.
One fluid ounce of this drier contains
China Wood Oil appro.Minafely one gram of lead and .21
75 gal.
giain manganese as metal.
Mineral Thinner 92 gal.
Liquid Cobalt Drier containing sufli-
cient Cobalt Metal to equal .03% of Varnish Formula
the oil content.
Rezyl No. 11.3 solution containing 40%
Cook the Amberol and China Wood Oil l)y weight of Rezyl No. 11,3, 30% Xylene
to 460° F. and hold for body. Thin to an<l .30%. “Ili-Flaah Naphtha.’' liners
Body F and add Liquid Cobalt Drier. an* present as linoleates equivalent to
0 1%, Lead, 0.05% Manganese and 0.03^;},
Cobalt based on the weight of the Rezyl.
25-Oallon XR-254 Bakelite Varnish
Formula
Varnish Formula
China Wood Oil 22 Vi gal. Solution containing 35% solids, t.e.,
Varnish Grade Linseed Oil 2Vj gal. 17>Xi% ‘‘Jifh of Rezyl No. 113 and No.
Bakelite XR-254 100 lb. 1102, plus .32V2% Xylene and 32Vi%
Mineral Spirits (Varsol) 27^ gab “Hi Flash Naphtha,” all percentages by
Dipentene 10 gal. weight. Driers present are 0.3% Lead,
0,0 1% Manganese and 0.02% Cobalt
Procedure: Oils and re.sin in kettle to
ba.sed on the total weight of the com-
toO" F. in 25 minutes. Hold at 4.50” F. bined Rezyls.
for 22 minutes and thin immediately.
Driers: To each gallon of the above var-
nish add IVi fl- ounces XK
1092 Liquid Baking Varnish for Wrinkle- Finish
on Metal
Cobalt Drier and one ounce XK-944 Lead
Manganese Drier. Manihi Gum 2 V2 lb.
Tung Oil 2’/^ pt.
Raw Linseed Oil Vi pt>
50 -Gallon XR-254 Bakelite Varnish Zinc Sulphate 3 oz.
Formula Lead Manganese Drier 3 oz.

China Wood Oil 25 gal.


Turpentine ^ pt,

Bakelite XR-254 50 lb.


Varnolene 4 pt.

Mineral Spirits 22^ gal. Melt gum to 625° F., cool to 575°.
Procedure: Oil and resin in kettle to Heat again to 640° F., cool to 600°.
450° F. in 30 minutes. Hold at 450° F. Heat again to 650“ F., cool to 600°.
for 20 minutes and thin at once. Driers Heat again to 610° F.
m THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
375* with the The XR-254 and china wood oil were
Heat oila separately to
then add run to 480“ F. in 30 minutes, held 45
zinc sulphate, add to gum,
drier; heat to 560* F., cool and add minutes and the linseed oil added. The
batch was then pulled from the fire held
thinner at 375* F.
for body and reduced.

* Light Fast Colored Varnish


Example 1 . —In 100 parts of commer- Bottle Varnish
86
cial spirit varnish ^containing as essen- Rosin
tial part a resin, ror instance shellac)
Ceresin 5
there is dissolved 0.5 part of perchloric Japan Wax 6
acid (concentrated). There is thus ob- Melt and stir until uniform, While
tained a varnish wliich can be colored stiinng and heating add slowly
lust to light. By using 0.25 part of Barytes (Powder) 25
Malachite gieen crystals, there is pro-
Allow to cool to 90* C. and add slowly
duced for example a beautiful green col-
with stirring
oring fast to light.
Example f. —
In 100 parts of warm Alcohol O

commercial spirit vaniish there are dis- taking care that it does not boil off.
solved 0.25 part of Victoria blue B, Other pigments may be used in place of
highly concentrated, whereupon 0.5 piirt barytes. This varnish is applied hot.
of concentrated nitric acid i.s added. The It may also be used for bottle cork
varnish is of blue color fa.st to light. capping.

Bookbinder’s Varnish * Bakelite Type Varnish


Venice Turpentine 5 kg. Resins of the phenol-aldehyde or of
Blenched Shellac 11 kg. the glyptal type, capable of being hard-
Alcohol 35 kg. ened, are mixed with an equal wt. of
rosin, or other noii-haidening resin, and
Anti-Rust Varnish the inixt. is heated at 200* for 30-00
min. Tho lesulting resin is very sol. in
Cumarone China Wood
turpentine and oils to give a varni.sh
Varnish 25 parts
White Spirit which dries in 8-10 min. The rosin
15 parts
serves to render the synthetic resin per-
Load Chromate Vi part
manently sol. Varnish may be made
directly, for example, as follows: ceresol
Varnish, Anti-Skinning Agent for 100, 40% HCHO100, rosin 100, hexa-
The addition of 0.1% guaiacol dimin- methylenetetramine 1'1.5 and chinawood
ishes

‘ skinning.
’ ’
oil 200 paits aie heated together under
reflux for 2 hr. The HoO is then distd.
off. Heating is continued at 250* for 1
Amberol Varnish hr. and 10-20 parts of Ph or Mn tung-
K12-A Amberol 90 lb. state are added. Turpentine may be
Limed Rosin 10 lb. added.
China Wood Oil 1
1 gal.
Kettle Bodied Lin.seed Oil 4 gal.
Bakelite-Nevindene-Fster Gum
Lead Acetate 2 lb.
Mineral Spirits All Round 50 gallon Utility Spar Varnish
22V^ gal.
Heat the Amberol, 5Vj gallons of wood (To compete with the lower priced
oil and one gallon limseed oil to 5t50" F.
Albertols)
Hold for five minutes. Add remainder Nevindene 10 lb.
Ester Gum
,

of wood oil and gain 540* F., check with 80 lb.


rosin, add lead acetate, linseed oil and Bakelite XR-821 10 lb.
reduce.
China Wood Oil 50 gal.
Mineral Spirits (Sunoco) 60 gal.
Bakelite Varnish Solvent Naphtha (2-50-W) 10 gal.
XR-254 100 lb. Metallic Cobalt in the form
China Wood Oil 23 gal. of Cobalt, Linoleate or
Improved Raw Linseed 2% gal. other Soluble Form 13 gm.
Cellosolve 6 gal. Heat the Nevindene, Bakelite Resin,
Toluol 2 gal. Ester Gum and China Wood Oil to 470*
High Flash Naphtha 4 gal. F, in 30 minutes. Hold for at least 30
Mineral Spirits 33 gal. minutes for a string of about 3 inches
Cobalt Drier (Resinate) %2 gaL cold from glass. Check with all of the
LACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, PAINTS 291
Solvent Naphtha and part of the Min- deno also permits the use of more thin-
eral Spirits to 350® F., or less. Add the ners, and in this respect further reduces
driers and remainder of thinners. the cost.
Length The China Wood Oil is heated only
50 gal.
for a suflicient length of time to remhsr
Body E
it free from gas check and is ns free
Color 5+ from jell formation as it is possible to
Non-volatile 50%
Drying Time make.
4 hr.
This Varnish is not us sensitive to
Note: In order to render this Varnish free
from {ras check it must be held for not less
driers as usual and will not skin in the
than 30 minutes at 470® F., as the propor- container. It has improved gloss and
tion of Bageiite Resin is comparativelj small flow.

This Varnish will compare favorably


Bakelite-Ne\ indene Floor \ arnish
with varnishes made with any of the
Albertols costing 4c to 5c per pound more This is an all round I 'loor Varnisli and
than the combined Resins herein. Floor Enariiel vehicle. On account of its
It will have greater elasticity and du- great water, acid and alkali resistance,
it as particularly suitable as a vehicle for
rabilityin as much as the Phenol for-
maldehyde is reacted with the oil place m concrete floors, and as a Wall Healer.
of having been previously reacted with When made properly, it has good gloss
the Eater Gum. and dries quickly to a \ery hard film
It also has the further advantage of surface.
being cooked at a low heat. When used as a vehicle for pigments,
the acid number should be increased by
the substitution of 3 to 5 pounds of
Bakelite-Nevindene Varnish for Rosin m
place of part of the Nevindene,
Maximum Adhesion It must be rememb(*red that neither
The following Varnish represents a Bakelite nor Nevindene have any appre-
Bakelite Varnish containing all the resin ciable acid number.
of acid, alkali and water resisting char- Nevindene 80 lb.
acteristics, and probably represents the Bakelite XR S21 20 lb.
maximum in adhesion for this type of China Wood Oil 25 gtU.
Varnish. The addition of Nevindene Mineral Spirits (Sunoco) 21% gal.
adds to the film hardness and improves Solvent Naphtha (2-50-W) 6 gal.
the adhesion to a greater extent than in Metallic ('ubalt in the form
the similar type straight Bakelite Var of Cobalt Linoleate or
nish. It materially reduces the cost. other Soluble Form 0.5 gm.
Nevindene 20 lb. Note: If proferred, a mixtiiro of Cobalt and
Bakelite XR-254, XR-820, Lo.id Linoleiite of eiinivalpiit Rlioiiglh lauy b«
used in place of blraight Cobalt
or XR-821 65 lb.
China Wood Oil 48 gal.
Heat the Nevindene, Bakelite Rosin
Mineral Spirits (Sunoco) 44% gal.
and (fliina Wood Oil to 470® F. in 30
Solvent Naphtha (2-50-W) 5 gal.
minutes. Hold for 20 to 25 minutes for
Metallic Cobalt in the form a firm 3 to 4 inch string from glass.
of Cobalt Linoleate, or (Jheck with all the Solvent Naphtha and
other Soluble Form 45 gm. part of the Mineral Spirits to 350® F.
Bakelite XR-302 or less. Add the drier and remainder of
30 lb.
thinner.
Heat the Bakelite XR 254, Nevindene
and China Wood Oil to 450® F., in 30 Length 25 ral.

minutes. Hold for exactly 9 minutes by


Body E
Color 6 —
the clock. Check with all the Solvent
Naphtha and part of the Mineral Spirits Solids 60%
to 350® F. Add driers and remainder of
Drying Time 2-4 hr.
thinners. At as low a temperature ns The Varnish has a tendency to yellow
possible, preferably cold, add the XK- over a period of time, but when used
302. with the usual floor colors, this is of no
consequence.
Length 50 gal.
Body E
Color 5 Typical Blended Oil Esterified Rosin
Non-Volatile 60% Mixing Varnish
Drying Time 4 hr. W. W. Rosin 125 lb.
In addition to its lower cost than the Glycerine, sp. gr. 1.26 12% lb.
Resin for which it is substituted, Nevin- Zinc Dust 6 oz.
292 the chemical FORMPLARY
Cobalt Resinate 5 lb. Allow (1) and (2) to soak % hr. and
25 gal. warm and stir until all particles disap-
Tung Oil
pear. Put in a vessel fitted with a high-
Heated Treated Linseed Oil
9 gal. speed mixer and run (3) into it slowly,
(Stand Oil)
50 gal. while stirring vigorously. Stir until uni-
Wliite Spirit
form.
Melt the rosin and the glycerine with
5 gallons of tung oil.
Heat the mixture
Varnish, Flat
to 350“ F. Add the zinc dust and raise
temperature slowly to 600“ F Allow .
Linseed or Chinawood Oil 15-30%
the
pot Calcium or Aluminum
to cool to 2«0“-300“ F. In another
heat and mix the atand oil and tung oil
Stearate 15-30%
rapidly to 1)50° F. Jtemove from the fire, Kerosene 40“ B6. 33-40%
when the temperature will rise to 570°~ Naphtha Balance
580° F. Cheek with base and cool to
500° F. immediately. Allow to cool to Hard Cold Made Varnish
470“ P. and hold to 2-inch string. Add
Bleached Shellac 20 lb.
drier before adding white spirit for thin-
Sandarac 38 lb.
king-
Pale Manila Gum 32 lb.
Typical Example of an Enamel Varnish, Rosin WW 10 lb.
Using Modilied JMienol Formaldehyde Denatured Alcohol 16 gal.
Kesin Carbon Tetracldoride 4 gal.
Hard Resin 100 lb. Mix in tumbling barrel until dissolved.
Varnish Lmseod Oil 12 gal.
Stand Oil 15 gal. * Varnish, Insulating
Thickened Wood Oil 12 gal.
White Spirit 30 gal. Rosin 1,000, metallic aluminium a little
Turpentine quantity, glycerine 50-150, anhydride of
5 gal.
Cobalt metal in suitable liquid sodium sulphide or anhydride of sodium
drier such as cobalt si-leuide 5-.30, and tung-oil 1,500, which

resinate .25 lb.


has been previously stirred up with 0.1-
0.5% of anhydride of sodium sulphide or
Heat the varnish oil to 400“ F, and
anhydride of sodium sclenide are mixed
add resin gradually. When all the resin
together and treated at 240-300“ C.
is in, raise the teiiipi^raturo to 500“ F.,
When tlu-y have sutlieiently reacted upon
and test for stability of mix by thinning
themselves, color, pigment or other suit-
the sample vith doiildc the quantity of
able ])Iastic matter is added or not added
thinners mentioned in the formula. The
to the mixture according to the require-
thinning should be ddiio after the sample
ment of the circumstance, and the mix-
has been cooled by immersion in water.
ture is properly diluted with a solvent,
Now add thickeiK'd oils and maintain e.g., turpentine oil.
temperature at 450“ F. until varnish re-
mains clear after thinning test. Allow
to cool to 400“ F. Add driers and thin Insulating Varnish
out according to formula. Cumarone Resin .30 parts
Ester Gum 16 parts
• Crystallizing Varnish Wood Oil 114 parts
White Spirit 132 parts
Glyptal (Chinawood Fatty
Acids T\-pe) 19 lb.
Kerosene 57 parts
Linseed Oil 48 parts
Blown Chinawood Oil .38 lb.
Cobalt Acetate 0.05 part
Liquid Cobalt Drier 5.5 lb.
Solvent Naphtha 9.5 lb.
High Boiling Gasoline 28 lb. Oirnge Shellac Varnish
T. N. Orange Shellac 200 lb.
Varnish, Electrical Conducting Alcohol 40 gal.
Varnish 54 Powd. Oxalic Acid 20 oz.
Lithopone 37.8 Tumble in barrel for 6-8 hrs. until
Lampblack 8.2 dissolved j strain through cheese-cloth.

Varnish, Emulsion Long Oil Outdoor Varnish


1. Proflex 5 100 parts albertol 201 C are cooked in
2. Water 50 100 parts Linseed stand oil at a tempera-
3. Varnish (4 hour) 40 « ture between 240 and 260* C. (464-
LACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 203
600® F.), until a small teat of the rise intemperature to 575° F. Hold heat
batch, thinned out with double the at 575° until liquid attains desired body.
normal proportion of diluents and At this point chill with 7(4 gal. of
cooled down under the tap, remains lleavy-bodied Oil. Allow material to
quite free from cloudiness. Then cool to about 375° F.and thin with Alin-
further cml Spirits. When cold add about 4
225 parts linseed stand oil (in two por- gallons of lead manganese liquid drier.
tions) are added, and the whole is This formula makes approximately 145
mixed with
125 parts thickened wood oil. After
gallons.
^
each addition of oil is made, the Quick Drying Spar Varnish
batch is again brought to a tem-
Beckacite h^xtra Hard 160 lb.
perature of 240° C. (404° F.), and
Chinawood Oil 50 gal.
in this way any slight turbidity
Heavy bodied Oil 10 gal.
which may be produced when adding
Mineral Spirits, depending
the oil is eliminated. At the con- on body desired 75-85 gal.
clusion of the cooking process the
dilution test described above is agtun Directions: Heat gum ami Chinawood
carried out, in order to make quite Oil to 5<»5° F. This operation takes ap-
sure that the albertol is completely proximately 45 iiimiite.s. Remove kettle
dissolved. from fire and material will automatically

0.45 part cobalt (calculated as metal) is rise to 575° F., at which time add the

added at falling temperature, and Heavy-bodied Oil. To chill back and


finally prevent polymerization, cool material to
200-300 parts diluents are added. about 375° F. and add tliinner. Then
add about 3 gallons of liquid drier. This
For the higher temperatures which are formula maki's approximately 1(35 gal-
in the case of Albertol 201 C
ne<.'.essary lons.
we recommend to work with enamel- or
aluminium-kettles in good condition, for Ileavy-Bodied Oil
tlie contact of tlie batcli with iron the m One part raw wood oil, three parts
heat causes strong darkening of the var-
bleached Linseed. Heat to 5(35° F. for
nish.
2(4 hours.
Quick Drying Rubbing Varnish
Typical Resinate Varnish
Beckacite Extra Hard 300 lb.
China wood Oil 22(4 gal. W. W. Rosin 15(1 lb.

Thinner 75 gal. Lime 9 lb.


Liquid Drier 2(4 gah
Manganese Linolcate 1 lb.
3'ung Oil 40 gal.
Directions: Heat gum and Chinawood
White Spirit 75 gal.
Oil to 505° F. This operation takes ap-
Turpentine 5 gal.
proximately 45 minutes. Remove kettle
from fire and material automatically rises Melt the ro.sin and add the lime, and
in temperature to 575° F. Cool material heat the mixture to 525® F., holding for
to about 375° F. and add thinner. Then 15 minutes. After adding the tung oil,
add about 3 gallons of liquid drier. heat to 350° F. and stir in the litharge.
Heat to 190° F. and hold for pill, about
1 to 1 (4 hours, then add the manganese
Liquid Drier linoleate; cool and reduce.
Rosin 60 lb.
Cobalt Acetate 40 lb.
Mineral Spirits
Rubber Shoe Varnish
100 gal.
Limed Rosin 10 lb.
Stearin Pitch 30 lb.
Quick Drying Floor or Interior Varnish Asphalt 30 lb.
Beckacite Extra Hard 200 lb. Coal Tar 10 lb.
Chinawood Oil 30 gal. Benzol 100 lb.
Heavy-bodied Oil 7(4 gal. Light Naphtha 20 lb.
Mineral Spirits, depending Allow to settle and decant before
on body desired 75-85 gal. using.
Directions: Heat gum and the China-
wood Oil to 565° F. This operation takes Short Oil Varnish (Wood Oil)
approximately 45 minutes. Remove kettle Cumarone Resin 100 lb,
from fire and material will automatically •China Wood Oil 12 gal.
294 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Thinner 28 gal. Gum Mastic 98 lb.
Cobalt Linoleatc 14 oz. Castor Oil 48 lb.
Tliinn(‘r consists of equal parts of Alcohol 980 lb.
white spirit and solvent naphtha. Venice Turpentine 20 lb.

NoUi: In cuiniirono resins


uMrif,' m
oil var-
nidheB do not use oxide drier powdere, tg.,
litLiirj,'o, HM owiiij; to the neutrality of cuiua- Water Shellac Varnish
rone, the drier is liable to he precipitated.
The oil heated to 100* C
IS The cumarone
Borax 20 lb.
resin is added gradually in sinall portions and Shellac GO lb.
the rnix kept at 100" C for 2 hours It is Water 1G7 lb.
then brought up to 2.'j0" C for fifteen min-
utes, removed from the fire and allowed to Warm with stirring until dissolved.
cool to IHO" Vj The drior is then added, and
after further tooliiiff odd the thinner.
* Varnish, Water Resistant
Short Oil Varnish (Linseed Oil) Tung Oil 100
Cresol 120
Cumarone 100 lb.
Formaldehyde 120
Linseed Oil 10 gal.
Rosin 50
White Hjiirit 25 gal.
Pyridine 1
Cobalt liiquid Drier gal.
Clilorinati'd Naphthalene 70-120
Melt together with stirring and grad-
Mi'dium Oil Varnish
uallv raise temperature to 1 fO ° C. Cool
Indene Kesin 81 lb. and thin with following solvent
Limed Rosin lb.
Toluol 90
Fused I.ead Resinate 6 gal. Xylol 250
Cobalt Liquid Drier 1 gal.
Mangaiu'.si' Drier pt.
,1
Whitewash
White Spirit 44 gal. The following will give good results.
Dissolve SIX pounds of trisodium phos-
Long Oil Varnish (Linseed) phate in two gallons of water. Hoak ten
Cumarone 8(> lb.
pounds of casein m
four gallons of water
Linseed Oil 45 gal. for two hours, or until soft, add to
White S[»int 72 gal. the first solution and dis.solve. Stir to
Driers as above. smootlini'ss twenty five pounds of whit-
ing and fifty pound,s of hydrated lime
in seven gallons of water. When the
Spar Varnish
mixtures are cold, slowly add the first
Cumarnne Resin 100 lb. solution to the lime, stirring continu-
Rosin 20 lb. ously. Dissolve five pints of formalde-
Linseed Oil 10 gal. hyde in three gallons of wati'r and just
Cobalt Liiioleate 2 % lb. before use add it slowly to the white-
Thinners 40 gal. wash, stirring hard. Do not make more
than can be used in one day.
Straw Hat Varnish
Elemi 50 lb.
Whitew’ash (Without Glue)
Rosin 45 lb.
Sandarac Dissolve 15 lb. salt in fVj gallons
,30 lb.
Shellac water and add slowly with stirring 50 lb.
5 lb.
Castor Oil 12 lb.
hydrated lime.
Alcohol 860 lb.

* Plastic Paint
Transfer Varnish Calcined Gypsum 100
Gum Mastic 6 lb. Paper Pulp 1-8
Rosin 12 lb.
The above mixed with water as a
is
Sandarac 25 lb.
texture coating and may be “stippled’’
Limed Rosin 1 lb.
by a brush or sponge.
Venice Turpentine 25 lb.
Alcohol 75 lb.
* Plastic Paint
Violin Varnish Ground Calcined Sulfate 40-60
Gum Sandarac 78 lb. Ground Mica 15-35
Gum Elomi 31 lb.-- Asbestos Powd. 10-15
LACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 295

Casein 100 mesh 8-10 on the following basis: 100 pounds paste
Slaked Lime 5- 7 white lead, 1.5 pounds paste him[)black,
0.1 pound paste Chinese (Prussian) blue,
1 gallon raw linseed oil, 2 gallons boiled
•Paint, “Raised Surface” linseed oil, 1 quart turpentine, 1 quart
Crude Crepe Rubber 10 drier.
Tnchloretliyleno 80
Tetrachloretliano 20
• Shellac Paint, Metallic
Etliyl Acetate 25
Methanol 15 (Non gelling)
Bleached Shellac Solution 25 lb.
Powdered mica, aluminum or pigments Copper Bronze Powder 3 lb.
may be dusted on surface while wet to Malic Acid 0.2-l.r) lb.
‘ ’
give a raised or relief effect.
‘ ’
Tricres)! Pliosfate 0.5 lb.

• Caking of Crystals, Prevention of


Ship Paint
Fine asbe.'^los fibre up to 5% is mi.\od
The experts imdiarge of dry-dock work
in to prevent caking of ery.stalline
on the Atlantic coast have found satis
materials.
faction in repainting work done with the
following foiniula:
* Roof Paint
Paste Red Lead 100 lb.
Coal Tar 20 Raw Ijiii.seed Oil IVi Rul
Ca.soline 5 Japan Drier 1 qt.
Alcohol 1 Tuipentine or Mineral
Spirits JVj qt.

* Jhunt, Rust Proofing


4 % gal
For use on metals siibniergcd in water.
Paint
(Jiksonite 9.S.(i
Paints, Phosphorescent
Sodium Alununo Silicate
(Finely (iround) 0.9 A paint having a giecn blue jihosphor-
Mercuric Cliloride escence contains Sr (Oil).* 2i).7, S 8.0,
(Finely C round) 0.5 MgO 1 0, Na^CO;, 3.0, Lm.SO, 1.0, col-
loidal lb 0.0 cc. (0.3 g. in loO cc. If^O).
One w'lth ii reddish glow contains BaO
Structural Steel Paint 10.0, S 9.0, Li;,P 04 0.7, (:u(NO ;})2 -5.5 cc.
Dry Pu'd Tu'od, 20 lb gal. (if a 0.1% ulc. soln.
Raw Linseed Oil, 5 pt. —0.025 gal.
Turpentine, 2 gills ( -nior
"
‘ gal. • Paint, Plastic
Liquid Drier 2 gills j
Dead burnt gjjisuni or l-Ici'nc's cement
1.023 gal. IS ground wholly or completely to 325-

iiicsli and nii.ved with 1-5% of starchy


100 pounds of heavy paste white lead,
material, of gum arable (20 mesh)
1 ounces of paste lampblack and 8 ounces
or other lUO-sol. gum, and a hydration
of ITench ochre, witli 4 gallons of raw
aec(‘lerator, alum, d'he paint ran bo
lin.seed oil and a pint each of turpentine
applied with a bruaii or trowel and may
and drier. The lampblack with the also contain fillers.
white lead produces a light gray which
tlie ochre, being a pale velluw color, turns

into a sliglitly warmer tint. Paint Base for Te.xtilcs


Though tlu’ paint is just off the white,
Lithopone 75 gm.
its slight deepening by adding the lamp Linseed Oil, Boiled 15 cc.
black and the ochre cnimoM it to be Oil of Turpentine 10 cc.
^ensildy niore opaque. One coat of this
'orking P'ormula:
gr.ay will “cover” or conceal the bril
I.itliopone 25 oz.
which one coat
liant scarlet of red-lead,
Linseed Oil, Boiled 5 oz.
of pure white will not do. Some put a
Oil of Turpentine 31
^ oz.
further coat of white, or a light color,
ever the gray. Put in cornucopia to make design on
The finishing coat used on the Phila- cloth. Before it is thoroughly dry, shake
delphia Camden highway bridge was a on gold dust or steel beads or similar
substantial gray paint weighing 20.5 material Remove excess with a blower.
pounds per gallon. The paint was mixed
2 % THE CHEMICAL FORMUT^ARY
* Water Paint acid is gone. Mix (
t) and (5) and stir

Am. Linoleato 7 into above and mix thoroiiglily w’hile


heating. Raise temperature to 54(J° 1'.
Glue 1:J

GOO stirringand beating down foam. Cool to


Water
4G0® F. and add Kerosene while stirring.
Allow to soak overnight and heat and
When cooled to 240® F. add benzine wnth
stir to dissolve; cool. Run in slowly
stirring.
with stirring
This gives a practically colorless quick
Varnish loO drier.
Rosin 80
Turpentine 70
Wood Paint Primer
Pigment to suit
Pigment c.--. C%
Uhsic Cnrb Load 60%
* Water Paint Zinc Oxide 20%
Til lit! ox 13 iy%
A compn. to bo applied to old water- Aluminum Dronze Pwd. 1%
paint coatings before applying a new VeliK le 34 4%
coating is prepd. as follows: Wax 3, Raw Linseed Oil 40%
Uoilcd Liiisood Oil 30%
pitch 15, and bimzine 10 parts are heated TuriK'iitine 1 <) bi '/o
together on the water bath, and wood Solvent Naphtha lO^/o

meal 5, NaOII aoln. (sp. gr. 1.32) 4, and Oner (I'b Mn ) 3 Vi %


Weight per Gallon 16 7 lb
chalk .3 suspended in water GO parts are
added, th(‘ wdiole being stirred and then
poured through a fine sieve. Washing or 25 Gallon Rosin Varnish Formula
scraping of the old coating is rendered I Wood Ro.sin 50 lb.
unnecessary. Raw China Wood Oil 25 gal.
ll}diated Lime 2 lb.

* Water Paint for Stucco heat to 550® F. (to 570® F. off fire).
Check with
A paint suitable for use on cement
I Wood Rosin 50 lb.
stucco IS formed of white port land <'e
add
ment 50, hydrated lime 50, NaCl 7, Ca
Sublimed Litharge G lb.
stearate 3 and suciose 2 j>arts, ground
dry in a ball mill with any desired col-
allow to cook at 500® F. for 1% hours,
cool and reduce with
oring matter. A1 stearate may be sub-
Turpentine 20 gal.
stituted for Ca sti'urate and some other
V:irsol 20 giil.
modifications may bo made the compn.m Cobalt Linoleate Paste Drier 4 lb.
50-Gallon Rosin Varnish Formula
Cheap White Paint
Wood Rosin
I 100 lb.
Whiting 105 lb.
run to 450® F. and add
Barytes 105 lb.
Hydrated Lime 6 lb.
Lithopono 200 lb.
run to 5G0° F. and add slowly with con-
Zinc Oxide 20 lb.
stant stirring
Raw Linseed Oil 12% gal.
Raw China Wood Oil 37% gal.
Blown Linseed Oil 3 gal.
Raw Linseed Oil 10 gal.
Liquid Drier gal.
2 heat to 550® F. (to make 575® F. oflf
Naphtha 11% pul. fire). Check with
Turkey Red Oil 1 gal.
Linseed Oil 2% gal.
Water 7 gal. Sprinkle on top of batch
Grind pigments in oil and then mix in
Sublimed Litharge 4 lb.
other liquids. allow to cook down to 450® F. and re
duce with
Turpentine 30 gal.
Liquid Paint Drier
Varsol 30 gal.
1. Rosin W. W. 200 lb.
in which has been dissolved
2. Calcium Hydroxide IG lb.
Cobalt Linoleate Paste
3. Load Acetate (Powd.) IG lb
Drier C lb.
4. Chinawood Oil 8 gal.
5. Manganese Borate 2 lb.
0. Benzine 98 gal. Paint and Varnish Remover
7. Kerosene 9 gal. Benzol (90%) 3 gal.
Denatured Alcohol 2 gal.
Molt (1) and (2) and strew (3) over
surface. Heat slowly raising temperature
Paraffin Wax 1 lb.

to 450® F. and heat until odor of acetic


LACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES. STAINS 297
• Paint and Varnish liemover Linseed Oil lb.
Caustic Soda 10.45 Turpentine 40 lb.
Sod. Silicate (40-42“ R6) 9.14 Liquid Drier 24 lb.
Water G9.55
Copperas 0.71
Acid Proof Wood Stain
Flour .
10.15
Solution A
Paint and Varnish Remover Copper Sulfate J2Vj
Pot. Chlorate 12>/j
Renzol 50 Water ]Oo'"
Methanol 25
Acetone 15
tJasoline 10 Solution B
Paniffin Wa.\ 2^ Amlin Oil (Light) 15
ilydrochloric Acid (Cone.) 18
Water KKj
Paint and Vainiah Remover The wood surface must be freed thor-
Gasoline 50 oughly from paint, vaimsli, gn-asc mid
Benzol 15 diit. Heat solution A to a bod and gut-
Acetone 35 wood two coats while hot, allowing liisl
Paraffin coat to dry befon* a|)plying second.
3
Apply two coats of solutmn B in the
Paint and Varnish Removers .name way. When
surface is thoroughh
ilry wa.sh well with soap nnd wafer. Diy
Tnsodium phosphate and sodium meta-
and rub well with Im.seed od.
sdicate will quickly and easily renune
varnish. They will also work on paint if
not too old or too thick. Use 1 lb. to 1 Wood Stains, Non-Grain Raising
^jallou of boiling \\ater. Mop or brush Water or Spirit Soluble
on, andstand 20 to 30 minutes.
let Then Uye 4-0 oz .

rub ofT and rinse well with water. Kth^lene (Wycol 15-25 oz.
Heat on water bath until dissolved; cool
and add
Wood Bleaches .Methanol gal.
1
As a wood bleach sodium perborate in
probably superior to any of the others * Putty
now used (including the old stand by
oxalic acid). It has the great advan-
Marble Dust 10
tage over the acid bleaches that it can Whiting 70
Linseeil Oil o
1)0 mixed directly with sodas and alka

lies, since it is stable in alkaline solu-


Mineral Oil 15
tion. A
soluble silicate should be pres
Asbestos Powd. 2.5
Macluiie Oil
cnt as a stabilizer. A good mixture is 0.5
5M)% sodium raetasilicate and 10% so-
dium perborate. Some of the metasili
Preparing Zinc for Jhiinting
<ate may be replaced by trisodium phos-
phate. This is a combination paint and
A
practical formula is: 135 grams so-

varnish remover and w’ood bleach.


dium dichromute, 100 cc. nitric acid, (!00
Use
cc. sulfuric acid, and 20 liters water.
1 Ib. to 1 gallon of boiling water. Mop
or brush on, and let stand 20 to 30
Contrary to most etching solutions, this
min
gives an even crystalline ground which
utes. Then rub off and rinse well with
water.
will not show under a paint. A brown
scum usually appears on the surface when
the metal comes from this solution. How-
Wood, Plastic
ever, immersion for about a minute in a
Nitrocellulose 15-20 dilute nitric and sulfuric acid solution
Ester Gum 5- 9 readily removes this scum. The plate is
Castor Oil 1- 5 then washed free from acid and dried.
Wood Flour 15-30 This drying important.
is The water
Lacquer Thinner 79-66 must either be wiped off by means of
sawdust or any other absorbing medium,
or be displaced by dipping the plate into
Wood Filler Powder a lacquer thinner that is sufficiently mis-
Silica Powder 200 lb. cible with water so as to allow the plate
China Clay 32 lb. to dry free from contact with water.
298 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
This process has tho same disadvantage A harder and quicker-drying, but
as sandblasting in that it is often quite somewhat brittle, vehicle for indoor use
impractical to apply the finishing mate- can bo obtained by blending rezyl 114
rial immediately after treatment. with cumarone resin. Rezyl 113 in
equal parts of coal-tar naphtha and
mineral spirits is recommended as an
Oil Soluble Stain
aluminium-bronze vehicle for outdoor
Red Mahogany use. Its adhesion, toughness, rapid dry-
Sudan Red 2 oz. ing, durability make it superior to the
Pylokronie Black No. 31 D 3 oz. long-oil .spar varnish ordinarily used for
Azo Orange 30 1 oz. thus purpose. It works more easily than
Dissolve in two gallons benzol. rezyl 1102, dric.s a trifle more .slowly but

Brown Mahogany forms a more flexible film, and hence


is wadi adapted for all types of cxpo.sed
Azo Oil Yellow 408 2 oz.
metal work. Rezyl 110 diies .somewhat
Pylakrome Oil Green 430 Vj o/.. more slowly than rezyl 113, but brushes
Sudan Red 1 oz.
more easily and permits of the use of
Azo Orango 2l'j oz.
mineral spirits with aluminium-bron/o
Dissolve in two gallons benzol.
for priming wood, for which its elastic-
Walnut ity, adhesion and durability recommend
Azo Oil Yellow 408 7 gm. it. When u.se<l in metal paints, the
Sudan Red % grn. \ chicle .should contain 10 per cent of
Pylakrome Green 430 1 gm. coal-tar naphtha and 10 per cent raw
Azo Orango 4 gm. hn.secd oil to insure proper floating and
Dissolve in one pint of benzol. leafing of the aluminium-bronzc. Al-
Oak though rezyl 1103 is still slower drying
than rezyl 110, it makes aluminium
Azo Yellow 1.5.5 gm.
paints with excellent working qualities
I’ylakromo Black 319 .5 gm.
for brush application.
Dissolve in two pints of benzol. Good adhesion and elasticity make
Tho above also soluble in wax'es, ac- tho oxidizing rezyls excellent for quick-
etone, turpentine and lacquor.s. drying undercoats. The following are
typical formulas in addition to tho
primor formulas already given:
Synthetic Resin Finishes
Baking primer: Iron oxide, 1.50 lb.;
O.xidizing rezyl .solutions make excel- rezyl 110, 100 lb. and xylol, 43 lb.;
lent vehicles for aluminium-bronzo fin- V. M. and P. naphtha, 155 lb.; load
ishes for either interior or exterior
linoleate, 2 lb.; manganese linolo.ate, %
work, the powder being mixed just or 38ii
lb.; total, 4.50% lb. gal. For
prior to application. For general deco- best results, this primer is applied in
rative work, rezyl 114 is recommended a thin film and baked at least one hour
as giving a quick and hard-drying gloss. at 200** F.
Rezyl 1102 is exceptionally resistant to A surfacer which has given good re-
heat, hence well adapted for u.sc on sults in both air-drying and baking is
steam pipes, radiators and the like, as formulated as follows: Iron oxide, .50
well as for prolonged baking at high tem- lb.; lithopone, 50 lb.; black mineral
peratures. For oil refinery and filling filler, 300 lb.; .silica, 100 lb.; rezyl 114,
station equipment, aluminium finishes 100 lb. and xylol, 100 lb.; mineral
made from rezyl 1102 are recommended, .spirits, 50 lb.; turpentine, 30 lb.; lead
because resi.stant to petrol. Typical linoleate, 2 lb.; manganese linoleate, %
formulas follow: lb.; total, 782% or 57’% gal. Several
Rezyl 114, 100 lb. and coal-tar naph- coats of this surfacer can be applied in
tha 100 lb. ( J and 33 lb. of xylol) rapid succession, and tho whole film
mineral spirits, 70 lb.; lead linoleatc, 2 baked hard in one operation. It has
lb.; cobalt linoleate, •% lb.; aluminium- good water-resistance, elasticity and
bronze, 70 lb.; total, 342*% lb. or 38% toughness, yet sands easily and lacquer
gal. This is an air-drying finish for can bo applied over it without lifting.
brush application.
A baking finish for spray application Fused Manganese Resinato
is made as follows: Rezyl 1102, 100 lb.;
xylol, 150 lb. (same as Solution A, 250 Rosin 200 lb.
Manganese Dioxide
lb.); 150 lb.; cobalt linoleate,
toluol, % 25 lb.

lb.; aluminiutp-bronzo, 70 lb.; total, Heat Rosin to 310-3.30® F. and add


470^ lb. or 55% gal. dioxide slowly with careful stirring.
LACQUERS. PAINTS. VARNTSTTES. STAINS 299
Raise temperature to 430° F. and then The water, ammonium hydroxide and
to 485° F. at which point all but five glycerine aie mixed together.
first The
pounds of the dioxide should ha\e been shellac then n<lded. The mixture is
is
ailded. The addition of the last fi\e allowed to stand for one hour or longer.
pounds should not be made until a chilled It IS then heated on a water bath to
sample is of a clear amber color. Stir 150° F.. whcj^^ion a clear solution is
until thick; remove from heat and produced. Thm^iaterial is useful ns an
,'^liovol into cooling forms. inexpensive varnish. This material
may be improved by substituting Aciua-
Limed Rosin resin (G M) in place of glycerine.
Rosin 200 lb.
Slaked Lime 10 lb.
• Transfers
Ilcat Rosin to 480° F.; remove from
heat; sprinkle lime on surface and stir A
suitable paper sheet is first impreg-
in gradually. Heat again to n.lO-OSO® nated, as by means of immersion or
Allow to cool spraying, with a material to act as an
F. to 480° F. and pour
into forms. ink-absorption miiiimi/er and ink soft-
ener. This mati'rial is a liquid mixture
• Phthalic Anhydride Varnish Resin including one or more volatile solxents,
one or mon* oils, fats or waxes, and
By cookinga mixture of two parts
phenol. \'arions formulae havi' in prac-
phthalic anhydride, two parts glycerol
and four parts linseed oil fatty acids tice Ix'cn found satisfactory. A recom-
for hours at 325-400° F., and then
()
mended formula is the foliow'ing:
continuing the reaction for the same Toluol (5 gal.
period and at the same temperature, but Kerosene Oil 2 gal.
with the addition of another two parts Neat's Foot Oil 2 gal.
of phthalic anhydride, resins with the J'hcnol 7 11(,

abo\e-mentioned qualities are produced. Another formula giving good results


When incorporated with driers, var- IS the following:
nishes and enamels in which these Fthylcne Dichlorido .fiVj gal.
resins are the vehicles, dry to hard
Carbon Tetrachlondo IT, gal.
tough flexible films in 4-6 hours. With- Petroleum Jelly 1} ]b.
out driers they bake at 200° F. for 2 Phenol 7 lb.
hours to hard coatings with excellent
outdoor durability. After the paper impregnated, the
is
volatile .solvents should be completidy
or substantially completely evaporated';
Waterproof Phcllac It being reeomniendiM] that the impn'g-
Scrap Oelluloid nated paper be allowed to si'asoii for
Methvlati'd Spirits from one to several days. The phenol
Acetone left in the paper is for the purpose of
Camphor acting later, at the time of heat, and
Ben/olo I»re.ssuro transfer, as a dissoKing or
Orange I/ic softening agent for the pigmented ink
IVfethvlateil Spirits laid down on the paper at the time the
Butyl Alcohol paper is printed to form the new trans-
Benzole fer .sheet. The oily or greasy material
Alethylnted Spirits remaining in the paper after the evapo-
Acetone ration of the volatile solvents restrains
Butyl Alcohol such ink against other than minute ab-
sorption by or penetration into the
the above separately, and lake
jiaper.
three parts of A. to seven parts of B.
If the mixture is to be sprayed, use paper selected is preferably
The,

C. as a thinner. It would then be neces- fairl.v smooth to accept good clean


sary to prevent frothing bv the addition printing; but such paper is not neces-
of Glycol or Butanol in the proportion sarily heavily si/e.l or calendered or
of 1 gallon to 30 gallons of the mix. otherwise specially finished.
The printing may be executed with
ordinary printing equipment and by
Water Solution of Shellac
aiiv of the usual printing methods; for
100 gm. Water instance, lithography, typographv or
8 gm. Amiiinniiim Hydroxide rotogravure may be Buccessfully em-
2 gm. Glycerine ployed. However, in order to secure
20 gm. Bleached Wax-free Shellac beat results, the printing inks used
300 the chemical formulary

should he Homewhat difTereat from those other words, said richly pigmented ink
of euHtoinary coinpositiou. Ordinary residue remains somewiiat soft, yet has
printing inks include oil varnish, which a certain toughness and pliability, or
will dry within a relatively short time, self-sustaining quality; which result is
forming a consid(3rablc bond with the obtained by the addition of a proper
fibers of the papi'r; and consequently amount of resinous material, such, for
these inks are not of"fnaximum effi- instance, as specified in the ink formu-
ciency in carrying out the present in- lae given.
vention. Instead there is recommended The base material is desirably, if not
an ink having a lichly pigmented con- essentially, treated in such manner as
tent; preferably so rich as to give a to carry an ink-transfer accelerator at
stilT paste were not some slow evaporat- the time of heat and pressure transfer.
ing solvent incorporaleil. While the phenol residue in the paper
The ink is tlius iichly pigmented, is activated by the heat of the transfer

and yet is brought down to the proper step to soften the ink, the acceleratoi
consistency, that is, the usual consis- acts to inti'iisify such softening. Thus
tency of an oil varnish jinnting ink by the accelerator acts in conjunction with
the addition of such a solvent as bi'ii/.yl the phenol residue in the paper, thereby
alcohol or ethylene glycol nionoimithyl to hasten transfer of the ink to the bnse
ether. Such ink may be conveniently material. The accelerator, further, acts
made up of the following: as a binder to hold the transferred ink
Color Pigment 3 lb. —
on the base material yet without any
Linseed Oil Varnish 4 lb. undesirable binding action on or adhe-
sive cling to the paper of the transfer
Copal Hesin % lb.
sheet.
Dibutyl Phfhalatc 1 lb.
Henzy] Alcohol I'z lb. The practical value of this ink-trans-
fer aecolerutor will be approcinted,
Another very satisfactory ink for use
when it is explained that a fair trans-
in conneetion is made up of the follow-
fer may be occasionally ctTected even
ing:
when the ink used for the printing of
Color Pigment 3 lb.
the transfer sheet is ordinary printing
Blown Pastor Oil 5 lb.
ink rather than a special ink as here-
(Juinarone Hesin % lb.
inabove described.
Lthvlene Glycol Monomothyl It is rccoinnu'ndod, however, that

Lther P/a lb.
such special ink be employed in every
In making the ink, thorough grinding casi*; since nlwavs in transfer work the,

is important if not essential. very finest po.ssible results, and ns uni-


Best results an* obtained when the form results as possible, are desirable.
printing is so executed that neither too If (he tramsfer is to be made to a
much nor too little ink is suiqdied. The plain base material, or one not previ-
feeding of the ink shoiibl be so regu- ously lacqui*rcd, said ink-transfer accel-
lated that the solids of the design will erator may comprise, a solution of
have a good ink coverage, but there phi'iiol in a volatile solvent or solvents.

should not be supplied surplus beyond The base material is sprayed or other-
this to such an extent that smearing of wise coated with such solution, and
the half-tones of the design will occur. while sueh coaling is still moist, the
After the paper is printed, the sol- printed face of the transfer sheet is
vent content of the ink slowlv evapo- laid against the coated side of the base
rates, allowing the rcinaimler of the ink material, and the heat and pressure
to set but without drying eoTiipletely transfer efTected. Thus, at the time of
from the top surface of the printing heat and pressure transfer, the phenol
down to the paper. The ink remains
' and its still unevnporatod solvents on
thus only partially dry apparently for the base material, are applied to and
fin indefinite
period. The richly pig- squeezed under pressure and in the pres-
mented ink residue left on the paper as ence of heat against the printing of the
a result of the printing opemtion is transfer sheet and against the paper
only loosely connected with the fibers carrier, — this carrier having, as afore-
of the paper, and if pressure or friction said, not only a phenol content, but also
is applied, the deposited ink may have a residue of oilv or greasy matter. A
a large portion thereof easily removed, recommended formula for said solution
but not so easily as to be capable of is the following:

being accidentally smudged by lightly Toluol 6% gal.


slipping friction such as might occur in Benzyl Alcohol 2% gal.
ordinary transport and handling. In Phenol 7 lb.
UCQUEliS, PAINTS. VARNISHES. STAINS .'IDI

Another formula for said solution Ethyhme Diehlorido 3 gal.


giving good results is the following: Cellulose Acetate 75 oz.
Ethylene Dichloride 6 gal. Castor Oil % gal.
Carbon Tetrachloride 2 gal. Tricrcsyl Phosphate
% gal.
Benzol 2 gal. Excellent results are obtained when
Phenol 7 lb. the heat and pressure are a|)plied for
If the transfer is to be made to a about from five to ten seconds; tlu* up
base material previously coated with a plied temperature is about E, and
pigmented or clear lacquer (for in- the pressure is about lot) lb. per sqimie
iitHnee,nitrocellulose lacquer), the ink inch.
transfer accelerator to be carried by the On removal of
from the the .slack
base material may be provided by modi- [iress, the pii|»er .sheid iiiav be iinmeili

fying said lacquer. Excellent results in ately stnppeii idT bv manual pull with
ibis connection are obtained when ;i
out Ihi* ii.se of wafei or .solvents, ea.silv.
surplus of oil, as castor oil, is added to and without bluiring or smudging Ihi*
the lacquer. Such surplus oil contiml transferred printing Then the base
of the lacquer, at the time of the heat material may be tinislual in any ilesnrd
j

and pressure transfer is liberated and way, as by aj)plving a coaling of Im


driven out of the heated lacquer coat- (pier or the like, thereby to set the
ing, and is taken up and absorbed by I ran.sferred ink.
the paper earner and the ink thereon. 1. Ordinary Composition for Transfers.
This surplus oil is similarly liberated
Parts by
and similarly acts, when, as is pie-
Weight
fi'rred,the lacquer coating is dried be-
100 Rosin
fore the transfer; the surplus oil in
this case being liberated as soon as tin'
.'to Beeswax
lacquer coating becomes thermoplasti-
.‘JO Cold iJroii/e or Pigment
ci/.ed. The liberated oil acts, in con- 2. Indelible .Marking Composition
junction with the phenol residue in the Black..
I>ap(>r, as an ink-transfer accelerator Parts bv
juirsuant to the invention. That is to Weight'
say, this liberated oil acts to intimsifv loo Sti'.aric Ai-id
the softening action of the phenol in
l.'iU J ml 11 1 1 lie Base
the paper carrier on the ink of the lat
.'J. Indelible Marking Coiiipo.sition
ter, in the presimce of the heat of the
Colons.
transfer; so that, here also, a perfect
tiansfer is elTected. Parts bv
I'urther, inthe case of a IticquiTcd Weight
base material, the suridns oil in sindi 100 Cumar Light
lacijuer .ser\es another useful purpose as No. 4 Litho Varnish
L’.'')

uill now be explained. Many ordinary Mineral Oil


.S

(ommercial lacquers, when used ns a 2’1. Cobalt Drier


bas(‘ coating for a base material, have 30 I’ermamuit Pigimmt
a tendency, as the result of a heat and
1. Permanent Marking (’ompositioii.
irn'ssure transfer, to stick to the
Parts by
pajier carrier of the transfer .sheet and
Weight
tlK'reby make removal of the hatter dit-
ficult if not impossible. When an ordi- 100 Cumar Light
.jo I’roeessed Itapeseeil Oil
nary commercial lacquer has a surplus
Oil content pursuant to the invention,
.'J.') Bron/e or J’lgment
this sticking trouble is completely over- .5. Water Soluble Transfer Composition.
come. 1. Printing Compound.

A recommended formula for the new a. Glycerine 100 by wl.


lacquer is the following; b. Gum Arabic 40 by wt.
Butyl Acetate 6 gal. e. Color (Dye or
Toluol 3% gal. Pigment) 25bywf.
Camphor 8 o/.. 2. Dusting Material.
Soluble Cotton 50 oz. a. Gum Tragacanth Powder

Castor Oil 1 gal. (5. Embroidery Composition for Trans-


Another satisfactory lacquer formu fors.
is the following: Parts by
Ethyl Acetate 4% gal. Weight
Ethyl Lactate gal. 16 Cumar
302 the chemical formulary
In a steam jacketed kettle put the
7. 4 Eoain
turpentine and add the stearate a little
4 Caiiaubti Wax
at a time stirring to incorporate it uni-
2 Htcaric Acid
formly. Allow to stand overnight and
8 Ultrainaririft Blue
Iheu heat to 150® F. while stirring;
8. 31.2 Titanox Ground
keep heat until a clear jelly forms.
8.8 Litho Varni.sh Qfound
Stop heating when desired consistency
Leather CompoHilion for Transfers. is attained.
Parts by
Weight * Acid Proof Coating
100 .ShcIInc— Orange or White
For u.se on tanks, pipes, roofing, etc.
/)() Venice Turpentine
Portland Cement 40 lb.
40 I’ignient
Mica 5 lb.
Tndeliblo Transfer Ink. Sulfur 50 Ib.
Parts by Aluminum Powder 5 lb.
Weight Mix and heat together until uniform.
100 Cumar
10 Varnoline
* Bituminous Coating
10 No. 4 Litho Varnish
20 Turk(>y Ked Oil A compn. suitable for coating or sur-
20 DyestiifT (Induline Ha.sc) facing purposes or incorporating in
30 Permanent Pigment road-making rnatermls comprises low-
tem[). tar with a fatty pitch dispersed
9. Flexible Marking Composition.
therein and an addii of (!!aO or other
by
Part.s alk. compd. adapted to accelerate hard-
Weight ening. In an example 2 parts stearin
100 Light Cumar pitch is heated with 5 part.s shale oil at
nn Processed Rapesoed Oil not over (iO lb. per sq, in. to 1511® for t
30 Rubber TiUtex hrs. to give a soln. which is dild. with
45 Vermilion 40 fiarts shale oil and stirred into 250
Fugitive Transfer Composition. parts tar warmed to 50®. The cooled
10.
product may be mixed with gravel and
Parts by
slaked CaO.
Weight
100 Rosin
10 Beeswax Butter Tubs, Coating For
I Cobalt Drier To eliminate woody odor in butter,
25 Gold Bronze the inside of tubs is sprayed with

11. Water Fugitive Transfer Composi- ('asein 50


tion. NnOH 4
Water 170
Parts by
Weight followed by 4% formaldehyde.
1 Mutton Tallow
1 Cocoa Butter Cellulose Coatings
4 Paraffine After treatment with a dilute mineral
6 Rosin acid at a moderate temperature, cellu-
Sufficient quantity — Pigment lose (in the form of cotton fibre, rags,
or waste) can be disintegrated and re-
duced to a fine powder. In the latter
Laboratory Table Finish
condition it is capable of oven disper-
A black acid proof stain i.s made as
sion in a dilute adhesive medium, such
follows: as nitrocellulose solution, drying oil or
2 coats of hot aq. soln. contg.
Apply starch. A paint for metal or wooden
4% copperas, 4% blue vitriol and 8% .surfaces can be obtained, for example,
KMn 04 Rub off the excess of the sec-
.
by incorporating twenty parts of the
ond coat and apply 2 coats of aq. 12% powdered disintegrated cellulose with a
aniline and 18% coned. HCl. When clear solution of nitrocellulose plasti-
dry apply a coat of linseed oil. cized with tricresyl phosphate. Simi-
larly, the new material can bo mixed

Turpentine Jelly with vi.scose solution to form a paste-


like product, which can be applied as a
Aluminum Stearate 40 lb.
paper coating.
Turpentine 20 gal.
UCQUERS, PAINTS. VARNISHES. STAINS
303
•Concrete Coating amyl acetate, ethyl acetate or butyl ace-
Thirty-eight parts of rosin are melted tate. Benzol and alcohol mixture
which
with 1.9 parts of Zn chromate and is a common solvent for nitrocellulose
added at 220" to 32 parts of a mixt. of and rubber may be used.
the oil of Dryandria cordata and boiled In using lh('se nitrocellulose com[)Osi-
linseed oil. Thirty parts of thinner and tions the leather is first treutCii or im-
drier are added. To CO parts of this pregnated uitli the wati'iproofing com-
varnish are added 40 parts of titanox or position containing rubber and after the
ZnO pigment. waterproofing treatment is completed a
coating oi the nitrocellulose composi
tion or dre.ssing is apjdied to the sur-
• Corrosion Resistant Coating
face of the leather. When the soKent
Coatings for preventing corrosion on in the nitrocellulo.se coiiijiosil ion evapo-
metals contain, e.g., stearic pitch rates a surface finish remains on the
orthophosphoric acid 4.54 kgs., solvent leather which is not impaired by flex-
naphtha 155 1. and petroleum 100.8 1. ing tho leather and which gives to the
leathi'F a smooth finished ajipi'ariinee

•Pipe Coating and the “feel" whudi is a desirable


characteristic of leather vvhi'n used in
Pitch 100 lb.
articles such as .shoos
and other kinds of
Mica Powder 10-30 lb.
footwear.
Heat and stir until uniform; apply
hot. • Wall Coating
Mica 4!>
Pipe Lino, Coating for Petroleum Clay ;;()

Among a great variety of compns. Casidn IS


protecting against corrosion, best re- Alum
sults wore obtained with a mixt. of 50% Cream of Tartar
clay and 50% of an asphalt m. 80®. Color to suit.
This mixt. was applied to 8-inch line.s Mix with hot water ami apply.
connecting Baku with Baturn. Pipes of
smaller diarn. should bo coated with a
•Wrinkled Finish Coating
mixt. having a higher content of clay.
Glyc(‘rol %
PhtliaJie Anhydride 1 IS
Protecting Coating for Wax Finishes liinoleic Acid 85
Copal Varnish C Ib. Tiiiig Oil 85
Boiled Linseed Oil (5 lb. This mixt lire is heated at a tempera-
Turpentine 10 lb. ture of about 2.1()-25t)° C. for a period
Mix above together, and apply a thin of about one-half to one hour, until a
coat to the wax fini.sh. This will pro- samjde on (•(xding yudds a non-.sticky or
tect it from damp without dulling the only very slightly .sticky mass. 'I'Ih'

finish. heating operation is preferably carried


out in a non-oxidizing atmospliere .smdi
as may be obtained by passing a stream
* Rubber Pyroxylin Coatings of earbo dioxiilo or nitrogen or the like
Nitrocellulose Solution through or over the reaction mass.
(commercial duco) 50 cc. When the reaction is comjilete, the
Latex 20 cc. resin composition is cooled to about
Thinner
Nitrocellulo.so 50 cc. b'd" and is thinned with coal-tar
C.
Water 100 cc. naphtha (boiling point 1 00-200® C.) un-
Castor Oil 2 cc. til a solution is obtained containing
A composition for this
satisfactory about 10 %
rc.sin. A liquid drier such
purpose may bo made up with rubber as linoleate, or resinate, is added in

cement according to the following for- amounts sufficient to give a metallic co-

mula: balt equivalent of about 0.02 to 0.1%,


based on the weight of resin. The solu-
Nitrocellulose Solution
tion is then ready for use and may be
(commercial duco) 50 cc.
applied to a surface in any suitable
10% Rubber Cement 20 cc.
manner, such as by brushing or flowing
Thinner 50 cc.
the solution thereon. The coating is
The thinners or solvents used for preferably heated to a temperature
nitrocellulose products which may be of about 100° C. for one hour, wliere-
used in the above compositions* are, upon there is obtained a light colored
304 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
adherent film, having a wrinkled finish but protects the casein from decompo-
and being of superior hardness and dur- sition and makes
it somewhat more
flex-
ability,and being substantially insolu- ible. A similar product can be made
ble in the usual solvents. by melting shellac with Triethanola-
mine and dissolving in boiling water
It IS sometimes advisable, however
Filler for Cast Iron to
carry along some alcohol with the water
This material is used to fill in the to give a clear solution. For example,
rough surfaces on cast-iron motor shellac treated with 10 per cent of
blocks, engines, mnchini'-parts, ole., to Triefhanolamino completely soluble
obtain smoolli surface, before enainid or
is
m
.')<) per cent alcohol.
/ae<]uer is applied.
Japan Varnish U/j gal.
Npar V'arnish i/a gal '

Ttcnting Concrete Oil Tauk.s


Koysfoiio Filler 4 lb.
Aluminum Silicate Flakt' lb.
it is recommended that all concrete
oil-,storage taiik.s should be treated with
silicate whim first built. Concrete ni'cils
Filler for Automobile-Body Woik water to obtain its final set. If oil is
Bublurig Varnish li g;il. put on it, the oil drives out the w^atei
Blown J.inseed Oil i/i g.il, which is needed for the curing. Oil
Japan Vauii.sh -yi gal. (lieieforc prevents the full curing of
Keystone Filler 4 lb. the concrete. To protect the concrete
Sublimed White Lead 4 lb. troni the oil, the tanks should have a
Aluminum Silicate Flake 20 lb. treatment with silicate similar to that
for waterproofing concrete. The proc-
ess nmommeiiilcil is as follows:
* Crack Filler
Silex 1stcoat, 1 part of silicate and 3
2
Lacquer parts of water
4
Cornstarch ,*>
2tid coat, 1 part of silicate and 2
Wheat Flour parts of water
3
Glue Powder .“Ird coat, 1 pait of silicate and 1
2
part of woiter
4th coat, 1 p.'irt of silicate and 1
* Milk Bottle Cap.s jiart of water
Heavy paper is impregnated in imd-
ten ini.\tiire as follows:
Frecipilatod Cobalt Linoleato (Drier)
Carnauba Wax 80 A. 1. Liii.seed Oil
Kosin 50 gal.
18
2. Caustic Soda (7G7r) 80 lb.
Sulfur 2 Water 32 gal.
Dispersions of Casein and Shellac 4. Water Boiling 100 gal.
B. 5. Cobalt Acetate 2."0 lb.
Casein and shellac are animal prod-
0. Water Boiling 100 gal.
ucts which are acidic iii character and
hence combine with alkaline reagents. Dissolve (2) in (3). In another ves-
The products formml by reaction with mix (1) and
.sel
%
of the mixture of
Triethanolamine are similar to soaps in (2) and (3) mix thoroughly and allow
that they form colloidal dispersions with to stand two days. Heat while stirring
water. Partial neutralization of the until liquiil and add 10 gal. hot waiter.
casein and shellac will, like the partial Bung to a boil whipping dowm foam.
neutralization of stearic acid and rosin, Cool by addition of cold water if foam
produce suflieient soap to emulsify the cannot be controlled. Test with phenol-
remainder of the material. The greater phthnlcii.; if alkaline continue boiling;
the amount of Triethanolamine used, if neutral add part of remaining caus-
the more nearly colloidal and clear will tic soda solution and boil until a sample
bo the solution. on glass .sets clear. The finished soap
As a rule, between 5 and 15 per cent should be but faintly alkaline.
of Triethanolamine by weight of the Di.s.solvo (.5) in (0) and heat to a
casein or shellac produces an excellent boil; run the above soap solution heated
dispersion in water. One formula in to a boil into it slowly while stirring
u.se takes two ounces of Triethanola- until precipitation is completed. Allow
mine to one pound of casein and one to cool over night and draw off water.
gallon of water. The Triethanolamine Wa.sh the precipitate thoroughly with
not only produces a uniform solution, hot water.
LACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS

Lead Drier finally hardened by stoving for twi'iily


Lead Tuugate as a vehicle and minute.s at l.k)°
the coating (A, wh(‘n
drier
for quick drying paints pasM'.s into the insoluble state.
is prepared as Sucre,s-
follows: si\e coats cun theiefore be applied
with
out danger of re sofloning proxitled the
Litharge ,*]()
stoMTig operation is carried sutlicienlly
or Basic Lead Carbonate
tar. Even \(‘ry thin hardened films of
is added slowly with stirring to
the composition are elaimed to e.xhihit
China Wood Oil— Fatty Acids lUO
prolonged resistance to sulfur eom-
heated to 300° F. Stir until uniform. pouTuls, air, moisture, salt spray, alco-
hol, ucctoue and perspiration.
* Nitrocellulose Emulsion
Ton parts by weight of nitrocellulose Paint h’einover
in the form of low \iscosity iiitrocotton r» gal Ben/(d
was added with stirring to oO jiarts of 3 Eih\l A cel at
g.'il. I'

hexalin acetate, the mixture being If gal. Bulvl Acetate


heated to about 80° C. to facilitati* con- lb. M.
li’i»° Parafiin
1>.
\eision into a homogeneous liquid .‘solu- ’•.> 0 /,. Nitrocellulose
tion. To
the solution ^\as then inhled
Dis-oKe nitrocidbilosi' in acetates.
10 pait.s of a 10% aqueous gum traga-
DissuKe jiaialliii in ben/ol. Mix two.
canth solution which was jirepaied by
.soaking the hard, horn-like ran gum in
water, for about twenty-four hours, and Wateiproof Show Canl Ink
then healing to effect its solution. The ITvdroiiialiii S Ih.
10% solution of gum tragacanlh was a (’arnauba Wax !!,'» Ih,
semi-solid pasto and was n'adilv dis- Heat together for ’j hr at IL’O ] HV
seminated throughout the cidlulose ni- olT heal and dissohe
'I'urri with
trate solution to produce a homogmieous stirring.
composition. Water was then gradually
Anx oil solulile dye 0 3 lb.
added and mi.xed into th(‘ solution, tin'
solution taking up or absorbing the When leniperal iiK' li.ix fallen to 100°
water substantially without precipita-
('
,
aild while v1 II ling xigoiuusly,
tion of nitrocellulose until about l.'iO Di-'lilled Water. Boiling 178 lb.
parts had been added, whereujion a Stir until uniform
chang(^ of phase occurred and the nitro-
cellulo.se solution became dispersed as
tine, discrete particles in the aqm'ous
* \'airiisli for Wax Coated Siirfaei's

medium. The dispersion was of a paste- The xarnishiiig coated of surfaces


liko consistency, and when spread as with xxax, especiallx, li.’is been
jiaiatlin
a thin lavcr on glass and then dried, well nigh imposHibh* lieeaiisc of the
resulted in a continuou.s, translucent I
length of time ri'quiri'd for drying.
film. 3'Iie folloxving cold varnish dries very

rapidly on waxc'd siirf.-ice.s:


* Urea Re.sin Stoving Finishes Ester Gurn 2.')

,\e('tone 7^)
The water soluble condensa-
initial
tion product of urea and fornialtlehyde stand oxernight and stir be
.\lloxv to

(when reacted in the proportion of one foie using. While tins xnrnish sepa
gram of the former and fixe cr. of the r.afes 111 two laveis and is cloudv, it will
4t) per cent .solution of tlie latter) has gixe n cle.ar film and should not be fil
hecn discovered to yield a highiv resis- len-d. No other sfdx enis or proportions
tant end product on treatment with .sali- of ingredients xx'il! proiluce as good
cylic acid. The latter, in solution in results.
a suitable organic .solvent mixture (e.g.,
ethyl alcohol, butyl alcohol and cthvl Wood-Oil Sfaml Oil (Thickened
lactate), is incorporated with the aque- Wood-Oil
ous solution of the initial ure.a-formal- A batch of raw wood-nil, in prefnr-
dehyde compound and enters into reac- ablx' oxer 10 gallons at a time, is
not
tion during the stnving operation. The heated ns rapidly as possible (within 20
compositions present features of inter- to 30 minutes) to 200° G. Pull otT from
est as protective coatings for articles the fire at tins temperature. The tem-
of non-ferrous metals, ineluding brass perature will rise automatieallv (polx'-
and aluminum. Application may be bv meri/ation) and as soon as a tempera
dipping or spraying, and the film is ture of 28()° C. is reached, the reaction
306 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
isslopped by tho nddition of 3 to 5 gal- is heated to 240-2C0® C. (464-500° F.)

lons of cold thin linseed stand-oil, so and tho temperature maintained until a
hat tho temperature falls to 210® C.
I small test taken from the batch and
As soon as the consistency of a thin thinned down with double the propor-
stand-oil is reached, further thickening tion of thinners after cooling down to
is stopped by pouring the oil into a cold normal temperature under tho tap,
large flat vessel. shows no signs of cloudiness. When
The oil thus cooled, now serves for this point is reached, and not before,
the quick cooling of the next batch of tho two thickened oils are added, and
thickened wood-oil. It is best to retain tho heating of tho batch is continued at
from tho cold thickened wood-oil ns 200-220® C. (302-428® F.) until a
much as is necessary for the next batch. further test remains quite bright, when
In the course of time, the linseed oil te.sted as just described. Tho batch is
content of the thickened wooil-oil will then allowed to cool down and during
decrease, and eventually be eliminated the cooling, first the driers, then finally
altogether, leaving pure thickened wood the thinners are added. In using a fluid
oil. siccative containing 2% metallic cobalt,
Unfortunately, raw wood-oil is some- tho quantity required for the above
times found on the market, that even at recipe is 15 lb.
a temperature of 2(!0® C. will not by
itsidf cause internal further rise of tem-
Enamel Varnish
perature nor polymeri/,!' further. It is,
therefore, recommended to make a pr<‘- Ingredients. —100 lb. Albertol lllL,
Iiminary test of each lu'w ilelivery of 160 lb. linseed stand-oil, 41) lb. thick-
wood-oil. This test is to show exactly ened wood-oil, 0.15 lb. cobalt (calcu-
wlu'n internal heating takes [dace. If
lated as metal), 125-175 lb. thinners.
at 2(i0® this internal heating does not

Procedure. The previously prejiared
set in, it will bo necessary to raise the thickened oils arc mixed and heated to
150® 0. (302® F.). Tho Albertol is then
temperature a further 5° to 10® C., or
at any rate, as high ns is required until
gradually fed into tho hot oils at such a
internal heating commences. rate that no accumulation of undis-
In this
case, tho cooling down with cold oil is solved Albertol takes place. Wlicn all
not carried out at 280" C., but at 285° the Albertol is in, tho batch is allowed
C, or 200® rt.
to cool, and during the cooling, first the
It is, therefore, necessary
driers nml finally the thinners are
to establish beforehand the proper tem-
perature forthe preparation of tho added. When using a liquid cobalt
w'ood-oil stand-oil, liecausi* the heating
drier containing 2% metallic cobalt, 7.5
lb, of tho liquid drier arc required for
of the wood oil has to be carried out
quickly, in one action. this formula.
The heating
must not be interrupted in any way, as
even by a temporary slight cooling or Loug-Oil Boat A^arnish (Yacht Varnish,
keeping at the same temperature for Marine or iSubmersihle Varnish,
<'ven a moment, tho wood-oil would be Nou-!Spotting Outside Varni.sh)
gelatinized by tho renewed heating.
Ingredients.— 100 lb. Albertol lllL,
300 lb. thiekened w’ood-oil, 0..3 lb. cobalt
(ealculntcd as metal), 100-300 lb. thin-
Medium Long-Oil Varnish for Inside ners.
ami Outside Use Procedure. — Tho previously prepared
Ingredients. — 100 Albertol 200L,
lb. thickened oil isheated to 150® C. (302°
100 lb. Varnish linseed oil. 125 lb. Lin- F.) and the Albertol is gradually fed
seed stand-oil, 75 lb. Thickened wood- into the hot oil, at such a rate that no
liil, 0.3 lb. Cobalt (calculated as metal), accumulation of undissolved Albertol
150-200 lb. Thinners. takes place. When all the Albertol is

Procedure. The varnish linseed oil is in. the batch is allowed to cool, and
heated to 150-200® 0. (302-.392® F.) and during the cooling, first the driers, then
the Albertol gradually fed into the hot finally the thinners are added. If a
oil, at such a rate that no accumulation fluid cobalt drier, containing 2% metal-
of undissolved Albertol takes place. lic cobalt bo employed, 15 lb. of it will
When the Albertol is all in, tho batch be required for this batch,
LEATHER, HIDES, SKINS, FURS
Chrome Tan Calf Finish
Pyro.xyliii 500
Gelatin I’t; 0/,.
'rricn-sO PliosfatO 120
Ca.sein 1 ()/.
Castor Oil 250
Borax •'/i 0/.
Shellac 2 oz. Crejie L'libber 50
Bextniio 3 ()/.
Benzol htlO

Water to mak«‘ 1 Kal. Solution A and B are allowed to swi'll


Pigment to suit sepaiateL and then nulled together until
liumogeneous.
Kip Butt Finish
Hhellac. 0 oz.
Gelatin () OZ. Leathei I'hnishi's

8oai) 4 0/. T'npigmented finishes, known an season-


Water 1 gal. ings aie apjilied in dilute solntioiih to tlio

I’cieentago of pigments as roiiuiK'd. gMain Hide, leaving a veiy Inn Ih’vible I

tilm, Hulliciently hard to take a jiolish


when the leather is glazed. 'I'liat is when
Leather Bolls, Coating for the leathei is nibbed on glass oi agate.
Itcil bi'ad 2 5 oz.
<llo\el 2 5 oz.
Lampblack 2 oz. Lgg Albumen Finish ffor light coloii'd
Glxceiol 2 5 oz. leather)
Gelatin 1.5 lb. Fgg Albumen I..'') [)afts
Acetic Acid 1 Milk 'I.T) pails
Water ObO jmils

Patent Leather Softening Fmulsion The above are thoroughly mixed to-

f'astor Oil 4 jiarts


getlo'r. This film Ix'conies insoliibh' to

< 'aseiii parts water when e\pos('d to light and an ovei


1

.Melh\lateJ Spirit.s 1 part


a period of time. A nun iiioi(> rapid
li

Pen/(d 1 ])art method of rendering it iiisoliilih' is by


Walei 5<) parts ironing the skin or by tiealing it with
I’lesouatixo A trace a dilute solution of a iiielallic salt which
does not react with the tannin of the
.'kin.
Imitatiou Leather Dic.ssin;^
Note; Tn making the above mixtnn*,
A transparent dressiii^j for imitation eair* iniist be taken not to excei'd b'fiC F.
made as tollows;
leather uia^ be oMieiwnse the albunn a will coagiilate.
Vj secnml dope solution
(nitioei-lluloso approxi-
Blood Albumen Finish t for gla/<'d black
mately 'M)%) 19 11).
leather)
Wood alcohol .'hi

Castor Oil 2 qt. Blood Albumen 10 to 18% .

Ani)l Acetate ll gal, .N igioHino % 1

(ihtenno \ %
2
Should a colored dressing be <lcsired a
Milk 10 %
proper dye may be added to tlic above
Watei to make 100%
solution to obtain desired shade.
The skin is also ironed to render the
film insoluble.
* Artificial Leather Base Temperature of mixing should not ex-
A. Water 100 coed 130° F.
Acetone 400

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


307
m THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Ciihoin Finish Acetone Alcohol 300 gm.
Only lactic casein should bo used, and Fusel Oil 2U0 gm.
not rcnnot casein. Solvent Naphtha 200 gm.
Ali-ohol 200 gm.
(hisein 2 parts
Castor Oil 100 gm.
Horax ().;t5 jiatt
Water 90 puits Solution of .above is ofTected similar to
Milk jairfs the pauiing coat.
10
The casein is added to the warm milk
and water at about LU)® F. and the borax Leatlier Finish
is stirred in afterwards. Formaldehyde Dissolve
is added as a fixative. The formaldehyde 1 0 /,. Nigrosine sol. in spirit in a
(less than 10%) must be added cold, very mixtuie of
slowly in a thin stream with constant agi- .3 gills spirit shellac solution and
tation to the cold casein solution, other- % gill acetine by heating on the
wise it will cause the casein solution to water bath, allow to cool and
gel. filter.
Nitrobenzene is added as a preserva-
tive. Spirit Shellac Solution
IS prepaied by dmsolving
Coloiing Li'jither Hlack 8 oz. shellac in
Make a thin paste of Fans Faste and 1 gallon methylated spirit by heat-
water and rub into tlie leatlier. When dry ing on the water bath, lilU'i, and
coat witli a bnglil d tying wax emulsion allow to cool.
or shellac solution. 'I'his gives a ])erma- The leather is brushed o\ei once or
iieut nou-fadiug black. twice with this solution and after dr_yiiig
polished with a cloth with or witliout the
Cellulose Finish for Fatent Ts'ather ai)plication of cream.
Sjdits
After the usuaj i oiling and smoothing Leather Finish
processes, the splits aie brushed frei* A typical example of wax pigment
from dust. 'I'liey me thim given two finish —a
russet finish —
is as follows:
jiriming coats ami a final gloss finish. Moil 40 lbs. grey carnauba wax with

'riming Coat:
4 Ib.s. caustie soda and f) gallons of watci
for at lea.st 8 hours, making to original
Celluloid 100 gm.
volume with water, until saponification
Am^l Acetate 100 gm.
IS complete; often a further boiling is
Ethyl Acetate 50 gm. iK'ce.ssary. Then add the following pig-
Acetone Alcohol 300 gm.
ments:
Fusel Oil 300 gm.
Solvent Naphtha too gm. Venetian Red 3 lb.
Alcohol 100 gm.
Raw Umber 11 lb.
(histor Oil 125 gm. Brown Acid Dye 2 lb.

Mineral Dyo (Umber) 50 gm.


and more water as required.

The celluloid i.s dis.solved in the mix-


turn of amyl acetate, ethyl acetate and Artificial Leather Dope
acetone alcohol. The dye is dissolved in High griule for hand finishijig.
the castor oil and a little of the .solvents. S oz. Pyroxylin (30-4b second
It is then milled and added to the dis-
vi.scosiU
solved celluloid together with the rest I qt. Butyl Acetate
of the solvents. The mixture is blended I pt. Amyl Acetate
in a mill and applied to the splits by pt. Butanol
1
brush and dried at 35® C. When diy, the 2 qt. Toluol or solvent Naphtha
^leather is pressed and a second coat of 1 oz. Acetaiiilid
primer is given. When dry, the flesh 2 oz. Camphor
side of the splits is wetted down and the
grain side pressed with a grain-patterned
Cheaper grade of Artificial Leather Dope
plate. It is then sprayed with the final
gloss finish. 20 oz. Pyroxylin
2 pt. Ethyl Acetate
Gloss Finish: 1 pt. Methyl Acetate
Celluloid 100 gin. 1 pt. Denatured Alcohol
Amyl Acetate 100 gm. 4 pt. Benzol
Ethyl Acetate 160 gm. 2 oz. Camphor
LEATHER, HID ES. SKINS, EEIIS 309

("u.-'tor or EnpesocHl Oil to bo usod as * Imitation Leather Finish


plasticizer for both of above. A 0:1 mixture of tung and linseed
l’yro.\ylin artificial leather is made oils heated to 240°, then allowed to
is
from a cotton fabric, upon Avhich has i'ool to 2t3°, 1M)0 IS milled, and the temp,
been built up a plurality of coats of mix- maintained at 238-213 for 30 min. Mn ’

tures of oils pyroxylin and plastici/.eis and Co and synthetic or nat-


linuleates,
together with pigments to givt' the di'sned ural resin, c.g., Amberol (B.S. 1, light),
color. When the dosiied thickness has South Sea gum, are then added, the
been attained the material is run thiough temp. IS restored to 218°, and the batch
an embossing machine where, under thinned out with a mixture of hcav^ and
proper conditions, the desired giain efiect light peti oleum naphthas.
IS impressed into the fabric. If a hard
finish is desired a nitrocellulose coating
with a minimum of oil is apjdied as a l.eatlier Stain Kcinover
linal measure. But since from it to 30 A snlutiim for icmoving stains from the
Ioats are applied it is probaldy economi- llc-li side of Icathci is conqiosed of the

cal to use low grade dope for the intei- following:


mediato coats and a high giade one for Water 250 cc.
tlie first two coats and the la-^t two or
Oxalic Acitl 3 gi.
three coats. The dope itself i.s applied
by a blunt knife opeiated by a machine.
For this reason they aie rather viscous. Waterjiroof Boot Diessing
Tlie manipulation of the solvent formulae SpiMtnaci'ti 3 0/,
to give the desiicd qualities together with li'aw India b'ubber 6 dr.
<heapness is a veiy speciab/ed art and 'I’alluw 8 oz.
each manufacturer cheiishes what lie con- Hogs Laid 2 oz.
ceives to be the best and cheapi'st for- Ainlicr \'ainish 5 oz.
iiiila. To avoid bhi''liiiig when using
cheap low boiling solvents u.m* foiced dry-
ng under heated diying tunnels at a Leather (Matt) Finisli
temperature of 150° to 200° E. Dissolve white Boiax (’Lip
1 lb. of
so.-qi 111 4 (ps. of water and add to it 2
(jts of sulplumated castor oil, and boil
Split Leather
until you get a jicifcct soft soaj) oi

Split leather is technically treated the cnuilMon. Add


the above a solution
to
-ame as cotton cloth, but h;us the added made from 1 oz. of flaxseed tlioioiiglily
advantage of it being possible to c(jr- Icai lied in 2 ips. of water, and then add
icctly call it “leather” and a eompen- 0 (»/. of gelatine di'-sohi'd in 2 qls. of
-atiiig cost from splitting with that of watci, and 4 oz. of logwood ciNstals
only roquiiiiig three coats wlnueas 0 to should be added in the iliy powdcied
.10 coats aic used on cotton. Bi'cause of lot Ml, 1 lb. ol latiiji blaik and oz. of
1

the irregular sliapc ot the huh' the dope iliicct black When all is togcllier iii the
IS applied by hand with a by 0" kettle should boil lor about one hour,
_\oii

swab and since it is bnished it is neces- tlu n add snllimcnt old water to make a <

'ury to use high boiling point solvimts tiil.al ot 3 gallons and then heal to about
and, in the case of b'ack oi patent ]2r/ F., ami slii well until mivtiiro is

leather, each coat is pumiced smooth to pel fret 1> smooth.


remove all flow and biiisli marks. 'I'hf al o\e should be boded in the
steam j.i< ket or over the fire; if caniml.
be done with (he steam pipi' on account
* Artificial Leather
of the water fiom the ('xhaust.
A suitable cloth is coated with a com- The above gnves an excellent oily
position consisting of 1 pt, of nitrocellu- finish, and if your chrome matt leather
lose, 4-5 pts. of linseed oil (blown with should feel too rich or oily on the face, 4
air at about 250° so that its viscosity at you might reduce the amount of sul-
25-30° is 60-75 sec. as measured by the jthonated castor oil used. The gelatine is
time taken by a steel ball of 0.25 in. diain. 11 ed to make the finish adhesive and by
to fall through 12 in.), and a pigment the ii'^e of a larger amount a bnghtei^
dissolved in a mixed solvent ie g., EtOAc finish will be produced, particularly when
3i), 30, methylated spirits 40 pts.); (he leather has been ironed. The lamp
linseed oil may be replaced by other dry- black gives the matt calf the dull ap*
ing or semi -drying oils, and a drier may pearance desiied.
be iinmrpuratcd. The weights as given above are os
follows:

For na'micsl ,\dviiors, Special Raw Matoriala, Equijunent, CoiiUinera, ate , conanlt Supply
Jection at end of hooV
310 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
2 qt, Hulplionated castor oil. again given a coat of finish, dried, glazed
4 oz. flaxs(!c(l. and finally boarded again.
(J oz. golatino.
4 nz. lo^'wood crystals.
1 Il». lamp blade. Dyeing Chrome Side Leather Black
4 oz. diicct Mai-k. Itecipe No. 1 Logwood and Bichromate
1 llj. \vliJto Borax chip soap. of l*otash. For dyeing 100 Ib.s. of
leather, washed and shaved ready for
coloiing, use:

Finishing of Bliu'k Vcgtdablo Tanned I.ogwood Crystals IVj lb.

Call'skius Extract of Fustic .4 oz.


Borax 3 oz.
Aftertannage, the goods are well
stiuck out, cqiiali/ed and rc-
W!ij^lie<l, Boil the logw’ood and Borax, until dis-
tanned sumac at .'10 degicos C., for
in sohed, in (I gallons of water. Tlien dis-
lOO skins about .'iO or GO pounds of solve the fustic paste in 2 gallons of hot
sumac, aie dissolved in liot watei. The water and stir it into the logwood liquor.
goods go into a sumac Itath wlindi has Then add enough cold water to make 12
licen used tor a previous j>ack and stay gallons of dye. In a pail dissolve:
llieie for 2t houis arid then go to a now Bichromate of Potash 1^ oz.
batli, then follow lioising up, st'tting out,
Put the leather into the drum with .3 or
boiling of the grain with a clear cod oil,
4 gallons of water and run the drum five
hanging in the air, striking out of the
minutes to wet the leather. Then pour
flesh and futdapioi mg of tlio tlesh with
the prepared logwood liquor at 12° Fahr.
a ini.vtuK' of di'gias and cod oil, too
into the drum and rim the leather in it
inueh grease sliould bo avoided in order
twenty minutes. Next pour the bichro-
to pioduei' the brilliant grain. In place
mate of potash .solution into the drum and
of th(' abo\o the goods may be fal-
continue the drumming for ton minute.s,
Iniuoied in the drum giving 10 to 12 per
when the proce.ss sliould bo complete.
cent, of fat-lKjuor, Tho following is a
Wash tho leather in tliieo changes ofc
good recipe:
water; then fat-liquor it.

For too pounds of goods Recipe No.2. Logwood and Titanium


.')pt. of cod livi'r oil, Salts. Pioparo a logwood solution by
f) pt. of inoellon, boiling logwood and Boiax, then add
T) lb. of Marseilles .soap, fustic, paste and have 12 gallons of tho
b oz. of Borax and lOl) jiints of water. dyo as de.si'iibod m Recipe No. 1. In a
little hot water in a pail dissolve for 100
After fatdiquoiing, tliey are hung up, lbs. of leather:
struck out on tlesh and grain and dried
Titanium Potassium Oxalate 0 oz.
out, si 0 led for a few da\s and then
blacked. If ]niie iron Idaek boeniplo.ved, Run the leather logwood rnpior
in tlic

a .solution of logwood to which it is well


twrenfy minutes, add llio titanium
^flien
solution to the liquor and run the drum
to add a little imtasMuiu bichromate and
sodium carbonate is applied to the grain fifteen minutes. A good black results.
and made to penetiate. When tho log- Tho leather should then be washed, fat-
liquored and finished.
wood has penelratod, the solution of iron
is similarly applied. To get the black deeper into the leather
Fxccllont results can be obtained with or through it, drum it in palmetto extract,
aniline blacks, wdiich are simple to ap[)Iy
then in 3 ozs. of titanium salts in solu-
tion; add tho logwood, and after twenty
by pas.sing the solution o\er the goods
minutes, pour in 3 more ozs. of titanium
with a brush. It is piel’ei’ablo to use a
salts in solution, and after running the
basic dye rather than an acid black when
it is to be applied with a brush.
drum ten minutes longer, wash and fat-
liquor the leather.
After dyeing, they are given a light
coat of oil on the grain, partially dried, Recipe No. 3. Logwood and Nigrosine.
boarded in sexeral directions, laid in pile This process colour.s tho flesh blue and
over night, cleaned on the grain with a the grain black. For each dozen sides,
little barberry juice, dried and rubbed dissolve 8 ozs. of nigrosino in hot water,
witli a soft flannel. To obtain a brilliant and drum the leather in the solution
^

twenty minutes or until the color well


1
Jjiish a light coat of finish should bo is

"^plied after the barberry juice, e.g., a taken up. Then drain off all tho water
solution of fO per cent, of blood albumen and fat-liquor the leather with a suitable
in water should be applied, the goods fat-liquor, after which, black the grain
driod, glazed on the machine, boarded, on a table by brushing in logwood and
T.EATHER, HIDES, SKINS, FURS 311

copperas or logwood and biehroiiiatc of Borax \ o/.


potash, first applying the logwood and Acetic Acid 1 o,'.

then the eopperas or other stnkei. When Nit late of lion d o/..

the gram has become black, wash it, set


Boil th(‘ logwood m a few gallons of
it out, apply a coat of oil, and hang the
watei ; add the Poiax and enough w.iter
leather up to dry.
to make
IJ gallons of liipioi. In a j>ail
When leather is drummed in a logwood
of hot watei di''Soive the nigio^'iiie. Uun
liquor containing Boiax until the color
is taken and then spread on a table or
the skins m
the logwood Iniiioi lot fen
minute.'.; add the mgiosuie and lun tea
run through a machine and blacked
minutes longer. Then dissolve the aceim
upon the grain, it dries out with blue llesh acid and nitrate of non in 2 giillons of
and black gram.
wider. Poiii the solution into a dium
After leather is dyed with logwood and
:indrun the latter lit teen minutes. 'I'lieii
stiikor. It should be \(')y ihoioiighly
dram tin* bquoi out ol tin' diuiii, wash
washed befoie it is diied and finished, to
the skins iii two or tlni'e eliauges of
get nd of all the (l\e lupioi.
wati'i ami tlieii fat Inpioi tlimii. The
It IS consideied liy sonu' tamieis con-
tempeiatuie (d’ the <l\e Inpior should be
ducive to a better color to iiin the leather
J2(F Fahr.
m a solution of luilmetto extract oi of
l^veiiig with l.(Ogwood and (\ijipeias.
gambler befoie giving it the d\e. A
Foi etuh 100 ll)s. of skin to l>e d\ed, pie-
good method is to npj'ly palmetto liquor,
j'.iiea logwood lupioi by boding in a
say 2 lbs. to I'lO lbs. of heither. then to
lew galhms (d' w!il»‘r:
dnim the leaLlier in an alkaline logwood
l.ogwooil (’ivstals lb.
fuslic Ikiuoi, ami then to develop the
Fii'tie I’aste 4 o/.
color wilh a solution of titanium salts as
l!oia\ 4 0 /,
(lesciibed m Ib'cipi' No. 2,

Good 1 (Milts aie also .si'cured by fat- l>iinn the skins in this liquor, of which
liiliionng the leathei fust, thmi running there should b(“ 12 gallons at a tmiipera-

it in gambu'r oi palmetto and afteiwaids tiiK' ol 12<i" Fain, for twmity niimdes.

dyeing with logwood ami striker A ill the meautniK! dissolve' ni gallons of
better black, as to color and duiabilily, is boding water:
obtained by using titanium salts m place (’iqqieias 2 oz.
of iron liquor. Bluest one oz.

Add cold water to the solution to reduce


Methods of Dyeing Goat Skins Black lli(‘ f lnqlela^ul<' to 100® l''alii. Win'ii the
twenty minutes an* u|), pour the solutmii
Dy('ing with Logwood and Titanium
into a diiini iiml allow tin* latter to lolatn
Salts. For Uii) Hks, of shaved .skins use:
tifit'cn 'I'lien lemove the skins
minutes.
Logwfiod Giv^lahs IM* lb. fioin the (lium, wash them in two oi lliree
Kxtmet ot Fustic Paste 4 o/.
•hangi'S of warm water and linally fut-
Boiax oz.
iKpnii them.
Boil the logwood gallons of water
in (5

until dis.solved; Iheii add the iiistic paste Dveing Kangaroo Skins Black
and stir thoioughl) nm enough < old
;
m Recipe 1. For each 100 lb. of skins,
water to make 12 gallons of liquor Add
(Imsolve by boding in 10 gallons of
the Borax and then coho the skins by
watei
drumming them m the dve until the log-
wood IS taken up. The tempeiature of liOgwood Crystals IKs •'7,.

Fustic Paste 4 oz.


the liquor should be 120® Fahr. Wliih*
the skins aie mining the dye, dissolve
i m Hoi ax 11 oz.

in a pad of hot water for each 100 lbs. Add r, gallons of cold water to the lifpior
of skins: and use it at J2
j® Falir. Drum the skins
in it for twenty minute's. While the
Titanium Potassium Oxalate 6 oz.
drum IS lunnmg, dissolve m a padful of
When the twenty minutes are up pour hot watei
this solution into a drum and drum the
skins ten or fifteen minutes longei. Then Bichromate of Potash 1 oz.

wash them m warm water and fat -liquor Pour tins solution into the drum and run
them. tlie drum ten minutes. Then diain the
Dyeing with Logwood Acetic Acid and liquor out of the drum and wash the ski^t^
To of
'

Nitrate of Iron. color 100 lbs, in three changes of water. They ate theft
skins use: ready to l»e fat-liquored.
Logwood Crystals 1^/^ lb. Recipe 2. A good color can be obtained
Black Nigrosine 1 oz. with logwood and titanium salts in the
312 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
lollowiujr manner: For every 100 lbs. of leather should l>o dampened, staked and
Kkins, boil until digsolved in 10 gallons tacked.
of water:
Logwood Crystals lb. Chrome Liquor
Fustic Paste 4 oi. The chrome liquor can also be made by
Borax 3 oz. dissolving ten pounds of sodium bi-
chromate in two gallons of water, and
In another tub dissolve in 10 gallons of
adding to this liquor ten pounds of sul-
hot water for every 100 lbs. of skins:
phuric acid. Then add to the solution six
Titanium Potassium Oxalate 5 oz. pounds of syrup gluco.se at intervals
allowing the agitation to subside befoio
I*ut the Kkins and half of the titanium adding another portion. This liquor
solution into the drum and run the dium should be diluted to 45 Bt!*., and fifteen
ten or fifteen minutes; then pour the log-
])ouml.s of it will tan one hundred pounds
wood liquor in and run tlu‘ diuin fifli'en
of skins. Th<‘ dry skin.s, after they have
minutes; finally, to develo]> the colour,
been wa.siied back, can be also cliroiiio
pout in the rest of the tianium solution
tanned wuh .six pounds of taiiolm dis-
and run the drum ten minutes longer.
solved in two gallons of boiling water.
Wash the skins and finish them, but have Drum the skins in the sidt water solution
1 11). of titanium stilt in the barrel of
ton minutes, then add the chrome liquor
seasoning and no foj)[ierus. The logwood
in portions of one-third at a time at in-
liquor should be increased to 1.3 gallons
tervals of one-luilf hour, dinmming for
by the addition of .3 gallons of cold water
two hours. Then dissolve and pour into
and used at a temperature of 125®
tho drum eight ounces of .‘.odium bicar-
Fahr.
bonate and drum one-half then add six
ounces more of the sudinm bicarbonate
Blacking Chrome Solo Leather and drum another hour. After the leathei
When the leather is blacked first and has been diaiued at least tweUe hoiiis
then stuffed, it is taken, a side at a time, it is washed and neutralized w'ltli Boiax,

slicked out smooth on a table and given


a coat of logwood liquor, then a coat of
Fat-Liquor for Chrome Bide Leather
striker, next another coat of logwood and
more stiiker, after which it is washed, No. 1. Put 10 lbs. of palmetto, fig or
run through a wringer and put into con- other good soap into a ch'an barrel with
dition for stutling. 10 gallons of water. Boil with steam
The logwood liquor is made of 6 lb. until dissolved. Then take four gallons
of logwood crystals and 2 lb. of Borax of neatsfoot oil and cut it by stirring
into it a few ounces of Borax dissolved in
in 50 gallons of water. The striker is
made of 7 lb. of copperas and 5 lb. of hot water. Add the oil to tho soap and
boil again; then add (i lbs. of moellon
blue vitriol in 50 gallons of water,
although any other good striker may bo degras and boil until the liquor is
used. thoroughly emulsified. Kuii in enough
water to muko 40 gallons of fat-liquor.
Four gallons of this etnnlsion may be
Coloring Chromed India-Kips
used for each dozen sides.
An excelent colour is secured by using No. 2. For 100 lbs. of heavy giain
the following process:
chrome leather:
For each 100 lbs. of leather ready to be
Fig Soap 1 lb.
coloured, boil in 10 gallons of water, IVj
lbs. of logwood crystals and 4 oz, of
German Degras .3 lb.
Neatsfoot Oil 3 lb.
Borax, then stir into the liquor 4 oz. of
Sod Oil 3 lb.
fustic paste. Use this liquor at 125®
Borax 4 oz.
Fahr. Drum the leather in it for one
half-hour; then pour into the drum a Boil the firsL three ingredients in 6 gal-
solution of 6 oz. of titanium postassium lons of water for one half-hour. Then
oxalate in a pail of hot water and run add the sod oil and Borax and stir thor-
the drum fifteen minutes longer. If the oughly. Add water to make 12 gallons
Wither hasnot been fat-liquored, it of liquor, wliich may be applied to tho
shojuld nextbe washed and then fat- leather at any temperature between 125
liquored, and dried.
oiled The grain and 140® Fahr. If tho leather is greasy,
Should be well struck out, and oiled with wash it in a warm solution of Borax, if
a mixture of 'one part olive and three tho fat-liquor is not fully taken up by
parts parafiln oils. Drying should be the leather, pour in the drum 4 ozs. of
done somewhat slowly; and when dry the salts of tartar dissolved in 3 gallons of
LEATHER, HIDES, SKINS, FURS 313

hot water and run the drum fifteen min- greasy should be given a sig lioforo the
utes longer. The grain should receive logwood liquor is applied with a brush.
a good coat of cod or neatsfoot oil before The object of this treatment is to cut tho
the leather is diied. grease out of the grain so that tho log-
wood can penerato the grain. For this
Fat-Liquor for Chrome Glove Leather purpose a wairn solution of Borax is
The following is given as especially very beneficial. Tho strength of tho
suitable for glove leather: solution must depend upon tho condition
of the leather.
Olive Chip Soap 12 lb.
Glauber’s Salt 3 lb.
Borax 2 lb. Dressing Oil as an Alkali Fat-Liquor
Sod Oil 5 gal. with Boiax
Cod Oil 3 gal. Mix in a wooden tank arianged with
Neatsfoot Oil 1 gal. open steam cod. I’so .H to 5% of Boiux
Boil the fiist three ingredients foi one 111
Vj ^f water to of oil. Ileal the

liulf hour; then add the oils and boil mixture with steam. When tlu‘ Borax is
lignin about one-hiilf hour; then till up thoroughly di.ssolv('d and the mixture
tho barrel to moke fiO gallons of fat- stirred up, you will have a splendid fat-
liquor. Use 7 lbs. of this fiit-liquor for liquor which may bo used as Soon as it
100 lbs. of leather. Dilute it with hot is cold.

water and use at 1-5° Fahr., drumming Caution


the leather in it for forty minutes. very necessary in mixing this oil
It is
to use awooden tank or a lead lined tank,
Fat-Liquor and an open steuiii coil, as an iron tank
or dry heat would liave the effect of
An e.xcellcnt fat-b(|uor for chrome
glove skins is made of one pound of soap, darkening the oil.
eight ounee.s of neatsfoot oil, one and n

half pounds of egg yolk and two ounces Fat-Liqnoniig


of Borax for one hundred pounds of
For 100 lb.M. of skins laki*:
leather. The soap and Borax are boiled
2 lb. of Marseilles Soap,
and dissolved in a few gallons of water;
1 of Neatsfoot Oil,
lb.
the oil is then added and tho mixture
of Borax,
gr,
thoroughly stirred. A
few gallons of
4 to 5 gallons of writer at 60 degrees
cold water are added to reduce the tem-
C. iiiid drum for 40 minutes.
perature to S)0 degrees, when the egg yolk
IS added and the liquor thoroughly stirred The skins now passed through
aie
is used at a temperature of 120 degrees, water and shade is not sullieiently
if the

'riicre should be twelve gallons of it. The black they can be daikoned further. For
preparation of sheejiskins is about as fol- 50 skins take 5 gallons of logwood in-
lows: They are dewooled with a paint of fusion, and pass the skins through it
sodium sulphide and lime or one made tlirce tinu'S. Them the skins are immersed
of lime and red arsenic; limed for a few in a bath of sulphate of copper. Binso
days in clear white lime. the skins in water, sot out by machine,
ajiply a light coat of neatsfoot oil and

Fat-Liquor for Sheep Leather hang up to dry.


Finishing is as usual with the follow-
Put 10 lbs. of potash soap into a clean
ing, which will produce a fine lustre:
barrel with 10 gallons of water, and boil
and stir it until it is dissolved, into 4 4 litres of logwood infusion,
gallons of best neatsfoot oil stir 4 ozs, of 250 cc. of ox blood,
Borax dissolved in a quart of boiling 500 cc. of milk,
water, taking care to stir thoroughly to 300 gr. of barberry juice,
cut the oil. Put tho oil into the soap 13 whites of egg,
solution and stir thoroughly. Then run in 60 gr. ammonia,
enough cold water to make 50 gallons of 60 gr. alcohol,
fat-liquor.The user can, if he desires, 12 gr. sulphate of iron,
add 10 of egg yolk to the oil and soap
lbs.
2 litres of nigro.sine solution,
it has been cooled
solution, but not until 500 cc, of gall nut infusion.
down to 75“ Fahr. with cold water.
Recipe for Fat-Liquor
Leather Heavily Fat-Liquored Cook seven pounds olive chip soap and
Chrome leather that has been so seven pounds fig soap in 25 gallons of
heavily fat-liquored that the grain is water. Add one pound of powdered
314 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Borax and cook until cut, then let cool to To Give a White Flesh Side to Calf
120” and add six gallons egg yolk. Fill Leather
tlio barrel with cold water to make titty
After tanning with sumac, the skins
gallons. This will fat-hquor sixty-five to
are dried and shaved. They are then
seventy horse hides, kip or cow hides. The
fulled very soft, dyed on the grain side
leather should be run for one hour in
only, racked, stretched over a frame and
stulling null, which should be kept at
dried. When the giain side is finished,
120 °.
the llesh side is pumiced, coated with the
Olive Oil, being a vegetable oil, pro-
white dressing and glass papered. This
duces lasting elfi'cts on leather. It does white dressing is made as follows: For
not cvajioiate, spew or become gummy.
a dozen skins, 2 pounds of Spanish white
The lasliiig cn'ects of this oil have long and 12 ounces of white tallow soap are
been knoun, but because of its high cost
stirred together with the white of 12 eggs
it has been used only on the fine grades
and 2% gallons of water.
of leather.
The skins after a thorough cleansing
aro repeatedly coated with a mixture of
Degreasing Before Dyeing
100 parts of glycerine, 0.2 of salicylic
After the fat-liquored skins have laid acid, 0.2 of picric acid, and 2.5 of Borax.
in pile for about twelve houis, they are
They are then nearly diied and impreg-
dogreased by brushing over on the giain
nated in a daik loom with a solution of
with 3 per cent. Borax and 2 per cent,
bichromate of potash, after which, dry-
good white soap, made into a solution ing is completed and both sides given a
with 9G parts soft water. After washing
coat of shellac varnish.
the grain with this, the skins are rinsed
in warm soft water, dried for dyeing, or
in some cases sponged over with linseed Variety of Useful Shades
mucilage which ictards the fixing of the By increasing or decreasing the quan-
colour, and keeps the grain a uniform tity of blue or black in the medium and
sliado but it must bo allowed to dry before dark browns a large variety of useful
the dye is applied. Some d\eis prefer to shades can be obtained. For the light
dye bi'foro fat-liquoring, because less dyo shades of brown the yellows are used as
is requiied, and if acid dyes aro used sul- the shading agents.
phuric acid may be used in the dye-bath. To finish colored leather,,
take:
It must be remembered, however, that fat- Egg Albumen 6 oz.
liquoring subsequent to dyeing removes a rilycenno 2 oz.
lot of the dycstulT. Where the dyeing Borax 2 oz.
follows the fat-liquoring under no cir- Bhcllac 4 oz.
cumstances must sulphuric acid be
allowed in the dye-bath, as this will pre-
Di.ssolve the albumen in lukewarm
water, then di.ssolve the shellac with the
cipitate free fatty acid on the leather
Borax and add to the albumen togetlim-
and cause uneven dyeing.
with the glyceiine, and n.'^e cold. It is
always advi.sablo to add to the seasoning
Formula for Producing Plump Leather mixtuie a little dyestuff of the same kind
as that used for dyeing the skins. The
Soaking.
above ingredients will be found enough to
Dissolve five pounds of Borax in hot
make 10 gallons of seasoning. The
water and add it to 1,000 gallons of
method of procedure, after applying the
water and soak hide.s from 2-4 to 48 hours .season, is the same as for blacks, except
changing the water, if nece.ssary, where
that if a finishing oil for colors is found
the hides are very dirty. Have your stock
desirable, special attention must be given
as clean as possible before it is put into
to the selection of the right quality. The
the limes.
oil used should not be greasy; its con-
sistency should be thin, and it should
Liming.
rapidly disappear into the leather. The
The best method depends somewhat on object of its use is merely to lubricate
the kind of stock being made. Starting
and soften the grain, and only a light
stock in new and strong limes and finish-
application is necessary.
ing up with weak ones makes the leather
very plump as well a.s soft, but it is pref-
erable to start in weak limes and finish Blue or Purple Coloring
up in strong ones. Extreme plumping at In some cases the sides are dyed blue or
the start tends to weaken the fibres of purple on the flesh. This is performed
Uto leather. by dissolving 6 pounds of logwood paste
and 2 pounds of Borax and a small quau-
LEATHER, HIDES, SKINS. FURS 315

tity of blue aniline in warm water, heated pliable, after which it nmy Ihi rubliod
to the boiling point. If a purple-black is with line .‘uindpaper and pumice stone to
required, an additional quantity of Borax obtain a smooth linish.
and a small quantity of blue umliuo
should bo added, the quantities to bo
The For Tanning White Goat Skins
legulatcd by the shade required.
sides are run in this liquor for 20
} o/ !^u'plKite of Aluminum
minutes. 4 o/.. Sulplmte of l'ota.''li

Tiie finish is made up in the following 2 OA. Borax


way: For 10 gallons of season, 1 ouiit-es If the skins are very greasy, u.se 2 oz.
ruljy shellac, 2 ounces ammonia, 2 oumes of .valt alum skims
[tfiie l(ir a iliivt'r. All
liamnatin, G ounces nigrosine, ? ounces be lined onl in
.‘'hould and damp- tlie air
chiome leather black and 2 ounces gly- ened by sprinkling a liltli' water on the

cerine are used. First dissolve the shellac flesh. Roll them iij> and allow them to
in water, to which has been added the stand for a day oi two then arm crutch
ammonia; then dissolve haematin, nigio- them.
.sine and chrome leather black; stir the

whole together until fairly cold. Give the For Tjinning Snake Skins
sides a coat of this and air off, then A combination tannage is best. 'I'he
gla/e; then another coal, and gla/c again, ingrodii'nts are salt, aliiiii, gambior and
after which they can be grained and are common flour. One third of each of the
ready to be sent out. chemicals and one jiound of (lour. Cover
with alioul a eoiqde of gallons of water.
Tanning Fur Skins Add about five ounces of Borax make
the skins soft.
Cut off the useless parts of the skin,
and then soften it by soaking, .so tiiat
all flesh and fat may be scraped from The Graining Process
the inside with a blunt knife. Soak the
Graining i.s nn art well understood in
skin next in warm water for an hour, moioi'co ljni.''lung, and theiefore it i.s not
and during that time mix equal quanti- nece.ssary to descnlte it in much detail.
ties of Borax, saltpetre and Glauber salts somi'time.s biiused on the
'I he skill
i.s

with enough water to make a thin paste'. llesh befoie giaining, but the geiieial
About half an ounce of each ingredient idea is to get a.s pionouiieed a maikiiig ns
will give enough for an opossum skin,
possible, and tins i.s done by ciossing ami
and projiort innately more will be required iiciosMiig in the ordmaiy way. Morocco
fur larger ones. When the skin has giainiiig, liowcvor, is a jjrocess in winch
soaked in the warm water, lift it and
tlieie is e\ery opi>oTtuinty for tlic woik-
sjiread it out flat, so that the paste may
iiiau to use his bianis and ('xpi'ru'nce, and
be applied with a bru.sh to the inside lor tins icason none Iml the best woikmcu
of the .skin; more paste will be required
aie uMially employed for this imijiose.
wliere the .skin is thiek than where it is
After giaining in the danqi state, tho
tlimner. Double the .skin together, flesh skn.s aie aired olf, and a eoat of the fol-
side inwards, and put it in a cool place
lowing season carefully applied. Dissolve
fur twenty-four hours, at the end of hot m
1 to 0 ounces best orange shellac
which time should be washed clean, and
it
wa'er, and add 2 oiinees of Borax, mak-
treated in the same way as before with a ing up (he whole into six gallons of finish.
mixture of one ounce of sodium carbonate
(washing soda), one-half ounce Borax
and tw’o ounces hard, white soap; these Blacking Kangaroo Calf and flides
must be melted slowly together without After stock has been stuffed and diied
being allowed to boil. The skin should out it should lay some days to mellow

tlicn be folded together again, and put down. Then yellow back it. Take a 50-
in a warm place for twenty-four hours. gallon barrel and put in;
After this, dissolve four ounces alum, 10 gal. of Water
eight ounces salt, and two ounces sodium gal. Neatsfoot Oil
1
carbonate (baking soda) in suflkient hot 1 lb. Hal Soda
water to saturate the skin; the water 1 lb. of Borax
used should be soft, preferably rain 5 lb. of Turmeric
water. When this is cool enough not to
Boil well, then fill up barrel with cold
scald the hands, the skin should lie im-
water in drum apif 12 pails mixture
^
mersed and left for twelve hours; then
wring it out and hang it up to dry. The and turn 1.5 to 20 minutes, thw take out
soaking and drying must lie repeated two and color as follows:

or three times, till the skin is soft and 1 pail of Sig.


310 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY

1 pail of Logwood Liquor hides than can be handled at one time,


1 pail of Hlack the hides may be thoroughly salted and
A brush for each kept for from three to five months. The
hides must never be allowed to freeze or
heat during storage or tanning. Some
Imitation English Oak tanners state that salting before tanning
To make an imitation English oak or is helpful. It can do no harm to salt a

to bleach dark loatlier, submerge same in hide for a few days before it is prepared
a solution composed of for tanning.
The directions hero given have been
4 ounces Borax
prepared for a single heavy cow, steer, or
4 ounces Oxalic Acid
bull hide weighing from 40 to 70 pounds
thoroughly dissolved in or for an equivalent weight in smaller
1 gallon of water. skins, such us calf or kip skins. The
heavy hides are best suited for sole, hai
iie.ss, or belting leather. Lighter hides
Deliming Hides and Skins weighing from 20 to 40 pounds should be
Lizaid and Python Skins.
Crocodile, used fur luce leather.
The dehydrated skins are restored by
soaking in cold water .softened with 8 lbs, Preliminary Operations
of borax per 1,U00 gallons, worked over Before it is tunned a hide or skin
the beam on the flesh side, and limed to must bo put through the following pre-
loosen the scales and separate tlie fibers. liminary operations. As soon as the hide oi
The sl|^s are givim lU to 15 days in skin has been put through these processes,
fairly Mellow lime liquors (no sodium stait the tanning, following the direction^-
sulphidM and hauled daily. The strength given for the particular kind of leather
of the Imo liquor i.s maintained by small desired.
additions of lime paste on alternate days, Blaxing Lime
'riie scales are removed with an unhairing

knife, swollen flesh detached, and the Put from 6 to 8 pounds of burnt or
pelts wa.shcd in a paddle with running caustic lime in a clean half barrel,

water. Deliming is accomplished in tlie wooden tub, or bucket, with a capacity of


same vessel, usiiig 2 lbs. of boric acid for at least 5 gallons. Use only good-qimlit,v
100 lbs. of skins, and paddling for about lime, flee from dirt and stones; never use
hours. Finally the skins arc washed air-slaked lime. To the lime add about
for 20 minutes in clear water. 1 quart of water. As the lime begins to
slake add more water, a little at u time,
to keep the lime moist. Do not pour in
Tanning Ecptilc Skins enough water to quench the slaking.
Dehydrated skins are soaked in water When the lime appears to be slaked, stii
(8 lbs. Borax per 1000 gallons) worked ;
in 2 gallons of clean water. Do all this
over beam on flesh side uiul treated with just as in making whitewash. Slake tin-
sat.lime solution to loosen scales. Weak lime on the day before the soaking of
lime liquors are used now to treat skins the hide is begun, and keep the liraewatei
for 10 days. Eeinove scale.s by knife and (ovored w'ith boards or sacks until reudv
wash polls in running lIoO. Then de- to use it.

lime with 2 lbs. boric acid per 100 lbs. If available, fresh hydrated lime, not
skins, paddling for two to three hours; air-slaked, may
bo used instead of the
then a clear HoO wash. burnt or caustic lime. In this case use
Bates stock immersed in water con- from 8 to 10 pounds in 4 or 5 gallons of
taining Fastan to bring gravity to 1® DC. water.
On next day strengthen liquor to 2® BC. Soaking and Cleaning
On 3rd day, strengthen to 3® Remove If the hide has been salted, shake it
skins on fourth day and place in IIj'po vigorously to remove most of the salt.
bath for 24 hours. Then wash and fat Spread it out, hair side down, and trim
liquor. off the tail, head, ears, all ragged edges,
and shanks.
Home Tanning of Leather and Fur Skins Place the hide, hair side up, length-
Preparation of the hide or skin for wise, over a smooth log or board, and,
tanning may be started as soon as it has with a sharp knife, split it from neck to
been takaji off the animal, drained, and tail, straight down the backbone line,
cooled from the body heat. Overnight into two half hides, or “sides." It will
will be long enough. If tanning is not be more convenient in the later handling,
to be started at once or if there are more especially when the tide is large, to then
LEATHER. HIDES. SKINS. FtTRS 31

split each sidelengthwise through the knife. Finally wash off with a bucketful
“break/’ just above the flanks, mto two of clean water.
strips, making the strip with the back- The side miust be soft, pliable, nnd
bone edge about twice as wide as the clean all over befoie being put into tho
Indly strip. Thus a whole hide will give lime, which is the next step.
two sides or four strips. If desired,
small skins need not be split. In these Liming
directions “side” means side, strip, or Wash out tho soak barrel. Pour in all
skin, as tho case may be. of the .‘linked lime; neaily fill tho bar-
Fill a 50-gallon band with de.an, cool rel with clean, cool water; and stir
water. Place the sides, flesh side out, thoroughly. Place tho sides, hair side
o\er short sticks or pieces of rope and out, again over the short sticks or pieces
hang them in the barrel of watei. Let of lope, and hang them in the barrel so
tlii'in soak for two or three luuiis. Stir that they are completely co\eied by the
tliem about fieipieiitly t« soften, loosen, limewater. Set‘ tliut the sidi's have as
and wash out the bloo<l, dirt, ninmiie, and f.-w' folds or wi inkles as po.ssible and also

salt. The sticks or pieces of lope may be be sine that no air is trapped under them.
lu'ld in jilacc by tj’iiig a loop of coid on Keep the bairel eovered with boaids or
eai-liend ami catching tlie loops o\er nails bags. Pull up tlie siiies and slir the lime-
in the outside of the band near the top. water lliiee Ol four limes each day until
After soaking for about three horns the hair will come off easily. Tins takes
take out tlio sides, one at a time, and from (i to 10 days in summer and pos-
place them, hair side up, over a “beam.” sibly as many a.s 1(1 days in winter.
A ready-made beam can be bought. A Wln-n tlioroiiglily limed, the hair can
faiily satisfactory one may be made fioin be 111 (bed
I off leadily wilh the hand.

a very smooth slali, log, or thick planed Uarly in the liming piocess it will be pos-
lioard, from 1 to 2 feet wide ami 0 to S sible to pull out the hair, but the liidi*

feet long. The slab or log is inclined, must Ih‘ left in the limewatei until the
with one end resting on the ground and hair comes off by iiibliiiig ovei with the
the other extending o\er a box oi ticstle hand. For harness ami bcllnig leatheis
so as to be about wal^t high. lca\i‘ tlie hide in th<‘ limewatei foi from

With the side lying hair side up over .'tto f) days aft(>r this eondition lias been

tho beam, scrub off all dirt ami inanuie, leacln'd.

using if necessary a stitf brush. Wash rnlmimig


ol! with several bucketfuls of clean Wlu*n limed. 111 low Hit' side, hair side
water. up, over the beam, and, with tlii‘ back
Turn the side over, flesh side up, and edge of a diauing or butclim' kiiift', held
scrape or cut off any remaining flesh. nearly flat ugaiiivt the sidt', jmsh off tin*
Work over with the
the cntiie flesh side hair from all jiart.s. If Hie side is siilli-
back edge of a drawing or butcher knife, ciontly limed, a curdy or cliccsy layei tjf
held tiimly against the hide, while jiu.sh- skin ti.bs oil with Hu* hair. Jf tins layf'r
ing away from the body. Wash otT with dt)cs not rub off, the side mus* be re-
one or two bucketfuls of clean water. turned to Hie limewater. After removing
This working over should always be done. the hair, put tilt* side back in the lime-
Rcflll tho soak bairel with clean, cool water again for another day, until any
water and hang the sides in it as before. fine bans that may lemani can bo easily
Pull them up and stir them about fre- scraped off. Ntiw tlmroiigldy woik over
quently until they are soft and flexible. the gram or Iiair sidt* with a diill-edged
Usually a green or fresh hide needs to tool to “scud” OT woik oul as inuch lime,
be soaked for not moie than from 12 to grease, and dirt a.s possible.
24 hours and a green salted hide for not
Fleshing
more than frotA 24 to 48 hours.
When the sides are propcily .softened Turn the side over and “scud” it
that is, about like a fresh hide or sk.n again, licing sure to remove all fleshy
throw them over the beam and thoroughly matter. 8have down to tho hide itself,
scrape olT all remaining flesh and fat. It Imt be oaieful not to cut into it. Remove
is of the greatest importance to remove tlie flesh by scraping and by using a very

all this material. When it can not bo sharp knife, with a motion like that of
scraped off, cut it off, but be careful not shaving the face.
to cut into the hide itself. Even should Now proceed as directed under “Bark-
there appear to be no flesh to take off tanned sole and harness leather,” '

and nothing seems to be removed, it is “ Chrome- tanned leather” or “Alum-


necessary to thoroughly work over the tanned lace leather,” depending upon the
flesh side in this way with the back of a kind of leather desired^
318 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Wastes from Liming gar. Stir well. Place the
sides, from

Tho lime, lirncwater, sludge, and flesh- the deliming, over sticks, and hang them
ings from the liming process may 1x3 in this bark liquor with as few folds and
used as fertilizer, being particular// good wrinkles as po.ssible. Move the sides
for acid soils. The hair, as it is scraped about and change their position often in
from the hide, may he collected sepa- order to get an even color.
rate!/, and, after being liiiaed sevcial .lii'^t a- .<5oon as (he .sides have been
times, ma/ be used in plastering. If de- huag in tlie bark liquor, again .soak from
.;() to 40 pouiiiLs of ground baik in
sired, it can bo thoroughl/ washed A\itli about
many changes of water until absolutely 20 gallon.s of hot water. Let this second
clean and, after being diied out in a baik liquor stand until tlie sidn !m\e
wann place, can bo used for j):idding, become (weiily coloieil, or for fium 10 to
upholstering, insulation of pipes, etc. 15 days. Tal:e out of the taiinuig band
5 gallons of liquor and pour
in about oiie-
qiiarter of the .sei'ondbark liquor. Also
Bark-tanned Solo and Harness Leather add about 2 quails moie of vinegar and
stir it 111 well. Five days later add an-
Deliming other fmirth of the tan liquor only (no
After tho aides have been put through Do this eveiy 5 days until tho
\ Illegal ).
the unhairing and fleshing opeiations, second baik liquor is used up.
rinse them with clean water. Wash the The progK'ss of tho tanning varies
aides in cool, clean water for from six to somewhat with conditions and can best bo
eight hours, changing the water fic- followed by inspecliiig a small sliver cut
quently. fiom the edge of tin' liide. About .'5.5

Buy5 ounces of U. S. P. lactic acid days after the actual tanning has bci'u
(or 1(5 ounces of tannery 22 pi'r cent started a fiesh cut should show two daik
lactic acid). Nearly till a clean -10 to 50 or brown luinow' stieaks about as wide
gallon band with clean, cool water, and a.s a heavy pencil line coming in fioin
stir in tho lactic acid, mixing thoroughly each suiface of the hide.
with a paddle. Hang tho sides in tlio At this stage wi'igli out about 40
barrel and leave them theie for 21 hours, ])ouiids of fmo bark and ju^t moisten it
pulling them up and stirring frequently. with hot water. Do not add moi(‘ water
Take out the sides, woik ovi'r or than the baik wall soak up. Pull tho
‘‘scud” them thoroughly, as directed snh's out of the baik Iniuor and dump
under “Ihihniring, ” and hang them in in the moi''tened baik, keejiing in the
a barrel of cold water. Change the watei band as iniich of tin* old tan liquor aS
several times, and leave them in
tiiially po.s.vible. Mix tliorouglily and while mix-
tho water overnight. ing hang the snh'S hai-k in the barrel.
If lactic acid can not bo obtained, use Aitiially bary them in tlie baik. All
a gallon of vinegar iimtead. paits ol the sides must bi' kept well down
in the baik mixture. Leave the sides in
Tanning this baik foi about six weeks, moving
Tho sides are now leady
for the actual them about once in a while.
tanning. From 15 to 20 da}s before this At the end of six weeks pull the sides
stage will bo reached weigh out from .'U) out. A cutting .should show that the tan-
to 40 pounds of good-quality, linely- ning has spread nearer to the center. Pour
ground oak or hemlock baik and ]>imr out about half tho lupior. Stir the baik
onto it about 20 gallons of boiling W'.ater. in the band, hang the sides back, and
Finoly-giound baik, with no jiarlicle.s (illthe band with ficsh, finely ground
larger than a grain of coni, will give the bark. Le;ue the sides in for about two
best results. Simply chopping the bail; inunlhs, shaking tho barrel from time to
into coar.'io pieces will not'do. Do not let time and adding bark and water as
the tan liquor come in contact with Iron needed to keep the sides completely
vessels. Use the purest water available. e()\e]od.
Rain water is best. At the end of this time the hide should
Let this bark infusion
stand in a bo evenly coloied all tho waiy through,
covered vessel until ready to use it. Stir witliout any white or raw streak in the
it occasionally. When ready to start center of a cut edge. If it is not struck
tanning, strain off the bark liquor through, it must lie left longer in tho
through a clean, coarse sack into the tan- wet bu'k, and more bark may bo needed.
ning barrel. Fill tho barrel about three- For harness, strap, and belting leather
qlllMrt^rs full with water, rinsing the bark tho side.s may bo taken out of the baik
this water so ns to get out as much liquor at this stage, but for sole leather
tannin as possible. Add 2 quarts of vine- they must be left for two months longer.
LEATHER, HIDES, SKINS. FURS 319
When fanned through tho sides are
fully —
Sole leather. Take the .sides from the
ready for oiling and finishing. tan liquor and liu^ie them thoroughly with
clean water. Hang them up until they
Oiling and Finishing are only damp and then apply a good
Harness and })clting leather. —Take the coating of neat’s foot or cod oi! to tho
gram or hair side. Again hang them up
sides fioni tlie tan luiuor; nn.^e them oil

A\ith water; and scour the giain or haii until they are thoroughly diy.

side thoioughly with plenty of warm When rcj'ainng sliuos with this leather
water and a stiff luush. Tlien go o\er it is advisable, alter cutting out the jucco
[lie sides with a “slicker,” pie-'snig the for suliiig, to dampen and Immincr it

slicker firmly against tiic leather while down well, and tlum, after jintliiig it on
jnishing it away tiom tlieln.id\. “K’lck” the to miike it wateijirnnf and more
.‘'line,

out on the giain or hair side in all direc- serviceable by setting the shoe in a shal-
tions. For hainess, belting, and the like low pan of melted grease or oil and
this .scounng and slicking out must be letting it stand for abnut In minutes.

thoroughly done. The gieaso oi oil must lie no Imlter than


A slicker can be made from a piece of the iiand can licar. Rubber la'cls sliuuld

cop])er or biass about one-foniih inch not lie put III oil or gicase. Tlii' soles of

thick, 6 inclies long, and 4 inches wide. shot's with inblu'r lo'cl.s may be vvalt'r-
One long edge of the sl.eker is mounted proofed in the same wtiy, using a pu' pan
in a wooden handle and lie otlier long
I
for tho oil or gn'ase and pl.acing tho
(‘<lg(> is finislu'd smooth and wi'll ronndeil.
heels out'-'ide (he pan. Anv good nil or
A pK'ce liatdwood, about t> inclie.s
of gtt'a'-t* W'l 1 dn. q'lie following foriiiultis

squaie, ]]'< inches thick at the head, and have bet'll fouinl salisfaeloiy

Blia\cd down wedge-shaj'e to a thin edg(>,


Foimula 1 : Ounces
will also solve as a slieker.
While tho sides are still damp, but not \eir tal Wool (Ircasc 8
veiy wet, go -over tlie giaiu oi liair side haik I’ct'olatum 4
witii a liberal coating of neat’s foot or Jhualiin Wax 4
cod oil. Hang up the sides and let tliem
Formula 2:
diy out slowly. When
take them
dry,
down and dampen by dipping in
well Fttiohitum 10
water or by rolling them up in wet sack- Ib'csw.'ix 11

ing or burlap.
Formnlti 3:
When uniformly damp and limber,
evenly bru'di or mof) o\er the gtaiii or J’l'litilatum 8
hair .side a thick co.iling of waiin dubbin I’aial.iii \iax 4

The dubbin is made by melting togt'.hei Uwol Cr.a e 4

about equal pails of cod oil and tallow ('inde Tiiipcntlno Oiim (gum
or ncat’s-foot oil and tallow. his dub- 'J Til us) 2
bin when cool must be suit and pasty,
but not liquid. Formula 4:
Hang up the sides again and leave Tallow 12
until thoroughly dned. When dry, sciape Cud Oil 4
off tlie excess tallow by working over with
the slicker. If more grease in the leather
Clironif-tanncd Lcallicr
is desired, damiien again and aj'ply an-

other coating of the dubbin, giving a For many puri»os<'.s ehronK'-tanned


light application also to the flo.")! side. Icatlier is foiiHiderttl (o bt' as gixitl as tho

Wdien again dry, remove the tallow and riioie generally known baik or vcgctablo-
thoroughly work over all jiarts of the tanned leather. The chrome piui'css,
leather with the slicker. Rubbing over which takes only a few weeks as against
with sawdust wdll help to take up any as many rnonihs for the Laik-lauuuig
surface oiiincss. procc'S, derives its name fiom the use
If it is desired to blacken the leather, of cht micals containing chioniium or
this must be done before groasaig, A “chiomc. ” H IS a elieniieal jnocO.-s le-

black dye solution can be made by dis- tpiiring great caie. It is felt, however,

solving one-half ounce of water-soluble that by following exactly the directions


nigrosine in IVi pints of water, with the here givt'n, never disregaidiiig details

addition, if handy, of several drops of which may seem uniinpoilant, a service-


ammonia. Evenly mop or brush this .solu- alile leather can bo produced in a com-
tion over the dampened but ungreased paiatively .short lime. The saving in
leatherand then grea.se as directed in the lime seems sunicient to justify a trial of
preceding paragraph. I
this process.
320 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Deliming lized sodium carbonate); and common
salt (sodium chlorid).
After the sides have been put through
For each hide or skin weighing more
the unhairing and fleshing operations
than 30 pounds use the following quanti-
rinse with clean water.
tJiera off
ties for the stock chrome solution:
If harness leather is to
solo, belting, or
be tanned, soak and wash the sides in Dissolve 3y2 pounds of soda crystals
(crystallized sodium carbonate) and 6
cool water for about six hours befoie put-
ting them into the lactic acid. Change pounds of common salt (sodium clilond)
the water four or five times.
in 3 gallons of warm, clean water a m
If strap, upper, or thin leather is to be wooden or fiber bucket. The soda crystals
tanned, put the limed white sides into a must be clear or glasslikc. Do not use
wooden or fiber tub of clean, lukewarm the white crusted lumps.

(about 90° F.) water and let them stay At the same time dissolve, in a luro(*
tlieio for fiom four to eight hours tub or half bane), 12 pounds of chronit*
Ixd'oro putting them info tlie lactic acid. alum (cliiuiimim jiotassium sulphate ciys-
Stir the sides about occasionally. Be sure tals) in y gallons of cool, clean walei.
that the water is not too hot. It never
This will take .some time tu dissolve and

should bo so hot that it is uncomfortably will need frequent stirring. Here again
warm to the hand.
it is important to use only the very dark,
For each laigo hide or skin buy 5 haul, glossy, purple or pliim-colorcd ciys-
tals of cliiorne alum, not tho lighter,
ounces of U. S. F. lactic acid (or IG
ounces of tannery 22 per cent lactic ciumbly, dull laveuder ones.
acid). Nearly fill a clean 40 to 50 gal- When till! chemicals are dissolved,
lon barrel with clean, cool water, and which can bo told by feeling around m
stir in the lactic acid, mixing Ihoioughly the tubs wilh a paddle, pour tho soda-
with a paddle. Hang the sides in the salt solution slowly in a thin stream into

fiarrcl, and leave them there for 2 1 hours,


the chiome-alum solution, stiiring con-
plunging them up and down occasionally. stantly. Take at li'ast 10 minutes to pour
For light skins, weighing less than 15 ill the soda solution. This should give
pounds, use only 2 ounces of U. S. P. one solution of about 12 gallons w'lucli
is tho stock chrome sulut.oii. Keep this
lactic aciil in about 20 gallons of water.
If lactic acid can not be obtained, use
soludon well covered in a wooden or filler
bu(‘ket, tub, or half barrel.
1 pint of vinegar for every ounce of lactic
acid. An elTort should be made to get To stait tanning, pour one-thiid (4
the lactic acid, however, for vinegar will gallons) of tlio stock cluome solution into
not bo as satisfactory, especially for the a clean SO-gallon barrel ami add about 30
mediuin and smaller skins. gallons of clean, cool water; that is, fill
After deliming, work over both sides the barrel about two-thirds full. Thor-
of the side ns directed under “Un- oughly mix the solution in the barrel and
hairing.” hang in it the sidi's from the deliming.
For sole, belting, and harness leathers, Woik the Hides about and stir the solu-
tion frequently, especially tlio first two or
hang the sides in a band of cool water
overnight. Then proceed as directed three days. This helps to give the sides
under “Tanning.” an even color. It should be done every
For thin, softer leathers from small hour or so throughout the fust day. Keep
do not soak the sides in water over-
skins, the sides as smoolh as possible.
night.Simply rinse them off with water After three days, temporarily remove
and proceed as directed under “Tan- the sides from the barrel. Add' one-half
ning.
^ ’ of the remaining stock chrome solution,
thoroughly mixing it wilh that in tho
Tanning barrel, and again hang in the sides.
The tanning solution should be made Move the sides about and stir the solution
up at least two days before it is to be three or four times each day.
used —that is, not later than when the Three days later, once more tempo-
aides are taken from the limewater for rarily remove the sides. Pour into tho
the last time. barrel the rest of the stock chrome solu-
Remember that this is a chemical tion, thoroughly mixing it with that in
process and all materials must be of good tho barrel, and again hang in the sides.
quality and accurately wreighed, and that Move the aides about and stir frequently
tho specified quantities of water must be as before.
carefully measured. After the sides have been in this solu-
The following chemicals are required: tion for three or four days, cut off a
Chrome alum (chromium potassium sul- small piece of tho thickest part of the
phate crystals) ;
soda crystals (crystal- side, usually in the neck, and examine the
LEATHER, HIDES, SKINS. FITRS 321

freshly cut edge of the piece. If the cut dissolve 2 pounds of borax in about 40
edge seems to be evenly colored greenish gallons of clean water and soak the sides
or bluish all the way through, the tan- in this solution overnight. For hides and
ning is al)out finished. Boil the small skins weighiug less than 25 pounds, use
j)iece inwater for a few minutes. If it 1 pound of borax in about 20 gallons of
curls up and becomes hard or rubbery, water. Move the sides about in the borax
the tanning is not completed and the solution as often as feasible. After soak-
sides must be left in the tanning solution ing ovoi night in the borax solution, re-
for a few days longer, or until a small move the sales and wash them for an
piece when boiled in water is changed entile day, cliuiigiiig the w’ater fi\e or six
little if at all. limes. Take the sides out, let the water
The foregoing quantities and directions diaiii otr, mill j>iocecd as directed under
have been given for a medium or large “IHeing lilack,’’ ur, if it is not desired
hide. For smaller hides and skins the to black« ii the leather, proceed as directed
quantities of chemicals and water can be undci “Oiling and liiiishiiig.

Ieduced. For each hide or skin neighing


less than 30 pounds, or for two or three
Dvcnig Black
small skins together weighing not more
than 30 pounds, the quantities of chemi- —
Watei -.soluble nigio.''iiie. One of the
cals may be cut in half, giving the fol- .siinjilost and best im'aus of d\eiiig leatliei

lowing .solutions; black IS the use of nigrosme. .Make u[»


For the soda-salt solution, di.^sulve !•% the dye solution in the jii ii]»oi tioii ol one-
pounds of soda crystals (crystallized half ounce of water-soluble iiigiosiiie dis-
.sodium carlxmate) and 3 pounds of com- soKed in I’/i jmits of water, lie sure to
mon salt (sodium chlorid) in IV2 gallons get watei -soluble mgrosinc. Kveiily mop
of clean water. or brush this solution over the damp
For the chrome-alum solution, dissolve leather after dunning as already directed
ti pounds of chrome alum (chromium and then pioceed us diiected under “Oil

mg ami lini.slnng.
'

potassium sulphate crystals) in 4Vi gal-


lons of cool, clean water. lion licpioi and sumac, If watei- —
When the chemicals are dissolved pour .‘^olublenigiosinc can not 1 r' obtiiiiied, a
the soda-salt solution slowly into the faiily good black may be secureil with
chrome-alum solution as already de- iron liquor and sumac. To make the iioii
scribed. This will give one solution of Inpior, mix clean iron filings or tuniiiigs
about ()gallons which is the .stock chrome with one-half gallon of good vinegar ami
solutwti. For the lighter skins tan with let the mixture stand for several days.
this solution, exactly as directed for See that there are always some umlis-
medium and large hides, adding one-third, solved filings or tuinings in the vinegar.
that gallons, of this stock chrome
is, 2 Foi a medium or Jaige hide put liom
solution each tune, and begin to tan in in to 15 pounds of dried crumbled sniniic
about If) gallon.s instead of 30 gallons of h‘av(s 111 a bairel eonlaiiinig fioin 35 to
water. Follow the directions already 4(1gallons of warm water. Stir well and
given as to stirring, number of <lays, and when cool hang in it tlio wet, clirorne-
testing to determine when tanning is com- taniicd Leave the sides in tins
sides.
pleted. small, thin skins probably
Very solution about two days, pulling
for
will not take as long to Ian as will the (hem up and mixing the sobilion fre-
large hide.s. The boiling-water te.st is quently. Take out the sides, rinse off all
veiy reliable for showing when the hide is
bits of sumac, and cvimly mop or brush
tanned. over with the iron liquor. Rinse ofT the
of iron liquor and put the sides
Washing and Neutralizing back in the sumac overnight. If not black
Whenthe sides are tanned, take them enough the next morning, mop over again
out of the tanning solution and put them with ir(jn liquor, rinse, and return to the
in a barrel of clean water. The barrel sumac solution for a day. Take the sides
in which the tanning was clone can be out of (he sumac, rinse well, and scrub
us(h 1 after it has been thoroughly washed. thoroughly with warm water. Finally
When emptying the tanning barrel be wanh the sides for a few hours in several
suie to carefully dispose of the tanning changes of water.
solution. Although not poisonous to the While both of these formulas for five-
touch, it probably would be fatal to farm ing have been given, it is recommended
animals should they drink it, and it is that water-soluble nigroslnc be used when-
harmful to the soil. ever possible, as the iron liquor and
Wash the sides in about four changes sumac formula is somewhat troublesome
of water. For medium and large hides, and may produce a cracky grain- After
322 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
blackening, proceed as directed under with the slicker. If more grease in
the
“Oiling and finishing. “ leather is desired, dampen again and
apply another coating of the dubbin.
Oiling and Finishing When again dry, slick off the tallow and
Thin leather. — Lot the wet tanned
thoroughly work oyer all parts of the
leather with the slicker.
leather from the dyeing, or, ifnot dyed, Rubbing over
from the neutralizing, dry out .slowly. sawdust helps to take up surface
o^ll^icss.
While it is still very damp go over the
grain or hair side with a liberal coating of Chrome-tanned leather is stretchy, &o
neat's foot or cod oil. While still damp tack cutting the leather for use in

thosidesout on a wall or tie them in frames J'^^r^iess, straps, reins, and similar articles
being sure to pull them out tight and
®tr(?tch.
smooth, and leave them until dry. When
dry take down and dampen well by dip- bhrome leather for shoe soles must be
,
he.avily greased, or, in other word.s, water-
ping in warm water or by rolling them
up in wet .sacking or liurlap. When uni- prooieu, unless u is lo ne worn in ex-
formly damp and limber go over the sides tremely dry regions. Waterproofing may
with a “slicker,” pressing the slicker be done after repairing the .'^hoes by .sot-
firmly against the leather, while pushing ting them in a shallow pan of oil oi
it away from the body. “Slick” out on gicasc 80 that just the soles arc covered
the giain or hair side in all diiections.
liy the grea.se. The soles should be diy
After slicking it may be necessary to before they are set in the melted giease
“.^take” the leather. This i.s done by Melted pnrallin wax will do, although it
pulling the dami> leather vigorously back makes tlie soles stiff. The simple for-
and forth over the edge of a small smooth mulas given are sati.sfactoiy for watei-
board about feet long, <1 inches wide,
.‘1
pioofing chiome sole leather.
and 1 inch thick, fastened upright and
briK'od to the floor or ground. The lop
end of the boaid must be shaved down Alum-tanned Laee Leather
to a wedge shape, with the edge not more
Deliming
than one-eiglith inch thick and the cornois
well roundeii. Pull the side.s, flesh side After the sides have been put through
down, backward and forward over this the unliaiiiiig and fleshing operations,

edge, exactly us a cloth is worked back iimse them off with cool, eh‘an water for

ami forth in poli.shing shoes. fiotn SIX lo eight hours, changing the

Let the sides dty out thoroughly ag.ain. water fioqueutly.


If not sutliciently soft and plialile, liny ounces of U.S.P. lactic acid
5
dampen them with water, apply more oil, (or ounces of tannery 22 per cent
1()

and slick and stake as before. The more lactic acid). Nearly fill a clean 40 to 50
time given to slicking and slaking, the gallon bariol with clean, cool waier and
smootlier and more pliable the leather will stir in the lactic acid, mixing thoroughly

be. With a paddle. Hang the sides in the



Thick leather. Thick leather from the band and leave them thcie for 24 hours,
larger hides is oiled and finished in a pulling them up and stirring them about
slightly different manner. For harness frequently. Take out the sides, W'ork over
and strap leather, let the tanned sides, or “.scud” thoroughly, as directed under
dyed if desired, dry down. While they
“ rnhairing,” and hang them in a bairel
are still quite diimi) slick over the grain of cool water. Change the water several
or hair side thoroughly and apply a times, and finally leave them in the water
liberal coating of neat’s foot or cod oil. overnight.
Tack on a wall or tie in a fninie, stretch- If lactic acid can not be obtained, use
ing the leather out tight and smooth, and a gallon of vinegar instead.
leave until dry. Take the sides down,
dampen them with warm water until ,
Tanning
limber and pliable, and apply to the grain Wliile the are being dclimed,
sides
side a thick coating of warm dubbin. thoroughly wash out the barrel in which
This dubbin is made by melting together the hide was limed. Put in it 15 gallons
about equal parts of cod oil and tallow or of dean water and 12 pounds of ammonia
neat's foot oil and tallow. When cool it alum or potash alum and stir frequently
must be soft and pasty, but not liquid. until it is completely dissolved.
If too nearly liquid, add more tallow. Dissolve 3 pounds of washing soda
Han^, up the sides again and leave them (cry.stallizod sodium carbonate) and 6
until thoroughly dried. When dry, scrape pounds of salt in 5 gallons of cold, clean
tte excess tallow by working over water in a wooden bucket. The soda crys-
LEATHER, HIDES, SKINS, FURS 323

taJsmust bo oloar and glassliko. Do not from the body. Slick out on the grain
me white cnutid lumps. or hair side in all diiectioms.
Pour the soda solution into the alum Alum-tanned leather tilmost invariably
solution in the barrel very, very slowly, drie.s out the fiist time haid and stiff.
stirring the solution in the barrel con- It must bo dampem'd again and lestaked
stantly. Take at least 10 minutes while diying. In sonu' caae.s thi.s must
to poi^r in the soda solution in a small b«' done lepeatedly and another upjilica-

streaih. If the soda is pouied in ia[)idly tion of dubbin may be necesstiry. By r»'-
the solution will become milky and it will jx'ated dampening, .sinking, and .slicking
not tan. The solution should l»e cool, ami the leather can be made us so It and
enough water to nearly till the banel I'liable as desired.
should be added.
Hang each well-washed side fiom tin*
deliming in the alum-soda solution. Pull Tanning Pur Skins
up the sides tuid .‘^tir the solution oi
Much of the Milne of a fur skin de-
eight times each day. l>o not jmt the
jiends upon the mannei m wliicli it ts
bare hands in the Inpior if the\ :ue cut handled in the law si.ilr. Aftei the ani-
or citicked or ha\e soie.s on them. has
mal been cniiuhl. ('\ei\ ciVoil slionld
After six or seven da\s leimne the be made to Ltllow the bi’sl pinciices in
shh'.s fioin the alum-sodti s(>lution tuul sloniiing and curing, in order li) obtiiin a
nn^e well foi about cpiaitei of tin hour .skill ol llie gieat(‘st possible \iibie. (’ei-
in ( lean, cold w titer. be tollow'cd
t.mi tiade cnstoni.s also must
to secure the top iirice. Pur skins
Oiling tuid rinishing :is a protection nii' n nece.s.sity for
Let the snh's iliain and <lty out slowly. lliiise living m cold climnles, but coin-
Wilde still \eiy dam]) go o\er the giain paiatively lew nie tisi'd for tins piiijiose.
or htiir side with ti liheial coating of \lost ot the fill skins tiie made into
neat's- foot oi cod oil. Aft<*r the oil has aitich’s winch jue nioie oi Ic-s of a
gone in tind the sides have dried a little luMiiy, :ind as such tne valued laigely by
more, but tiie still slightly damj), begin their aiqieaiaiice tind tinisli which an in-
to work them over a “stake.” 'I'he time expetnmci'd woiker «‘an si'ldoin imike sulli
to stnit staking is imjiortaiit. The sides cnmlly pleasing, Pnitliciiiioie, law fur
must not be too dtimp; neither mu-'t tlu'v skins aie valuable, ami, if well cansl for,
be too (by. When light spots or light nsimlly find :i rea<ly inaiket. Neveilhe-
stietiks apj’car on folding it is time to h's.s, the spread between 1hi‘ jnices paid
begin staking. Alum-tanned leather must for law turs and tliosi' demanded for
be thoiringlily :ind fi(‘(|nentl\ sttiked. (ini,shed nr nit teles is onoimons.
I No
Slaking IS done by pulling the dam]) doubt, tins sptead in lining instances in-
leatliei vigiiiously back and loith o\ei spiMVS the !ilti‘ni|»ts at home iiiaiiii fact ijie.

the edge of ti small, snio.itli boaid, te- ,\n in(‘\()ei icnced jierson slionld not tiy
di'sciibed. The sides nn^t be staked to tan viiliinble- lur skins ot laigi* hides,
thoroughly all over in order to make them such ;is ctittli*. lioi.se, oi lietii, loi making
pliable and soft, and the ^faking must into <-o:ifs, lolies, oi mgs 'I'ln' imk of
!'(' (oiilimied at iiiteual.s until the l(‘alher damage or of an uii.sat islm'lory jnoduct,
is dry. ;is measured by the usual standiuds oi
Wiien dry, damjien the sides
evenly (inish and apjicaiance, ts too gioat. The
by dipping them in water or by leaving (lilliculties m jirojmrly handling largo
them overnight covcied with w('t burlap hides make the cliuncfs of success remote,
or sack.s. to the grain nr hair side
Apply e\ce()tby those having suit.able equip-
a thick coating of warm dul bin. d'his ment ami expi'iience. Moreovci, tanning
dubbin is made by melting together about tin' skill is only one step in the pKaluction
of the article. After being lan-
equal parts of neat’s-foot oil and t.aPow linislu-d

or cod oil and tallow'. When cool, the iK'd, all .skins must bi' tailored, many
dubbin must be soft and pa.sty but not imjst be dye<l, and simill ones must bo
liquid. If too nearly hqnnl, add more mat<-lied, blended, and sewed together.

ttillow. Leave the greased side.s, prefer- All tlic.se opeiations rcquiie oxjienciico

ably in a warm place, until dry. Scrape and piiictico to secure the attractive tiji-
off the excess tallow and again stake the pearam-e desired by wearers of furs./
sides. If the leather i.s too hard and stiff,
Some ot the operations, such as tlio.se of
dampen it evenly wdth water bet ore bleaching tind dyeing, are so highly
specialized that their undertaking should
staking.
After staking, go over the sides with a not even be eon.sideied liy an amateur.
“.slicker,” pressing the slicker firmly From the standpomt of serviceability and
against the leather, while pushing it away usefulness, inexperienced persons might
324 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
meet with a fair degree of success in tan- The time of soaking depends upon the
ning aud tailoring fur skins, but few can condition of the skin. Some skins re-
ever hope to make a fur piece or garment quire only about two hours, while others
which will compare favorably in appear- need a much longer time. Very hard
ance with the sliop or factory product. skins often must bo thoroughly damp-
Alum-tanned leather almost invariably ened, rolled up, fur side out, and put
dries out the first time hard and stiff. away in a cool place overnight to softon.
It must be dampened again and lestaked While a skin must be soaked until soft,
while drying. In some cases this must it should not stay wet longer than neces-
be done repeatedly and another applica- sary, as the hair may start to slip.
tion of dubbin may be necessary. By re- In fleshing and scraping, care also must
peated dampening, staking, and slicking bo taken not to injure the true skin or
the leather can be made as soft and expose the hair roots, especially on thin
pliable as desired. skins.
When the soaking is well advanced and
Tanning Fur Skins the skin is getting in good shape, work it
in lukewarm water coutaining an ounce
No formulas for tanning are foolproof
of soda or borax to the gallon. Soap also
and success can be attained only by closo
observation, plenty of woik, and the exer-
may bo added. This treatment promotes
softening, cleans the skin, and cuts the
cise of care and patience.
All skins aio
grease.
not treated just alike. In fact, each skin
ha^ its own peculiaritie.s, which only ex- Work again over the beam and finally
perience can show how to treat. rinse thoroughly in lukewarm water.
Some
skins are tough and faiily thick and will Squeeze out most of the water, but do
not wring tho skin. Without further dry-
stand mistreatment; others arc very thin
ing, woik the skin in gasoline, using sev-
and tender aud are easily ruined. Some
eral changes if very much dirt and grease
are fat and greasy and require thorough
working out of the grease; others do not. are present. Squeeze and hang up tho
An inexperienced person should experi- skin for a few minutes.
ment with the least valuable skins. If a The skill should now bo ready for tan-
number of skins of the same kind are to ning. When painting or pasting of the
be tanned, one or two of the poorest tan liquor on tho flesh side only is in-
should bo tried first. cluded in the directions for tanning, it is
best to dry out tho hair or fur side first
Soaking and Fleshing by woiking in sawdust. In this way any
The step to get skin
heating of tho fur side while the skin is
first is the
thoroughly softened, tacked out is avoided, as arc also matting
cleaned, and free
from flesh and giease. and stitfening of tho fur. If while dry-
Split the tail the entire length on the
ing out the fur, the flesh side becomes
underside. If the skin is “eased,
too dry, it must bo evenly dampened with
split
it neatly down the middle of the belly. a wet cloth before applying tho tan-
liquor.
Soak it in several changes of clear, cool
water. When the skin begins to soften,
Combination Tannago
lay it on a beam or smooth pole and begin

working over the flesh side to break up A combination tannago is a combina-


the adhering tissue and fat. All dried tion of mineral and vegetable tanning.
skins have a .shiny, tight layer of tissue. It has an advantage over the salt-acid or
This tis.sue must lie broken up and en- .salt-alum processes in giving a soft and
tirely removed, which is best done by re- flexible skin, as well as a more lasting
peated alternate working and soaking. tannage.
A good tool for scratching the tissue is One of the most popular and successful
a metal edge of any kind. Such as a draw- formulas for a combination tannage is:
ing knife or an ordinary knife with dull A pasty mixture of alum, salt, gumbier,
saw teeth or notches filed in it. Work- ami flour, with or without glycerin or
ing over with these dull teeth scratches olive oil, is made as follows: Dissolve 1
or breaks up the tissue so that it can be pound of aluminium sulphate and 1 pound
scraped off after further soaking. of salt together in a small quantity of
At the same time the grease and oil are water. Dissolve 3 ounces of gambier or
worked out of the skin. This operation Terra Japonica in a little boiling water.
is of the utmost importance. It is utterly Mix the two solutions and make up to 2
useless to start tanning until all the tissue gallons with water. As this solution is
and i^rease have been removed and the used, mix it with enough flour to make a
skin w uniformly soft aud pliable, with- moderately thin paste. If the skin has a
out any hard spots. hard texture and lacks natural grease,
LEATHER, HIDES, SKINS, FURS 325

thoroughly mix a little olive oil or gly- Finally, to clean and brighten tho
cerin With the paste. tanned skin, tumble or work it repeatedly
Soak, soften, and clean the skin as pre- in dry, warm sawdust, preferably hard-
viously described and tack it out flat and wood sawdust, or bran or cornmeal. Clean
smooth, flesh side up. Apply fjom two these out of (ho fur by gentle shaking,
to three coatings of the paste, depending beating, combing, and brushing.
upon ^e thickness of the skin. Only The Ih'-li side may bo smoothed if ne-
thick slins require three coatings. Each ccs.sary by woiking over a sandpaper
coating should be about one-eighth inch 1 lock. Thus abo helps to further soften
thick and should be applied at intervals the skin. If desired, tho thicker sections
of a day. Between applications the skin of the skin may bo nmdo thinner and
should be kept covered with sach.ng or more flexible by shaving off some of the
paper. Scrape off most of the old coat- skin or hulo.
ing before putting on a new one. After
the last coating has been applied, spiead Salt -Alum 'J'unnago
out the skin uncovered or hang it up to Tho salt-alumjirocef'S, an old method
dry slowly. for fur-bkin tanning, is widely used. It
When practically diy, wash off the
isconsidered slightly betti'r than tho sult-
flour paste, rinse for several minutes in aeid tannage, being a little more jii'mia-
Walter containing an ounce of bonix to iient and, when earned
jiiojicily out, giv-
the gallon, then in water alone. {Squeeze ing skins which liu\o a little more stretch
out most of the water. Put the skin over and flexibility. It often happens, hovy-
a beam and slick it out \\c'll on the flesh e\er, that alum-tanned skins eoiiio oilt.
hide with the back of a knife or edge of stiir and haul and must lie repeatedly
a wooden slicker, thus woiking out most woiked aiul .sometimes rotarined.
of the W'uter. Again tack the akin out A .salt-alum taiiniug solution may bo
smoolhly, flesh side up, and apply a thin made up in tho following projiortion.s:
coating of any animal fat, frihli butlei J ]K)und of ammonia alum or potash alum,
being paiticularly good, or a nondrying dis.sol\<‘d in 1 gallon of water; 4 ounces of
oil, such as neat’s fool, castor, or olive wiisliiiig soila (crystullizi'd sodium car-
oil. Glycerin or a soap may be ubcd in- bonate) and 8 ounces of salt, dissolved
stead of the greaso or oil. If the skin together in oni'Iialf gallon of water.
originally was \eiy giea-sy. It may not bo When dissolved, ]>our the soda -salt solu-
ncce.ssaiy to apply any oil.
tion veiy slowly into tho alum solution
When mnirly dry, but still slightly while st II ring vigorously.
damp, begin to work the skin in all direc- Till) skin, cleaned and softened as pre-
tions, stretching it fiom corner to corner viously described, may be tanned by im-
and working the flesh side o\er a stake or niiT.sion in tins solution for from two to
a wooden edge, such as the back of a li\e days, dejauiding ujion its tiuckness.
chair or piiKie of board clamped in a vise. Heenuse of tlio action of alum on somo
The time to begin working is importiuit fuis it may be best, as a geneial rule,
and is best judged from experience. The to ap[dy tho tunning liquor as a paste to
skm must not bo too wet; neither must tho flesh Hide only.
it be too dry. Tho appearance of a few Mix tho tan liquor as used with sufli-

light spots or a light streak on folding is eient flour to make a thin paste. Add
a good indication of the time to start the flour in small quantitii'S, with a littlo
w 01 king the skin. water, and mix thoroughly to avoid
Work the skin in all directions back lumps. Tack the skin out smoothly, flesh
and forth, as if shming shoes with a .side up. Ajiply a coating of the paste
cloth. The skin may also be worked this about one-cightli inch thick and cover the
way through smooth metal rings. Much skin. The next day scrape off most of
of the success in getting a soft skin lies the paste and give another coating.
in this repeated working, which must be Apply altogether, at intervals of a day,
done while the skin w drying out, not from two to three coalings, depending
after tt is dry. If tho skin is not soft upon the thickness of the skin. Only
enough when dry, it must bo evenly damp- thick skins should need as many as three
ened and worked again while drying. This treatments. Leave the last coating on
may be repeated several times if ne- for three or four days. Finally scrape
cessary. off and rinse clean in water, putting m
After softening and drying out it is about an ounce of borax to the gallon of
wen to give the skin a hasty bath in gaso- water. Rinse at last in water only.
line. If the skin is grea.sy, this must be Work over tho Iicam to remove most of
done. This also helps to deodorize some the water. Stretch tho skin out flat and
^ins, such as those of the skunk. sponge over tho flesh side with a thin
326 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Boap paste. After tliis has gone in, apply of grease or oil. Leave the skin stretched
a thin coating of oil. Leave the skin to dry, and while still damp woik and
Bticlohcd out to dry, and while it is still stake as described.
damp, work and stake as described, wet- Finally clean in gasoline and sawdust,
ting and working repeatedly if necessary. and finish by shaking, b( ating, sand-
Finally, clean in gasoline and sawdust papering, brushing, and combing.
and finish as described above.

Ono Bath Fastan-Chiomo Stock Liquor


Salt-acid Tannage
10 parts of diy ono bath chrome dis-
Ono ofthe olde.st processes of tanning
solved in 100 paits 1120; cool to 00° F.
requires vaiious mixtuies of common salt
and add 100 part.s Fa.stan.
and sulphuric acid. Tanning, or, more To of this liquor add 100 parts HoO
corrcclly speaking, tawing, by this means
containing Ilyl’o (15% on weight of
is open to the objection that sulphuric
pelts) add pelts and drum for one hour.
acid must be used very cautiously, and
Then add another of stoek solution
must bo completely neutralized to pi event and drum for two houis; and tlicii add
laterdamage to the skin. Hkins tanned last and dium for one hour or longer.
with salt and acid also show a tendency
To bleach chrome tanned leather, adjust
to become damp and clammy in wet
the pTI of leather to 3.5 or 4,0 by treat-
weather and, if repeatedly subjected to
ing HI IIoO at 05° F. Tlu'n add di.S3olved
wetting, lose their tanned clfcct.
onalic and so as to have 1% in the solu-
Asalt-aeid tanning solution may be
tion; diuin, 20 niiiuites, in 95° F,
wash
rtiado up in the following proportions:
I1.)0 for 30 minutes, then wasli in cool
For each gallon of wnti'r use 1 pound of
HoO.
common and oiie-half ounce of con-
salt
Float the stock in a drum in 10 gallons
sulphuric acid.
ceiitruti'd Dissolvi* the
cold JI 2 O per loo lbs. leather. Dissolve
salt and care fully pour in the acid with
stirring. This tan liquor must be made
15% HyPo separately and add 10%
Fast ail.
and used in jars or wooden vessels, vrver
(When Add this mix to drum in thiec equal
in imlal conlaintrs of ani/ kind.
portions at intervals of ten minutes and
pouring in tlie acid, do not inhalo any
run for two hours.
more of the fumes given off than is neces-
Keniovc stock, w'ash for 20 minutes at
sary, and also be careful not to get any
110° F. and float in 110° F. 2 O using H
of tlio stiong acid on the .‘'kin or cloth-
5 gallons per 100 lbs. stock, fat liquor
ing.) As soon as the acid-salt solution
with siilphonated Cocoanut Oil and 5%
has cooled, it is ready for use.
I’ut the cleaned, softened skin in the
TiO^ for %
hour.

Bolution so that it i.s ontiioly covered and


leave it for from one to three days, de- Fulling of Skins and Hides
pending upon its thickness. During this 1% Paraldehyde (on wet weight of
time stir tlie skin about fiequeiitly. If skins). Drum the pelts for one-half liour
desired, the solution may bo painb'd on or without agitation, for several hours.
instead. In this case, tack out the skin If greater degree of swelling is desired
smoothly, llcsli .side up, paint over with use greater per cent.
tho solution, and co\er the skin with well- Sheep skin skivers are tanned by treat-
dampened sacking or cloth. At the end ing for 3 hours at 85% F. in a bath of
Pf six hours, paint over it again. With 20% Fastan and 15% “HyPO'’ (based
thicker skins, give one or two more ap- on wet weight skinvers). After tanning,
plications of tho solut'on about si.x horns Fat Liquoring consists of 3-5% sulfo-
apart, keepiiia the skin covered between nated oil (Castor or Cocoanut).
applications, AUcr the last application,
hang up the sfein or spread it, flesh side
up, without cover, and lot it dry. Stuffing Leather
After tanning, cither by immersion or 10 to 20%
of Bentonite is emulsified in a
by painting, rinse the skin in clear water sulplionuted Castor Oil solution (10% on
and squeeze out most of the water, but weight of leather or a 2 to 3% solution).
do not w'l'ing it. Then wmrk the skin for h'nt hquors for bather. 2 parts Sul-
about 10 niimites in a solution made up phoiiated Neats Foot Oil and 1 part
in the proportion of an ounce of borax straight Neats Foot Oil.
in a gallon of water, and finally rinse well
in clear water and squeeze.
* Fur Skin Tanning
Work over the skin with a slicker to
remove most of the water, tack it out flat, The washed skins are chrome tanned
flesh side up, and apply a thin coating in tlie usual way in a bath containing
LEATHER, HIDES. SKINS. FURS 327

5 lb. of chrome alum dissolved in 10 gal. ing about 32% of mercuric nitrate, SOCo
of water at 70® F. and paddled for 2 of free nitric acid and 4S% of water.
hours. A solution of 3 lb. of washing This solution is about the same as the
soda is then run in and the process con- mercuric nitrate carrotiug solution ordi-
tinued for a further 2 hours. The skins nal ily used.
are then left for 12 hours, rinsed, and Then lake one half gallon of the abo\e
then washed in a bath containing per solution, dilute it with three gallons of
cent, borax on the weight of the skins. water and add thereto about one ami one
The patented process is that to the half gallons of water containing about
above chrome solution, CO grm. of for- one half ounce of ammoiiium llmoide. To
maldehyde are added to every 10 litres the u-sultiiig solution thon add two and
of chrome solution. After proper tan- ono half gallons of a eoinmercial peroxide
ning, the skins are rinsed and while moisr solution (u.sually about 3% strength)
are subjected to treatment with chloride and tiniilly two and one linlf gaHoms of
of lime, being woiked for 15 minutes in water.
the cold in a solution of 120 gim. hydro-
cliloiic acid (32° Tw.) per 10 litres. Fur l)\o iM 01 (hints
Then, without rinsing, they are trans- 1 . 1 gr. KoCroUj
ferred to a bath containing the clear solu- to 1 lilcr
(•.5 };r. c I earn of tnit.ir
tion left finm suspending 2 to 4 grm. of water
0.1 gr. CUISO 4 .5 lljO I
chloiido of lime in 10 litres of water ovei
2. 4 gr. (’uSO, 5 11/) l(o 1 liter
half an hour. They arc then replaced,
2 fc. ( Jl/'OO II )
of water
a^aiii without linsing, in the acid bath I

3. 4 gr. r<>rO, 7 II/) Ito 1 liter


tor 15 minutes and finally rinsed in a
liath containing 1 to 2 per cent, sodium 2 c,e. CTI/'OO II (^.'Ite;
)J of water
tliiosulphate, rinsed and finally hydro-
extracted. They are then ready for * Deluunng 11 ules
dyeing.
H0SO4 (()%) loot)
Silver Kitiale U.05
•Leather Rubslilute Immerse skins in aboM- at (50° C. The
Cotton flannel naj'ix'd on both sides is .separated linn may be wa.shed and used
imjiiegnated with a solution of robber for making fells.

containing rubber 70, resin 3, ZnO 20,


pigment 7%, dried, smootlied under ten- * Hide Dcpilatoiy
sion, and vulcuinseil, if desiied. One side*
Water 5270 11).
of mate) ml is then starclied, and
the
coated with a lubber mix containing
Rod, Sulfide (30%) 5(1 lb.

(Ilucose 25 11).
about 30% of cotton fba-ks, wliicli is vul-
MaltoMi IS lb.
canised. together with the unvulcanised
Lactic Acid O.J-O.05/j
impregnating rubber, and neutralised
With aiiliyd. NII 3 Additional coatings
.

are then applied which are starched, vul- Felting Liipiid


caiii7ed, and iieutialnsed, and finally the Mercury 1 2 lb.
aitiele is du.‘<ted with talc. IsTtiic Acid 2.5 lb.

Let stand in cool place until the mcr-


cuiy j.s dissolvid.
•Leather, Substitute
Cotton or jute is prepd. in the form
li'ainMig — Do not inhale ’•the furae0»

of a nappe of regular tlnckness ami


Then add a mixture of 5^ lbs. nitrie
dipped into a liquid batli contg. resin acid (40%) in 00 lbs. jrtfcitor. l^tlv *

10 aq. NH;, 200 PliNlIo 100 w.afer 800


add 3.3 lbs. Ferhydrol (lOy peroxide)
, ,
,
and use at oneo.
g. and latex 10 1 ., pressed, dipped into
an aq. bath contg. ACOII and afterward

Warning Do not inlialc fumes."
dried to give a Icather-hke substance.
Special Felling Liquid
• Fur, Carroting ^fereury 2.4 lb.

solution prevents yellow-


biitiic Acid 5.0 Jb.
The following
ing and the fur is given better felting Lot stand in cool place until the mer-
properties. cury 13 dissolved. Then add a mixture
First make up a mercuric nitrate solu- of lOVi lbs. nitric acid in 50 lbs. ot
tion by mixing SO parts of a 40% nitric water. Lastly add 33 lbs. porhydrol and
acid solution with 20 parts of metallic use at once.
mercury. This gives a solution contain-
328 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
• Felting Animal Hairs Formic Acid 180 gm.
To enhance capacity for felting animal Glycerol 50 gm.
hairs are treated with
Water 100 qt.

Am. Silicofluoride 4 lb.


Water 1000 lb. * Tanning Agent, Synthetic
Three mols. of resorcinol or pyrogallol
Tanning Liquid are condensed with 1-1.5 mol. of BzH
or a substitution product thereof at atm.
Material of vegetable origin such as
or raised temp, in an aq. medium in the
wood waste, bark, seed husks, straw, peat,
presence of a small quantity of acid. The
etc., is treated with 25-40% II 2 SO4 or
reaction is stopped, by neutralizing the
HCl with heating in the presence of
acid, as soon as (or shortly before) the
Na 2 S 04 or NaCl. The soln. is dild. with reaction mixt. gives a neg. FeCl 3 test for
water to an acidity of 1-1.5%, then
resorcinol or pyrogallol. Water-sol. pro-
nearly neutralized with soda, and used to
ducts useful as tanning agents are ob-
tan iiides.
tained.

* Sole Leather, Tanning * Fur Cai roting Solutions


The cleaned limed skins are treated for 1 . ITypochlorous Acid 13-50
24 hrs. in following bath; Sulfuric Acid 15-()0

Pot. Chromate 250 gm. 2. Hydrogen Peroxide 20-100


Boric Acid 200 gm. Sulfuric Acid 17-85

CEMENT, CONCRETE, STONE AND


MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
Acid-l’roofing Creamery Floors * Alabaster and G}'p 8 um, Hardening
Paraffin (150" F.) 4 Articles made
of the above and similar
Turpentine 1 materials are given the hardnes.s and
Toluol 10 appearance of marble by impregnating
with after first drying at 150-200" F.
Warm and stir until uniform. Pour
into cans and allow to “set.” Spread Water 1 gal.

on floor and allow to penetrate for 24 Sod. Silicate 1 lb.

kJTi. At the end of this tirtie the resid- Magne.siiim Sulfate 1 oz.

ual layer should be driven into the con- Fused Calcium Chloride 1 oz.

crete by heat. A
free flame should not They are then polished and rubbed
be tued due
will be
^
Are hazards; hot irons
fouhd »fe and effective in forc-
with linseed oil.

ing the paraffin into the' pores and capil-


* Asphalt Emulsion
laries of the finish for some distance
below the surface. Melt together 350 pounds of Asphalt
After either treatment, the floor should and GMi pounds of Pine Oil, keeping
be given a good waxing with any standard at a temperature between 145 and
floor wax suited for this purpose. As the 175" F. In another container dissolve 20
wax film is worn away through use, it is pounds of Rosoap and 1 pound Caustic
replaced by a fresh coating with the use Soda in 150 pounds of water and heat to
of a polishing machine. Neither of these the same temperature. Run the Asphalt
methods of acid-proofing creamery floors into the water solution slowly whilo
will change the color of the finish ap- beating vigorously. The tj’pe of beating
preciably. necessary is that gotten from a high
speed turbo mixer or colloid mill.

All formulae preceded by an aster •) are covered by patents.


CEMENT, CONCRETE, AND MATERIALS 329
* Aspliult Emulaion * Slag Brick
Asphalt 300, rosin 75, boiled china- The brick is composed of granulated
wood 150, boiled linseed oil 150 and
oil blast-furnace slag 200-300, cement 50-
Na2C03 7.5 parts, which is dissolved in 100, pulverized CaCU 3-8, Pb3(B03)2
not HoO. When cool 3.4% of ammonia 1-0, and pigments 5-10 pts. It is moist-
is added. Any further desired amt. of ened and pleased.
II^O may be added.

Brickwork, Painting
Bituminous Composition Use any good K^imlity outside paint.
(for roads, floors, tennis-courts, etc.) The first coat should seal the pores of
Sand 75-80 the brick; for this the paint is tliinned
Ibtumen 11-15 with turpentine and boiled linseed oil,
Fire Clay .'5-10 and many painters also add varni.sh. The
second coat is not thinned so much, and
for the tliird the paint is used as it
Bitumen Emulsion conies in the can.
Anemulsion for road makiufj contains
Spramex bitumen 48, water 49.5, oleic * Brick, Weatherproofing
add 2 and calcined NaoCO;} 0.5%. The
bitumen is warmed at 95-98®, and the A
coating for brick, stucco, cement or
oleic acid added. The water is heated iron consKsts of
separately with the Na2C03, and the two Cod Liver Oil Crude 1 gal.
lupiids are introduced into the emulsilier. Beeswax Cnidi 12 oz.
Another emulsion contains Spramex bitu- (ilacial Acetic Acid 4-12 oz.
men 50, mineral oil 2-2.5, resin soap
1.5-2, KOH
1, and water 45%. The bitu-
Cohiring Cement Cmy
men is melted and tlie mineral oil ad<led
during agitation. The water is heated Palis Paste 8
to boiling, and in it are dissolved the
Cement or Plaster 1(10

soap and KOH. The liquids are mixed \\aler sufllcient

at 95°. W’ith more bitumen there must Tlie Palis Paste is dispersed in the
be added 1-2% of glue, starch, gelatin water by rapid stirring.
or Na silicate, during or after emulsifi- If a darker color is dt'sired the per-
cation, centagi* of Paris Paste is uicreasetl.

Concrete or Mortar

Ilow to Figure Quantities

Quantities of Cement, Fine Aggregate and Coarse Aggregate Required for One Cubie
Yard of Compact Mortar or Concrete

Mixturo.s <2 lai tltn-H ol \I.it ii.iIh

1 jiie An/rcKi.lc ( warae AnKrenalt*


(’ A
F. .\
Ceiiieiit (Gravel or
(.Sami) MVclvB
.Stone)
r,i n ('ll. Yd ('ll Ft Cu Yd.

1 1 S iri5 21 2 0 Hfl

1 2 0 12 S J.") rt 0 'JA

1 2 5 11 0 27 A 1 02
\

:i 0 5) 5 2i 8 1 07
1 5 3 7 fl 11 4 0 42 22 8 0 85
2 0 2 8 .3 in 6 0 61 16 6 0 61
1 2 0 .3 7 0 14 0 0 52 21 0 0,78
1 2 0 4 6 0 12 0 0 44 24 0 0 89
1 2 5 3 6 5 9 14 7 0 54 20 8 0,76
1 2 5 4 5 6 14 0 0 52 22 4 0 83
1 2 ft 6 5 0 12 5 '0 46 25 0 0 92
1 3 0 6 4 6 13 8 0 51 23 0 0 85

1 Mok cement- 1 cu ft , 4 s»c1u«l bbl Bwed on teblw in "roncret^, Plain and Roinforcwl.”
by Taylor and Thoiupaon.

For Chemical Adrisort, Special Raw MaterlaB. Ifauipmcnt. ConUlnera, etc., coniniU Supply
Section at end of book. f
330 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Materials Required for 100 Sq. Ft. of Surface for Varying Thicknesses of Concrete
or Mortar
C.» Cement in Sacks
F. A, = Fine Aggre^ato (Sand) in Cu. Ft.
C. A. = Coarse Aggregate (Pclibles or Broken Stone) in Cu Ft.
Quantities may vary 10 per cent cither way depending upon character of aggregate used. No
allowance tnaJe in table for waste.

Proportion 1 1“2 1-3

1
ThioknMU c. F. A. C. A. c. F. A. C. A. ‘
C. F. A C. A C. F. A. C. A
in inches

H 1 8 2.7 1 5 3 0 1 3 3 2 1 1 3 4
2 4 3 6 2 0 4 0 1 7 4 3 1 5 4 4
H 3 0 5 4 3 0 6 0 2 5 6 3 2 2 6 8
1 4 8 7 2 4 0 7 9 3 4 8 4 3 0 8 9
IH 6 0 9.0 4 9 9 9 4 2 10 5 3 7 11 1

l'4 7.2 10 8 6 9 11 9 6 1 12 7 4 4 13 3
IH 8 4 12 6 6 9 1.3 9 6 9 14 7 6 2 15 7
2 9 6 14.4 7 9 15 8 0 8 10 9 6 9 17 7

1-2-2 1-2-3 1 1-3-5

3 7 7 15 4 15 4 6 6 13 0 19.3 5 5 13 0 19 1 3 4 12 8 21 3
4 10 2 20 4 20 4 8 6 17 2 1
26.8 7 3 18 1 25 4 5 7 17 0 28 4
s 12 8 25 0 25 0 10 8 21 6 32 2 9 1 22 6 31 8 7 1 21 3 35 5
e 15 4 30 7 30 7 12 9 25 8 38 6 10 9 27 2 3,8 2 8 5 25 0 42 6
8 20 0 41 0 41 0 17.2 34 4 61 6 14 6 30 4 51 0 11 4 34 1 57 0
10 25 0 61.2 61 2 21 5 43 2 04 4 18 2 3
4.”) 03 5 H 2 42 5 71 0
12 30 7 01.4 61 4 25.8 61 0 77 2 21 8 54 5 70 3 17 0 51 1 85 1

* Concrete, Building Blocks Paraffin 1

Cork Scrap 1-4 parts by volume


Naphtha 32
Drier Liquid 0,13
Cement 1 part
Sand 1-1 parts
Mix dry and gage with water to form
a sticky plastic imiss, winch is then cast
Dustproofing Concrete Floors
in forms.
“Conende Special” silicate of soda is
* Concrete, Curing rccomiuemh'd lor tins purpose, it is a
Evaporation of water from freshly syrupy solution. Teclmically, it is -12.25"
laid concrete is prevented by coating to 42.75° Buuuie, with a ratio of sodium
with a gel consisting of oxide to silica of 1: 3.25. It is diluted

Bentonite 100 as noted below, and applied to the sur-


Magnesium Oxide 2 face of the concrete after it has set.
Mineral Oil 10 After the concrete is in jilace, it is de-
Water to suit sirable to wait at least two weeks before
applying the silicate, and four weeks is
* Mortar, Road still better. Also the silieate treatment
Dry Sand 0(5-72 may be satisfactorily applied to clean
Cement 30.5-21.5 concrete at any later time; it is espe-
Iron Oxide 0.8- 1,5 cially good on old concrete.
Lime 0.5- 1 The diluted “Concrete Special” sili-
Calcium Fluoride 0.8- 1.5 cate soaks into the concrete, and a chem-
ical reaction takes place which hardens

• the surface and makes it more dense.


Lime Mortar, Hardening
A mixt. formed of MgClo- OIIoO 3.5,
Method of Application
MgSO;j- OHoO 2, hydrated lime 50 and
plaster of Paris 50 parts is suitable for In ordinary cases it will be found
a hard interior wall plaster. satisfactory to dilute each gallon of the
silicate with four gallons of water. The
resulting five gallons may be expected to
Masonry and Wall, Waterproofing cover 1000 square feet of floor surface,
Tallow 10 one coat. However, the porosity of floors
Linseed Oil Bodied 5 varies greatly and the above statement is
CEMENT, CONCRETE, AND MATERIALS 331

given ns an approximate value for esti- strength. Neat cement should then be
mating purposes. dusted over the surface and worked in
The floor surface should be prepared with a broom or stifT brush. The new
for the treatment by cleaning free from concrete can then be applied in the usual
grease, spots, plaster, etc., and then manner.
thoroughly 8<‘rubbed with clear water. For resurfacing, tlie concrete should be
To get the best penetration the floor roughened with a pick, all loose particles
should bo thoroughly dry, especially be- removed and tlie floor wet thoroughly
fore the first application, and if prac- with water over night. Immediately be-
tical it is well to let it dry for several fore the new spr^u' is npjdied the old
da\s before the first scrubbing. . . The . one should be washed with a freshly
solution may be applied with a mop or jirepared mixture of 10 jioiinds of neat
hair broom and should be continuously cement with one (juart of “Concrete
brushed over the surface for several min- Special" in fourteen (piarts of water.
utes to obtain an even penetration. An This mixture should be brushed in well
interval of twenty-four hours should be and followed at once with the surface
allowed for the treatment to harden, layer.
after which the surface is scrubbed with
clear water and allowed to dry for the
second application. Three apfdications Concrete Ffllorescema*, fiemoval of
made in this manner will usually suffice,
Where etfioreseence occurs, it may be
but if the floor does not ajipi'ar to b<‘
dissohed In a dilute Holiiliou of muri-
saturated by the third application a
atic acid (I part of eom-erif rati'd acitl to
fourth should be applied.
10 pails of water). In using tins In'at-
inent the surfaci* of the concrete is wet-
ted bcTore ufiphing the acid and is
Acid Resistant Concrete thoroughly waslied after the acid treat-
nient.
The same treatment with silicate of
'J'lie length of lime re<|uired for tlio
soda that is recommended for dust proof-
acid solution to dissohe elilori'sccnce will
ing i.s remarkably serviceable in render-
depenil upon tlm titiiounl of tlu> latter.
ing concrete resistant to acid. It works
In most cases, the acid <'!in be washi'il
by filling the poics of the concrete with
otr within tliiee or four miruiles. It is
a material tliat is acid-proof. Concrete
b(*st not to lea\t' the ticid solution on
itself is rapidly attacked by acids, but
longer than four minutes, for it may
when thus jirotectod by an acid-proof
(*tt li the coloreil concrete. If some de-
filler, it lias considerable acid-n'sistance.
posit still remains ufliT the first iifipli-
For example, a block of concrete was
ealion, a second <'an be made. The acid
prepared with the silicate treatment aji-
Holiilion slionhl 1 m' brushed on smoothly,
I'lied to one end and not to the other.
using the least, amount possible for each
Coni'entrated hydrochloric acid was
apjtlicalion.
poured over the bloek. The acid nte
Ktliorescence also cun be removed with
ra[Mdly into the untreated end leaving it
a solution of eijual jiarls of paratllii oil
friable and sandy. The treated end was
and benzine rubbi’il \igorously into tluj
only slightly alToctcd.
surface when the concrete is dry. This
Along this line, therefore, the silicate
treatment also imjiroves the wearing
treatment has froipiently done good ser-
(pialities of the surface by filling the
vice where old floors had to be used.
pores and bringing out the color more
The treatment is useful also for protec-
uniformly. It is freciuently niiplied to
tion against dilute acids, and again.st
concrete surfaces for these reasons only.
organic acids. In some crises repeated
sill eating, perhaps once a year, may bo

desirable.

Concrete, ETigh Early Strength


Cement Patches Increasing the time of mixing will in-
In patching or resurfacing concrete crease early strength. I'or concrete
“Concrete Special’' silicate of soda can cured at normal temperatures, incn'aaing
be used to insure a good bond between the mixing time from 1 minute to 2 min-
the old and new cement. utes will add about 100 pounds per square
To refill a hole it should be chipped inch to the strength at three days. About
out clean and somewhat under cut. The 200 pounds per square inch are added
fresh surface should then be painted by increasing the mixing time from 1 to
with “Concrete Special" silicate full 5 minutes.
332 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Concrete that ia to attain high early mop the floor shortly after drying to
fltrength should be kept damp at a tem- remove incrusted salts, otherwise white
perature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit or stains may be formed.
above, beginning soon after it is placed.
Concrete cured below 70 degrees hardens
more slowly and it is not likely to have Sodium Silicate Treatment
high strength at an early age.
When sodium silicate
is used, it is
The admixtures commonly used to in-
applied in a 20% solution in two or more
crease the rate at which concrete hardens
coats twenty-four hours apart. Ordina-
are calcium chloride a||d ^Icium oxychlo-
rily the sodium silicate requires consid-
ride. These matcrims inay be used
erable time to dry before the floor can
within certain limits to hasten hardening
be used. Commercial sodium silicate va-
and to increase early strengths of con-
ries in strengthfrom 30 to 40% solution.
crete.* The quantities of admixtures
It is quite viscousand requires thinning
* There is evidence to show that calcium
with water before it will penetrate the
chloride and similar compounds do not react
in the samo manner with all brands of port-
floor. It has been found satisfactory to
land cement. Trial batches of the brand of dilute each gallon of the silicate with
cement and the brand of accelerator proposed three gallons of water. Each gallon of
to bo u.scd should be made up and rate of
the resulting solution will cover approxi-
hardoninK at (ho specified tomiieratiire noted
before prococditiff with their use in important mately 200 square feet of floor surface.
work. The floor should be thoroughly cleaned
of all foreign matter, and sliould bo dry
should not exceed from 2 to 4 per cent
before the first application of the silicate
of calcium chloride or 7 to 10 per cent
solution.
of calcium oxychloride by weight of the
cement.
The calcium chloride is dissolved in
Aluminum Sulphate Treatment
the mixing water before adding it to the
other materials in the mixer. Most con- Tliis treatment consists in one or more
tnictors make up a solution of known appluvations of solutions of aluminum
concentration, adding the desired amount sulphate to the clean, dry surface. The
to each batch. Thus, if it is desired to .solution is made up in a wooden barrel

use 2 pounds of calcium chloride per sack or stoneware vessel and the water should
of cement a solution containing 1 potind be acidulated with not more than one
per quart can bo made, 2 quarts of the teaspoonful of commercial sulphuric acid
solution being added to the mixture for for cacli gallon of water. The sulphate
each sack of cement in the batch. It is does not readily dissolve and requires
important to remember that this solution occasional stirring for a few days until
is to bo regarded us part of the mixing the solution is complete. About 2%
water. pounds of the powdered sulphate will be
required for each gallon of water and
one gallon of the solution should cover
Concrete Iloor Hardeners about 100 square feet of floor surface.
The fluosilicates of zinc and magne- For the first treatment the solution may
sium, when dissolved in water, have been be diluted with twice its volume of
used with fair success for hardening de- water. Twenty-four hours after this ap-
fective concrete finislt. In making up plication the stronger solution may be
the solutions, Vi pound of the fluosilicato used, and twenty-fours should elapse be-
should be dissolved in one gallon of tween subsequent applications.
water for the first application and 2
pounds to each gallon for subsequent
applications. The concrete floor must bo
Zinc Sulphate Treatment
cieaa and free from plaster, oil, paint This treatment consists of the appli-
or other foreign substances, othenviso cation of about 16% solution of zinc
the solutions will not penetrate suffi- sulphate made acid with a teaspoonful
ciently to react. For the same reason of commercial sulphuric acid to every
the surface must bo absolutely dry. After gallon. The mixture is applied in two
the floor has dried, the second applica- coats, the second coat being applied four
tion may be made. About 3 or 4 hours hours after the first. The surface should
are generally required for absorption, be scrubbed with hot water and mopped
reaction and drying. In this treatment, dry just before the application of the
with the average floor, one gallon of the second coat. This treatment gives the
liquid will cover approximately 130 floor a darker appearance.
square feet. Care should be taken to
CEMENT, COxXCRETE. AND MATERIALS 333
am

Concrete

Recommended Proportions of Water to Cement and St itc<J Trial Mixes

Afld U. H Gain of SuKKceted Muiiiri Materials |>er t'u V il

to Kach Sh«>1v
VS ftter for Trial Hatcli (if t'onerele

H utch if >sanil it,

AKK^^'Kal^>^
ev Ce-
Very lllCIlt IIKMlt
WH Saoka Finr k '(tarsi Sacks Fine ('((!iis(
Cu Ft ('ll Ft ('ll Ft ('ll I 1

5-Gallon Paste for Concrete Subjected to Se\ere Wear, Weather or Weak Acni ami Vlkali Sitliit nuis

Aver-
Colored or plain topping for
age
heavy wearing surfaces as in induH-
Mind
trial plants other twocourso
and all
work such as pavements, walks, 4 'i 4% 1 1 Ik in 12 15
tennis courts, residence floors, etc .Maxim mil M^c lU'gri'ji

Gno-course industnal, creamery


and dairy plant doors and ail other 3«4 4 4 1 1\ ^
111

concrete in contact with weak acid 1 1


1 1

or alkali solutions Maxim liui SI/.' aggregate •


,

6-G.illon Paste for Concrete to be Watertmht <>r Subjected to Moderate W'eur and Weather

Watertight floors such as indus- .Aver- !

trial plant, basement, dairy age


barn, etc Sand
Watertight foundations.
Concrete subjected to moderate
wear or frost action such as dnve- 4 4 5 6'v 1 2 'i « 1
U
wavs, walks, tennis courts, etc
All watertight concrete for swim-
ming and wading pools, septic
tanks, storage tanks, etc
-All course work such as
base
floors,walks, dnves, etc
All reinforced concrete structural
beams, columns, slabs, residence
floors, etc. Maximum sixe aggregate I

7 Gallon Paste for Concrete Not Subjected to Wear, Weather or Water

Aver
Foundation walls, footings, mass
Band
concrete, etc , not subjected to
weather, water pressure or other iH 5 4 1 24 4 5 14 I •I(y

expoeure. Maximum size aggregate 1 4'

* Quantities are witimated on wet aKureRaies uwnir stifnceeied trial mixes and medium consistencies
(luantities wiiivary according to the (rradiiuf of aKureiratc and the workability desired
It may b« neewary to use a neher paste than is shown m
the table berausc the concrete may be
subjected to more severe conditions than are usual for a structure of that type For example, a swiin-
min« pool ordinarily is made with a ft-gallon paste. However, the pool may be built a place where m
soil water is strongly alkaline in which case a 6-gaUoo paste is required.
334 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY

Recornraended Mixtures for Several Classes of Construction

Intended primarily for use on small jobs

Gallons of Wat< r
Trial .Mixture
to Add to Kach fur First Hatcli laxi-
One i-’ack Hutch mum
Kind of Work .\gi> re-
gate
Dry Monst Wot Size
Sand and Sand and .Sand and Cement .Sand Pebbles
Pebbles Pebbles Pebbles

.Sucks Cu Ft Cu I<t Ins


Foundation walls winch need
not bo watertiKht, niiiBs concrete 7'i 0 5 1 A
(or footings, retuinuiK walls, gar-
den walls, etc.

Watertight basement walls and


nits, walls above grounds, dams,
lawn rollers, hand tamper, shoe 4’, 1 J '
^
ill 1
’z
scrape, hot beds, cold frames,
storage and cyclone cellar walls, etc.

Water storage tanks, well curbs


and platforms, cisterns, septic
tanka, watertight floors, side-
walks, stouping stone and flag-
stone walks, driveways, porch -I'l 1 3 1
floors, basement floors, garden
and lawn pools, steps, corner
posts, gate posts, piers, columns,
chimney caps, concrete for tree
surgery, etc.

Fence pu.sta, clothes lino posts,


grape arbor posts, mail box posts,
etc ,
flower boxes and pots, 4'j •> i ;t
'i 1 2
benches, bird baths, sundials,
pedestals and other garden furni-
ture, work of very thin sections

Concrete and Cement Watcrprool’er To b(^ flushed ov('r concrete surface

A quantity of naphtha is heated to a and washed off with clean water.


temperature of ap[»i()\iinately SO'" C. and
aluminum stearate in the ratio of 2 to Cement Accelerator
10 parts by weight of stearate to 100
Commercial Calcium Cldoride 4 lb.
parts of naphtha is added to tlie hot
Water 90 lb.
naphtha. The two materials are then
agitated until a eom{»lete solution of the The above to bo used as gauging w'ater
stearate in the na{>htha is effected. A for concrete.
quantity of anhydrous acetic acid,
equivalent to 0.3% to 1.5% by weight of * Cement Coloring
the solution, is tlien added and the re-
Carbon Ulark 30
sulting mixture is thoroughly agitated.
Iron Oxnlo 4
The product thus obtained is a clear
Water 100
solution having a specific viscosity
Pine Oil 1
Engler at 0® F. of 15 to 45 seconds per
100 cc. which can be stored without fear
of gelling occurring at ordinary atmo- * Cement, Retarding Settling of
spheric temperatures and which may be The set of portland cement is retarded
applied to the substance to be water- by adding 0.25-1.5% Manganese Sulfate.
proofed by means of a bru.sh, spray or
other device, and good penetration bo
obtained.
' Cement Coating
A coating compn. has approx, the fol-
lowuig compn.; white portland cement
Acid Wash for Concrete Surfaces (waterproof) 62.5, high-Ca hydrated
Aluminum Chloride (Com- lime 31.1, Irish moss (powd.) 0.1, NaCl
mercial) 1 lb. 0.0, Ca(C2H202)2 0.3%.

Water 10
CEMENT, CONCRETE, AND MATERIALS 335
Cement Floor Hardener stain and apply a heated or flat iron
Magnesium Fluosilieate 1 lb. similar heat retaining body. Pemove
Water ]5 lb. iron wlu'n cool. The bituminous material
will be found to be largely or wholly
The above to be flushed over a cement
surface. Wash with clean water to re- absorbed b^> tin* blotting paper. b’«‘pent
treatnu'iit in case of onl\ partial removal.
move soluble salts.
Note: As carluin bi.MilpIiide inllani- i.s

mable, the above treatment should not,


Hydraulic Cement be atti'inpted in the M<'iiiity of sources
Portland Cement 90 lb. of Ignition. ^
Aluminum 2 lb.
Ferro Silicon 8 lb.
Cement Coati'd Wire
To increa.se the Iioldmg jmwt T of fast
Cement Preservative ening de\ices made from wire, the latter
Chinawood Fattv Acids 10 lb. IS supported as a coil on a rotating
Paraffin Wax 10 lb. mandrel dipped into one of the follow ing
Kerosene Ill gal. inixtiiies.

1. Cliinawooil Oil 30
Cement, Resistant to Calcium ('liloride
Ester (ium 20
Solutions
Najdillia 50
Aluminum Oxide -10
2. Itosin 15
Lime •10
Calcium IhdroMde 0.9
Iron Oxide or Silicon Dioxide 15
Lead ()xid<‘ PbO) 0 3
Calcium Clilorule 1
(

Mangaiie.s(‘ Dioxide 0.2


Chinawood Oil 33.0
* Cement, Slow Setting fsaplillia 50.0
A oomjin. is formed of MgO 2, alum
2, NaOH 3, NaCl 1, lime lOU, water (17,
a pigment such as wlutiiig 2 and a tiller
* Diy Pot, I’revention of i

such as sand 125 parts. Wood or clolli IS iiiipiegnated with


fidlowirig to preicnt dry rot and for
waleriiroofiiig;
* Cement Size
The size contains 10 pts. of amor-
Copper Abietate 15 lb.
phous Si02f 0 pts. of china clay, 5 pts.
Aiii\l Ali*oli(d 250 lb.

of talc, 0,8 pt, of pigment, and the n* Dis-iolve witli lieat and add
action product from Portland cement IS, Tiirki-y Drown Oil 2.50 lb.
('^aCOjj 10, alum 4.7, lactic casein 5 above
'I'o add slowly wliili • boating
sulphuric casein 5.5, borax 1.8, and
\ igoioiisl)
Ca(OiI )2 3.5 pts.
Wati'r 5000 lb.
Sod. Acetate 2>>5 lb.
Removal of Paint from Stone Surfaces
Paper pulp (old newspapers, cement
sacks or stock pulp) is prepared b} * Fireproof Constniction
.shredding in water by means of a steam Thefollowing is used in fire proof
jet. Exces.s water is drained off, 10-15Vc building eonstriK fiun
washing soda is added to the pulp, fol
\oleanic Cinders 45 lb.
lowed by suflScient fireclay (or lime), to
Cement 20 lb.
render the mass plastic. Apply as a
Gyp.suni 5 lb.
poultice to the surface to be treated;
allow to remain 24 hours.
Ihd rated Lime si.
Finely Ground Pumico 25 lb.
The poultice can usually be stripped
off easily at the end of the above perio<l. Water suffiment for setting.
In obstinate cases, repeat treatment.
Last traces of pigment arc removed by
scrubbing with a bristle brush with clear Fbioring, Kiibber Composition
water. A may be used formed of rub-
cfutipn.
ber cork powder 12, H 1, ZnO 2, w'hit
4,
Keinoval of Pitch, Asphalt, Etc., from ing French chalk 2 and paraffin 2
1,
Stone Surfaces parts, with coloring substances as de-
Soak one or two thicknesses of blotting sired.
paper with carbon bisulphide. Lay over
:m THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Industrial Flooring Composition be at least of an inch above the
fin

Alpha Gypsum 10-77 6.ished level of the floor.


Asphalt 4-36 When in the opinion of the engineer

Sand or Gravel 0-86 the mortar base has hardened suflicientlv


to withstand rolling, the terrazzo mix-
ture shall be placed to the level of the
( tops of the dividing strips.
Tcrrazzo Floor Finish
Finishing
1. Base Slab
After striking off to the finished level,
Tho surfaco of the*a 80 slab shall bo
the concrete topping shall be rolled
sfnu'k oil roasonably true at a Unol not
length and crosswise so as to secure
less than 2|4 inches below the required
thorough compaction of the stone chips
tiuish grade.
and cement paste. Additional stone
chips of the larger size shall be spread
2. Aggregates
over the topping during rolling until Sj
No
lino aggregfite or sand shall be per cent of the finished surface shall be
used in the terra?, zo finish. 'I'he eoar.se
composed of stone. Immediately after
aggregate shall be heie the kind
(in.seit
rolling, the surface shallbe flouted and
and eolor of inarble eliqis desired). The troweled once. No attempt shall be
eoarse aggregate shall be gradisl in three made to remove trowel marks.
sizes: inch, V* inch and Vj inch.
After the tcrrazzo concrete has hard-
ened enough to prevent dislodgments of
3. Mixtures
particles, it shall be ground
The mortar base
for the tcrrazzo finish down with an approved type of grinding
shall bo mixed
the proportions of one
in 7.
machine shod with rapid cutting
free,
part of Portland cement to 3 parts of carborundum stones to expose the coarse
(lean, eoarse sand, mixed with not more aggregate. The floor shall be kept wet
than 0 gallons of water per sack of port- during the grinding proces.s. All mate
land cement. rial ground off shall be removed by
The tcrrazzo mixture shall be one jiart Hcpieegeeing and flushing with water.
of Portland cement and .3 jiarts of stone Air holes, pits and other blemishes
(diips. shall then be filled with a thin grout
Not more than 4 gallons of mixing composed of neat cement paste. This
water, including the moi.sture in the ag- grout shall be spread over the surface
gregate, shall be used for each sack of and worked into the pits. After all
[lortland cement in the mixture. patch fillers have hanlened for seven
days the floor surface shall receive a
4. Consistency second or final grinding to remove the
The tcrrazzo concrete
shall be of the film of cement paste and to give the
driest consistency possible towork with floor a polish. It shall then be thor-
a sawing motion of the strike-off board oughly washed and all surplus material
or straight-edge. Changes in consistency removed.
shall bo obtained by adjusting the pro-
portions of aggregate and cement. In Curing and Protection
no case shall the specified amount of All freshly placed concrete shall be
mixing water be exceeded. protected from the elements and from all
defacements due to building operations.
5. Placing The contractor shall provide and use
Before placing the mortar base and when necessary tarpaulins to cover com-
the termzzo finish, the surface of the pletely or enidose all freshly finished
str^tunil concrete slab shall be covered concrete.
witipi uniform layer of fine sand inch M If at anv time during the progress of
thick, and covered with an approved tar the work the temperature is, or in the
paper. opinion of the engineer will, within
The mortar base shall be at least IVi twenty-four ('24) hours, drop to 40 de-
inches thick and shall be s^weeded to an grees Fahrenheit, the water and aggre-
even surface of an inch below the
*’14 gate shall be heated and precautions
finished floor level. taken to protect the work from freezing
Metal dividing strips about IV* inches for at least three (3) days.
wide, at least 20 gauge, shall be inserted* As soon as the concrete has hardened
in the mortar or supported on the slab to prevent damage thereby, it shall be
to conform to the designs specified by covered with at least one (1) inch of
the architect. The top of t^ strips shall wet sand, or other covering satisfactory
CEMENT, CONCRETE, AND MATERIAI.S 337
to the engineer, and shall be kept con- added as dry limo (water and “road
tinually wet by sprinkling with water for metal” being later added).
at leJist seven (7) days,

* Plaster,
8. Cleaning Sound Adsorbent
After removing all loose material, the IHirnace Slag (12-20 mesli) .100
finish shall be scrubbed with warm water Plaster of Pans 125
and soft soap, and mopped dry. Microco.sniic S.alt 2
Sod. Benzene Sulfonate 1

Water Js5
*
Marble, Imitation
An imitation marble slab is formed Board, I’lasfer or Wall
from a mixt. eontg, Keene’s supeitme Portland ('enienl 1)7
white cement (>4, marble or alabaster (Iioninl Slone JOP
powder IGO, pure lime 1 and aluin part 1 Sliredded Sugarcane Pibi-r 24
and may be colored by imnn'rsion in
water on w'hich coloring matter is tloaleil
* Building I’lustci
and rendered translucent by immersing
in oil. It may be furtlier dipptsl in Dry Slaked Linic l.l-.'lOy^

liquid bronze” and lacquer after dry- Limestone Dry (Powd.) 7.>-85%
ing and wax-polished. The limestone slionld be of 50- tOO
nn'sh. 4'he addition of

Phuster of Paris 5-157o


• Paving Material
ma} b«‘ made
About 100 parts of a fuel oil eontg.
asphalt is heated to about lO.l® and
* Patching i’laslcr
mixed with 5-10 parts of a metallic .s;ilt
of a higher fatty acid such as A1 olcate I’hisfcr of Paris .’52

(wliich is preliminarily mixed with a Dextrin 4


]K)rtion only of tlie oil), the niixt \n al- Vohanic Ash 4
lowed to cool to about .lO® and there is
then added about 120 -40 parts of S and
Patching Idaslcr
the materials are further thoroughly
Pla.ster of 1‘ariB .'52
mixed.
J)e.xlnn 4
l’umic(> 1
’under 4
* Eoad Surface, lUtuminous
Eoad surfaces which have been s})rayed ‘Plaster, “Kailable”
with bitumen, tar or their emulsions or
the like are further treated with a ma-
A [ilaster thnnigh which nails may be
druen witliuiit splitUiig cun.siHt.s of
terial formed by mixing gravel l'!"0 (or
a similar quantity of broken stone or I’lastcr of I’atis P*0 lb.

blast-furnace slag) with bitumen, tar or l-'inc Cotton I ibn'S 20-50 lb.

tar oil 4-5 parts.


* Plaster, Magneainni Finishing

Road Composition, Bituminous A .yfurk mixt. is formed of priw'd.

inagarHite 1 unii powd Inick or stone 2-7


Compns. which may be sprcail hot or
parts, with or williunl pumice powder,
pressed into bricks or the like are formed
and parts of tins slock mixt. is useil
of peat moss, coconut fiber or similar
with 1 (lart of MgPl* sola, of suitable
material 10, stone and sand ‘VJ and '!'!<</(
com n. Water and pigments such as Fe
of a binder comprising fuel oil, haid
or Zn oxide also may be added.
pitch such as that derived from petro- n
leum residuum and native bitumen (suit-
ably in the relative proportions of • Plastic Roofing Compound
2:9:4). Asphalt 34
Kerosene 26
* Paving Composition, Cold
Asbestos 40

Tar 100, asphalt 2.j and milk of lime


4 * Artificial Slate
(about one-third of whicli is lime and
two-thirds water) 40 parts are stirred Artificialslate, espoidally for use In

together, or a similar mixt. may be the inaniif. of writing tables, is made of


prepd. eontg. 10-12% hydrated lime a mixt. of !|bout 4 parts cement, 9-]0
338 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
parts powd. slate or slag, 5-0 parts clave with saturated steam at low pres-
KoSiO j,
and one or more metal salts such sure for 1-2 hours. Turn off steam and
a8“ Ca‘(No;02, Ba(NO;,)2, K^FeCCN),,, allow to cool for one hour.
etc. Coloring matter may also be added.
The mixt. is kneaded into a paste by a * Stucco Composition
fatty soln. or emulsion tas of soap) K
in water, pressed and laid down in moist Portland Cement 28
air.
Silica Dust 28
Limestone 10
Asbestos Flour 6
* Slate, Writing Titanium Dioxide 4
Cardboard is coated with Boiled Linseed Oil to make to
|

Alum 1 Mineral Spirits > a working


Titanium Dioxide 3 Turpentine J consistency
Pot. Silicate 1
Pumice. Stone 1 * Tennis Court Composition
Linseed Oil 1
Gasoline 2
A layer of broken brick and clinker
of a granule size between 0.1 and O.O
mm. is covered with a layer of compn.
Light, Stone-like Product contg. gravel 15, coarse CaO 5, rock salt
Silocel or Kieselgulir 45 parts 5, cement 5 and brick dust 70%.
Portland Cement 45 parts
Color Pigment 10 parts
Tile and Floor Composition
Thoroughly mix all to get a uniform Asphalt Emulsion 1.75
powder. Tlum add 70 parts of water, Cement 1
and work in well. The resulting mix is Crushed Rock 5
a damp, imlvermit, crumbly agglomera-
tion. This mixture put into molds and
subjected to a pressure of approximately * Concrete Tiles and Blocks
200 lb. per s(j. in. will yield a shaped Rubber latex (suitably 0.5-2.0 pints
body which will set to a stone like mass per cu. yard of concrete) is added to a
in a few hours. The density of the mass mixt. such as one comprising sand 3 and
18 approximately l..‘» times that of water. Portland cement 1 part and the compn.
The dry powder will keep indefinitely, may be reenforced with bamboo or other
but once the water is added the shaping material.
must take jilace within an hour. After
setting, curing in a damp atmosphere for
Structural Tile
a few dll} 3 will materially increase the
^
strength. Calcium Carbonate (Marble
If more water is used than above, a Dust, Fine) 15 parts
paste will result. The paste need not be Powdered (Hass 4 parts
molded under pressure, but the resulting Magnesium Oxide (Heavy) 8 parts
set product is much denser. Magnesium Chloride Solution
(Sp. Or. 1.19 (» 25® C.) 13 parts
*
Stone, Artificial Mix powalers and make a thick paste
with the solution of magnesium chloride.
Alum Rock 59
Pour into paraffined molds on a hard
Alabaster Powd. 22
shiny surface. Let stand till dry.
Alabaster Plaster 17
Water 2

The alum rock is fused; the other in- *Wall and Ceil^g Composition
gr^ients are added and the mass is
A mixt. of traohvto tiifP 57, sand
molded. (washed free from clay) 34, portland
cement 5.7 and soda 2 parts is used with
* Synthetic Stone sufficient water to cause the material to
set.
Shale (325 mesh) 16.7
Calcium Hydroxide 10.0
Water 5.3 * Wall Efflorescence, Prevention of
Limestone Aggregate (Powd.) 68.0 * The parts are scaled, washed with
Mix thoroughly and compress at 2500 water contg. 4% formaldehyde and
lb. pressure in polished molds. Remove; coated with cement or lime mixed with
allow to stand for an hour. Put in auto- water also contg. 4% formaldehyde. A
CEMENT,’ CONCRETE. AND M.\TERIAI.S 339
top coating of plaster is mixed with •Wood Preserrative
alum and water eontg. 4f/c formaldehyde.
A
method of making w allboard or like
article comprises prei-ipitating zinc nieta-
aiseiute in the pie.st'iici' of a plant liber,
•Waterproof Construction Matenal
and .shaping and diving the liber. The
Suitable for walls, roofs, roads, etc.
liber, alter Gdting on the Foiirdrinier
Coal Tar 3-S.3 and before dr\ing is treated successnelv,
Rubber l-L’.j b\ spra\ing or otherwise, with two solii
Granite Dust 5-8j tioiis, as heieiuafter described, which
Warm together and mill until uniform. react quickly to deposit zinc metn arsen
This may be molded into bricks or shei’ts. ite upon and throughout the mass of
tiber. Excess water may then be pressed
out and the wall boani dru'ii a.s msual.
• Wood Preservative No coiiosne .substance.s are liberated
Wood protected against fungi and
is
liming the diwiiig, and llu* dried wall
insects by O.t N
Na^ A,sO( or ().‘J A board IS tound to be quite uniformlv
NaF, is mixed with a relatively coned, impregnated with micioscojuc cr\Hlals of
soln. of an eartli or In^nv metal
alk. zinc nieta ansenite.The two solutions
salt, e.ff., 8 N
CaCl^, with or without a abo\e mentioned are juepared as follows:
jirotcctive colloid. The mixt. (lo(>s imr tSoIiition A: An aipieoiis solution of a
soluble zinc salt, pieferabl\ zinc sul
form a ppt. until after a cmtain time,
and meanwhile the wood is gi\en ;i single phate, IS prepaied, [uid’eraitly without
imjiri'gnatum with the mixt. liealing. A suitable concent rat ion is 1.5
pel cent, calculated as zinc sulphate.
Snlulinii 1!. Ai.seiiioiis o.xide IS diHSol\ed
• Wood Preservative III water by heating to the boiling iioint
Cojiper Cliips V',
for some time, pieferably in the jires
eni (* of small proportions of smla ash,
Zinc Cliips
Cresol T.-Vf
j'ditim h\dr.i\id or sodium arsenite,
Ammonium IIv<lroxide 7^(
winch act to facilitate and accelenite llu'

Water Solution of aiseniouH oxide in water.


Till* resulting .solution is cooh'd to room
Dissuhe by continued agitation.
tc’iipeiatiiie, and after cooling sodium
bicarbonate is dissolveil in it, in [iropor

•Rot proof Fibre P>oard tions as indicated below. A suitable con


ceniiation is 1 per cut AsmO;,. TIk' re i

Such a board is manufactured from a


action which occuis when tliese two solu
jmlp consisting of
lions arc* mi'ed la jirojier oidei may
Fibre IdO'l
piobabh be represi'nted by llic* following
Water 50,tii)0
equation;
IvoMll 8lZ.O 20
ZiiS(),-l-As..().,-b2XalI('(),~
Zim* Aisenite ;;

or Creosote 5tt
Zn( A.s(h. + Xa.jHO, b iLo + 2f’0^,.
The zinc sulphate and arhcmioiiFi oxidi* are
prc'ferably used m the* {iropoMioiis indi-
• Wood Impregnating Liquid cated tiy the* above equations, tliut is to
Neutral Mineral Oil 15 .sa\ in cspiimolee'ular propoi tions. 'Dm
Mineral Spirit, proportioa t»f sodium h\drogen laiboiiate
Liquid Manganese Drier 10 Used IS preferably tipproximately b5 p(‘r
Oloss Oil 1(1 cent of the (plant ity indicatc'd by the
'rurpentine 20 (•(jiiat ion.

Orthodiclilorbcnzol 5
Chrome Alum 1 •Timber T’r* 3er\ative
Oil .Soluble D}e 0.5
Fuel Oil 85
Asph.dt 10
.\aplif lialene 5
Wood Preseriing Composition
A IIc*at together to dissolve and apply
preservative compn.
prepd. by is
hot.
mixing water .'1-4 qt., lime l-.'l lb., Afri
can gum l.u-2 lb., a mineral or vegetable
*
oil such as paraffin oil 0.7.J-1.0 qt., creo t Timber Preserxative
lin 0.5-2 oz., paraffin oil 3-4 oz., TICl
1.5 gniins of copper n'.mnati* are dis
1.5-2 oz. and “a poison" 4-8 oz. solved 250 grama of amyl
in alcohol,
and 250 grama of turkey-red oil are
340 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
added; the mixture is made up to 5 liters cork to give a product contg. 50-85% of
bulk by emiilaitication in water contain- cork. The mlxt. is molded, hot-vulcanized
iug gniins of crystallized sodium under high pressure and cooled before
ftcetate. releasing the pressure. Pigments and
fillers may be added to the mixt.

“Artificial Wood * Roofing Composition


Sawdust 100 Pitch 25-40
MAnganese Dioxide * 1-3 Asphalt 25-50
Liuseed Oil Boiled 2-8 Cork 25-50
Asbestos 5-10

* Roofing Felt, Impregnation for


* Lumber, Synthetic
A compn.
is used which is relatively
(For WaU Board) more fluid than asphalt alone at elevated
Sawdust 80-90% temps, and which comprises 60-98% of
Hardened Synthetic Rosin 10-20% asphalt having a m. p. not less than
about 32® together with 40-2% of para-
The resin may be melted or dissolved coumaroue resin.
and mixed thorouj^hly with the sawdust
uuder pressure and ht'at.
Roof Coating
Asphalt 10 lb.
Varnolene 3 gal.
Wood, Metal Coating
Short Fibercd Asbestos 5 lb.
Wood, stone, textiles, paper, etc., are
coated with the following which is first
melted, cooled, ground and taken up with * Plastic Rooting Composition
water.
Petroleum Asphalt 34
Metal (Powder) 40- 70 Kerosene 26
Paraftin Wax 60- 90 Asbestos 40
Graphite (Powd.) 60- 90
Precipitated Chalk 100-150
Sod. Silicate 180-220 Wood Strengthener
Casein 40- 70 A solution to help retain nails in wood
is made as follows:
• Writing Surface, Washable
Rosin 1 lb.
A base of cardboard, wood or the like Benzol 1 gul.
is coated with a pulp prepd. by dry mix-
Nails are dipped in this solution, with-
ing marble cement (Keene’s cement) 20
drawn, allowed to dry and they are then
and zinc white 50 parts, and then in-
ready for use.
corporatiag linseed oil varnish 15 and
turpentine oil 15 parts into the mixt.
The coated base is air-dried for 3-4 days, * Fireproof Wall Board
and the surface is then polished.
Fibroins wall board having fine!'
ground mi**a iiitersfiersed among the lib
* Floor Covering Mat||i8tl ers is firepniofed by impregnation witli
Dry rubber contg. 15-.35% of S is a soln. comprising NH 4 nhosphatc,
thoroughly mixed with small pieces of H 3 BO 3 ,
MgS 04 and water. ^
METALS AND TREATMENT
* Aluminum, Surface Ilartleiuug Mi'lt 1 and 1), stir in 7, 8 and 9.

A uniform hard coatiu^ of uluinimiin to 500® h'. for 20 minutes. Add i


Heat
oxide is deposited the aluininuui is
if a little at a time and keep at 400“ F. for
made the anode in an electrolyte contain- 20 minutes. Raise tempi'iatuie to 480" F.
ing 5-12% 112804. and keep there tor two hours. Cool to
.)00® F. and add with stirring 2, 4 and 5.

• Recovering Aluminum from Foils


*Coirosiou Inhiliilor, Auto Radiator
Paper-backed A1 foil is packed to a d
of 0.75-1.25 Ib./cu. and heated
ft. in a 'I'o [inwent corrosion of coobn)> india-
closed retDit at 450-550® until all vola- tois containing givceiine or glycols, 0.2%

tile matter is expelled; air i.s then ad- of dimethylmorpholine or etiianolnior-


mitted and the temp, kept con.st. until the pholine i.s u.sed.

C is burnt out. The residual A1 is re-

moved and melted vvitli the usual lluxes. •Cast Iron, Strong Malleablo
.\n annealing pot is charged with white
* Aluminum Bronze Powder lion castings and with 4-15% of Fe
A1 is ground at 50® with stearic acid oxide, and mniiiliuned at a temp, of 900-

and a solvent, c.g., naphtha, turpiuitine, O.SO® for 20-50 his. to grapliitizc the free

('(jHq, until a smooth paste is obtained cementite; the temp, is then lowotcd to
from which the solvent is removed until between 720® and 05o'^ and maintained
the remainder contains 58% Al, 1% at hiicli range for 10-50 hrs. to graphitizo
|)(*arlitic cementite and etfect decarlioni'
stearic acid, 1% Al stearate, and
solvent (preferably varnolene —a pet 10- /at ion of the white cast iron.

leum fraction, b.p. 152-207®).


• Coating Iron Sheets
Coro Binder Fe or .sheet (etc.) is plated with
stei'l

(for alumiuum castings) Sn, tlum coated with an asphalt ic-ba.so


enamel, and baked at 220°. The Sn pro-
Sharp Sand 45 lb.
vdit.s linking of the resulting japan
Molding Sand 45 lb.
dnibli.
Ro.Mn l^wiL 2 lb.

Flour 1 lb. * Sticking Iron Sheet.s, PreViPnIion of


Ivolled and jtickled fi'rrous ilu'cts and
Sharp Sand 71 lb. jilates are treated with 0.001-0.2% sod.
Molding Sand 25 lb. chioniati' .Miliition jirior to annealing.
Rosin Powd. 4 lb. 'I'his (Moyents stnkiiig of piled sheets in

Spray with molasses water and bake box anneftbng.


at .'125®^F. Remove from oven and <‘oat
with soapstone. Return to oven to dry. • Hlei tio-dejio.biled Metal, Stripping
'I'o removal of deposited
facilitate
Core Oil meial, tlie mandrel is coated with a 0.06-
1. Tung Oil 10 gal. 0 5%, soln. of beeswax in turpentine to
2. Linseed Oil 20 gal. which 1% of C82 also is added.
3. Mineral Oil 20 gal.
4. Varnish “foots’^ 5 gal.
Metal Annealing Bath
5. Benzine 5 gal.
6. Rosin 200 lb. Sod. Chloride 30 lb.

7. Lime Slaked 6 lb. Pot. Sulfate 44 lb.

8. Litharge 7 lb. Pot. Carbonate 21 lb.

9. Manganese Dioxide 3 Ib. Borax 5 lb.

All formulae preerded by an asterisk (*) are eovered by patent.


341
342 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
* Case Hardening of Tools Example 3

The tool is heated to 000-700®, sprinkled Molding Sand approx. 94 parts


with K 4 Fo(CN)( 5,
again heated to 800- Sulfur approx. 2 parts
900®, and fool(‘<l in a mixture of 250 g. Anthracene approx. 3 parts
of coal dust, 75 g. of K.iFeCCNln, 500 Boric Acid approx. 1 part
c.c, of oil, 125 c.c. of HoO, and 250 g. Di-ethylene Glycol, 40 per
of powdered elate. cent aqueous solution Sufficient

Example 4
Bright Tin Finish for Screws Molding Sand approx. 93 to 91 parts
Use the following tin solution to pro- Borate of Glycol approx. 3 to 5 parts
duce a tin deposit on your work: Naphthalene approx. 4 4 parts
Water Sufficient
Aluminum Sulphate 2 oz.
Cieain Tartar 2 oz. Example 5

Tin Crystals % oz. Molding Sand approx. 98 parts


Water 1 gal. Boric Acid approx, 2 parts
Ethylene Glycol, 40 per
Use a zinc container for the solution;
cent aqueous solution Sufficient
place the screws m
the pan and bod for
45 minutes. A new .solution is necessary
Example 6
fur each hatch of woik. If the deposit is
not blight enough, tumble the screws in Molding Sand approx. 95 parts
an oblique tumliling barrel, using clean Naphthalene approx. 4 parts
Boiic Acid approx. 1 part
hardwood sawdust.
Kthylcne Glycol, 40 per
cent aqueous solution Sufficient

Carbonizing Steel
Example 7
The steel blanks are tumbled, burred and Molding Sand approx. 97 parts
tumble finished previous to carbonizing Ammonium Bisulfate approx. 2 pai ts
and are then placed in the revolving drum Hone Acid approx. 1 part
of the carbonizing machine and pints % Ethylene Glycol, 40 per
of catbonia oil with 14 bushel of Burnt cent aqueous solution Sufficient
Bone added. The drum is closed securely,
gas till ril'd on and heated to 7(U)-750 de- Example 8
giees F. for houis. The heat is tinned
II

off and the drum allowed to run foi 2


Molding Sand approx. 93 parts
hours to cool olT. The contents are re- Amrnomnm Bisulfato apjtrox. 2 parts
moved and sifted and tumbled in Va Naphthalene appiox. 4 parts
bushel of No. 2 Granulated cork and 2
Boric Acid approx. 1 part
pints of jajian oil for 5 minutes; then Ethylene Glycol, 40 per
dried and cleaned by tumbling in 14 cent aqueous solution Sufficient
bushel of sawdust for 5 minutes to put
on a high polish. Example 9

Bake at 120 degrees F. for 8 to 10 Molding Sand approx. 98 parts


hours to harden oil. Bone Acid approx. 2 parts
Ethylene Glycol, 25 per
cent aqueous solution Sufficient
Gum for Parting Punch from Die
Example 10
1 lb. Beeswax
14 lb. Rosin Molding Sand approx. 93 parts
14 lb. Venice Turpentine Naphthalene approx. 4 parts
Animoriium Bisulfate approx. 2 parts
Boiic Acid approx. 1 part
* Casting Magnesium, Molds for Ethylene Glycol, 60 per
cent aqueous solution Sufficient
Examples 1 and 2
Molding Sand approx. 93 to 97 parts Example 11
Sulfur approx. 6 to 2 parts Molding Sand approx. 97 parts
Boric Acid approx. 1 1 part Ammonium Bisulfate approx, 2 parti
Di-ethylene Glycol, 40 Boric Acid approx. 1 part
per cent aqueous so- Ethylene Glycol, 25 per
lution Sufficient cent aqueous solution Sufficient
METALS AND TREATMENT m
Example 12 • Recovering Platinum
Molding Sand approx. 90 to 88 parts Flotation concentrates containing I’t
Organjc Borate approx. 3 to 5 parts are loa.'Jied to expel S, As, etc., cooled,
Sulfur approx. 2 2 parts mixed with 5%, of NaCl, and tieutod with
Naphthalene approx. 3 3 parts Clo at 2(U)-550° for 5 hr. The pinduct
Ammonium Bi- is leached with 0.5-1% llCl, the Cti re-
sulfate approx. 2 2 parts moved by agitation with CaC();j, and the
Water Sufficient Pt metals are ppld. by Zn dust.
Example 13
Molding Sand approx. 98 to 97 parts * Powder, Parting or Facing
Borax (sodium
tetraborate) approx. 2 to 3 parts Fine Coke, Coal or Graphite 100
Aqueous Solution con- Rosin Residue 200
taining 1$ per cent Heat to 2.50° C. to drive off volatile
sulfuric acid and 40 matter.
per cent ethylene
glycol Sufficient
Rust Pioofing
Copperas is dissolv'd in water, .3.5 kg.
• Mold, Magnesium Casting
per 1., in an iron xat. The niatermlM lo
(a) Molding Sand 920 1)0 tieated aie su.'^fiendi'd in this batli.
Water GO The bath heated to 95-98° and held
is
Sulfur 1 theie for about Vj to 1 hr.
Boric Acid 1
Ammonium Chloride 2
Ammonium Sulfate 2 * I*aikeri/,ing, (Rustproofing)
Ammonium Bromide 2
A mixt. of Mn and I’e** salts ga\e the
(b) Molding Sand 92 best K'sults; the latter may Ik' prepd. in
Water G quantity by dissohmg 1 jiait of Fe til-
Sulfur 2 ings in 10 parts of (i5% at 101)°,
After liltialion the seln. i.s cooled slowly
* Casting Mold Coating and the large crystals foniied are cenfri
tiiged and dried rapidly at G0°. Tlu' Mn
Graphite Powd. 4
.salt (mi.xed with J-'e) i.s jnepd. sinulaily
Core Oil 2
fioni feironiangancse, and it the bath ns
Gasoline 1.7
boileil before use jiartial liydrolysns occurs
with the formation of Fe(Jl;jFO,)o and
* Casting Oxidizable Metals, Mold for
flee acid. The optimum ratio of Fe to
Molding Sand 93
Mn in the protertixe coating ns 1: 1,
Glycol Bori-Burate 3
which 18 formed by selective deposition
Naphthalene 4
from a soln. of nitio 2:1; coinsispiently
Water sufliciont
the bath must be con.stantly rcjileanshed
with Mn. Tho standard conen. adopted
* Molding Sand, Self Hardening was ;J5 lb. of Fe(lb.P 04)2 per 125 gals,
Ordinary molding sand is mixed with of HoO and the temp, was maintained at
99°. ” Cu phosphate in small quantity
3-10% of a mixture formed fiom the
following; acted us an acceleiator.

40° Ba. Sod. Silicate 80-90


Bentonite 2-7
Rust proofing Iron
Water 3-18
The article is cleaned by sand blasting
* Mould-Core Wash or pickling in and plated with a
acid
Am. Nitrate 2 thin la>er of Zn finm a bath contg.
Silica Flour 6 Na(3N 4, Zn(CN )2 5, NaOII 4 oz., and a
Molasses 1-5 small amt. of llg per gal, zinc anodes
Asbestos 1 contg. 0.5% of Hg ami a c. d. of 25
Water 4 amp./sq. ft. being used at 5 v. After
being washed well, the plated articles are
Nickel Welding Wire dipped in a soln. contg. Ni chloride 4,
Silicon 0. 2-4.0% NH 4
CI 6 NaCNH 2, and ZnCL 0.5 oz. per
,

Titanium 0.05-2% gal. The black deposit thus obtained


Magnesium 0.12-0.2% may be coated with lacquer or given an
Nickel Balance oil finish in the usual way.

For Chemical Adrisors, Special Raw Material*, Equipment, Container*, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
344 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
•Rust, Removing for 1 hr., cooling in air, and then hard
ening.
Ferrous-metal articles are immersed in
a bath of NaOH 20 and KMnO^ 1% at
190® F. to break down the resistance of Steel Parts, Preventing Corrosion of
oxide and scale to acid. The articles are Steel parts exposed to corrosive fumes
then immersed in a hot pickling path of are coated with
HCl, HNO3 or H2SO4 for 5 to 10 min. Lanolin 10
Articles so treated are substantially free
Naphtha 20
from etching.
• Pickling Solution for Stainless Steel

Hardening Composition
* Steel 10% (10% 60“ Sulfuric Acid)
50-70 10% Copper Sulfate
Pot. Ferrocyanido
7-12 Heated to 160-200® F.
Soda Ash
Salt 1.5-25
Wood Charcoal 10-20 * Steel, Toughening
Mild steel heated above the Ac2
is

• Steel, Hardening and Tempering point, e.ff., to 760-780®, air-cooled until


it just exhibits magnetic properties, and
Linseed oil is heated to about its b. p.,
then quenched in cold H2O.
2 oz. resin per gal. of oil is added, and
the metal to bo treated is iinmeised in
the oil and resin soln. until the metal ac- * Annealing Chrome Steel
quires the temp, of the soln.; the metal Low-C Cr-Ni or high-Cr steels are
is then removed from the soln. and heated rapidly to 800-1000® and im-
covered with powd. resin, plunged into mediately quenched, the process being re-
cold coal-oil and permitted to remain in peated several times until the desired
the latter until the temp, of the metal and properties are obtained. The process may
immersion bath are equalized. be used also for softening an alloy of
51.3% Ni, 27.5% Mn, and 20.5% Cu, us-
ing a temp, of 900® and 10 alternations
Magnetic Chromium Steel, Heat Treat-
of heating and quenching.
ment of
The beat magnetic properties of a steel
* Ingot Molds
contg. l.He^ C and 2.1% Cr are obtained
by quenching from 850® in oil. The steel Ingot molds are made from Pe alloy
should not be held too long between 750® contg. C about 2, Mn 0.6-1, P less than 0.1,
and 850®, as a change takes place in the S less than 0.1 and Si about 3%. Details
double carbide. Incorrect heat lieatment are given of the manuf. of the alloy from
can be remedied by holding at 950-1000® crude Fe and steel.
MISCELLANEOUS
* Anti-Fogging Agent Glue 0.25
W’ater to suit
(For Windows and Wintlshields)
Borax IL’5 The above solution is usi'ful on sticky
Water % t)i,00U surfaces auili as asphalt and soft resin
Elm Bark 1,000 coatings.
Acacia 10,000
Alcohol 1,000
Algae Removal
In a swimming jiool one pound of tip-
(

Anti-Fogging Compound per Hulfati', or blue stone, to two million


1, (ilycerin 8 oz. pounds of water destroys algae. 'J'his

2. Pot. Oxalate 1«5 oz. material is likely to be fatal to lish. The


Spirits Turpentine 1 oz. solid is placed 111 a sack and draggcvl
4. (’amplior oz. buck and forth across the jiool to secure
proper mixing. In computing amount
Warm (1) and (2) until dissolved:
mailed, om* gallon of water weighs eight
lid (4) ;
remove from heat and add ('!).
and one-thinJ jxainds, or one cubic foot
of water weighs 6‘J.o pounds.
Anti -Fogging Liquid for Windshields
(llycerol 10-20
* Air Conditioning W’ater Treatment
Albumen 1

Water 89-79 A composition to be added to water


Plieuol 0.1 used in air conditioning appamtus for
|)reventing (corrosion, congestion and rust
* ' ’
in said apparatus consisting of the fol
' Anti- Fogging ’
Liquid
The following is ap[)lied to windows lowing ingredumts and their reaction
T products: water approximately 0,78 per
automobile windshields to jirevent
cent, caustic soda aiiproximately 1.15 jier
Illuming by moisture.
c(>nt, sodium bichromate approxirnatidy
Soap 1 14 lb.
1.10 per cent, soda ash, approxiniati'L
(llycerol *4
2.90 per cent, di-.sodium {diosphate aji-
Whiter 1 pt.
proxiiiiately l.Oi.'l per cent, sodium silicfite
Acetone 1 oz.
approximately 80.08 per cent, and tannin
.00(5 per cent.
Anti-Fog Windshield Liquid
Glycerol 10 oz.
Alcohol 1/4 oz. Gasoline Carbon Looseners
Bose Water 0 oz. There are in the market a number of
Salt 0.00 oz. gasoline addition agents for the nmov&l
Sulfur Powd. 0.00 oz. of carbon. These an* used in the fol-
lowing manner:
Anti Mist Liquid
Add 4 oz. to five gallons of^gasaiine
in tank or supply through manifold by
(For Use on Glass)
attached cup.
Potash Coconut Oil Soap 120 The formulas for a few of these are:
Glycerin 60
Turpentine
1. Medium Oil 50%
8
Varnoline 50%
Naphtha 3
Clovel 1 2. Medium Heavy Oil 50%
Light Paraffin 50%
* Anti -Stick Coating Composition W’intergreen Odor 0.2%
Sod. Alginate 2 3. Kerosene or Varnoline 80%
Soap 1 Vaseline 20%
Glycerin 1

All formula© preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


345
340 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Brake Lining, Composition for * Non-Corrosive Anti-Freeze Liquid
Crepe Rubber 14 Methanol 74
Litharge 10 Water 25
Barytes 34 Borax 1
Zinc Oxide 5
Carbon Black 3 * Anti-Freeze Liquid, Non-Corrosive
Graphite 4
Methyl Alcohol 70
Sulfur 4
Water 30
Asbestos Yarn 12
Sod. Antimony Tartrate 0.1
Brass Wire 14

* Anti-Freeze Solution
* Anti-Freeze
Calcium Chloride 100 lb.
ColTeo 2 lb.
Glycerol 1 gal.
Is extracted with Slaked Lime 4 oz.
Water 4 lb. Water to make 17 gal.
and added to following solution:

Calcium Chlori(l(; 2<)0 lb. * Anti-Freeze Solution


Glycerin gal.
An
1 aq. soln. of 200 lb. of CaCL is
Water to make 100 gal.
mixed with glycerol 1 gal. and ale. 2 qt.
and with a coffee ext. derived by boil
ing 2 lb. of coffee in water; the mixt. is
Anti Freeze
dild. to 100 gtil.
Pints of anti freeze per gal. of water
for protection at:
Anti-Freeze Solution
H0“F 0°F -10*F -20“ F
Denatured Alcohol
Denutumi alcohol 180* 50
proof 3 4 4 9 0 5 8 3 Methanol 10
Donatured alcohol 188* Glycerin 30
proof 3 3 4 7 6 0 7 7
Olywino {USP)95%. 3 8 5 3 7 1 9 0
Water 10
Itadiator (rlvconno 60% 10 0 IS 7 39 0 106 5
Kthylonc ijlycol 95%. 2 7 4 0 5 1 6 5 * Non-Sulfating Battery Acid

Specific gravity for protection at:


Distilled Water 753 cc.
Sulfuric Acid 2-10 cc.
-flO'F 0°F - 10“F -SO^F .lOT Aluminum Sulfate 18 gm.
Dimliiml alcohol 0 90S 0 OOO 0 950 0 912 0 921 Am. Sulfate 4 gm.
(llyccniio 1 090 I 112 1 131 I 147 I I5S
Kthylono glycol .. 1 038 1 018 1 056 1 061 1 069 Basic Aluminum Acetate 5 gm.


Anti-Freeze, Prevention of Foam in
* Battery Box Composition

Lard Oil 80 gm. Ground Scrap Rubber l.'i

Triethanolamine 40 Ground Used Tire Fabric


Sperm Oil 14 (de-rubbenzed) 7.5

Gum Arabic 2 Montan Wax 7.5

Butyl Carbitol 36 Carbon Black 1.5

Water 94 Silica Pow'der 30


Calcium Acetate 1.2
Blown Asphalt 22.5
Gilsonite 16
Dye 0.3
The above
added to 2 gal. Ethylene
is * Brake Fluid, Hydraulic
Qlyq^l tqiproduco an anti freeze which is
Triethylene Glycol 90
non-corr^ive and doesn’t foam.
Sulfo Turk C 10

•Anti-Freeze Alcohol, Corrosionless • Carbon, Removing Cylinder


0.1% Dibutylamino or diethanolamine Oil of cedar wood 10, acetone 50, ben-
is used with aqueous alcohol solutions to zene 15, nlc. 24 parts arc mixed with
inhibit corrosion of iron. naphthalene in the proportion of 1 lb.
Ciyllg to each (5 gal. of the liquid.
* Anti-Freeze Liquid
* Electrical Potting Composition
Sod. Nitrate 98-99 lb.
Glue 1- 2 lb. The following is used on fixed elec-
trical condensers and dry batteries.
MISCELLANEOUS 347
Chlorinated Naphthalene 25-40 lb. ^
Depolarizer for Dry and LeelanehC
Gilsonite 20-30 lb. Batteries
Montan Wax 30-50 lb.
Manpanose Dioxide 80
It has a flow point of 80-100° C. Graphite
Silica Gel

* Engine Joint Seal


Oriental Barometer
Aluminum Oxide .5

Blown Castor Oil 00 Cards, artificinl flowers, etc., stained


Heat with stirring at 130° C. until witli cobalt chloride, change their color
uniform and then stir in with th(‘ \ai\iiig li\gronietric state of the
air; tiirniiig pink or red witli much
Mica Powder 15
iiioistuie, and bine when it is dry.
Asbestos Short Fibres 15

Belt Dressing Stick


Gasket Compound Kosiii 65 lb.
Asbestine Powd. 56 Tallow' () lb.

Copal Varnish 9 Cut 44 Stearie Acid 1 lb.


Seale W'ax 20 11).
Grind in ball mill for 3 hours.
Castor Oil 2.0 lb.
Hosin Oil 0.5 11).

Laiudiu 4.2 lb.


Engine Carbon Kemover
Diethyl Formamidc 1- 5
Boiler Seale, Benioval of
Benzol 49—10
Alcohol 50-55 8-107,, 11 (’1 IS most suitable for Cu
or brass ajip, 0 - 10 %
lUXLlI, for A1 or
tinned metals; 17)% AcOll, for Zn or
Puncture Preventive, Tire galvauized iron.
Bentonite 100
ilagnesium Oxide 2
* Boiler (kiinpounds
Asbestos Fiber 50
Water suitable quantity Soda Ash 67 parts
5<K/fCaustic Solution B) parts
PowdcriMl Chestnut Fxtract 20 parts
Battery Terminals, Coating for Water 3 jiarts

Diglvcol Stearate 10 th(‘chemicals mentioned being mixed


Water 300 and pressed into briquettes.
Heat until melted and stir until dis-
jicrsed. Kun in slowly with stirring Soda Ash 55 parts
Graphite Powd. 30-100 Sodium Aliiminate 20 parts
Dextrine 8 parts
CaustK' Sidution 5 parts
Tire Paint
Water 12 parts

Precipitated Chalk 40 lb. these (diemicals being mixed sejiarately


Spanish White 20 lb. from those listed above aud jircssed into
Gilder’s Whiting 15 1b. bmpiettes.
Gum Trugacaiith 10 lb.
Phenol Crude 10 oz. * Boiler Compound^
Clovel 10 oz.
Gallniits CPowd.)
Allow gum to soak overnight in 7 gal. J’liie Itark (Powd.) 2 lb.
water; add phenol and pigments while Larch Hark (Powd.) 2 lb.
stirring; if too thick add more water and Itosni 1 lb.
then stir in the Clovel.
100 gni. of the above are used per
cubic meter of waiter.
* Prevention of Frothing and Foaming
in Aqueous Solutions Boiler Compound
Add 1% by weight or less of a 2 to Soda Ash 87
10
10 % solution of a metallic soap in pine Trisodium Phoafate
1
oil. The soap mav be aluminum, barium, Starch
calcium or zinc oleate or stearate. Tannic Acid 2

For CJhemictl Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Contaii|jai#etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
348 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
* Box Toe Composition Sod. Silicate 5
('sirbou i’lour 45
Wood Pulp 60
30 Tar suflScient to bind
Cotton Linters
Asbestos Fibre 10
'
An}^ thermoplastic sufficient to impreg-
• Carbon Remover
nate. Isopropyl Ether 10
Propylene Dichloride 10
* Brake Lining Ethylene Dichloride 10
Asbestos Fiber 45 Ohloronaphthalene 8
Magnesium Oxide .3.6

Rubber 18 * Carbon Deposits, Removing


Sulfur 9
(traphitc 6 The cylinders are heated a little above
65" C. and treated with fo^owing:
Litharge 6
Iron Oxide .3 Aniline 25
Kaolin 9.1 Alcohol 25
Benzene 25
* Brake Lining, Friction Material for Naphthalene
Bla(;k Clay 45
Zire.onium Oxide 25 * Catalyst, Oxidation
Feldspar 15 Platinum 0.3
Agalrimtolito 5 Ferric Sulfate 1.0
Magnesite 5 Magnesium Sulfate 98.7
Kaolin 5

•Brake-Lining, Treatment for Flocculated Clay

To insure smooth brake action the lin- A ape<’ial flocculated day of low acid-

ing is treated witli ity,which is especially suitable for com-


pounding with rubbjBr, is prepd., for ex-
Ground or Defloeculated
ample, as follows: 8 lb. of Florida clay
Graphite 1 oz.
aio pe)»ti/.('d in 6 gal. of soft HoO by
Light Lubricating Oil 16
the addn. of 0.5 oz. of sodium pyro-
Naphtha 17
phosphate and 0.75 g. of rosin. A rosin
Carbon Bisulfide 19
soup forms. The impurities are allowed
to settle and tlie clay is flocculated b\
• Hydraulic Brake Fluid adding 0.25 oz. of AL(S 04 );{.
Hydra-acetyl Acetone 40
Castor Oil 60 * Catgut and Tennis String,
Preservative for
• Brine Solution, Non-Corrosive Gelatin 3 lb. is cook||d with water 1

Calcium Chloride 40 gal. up to a temp, of about 95" with


Water 60 addn. and stirring in of about 1 oz. of
Zinc Chloride 0.4 red oil and the further successive addn.
of al)out 5 oz. glycerol and about 5 oz.
of tallow oil while maintaining a temp,
* Caking of Powders, Prevention of
of about 95° during the prepn. of the
of 1-5% of rice meal or compn.
flour provoits caking of powders and
cryst^a.
^ * De-inking Newspaper
Print removed from newspapers, etc.,
is
•Arc Carbons
by immersing them in 7 times their
Calcium Fluoride 40 weight of water containing 0.5% of Am.
Strontium Fluoride 10 Linoleate or Sodium Sulforicinoleate
Sodium Silicate 5 and 0.5% of carbon tetrachloride or car-
Carbon Flour 45 bon disulfide.
Tar suflScient to bind

* De-inking Newspaper
* Carbon Electrode
The paper is broken up and beaten for
A core is formed by baking 5-7 min. at 100-107" (1 atm.) in a solu-
Calcium Fluoride 40 tion containing NaOH (10 pts.),
Strontiipi Fluoride 10 Na 2B 407 (25 pts.) NagPO* (4 pts.),
MISCELLANEOUS 349

K2CO3 (1 pt.) in 00 pts, of 1X20. Ink rounded by n quantity of getter mixture.


pigments, etc., are removed by skimming These pellets are placed in a tube or
and the pulp is then washed. other chamber together with the coiled
filaments to be gettered and the tube lUld
contents vigorously agitated. This^orcA
Demulsifier
the getter mixture into the core of th*
Concentrated turkey red oil is a very
cod. The diethyl plithalatc present acts
effu ieut demulsifier and
used quite ex-
is
as a binder and causes the getter mixture
tensively in the oilfor breaking
fields
to pack so that future handling of the
petroleum emulsions. This material is coils will not e.isily displace the getter.
made by slowly adding 10% of sulphuric During the preheating and baking out
acid (00® Baum^) to pale blown castor of the lamp the diethU phthnlate is va-
oil. The above is allowed to stand for })onzed completely away from the mix-
two hours. It is then added to f<tur ture. The remaining getter material
times its volume of a half of one per cent comprising phosphorus in relatively
water solution of sodium chlomle and coarse condition, superficially coated with
mixed thoroughly. After about twenty- inert mm-inflantfnnble cyrolite (or so-
four hours the water will be precipitated, dium ferric^ fluoride) withstands U
whereupon the same is decanted and the higher baking temperature than the finely
remaining sulphonated castor oil is neu- divided phosphorus getter composition
tralized with ammonium hydroxide. heretofore employed.

* Light Elastic Compound * Electrode, Arc Lamp


Wood Charcoal Dust 85
Zirconium Fluoride 10
Cotton Linters 10
(’nrbon 30
Crepe Rubber 55
Calcium Fluoride 00
The above is to be worked on a rubber
mill aud may be vulcaniieed if demred.
* Electrolytic Conden.ser
An electrolite for above consists of
* Electric Lamp * ‘
Getter ’ ’

Sod. Steanile 20
The following formula is used for Diefh\lamine Stearate 10
coating lamp filaments for “cleaning- (dvcerol 05
up” deleterious residual gases. Water 5
Cryolite (Silk Bolted) 200 gm.
Red Phosphorus .'10 gnu Embalming Fluid
Alcoliol 2.30 cc. Glycerin 250
Mix the above in a ball mill for half Formaldehyde 15()5

an liour. Place in a tray; evaporate al- J’ot. Nitrate 150


cohol and dry at 110® C. Sift through Borax 40
200 mesh scrSl^nd bottle. Boric, Acid 120
The method^W application of this ad- Dark Ib'd BA Dye 0.4

mixture to tlie filament is as follows: Water 2800


Three hundred grams of metallic gran-
ulated zinc (between 20 and 40 mesh) Embalming Fluids
or other suitable non-absorbent material
Solution of I'ormuhleliyile 11 lb.
are placed in a casserole and approxi- (il^cerm 4 lb.
mately 3 grams of diethyl phthalate is Borate
Hodiuiii .
21^ lb.
added thereto. The admixture is stirred AloricAcid 1 lb.
until the zinc particles are uniformly Potassium Nitrate lb. ..

coated with the diethyl plitlialate. The Solution of Eosin, 1% 1 oz.


binder is retained upon the surface of Water enough to make 10
the zinc particles by surface tension ef-
fects. One hundred grams of the dry The sodium bonite, boric acid
tassium nitnite are dissolved in 0 gallons
and ^
getter admixture is then added and the
casserole and contents rotated so that the
of water; the glycerin is added, then the
binder wetted zinc particles pick up the solution of formaldehyde, and lastly the
dry powder and cause it to adhere to the solution of eosin, and the necessary

surfaces thereof by the adsorption of the amount of water.


diethyl phthalate. Another formula in vogue is as fol-
lows:
The finished getter material will sub-
stantially comprise a quantity of round Thymol 15 gr-
pellets made up of a core of zinc but- Alcohol ^%oz.
350 the chemical formulary
oz. Am. Chloride 5
Glycerin
oz. Mag. Carbonate 2 !?!
Water
Pot. Dichromate
* Embalming Fluid Wood Pulp 4’f^2
4 Paraffin Wax

Hydroxide 2.00
100
Glycerol 20
5 Flower Gardens (Chemical)
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Oleato 4 6 tablespoonfuls of salt
Sodium Orthoplienylphcnol 10 0 tablospoonfula of bluing
Sodium Oxalate 3 6 tublcspoonfuls of water
Color to suit. ( 1 tabJespoonful of ammonia water,

To the above add and pouring, after thorough mixing, over


Formaldehyde 32 a clinker, a piece of coke or of brick in
a broad bowl or dish. After the clinker
before using.
(or coke or brick) has been wet with the
liquid, drop on it a few drops of mer-
* Tissue Filler, Eiril^lmers curochroine solution or of red ink or
Celluloid Scrap 1 green ink. But do not use iodine, be-
Methanol ’
7 cause tliis reacts with ammonia water to
Castor Oil form the dangerously explosive nitrogioi
Oil Cloves % iodide, a black powder which is safe as
Triacctin 10 long as it is wet but explodes with a
Ethyl Methyl Ketone 7 loud re[»ort from very slight shock when
Eosin to suit color it is dry. After tlio materials have been
brought together, a coral-like colored
growth soon begins to appear on the
Embroidery Treatment
clinker. Thm-iicreases rapidly.
Cotton cloth is saturated with The growth al^t^ends to form on tin*
Alum 1 edges of the dish will climb up and
Aluminum Chlorate (20%) .3 over them unless the^^have been rubbed
Water 17 with vaseline. The growth will not ex-
Dry in air and embroidery is then tend beyond the vaseline.
worked on cloth. 'Phen dry in oven at The “depression flower garden” is a
80® F. Chlorine is liberated and attacks capillary plumomenon involving the ten-
cotton so tluit latter may be bruslied off
dency of ammonium salts to “creep.”
from embroidery. The saturated solution deposits crystals
around its edges and upon the ciinker
where the evaporation is greatest. Tho
Oxidation of Ether, Prevention of cry.stals are porous and act like a wick,
To every lb. of anaesthetic ether add sucking up more of the solution by
2 gm. Hydroquinonc. capillary action. Tli^^olution thus
sucked up evaporates to produce more
crystals, more wick, and more growth.
Fire Extinguisher
The addition of a little more ammonia
A
fire extinguislicr is absolutely nec- water to the dish will produce more
essary in the laboratory if the workers growth after tlie first growth has stopped.
are to be protected. Manufactured ex- Or the whole may be allowed to dry and
tinguishers are ratlier expensive, but the may then bo kept without further change.
following substitute is very eflicient. The “mineral flower garden” which
The metal part of a burned out elec- sometimes sell or display in their
florists
tric light bulb is removed. The tube used windows, depends upon an entirely dif-
to seal is dipped
tlio bulb in carbon ferent principle, that of osmosis or of
and the tube broken. The
tetrachloride, osmotic pressure. A solution of sodium
vacuum draws the liquid into the bulb. silicate or“water glass” is poured into
The break is scaled with wax. Fire ex- a jar or globe, and crystals of readily
tinguishing “bombs” of this t>q)e may soluble salts of certain metals which
be put in convenient places about the form colored and insoluble silicates are
laboratory. thrown in and allowed to sink to tho bot-
tom. Growths resembling marine plants
* Cliimney Fire Extinguisher
spring up from these crystals and in the
Pot. Chlorate 15.02 course of a few minutes climb rapidly
Sulfur 19.12 upward through the liquid, often branch-
Zinc P 9wd. 49.14 ing and curving, producing an effect
MISCELLANEOUS 351
which might lead one to believe that ho Gems, S\Tithetic
sees exotic algae growing in an aquarium.
Titanium Tetrafluoride
The experiment works best if the solu-
Beryllium Oxide
tion of water glass is diluted to a spe-
Iron Oxide
cific gravity of about 1.10.
Aluminum Oxide
Ferric chloride produces a brown
Magnesium Powder
growth; nickel nitrate, grass green;
Fuse together in a crucible and allow
cu{)ric chloride, emerald green; uranium
to cool slowly.
nitrate, yellow; cobaltous chloride or
nitrate, dark blue; and manganous ni-
trate and zinc sulfate, white. To Drill Holes in ^dass
jiy taking a good steel drill and wet-
ting with a saturated solution of cuni-
Freezing Mixture
jihor in oil of turpentine, holes may be
A mixture of 230 g. of NII,CNS, 30 g. rapidly and easily drilled through the
of NH4CI, and 300 cc. of H^O produces thickest plate gliiss.
a fall of temp, from IS** to —19°. In
crease of NH4CI content reduces the cool-
ing effect, which is thus well uuder
control.
12 and rosin 1 part are cooked together.
Gelatine Capsules Thirty parts of H/) are added and the
Gelatine 8 pa cooking continued. Twenty parts of
Water 8 IIuO and 2.j-3(l jiarts of glyci'rol are
Sugar 2 ,rta
then added. The prepn. can be put up
Glycerine « parts in cans. (2) A jirepn. uhicli can be put
Gum Arabic 1 part up in tubi'S IS propd. from soft soap (io,
glycerid 30 and turpentine 5 parts. ('!)
Proceed as ii rollers compo-
'rwenty parts of pa ratlin, 10 parts of
sition.
\\o<id oil and 70 parts of turpentine me
used in making a non-liNgioacopu' coiiipii.
Gelatine 3 lb.
Water .5 lb. Glycerine .Idly fur IiIicruscijjK'
Glycerine 0 oz. Mounting
Allow gelatine to eoak in water until Water 3 uz.
soft and dissolve on water bath. Add Glycerine ,3<^ 07,.

Glycc'rine and color solution if colored Gelatine »/. o/..

sheets aro desired. Pour measured Garbulic Acid 1 dr.


amount on polished plate glass that has Dissolve the gelatine in the water, and
been placed in alisolutely level po.sitioii when <lissol\('d add glycerine and car-
so that the solution will not lun off. bolic ac-i<J. Warm for 1.3 minutes stir-
Di.stribute Ijuiutioii evenly over surface ring contmuou.sly the uliole time. Do
by hand or xroh a finecomb. Allow to not heat above 7.3° G. Allow to cool and
rest until gelatine ha.s thoroughly set and on solidification dram off surplus water.
then place in ruck to dry. When dry, Keep jelly in a cool jilace in an uir tight
remove from glass by cutting to edges jar- *

with sharp blade and lifting gradually


off glass. Biological I'Lxing Fluid
The thickness of the sheet depends on These new fluids have been developed
the amount of solution poured on glass. as the result of intensive research and
About 12 oz. of above sol. poured on are more or less free from the above difS^
glass 20X24 will give a sheet 3/1000 cultics. Materials fixed in them rcrntthU
thick. soft and will not harden wlien placed in
a 70 per cent alcohol solution. In addi-
Glue Composition for Plaster Casting tion, all common stains may be used.
Molds Two of the solutions are given as fol-

Powdered Hide Glue part lows :


1
Glycerine parts
Cupric paranitrophcnol Fixing Solution
Water 1 part
GO per cent Alcohol 100 cc.
Sugar % part
Nitric Acid, sp. gr. 1,41-1.42 3 cc.
Finely Powdered Silica 1 part
Ether 5 cc.
Proceed as in printers rollers compo-
Cupric Nitrate, Crystals 2 gm.
sition.
Paranitrophenol, Crystals 6 gm.
352
the chemical formulary
Manganese Chloride 30 gr.
This fluid is perfectly Manganese Sulfate
of fixation, but 30 gr.
not limited as to duration
rate. On addition of water to the above, heat
has a slow penetration
is generated.
^ric-phenol Fixing Solution
#/ # Stock Solution A * Heat ProducingKJomposition

Diatillod Water 100 cc.


The following evolves much heat on
JSTitric Acid (as above) 12 cc.
addition of water.
Cupric Nitr|Lto (as above) 8 gra.
Sod. Acetate 87
Stock Solution H Sod. Hyposulfite 8^
80 per cent Alcohol 100 cc. Glycerol 3^
Phenol, Cryatala 4 gm. Calcium Chloride 1
Ether 6 cc.

These solutions a^
perfectly stable * Heat -Transfer Medium
and may bo kept in glasi^^ stoppered hot
ties, but the mixture does'n^t keep and
Many substances have been used in
the search for a suitable material for
for this reason the duratiolHj^must not
heat storage at high temperatures. Most
exceed forty-eight hours. For iiSei take:

Solution A one part; Solution B throe — organic materials decompose at compara-
tively low temperatures, and even di
parts. In using either fixing solution
heuyl, which is one of the most suit-
wash the material in several changes of'
is useless above about 900® F. Tlic
70 per cent alcohol.
Jieat-carricr should not decompose
ItiOlov^PUgi^ 1800® should be reasonable
F.,
Artificial Perspiration in price, n-corrosive, and ns fluid as
(Used in testing materials against de- water within th# widest possible rangi'
fects from perspiration.) of temperature,
Recently a sA^^ce named
^ S “N
Sodium Chloride 8 gm.
fluid” has been^dwSlIped, which appear.s
Acetic Acid 1 gm.
to approach very cIBlefjhjto this ideal. Ii
Butyric Acid i/i gm.
c,onsi.Ht.s of a mixture of inorganic snll.s
Water 1000 cc.
of the general fonnula R' Cl + R"' Cl.j,
c.g., 1 nod. NaCl with 1 mol. AlCh),
* Permanently Neutral Formaldehyde which solidifies to a homogeneous ma.ss
Commercial formaldehyde contains and at .'{02° F. liquefies into a well-de-
traces of formic acid and develops fur- fined solution which regulates its molecu-
ther amounts on standing. lar ratio by expelling excess of AlCl.^ if
In order to obtain a permanently neu- present.
tral solution, it is only necessary toadd
to the commercial acid reaction formalde- * Hydraulic Fluid
hyde a quantity of basic magnesium Water A 10 gal.
carbonate. Agitation or stirring may be Hoda A.sh 7 lb.
used to effect iutimate mixture. An ex- Soft Soap 2 lb.
cess of the salt does no harm. After Boil the above together and when dis-
neutralization the solution may be freed solveil run in with vigorous stirring
from the carbons te by filtration, decan-
tation or other suitable means. Fifteen
Lard Oil 2^ gal.

grams of hydrated basic magnesium car


* Ice-Skating Rink, Artificial
Donate is ample to neutralize six hundred
grams of commercial formaldelnde solu- A suitable floor is covered with
tion. The excess may of course be used Sod. Hyposulfite 70
again. The use of a larger quantity Borax 29
does not change the hydrogen ion con- Alum 1
Olbltration which is found to be 1 X 10-7. i.
The surface may be covered with a
tJda is, for all practical purposes, neu-
mixture of powdered soap and stearic
tral^
acid.

* Heat Producing Composition


* Incense
Powdered Iron 17 oz.
Manwnese Hydroxide 1 oz. An incense consists of redwood bark
Graphitic Carbon .30 gr. flour, 50.5 per cent by wt.; gum benzoin,
Ferric Chloride 30 gr. powdered, 9.90 per cent by wt.; gum
Ferrous Sulfate 30 gr. acacia, powdered, 16.50 per cent by wt.;
MISCELLANEOUS ^53

aromatic materials such as orris root, Printers Rollers Composition


yara yara, rose leaves, vetivcr, coumarin, Powdered Hide Glue 1 part
etc., about 22.34 per cent by wt. berga- (Jlycerine
;
ly^ parts
mot, oak moss, or other alcoholic extracts, Water 1 part.
0.55 per cent by wt.; and saltpetre, 0.(50 Sugar ^ part%
per cent ^ Jl Add glue and sugar to mixture of
water and glycerine and stir well. Al-
low to stand until glue is thoroughly
Aluminum Oleate
soaked and then place on water bath and
Distilled, Low Titre, Oleic melt. When mass is completely molten
Acid 282 lb. and all air bubbles hav^ risen to sur-
Caustic Soda 40 lb. face, It 18 ready to be poured into molds.
The aboA'e forms 304 lb. Sodium
Oleate.
Roller, Printers
Sodium Oleate 1824 lb.
^
Glue Highest Grade 20 lb.
Aluminum Sulphate (5(50 lb.
Water 20 lb.
The yield of Aluminum Oleate should
be 1740 lb.
Soak % hr.
To this add
White Corn Syrup 40 lb.
Lead Oleate Cook in double boiler for 2 hrs.
Distilled, Low Titre, Oleic Add
Acid 282 lb.
Ghceriue 16 lb.
Caustic Soda 40 lb.
Re/.ind No. 2 1 lb.
The above forms 304 lb. Sodium
Agitate with a high speed mixer until
Oleate.
uiiifonu and cast on a rubber core.
Sodium Oleate C'OS lb.
Lead Acetate 379 ll>.
*
Puncture Sealing Compound
The yield of Lead Oleate should be
7(59 lb.
(’iistor Oil 1/^ lb.
Talc 1 Vj oz.

*
Wood Flour 11/, oz.
Packing, Oil Ilesistant
Crepe Rubbi'r 40-50
Water % lb.
Gum Arabic % oz.
Carbon Black 20-40 Benzol oz.
Vi
(k)tton Linters 10-20 Clovel oz-
Ho
Clue 2- 5
(ilycerol 1- 2
"
Radiator, “Stop-Leak “ for
Diphenylguaiiudiuc 0.5- 1

Sulfur 2- 6 Fhix.seed Meal


Aliiuimuin Powder IV2
* Packing, Metallic Stuffing Box
Sod. Silicate 2%
(.’asein 2%
Finely Divided Lead 90
Wool Grease 8
• Radiator Solution, Anti Rusting
Graphite Powder 2
Saturated Soda Ash Solution S
Saturated Copper Sulfate Solution 1
* Pectin, Soluble Light ouiiceH of above used to 5 gal.
Sod. Bicarbonate 5- 10 water.
Tartaric Acid 12- 7
Pectin 10
* Refrigerant
Sugar 1000-1600
Methyl Formate
The above is a base for making jams
Alcohol Anhydrous
and jellies.

* Printing Blankets, Preservative for


• Refrigerant Leak Warning

Carbon Black 5 lb. Allyl Alcohol 0.5-1%


Beeswax 0.6 lb.
Long Chinawood Oil Varnish 8 gaL Chlorpicrin 0.5-2%
Japan Drier 3 qt. Either of the above is incorporated in
Turpentine 2 gaL the refrigerant. If any leak ocjinn it
Naphtha 7 qt. is auickly noticed.
354 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
• Shock Absorber Fluid The above forms Sodium Stearate,
Glycerol 1 300 lb.

Caustic Potash 1 Sodium Stearate 612 lb.

Water 73 Lead Acetate 379 lb.

Dissolve above in vessel fitted with a The yield of Lead Stearate, dry, should
high speed mixer and while stirring rap- be 773 lb.

idly run tlie following in slowly:


Red Oil 8-5 Zinc Stearate
Methanol 1 Double Pressed Stearic Acid 284 lb.
Mineral Oil 19 Caustic Soda 40 lb.

The above forms Sodium Stearate,


Soluble Starch
306 lb.
Lintncr Method: Potato starch is tri-
Sodium Stcanite 612 lb.
turated with 7.5 per cent hydrochloric
Zinc Sulphate 287 lb.
acid to a thin paste which is allowed to
stand 7 days at 40° C. The modified The yield of dry Zinc Stcanite should

starch is washed with cold water until be 631 lb.

the washings no longer redden litmus


paper and is then e.xpiessed and dried. Stiffeners for Toes of Shoes

Solomon Method: 100 gm. of starch Cumarone 12 lb.

is mixed with 1000 cc. of water in which l*etroleum 1 gal.

6 gm. of sulphuric acid has been previ- Ihne Od 2 11. o/.

ously dissidvcd. The mixture is then


boiled for 2Vj hours, after which the ex- * Thawing Composition
cess acid is removed by addition of
1 Athawing composition .substantially
barium carbonate and after filtration the
consisting of an intimate mixture of
filtrate is evaporated and the soluble
grains of crystallized anhydrous magiie
starch is precipitated by addition of alco
Slum chloride having the shapi* of thin
hoi. The precipitate is collected and
tablets of a length not exceeding about
dried.
2 millimeters, and about one per cent of
Leulier Method: 25 gm. of wheat a finely powdered alkali chromate.
stiirch is mixed with 100 gm. of alcohol
(95%) containing 5 gm. of concentrated
sulphuric acid. This mixture is heated
* Snow tind Ice Melter
in a flask provided with an invert con Salt 25
denser and is then boiled for 30 minutes. Am. Chloride 50

The modified starch is collecti'd on a Mag. Sulfate 25


plain filter and is washed olT with either The above may be diluted with silica
cold water or alcohol until the washings sand and water.
no longer redden litmus paper. The
washed starch is then dried. Copper Tubing, Bending
Filltubing completely wdth molten lead
* Soot Destroyer
and bend around w'ood form. When bent
Salt 285
heat and drain nut lead.
Zinc Powder 14
Anthracite Coal Powd. 6
Hard Charcoal Powd. 3.5 Ultra Violet Filter
A useful for absorbing ultra vio
filter

Aluminum Stearate let light inconnection with fluorescence


Double Pressed Stearic Acid 284 lb. photography consists of a 2% solution
of Sod. Nitrite in a glass cell 1 cm. in
Caustic Soda 40 lb.
thickness.
The above forms Sodium Stearate,
306 lb.
Anti-Rot Compound for Wood
Sodium Stearate 1836 lb.
Aluminum Sulphate 606 lb. Sodium Fluoride 2 lb.

The yield of dry Aluminum Stearate Water 98 lb.

should be 1752 lb.

X-Ray Screen, Fluorescent


Lead Stearate Sodium Tungstate 29 gm.
Double Pressed Stearic Acid 284 lb. Calcium Chloride 11 gm.
Caustic Soda 40 lb. Sodium Chloride 58 gm.
MISCET.LAXKOrS 355

The whole is intimately mixed, and * Decolorizing Carbon


heated in a crucible. The result of the
Pulverized bitumiiioua coal is mixed
reactionproduced by the heat is that
with an aq. .solution of an alkali salt,
calcium tunj^.state is foimed, which cr\a-
p.g., N’.ioCOj (dO-lO^^ of the coal), and
talli/es out t'lom the molten sodium
a wetting agent, t.g., sol. .soap (1%).
cliloiide as the m^ cools. Altei ct)ol-
1'he Ib.O is boiled olV whih' conlinuing
ing, mass is l^oved fiom the cru-
the
the agitation and the mixfiiie is ndoited
cible and uasJied with watei to dissolve
the excess sodium clilonde. The jtowder
at a led Iieat m
absence of air and with
aioidaiice of flitting. Tlu' juiwdiT may
IS then diied and spnnkk'd on a jjummy
now I'O used aftei cooling, but is im-
sheet of still paper, and when dry makes
pioied by lurtlier lieatnient in n pan the
a good fluoiescent screen for expeiimen-
lid of which IS ailjusted to keep the mass
tal purposes.
just glowing by <‘oinbu.s(u)u, until Nll_,
cea.se3 to be evohed.

Simple Azo Oil Dye


Sweeping ComiMuind.s
(I)
Sweeping Comimiinds are usually made
Ortho Toluidine 1 oz.
to contain a laige percentage oi’ filler,
Sulphuric Acid 2 oz.
siieh as clean sand nml sawdii'-t. Dm^
Sodium Nitrito oz.
well known inixtiin* is niadt' by dis,solving
M'ater. Ice.
4 onnc<-s of seiiiiielined painllin wn\ in I
(11) gallon of low liscosily lubricating ml;
Iteta Naphthol % oz.
the wax being added to tlie hot oil. A diy
('austic Soda IVi oz. mixtuie IS piepansl consisting of saw-
Water. Ice.
dust 2d pounds; clean sand 10 pounds,

Piocedure and salt three (piarter pound, nml then


the Inbncaling ml i.s tlimoiighly incur-
1. ^^lx Ortho Toluidine and acid. poiati'd with this. \Vhil(‘ iniving the.so
2. Add 8 ounces of water. mateiials about 2 mine's of an mlori/iiig
.'k Add ice until temperature drojis to oil, such as cloNcl or cedar, may be added
4° {'.

4. Dissolve Sodium Nitrite in (i ounces


of water. ‘Thawing f’ornposition Suitable for Fse
5. Add solution to Ortho Toluidine on b’ailway Switches, lOtc.
and acid slowly. Blown fumes will Ota ins of cn.st. anhyd. MgCIo having
evoUe. Sfr until fumes cease. This tli(> sliape of thin tablets of a huigth not

should take about Id minutes. 'I'lin exceeding about 2 nun. are mixed with
IS pait 1. abmit r/c of a finely powd. alkali cliio-
6. Dissohe the Beta Naphtlud in the mate.
Caustic Soda in 1 qiiait of water.
Cool with ice to 10® C. This is
* Comjxi'^if ion to l*re\cnt Moisture
part II.
Accumulation on Class
7. To add part 1 stirring all
jiait II
the time. An oiange coloied pri*- To a satd. soln. of N’aCl are added
cipitate will foim. Filler, wash and
."0 g. of K.VO;,, 2.1 g. of gelatin and
dry. IdO g. of 107c IlCl, and the mixt. is
boiled.
Note: Make sure receptacles for both
parts I and enough.
11 are large
Radiator Solder
Do not inhale fumes pioduced.
Flaxseed Meal 100
Aluminum Powder 1-2
Mix togellier until all the flaxseed is
* Foam Prevention Agent i-oxeicd with Aluminum. AVhen this is
To reduce foaming of glvcol anti- a(bh‘(| the water in a leaky autoino
to
freeze mixtures fiom U. 01-0.10% Calcium bile radiator, it swells and jdugs up nil
Acetate is added. leaks as the water eiiculates.
OILS, FATS, GREASES, LUBRITANTS,
CUTTING OILS
•Gfraphite Lubricant
The wTighed fat is placed in a steam
Graphite 85
jacketed kettle equipped with a paddle
Gum Tragacanth 10
type agitator and a small portion of tlic
Triethanolamine 1.6
Petroleum Oil, about half the volume of
Sod. Naphthionate 2
the fat, is added. Next the lime is
Water 250-400
hydrated and mixed with sufficient water
Graphite Suspension to form a thin paste. The lime is added
to the material in the kettle and the
Diglycol Stearate 4
whole is cooked for several hours with
Water 100
continuous agitation. When a small por-
Heat to 60® C. and remove heat and tino of the soap on cooling is firm and
stir until a milky dispersion is formed. brittle the remainder of the Petroleum
Add with stirring Oil is added slowly to avoid chilling. The
Graphite 10-20 agitation is continued until a uniform
grease without lumps is formed.
• Lubricating Grease Base
Japan wax and castor oil (1-1.2 pts.
each) are melted and compounded with Locomotive Rod Cup Grease
A1 stearate (3 pts.) and the cooled base 35 parts Tallow
is pulverised and compounded with a 6.5 parts Sodium Hydroxide
mineral oil. 50 parts Steam Refined Cylinder Oil
10 parts Water
Cup Greases
.
Pressure Driving Journal Grease
114 parts Fat 40 parts Tallow
16 parts Quicklime 7 parts Sodium Hydroxide
870 parts Petroleum Red Oil prefer- 45 parts Steam Refined Cylinder Oil
ably 500 Vise, at 100“ F. or
10 parts Watef
over
No. 1
123 parts Fat Cup Grease
17 parts Quicklime Lard OilExtra No. 1 150 gal.
855 parts Petroleum Pale Oil 100 Inedible Tallow ||300 lb.
Vise, at 100® F. Hydrated Lime 198 lb.
Western Mineral Lubricat- •
No. 2 ing Oil 900 gal.
140 parts Fat Water 75 gal.
19 parts Quicklime OilMirbano 6 lb.
840 parts Petroleum Palo Oil 100
Vise, at 100® F, Specifications
Mineral oil. Viscosity 180 to 100® F.
No, 3
(Saybolt) Color between 9 and 10%
157 parts Pat
(Robinson). Sp. Gravity 19 to 21.5
22 parts Quicklime
BaumA
820 parts Petroleum Pale Oil 100 Vise,
Extra No. 1 Lard. Color red or brown.
at 100“ F.
Should not contain more than 7% free
No. 5 fatty acid calc., as oleic.
Inedible tallow. Clear, fresh and free
205 parts Fat
Quicklime from dirt. M. Pt. not less than 110® F.
34 parts
Free fatty acid not more than 5%.
760 parts poti oleum Oil

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) arc covered by patents.

356
om, FATS, GREASES, LUBRICANTS, CUTTING OILS 357
Hydrated Lime. Finely powdered. Procedure
Contain about 27% to 28% Water and
Charge in closed pressure cooker of
66.6% available CaO. {A.S.T.M. Tenta- 12 barrels capacity, 30 to 50 gallons of
tive Standards.)
oil or tailings from previous butch.
Procedure Run into pressure kettle, 150 gallons of
lard and 300 lb. of molted tallow.
Charge in aiBbpen steam jacketed Mix in .soparato container:
kettle 50 gallon of the oil, slop cup
Mineral Oil 30 gal.
grease, or tailings from the previous
liydiateJ Limo lOS lb.
batch.
Water 10 gal.
Charge into the kettle, the lard oil and
tallow Add this to kettle.

Mix iu separate vessel 198 lb. hydrated Clo.'^e and fasten manhole or opening.
lime, 30 gallons mineral oil, 75 gallons Te.st lor lc;iks by admiitiug compiessed
water. air pre.ssuie of 15 lb. Is icmhed.
till

Add this mixture to kettle and start ReleuM’ picssuie, cIon' relief xal\e.
agitating paddles. Tuiii on steam in j:ickct. Fri'ssiuo of
Turn on steam in jacket and bring tom- 100 lb. required. Rot;ite paddles at 38
jicrature of contents of kettle to 300° F. r.i».m.
in from 2 to 4 hours. Maintain pressure ki ttle at temp, not
Allow lime soap formed to stand in le.ssthan ,300° F. and 50 to 80 lb. pres-
kettle over night with steam on but with- sure for 20 minutes.
out agitating. In open steam jacketed mixer of 30
Test soap to find if saponification is bariels cajmcKy Ijiiiig al)out 5(> gallons of
complete, and estimate water content. slop gre:ise to tem[>. of 225° to 205° F.
Soft pasty consistency indicates incom- Open vaho on 12 banel kettle and
plete saponification or too much water. allow soap to be discharged uiid(‘r its
Stringy more or less tianspaieiit soap own pressuie into large ojien mixer.
denotes exccssi\e watei evapmation. Start piiddles and begin adding oil till

Soaji should be fiim and bieak evenly but volume of oil is 400 gallons.
should not ciumble too readils (('xcess Bring to 212° F.
lime). Corrections should be nuule by Oil added to 750 gallons.
adding from 1 to 5 gallons Na01I(2() B.) Add 4 gallons wab'r. Temp, 180° to
or in ca.se of excess lime an appropuate 18.5° F.
amount of tallow’. Stir 10 minutes.
Kun in mineral oil till total oil in kettle Add mirbaue and balance of mineral
18 400 gallons. Hi'at to 212° F. oil.

Hun in additional oil to 750 gallons. Htir 15 to 20 minutes. Ihll at 100° to


Scrape down sides of kettle and add 170° F.
slowly 4 to 10 gallons water. Tempera-
ture should be 180° to 185° F. Graphite (tup Greaso
Stir 10 minutes.
Add oilmirbano. 1. Grapliite Cup Grease.
Run in remainder mineral oil (150 Per cent
gallons). by weight
Stir iPlo 20
minutes. Cup Grease No. 2 93.00
Fill 1(30° F. to 170° F. Medium Ground Graphite 2.00
Grease produced is of medium con- American Talc 5.00
.^istency known us No. 3. Its melting
point is 190° F. to 195° F. and consis- Graphite Lubricant.
tency as taken by A. S. T. M. penetrom- Cup Grease No. 2 86.29
eter at 77° F. is 180. Steam Refined Cylinder Stock 6.80
Powdered Plumbago
(Graphite) 6.91
Manufacture of Cup Grease by Pressure
Cooking Marino Graphite Grease.
Cup Grease Cup Grease No. 2 92.00
Extra No. 1 Lard l.'JO gal. Fine Ground Graphito 8.00
Water 14 gal.
Western Pale Oil (180 Special Graphito Grease.
Viscosity) 900 gal. Hard Tallow 10.00
Powdeied Hydrated Lime 198 lb. Dark Petrolatum 80.00
No. 1 Inedible Tallow .300 lb. Fine Graphite 10.00 .

(3il .Mirbriiir 6 lb.

For Chemical Advinors, Special Raw tfatariaU. Equipment, Contalnem, etc., eonault SaoDir
Section at end of book
358 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
* Grease, Lubricating
Slushing Oil (for foreign shipment)
Neutral 28" Paratlin Oil 4^ gal. Cottonseed Fatty Acids 16
Anhydrous Lanolin 00 oz. Crude Montan Wax 21.4
Slaked Lime 3.5
Caustic Soda 0.36
*
Wool Lubricant Heavy Black MinersLpil 58.2
100 parts of olive oil or urachis oil or
a mineral lubrieatirif^ oil or fiee olcic
Water % 2.7

Stainless Steel Lubricant


acid or mixtuios thereof aro emulsified
with 250 parts of water and 5 parts of Lubricant for Drawing and Forming
the triethanolamine salt of the acid Stainless Steel
phosphoric ester of cetyl alcohol, if di'* Heavy Drawing Compound 1 gal.
sired with the addition of 3 parts of glue Hot Water 1 gal.
powder, or of other animal or vegetable luthopone 2 lb.
protective colloids, or of soaps or of an Flowers of Sulphur % to 1 lb.

agent of the typo of Turkey-red oil or of Cresylic Acid 1 oz.


other siilphonation products of vegetable
* Mill Grease
or animal fats or oils. The emulsions arc
then brought to the desired dilution with 2G.2 parts by weight of Bosin Oil
from 2 to 35 times their weight of wal el- 12.2 part.s by weight of Tallow
and are employable for exainplo as oil- 59.0 parts by weight of Oil (500
ing agents in making shod<ly or in spin- second Saybolt at 210® F.)
ning fibrous materials or in brightening 3.2 pails by weight of Sodium
dyed fabiics. Hydroxide
All of the tallow is mixed wdth one-half
of the oil and all of the sodium hydroxide
Thread Crease
(which may bo dissolvi’d in a small
1 11). Lanolin (dry) amount of water) in a conventional kettle
2 oz. Vaseline provided with heating and agitating
Melt No. 1 and No. 2 and add 3 oz. means. Tlii.s mixture is heated, with
camphor. agitation, to a temperature of about 375
to 450° F., preferably about 4()()° F.,
until the tallow has been completely
Cordage Greaso
saponified.
Degras 30
The losin oil is next added, the heat-
Kerosene (Heavy) GO
ing and agitation being continued, and
Caustic Soda (3(1® Be.) 10
the tempeiature is again raised to about
Warm together and stir until uniform. 400® F. (375 to 450®) to effect a reaction
between the excess alkali and the rosm-
acid.
•Lubricating Grease, High Temperature
Finally, with continued heating and
Mineial oil of a viscosity of not less
agitation,the other half of the oil is
than 1)0 sec. Haybolt at 100“ is mixed and
added and the temperature is again
heated with an A1 salt of a fatty acid
brought to 400° F. (375° to 450° F.).
such as A1 steal ate constituting 1.5-45%
The mixtuic should be neutral or slightly
of the total mass, at temps, of about
and if the reaction
alkaline at this point
70-125“ and the mass is rapidly chilled
is acid, a calculatedamount of fiodium
to pi event reversion.
hydroxide should be added. The grease
is then ready to be poured into moulds.
* Grease, Lubricating The mill grease prepared by this proc-
markedly different from and
A lubricating grease is manufd. by e.ss is

mixing 0.5% of rubber latex with 9.5% superior to greases formed by the usual
A1 stearate and 90% hydrocarbon oil, and process which consists in saponifying a
heating the mixt. with agitation to de- mixture of fatty acid and rosin. Instead
hydrate the latex and produce a trans- of a grainy, soft, low melting composi-
parent homogeneous texture and aubso- tion a smooth, clear, hard, elastic, high

queutly cooling. melting mill grease that shows unprece-


dented wear resistance is obtained.

* Lubricating Grease, Gasoline Proof Leather Stufllng


Oleic Acid 2.5 Ozokerite 6
Ammonium Linoleate 17.5 ParaflSn Wax 8
Glycerol 37 Rosin Oil 40
Lubricating Oil 35 Mineral Oil 48
OILS, FAT8, GREASE8, LUBRICANTS, CUTTING OILS 3S9
• Emulsified Fluid Lubricant Then, after all tho dilute carbonate solu-
tion has been added, tho composition
The soap base or emulsifier is first pre-
liquefies and produces an unstable emul-
pared. 3U0 pounds of elaine oil (com-
sified liquid from which water and oil will
mercial oleic acid) are heated in a kettle
separate in a few days.
to 100®-110° C. and 300 pounds of water-
A permanent concentrated emulsion,
wlute grade rosm^lire added, preferably
which will not separate, even though it is
in two equal por tiros, and the healing is
heated to the boiling point or cooled to
continued until solution is complete. The
the ficczing point, may be foimed if the
solution is then cooled to about 95" C.,
ingredieuis aie propeily combined. Placo
and a solution of caustic potash contain-
the soda ash solution in the crutcher and
ing 102 pounds of water and 47 pounds
gradually add the solution of soap base
of 88-92% KOH (sufficient to sajiGnify
in oil to tho soda ash solution while stir-
73% of the elaine oil) is slowly added.
ring. The resulting compound contains
The contents of the kettle are heated
about 50% water, and the emulsion will
from 95° to 101° C. for about an hour
not break on standing, heating or cool-
until the foam caused by the liberated
ing.
carbonic acid disappears, and complete
saponification has been effected between
The concentrated emulsion is used to
make a suitably thinned emulsion such as
tlie caustic potash and a portion of the
cutting oil or emulsion. One xolumo of
fatty acids. Then liquid is then cooled.
the eonoeniruted emulsion mny be diluted
The cooled thick soapy liquid is next
with 9 volume.s of water for making a
thinned, and the soap content is increased
cutting compound.
and rendered more effective as an emulsi-
fier by adding an alcohol, such as de-

natured alcohol, and ammonia. The


• Lubricant
ammonia, however, is not, as a rule,
added in sufficient amount to saponify all An such as a mineral oil is mixed
oil

tho fatty acids. Tf concentrated am- with 3-5% of a Na, Zn or Ca soap and
monia or a dilute water solution thereof with 5-15% of an amide or anilide such
IS added diicctly to the soap solution, a us stearic, palmitic, oleic or arachidic
stringy, ropy product, which is not an anilide to increase tlie viscosity of tho
efficient emulsifier, will result. The ropi- material.
ness can be prevented by first mixing the
ammonia with denatured alcohol and then
* Lubricating Composition
adding the mixture to the soap solution.
Mix 98 pounds of 95% denatured aicohol Mineral Oil (300 Hayboll) 100
with 31 pounds of ammonia (26° B6.) Steal 1 C 'loluule 5
and slowly stir the mixture into the soap Melt together at 230° P. and tin 'll cool
solution. The icsulting solution is a quickly to congeal.
syrupy liquid containing ammonia and
potash soaps and i.s used to mix with the
neutral oil in making tlie emulsion. • Upper Cylinder Lubricant
The concentrated liquid emulsion is
A lubricant to be added to gasoline
made by adding a solution of 21 gallons
consusts of
of neutral oil, such as paraffin oil, and
Ca'^oline 120
3 Vi gallons of the soap base, previously
Benzol 15
mixed together, to a dilute solution of
Preferably, add the above Toluol 20
soda asli.
50
mixture to a solution made by adding 3.2 (,'ainphor
Ether 20
pounds of an alkaline compound, such ns
Caibon Bisulfide 10
soda ash, to 2i^/j gallons of water. The
Castor Oil 40
soda ash is present in such quantity that
Mineral Oil 50
it reacts with the remaining fatty acids
I’etrolatum 470
and is preferably present in excess so as
Clovel 5
to act as a softening agent for the addi-
tional water that is added to the emulsion
before it is utilized.
•Lubricant, Journal Box
A concentrated emulsion may be made
by adding the soda ash solution to a solu- Potash Coc. Oil Soap (40%) 100

tion of the soap base in tho oil a m Water 30


Neat’s-foot Oil 3
crutcher, but when the ingredients are
product Graphite 3
combined in this manner, the
3
gradually thickens when about of the % ('ocoanut Oil
6.25
dilute carbonate solution has been added. Sod. Stearate
360 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
prevents hot-boxes on Boring Oil
•’he above
railroad cars. A. 1. Oleic Acid 15
2. Thin Mineral Oil 75
3. Caustic Soda (40“ B4.) 5
•Lubricant, Non-greasy
4. Alcohol 5
Cellulose Acetate 100
Diethyl PhthaJlate 100 Warm 1 and 3 |tfth stirring until
Ethyl Lactate 100 uniform and while mmng vigorously run
into it 2 and 4.

Bicycle Chain Lubricant


B. Turkey Brown Oil 30
]2 kg. of rosin oil, 25.0 kg. of mineral
Thin Mineral Oil 50
oil, 1.0 kg. of 10“ B6. KOH, 4.5 kg. of
Caustic Soda (20“ B^.) 10
Ca(OH) 2 35.0 kg. of flake graphite and
,
Alcohol 10
22.5 kg. of mineral oil. The rosin oil and
flrst portion of mineral oil are mixed and
G. Rozolin 18
The Ca(OH )2
emulsified in the alk. soln.
Thin Mineral Oil 74
and graphite are ground with the second
Caustic Soda (40“ BA) 5
portion of mineral oil, and well mixed
Isopropyl Alcohol 5
with the emulsion.

D. Naphthenic Acid 25
Lubricant for Dies and Plates Red Oil 25
Thin Mineral Oil 100
(for moulded clay products)
Caustic Soda (24“ B^.) 25
No. 1. — Thoroughly
mix, with both in- Alcohol 25
gredients lukewarm, one part of S|tponi-
fied Red Oil and five parts of kerosene. E. Rosin Oil 10

No. 2. Melt ten pounds of Double Red Oil 10
Pressed Saponified Stearic Acid to just Thin Mineral Oil 70
above the melting point and add ninety Caustic Soda (36“ B^.) 5
pounds of kerosene with brisk agitation Methanol 5
to obtain a thorough mixture.
The above are mixed wath water for
use.
Gun Lubricant
Wliito Petrolatum 150 Rayon Lubricant (Partly Soluble TyjK')
Bono Oil (acid free) 50 70 to 80 parts Water White Mineral
Od
Graphite Grease 10 to 20 parts Mineral Seal Oil (used
Ccresin 70 for cheapening cost of production)
Tallow 70 10 to 15 parts Neat’s-foot Oil (30
F. C. T. grade)
Heat together to 80“ C. and work in
Adjust proportions to 100 parts.
Graphite 30
Add in order named, agitato slowly and
warm until thoroughly mixed.
• Lubricant, Inorganic Allow sample to stand for a short time
The following formula gives a lubri- to see if satisfactory.
cant which is water soluble and not
hygroscopic or delic|ucflccnt under ordi-
Rnyon Lubricant (Insoluble Type)
nary conditions. It is particularly useful
50 to 100 parts Water White Mineral
in systems carrying benzol, turpentine,
Oil
oils and other water insoluble liquids.
0 to 50 parts Mineral Seal Oil
Glacial Phosphoric Acid 100
2 Adjust to viscosity and use desired for,
Boric Acid
with cost included in the final proportions
Orthophosphoric Acid 1%
used.
Heat to 122“ C. and cool.

Open Gear Lubricant


• Anti-oxident for Oils and Waxes
A home-made mixture of % lb. white
0.1% Tin Naphthenate is dissolved lead, % gal. cylinder oil and % lb. flake
with heat in mineral oils and waxes to graphite makes an especially eflicient
inhibit oxidation. lubricant for open gears, according to
lAnlc-Belt Shovel Newt. This mixture
OILS, FATS, GREASES, LTTBRICANTS, CUTTING OILS 3C1

aJheres well to the gea|| and can be into this and then add 5 with stirring.
painted on with a brush os required at This produces a flear, stable, ‘

soluble"’
intervals of about five hours. Cup grease oil.

may bo substituted for the oil and the If 70 parts water are added slowly,
graphite may be omitted. Omission of with stirring, to 10 parts of the above,
the graphite is ncA advisable in warm a beautiful white stable emulsion results.
weather.
^ The amount of water may be larger or
smaller as needs require. This emulsion
Solid Lubricant is useful as a lubricant, cutting oil, polish
1. Eosin 9 or agricultural spray.
2. Machine Oil 82
3. Caustic Soda (40® B4.) 9
Mineral Oil Softener
Melt and 2 together and heat
1
(For Use on Sulfur After-Trcated and
to and run 3 into it slowly
100® C.
Vat Dyo Blacks or Dark Blues. Also
with stirring and rai.so temperature to
as a Soluble Cutting Oil)
110-120° C.
Sulfonated Fish Oil
• Candlc.s, Non-sticking (sperm 75%) 20 to HO parts
To prevent candles from sticking to I’ale raralliu Oil 70 to SO parts
mold incorporate 5% of glycol or glycerin Adjust proportions on a 100 parts basis
in wax mixture. as to consistency de.sired. lliat tisli oil
until clear. Agitate and tlieii add the
parafhn oil cold and agitate again until
Valve Lubricant
the mix is clear. If desired for summer
rnaffected by gas and high tem- use the initial heating is sufficient, but
peratures. for winter use it is desirable to heat a
1. Barium Stearate .50 second time.
2. Mineral Oil 40 Test for u.sr. A ten p<*r cent solution
3. Talc 10 in a blank solution should not separate

Beat 1 and 2 together with slow on boiling. It is desirable that these tests
nii.\ing at 120-150° C. until di.ssolved be made on the material to b«* [irocessed
work m 3. bO as to see rf any miiii'ral oil murks show
up on the finished material.
* Castor Oil, Sulfonating
Oils, fats and fatty acids and their Dry Powdered Lubricant
mixts. (such as castor oil) arc treated Zinc Stearate CO
with H2SO4 of at least 1.80 sp. gr. and in Talc 50
a proportion of 4.j-100% the wt. of the This is of advantage on machinery in
material to be sulfonated. The acid is nulls where while goods aie handled us
rapidly added with continuous .stirring this lubi leant will not discolor goods.
and the reaction mixt. is simultaneously
cooled at least to 10-15® and the product
is thereafter immediately washed in a Cutting Oil Emulsions
salt solu., the latter is drawn off and the The term “cutting oil” is apjilicd to
product is finally at least jiartially
soluble lubricating oils winch are used us
neutralized. macliiiie lubricants. In lathe and speed-
tool operatioiib the fiist requirement is a
* Castor Oil, Thickening cooling medium which will carry heat
HNO3 of 80-85® Tw. is gradually away from the cutting edge. In addi-
added to about Si) times as mucli castor tion, a ct-rlain amount of true lubricant
oil at a temp, of about 43°, and the temp, i.s advantageous, and both of these re-
is allowed to rise to about 115® and main- quirements are sati-sfied by a dilute oil
tained until “crackling" ceases. emulsion. With the proper oil and
emulsifying agent, the corrosive action of
Cutting or Spraying Oil the water is likewise decreased and rust-
ing of steel prevented. In practice a
1. Mineral Oil 280 lb.
soluble oil is used to produce a 5 to 25
2. Misciljol 32 lb.
per cent oil emulsion, and this is flowed
3. Oleic Acid 24 lb.
over the cutting edge and continuously
4. Water 15 lb.
r<3circulated.
5. Denatured Alcohol 10 lb.
One of the most important re(]|uire*
Mix 1, 2 and 3 mechanically until dis- ments of a soluble oil for cutting is its
solved. Heating speeds solution. Stir 4 dependability. It should not separate
362 the chemical formulary

when left in open containers and it Type B-^luble Cutting Oils


should always emulsify in water with only These are stirred while heating
until
the simplest stirring methods. The rcsuit- saponification is completed.
ing emulsion should also remain stable
1. Red Oil 6
and uniform, a live per cent emulsion not
Rozolin 8
separating oil in 24 hours. Soluble oils
Caustic Soda (36® BS.) 4
fulfilling these qualifications can bo made
Ccllosolve 4
with Triethanolamine. This agent, for i

Mineral Oil 78
one thing, permits the use of oils of high
lubricating value which are otherwise
difficultly craulsiliablc. In addition it 2. Rosin 5
yields emulsions of such high dispersion Rozolin 10
and uniformity that lower concentrations Caustic Soda (35“ B6.) 3.6
of oil in water than are customary can Butyl Cellosolve 3.4
be used with equal lubricating effect. Mineral Oil 78
Another interesting
application for
soluble oils is in the lubrication of textile
3. Rozolin 12
machinery. The elimination of ordinary
Paiaffin Oil (28“ B6.) 81
oil spots from fabrics is usually an ex-
Caustic Soda (35“ BA) 3.6
pensive hand operation. On tho other
Alcohol 3.4
hand, when the spot is caused by a soluble
oil, it may be completely and readily re-
4. Castor Oil 10
moved in tho regular scouring operation.
Rozolin 6
If a stiffer lubricant, more of the texture
Degras 1.7
of a grease, is desired, this can bo made
Mineral Oil 45.4
of any consistency by stirring thoroughly
Water 27.1
up to 20 per cent water into one of tho
Bolublo oils. Another way of making a
Caustic Potash (35“ BA ) 9.5

soluble grease consists in melting 10 per The above are mixed with 3-10 times
cent of stearic acid into a lubricating oil, as much water before using. They are
and then emulsifying this with an equal stable in presence of hard water.
weight of hot water containing 4 per cent
Triethanolamine.
Typo C — Sulfur Cutting Oil
Kesin Soluble Cutting Oil Rozolin 25
Rosin 5
Kosin 7.5 lb.
Mineral Oil 30
100 vise. Spindle Oil 2.5 gal.
Sulfo Turk G 20
Oleic Acid 0.0 lb.
Sulfur 15
100 vise. Spindle Oil 5.5 gal.
32“ Be. Caustic Soda Pine Oil 5
4.0 lb.
Alcohol 2.1 lb. Heat with stirring at 350“ F. until dis-
solved.
Yield 10 gal. The above is dissolved in 4-20 times its
volume of hot mineral oil for use.
Heat tho rosin with the first portion of
the spindle oil at a temperature of about
212“ F. until the former is melted, then
* Cylinder Oil
add the other ingredients in the order
listed. The alcohol should bo added when Cylinder oil is made by heating to
the batch has been cooled to room tem- 400“ F. heavy steam-refined lubricating
peratures. oil 9, with A1 stearate 0.3, asphaltic ma-
terial 2 and lard oil 8.5 parts, cooling the
•“Cutting” Oils mixt. and adding 80 parts of heavy,

The following formulae are used for steam-refined lubricating oil.


cooling high-speed cutting tools.

Typo A —Waterless Cutting Oils • Dewaxing Lubricating Oil


1. Bozolin 26 The oil is mixed with about
2.5 times
Wool Grease 10 itsquantity of a diluent comprising ben-
Lard Oil 15 zene 65, acetone 25-32 and naphtha
Mineral Oil 50 3-10% and the mixt. is chilled to about
2. Hozolin 20 — 20“, the solidified wax is mechanically
Degras 5 sepd. from the chilled oil, and the diluent
Mineral Oil 76 is distd. from the dewaxed oih
OILS, FATS, GREASES. LUBRICANTS. CUTTING OILS
Drawing Kerosene 100
A. Rozolin 28 Light ParalKn Oil 70
Caustic Potash (38® B4.) 10
Thin Mineral Oil 64
Oil, Penetrating
B. Degras 40 For fleeing rusted bolts, screws, etc.
Rosin 29 Keiosenc 20
Rozoil 21 •Mineral Oil Light 70
Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 10 Secondary liutyl Alcohol 10

C. Tallow 10
Pine Oil, Solidified
Thin Mineral Oil 10
Japan Wax 1 Trihydrox}eth\lamino Linuleate 1
Caustic Soda (40® B4.) 4.2
Pine Oil 10
Water 8

* Fish Oil, Purifying Poicelain Mold Oil


About 5% dry Ca(OII)2 and CaO Stearic Acid 24
are mixed with fish oils, agitated and O/okerite 1
filtoicd. By this treatment the fish oils Paradin Wax
are deodoiized, decolorized and stabilized. Heavy Mineral Oil 82

Increasing Viscosity of Oils R.ayon Lubricating Oil


(insoluble type that can be used on the
The viscosity of animal, vegetable or
mineral oils is increaseil by dissolving dipiung whizzing method of oiling \ains)
therein 7-10% Fthyl Cellulose. 70 -SO parts of Wati'r White Mineral
Oil
20-30 parts Mineral Seal Oil
* Lubricating Grease Base
Waim water and mineral oil while
Lead Oleato 5 stirring tln'n add mineral seal, jiiopoi-
Castor Oil 15 tions may be adjusted to gid the dcsiied
Sperm Oil 5 take-up of oil on the ia\oii jams.
Aluminum Stearate 75

Soluble Oils
* Insulating Oil, Refining The name “solulde has been given
oil

The oil IS tieated with 95-0s% II2SO4 to a clear oil .solutionwhich emulsifies of
(15-50 separated,
for 1‘2-2 hr.,
it>elf when added Such an oil
to water.
posse.sses .Mime advantages over an ordi-
neutralized, ashed, and dried. It is then
nal \ emulsion. In the fii.'?l place, it has
treated with absoibent material ((h5%),
e.g., S1O2 fuller’s eailli. The puri- a good ap[)eaiance since it is a cleai,
aromatic bright solution. Furthermori', becau.se it
fied oil contains 0,l-f)9f of
contains little or no water, the user
resinous compounds which act as anti-
oxidizing agents. If these are deficient
knows exactly what cpiantity of oil is
being dealt with; and, in addition, its de-
the oil may be
blended, or the product
creased volume on this account redin'es
(0.1-5%) by treating turpen-
olitained
timo with 110804, separating, neutraliz handling, stoiage and shijiping co.sts.
Pinally, in imjioitant apjdications, it can
ing, and wasliing may be added.
bo uK‘d in a fir.st step ns an oil, its sclf-
emulsifying piopi'rties being valuable in
* Penetrating Oil sncceedirig operations.

The following is used for Tlie n.^'ual oils to be put into soluble
freeing
rusted connections, bolts, etc. form are the mineral oils. The crauisi-
fving action is brouglit about by dissolv-
Heaxy Lubricating Oil 27-.32%
ing a .soap or similar compound in the
Amyl Acetate 0.25-1% oil. As a rule when sodium or potassium
Cottonseed Oil 2.0-2.5%
soaps are used, a large excess of fatty
Kerosene Balance nci»i together with alcohol or other
mutual solvents are necessary. On stand-
Penetrating Oil ing, the latter solvents are often evapo-
Pine Oil 30 rated, the entire soap then being thrown
Blown Rape Seed Oil 30 out of solution. Ammonium soaps are
Carbon Tetrachloride 10 better as regards solubility in the oil, but
364 the chemical formulary

possess no stability on standmg.


Naph- NH 2rh derivat|^ is added to the oil to

sulphonated oils are reduce its pour test.


thinic acids and
are required
soluble, but large quantities
for emulsification, and
both give the oil * Lubricating Oil, Low Cold Test
an acid reaction. , u j- .
Mineral Oil 100
Because it is a mobile liquid which
dis-

hydrocarbons, oils and Neat’s- Foot Oil 4 .')


solves clearly in
Alum. Stearate 0.12
most organic liquids, diglycol oleate is
used for making soluble oils which emul- Heat together while stirring until

sify readily in water. Examples; uniform.

A. * Lubricating Oil, Low Cold Test


]0 Diglycol Oleate
lb.
„j, Up to 2%
of xylylstcaramide is added
emulsion to a vi.scous liydrocarbon oil.
100 Water j
I

B.
* Lubricating Oil, Bcclaiming Used
10 Ih. Diglycol Oleato i I

50 Turpentine I an oil in water Oil such as that which has been used
JOO Water / eimi/sion in an engine or transformer is heated and
^ Caustic Soda J impurities which settle out are removed;
the oil is mixed with a fluid reagent com-
C. prising castor oil blended with about 10%
15 lb. Diglycol Oleato of mineral oil of high sp. gr. at a temp,
a water in oil
60 Mineral Oil of about 70°, and the resulting mixt. is
emulsion
75 Water further heated and subjected to the
action of superheated steam while stir-
Stainless Knitting Oil ring to duve off diluent material of non-
75 to 80 parts Good Quality Mineral ' lubricating character; about 3% of ma-
Oil (technical grade water white) terial such as tiimetlianolamine is added

15 to 25 parts Good Quality Ncat’s- to assist in sepn. of the oil from the

foot Oil (should show at least 30“ reagent, the mixt. is cooled to about 22°,
F. c. t.)
the oil IS sepd. from the reagent and
deleterious matter by centrifuging, de-
Adjust proportions on a 100 parts basis
colorizing mnterial such as fuller’s
as to viscosity desired.
earth is added, and the resulting mixt.
is pas.se<l through a straining medium
Oil for Leather such JUS an asliostos filti'r to clarify the
Rozolin 10 oil.
Degras 10
82
Mineial oil — Sulfonated-tallow emul-
Mineral Oil sion suitable finishing compound on
as
cheaper goods where a slight odor is not
* Linseed Oil, Substitute
objectionable, may be corrected by some
Rosin, about 25 lb. special artificial odor. May be used for
Animal Fat, about 12 lb. morconzed yarns.
Lubricating Oil, about 32° Df'. 3 lb.
50 parts 50% Sulfonated Tallow
Cobalt Acetate Vi to 3 lb.
10-15 paits Mineral Oil Softener
Litharge 2 to 10 lb.
33-38 parts Water
Water, about 2 lb.
2 parts Trisodium-phosphate
Kerosene 65 lb.
(this should be dissolved up
The ingredients (with the exception of in the water)
the kerosene) are thoroughly mixed and
Agitate while heating until solution
heated to about 480° F. and then cooled,
reached and sample tested will emulsify
the kerosene being added and mixed after
satisfactorily in cold and lukewarm
turning off the fire.
water.

• Oil, Chatterless • Mineral Oil Soluble Castor Oil


Lubricating
0.1-3% Lead Oleate or Sulforicinolcate Castor oil is heat treated at a temp,
is dissolved in the oil with stirring and not exceeding about 310° until no more
heating. than 4.2% of the total wt. of the oil has
been removed under atm. conditions, and
* Lubricating Oil, Low Cold Test the treated castor oil is mixed with min-
At least 20 g./litro of CflH 4 Me-Nn 2 , eral oil in various proportions.
CeH 3 Me2 NH 2 ,
or other alkyl-substituted
OILS, FATS. GREASES, LUBRICANTS. CUTTING OILS 365

* Mineral Oil Solublo^^astor Oil The above is especially good for rayon
Castor Oil is heated to 200-280'’ C. because it doesn 't weaken the latter and
with %%
of any of the following until a waslies off readily.

sample ^ssolves clearly in miner oil. d


Bauxite • Textile Oil, Soluble
Titanium Dioxide
Linseed Oil 100
Sod. Bisulfite
Sod. Bisulfite (38® B6.) 100
Phosforic Acid
Heat at 00-90° C. with air until a
sample is water soluble.
Olivo Oil, Bleaching
Dark oils are treated with a 12% soln
* Transformer Oil, Non-shulging
of tannic acid. From 1 to 4%
of the aeid
18 necessary, according to the color of the
0.5% Cet}l Alcohol is added to trans-
foinier oil to inhibit sludging.
oil, and very tliorough mixing of the oil

and the soln. of the acid is required. A


.')%soln. of citric acid also gives good * Trausformei Ods, “ Non-sludgiug
lesults.
The addition of O.l-l'^J. Tel methyl
Palm Oil, Decoloring L'ud to trausformei oils eliiniimtes
“sludging” at high temperaturi's.
The oil is heated to 90'’ in the presence
of 0.01% Cobalt Resmate and air is
blown through it for two hours. Tiansformcr Oil, Stabilizing

The addition of 0. 2-0.5% liydroxy-


Silk and Rayon Boil Off or Degumming biphenyl inciea.si'.s K'sistanee to light, air
Oil and electrolytic action.

fiO 70 parts 50% Sulfonatcd


to
Castor Oil (No. 1) * Impioving Tiansformcr Oils
T'se necessaiy amount of 20%
Tian.'^foinic! Oil RIO c.c.
Caustic Soda Solution or slightly
Sod. Kthylate 0.(i;{ gm.
larger amount of Caustic I’otn.sh
Anliydrou.s Alcohol 0.5(t c.c.
to make
into liquid soap.
.30 to 50 parts Sodium Silicate (be.st Heat to Lu"" C.

quality commercially, iron free) The jibovi* treatment gui'S an oil of in-
ciea.sed insulating powei.
Adjust proportions according to con-
sistency required, after thoroughly agi-
tating, allow to stand over 12 to 2t houis Insoluble Oil Lubricant for Wool
and drain off water layer.
10-20 lb. Lard Oil, Quality
No. 1
Test. Try concentrated solution added
.SO-'.IO lb. I'ale Paialliiie (deblooined
to cold to hot water for solubility adding
type) Oil
goods to be processed. Test their feel.
If too stiff the amount of sodium silicate Mix cold with Stirling, then heat until
may bo reduced accordingly. lilended and add some tyjn' of aitificial
The above formula may bo used as a odor couqiound.
base and suitable solvents incorporated
into the mixture that will iemo\e oil
* Rancidity and O.xidation in Fats and
spots, etc., in the heel, toe, or leg ot
Oils, Prevention of
hosiery, or material under process.
Tests. Solvents must be cliocked for The addition of maleic or fumane acids
miscibility and other nece«5sary require- or salts or esters of the same in amounts
ments for the particular use, cspeciallv us low us 0.02% is effc-ctive in some cases.
boiling temperatures. (Those above 212®
F. b. p. are best to use.) Paper Size
of cream sizing is boiled with 30
111 11),

* Textile Oil uallon.s of water. Then dilute with 1H5


for softening textile gallons of water to get a solution suitable
An excellent oil
fibres and threads to woven or knitted for calendar sizing. Mix 8 lb. of Hydro-
is made as follows: wax Cream plus M
lb. silicate of soda
with 2 gallons boiling water and stir
Sulfo Turk C 12-15%
12-15% until uniform. Add this to the above
Oleic Acid
solution and proceed as usual.
Betanaphthol 2 %
Light Mineral Oil to make 100%
366 THE CHEMICAI, FORMULARY
• Peanut Butter, Inhibiting Rancidity in occluded or dissolved hydrogen sulphide.
Peanut butter is mixed with 25% of its The alkaline water is allowed to settle
weight of crushed sesame seed. and decanted off. The oil may then be
given successive washes with water at
about 100° C. until the wash water is
• Valve Stem Packing neutral to litmins paper or other indica-
tor and gives no brown coloration with
Calcium Carbonate (Powd.) 100
Graphite 35 copper sulphate. The product is finally
Talc 5 dehydrated to remove occluded or dis-
Cottonseed or Other Oil 20 solved water. The dehydration is prefer-
ably cariicd out by heating the oil undci
Grind until uniform.
reduced pressure at a temperature below
100° C.
The product is a non-corrosive material
* Heat Conducting Lubricant
suitable for use as a cutting oil base ami
Lubricants of improved thermal con- is free from olgectionable odors. The
ductivity are made by incoiporating product is also usef ul as a flotation agent
5-10% ammonium olcate or stearate. in the separation of minerals from ore
mixtures.
The amount of sulphur that may be
* High Speed Bearing Lubiicant held ill permanent combination by tins
Mineral Oil 100 lb. piocess will vaiy W’ith the composition ol
Zinc Oxide 50 lb. the terpene oil used. The amount held in
combination depends upon the proportion
of nnsaturated torpene liydrucaiboiis and
* Flotation and Cutting Oil Base tertiary terpene alcohols piescnt in the
terpene oil. For example, a standaid
I grade “steam distilled pine oil“ of
specific giavity 0.933 to 0.935 containing
100 parts of pine oil having a specific
gravity of about O.Sl.id to O.lKl.}, 50 parts fiom 10 to 15%
hydrocarbons and about
of sulphur and %
part of sodium car- 00% tertiary alcohols will permanently
bonate are heated at the reflux tempeia- combine with about 50% by weight of
ture (about 180 to 190® C.) until the sul- sulphur.
phur is combined. Luring the h(‘at treat- In order to obtain the maximum
ment, large amounts of hydrogen sulphide amount of sulphur in the final product
Iry this process, it is iioccssaiy to stait
are given off but no water is liberated
other than that which may be normally with about lilO parts by wciglit of the
present in the pine oil initially used. The pine oil and 75 jmrts by weight of sul-
alkali may or may not b(‘ added in water phur. AVhen so largo an amount of sul-
solution. If no water is used it is pref- phur is used, it is advisalrle to use a little
erable to have the alkali in a finally moio alkali, for example, part by
powdered state. As little as t/jo part ot weight.
sodium hydroxide in a 50% water solu- II
tion gives the desired results. 100 paits of pine oil of 0.933 specific
After the sulphur is combined so that gravity arc placed in a suitable vessel
it will no longer precipitate on cooling, with 0.1 to 0.5 part of sodium carbonate
the heating may or may not be con- in water solution. 0.5 part of copper
tinued at higher temperatures, say about hydroxide in paste form is added to the
200® C., until liberation of liydiogen sul- mixture. The mass is next heated until
phide ceases. In the event that the con- the water in the copper hydroxide paste
tinued heating procedure is carried out, has been boiled off. After boiling, 30
the amount of sulphur in the final prod- parts of technical sulphur are then added
uct is about 20^/r. If the heating is not to the ma^ss and a cunent of air is passed
continued until evolution of hydrogen sul- into the oil. The temperature is rapidly
phide ceases the amount of combined sul- laisod to 105® C. and then gradually to
phur in the finished product is about 195® C. over a period of from one to
23%. tliiee hours. Air is continuously pas.sed
The reaction product is given a single through the mass during the entire re-
wash with an aqueous solution of caustic notion period. The product is then cooled
soda containing about 1% of caustic soda and may be washed in the manner de-
on the basis of the oil piesent. The wash- scribed in Example I. The catalyst may
ing is preferably carried out at about bo separated from the oil after the re-
100® C. to remove any corrosive sulphur action by either decanting after settling
compounds such as mercaptans and any or by filtration.
PAPER AND PULP
Preparation of Paper Pulps Jute
Although chemists have produced pa- Picpared by <‘onking cut burlap sacks
per pulps in the laboratory only an ex- (old bags) at iioiaial or incrcasi'd pres
pert on paper can evaluate the products of sutes iMtIi nnld alkali such as 1 o',
these small scale experiments. 'I'he vari- sodium hydroxide or O-lO'/c calcium hy
ation duo to thermodj-namic and mass dioxide fiom 1 to IS houis, uashiug and
action factors which can not be repro beating till* product t(t juilp.

duced in the laboratory makes any com-


parison with products made on a factory
scale extremely diflicult. lIowe\er, it is liojie

thought of some value to briefly outlim* (TIemj) or Manilla)


the principal methods of production. A Prepared by cooking rojie (old rojic)
very wide variation in concentration, eti-., as outlined for jnle.
is customary in plant practice but the
Note; There is iiinri' vaiiatioii in
following figures give a fair indication method for produi'tiuii for the last two
of recognized proceeding. pulps than in the olliers. J''or instance
tlicre isone bc( ri't juocesa which pro-
duces an excellent pioduct, bleaclH'd,
Groundwood washi'd and read\ for th(‘ Ix'ater eon-
A flour of wood produced by grinding tiiiuously. All otlo'r methods an' inter-
barked logs against stone. The process mittent. Till* complete e\ele IS less than
is purely mechanical. forty minutes. No other cycle is less
than seven liouis.

Sulphite
Prepared by cooking wood chips at 70 T’tineipal Tyjies of Papi'r
to 80 lb. pre.ssurc 15 to IH hours with a All papers ar<‘ formed on a scrci'n
Solution of sulpluirous acid wliicli has catiliirig tlie Hiisjii'iidcd filims and pass
been passed through a tower of lime or ing througli tlu' water. The n'sulling
dolomite. The final solution varie.s mat IS dried by 8<iuee/ing tlnough felts
greatly but a total sulphur dioxide con- and heating ou hot cvliniiers.
tent, 4.5%, 3.5% free and the re.st com-
bined ia considered good practice.
P.ook
t'hiefly prepared from sulphite and
Sulphate (or Kraft) soda jHilp.
______
Prepared by cooking wood chips at
News
120 to 140 lb. pressure about 8 hours
with a solution of sodium hydroxide and About eighty per cent ground wood.
Bodiiim sulphide. The solution may have
a formula approximating sodium carbo-
nate, 11, sodium hydroxide 90, sodium "Wrapping
sulphide 25 gm, per liter. Sulphite, Suli»hate, .lute, Hope, or mix-
tures.

Soda
Writing
Prepared by cooking wood chips at
110 to 120 lb. pressure about 8 hours May be old rag, but usually Bulphito
with a &-8% sodium hydroxide solution. or sulphite and soda.

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


367
308 TIIK CHEMICAL F ORMULARY
Minor Types Add 25 c.c. of A to B. Mix vigor-
ously. Allow the mixture to settle and
Waxed
decant the clear supernatant solution.
A paper that baa been run through
Add a crystal of Iodine.
paraffine.

Parchment Sutermeister Stain

A paper that Ima been treated with A. 1.3 gm. iodine, 1.8 gm. potassium
concentrated sulphuric acid. iodide made up to 100 c.c. wit^
water.
B. Saturated calcium chloride (at 70
Cdassinc deg. F.).
A heavily beaten, unloailed jmper. To use this stain moisten the fibers
Supercahind(‘red. with A. Absorb the excess solution with
filter paper and moisten with B.
Grwiae Proof
Prepared aa above, but not .super- Phloroglucinol
enlandered. 5 gm. phloroglucinol in 250 c.c. of
50% hydrochloric acid. (One part cone,
Cellophane acid to one part water.) Avoid undue
exposure to light.
Not technically a paper.A film of re-
generated cellulose, cellulose nitrate or
acetate. To Prepare Paper for Identification
Take about one square inch of a rep
Basic Weight resentative sample of the paper and
cover it with a small quantity of 0.5%
Paper is by basic weight. Official
sold
sodium hydroxide solution. Transfer to
basic weight is the weight of 500 sheets,
a fine sieve and wash free of alkali.
25 by 40 inches. Trade custom basic
Transfer to a small bottle or heavy test
weights vary. To convert from official
tube and add glass beads. Shake vig-
to trade figures the following factors are
orously to macerate the paper and dilute
useful
Trade Size to about a 0.1% suspension. Dot a
microscope slide with small portions
Trade Name (inches) Factor
drawn with a wide mouthed pipette.
Book 25X.38 0.950
Absorb excess moisture with filter paper
News 24 X.3(5 0.8«)4
or dry in an oven at 105 deg. C.
Wrapping 24X:ffi 0.8()4
Writing 17X22 0.374
Effect of Standard Stains
Phloroglucinol
Determination of Basic Weight
This stain is especially useful for mak-
To determine basic weight without the
ing quick tests for the presence of
use of a special balance the ordinary
ground wood. There is no need to pre
analytical balance may be employed.
pare a slide as a few drops on any sheet
The following formula will give the offi-
of paper not heavily coated will give a
cial basic weight.
satisfactory test. In the presence of
Gm.X 1.102X1000 ground wood a deep wine-red color is
Total area in sq. inches instantly produced.

= Basic weight in lb. Note: A pale coloration is sometimes


caused by the presence of poorly cooked
Obviously more than one sheet may be jute or sulphite, but the characteristic
used and the total area becomes the area stain of ground wood is so clearly de-
of one sheet multiplied by the number of fined there should be no confusion.
sheets employed.

Herzberg Stain
Stains Used in the Paper Trade The sample must be properly prepared.
Herzberg Stain Red— Linen, cotton, bleached hemp.
A, Saturated Zinc chloride (at 70 deg. —
Blue Well cooked wood.

Yellow Ground w’ood, jute, unbleached
B. 5.25 gm. Potassium iodide, 0.25 hemp.
gm. iodide, 12.5 c.c. water.
PAPER AND PULP 369

Sutemeistpr Stain of time the pajier .should be in contact


properly prepared siimplcs. with the jichI. If a longer time is re
On
quired stronger acul may bo used.
Red—Cotton, linen, hemp.
Blue— Soda.
Purple— Bleached or thoroughly cooked To I'lieproof Paper
sulphite. Prepare a sidution as follows:
Green —Jute, poorly cooked unbleached Amnioniiim Sulplinte 8 gni.
sulphite.
Boric Acid
•Yellow —Ground wood.
Borax
8
1.7
Water 100 cc.

To Strengthen Filter Paper The .solution should be heated to 122


filter paper so that it will
deg. E. and kept at tins temperature.
To harden
considerable strain from a filter The paper is dipped in the solution and
stand
it may be dipped in coneentnited
hung to dry. Wrinkles cun be prevented
pump,
nitric acid (Sp. G. 1.4LM.n) for a few
by dr\ing in a press, or the paper may
be subsequently ironed.
minutes. It should then be well washed
with cold water. This treatment will
produce a paper about ten times stnmgi'r To Remove Creases from Paper
than untreated filter paper and will not Creases may be removed from even
change its penneability nor increase tlie fine engKiMiigs if a little caie is oxer
nitrogen content. The ash is slight 1}
ciacd. J’hua* (he slieet smoothed as far
reduced. as possible by liand on a elean sheet of
pa pci on lop of a well-covered ironing
To Waterproof Paper b(»ard or similar suiface. Cover witli
another clean sheet. I’inally dampen a
Waterproofing is best accomplished by
parchrnentizing paper but this treatment thud slnrt, place on toji of the others
leaves a surface that is too irregular to and press with a moderately warm iron.

make a good writing surface. One part


of any of the following to six parts of Tenipoiary Tracing Paper
water are supposed to give a good water-
It is smiietimes necessary to make a
proofed paper. Glue, gelatine, shellac or
tracing on a regular slieet of writing (»r
aluminum acetate. Excellent results are 'IVmporary translucciicc
bond paper.
obtained by using one part of borax, five
may be cieated by sponging the pafier
parts of shellac and ten parts of water.
with Ix'nzme. As soon as the benzine
The mixture is brought nearly to the eiaporales the paper reverts to its not
boil, but not boiled and kefit hot until
inal condition. 'I'he last trace of odor
allthe shellac has pas.sed into solution.
can be removed with a draft of warm air.
The paper may be dipped into the solu- Whih* still translucent the paper will
tion, or it may be applied with a wide
take either pen or ink drawing without
brush. The surface is a satisfactory ve-
difliculty. The use of benzine provides a
hicle for ink or water color.
method for tracing
quick accurate
graplis.

To Parchmentize Paper
PACER COATINGS
Prepare a fifty per cent solution of
('a.scin (due
sulphuric acid. Pass a water-leaf (un-
rasciri 100 Ib.
loaded) paper through the solution being
careful that no air bubbles prevent even
Water 50 gal.
llor.ix 17 lb.
contact with acid. Each part of the
paper should remain in contact with acid
Amnnmia 2<C 1 qt.

for about 5 seconds. Promptly plunge I'lie lascin is prefenibly soaked a few
the paper into a large quantity of cold hoiJis in the water, the borax dissolved
water. Then wash with a running stream in a little —
hot water added, and the
of water from the faucet or a wash bot- wliole cooked to 100° F. till no undis-
tle with a wide-mouthed tip. Next wash Bolved particles of casein remain. Then
with a weak solution of ammonia to re- the ammonia is added and the glue
move the last trace of acid and finally cooled.
wash with water to remove any ammo-
W’ax Emulsion
nia. An excellent parchment-like effect
is acquired by thick papers. However, Garnauba Wax .50 lb.

there is an art in this and only oxpen \Vatx;r 50 gal.


ence can guide the operator in the length Soap 12 lb.

For Chemical Advisore, Special Raw Materials, Equipnicnt, Oontoiners. fcormidt Supply
Sartion at end of book
370 the chemical formulary
water and
dissolved in the Soda Ash 10 lb.
The soap Is Dissolved in
The wax is added Tri Sodium
brought to boiling. 3 gal. of
Phosphate 7 lb.
and boiling continued until all is emulsi- hot water
fied. The emulsion is preferably stirred Borax 5 lb.

continuously until cold. The soap may Ammonia 0 gills


ne any good grade of washing soap free
from rosin. Paper Coating — Friction Finish-
Yellow Yellow
Clay 50 lb. Casein 200 lb. *
Blanc Fixe Pulp Borax 22 lb.
(70% dry) 50 Ib. Ammonia 5 qt.
Chrome Yellow Pulp Water to make 150 gal.
(50% dry) 125 lb.
Talc 12 lb.
Water 43 gal.
Casein Clue 11 gal.
Talc 23 lb.
Carnauba Wax Emulsion 4 gal.
Clay 200 lb.
Blanc Fixe Pulp 390 lb.
Blue Medium Yellow Pulp 18 lb.

Prussian Blue Pulp Carnauba Wax Emulsion 16 gal.

(;U)% dry) 100 lb. Casein as above 32 gal.

Violet Lake Pulp


(.15% dry)
Maroon Luke Pulp
75 lb.
Paper Coating —White- Soft Sized

75
Water 105 gal.
(.15% dry) lb.
Clay 1300 lb.
Casein Clm* 8 gal.
Carnauba Wax Emulsion 1 gal. Stir 15 min. in a rapid dissolver and
Talc 4 lb. add
Dry Casein 140 lb.
Pearl
Stir 15 min. and add
Clay 50 lb.
Blanc Fixe Pulp 50 lb.
Dry Borax 18 lb.
Pulped
Italian Talc 4 lb. Stir 5 min. and add
together
Ultramarine Blue 5 lb. Ammonia 4 qt.
Water 4 gal. Heat to 140® F. and stir till casein is
Casein Clue 12 gal. dissolved and cool to room temp.
Carnauba Wax Emulsion 4 gal. Strain before using.
If hard sizi'd coating is desired, in-
Bed crease the amount of casein until the de-
sired degree of sizing is obtained.
Red Pulp (40% dry) 200 lb.
Talc Italian 4 lb.
Casein Clue 12 gal. Coating for Paper
Carnauba Wax Emulsion 0 gal.
Sodium Silicate 30 gm.
Sodium Sulforicinoleate 20 gm.
White Heat together on water bath and add
Clay 300 lb.
30 cc. boiling water.
Water 20 gal. Dip paper into this and draw out im-
Italian Talc 18 lb.
mediately. This gives a parchment like
Casein Glue 25 gal.
effect to the paper.
Carnauba Wax Emulsion 12 gal. Keep the mix boiling for five minutes
and dip second piece of paper into it.
Paper Coating — Special for High This gives: a translucent paper.
Finish — White
Water 65 gal. Paper Coating
Soda Ash 3 lb.
The relative amounts of clay, casein,
Ammonia 4 gills
and water in the coating slips were 100,
Satin White 440 lb.
17.5, and 250 parts, respectively. The
Clay 650 lb.
casein solution contained 100 parts of
Mix thoroughly and add the following casein, 10 of borax, 5 of soda ash, and
solution 2 of ammonia. The formula and method
Water 50 gal. of preparation of the clay-casein mixture
Casein 100 lb. were as follows:
PAPER AND PULP 371
Cby slip: 3000 grams clay, 3825 ml. used for matt or semi-nmtt finishes.
a ter, and 10 ml. concentrated ammonia, Neither clay nor blanc fixe gives such a
he clay was soaked overnight in 8000 waterproof coating as satin white. De-
ml. The additional 825 ml.
of water. pending on the elfect desired and (ho
of water were used the next morning to nature of the casein and the lineiiess of
wash the mixture into the agitator. 'I'lio grinding (d' the pigment, one part of
ammonia was then added, and the mix- I’asem will bind satisfactorily alnuit 20
ture agitated about 1.5 hours before the parts of barucs. 15 j)arls of chalk, 15
casein solution was added. parts of coarse clay, 12 parts of fine
Casein solution: 525 grams casein in clay, and 10 parts of satm white. In
: 2000 ml. of water; 52.5 grams borax in general, the gieater the amount of min-
730 ml. water; 20.25 grams soda ash (58 eral matter piescnt the greater the gloss
per cent sodium oxide) in 750 ml water; and the mote readily does the paper re-
11 ml. concentrated ammonia in 104 ml. ceive the ink.
water. The casein was soaked in the
2000 ml. of water for one hour at room
Paper (’oatiiig (3[imposition
temperature and was stirred meanwhile.
It was brought into solution by the ad A typical ioimulu is as follows:
dition of the three solvents in the order Lactic Casein 9%
— borax, ammonia, each dis-
soda ash, Boiax k’%
sohed in the stated amount of water. Blanc Fixe ()()%
After the solvents had been adihal, the 'Pale 1%
solution was stirred for 1.5 to 2 hours, S|i('( ial Soap Solution •1%
warmed to 57° C. (1.85° F.), and \\ ali'r 121%
screiaied through a No. 200 sieiix The The .soap solution is made by boiling
screened solution after being cooled to •gether
room temperature was mixed with the
Carnauba Wax 20.0_%
clay slip. The mixture was agitated for
Potassium Carbonate 1.25%
1.5 to 2 hours, screened, and ajiplied to
Water 78.75%
the base paper in the coating nnu lime.
gri'ati'r degree of wat ('r resistance can
be sccuicd Iw Hiibstitiilmg for the borax
Paper Coating OIK' sixth of its weigiit of caustic soda,

(Dull Pdack ^'elvet Finish) and will'll solution is comph'te adding


aiiiiiioniuiii sulphate to tlii' I'xti'nt of one
Casein Sidution
and one half times the wi'iglit id' cau.stic,
('a.sem) 100
soda employ'd. All tlie areadditions
Ivo Bone Black 75
iiatiiKilh made
as solutions.
Crind mixture in a suitable null and The most widely practised method of
use same day if no piixservative is added.
rimkiiig up the linished coating solution
Pans Paste, a colloidally dispensed (oiisisls, liroadly, in first dissolving the
lailion black (-an be used to gi\i‘ an in- la.sein III till' manner stated above, re-
terisi' black color. This has already been diK'iiig the teiiqieratiirc to 80~l(lt)° F.
linely ground and goes into aqueous ami adding it to a perfectly smooth thin
media readily. slip of tlie mineral fillers and wati'r. Any
otlier coinponeiits, .such as foam reducers,
are then added, and the batcli taken to
Paper Coating
the coating machine.
The following formula gives a solution
uhich does not readily gel:
Lactic Casein 5.75% Wax Finulsions for Paper Coating
Caustic Soda .25% A. Beeswax Fiiiulsion
Sodium Bicarbonate .5 % Yellow Beeswax 3(50 lb.
Blanc Fixe 33 % (’aiistic Potash
Hydroxide
2 lb.
Satin White 33 %, Aiiiiiiomuiii 8*4 lb.

Water 27.5 Bod with stirring for 1 hour. Add


The sodium bicarbonate should be added 150 gal. water and shut off heat.
after solution of the casein by the
caustic.
Clay works particularly well with Wax Kmulsiori for Paper Coating
casein solutions giving a smooth adherent B. Ceres in Fiiuilsion
film only a little less glossy than that Cercsin 200 lb.
given by satin white. Stearic Acid 200 lb.
Blanc fixe and precipitated chalk are Caustic Potash 9 lb.
372 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Ammonium Hydroxide 13 lb. Orange Shellac Ammonia
Water 200 g:iL Solution 1 gal.
Water 1-2 gal.
Boil with stirring for 1 hour; bring
up to 800 gal. with water while stirring. Paper Coating Mixture
Dry Clay 0.9 kilo
Paper Coating Solution Blanc Fixe Pulp (74%
1. Casein 500 lb. Solids) 0.9 kilo
2. Water 235 gal. Water 1.5 liter
3. Borax 25 lb. Allow to stand overnight.
4. Tri-sodium Phosfatc 32 lb. No. 6 Glue 0.2 kilo
5. Ammonium Hydroxide 10 gal. Water 0.8 liter
(i. Water 40 gal. Soak overnight and dissolIve at 13;

Soak (1) in (2) for an hour. Dissolve F.; cool. Stir for hour.

(3) and (4) in 25 gal. of (0) and add


to casein. Heat to 150° F. turn off
;
* Paper and Wall Board, Fireproof
heat, add (5) and balance of (6).
Pulp is beaten with an aq. soln. hav-
ing a d. of about 18° B6. at about 38*
Pajicr Coating Solutions and formed from a mixt. of MgS 04 24,
Fru tum Finish borax 8, (NH 4 ) 2 S 04 8 and dextrin l.ii
parts. The soln. used is formed from a
A. Clay Dry 100 lb.
mixt. of MgClo 24, boric acid 4, NHjCl
Talc 2 lb.
4 and alco-glyccrodextrin soln. 1.(5 parts.
Water 5 gal.
Dyestuff (4%) 4 lb.
Water 6 gal. “Cdassino” Paper
Casein Solution tiVi gal. Paper is coated with or dipped in t!i

Beeswax Emulsion 6 gal. following


Copal KH)
B. Turkey Red Lake Alcohol 300
(33% <lry) 300 lb. Castor Oil 8-12
Talc 2 lb.
Ammonium Hydroxide 1 ([t.
Glaze Paper
Casein Solution 7 gal.
Beeswax Emulsion
100 parts Canmuba Wax
are melted
5 gal.
together at 120-130° C. with 25 parts
curd soap, while stirring well. 900 parts
Plate Finish boiling water are then added while stir
Clay (Dry) 100 lb. ring well, very slowly at first and then
Water 5 gal. more rapidly, the wliolo being boiled up,
Dyestuff (4%) 4 lb. and stirred until cold.
Water (5 gal.
Casein Solution 10 gal. * Greaseproofing Paper
The following treatment will render
Paper Coating Solutions paper moisture-, grease- and acid-proot.
Litho Finish The paper is impregnated at 60-65'
25 with an aq. solution containing '

Clay (Dry) lb.


pure gelatin 1.3, Irish moss 0.5, hide glut'
Blanc Fi.xe (Dry) 75 11).

Water 11 gal. 3.25, glycerin 8.25, COMe 2 0.375, NaOB/


Color to suit 0.125, K alum 2, Na alum 1, 37% CHoO
0.5. The dried paper is then treated
Casein Solution 15 gal.
with a solution of 1 lb. of 37% CHoO
and 1 02. of glycerin in 1 gal. of EtOH.
Waterproof Coating

1. Ground Coat Imitation Parchment Paper


Turkey Red Lake 300 lb. A small amount of Tricresyl Phosphate
Ammonium Hydroxide 2% lb. is added to a thin alcohol solution of

Casein Solution 20 gal. bleached shellac. Paper dipped in this


solution and dried will resemble parcli
2. Top Coat ment, except that it will be very resistant
Ammonia Casein Solution to moisture.
(1 lb. per gal.) 1 gal.
P\PFR AND PULP 373

Mimeograph Paper Iron Oxide 2


Sod. Silicate 0.5
The substance used for the coating
a mixture of hydrocarbons of
consists of
Alum 0.25

the fatty series plus ozokerite, oleine,


Shellac Solution for Paper Waterproofing
and palmitine.
The carrier for the coating is a light In a wooden tank, fitted with steam
cellulose paper weighing about 12 gni. injector place
per square meter. This is placed on a
Water 25 gal.
metal plate, heated to 100“ C. The coat-
Orange Shellac 150 lb.
ing is melted and painted on the surface
Ammonium Hydroxide 014 gsil*
with a soft sponge. The operation is
(lone on the reverse side to the one on Allow to stand o\ernight and then turn
which the tracing is to be made. The on steam until dissolved. Bring volume
molten coating penetrates the pores of to 100 gal. with cold water. Two coat-
the cellulose by dialysis and it thus be- ings of this solution are given to the
comes incorporated in a uniform manner paper.
which, when it comes into contact with
the hut plate gives perfect glazing to RKSIST.VNCE OF WRAPPING MATERIALS
that side of the sheet. TO THE PASSAGE OF WATER VAPOUR
Formula for coating.
Lom, ill
Tricosano 1250 parts Graimiico per
parts -Mati'riuls ExaiiuneJ
Ozokerite 5.3 Suuaro Metre,
Oleine 52.,5 parts in 24 Hours

Palmitine 12.5 pails WiiM'd j)H,tcr Down to 10


Wiixcd pHjicr, :ilt(r Hcvir.'
*
Paper, Moisture J’roof oroiisuis 00 to 1(K)
C oati'il \ iHt'OM* liliii 10 to 20
Paper is made from a niixt. of treated Nimoosi' 1.1 III 150 to I'.M)
pulp 100, IIoO 2000 and salts of mixed Coated nl jiai'ci 100 to 150
Glaxmiic iiaper 2 SO
fatty acids (such as linolic or oleic aeid)
V’cKct.able [lareli meiit 1S.5 to .S20
13 parts, and the paper is passed through Kraft paiiers 200 to 250
!i UK/o aq. solu. of basic A1 acetate and M.G. sulpliite pupiri Upto4.S0
dried.

Transparent Wrapping Material


* Safety Paper
(Similar to Ct l]o]»hane)
Paper is iinprognat<‘d witli
Ethyl Cellulose or Benzyl Cellulose dis-
Alcohol 5 vz.
solved m
Eth}l A(,elale and spread on a
Water 2 (jt.
glass jilate to dry will produce a jier
Iodine Vi “Z.
leillv transparent sheet with a higli
Cobalt Nitrate 14 <‘Z.
glohs. A small quantity of Trii'resyl
Sod. II\posultite Vs Phosphate or i)ibut\l Phlhalate will in-
(•i»‘ase the llexibility of the same. This
‘‘Safety” Paper material may be colonsl as desired by
the addition to the solution of Benzol
Paper treated to prevent fraudulent
S(duble d\(‘S, Tiie dyes are dissolved in
alteration and useful for checks, drafts,
Benzyl and addl'd to tlio solution.
etc., is made by incorporating in it or

coating it with a lOCo water solution of


a leuco indophenol and drying it. It is * Water and Flame Proof Paper
then passed through a bath containing
.V. mixture of asbestos filler 93, wood
5 lb. of Manganous Sulfate per 20 gal-
c,elliilo.se 3, stan h 2, FeoO;j (or other
lons of water.
metallic o,\ide) 2 pts., iSa silicate 0.5,
and alum 0.23 jd. is pulped with ILO,
Paper Softener sheeted, and dried, tl.e metallic oxide
Paper dipped in a 10% water solution combining with the silicate and alum
of glycerine and dried will thereafter be constituents to form a binder for the
very soft and cloth-like. fibers.

• Deinking Paper
• Waterproof Heat Insulation Paper The paper is treated with about 100
Asbestos Fiber Q.*! parts of waWr to each part of paper i»
Wood Cellulose .1 an ordinary paper beater or hollander,
Starch 2 the said water containing sufficient of
374 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
tho sodium hydroxide, sodium mctasili- losic fibers may then be washed so as to
catc and/or trisodium phosphate to give insure the removal of any residual fillers
it tho desired hydrogen ion concentration and pigment, this being done either on
of pH 9.0 to 12.6. The duration of this tho screen itself or, preferably, by trans-
beating is preferably about one hour. ferring the wet mass of cellulosic pulp
At the end of that time there is adtlcd to a vessel containing clear water and
for each 5 grams of paper present 10 ml. thereupon again throwing this new mix-
of a 1 % soap solution or a 1% solution ture onto the screen. In localities where
of the sulphonatcd oil in water, which is the water is hard and when soap has been
equivalent to 1/10 gram of soap to 5 used, it is advisable to employ a softened
grams of paper, or in tho ratio of 1 part water or else to add sufficient alkali to
of soap or sulplionated oil to every 50 the water so as to prevent the formation
parts of paper. In other words, when of insoluble calcium soap, which, if
treating a ton of paper, there would be formed, would deposit itself upon the
required J/50 ton or 40 pounds of soap fibers and cause them to lose their bril-
or tho said oil. The said sulplionated liant white color. If such an alkaline
oil is quite dispersible in w-ater and pro- washing solution is employed, this does
duces a sort of milky emulsion. not necessarily imply a waste of mate-
After the addition of the soap or oil, rial, as the filtrate obtained from this
the boating is continued for about 20 washing step may, after correction for
minutes, until it is soi'n that tho fibers itshydrogen ion concentration, be em-
have quite well separated from tho fillers ployed for the first step in the treatment
in the paper and the ink pigment. If of a subsequent batch of printed paper.
tho paper that is being treated does not However, if the sulphonatcd oil is em-
contain any filleis, it is advisable, al- ployed, this precaution will not be nec-
though not absolutely essential, to add a essary.
finely divided inorganic material such as In any event, and particularly when
finely powdered gypsum or land jdastcr, alkali is used in tho wash water, the
or a colloidal clay such as bentonite. paper fiber is then further washed witli
Tho amount of such lillers addl'd for this pure water so as to remove tho residual
purpose may be on the order of from 10 alkalinity thereof and produce a pulp
to 25 pounds per ton of unfilled paper, suitable for the manufacture of new
such as uewspiint, undergoing treatment. paper or paper product.
After adding this extraneous mineral The present process lias been particu-
matter, tho beating is preferably contin- larly useful in the removal of colored
ued a further 20 minutes so as to insure printing ink from highly coated maga-
tho gathering of the ink pigment upon zine stock and similar papers, it being
the said mineral matter, so that it can- well known that the removal of modern
not rodeposit upon the cellulosic fibers. rotogravure and process inks presents a
In either event, that is, when treating problem difficult of solution and a prob-
either coated or uncoated paper, the ma- lem which was never presented to prior
terial is now ready for filtration to sepa- inventors, as in the past ordinary print-
rate tho cellulosic fibers from the pig- ing inks based upon merely a linseed oil
ment and fillers. This is accomplished base were tho most commonly employed,
by running it over a coarse sieve having whereas the modern printing inks often
meshes fine enough to hold tho fibers but contain synthetic resins and dyestuffs
suflUciently coarse to let the fillers, ink which are by no means as easy to remove
pigment and dispersed ink vehicle pass as tho ordinary old-style printing inks.
through with the solution. It is pre- The temperatures employed in the
ferred to do this without any suction, treatment, it may be stated, may be any-
and the most advantageous manner of where between room temperature and
doing it is to pass the material over an about 180® F. (87® to 90“ C.), the lat-
ordinary screen such as is well known in ter temperature being particularly suit-
tho paper-making art. It is not advis- able. As the hydrogen ion concentration
able to employ any groat degree of suc- approaches 12.6, it will be advisable to
tion, as this tends to mat down the fibers use a somew'hat lower temperature, say
and thereby causes physical entrapment 160“ F. (or from 60“ to 75“ C.). Heat-
of the pigment and fillers. ing the solution in this manner accele-
After the solution containing the sus- rates the action, but the process will work
pended pigment and fillers, etc., is passed even at room temperatures, provided the
through the screen, the remaining cellu- agitation is sufficiently prolonged.
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY
Acne Cream Skin Ointment
Petrolatum White 10 lb. Amber Petrolatum 270 oz.
Calamine 3 lb. Amber Liquid Petrolatum 78 oz.

Dissolve following together separately Purallin Wax IG oz.

by healing: Lanolin Anhydrous 10 oz.


Zinc Oxide 12 oz.
Camphor 1 oz.
Ktliyl Amino Benzoate 8 oz.
Thymol 1 oz.
Phenol 2 oz.
Menthol 1 oz.
Oil Thyme Vj ez.
Oil Kosemary 1 oz.
Thymol Vj oz.
Methyl Salicylate 1 oz.
Oil Kuculyptus Vj
Oil Lavender 1 oz.
Iclith^ol 1 oz.
Resorc'in 1 dr.
Betanaphthul 1 dr. Mix oil, wax and fats together. Mix
Mix all together cold. Zinc (Jxide and K. A. IL and Mt't tliiougli
No. ItK) me>h sn'vo. Then add to melted
oil mixture. Stir until cooled to aliout
Acne Lotion 50° 0. to jtrevent powder I’lom .settling.
Rose Water 5 gal. Mix I’lienol and Thymol with essential
Alcohol 2 gal. oils and wann to elTei t solution. Add to
Glycerine 1 pt. ointment at 45°-r)0° and stir well, Grind
Menthol 1 oz. Ichtyol with a few j>ounds of the oint-
Phenol 2 oz. ment and mix with bulk of ointment
Methyl Salicylate 1 oz.
while still warm. Finally pass through
Bonzaldoliydo F. F. C, Vi oz. ointment null.
Zinc Oxide 21/2 lb.

Calamine lb.
Kolc: For s[)ecial treatment of burns
2Vi
Boric Acid VA lb.
add 4 oz. Pune Acid,
For acute eczemu and other inflamma-
tory conditions of the skin add 4 oz,
Acne Ointment
Kcsorcin.
Bctanaphthol 2
Sublimed Sulfur 4 Anesthetic, Local
Balsam Peru 15
Ktliyl Aminobenzoato U. P. 3
Petrolatum 15
Benz)l Alcohol 5
Ktlier 10
Analgesic Balm Glue Oil 82
Lanolin Anhydrous 45 oz.
Yellow Petrolatum 25 oz. Antiseptic Solution (N. F.)
Menthol 2 oz.
Boric Acid 25 g-
Ethyl Amino Benzoate 2Vi oz.
Thymol 1 g-
Distilled Water 18 oz.
Kiiealyptol 5 c.c.
Oil Wintcrgrcen IVi oz.
Methyl Salicylate 1.2 c.e.

(1) Triturate Ethyl Amino Benzoate Oil of Thyme 0.3 c.c.


with a portion of the Yellow Petrolatum Menthol 1 g-
until smooth. Gradually add the re- Ktliyl Alcohol 300 c.c.

mainder of the Petrolatum and the Purified Talc 20 g>


Lanolin. Water to 1000 c.c.

(2) Dissolve Menthol in Oil of Winter- Stir together and filter.


green and add the solution to No. 1, tri-
turating until thoroughly mixed. Finally
•Aspirin, Liquid
add the water and mix until homo-
geneous. Fill into tubes or jars. A solution of aspirin which does not

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.

375
370 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY

M Alcohol
Glycerin
ze or decompose is made
owing as a solvent.
by using

10
10
Applied to burns this leaves a thin moist,
cooling, protective layer
ing results.
and rapid heal-

Calamine Lotion
Antiseptic Cure for Poison Ivy Calamine 8.00
Wash infected parts well with strong Zinc Oxide 16.00
soap and water to remove poisonous oils. Glycerin 15.00
Also use ether and chloroform or Lime Water 60.00
gasoline. Rose Water q.8.ad. 120.00
Then apply 5 % solution ferric cliloride
mixed with 60-50 alcohol and water. Camphor Ice
Pat generously on infected part. Castor Oil 25 oz.
White Beeswax 15 oz.

Aspirin Tablets Spermacetum 49 oz.


Camphor Powder 10 oz.
Aside from other properties acetyl-
Ethyl Amino Benzoate 1 oz.
salicylic acid tablets must have good ap-
Carbolic Acid 20 gr.
pearance and must dissolve rapidly in the
stomach. Such tablets are made with Melt Castor Oil, Beeswax and Bper-
base of 240 parts pulverized arrow-root macetum together and add Camphor and
starch and 240 parts heavy magnesium Ethyl Ammo Benzoate. Stir until dis-
oxide. Base is wcdl mixed and screened. solved. Then add Carbolic Acid and
Then it moistened with solution of
is
pour into molds.
coconut oil, 10 parts in about 400 parts
ether, and moistened mass screened again. Cream, Catarrh
Powder is spread on paper and other Menthol ^2
evaporates. Acetylsalicylic acid, 2000 Eucalyptol 3
parts, are added and mixture carefully Oil of Pumilio Pine 3
mixed to perfect homogeneity. Then it is White Beeswax 1
mixed with acetone as required, about 30 Huid Paraffin 6
parts to 250 parts powder. After drying White Soft Paraffin 85
and heating for 2 hours at 50® C,, 2530 The beeswax and wliite soft paraffin
parts of the granulated mass arc mixed
are melted together and stirred until
with 30 parts pulverized agar-agar, 60 nearly cold, and tho medicaments, pie-
parts arrow-root starch and 80 parts pul-
viously mixed, aie incorpoiated while the
verized talc. When unit of vreight used mass is still soft. Some form of closed
is gram, 4000 tablets can be prepared
mixer is desirable, as otheiwise then' is
from final mixture, each tablet weighing considerable loss of menthol. The direc-
0.7 gram and containing 0.5 gram of
tions on the tube and its carton recom-
acetylsalicylic acid. To prevent powder mend the frequent use of the cream until
from tablets from penetrating into lower tho troublesome symptoms are relieved.
die on tablet-making machine, latter is
covered with cotton threads impregnated
with paraffin oil. Pastille.s, Catarrh
Gelatin 20.0
Glycerin 40.0
A&l^ma Remedy Sucrose 5.0
The following is smoked in a pipe or (’itiic Acid 2.0
as a cigarette. Sodium Benzoate 0.2
Powdered Orindelia Robu.'^ta 240 gin. Oil of Lemon 0.1
Powdered Jaborandi Leaves 240 gm. Solution of Carmine sufficient
Powdered Eucalyptus Lenves 120 gm. Triple Orange-flower Water 6.0
Powdered Cubcb 120 gm. Distilled Water to 100.0
Powdered Stramonium The gelatin is soaked in one and a halt
Leaves 450 gm. times its weight of water until softened,
Powdered Potassium Nitrate 360 gm. the glycerin is added, and the mixtuie
Powdered Cascarilla Bark 30 gm. heated on a water-bath until the gelatin
has dissolved and the weight has been
reduced to 86. The acid and benzoate,
Burn Treatment dissolved in the orange-flower water, are
Gum Tragacanth 30 added, then the oil of lemon and the
Gentian Violet {\% sol.) 1000 carmine solution, followed by water to
Allow to swell ;
warm and stir. the required weight The mass is
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 377
Btrained through muslin while still hot. Corn Removers
A trial pastille is poured and its weight
Solution of monochloroacetic acid in
ascertained. This weight is dinded into
ratio of 1:2 is suitable, but stronger
the total weight of the
mass and sufficient
solutions siiould not bo used as they irri-
medicament is added for the number of
tate hkin. Another preparation contains
pastilles that the mass is capable of
10 pans salicylic acid and 90 parts
making. Care should be taken to avoid
glacial acetic acid. This is thickened
the formation of air bubbles when stir-
with mucilage containing 0.5 part gum
ring in the medicament. Metal moulds tiugacautli, 3 parts pectin, 3 parts gly-
require to be very slightly lubricated with
cerin and 43.5 parts water. About 5
almond oil lx*fore the mass is poured.
parts of this mixture is used for thicken-
Menthol and eucalyptus pastilles con-
ing the prejtaintiDU. Another composi-
tain about gr. of menthol and V. m.
tion contains I jmrt glacial acetic acid, 8
of eucalyptol in each pastille.
parts lactic acid, !! puits dried salicylic
acid ciystals uiid 8 pails of aforemen-
Contraceptive Jelly tioned thickener. Fomuc iicitl and car-
bolic acid, thickened with same tliickeuer,
Water 76.85 c.c.
Sodium Chloride 3.00 gni.
may also bo used.

Lactic Acid 2.00 gm.


Glycopon 4 A 1.5.00 gm. Cough Lozenges
Parachlormetaxylcnol 0.10 gm. Extract Licorice 34 oz. 12.5 gr.
Oxyquinoline Sulphate 0.10 gm. Powdered Cubebs 11 oz. 188 gr.
Tragacanth Cum 2.75 gm. Ethyl Ammo Beuzomitc 2o/. 125 gr.
Dissolve the lactic acid and sodium
chloride in the water. Add the para-
chlormptaxyleuol and oxyqumolinc sul-
phate to the Glycopon 4 A, Warm till
D K N T A L PREPARATIONS
thoroughly dissolved, then add the traga- Dental Pieparutlons
canth and stir till thoroughly mixed. To Dentists’ Holution for Surface
this, add the salt, and lactic acid solution AiiaCbthesis
.slowly with hand stirring till cold. Allow Glycopon S 80 i\. oz.
to stand overnight, and stir the following Ethyl Amino Bi nzoute 20 oz.
day. Oil I’eppermmt 50 minims.
If a heavier jelly is required, reduce
Applied to the gums this solution de-
the amount of glycopon 4 A. sensitizes quickly and allows painless
scaling. It also desensitizes the dentine

Corn Cures: are solutions of Pyroxylin, and IS therefore valuable in treating


generally in mixtures of esters and alco- cavities.
hols to avoid the unpleasant hydrocarbon
action on the body. An 8 oz. I’yroxylin Antiseptic Toothache Drops
solution in a mixture of 25% Butyl
Bcechwood Creosote 15 oz.
Acetate, 20% Butanol, 15% ethyl Acetate
Oil Clove 30 oz.
and 40% denatured alcohol characterizes
Cinnamic Aldehyde or Oil
them. The corn cures contain a small Cassia 20 oz.
amount of Salicylic Acid and occasionally Chloroform 30 oz.
a trace of Hemp.
Ethyl Amino Benzoate 5 oz.
Mix Creosote with oils and Chloroform
Com Remedy then add Ethyl Amino Benzoate and stir
Acetone 168 oz. until dissolved.
Castor Oil 3 oz.
Venice Turpentine 6 oz.
Celluloid 10 oz.
Toothache Gum
Salicylic Acid 40 oz. Yellow Beeswax 60 oz.
Ethyl Amino Benzoate 10 oz. Venice Turpentine 10 oz.
Gum Mastic Powder 10 oz.
Dissolve the Salicylic Acid and Ethyl
Ethyl Amino Benzoate 5 oz.
Amino Benzoate in the Acetone, Then
Dragon Blood Powder 10 oz.
add the Castor Oil and Venice Turpentine
Oil Clove 5 oz.
and finally the celluloid. Allow this mix-
ture to stand, stirring it now and then Melt Beeswax and Venice Turpentine
until the Celluloid is completely dissolved. together and add Gum Mastic. Stir until
Then add sufficient Oil Soluble Chloro- dissolved. Then add Ethyl Amino Ben-
phyll to color it ^rk green. zoate and, when dissolved, Dragon Blood.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Baw Materials, Eqoipneot, Omatalnan^ ate., conaolt Sapply
fitcUoA at and of book. ^
378 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Stir until cooled to about 50® C. then add Agar Agar Flakes 23.275 lb.

Oil Clovo and mold into sticks. Sodium Benzoate .75 lb.
Water 20. gal.
Glycerin 5. gal.
* riastcr, Dental
00-80 until the agar is dissolved.
(a) Silica (finely ground)
Al{)hfl (iy{)sum 20-40 Simultaneously in a steam-jacketed can
Gurn Aiabic 0.5 prepuie an emulsion from a strained
solution of:

(b) Alpha Gypaum 95-99% Acacia Gum Granular 27.75 lb.


Kocliellc Salts 1-5 % Sodium Benzoate .375 lb.

Water 13.125 gal.


and
Dental Plato Adhesive
Liquid Petrolatum 50. gal.

I.
While the liquid petrolatum is being
Vanillin 0.5
added to the Acacia solution, steam is cir-
Boiic Acid Powd. 5.0
culating through the jacket of the can in
Powdered Acacia order to heat the emulsion to about 60°
Powdeiod Tragacanth
C. As soon as a uniform emulsion is ob-
of each enough to make 100.0
tained it is transferred to the steam-
II.
jneketed kettle and mixed under stirring
with the hot agar solution. Then the
Powdered Acacia
stirrer is shut off and the hot mixture by
Powdeied Agai-Agar
means of a pump is drawn from the
of each 0.05
kettle anil stiained through a 40 mesh
Powdered Tragacanth make 10.00
to
struincr into two 50-gallon tin-lined cop-
In making these prepaiations, it is per cans, in which it is left undisturbed
essential that all of the ingredients be in for forty-eight hours. The so obtained
the form of a veiy line powder. agar mush is soft and smooth, although
of somewhat curdy appearance. It is

Karai'ho Oil transferred to a mixing tank and mixed


Oil Thyme 2 oz. with a sti allied .solution of
Oil Cajepiit 2 oz. Acacia Gum Granular 27.75 lb.
Ethyl Ammo Benzoate 3 oz. Sodium Benzoate .375 lb.
Oil Apricot Kernel 93 oz. Water 13.125 gal.
Dissolve Ethyl Amino Benzoate in and
Apricot Kertud Oil by gently heating. Liquid Petrolatum 37.5 gal.
When coniploti'ly di.ssolvi'd, allow to cool G1 veer ill 9. IS gal.
and add Oil of 'rhyme and Oil of (’ajeput. Water, quantity sulficicut
Finally add sullicient Oil Soluble Chloro- to make a total of 175. gal.
phyll to make it a light green color. Flavoring Materials 1. pt.

The mixture is circulated through a 40


Acrillavine, Hmubsiou of mesh strainer and homogenized with
Acriflavene 0.5 2500 lb. pressure.
Distilled Water (Hot) 25 The foregoing example merely illus-
is

Stir until dissolved. trative of the invention, whieh resides


more particularly in the method and
In a separate container sterilize by
product involving the mixing of a hot
heat
solution of jell-forming substances with
Lanolin 30 gm.
an immiscible ingredient such as oil at
Allow it to cool and pour into a sterile relatively high temperature, and the cool-
mortar; add the acriflavine solution to ing of the mixture while it is quiescent,
this slowly while working it in with a that is to say, avoiding stirring during
pestle, not adding a further portion until the cooling of the mixture to room
the first is absorbed. Finally work in temperature.
sterilized liquid paraffin oil a little at a
time to make volume up to 500 c.c. This
gives a permanent, sterile emulsion. • Castor Oil Emulsion, Laxative

Castor Oil 35
• Agar-Petrolatum Emulsion Milk of Magnesia 5
In a steam-jacketed kettlo heat under Water 60
constant stirring:
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 379

Castor Oil Emulsion, Pharmaceutical White Cod Liver Emulsion


Sod. Hydroxide Sticks 9.8 gr. A”
^Vatcr 25 oz. Gum Arabic 15 gr.
Castor Oil 6 lb. 5 oz. Water 38 oz.
Sodium Benzoate 190.5 gr. Calcium llvjiophospliito Vj oz.
Triethanolamine 288 minims. Sodium 11) pophosphile Vz 07.
Dissolve Sod. Hydroxide in water, add <il\cenm* 4 0/.
sodium benzoate and add Tnetlmiiola- Siieehnim .001 ()/..

mine. Cod Li\er Oil 20 oz.


Mix with oil and run thru colloid mill. Fla\oiiiig As deal led
For flavor use saolmrine (water soluble)
\auillaand lemon extract. B”
Gum Arabic 225 gr.
Water (> oz.
* Pharmaceutical Castor Oil Emulsion
Glycerine 4 uz.
A prep, devoid of nauseous taste is pre-
pared by emulsifying ,35-80% of the oil
Mineral Oil ami Agar Emulsion
in HoO by the aid of 0.7% of NaOH or
KOll, or of 5% of milk-of-magnesiu. 1.

Liquid Fotrolatum .30.0

Cod Liver Oil Emulsion Agar 1.0

Cod Liver Oil 52 nz. Acacia .3.85

Water 88 0/.. Tiagm.'inth 0.75


Cilyeerino 10 oz. Spirit of Chloroform 2.5

Tiagaeaulh 100 gm. Tincture of Lemon J’cel 2.0

Oil of Sassafras 5 c.e. Elixii of Saccliaiin ()..3

Ben/.aldehydo 1 c.c. Phenolphthalcin 1.5

Oil ('oriandor 1 c.c. Water, enough to make 100.0


O
Oil (’aidamoin Kaise 00 c.c, of water to boiling point
Tincture Vanilla 5 c.c. ami ilis.Mdve lli(‘ agar theieiii; heat the
Oil; mix th(' powdered gums in a suitalilo
Cod Liver Oil, Emulsion .siz(‘d mortar and, with trituration, add
hot oil. .Mix, witli eonstant stirring, the
Cod Liver Oil 2G oz.
agar solution with tin* oil mixtuie; dis-
Water 44 oz.
mixed
sohe plienoljihthalein in the uleo-
Trngacanth 50 gm.
liolicpreparations and add to the emul-
Glycerin 5 oz.
sion; to make up to desiied (pmutity with
Hypnphosphito
(.'aleiiirn Vz oz.
wuim water.
Sodium Ilypophosphite Vz oz.
Sacliarino .001 oz.

Mineral Oil and Ag ar Emulsion


Flavoring
“A''
Benzaldeliydo 7 parts
Gelatin 27 gr.
Oil Cassia 6 parts
Water 1800 <-.c.
Guaiacol 6 parts
“B''
Oil Sassafras 6 parts
.Mineral Oil 2000 c.c.
Oil Wintergreen 10 parts
Use above mixture to taste.
Agar 08 gr.

Cod Liver Oil Emulsion


(tuin Arabic no gr.
(inni Tiagacanfh no gr.

A Oil of Orange .3 fl.dr.

Gum Arabic 2 oz. Kacchaiin 10 gr.


Tragacanth % oz. Tine. Vanillin 4 n. dr.
HgO 1^ qt. Hod 1 urn Benzoate 2 dr.
Glycerine 8 oz. Cilycerine 4 fl, dr.
Calcium Ilypophosphite Vz oz. Water 2000 c.c. .

Sodium Hypophosphite oz.


“A" mixture and add ''B
Make up
Saccharin 1 gr-
to same, using elerlric stirrer. Bun mix-
B ture through colloid mill, using .010 gap
Cod Liver Oil 29 oz.
setting.
Flavoring
Prepare mixture and add to
380 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
ftl>ovc. Run through colloid mill using Mucilage of Gum Acacia 30 gm
.015 gap setting. Liquid Paraffin Medicinal 500
gm!
hinzufügen
960 grains phenolphthalein to each If it is desired to include
phenol
gallon of emulsion. phthalein in the emulsion,
10 gm. of
phenolphthalein is added in the
pWe of
Mineral Oil and Agar Emulsion an equal amount of water in the
above
formula.
2 .

Agar 45 gr. Emulsion of Liquid Petrolatum with


Boiling Water S oz. Agar
Mineral Oil 8 oz, Heavy Liquid Petrolatum 500.0 c.c.
Phenolphthalein 120 gr. Agur 5..5 gn,.
Flavoring Agent q. s. Sugar 120.0 gm.
Dissolve the agar in the boiling water; Acacia (fine powder) 30.0 gm.
heat the oil and mix the agar solution Tingacaiith (fine powder) 4.0 gm!
while hot; add the phenolphthalein and Tincture of Vanilla 8.0 c.c.
beat vigorously with an egg beater until Tincture of Lemon 2.0 c.c.
cold. Add flavoring agents last. In re- Oil of Cassia 0.5 c.c.
spect to the latter, various oils may bo Water, to make 1000.0 c.c.
used in this class of emulsion, such as
Mix the agar and the sugar with 300
cassia, wintergrccu, etc., in suitable pro-
c.c. of Iwiling water and when they
are
portions.
dissolved strain the resulting solution and
In making these emulsions, acacia is
sot it aside to cool. Triturate the pow-
used at times, in addition to agar, as it
dered gums with the liquid petrolatum,
gives the emulsion a creamy appearance.
then add the agar solution and whip the
It is important that liquid petrolatum of
mixture with an egg beater. Finally adil
high viscosity be employed and to make
the tinctures and the oil and lastly
such oil into a proper emulsion it is
enough water to make 1000 c.c.
necessary to overcome the high viscosity
by heating the measured quantity ot
liquid petrolatum on a water bath to Eye Lotions
about 50®C. The warm oil is then mixed The following two recipes are typical
with the hot agar solution as above. eye lotion piepaiations:
Agar-agar of commerce contains 10 to Boric Acid 50 gm.
.'50 per cent, water. It should therefore Sodium Borate 50 gm.
be dried till it ceases to lose w’cight Camphor Water 250 c.c.
Ixjfore using. To make a
solution of agar Water to make
Distilled 1,000 c.c.
it is necessary to boil for 30 to 40 min-
utes, making up the water lost by evapo-
Zinc Sulphate 2 gm.
ration, An agar emulsion heavy enough
Boiie Acid 22 gm.
to be permanent hardens to a stifT jelly,
(Camphor Water 250 c.c.
which cannot be poured out of a bottle
unless the beaters are kept going till the
Distilled Water to make 1,000 c.c.

product is cold.
Eye Lotion
• Laxative Mineral Oil Emulsion Zinc Sulphate 0.24
Psyllium Seed
Sat. Sol. BoricAcid 180.00
1. 0.3
Spanish SalTion (to color) 0.12
2. Agar 0.1
Alcohol 4.00
3. (Jelatino 0.07
Camphor Water q.s.ad. 250.00
4. Mineral Oil 70
6. Water 29.5
Swell 1, 2, 3 and 5 then boil ; cool and
Eye Salves
filter add a preservative and run 4 in Mercuiy oxide, red or yellow, is used
slowly while beating intermittently. mixed with wool grease, petrolatum or
butter salve base. Special prepared salve
bases may also be used. In one compo-
Paraffin Oil, Emulsion of
sition 1 to 3% yellow oxide of mercury
(for Internal use)
(freshly precipitated) is mixed with 10%
Powdered Tra^picanth 5 gm. of anhydrous wool grease, 8% of distill^
Moldex 1 gm. water, 2% of olive oil and white petro-
Alox)hol (90 pet cent.) 10 gm. latum to make 100%. In another compo-
Glycerin 1 160 gm. sition one to 2.5% of collargol is mixed
Distilled Water t 304.5 gm. with 15% of distilled water, 12 parts
PH VRMACKUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY HHI

anhydrous wool grease and white petrola- using more or less olive oil the jamcils
tum to make 100%. Another formula may bo made of any desirtul consistency.
contains 0.001 gram mercuric chloride,
0.05 gram boric acid, 5 drops olive oil and
Gargle, Sore Throat
5 grams white petrolatum. Also 5 parts
red oxide of mercury are mixed with 3 The preparation is used, diluted with
parts opium and 100 parts fresh sweet two or thioe paits of water, either from
butter; also one part red oxide of mer- a spiay ap[)liod to nose and throat, or
cury is mixed with 29 parts white bees- as a nasal douche from a nasal irrigator
wax and 70 parts fresh sweet butter. or syringe. Habitual users commonly in-
hale the solution into the nostrils from
the palm of the hand. The prepaiatioii
Foot Powder alho a
IS mo.-it m-cful gargle for sore
Zinc Stearate 60 gm. throats:
Alum Acetate 10 gm. Sodium liicaibouato 1.00
Menthol %
gm- Itorax 2.00
Sodium Benzoate 0.8U
Foot Powder Sodium Salicylate 0.52
The ordinary old-time foot powder is -Menthol 0.03
(^.imposed principally of some such base Thymol 0,0.5

us talc and starch, together with a little Kuealyptol 0.13


boric or salicylic acid. A modification of Oil of Pumilio Pino 0.05
this old formula is as follows: Oil of Winioigicou 0.03
Alcohol (90 per cent.) 2.50
Salicylic Acid 6 dr.
(Jlycrim 10.00
Boric Acid .3 oz.
Solution of Carmine 0.52
Powdered Elm Buik 1 oz.
'rah* or Kaolin su flic lent
Powdered Orris 1 oz.
Distilled Water to 100.00
Talc 36 oz.

Oxygeri-lilierating liquids and powders


The salts are dissolved in 80 of the

seem to be in favor for clean.sing wouiid.s


water ami tlie glyei'riii added. The other
ingredients aie dis.Milved in tiie alcohol
and feet. A typical formula for such a
jiowder
and the alcoholic solutmn is tntuiatt'ii
is:
with the talc (aUmt 5 jier cent.), uud the
Sodium Perborate 3 07. mi.xliire add«‘<l to the salt holiiliua. Tlie
Zinc Peroxide 2 oz.
solution of added and the
l•ar^^im* is
Talc 15 oz.
whole 18 iilteied, distilled water being
passed through the filter to pioduce the
Solutions for Perspiring Feet roquiri'd volume. Filtration through talc
Formic A<’id 1 dr. or kaolin is essimtial to tlu* pioduction of
Chloral Hydrate 1 dr. a clear and bright soluliuu.
Alcohol, to make 3 oz.

Apply by means of absorbent cotton. Haemorrhoidal Huppositories


Boric Acid 15 gr. Kthyl Ammo Hen/oate 10 or.
Sodium Bo rate 6 dr. Jti.smuth tSubgallate 10 or.
Salicylic Acid 6 dr. Thymol loilidc 5 or.
Glycerine 1% oz. Cacao Butter, grated 75 or.
Alcohol, to make 3 oz.
Mix the powders with the Cacao Butter
For local application.
as directfd in the I 'SB and make tho
suppositories by tho cold compression
Frost Bite Pencil method. These suppositories relieve pain
Camphor parts
quickly, are astringent, antiseptic and
25
parts granulating.
Iodine 50
Olive Oil 600 parts
Paraffin, solid 450 parts Influenza Remedies
Alcohol sufficient 1. Sodium Salicylate 3 or. 287 gr.
Dissolve the camphor in the oil, and the Phenarono 1 or. 362 gr.
iodine in the least possible amount of Spiritus Ammonia If

alcohol. Melt the paraffin and add the Aromatic j^fl. or. 320 min.
mixed solutions. When homogeneous, Chloroform 40 min.
pour out into suitable molds. Water to Produce / 1 gaL
Wrap the pencils in paraffin paper or Caramel as desire^
^

tin foil, and pack in wooden boxes. By The sodium salieymte and phenazone
382 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
are diflsoIvcJ in tho bulk of tho water, to- Lavender 6 parts
gether with flullicierit caramel to give the Oil of Pine Needle 5 parts
necessary coluur, which should be cither Eucalyptus .3parts
dark blown or almost black, and the solu- Ko.semary C parts
tion filtered. The chloroform is dissolved Formaldehyde 4 parts
in the spirits and added to tho clear Acetone 71 parts
aqueous solulion, being made to bulk with Proerdure: Mix menthol and cam-
water. Tlio dose of tho normal inixtuic phor, and warm until Add
liquefied. tho
is one fluid ounce.
oils and tho solvent. Mix and add the
2, 8odium Salic^'lato 3 oz. 287 gr. foirnaldehyde.
Liquor Ainmomi Aceta-
tis Cone. 1--7 2•^ fl. oz. No. 3
Ammonium Carbonate 480 gr. Thymol part
.5
Water to Iboduco 1 gal. I’cppermint Oil 6 parts
Caiamel as desired. Pine Needle Oil 3 parts
The sodium salicylate, potassium bicar- Formaldehyde 5 pa its
bonate, and ammonium carbonate are dis- Isopropyl Alcohol 86.5 parts
solved in the bulk of tho water, with Procedure: Di.ssolve thymol in the oils
Hutficiimt ^ivo a dark brown
caninu’l to add solvent and formaldehyde. Mi;
colour. The solution of ammonium acetate tlioioughly and filter.
is added and (he mixtiiro lilteied, and

made iqt to the quantity with water. The No. 4


dose of tho noinial mixture is one tluid Phenol 1 part
oimco. Menthol 1 part
(Camphor .5 pa it
Cold and Intluenza Mixture Thymol .5 part
Potassium Nitrate 2 Eucalyptus 2 pints
Potassium Uromide 2 Oil Clove 2 parts
Spirit of Nitrous Kther 8 Oil of JSu.ssafras jiarts
2
Strong Solution of Ammonium (3iloioform 8 parts
Acetate 4 J.supiopyl Alcohol 83 parts
Compound Tincture' of Cardamom 2 Proetdurr: Mi\ phenol, thymol, men-
Camphor Water to 100 thol and camphor and warm until lique-
Lahcl.— One tablespoon ful to be taken lied. Add the solvents and finally the
every four hours. ods. Mix thuioughly and filter.
Another mixture of similar type, but of
more pleasant taste, is: No. 5
Ammonium Carbonate 3 Menthol 1 part
Potassium Picaiboiiato 0 Camphor 1 part
Tincture of Ipecacuanha 12 Wintetgreen 3 parts
Strong Holution of Ammonium Euealyptus 2 parts
Acetate 12 Oil of Pino Noodle 3 parts
Chloroform Water to 100 KoimaUU'hydo 4 parts
Labil .
— One tablespoonful to be taken
Iodine (2^2% sol.)
Isopropyl Alcohol 85
1 part
parts
every four liours.
Procedure: Mix menthol and camphor
and warm until liciuefied. Add the winter-
Inhalants for Colds green, pine, formaldehyde, solvent and
No. 1 iodine. Filter.
Chloroform 10 parts
Formnldchydo parts No. G
5
Ether 0 parts Phenol 1 part
Menthol 3 parts Menthol 1 part
Eucalyptus 3 parts Camphor 1 part
Lavender 4 parts Oil of Pino Needle 1 part
Isopropyl Alcohol 69 parts Sandalwood 1 part
Procedure: Dissolve menthol in chloro- Lavender 3 parts
form, add tlio oils, ether and solvent. Mix Eucalyptus 2 parts
and filter if necessary. Strong Ammonia Solution 3 parts
Alcohol 87 parts
No. 2 Procedure: Mix phenol, menthol and
Menthol 2 parts CAmphor and warm until liquefied. Dis-
Camphor 3 parts solve the oils in part of isopropyl and
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 383

add to above. Mix ammonia with rest Cast do 8oap 24 gni.

of isopropyl and add to rest of mixture. Hot Water 480 c.c.

Mix and filter. ('amphor 30 gm.


Note: the formaldehyde solution re- Aleoliol 30 0 c.
commended in the foregoing preparations Oil of Turpentine q..s.

is 37%. The pungency of any of the


Di'^soKe the ammonium carbonate in
preparations can be toned down by the
21(1 c.e of water. Dissolve the soap in
addition of sweeteners or by increasing
m the hot water, then mix the two solutions.
the quantity of the more fragrant oils
l)issol\e the camphor in the alcohol and
each formula.
add to the first mixture; shake well. Now
add the oil of tiiipcntine in sullicient
Vaginal Jelly quantity to make a creamy (‘imilsion,
1. Gum Tragacanth 6 giadually adding aiul constantly shaking.
2. Glycerin 10
3. Water 100
4. Boric Acid 5 Lubrieatiiig .Icily

Mix 1 and 2 and add .3 and 4 slowly Fatty or oily siibstaiua’s, petrolatum,
with stirring; let stand overnight. for exami'le, ha\e been used foi lubri-
cating suigical instruments, such as
iiiethral sounds and vaginal specula.
Artificial Vaseline
Latterly mueilaginoiis pieimiatioiis ai<‘
Geresin or Parafrm l.'i-LM)
advised for this [iiiipose, as they may bo
White Mineial Oil M‘adily lemoved by washing with water.
Siieh a piepaiatioii may bo inado as
Wart Kemover follows;

A. Salicylic Acid 2 1. Tiagacanth, whole 4S gr.


Glacial Acetic Acid 20 (’aibtdn- Aeid, liquefied 30 in.
Glycenii n/-

B. Trichloracetic Acid 90 Distilled Water •! o/.

Water 10
Mix the thn'e liquids, p<uir upon tra-
gacanth contained into a inoitar or
* Iodine, Colloidal
giadiiate, let stand foi 12 to 21 houts or
Finely divided or colloidal I is pto- until the gum ih tlioroiiglily softened,
duced by treating cryst, 1 with 1% s(dn. then tiitiiiate or beat to a smooth [lasle.
of NaOH until a straw-coloied liquid re- If ile.'.ireil still smoother, strain forcibly

sults, cooling, adding 10 g. of gum aralnc through chci'sc-cloth.


or other protective colloid for each lb. of DisjieuM' in an oiiitiiK'nl jar.
J, then adding rapidly strong IK'l to ppt. 2. A iircjiaralion now on the
market is
all the I ill the form of a loick-red ppt. .statt'd to contain tin' gelatin of Iii.hIi moss
(i.r., finely divided colloidal 1). The with of eiicaljiitus and foi inaldehyde.
oil

coaisc crystals are filtered out, the Such a picparation may bo made by add-
tilt ate
I is allowed to stand and concen- ing to li> lluidounces of mucilage of Irish
trate and the supernatant sola, is drawn moss, HI drops of oil of eucalyptus and 5
off to remove the NaCl. diops of foi inaldehyde solution.

Liniment
Lubricating Jelly
Camphor Oil 74 oz.
Oil Laurel, Expressed 10 oz. Karaya Gum 7.3 gm.
(Jlyconicl 10.0 C.C.
Oleoresin Capsicum G81’ (vIII) 5 o/..
2 oz. Loliid 5.0 c.c.
Ethyl Amino Benzoato I
Water 100 c.c.
Camphor Powder 2 oz. /

2 oz.
*"
Moldex 0.15 gm.
Oil Rosemary
Chloroform 5 oz.
Bring 2 to a boil and stir until dis-
Oil Mustard, USP ^2 oz.
solved. Tool and add quickly to 1 while
stirring. A heavy gel forms immediately.
White Liniment Air bubbles can be removed by ke<-ping
The following formula is said to yield warm for a time. Thin gel spreads
a creamy white preparation of excellent evenly on the skin and does not roll uji.
penetrating power: Various antiseptics and medicaments rnay
Ammonium Carbonate 30 gm. be used to make vaginal and other jallieii.
Water 240 C.C.
384 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
>IonthoI Pencil or Crayon Saccharin
100 Saccharin 52 gm.
Menthol
10 Heliotropine 11
Benzoic Acid
Eucalyptol 3 Peppermint Oil 50 c.c.
Cinnamon Oil 10 c.c!
Melt together and cast in forms.
Tincture of Cochineal 250 c!c!

Migraine Salve Alcohol, q.s. to make 10,000 c.c.

Ten parts beeswax and 46 parts an- Procedure.— Dissolve saccharin, helio-
hydrous lanolin are melted and 180 parts tropinc, peppermint, cinnamon, and co-
distilled water added. Mass is well mixed chineal in alcohol in the order stated.
and then mixture of 15 parts menthol, 16 Mix well. Chill and filter.
parts methyl salicylate and 2 parts rose-
mary oil are worked in and uniform salve
Aromatic
obtained. In another preparation 5 paits
Kucalyptol 10 oz.
menthol are dissolved in 6.5 parts acetic
Menthol 10 oz.
ester, 4,2 parts absolute alcohol, LS.")
Clove Oil 5 oz.
parts triple strength ammonia liquor and
Wintergreen Oil 1 oz.
solution is worked up into salve with 45
Hi'liotropino 0.1 oz.
parts anhydrous lanolin, 36.5 parts white
Acetic Ether io oz.
ietrolatura and perfumed with 0..5 part
Cliiorophyl Ether Soluble 2 oz.
favondor oil and 1 part essence of eau do
cologne.
Alcohol, q.s. to make 1,000 oz.

Mosquito Cones
Procedure . —
Add all ingredients to the
alcohol one at a time, while mixing in the
1. Powd. Charcoal 16 oz. order given. Mix for three hours. Chill
Nitrate Potassium 2 oz. in a cooling tank to 40“ F. and filter.
Carbolic Acid IVi, oz.
Insect Powder 8 oz.
Tragacanth Muciluge, a Salol-Thymol
Salol 10 oz.
sufficient quantity
Thymol 4 oz.
Make into a with the
stiff paste 1

Oil ofLavender oz.


mucilage, and form into cones weighing Menthol 11^ oz.
about one ounce each. Benzoic Acid 20 oz.
2. Powd, Charcoal 16 oz. Glycerin 500 oz.
Nitrate Potassium 2 oz. Tincture of Cardamom 500 oz.
Benzoin 4 oz. Alcohol 2,000 oz.
Hard Tolu Balsam 2 oz.
Insect Powder 4 oz.
Proerdure . — Dissolve salol, thymol, ben-
Tragacanth
zoic acid, and menthol in alcohol. Mix
Mucilage, a
sufficient quantity.
well. Mix tincture cardamom w’ith
glycerin, add to alcohol, add lavender.
Mix four hours, chill and filter.

Mosquito Powder
1. Oil Eucalyptus 1 oz. Mouth Wash
Powdered Talcum 2 oz.
Benzoic Acid 1 lb.
Powdered Starch 14 oz.
Boric Acid 2 lb.
This powder is to bo rubbed into the Borax 1 lb.
exposed parts of the body to prevent the Alcohol 1% gal.
attack of the in.scct. Eucalyptus 3 fl. oz.
2. Oil Pennyroyal 4 oz. Oil of Thyme 1 fl. oz.
Powdered Nnphthalin 4 dr. Oil of Wincergreen 2 fl. oz.
Starch 16 oz. Water 15 gal.
Mix Caramel Coloring I Vi fl. oz.
well and sift. This is to be used
like the preceding. The boric acid and borax are added to
part of the water and dissolved by boil-
ing. The solution is cooled by the addi-
Basic Formulae for Mouth Washes tion of the rest of the water and left to
It should be noted that terpeneless oils b^ome quite cold. The benzoic acid is
are best employed. For use, a few drops dissolved in half the alcohol, and the
of the product are added to a glass of essential oils in the remaining half, and
water the two mixed and added to the water
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 386

solution. The caramel colour is added Eucalyptol 0.3 gm.


while stirring, and thorough mixing is Campluir 0.3 gm.
continued for four hours. Oil of Peppermint 0.5 gm.
Alcohol 250.0 gm.
Solution Hydrogen Dioxide 200.0 gm.
Mouth Wash
Benzoic Acid 12 parts Whiter to make 1,000 gm.
Tincture of Rhatany 60 parts
Di.s‘«olve the resorcin nnd zinc chloride
Alcohol 400 parts
in watci, and the thymol, eucalyptol,
Oil of Peppermint 3 parts
w and cuniphor in the
intcigu'i'ii, mcntliol,
A teaspoonful in a small wine-glassful alcohol. Mix
two solutions together,
tlie
of water. add the peroxide; stir for one hour, chill,
and filter.

Alkaline Mouth Wash


This is made as follows: Astnngent Mouth W'ash
Potassium Bicarbonate 21.0 gin. Zinc Chloride 1 gm.
20.0 Ah’oliol 12 c.c.
Sodium Borate gill.

Sassafras Oil 1.0 I'-iu Ills ptol 20 dr.


Oil of ('innanion 2 di.
Thymol O..') c.c.

Kucalyptol 1.0 c.c. Oil of Peppei mint 3 dr.

Methyl Salicylate 0.5 c.c. Di.siilled Waier to make lt*0 c.c.

Cudbear 2.0 gm.


Alcohol 50.0 c c.
Mouth W'a-'h, Analgesic
(ilycenn 90.0 c.c.

Magnesium Carbonate 10.0 gm.


Aiiaesthesin i.s um'iI m aiialgi'sic mouth
wuslu's. '1 Ills .'.ubstani is easily soluble
in aleohol and dillieulil) solulile in water
Water to 1,000 c.c.
mid heme adlicio.s to niucuous menibianc
Mix the potassium bicarbomxte and so- with which It coiitaits. Two giiims of
dium borate with 100 c.c. of wut«T. When HiiucMlhc.'.in are di.ssolved in DO parts alco-
the effervescence ceases, add tins solu- hol and 20 pails water are added,
tion to 500 c.c. of water. This is then Peppei mint oil, anise oil and clove oil
added to the alcohol in which the e'^scu- may bo added to finish prepnrutiou,
tial oih have been pievioush dis.sohed. used in these mouth
Aiiiitlier product
The tinctuie of cudbear and the rest of washes is etliil paraiihenobsulfo-piira-
the water aie next added with the inag- aiaMiobenzoate "in 2% solution. Novo-
acsium carbonate. The whole is mixed came hydrochloride may be uw'd with
thoroughly for 2 hours and allowe.l to addiliun of ta.sle euriective.s. An inter-
Mand for 48 hours, chilled, and filtered.
esting mixture is 800 jiails tincture of
I’lirified talc may be used in place o1 the pMethrum, 40 jiarts tinetiire of Spanish
magnesium carbonate. pipper, 40 parts oil of clove, 20 parU
menthol, 20 part.s caniplior and 80 parts
Chloro-Phenol Mouth Wash elilorofonn.
l•’oll()Wlng moutli washes may bo used
Benzoic Acid 4 07.
for treating pain cauM-d by eariotie, teeth.
Cinnamon Oil 8 0 /..
6 oz. Four pints iid suuiiders are mixed wdth
Phenol myrrh,
6 o/. 2 parts guaimuim wood, 5 parts
Chloroform cinnamon
1.50 07 5 parts cloxes ami one jmrt
Alcohol ..

2 07 . bark. This mixtuie is digested with 2i)0


Oil of Peppermint
paits 90Vc alcohol, filtered, and 0.1 part
oil of clove and O.l part cinnamon oil.
Olycei in to make 400 o/.
In another preparation 16 parts tincture
Dissolve the benzoic acid in the chloro- of myrrh are mixed with 8 parts tincture
form, add the glycerin and mix. Dis^ohc of catechu, 4 parts tincture of guainc, 4
the cinnamon, peppermint, and phenol in parts tincture of rhatany, 3 parts tinc-
alcohol and mix the two solutions to- ture of cloves, 2 parts spirits of coch-
gether. Mix for two hours, chill, and lea ria, few drops cinnamon oil and 63
filter. Bimple preparation
parts 50% alcohol.
consists of 2 parts oil of black mustard
Resorcin Mouth Wash and .30" parts spirits of cochlearia. Tannic
Resorcin 50.0 gin. acid is also used in these preparations.
Zinc Chloride 0.3 gm. Thus 8 parts tannic acid are mixed with
Menthol 5.0 gm. 5 part^incture of iodine, 1 part potas-
Thymol 2.0 gm. sium il^de, 5 parts tincture of myrrh
386 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
and 200 parts rose water. Five parts Red Saunders enough to color
tannic acid are also mixed with 5 parts Oil of Clove
5 dr.
tincture of pyrethrurn, 4 parts lavender Oil of Cinnamon 5 dr.
water, 40 parts 00% alcohol and 20 paits Zinc Chloride
4 gr.
distilled water.Finally 6 parts tannic Diluted Alcohol
1 pt.
acid are mixed with 3 parts tincture of Macerate three days with occasional
iodine, 6 parts tincture of myrrh, 70 shaking. Then filter.
parts 90% alcohol and 240 parts rose
water.
Sterilizing Solution for Oral
Mucous
Antiseptic Inhalant Membrane
Eucalyptol 20.0 c.c. Tincture Iodine 2 parts
Menthol 7.5 gr. Acetone 3 parts
Oil of ItoHcmary 10.0 c.c. Glycerin
Oil of I'lno 1 part
Needles 10.0 c.c.
Oil of liavender 3.0 c.c. *Ephedrino Nasal Spray
Oil of Jack Rose Comp. 2.0 c.c.
Ephedrine Hydrochloride 0.17-1.0
Bnlliant Gioen trace
Ethyl Alcohol (S. D.) q.s.
Gum Tragaeanth 0,5-1.0
100.0 c.c.
Water 99
Dissolve the menthol in the oils. Make
Dissolve above and then beat In
a strong .solution of brilliant gieen in
alcohol. Use enough Sod. Chloride 0.8
to give tinished
[irodijct a gieeii tint. Add the remaining Ethylene Clilorhydrin O.T.'j

alcohol to make lUO c.c.


Eucalyptol 0.12.'3
Phono! 0.002
Menthol 0.125
Antiseptic for Telephone Mouthpiece
Stearic Acid C.OO Antiseptic Oil Spray for Nose and Throat
S. I). Alcohol 20.00
Oil Sweet Almond 2 gal.
Sodium Hydroxide 1.35
Ethyl Ammo
S. 1). Alcohol 10.00
Denzoato 12 oz, 350 gr.
Water 5.00
Thymol 3 oz. 300 gr.
Glycerin 5.00
Menthol 300 gr.
8. D. Alcohol 10.00
White Mineral Oil 8 gal.
Fluorescein 0.01
Uiicalyplol 3 oz.
Menthol 1.00
Oil Wiutei gieen 2 oz. 120 minims.
Camphor 1.00
Oil eucalyptus 5.00 Hi'iit ()d Sweet Almond about 70° C.
to
Oil Lavender 5.00 and add Kthyl Ami no Benzoate, Thymol
00® C.
and Menthol. Stir until dis.solved.
Mix and 2
1 at Then add the
Then add slowly while stirring White
remainder and bet’oie it cools pour into
Miiieial Oil and then Euealyptol and Oil
molds.
Wiiitcigieen.

Mentholated Tin oat and Mouth Wash


Aseptic and Analgesic Dusting Powder
Alcohol 4y, gal.
Ethyl Amino Benzoate 12 oz. 350 gr.
for Wounds
Thymol 1 oz. 120 gr. Urea Ciystals 80 oz.
Eucalyptol 1 oz. Ethyl .\niino Benzoate 5 oz.
Oil W intergreen •% oz. Thymol Iodide 5 oz.
Menthol 100 gr. Boiic Acid Powder 5 oz.
Boric Acid 3 11). Bismuth Subgallato 5 oz.
Distilled Water 5 Vi gal. Mix and grind in a ball or pebble mil
Dissolve Ethyl Amino Benzoate, Thy- and sift through a No. 120 mesh sieve.
mol, Eucalyptol, Oil Wintorgiecn and Fill into cans with sprinkler top.

Menthol in Alcohol. Di.ssolve Boric .\cid


in hot distilled water, cool and filter. Add
Hay Fever Ointment
this aqueous solution slowly while ^irring
Lanolin Anhydrous 50 oz.
to the alcoholic solution and filtefi
Yellow Petrolatum 25 oz.
Kthyl Amino Benzoate 5 oz.
Zinc Chloride Mouth Waij/ Menthol % oz.

Tincture of Myrrh Shfl. oz. Epinephrin Solution 1-1000 2 oz.


Thymol Distilled Water 23 oz.

Pon^red Borax %oz. (1) Triturate Ethyl Amino Benzoate


PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 387

fiiul Menthol
with a portion of the Yellow Oleic Acid 20 parta
l\»troIatum until smooth. Gradually add Petrolatum 70 jiarts
the leniainder of the Petrolatum and the
I.aiiolin.
(U) Mix Epinephrin Solution with Dis- Deooloiized Tincture of Iodine
tilled Water and add this aqueous solu- Iodine Ciystals 50 jnirts
tion slowly under trituration to No. 1 and I’otussium Iodide 25 pints
mix until homogeneous. Stronger Ammonia Water liH) parts
Water 400 parts
Alcohol, a sullicient quantify
Mustard Ointment
to nuiko loOO parts
Lanoliu Anhydrous 45 oz.
Yellow Petrolatum 27 OZ.

Ethyl Amino Benzoate 2 oz. l’rutecti\e Coating for Pills


Camphor Powder 5 0/. Tincture Denzoin 50
Water
Distilled 20 oz.
Alcohol 50
Mustard Oil, USP i oz.
Vanillin 0.2

Tiiturato Ethyl Amino Ben/oate and


Powdered Camphor with poition of the Poison Ivy Lotion
yellow Petrolatum until smooth, (liadii-
Aluminum Snli>liate Crystals lOVj oz.
lilly add the remainder of the Petiolatum
Basic .S'comiary Li'ad
and th(' Lanolin. 'Fhen add the Mu.staid
Acetate 2(5 07 ,

()d and tiiturati' until homogeneous.


Distilled Water (50 oz.
Pmally add the distilled watei and mix
until perfeetly smooth.
Ethyl Ammo Bmizoate 2 oz.
(ilycopoii S 50 07 ,.

Zinc Ointment USP with Fithyl Amino


Pyorrhea Astringent
Denzoato
Potas.Hium lodidi* 15 parts
Wliite Petrolatum (55 07 .

Iodine Ciystals 20 jmrts


Para din 15 oz.
(ilyceiin 25 parts
Zine Oxide 20 oz.
Zinc Phenolsiilphonate 15 parts
Ethyl Amino Benzoate 2 oz.
Distilled Wafer, a suiri-
Melt Petrolatum and Paratlin together cient quantity to make 1(10 parts
(lienadd Zine Oxnle and Ethyl Ammo
Itenzoato pieviously sifted through a No.
loo mesh .sie\e. .Stir until eold and ]>ass Kefrigerarit ('oiinlcr Irritant
tliiough ointment null. Menthol 10 parts
Iodine Crystals B) [»arts
Chloroform 90 parts
Ilaemorrlioid Ointment (Pile Ointment) miough
3'iiictur(* Acointi',

Yellow I’etrolatum 53 oz. to iijako 480 parts


Laiudin Anhydrous 30 oz.

Yellow Iteeswax 5 oz.


Granular EfTerve.scent Cider Salt
Ethyl Amino BenzoatO 5 oz.
Bismuth Subgallatc 5 oz.
1.
Thymol Iodide 2 oz.
Powdered White Sugar 1800 gm.
Melt Yellow Petrolatum, Lanolin and
J'oudered Tartarn- Acid 900 gm.
Deeswax together and allow to eool. .Mix
Powdered .‘Sodium ibearbo-
the three powders ami triturate with a
iiute 900 gm.
portion of the ointment PaM* until
JL
smooth. Then add gradually the re-
mainder of the ba'^e and mix until oint- Powdered White Sugar 3200 gm.
ment is homogeneous. Note: This oint- P(M\dcrc<l Sodium Bicar-
ment must not eome in contact with iron bimute 900 gm.
as discoloration will result .ho only porce- I’owdercd Tartttrie Acid 820 gm.
lain or wooden utensils should be used. I'ogfered Potassium Bi-
Srtralc 120 gm.

Stainless Iodine Ointment (N.F.)


Cider Flavor
Iodine, in moderately coarse
powder 5 parta Amy^Alcohol
ParaflSn 5 parts Chlomorm
388 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
4 Stir 10-15 minutes and add
Amyl Acetate
Amyl Butyrate ^ Am. Carbonate 20 lb.
Amyl Valerate 8
Stir until uniform.
The cases given above are effervescent,
but may not granulate easily. It will

therefore be better to replace the 900 gm.


Athletic Liniment
of tartaric acid of the first recipe by
540 gm. of crystalline citric acid and Oil of Camphor 25 grn.
360 gm. of tartaric acid. Emulsone B 3.5 gm.
Rub together in mayonnaise type mixer
and add
Bmelling Salts
Glycerin 1.0 gm.
Phenol 1
Water 46.5 c.c.
Menthol 1

(amphor 2 Allow to soak for 1 hour and while


Wojik Solution of Iodine beating add
(2.6 per cent, v/v) I
Glycerin 7.5 gm.
Oil of Pumilio Pine I
Water 46.5
Oil of Eucalyptus J

Strong Solution of Ammonia Beat intermittently for 1 hour.


Ammonium Carbonate 90 This produces a heavy fluid emulsion
which is very stable.
The ammonium carbonate should be
pack(‘d into tlie bottle, the strong solu-

tion of ammonia added, then the otioT


ingredients, previously mixed. Sodium Tooth Paste (Salt)
aesquicarbonato is .sometimes substituted Glycerin 37»/j lb.
for ammonium carbonate. Soup, Neutral \V2 lb.

(rum Tragacanth \V2 11).

Mugni'suun Carbonate,
Diabetic Tea I’owdeied 13 lb.
Calcium Carlinnate,
Two examples of such teas are as fol-
Powdi'ri'd CAVi lb.
lows, Ten parts acacia flowers, 20 ixirr.s
Milk of Magnesia 31 lb.
mistletoe, 15 parts water fennel seeds
Distilled Water 24 ])t.
and 30 parts lady’s mantle. Also 5 puits
Saccluiiin 282 gr.
lovage root, 5 parts valerian root, 5 paits
Salt, I’owalered lOS 11».
blackberry root, 35 parts herba lierl)a
Flavoring Oils Sulflcient,
anserinac and enough foliue myrtillae to
make 150 part^ in all. Mix glycerin, water, soup. gmm, milk of
magnesia and saccharin in a nipid mixei.,
Add flavor and mix for 15 miuute.s.
Transfer to small mixer, add salt, run for
Tobacco Cure
fi\e minutes and add magnesium car-
The following mouth wa.sh is said to bonate; mix additional five minutes; feed
“cure” one of smoking. calcium carbonate to pasty mass and mix
Silver Nitrate 0.2 for 20 minutes. Allow' to .stand 12 hQt|r>'^:
OilPeppermint 0.1 stir slowly for 10 minutes and fill iu
Water 100 tubes.
The mouth should be rinsed with this
several times daily.
(Acid) Tooth Paste Formula
Glycerin 200.0 parts
#

Flavor 6-143-C 9.6 parts


White Liniment * Acid Solution 64.0 parts
Am. Palmolato 18 lb. Bcnroic Acid 0.8 parts
Water 15 gal. Calcium Chloride 2.4 parts
Stir until dissoIvei^lM^d add Cerelose 40.0 parts
Ammonium Hydroxide Powdered Gum Tragacanth 6 4 parts
Water Powdered Gum Karaya 7.2 parts
Stir mechanically and add slowly Calcium Sulfate .304.0 parts
Turpentine m gal. Tricalcium Phosphate 90.4 parts
Oil of Camphor |2 lb.

Cottonseed Oil ^8 lb. 724.8 parts


PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 389

* The acid solution is made as follows Dissolve glycostcrin in water and gly-
citric, boric, and tar-
5 parts each of cerine oil water bath. Stirred mechani-
taric acids dissolved in 100 parts cold cally while cooling. Added 15 gm. of the

water. chalk and the soap slowly while stirring.


Allowed to cool. Transferred to mortar
Procedure: and added restof chalk, and oil of
(a) Mix
the glycerine, flavor, acid pt'ppermiiit, and saccharin, and ground
solution benzoic acid, calcium chloride, llimouglily.
and cerelose. Mix for 15 minutes. Finally added the 2 gm. of glycerin,
(b) Mix the powdered gums. Calcium stirredand tubed.
Sulfate and the Tricalcium Phosphate.
(c) Add (b) to (a) and mix at least * Tooth PastO
two hours.
Gum Tragacanth 1
Mill through a paint or ointment mill
Pectin 5
before filling tubes. Glycol 'j 30
Flavor is composed of S.O parts Oil Water 63
Peppermint, l/.l parts Oil Speaimint, 0.3 Titanium Dioxide 37
parts Menthol and 0.4 paits Oil Cassia. Pejisiu 22
Du'thylaminoethylolcylamido
Tooth Paste Lactate 4
Glycerine ‘ll-Oparts (ilvrerin 4
Distilled Watei 37.0 parts Flavor 2
Calcium Chloride 1.5 parts
Flavor 2.0 paits Tooth Pa,do (Sonple.ss)
Pov\ doledNeutial White
Glyeopon AAA 30 parts
Soap 15.0 parts
J’owdcrcd Kaiava Gum 0.3 jiarts
Calcium Sulfate 82.0 p.irts
Powdeied Tiagacaiilli 0.3 parts
Powdoicd Sacchaiine 0.2 parts
Cilycostm in 3,0 paits
Powdered Gum Tragacanth 2.0 paits Civsalba (Suaiin Cal-
cium Siiljihatc) 40 paits
J80.7 parts
TiK’alcium I’hoBjihato
Procedure: (Swann) 5 parts
.Mix the glycerine and gum tragacanth. Water 27 parts
Dis.Holve the* calcium ehloiide in the Sacchaiin .0r> parts
water and add to the glyceiiiie guni tia- Hcn/oic Acid 1 paits
and let stand until
gacaiith mixture, stir •Flavor .5 P^Hs
h.vdrated (aji-
the gum thoiuughly
18
•Flavor has the following conijinsition:
proximately one hour). Now mi\ all the
Oil ivppcniiiiit 10 parts
powdered ingredients and sieve thru 40 or parts
Oil Sp'-atmmt 2
00 mesh and add these and the essential parts
Oil ( a'-Ma .2
oils to the elixir and mix until the pa.stc
is snioolh. Melt the Olycosterin. Mix the pow-
The consistency can l>e changed as <lc- deii-d guiii.s wilii the Glvcopon AAA. Add

sired by adtling nioie or hss of the Cal- Pn-ii/nic Acid and Saccharin. Finally,
Sulfate but this should never be tlic water. Mix foi 5 minutes. Hsftt

^Oilmgcd greatly. melting point of (Jlycosteiin and


u u i
After mixing the paste should be adil to the latter with coii.'^taiit stirring.
ground thru a paint or ointment mill. After iniviiig tor about !) miniitf^j add the
Flavor is composed of: mixed Cry.nalba and Pliosjiliato with stir-
ring, until a srnootli paste is produced.
Oil of Peppermint 8.0 parts
When the t(*riii>erfiture is about .30“ C.
Oil of Spearmint 4.0 parts
add the flavor mixture with stirring, and
Menthol 0.2 parts
Thymol parts poor into tubes.
0.2
Thoie sceni.s no special difficulty in the
Tooth Paste preparation of this paste, and a smoother
50 gr. product will be obtained if the abrasives
Precipitated Chalk
Powdereil Soap 0 are mixed into We paste at a tempo ra^fO
34 gr. suflfeiently high to be above the melTOg
Glycerine
0.25 gr. point of the Glycosterin. And after all
Saccharin
2.26 gr. has l^n added it is passed thm'an oint-
Water
2.00 gr. ment mill. This paste doe* not seem to
Olycosterin
Peppermint 1-00 gr. harden in the tube nor liecome. friabla
Oil
2.00 gr. after^posure for 24 hours. The flavtW'
Added Glycerine
300 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
can of course be modified to suit indi- and the chalk and mix thoroughly
and
vidual taste. sift.

Dental Cream Tooth Powders


Precipitated Chalk 35% Magnesium Carbonate 425 gr.
White Neutral Soap 20% Precipitated Chalk 500 gr]
Powdered Sugar 10% Sodium Perborate 55 gr.
Purified Talc 10% Sodium Bicarbonate 45 gr'
Glycerin 25% Soap 50 gr'.
Oil Peppeimint q.8. Sugar 90 gr.
Methyl Salicylate 8 c.c.
Mix powders thoroughly togetl#r
the
Menthol 1 gr.'
and then vvoik into a paste' with the gly-
Oil of Cinnamon 2 c.c.
cerin. Add oil peppermint.
Procedure: Dissolve the menthol in tlio
methyl, add tho cinnamon and then add
Tooth Powder Flavors
to and mix with sugar. Add soap, pei-
No. 1
borate and mix thoroughly. Add tin'
Oil of Cinnamon 2.5 c.c.
chalk and mix and finally add the bicar-
Oil of Clove .5 c.c. bonate and the magnesium carbonate.
Methyl Salicylate 8 c.c.
Mix thoroughly and sift.
No. 2.
Precipitated Clialk 500 gr.
Oil of Spearmint 1 c.c. Tin Oxide 05 gr.
Mentliol .5 gr. Triculcium Pliospliate 100 gr.
Methyl Salicylato 8 c.c. S(.ap 50 gr.
Sugar 50 gr.
No. 3
Flavor to Suit 8 gr.
Oil of Cinnamon 2 c.c.
Procedure: Incorporate flavors wdth
Oil of Popiicrraint 2 c.c.
Oil of Clove
.sugar,add soap and mix thoroughly. Add
3 c.c.
tricalcium and chalk, mix and add tin
No. 4 oxide.

Oil of Anise 2 o.e. Chalk 400 gr.


Oil of (Innamon 2 c.c. Calcium Chloride 00 gr.
Oil of Peppcimint 1 c.c. Tn Calcium Phosphate 100 gr.
Methyl S.alicyhite 5 c.c. Pulverized Curnauba Wax .30 gr.
Woap 50 gr.
'Pooth Powders Talc 200 gr.
Sugar 300 gr.
Titanium Dioxide 115 gr.
Flavors 10 gr.
Calcium Caibonate Heavy ()00 irr.
Pulverized Neutral White Procedure: Mix flavors with sugar add
Spap 100 cr. soap and mix thoroughly. Mix the wax
POOiKim Carbonate Mono- with the talc thoroughly, add the trical-
hydrated 140 gr. ciuraand mix thoroughly. Add the chalk
Flavor (Oil of Winter- and calcium chloride. Mix thoroughkl
green) 18 c.c. and sift.

Proerdure: Pub up the oil with part Cream of Tartar 350 gr.
of tho calcium carbonate until finely dis- Milk Sugar 300 gr.
persed. Add
tho other ingrodieuts and Colloidal Clay 375 gr.
mix thoroughly. Sift. Flavor 8 gr.
Color if Desired (usually pink)
Calcium Carbonate 600 gr.
Tricalciiitn Phosphate 150 gr. Procedure: Add flavors to milk sugar
Calcium Chloride 20 -gr. and mix. Mix cream of tartar with the
Bicarlx>nate of Soda clay ai)4 niix both mixtures together
00 gr.
Pulv. Neut. Soap thoroughly. Sift.
55 gr.
Confectioner’s XXX Stigar 100 gr.
Flavor to Suit
8 gr. Tooth Paste Flavors
Procedure: Mix the flavoring with tho Tho following three formulas represent
sugar thoroughly. Add tho soap and mix flavors to bo used in preparing an herb
again. Add the bicarbonate and tho cal- toothpaste, a wintergreen and a cherry
cium chloride. Mix. Add the tricalcium toothpaste.
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 301

duces a jelly that can not Ivo remelted or


Oil ofArnica 1 part brought into solution again. This pro-
Hyssop Oil 1 part duct IS rubbery and possesses loss
Oil of Thyme 1 part strength when cold. If it is dried and
Juuiper-berry Oil 1 part powdered, the product is known as formo-
Caliimiia Oil 2 paits gelatine and due to the antisc'ptic action
Sago Oil 3 parts of formaldehyde it remains sterile and
Spearmint Oil 5 parts is a geimicide and is also employed as a

Peppermint Oil 6 parts surgical dressing.

2 .

Oil ofWintergreen 8 parts


Capsules
Peppermint Oil 10 parts
parts For use as contami'rs of doses of medi
Aniseed Oil 10
Cinnamon Oil 10 parts cine* are made from gelatine. A strong
solution of this gelatine is mined with
Oil of Clovca 15 parts
glycerine and a little sugar, and the whole
3.
kept at a lemperatiiie of aiouiid 120° F.
Oil of Cinnamon 4 parts
An lion rod, the end of which is shaped
Anctliol 8 parts
exaetly as the capsules required, is liighly
Oil of Cloves 4 parts
polished so that the gelatine when cool
Oil of Bergamot 4 parts
may lie ea.sily detachi’d. The rod is dip
Two of the antiseptic type
flavors pod into the solution and then levohed in
\sliieh may bo
used either in toothpastes a diving chamber. The sections are re-
or mouth washes are as follows: moved us .soon u.s solution lias jelln'd and
allowed to diy. In using them tho two

Oil of Aniso Vi part sections are made so that one fits down

I'luealyptol 1 part over tlie other like a cover.


Menthol 1 part
Methyl Salicylate Vi part For Coating Pills

Gelatine is used, the obji'ct in this case


Oil of Aniso 4 parts
is to eliminate the taste of pill in swal-
Oil of Cassia 2 parts
lowing and pievent evaporation of en-
Oil of Clovo.s 5 parts
closed moistuie. 1 part gelatine, 2 parts
Oil of 8 parts
water are mixed with a little glycerine or
Oil of Lavender 4 parts coati'd by dipping.
sugar and the julls are
Oil of Peppeiniint 9 parts over-
This amount of gidatine as.sists in
Oil ofWintergK'Ou 12 parts of the
coniiiig(he nauseating affects
Menthol 12 parts
moilicine.

Athlete’s Foot Ointment Gelatine Cidls for Ultratlltration .

For of collytdli, a|l0‘


ull infill rat ion
5% Flowers of Sulphur .

Anliydrous Lanolin braiie.s are prepared by


95'/o
disks of hard filter paper fat
Grind or triturate sulphur into lanolin
tion thimbles with a solution of getatlMH
ai^ apply locally.
A 2 -111% solution of gelutino is used add
the cdiitaming di.'-k should be kept on
wutei hath at a ci-rtam constant tempera-
Mosquito Bite Ointment
ture during the imjin'gnation. A
porosity
Boric Acid Ointment U.S.P. 95% of the filler will vary with tho tempera-
Phenol 5% ture (luring the impregnation. PoroSity
Triturate phenol into ointment cold. reraoMiig di'-ks irom liquid tlu^y are
allowed to drum, rotating constantly so
as to prevent an excess of jfdl forming on
Gelatine in Pharmaceutical Preparations one side. After Vi b<Jur the papers are
Wlien formaldehyde is added to A solu- placed m
a 2-4% formal dehyiie solution
tion of gelatine a change is ob.servcd to for 24 hours to render insoluble, the tem-
take place which is dependent on the perature being maintained at around
amount of formaldehyde added. When 10-15° C. The disks or thimbles are then
the amount added is less than .15% a vis- rinsed in cold water and kept in water
cous solution results, but insolubility is saturated with chloroform. For varying
not obtained in such a solution until the gradations in size of poie, concentrations
gelatine has been permitted to dry out. of gelatine arc varied from 2-10% tho
In greater percentages formaldehyde pro- temperature still being kept constant.
PHOTOGRAPHY
• Flashlight Powder
Sod. Carbonate (Anhyd.) 30- 40
Magnesium Powder 700-900
Caustic Soda 20-30
Sulfur 10- 18
Pot. Bromide 5- 10
Pot. Pomiiinganaie 100-;^
Pot. Nitmte %' 70#86 Sod. Hyposulfite 250-300
Magnesium Oxide Am. Picrate 3- 5
(Calcined)
Water 1000
lOO-lGO
Charcoal 10- 30
All materials should be finely powdered Photographic Film, Reclaiming
before mixing, whieh, should be done Forty kg. of discarded pieces of old
most carefully. film is washed for 15-20 min. in a soln.
prepd. by heating to 70® 100 1. of H2O
and 0.7 kg. of KaOII. The alkali contg.
Smokeless Flashlight Powder
gelatin and Ag are drawn off and the
Zirconium 28 celluloid is further washed with hut
Zirconium Hydride 7 water before being used for other pur-
Magnesium 7 poses The alkali returned
is to the
Mnrium Nitmte 30 washer for treating another 40 kg. of
Barium Oxide 25 film. After the alkali has been used on
Rico Starch 5 80 kg, of film it is boiled with steam in
a wooden vessel and HCl (d. 1.19) is
Gelatin Film Cleaner added to complete coagulation of the
gelatin. After settling, the supernatant
Alcohol 98-99
liquid IS removed, the ppt. is tiltiTcd and
Diethyl Amino 2- 1
then ashed in a muffle at 500-000°. Tin*
dried sulistam-c is mixed with Nn2C().;
*
Paper, Ultraviolet Sensitive 1: 3 and heated in a crucible until it lii

Unsized paper is treate<l with a solu- liquid. To eliminate the admixtures, Ag


tion of o-C(|H 4(N02) .Clio and an indi- IS melted with KNO3 until the surface is

cator (litmus or broniothymol blue). mirror bright. The pptd. AgoS from the
fixing soln. is treated in the same way
except that it is melted with Fe, as
* Develo])er, Photogmphic AgoSF Fe= FeS+2Ag. 'lo regenerate
p*propylanunophenolhydro- fixing sidution Ag is pptd. by NU2S.
chloride 1
Sod. Thiosulfate 9
Photogmphic Negatives, Removing
Pot. Carbonate 8
Water Spots from
Water 200
For removing water-spot drying marks
on negatives bleach in the following
Photographic Developer, Rapid soln.: K2O2O7 1 g., HoO 100 cc., HCl
Boln. A: metol 5 g., hydroquinone 5 2 cc. and redevelop with an elon-hydro-
f.,
NaoSOs 100 g., H2O 1 1.; soln. B: quinoue developer.
K2CO3 100 g., H2O 1 1. Time of im-
mersion of film in soln. A, 1 min., fol-
Photographic Negative Intensifier
lowed by immersion for to % in
The following formula is recommended
soln. B.
for the intensification of underdeveloped
transpar^Mj^: soln. (1): citric acid 10
PhotogUphic Developing Fi.\er
g., diatd. 500 cc., pyrogallol 7.5 g.
Metol 5- 10 aoln. (2) ; 10 g., distd. HgO 200
Hydroquinone 15-20 cc. For ust^ix 25 cc. of (1) with 20
Sod. Sulfite 50- 80 ilrops of (2). Pour quickly over the
All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.
392
PHOTOGRAPHY 393*

plate and immerse it tray of the


in a purple tones a-naphthylamihe 4 g» water
8oln. Fresh soln. is needed for max. in- 200 cc., HCl 10 drops is used. After
tensification. washing, dry slightly and iron the slightly
moist material
Photographic Negative Intensification
The negative may be intensified by Printing Photographic, Single and
mordanting dyes to the image. Bathe Multiple Gum
the well-washed negative for 5 rain, in Art papers are sized with 60-70 g.
the following mordant bath; water 1000 soft gelatin, 3-5 g. chrome alum and
re., CuSOa 5H2O 40 g., .citrate 40 g., K 1150 lid. water, to give clear highlights.
AcOH (glacial) 30 co., NH4CN8, 20 g. Five parts Senegal or Sudan gum arabic
Wash well, then bathe in the dye bath to is dissolved in 10 parts water, and fil-
the desired d.: Methylene blue (1%
soln.) 287 cc., rhodamine (1% soln.) 333
tered through linen. To this is added ^
of Its vol. 3% starch soln., to give a mat
ec., phosphine (1% soln.) 380 cc., AcOH surface, and a few drops 10% phenol.
(glacial) 10 cc. The bath is stated to For single gum, 1 part a(]uarelle or tern-
give a neutral black tone. pora cidor is mixed with 2 parts gum
soln. and 3 parts 15% K2Fr207
Negative Reducer, Photographic ( N’ II4
)
20r207 plus a few drops MII4OII.
This is brushed out on the paper and
The following soln. is recommended:
dried. If the proportion of gum is right
ferric NH4 oxalate 40 g. boric acid, 40
;
the color will wash olT without exposure
g. ;
Na thiosulfate, 200 g. ;
water, 1 1.
by simple bathing Vi hr. in cold water.
I’or use, this isdiluted with at least an
Fxposurc is 55® for thin, 05-70® for
equal vol. of water. It does not keep so
medium, 75-90® for dense, negatives, on
well in the diluted form. If the reduced
Ilerlango Eder-IIeeht neutral wedge pho-
negative has a slight yellow color, it may
tometer with Celloidin paper, ('orrei’t
be removed in a 1% C2H0O4 soln.
expo.sures develop in 1-2 hrs. in cold
water, or 6-8 min. with sawdust and
* ’


Masking Cream, ' Photographic water and dil. K2GO3 at 30-35®. Cr salts
Glycerol 0 oz. are removed by bathing in 10% alum
^Vater 8 oz. )lu8 a few drops of glacial AcOH, 1-2
Whiting 32 oz. irs., then wash well. For 3 step mul-
Halt Vi 07, tiple gum, the proportions arc: (1) the
Ocher Vi oz. same as given above; (2) 1 g. of 4-S
parts dicliromate, 0.5 part color; (3) 0.4
Photographic Printing on Cloth g. of 5 parts dichroinate, 1 part color.

For Ag images on cloth the following


formula is rcconunended. Immerse the •Sensitizing Solution, Photographic
cloth a in 2% soln. of Iceland moss A sensitizing compn. especially appli-
contg. AICI3 . (>1120, 2 %. After drying, cable for fabrics, wood surfaces, tiles,
immerse in a sensitizing soln.: AgNO.^ etc.,comprises AgNO.-j 300 grs,, ferric
30 g., distd. H2O 150 cc., C(jIIg07 II2O .
uinmonium citrate (green scales) 375
10 g. The sensitized fabric is dried m grs., citric acid300 grs. and II2O 1 pint.
the dark and printed under a negative The soln. is applied in drops and the
by using a printing frame. The image surface dried. The printed imago is
can be toned with Au thiocyanate, fixed washed and fixed in hypo, various tones
and washed or toned with combining ton- being possible by this treatment. Im-
ing and fixing baths. For dye images the ages on fabrics can be washed and ironed*
priraulin method is recommended, which
consists of: bathing the cloth for 10
min. in a warm soln. contg. 10 g. of Sepia Toning, Improved Bleach for
primulin dissolved in 300 cc. of hot II2O. What is said to be a much superior
The cloth is then washed and immersed method of producing sepia prints is:
in a bath consisting of: NaN02 6.0 g., The print to be toned is partially
H2O 1 1., 15 cc. HG
It will then be bleached in a soln. contg. 1 part in 4 of
brownish red. After drying in a dark the following; CuG2 g- 90^01 1 oz.
room the image is printed the use of HoO 20 oz. It is then redeveloped in
a contrasting transparency, pe light-ex- normal metol hydroquinone developer.
posed areas bleaching out in printing. The brown black thus produced is en-
The image is washed and develop^ in a tirely free from double tones. Only a
soln. of ^-naphthol 3 g., NaOH 4 g., slight rinse between bleach and develop-
H2O 300 cc. to give a red tone. For ment and no fixing afterward are re-

For Chernies] Adviiori, Speelsl Bsw Ifsterisb, Kqstpneot, Contsioers, tie., contaH SuMAT
Section st end ni hook.
394 the chemical formulary
quire4il.Thifl bleach ia alao better than B. If the image fades during washing,
otli*r8#l|ul/i(le toning. the print should be bathed in 5%
*'
C2H2O4.
4

Toning Bath, Vanadium


Silver Toning Bath Stains, Eemoving
Soln. An distd. n^O, 500 cc.; FeClg.
(jllaO, 29.0 K3Fe(CN)„, 1.0 g.;
g.;
The chalky deposit which forms on
K(’103, 2.5 g. Keep in a dark brown sullide-toned prints during washing ivitli

bottle in a dark place. Soln. B: VCI4 hard H2O maybe removed by means of
as paste, 5 g. HCl (coned.) 25%, 50 cc.;
;
dll. AcOH
(2.5%). Mounted prints may
distd. H2O, 200 cc. P’or use, take 100 cc. be sponged with this soln. since the acid
of A, 100 cc. distd. H2O and 5-10 cc. of evaps. without harming the print.

PLASTICS (CELLULOID, CELLULOSE


ESTERS, COMPOSITIONS), E T C .

Red-Browns
COLORS FOR PLASTICS
Colors for Plastics
Deep Indian Bed 1.75
Burnt Turkey Umber .75
Mahoganies Besin 49
Btumt Sienna 2.92 Wood Flour 49
Black Oxide of Iron .44
Deep Indian Bed .64
Deep Indian Bed 1.50
Besin 49 Black Oxide of Iron .5
Wood Flour 49 Besin 49
\Vood Flour 49
Burnt Sienna, Dark .8
Burnt Sienna, Very Dark 3.12 Blacks
Black Oxide of Iron .08
Nigrosine Dye 1.4
Rosin 49
Black Oxide of Iron .6
Wood Flour 49
49
Resin
Wood Flour 49
Burnt Sienna 1.64
Black Oxide of Iron .14
Deep ladian Bed .22 Olive Drab
Resinl 49 BlaaiyWjle of Iron 1.
Wood flour Yellow Oxnie of Iron
Besin^ 49
Wood Flour 49
^ Seal Browns
^Bumt Sienna, Dark 1.85
Black Oxide of Iron .1 Molding Powder
Ultramarine Blue .05 Asbestos Flour 147 parts
Besin 49 Chalk 147 parts
Wood Flour 49 Clay 147 parts
Bakelite 30 parts
Cumarone 30 parts
Deep Indian Red .75
Burnt Turkey Umber 1.75
49 Rubber Pyroxylin Mixture
wood Flour 49 A common solvent for rubber and py-
roxylin is composed of following

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


PLASTICS

Ethyl Butyrate Cork Composition Bin<^|^^


Propyl Propionate
Casein
Iflobutyl Butyrate
Borax
or Water 120
Ethyl Ocnanthate Ghcerine 70

Thus rubber and pyroxylin may be dis-

Bolvod in those to form laoquers of spe-


Composition Ornaments
oml properties.
A pattern is curved out of wood and is
covered by following composition to form
Sculptors Putty a “die”:
Linseed Oil (Boiled) 15% Oil of Tar 3 oz.
Fullers Earth 15% Soapstone 4 lb.
Calcium Carbonate 70% Emery Flour 4 lb.

Mix all ingredients thoroughly. Orange Shellac 0 lb.

French Chalk 4 oz.

* Imitation Porcelain Plastic


Melt the shellac and add the oil of
Molten chlorinated naphthalenes (ap- tar. Adilthe soapstone, niiMiig tlior-
prox. 50% Cl) are treated with 20-50% oiighh. Mix separately the (dry) em-
Ilftalcum, kaolin, chalk, white lead, or ery liour and French chalk; thiui pour
of other insol. material or pigment. The this into the melted shellac and oil of
masses soften wdien heated. tar, stirring thoroughly and vigorously.
Place the pattern or “die” in a box,
flat side down, and pour this mixture
* ‘
Celluloid

’-Non-Inflammable over same. When cool the result will bo
a mould into wliicli can be cast the ma-
Cellulose Acetate 119-180
terials of which tlie ornamenls or mpuld-
Acetone 48
ings are composed.
,‘{2- 52
Benzol
The following composition hatrj^n
Alcohol 14- 20
tested and found e\<M>llent for mouldings
and 'ornaments of this kind:
Cellulose Acetate
White Clue 13 lb.

400 g. of AcOH and 7.5 g. of H2SO4 Ilosin 1.3 lb.

are added to 100 g. of air-dry cotton- Jtaw Linsi'cd Oil Ml qt-


wool (I), and 1-1.5 hr. later 250-280 g. Clyccrim*
of AC2O are added gradually, with const, will ting li t
agitation, maintaining the temp, at 20-
50®. After complete dissolution of (1)
This mixture is prepared by cooking
(5-0 hr.) the triacetate is hydrolyzed at
20-70 hr. with a mixture the white glue until it is dissolved. Then
15-:55° during
cook scpanitely tlic rosin ami niw lin-
of 52-50% AcOII and > 7.5 g. of 95%
seed oil until they are dissolved. Add
H2SO4. H2SO4 may be replaced by
the rosin, oil and glycerine toihe cooked
ZnClo, in which case (1) should first be
glue, stirring in tile wlntiii g^ypt il the
treated wuth 00.5% IINO3 at 20-22® dur- the 0^
mass mqkeg up to -

ing .SO min., washed, air-dried, acetylated the mixture hotS


putty. *
Keep -M:
at 80® during 2.5 hr. using a 1;8:2.8
Plaee this putty mass irv tni
mixture of ZnCL, AcOH, and AcoO, and
pressing it firmly into the same and,
then hydrolyzed during 42 hr. at 15®.
lowing it to cool slightly before reij
The product* thus obtained possesses high q'hc finisluMl product is rcady^
ing.
viscosity, stability, and insulating prop-
use within a few hours after removal.
erties, rendering it suitable for the manu-
Suitable colors can be added* tflf secure
facture of COMe2-8oI. insulating lac-
brown, red, black or any other color.
quers.
In applying ornaments made of this
composition to a w’ood surface, they are
first steamed to make them flexible; in
* Composition, Acid Proof
this condition they can be glued to the
(Suitable for Storage Battery Boxes) wood surface easily and securely. They
Cotton Flock 25 can be bent to any shape, and no naili
Infusorial Earth 25 are required for applying them.
Asphalt or Pitch 50

For Cbemlcal Advlson^ 8 p«d*I Esw MUwUI*. *qulpB»nt» Oottialnws, etc., WMuH
BeeUon at end of book.
»96 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
* Albttpg Composition, Celluloid luloid plate. A compn. contg. gelatin 3,
glycerol 15 and water 82% may be used.
TileM^jirhosphate 75-80
GypstM 300-350
'

^ •Cellulose Composition

Cellulos^ fibers are beaten in the fol


* Phonogntpl^ Record Composition lowing solution; the wet mass is shapeu
Cellulose Acetate 250 in forms and dried.
Triphonyl I’hosfate 50
Magnesium Cliloride 12
Diacetone Alcohol 35
Magnesium Sulfate 12
Triacetin 10
Sod. Ricarbonate 12
Acetone 1250
Borax 2
Aluminum Oxide 35
Salt 2
Asbestos Powder sufficient to suit
Water 128
Magnesium Oxide sufficient to suit

* Ivory, Artificial
* Bottle Caps, Oelatin
Twoparts of casein are dissolved in 12
capsules are formed from a
Elastic
parts of water to whi?h a small addition
compn. consisting of a basic inixt. of of sodium hydroxide was added. To this
gelatin 400 and glyeeiol 100 parts to casein solution add then a solution of so-
which is added a mi.xt. of about 0.013- dium penla-sullide which contains 3.7
0.02 part of petroleum and about 0.03- parts of sulfur in 15 parts of water.
0.04 part of benzoin- resin, and the cap- The decomposition of tlie poly-sulfldo
sules are hardened with a 3-5% formal- witli 10% liyUroclilonc acid goes beyond
dehyde soln. to which glycerol and ale. the formation of colloidal sulfur and re-
are added. sults ultimately in a flaky coagel of col-
m casing. The acid is re
loidal sulfur
Oelatin Films, Hardening moved from the eoagcl by washing it
with water; the greater part of the
Ck^in or other protein layers are ren-
water retained by the casein is removed
dereowery insoluble by treatment with
by pre.ssing it at a relatively low pres-
the following;
sure.
Formaldehyde 100 cc. The obtained mass is now homogen-
Pot. Carbonate 100 gm. ized,for instance in a salve mill, and
.Water 1000 cc. becomes thereby so far plastic that it
may be transformed under high pressure
into platen or other desinible forms.
• Film, Non-Inflammable
Application of heat greatly facilitates
Cellulose acetate 100, triphenyl phos- this transformation by pressure. The
phate 10-20, and diethyl piithalate 10- shaped masses are then finaMaL dried at
15 parts are closely combined with the gentle heat and are hardcnedHL heating
aid of a solvent composed of acetone 85 them for 10 hours at a tenoj^ture of
and nlc. 15 parts to form a flowable 90 to 95*.
dope, which is cast on a suitable surface.
The excess of solvent is evapd. and the
stripped from the surface. • Plastic, Molding
resultant lUm
500 grams of sugar, preferablj^ brown
cane sugar, is thoroughly mixed about m
iJ^on- Inflammable Film, Prevention of 1000 cubic centimeters of say 40% for-
P Shrinkage maldehyde solution. When the sugar is
^
Sucly films are treated with dilute am-
i completely mixed in the formaldehyde
monia lor six hrs. at 30-50* C. to pre- solution, heat is applied to the solution
vent staining or wrinkling during de- until a temperature of approximately 40*
velopme^ C. is attained. The
solution is main-
tained at this temperature for about 10
• Gelatin
minutea After the expiration of this
Sound Records period, about 10 grams of sodium sulfite
A (which may be hard-
gelatin soln. (NajSO^) is added to the heated solu-
ened with a dichromate) is poured on the tion in small amounts while the tempera-
wax master record to form a ture of the solution is increased to about
lUM'>hich when solid is mounted oh a 60* C. The temperature is preferably
backing such as a metal or cel- maintained at 60* C. for about 10 min-
PI^STICS 397

utes. When time has expired the


this * Molding Composition, Thermoplastic
mass of material is ready for use in the Take 100 pounds leather s6iup, and
production of plastic masses and of ce- soak this in water until the leather be-
mented products. comes softened or plumped. In practice,
The plastic material produced in this soak the leather for aliyut Ilf hours.
example sets and hardens by itself in Add about 2% of urea or sull^huric acid
the open air within a period about 12 ^ to the water, for soaking or plump*
to 21 hours. Under the influence of heat, mg.
say at a temperature of 180® to 200“ C., After the leather has become sufll-
the plastic material sets in about 4 to ti ciently softened in the soaking vat, 1 re
minutes to a relatively hard, strong, move it and place it in a stnim-jacketed
tough and resin-like solid. kettle, contained just suflicient water to
If the aforesaid plastic material is cover the leather. The leather is then
used as a binder or cementitious sub- heated at a temperature of apjiroximutely
stance for fibrous particU‘s, such as saw 190“ F. for about one half hour. The
dust or wood shavings, the plastic ma- temperature and the duration of heating
terial is mixed thoroughly with said should preferably be regulated so as not
particles. The tlms-treatiHl mass may be to produce complete disintegration or
permitted to set and harden in the open breakdown of the leather, wliicli after
air but it is Ix'tter to subject the mass to heating should be gummy, and a stiniple
heat and pressure. By applying a pres- placed between the fingers sliould pull
sure of about several hundred pounds out in long, fine threads. In the claims,
per square inch and a temperature of the term “gum,” refers to the tacky
about 180“ to 200“ C. to the fibrous ma- mass resulting from treating leather as
terial containing the plastic substance, a above described. The mass remains
dense hard board is obtained. tacky at room tcnipeniturc,
Aher heating the leather, any waUr or
solution standing in the kettle is run off
Benzyl Cellulose Plastic The gumiiiy leather is then conveniently
Asbestos (Powd.) 100 run into a steam jacketed imxer, eontaiii
(’linlk(Powd.) 100 ing the substances to bo mixed with the
('lay (Powd.) 100 leather gum, and which Ihemselvei have
Benzyl Cellulose 125 preferably lieen mixed reviously to the
j

iiilditicm of the gummy leather.


A moulding pressure of .lO-flO lb. per
The mixture to which the gummy
in. is used.
[.
leather is added is preferably made up
as follows; Naphthalene, amoiintiog

*
5% to 15% of the leather si'rap,
Plastic Composition
for example (10 pounds in the example
Ethyl Benzyl Cellulose 100 given above), is placed in the steam-
Triphenyl Phosfatc 1 jacketed kettle. There is also preferably
TricresyL Phosfatc 3 added glycerine and ethylene glycol, the
Benzol 200 relative amounts being variable and also
var\ing, somewhat with the amount of
The above is used for dental and other
nuplithalene or equivalent used. As a
molding or modeling purposes.
representative proportion use glycerine
to the amount of 10% of the weight of
the blither scrap (10 pounds fai the ox
• Celluloid Substitute (Nun-Inflammable) ample given), and l- 27o ethylene-glycol
Camphor .15parts (1~2 pounds in the given example).
Rosin 05 parts These are preferably mixed together m
the mixer at a temperature of 200“ P.,
Fuse above at 130*-180* inta a C. and a thorough mixing of the said ia*
sticky condition in a closed vessel The fredients performed before adding the
product formed by boiling 20 parts of {eather gum- J
waste floss silk in a 2% caustic soda so-

The leather gum may now b6;%ddod to


lution is mixed in and the whole sus- the mixed substances in the mixer ana
pended in sufficient alcohol. Mix heated the mixing continued until a unifono
for 48 hours with 80 parts magnesium mixture of the leather gum with the
carbonate to saponify the rosin and con- other substances is effected. When prop-
vert the fiber into a state of colloidal erly mixed, a sample should show a var-
solution. Finally the mass is kneaded nish-like homogeneous structure when
with a roller at 70“ C. placed on a glass plate.
Hexametbylene tetramine ia preferably
398 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
added to the aolution; add an amount B. Cellulose Acetate 100
0/ this equal to about 2% of tho sfirap Acetyl-o-anisidine 20-40
leathar (2 poundH in tlio ffivcn ax- Tritolyl Phosfate 10-15
ample). This is a(I<le(I to the .solution
or mixture of the j^ummy leather and
file other ingredients in a stearn-jai-ketod
kettle, and the mixing continued to
Wax, Dental Impression
thoroughly incorporate tho hexamethyleno Animpression material is prepd. by
tetramino. mixing and heating together a mineral
Tho contents of tho mixer are then and drying oil mixt. 2.5-l,5, a beeswax
dried to expel moLsture, and preferably and parallin mixt. l,5-2.5, A1 stearate
broken up or pulveiized. For drying, 2.5-5.5, rubber, gutta-percha or balata
preferably use a vacuum drier, and 'tem- not more than about O.Oi), starch 0.5-1.
peratures of 170-180“ F. and glycerol not more than about 0.125
Fillers and coloring material may be part.
added to the composition, either before
or after drying; preferably the coloring
material and fillers are added to the com- * Plastic Insulation
position while tho composition is in a A
compn. which is waterproof, resist-
plastic state in tho steam- jacketed mixer. ant to acids and alkali and has elec, in-
Tho usual liller.s, used in tliermo-plas sulating properties is composed of an
tics, such for example as wood Hour, as
unsaponifiuble wax. such as paraffin wax,
bestos, paper pulp, ground cork, etc., cciesin or ozokerite, and rubber, gutta-
may be used. percha or balata, mixed to form a homo-
Tho composition may be molded in geneous mass. The wax forms 25-75%
heated mohls. In molding article.^ with of (he compn.
this composition, tho usual temperatures
of 300~350° F. or thereabout, and pres
surca of around 2,000 pounds per square * Glass Substitute, Flexible
inch, may bo useil.
The composition
A
transparent material which may re-
will soften in the place glass for many purposes is made
molding dies, take the foim and polish
In heating water ( 100 parts) to 45-50°,
of the dies, and also undergo a change;
adding gelatin ( MO), ale. (240), glycerol
and under the heating set or cute. When
(25), AcOII (25) and formol (.'50), Stir-
subsequently subjected to heat,, the ling to complete soln. and drying at be-
molded composition does not again be-
low 50°.
come plastic.
The fini.slied molded product is tough,
possesses a good appearance, taki's a * Waterproof Plastic Coating
polish from the mold, has high tensile
strength and compression strength, and The following composition may bo ap-
good di-electric properties and .separates plied iiot to waterproof cement, concrete,
etc.
well from tho mold. It is also water
repellant. Ciimarono 100
Carnanba Wax 10
b’ezinel No, 2 5
• Thermoplastic
Marble Dust to suit
SeSo, formed from 2 mols. of 8 and
1 mol. of 8e by heating above the m. p.
of 8e (217®), is cooled, ground to a
powder, fused at 125® with a filler (r.ff., Glue Composition
asbestos, slate, Fe
talcum, etc.),
oxide, Indestructible mass for tho manufac-
cooled, pressed cold and then converted ture of ornaments, toys, etc. hard A
into the hard state by subsequent curing mhss consists of 50 parts glue, 35 wax
for Vj hr. at 80-90®. The sulfide also or rosin, 15 glycerine, and required quan-
acts as an excellent binder for cloth and tity of a metallic oxide of mineral color.
paper and may be used for forming gears A soft mass consists of 50 parts glue, 25
and insulating strips. glycerine, 25 parts wax or rosin, (flue
ismelted in glycerine with the assistance
of steam and the wax or rosin added.
•JThermoplastic Composition Mass poured in liquid state into moulds.
JL Cellulose Acetate 100 Degree of hardness of mass is increased
Chloroaniline 20-40 by the addition of 30 to 35% zinc white.
Tritolyl Phosfate 10-15
PLATING 399
PrinterB Roller Compositiou fur Printing Rollers
A soft printer roller compound : Oeln-
CAimpusi- Composi-
tine 32 parts, glue 4, softened in cold
To this add 4 glu-
Ingredients tum “ A" tion “ B’
water and melted.
cose, 72 glycerine and 1 oz. methylated 10
Cl 1 lie lb. 32 lb.

spirit. Whole mixed and cast in rollers. Molasses 0 lb. 12 lb.

Tl\is is unaffected by tempirature, re- Nngjir 10 lb. 0 Ib.

tains its elasticity and does not shrink. (il\cenne J2 lb. 5(1 lb.

Add formaldehyde to make glue insoluble Isinglass V/i oz. 0


in H2O. India Kubber
in Naphtha 0 lb. 10 lb.

PLA 'TNG
PREPARATION OF METALS sand rolling tlie objects are rolled in steel
bari(‘ls with abrasives such as sand,
FOR ELECTROPLATING aluiiduni, carbornndmn or cinciy mlxial
with water or 01 Where (lie number of
!.

For the production of impervious ad- oltjert.s is .small a sled uire brush is best
herent metal electrodepoaits, the prepara- for removing coarse .scale.
tion of the articlc.s for plating is of the A certain amount of jiulishing should
greatest importance. be used in all eases before plating,
whether a high luster is desired or not.
A. Polishing and Rufling This IS bei’an.se tlio siirfac(‘ will be nm-
No
general procedure can be given for dered more uniform, winch will iniprovo
all objects due to the large number of the quality of finish and coiroslon re-
factors to be taken into account, such as sistance of the final plate. However, tho
composition of the object, shape, size, polishing and sub.seipient treatments must
plate and surface finish desired, etc. The lie cari'fiilly studied and controlled in
directions given here will Iw* of a general order not to weaken the siiiface layeis
nature, with some specific procedures for with siilmetjuent pi'eiiiig after iilnliiig.
the commonbase metals iron and steel, I’inler oidinary circumstances finishing

and copper and brass. Treatises on the is a two step operation: “cutting down’'

subject should be consulted for further to )uodu<‘«‘ a smooth surface and “color-
information on these and other sub- ing’’ to produce a liigh final luster. It

stances. is often possible by proper choice of


Naturally the smoothness and polish of cloths, nl)ra.Hiv('s, spi-ed of wheel, etc., to
the finished plate is greatly influenced by accomplish this with but two wheels, ono
the same properties of the object before for each step. However, in some cases
plating, particularly if the plate is thin, ni<ire are necr-nsary for hard
wlieela
as is usually the case. Therefore, proper metals containing deep scratch marks,
attention must be given to the operations esiiecially in tho cutting down slop. Mate-

of polishing and bufl5ng the object before rials used for the wheels include muslin,

plating, and in some cases afterwa'-ds. flannel, felt, canvas, brushes of various

The particular choice of cutting and kinds, leather and wood depending upon
finishing tools, abrasives, etc., is deter- the nature of the material being polished,
rainod by the metal, the degree of finish the coarwnesH of the abrasive, the finish
on the final surface, etc. desired, the preference of the ppltocr^
For objects covered by a considerable etc. The abrasive composition it. of Muck

amount of rust or mill8<‘Rle, sand-blasting greater importance, since it is tlje mediuiA


or sand-rolling will greatly reduce the doing the actual work. Excx^sslve wheel
labor required for the final polishing. In wcjtr means that the wheel is doing tho

All formulae preceded by an asterisk ( ’) are covered by patents.


^uu rilK CHEMICAL FORMULARY
work rather than the composition, and In going from one wheel to the next,
ia doe to improper choice or insufficient the object should be rotated 90®, so that
amount of composition. For efficiency the new scratch marks are perpendicular
the wheels are run at the maximum allow- to the old ones. The object must be kept
able speed. In some cases the limit is on any ono wheel until all the scratch
sot by the material of or composition on marks of the previous step have been
the wheel, and in others by the material eradicated# If this takes an excessively
being buffed. Thus in the cutting-down long time, another wheel with an inter-
step, wheio the abrasive is held on by mediate grade of abrasive should be used.
glue a speed higher than 7,500 surface After polishing, the next step and tho
feet p(*r minute will soften the glue and one of greatest importance is tho clean-
allow it to be timi from its setting on the ing of the article to be plated. The for-
wheel face. For soft metals on the other eign materials likely to be present on
hand a speed this high generates enough metallic surfaces are of two classes: first,
heat to soften the metal and cause it to grease, dirt and organic substances; ami
flow. second, oxides, scale, tarnish, and rust.
The first or cutting down step (often
called simply polishing) is done by wheels R Removal of Grease
faced with abrasive and glue. The abra- Grease of all kinds whether saponifiable
sives used are either emery or artificial or not can bo removed by solution in
alumina, the latter being usually more de- organic solvents. In cases where tho ob-
sirable for most purposes. The glue jects are heavily coated with grease, a
should be the best quality hide glue; high cheap organic solvent such as gasoline, or
viscosity, strength and flexibility being of better a non-inllainnmble one such as car-
prime impottance. Application of the bon totr.acliloride or mixture containing*
abrasive composition to the wheel is by it, should be used. However, this will not
rolling the wheel in a warm glue abra- give complete cleansing, as the solvent on
sive mixture and allowing to dry. If run evaporation will leave a thin film of
at high siiecds, polishing wheels should grease, making another operation such as
lie faced with tallow to prevent burning. (lipping into fresh solvent necessary. The
The second or coloring step (often latter is obviated in a recimtly designed
done by wheels
called simply buffing) is apparatus, where the articles are sus-
faced with abrasive and grease. The pended in the vapor above a boiling ap-
abrasive* used are of all kinds and paratus. Tho condensing solvent washes
grades, lime, silica, tripoli, emery, rouge, thorn free of grease, and since it is being
etc., being used. Tho melting point of continually distilled, no second step is
the grouse used will depend on the speed, ncccssniy. A non-inflammable solvent
a hard, high melting point grease being —
must be used in this case trichloro-
selected for buffing at high speeds. The cthvlene has met with considerable favor
grease should be of tho saponifiable recently lx‘cause it docs not hydrolyze as
variety, because of the easierand quicker readily as caibon tetrachloride in the
removal by alkaline cleaners. presence of moisture.
For steel containing mill marks on Tho common method of removing
which a high final luster is desired, the grease is by emulsification with alkaline
following combinations are suitable. solutioms,which should bo used as hot as
For very deep mill marks, two canvas possible. Tho detergents used in those
wheels faced with glue and abrasive solutions aro soap of all kinds, caustic
should Ix) used. Suggested abrasive sizes soda and potash, soda ash, trisodium
are 120 and 220 mesh. These should bo phosphate, sodium mctasilicato, sodium
followed by one or two butting steps on cyanide, borax, sodium sesquicarbonate,
cloth wheels, depending upon tho final sodium aluminate, etc., and all kinds of
finish desired. mixtures thereof. Sometimes finely di-
In cases where the object is not deeply vided insoluble substances such as silica,
scratched to begin with, the following alumina, etc., are added. These are not
three-wheel combination offers advan- fillers but help to clean either by scour-

tages. One canvas wheel faced with glue ing of the surface or by adsorption of
and 180 mesh abrasive; one tampico the dirt. Each plater, seller of plating
bnisll wheel faced with fine emery paste; supplies, etc., has a particular composi-
and one cloth wheel faced with chrome tion and procedure that he swears by.
or steel rouge. Tho brush wheel offers Since the kind and degree of contamina-
the advantages of reaching backgrounds tion of metallic surfaces vary consider-
that cannot lie reached with the usual ably in different plating shops, naturally
polishing wheel, and of not requiring Hie certain particular mixtures used in con-
glue-dressing step needed for the latter. junction with a specific procedure will
PLATING 401

cleanmore quickly than others. However, giving a film which will cause subsequent
probably any hot alkaline solution will peeling of the eloi't rode posit. In such
work ifgiven suflficient time. In general cases the object should be made the anode
either soap with one builder (alkaline for short time, either in the same or in a
salt) or a mixture of two alkaline salts separate bath. An alternative procedure
is used- The soap should be of a very IS to use anodic cleaning. The mechanism
soluble variety so as to be quick and free of anodic cleaning is cpiite Jifferent from
rinsing; fish oil soaps have been found that of cathodic. In tho latter, as stated
very satisfactory. Soda ash has been above, the action is due to the bubbles
used in the past as an alkaline soup of gas and iho iiicreiused alkali concentra-
builder because of its cheapeness. Even tion. However, with anodic eloauing the
today practically all commorcial cleaners action is largely due to tlie etching
contain much soda ash. However, it is (solution) of the surface. Since the im-
being gradually replaced by the more purities ate on the surface only, they will
eflicient detergents trisodium phosphate thus diop off. Anodic cleaning is often
and sodium metasilicate. These seem to used for biass and coppci Zinc should
act more quickly not only because of not be cleaned nnodiciilly us it is attacked
higher alkalinity, but also due to specific so lapidly tlie surface lilackens duo to
emulsify iiig action. Caustic soda is used the finely divided metal funned.
in many mixtures; it cleans not only by A simple cleaning bath base may bo
its emulsifying action, but also by made of the following
saponifying the fats present on tin' metal. 8 oz. per gal. (tit) g. per 1.) Soda
(Since any alkaline solution will have A all t anil \ d rous suili um ca rl »oniitc
some saponifying action, the grea'<es used ( NaoCO;,)
in themanufacturing and polishing o|n*r- or
dtions should be of the sapouiliablo 22 oz. piT gal. (itir) g. p(‘r 1 .)
variety.) WuHliing Soda (.Nil., (’().; • JO-
Electrolytic cleaning i.s fH'cpient piac- ILO)
tice inplating shops, in this method an It) o/. per gal (12(1 g. per 1.) Tnso-
eleetiic current is passed through the dium Phosphate (Na.jl'O^ 12-
object, which is made one electiode in a HoO)
hot alkaline solution. Usualh the object or
18 made the cathode, both because ot the 4 0 /.. per gal. (.'hi g. ju t 1.) Sodium
greater gas evolution (hydiogen) which Melasilniite (Na^SiO^ ollgO)
gives a scouring action, and the higher
To this should be added 1-2 o/ j'cr gal-
free alkali concent ration giving an in-
Furthermore, as lon of soap ami 1-2 oz. pm gallon ot
creased cleaning action.
caustic soda. If used clei-trolytically,
cathode metals will not dissolve and some
most or all of the soap should be elimi
reduction of the oxides on the surface
nated - <1 I oz. per gallon is sufficient.
may take place. The voltage applied
For large seah* piodintion a double
should be suflicient to produce a cuireiit
system will be found desitable. The
density of 10 amp. per sq. tt. (1 amp.
Any of the gVeatcr part of the gu’iise by solviuit dip
per sq. dm.) or greater.
or bv a strong hot soap solution; and
solutions used ordinarily for cleaning
the alkali or alkaline then ’the object put into the electrolytic
may bo employed;
elcaiiMT. Psually .T-4 minutes of the
salt content should bo high to give good
cleclndvtic clearmig is sufficient. When
conductivity. Cleaners contaiiung sus-
clean there should be a continuous film
pended solids should be avoided, as solids Kinw
of water left on the obj«‘<'t.
are often occluded to an electiode during
thoroughly before procet'ding with tlie
electrolysis. Iron bars or the containing
pickling.
tank may be used as anodes.
Special procedures must be used when
C. Kemoval of Oxide.s and Tarnish
the objects contain aluminum, zinc, tin
Oxides, scale and tarnish are usually
or lead. For ordinary cleaning caustic
removed by solution in a suitable reagent,
soda or potash must be avoided as these
will dissolve. In cathodic the process lH?ing usually culled pickbng.
substances
electrolytic cleaning these will dissolve to
For iron and steel, sulfuric or hydro-
chloric acid is used; and for copper and
some extent in any case whether caustic
formation of
to the brass sulfuric and nitric acids.
is added or not, due
Hornet imes If the copper or bnuw is polisherl and
free alkali at the cathode.
zinc, tin or lead clean, a short immersion in a ‘'bright
small amounts of the
dip," comi>08ed of 425 ml eone. 2 SO 4 H
may be redeposited from such cleaners.
Raw Mater Eqaipment. ConUlners. etc., consult Supply
For Chemlcsl Advison, Sperial Is,

Boction at and of book.


402 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
and 75 ml. cone. ILNO^
500 ml. water
in I
of the surface with Vienna lime may
help
is sufficient. For brass with appreciable In preparing highly polished brass
for
amounts of oxide scales, a preliminary plating, tho pickling step may
be dis-
“scaling dip“ in a solution composed of pensed with by the addition of
sodium
375 ml. cone. JI 2 HO 4 and 75 ml. cone. cyanide to the alkaline cleansing
bath
HNO 3 in 550 ml. water should be used. This will dissolve the traces of oxides
ami
Tho bra.sH is dulled by the latter process tarnish present. Cyanides should not
he
and should subsequently bo immersed in used for copper, as a film is formed which
a bright dip. is very difficult to wash off.
For large scale treatment of iron and The pickling step induces the following
steel, sulfuric acid should be used because detrimental factors when used on iron
of its cheapness. The proper concentra- and steel:
tion is about 10 %
by weight (1 part
Formation of surface carbon pre-
1)
cone. H 2 SO 4 by volume to Id of water). (
venting adhesion of tho plate.
For smaller jobs hydrochloric acid is to
be preferred because of its more rapid (2) Formation of hydrogen on the sur-
face, which is occluded and adsoibed pre-
action. Tho concentration should be 7%
by weight (5 parts commercial hydro- venting adherence and causing brittleness.
chloric acid by volume to .32 of water). The factors have caused the failure of
Tho time taken will depend naturally plates (especially nickel) often in the

upon the amount of scale present and will pa.st. The remedy found in recent years
vary from si'veral minutes to an hour.
fication.

(Madscuell piocess patented) is dogasi-
After pickling the met.al to he
These acids act not only by actual solu-
tion of the oxide, but also by attack of plated is made the anode on a 12 volt
the metal with evolution of gas, which circuit in concent lated sulfuric acid at

helps detach tho scale. For objects with room temperature. Usually a lead
imbedded sand (fiom castings or sand cathode is u.sed. The current starts at
blasting) hydrolluoric acid should be uliout 5 amp. per sq. dm. and .subsides

added to 4% by weight (1 part commer- over a period of from 30 sec. to 10 iniu.


cial hydrofluoric acid by volume to Id of
to pructieaUy zero, when evolution of gas

water). This will dissolve the silica. eea.se.s.By this process the occluded and
After pickling thoronghly rinse the ob- adsorbed gases and embedded oils and
ject and immerse immediately in (he plat- gieases are removed. Although a passive
ing batli with the current on. 1 'he latter film of metal is probably formed, this
doe.s not seem to be detrimental to the
precaution is particularly impoitant for
acid plating baths to avoid partial solu- adhesion of the plate. An alternative
tion of tho metal before the cuirent starts method is to use solutions of dichromates
or ehromic acid; old chromium plating
to flow. The exposure to the air of the
prepared object should bo a minimum, be- baths servo admirably.
cause tho surface is unusually clean and
particularly susceptible to oxidation.

D. Combination Procedures and Special PLATING ROOM


Processes
PROCEDURES
In many cases some of these cleaning
procedures can be combined or shortened.
Nickel Plating —Still Tanks
Nickel solution:
Thus if tho metal has been highly buffed,
the pickling step can be omitted. The Nickel Ammonium Sul-
oxides have lieen removed during buffing, phate 8 oz. per gal.
and further oxidation prevented by the Nickel Sulphate 4 oz. per gal.
grease of the bulling composition. This Boiic Acid 2 oz. per gal.
grease may be removed either by solvent
treatment of alkaline cleaning. Often a Ph. value of above solution is kept at
single solvent dip alone is satisfactory if 5,8; nickel content, should be 31^ oz.
the object is to bo chromium plated, be- nickel per gal. Tanks used at room tem-
cause the strongly oxidizing chromic acid Additions for nickel are made
perature.
bath will oxidize the traces of grease re- by adding double nickel
salt according to
maining. However, in some cases unsuc- analysis shown. Practice is about 5 lb.
cessful adhesion of the deposit occurs every ten days. Nickel anodes should bo
with this simplified treatment. This may 99 plus, and maximum copper content
be due to the presence of absorbed matter .30%. Amperage and voltage is limited
which is not removed by the solvent. In to type of work, usually about 25 amperes
such cases the alkaline cleansers may and 6 volts for one hour.
yield better results, or a light scrubbing
PLATING 403

Machine Nickel Plating of w'ork and quantity of cadmium desireil.

4 per gal.
Wash ill cold water.
Nickel Sulphate oz.

Nickel Ammonium Sul-


W'ash in hot water,
*
phate 12 u/. per gal. i)i\ 111 .'-aw dust or hot box whichever
Magnesium Sulphate 2 oz. jtei gal. the tijicol woik leipiiie.s.
Boric Acid 3 oz. per gal. Some work is nibln'd with steel wool to
brighten the metal finish,

Black Nickel Finish


Formula
SiUor Plating
Nickel Ammonium Sulfate 8 oz.
Silver bath formula:
Sodium Sulfocyanate 2 oz.
Zinc Sulfate 1 oz. Siher C\aiiide .’IVj o/.

Water 1 gHl. •^odiiim CMUiide o/.


Water 1 gal.
Procedure for Plating
Siher strike foimula:
Work is strung on racks.
Hung on mild alkaline solution to re- kSihcr ('\:iiiidt' hi o/.

mote giease. Soilmm Ci.iiiide H oz.

Wash 111 water. Water 1 gal.

All aliovo \\oik is done in the dip room. ITocediiie fui Plating:
The I'ollowiiig woik is finished in the Wash and btii'-h in milk iilkaliue solu-
hull loom plating department. tion
Hiight dip \\oik i.s washed in mdk alka- W.ash in walei
line solution again het'oio going thioiigh Dip Ml (T.iiiidi* solution.
the following opeiatioiis. W ash 111 watei,
Uulfed he platml are lirst
parts to Fla^h 111 ^ihei strike at (5 \olts,
dijiped ami blushed with gasoline and Pl.ite in sihei bath foi nun, at 2
lined in sawdust, after which tluw are Volts.
(lipped and bruslied with milk alkaline W:ish III old w.iter.
boluf ion. Wa''h in hot water.
Wash in water. I >i \ 111 hot lio\

Ibp incyanide solution.
Washed with water.
Plate in black nickel solution. Mnj'ping Solution
Wash in cold water. Stnj'ping solution.
Wash in hot water.
\n Imh* Oil Soap 1 oz. pei gal.
Bright dipped paits an* dried in saw- ho/, pel gal.
Sodium Ihdinxido
dust. Buffed paits aie diied in hot bo.\. Scdiiiiii Sill, .itc 1 oz j'cr gal.

C\:iiiiilc Siiliitioii 2 oz. per gal.

Cadmium Plating I .se at 212 degices P.

Formula
Sodium Cyanide 0 oz. Ni.'kcl Strip iSulution
Cadmium Oxide 3 o/.
Nitre A. 1.1 1 pnrt
Hoditim Ilydi oxide 2 o/.
Siil|iliun( \<'id 2 parl.s
Water 1
I se at lu .1( grees F.
Use at room temperature uMiig S to B>
ampeies per sq. ft.
Fleet t:< Cleaner
Procedure for plating:
Mild Aik. lime Solution h per gal.
oz.
Very gren.-^y work is washed in gasoline
'J'hm s.iluti'.n is used with au F. M. F.
and diied in sawdust.
of f. to 12 volt.*-, oil work M (pilling I'xcep-
Wash and brush in milk alkaline suriufe. It can be uiig-
tioimlly (lean
Solution.
b\ iiddifKiii of strongei deter-
riieiiti'd
Wash in water.
ginl.'ibut cate must be used to prevent
Dip in Muriatic Acid.
.sfaming of eolored work. Use at
Wash in water.
200 dcgre(_!i F.
Wash and brush in milk alkaline
solution.
W^ash in water. Blight Dip
Dip in Cyanide,
Suli>huric Acid OG®
Wash in water.
Plate in cadmium solution from 20
Banme 08 oz. per gal.

minutes to IVi hours depending on type


Nitric Acid 42® Baum6 20 oz. per gal.
404 THE CHEMICAL FORMUURY
Hydrochloric Acid 24* stant. When rochelle salts are added to
Baum6 Uoz.pergaL a bronze solution, better anode corrosion
Water 40 oz. per gal. is obtained, and therefore, a more
um
Use at 40“ f form deposit.
In replenishing the metal content of a
brass or bronze solution, it is not advi>
Blue Dip
able to make a stock from copper cyanide,
Copper Carbonate stirred into conceit zinc cyanide and sodium cyanide, as
n
trated ammonia until saturated. Use at would be impossible to control the con
temperature of 60 degrees C. Procedure stituents in their proper proportion to
for blue dipping brass is simply cleau in produce a uniform color in the deposit.
potash, bright dip, blue dip, and hot A separate stock solution of the zinc salt
water dry. and copper salt is recommended. The}
should be prepared by dissolving equal
Brass and Bronze Plating parts of copper cyanide and sodium
cyanide, and zinc cyanide and sodiuni
Formula for brass solution:
cyanide in water and placed in separate
Copper Cyanide 4 oz.
containers until wanted for use.
Zinc Cyanide 1 oz.
It is a known fact that when a zinc .'»ali
Sodium Cyanide 6 oz.
is added to a brass or bronze solution
Sodium Carbonate 2 oz.
(and especially the latter), it takes con-
Water I gal.
siderable time before a uniform color oi
Temperature 90* F. Cathode current the deposit is obtained. This is probiihlv
density 2.5 to 3 amperes per sq. ft.; 2 to
duo to the difference in potentials al
3 volts. Use rolled anodes, 80% copper, which the two metals arc deposited. It
20% zinc.
is by the formation of the double cya-
This solution will produc.e a good yel-
nides that it is possible to deposit those
low deposit. If a green deposit is de-
two metals from the same solution in
sired, for instance, such as is used for a
different proportions.
Hash deposit, in the novelty trade, pre-
vious to gold plating, use 1 ounce less of
Remarks on Brass and Bronze Solution.s
each, copper cyanide and sodium cyanide, Rochelle salts, when added to a brass cr
and a small quantity of ammonium bronze solution, have the property of di."-
hydroxide. solving the oxides that form on the
As temperature plays a very important anodes, thereby pennitting a more um
part in controlling a unifoim depo.sit, it form deposit. One to two ounces per gal-
is advisable to have the tank equipped lon is to be rcK’ominendcd.
with a steam coil for proper regulation. It should l>e remembi'red that the fae-
Ill operating a brass solution, it is well tors that tend to make the zinc prodonu
to kiHip in mind that a high current nato in the deposits arc a high zinc con-
density tends to produce a deposit that tent, high current density, low free cya-
is high in zinc; nhso, that the addition of nide content, decrease in temperature, ami
ammonia or caustic soda to a brass solu- the addition of ammonia or caustic soda
tion has the same effect. to the bath.

Bronze solution:
When arsenic is added to a brass solu
tion produce a bright deposit, can’
to
“Bionze plate” (really a high-copper
should bo used to avoicl an excess as a
brass deposit) is generally produced in
light colored deposit will be the result
an alkaline solution, one similar to a brass To prepare the arsenic stock solution
solution, but with a higher copper
take two pounds of caustic soda and dis-
content.
solve same into two quarts of cold water.
Copper Cyanide 4 oz. Then add one pound of white arsenic and
Zinc. Cyanide % oz. when all has been dissolved, dilute to one
Sodium Cyanide 6 oz. gallon. One ounce of this stock solution
Sodium Carbonate 2 oz. is enough to add to each 100 gallons of
Rochelle Salts 2 oz. solution. It is impossible to bright dip
Water 1 gal. a piece of work that has been plated in
Temperature 95* P. Cathode current a brass solution that contains an excess
density, 2 to 2.5 amperes per sq. ft.; 2 of arsenic. Arsenic should never be added
to 3 volts. Rolled bronze anodes, 90% to a bronze solution; neither should am-
copper, 10% zinc. monium salts be added.
Temperature always plavs a very im- The free cyanide of a bronze solution
portant part in the control of this solu- is usually less than that of a brass bath.

tion, so the tank should be equipped with The color desired should be regulated by
a steai^^oU to keep the temperature con- the proportion of the copper and zinc
PLATING 405
Halts used and the temperature at which Nickel Sulfate 1.5
the bath is operated. Tuikey Red ()i) jo

Brass riatiu'j on Steel Cadmium rial mg


(for rubber adhesion) Formula for cadmium subitum:
(’opper Cyanide 4 oz. t>odmm t \anide 9 oz.
Zinc Cyanide 1 oz. Cadmium Dxido oz.
Sodium Cyanide 6 oz. Caustic Soda 2 oz.
Carbonate of Soda 2 oz. ''
1 gal.
Water 1 gal. Tempeiature .8(1° R, Cathode cuirem
Temperature 80° F. to 85° F. density, S to 1(1 :uii('eres j>or sij, ft.; 2 to
Cathode current density, 2.5 to 2bj \olt.s. I se lion nndeadmnini anodes;
amps, per square foot. Boiled anodes one iioii to tliiee ladiiiiuni.
should be used eonsistiuj; of 809c Copjier Kemo\e cadmuiin anodes when solution
and 2U% Zme. IS not in Use.
The work must be perfectly clean and In making the solutum t.ike of the
It is necessaiN to niuintain a regulated diSMihe m lint water ami
sotiuiiii c.\anide,

tcmperaluie and cun eat density. (lion add the cailniium o\nic. Dissolvo
balance ol the sodium <'.\:inide and caustic
.soda ami aild to the .solution. Itiliite with
Bronzes, Restoration of Ancient
walor to full \oliinie.
The article is made the cathode in 2% 'Die free <'.\;uiide conlcnf is a ^ery im-
iS’aOll soln., and a weak curiciit is passfd ]iorl,int f'acloi. It .should c(|ual the metal
for .some lirs., a sheet-mm aiKMie bung umtciit, and lor barrel plating it should
used. In this way the inerusiraiioii is re- be oiisidctabh highci
I

duced again to metiilbc Cu, and the ouiei H.irnd pl.atmg cadiiiiiini solution
lHN(‘rs of dirt and loose sinnige (’u are usually contains twice tin' amount of
tlien reailily removed liy gentle blushing, chemicals used in the still solution.
tlins leaving a clean surt’me wlmli ii.siially
shows all the original surfau* detaihs.
Malignant jiatina is due to the i>resenc<'
('upper Hating
of Cu ()\,\chloiide in the corrosma piod- 'I'lieie are two t.\p«'s <if solutions Hint
ucts; the above elect rol;i tic pnc ess aie u.sed l<ir the d« position of copper,
ofTectiM'ly eliminates l!ie jnitina, espe- immil.N, the and theaud (sulpimte)
ciall\ when the malignant salts imiucg'- alkaline ((.vannie)
Their use is batiis.

nate mass of the bion/e,


the Aeolhcr dependent upon (he (lass ol woik to be
I

method winch gues satisfactory re-nlfs is


plati <1 and fin* finish de"iie(l.

to bnisli the fiaits affeiUed with dil.


he vnnide solution IS always msed for
'1 (

AgoSC^ suln., w liii h coiiMTts tlieihlondes


lie] .. siting (upper iijKin flic feiroiis
into insol. Ag('l after b<>iiig diicd with metals, M) as (o povent tin* deposition of
lilottliig-paper, llu' stirfaci* is biiislusl
copper by iiiimeision winch would be tiro
re.'-iilf of tlie use ol the acid bath on thin
with BalOHjj .sola, which is allowi'd to
cl.-i.-s of vvoik Tln-re aie two foimiilao
dry, leaving a white powder, which is
readily bru.slied awa\. for the evainde s(,!uii(in, either of which
will give sntisfacf'ir) deposits— carbonate
Ol (.V.illlde
rialing Cadmium
Cvariiile Copper solnfioms:
For general purposes a soln. confg. Cd
oxide .3. .5, Na('N 10, NfioSOj 4.2, Ni sul-
(’(il pi r < 'v.tnide 3 % OZ,
fsiMligm Cvaiiule 4*/(» OZ.
fate O.OS and lignin sulfonate Kf is lec-
< 'ai bonafe of Soda 2 OZ.
ommemh'd; foi very bright jdates the
H V
|iosnlpliile of .‘8oda
alKive figures sliouid be niodifii '1 to (», Kl,
\\.itcr 1 gal.
H.6, 0.i;i-0.21 and 1 . 09 ^, resp. BoHi liaths
arc operated at 1.1-50 aniji./sq. f(., and
(’i.pje 1
<
'iirboauto 5 oz.
at 25 amp have a cathode current
/sq. ft.
Sodium (’^vanide 10 oz.
Lime is said to be the
eflicicncy of 0(i9v.
IF posiilj.infe of Soda if, oz.
best reagent for removing accumulations
Water l‘ gal.
of Na2CU3.
Kit her .sol'ifjdn should b(» o[)erafed at
lOiC r. to 11 ( "
Cathode current d‘‘n- 1 1-’.

• Plating Bath, Cadmium Hity 4 to 6 amperes per sq. ft., IVi to


Cadmium Hydroxide 48 2 volts. Use rolled copper anodes. The
Sod. Cyanide ]20 free eyanido content of the bath should
Sod. Sulfate 60 not l>c allowed to rise too high or else
406 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
gttBsinff will Ije produced at tho cathode sity. Tho higher the sulp^ric acid, the
causing a blistered deposit. Enough cya- greater the conductivity or tho bath.
nide should be used to keep the anodes Ahigh acid content is indicated by the
fairly clean from tho foimation of basic formation of copper sulphate crystals,
copper salts, but not enough to pi event especially when tlie temperature of the
the dark discoloration which is produced bath is below normal
by the use of tho hypf»sulphite of soda. Coppering by immersion:
This discoloiatioii usually disappears
Copper Sulphato 1 to 2 oz.
when the current is ofl’ for a few hours.
If the cyanide solution is operated at
Sulphuric Acid % to 1 oz.

room teniperatuio, a higher free cyanide Water 1 gal.


content is necessary than at 110“ P. Where only a verythin film of copper
With a metal content of approximately is desired,the above solution will give
2. no oz. of metallic copper per gallon and good results. The work is free from greai-o
opeiated at room ti'inperaturc, a free cya- by the usual cleansing methods and then
nide conti'nt of 1 to 1.25 oz. per gallon immersed in the solution ju.st long enough
will pioduco good results. If operated at to become coated with copper. Rin.M;
110“ P. use a free cyanide content of .50 thoroughly in clean cold water and dry
to .75 oz. per gallon. in sawdust.
Pitted deposits of copper are caused
when the caibonato content becomes too * Copper Platiug Bath
high. When this occurs the carbonates
may be jirecipitated from the solution by Tho bath contains NaCu(CN);{, free
the addition of barium chloride. The NaOll, ami Na K tartiate or citrate in-
precipitatc'd carbonatrs are allowed to stead of free NaCN or its equiv., c.g.,

settle, the solution syphoned off, tho car- Cu(CN )2 7.5-J5, NaCN 3.2-7 .5, NaOH
bonates removed fiom tho tank, tho solu- 15-30, Na K tartrate 22-120 g. per liter.
tion is then replaced in the tank which It i.s operated at 80-100“, using current
is filled with water to proper solution at 0 volts.
level when the solution is ready for use.
It is not advisable to remove all of tho
Copper Electrotyping
carbonates, for without any carbonates a
Tho prepared graphited wax cases arc
hard deposit will bo produced.
“oxidizoil” and ki'pt in starting tank for
2-5 minutes. They are tlien copperplated
Acid copper solution:
iu
Copper Sulphate 28 oz.
(’opper Sulfate 210 gm. per liter
Sulfuric Acid 3 to 5 fl.oz.
Sulfuric Acid 75 gm. per liter
Water 1 gal. Current density 110-140 amperes; 6
Temperature 75“ P. Cathode current volts; temperature 85“ F.
density for still solution 10 to 15 amperes
per sq. ft.; Yt to 1 volt. Agitation of
tho cathode or of the solution allows the Copper Plating Glass
uso of higher current density. Use rolled The following method is used for de-
copper anodes. positing silver upon glass, after which
the silver may be copper plated:
Remarks on Copper Solutions Tho articles are freed from oil or
Bright deposits of copper from tho grease, and placed in a dilute hydrofluoric
cyanide solution may be obtained by add- acid solution to rougheu the surface
ing to tho bath lead carbonate which has slightly; then rinsed in clean cold water;
been dissolved in a caustic soda solution. then tL*y are ready for the silvering ope-
Agitation of the cathode is also neces- ration for which two solutions are
sary. 'I’lio deposit from newly prepared necessary.
cyanide solutions is usually hard and at —
Solution No. 1. Dissolve 90 grams of
times blisteicd. Tho addition of one or sugar in 250 c.c. of distilled water; add
two ounces per gallon of caustic soda 4 c.c. of c. p. nitric acid and 175 c.c. of
helps to over come this condition. ethyl alcohol Make up to 1 liter by
Oxidized finishes are hard to produce diluting with distilled water.
^ uniformly from a cyanide solution that —
Solution No. 2. Dissolve 1.8 grams of
contains hyposulphite of soda. ,
silver nitrate in 100 c^c. of distilled water,
More uniform bronze ^ialms are pro- and add ammonia drop by drop until the
duced from an acid cop««|f^posit. An precipitate which forms is nearly redis-
excess of sulphuric acid^rw acid solu- solved; then add 0.9 gram of potassium
tion produces a deposit is hard and hydroxide dissolved in 25 c.c. of water;
Btreuy; so will an oxes»p current den- and again nearly redissolve the precipi-
3.

PLATING 40'!

tate by tho addition of a few drops of Immersion gold solution


ammonia. I'ulminate of Gold 4 dwt.
Take 1 part of No. 1 solution and 9 Yellow Pru.ssiato Potash 12 oz.
parts of No. 2 solution; mix tofiother Carlionate Mod a 24 oz.
thoroughly; and imraodiatoly immoiso the Caustic Moda Vi r'z.

glass articles into this mixture. The sur- Water 1 gal.


face will be covered with a deposit of
silver. Solution should be boih'd in a cast iron
The deposit is quite adherent, and is a tank for an hour and allowed to cool tt
base for heavy depo.sits of silver or cop- lvS0° F. befoie u.siiig.

per to be put on by electroplating. If color IS tiH) light, it may bi' daikoneti


by adding a \eiy small amount of coppei
carbonate which has bi'en taken up witli
Copper Plating Aluminum
yellow piussiate of potash.
Tho metal cleaned with
is NaOIl
saturated with NaCl, washed, dipped in I. Salt Water gold:
coated anodically (20-2r> amp.
2% HCl, Yellow l^russiate of Potash 01 oz.
per sq. dm. at volts with eleetiodc oz.
Sodium I'lionphiite il2

simaration G cm. for U) sec .-2 min. in


10 oz.
Sodium Caibonate
1(1% er Cll2< 1 COJl ), S oz.
ftQ* So<lium Sulphite
washed, treated with NiioCO;} and 12 dwt.
Gold as Fulminate
NallCO;} (23 and 43 g. per liter) at Water 4 gal.
90-95° during 10-20 sec., and then coated
with Cu from a neutral CUSO4
or Boil for an hour ami add to solution lu

KCN-Cu bath. reipiired.


Solution is lioiled for one hour, lliei
diluted with walei to m.ike four gallom
Metalizing Non-Metallic Articles of solution. The solulioii is placed la i

bone etc., arc \\ashed with


Plastics, porous pot which IS pul in a tank Ilia
na[)htha to remove grease; drn'd
and contains a satuiated solution of sodinn
soaked in 3 - 4 aqueous (piinol; then im-
% chloTide healed to 190" F.
mersed in a sidutioii of siher nitrati*. 'Pile jioroiis jtot is surrounded
with i

Silver is deposited which may be c\linder of zim* which is juovided with


polished. i

Other metals may bo then plated thereon. ri'st roil, on which the work
to be platei

IS suspended in the gold


solution.

The adMinlage of this type of sobitioi


Gold Plating inon
o\er (he c\anide solution is that a
1. Cyanide solution uniform color may Is' obtained, althoiigl
Metallic Gold as Fulminate or tli(' deposit is not as rapid as with tin

Cyanide c\anide solution, unless used with outsid


2 oz. Tins IS nccoriipliHlied by con
Sodium Cyanide ciiiient.
Phosphate Soda I
nectnig the /me ejhmler with the positiv
Water ' S“'- lead from the generator and the work rm
'I'lie amount o
to 160” F.; I volt; 21 >\itli the m'gtitive lead.
Tomiieratarc class o
^olfage IS legulaled with the
kt. gold anodes. work wire
uotk being done. If the is

2. Chloride solution; to 2 volts is siilVicient. I


or racked, 1

Gold Chlorido wuik IS being done, 5 to 6 volt


19 oz. bu‘-ket
Hydrochloric Acid
give good results.
Water . , Tho Holution is nqilcuished from a stoc
Boom temperature;'* to 3 volts.
solution:
dissolve the
In preparing the' solution 10 07
^id Yellow Prupsiate of Potash
.

gold chloride in dilute hydrcs-hloric


.solution The Soflnim Pliosphato 8 oz.
before adding it to the 4 oz.
that the Sodiiiin (’arlKinate
amount of free hydrochloric acid 2 oz.
solution contains does not
seem to make Sodium Sulphite
Fulminate 1 oz.
the oiH-ratiou (b.ld as
a great deal of difference in gal.
but it does have a dwm e.l Water 1
of the bath,
effect upon anode. The greater the Green gold:
anode
amount of free acid the faster the
Metallic Gold as Fulminate
dissolves. , 4 dwt.
heavy de- or Cyafjide
This solution is used where Silver CyaiildB V4 dwt.
posits of gold are desired.
The work is 2 oz.
bath & few Sodium Gya]|ide
plated in tho cyanide 1 gab
bath. Water
minutes before placing in the acid
408 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Temperature 105° F.; 2
volts; 18 karat Yelloyv Pru.s.siate of I^otash 2 oz.
green gold anodes. Sodium Cyanide 8 oz.
Dark or antique green gold solutions Rochelle Salts 2 oz.
are produced by adding to the green gold Water 1 gal.
solution a small quantity of lead car-
Temperature l.'iO® F. to 175° F., 6
bonate that has been diH.sol\ed in caustic
volt.H, and lead cathodes.
soda, and increasing voltage to 5 or G.
Agitation of the woik pioduces best
results. Gold-Plating, Simple
White Gold The be plated, after being
article to
White gold and other karat gold solu- cleaned thoroughly is dipped into the
tions aie prepunal by running the
best following which has been previom-ly
gold into solution with the poious pot boiled for an hour or so. This solution
method. This consists of making a cya- iipeiates best at 140-130° F.
nide solution of four ounces to a gallon Vellovv Prussiate of Potash 24 oz.
of water which is to be the plating .solu- Carbonate
•Soil. 12 oz.
tion. Connect up tank for plating in the Caustic Soda Vi oi.
usual way. Place anodes on anode lod
and on cathode rod suspend a porous pot
Iron Sesquichloiidc % oz.
Gohl Fulminate 3 pvvt.
yvhich contains a fairly strong solution of
Water 1 gal.
sodium cyanide, 4 to <5 o/,. [»<m- gallon.
Into the ]iorous pot 8us|)enil a sheet of When color of deposit becomes too red
copper, or better still a copper lod foirned it is fortiliod by the addition of gold ful-
into a cod, and opi'iate solution until the minate and boiling for an hour or so
desired amount of gold has been dissoKed before um'.
from the anode. 'I'his can be readily de-
termined by weighing the anode from Gold (Colored) Plating
time to time. A. — Formula for ro.Hc gold solution:
Vcllow Prussiate Potash 4 oz.
Rose gold solution: Polas.Hium Caihonate 4 oz.
Yellow Prussiate of Potash 4 oz. Sodium ('yanuh' U* oz.
Potassium Carbonate 4 oz. Gold as Fulmimito or
Sodium Cyanide Vi <>/. C\aiii(le 10 dwt.
Gold as Fill minute ]0 dwt. Wafer 1 gal.
Water 1 gal. r.-e solution at a temperature of
Temperature 173° F. 6 volt.s. If a 173° F., with (i \ollM.
rod color is desired, add small quantity
of copper carbonate. Formula for smut gii'cii gold:
Gold as Fiilmimiti’ or
Cheap lose gold linish: Cyanhh' 10 dwt.

The woik which must be brass is placed Silver (Aanuh' Cj dw’t.

in the following dip until a smut is Sodium Cyanide G oz.


produced Water 1 gal.

Copper Sulphate IG oz. Dis.soUe a .small amount of carbonate


Muriatic Acid Vi gal. of lead with caustic soda iii water, and
Water 1 gal. add to the solution until smut is produecu.
Operate the solution at liH)° F.. with G
Dissolve the copper sulphate in the volts, using IS ntait green gold anodes.
water and then add the acid. The work
should have a ileeji red smut which should • White Gold Plating Solution
be lightened somewhat by phieing in a
Pot. Gold Cyanldi' 4 gm.
satuintcd salt solution for a few seconds.
Plate in the regular line gold solution,
Water I'lOU c.e.

then iclieve the high lights with bicar- Nickel Formate sutriciont to saturate
bonate of soda, replate in gold solution water.
for a few .nvonds, dry and lacquer.
To remove fire scale after soldering on Iron Plating
solid and karat gold, the work is pickled
Formula for iron solution:
in a dip composed of: sulphuric acid 12
ounces, sodium
Ferrous Chloride 40 oz.
bichromate 4 ounces,
Calcium Chloride 20 oz.
water 1 gallon used hot.
;

It is then made the anode in the follow-


Water 1 gal.

ing solution: Temp. 200" F.; current density 10 to


PLATING •109

50 amp. per sq. ft.; 2 to 2 la volts; pH X I (’ K E L ELATING


1,5 to 2. Pure iron anodes.
This hath is used to produce heavy Nickel Solutions
deposits of iron. Manyare the founnlae for this soln-
tiun,but they all contain double niikel
Por thin deposits of iron use the
salts, single nickel salts or both, some
following:
chloiido salt and boric acid.
Dissol\e 10 ounces of ammonium 'Ihe constituents of the bath vary some-
chloride m each gallon of water, ('onnect what for the dilleieni c1us.so.h of the base
oil tank, same us for plating, using cold metal to be plated and lliere is no one
rolleil iron for aiiuilcs. Un tlie cailiode solution that can be used and give ideal
lod suspend some old plutmg rai ks or results on the ditfcreiit classes of work
other work, and work .<o*iuum with that rtyjiiire a nicki'l finish.
highest current density ohtaiiialile After A nickel .Miliition that has been used
four or five houis of woiking tin* solution, with good lesnlts on bras.s,eoppei and
there will be enough iion dissoKed from cold rolled steel is made of:
the anodes and the solution will produce
No. 1. Double Nickel Salts S (1/.
a deposit of non. Opeiate solution at
Hnigie Nickel Halts 1 0/.
S(l‘’F.; 1.5 to 2 amperes per sij. ft.; 1
Hone Acid 2 0/..
\olt.
Hoduirn Fldonde 2 0/..

Water 1 gal.
Lead Plating
Solution be operated nt
to 80® F.; 2
Foimula for lead solution:
f(i
2*a M'lts; <i to S amperes pi'r sq. ft.,
Load Farbonale 20 o/.
and a fill of .5.S,
11 \diolluoric A( 1(1 02 o/.
nnkel anodes
J h’jiohit i/ed •VM/t 1- aie
Loi ic Acid J 1 o/.
lecomiuended tin use in this type of sidil-
filuo .02.5 0/.
tion. l{cpleni''h the siiliition by llu' addi-
'I'o prepare the solution, place the tion of single nickel salts.
li}drolluoi C acid in a lead-lined tank
1 and For solutieris that me opeialed at n
add the bone acid with constant sin ring. lijghei teiiiperatiiK and a coriespondiiigly
Wiien the boric acid is comjdetely di.^- higliel cuiienl density, Use:
sohed, the solution is allowed to stand No. Doubh Nh kel 8 oz.
2. ‘
Sails
until cool, when the lead carbonate is
Single Nic kcl Salts 8 07 ,

added in the form of a p:iste witli water Sodium Flilorido 3 OZ.


The solution is allowed to settle when the Horn* Acid . ;$ 0 /..
clear solution is siphoned ufT and jdaced
Water 1 gal.
in the plating tank. The solution is then
diluted to the proper •volume with walei Temjie rat are no® F.; to ;i volts;

and the glue added by diss(»l\ing the 20 amjiet•es per S(l. ft., and a pH of 0.
same in warm water. Mechani<-al agitji- Dipolaii/ed ni( •kel anodes 90%. He-
tion of the solution is essential. pleiush by the addition of flingle nickel
A cathode current density of 10 to 20 s.ilts.

amperes per sip ft., .'5


to t \ult8, and load Tins solution can also be used for bar-
anodc.s are cinidoyed. rel plating nt a teinpeiatiire of 80® F.'
with ver} good results.
For thin deposits of lead, use the
'i’lie lew jiH nu kcl solution liaa com©
following
into use recently wliere heavy (](‘[iositH of
Carbonate of Lead 2 or. UickeMi re desired. Tlie solution should be
Caustic .Soda 6 or. operated at irilC F. d to .’C/j volts; with ;

Water 1 gal. .jO amperes jicr sq. ft.; pH 2.

Load anodes. Temperature 17.5® F.; .5


No. d. Hingle Nickel Halts .52 oz.
to 4 volts.
.S>diuni t’hlorido 6 oz.
Hone Acid 4 oz.
* Metal Plating, Non electric
Water gal.
1
The cleaned metal is immersed in the Ni(kel solution for die cast work:
following.
No. 1. Double Nick'd Halts 10 oz.
Thiourea 10
Hodiuiu tJhlonde 7 oz.
Mercuric Cliloride 15
Sodium Sulfate 4 oz.
Water 1000
Doric Acid 2 oz.
A coating of mercury is depo.sited Sodium Fit rate 1 oz..
which can serve as a ba.se in electro- Water 1 gal.
plating.
Operate solution at 75® to 80® F. ; 214
410 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
to 3 volts; 8 to 10 amperes per sq. ft.; polish ; remove grease*|g)y trichloro-
pH 0.2 to 0.4. ethylene dip; Iwiling KOH
dip, 15 sec.;
wash; strong HNO3 dip, 4 nun.; wash*
Remarks on Nickel Plating Ni plate, in N1ISO4 .soln., fur 30 min. at
Bright deposits of nickel are obtained 15 amp./sq. ft.; wash and diy; sto^ at
from No. 1 formula by the use of cad- 482“ for 15 min., starting up from "fold.
mium chloride or one of the prepared The yellowish tarnish on the Ni duo to
brighteners that are on the market. The stoving can bo removed by polishing or

a 3f nickel deposits is elimruated by


hydrogen peroxrde to the bath,
m
of the pitting.
1 to 10 cubic eentirncters to
each gallon depending upon the severity
making the article anode in a stioug
Il2y04 soln.

*
(d. l.G)

Platinum Plating
for 30-45 sec.

Nickel solutions that are operated at Na.2pt(OH),( (I) is prepared in a finely-


100“ to 110° F. will plate faster and the eryst., readily sol.foim by boiling aq.
deposit will bo softer, although the de- NuoPKJlij with NaOJl and treating the
posit will bo harder to nickrd color-. solution with an equal vul. of EtOlI or
Holutions that are operated at low tem- COMe2. The plating bath is made up by
priratures, 43“
50“ F. produce hard
to di.ssolving (I) in 11 2O to give a 1% solu-
brittle deposits that have a tmidency to tion of Pt and adding Na2^Sl)4, Na2('204,
p(!el and This conrlition usually
flake. and 0.2-2% of NaOH. The bath is ope-
oceur-s during Ihe winter monlhs and rais- lati'd at >
40“ (60-85“) at a c.d. of
ing the temperature will stop the (rouble. about 20 amp./sq. ft. Since the presence
l)ofective nickel deposits may be of 18102 piodiices poorly ad-
stripped in a solution made of sulfuric herent, patchy deposits the salt is pre-
acid 4 parts, water I part. Temperature pared in a Ni vessel and a similar vcss(4
80“ F., load cathodes, 6 volts. If .3 or 4 is used as the plating vat. ('u anodes
oz. of copper sulfate per gallon are dis- plated with Pt may be used satisfactorily
solved in the water before adding to the instead of the more costly Au or Pt
acid, the strip will not attack the base so sheets.
readily.
* Silver Plating Non-tjonductois
Black nickel solution:
Double Nickel Salts 8 oz. The following is used for plating silver
Sodium Sulphocyanido 0 oz. on non conductors such as glass, ceram-
ics, gas carbon, resins and other heat
Zinc Sulfate 1 oz.
resi.sting materials.
Water 1 gal.
100 gianis of silver nitrate are dis-
Temp. 80“ F. ;
1 volt; 1 to 1.5 amp. per .solved inabout a half liter of water and
pq. ft.; pll I).
the .solution so obtained is precipitated
Work should be plated in white nickrd by addition of an excess of sodium
solution for a few minutes or until (ho hydroxide solution; the precipitated siUer
surface is completely covered with nickel oxide IS then washed until practically free
and then placed in the black nickel from excess of alkali and other reaction
solution. products and is collected upon a filter.
Streaky deposits are caused by an ex- This gives aliout 70 gr. of silver oxide,
cess of current, or a pH that is too low. which ill the still moist condition is then
The addition of a small quantity of ground up with 60 c.c. of mucilage or
copper cyanide that is just dissolved in dissolved gum and the intimate mixture
sodium cyanide will produce a darker is treated with 20 gr. of glacial acetic
deposit; 3 to 4 ozs. of copper cyanide is acid while actively stirring. It will be
sufficient for 100 gallons of solution. noted that this quantity of acid is about
half the calculated amount to convert the
* silver oxide present to acetate; conse-
Nickel Plating Bath
quently, its addition leaves much of the
A bath for Ni deposition on printing
silver oxide unchanged and suspended in
plates is formed of Ni sulfate S2 lb.,
the mass of mucilage or dissolved gum.
citric acid 27.25 lb. and water 375 gab,
The silver acetate formed is then present
with addn. of KOH to the soln. until it is
in true solution and colloidal dis-
lioth
only slightly acid, then further addn. of
persion and in intimate mixture with tho
K citrate 54 lb.
same mass.
Tho relative proportions of silver ace-
*
Aluminum, Nickel Platingibn tate or other silver salt of an organic acid
The process adopted for castings an# to the silver oxide present in tho mass
assemblies is: Stove at 315“ for 1 hr.; may bo varied within quite wide limits
PLATING 411

bearing in that to obtain a good •Silveiiiig Mirrors


mirror-like d|Psit of aiher the acetate
Theio are two methods of doing this,
phuuld not be loss than twenty per cent
M/. the hot and cold way. In the for-
:

of the oxide and also Ix'ariug in mind


mer method the glass to be silvered is
that the higher the percentage of acetate
cleaned (hoiouglily with wet whitiiig, then
prdpeut the higher the temperature le-
wa.slied With distilled water, and jircjuired
qiiired to produce the deposit. Tlie pui-
foi the silver with a sensifi/mg solution
poitiou of acetate to oxide should uot
of till, which is weljf washed olf immedi-
exceed ninety per cent.
ately befoie its removal to the silvering
Silver acetate is the most. ad\antageous
table which is kept at a temp(MaMf''f||api
salt of silver to be used in tlie mi.xtuie, .>5° to 40° C. The soliitioii ust'ow
hugely by reason of its solubility in
pared as follows: in half a liter of dis-
water and the combustible nature of this
water lOO grams of silver nitrate
filleil
salt but silver salts of other organic acids
are dis.solved; to tins (lieie is luldotl of
may Iw used if they arc at least partly liijuid nmmoina (sp. gr, O.SSO)
Olt giams;
sniuble in water or thoroughh dispersed.
the mixture and made up to 8
is tillered,
In operation in full concentration or
and 7.5 giams
liteis witli di.stilled water,
diluted with water to say about the con-
of tartaric neid dissohed in 30 grams of
sistency of thick cream, it can be painted
water are mixed with the solution. About
or otherwise spread upon the surface to be
2.5 liters are poured over tlie glass for
silver plated and then by subjecting it ton
each siiperfieial meter to bo silvered. In
moderate heat, say fiom a scarcely visible
about lialf nil hour the silveied Miifaee is
i(‘d heat Hod to 450° C. up to a briglit
eautioiisly cleaned by wiping with \ery
red heat, say tl00° the mixture is de-
soft cliamoi.s leather and the glass is
composed both the silver oxide ami siher treated a second time with solution like
salt being converted to pure metallic sil-
the first, but eontainiiig a double quan-
ver, with oomjilete elimination of all other
tity of tartaric acid. Afti'r which the
ingredients of the mixture iiicludiiig the
chamois is again used to remove all supi'r-
piotective colloids. This decomposition i.s
lluous matter.
gieatly facilitated by the oxvgeii giien
In silvering by the eold juocess two
olT from silver oxide, wliiidi bungs about
solutions are jircpared. Silver nitrate
complete oxidation of the organic, acid
SOO gm. and 1200 gm, of ammoniiini
radical of the silver salt, and complete
nitrate are dissohi'd in 10 lili'rs of water
combustion of protective colloids origi-
and kilos of pun'
l..'l ciiii.sfic soda in 10
nally present in the mixture.
liters of water, and of eai h of these solu-
In brief, silver oxide and silver acetate,
tions 1 liter is addl'd to S liters of water,
at slightly elevateil temperatures, inutu-
which is allowed to rest fill the sediment
iilly decomjioso each other and by siniiil-
forms and then decanted. The second
laiieous reduction of the former ami
.Solution, invert sugar, is prepaied by dis
oxidation of the latter yield pure sil-
Mihirig 150 gm. of loaf sugar with 15 gm.
M’r as the only non-volatile residuum.
Miiegar and 0.5 liter of water, and boding
The acetate of silver is the most advan-
this solution for half an hour. After
tageous salt in this connection because it
I 'Hihng It is made up to 4200 e.e. with dig-
is fairly soluble and hence more
t.llcil water. For eath square eejiliinoter
thoroughly permeates surfaces to which if
of glass to be HiKeie<l 1.5 c.c. of tho silver
is applied, although silver salts of other
solution are meaMired out, and fnmi 7 to
organic acids can bo n.'^od if these are
10 jter cent, of tlie sugar solution in
thoroughly disjiersed in the. protective
added, bolli being stirred quickly together
colloid used.
and jsnired oxer the cleaned glass. After
about ten minutes the deposit of silver
is complete and the exhausted solution
Spotting, Prevention of Plating
may be carefully wqiod 011 the siKered ,

After plating and rinsing, dry in an surface washed off with distdiod water
oven at a temperature of 400 to 450 de- and again treatrvi with the mixed sobi-
grees F. for several hours, then perform tioiiH lo the extent of half the quantity
the final finishing operations. Still another ii-icd in the first application. The fininhed
method that has been used with some suc- surface i.s wiped and waslicd off in the
cess is to rinse the work in a solution most careful manner find when thor-
of 2 ounces of cream of tartar to the gal- oughly dry is coated with shellac or copal
lon of water, letting it remain in this vaniish. Tho glass to be treated should
rinse for 10 to 15 minutes, and then dry- be absolutely clean and free from gri'ano
ing it after passing through cold and hot and tht whole process requires much care
water rinses several times. to make it a succesn.
,

A more modem method is by reducing


412 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
the silver compound by the use of To Copper Plato the Silvered Glass
formaldehyde. A
recipe of this type (Above) for Mirrdrs
follows It is nece.ssary to have two copper sul-
Silver Nitrato 1.6 gm. phate solutions.
Distilled Water 30.0 c.e.
Solution No. 1 (Strike solution)
Dissolve and of this solution lake 8 c.c. Cojuier Sulphate 8 oz,
add to it anirnonia water, diop by drop, Suljiliuiic Acid oz.
until tho precipitate fiist foinied is coiii- Water 1 gal.
p^^h^cdissolved then add 100 c.c, of
;

Current density 1 to amp. ptr


dSwIila water. To this ainmoniaeal solu-
square foot.
tion add 5 c.c. of 40 per cent, furinaldi*-
After the silver is covered with copper,
hydo solution, mix quickly and then pour
the woik IS tiansferred to a regular acid
the mixed solutions ujxm tho surface of
The copper Solution us follows.
tho glass which is to be silvered.
entire operation of silvering should take
Solution No. 2.
about 2 minutes.
Cojiper Sulphate 28 oz.
It is easy enough to write this descrip-
Sulpliuiic Acid 4 oz.
tion but the actual manipulation reipuies
exquisite cuie. All foims of dirt and
Water 1 gal.

grease must be absent, even the trace of Use cathode current density of 10 to 12
grease found naturally on tho lingers. To amp. pel square foot.
succe.Hsfully prepare a mirror will demand
hours of preliminary piacticc.
Silvering Glass
Ammonium Hydroxide 1

Silvi'r IMute on ftla-ss Silver Nitrate 2


Water 3
Clean tlu' article from oil and grease. Alcoliol 3
Place in a dilute solution of liydrolluoiic
acid to roughen the surface slightly, rinse
Work in subdued light; dissolve; filter

in clean cold water. It is now ready for and mix with


silvering. Two solutions are necessary. Corn Sugar ^4
Alcohol (2.3%) 10
Solution No. 1: Dip glass in this mixture and warm
Pure Cane Sugar 1)0 gm. gradually to 70° C. wlnm a mirror of sil
Distilled Water vei IS dejKisitod.
sutlicient to dissolve the sugar
Nitric Acid (('. P.) 4 c.c.

Kthyl Alcohol 173 c.c.


* Silver Plating Compound
Distilled Water to I litre. Tho product consists of an aq. AgNO,>i
soln. to which is added sutlicient Na 2 C 03
Solution No. 2: to obtain a milky ppt. of AgNO;j,
Silver Nitrato 1.8 gm. 10-10% Na(n, 20-80% of a 50% CaCO;j
Distilled Water ISO c.c. suspension, 1-20% abrasive and HoO in
sullicumt amt. to prodneo a fluid mixt.
Add ammonia drop by drop until the NuoS-jO^ is ultimately added to produce a
precipitate which is formed is nearly le-
biillmut coating.
dissolved. Then add
Potassium Hydroxide 9 gm.
* Metallizing Patterns
Water suflieient to dissolve the potas-
sium hydroxide. The surface, e.g., plaster of Paris, is
impregnated with wax, tho excess of
Add more ammonia drop by drop until
which is removed, and the bared parts ap
tho precipitate is nearly re-dissolvcd.
moistened with a solution of AgNO.-j in
Take: an org. solvent containing a little H 2 O.
Solution No. 1 1 part by volume The surface is then rubbed with a 1: 1
Solution No. 2 9 parts. mixture of graphite and Cu powder to
produce a Ag surface which can subse-
Mix thoroughly, and immediately im-
quently be plated with Cu.
mersq the article. Tho surface will be
covetiM with a deposit of metallic silver
whiclLli quite adhesive and serx'cs as a Silver Plating Powder
base TOt further deposition of silver or Silver Nitrate 20
copper. Am. Chloride 10
PLATING 413

Sod. Bisulfato 40 a.s cathodes. Voltage (1 to 8. Agitato the


Water
^
40 woik for a cleaner job.
Pot. Carbonate to make a paste 2. Sulfuric Acid 5 gal.
Keep in dark bottles. Niliic Acid 1 gal.

Place crock that contains the strip in a


hot water container. If all water is kept
Silver Plating fitiiii tile strip, bra.ss or copper work will

Formula for silver solution 1)0 attacked but very slightly.

1. Silver Cyanide 3% oz.

Sodium Cyanide 5 oz.


Heinoviiig Fire Scale
Ammonium Chloride V, oz.
To renio\o the lire scale fiom sterling
gal.
W’ater 1
silver use:
Silver Chloride 3Vz oz.
2.
8 oz. Nit C Acid 2 parts
Sodium Cyanide
1

Water i part
Ammonium Chloride Vii oz.
gal, Pse hot and agitate work.
Water 1
Pcinove fire scale by reverse current
Either of the two solutions \m 11 t^ive with
^ood results if operated at a teinpeiature 8 oz.
density Sodium Cyanide
of 75° E. with a catliodi* current gal.
Water 1
of 4 or 5 amperes per sq. ft.; to 1 volt. % work. l>oad
Solution 1 is goucrvally used, but No. 2 Pse hot and agitato
v\hiter.
anodes; 4—0 v.
is

Blight dip:
Silver strike:
Sulfuric Acid 2 gal.
Silver Cyanide Nitric Acid I gal.
Sodium ('yanido 8 <*/.
Water I qb
Whiter ^ g’“‘
^
One oiinc(‘ of muriatic acid for five gal
Pse steel or carbon anodes; 0 volts.
Ions of ai)o\<'.

n IS iieces.saiy to add water only when


Blue dip:
a new biiglit dip is made. Dip must bo
Bichlorido of Mercury 1 or.
ojieiuted cold.
Sodium Cyanide fi

Ammoniuiii Chloride 1 or.


Matt dip:
^
Water Sulfuric Acid 1 gill.

g'i>-
Nitric Acid 1

Brightcner for silver solution: Zinc Oxide “


I
Silver Solution Operate hot and keep all water and
Sodium Cyanide 8 oz.
chit. ides I from dqi.
1
Carbon Bisulphide 11 the matt is coarse, add sulfuric; if
1
Ether too line, mine.
To prepare the brightener place the
?arbon bisulphide and ether in a quait
Iturri Off Dip
bottle and shake thoioughly.
the cyanide in the silver solution and till If the woik has been annealed, the fire
lemoved iii a hot sulfuric
bottle. Shake bottle from time to lime scale .should be
thoroughlj acid solution, i'art a<-id, parts water,
until the carbon bisulphide i.s
1

Iin-e<l ill water and then j)laeed in what


di.ssolved and then filter.
known as tlie “burn otf” dip, made
One ounce of this stock solution should 1 .^

2 pails of sulfunc and, 1


pint
15 bv
be sufficient for an addition to each
u.'uiig

solution. uf mine acid, and 5 parts of water.


gallons of the regular plating “ dip
or The work is left in tho “burn otf
Care must be taken to avoid an excess m
for five to twenty seconds, then
rinsed
else the depo.sit will be rough
and patchy.
remove by water, and bright dipped. If not bright
If an excess has been added, and
solution to -nough, repeat the “burn off''
raising the temperature of the
4

bright dip.
140° F.

Silver strip solutions: * Tin Plating

1. Sodium Cyanide 12 oz.

Caustic Soda 2 oz. Formula for solution


Water 1 8“** Sodium Stannato 12 oz.
1 oz.
rolled steel Caustic Soda
’Reverse current with cold
414 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
%>dium Acetate 2 oz. Tin Plating
Hydrogen Peroxide % oz. Tho Na stannato platinf soln. suc-
(25 volume) or cessfully used commercially has the
Sodium Perborate oz. coinpn.: Na stannate 32 oz./gal. and
Water 1 gal. SnCl 2 Vs oz./gal., with anode c. d. not
‘2

solution is operated at a tempera-


greater than 15 amps./sq. ft., catliode
The
c. d. 15-45 amps./sq. ft., temp. 43-54“
ture of 140° to 160“ F.; 4 to 6 volts;
20 to 30 amperes per<tq. ft.
and 4-8 v. tank voltage. The iSn content
is maintained by addns. of Nn si annate.
The use of Hydrog('u Peroxide or
Sof^tam'^rborato as an oxidizing agent Very small addns. of 8n++ (as SnCIo) are
greatest factor in controlling the said to increase the tin owing power of
is
character of the deposit as it prevents tho .soln. but too much to cause a powdeiy
Bponginess. deposit. The soln. has a good throwing
Small iron article's may bo coated with power and gives a good corrosion-
resisting deposit.
tin in the following solution:

Tin Chloride oz.

Aluminum Sulfate 2 oz.


Zinc Plating
Cream Tartar 2 oz.
Water d gjd. The two types of zinc solutions that arc
in coinmon use are tho acid and alkaline
This solution is used in a copper tank solutions. Tho acid solution is usually
which is lined with sheet zinc. The vvoik preferred when cost is considered, as it
should bo clean and biighl, and placed in can be made more cheaply, but the throw-
iron wire baskets. If a huge quantity of ing power of this solution is lower than
work is placed in the baskets, the work that of the cyanide bath.
should bo separated with perforated zinc
sheets. Formula for acid ziuc solution:
The solution is allowi'd to boil for .30
Zinc Sulphate 32 oz.
to 45minutes and the addition of a very
Ammonium Chloiidc 2 oz.
small quantity of sulfuric acid (about 1
Sodium Acetate 2 oz.
drop to each gallon of solution) hastens
Water 1 gal.
the deposition of the tin deposit.
Teniporatuie 80“ F. Cathode current
density, 15 to 20 amperes per sq. ft.;
Immersion Tin — (hiustic Soda Method 3 to 4 volts.
This method is useil to tin by immer-
sion, small biass or copper articles Foriniila for cyanide zinc solution:

Immersion Tin: Zinc t’yiinido 4 oz.


Formula for
12 oz. Sodium Cyanide 4 oz.
Caustic Soda
4 oz.
Caustic Soda 3 oz.
Stannous tJlilorido
1 oz.
Water 1 gal.
Sodium Chloride
Water 1 gJil- Temperature 100“ F. Cathode current
The solution is placed in an iron tank density 10 to 15 amperes per sq. ft.; 2
which is heated with a steam coil. The to 3 volts. '>

bottom of the tank is covered with moss Use pure zinc anodes in both solutions.
tin over which is placed an iron wiio Corn .sugar may be used in tho propor-
screen. tion of one ounce per gallon in either
The work to bright dipped
bo tinned is solution to obtain a finer structure of
or tumbled clean, placed in brass wire deposit.

baskets and separated with sheets of per-


forated tin, placed in the solution at boil- Kemarks on Zinc Solutions
ing temperature for 15 to 30 minutes, or Tho throwing power of tho acid zinc
until completely covered with tin. It is solution is quite poor. The addition of
rinsed thoroughly in clean cold water and one ounce of stannous chloride to a 100
dried with the aid of hot water and saw- gallon solution will improve the throwing
dust. power. An excess should be avoided, as
The brightness may bo increased some- it has a tendency to discolor the deposit.

what by tumbling for a few minutes in Tho pH is the most important factor to
hardwood sawdust. control in the acid solution. A pH of 3.5
Moss tin is prepared by melting the to 4.5 using thymol bine as an indicator
tin and pouring same into cold water at is about right. This should be main-
a slight elevation. tained by adding the required sulphuric
acid.
PLATING 415

In the cyanide bath, the free cyanide is saturated with copper acetate to
the most important factor to control. If amuioiuum carbonate has In'en added,
the free cyanide is equal to the metal or
content best results ^v ill be had. An excess Solution No. 2.
of free cyanides causes a bright, rough rmineiM* in a solution of ammonium
deposit. li}dio\ide winch has been .satiiraied with
Caie should be used in drying /inc de- tojipm carbonate
posit to jiievent stains.A thoiough nns-
lug in clean cold water followed by hot Solution No, H.
water and hardwood sawdust is good
Immerse in
pioccdure.
Wlute Aisenic 12 0 #
Yellow Antimony Suljdiide 07,.
Zinc, Plating Nickel on Water 1 gal.
A cleaning soln.: Na sdicate, 10
g./l.,+ Na;jP 04 liU g./l., opeiated at
,
Imiiieise in
approx, the b. p. with just luiougli curreiii lljposulpliite Soda 8 07 .

to cause the article (cathod(‘) to gas Acetate ot bead 4 07 .


fieoly, was found to bo best, as cleaiung \\ ater gal.
1

could be done in 0 5-;{ nun. without <bs-


'riie.siN .solutions, except (lie one niiide np
coloialum of tlie Zn. For pn-kmg, im-
with copjiei caiboimte, should be used
mersion for O.o-l nun. in a sola, of
hot. Iminet.M’ work until juopm color
tlie
IKd was found bi*st, etching, but not dis-
appears. Tin* woik should b(‘ iiiiislied
colonng, the Zn. The impoitauce of
with a coat of lacquer to iircveiil
elhcieiit linking liotween cleaning, jiuk-
t.uni.sliiiig.
Img and jilatiiig, tin' a\oidauce ot (lel.iy
lietween juckliiig and plating, and the lee
of sulns. for the piejm. and plating o1 /-n Hating Paths
and Its alloys only, are stiessed. Alter
Pasic lecipes for still solutiniifl linve
\aiying the soln. comjui. and conditions been dexeloped tor the guidance of llm
of operation coiisidei.iblv the aiitlmis
,
platiT. ll(iwe\er, the pnipotlmns of tlio
conclude the following soln, is best tor (on''tit iients should be changed accoiding
tlie direct iNi-plating of Za: NTSOj.TlIoO,
to special reipjireiiienls lor iminidual
7o; NdmSO^.lolloO, liOO; NHd-'l, 1-, niid
needs. 'Die following piiM-ciliiic is lecom*
10 g./l., opeiated at loom temp, memh’d for making up new solutions or
with a mixt. of cast and rolled N’l anndi s, icph'iiishing old baths:
at a -:(). 0:^:0.2 and an a\. c.athode
I'lll the tank with one third the amount
c. d. “ 10 ainp./sq. ft. The soln. is .said to of water reipnred. DissoKi' the Sodinin
become on woiking, tins necc.-siiating
alk.
<'\anide in tins water, winch should be at
daily addns. of lloSOj. A short initial a teinperatiue of about 50 (', (120” F.).
“strike,” at HO amp./sq. ft., was first 'Dieii add till' Metal (lyimidc and stir
used but was found unneci'.ssary alter the until it IS 111 solution. Finally add tiu!
bath had been worked for some tune. Con- balanec of the ingiedienls ami mix in tinj
sistently good deposits of ductile Ni,
lemainmg two thuds of water.
which polished easily, weie olitftined from
tlie abo\e sola. It is suggeste.l tliat tlic
Ni deposit must be at least 0,000.'l5 in. Hums Solution
thick if it is to be seniceable. Water 1 gal.
Sodium Cyanide (90-98%) ,5V2 07,.
Cup[H*i Cyanide 4 07 .

* Plating Zinc-Tin on Iron Zinc Cyaiudi' 1 oz.

The plating bath conijirises a solution Soil a Ash 2 07.

of 81 g. of ZiiSOj,7}!;.(), g. of SnClo, 'rempeiiitnre 75-90” F.


and 150 g. of NaOIl per litie to which Hat 10 A nodi' to Cathode Surface 2-1
are added H> c.e. of .sulphonated ca.stor Cathode ('uncut Density
oil; it is operated at 6 volts and 10-20 H -20 ainp./HP

ainp./sq. ft., using anodes of 90: lu Voltage — Still Solution 5-5


Zn-Sn alloy amalgamated with Ilg (2%). \ olfage — Harrel Solution 5-10
Anodes (Jopper 80%, Zinc 20%

Black Finish on Brass


Copper Cyanide Solution
Solution No. 1. Water 1 gal.

Yellow brass may be colored blue black Sodium Cyanide (90-98%) 4 oz.
by immersion in a solution of water Copper ('yanido , 3 OZ.
416 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
oda Ash 1 oz. Cathode Current Density
fodium Bisulfite 1 oz. 2-5 amp./S.P.
Ratio Anodo to Cathode Surface 2-1 —
Voltage Still Solution
Temperature 08 -120° F. Note: When making up a new solution,
Cathode Current Density ounce of ammonium cliloride may bo
10-2.J amp./S.F. used.
Voltage — Solution
Still 3-6
Voltage — Barrel SWution 8-12
Mercury Dip
Water 1 gal.
Note:
Sodium Cyanide (l>f>-98%) 6 oz.
For barrel plating double the pro- Bi-Chlonde .Mercuiy oz.
t iona just given.
2. Hypo Soda can bo usedfor brighten-
ing purposes in the concentration of Silver Cyanide Stiike Solution
ounce per gallon when the deposit is not Water gal.
1
to be oxidized. Sodium Cyanide (91^-98%) 8 oz.
3. The reason for the addition of so-
dium bisulfite is to obtain better anode
Silver Cyanide % oz.
Caustic Soda oz.
efficiency and better color of deposit. Temperature Normal
Voltage ()

Anodes Sheet steel


Zinc Cyanide Solution
Water 1 gal.
Cold Cyanide Solution (Yellow)
Sodium (Cyanide (90-98%) 3 oz.
Zinc Cyanide 5 oz.
Writer 1 gal.

Caustic Soda 4 oz.


Sodium Cyanide (96-9S7() V2 -I oz.

Temperature 80--1 19° F. Sodium Gold Cyanide Vj oz.

Ratio Anode to Cathode Surface Cau.'^ticPotash oz.%


Temperature 140-169° F.
1 bi to 1
Cathode Current Density Cafliode Current Density
15-30 arnp./S.F. 1-5 amp./S.F.
Voltage — Solution
Still 4-6 Voltage 2 Vi
Voltage — Barrel Solution 8-12
Lead Plating Iron 8trip.s

The strip is passed in suoccs.sion


through vats contg. 50 and 70% IICl
Silver Cyanide Solution soliH. and Zuf'^lo soln. plus a 2.5% soln.
Water 1 gal. of NHjCl* Four kg. of the soln. contain
Sodium Cyanide (96-98%) 4Cj oz. in additimi 1 part Ilg. 2 parts HgCU and
Silver Cyanide 3 oz. .3 parts aqua regia. The strips are finally
Temperature Normal passed tliiough a bath of molten Pb with
Ratio Anodo to Cathode Surface 1-1 5% Sb.
POLISH, ABRASIVES, METAL CLEANERS
* Abrasive Compound This is added to water with stirring,
llyvaruiig flie water used either a paste
First produce two mixtures one of
or liquid polish is formed.
which consists of a potassium soap that
IS produced by heating and melting ap-
proximately thirty parts of stearic acid Razor tSlrojis, Alirasive for
and adding, while heating and stirring, a Hauxite 42
solution of approximately six parts of Lard 42
potassium hydroxide and approximately Powd. Kmory 15
twenty parts of water and then, after Varnish 1
saponification has taken place, adding
water to make one hundre«l parts.
Aluminum Polish
The otlier mixture is produced by
melting approximately five parts of a 1. S:i|Muoiie 1

mixture consisting of approximately fifty 2. Water 52


per cent of beeswax and fifty per cent 5. Olcic Acid 8
4. Ainiiionium Ilvdroxide 5
of japan wax with approximately ten
parts of paraffin oil. 5. Alcohol 4

wax and combination Infusorial Earth 20


With this oil is ().

intimately mixed fifty part.s, approxi 7. Red Iron Oxide 8

mutely, of the above described potassium Mix (2) and (?>) and stir until uni
soap mixture. form. Mix (0) and (7) and rub into n
Then stir into this mass a mixture of paste witli part of (1), (2) and (5).
approximately fifteen parts glycerine and Hlowly add the balance and while mixing
approximately thirty parts of water. vigorously add mixture of (2) and (O).
To this combination is then ad<led ap
proxiniately seventy five parts of silicon
carbide and approximately twenty five •Cleaner, Aluminum (Non Corrosive)
parts of electrically fused alumina. Tartaric Acid 00
All of these operations are perfoimed .Sodium I'luoride 1

in a water jacketed kettle at a tempera Wati'r to suit

ture of about sixty degiees centigrade.


After agitating until the abra.sive is * Aluminum Cleaning Powder
thoroughly distributed throughout tlie
Powdered ITimice 25
mass, raise the temperature thereof until 25
Powd. Calcined Silica
the water in the jacket is at a biul.
Sod. .Si'sqiiicarhmmfe 25
These conditions are then maintained 10
Tnsodium I'hosfate
while continuously stirring until the mix 10
Powdered Soup
ture thickens to a stiff paste.
Am. ('hlonde 5
To this paste compound sometimes add
a coloring pigment such as carbon black,
and an essential oil, as methyl salicylate. Auto Polish
The above described abrasive com IhiintTine Oil 5 gnl.
pound is characterized by a very much Linseed Oil Raw 2 gal.
slower rate of evaporation of its mois (’Inna Wood Oil gal.
ture content than is the case with those P.enzol 90% 1 qt.
compounds of this class as heretofore Kerosene 1 qt.
produced. Odor to suit.

Abrasive Polish Mix to|ether.


oils Mix Benzol and
Abrasive (Tripoli, Silex, etc.) 40 lb. Kerosene, then add to oils and stir thor-
Proflex 10 lb. oughly.
Suspend ite 4 lb.

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by paten^


417
18 THE CHEMICAI, FORMULARY
Aato Polish ishing combination, it will bo more sat-
^ isfactory without an abrasive.
Fullers Earth t 4 02.
China Clay 3 oz.
Kerosene 1% pt. Wax Automobile Polish
ilineral Oil 1*4 pC A. Carnauba Wax 30 lb.
Turkey Ked Oil 1 qt.
Glyco Wax B 20 lb.
Ammonia Water (10%) 4 oz.
Naphtha or Varnoleno G8 lb.
Water 2 pt.
Turpentine 17 lb.
l-^iniialdeliyde (-10%) 4 oz.
B. Water 70 lb.
G|||cerin V2 pt.
Borax 10 lb.

Automobile Polish Melt “A”


together but do not heat
above the boiling point of water. Mean-
Carnaubn Wax 9 lb. vvhik dissolve “IC’ while heating to a
Peeswax 4 lb.
boil?
Corcsin Wax 4 lb.
Run '‘A” into ''B” slowly w'hile stir-
Naphtha Ti) lb. ring vigorously.
Stearic Acid 7 lb.
Triethanolamine 2.5 lb.
Water 75 lb. Motor Car Polishes
Abrasive 25 to GO lb. A good formula for a cleanser and
poli.sher is:
Preparation
Yellow Wax 20.0
Add the Trietlianolanune and steam' Commercial Silica, Very
acid to the water, heat to 100" C. and
Finely Powdered 40.0
stir to obtain a smooth soap solution.
Turpentine Substitute 40.0
Then melt the waxes in the naphtlia and, Soft Soap 1,0
when the solution is about 85° to 90° C.,
Water 5.0
add it to the hot soap solution. Stir
vigorously until a smooth emulsion is Melt the wax and incorporate the
obtained and tlien slowly until cold. If powder, slowly adding the turpentine sub-
any separation occurs shortly after the stitute, finally stir in the soap, previously
emulsion has cooled, stir vigorously until dissidved in the water. Some may prefer
the emulsion is creamy. it to be without the soap, but experience
The method of adding the abrasive is shows it to be worth itsslight softening
dependent upon the typo of abrasive effect in yielding a higher and better
used. An oil absorbing abrasive should polish. The paste may bo tinted with
bo well mixed with the hot oil solution ferric, oxiile.
before it is added to the soap solution, Another formula is as follows:
but an abrasive that absorbs water is
Kieselguhr (Levigated) 11 parts
best stirred into the finished emulsion.
Silica (Levigated) 9 parts
The latter typo, like Bentonite, to the
Yellow Ochro 1 part
extent of 25 poumls, produces a paste
Red (h'hro l/jo part
with the above emulsion, while GO pounds
Kcioseno IG parts
of the former, as Tripoli, makes a liquid
Soft Paraffin 2 parts
polish.
Powdered Soap 1 part
Properties
This polish is non destructive to lac The following foijnula is suitable for
quers. It is a cleanser and polisher com- polishing fabric bodies:
bined and leaves a bright, hard film. It
Oleic Acid 80.0
is applied by rubbing over the surface
Liquid Paraffin 250.0
well to remove dirt and streaks and then
polishing with a dry cloth. Potassium Hydroxide 16.0
Tragacanth 6.0
Water to 1,000.0

proportions of waxe* can be Mix the oleic acid with the paraffin
chaSMd depending upo^ Bie case of pol- and slowly add the potassium hydroxide,
isholf required and thoJPirdness of the previously dissolved in 200.0 of water.
finak#lm. The naphtha and water con- Soak the tragacanth in 500 cc. of water
tentffmn be varied slightly to change the until fully absorbed, then heat to boil-
conailieiiey of the emulsion. When the ing, and when cool stin into the above
primary use of ^is product is for pol*
Ishing rather thE^^as a cleaning and pol-
emulsion.
^
POLISH. ABRASIVES, METAL CLEANERS
Once a good surface has boi'n pro- Japan Wax SI5
duced by the above it is not uu advan- Paraffin Wax (10
tage to use too frequently, as frietioual Turpentine 326
powders are bound to show the efTcvt
sooner or later if unwisely used. A thin
• Automobile Polish
film of wax once deposited on paintwork
of the highly polished variety is best Tartaric Acid 1.25
kept in condition by a Imrd wax polish, Oxalic Acid 1.25
lieeswax is too soft, and the best for the Abrasue Mild 3.75
purpose is Caruauba wax. This, liowe\er, Suspeiuiite 0.25
is intractable and likely to eniinble; it
Mineral Oil 2i||
needs rubbing up with the cloth in order Water 6^
to soften it before applying. A niodifi
cation enabling the polish to be easily
Automobile and Floor Polish
applied and which does not niodi||f in (Wax Paste Typo) — (Rubbing Typo)
any way its polishing and surfacing ef- Yellow Beeswax 6 lb.
fect is made as follows; Cenifliix Tech. 1() lb.

drey Carnauba Wax 25.0 CarnaubaWax 27 lb.

Japan Wax 5.0 Montan Wax 8 lb.

Rosin 5.0 Naphtha or V’arnolene 89 Ib^


Melt and stir in Turpentine 10 lb.

Turpentine Substitute GO.O Pine Oil 3 lb.


St min and add Melt together and jioiir into cans. Do
Solution of potash (1%) 5.0
not disturb until solidified. This makes
This last addition has been found to an excellent auto polish of great dura-
give jiust suOicient saponiiication to pre- bility and luster. Variations can bo
vent the pasti' erumbling. The prepara- made to suit individual reijuireineiits.
tion gives a liighly poli.shed hard sur-
face, and where dirt and grease are not
Belt Dressing
pre.scnt its direct application forms a
perfect protection of enamelled paint- (No. 1 Commercial (Irade)
10.
work which can easily bo kept clean with Castor Oil 40 parts
a dry cloth. (k)d Oil 40 parts
Neats foot 40 parts
Automobile Polish and Cleaner Mix tlioroughly with heating if nives-
1. Celite (or other air- sa ry.

floated abrasive) 282 lb. Fse; (Jean belting to be dressed and


2. Isopropyl Alcohol 505 lb. apply ilressing with brush or cloth. This
.‘5. dlycenn 50 lb. IS suitable where excess moisture or
4. Naphtha 110 lb. steam 18 present.
5. Oil of Camphor 105 lb.

0. Spindle (Mineral) Oil 555 lb.


Belt Dressing
7. Oxalic Acid 10 lb.
Tallow 10
8. Suspensono 22 lb.
Cod Oil 10
9. Water 1770 lb.

Eniulsonc B 10 lb.
Brass Polish
“1," “8," “9," and “10’' are
Petroleum Spirits 30 parts
mixedfand allowed to stand over night. Ammonia 4 parts

Then add “ 3 ” and stir. Next add “ 7 Oh'in 10 parts
and “2’’ and stir vigorously. Now add Tripoli Powder 50 parts
“4,” “5” and “0“ slowly while stir- Methylated Spirits 10 parts
ring vigorously. Continue stirring inter- Water 20 parts
mittently for 2 hours. Allow to stond
overnight and stiSf for hour the next
Brass Polish with Oasoline Bai%.
day. If a thinner product is wanted re-
Tripoli
duce Emulsone B to 5 lb.
Whiting
Prepared ClD:
Auto Paste Wax Polish Stearin it
Carnauba Wax 20 (iasoline

Beeswax v 30 Oleic Acid

For Chendwl AdTisort, %pwi*l R»w Msterisls. Equipment, ConUlnen, ste., coniult Supply
Section at end of book.
^20 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Dissolve the stearin in the gasoline, “Dry Bright" Polish
add the oleic acid and then stir in the Carnauba Wax 13.2 lb.
powders, using care to keep them from Oleic Acid 1.5 lb.
forming in lumps. More or less stearin Triethanolamine 2.1 lb.
may bo used to give any desired body, Borax 1.0 lb.
and the gasoline may be replaced in Water 108 lb.
whole or in part with kerosene. Shellac 2.2 lb.
Ammonia (28%) 0.32 lb.

Brass, Refinishing Corroded


Melt the wax and add the oleic acid.
9(i|urate vinegar with salt and clean The temperature should not be above 90°
*^Dra8i with this until all corrosion is re- C. Using a hot water or steam jacketed
moved. Polish with any good metal pol- kettle maintains a good temperature and
ish; wash; dry; wash with benzene to wax caking along the sides of
prov[ents
remove oil and grease; finish with spar the %ontaincr. Add the triethanolamine
varnish or lacquer. slowly, stirring constantly. The solution
should be char at this point. Dissolve
Copper Cleaner the borax in about a pint of boiling
water and add to the wax solution to ob-
Oxalic Acid 1 oz.
tain a clear jelly-like mass. Stir for
Kotten Stone G oz.
about 5 minuti's. Add 92 pounds water,
Gum Arabic i/i oz.
prcviomslv heated to boiling temperature,
Cottonseed Oil 1 oz.
slowly with constant stirring. An opaque
Water sullicient to make paste.
solution should be obtained. Cool. Add
Apply to small portion and rub dry H) pounds of water to the shellac and
witli fiannel. then the ammonia and heat until the
shellac is in solution. Cool, Add this to
Cellulose Friction Polishes the above wax solution and stir well to
These are often “oil in water" t^-pe, obtain an even mixture.
and consist of emulsions of oil, gum or
other emulsitier and water as lubricants Properties
to the friction polishing earths. Their
The above polish should give a clear
great advantage is that they do not mark
film when applied to linoleum, mastic
afterwards, and are free from a “film
floors, etc.,and one that is not too slip-
of wax" or other matter which can at-
pery. Hhellac has been incorporated in
tract dust, but they wear away the
the polish to cut down the shpperincss
enamel if used too frequently, and are
of a straight caruauba wax emulsion. It
not so waterproof as wax polishes. They
is necessary to use a good grade of light
should rub away to nothing on applica-
colored carnauba wax and the directions
tion, so that a polish ensures with the
for making tlic polish must be carried
same rug.
out as described.
Floss Powder 8 parts
Paraffin 8 parts Variations
Methylated Spirits 2 parts
If 1.8 pounds of water soluble nigro-
Glycerine 2 parts
sine is added to the water in the above
Gum Tragacanth % part
formula, an excellent black leather pol-
Water 40 parts
ish can bo made. By using stearic acid
in place of oleic acid a thicker polish is
Carborundum Suspension
obtained.
Diglycol Steanite 4
Water 100
Heat to 60“ C. and Dust-Cloth Fluid
stir after turning
oflP heat. Add with stirring Light Mineral Oil 3 gal.
Carborundum Powder 4 Corn Oil 1 gal.
Clovel 3 oz.
Oil Soluble Yellow Color to suit
Crocus Composition
uouble Pressed Saponifled
Stearic Acid 11 lb.
Petrolatum 11 lb.
Emery Grease
Edible Tallow 2 lb. Double Pressed Siponified
Crocufl ^ 165 lb. Stearic Acid 11 lb.
Flint 23 lb. Edible Tallow 1 lb.
POLISH, ABRASIVES, METAL CLEANERS 42 .

Paraffine 3 lb. Beeswax 1

Petrolatum 1 lb. SlieUac Wax 2

Dissolve waxes in minenil oil hixited

Emery Paste to 100” C. ;


eoul aiul stjr in turpenlme.

Double Pressed Saponified


Stearic Acid 17 lb.
Flour Oil, Low Priced
Oleo Stearino 2 lb.

Petrolatum 38 lb. Light Mineral Oil 5 gal.

Japan Wax 3 lb. Avilomobile Ihigine Oil Vj


Paraffine 20 lb. I'arutlin Wax 2 lit,

Emery 300 lb. Clovel Vii pli*

Flint 100 lb.


• Oil, Floor (Non-Drying)

Flatting Paste Emulsions Minenil (bl ()8

Oleic Acnl 18
These are of the ‘‘water in oil” type, Ammonium Hydroxide 4
and consist essontiallv of oils, soap, and 1‘ine Oil 10
tlie friction or Hatting
powdered earths
in fine form. They should be easy to I'loor Polisli
work and yet not “scratch” the paint Carnauba Wax 30
or varnish. 0
Rosin
Tallow 20 parts
Heat above to l lO” cool to 100” (b
Soap 30 ]Kiits
Mild add following with vigorous stirring
I’aralfin 18 parts
whuh has been lu'ated to flS-lOO” C.
Water 20 parts
Soap riakes 10
Waxes 8 parts
18 parts Turpentine 1
Turpentine
Water 270
Tripoli or Partly P.rick
Dust (U) jiarts
Jdoor Wax
Beesw'ax Yellow 5 lb.

Mineral Oil Eniulsiou Paraflin Wax 4 lb.

C lb. Soap tfliips 3 lb.


Proflex
()0 lb. Stearic Acid 3 lb.
Water
bO lb. Turpentine 3 gal.
Mineial Oil
Red Oil (Oleic Acid) 4 lb. Salts of Tartar IVi 11).

Water 3'/j gal.

In using Proflex it should be strewn


is be
Dissolve salts of tartar and Siuap in
in the surface of the water which
boiling water. Melt waxes in another
ing stirred with a high speed agitator. !'. when the
<‘onlainer and heat to 200”
The or other water in soluble mate
oil
boiling water soap solution is addeil
rial then run in slowly while stirring.
is
shiwlv with Mgorous stirring until homo-
The pignu’nts or abrasives are then added
genemis. Turn off heat and run turpen-
in the same way. Pack
tine m
slowly with good stirring.
in cans when cold.
Polish, Emulsion
.3 lb.
Proflex
Water 17 lb. Finishing Floor Wax
(farnauba 5 lb.
Allow to soak for 15 minutes; stir 5 lb.
Put into a Ozokerite
until all particles are gone. gal.
Turpentine 1
mayonnaise type of mixer and, while
(.lasoliiie 5 gal.
beating add to it slowly
80 lb.
Heat gently until wax completely dis-
Mineral Oil
solves. Cool quickly.
The above gives a white heavy cream
which may be diluted with water to give
a milky liquid. Floor Wax, “Rublcss”
Hydromalin 158 lb.

Carnauba Wax No. 2 250 lb.


Floor Oil
Heat to 120-140” C, half hour. OkjI
Mineral Oil ^ .
^2
5 to 100-105” C.
Turpentine
*422 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Ad4 to the above .slowly with stirring. tainer. Add the boiling water to the
naphtha soltftion and stir vigorously
Wab^r '
1780 lb.
until a go^
emulsion is obtained and v

Heated to 100*
(1. Keep as close to 100* then slowly until the emulsion is cold.
C. as possible for !.'> minutes.
This formula can stand additional Properties
water if a low(‘r cost product Is desired. Wax polishes of this type are used
The more water added, however, the where a permanent finish is desired, as
lower the gloss will be. on woodwork, furniture, automobiles, etc.
They require hard rubbing, but proiluce
a polish of high luster. Triethanola
mine stearate, being non destructive to
Liquid Floor Wax
lacquer, is particularly indicated because
(Rubbing Type) of Rs ability to act as a clean.siT n.s well
Heat to 10 lb. of Glyco Wax B and asPiin emulsifier for the various con-
2 lb. Hecswax with 20 lb. Naphtha or stituents.
kerosene until dissolved. Cool and stir
thoroughly when thickening begins. (!!olor Furniture Polish
yrtlow or orange with an oil soluble dye,
(Packages in glass only. No tin cans.)
'JMiis may be made thicker or thinner by
varying the amount of wax. 200 gal.
Turpentine 8 gal.
Naphtha .20 gal.
Lt. Spindle Oil 49 gal.
Wood fMoor Finish Acetic Acid 30% 0 gal.
Brush liberally with a mixture of three Water 100 gal.
parts boiled linseed oil and one part tur- Antimony Chloride 4 gal.
pentine; after a few minutes for soaking Gum Arabic 10 lb.

in, wipe up the excess. Two applica-


Gum Tragacanth 10 lb.

tions may be neei'ssary, a day or two Perfume 1 gal.


apart. This will darken the floor .some- Make up with water to 200 gallons and
what. For walnut tone, tint the oil wdth run thiough eolloid mill.
burnt umber ground in oil. Waxing can
follow.
Furniture or Auto Polish
Light Mineral Oil I gal.
FURNITFHF FOLISIIES Powd. Oarnauba Wax 2l^ oz.

Heat until wax is dis.solved.


Wax Paste
Cnrnauba Wax 30 lb.
Beeswax 15 lb. Furniture Polish
Ceresin Wax 15 lb. Yellow Ceresine 3 lb.
Turpentine 20 lb. Japan Wax * 1 lb.
Naphtha 24 lb. Beeswax 2 lb.
Stearic Acid 8 lb. Linseed Oil Raw 4 gab
Triethanolamine 4 lb. Turpentine gal.
1
Water 65 lb. Paratlln Oil 28“ gr. 1 gal.
Liquid Wax Water 7 gul.
Carnnuba Wax 10 lb. Carbonate of Potash 9 oz.
Beeswax 4 lb. Soup (^hips (Animal Fat
Ceresin Wax 4 lb. Soap)
Naphtha 80 lb. Mix the above thoroughly.
Stearic Acid 8 lb.
Triethanolamine 4.5 lb.
Water 200 lb. Cream Poliil^i^^^rniture
Preparation Carnauba Wax Bleached 6
Melt the waxes and stearic acid and Japan Wax 3^
add the triethanolamine. Temperature Paraffin Wax 1 %
should be about 90“ C. Add the naphtha
Turpentine 12
slowly so that a clear solution is main- White Curd Soap 3
^ tained. Using a water or steam jacketed
Rosin Pale 2
kettle prevents overheating and also cak-
Water 4 30
ing of the waxes on the sides of the con- CTovel Trace
*
POLISH, ABBASIVES, METAL CLEANERS 423

Furniture or Auto Polish Gas-Meter Diaphragm, Dressing, for


1. Blendene 10 jJhrts by vol. Castor Ow 70
Spindle Oil 00 pa||8 by vol. Linseed Oil Boiknl 4 80
2. Water 40 parts by vol.

Stir (1) with a high speed mixer. Add Glass Polish


(2), stir five
minutes.. Blendene will give 20
1. Am.< Liuoleato
clear soluble oils with mineral oils, de- 2. Orthodichlor Benzol 100
pending on grade, from two to six times 3. Water 200
Its volume. The cruder the mineral oil, •4. Infusorial Earth 60
the higher percentage of oil will imx
They emulsify Dissolve (1) in (1^) overnight ninl^m
clear with Blendene.
readily on stirring in water.
(2) m
while beating with high speed
mixer. Then beat (4) in until uniform.

* Furniture, Metal and Auto PoliA


* Polish, Glass
Nelgin 8 lb.
Lard 10
Water 126 lb.
Paraffin Wax 4
Allow the above to soak a few' hours, Naphtha 1*
stir and then add the following mixture Glycerol 1
to it slowly with good stirring.
Light Mineral (KSpindlc) Oil 26 lb.
Glass Polish (Dry)
Blown Castor Oil 18 lb.
Precipitated Clialk 60
Varnoleno or Solvent Naphtha 16 lb.
Kieselguhr 20
Lernenone Crude 16 lb.
White Jiole .30

This polish works exceptionally well on Make into a slurry with water for use.
lacquered, painted or varnished metal
sarfaces.
Glass Polish (Liquid)
Furniture Polish (Paste) White Bole 5
Vienna Chalk 10
A. Carnauba Wax 60
Turpentine 60 Work into above
Stearic Acid 2 1
Oleic Acid
B. Trihydroxcthylamine Denatured Alcohol 75
Stearate 12
Tlien add while stirring vigorously
Water 62
Water 20
Heat (A) and (B) in separate vessels Ammonium Hydroxide 15
to 200° F. and run (B) into (A) slowly
with vigorous stirring. Stop when homo-
geneous. Glass Polish
Whiting 54
Furniture Polish <<Liquid) Silica “Smoke'' 18
Wax 6 Starch 15
Carnauba
Wax 9 Cream of Tartar 11
Paraffin
2 Magnesium Oxide 10
Ceresin
43 Infusorial Earth 2
Naphtlia
Turpentine 4 For use make into a cream with water
Stearic Acid 1
or benzine.
Trihyc^xyethylamine Stearate • Polish, Gold
Soap 20-25
Precede —as above. Coconut Oil 1
PriH-ipitated Chalk 25
Kieselguhr 8
FumiiSffe Closs Oils 40^5
(Jlycerol
These are essentially emulsions of oil Leinenone 1
and gum in water. A little glycerine
aids the ease of application.
* Gold and Silver Polish
Water 10 parts
China Clay 47
Nut OU 1 part
part Precipitated Chalk 47
Mineral Oil 1
5
4
^ Am, Sulfate
'

Acetic Acid part


^
Magnesium Powder 1
Gum Arabic 11 parts
e
424 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
* Grinding and Poliehing Compound Variations
Silicon Carbide 10 If the Nig^sine is omitted from the
Soap ^ 20 above formpa, the liquid is cream-col-
Turpentine 20 ored and suitable for polishing light col-
Bentonite 20 • ored leathers. For tan and other colors,
Water 40 the appropriate dyes may be added. The
substitution of naphtha for all or part of
the turpentine decreases the odor and is
* Grinding Compound
sometimes desirable.
Mineral Oil 15 By changing the amount of water the
Siulfo Turk C 15 consistency of this emulsion can be va-
Petrolatum 30 ried from a paste to a thin liquid.
Silicon Carbide (150-
220 mesh) 30
Emery (80-100 mesh) 10 Leather Belt Polish
A polish for unfinished edges of leather
belting is composed of the following:
Grindstones Water 1 gal.
AI 2 O 3 is finely ground, made into a Gum Tragacanth 2 oz.
paste witli a dil. as HCl,
acid,
molded or jjressi'd to the desired shape,
such Bismarck Brown Solution — in amount
to obtain desired color.
dried and agglutinated at a temp, below
1600*.
Leather Dressing

Tallow 70
Household Cleaning Powder
Petroleum Jelly 3.5
Borax 24 Dighcol ytearate 13
Sod. Sesquicarbonato 50 Beeswax 9
Trisodium Phosfate 2t Rosin 2
Sod. Silicate 2 Water 2

Leather Polish * Leather Dressing


Carnauba Wax 11 lb. Pyroxylin PH) sec. 1.7
Turpentine 10 lb. Dibutyl Phthalate 0.8
Stearic Acid 3 lb. Carnauba Wax 1.7
Oil Sol. Nigrosine 2 lb. Titanium Dio.xide 3.3
Triethanolamine 1 lb. Ethyl Acetate 15.5
» Water 66 lb. Butyl Acetate 10.3
Water Sol. Nigrosine 1 lb. Alcohol 66.7

Preparation
Leather Dressings
Dissolve the water soluble Nigrosine in One of the ’
oldest and best known
the water, add the Triethanolamine and leather dressings consists of a soln. of 4
stearic acid and heat to boiling. Stir parts of rosin in 9(5 parts of CftHo plus
until a smooth soap solution is obtained. a trace of nitrobenzene. Another con-
In a separate container, melt the car- tains rosin 0, linseed oil 2 turpentine 4
,

nauba wax in the turpentine and add the and benzine 4 parts. A more complex
oil soluble Nigrosine. When this solu- prepn. consists of rosin 3 and EtOH 15
tion has reached a temperature of 85- parts as soln. I and rubber lat 6 2
90“ C., add it to the soap solution. Stir | ,

15, turpentine 15 and CCI 4 iCparta as


vigorously to obtain a good dispersion' of soln. II. Ceresin 5, stearin 2, soln. I 5
the wax and then stir slowly until the and soln. II 10 parts are heated together
emulsion is cold. K
over a water bath. parts of 2 CO 3
in 30 parts of b. Hju are added to make
Properties a dressing in emulsion form.
This leather polish is a liauid cream
which is readily applied t 6 black shoes.
It is excellent for removing grease and Leather Dressing
dirt and yields a bright waterproof Cumarone 2 lb.
finish. The use of Triethanolamine as High Flash Gasoline, 1 gaL
the emulsifyin^^igent eliminates any in- Castor Oil % Hi.
jurious solipir action on the leather.
POLISH, ABRASIVES. METAL CLEAN;ERg_ 425
* Leather Finii|i Metal Polish
Prepare with stirring a ^t
solution
of borax, 17 Vj pounds; orange shellac
Tank X
flakes, (50 pounds; water, 40 gallons; Dissolve thirteen (13) pounds of Ox-
prep^^re with heat and stirring a second mic Add in forty (40) gallons of water.
solution, suspension or extension, of Heat to not more than 80° C. Add
^\lute neutral
soap flakes, 6 pounds; car- twelve (12) pounds of 20° B6 Ammonia.
nauba wax, 19 pounds; water, 30 gal-
lons. Mix in the ratio of from five to Tank B
eight parts of the first solution to three Mix twent\ (23) pounds of Red
fi\e

parts of the second solution. The prod Oil or llozulin with twenty-five (25)

net isa smooth viscid paste, hard but pounds of Denatured Alcohol. Add
flexible when tlie w’tHer of emulsion or tueUe (12) pounds of 2(5° Bii Ammonia,
solution has evaporated away, and not to be wanned slightly to affect saponifi-

water-soluble thereafter to any practical cation.

extent. Add contents of Tank A to Tank B


W’hile mixing. This can b(' done success-
fully in the cold, also with varying de-
•Leather, Preserrativc
grees of heat, but the mixture should
Vaseline 62 not be too hot.
Paraffin Wax 16 While adding Tank A to Tank B,
Lanolin 10 Hchulz Hilica should be added slowly and
Am. Sulfoichthyolate 7 the whole mixture stirred gently. The
Neatsfoot Oil 5 amount of Siliea to be added ranges
Oil Birch Tar to suit fittin 100 to 200 jiounds to above propor-

tions. 200 pounds are necessary if you


* Leather Soles, Preserving deMre a thicker and creamn'r polish.
The abo\e proportions produce approxi-
Larch Turpentine 80
mately sixty to sixty-five gallons of
<
Tallow (Beef) (>
polish.
Oil Birch Tar 4
Varnish 30
Pine Oil Metal Polish
Leather Preservatives Although polishing powders arc in use,
metal polishes usually consist of some
A. Neatsfoot Oil
ubrasne niutenal in suspension in either
(20° Cold Test) 20
a liquid or a semi-pastc form.
Castor Oil 20
The abrasive material should be se-
b'cted with care in order not to scratch
B. Lanolin Anhydrous 40 <»r otherwise mar the finishes on which
Neatsfoot Oil the polish 18 ajiplied. On very delicate
(20° Cold Test) 60 finishes only the mildest abrasives should
lie employed such ns rouge (iron oxide)
C. Neatsfoot Oil or chalk (calcium carbo-
precipitated
(20° Cold Test) 50 nate). For
surfaces siliceous ma-
dull

Lanolin Anhydrous 35 terials are gcncnilly in use.

Japan Wax 20 The Yarmor Steam distilled Pine Oil

Soap Chips 8 is blended with the soap prior to the


Water 90 addition of the abrasive. The Yarmor
Pine Oil softens the oxidizablo and non-
oxidizable material without injuring the
Mili&ry Leather Paste Polish
surface. In addition, it gives body to
Camauba Wax 18 the polish ond helps hold the abrasive
Candehlla Wax 2 matter m
suspension.
Japan Wax ,
30 , A tj-pical formula is as follows:
Paraflln Wax 2
Tripoli 20.00%
Turpentine 20
Oleic Acid 7.00%
Sodium Hyiiroxide (100%) .50%
Linoleum Polish Yarmor 85.00%
Camauba Wax 1 lb. Water 47.50%
Paraffin Wax 1 oz. oil formula 0oe8 the work
This pine
Yellow Wax 7 oz. fast and well and the polish holds a long
'Turpentine 1 gal. time, spreads freely, wipes easily ana
leaves a fine finish. It is 'Hon-inflam*
426 ’^HE CHEMICAL FOHUULy&Y
xnabll and does not possess^ tty ingredi- ‘
10 oz.
ents that injure metal surf^

Melt th^Srsf" three items and when


Metal Polish A clear, while heat is oq, add other items
Naphtha 62 lb.
slowly while stirring ^^il free^^rom
Oleic Acid 1 lb.
lumps; raise t^peiM^e, »contffluing
Abrasive 7 lb. storing and run into cans.
Triethanolamine 0.33 lb.
Ammonia (26“) 1 lb.
Water 128 lb.
Prepa^tion 1. Ortho DIchlorbenzol
Naphtha or Mineral Spirits 20
In onq container mix together the
Pine Oil
^ 4
naphtha and oleic acid to a clear solu-
tion. ihssolve the Triethanolamine in 2. Trihydroxyethylamini
water separately, stir in the abrasive, if Linoleate 2
it is of a clay type, and then add the Tripoli or Silex 60-75
Mphtha solution. Stir the resulting mix* Suspendite 9
Ihre At a high speed until a uniform Water 2(i(i

creamy emulsiot results. Then add the 3. Ammonium^ Hydroxide 12


ammonia and mix well, but do not agi-
tate as vigorously as before. Add “1” to “2”
with stirring and
then stir in “3”; allojv to stand over
Properties night and stir before packaging.
This gives a polish which does not
This has excellent cleansing
polish
separate if made properly. If a thicker
properties and removes much of the dull-
polish or paste is desired the Tripoli is
ness from metals by the solvent action of
increased and the liquids decreased.
Triethanolamine. The emulsion is fairly
stable and will not separate as when
made from straight ammonia. In use, Metal Polish
the metal first gone over with this
is

which dries leaving a fine white


polish, A. Ammonia 16° 12% gal.

cqat. Btibbing with a dry cloth now Alcohol 100 oz.

br^gs out a high luster. Oleic Acid 100 uz.

^ Variations B. Oxalic Acid 10 lb.

,
The choice of abrasive is very impor- H.,0 15 gal.
^ taiit in making a satisfactory metal pol- Ammonia 26° iy4 gal.
ish; and the variety chosen depends upon
the metal on which it is to be used. For
For polish use
fine metals, like? silver, a jeweler’s rouge A 2% gal.
or a precipitated chalk is used. For B 1% gal.
brass or nickel, a slightly coarser abra- HoO 35% gal.

^
sive is valu^le, such as the collo^al Air Floated Silex 97 %.
clay ia.the above formula, or a fiae’%ili^.
Mix and run Uirpqjlb colloid mill.
A dye i(j' often added to commercial pol-
ishes in idditiotf to th« other ingredients.
If a non-colloidal abrasive is to be in- * ’
Metal Cleaner
corporated, it should be mixed with the
oleic acid and naphtha instead of with Zinc Powder
33f
the Water, and considerably higher pro- Sod. Acid Tartrate 100
portions of acid and Triethanolamine Coi^r Q|^ 10
will have to be used. Mineral Cm to make paste

Metal Polishf (Paste) * Cleaner, Metal


Palm Oil lb. Magnesite Powder 700 gm.
Yellow Petrolatum lb. Mineral Oil 150 gia.
Paraffin Wax 4 Oleic Acid 30 gm.
Crocus 12 % - Denatured 60 ggi,

.

Silex Double 12%


Qroimd
English Rottenstone Powd, J
,* lb.
lb.
lb. Thymbl ^
Sal<Amnioniao'

Bright Bed Iron Ox|||ie Powd. 2 lb.


form^ by the su^titution of Carnauba Wax 40 lb.
part of ft^'mineral oil wit^erosene or Turpenfchae 20 lb!
'
naphtha. Piii%Qii may also be substi- 2. Wate^ 500 lb.
^ tuted for the W^entine, or other solvent
changes made. When this polish is
be used fpr, lacquers, a a^asive is Heat (1)
to 200“ F. and in a senarate
f requentljjr added in small quallity. pot heat (2) to 200“ F. Run (l^into
(^Laiyyly while stirring vigorously until
Uses
Furniture and automobile polishes. If
oil

Soluble Oils, Cuttftg Oils, Polishes


White Shoe Cleaners^^
A. (B^j^oap 10 lb.
(SpWie Oil 10 lb. ,
(For use in tu^')-
(3f-llaqral (Paraffin) Oil 40 lb. Soap Flakes 'M/!
^
(1), (2) and then add UW \ Pfbflex
M Water
3iib.i^
,

:^0ZQkn . 10 lb. .
4^te Pigniej»k.^,TJ»-a.H,
sV^emlMred Alcohol
4) (Paraffin) ^
W^e Shoe ^eanera, ll|
A. SoduTAsh /
(
give rich cro^uny emul- Roeh^(nehftr!ttr^^^
Titanox C
^
^Water

CHaze for Paper, Wood or Metal B. edia Ask’


Casein ^ < lOQ Ik * Soap Flakes *’
^
-

5^x
TiModluakJmosfaUA
^ t-15
7-15 lb.
W Lithopone
y* "
«
Wftter
.^examallivlone 0.5- 8 lb. Guni AfJlbic‘(507o Sol.)
Caitorj^il %- • 1- 5 oz.
Clovtf^* J; , 1 02 .
Liquid Shoe Blacking
1 k ‘
Nigrosine Base g
* Razor.^
^ Bozolm
?OBii|l.^ ; S 17
idtun IVarm and stir until dissolved. Cool
^Bupr \ and add

Oxi^ 24
1^(1 Iron
Acetone 22
AGIP together Benzol 42

Black Shoe ^«am r

g. Wax Orudiu
Montaj| 15

Powdawd % CamauTia Wax ludn


‘‘‘
15
Rosin '

Liquia^a y
^ Caustic Potash
3
5
Soap Fla^^ ^ \ 1
VoVSdtiM Water 156
ibouble
Btearicl^d;
Pitted ^dln V .JJi,j^sine (Water Soluble) 4

Edible Tallbw
Camphor
'
T '
*
,'-5vr!!;^sBu.
'
3* parts *
Paraffine Wax '

Fine Iron Oxide % *.» 2;S«(rt» ,*


parts
BB&t %
ing aol'btio'nNnindli tiOSO®
P.jM^lt 'lsdd follow-
T. and stir
^ ai^, 8ino0h.
Shoe Creanj^ Turpentia*
^
1. Trihydroxyijjthykniine Water
Stearate Proflex
Beei^x Soap FUljfetJ
Candblliti- Wax
^
POLfl ; AB|ASIVES. METAL CLl 5 429
4.4
'%
White Shoe Dreasing MarseilljESf Soap 1.5 kg.

450 gm. Potassiilm Carbonate , 0.3 kg.


ripe Clay
Kigrosiu w 12.0 kg.
Spanish Whiting
Flake White
225
180
gni.
gm. Water ^ 32.0 kg.
y
^

Precipitated Chalk 115 gm. The sholkc solution in borax and


P|p;j(4ere4j|Tragacanth 8 gm. water the oamattba wax is
is inline first,
rhenol 4 gm. emulsified mthe soap. Mrbon%te solution
Water to make a paste. as above and the nigrosia find water
iided to it. It IS then added to the shellac
soln. with nipid agitation. Some am-
Ihoe ] PmW monia may be added to prevent lumps.

Carnauba Wax
iVax
Cold Polishing Dyes for D|i^(bg Shoos
F. and add to this slowly
Carnauba Wax > T.5 kg.
frring while heatin|^ on a
Marseilles Soap 1.0 kg.
l^tassumi Catenate 1.5 kg.*
C5
f Water ‘

^ ^

Melt the carnauba v»x, and ftd^ ^


heated mixture of the other iegrodisiU^.
Stir rapidly, and ad(^4^ k£. nigro^e
previously dissolved in d
ittaJj aiobttht of

JJressin^ the sotp win.


.

'
polishes, especially,^ havo^

tended toward cake formation of 4h«’


Dyeing^ Shoe” Plnib Brown
pigments. This can bf ovei^me by
Four piec’es of “shoe’’ plush weigh-
grinding the
The' mw
forms a thin
of piment. mile
mm ing approximately 320 pounds im-
mersed in the dye bath which cotllainH
iround>€ach
does 800 to 850 gallpjJl^f water at 180 ff,
his does not preV&nt. setPng, it
of a hard cake and and run for fcil^^nules or until th#
irevent formation
pigment oughly wet jxmnds of borax,
ilight shaking distributes the
seven’puunds oiitKwdinni phosphate and
horoughly.
twelve pounds olive soap are |»ow
added to the Ifeth. 'riio scoiirini ia

Shoe Polish and Pressmtive ,,


'
then continued^at F. for Wdb w
Carnauba Wax 2 parts by wt. lional 30 minutfO-y A‘JR) ininuik;^Bh^
Beeswax 2 parts by wt. a bfl|h containirte two pounds of'
~

Neatsfoot Oil 1 by^wt. sodium phosphate follows. This wa ^Ji ‘;

Heat by hot water bath (not over


followed bv tlir^ ^
minute rins«i wtth
water at 120® i', OHd.Ofte cold rinse. If
Rre) t^.f^(!lted, and then add turpentine available, a small
soft water iS
iUj^'^Spft^ pi|§e is obtained when the madded to theA^
amount of
mixlSre”is coNr This should be applied laW
rinse t o,awjia the fo^Hflto of any
to the clean, dry IgatW with a rag or a be.exfcwradlyji^
joaiiiiwh
piece of waste, ajjlB rubbed hard until no
more polish is ^sofbifl. Polish
® -of Si ddkac pilO.
ma^
The
seem iOo much,
rins-

clean cloth. A
higher polish will be obiC, ^

to eniure the absence


of ^tel^ ittMtlmt
tained by reduction of the proportion
be so well of ^fisoap ensuing processes,
oil, but the leather will not
ir t 5
ddStls dyOd l»owO oy running &
preserved.
containing 30 p<mOd» of potns-
Shnn pennangMikli ino 1 pound of zinc
* Shoe* tfppers,
dust 16120^ F. ,fo» one and a hglf to ,

LarolflHlrpdBtine 1(K32 Hwo hoAsiMa additipa of 5 to 10 p^ndi


BeeriPimow' of pottwrimr^ peonanganate is tisaally
Oil Bitci ‘ 8-14 t necess^ Mn the desired depth W
Bone Oil shade. Fottilnng the dyeing the cloth
ia rinsed at 160® F. with water
made
Shoe Dye very slighthr alkaline by the addition of
12.7 kg. olie and a half pounds 9i trisodium phos
3.2 kg. phate. Two warm rinses complete th€
82.0 kg. procesa,^

i Whx ,
6.3 kg.
i3(

Pur9f|Tul||4itine Shoe^olish dissolved in


Melt to^eiher the followioPr Stearic Acia 20 parts •

Carnauba 20
added, th^
Paraffin Wal^ Ceresi^ 150 parts
12
and finally
In a separate vessey put following? Turpentine Oil 900 p^s
Turpentine • 05 The mass is filled at 45° ft (105^.).
No. 1 Polish Black * 2.5
'
Oil Soluble Black l)yo
0.^
j^Heat tliis to slightly above melting
point
point
^ reached, a^ the
w
the ^&xefi,dl(ks
lirMtine
as this
to
Dyestuff SoUble in Oil 30 pa^s
,J^aAffin 110 parts
the m|j|jd^axe8, wnidR shouldwc just
Ozokerite
point. Stir vigor- .Ap®" parts
Turpentine Oil parts
stirring should be
conlinue<Pj|jpi|ig the cooling. As soon
an jt is coided to a thin 'paste, pour into 3. ^J|b*nauba Wax .parts
og^ where it .wilKf urther cool to a stillL «» Crude Mofltan Wax
Dyestuff Soluble in Oil
^
lo
parts
parts
ParaflJl 40 parts
Sapon£Mkl Water-Wax, Shoe Polish* Cere^ f5 parts
Turpentine Oil 760 parts
Mixture 1
It* is recommended to use only stearic
Oarnauba Wax 8 parts acid or crude Montan wax for dissolving
Montan Wax 8 parts the bases, as oleine or mixtmps of crude
Paraffin Wax 4 parts Montan wax with oleine do not give such
These are saponified in a hot solution of: fine sur^ces.
Potash 3 parts
^^er ISlO parts For^oor Polisjhes
*

^Jtep^ce any evapoit^|ion with additional 1. Carnauba Wax *


15 parts
iiprm water. Paraffin ‘
^ x 26 parts
Mixtiire 2*
Coresine '
32 parts
^
'ifater
1 Polish Black # 4 parts
25 parts
Beuziue,
Color to suit with any
170-180 parts
oil soluble coi||^.
Thtte should be milled together in a
^«roughly dispersed.
color mill until
2. Carnauba Wax comparts
WhMrMLxtifre No. ^ is hot, add Mix- ^
ParaffiiL 104 parts
No. 2 slowly with constlui^tir-
Ceresili
HA As it cool^tho mass will slowly Tufpentfno
128 parts
GOO parts
let to a paste. Beff^fedt is too stiff for
Naphtha ,

^0 parts
flowing pour into suiti^ble containers anf
set aiida until co],d.
y-* ^ ^ Shoo Po» " '

Beeswax ^ 1 lb.
ShfB Cream, Black
f

' CeresinfrWax * 4» 1 lb.


A. Ci^fle Montan Wax *
kgi Carnauba Wa3#» '*
Ja]|in W^ ^ w- 2 lttf.,1 ,
Turpentine
6 oz.
3 pt.
Carnau1)a,wax 4 kg. « Yellow Soap ^
6 oz.
Rosin 2 kff. Oil Soluble Black
^
Anilin "enough to color
B. \^ater ’260 kg. *'*
* ^
^
sufficient
98% PbtWih 6 kg. .
and dissolve in the ^ thef^sbap
\yater-Solnble Nigrokbl ^kg. smallest j^ossible Quantity of water by
Heat A and *B separately 4;jjp^5-100ll nmns of lieat, melt the waxeaJtogetheri
C. and add B to A’ w^ill Itltring vigor** Add the turpentine and
stir We^l, then''
ously with an citric Ai|x^r.' '%dd anilin dya anif'htir fts the soap
^ t solution, continuing to stir until

? Shoe Polish ,

1. Carnauba' yjigax - 55 parts'* ISU>6 J^sh


Crude Montan wax
^
are melted at 105-110° C.
55 parts ipe
basis ibj[ mcAj^jra^ polishes ^Ve
present time w
beeSnl4l^§pBl|4ime!rBofl^
Nigrosine Base carnauba wax
POLfel^ ABySIVES, METAL CLl IRS 431

indicates Tripoli iwder 10 parts


to the polish and experienc'e
a higher polish can In* obtained White nPige 5 parts
that
pfiMent. The French Chidk 15 parts
where this ingredient is

turpentine in the polish serves to keep it I'etroleum 5 parts

soft and allows it properly to


penetrate
the nec-
the ^ther, while the soap gives Polish, Silver
essary easy “^rubbing qualities. Knowing Water 1 qt.

Lino, it is
this, easy to
j
modify any.
given.
o;
for-
Soap Flakes 4 oz.
mula soii^o meet requirements. If, for in-
^
^Whiting *
8 oz.
stance,'! th% |!oM.i«Btfti|»d is bigh
Ammooiu Vi
cno^h, it Indicates that more wax should
be used; if the polish dries out too rap- "
* Silver Cleaner
idly turpentine; if it rolls ^
Infu.sorial Farth
under tha^tober, use more soap, and
•* Sod. Olcate - -0',;,
so on, 5-15%
Salt
Beeswflit 1 lb.
bahm^*e
Water
Ceaesin 1 lb.

Carnauba Wax li OZ.


3 pt. Liquid Stovi' Polish 1
Turpentine
Yellow Soap 6 OZ. Crude Muutan Wax 2
Hosiu 1
Oil-Soluble Black ^

Anilin enough to color Carnauba Wax -


sufficient
Water Heat to 90* C. with stirring and to i

Shave the soap and dissolve in the add slowly


smallest possible quantity of water by Caustic Potash 2
means of heat, melt the waxes together, Water (Bolling)
add the turpentine and stir well, then Niy^osine ^
^

add ^he anilin dye and stir in the soap Keep dh heat and agitate vigorously
solution, continuing to s^ir until cold.
until uniform. Cool and work in
(Iraphite Flake
^ 5
RlaBk Shoe Polish Lampblack ^
Montan Wax 15 until uniform.
Mix thoroughly
Paraffin Wax 10
^
4
Vit^Beeswax
Wax 4 Suede Cleaner
Japan
3
Nigrosine Base Precipitated Chalk or ,

Turpentine 04 12
Whiting
Quilava Bark Ǥ 20 lb.

Shoe Polish Cn*am of Tartar Powder 00 im


Stearic Oil Birch Tar 1% oz-
Doublj
2 parts
Linseed Oil '' ^ 1 part * Tile and Marble Polish
Turpentine 6 parts
Sod. Silicate J
Soap Flake% v* 1 part 1
Linseed Oil
Water 10 parts
Precipitated Chalk 1
optional ^
Pigment to Color Magnesium CWoride 0.2

Water
* Silver Polish ^*1
Gelatin ,

Infusorial Earth 48 lb.


1.
2. Diglycol Stearate 7, Tri lition iNo. 2
Jp.
” I b. ^
3. So3a Ash Stearic Acid 55 lb.

4. Trisodium Phosphate 1 Jb. Tallow


Edftllfi
2 lb.

Ole<viteari»e 5 Ib.

Rosin 9 lb.

2 and 5 to 150* F. and sty


until 40 lb.
* Heat Petrol^un^ ,

ingredients
homogeneous. Add the other tan^Vax 1 lb.
Japa ^
alld mix to a snAoth paste.
#
SilW
— 4

Polish
Flint
Tripoli Flour, j^ouble
Ground
315

08
lb.

lb.
P

2 IK
432 JHE CHEMICAL FORl^ULARY
Tripoli Buffing Sti^ Turpentine or White
Spirit 225 parts
V Double Pressed Saponified^
1 part
Stearic Aci(j|^ 30 parts
Water 10 parts
Edible Tallow 25 parts
Paraffin Wax 25 parts The soap is dissolved in water (hot)
Tripoli Flour 20 parts and the waxes are dissolved in the di-
(or as much as will bo absorbed) pentene. When cool the solutions are
mixed with vigorous shaking or stirring.
A buffing or polishing paste may
made using the above formulae with the
addition of a small ^mount turpen- * Wood Preservative and Finish
tine and of water to bring to^^he eon-
Creosote Oil 4
sisttmey desired.
Alcohol 1
Paste Wood holler 4
Turpentine 2
Grease Stick for Buffing and Polishing
Hydrochloric Acid (Cone.) 1
Purposes
Single Pressed Saponified
Furniture Polish
Stearic Acid 25 parts
Edible ^llow 70 parts Pale Paraffin Oil 3 parts by vol.
Paraffli^Wax 5 parts Benzol 2 parts by vol.

This polish is being used by one of the


largest furniture houses in America. The
Vienna Lime Composition benzol softens the surface permitting
Double Pressed Saponified the oil to leave a thin film on surface.
Stearic Acid 45 lb.

Edible Tallow 15 lb. * Synthetic Spinel


Vienna Lime ‘
^ lb.

Ponolith 21^ lb.


A synthetic spinel having a permanent
aquamarine color has an approx, compn.
of alumina 92, magnesia 8, chromic ox-
Polishing Wax ide 0.12, cobaltic oxide 0.025 ajid titanic
oxide U.3%.
^^ptan Wax 15
C^auba Wax
Candelilla Wax Jewelry Polish Powder
Paraffin Wax Marble Dust 90%
Japan Wax 1 Jeweler's Rouge 10%
Turpentine 75

Non-Slip^ry Rubless Floor Polish


Xiquid Polishing Wax Carnau^ Wax Nos. 1 or 2^500 lb.

Beepwax 5 Hydro^lin ^276 lb.

Ceresin 20 Heat "with stirring for % hour to 120-


140° C. Cool to 100° C. and add slowly
Melt together and cool to 65* C. Stir
with vigorous mixing
in slowly
Water (Boiling) 3560 lb.
Turpentine 85
Pine Oil 2.5 Stir until uniform;
allow to stand
overnight and add slowly while stirring
Sodium Silicate 80 lb.
Winded CleaMer
Castile Soap 2 parts
Water 5 parts Sand Papers and Emery Papers
Chalk 4 parts * For this^line of work the dimmand js
French Chalk ^
. #gparta primarily for glues of the highw viscosi-
Tripoli Powder 2 parts ties, Jbut a strong jelly strength is
Petroleum Spifits *’ parts deemea important. Tbe first treatment
^ consists of sizing papeiiwith a 10% glue
solution. Paper is fo^oned until dried.
Wood
Camauba Wax
Polish
33 pari
U ppgr s urface isthen^oated with a
4i^^|||||||Mie solu^on, uTOn which the
^
am-
Beeswax sive grain is ^rinlued. ThAjjshole is
Dipentene a^in dried. Thf third treatAit con-
I

PAIRING, REMOVING STAINfl ^3


siBts of applying a 10% solution of the are coated with hide glues at a propor-
same glue to bind the grains firmly to- tion of 1 part glue 2 parts water which
gether and to the paper. Again abra- lias bt'cn dissohcd in the custoniarv man-

sive grains are sifted over surface, an 1 ner. (Hue IS applusl to aluvl at tem-
then paper passes into drying chambers. perature of HO'’ F., and then wheel is
pnunptly rolled into desired sized abra-
sive gram, and then allowed to dry for
Abrasive Wheels 24 t<» J8 hours, after which it is ready
For polishing steel, iron, copper, etc., for use.
wheels composed of paper or felt disks

REPAIRING, RENO^ ATING, REMOVING


ST A INS
Press-Marks on Celanese-Garnients
Cleaning Colored Concrete
In order to remove such lustrous spots
from (lull finish Acetate rayon often a Colored concrete surfaci's miiy be
good result is obtained (in case of cleaned aad made more impervious by
plain colored garments) by .soaking the
washing with lupiid soap. When this
whole garment for 1 hour in pun* treatment is used the soap should be ap-
plied and allowed to stand ovi'might,
Methanol with addition of a little (Jastor
laung washed off thoroughly the next
Oil, The ’amount of lujuid should be
morning.
enough to perfcctlv [)cnetr:it<’ the
ju.st
'Phe application of ordinary floor wax
garment without any excess lupiitl.
OMC(‘ a month nfti'r (he concrete is dry
Thus bleeding of colors is avoided. The
spots will disappear due to swelling ac-
and clean will prodoco deep colors, im-
advisable to rub prove the wearing surface and make it
tion. iSometimos it is

parts liaving (‘.‘isy to keep cbmn. After the first two


and slightly pull the
or three vvaxings, unUlH the surface is
marks, to loosen the fibers, ipieltod by
to be subjected to unnsually severe
the heat, from each other. 'Then (he
wear, waxing twice a year will bo suffi-
garment is^iried on a hanger wtth a fan.
cient.

A Non-Inflammable Cleaning Uquid Marble, Cleaning


The following can be used for a vn- A of potassium penjjRingn-
solution
ripty of purposes. It removes grease per cent strength iS made,
nate about
spots from delicate fabrics, fat and tar- the permanganate being dissolved in a
nish from jewelry, tablew'are, copper- little hot water. This is a product
V^re and ironware. It will also kill vvhkh can be obtained from almost any
moths and insects: ch(»Bt this is lhi*n brushed into the
;

Kerosene 1 t’z. inarMe until "iMfl'"" penetration is ob-


Carbon Tetrachloride 3 dz. tained. HefofPft is allowed to dry, it
Oil of Citronella 2 drm. is treated with a solution of ammonia
Mix aid filter if necessary.*^ The car- and a - little .aodii^ hydrosulphito in

bon tetroihloride must be free from car- warm wmter. When* making up this

bon bisulphidp. If the latter is present, solution it essential to ad(i the am-
a fact which can easily bo ascertained monia fir A
as otherwise the hydrosul-
by the smell, the, carbon tetrachloride phito will DC decomposed; this is then
mnst be shaken i#h charcoal and ffl- sponged on to the marble when the
violet coloration of the permanganate
will ^ntirely disappear leaving a clean

AU f^llKilae preceded by an asterisk ( ) arc by patents.


434 THE CHEMICAL FORMULAlIV
white product. This niotho^can be ap- Egg Yolk. — Soften with glycerin and
plied ctHciently on floors wWch become treat with Alcoholic soap solution. <

discolored thrpuijh age, etc. If one Grass. — Alcohol or ('hloroform or Zinc


application is nit enough it can easily Chloride 2% solution.
be repeated without harming the marble
in any way whatsoever. If the floor i.s
Henna. —
Hydrogen Peroxide 10% 20,
Am. Chloride 4, Water 20.
very groa.sy an initial washing with
soda ash may bo resorted to being well
Iodine. — 10% Pot. Iodide followed by

rinsed with clean water before applying 10% Sod. Thio Sulfate folowed by
water.
the permanguuate solution.
Iron Snlts.—Sod. Hydrosulflte 8% solu-
tion.
Stains, Ulacking Kemovi^
Lacquer. — Trichlorethylcno 5, Paraffin
The following will probably be effec- Wax 1, Acetone 1, Benzol 1, Tetralin
tive: Methanol 1.
1,

1 part Mitrobenzeno
bane)
(Oil or Mir- —
Lead Compounds. Stain with Tine. Io-
dine; dry and dissolve with concen-
7 parts 1‘henol (Carbolic Acid, trated pot. iodide solution.
U. 1)0% Solution)
H. 1*.
Manganese. —
10% Am. Sulfate Solution
cohol.
^
After Implication, “rinse well with al- followed by dilute Hydrochloric Acid
then water.
Mercury. —
.5-10% Solution Pot. Cya-
Removing Stains nide (poisonous) followed by water.

Stain Treatment Milk.— Ether or Etliylenediehloiido fol-


lowed by warm borax solution.
Albumen. — Soak for a few hours in Pep-
sinlir>, Hydrochloric Aeul (25%) 50, —
Mold, 3% Hydrogen Peroxide, Am.
Water 100 at 45" C. Chloride 4, Alcohol 10, Water 70.
f '


Antimony (Compounds. Ammonium Sul* — Nickel. 10% Solution Pot. Cyanide
(poisonous) then water.
tide solution.

Arsenic —
(kimpounda. Ammonium Sul- —
“Nicotine." On skin Sodium Sulfite —
llde solution followed by nmmouiuTn 25, Water 100, Hydrochloric Acid 2
^ or 10% Hydrogen Peroxide 10, Am.
hydroxide if necessary.
Chloride 1, Alcohol 5.
Asphalt 1 Soften by rubbing with
Oilsonite warm petrolatum or min-
Oil orFat.— Glycol Oleati' 1, Hexahn 2,
|
ertil oil or tetralin and dis-
Carbon Tetrnchlonde 1 followed by
solve with following: Hen-
any dry cleaning solvent.
zol JL Carhontetrachloride PerspirntioD, —
10% Borax Solution or
I,Twhlorethylene l,Ethyl- 10% Aqli Carbonate Solution.

0 one Dichloride 1. Picric Acid. — 20%


Solution Sod. Sulfate
Halsmns. — Kther, Toluol or Chloroform. followed by soap and watfr.
Beer 1 Ammonium Chloride 2, —
Rmst. Pot. Binoxalato 1, Water 44,
Champagne / Glycerin 2, Alcohol 2, Glycerin 1, aHow to remain for a few
^ Water 7 followed by houtB and wash.
water. , Silver. — 10% Solution Sod. Hydrosulfife

Blood. Sodium Hydrosulfito or Triso- (warm) for 15 minutes followed by
diuin Phosfato and Hydrogen Per- soap and water.
oxide.
^

Urine. Citric Acid 10% followed by

,»Burnt Sugar. Glycerin 10, Watoi^lO, hot water.
Isopropyl Alcohol 20^''-. —
Varnish. Rosin Oil 1, Ethyl Acetate 1,
Cndmium Compounda.*^1*ot. Gynnide Tetralin 1, Amyl Alcohol 1, Ammo-
(poisonous) utid thorough ifmovnl nium 1^’droxido 1, Alcohol 1.
with water. Vomit. — Ammonium Chloride j^0% solu-
Chroihic Compounds 1 Sod, Bisulflto ot tion, followed by alcoholic soap and
Chromalls Hyposul- then water.
/
flto4|nd dilute Water.— Rub with wet with 5%
flannel
sulfuric acid. White Mineral OH
and 95 Toluol.

Cobalt. Pot. Cyanide (poisonous) Solu- Wine "I Acetic or llimaric Acid (10%)
tion followed by water. ,

J
or Hydrogen Peroxide {W%)
Copper.—Warm 25 -30 % ttdide 5, Am. Cypride 2||^ater 75.

Solution. ^
REPAIRING, REMOVING STAINS 435

(N!IjS 204) used in retno\ ing iron stains,


Marble and Concrete Stain Kemoval
but unle.ss the method of appliealion de-
While practically every type of stain .senbed is rather closely followed a yel-
,jin be removed from concrete without low slam will result. M
the poultice is
•ippreciable injury to either the textuie left on several hours, a black stiiiii may
stains
or color, the eradiealioii of old develop, which is probably due to the
which ha\e been long neglected may re- lonuatioii of a sulfihide of iron. Some
(lUire considerable patience. It is olien stammg matti-r is easily dissolved by a
II matter of repeating the treatment surfaci' scrubbing ami appariMilly re
,liiy after day until the
desired results moved, but us the urea dries the stain
are attained, it is not always p»»sMble may reappear. Tubncco stains scrubbeil
lo determine what the
staining matter With a lolution of wnslimg soda may
IS,and hence the treatment sometimes disapp(«ir in this way, but reappear
has to be a matter of experimentation. stioiiger than bcfoie diu' to the solvent
Csually the staining matter will b(> driving tlie staining iiiatli'r into tho sur-
tound to exist in a stable lorm, and its face 111 stronger concent ml ions. The
remosal may require sc\eral applica- chit'f fiiiiclioii of a [)oulhct‘ is to draw
tions of a solvent which does not ap- dissolved stammg matter out of the sur
preciably alTect the surface. A consul- face, ill some cases a juirous paper or
erable variety of chemicals may be ap- l)lott«'r jiashai to the staim^ sui face
pli(><l concrete without appreciable
to after the (iroper solvent lmiirl)eeii aji
injury, but acids or those chemiials plied niav be made to answer the pur
which diwelop an aeid condilioii should pose. When a stam lias to be treah'd
be cari'fully avoided. E\eii weak aeuh, with a very volatile solvent, sueh as
such ns oxalic and acetic, may show ben/ol, ether, acetone, ele., it is best to
their elTects on the surface if left on u-e a slab of stone or brick over the
coiicreto for a cousidorable length of solvent. This prevents a rai»id evapora
tune. turn of such solvents, prolonging tlo’if
t^ually stains penetrate to such an action and*’ affording a ca|)illary action
cxtmit that they cannot be readily re- similar to a poult iei>. When so used,
moved by merely applying the proper the stone or brick shouM be thoroughly
chemical to the surface or by serubbing < i I y.

the stained jiart and it is necessary to In some easi's it may not, be possiblo

re'jortto a jioultice or baiulage. A poul- to ilelermme the ty])e of stain. Many


tice IS made by niixing one or more
stains are yidlow or brown, resemhlmg
Oil stains wlien new re

chemicals with a fine inert powder lo a iron rust.


pasty consistency. This is applied to M'mbh' the oi] itself, but after a eon-
tlH“ stain 111 a thick layer. The Itandagc sideralilc period of time they are apt to

treatment consists of n layer of eottun become yellow or dark brown, ('opper


and broii/e stains usually green, ul-
batting or a few layers of cloth soaked
fire
or ^nganese
to the iron
in a chemical solution ami pasted over tliough. du(‘
the stain. *A stain may bo era<licat<‘d, content, or due to the ulti'iatifm of line
matter particles of pvrifes in the conerr'ie,
first by dissolving th<‘ staining
and draw’ing it out by capillary suction broii/i‘ sometmu's causes a brown stain,

or driving it back from the surface; hi expcrimr‘rits on cojtper stains, made


and, second, by converting the coloring with a solution of copjier sulphate, a
matter into a form which does not show brown stain was found on the surface
as a stain. In removing an oil slam it after the copper stain had been re
is usually nece.ssary to apply a sohcnt move<l. This viehh-d readily to the
ami draw the dissolved oil out. An iron treatment for iron stains, indicating
stain is more sntisfactorilv treated bv that it was rausori bv the alteration of
a]>plying a reducing agent, although some element ia the surface, since the
meuns must be taken to prevent the re- copfier salt applied was “chemically
ox ulat ion of the iron and the reappear pure."
ance of the stain. This is accomplished (hiiiereto ia certain parts of buildings

bv an application of sodium citrate solu- is apt to become stained from the per-

tion. Some chemicals used for remov- spiration or oil from the haiwjB.
ing stains are very unstable and decom- disroloratlfns sometimes become very
pose under certain conditions, producing prominent and resemble iron stains.
stains of their ow« which may be more This stain is not as difficult to remove
troublesome than fhe original. Thia is ns Ihoso caused by lubricating or lin-
parflcnlarly true of the hydrosulj^o seed oils.

Raw Mater EqnipiJln^ Contalnert, etc., consult Sopplj


For riJhitcal Advisors, Special hi,

Serhon at end of book. 4 -


2.
436 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Under damp conditions, wood will rot is not a difficult matter to repolish the
and finally produce a cliocolatc-colorod treated portion.
1.
stain. When pine wood burns, pitch
from the wood may penetrate the sur- Copper or Bronze Stains
face and produce a stain which is al- Such stains are found where the wash
most black. The eradication of such from bronze, copper or brass ruu.s o\cr
stains is a slow process, but in many concrete. The stain is nearly always
cases it may bo entirely practical. green, being duo to the formation of the
carbonate of copper, but bronze appa-
Treatment of Iron Stains rently causes a brown slain in sumo
Iron stains can usually bo recognized ca.ses. The green stains may be eradi-
by their resemblance to iron rust or by cated in the following w’ay;
their position with respect to steel uieni- ^Method No. 1. — Mix dry 1 part of am-
bors of the structure. monium ammoniac) ami t
chloride (sal

Method No. 1. Dissolve 1 part so- part.s ofpowdered talc. Add ammonia
dium citrate in 0 parts of water and water and stir into a paste. Place thiM
mix this thoroughly with an equal vol- over the stain and leave until dry. A
ume of glycerin. Mix a part of this slain of this kind that has been collect-
liquid with whiting to foim a paste just ing for several years may require sev-
stiff enough to adhere in a thick coat-
eral repetitions of this procedure to
ing to the suit'ace. Apply this to the completely remove
3. it. Sometimes alu-
stained area with a putty knife or minum chloride is employed instead of
trowel. This will become dry in a few sal ammoniac.
days and it should then be replaced Method No.2. —
Dissolve 8 ounces of
with a new layer or softened by the ad- potassium evamde la 1 gallon of water.
dition of more of the liquid. VVhile this Saturate a thick white cloth the solu- m
treatment has no injiiiioiis elTects, its tion and place it over the stain. When
action may bo too slow to be practical the cloth has become dry, soak it again
in cases of intense stains. Ammonium la the cyanide solution and repeat the

citrate may be used instead of .sodium operation until the stnin disappears.
citrate to obtain soinevsliat (pucker re- Sometimes it may
be advantageous to
sults, but,due to the development of an eoiiibine thisand tlie method above;
acid condition, it may injure a polished that IS, remove tlu' greater part of the
surface slightly. stain with the poultice and iinish with
Method No. U. —
For deep and intense tin' cyuniile solution. This solution is
iron stains more satislactory to em-
it is very poisonous if taken into the .system.
ploy sodium hydrosulphite (Na 2 S 204 ).
Hefore applying the hydrosulphite to
Ink Stains
the stain the surface should be soaked Inks arc of various compositions, ami
for a few minutes with a solution of recjuire ditferent tieatmonts.
sodium j8itrato made by dissolving 1 Ordinary writing inks usually consist
part of the citrate crystals in t» parts of of gallotannate of iron, n blue dye, a
water. To apply the citrate solution, mineral acid, phenol and a gum or gly-
dip a white cloth or piece of cotton bat- cerin. Such an ink may etch the sur-
ting into the .solution and paste it over face of concrete due to the neid content.
the stain for 10 or IT) minutes. If the To remove a stain of this type, make a
stain is on a horizontal face, sprinkle strong solution of sodium perborate in
a thin layer of the hydrosulphito crys- hot water. Mix this with whiling to a
tals over it, moisten with water, and thick paste, apply in a layer ^A-inch
cover with a stiff pa.ste of whiting and thick, and leave until dry. If some of
water. If the stain is on a vertical the blue color is visible after this poul
face, place a layer of the whiting paste tice is removed, repeat the process. If
on a plasterer's trowel, sprinkle on a only a brown stain remains, treat it by
layer of the hydrosulphite, moisten Mi/thod No. 1 for iron rust. Sodium per-
slightly, and apply it to the stain. Re- borate can be obtained from any drug-
move after one hour. If the stain is gist. Repolish the surface if necessary.
not all removed, repeat the operation. Synthetic Dye Inks. Many of the—
Unless the stain is (leep, one treatment red, green, violet, and other bright col-
will bo sufficient. When the stain dis- ored inks are water solutions of syn-
appears, rinse the surface thoroughly thetic dyes. These contain no neid and
with clear water and make another ap- do not etch concrete. Stains made bv
plication of the citrate solution as at this tvpe of ink can usually bo removed
first. Althongh fhe polish is a^t to be bv the sodium perborate poultice de-
dimmed somewhat by this treatment, it scribed above. Often the stain from
repairing, removing SyAINS
437
such inks can be removed by applying Powdered talc is preferable to whiting,
ammonia water on a piece of cotton bat- since it holds the moisture longer
Javelle water may also be elfcc-
and
ting. thus prolongs the action of the
active
ti\e]y used in the same way as ammonia cliemu-als. It also has the ailvantnge
water or mixed to a paste with whiting of being easier to remove from the
sur-
‘’aud applied as a poultice. A mixture of luce alter it has dried. Whiting
m apt
equal parts of chlorinated lime and to cling so firmly that it has to
bo moist-
whiting reduced to a paste with water ened before it can be scraped off. This
may also bo used as a poulticing mate- is an undesirable feature, since the
rial. dried poultice coutauis the staining
Prussian Blue Inks.— Some blue inks matter, and if it has to be soaked loose
contain Prussian blue, which is a ferro- from the .surface some of the staining
cyanide of iron. Stains from this type matter is apt to be driven back into
of ink cannot bo remo\ed by the per- the concrete. If the paste is madt^ of
borate poultice, Javelle water]! or chlori- the pioper consistency, it can he applied
nated lime poultice. Such stains yield with a paint brush. A whiting paste
to a treatment of ammonia water ap- 1ms the desired brushing propciiics, but
plied on a layer of cotton batting. ,V in order to make the talc poultice work
strong soap solution applied in the same well as a brushing coat it is in<cessary
way may also be elTi'clue. to add a tcaspoonfiil of sugar to each
Indelible Ink.— This type of ink of- pound ot talc. Powdered talc in the
ten consists entirely of synthetic dyes, raw stale is of low cost, but is not al-
j

Stain.H from dye inks may be treated ways easily obtained. When only a
ns outlined above for that* type. How- small amount is rcijuired, one may em-
ever, sonic indelible inks contain silver ploy (he cheaper grades of taleuin pow-
'«nlts which eanse a black stain. This or purchase
<lei.s un,scented
thi' grades
may bo removed with ammonia water from aiilomobile tire distributers.
applied on a layer of cotton batting.
Usually several applications will bo
Method No. 11, — The following formula
will be found to be soinevvlmt more elli-
necessary'. cacious than either of the foregoing:
I)i''Sol\e 2 pounds of Irisodiuni phos-
4. Tobacco 8taina phate erysials in 1 gallon hot water,

Method No. 1. The grit scrubliing .Mix the contents of a 12 ounce can of
powders, commonly used on marble, ter- <filoriiiat(‘<l liint' to a paste in a shallow

ra//.o, and tile floors an* u.sually salis- enaiiiele<l jtan by adding water slowly
taclory for nppliealion as a poult icing ami inaslung Ho* lumps. Pour this and
material on this type of stain. Stir the the Irismlmm phosphate solution into a
powder into a jiail of hot water nnlil stoneware jar and add water until tip-
a moitar con.-iistoney is obtained. Mix provimatcdy 2 gallons are obtaineil. Stir
ihorouglily for several niinutes, then w(dl, cover the jar, arnl allow the lime
applv' to the staimMl surface in a layer lo settle. For mse add sonio of the
about one-half inch thick. Leave this lH|uid to powdered talc until n thick
on until dry'. In iiio.st ca.ses two or more paste IS obtained, and apply as a pouF

npplicatious of the poultice will bo Inc Vi-inch thick with a frovvtd. If it


necessary. IS desired to apply this with a brush,


Method No. 2. If the scrubbing jiovv- add about one teaspoon ful of sugar to
ders called for in Method No. 1 are not each jxiuml of powdered tale. When dry
at hand, the following procedure inav scrajte off with a wooden paddle or
bo useil. Make up a soap solution by trowad. This inixlure is a strong bb'ach-
dissolving about 1 cubic inch of snap ing agent and is corrosive to metals,
in a quart of hot water. In anoth.-r hence in using it care shouM be taken
vessel dissolve one largo tablespoon ful not to drop it on colored fabrics or
of soda ash or two tablespoonfuls of inefal fixtures.
washing soda in one pint of water. This formula is also valuable for
Combine equal parts of these tw'o solu- treating other stains and will be fre-
tions and apply a portion of it to the qnentlv referred to in tho following
stained surface with a mop, or saturate methods. Trisodium phosphate may be
a piece of cotton batting in the liquid purchased at most drug stores, at chem-
and place it over the stain for a few ical supply houses, or laundry supply

minutes. Make up a poultice by mixing hoii'-es.

a portion of the soap and soda solution 5. Urine Stains


with powdered talc or whiting. Apply Use Method No. 3 as outlined above
this to the stain and leave until dry. for to^cco stains. Should somo part
Scrape it off and repeat if necessary. of the stain prove stubborn, saturate a
438 TH^CHEMICAL FORMULARY
layor of cotton batting in tho liquuls tho cloth and its covering in place.
and pasto ovor that part of tho surface. When tho cloth becomes dry, it should
Itesaturato thi? cotton if necessary. be again saturated and covered as at
If Iho polish has been injured, fir.xt. Old oil stains are difficult to re-
nioisten a piece of felt cloth or chamois move and their treatment may require
skin with watiT,
6. dip it into some FT a great deal of patience. If the solvent
ciirfiorumlum or emery flour and rub the tends to spread the stain, a larger cloth
surface until it ap])ears smooth and should bo useil. In covering tho satu-
glossy. Then polish with putty powder rated cloth with a piece of glass the
in the same manner until the desired stain is driven iuto the concrete, while
finish is obtained. When a[)|)lyirig the if a dry slab of concrete is used,
some
puifty powder, use a new piece of felt of the oil will be drawn into it.
or chamois skin. —
Metliod No. 2. A method frequently
used consists in mi.xing a solvent, such
Fire Stains as bcn/ol or gasoline, with a dry powder
such as hydrati'd lime, marble dust, or
Concrete often badly discoloretl
is
whiling, to form a paste W'hich is plas-
from smoke or pitch fiem bunniig
leu'd over the stain. While this method
wood. Sometimes the original a|»peaf-
IS said to bo satisfactory for
ance may be lestoied by the following such oil
stains as occur in construction, it acts
process; Scour with [lowdeieil {uimice or
slowly on old oil stains which have
a grit scrubbing powder to lemove the
dried and oxidi/od.
surfaco 7.deposit, then make a solution
of trisodium phosphate and chloiinatetl Method No, 3.— Lubricating oil stains
lime us di'Hcnbed in Method No. 3 fer
can be 8,
removed with more facility
tobacco stains. Fold a white Canton
where the following method can be useil.
1‘lace a layer of asbestos fiber about
flannel cloth to form three or four lay-
ers and saturate it in tlu* liipiid. one-fourth inch thick over the stained
Ihis't(«
liorlion, salinate it with amyl acetate,
this o\(T tho stain and co\er it with a
piece of pane glass or a scrap slab of
and cover with a scrafi slab of concrete.
concrete, making sure tlii' cloth is IMace on toji of the auxiliary slab a hot
iron of about the temporaturo usml for
pressed firmly against the surface. He-
saturate the cloth as often .as necessary. pressing fabrics. Apply more of the
Deep pitch stains aro difficult to re- amyl acetate as the asbestos bi'coines
move, and hence several treatments will dry and reheat the iron as often as
be necessary. To n'store the polish, use ni'eess.ary. A few layi'rs of ('’arifon flan-
the method described above under meth-
nel may be iisml insfmol of asbestos fiber
od of treating urine stains. if care is takmi not to scorch the cloth.
Stains from seorchml cloth may be re-
moved by the same method recom-
Lubricating Oil Stains
mended for fire stains.
Lubricating oil penetrates cpiito read-
ily, and if accidentally dropped on the
Linseed-Oil Stains
surface of conciete it should bi* mopped This type of stain is usually found
olT immediately with a cloth and co\-
around plumbing fixtures where putty
ered with fuller’s earth or other dry has been used. The linseed oil from the
powdi'red material, .such as hydrated putty may spread for some disfanco
lime or whiting. In .s<)nie cases a layer through the concrete and produce a
of dry Portland cement w'ill serve the stain Ih.at i.s very difficult to remove.
purpose. 1’he oil that has penetrated The oil in oxidizing forms a “resinous
may usually be removed in this way if mat tor” which practically seals tho
treated soon after the stain occurs. pores and ('fTeotively prevents the pene-
However, when the oil has remained on tration of any soKi'iit which may be
the surface for a considerable period of applied. The use of putty for fi'lling
time and thoroughly oxidized, other around pipes whore they pass through
methods will be iiece.ssnrv. concrete is objectionable because of tho
Afethod No. 1. —
Place over the stain stain.s that are apt to occur. Grafting
a piece of white Canton flannel some- w'nx is more desirable for this purpose
what larger than the stain and satu- as it does not stain the concrete and
rated in a mixture of equal parts of
can bo easily removed.
acetone and amyl acetate. Co\er with
Experiments hav^e been made on sev-
a piece of pane glass, or preferably a eral treatments applied to the inside
amall slab of concrete. If tho stain is walls of openings through concrete to
on a vertical surface it will be neces- prevent the penetration of lin.seed oil
sary to improvise a means of holding from putty. Tho only application of t?:,*
REPAIRING. REMOVING S^INS 439

kind that was found effective consisted 10. Coffee Staims


of sodium silicate. At least two appli- (’offeo stains can bo removed by satu-
cations of the sodium silicate should rating a cloth in glycerin diluted with
bo made, the first consisting of the coni- four time.s its volume of water and past-
inercml silicate diluted wuh twice its ing It over the stained portion. .lavello
\olumo of water, and the second con>ist- water, or the .‘solution used on firo
iag of the undiluted silicate. This stains, will also prove elfeetive.
t.liuuld bo applied with a brush, and
ample time should bo allowed for each 11. Iodine Stains
application to dry. This stain will giadually disujipear of
Method No. 1 recommended for use its own ueeord within a tew weeks tuiii'.
on lubricating oil stains will slowly div It may be ijuiekly lemovi'd by a|»plyiiig
12.
^olvo this “resinous matter" ami re- aleohol and eoveniig with whiling or
duce the stain, but it is not well ada[>ted talcum powder. If ilu' stain is on a vi'r-
to use around plumbing fixtures. The tieal wall, mix the talcum to a paste
coloring matter in such stains may bo with alcohol, apply some aleohol to tlie
bleached as follows: stain, and then eover it with the paste.
Method No. 1.— Cut a piece of thick One application will usually prove suf-
white cloth or a layer of cotton batting ficient.
to fit around the fixture. iSatiirate Him
wall hydrogen peroxide and pa^te it llarium Sulphide Stains
o\('r the stain. The bleaching action The yellow
13. st.ain left bt barium sul-
may be accelerated by niomtening an- phide ami other alkaline siilphidi's may
oilu r cloth in ammonia water and plac- be removed by appivuig a weak solulimi
ing this o\or the first, llepeat the oj)- of jmtassiiim evanide. Dissolve a tea-
cration as described until the discolora- spoontul of pol;issnim cy.iinde in a glnss
tion is removed. of water, saturate a pua-e of cotton bat-

.Method No. 2. Mix dry one part tn ting 111 the Inpiid, paste it over tho
sodium phosphate, 1 part sodium pi'rbo- stain, and leave One or two
until dry.
rate, and 3 parts powilered talc. .Make .ajiplieaf ions will usually sufliee, Tho
a strong .soap solution in liot water and cyaiiKle is very jioisonous if taken into
9.
atld enough of this to the dry mixture tiie system.
to form a tliK'k paste, (’over the stain
with the jiaste and letive until dry. The I’ersjiiration Stains
same mati'rial can be imed over again Secretions from ilie liands or oil from
by reducing it to a paste with some the hair may prodiici' stains on concrete.
more of the soap solution. In some 'I'he.slain is brown or yadlovv and may
cases it may be fouinl ib'^irable to alter- be mistaken for an iron slam. The' bi'st
nate this treatment with .Method No. 1 Ireatnient found is tJiat recoiniiieuded
for liibrieating oil stains. for lire htams Had stains of this kind
Meiliod No. 3. — Combim* 0 (|iml parts are rather stubborn and muy rcijuiro
of wooil alcohol and a 10 per cent solu- several treat men Is.
tion of tnsoduim phosphate. Make a
paste of this mixture and asbestos fibei 11. General Service Stains
cover the .stain with a laver
snfficu'rit to The general cleaning and care of ter-
orie-fniirthinch thick. Place a scrap raz/o floors is diseus--ed in another data
slab of concrete over this and ajtiily a '-heet. Uowi'ver, when <‘erlain areas be-
hot iron as deseribrnl in Method No. 3 couio yellow while adjacent slabs re-
for lubricating oil .stains. A few repe- mam free from discoloration, Ihe
titions of this process may
bi* necessary trouble is probably dm* to the original
in cases of very pronounced stains. finishing of the floor. Such disctdora-
tioris aie not usually hard to remove by

Rotten Wood Rtains poult lee met hods, or they may yield to
a surfjicc serulibing with .lavcdle water,
Under damp conditions wood will rot .tavelle water can usually be pureliased
and cause a chocolafe-coloreiJ slam on at <lriig stores or may be prepared as
concrete which is readily distinguished follows:
from most other stains by its dark I)i^->olve 3 pounds of washing soda in
color. The treatment found for
best 1 gallon of water. Mix the coriteals of
this type of stain is that rceommeniled a IL'oimee can of chlorinate<l lime to a
for fire stains. The action mav be ac- paste in a .shallow enameled pau by
celerated by first scrubbing the surface adding water slowly and mashing tho"*
thoroughly with glycerin diluted with lumps with a spatula or pointing trowel.
four times its volume of water. xVdd tho paste to the soda solution.
440 TH^CHEMICAL FORMULARY
mako up to 2 gallons by adding water, Lacquer stains can bo removed easily
and place in a covered stoneware jar to with amyl acetate (banana oil), lacquer
settle. Tour off the clear liquid when thinner.
required for use and dilute with six To remove mercurochrome stains, 1st,
times its volume of clear water. Use boil % hour in soapy water, and, 2nd,
this as a soap or other scrubbing solu- apply benzaldehyde, then a 25% hydro-^
tion. In using this solution it is advis- chloric acid solution. Rinse thoroughly
able to first rinse the surface with clear afterward.
water. Jnvello water is a strong bleach- Mildew is removed in one minute
ing material, hence it should not be al- with Javelle water, but not from silk
lowed to drop on colored fabrics. It is or wool.
not recommended for general cleaning Faint or varnish is removed with car-
purposes, but its occasional use on bon tetrachloride, benzol, Stoddard's
stained concrete is believed to be en- Solvent, amyl acetate; not for Rayon,
tirely safe. which should bo scrubbed with two
Poulticing with eommeriial grit scrub- parts carbon tetrachloride, two of alco-
bing powders, such as those coini.ionlv hol, one part of oleic acid.
used for cleaning marble floois, will JVrfumo can bo removed with alco-
prove satisfactory for removing most hol.
stains of this class. In poulticing witli Perspiration stains arc removed with
those, the material is slowly stirred into soapy water and hydrogen peroxide.
a pail of hotJ^water until a thick paste Seoreheil stains are removed with po-
of mortar consistency is obtained. X tassium permanganate followed by hy-
small addition of whiting will aild some- drogen peroxide.
what to the working qualities of the Shoe polish .«tains are removed the
poultice. This is applied to the surface same as caridlo drippings, or use benzol.
with a trowel in a layer Vi inch thick
or more and allowed to remain until
dry, when it is scraped off with a Developer Stains, Removal of
wooden paddle. Treatment with I as follows U
Should it be deemed expedient to use
claimed to remove developer stains from
a poultice that may bo applied with a fabrics. Holn. 1: K1 35 g.; I (crystals)
brush instead of a trowel, Method No. .I Soln. 2: NaoSoO;,.
10 g.; water to 1 1.
for tobacco stains is well adapted to The stained
51f.,0 25) g.; water to 1 1.
this purpose.
material is treated in soln. 1 for a few
min., then placed in soln. 2 for 15-20
min., and subsequently washed for 30-
Stains, Komoving 40 min. Both new and old stains arc
Argyrol stains can be removed by ap- said to yield to the treatment.
plying potassium iodide solution fol-
lowed by hypo crystals.
Blood stains can bo removed in water Hectograph Stains from Skin,
with ammonia. Removing
Candle drippings are removed with 5-10
Sodium Hydrosulfite
lard and ben/ol. 05-90
Water
Cod liver oil stains are removed with
soap dissolved in amyl acetate.
Enamel stains are removed with amyl
General Spot Remover (Egg, Blood,
acetate and acetone.
Candy, General Dirt)
Fruit stains are removed by pouring
boiling water through the garment from 2% Liquid Soap Solution
a height of several feet. Use peroxide Wet the spot and place folded cloth
of hydrogen. underneath. Dip clean cloth in soap
Grass stains are removed with ether solution and gently rub spot until lather
or soap and alcohol. forms. Remove .suds by rubbing with
Gum staius arc removed with carbon wet cloth. Repeat if necessary.
tetrachloride, benzol.
To remove ink stains apply hydrogen
peroxide and hold in steam issuing from Grass, and Fruit Stain Remover
a kettle until yellow i^h. llepeaf. Then
apply oxalic acid solution and wash Immerse spot in 95% denatured alco-

with water. Repeat if needed. hol and then follow with 2% soap solu-

To remove iodine stains use sodium tion.

thiosulphate.
REP.URIN;G, KKNim iNC ^INS 441

QreaMf Oil, Paint and Lacquer Spot •Preservative, Leather


Remover Oleyl or Cetyl Phthalate 50
10 lb. Alcohol Light Mineral Oil 35
20 lb. Ethyl Acetate Monlnn Wax 10
20 lb. Butyl Acetate Ceres in 5
20 lb. Toluol
30 lb. Carbon Tetrachloride Protecting Leather during Manufacture
ShoeH, bag-j, novelties, etc., made of
Mofcurochrorne Stains, Removing leather are .soiled readily while being
It isstated that two treatments with handled in various “putting together'’
bonzaldehyde, followed with a 25 per operations.
lent hydrochloric acid applications and
'I’o a\oid this Ilii'\ MR' dipped or
an alcohol rinse, with a final bath in
.sjirayed with following and dried
water will remove fresh mereuroehrome Rubber Latex 20
stains from silk. Glacial acetic acul (hirnauba Wax Kimilsion 10
followed by ether is also recommended Water 40
as a remover of mereuroehrome stains,
After articles are finished the de
as is phosphoric acid in rubbing alcohol.
posited film IS ea.sily stnpped olf.

Rust and Ink Remover .*


Immerse portion of fabric with rust Cleaning Stained Limestone
or ink spot alternately in Holution 1. Scrub surface with
and B rinsing with water after each Wa.shiiig Soda .5-10% Solution
immersion.
using a bristle brush according to the
Solution A intensity of the stain. After half an
5% Ammonium Sullldo Solution hour use a steam jet, applying the treat-
05% Water ment uniformly to ri'iiiovo the stain.
Aft<‘r this treatment the stone usimlly
Solution B appears clean and fresh, but if left to
5% Oxalic Acid itsidf the stain tends to come back. To
95% Water prevent this the surface should be
scrubbed uniformly with the 10%
Scorch Remover forniie acid .solution.
2. A poultice method hns been worked
Plight scorch spots can be removed
out which can be usml advantageously
by immersing for about an hour or more
certain conditions for indurated
iindi'r
in a 3% Hydrogen peroxide .sidution.
stains, especiallyfor localized or inte-
rior staims. The mat(‘rial for poulHct's
Wood Preservative Finish can be conveniently prepared by shred-
Creosote, Oil 4 ding old newspai>ers or similar paper
Alcohol 1 stock under a steam jet, sufficient flri'-
Turpentine 2 clay being added to make the mass plas-
White Lead 3 tic. Washing soda is then added, ac-
]’a'<te Wood Filler 4 cording to the intensity of the stain, in
amounts of from 5 to 10 per cent, and
tlu* whole is plastered over the stained
Leather Sole.s, Iinpregnant for
surface with a trowel. Tho nlkalim^
Crepe Rubber 1.5
poultice is easily stripped olf after 21
Rosin .30
hours and a similar poultice containing
Linseed Oil .35
10% formic a'dd is applied in the same
Turpentine 17 way and removed after another 24
Paraffin 3 hours. If the w'all is dry at the start
Keep melted with occasional stirring this treatment is usually successful if
until rubber has dissolved. carried out by a workman experienced
in its use.

Leather “Nouriaher"
For leggings, boots, base-ball gloves, Rust Stains
etc. Rust stains are produced by corroding
Menhaden Oil 39 fire escapes, lamp brackets, and similar
Tallow 60 attachments of iron or steel in contact
Clovel 1 with limestone walls. These can be pre-
442 TH| CHEMICAL FORMULARY
vented by keeping the iron work pro- B, Sod. Bisulfite 10
tected from rusting, and can bo re- Orris Hoot, Powd. 10
moved by suitable treatment, although Perfume to suit
they sometimes become so thick and so
Apply
1. solution A with a swab and
hard that drastic methods are required.
after a f('w minutes rub with B moist-
Scrubbing with hot eonci'ntrated oxalic
ening with water if necessary. Wash
acid will usually remove all rust stains,
welt with soap and water.
the wall being washed thoroughly after
the treatment. Hydrofluoric acid put
up in lead tubes under various trade
names for dry cleaners may also be Dry Cleaning Roap
used, but the corrosive character of the Parts
acid demands caution. Oleic Acid-while 10
2. An alcohol solution of pot.
Hydroxide (2 oz. by wt. of
Copper Stains
pot. Hydroxide in 10 oz. of
Copper stainsare oeeasionally ob- denatured alcohol) 10
served on limestone surfaces bidow cop-
3. Carbon Tetrachloride 150
per roofs or gutters, adjoining copper
down-spots, or around eojiper, bronze, Mix 1 and 2 then add 3,

or brass name plates, lamp standards, Use plain then rinse article with gaso-
and the like.* The following methods of line or better still with carbontotra
removing copper stains have been de- chloride allow to dry.
veloped in our laboratory. A potassium
cyanide solution will wash olT this stain
very satisfactorily but must be used Dry Cleaner
with caution because of its poisonous TTso
nature. Glveololeate 2 parts
Carbon Tetrachloride GO parts
Cigarette Stain Bemovnl Variiolinc 20 parts
The following method removes ciga- Benzine 18 parts
rette stains from fingers.
An excelbmt cleaner that will not in-
A. Pot. Pomianganato (2% Soln.) jure the finest fabrics.

RESINS, GU MS, WAXES


Brewers' Pitch j
This mixture, representing one mol.
A. Kosin IGO each of the glycol and phthalic anhydride,
Pale llosiri Oil 30 was heated together in a partially closed
B. Rosin 108 vessel to a maximum temperature of
PamtTm Wax 22 200® C., over a period of approximately
Linseed Oil 10 21^ hours. The final product was a soft,
pale, straw-colored resin having an acid
number of 50.3. This product was freely
• Synthetic Resins soluble n-butyl and amyl acetates,
in
Example 1 and n-butyl propionate.
in This resi-
Parts by nous material is not substantially soluble
Weight in toluene alone, but solutions of the
Propylene Glycol (1-2 Propane resins in the previous solvents may be
DiolV 76 diluted with toluene. Accordingly tliia
Phthalic Anhydride 148 resin may be used to advantage in com-

An formulae precedi'd by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


RESINS. GUMS. WAXlgS 443

positions containing the usual solvent be caused to react si'parately at 240" C.


mixtures in which a large proportion of and the glycerine then may be added
hydrocarbon diluent is used. This resi- to cause a second reaction to take jilnce.
nous material is particularly valuable in rpon continued heating a fiisibh' soluble
view of its compatibility with nitro- resin is formro which is convertible.
'•elluloao.

Example 2 •Resin, Water Soluble Synthetic


Parts by
Four hundred parts of formaldehyde
Weight
of .'50 per cent strength an' mixed with
Trimethylene Glycol (1-3 Pro-
100 parts of acetaldehyde. Into this
pane Diol) 7(*
mixture 5 parts of barium hydroxide are
Phtlialic Anhydride 14S
.slowly introduced while well stirring.
This mixture of equivalent combining The temperuturo is kept at about 40"
{)roportion3 was heated as in Example 1, to 50" G and care is taken that the tem-
yielding a product having substantially peiatuie does not oxci'cd 50“ if neces-
tlie same characteristics as that (»btaine<l .saiy by external cooling. If after about
III Example 1. This material likewise is 5 hours of test shows that only a small
ciimpatible with nitro-cellulose and is (piantily of fuiniahlchydt' is still present,
.suitabh* for use in lacquer compositions. (he baiiuni is prccijiitateil in the form
Example 3 of carbonate by introducing carbon diox-
Parts by ide and the earbomite is removed by
Weight filtration. The liltrate is evaporated in
2-3 Butylene Glycol IdO a xacuum at about 00" to 05“ To-
Phthalic Anhydride 1 IS gether with the water wdiich is eliminated
by di.stillation small ipiaiitities of un-
This mixture was reacted as de.scribed aitcred aldehyde likewise pa.ss over. Tlie
in Example 1 and yielded a product of a
(lit rate is then allowed to cool wlieri'hy
softer nature than those prepared in ac-
a limpid, highly vi.scoiis and c(ilorh'.ss
cordance with Examples 1 and 2. The .synqi is obtained winch is very easily
resinous material so prepared yvas found
soluble in wmter but iii.soluble in organic
to be soluble in toluene as well as in
soheiits. It does not alter its properties,
such solvents as butyl acetate and the
even after the lapse of jeurs.
like. It displays excellent compatibility
with nitro-cellulose.
* Resin, Svnthetic

Gresol 100
* Resin, Synthetic
Formaldehsde 100
Dihydroxystearic Acid 45 Trietlianolamine 7Mi
Phtiialic Anliydride 80 n'flux to 100" G. for an
Heat under a
Glycerol 50 Allow to and separate tlie
hour. si'tllc
Heat for two hours at 242" C. in a sufK'rnatant solution. Drivi' oft water by
kettle fitted with a short air conden.scr heating in a xacuum.
The resin formed is hard, tough and The above re.siri may be mixed with
light in color. wood flour in a heavy lii'ati'd mixer. It
IS tlien cooled; ground and heated in
molds at lOO"-! 10" (’. undei pressure.
•Resin, Sjuithetic
A hard, inert resin may be made by Rosin Emulsion
causing resinification to occur by heating
1. Rosin 100
in the usual well understood manner be-
2. Naphtha 100
tween 24.3 parts of phthalic anhydride,
.'5. Am. Emoleate 3
10 parts borneol and 5 parts of glycerine.
1. Ammonium Hydroxide 2Mj
This is a dark-red resin which quickly
5. Water 200
reaches the B stage on heating at 150" C.
more rapidly than without the addition one to 150" C. and turn off
Heat
of borneol. flame; run two (whicli has been previ-
A reddish-brown, tough, water resi.s- ously heated on a water-bath to 90"-
tant resin may be prepared by the inter- 100" C.) into it slowly and stirring until
action of 3 parts of phthalic anhydride, all rosin has dissolved; eool and add
three, four and five mixed together slowly
2 parts of terpene hydrate and 1 part
glycerine. The first two ingredients may with vigorous stirring. This gives a

For Chemical Advisow, Bpecial Raw Materiala. Equipment, Containers, etc., coniult Supply
Section at end of book.
444 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
thick brown transparent emulsion which Grafting Wax Sticky
may be diluted inllnitely with water. Lanolin 40
Rosin 20
Rozolin 10
Shellac, Reconditionity Insoluble Turpentine 11
Shellac wliieh has become infusible
and insol. in EtOH
throujfh prolonged
storage, overheating, or other cause is
Modeling Wax
juhled slowly to rosm at 270“. The prod Venice Turpentine 90
uct is completely soluble in OjjHfl and Rosin 10
PhMe and can be used as substitute for Ik'cswax 00
rosin in making varnishes, adhesives, etc. Tallow 14
Thin Mineral Oil 4
Color to suit
Wax, Carving

(For Statuettes and Models) Plastic Modeling Wax


Stearic Acid 0 Gum Mastic .3

Cerallux 24 Jteoswux 3
Carnauba Wax 1 Ozokerite 2
Terra Alba 75 Parathn Wax 4
Tallow 19

Dance Floor Wax Melt togetlier and keeping liot work


Cereain 44 Sulfur Flowers 22
Stearic Acid 12 Gypsum 12
Scale Wax 110 I’ipoClay .3.3

Carnauba Wax 4 Mineral I'igment 4


Oil Soluble Color to suit

Modelling Wax
Dental Impression Wax
Bec'swax 4
Parefliu Wax 90 \ euico Turpentine 9
Ceresin Laid 4
Beeswax 40 China Clay 3.5
Venice Turpeutino :;o

Japan Wax 20
Wax Putty
Beeswax 4 lb.

Wax, Denftil Impression Oleostearin 2 lb.


Till peatine 1 lb.
Shellac 45 v;,
\ emce Turpentine 0 lb.
Talc .‘>0
%
Glycerin
Coloring suflicient * Synthetic Wax
Tallow Fatty Acids (to
In a flask equipped with a return con-
make) 1007o
denser, 50.8 parts by weight of stearic
acid and 18.0 parts by weight of aniline
Flexible Wax are heated to substantially from 170“
MetliG Abietato 10 to 200“ 0. for approximately one hour.
Gelowax 90 Water is formed as a result of the re-
Heat together and stir until homo- action between the organic acid and the
geneous. The finished product lias a amino. In order to eliminate the water
softening point of 58“ C. and a melting so formed, it is desirable to so arrange
point of 07“ C. the condenser that the water may escape,
but so that any aniline being volatilized
will be returned to the flask. At the
Grafting Wax Solid end of the heating period, and after
Lanolin 22 some cooling, 19 parts by weight of fur-
Rosin 44 fural are added and the whole is heated
Ceresin 13 to about 200“ C. for approximately one-
Beeswax 8 half hour. At this temperature the prod-
Japan Wax 2 uct is a thin liquid, which, upon cooling,
Rozolin 9 solidifies to a waxy, dark brown solid
Pine Oil 1 at room temperature.
RESINS, r.UMS. WAXES 445
Wine or Liquor Barrel Wax 40^0 Beeswax, Paraffin and 10%
Tallow 24 Stearic Acid.
Paraffin 50
Japan Wax 5
4|||rgil Lights
Beeswax 5
Venice Turpentine 4 Eighty per ccnl Paraniii, 15%, Double
Rosin Oil 1 Pressed Stearic Acid and 5%, Beeswax.
Talc 10 This can be varieil to ns niueli as 95%,
Paraffin and 5%, Stearie Acid.

Thread Wax
Beeswax Tapered Candles
40
Japan Wax 10 Tliese fire usually a
hand dipped oper-
Paraffin Wax ation entirely. Theeomhination of
150
waxes and color is melted in the kettle
and a con.stant temperalure maintained
Beeswax Substitute at slightly above the melting jioint.
Glyceryl Stearate 20 Dipping proceeds from the bottom and
Pi'oswax 8 progresses up the wick to the desired
Japan Wax 10 length in order to iittaiii the desired
taper.

Pure Steurio Acid Candlivs * Non-Fading Colored Candles


Use Trijilc Pressed Sajxmified Stearie
Candh'.s or oilier \\:i\ jirodncts colored
Acid. After iiieltm),'' down the Stearic
uitli Kliodaimne 11 or (liinoline \elIow
Acid should be stirred or agitated until
aie |)re\enled from fading by tiie in-
“milky” in appearance to destroy the
corporation of a 0.025% Betanaphthol
large crystals. It sliotild then be pour<‘(l
or O.Dl Sulfur.
in moulds which have bi'en heated to
apjiroximately the same teinpeiature and
cooled. A
better appearance will be Candle Wicks
noted on more rapid cooling.
The matter of the selection of the
wick for various eomposii loiis of candles
IS one of cand’nl consideiation.
Standard Candle Formula l-'or in-

stanci', the wick msed in a imro stearie


no 11).Para (Tin “Wax
acid landle, usually a -bS to 51 ply--
dj lb. Double Pressed Stearic Acid
nieaning three strands of 1(5 or 17 threads
5 lb. Beeswax
each, would be entirely unsuiti'd for a
The above are melted together and candle containing xery much parullin,
agitated to insure comjih'le blending. winch would reiiuire a smaller wick. The
W lien melted an oil soluble d\e of the wick should be treated with Boraeie
desired hue is added and then* the com-
Acid, the object of winch is to prevent
bination is poured in itioulils and cooled.
(he wick from continued glowing and
Care in the selection of the dye should smoking when blown out. One of tho
be exerci.sed to eliminate “bleeding” or
stramls of tin* wick should be woven
fading, but many good dyes are avail
tighter than the other two in order to
able. It may be desirable to make up force the wick into separation while burn-
kmmnn strength of dyes in blocks of ing to dissipate the ash.
parafllne by merely adding the dye to
the melted wax and then pour in mould.s,
forming blocks of uniform size. Birthday Candles
This
permits easy storing and somewhat Are made entirely of paraffine and
facilitates the complete blending of the the projier oil soluble
dye. The pro-
color when introduced to the melting cedure, though, entirely different than
is

kettle. in the case of other candles. Tho thin


A better grade of candles are made threads, forming the wicks are formed
by increasing the amount of Stearic Acid into endless belts and placed over two
and decreasing the amount of paraffin, drums. These drums are spaced a few
or vice versa. feet apart and are set up to revolve
slowly, allowing the “endless licit”
wick.s to run through a tank of tho
Pure Beeswax Candles melted wax. This operation is continued
Are made from the pure wax and until the series of wicks have picked up
range down to combinations as low as the desired amount of wax and have
446 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
reached the required diameter. The without harm. There is some tendency,
“belts" are then cut and laid out on however, to develop slight acidity, so that
tables whercj the candles are cut to it is preferable to add about two parts

len^^th. The head of th^^ndle is then of ammonia solution (specific gravity


inserted into a revolvinpjiPRter or a re- 0.9).
volving hot mould to properly shape the In order to hold the solution nearly
head. neutral, carbon dioxide is passed in. This
serves a double purpo.se in precipitating
Dewaxing Gum Damar out barium as barium carbonate, and
t!ie

Ten pounds of darnar gum are dis- forming ammonium carbonate winch acts
solved in gallon of solvent mixture
1
as a buffer to hold the solution substan-
mad(! up as follows: tially neutral during the evaporation of

ethyl acetate
the water.
21 oz. fl.

24 0 /. fl. acetone In some cases after following the


112 oz. fl. toluol
above proceilurc the water is removc'd by
boiling in an open evaporator. A ther-
When the solution is complete, 120 oz. mometer inserted in the boiling solution
(fluid) of methyl alcohol are added, showed a maximum boiling jmint 10(5“ C.,
when a white formed which
precipitate is
at which time substanti;.ll\ all of the
settles down to the bottom of the con- water of solution and reaction had been
tainer in the form of a slimy mass. removed.
After standing for a few days, this mass Caro must be taken if the water is
becomes quite hard and may be removed. removed by this process, since there is a
The resultant gum solution is perfectly considerable tendency to foam during the
clear and is miscible with nitro-cellulo.se last stages. If overheating occurs
solutions without the formation of a where the heat is applied to the evapora-
precipitate. tion vessel, the resin will cure to its in-
fusible form in a layer over the vessel.
* Raising Melting Point of Rosin This is indicated by a drop in the tem-
The m.p. is raised from about 52“ to perature of the solution, due to the poor
about ()()° by heating the rosin at 2(»0“- heat transference of the curc<l portion
200“ for 1-8 hr. and th«*n distilling of the resin.
in vacuo or with superlumted steam until The resin, which is very viscous at
the original wt. of the rosin has been 10(5“ cools to an almost colorless brittle
reduced by product which is potentially reactive.
The clear solution, preferably stabi-
* Synthetic Thiourea Resins
lizedand preferably tri'ated with carbon
dioxide, will keep over long periods of
Example 1 time at ordinary room temperature and
One part of barium hydroxide is dis- is, therefore, valuable as a varnish or
solved in 1()0 parts of 2(5% formalde- coating material or may be used for the
hyde solution. One hundred and twenty purpo.se of impregnation into various
parts of thiourea are then added and the sheetlike bodies such as paper, cloth,
mixture stirred. The temperature of the asbestos, etc., the water being evaporated
solution at first drops, duo to the absorp- and the sheetlike material may be
tion of heat by tlio thiourea going into prea.sed into form of any desired shape.
solution. Tlio tempemture soon rises, The clear varnish makes it possible to
however, due to the heat of the reaction ship the product to the ultimate user,
of the thiourea and formaldehyde. If and when properly stabilized makes a
the original temperatures of all of the material of considerable value to the
materials used is approximately 20“ C., fabricators of laminated material, etc.
the maximum temperature reached dur-
ing the reaction may bo as high as 40“ C. Example 2
or even higher. It is preferable, but One part of barium hydroxide, 104
not at all essential, that the tempera- parts of 3(5% formaldehyde solution,
ture of the reaction mixture bo held be- IfiO parts of thiourea.
low 40“ C. by cooling the mixture during As in Example 1, the barium hydroxide
the reaction if necessary. In any case, is dissolved in the formaldehyde and the
no heat used in bringing about this
is thiourea added. The mixture should be
reaction other than that generated by the stirred until all of the thiourea is in
reaction itself. solution. The solution first cools and
The reaction is apparently complete in then warms up during the reaction. In
about two hours. The clear solution about two hours the reaction is appar-
may be kept over long periods of time ently complete, but it is usually conven-
RESINS, GUMS, W.\XES 447

ient to allow the solution to stand over- centrifuged where a very clear colorless
night. product IS desired.
Twenty-five parts of hexametlnlene- Tlu* wati*r may be r!i|)i<lly and con-
tetraniine is added to the solution and venieiith re|||||red by disl dial ion, jtref-
carbon dioxide passed in until the solu- eiabh under*'duct'(l pressuu'. Ifuring
tion is neutral to litmus. Besides tlie the remo\al of the last poitions of the
barium carbonate, where commercial water, foaming is likt'ly to occur, due to
formaldehyde is used, there is usualh a the Msco.Mty ol the solution. 'Hus
liigli

small amount of colored insoluble material teiidoucN to foam can be \cry largely
present. Where a very light colored resin pre\cnt<‘d by the addition of a very
IS desired, the solution should be filtered small amount of paralliu. Usually an
or centrifuged. amount of paralliu equivalent to less
The water is then evaporated from the than O.OU;, of tlie weight of the batch
filtered solution by boiling in an ojum i.s ample to pie\ent e\cessi\<* foaming.
evaporator. the When
temperature Other well known oily tir water insolubh*
reaches about 100° C., the product has a materials may be substituted for the
tendency to turn milky, but this may be paiallin foi llie purpo.si' of n'diicing the
disregarded. Evaporation of flit' water lendenev lu foam.
IS continued until a product of the de- W lu‘re a \acmim distillation is nseil to
sired viscosity is obtained Since this n-moM' the watei, the solution nmy bo
resin cures at temperatures above nbout heated more lapidlv wilhoiit danger of
110°, care must be used during the last curing tin* resin Ihnn is the cast* wliero
stages of evaporation. no \acuuni is used. In an_\ ease Hie solu-
Example 3 tion should Hot bi* heated nbove ll(t"C.
foi any peiiod of time, as then* is dnnger
Place in a suitable mixing device,
of lilt* resin going o\er to the insoluble
Tliiourca 30.') parts infusible state above this teinperulure.
Urea 1110 parts SanipleH renio\ed from time to time dur-
3(i7f, Formaldehyde Solu- ing the (Instillation of tin* water show
tion 833 parts a product of increasing hardness. To-
Ammonia Solution (sp. gr. waid the (*iid of the distillation the tem-
0.9 ) 8 parts jicialure rises more rapidly and Hit* rate
Calciumllydrate (Ca(OH) 2 ) 1 part of (list dial nm dt'creasi's. When* a hard
Agitation should be started as soon as gnndabh* resin istempera-
(h'Sin'd, tin*

the calcium hydrate has been adilcil. A tun* of tin* M'sin may be allowed to rise
reaction starts almost as soon as the as high as 10.3" (\ toward tin* (>nd of the
calcium hwlrate is added, the mixture (list illation m
onl(*r to drive off substan-
warms up and both the urea and tliiourca tially all of the wat('r.
go into solution.
The addition of ammonia is desirable
•Ke.sin, White Synthetic
but not essential. Where ammonia is not
used, the formaldeliyde solution should 100 pans by w'eight of phenol, 23
be neutral, or slightly alkaline. In an\ [•arts and KiO parts of -10 jier
urc'a

case the solution should be sufilciently coat foimaldehyde solution were* boiled
chw to tlie neutral point that it beconu's III nil op(*n flask in the [ircsenco of
alkaline to litmus upon the addition of aliout 1 ftarl of concentrated hydro-
one part of calcium hvdrate or of cal- chloric acid. Afli'r boiling for a short
cium oxide to the quantities of formahle- tune a W’hite mass s(*[»ar:ile(l and the
h)de, urea and thiourea shown in this boiling was continue'l for 1.3 minul(‘s.
example. Rather than adjust the hydro- When cold a white, rather brittle
gen ion concentration of the solutioii, it [loreelainlike soliibb* resin was ob-
is more convenient to add ammonium hy- tained. It was washed first with a 2

droxide solution. A greater amount than per cent solution of sodium earbonate
8 parts of ammonium hydroxide may be and tlieri with w'ater. The yield of the
added, if desirable, without changing to resin was 178 parts. This resin was
any appreciable extent the nature of the opa(|ue and pure white in color. It was
product. exposed to sunlight for a period of
The reaction is usually com-
initial nearl\ two months and during that time
plete in about tw'o hours, but the solution there was no diseoloration. The opacity
should preferably stand eight hours or of the exterior layers disappeared and a
longer before the water is removed m white glass like coating resulted. This
order that additional polymerization may ap{)ears to be due to the removal of a
take place. Carbon dioxide may be small amount of moisture present in the
passed in and the solution filtered or mass.
RUBBER
•Latex, Artificial Rubber 1% of lauric acid as ammonium laurate
In 750 grammes of benzene (or com- and then y^PIo of phosphoric acid as
mercial benzol ’), dissolve 250 grammos



.secondary ammonium phosphate. The
of crude rubber (balata or gutta percha) latex 18 then spray dried, and the result-
and 25 grammes of oleic acid, with proper ing crude rubber has a quick breakdown,
agitation until the oleic acid ia diffused good calendering, and extruding prop-
throughout the mass. Thorouglily mix el tics; and the vulcanized rubber has a

20 grammes of 26“ aqua ammonia with good abrasion and flexing resistance.
750 grammes of water. Then add and Example 3: To a similar latex 1% of
thoroughly mix the water with tlio rubber lauric acid as ammonium laurate is added
solution. The dispersed or diffused par- and then 1% of monochloracetic acid as
ticles of oleic acid are saponified by the tho ammonium salt. The latex is spray
ammonia in situ, forming an ammonia diicd, and tho resulting crude rubber has
soap which acts a.s a dispersing agent and excellent breakdown and milling proper-
stabilizes the final dispersion. As the ties and, when vulcanized, a good abra-

ammoniated water is added to and stirred sion and flexing resistance.


in the rubber-benzol solution it will bo Latex as received from tho tree is
observed that at first the water forms the treated with 0.2-pait of formaldehyde
disperse phase of the dispersion, but as and allowed to stand for about 24 hours,
the total volume of water increases, there and tlu'n 0.5-part ammonia is added. The
ia a change of phase, and tho water then latex is apiay dried, pioducing a rubber
constitutes the continuous phase. The ha\ing its proteins tanned or reacted
final dispersion is a white milky mass upon by formaldehyde ami which rubber
which may bo diluted practically to any is loss absorptive to water. If desired

reasonable or operative extent with watei. suitablecompounding ami curing agents


It may be used as thus produced, but, if may be added to the latex before drying.
desired, the solvent may bo removed by
evaporation, but preferably in a vacuum * Softened Rubber
still at a low temperaturo (say, not over
Softened rubber is now being produced
50“ C.) for recovery of the solvent.
from ordinary plantation crepe and sheet.
Tho pieces of crepe or sheet are first
Coloring Latex Black soaked in tanks to soften them and then
Co^idal Micronex is a dispersed car- rapidly reduced to crumb by a machine
bon mack suitable for u.sc with rubber. consisting of a pair of rolls woiking in
It does not require finding. It is a hopper. Tho crumb is placed in trays
merely stirred into the mte^^Jn amounts in a heater which can treat 1,000 pounds
varying with tho depth of cb«i|^ desired. in one charge, heated for about one hour
in vacuum and then under controlled con-

• Compounded Latex
done for about 40 minutes. At the
qAT of this time the mass looks like
Example 1; To latex preserved with toasted cheese, and it is finally passed
%% ammonia and having a concentra- through Lheeting rolls.
tion of about 35% is added 1% of lauric Greater plasticity than ordinary masti-
acid in the fo;^ df ^ammonium laurate, cated rubber is claimed for the new prod-
and %% of ammonium chloiide, these uct; it facilitates masticating, mixing,
latter figures being based on 100 parts of calendering, tubing, molding, and spread-
solids in tho latex. The latex is then ing, saving time, power, labor, and solvent
spray dried, and the resulting rubber has and increasing output and efficiency. The
a quick breakdoivn and a high abrasion danger of scorching is said to be reduced;
and flexing resistance when vulcanized. calendering and tubing give smooth sur-
Example 2 To a similar latex is added
: faces. Spreading doughs and solutions

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.


448
RUBBER 449

having much lower viscosity than usual emit, solution of casein in aminouiacol
peinnt varied mixings and the addition of water. Tlieie resulted a viscous fiuid
a much greater pioportiou of mineral whuh was pas.-^ed a second time through
tillers; while unvuicauized soltened lub- tlie plant, .^'he viscosity sliglitly in-
ber dough holds its shape much better, a cieascd duri^ 4S liours after tlie prepa-
matter of importance in calendered, ration.
forced, or stamped goods and m molding
ebonite. * Rub) tor Sultstituto (Factice)
Mechanical properties and aging are
said to be unimpaired. But piaetically
A white lultber factice is made by mix-
ing nun-mineitil oil, <,(/., rape-seed oil
pure mixe.s, containing little filler, show
(100 pis.), a low-temp, vulcanising agent,
a slight falling oif in breaking strain as
t'.g., SoClo (30 pis.), a stabilising agent,
compared with ordinary rubber. More
(.<}., MgO (5 pts.), and an XU, salt, e.g.,
heavily compounded rubber, however, as
NU^IICO;, (10 pts.), and mairiiaining llio
tiie treads, shows no difference in me-
temp, below that at which Ml;, is nia-
chanical properties when compar'd with
teimlly generateil, iiiilil vulcanisal loii is
ordinary mixes. For comparatively pure
coiiiplfie.
mixes, therefore, blending softened lub-
ber with ordinary rubber is advisi'd; thus
•Latex Factice Compound
a 50/50 mixture is recommended foi high
grade inner tubes. 85 kilograms of I'ol/a oil and 15 kilo-
gitiins of elemental sulphur were heated
tdgetlier with stiiiiiig for ti\e hours at
Protection of Rubber Belting in Storage tibout 150° The iiiixing was allowed
Shellac 1 qt. to cool to 95° ami (lie still fiuid mass
Alcohol 1 pt. was then slowly poured into a hoinogeiiiz,-
Ammonia qt. iiig plant, iiilo which were simultaneously

Water 3 qt. iniiodiiceil 40 kihtgr.ims of a 3 per cent,

Apply with a brush. aqueous solulioii of saponin. There re-


sulted a still fluid somewhat vi.scous sub-
stance which, on a second passage
* Rubber Cleaner tliiough the plant, effected at once, com-
The following composition will clean menced to display an increase in vis-
rubber and educe swelling
i cosity. Left to stand for 48 hours, a
(Castor Oil 10 pioduct of a paste- like consistency was
Paraldehyde 10 obtjiimal.
A compounded final-dispersion was
made up as follows;
* Factice Emulsion
Xbiimal rubber latex
85 kilograms of Colza oil and 15 kdo-
(.about 33 p('r cent, dry
grams of elemental sulphur were healed
rubber) 10.00 kg.
together with stirring for fi\e lioiiis at
Substitute-dispersion at
aliout 150° C. The mi\mg was allowed to
7.5 per cent (jirepared
cool to 05^ C. and the mass w.i.s then
according to Example 1) 2.00 kg.
slowly poured into a lioniogenuing plant
Sulphur 60
into which were simultaneously luiio-
Zinc Oxide 100
duced 150 kilograms of an approximately
rifra accelerator 10 gr.
3 per cent, aqueous solutimi of neutral
(.'alcium Bulphato 50 gr.
snap. The product was a viscous fiuid,
which was again passed through the A stainless former for a finger
steel
plant. In this case also the visi^ity stall, previously heated to 05° C., was
slightly increased in a period of 48 llifhrs inimerscd in the above compounded final-
after tho preparation. di«p(‘rsion for 10 seconds. There was de-
posited upon the former a coating of a
thickness of about 1 mm. which, after
85 kilograms of Colza oil and 15 kilo-
drying and vulcanization, presented groat
grams of olomental sulphur were heated
siiiootliness to the touch.
together with stirring for live houis at
The mixing was allowed
A conqiouTided final -dispersion watt
about 150° C.
made up as follows:
to cool to 95° C. and the still lluid mass
was then slowly poured into a Immogeniz- Concentrated rubber latex
ing plant, into which were simultaneously (about 50 per cent, dry
introduced 100 kilograms of a 10 per rubber) 10.00 kg.

For Chemicsl Advisors, Special Raw Materiala, Equipment, ConUlnera, eto., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
460 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Substitute-dispersion at strength and decrease porosity, and a mix
75 per cent, (as m tho which is stated to lie resistant to practi-

previous example) 3.00 kg. cally all oils and solvents is: Ethanite 20 ,
Calcium carbonate (iii pale crepe 1 zinc oxide 2 carbon black 5
, , .

fine subdivision) 3.00 kg- When cured these products show prac-
Sulphur 60 gr. tically no dimensional increase when im-
Zinc Oxide 100 gr. meised in such solvents as Vjenzol, toluol,
Ultra-accelerator 10 gr. and carbon tetrachloride, and acids, with
Organic dyestuff 10 gr- the exception of strong nitric or chromic
Calcium Sulphate 50 gr- acids, are without action. A
20 per cent,
caustic soda solution or concentrated am-
This compounded final-dispersion w'as
monia attacks the material, but the latter
proved l)y immersion of differently
docs not appear to suffer from aging in
shaped heated foimers to be suitable for
the usual manner of rubber goods. Tho
the nianufaeture of articles of various
particular advantages obtained are offset
kinds such, for example, as bathin^r caps,
to some extent by the objectionable char-
tobacco pouches and hand-^rips, all of
acteiistic odor which, besides rendering
which piovcd in tho finished state to bo
the use of the products impracticable in
very smooth and of great softness.
many instnnees, for example foodstuffs,
renders tho geneial atmosphere where it
* in proce.'SH, particularly in the region
Latex, Powdering Rublier is
of tho mill, decidedly unpleasant. Pos-
0- 12 %
of dextrin is added to the latex
sibly means will ho found of overeoining
which is
tlu'ii spniyed into ti heated
this, at any rate to a considerable extent.
chamber to give a rubber powder.

* Late.x, Removing Ammonia Odor Rubber Good.s, Non-sticking

Assuming tho latex contains 0.70% Sprinkling with talc pievonts rubber
jimmonia it may be treated as follows: goods and sheets from sticking.
Latex 100
Water 25 * Resin, Rubber (Compound
Boric Acid 2.75
Dextrose 100 giams of Rosoap (60%
Dissolve
8.25
diy matter) in 500 e.c. of water: add 10
giams of latex (containing 20 ruliber %
Oil-Resisting Materials and a tiace of ammonia) with tliorough
Mention has pri'viously been made of stilling; add enough liydiochloric aeid to
new jt rod nets ilesigmal to lesist piacti- neutiali/i' the ftoe 'ilkah and to decom-
cally all soUents, oilsand fats, such as pose the losiii soap; hod tlu' niixtuie with
Fthaiiite;a reaction jiroduct of eth^leiic fonnatioii of \iseous layi'r of losiu and
dichloride and calcium juiUsullide, ami ruMier di'-'i'iiiinated tlierethrongh ;
re-

Thiokol, a poly methylene pulysullide. mo\o the losin and inhhi'r mixtuie and
Although different claims may be imule diy tin' same in an o\eu to dri\e off the
for the individual products now on the moisture. The pioduct is a clear diy
market, in geneial these polysulfuU'S may solution in viscous form and has propi'r-
bo vulcanized in a similar manner to rub- ties that are not found in either constitu-
ber requiring no sulfur, but zinc oxide' ent alone. When cooled and set it is
in proportions of one to twenty per cent, tough, hard, does not absorb water to tho
is necessary; the material in appeal mice same extent as rosin, and does not de-
is similar to rubber, being homogeneous teriorate leadily. It can be used with
and pliable, but the gravity is much oil and turpentine to produce vaniish. It
higher, viz., 1 .6. The suitable vulcaniz- is suitable also for electrical insulation.

ing temperatures are similar to those


with rubber mixings, such as one hour
* Resin, S\ nthetie
at forty pounds steam pressure. Tho ad-
dition of rubber is not necessary, al- PhOH 100, timg oil 150 and H^PO} 1
though milling is facilitated thereby. In pait retluxod for 6 hrs., 100 ])arts of 40%
tho case of Ethanite it is stated that the (iUO aoln., 50 parts of colophony and 3
addition of five per cent of rubber gives parts of aq. NH
3 are added and refluxing
a product which is as resistant to oil as is continued for 5 hrs., the mixt. is then

Ethanite alone, but generally speaking, evapd. until anhyd. and is heated at 150°
tho oil resistance deteriorates according until a product is obtained which is clear
to tho amount of rubber present. Carbon and non-tacky at room temp.
black may be added to increase tensile
lU RHER 451

Synthetic Rt'sin, FusiMo (’iir('--Tn air— (if) minutes, ri.se to


pormauciitly fiisihlo resins are 213° F. and hold GO minutes.
Solid,
made by heatin}? C’HoO (7 mols.) and
commercial PhOH (13 mols.) ui the pres- Rubber (’lothing
ence of 25% aq. NH3 (5 mols.) so that
Pale (Tepe 100
NII3 escapes during the reaction, thereby
I'lastogen g.oo
evaporating the product. The PhOH can,
Stearic Acid 1.00
in part, bo substituted by urea etc.
Zinc Oxide 5.00
Dixie Clay •10.00

* Resin, Synthetic (Alkyd) Kalite — No. 1 40.00


Cajitax 1.00
Rosin 1310
Ziniate 0.10
Phthalic Anhydride 30S
Sulfur 1.50
Glycerol 318
Heat with stirring to 290° C. When t'uri' —
GO minutes iim' to 2ti0° F. and
30 to GO minutes at 200 !'. '

acid number has dropped to 10^-20 ((»ol


quickly to 200° C. and tlien allow to
cool naturally. While Tiling
This resin is soluble in b'-n/ol and lac- 15.00
Pale Ciepe
quer thiniiois. It is bglit in color and
Pai.ittin 0 3125
hard. 50.00
\\ lilting

* Ti-Tone 25.00
Resin, Synthetic (Sugai G..50
Zinc O.xide
Clucoso 80 Magnc'ium Carbimafe 1.50
Water (io
10(^ 'riiKiiiex Master Hatch 0.G25
Rosin f.o
7\nti-Scurcii-'r 0 ()G25
Aniline GO Sulfur 1.00
Reflux for 5 hours. Allow to .settle
(^-uro — 11 to 12 minutes iil 10 lb. stetim
draw off and di.scard nquoon.'' hnei.
The resinous reaction piodiict u|»on melt-
ing and continued heating becomes in- 'I'lre ('ushum Stocks
fusible. Smoked Sliects 00.00
Ambei (Iiepe •10.00

Rubbei Goods (’iimai Kesiii 1.00


.Mineral Kublier 2.t)0
A single rubber product may bo com-
Slearie Acid 0..50
pouiidiMl with any number ol mixtuie^,
niiulnning vaiious giades of rubber, lein-
]\i (i/one A 1.00
Zinc Oxnle 30.00
loicing agents, pigmeufs and vulcaiii/ong
A Iciator SOS 0 GS75
agt'iits. For mo''t items, a number ol
Sulfur 3.25
ditleienl compounds Nsdl seivi* \Mtli eipial
Cure- mliiufei af 2*^1 ° F.
satisfaction. All ol the possible combi 15

nations cauiiot be included hen*, but the


following coin[)ounds are rej»ie.s<“iifiiti\e Wliite Tuliing
and can be readily adajiled to cornmeiiial
Pale (Tepe 100
factory pioduction by slight modifications
I’etiiduf iiiil 7.50
to suit specific conditions. Adiu.stmeiil.',
Agei ite Gt'l 1.00
as to Curing comlitions, temjieiature, or
Ziiic (Jxido 1.5.00
time of cure may be desirable dr’pendiiiL'^ 130.00
lathopmn'
on prevailing factory conditions. 'I'he
40.00
Dixie (day
curing data given for the various com-
Kalite No. 1 200.00
pounds is not intended to be specific ftnd
.Mtax 1.25
may be modified as desired. 3.00
Sulfur
Cure 111 talc 30 minutes at 20 lb.
Hospital Sheeting
Pale Ciepe 100
Belt Friction
Petrolatum 1 00
10 Smeked Sheets 9.4375
Zinc Oxide
75 Thill Brown Crepo 10.00
Lithopone
Whiting G3 Whnle Tiro Reclaim 59.00
as desired ’a ra flux 5.00
Color I

0.50 Stearic Acid 0.50


Monex
Sulfur 2.00 N'<‘o/om‘ D 0.5626
\2 THE CHEMICAL FORMUMRY
Litharge 0.0625 Refined Asphalt 3.00
fchiting 10.3125 Paraffin 0.25
Oxide
jfcftc 2.25 Stearic Acid 0.375
10% Thioncx Master Batch 0.6250 Neozone A 0.50
Sulfur 2.25 Carbon Black 9.875


Cure 15 minutes at 274® F.
Whiting (Natural)
Zinc Oxide
7.25
1.00
Litharge 0.125
Transparent Rubber 10% Thioncx Master Batch 1.125
Palo Crepe 100.00 Sulfur 1.50
Plastogen 5.00 Cure — 12 minutes at 40 lb. steam.
Redo No. 10 0.10
Stearic Acid 1.00
Bathing Cap
Zinc Carbonate 2.00
Ziinato 0.25 Rubber 100.00
0.50 Stearic Acid 1.00
Captax
Cycline Oil-softener 4.00
Sulfur 1.50
Zinc Oxide 5.00
Cure —Approximately 15 minutes at
Whiting 15.00
15 lb.
Lithopone 15.00
Barytes 15.00
High Grade Comb Theka 0 1.25
Smoked Sheets 100.00 I). P. G. .25

Cottomseed Oil 2.00 Sulfur 2.00


Beeswax 2.00 Cure —8 minutes at 40 lb. steam.
Accelerator 833 1.50
Sulfur 45.00
Ilaid White Sole
Cure —Approximately 6 hours in water
Pale Cl ope 28.75
at 274® F.
Steaiic Acid 0.25
Magnesium Carbonate 43.00
Tiro Carcass Lilliopone 21.40
Pale Crepe 50.00 Zinc Oxide 1.50
Smoked Sheets SO.oO (line 2.88
Plastogen 4.00 IJltramarino Blue 0.09
Stearic Acid 2.00 Diphonylguanidine 0.28
Agerite Powder 1.00 10% Thionex Master Batch 0.35
Zinc Oxide 5.00 Sulfur 1.50
Tuads
1.00
.05 Cure — 8 to 10 minutes at 316
0

Captax
Sulfuj;^
'
2.50
High Grade Black Sole
CJuro—45 minutes at 274® F.
Pale Crepe 50.00
Smoked Sheets 50.00
Black Footwear Agerite Gel 1.25
Rubber 100.00 Zinc Oxide 60.00
Plastogen 6.00 Gas Black 10.00
Agerite Powder 1.00 Dixie Clay 40.00
Zinc Oxide 5.00 Kahte No. 1 60.00
Whiting 40.00 Captax 1.25
Kalite No. 1 20.00 Tuads .0125
Dixie Clay 25.00 - 2.50
Gas Black 2.00
0.10
^ro-^O minutes rise and 45 to 60
Zimato minutes "t 255® F. under 30 lb. air
Altax 0.50
pressure.
Captax 0.50
Sulfur 2.50
Soft Rubber Sponge

Cure Dry heat. 60 minutes rise to
Rubber 100.00
260® F. and one hour at 260® F. under
Stearic Acid 1.00
30 lb. air pressure. 1.00
Red Oil
Petrolatum 18.00
Black Heel White Substitute 6.00
11.50 Zinc Oxide 2.50
Smoked Sheets
64.00 Sodium Bicarbonate 15.00
Whole Tire Reclaim
RUBBER 453

Whiting 25.00 30% Wire


Urcka C .025
Smoked Sheets 32.00
Guantal .575 Paiaflin 1.00 »
Sulfur 4.00 Ageiite (icl 0.60
Cure — inch thick, 20 minutes at Kalite No. 1 33.00
70 lb. steam. Zinc Oxide 32.00
Carbon Black — P-33 0f20
Captax 0.20
Packing
Sulfur 0.80
Smoked Sheets 35.125
Clin* — Steam Cure in talc. 30 minutes
Whole Tire Reclaim 10.00
^
200“ l\
Paraffin 1.00
Paraffin Oil 5.00
Ri-d ^lolded Tube
Stearic Acid 0.375
Clay 20.00 Smoked Sheets 97.75
Wliitiug 20.00 Medium Process Oil 1.50
Red Iron Oxide 6.00 Stearic Acnl 1.25

Zinc Oxido 1.50 Blanc Fixe 40.00


Beutone 0.75 Zine Oxide 5.00
Sulfur 0.75 Du J’ont Ituliber Oiange 2U .75

Cure — 12 minutes at 45 lb.


10% Thiunex Master Butch
Sulfur
2.50
1.75

Cure— 5 minutes at 202® F.


Tiro Tread
Smoked Sheets 100,00
Pine Tai 4.00 Passenger Car Inner Tube
Stearic Acid 2.00 Pale Ciejie 50.00
Neozoiie A 1.25 Smoked Shoots 50,00
Carbon Black 40 00 Plant ogon 4.00
Zinc Oxide lO.oO Steal II' Acid .50
Accelerator 808 0.875 .\geritc iNiwdcr 1.00
Sulfur 3.25 Kabt(‘ No. 1 50.00
Cure —CO minutes at 231® F. Zinc Oxide 5.00
Tiiads .10
Altnx .50
White Sidewall (’a|ifax .50
Pah- Crepe 100.00 Sulfur 1.00
Pla.stogen 4.00
(hiri^ 3 minutes at 55 lb.
Steal C Acid
1 1.00
- __ .. *"j
Zinc Oxide 5.00
Kalite No. 1 40.00 High Grade IIo.se Tube
1)1X10 Clay 30.00
Smnked Slief'ls 14.00^
Titanium Dioxide 25.00
1.00
Amber ('tejic 10.00
Cupta.x
Wliiih' 'I'lie R(>cla)m 20,00
Sulfur 2.25
Pel lolatuiil 2.00

Cure Pre.ss Cure— Appioximutcly 45 PaiaiUn 0.50
minutes at 30 lb. steam. Stearic Acid 0.25
Neozonc D 0.375
Whiting 20.00
Code Wirf^i^orapd. Soil Clay 20.25
Smoked Sheets ^
* 5-00 j0k t
Carbon Blaek 7.25
Blcndi’d Reclaim 48.00 Zinc Oxide 3.00
Minoial Rubber 20.00 I.itliargo 0.125
Stearic Acid 0,25 10 % Thionex Master Batch 1.000
Paraffin 0.25 Suilur 1.25t)
Keozone A 0.3125
Whiting 23.625
Cur(* — 15 minutes at 274® F.
Zinc Oxide J.OO
Accelerator 808 0.3125
Fire Hose
Sulfur 1.25
Pale Crepe 23

Cure 30 minutes rise to 275®P. plus Smoked Sheets 2.3
105 minutes at 275® in soapstone, | Zinc Oxide 32
1 MTi 1 n g— P r cc i» ta U;d
i 1 i i 10
:54 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Lithargo 10 Dissolve in petroleum naphtha to
Sulfur 2.00 spreader consistency.
Cure — 45 minutes at 274® P. in stcanu
Light Color Combining Cement for
Hot Water Bottle Double Texture Pyroxylin Goods
Palo Crcpo ?»4.375 Smoked Sheets 15 lb.

Medium Process Oil 0.50 White Reclaim 20 lb.

Barytes 34.00 Soft Factico 10 lb.

Whiting 25.25 Raid Mineral Rubber 8 lb.

Zinc Oxide 3.00 Cbfifstone Whiting 25 lb.

Du Pont Kubbor Orange AD 0.75 By Product Wliiting 50 lb.

10% Thionex Master Batc'h 1.1375 Lime 1 lb. 8 n/.


Sulfur 0.t)875 Raw Sienua 2 lb.

Cure —7 minutes at 287° P. Dissolve in Petroleum Naphtha.

Eloctriciiins Gloves Black Combining Oment for Double


Palo Crepo 100.00 Texture Rubber Goods
Mineral Rubber 4.50 Smoked Sheets 15 lb.

1‘arallin 0.75 Boot and Shoe Reclaim 25 11).

Zinc Stearate 1.50 Soft Factico 8 lb.

Agerito Gel 1.00 Litharge 8 Ib.

Zinc Oxide 15.50 CliCfstone Whiting ()5 lb.


Blanc Fixe 0.25 Rosin Oil 2 lb.

Tuacls 3.(»0 Sulfur 8 oz.


Vandex 1.50 Dissolve in petroleum naphtha.
Cure —Press— 15 minutes at 30 lb.

Tdght Colored Cojnbining Cement for


Bands and Thread Doiibh' Texture Rubber Goods

Pale Crepo 100.00 Smoked Sheets 15 11).

Agorite While 1. 00 White Reclaim 30 lb.

Zinc Oxide (line particle size) 2.00 Soft Factico 8 lb.

Color to suit Lithargo 2 lb.


Zimato 0.10 Zinc O-vido 10 lb.

Altax 0.50 Magnesium Oxide 5 lb.

Captax 0.50 Raw Sienna 4 lb.

Sulfur 2.00 By Pioduct Whiting 50 lb.


Cure Open steam. 10 minutes rise to
Sulfur
Rosin Oil
8 oz.
8 oz.
200° F. and 30 minutes at 200°.
Dissolve in petroleum naphtha.

\\’'ringer Roll Cumpd.


Solution for Application on Rnbbei
Smoked Sheets 38.00
Materials to Be Kmlxtssed to bevent 1
Parallin 0.50
Sticking on Rolls
Mineral Oil 1.25
Du Pont Antox 0.375 Glycerine 5 lb.

Zinc Oxide loo Denatured Alcohol 95 lb.

Lithopono SR.OO
Whiting 21.50 Anchor Rubbe?^r Artificial Suede
Accelerator 808 0.125
Pale Crepe 40 11).
Sulfur 1.25 "^
White Reclaim 20
Cure — 15 minutes at 292° F. Tube Reclaim 15
lb.
lb.
Hard Factice (Brown) 8 lb.

Black Combining Cement for Double Zinc Oxide 5 lb.

Texture I’yroxylin Goods Lithopono 6 lb 4 . oz.


Cottonseed Oil . 1 lb.
Smoked Sheets 15 lb.
Stearic Acid 8 oz.
Boot and Shoo Reclaim 20 lb.
Sulfur 14 oz.
Soft Factico 10 lb.
Captax or ITreka I t oz.
Soft Mineral Rubber 8 Ib.^
Carbon SAok
^ Anti Oxidant 8 oz.

Lime ^ 1 lb.
1 lb. 8 oz. About 4 oz. per square yard of this
By Pfoduct Whiting 65 lb. compound is calendered onto a backing
RUBBER 45i

fabric. A conient of tho same compound Hard klinoral Rubber 5 lb.

IS then applied and closely followed with I ’aim Oil 2 lb.


thorough dusting of finely divided cotton 'Par Oil 2 lb.
flock. The material is then festooned in Pa ratlin 1 lb.

an oven and cured V2 hour, rise to 250'" F. Sulfur 11 07:.


and 1 hour at 250° F. Caibon Black 1 lb. .S oz.

Cure V-i hour. Rise to 250° F.j* one


* K libber, Aitifieial hour at 250".
750 grams of hydrated sodium sulfide
(Na 2 S. 0 ll 2 <U dissolved in a})proxi-
Rubber Pencil Eraser
inately a btei of water and the solution is
Cn'po Rub])er 4
Itoiled" with 500 grams of siilfui to pro-
St a I ell 10
duce a solution of polysulfide believed to
Peliolatiiin 4
be hugely Aa^^.}, although a eeitain
Vulcani/ed Waste Hubber 2
amount of Xa^i^n doubtless foiincd. If
Fact ice 1
huger amounts of .sulfur aie usc'd in tins
Al>ia8i\e 2
example, still gi eater proportions of
I.itliopono 5
NaoSg will be fonned.
Siilfni 0.1
Water is added to make the specific
Aneleiator 0.05
giavity at 70" C. approximately that of
etliyleno dudiloiidi' juodueing about
1200 to 1500 c.c. of solution. About 500 " Kubber Flooring Composition
c c.of ethylene diidiloiide are added and Pale Cupe Buliber 120
the mixtuie giaduully heated to about (iionml Cork 200
70° C., preferably in a vessel having a le- Venetian Jted 50
llux condenser. The reaction pioceeds Zinc Oxnh' 50
lapidly and is completed after digesting Siiliui 6
for an hour or more at such a teinpeia- Acceleiutor 1
ture that nctivi' letluxing of tho ethylene
dichlonde and steam occurs. The mix-
*
tine then cooled and the liquid poilion
is
Imitation Rubber
IS drawn
off, leaving a yellow [ilastic. Isocolloidsare transformed to emul-
'fins is boiled with water to dnxe oft' sions or (‘iniil.sion-liki* compns. 71'.,i/.,

occluded volatile eomponnds and to ex- toil paits of linseed oil eonig. NallS();j,
tract soluble salts, the boiling prefeiably 5.5 paits Nal, 15 parts Kllj oleate, .5
being repeated several times, and tho paits gelatin, 800 paits water and 8 jiarts
plastic being comminuted belween boil- Mg ()2 Mie mixed, coagulated and dinal in
ings. The purified jdastic issubstantially a (’<>2 atm. The iiibber-like product is
flee fiom halogen, is of high coherence, plavlie, (-.an be mixed with filling ma-
icviliency and pliability, and lias elas- letiaK and can be vulcanized nt 80°. Or
lii'ity somewhat similar of soft
to that MilcaiD/ation can bo carried out at
tnbb(‘r. Tt IS only slightly soluble in most iL’o UiO" or at lower temi>. in presiuico

(udinary organic M)1\eiits, althongh some- of [iipcridino-pijmridyhlithocarbamide,


what suollen by carbon (iisnlfide It can hepial'leliule, aiiiliiu*, etc. as ultraaciaile-

be worked, molded and rolled into sheets ratois; piotective colloids may be added.
around 150°-140'' C.
at ternpeiatures
• Rubber Matrix
* Rubber Belts, Noiseless Thocomposition employed can bo
Tho surface of a riii^r belt is covered poured cold into a mold or upon a back-
with Zinc Stearate a&d it is heated at ing sheet. Whnn set, it is of somowlial
280-300° F. to cause pefljttration. This wux-like character, more or loss tough
treatment may be repeated a number of or tenacious, and unaffected by the tem-
times. perature at which molten metal or alloy
for proilucing printing platOS is com-
Rubber Cement, Reducing Viscosity of nionlv jioureil.
The addition of 2-5% alcohol reduces 'I’lie comjiosition is made to tho follow-
the viscosity of thick robber cements. ing formula:
. .CommiTcial Rubber Cement 3 lb.
Cheap Rubber Topping Formula C^thon Tetrachloride 2 lb.
Smoked Sheets 7 lb. ^enzol 2 Ih
Boot and Shoe Reclaim 57 lb. Tliemically Pure Talcum
Whiting
Cliffstone 55 lb. Powder 4 lb.

Sublimed Litharge 9 lb. Carbon Black % 0*.


[66 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
These ingredients are mixed in a suit- drain 4-6 min. and then stored in a cham-
able mill^ and, while in a fluid state, the ber at 125® F. for 5 hrs.
composition is flowed over a metal sheet,
pulp board, etc., to which it adheres quite * Porous Rubber
closely. Thus prepared, the coated sheets
15-20% Urea is incorjmratcd in the
may be stored for use.
raw rubber mixture and vulcanization is
W*hen a matrix or mold is to be pro-
effected at 122°.
duced, a section of the coated stock is
impressed with the desired form, pattern,
or design. It is then supported and en- ® Rubber, Quick Blending
compassed by guards to receive the mol- Crepedsheet rubber contg. approx.
ten metal, which is poured upon the com- 1-2% of moisture is dipped in a batli of
position as in the usual way of pouring molten stearic acid at 225° F. for a few
stereotype plates. In actual practice cast min. The rubber is lemoved and sub-
printing plates have been produced by jected to a temp, of 125° F. for 5 hrs.
this process in from 3 to 5 minutes, start-
Lauric acid, pine oil and similar oil sub-
ing with the backed composition, and per- stances employed us softeners and plasti-
fect impressions have been taken on the
cizers may bo incorporated in a similar
composition from surfaces in which the
manner. The time and labor expended to
lines or markings showing the design are
obtain uniformly blended material is
so slightly out of the common plane that
greatly reduced.
reproduction would be deemed impossible.
Owing to the fact that the composition
neither expands nor contracts during or Raincoat Rubber Compound
after molding or application to the back- Hevea Rubber 48
ing surface, the cast plate reproduces Litharge 10
absolutely the original pattern and will Zinc Oxide 20.5
fit with precision its place in a press or Mineral Rubber 0
in a form of which it constitutes part. Sulfur 1.5
This is a feature of importance, in that Whiting 15
where the plate is to be used as part of a
general make-up, difficulty has been ex- * Sponge Rubber
perienced in causing it to register or in
Compn. compriskg rubber 00%, S 25,
positioning it to occupy the space in-
hydrocarbon 6, calcined MgO 3, ccresin
tended.
1 and coloring matter 5 is placed in a
* Heat Exchange Medium mold which is inserted in an autoclave to
which steam is giadually admitted at 8
Diphenyl Oxide 70
lb., and the pressure of gas, e.g., air or
Diphonylenc Oxide 30
N, injected into the mold is 180 atm.
This may be reheated and rovaporized After 400 min. the steam is shut off and
without decomposition. the autoclave cooled. The material, now
about 6 times its original bulk, is inserted
into a larger mold and heated again with
Rubber
* Plasticized
steam under 85 lb. pressure for 45 min.
Milled Plantation Rubber 100
The resultant material weighs not more
Phenol Sulfonic Acid 7% than 5 lb. per cubic foot.
Form in sheets and heat to 135-140® C.
for 6 hrs, TJiil^product disperses in ben-
* Rubber, Porous Sponge
zol to f orm irn^jKtremely liquid solution.
A dough of the‘lPollowing composition
is heated under pressure.
* Plastic^illl^pl Activating Rubber Rubber 55
Agents twlfe'dioth plasticizing and Sulfur 3.5
activatiiur.^l^^aric, oleic and lauric Vulcanized Oil 9
attids unjK^d are incor-
paraffins, Golden Antimony 13
poraUtt mimiMtrubber prior to milling Adheso Wax 2
by ^pinff^M^fetter into a molten bath Magnesium Carbonate 17.5
of the agent iroAllowing to stand to per-
mit penetration^ In an example cr||||| * Thermo. Plastic Rubber
rubber sheets are immersed in mfl^L
stearic acid at 225® F. (or lauric scrMB Crepe Rubber 8
180® F. or oleic acid at 150® F.) for Benzol 24
min., acid Ving afsorbed to about wt.% Bubble Chlorine through slowly while
of the rubber. The bath is allowed to cooling. Stop when chlorine no longer
combines and escapes. Pour in pans in
RUBBER
In waxes, the rubber serves to give the
m
thin layers and evaporate solvent. This product additional strength and cuts
gives a thermoplastic chlorinated rubber. down brittleness. The rublier can bo vul-
canized by the addition of vulcanizers.
•Rubber, Thermoplastic
Crepe Rubber 100 * Rubber-Scorching, Prevention
Qf
Diethyl Sulfate 10-15 To prevent tworcliing during milling of
Heat vrhile on mill to 125-140® C. for rubber 1-2% Glyceryl Phthatlate is used.
8 hrs.

Shoemaker's Wax, Hard


Transparent Rubber Goods
Rosin 8
Jatex, a concentrate obtained by centri- Ester Gum 2
fuging latex which alter evaporation to Montan Wax Crude 30
40 per cent gives a film as clear as glass, Paratlin Wax 45
is used as dipping fluid. The articles aie Stearin Pilch 10
dipped at 40® C. followed by vulcanira- Jleeswux 6
tion in a bath made by di.ssolving 100 Oil Soluble Color to suit
grams or more of the finest .suljduir in
1000 c.c. benzol. Pait of the siiliihur re-
mains on the bottom of the vessel and Shoemaker's Wax, Soft
maintains saturated solution when the Rosin 5
temperature goes up, and as sulphur i.s Paraffin Wax 65
taken up during the vulcanization proc- •lapan Wax 5
ess. To promote the reaction i.s used an Stearin Pitch 20
addition of 20 grams Vulcafor ZDC PecHwax 5
(zinc di-ethylene caibamate). Oil Soluble Color to suit

* Rubber Wax Mixture * Rubber Flooring Composition

Rubber can be introduced into waxes The method of producing floor cover-
or high lioiling oils Ity heating the molten ings which consists in mixing together
wax or oil to 120 to C., .stirring, and (liy raw inbber with not less than 15 per
introducing rubber lat^x in a fine .stream cent by wmglit of sulphur and with 50
at a rate which allows the water in the f>ei cent to S'l jier cent of the whole muss

latex to boil o(T. TTe.aling and .stirring is of ork granules by kneading and rolling
t

continued until all the water is out of giving the whole mass a desired sliapo
the mix. Up to 4% by weight of rubber and then vulcanizing said mass under a
’an thus bo introduced into molten pressure of from 42.1 to H50 pounds per
I'araffin wax, yielding a very viscous stpiare inch and a temperature of ap-
1 lass. The rubber i.s disseminnted in a pro' iinnlelv 145“ 0. and finally cooling it
1 tie condition throughout the oil or wax. while the pre^furc is sustained.
RUST PREVENTION, PICKLING
* Corrosion Proofing Aluminum, Zinc, Boil the above for half an hour, pre-
Magnesium and Their Allots ferably using a steam coil, if the smell
is objectionable add 2 lb. unslaked lime.
Sod. Phospho-Clirornate 0.75
Sod. Sulfo-molybdate 0.75
Trisodium Pliosfate 0.40 Rust Remover
Soda Ash 1.80
Orthophosphoric Acid 25%
Sod. Tartrate 1.80
Water 20%
Water 94.50
Ethyl Mcthvl Ketone J0%
Dissolve salts in water and bring to a Monoethylether of Ethylene
boil. The metal to be protected is im- Glycol 25%
mersed in this hot solution until a sufTi-
ciontly thick protective coating is formed.
* Corrosion Inhibitor
Sod. Chromate 20
* Preventing Corrosion of Aluminum
Mineral Oil 15
Tubes Sulfonated Red Oil 50
To toothpastes or other mildly alka- Diglycol Oleate 2
line preparations packed in aluminum Water 9
tubes, the addition of 0.07-0.4% sod. Soap 1
silicate prevents corrosion.
* Tarnishing of Magnesium,
Battery Terminals, Prevention of Prevention of
Corrosion Magnesium articles are subjected to
Slaked Lime 7 the action of l()-;i0% Sulfuric acid so-
Sod. Bicarbonate 2 lution and then washed thoroughly.
Borax 1
Kezincl No. 2 Magnesium and Its Alloys, Prevention
sutricient to make a paste of Corrosion by Water

]% Pot. Dichroiuate is dissolved in the


Kustproofing Small Iron Parts water used.
The artit'les are immersed in an aq. soln.
contg. Pet'U 2% together with 2% of a Rust Prevention
salt of a metal below Fe in the electro- temporary protection from
To give
chemical .series, such as ITgCh. and are
riLsting metal articles are coated with a
then withdrawn and dried in a warm
50% solution of lanolin in naphtha.
atm. They are then heated to about
100° and subjected to a humidity of
80% and then immediately immersed in * Tin Cans, Corrosion Preventing
boiling water to fix tlio resulting Fe ox- Coating for
ides adhering to the surfaces. A coating of glue containing 0.5%
paraldehyde prevents corrosion of cans
containing oil.
To Prevent Gray Iron Castings from
Rusting
The following mixture should be ap- Rust Remover
plied to thecastingm 100 parts of stannic chloride are dis-
Carbonate of So^ 1 lb,j 5
. solved in 1,000 parts of water. This so-
Lard Oil lution is added to one containing 2 parts
Soft Soap 1 of tartaric acid dissolved in 1,000 parts
Water sufficient to make 10-12 giiK of water and 2,000 parts of water are

All formulae preceded by an aatcrisk (*) are covered by patents.


458
SILK, R/VYON, COTTbN, FIBRE, ETC. / 459
adde<l. The solution is applied by means per liter and is made the anode with a
(jf a brush, after removing grease, and current density of 20 ainjis. per sq. dm.
13 allowed to remain on for a few mo-

ments when the article is rubbed clean,


* Iron and Steel, Phosphate Coating on
lirst ilith a moist cloth and then with a

dry cloth, and, if necessary, repolishcd The article is made the cathode in a
in the usual way. boiling solution containing Zn(H.>P04)2
and 0.05-(kl3% of free II3PO4, v\>tli or
*
without NaIl2P04, until a dense black
Steel Pickling, Inhibitor for
coating is produced.
About 0.05% Dibcnzvl formaldehyde
mercaptul is used with tlie diluted sul-
furic acid. Diminishing Corrosion of Aluminum
Aluminum or its alloys are jirotected
* Steel, Pickling agninst corrosion by chlorine or bromine
In bronzing iron or steel the grease is water by the addition of 0.5 and 5%,
removed and the iron or steel pickled, of sod. silicate respectively.
cleaned and introduced into a bronzing
hath of NaOIl (U), trinitrotoluene 2, • Eustproofirig Iron and Steel
PbO^ 0.8 and IINO3 2.05 jiarts.
Iron or metal parts are dipped in a
water solution of anitnonium linoleate,
* Steel, Cleaning (Prior to Galvanizing) oleate or palmoleate. On exposure to air
The iron or steel is passed through a the water and ammonia evaporate leav-
cold bath containing 35-250 gm. II2SO4 ing a protective fatty film.

SILK, RAYON, COTTON, FIBRE, ETC.


* Wrinkle or Crease Proof Fabrics shellac in a solution of 0 parts of tri-

Examph' 1 .
—A piece of printed .satin soiliuni
may
phosphate to 100 parts of water
be used. Either of these shellac
made from artificial silk \is<-ose is jiassed
on the jigger through a bath containing sulufiuns for the purpose of softening

a zirconium salt in solution. The tem- may contain about 0.1% of olive oil us
perature of the bath is .about 18® C. ; tlie an emulsion.
time of passage tli rough the bath is The printed goods as so prepared are
about 5 minutes; the concentration of provuled with a finish which has not been
the bath is about 50 grams of zirconium obtained liitherlo. This finish is, for ex-
acetate per liter. After wringing, the amph‘, exceedingly useful for the manu-
piece passes through a second bath which facture of uinlirellas. However, goods
contains an aqueous shellac containing tiiu.slied in this manner are also exoop-

borax solution. Thereafter the piece so lionally valuable for blouses and other
treated is on a cylinder drying
dried wearing ajiparel.
machine and the goods arc then passed Fxtnnplr 2. —Boiled cotton goods are
over a solid mixture of .Japan wax to slinink in a well known manner with mer-
which, in order to reduce its softening cerizing lyc— caustic soda solution of —
point, paraffin is added. Sufficient pam appniximatcly 30® B“. with the addition
ffin is added to give a softening point of about 1% sodium peroxide. Tho
of about 30® C. The shellac-containing goods remain in this liquor for about 30
borax solution may be produced by dis- WTimds at about 1®® C., Thereupon they
solving 12 kg. of shellac in a solution are rinsed and dyed in a manner custom-
of .3 kg. of borax in 40 kg. of water. ary in tho textile finishing industry.
In place of this a solution of 30 parts of ^This is followed by the treatment in ac*

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.


400 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
fordance with Example 1 without prior for 214 hours at room temperature. This
drying of the fabric. is followed by a drying at 80“ C. and
. —
Example S A piece of artificial silk then by the customary finishing.
with cotton warp of a weight of about .

Example 6 A liquor containi^ 200
12.5 kg. is treated on the jigger at 60“ grams of urea and 2 grams of tUf chlo-
C. in a bath wliich contains per liter 200 ride, is heated to 60“ C. and a rayon
grams of urea and 4 grams of aluminum yarn is agitated in same for Vi hour.
acetato free from sulfuric acid and also After wringing, the further treatment is
free from aluminum sulfate. After let- continued with formaldehyde solution
ting the liquid act for 10 minutes, the and completed as described in Example 5.
pieceis passed through a second bath for Example 7 .

An artificial silk fabric
y% minute containing 250 ccm. of 40% is treated at 60“-70“ C. for 10 minutes
^rmaldohydo solution and 8 grams of alu- in a bath consisting of an aqueous solu-
minum acetate per liter at 60“ C. After tion with a content of 200 grams of urea
lotting the material lie or hang in the and 2 grams of aluminum acetate per
air for half an hour tliere takes place a liter. Tliis is followed by a wringing of
strong condensation between the urea the fabric and by a slop-padding with a
and the formaldeli)'de. Thereupon the cold 40% formaldehyde solution which
fabric is dried liot at about 80“ 0., with- also contains 2 grams of tin chloride per
out prior rinsing, in a suitable device liter. The fabric while still moist, is
such as a drying room, tentering frame rolledup and is left to itself while being
or the like. turned continuously and slowly for 2
In order to remove the surplus of the hours. Thereupon the fabric is dried in
condensation product, the fabric is now a drying room and is left exposed a short
treated at 80° C. with a liquor which while longer to a temperature of 80“ C.,
contains 10 parts of 40% caustic soda whereupon the customary finishing treat-
solution per liter of water. After a pas- ment can follow.
sage of 5 minutes, the piece, after re .

Example 8 20 kg. of urea are dis-
moval of the surplus, shows tlic desired solved in 50 kg. of 40% formaldehyde
feel so that it is ouly necessary to rinse solution and to the clear solution ammo-
well and to dry. If one w'orks with les- nia is added until a slight alkalinity is
ser quantities of the substances men- shown. The is now permitted
solution
tioned, there suffices in place of the he to stand for 8 hours at room tcmpciature.
treatment, a passage through a boiling Thereupon acplulatod slightly with
it is

5% soap solution. After this also, as acetic acid and 175 gr. of aluminum
stated above, it is thoroughly washed and acetate di.s.solved in 50 kg. of water are
dried on the tentering frame. Finally, added. In a bath thus jirepared, a cot-
the fabric is calendered in the customary ton-artificial silk-mixed fabric is treated
manner. for 10 minutes at room temperature, then
Example 4 —
10 kg. of urea are dis-
. squeezed and left overnight. This is fol-
solved in the cold in 20 liters of 20% lowed by a hot drying at about 80“ C.
formaldehyde solution. This solution is finally by a calendering on a highly
left to stand for 12 hours ^nd is subse- heated calender at about 120° C.
quently diluted with 4 times its quantity . —
Example 0 A viscose fabric is put
of water and thereupon heated to 80“ C. into a bath in the jigger consisting of
A cotton fabric which has been subjected 200 grams of urea and 4 grams zinc
to a prior treatment for Vi hour with a acetate per liter and left therein at 60“
cold 0.2% aluminum acetate solution, is C. during 10 minutes. The fabric is then
agitated for a short time in the above squeezed and passed through a second
hot solution of this pro condensate and bath for %
minute containing 300 ccm.
thereupon pressed between a pair of of 40% formaldehyde solution and 8
rollers. The fabric while still wet, is grams of aluminum acetate per liter at
left to lie for one hour and is thereupon 60“ C. The subsequent treatment is done
dried at 80“ C. Finally the fabric is as stated >n Example 3.
calendered in the customary manner. The silk, cotton mixtures thereof
. —
Example 6 Artificial silk fabric is finished in accordant'" wtth the invention
run into a solution heated to about 70“ are much more fie:i^le fthan the corre-
C. containing200 grams of urea and 2 sponding untreated materials. They have
grams of aluminum acetate per liter. It acquired properties of animal fibers such
is treated for
there about % hour. as silk and w|pl. It is possible to crush
wrung and passed
Thereupon the fabric is the fabrics much more firmly together
on a slop-padding machine through without causing them to wrinkle.
cold 40% formaldehyde solution. After The artificial silk finished in accord-
previous wringing, the fabric is hung up ance with the invention is very much
SILK, RAYON, COTTON, FIBRE, ETC. 451
better adapted for hosiery purposes than ing elements are maintained at about the
such silk hitherto fo^d on the market.
j

same temperature.
It has above all the Important property The printing completed, tlie cotton
of grater mobility in the meshes and a fabrics are passed through a drying
far gi%tcr lack of sensitivity to moisture machine.
and street dirt. A special property of
the artificial silk obtained in accordance Use of Glue
with this process lies in the fact that
when moistened with water no rings form It has been found by exporienco that

the whereas when ordinary


fabric, the use of a glue or gelatine paste at a
on
artificial moistened in this way
silk is high temperature has tlie great advan
immediately become noticeabfe tiige of cuu.sing the metallic iiowder to
spots
which leave rings on drying. Accord- adhere more easily to the surface of the
ingly fabrics and dress materials pre- fabric. Hut, to increase the lixation still

pared from are considerably more val-


it more, the cloth is submitted, iiiimedmtely
uable than hitherto. The goods thus after ilrvuig, to a certain pressure by
finished dye excellently almost invari- passing It through a jiair of calender
rolls, which at the same tune give it a
ably. It is well-known that d\eing usti
ally entails difficulties in eonnoclioii with slightly glazed finish.

textile goods wdiich have been treated in If the metallic powder used is suffi-

accordance with other finishing processc's. ciently fixed, the (lesigns are very smoolh

In general the threads treated in ac and and if they are geometriciil


glcKssy,

cordance with the present process are not shapes they form a collection of fine
very much harder than the untreated lim‘s almost iiiiperceplible to the eye, but

goods. Artificial silk, however, which


giving more attraction to the cloth. It
IS the impre.ssion of the rollers which
has been purpo.sely given a hard fini.sli,
can bo easily softened in a well known produces this elTect.
manner, viz., either in a mechanical way (1) Dn.ss goods with m*((iUic cffti'is.
hy passing through a breaking iiiachim*
— (’('rtain garments for daily use gam
or by a subsequmit impregnation with much from the di.screet
usi' of metallic

one of the parafline emuhsions. >Vl)o\e fabrics, and as give a rather ex-
thesi'
clusive air their us(‘ has <levcloj»ed of
nil, how’ever, the artificial silk fabric.s
late. Till* printing of tlicsc fabrics must
treated in aceordaiicc witli the new proc-
be done with greater care than of those
ess are very similar to real silk in con-
destined for carnival wear. The fixation
nection with its resistance to eni.'^hing.
It is a wmll-knowm fact that neckties or
of the powders must bi* absolutely com-
plete, to the point of being able to re-
ribbons made of rayon are eruslmd and
wrinkled after liaving been tied two or sist a soaping without risk of the powder
bleeding, even partially.
throe times, to such an extent that th«*v
cannot be used again without first iron The designs are most frequently
u.sod

ing them. As compared with this, genu- flowi'rs or leavesa background of


on
ine silk goods, as is well-known, even
accent Mated lines, to which a very spo-
after having been tied frequently, pos.sesH ci.il finish is obtained by pressiiio. The
cheapiic.ss of the powders permits their
this defect to a very much lesser extent.
use for muslins, tulles and voiles. When
these more cotiunon fabrics me manufac-
tured with care there is not much to
choo.se between them and the older and
Metallic Printing on Textiles
more expensive goods. Their appearance
A certain number of fabrics
are in light, afterthey have passed through
adorned with metallic powders printed the calender, is remarkable.
with the aid of hot solutions of glue or (L*) The rnnting Pastrs The print-
.

gelatine, containing pow’ders of alumi- ing }>a.steB employed for the manufac-
num, copper, bronze or brass in suspen- ture of these goods are very varied, but
sion, which remain fixed on the material the majority of them permit the ordinary
after cooling. Cylinders of copper, alu- use of the metallic powders just enu-
minum or brass are used for applying merated. These are finally fixed with
the paste and are hollow so that steam albumen, casein, rubber, or even with
or hot air may be introduced. The color- resin, bakclitc or cellulose acetate.
feed rollers are also heated. *The trough One can, in this case, obtain very good
for the metallic paste has a double hot results by printing in the cold, followed
tom and it, too, is heated. All the heat- by drying and steaming. The goods pro

For Chemical Advisora, Special Eaw MaterUla, Equipment. ConUlneri, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
462 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
ducod in this way liave sufficient resist- of water. After mixing these substances
ance to washing and rubbing. well, 10 parts of aniline oil, 10 parts of
Sometimes, in the preparation of the alcohol and 12 paVts of tannin powder
pastes blood albumen {c.g., 10 parts of are added. The paste is then ready for
the commercial quality, inodorous as far use.

as possible) is used. It is wetted with When the designs have been printed
15 j^rts of water and mixed with a on the cotton fabric, this is dried,
wooden rod twelve hours later, until a steamed for four minutes, and passed
uniform mass is formed. This is then through a tartar emetic bath, if the color
filtered through a sieve and part of % must possess good fastness; finally, the
essence of terebenthine and 1 to 'A parts fabric is rinsed in running water, dried
of bronze, brass, aluminum or other and calendered.
powder are added. This mixture is used It is simple to vary the effect by mix-
fur direct printing from engraved rollers. ing color of various kinds with the pow
The smell left by blood albumen in the ilers, so as to shade or modify these.

fabric, sometimes gives rise to complaints. Interesting effects are also obtained l)\
It isavoided by mixing an egg albumen confining the powders to certain parts of
with the blood albumen, or by using the the print, obtained with basic colors or
former exidusively. This leads to a others on cotton, and by limiting the
marked economy, but the re.sults are le.ss print to points, circles and so on, with
certain and sales more difficult. One or lines of gold or silver, applied on the
other of these albumens is sometimes re bench and giving the appearance of origi-
placed by casein dissolved in a weak nal oriental goods.
ammonia solution. In these various cases,
the fixation of the powders is not so
When it is wished to use rubber Finishing Compound for Light Woolen
good.
Fabrics
for the fixation, 150 to 200 parts of the
powder are mixed with 1,000 parts of a yoyabean-Lecithin 5 lb.

solution of this substaiK'e in benzine; Olive Oil 2 lb.

fixation takes place after the solvent has White Mineral Oil 2 lb.

evaporated. Tiiple-yulphonated Castor Oil Vi lb.

(d) Production of Mctalhc Dcsign.s


Butyl Cellosolve 2 Vi lb.

with the Aid of Acetyl Cellulose —Hohi- This compound forms a white stable
tions of cellulose or of its esters gi\e (Miiulsionwitli warm water. About 5
excellent results, when it is a question of parts of about compound in 100 parts of
producing fine designs. The cellulose is water are used.
dissolved in ammoniacal copper oxide,
the metallic powder is added in the de-
sired proportion, and the paste used on a
The Dyeing of Cotton
color printing machine. The copper ox- The preparation of the fiber for dye-
ide in the fabric is eliminated with the ing depends upon the form in which it
aid of acid. The objection to this pro- comes into the dyehouse and differs in
cedure is its high cost. the handling as well as processing.
Instead, one may
use acetyl cellulose Skeiiis are boiled out under pressure of
dissolved in an appropriate solvent. The 2-3 pounds with 0.25-0.5% calc, soda
paste is prepared by mixing 12 parts of and 1% of a sulphonated oil or suitable
the acetyl cellulose solution, 21 parts of wetting out agent for 3 hours. Tlie boil-
resorcine, 16 parts of water (added ing liquor should be at least 15-20 inches
later), and 48 parts of denatureil alco- above the check-chain before the kier is
hol. The mixture is agitated, allowed to clo.sed.

stand until the constituents are entirely Biece-goods must be thoroughly desized
dissolved and 15 parts of fine metallic, before dyeing to prevent “Landscapes”
powder arc then added. One hundred or cloud effects. An addition of 0.1-
parts of this paste are used on the roller 0.2% of Activin based upon the weight
printing machine, together, if wished, of the goods will aid in a rapid and
with pastes containing basic colors or more complete dosizing of the material.
others. Piece-goods which must he bleached are
If colors are being used, one proceeds best boiled out with cau.stic soda,

as in the following example: 1 park of 2%, calc, soda, 1% of a wetting agent


Rhoduline Blue 3GO, 2 parts of Rhodu- and 0.1-0.2% Activin for 4 hours under
line Yellow 6G, 3 parts of a good cora- 3 pounds of pressure. It may be said

mereial acetic acid; to this mixture add here that the degree of desizing can be
20 parts of iron-free water and, later, 10 successfully tested with a solution of
parts of hydrolite dissolved in 10 parts potassium iodide.
SILK, RAYON, COTTON, FIBRE, ETC. 403

When piece-goods are to be dyed with at'cumtely known to the dyer, to begin
vat colors it is well ta note that the ends dyeing at n lower temperature and grad-
of the pieees when sP^-n together should ually raise to the dNeing temperature, as
lie over one another, somewhat in the in tins manner no complicnl ions will liave
manner of roof -shingles. l*iiH-es sewn to to be feared. ]»ro\i(ieil tlie condition of
gether side by side, i.r., against each the \at IS constantly obs(T\cd.
other, will show “aiistrifies” after d}e After du'ing the material is siji>'c/i\l
ing, evidenced by a deeiier shade. and hung on sticks to oxidize. Should
Tubular knit goods (jerse\) and deli- tixidatmn be too sluggi.sh the process cau
oate materials are, of course, not boiled be hastened by jcissing the lot through
out under pressure, but are boiled out on a bath made u[> with cc. per liter
the reel with 1% of calc, soda and V'l of Hydrogen Peroxide, at a tern
of sulph. oil for one hour. peniture of S(l~ lUO" F. Sodium Per-
Raw cotton, slubbing,
bobbins,cops, borate (1-3*^', from the weight of the
and warp on the beam are usually han- goods) can Ito u.sed instt'ud of Hydrogen
liled in mechanical apparatus and are Peroxide. After tin' material has been
boiled out with 1% calc, soda and handled m such a bath for 10 l.') min-
sulph. oil for one hour. ul(*s, the leiiiperature (-an be raisi'd to
Preferred and often used is the cold tin* boil and the Hubseijucnt soaping be
wetting-out method for raw' cotton ami carru'd out without fi'ar of complica
slubbing, which has the advantage of tions,as the perborate will give up its
pri'serving the sjiinning qualities of the oxygen quickly at a temperatun* of l.'iO®
tiber. During the packing of the mate r. It may be pointed out that such a
rial attention should be paul that no method IS also nmre economical as it
channels devidop, as this will interfeie eliininat(*s one extra liandling of the
not only with the proper boiling out pioc- iiiaterial.
ess but also will give unsatisfactory re-
sults in d\eing.
•Airship Fabric, (’oat ing for
Bobbins and warps on beams can, of
(’otton or silk is coati'd with
course, be d}ed with vat colors in me
cluinical apparatus, however, certain ir Pohglyccrol.s 2.5
regularities must be overlookial, ami the Gelatin 1

same is true when dyeing skmns in ap This gives a flexible, adherent, gas
paratus w'hicli employ so-called “Hang tight finish.
' ’
systems.
Dyeing skeins with vat colors in the Penetration and wc'fling out ngimts
dye kettle offers, of course, also certain suitable for dveing cotton and rayon
difficulties such as unevenness, ami an goods in vaiioiis foims (hosiery, pack-
aid to good results are levelling ami pro- age yarns, skein, etc.).
tecting agents such as Tetracarnit, (ilue,
A. Siilf. Pastor or Red
Sulfite cellulose-waste liquors, Soap, Sul-
Oil 35 jiarts
phonated oils, etc. It must, however, be
Steam Distilled Bine
remembered that Soap or Sulphonated
Oil .’Ifi [larts
oils can be u.sed only to limited amounts
Water 30 parts
in the dyobath, as they will induce the
material to swim and thereby only bin- Heat the ca.stor or red oil agitate
der the dyeing process. An addition of whih* adiling the jiini' oil until fhor-
(jIucosc to the dyebath will often aid m oiiglily blcmled, add water then adding
overcoming unevenness, however, the a -op, solution of solution withNaOH
amount of caustic soda must be increased stirring until the solution becomes ch'ar.
about 30%, as the Glucose will use up Test B' cc. in 50 or
l(t0 cc. of cold
this amount. A further aid to level un water should dissolve instantly and no
even dyeings is to remove the lot from separation should occur.
the dye liquor, squeeze, and return to the
•lyebath under addition of more sodium B. Water 50 parts
hydrosulfite, and raising the dyeing teiii KOH or NaOH 16 parts
perature from 60-100° F. It must be
75% Half. Castor Oil
mentioned, however, that most of the vat or Red Oil 0-8 parts
color types will lose their brilliancy and
Cresylic Acid 25-32 parts
also give up part of their fastness quali-
ties should the temperature be raised Add caustic to water then castor or red
above their regular dyeing temperature. oil IS mJded while being stirred until
It 18 perhaps more advisable, providing solution clears. Cresylic is best added
the dyeing qualities of the dyestuffs are lief ore oil.
404 THE CHEMlCATi FORMULARY
C. Water 50 parts A and B will give fair increase in
KOH or NaOII 5 parts weight on tinished^oods. If “feel'’
Su]f. Red Oil (75% ‘
too harsh, increasIPproportion of starch
Strength) 20 parts and for softer feel use 5-20 lb. of emu]
Steam Vistilled Pine sided Japan Wax. Chemical finishes for
Oil 15 parts increasing weight are not recommended.
^Cresylic Acid 12-18 parts
Sulf. Red Oil or Castor
C, Sulfonated Castor or
Oil (75%) 8-10 parts
Sulfonated Tallow 20 lb.
4rhese materials added in order named Com Starch 30- 35 lb.
with constant stirrinj; until solution Dextrine 70- 85 lb.
clears. Tlien solution should be tested Salts 90-100 lb.
for stabdity and solubility in cold water GlWse 8- 12 lb.
us well as wetting crat properties by Formaldehyde 1*^- 3 lb.
some approved method. This formula C can be used on cheaper
goods for largo weight increases.

Removing Cotton from Cotton Wool Dyeing Cotton Black (Chrome)


Mixture
Dissolve 3.3 lb. of bichromate of pot-
Cotton can be removed from wool cloth ash in a small quantity of water, mix
by holding the cloth in hot vapors of the solution with 100 gallons of logwood
hydrochlorio acid at a temperature of
decoction at 3° Tw., and add 7.7 lb.
about 100® C. for 3 hours. The treated
hydrochloric acid, 34° Tw. The cotton is
material can then be soaked in water
introduced into the cold solution, and the
with beating, whereupon the cotton fibers temperature is very gradually raised to
disintegrate and become dislodged. The boding point. The cotton acquires at
wool fibers will retain their shape and firsta deep indigo-blue shade, which
stpengtL
changes to a blue- black on washing with
a calcareous water.
A slight modification of this process
SCROOP consists in working the cotton in a solu-
Cotton Hosiery tion containing at first only the bichro-
Wash after dyeing for onedialf hour mate of potash and hydrochloric acid,
at 120° F. in a bath containing 7% soap and adding the decoction of logwood to
based on weight of goods. Extract, but the d\e bath in small portions from time
do not rinse. Then place in a cold bath to time, gradually raising the tcmpeia-
of 10% acetic acid and run one half hour tuie as before.
and rinse. This imparts a scroop like
silk.
Anti-Seize Compound
Used in threads to prevent seizing.

Boil-off Liquor Petrolatum 50%


For cotton yam
chain form 200 gal Zinc Dust 50%
Ions of water, 2 quarts 75% Sulphonated
Oil; 4 pounds of Soda Ash, powdered; 2 Scouring Cotton-Rayon Fabrics
pounds Caustic Soda, flake. Run this at Turkey Red Oil 5
a boil. Second boil-off in dye bath be- Olive Oil Soap 5
fore dyeing; 200 gallons of water; 1
Soda Ash 1
quart of 75% Sulphonated Oil; 4 pounds Water 100 gal.
of Soda Ash.
Use at 200° F. for 1-2 hrs. If fabric
containb celanese keep temperature below
Finish on Sulfur-dyed Cotton Khaki 175° F. and leave out soda ash.

A. Corn Starch 45-50 lb.


Dextrin 34-36 lb.
FINISHING OF COTTON YARNS OR
50% Sulfonated Castor CLOTH
Oil (Turkey Red) 25 lb.
Water 100 gal. White Yam and Cloth
Water 60 gal.
B. Dextrin 45-50 lb, Potato Starch 20 lb.
60% Sulfonated Tallow 45-50 lb. Lupogum 4 lb.
Water 100 gal. Tallow 10 lb.
SILK, RAYON COTTON, . FIBRE, %TC. 465
Japan Wax 4 oz. Treat for 1-2 hrs. at 200® F. If fabric
Olive Oil Soap 4 oz. contains Cehuiese leave out the soda ash
and do not h|fct above 175“ F.
Dry on the tenter frame, let the cloth
or yam paaa over a 3 cylinder roller and
mangle with pressure.
Flax Waste, “ Cottonizing”
Flannels, Finish for Treat flux waste one liour at
"
C. with
Water
Lupogum 14 02 .
'

>1 Caustic Soda


Soap 1 lb. 1 t^d. Silicate
%ter 85
Keep at 90“ C. for 1 hr.

Back-Filling Cotton Cloth, Linings, Etc.


Water 15 gal.
Wheat Starch 9Vj ll‘. * Creaseproof Fabrics
Lupogiim* ^ 10 oz. This acliioved by
IS iiiipiegiiaf mg thlS^
China-Clay 62H> H*. material while the fibers an* lu a swol-
Chalk VJt/j 11).
len condition. 'J'ln* cloth is therefore
or treated with a mercerizing liquid, r.^.,
Water 1000 parts caustic soda With or '^Without leiinl^,
Lupogum 10 parts whereby the cellulose is swollen to the
Whejit Starch 20 parts greatest possible extent The oXeess of
China-Clay 20 parts caustic IS removed by squeezing till tlie
Japan Wax 1 part material contains an equal wi'iglit or a
little more of water and then unnn'di
ately mangled with tin* following resiu:
Ticking, Finish for
I’henol 100,
*
Water 15 gal. rormalin 100
Lupogum 10 oz. J’otasHium t'arbonati; 4**

Potato Starch 3«/, lb.


which 13 boiled for 5 minutes and nipidly
White Dextrine 2>/i lb.
ei'oled. 'I'lu* fabric is tlini Ivqiiec/.i'd till
Sulphate of Magnesia 2 Vi lb.

5 it contains tibout an eijunl qiiantilv of


Uliina-Clay lb.

IfcWetecn 10 oz.
liquor (f.)., Its own wi'iglit ol lesin sol)

or and dried at a low fenijieratine, finally

Rice Starch lb.


being heated at 170“ (\ on drying tins
for 2 minutes in order to eomjdete Mie
Lupogum 10 oz.
6 oz. reaction. Lastly, the excess of resin is
China Clay 4 lb.
Salicylic Acid 2 oz.
removed by boiling with suaj) as jirevi
ously. Under these conditions the fabric,
retains just under 15 per cent of resin.
Sizing of Rayon Hanks to be Used
as Warps
1 11). Lupogum is stirred thoroughly Olive Oil Emulsion
into 9 gal. cold water ami dis- May be used for finishing blankets,
solved ; hosiery, mercerized I’otfons, etc.
1 lb. (ilucose is dussolved in luke-
2.5% Tri sodium phosphate
warm water;
Solution parts
50
1^/4 lb. Olive Oil Emulsion.
Olive Oil 3') parts
All three are mixed, brought to a boil .'ju% Sulf. Tallow 10-15 puits
and boiled for 1 minute. The whole half of olive oil and mix tlior
hinzufügen
mass will be about 12 gal. duo to con-
niiglily III TSI* solution then boil and
densed steam. This mixture of 12 gal.
agitate until saponification takes place
is sufficient for 50 lb. rayon, i.f., for a
and add in the remaining half; then add
bath of 120 gal.
in sulf. tallow and mix until a smoolli
blended emulsion is formed. Test - 10
Scouring Cotton-Rayon Fabrics ee. in 100 ee. lukewarm water; should
emulsify and not separate out in oily
Turkey Brown Oil 10 lb.
spots, etc. Hhould have consistency of
Olive Oil Soap 10 lb.
soft lard or butter.
Soda Ash 1 lb.

Water 100 gal.


466 lb:E CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Crepe Dye Resist Finish for Fancy Woven Goods
Resist
Precipitated Chalk ^
J^O gm.
1. Composition ^ the finish:
.

Dextrine 150 parts


Potassium Sulphite 90“ T\^/ 50 gm.
Acetate of Soda 50 gm. Epsom Salt 80-90 parts
Monopole Soap 6- 7 parts
Water 265 gm.
British Gum 325 gm. per 1000 parts paste or brought up to
the required degree of Tw.

nicker finish:
’'*'*bcat the whole into a smooth B|8te,
heat until the gum is dissolved, ancM^l. ‘xtnne 200 parts
Ejisouj^alt 110-1.10 parts
Resist White gives a better wlatr uri
GliK'rtW 50 piirts
der the blaek than zinc oxide. Zinc oxide,
Munopole Soap 6- 7 parts
however, is to bo preferred for colois,
because it works better I6ll printing ami [ler lOOO parts paste or brought up to
ields brighter shades. It is usually the required degro^o:^. T,W.
f round up with a little glycerin, an<l tur 3. Cheap finish:
pentino is added to minimize the ten
Potato Flour 50 parts
dency to froth.
Epsom Salt 50 ^rts
Monopolc Soap ,^6
€k)ioTi^ per 1000 part^pffi^
^ ,
Zinc V ^
« Dissolve the diiTerent ^sHipentB
Waterfe,;- 170 gm. separatidy in water attfl jnjy iheih J|F
"
Glyceriii 25 gm. getlier by good stirring.' e

Beat into a paste, and add the proclucts cannot be ^IraSfiTwl S(Ta-
Gum 200 gm. ijitely owing to want of accumtimdatmn,
l>»rk British
dissolve the dextrine or potato flour to-
J6hlSDi,jS^gal 50% Solution 150 gm.
gether with the Epsom Balt and boil, tlien
add the glucose and finally the Mono-
775 pole Soap. The latter is dissolve^' IHth.
direct steam in a small quantity of
Heat to dfssolve the gum, and then use but before adding it to the finish, dilute
warm or cold. tie ili.ssidved so.ip with as much water as
possible in order that tlie fatty
may be finidy and uniformly divided and
•Increasing Ironing Resistance of thus render same paiticiilarly stable.
“ Celaneso’’
The dissidvnig of a little dextrin ( 1-.j

The material treated with a 5V>%'


is oz. dextrine pi'r lb. of soap) togetlier
1

caustic soda solution and diied immedi- with the Monopole Boap will bo foumi
ately and quickly. advantageous.
It 18 not iK'cessary to boil the finish
again after the addition of the soap, al-
Scouring and Dyeing Assistant though a boiling is not detrimental.
For use with Acetate yarns and ma- The temperature of the size ready for
terials (hosiery, etc.). use should be 95-115“ F.

Good Grade Soluble Pine


Oil 50 lb. Scouring Knit Goods
Trisodium Phosphate 10-20 lb.
Scour at 100“ F. for 20 minutes in
Dichlorothylether 4- 8 lb.
Trisodium Phosfate 1
Add the Tri Sodium Phosphate in a Olive Oil Soap 2
ooucentnvted solution with constant stir- Water 97
ring and warming until complete saponi-
Rinse well in soft water.
fication takes place. Then add the sol-
vent slowly witli stirring. The pH should
be kept in a 10% solution to 11. or Dyeing Knit Fabrics
below. For light shades
Using direct
colors.
Test. —
A complete dispersion in cold dissolve dyes separately and strain into
water when mixed. bath. for 10 minutes at 80°
Dye goods
1 This is an inexpensive scouring and F. Add
glauber salts (5% of weight of
dliyeing assistant on hosiery, knit
wear, goods) and raise temperature to 120° F.
etc. Shade should be reached in 15 minutes.
SILK, RAYON. COTTON. FIBREjiTy. 407

For dark shados increase plauber salts torting or damaging the pile in the nip,
to 15% and increase temperature to a barrel |i|mder ami a rotating bristle

100® F. brush wmAlbicod before each set of
of 1% neutral oli\e oil soap may squeeze rt||||f^ii the machine. The next
be used for improving feel of tiiushed two boxes contained L’l pounds of Tri-
goods. Dry at 100° F. sodiuru I’hosp' .itc ca.-h. Most of the
giease wa.s euuilsilied in the firsts two
boxes. The small amount rcmainiiig
SCROOP easily remoxed by tlie fairly alkaJE^i
Rayon Products baths in boxes .'5
and }. Due to the qlffii
The fabric should be run first tl
IS i(|ried oxer into box
a lukewarm bath of turkey red oil. .'5, wliile tlie per
iiainerse for5 minutes in a 1% solution ceiitage of soap in box 4 is negligible.
of glycerine or glucose to which has Ix'en The temperature in the first four boxes
added %%
of acetic acid. After whicli was maintained at 20(1° means of
lo.sfd steam ebils. while the remaining
F. bx
remove the goods, extract, and dry at a <

low temperature, but do not wash. three boxes wck- all cold. A nip roll i(^f
plact'd after box 1 to H(|m*eze out as
much of tin* alkaliiK' li(|uor ns [uissibh-,
• Rayon, Delustering l5ox 5 contnius 12 pounds of 2S'J nn-lic
|Ti00 g.) is intnxluced into m-id to ncuti:4i^^y^.alkaiine rcsuhie.
, « cold n. (if M gSi r,j . (i 1
1
j( -Ot poundik*»^4a iw\wol^ ilik
t (ID to prater 10 mtti. the soln. millibar fi98), lintrijig pitAtwiny no af-
yM ritwfyilfeatpfi |o 70-00° and ki'pt iiiiity for c6ttli^n, WHS
also placed in th^Oo* Thii d>eslnlT .

'
iSiO^ deposits m the was used So as to prex-mit Ifny exhamslioa
fiuenllv the iiiaterml of the (oloi. The latter would m-ies.si
tale feeding du-stufV into liox 5 winch
might in turn rc.siilt in iincviea piaoe.s

* Delustering Rayon
from end to end “ (
I a 1 1 1 ng’'*pi0f’l) • ‘
^
nip roll was plmcd l)c(\fjia!llj^|»OXftBd
^acetate fabric is worked#for an the next, Hox (Icontainr^d .nr’pounds of
75° C. in a bath containing .Id'',
;
to ld xioh't and no and. Tins box ami
and 0.5% aminoiuum thioi-_\aiiatc to box 7. whnh roiitaiin-d water oiiI_\, wcic
act as sw’elling agent on the silk filieii, iniciuh'd to level out an_\ slight uneven
or j||||Jjlcetate fabne may be tn-atecl for in (ofir which might
iie-^- rc.siilt from
45 minutes at 75° C. with 50 times its the p( ssiblc unevenness in tin- acidify of
weight of the (loth III box 5. Nip rolls wen- used
Aqueous Dispersion of bcloic and after box 7. Allei passing
Colloidal (jlraphite —10 f', through tin- last ni[i, tin- cloth was
Ammonium Tluoe\anate — .P/c plaited on a fnick and was then tnulv
lint

•'>0% latex — 5.5'/t lot (itiislung (loth travelled at ti


'I'Ik-

spcctl of 15 vards per minut(‘ and foolc


winch produces a non rubbing Tnediiim
giay color, fast to light, and washing. about 20 SC' ofids to p.iss Ihiough (-ticli

box.
Cue per cent of zinc oxide with 11 ja-r
cent of latex (150 per cent) and a swell-
ing agent gives e.xccllcnt results as far Polling Off Silk
as delustering is concerned. Raw silk (•(.I'M'-ts cliii'llv of two sub
.stalin'', iIk- tiue silk liber, called ti

l.ioiti,’’ tnid .III OvOei lavei of material


Scouring and Dyeing Rayon Pile Fabrics known "
Its ‘‘Sell' in It also eoiitaiiis a
A continuous full width scouring or veiv small timount of wax, fat, eidonng
dyeing niaehiiio was usial for tin- eiifiie matter and ash. Most of the coloring
proeess. The machine con.sisted of so\on matter ns in the (difer seriein layer.
boxes holding approximately 540 gallons Serieiri is a Hubst.'iiiee n-.sembling g('la
eiu-Ii at the woiking height. 4'ln- tiisl tine III its projierties, and is Holuble in
two boxes containing U1 pounds d'riso- water only by prolonged boiling.
diiim Phosphate and 1(> pounds Olivo Fibroin ns a jiroteid and is not notice-
Soap each. The major part of tlie soil ably aft«*ete(l by prolonged boiling in
and dirt in the cloth came off in the first water, but is somewhat readily attacked
two boxes. In order to avoid contami- by caustic alkalies even in \v«-{ik solu-
nation of the next four boxes, nip rolls tion.s, their uetion rendering it more
were placed between the first twm boxes brittle and rough and diminishing its
and after the second. To prevent dis- gloss. Fibroin is also attacked by soap
468 •lE CHEMtcAL FORMULARY
• Silk and Rayon, Delustering
solutions if boiled for a long time, but
it is not acted upon by wj|g>j| solu-
Delustering of wtificial silk is effected
by treatment, at %
temp, within about
In preparation of silk fOTyjlKf dye bath the range of 20-100°, with a soln. formed
ithas been customary to “boil oft’." of approx, equal proportions of alum
This process consists in boiling in a and IlaClo (the total quantity of which
bath of soap and water, spmetimes with may be from less than 1% to about 5%
addition of Carbonate of Soda, tlie of the artificial silk treated).
ose of 8u(?li treatment being to re-

t e
silk
the outer layer of sericin, whereby
becomes lighter in color an^^he
luster is developed, and it becomes jlBker
Delustering Cellulose Acetate
material is steeped at 80-100°
'he
and more suitable for dyeing.
for a short time in a 5% pine oil emul-
During the process pf boiling off, the
sion.
sericin first swells uj^, mking the silk
sticky. then dissolVW, leaving the
It
Dyeing Silk Black (Lyons)
Justrous and internal thread exposed.
In treating piece goods whicli are com- About 10 to 20 per cent yellow prus-
posed partly of cotton or wool, the boil- siate of potash is used in proportion to
ing off process serves the further piir- the weighting with oxide of iron which
pjae of cleansing |rpm the material the silk has received previously. In ad-
m^ever dtiBt may De "Inhering to the dition, a quantity of hydrochloric acid,
silk. equal to the prussiate, is required. Pre-
It tends also to improve the quality of pare the bath with the prussiate and half
the cotton or wool mixture. It is custom- the hyilrochloric acid. Enter at 30° 0.,
ary to put the goods through a washing turn the silk about ten times, heat to 45",
process after boiling off. The boiling off turn a few times, add the other half of
and washing processes consume much the acid and heat to 50 to 55° C., turn
time and labor, and employ materials again a few times, wring out and wash
wliich, while not expensive in themselves well in water.
or in small (juw^tities, become expensive A weighting of 16 to 24 per cejit is
when usedMn Ihrge quantities, as they obtaim#!; or by a threefold treatment
must be used in the customary practice with nitrate, etc., the loss sustained by
of the art. tjie (liscliurging is recovered, and the silk
It is claimed by users of Sulphonated thought to “pan.” A further
Castor Oil A A that if silk is left to itig of 4 j)or cent may be added l^jlFone
Boak in a bath made up to eotiMsf of: moie treatment with “nitiale of iron”
One part of the Oil to 1000 parts of after the blue dvoing, and subsequent
water, with the addition of sullicK'nt soda rinsing with water to precipitate the fer-
ash, or about two parts, to make tin* ric hvdroxide (hot soaping would affect
bath slightly alkaline at a teiiqieralure the Prussian blue). Work the silk after
of about 1>8° C. for one half hour, the these treatments one hour in an old bath
deguinnung process will become complete of catechu (gambier) standing at 4 to
during the dyeing. 7%° Tw., the temperature of which
The solution is very mild in its action should not exceed 50° C., so that tlie
upon the with
fibroin, leaving it coated Prussian blue may not be decomposed
a very thin layer of nitrogenous material and the shade become too dark; rinse
whicli is repellent to water, though sol-
and hydro extract. The silk acquires in
uble on {irolonged boiling. The protec- the catechu bath an overcharge (over
tive layer is of extreme thinness, and is pari) of 15 per cent and becomes more
removed in whole or in part in the ordi- greenish.
nary opemtions to which silk goods are
subjected subsequent to boiling off. This
layer also probably protects the fibroin
• Silk Weighting and Waterproofing
from weakening not only during the time 240 grams of nickel .sulphate arc dis-
that it is in the bath, but during the solved in 9320 cubic centimeters of a 14-
subsequent operation of dyeing. 15%) solution of ammonia, and 080 cubic
centimeters of an aluminate solution con-
taining 68 grams of sodium hydroxide
* Silk, Degumming and 2.5 grams of aluminum are added,
Silk treated at 50® with a solution
is under agitation. A Bordeaux-red liquid
of papain with Sod. Sulphoxylate equal is obtained which may be used directly,
to 25% of papain used. if pure reagents have been employed, or
after filtration, if the reagents employed
SILK, RAYON, C OTTok. TORE. ETC. 409

wore suoh as to render filtration neees- 7-7.3)% of cellulose) and ripened to


5° is diluted, e.g., with an equal vol.
sary. <
of Ib.O, iiiixod with a foaming agent,
OH, Celanese Vehet
Boil # g., 0S)% of oleic acid, and worked
into a foam. This is run into moulds
Here the boil oH bath is adjusted to
after adtling 3 lb. of sodium
and allowed to coagulate sjionlaneouHly,
a ()H of 7.()
coagulation being iicceh‘iated, if dcjjired,
sulphide per 1,(M)U gallons of water and
by heat or the adilition of salts, e.g.,
ultproximately the same amount of 84%
Then 3 lb. of XaCl, to the foam. After washing and
commereial acetic acid.
dr\ing, a light (apjiarent d O.O2-0J),
Bcntex (probably the enz\me papaine)
porous, elastic product is obtained par-
per 100 gallons is added and the bath
ticular!} suitable for u.se as a heat-
heated to 10G° F. The velvet, which has
iii.sulating mateiial. Filleis, softeners,
pieviously been soaked for 30 minutes in
colouring agents, or fire or ll^O proofing
a weak olive soap solution, is immersed
2i/> to 3 hours. The agents may bo incorporated.
in this bath for
goods, generally hooked on a vertical star
frame, are kept slowly moving all this
tune. After this treatment, the vehet is
ob'e soap solution Viscose Skeins, Weighting
immersed in a
at 170° to 175° F. for 30 minutes. Then Light Scour (Based on Wmght of
it is rinsed in soft wairm water which is Mateiial)
gradually cooled by a steady inllu.x ol
cold water. After this rinse the goods
Xeutnil 01i\e Oil Soap fi-fi
%
Sofia Ash or Tri^odiuin I’hos-
are ready for dyeing.
phatc 1-1 V/%

Viscose Manufacture Kinse thoroughly in warm water and


For Kayon and Cellophane Indro extract phoa* these ski'ins (not
;

dried) in solution of 7 8° Bf‘, Alumi-


Steep 2 lb. cotton or puie wood pulp
20° mini sulfate. Keep at room temperature
fiber in 18% NaOll .solution at ('. lor
(70° -7.")° !•’.) for one hour. Place skein
1 hour.
on rack am! drain; tirid tun occasion-
Press exce.ss caustic out till jiulp
ally Kin^c in 4-() jiarts *old wali'r
weighs () 5 lb.
washes. !’la<‘c in .5-<)° Bf‘ Silicate of
Keej) in a closed container lor 70
Soda (iron free) solution i\arm from
hours at 20° C.
ro'itn ti'iiiperature (70° l'\) to 100° F.
Place in large mason jars, first break-
Allow to staml for one hour. Wash thor-
ing pulp up. Add ‘Vi 11). Carbon Itisul
oughly in warm water at 130°”1.50° F.
fide; clo.se jar and shake for 2 hours till
Direct or basic ilycslutTa may bo used
orange color ajipears.
after this.
Di.ssolvc this xanthate in a .F-y;
XaOlI so as to finally have 7Cr cellulose
in solution, ap[)roximately use 1() lb. to
Stripping of T<‘\f lies nr
18 lb. of 3%% NaOH .solution.
Di.schargiiig of (ailors
Keep this viscose for 3 days at 18° C.
For coagulation use a spin bath of Heat a solution eonlainiiig one gal
following specifications Ion i»f slrqiper T. S jier l()(l gallons
of H2<) to I'^O” K Bayous, cottons, silks
Na2S04 18^3 will strip ami eertairi arnontith of crd.an
Zn SO4 1% cse cdlors.
Cilucose y/f Sofliiim hvdro sulphite eau be usml at

Temp. 4.5° F. to t% strength ami same ternpera-


fure. 'I'hree per eent Formahleliydi* Sul
Then rinse acid out of thread.
fuxjiate solutions eontaimiig ly Nil,
For transparent films spread very thin
on a plate of glass. Place glass in a
on will strip the majority of colors at
high temperatures, especially the acid
solution of 30% (X *S()|. Then
eoliir.s.
place in saturated salt solution. Then
To dve materials so that a white de-
place in 3% H2SO4 solution till film is
sign will be left, the method is to u.se a
clean. Wash acid free and dry.
mixture of 10% zine acetate an<l 107^
Hxdrosulfite in j»asfe form at the design.
* Viscose Sponge Then dve with a vat eolor. The metal
Viscose solution containing <1% of lesists d>e and hydrosulphitc discharges
NaOH (e.g., 3.7% of XaOH and color at that design.
470 T*HE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Textile Materialfl, Identifying

^ Vegetable Fibre* Artificial Fibres Aninoal Fibres

Cliar- Acetate
(’otton Linen Jute Hemp Itamie Viscose Wool Silk
donnet Silk

Burn rapid!' Bum slowly with


Forms
Burniiig . Burn rapidly with pungent smeil with pungent characterutio
beads
smell smell

Disinte-
grated
CaUiSlio MxJa, 76” Tw. Brown Yellow. Un- fYbre
Insoluble Insoluble and Soluble Soluble
Insoluble Insoluble changed swells cold
partly hot
dissolves

Alkaline load .
Black

Dis- Dis- Dis- Dm- Dis-


Holvc.s solvo-i solves solvi-s solves
Rapidly dissolve Insoluble Dissolves
Sulphuric arid, 168“Tw. rapidly slowly slowly slowly slowly

Brown Yellow Dissolve rapidly with


Nitric acid . ... Insoluble Insoluble
Insoluble Insoluble
Insoluble Yellow. Yellow.
yellow coloration Insoluble Dissolves
i

Ammoniaoal copper so- Swells, dcsinte-


Un- Insoluble Soluble
Rolution Soluble Soluble Insoluble Insoluble In-soluble grates and is
changed cold cold
jiartly dissolved

Aniline sulphate Yellow Yellow

Acetone Un- Un- Dissolves


changed changed rapidly

Iodine and sulpharie add Blue- Blue Yellow Yellow Blue

Diaphonylamine and siil-

pliuriu acid . . Blue

* Jlorso hair Substitute * Artificial Wool


Cotton tin cad or cloth is given a wool-
Hard voffctable fibers, sueli as coconut
heated with dil. lyes, e.g.,
are
like appearance by treating it with
fibers
7-8% NaOH in a closed vessel to 120“-
NaOH soln, (35°-40° HO.), with aq.
sola, of ClCHoCOjH (5“-10° BO.) and
105 ,
and
then treating with oily or
then with NH^OII (2%-5%).
hygroscopic substances.

Carbonizing Wool in Cotton Mixture


Wool, Silk and Cotton, Determining in Some kinds of burnt out embrnideries
Textiles whicli consist partly of pure cotton and
partly also of artificial silk and cotton,
Use Dreapor’s reagent which is made arc prepared on a ground of wool or cot-
by adding 2 grms. of sodium hydroxide ton. The ground is then usually car-
dissolved in 30 c.c. of water to 2 grms. bonized before the dyeing, that is to say,
of lead acetate dissolved in 50 c.c. of removed so that the actual embroidery
water. The mixture is boiled until it alone remains standing out.
becomes clear, cooled to about (50“ C., For cotton embroidery, a wool ground
and grm. of magenta dissolved in 5
0.3 is usually used, and is carbonized by a
c.c. of alcohol added. The solution is hot treatment or by boiling for 20 to
made up to 100 c.c and filtered if neces- 30 minutes with caustic soda lye of 3®-5®
sary. A piece of the fabric to be tested Tw. The embroidery is then rinsed thor-
is heated in this solution nearly to the oughly, soured off and dried, the de-
boiling-point for 2 minutes, washed with stroyed wool then being removed by
water, then with dilute acetate acid, and heating.
dried. Silk will be colored red and wool
black, while vegetable fibers remain Bleaching Wool and Silk
white. The magenta may be replaced Treat cold for 30 min. the well-degreased
by picric acid. wool with 20 parts of a soln. contg. 3 g.
SILK, RAYON. CX)TTON, FIBRE, ETC. 471

KMn04 and 3.5 g. MgS04 per I, expose called sulwtanlive They do nt»t
for 3-4 hrs. to the sun, treat in a bath need any chemical to develop or lock the
contg. 40 c.c. NanS03 35° Be. and 4 c.e. d\e into the fiber. Common salt, how
H2SO4 B6. and rinse.
()t)° Add more e\er, is used as an auxiharv to aid ^\e-

NUHSO3 the goods are still colored.


if iiig.

For silk the first bath contains per 1. of Iheing instructions: Prepare d\e bath
water 1.5 g. KMn04, 2 c.c. II2HO4 0(>° using about four gallons of watiy b>
the second bath 20 g. NallSOs 35° eacli pound of mateiial.
;

B6. and 2 g. II2BO4. Add li\e pounds of salt for each ])ound
of d,\e used.
Bring temperature up to 110° F, In
Woolens, Finish for
troduci* the material. Itnng temperature
Water 15 gal. up to a bull and keep at lioiliiig point
Lupogum 6 oz.
tliree (piarlers of an hour. Kmse and
dry on felt covered rollers. dry.
Average Yellow r<'(]uiies

Worsteds and Cheviots, Finish 1 lb. of d\e to 100 lb. material

Water 15 gal. Average Bed najuires


Potato Starch lb. 2 11). of dse to li»0 lb. material
Lupogum 6 oz.
Average Blue rinpiires
2 lb. of dye to 100 lb. material
Heavy Woolen Cloth, Finish
Avenige Green napiiros
Water gal.
2 lb. of dye to 100 lb. material
Potato Starch 3% lb.

Lupogum () oz. vVvciage Black requires


Clanbei ’s Salt 3 lb. 2 oz. 5 lb. of (lye to lot) lb. material
Sulphate of Magnesia 2»/2 lb.

Glycerine 10 oz. Beiireseiitative dves are:

J)ire<‘t Past Yellow’ NN


* Wool, Oil Treatment for (dir}sophiiiiiie (
Vellow)
Wool fiber is treated with a sapona- llirect Hlue 2B
ceous aq. emulsion contg. soap .5, olive oil ])in'<d »^ky Blue 5B
10 and water 1000 part.s, and is (hen Din'ct ()rang(.‘ 2H
treated with a soln. of A1 formate, and Diri'ct Green
dried at 60-80°. ('dtigo Bed
1)1 ICC) Black E
Direct I’lnk I'l

Removing Oil and Grease Spots Diiect \'ioh‘t N


Immerse tlie goods for one hour in a Direct Brown
warm solution of sodium alu
saturatecl
imnate, diluti'd to about '/j strength.
Then nns(' in warm water, extract and Wool, Coloring
dry. Much better results are obtained
Wool and woolen materials, for the
when the solution is lukewarm, although
most part, ar(‘ dyed with acid dyes; the
)t can be used cold. some cases
U(i<l used IS Huiphuric. Jn
Solutions made by this same formula
acetic acid is used. Glauber salts are
may also be bottled and used for remov- in dyeing.
ing small spots, as it leaves no fringe or
added as an auxiliary
ring. Put a piece of blotting paper Dyeing inst ructions:
under the spot and apply .solution with a
cloth. For each 160 lb. of mat(*rial

use 4 gallons of water,


•Wetting (Penetnition) Agent add 3 lb. of Hulphunc, Acid,
A
penetrating or wetting agent useful add 10 lb. of (Jlauber Halts,
in mercerizing textiles consists of add 1 to 5 lb. of color dei»emling
SO on shade and color strength.
Cresols
Pine Oil 0 Yidlow generally requires 1 lb.
Red Oil 4 Red, blue, green generally reipiire 2 lb.

Black gen(*rally requires 5 lb.


Cotton, Coloring Bring temperature of dye bath to 140°
Cotton and cotton materials arc gen- P. Immerse material, bring to boil and
boil three-quarters of an hour and rinse.
erally dyed with direct dyes, sometimes
472 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Eepresontative dyes are: The tempeniture of the bath is raised to
Yellow — Tartrazine 175° F. in the next 45 minutes after
Lemon Yellow — Frio Flavin© which 75% Hemastine Extract is added
Oningo—Orange 11 and the temperature raised to a boil.
^
Red — Ponceau 2R The dyebath is kept at a boil for an
Red — Crocein Scarlet additional 1.5 hours. The goods are then
^Magenta — Acid Magenta B nn.scd twice. After hydroextracting the
Violet — Acid Violet G BN cloth IS ready for finishing.
Green — Patent Blue A During the dyeing process the d\e-
Black~Aci(l Black J bath must be kept a clear amber color.
Black— Acid Black 10 BX Any darkening would indicate in.solublc
lake which is rectified by the addition of
more oxalic acid. Care must be taken
Silk, Coloring not to add too large an excess of acid as
this would tend to redden the shade. If
Silk may be colored with Direct, Acid,
a bluer shade of black is desired, tins
or Basic colors. The Direct colors are
dyed in a neutral bath. Some direct col-
may be obtained by cooling the bath to
180° F. after it has boiled for 75 min-
ors require the addition of Acetic Acid
utes and then adding one per cent soda
to the dye bath toward the end of the
operation. I’emperaturo 180 to 200° F. ash. The bath is then raised to a boil
again for an additional 15 minutes. Tin*
Timo about 80 minutes.
shade of the black is regulated by tlie

Acid Colors. Dyed in bath acidulated amount of Fustic Extract used.
with Sul{)huric. Acid. Temperature 180
to 200° F. Time about 80 minutes.

Basic Colors. Dyed in bath acid-
* Protecting Wool in Vat Dyeing
ulated with Acetic Acid. Temperatun> Wood fabric is first printed with the
start at 100° F., go to 140 to 173° F. following paste:
slowly. For Auramiiie, tcmperatuio must Indigo Pure 20% Paste 15.0 parts
not exceed 140° F. Glycerine 5.0 parts
Direct dyes (see dyes for cotton). 50% (turn Thickening 10.0 parts
Acid dyes (see dyes for wool). I’otassiiim Carboiiato 7.5 parts
Formo.sul 10.0 parts
Basic dyes: Bodium Aminoacetate 50% 5.0 parts
Yellow— Auramino Water 7.5 parts
2 per 100
lb. materiallb. The fabric then partially dried and
is

Orange — ('hrysoidine Y steamed; afterwards it is oxidized in an


2 lb. per 100 lb. material acidified hulrogen peroxide or perborate

Brown — Bismark Brown bath, .soaped, and dried. It is found

2 lb. per 100 lb. material that the wool material printed by this
method sufTc'rs no loss of strength and
Pink — Rhodamine B does not acquire the harsh handle which
2 per 100
lb. material lb.
it otherwise would.
Blue— Methylene Blue 2B
2 per 100
lb. material lb.
Wool Printing
Violet— Methyl Violet
Direct

2 lb. per 100 lb. material For direct printing on wool, the fol-
lowing formula is recommended for the
Green — Mjilachife Green X
Chrome Fast Dyes:
2 lb. per 100 lb. material
Black — Black
Bii.sic
Dyestuff
Glycerine
20 gm.
50 gill.
2 11). per 100 lb. material
Water 408 gin.
Neutral Starch Tragacanth
Dyeing Tussah Pile Fabric Thickening 500 gni.
Ammonium Oxalate 12 gm.
Goods are entered into the dyebath at
Neutral Ammonium
120° to 125° F. After running for 30
Chromate 10 gm.
minutes to thoroughly wet the cloth,
37.5% Fustic Extract and 5% bluest one
Total 1000
are added in the order named, but a few
minutes apart. The cloth is run in this Steam one hour and wash.
liquor for 15 minutes when 7.5% cop- For heavier shades the quantity of
peras and 8% oxalic acid (previously dyestuff is proportionately increased.
dissolved and mixed together) are added. With Erio Chrome Print Black a full
SILK, RAYON, COTTO'^, FIBRE, KTC. 173

bloomy shade can bo produood with 60- '1\» prepare the finish piotaH'd as fol

80 grams dyestuff per 1000. lows:


Dissolve the different constituents
separately in water and jnuir them to-
Blue Linen Finishing getlier while stirring well. In cfises
where the eonstiluenls cannot be dissolved
Cheap Finish
separatelv owing to want of aci-o^inio-
Water 100 parts
dation, dissolve the dextrine or pvitato
Potato Flour 6 parts
flour together with the Kpsoni salt and
(lluten 6 parts
boil; finally a<ld the Monopole Soap.
Monopole Soap 0.6 part
The latter i.s dissolved with diiect steam
in a small (jiiantitv of wati'r, but before
Clieap Finish with a Heavy Weighting
adding it to the finish, diliiti' the itis
Water JOO parts solved soap with as h water as {>os mm
Potato Flour 10 parts Slide 111 order that this weak soap solo
Epsom Salt 6 parts tion may finely and uniformly divide the
or fatt> matter and thus remier the size

(Miloride of Magnesium I-.'-) parts }>articularly stable. 'I'lie dissolving of a


Sviiip ('Preaele; 2 ! jairts
dextnne l-f) oz. dextrine ]»er
little ( lb. I

Monopole Soap 0.8 part of Soap) together with the Monopoh-


Soap will be fmind advantageous.
Superior Finish It IS not necessary to boil the finish
Water 100 parts again after the addition of the soap,
Dextrine 14 parts although a boiling is not detrimental
Epsom Salt 6-7 ptirts The temperature of the size ready for
u.se should be 9r)- lir)° F.
Monopolo Soap 0.(>-0.7 pjirt

Finish witli a Very Heavy Wei^diting •Delustered Cellulose Acetate Yarn


Water 100 parts
Cellulose .acetate is dissolved in acetone
Wlieat Starch 5 parts
contg. ajiprox. 2 ')''/( water. Before this
Potato Starcli 7 parts
proce.ss of s«dn. is eoiiipletisl there is
Cliinu (May 10 paits
tidded Ilalovvax (tdiloriiiated naphlha
(Milorido of Magnesium '! parts
lene), to the amt. of about \2'/o of the
Monopole Soap O.S part
(•(‘llulose acetate, dissolvi'd in about d

It is advisable to col(»r the finish with times its own vvt. of acefom*. d'he two
a little substantive Blue and Ikimk- \ lo soln.s, are thoroughly mixed giving a
let, say vvitli gin. l!en/.o Bloc H\\ and spinning S'dii. deliistenal cellulose

% gm. Methyl Violet li p, lb, puatCi UCt'tate )uru w produced by spiuning.


SIZING AND STIFFENINGS, SOFTENERS
Racking for Shoot Plaatics Concentrated Warp Size Lubricant
Pigment 7 lb. 10-14 lb. Sulf Tallow (75%)
l^thyl Lactate 25 lb. 18-22 lb. Mineral Oil Softener
Methanol 50 lb. 18-24 oz. Dry GumTragacanth
Ethyl Acetate 25 lb. 14-10 lb. Raw Tallow
Cellulose Acetate 7 lb. 4-45 lb. Water.
Prepare gum tragacanth in separate
vessel as noted above.
Fine Cotton Size Place the two tallows in kettle, agi-
Potato Starch 75 tate and heat until blended, then add
Tallow 7% the mineral oil softener continue agita-
Pine Oil or Turkey Red Oil 1 tion and heat until blended.
Water 830 Add Gum trag jell and additional
heat may be necessary for a thorough
blend.
Size, Alkali

Dextrin (Potato) 30 lb.


Castor Oil 1 lb. Concentrated Finishing Compound
Caustic Soda 30 lb. (For Cotton Piece Goods)
Pot. Carbonate 30 lb. 22-20 lb. Sulf. Tallow (75%)
Water 05 lb. 12-15 lb. Jai)an Wax
Dissolve dextrin in part of water and 20-24 lb. 25% Tri-Sodium-Phosphate
emulsify oil in this. Solution
Dissolve alkalies in balance of water 50 '00 lb. Water.
and stir in. The Japan wax should be emulsified in
a separate vessel.
Concentrated Warp Sizing Mix the tallow, of the Japan wax
(l'’or Cotton Warps) (emulsified) and required amount of
T. S. J’. solution until thoroughly
30-42 lbs. Sul. Tallow (75%, if 50%
blended.
used increase proportion)
Add the remainder of the Japan wax
18-24 lb. Raw Deef Tallow good — emulsion, agitate and heat; it is best
quality preferred, otherwise size
not to boil.
may be discolored slightly. Stir until a creamy mix is secured.
14-20 oz. of Dry Gum Tragacanth
38-45 lb. of Water.

The gum tragacanth should be placed Sizing Compound for Cotton Warp
in separate vesseland heated up to boil Yarns (To bo Used With Starches)
and allowed to stand until complete jell 40-50 parts good quality Reef Tal-
has been reached, then it is ready to low
add to mix. 8-12 parts good quality Sulfonated
Mix the sulfonated tallow and raw tal Tallow (50% commercial grade)
low in kettle and heat while mixing until parts solvent and emulsi-
thoroughly blended and syrupy. fier Di-Ethylene Glycol for ex-
Add the gum trag jell and mix until ample)
blended. %-2 parts Locust Bean Gum (Gum
Add the necessary amount of preserva- Trag) made up into a 8: 100
tive and place in closed barrels until Water Gel and in thorough solu-
ready for use. tion before adding.
1% parts Steam Distilled Pine Oil

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


474
ftiZING AND STIFFENINOS, SOFTENERS 476

2 parts Japan Wax (made into Cotton Size


thorough emulsion before adding Wheat Starch 4 lb.
1-1% parts cresylic acid Narobin 1 lb.
40-50 parts of Water added with Water 25 gftl.
thorough agitation and sufficient
heating. • I.inst'ed Oil Size
Linseed Oil •100
'rrichloreth\lene 100
Sizing Compound for Cotton Warps
Am Linoh-iite 10
(To be Used in Combination With Type Water 100-200
of Starch Needed)
,10 parts good quality White Reef Size, Xeu.'^jcijicr
,')() parts good quality 30 Sulfo- % Tlie pulp IS sized willi a mi\(. of 1.2''J
nated Tallow Nho.S();j in 4 pf. of wolei, U.5'{ NaOU
(b- 8 parts Japan Wax Emulsion sola.) and .12'/; AU(S 04 );( (0 S°
.12-14 parts Water Ih' )
(all \sts are Itased on tlu' wt. uf
1- 2 parts disinfectant or deodor- liliei). The method produces belter i«'-
ant should be used. sults, and a consideiable economy lhau
the us<* of rosin.
Melt Japan wax and sulf. tallow while
agitating, when thoroughly iindted add
beef Tallow and stir until thoroughli Sizing for Rayons
mixed. Then add water gradually ami 7.5 lb. Coconut Oil
agitate until a full white creamy mix is 1 1 lb. Tn-Ethiinolamine
secured. 20 lb. Red Oil (Oleic Acid)
2 3 lb. Preservatne (Sodium Ben
Cotton Warp Sizing zoate, etc.)
14-20 Tapioca Flour
lb. 50 lb. good grmle (lelatine
1%-1 lb. Animal (Jlue (ground) make uj) to 1 00 gallons sizing.
3-5 lb. 50% Sulfonated Tallow. The triethanolamine and red oil are
(May substitute Tallow emul- niiM'd first — tin'll added to the imdted
sion.) with stilling.
(oconut oil
3-5 lb. I’araffin Wax The gelatine is dissolvi'd and added to
90-150 gal. Water the above mixture with stiiring on
reaching a well blended size it is diluted
Warp Sizing for Durene to lot) gallons and stirred further. When
used, water is added two to om* to secure
(Mercerized Cotton)
projier take up in sizing in slashing
100 lb. Corn Starch machine.
12-15 lb. Raw Beef Tallow (Tal-
low Emulsion can be used)
200-250 gal. Water. Skein Sizing Rayon Yarns
Tak<‘ (iO lb. Oelatin and softmi it by
allowing it to soak for 2 hours in water.
Sizing for Polishing Itoil for 20 miiiiites 200 gal. water.
in
(Cotton Cordage) Dip yam in this, cenliifnge and dry.
2 oz. Tri-Sodium-Phosphate
4 lb. Irish J^otato Starch Size, Concentrated Rosin
1 % lb. Japan Wax
Rosin 70
1 % lb. Paraffin Wax (127° M. P.)
Soda Ash 7
6 oz. Narobin
Jh‘e.swax 2
14 oz. Mineral Oil Softener
Water 2
Mix thoroughly and make up to 10
Boil together until a sample solidifies
gallons with amount water.
necessary on cooling. This may be shipped solid
Use amount of water to dis
sufficient and is dispersed in hot water when
solve starch and heat with constant stir needed.
ring until all products are thoroughly
mixed— then allow to cool and use cold.
Soap, Rosin Size
The Tri-Sodium Phosphate is used
primarily because of “hard water.’* Into a suitable boiler or heati'f an
amount for instance 100 kilogrs. of resin

Raw Material*, Equipment, Containers, etc consult Supply


For Chemical Advisors, Special ,

Section at end of book.


476 THE CHEMkAL FORMULARY
is place(^and as much water, then a mix- Roil two in 100 gal. of three for VS
ture of carbonated and bicarbonated hr. Stir one in 25 gal. three mix both
alkalis is added in a quantity necessary solutions, stir and boil until uniform.
for saturating say SS% of the ream put
in operation. If the bicarbonate is em-
ployed in about the proportion of half
* Wax Size
the carbonate, then ap[»roxiinately 11 The following is used for treating
kilogrs. of carbonate of soda and 5 paper-cloth.
kdogrs. of bicarbonate of soda will be Japan Wax 100
required. Soap 10
The boiler is heated by steam for ex- Water 40
ample and when cookitJg is considered
Roil and stir until homogeneous. This
sufficient, water and a volatile alkali
is diluted with boiling water and stirred
(ammonia) an; added, the amount of
bi’forc use.
idkali being sufficient to .saturate the 12
kilogrs. of resin have not beim
^\hlch
affected by the carbonated alkali. For Sizing, Window Shade and Automobile
this Sf'cond phase of saponification by Top
means of ammonia liiiuid it is necessary Tung Oil 2 gal.
to employ about kilograms of aipieous
-t Casein 10 lb.

iimmonia solution liaMiig a density of Rorax 8 lb.

O.D.'K) (which would contain about bS% Paraformaldohydc 1 oz.


of pure ammonia) whim the quantity of Animal Glue 20 lb.
hydrated resin to saponify is 12 kilogr.
that IS to .say, the proportion of am-
monia liquid is to %
hydrated resin. Solubilizing Starch
'Die hi'atiTig by steam is continued .so as The starch is mixed w’ith required
to bring the mixture up to boding ])oint amount of wati'r and 1% Aktivin S on
for some minutes, at the end of which amount of starch used.
time the product is finished. A wooden vat with mechanical agitator
is preferred, copper can lie used luit wood

* Sizing, Textile keeps solution hot the longest. Direct


Rosin 21-00 steam may be used in boiling up starch.
Linseed Oil 21-00 A thick paste is made first, this becomes
Rorax Casi'in Solution 8-10 thinner and after boding 20 minutes or
Sod. Silu'iite 5-10 longer the starch becomes thin flowing.
Water 500 Do not fad to actually boil starch and
covering to juoM'nt splashing.
Size, Textile
100 lb. Starch
Corn Starch 85 gm. 150 gal. Water
Sulfuric Acid (00° Re) 0.4 gin. 1 lb. Aktivin S
(ilycerol 10 gm.
1000 Stirring and boiling is discontinued
Water c.c.

Caustic Soda to make neutral when desired thinness is reached.

Woolen Yam Size Textile Size


Potato Starch 12 lb. (Soluble Starch)
Narobin 2 lb.
Water 25 gal. Method No. 1

200 gal. Water


Jute Size
200 Tapioca
lb.
agitating con-
Potato Starch 12 gal. stantly while mix-
Starch
Narobin 1 gal. ing these materials
1 lb. Polyzime
Water 25 gal.
Warm to 75° C. (107° F.) over a
Size for Mercerized or Dyed Yarn period of 15 minutes and cool to 55° C.
Narobin 3 lb. (1.11° F.) and then add 1 lb. polyzime
Water 25-50 gal. and keep it at this temp, until liquid has
reached suitable consistency (15 to 30
Warp Sizing minutes is usually sufficient). Then in
1. Potato Starch 40 lb. crease temp, to 80° C. (178° F.) and
2. Narobin 10 lb. keep it at this temp, for 15 minutes to
.3. Water 125 gal. stop enzymatic action. Cool down and if
SIZING AND STIFFEiAnGS. SOFTENEItS 477

desired to preserve add a small amount completidy neutralized fatty are


acids
of salicylic acid or zinc chloride. less liable to this fault than those made
from the oil itself. The great fluidity
Method No. 2 ,,
of the soap with capacity for holdingits
200 gal. Water water enhances the value of this mate-
200 lb. Tapioca mix thoroly and rial as a softener, as well as for the lus-
Starch agitate trous sheen imparted on calendi'ring. A
2 lb. Polyzimc shirting formula containing thiS oil is
gncii liere:
Warm to 72° C. (102° F.) for 20-.‘10
minutes, then keep at this temp, for 15 Shirtings
to .'ll) minutes when starch will be dex-
1 lb. 10 oz. Wheat Btarch
trinizod to desired degree. Now ruse 15 lb. 1‘otato Starch
temp, to 80° C. (178° F.) and retain thus 00 lb. Talc
temp, for 15 nuns, to stop enzymatic 2 lb 8 0 /. Stearic Acid Softener
action. 13 oz. Cocoanut Oil Softener
Note: If potato starch used, add 50^' 40 gal. Mix
more polyzimc; if corn starch used, add
lOOVr more poly zi me
Softener, Textile
If flour containing gluten is used,
polyzimc is supposed to possess a high 150 lb. Water, add
degree of proteoclastic properties and ISO 111. Castor Soap Oil, add
will naturally bring about a convoision I'j Caustic Soda, 25° and
as above. add
J^recautions Starch liquid should be
:
SO 11). Stearic Acid, and heat up
neutral or faintly acid. and cook slowlv until th(‘ Stearic Acid is
Enzymatic action will be destroyed at melted, mixing the contimts meanwliile.
SO" C. in ten minutes Imt cannot be de \ oil lia\e in this compound the added
strayed at 75° e\en if h(*ated 1 hour. softening properties of the Castor Soap
Water quantity can be cliangi'd to an\ Oil, resulting in a more ellicierit softener

ratio with starch and a good paste b<‘ than can be prodm-ed when Stearic Acid
made at high concentration of 1 pjirt IS used alone. It is neutral.

starch to 2 parts of water, roly/ime


must always bo added in ratio to st:irch Textile Softi'Tier
used and not to water.
05 lb. Double Pressed Stearic Acid
10 lb. Animoni.'i
Cotton Good Softeners 1 lb. Formaldehyde
The saponified cocoanut oil softeners 450 11). Water.
are easily made by heating the melted
oil with the required amount of a con- * Textile Size
centrated soda solution until
cau.stic
saponification complete,
is following
A siibstanliallv non acid strengthening
adhesne size for textih* fibers which is
which the mi.xture is diluted to approxi-
soluble in the alkaline sohent used for
mately 20 per cent fat content.
rmnoMng from textiles, eompnsing
size
u boiled mixture of cobalt <lrier and lin
Coconut Oil Softener seed oil in substantially tlu* proportions
Cocoanut Oil 2050 lb.
of from 2n() to 500 grams of linseed oil
Soda Ash 1.55 lb. and substantially 25 grams of cobalt

Caustic 39° Bd 1090 lb. drier and Itio kilograms of boiled linseed
oil free fr<uii driers.

Dilute to produce 9000 lb.

These products are finished ofT alkaline Sizing of Wooden Containers


or neutral as desired and are exception Barrels and Casks that are to be used
ally well suited for use in hard water as containers for anhyrlrnus and certain
or in mixes containing excessive amounts organic liquids are sized with a solution
of salts, such as Epsom and others. Their of either liide or bone glue before use,
excellent solubility, moreover, permits of ns otherw’ise the liquid would penetrate
easy removal on wa.shing when this is the wood and he lost, besides resulting
necessary. Cocoanut oil soaps almo.st in a decay of the wood A first treat-
invariably become rancid with age, al- ment is given to fill all of the cracks
though this can be retarded by complete and imperfections, and a second to size
saponification. Softeners made from the the whole inner surface, A few quarts
478 THE CHEMI&AL FORMULARY
of the glue solution are introduced into prior to the application of paint, merely
each barrel and steam applied under a to till up tho pores of the wall, for which
low pressure to force the solution well bone glue is satisfactory; or it may be
into tho pores of the wood. The barrels mixed withUffe little paint, an insoluble
are rotated and finally drained while base, and water, in the preparation of a
still hot. calsomine. In the higher grades of
these calsomines which must be used witli
Glue al) a Size in Paints and Calsomine hot water, the better grades of hide glue
In the painter’s trade glue is employed are used.
both as a size for the treatment of walls

WATERPROOFING
Waterproofing Composition 7) oz. of castor oil is added. A second
To thirty parts of commercial petro- soln. IS formed by dissolving 6 o/,. of

latum fifteen parts, by weight, of alu- gum sandrac and (5 oz, of gum
mastic in
minum palmitato are added and the 13 oz. of amyl acetate, 13 oz. of biit^l
mixture kneaded into a smooth paste acetate and 15 oz, of butyl ale. This
free from lumps. Or tho petrolatum soln. is strained and mixed with the first
may bo heated to about 130° F., where- soln. for about I hr. Benzene (35 oz.)
upon tho consistency of tho petrolatum 13 slowly ailded to the compn. and thor-

is such that a smooth mixture is pro- oughly mixed for 30 min.


duced by introducing tho palmitato and
stirring. To this mixture is added fifty
parts of commercial yellow Ixu'swax and Waterproofing
one hundred five parts of soft paratlin Gelowax 17
wax, such as white scale wax, and the ('arbon 'retrachlorido 10
resulting luixturo agitated in a steam Kthyleiie Dichlondo 10
heated container. The temperature is Benzol or Naphtha GO
brought up to LMO® to 270'’ F. and the Digest until dissolved.
agitation continued until a smooth,
homogeneous mass is obtained. The
mixture is then allowed to cool to about • Waterproofing
220° F. and about eight hun«lred parts A composition for application to tex-
by weight of a petroleum thinner hav- tiles, paper, etc., consists of
ing a boiling range in this instance of
277)“ to 4.’)0“ F. added. It will be found
Latex 65
Caustic Soda 1
that tho resulting product is .stable and
Water 2
homogeneous, of proper viscosity for ap-
Precipitated Chalk 20
plication by hand or machine, and ex-
Castor Oil 5
tremely suitable ns a saturant for
Phenol 0.5
waterproofing fabrics. It acts ns a pre-
Kosin 4.5
servative to fabrics to which it is ap-
Kapeseed Oil 4
plied and forms a water-repellent and
impervious coating on each of tho fibers
making up the material.
Waterproofing Liquid (Cloth or Wood)
Paraffin % oz.
* Waterproofing Composition Gum Damar 11/f,
oz.

Celluloid (Ifi oz.') is dissolved in S.l Pure E libber ^ oz.

oz. of acetone and 40 oz. of ale., and Benzol 13 oz.

All formulae preceded by on asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


waterproofing 470
Carbon tetrachloride q. s. 1 gallon. temperature generally, although in us-
Dissolve rubber in benzol; add other ing the composition in Kxample
1, it is
ingredients and allow to di|solve. (In-
flammable).
^ preferred to carry out the process
at a
temperature not lower than 7:1“ F., sinco
there is some tendency for
the high
melting parallin wax to precipilato
out
Waterproofing Liquid opi'rnting temperaturo
L. y below
This may bo used on fabrics, paper id K in the case of the composition
and other fibrous bases. It penet rales in Lxample 2,it is not necessary to ob-

quickly and leu\cs a flexible, odorless i^erve this temperature requirement


product which is higlily water repellent. since the Japan wax does not show any
tendency to precipitate out. After the
Example 1.— Use of high melting excess coaling material has been re
paraffin wax and plasticizer for the moved the volatile solvents of the coin
cellulose nitrate. position are then removed by drying
the
Per cent fabric, or paper, at ordinary or .slightly

Nitrocotton (15-20 seconds) elevated temjioratures.


1.0
High Melting Paraffin Wax 4.0
Naphthene Base Mineral Oil G.fl Canvas Waterproofing
Butyl Stearate 2.0 Paw Lin.seed Oil 1 gnl.
Butyl Acetate 1.0 Beeswax Crude 13 oz.
Ethyl Acetate 2.5.0
White Lead 1 lb.
Crasolino l.UO llosin J2 oz.
Toluol 40.0
Boil the above and apply warm to
Ethanol (Denatured) 5.0
upper side of canvas, wetting the can-
vas with a sponge on the underside be-
100.0
fore applying.

Example 2. — T’^se of Japan wax and Waterproofing Canvas


no plasticizer for the cellulose nitrate. Oilsonite 80 lb.
Slearine Pitch 02 lb.
Per cent Scale Wax 3J lb.
Nitrocotton (15-20 socond.s) 1.0 Mineral Oil K) ]b.
Japan Wax .3.0
Creosote Oil 10 lb.
Naphthene Base Mineral Oil .3 0 Copper Liaoloato 9 lb.
Toluol 30.0 M(dt together.
Ethyl Acetate 3;{.o Apply a temperaturo of 300®
at F.
Butyl Acetate 30.0 Scrape olT excess while hot.

100.0
Waterproofing Canvas
The compositions of the above ex- Beeswax 25 11).
amples are prepared by a simjile mix- Glyceryl Stearate f) lb.
ing operation. Preferably tlu‘ wax is Sfeanne Pitch 102 lb.
added to the toluol in a mixer and Cojiper Olentc If) lb.
agitated until di.ssolved, and the cellu- Castor Oil 48 lb.
lose nitrate is sej»arnt(dy dissoKcd in Naphtha 50 lb.
the ester solvents and alcohol, the other
materials then being added to the nitro- Waterproofing Canvas
cellulose solution, which is then com-
I’or canvas pauiins or largo portable
bined with the wmx solution.
covers:
The compositions may be applied to
Formula 1
fabricsby a number of known methods
but preferred to apply these com-
it is Petrolatum (Vaseline),
positions simply by immersing the fab- Dark or Amber 8% lb.
ric, or paper, or material to be treated Beeswax, Yellow Refined 1% lb.
until it is thoroughly saturated and Earth Pigment, Dry (Ochre,
then wringing nut the excess coating Hienna, or Umber) 5 lb.
material by squeeze rolls or centrifug- Volatile Mincnil Spirits
ing. This process is conducted at room (Painters' Naphtha) 5 gal.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materi I, Equipment, Contalnera, etc,, cobbuH Supply
Section at end of book.
480 TH E CHEMICAL FORMULARY
or several thicknesses ot cheesecloth
Formula 2 into the waterproofing liquid. In For-
Petroleum Asphalt, Medium mulas 3 and 4 the pigments should be
Hard 7% lb. thinned in i similar manner with lin-
Petrolatum, Dark or Amber 2Vi lb. seed oil before they are added to the
Lampblaek, Dry 1 lb. bulk of the oil.
Volayio Mineral Spirits When the waterproofing material set-
(Painters' Naphtha) 5 gal. tles to the bottom of the container or
thickens, it will bo necessary to warm
The quantities specified are sufTicient
the mixture just before applying it to
to treat about 40 square yards of can-
the canvas. This must be done in the
vas on one aide. open air by placing the container in a
A mixture of 3 gallons of gasoline lob or can of hot water. Be sure that
and 2 gallons of kerosene can be sub- the container is open, and never place it
stituted for the volatile mineral siiirits, over or near a flame.
but will evaporate more slowly, t^in-
vas treated according to the first for- Application
mula will be colored buff by ochre,
khaki by raw sienna, drab by raw um- The must be thoroughly
mixture
ber, and brown by burnt urnlx'r. If a stined before and during application,
ill order to keep the undissolved mate-
white treatment is preferred, use dry
zinc oxide in place of earth pigment. rial in suspension. These preparations
For some purposes. Formula 1 with a may bo ajiplied to the canvas by means
light-colored pigment will be preferable
of a paint brush or by spraying. Wagon
to Formula 2, because canvas treated
co\er.s, shock covers, etc., may be
lrerit(‘(lb-'st by stretching the cam as
with the latter will absorb more heat
from sunlight, owing to its black color. against the side of a barn or attaching
it to a frame and applying the material
For permanently fixed canvas covers:
with a brush. Once the canvas is fixed
in position, no more time is required to
Formula 3
treat it than is necessary to apply a
Boiled Linseed Oil 1 gal. first coat of paint to a rough board sid-
Lampblack, Ground in Linseed ing having the same area. Much time
Oil 2 lb. may be saved in treating large pnulins
Japan Drier 1 pt. and standing tents by applying the ma-
terial with a spray pump, with which a
Formula 4 pressure of at least .'iO pounds is devel-
Boiled Linseed Oil 1 pal. oped. Some loss of material, however,
Aluminum Bronzing Powder 1 lb. results from this method.
Japan Drier Vi pt. The experience has been that one coat
For lightweight fabrics not continu- applied to one side of the canvas
ously or frequently exposed to sunlight: usually is sufficient. With one coat ap-
plied to one side, using the strength of
Formula 5 solution ns given in the formulas, there
will bo an increase in weight of ap-
Beeswax, Yellow Refined % Ib.
pro.ximately 40 to 50 per cent when
Spirits of Turpentine 1 gal.
Formula 1 or 2 is used. When Formula
3 or 4 is used the fabric will gain about
Mixing the Materials
75 per cent in weight. When Formula 5
In the preparation of waterproofing is used the gain in weight will be
solutions according to Formulas 1, 2, around 10 per cent.
and 5, place the specified weights of When canvas is treated with linscod-
waterproofing materials in a suitable oil preparations it should bo allowed to
metal container and melt slowly and dry thoroughly (for two or three weeks)
carefully at as low a temperature as while freely exposed to the air. If
possible, with constant stirring. Then folded and stored in a warm place be-
remove to a place where there is good fore drying is complete the accumulated
ventilation and no fire or open flame heat from continued oxidation may re-
and pour the melted material into the sult in spontaneous combustion.
solvent while stirring. When a pig-
ment is used, thin the pigment in a sepa-
rate container by mixing with it small •Waterproofing Cement Walls
additions of the liquid, and when the Cement walls are waterproofed and
pigment mixture is sufficiently thinned freshened by painting or spraying with
strain it through fine-raesh wire screen following:
AVATERPHf>OFING 4S1

Soda A«h 9 ground. A solution is then made by


Alum. Sulfato 1 ^turlug together at 70° C.
Pot. Pormanganato 0.03 Rpsin 25 parts
Water 20 (Inseous Ammonia 1.4 parts
Cement enough to still hecp fluid. Water 100 parts
Thi.s givesa viscous and practically
Integral Waterproofing for Concrete water white solution which, when ap-
A1 or Ca Stearate plied to glass and dried for one hour at
100®, gi\es a clear, hard, adherent film.
About U to ’!• lb. to the bag of
The resin thus obtained is used in
cement.
eonjunelion with latex. For oxaiuplo;
Cement Waterproofing (Integral) 10 parts of the Resin Svrnp ob-
taiiK'd as iil)o\(' IS mixed with
Dissolve in gauging water about
20 parts Natural Rubber Latex,
gat. Ammonium Sieuiate 28', c to e\erv
bag of cement. and the resnlfirig stable compound is
used for produeiug a flexible iion-tuehy
waterproof finish on cloth.
Dampproofmg (Concrete, etc.)
Th(‘ usual rubber compounding mate-
1 lb. Paraffin Wax rials, .such as plastiiM/ers, vuleimi/ing
% gal. (Jhiiia Wood Oil agents, anti oxidants and fillers ma\ of ,

gal. Bodied Linseed Oil (3 course, bo added if required, o.g., a mix-


llour heat) ture of:
14 gal. Varnoleue Dry
I’arls
1 gal. Ben/.ol
Weight
Latex to give 100
2% gal. Yield
Zuie Oxuie 5
Heat slightly to dissolve wax. Colloid Siil])hur 2
Tet ramethvllhiuram Disul-
'
* Waterprooting for Cordage phide 2
Resin Solution 75
Montan wax emul''ion.s in IPO, preptl.
with rosin and Na 2 C() 3 ,
are us<‘d to nu- may be used to coat the backs of car-
pregiiato ropes, nets, etc. L\ainp!e pi. mid 111 - like and dry-cured at 120®
Light kg. of montan wax, 2 kg. ol lo in t'. for 30 minutes.

and 13 kg. of ealeined Na^ClO,) aie


ground together and 2 kg. of tram or
linseed oil arc added. The luixt. i.s di-^ Cloth Waterjiroofing
persed in 50 1. of b. IPO. This ba^ic Aluniimnn acetateis used for water-
emulsion may be dild. with 10 times Us prooling cloth, the usual pioceduro
vol. of H^O. being to immerse the well cleiinml male-
rial in a solution of uluniimim acetate

Waterproofing for Cloth of t to 5 i!egre<\s Haume strength. The


nmteiial is soaked for a peiiod of about
Naphtha 100
twelxe hours and then dried in a warm
Rubber Cement 45
room. The doth is then irilrodnced into
Ester Gum 20
a soap solution made up of about five
Cumar 4
jiounds of ‘-oap in 13 gallons of water,
Paraffin Wax (128°) 32
the oxeoss licpiid wrung out and the
cloth then guen a bath in a 2''^ alum
• Waterproofing Cellulose Articles solution, follnwo'd by drying. This lat-
ter process precipitates aluminum stea-
Cellulosefibre articles are impreg-
rate into the fibers of the cloth.
nated at 150-232® with a mixture of
Another process, somewhat similar to
blown petroleum a.sphalt (80-90%),
the one above, consists in first immers-
rubber (5-15%), and wax (about 5%).
ing the cloth in a solution of:
Whito Soap Chips 10 lb.
• Waterproofing Goth Dextrine 20 lb.

Glycerol 31 Water 10 gal.


Phthalic Anhydride 74 To cause thorough solution, the above
heated together at 185® C, till the prod- is heated. After passing the cloth into
uct has an arid value of 126. The resin this first solution, it is hung to drain
is then cooled by pouring into trays and and while still wet immersed in:
y/inc Sulphate (White Vit^ leather and like materials without being
rioij 6 lb. filtered out and left on the surface as
Dissolved in Wafer 9 gal. is the case with the ordinary solutions
of crude rubber in solvents and on ac-
The material then removed after
count of thia penetrating capability of
thorough pericfrahon bv the second
the rubber in this form of composition,
solution, and drie<|, any coarse precipi-
a highly effective waterpioofing occurs.
tated particles being brushed out.
The residue of the composition which
Anothfir method uses the following
remains in the leather after the solvent
formula:
has evaporated in sufficiently plastic to
Lend Acetate (Sugar of preserve the softness or pliability of
Lead) 1 lb. the leather and its plasticity is not ma-
Tannic Acid 2 oz. terially affected by usual changes in
Sodium Siiliihato (Glau- temperature and it therefore docs not
ber’s Salts) 1 oz. become stiff when subjected to cold or
Alum 10 oz. too soft when subjected to heal. It is
Water 1 gal. not affected by atmospheric oxidizing
agents and its adhering properl les are
Waterproofing Duck Mich that it is not washed out by wet-
Boiled Linseed Oil 100 lb. ting and drying of the impregnated ma-
Carbon Black 18 lb. terial, in service, as are the waterproof-
Turkey Brown Oil 20 lb. ing compositions commonly used.
Naphtha 46 lb.
Water 10 lb.
* Masonry, Waterproofing
Ammonium ITydroxido 2 lb.
Cement, concrete, etc., is painted with
Agitate with a high-spo('d stirrer un-
a solution of
til completely enuil.silied. Apply two
coats to each side of the material.
Aluminum Stearate 3
Naphtha 100
Acetic Acid 1^
•Waterproofing for Fabrics
Dissolve 34 ounces sliced pale cr^po * Paper, Waterproofing
rubber in IVi gallons linseed oil by
Prcviouslv blown jietroleum asphalt
boiling and add 4 ounces liquid drier.
80-90, rubber 5-15 and wa.xy material
such as beeswax about 5 parts are
• Leather, Waterproofing heated together.
Unfilled leather is impregnated with
following;
Waterproofing Shoos
Rubber Latex 100
Natural Wool Grease 8 ot:.
Gasoliuo 100
Dark Petrolatum 4 oz.
Pa ratlin 25
Paraffin Wax 4 oz.
Mineral Oil 10
50 ^lelt the ingredients together by
10% Soap Solution
warming them carefully and stirring
thoroughly. Apply grease when it is
• Waterproofing Leather warm but no\er hotter than the hand
Rubber Latex 100 cc. can bear.
Gasoline 100 cc.
Paraffin Wax 25 gni.
* Shotgun-Shells, Waterproofing for
Paraffin Oil 10 gm. M- Styrene 18
10% Soap Solution 50 cc. Tricresyl Phosphate 3.6
Ethyl Acetate 30
The wax is dissolved in the gasoline 20
Butyl \cetate
and parafiin oil, and the soap solution 25
Toluene
is added to the latex after which the
Xylene 25
mixture of gasoline, wax and paraffin
oil isintroduced gradually into the com-
bined latex and soap solution with vig- Straw Hats, Waterproofing for
orous stirrings. Blenched Shellac 75 parts
This gives a composition of substan- White Rosin 15 parts
tially the proper consistency for ordi- Venice Turpentine 15 parts
nary waterproofing purposes and having Castor Oil 2 parts
high penetration characteristics. The Alcohol (Denatured) 250 parts
rubber in this form freely permeates
WATERPR^FING 483

Gum Sandarac 135 gm. Waterproofing Textiles


Gum Elemi 45 gm.
Castor Oil gm.
Fabrics may bo rendered waterproof
11
with glue and tannin. Both should
Kosin, Blcachod 45 gm.
penetrate the fabric. If fabric is
Alcohol (Denatured) 1,000 cc.
dipped in strong solution of glue and
then in tannin, the glue only will be-
come insoluble on the outside, jyid that
White Shellac 4 oz.
which has penetrated deeper in fibre
Gum Sandarac 1 oz.
will be unchanged. Treatment is thus
Gum Thus 1 oz.
comnu'iiced with a very weak solution
Alcohol (Denatured) 1 pt.
composed of 5 parts of glue in 100 parts
of water and fabric immersed 10 to 15

minute.s.
Waterproofing for Textiles
Fabric wrung out and when nearly
Casein 4 dry jiassed into tannin solution. This
Water C solution can be strong as only so much
Am. Hydroxide 0.45 of it is taken U[) us corresjionds to glue
liubber Latex 24 present. Tannin ri'acts quickly with
glue so that only a short piTioil of im-
mersion is necessary. The fabric again
Waterproofing for Textiles hung to dry and then washed in wiitcw
40 to remove excess tannin. I’rocess is
Bubber Cement
twice ri'peated. Fabric is now imssed
Ester Gum 22
2 through a stronger glue solution, 5%,
(’urnar
31 and then again tannin. By repeating
Jbaratfin
100 the process as many times as desired tho
Naphtha
coating can be made ns thick ns do-
sired.
Another Method: I’otash alum 100 lb.
Waterproofing Cloth
dissolvi'd in lU gallons of boilingwater
The proce.s.s is curried out in tw’o in one ])ol in another pot 100 lb. gluo,
;

padding machines. 200 lb. wat(*r. Solution is affected when


The first padder contains a soap emul- glue IS hot, add 5 lb. tannin and 2 lb.
sion made up as follows: sodium silicate. Two solutions nro
Tw'cnty-five pounds Soap (stearic boiled together with constant stirring.
ticid type) is dissolved in 100 gallons When mixture is conijilete, allow to jell.
boiling water. Twel\c pounds Jajian To waterproof: 1 lb jolly to 1 lb. water
wax is added a little at a time with stir- is boiled, bath cooled to 17(i° F. and
ring so that an emulsion is obtained. fabric soake<! hour and then
The second padder contains the fol- stretched out horizontally for tl hours
lowing solution: to drain. If drying room is used keep
Fifty pounds Letid Acetate an<l 40 lb. temperature below 122° F.
Aluminum Acetate are dissolved in 1()0 y\nother Method: Dissolve 10 lb. gela-

gallons water. The clear solution is tine, 10 lb. tallow soap in .30 gal. boil-
siphoned off the lead sulphate which is ing water ami mix solution in 4 gal.
formed in the reaction and is run into water in w'hich 15 lb. alum has been <li«-

the second padder. .solved. The whole boiled for Vj hour


is

The cloth is entered into tie- first and cooled to 104° F. At that tempera-
bath at the rate of about 15 yards per ture fabric is soaked in it, dried, rinsed,
minute so that it is in contact wdth the dru'd, and finally calendered. In this
emulsion for about 12 second.s. This process the alum yi.'irtially decomjiosed
rate has to be varied with the type of the soap, forming either free fatty acid
cloth treated. The cloth is sipieezed be or an acid alumina soap. The gelatino
tween rollers and without rinsing is forms an insoluble compound with tho
passed into the second bath. It is alum. The free fatty acid or acid soap
squeezed between rollers again and is mostly carried down on the fibre by

dried. the precipitate formed by the alum and


gelatine.
TABLES
Conversion Factors .SPECIFIC GRAVITY
1. Orams per Jitro multiplied hr
WEIGHT REQUIRED TO MAKE A GALLON
6.
0.134=avoirdupuis ouacet; per Specific Pound*
(oz./gal.). Gravity to Gallon
Litharge 9.3 77.')
2. Avoirdupois ounces per gnllon Red-Load .. 8.7 to 8 8 72 5
(oz./gal.) multiplied 7.5— grams per Oraiigo Mineral (orange
lead) 8.6 to 8.7 7.3 0
IltJO (g./l.).

by
Whito-Lead ... 6 7 65 8
3. Grams per litre (g./l.) multiplied liasic Load .Sulphate . 6.4 63 3
Chrome Yellow (medium) 6 0 60 0
0.122 — troy ounces per gallon (troy
Zino 0\idc (white zinc) . 6 6 46 6
oz./gal.). Rnaic Leiul Chromate . 6 8 66 6
English (mercury) Ver-
4. Troy ounces per gallon (troy million 8 2 68 3
oz./gal.) mulLiplied by 8.2 —
giania per Rright Rod Oxide of Iron 4 9 to 6 26 42 0
litre (g./l.). Indian Rod Oxide of Iron 6 26 43 8
Brown Oxide of Iron
Gram.s per litre (g./l.) multiplied (Prince's) 3 2 26 6
Ultramarine 20 0
by 2.4l = penayweighls per gallon
Prussian Blue
2 4
185 16 4
(dwt./gul.) Chrome Green (blue tone) 4 44 37 0
Chrome Green (yellow
6. Pcnnyweiglita per gallon (dwt./gal.) tone) 4 0 33 0
. . .

multiplied by 0.41 — giains juu iitie I.ithoponc . . . 4 25 35 1


Ochre 2 94 24 5
(g-A)- Barytes . . .. 4 36 to 4 46 35. to 37 0
7. Amperes per square decimeter lOanc lxe I' 4 25 36 4
(anip./din.'-i) multiplied !»> '.).2D — ainpeies Gypsum (terra ullui) 2 3 19 0
Asbestine (magnesium sil-
per hipiaro foot (aiup./sij, ft.). icate 2 75 23 0
China Clay (aluminum
8. Amperes per siptnre foot (amp./sq.
si'ieate) . 2 6 to 2 7 22 5
ft.) multiplied by O.IO.S — ampeies per Whiting . . 2 65 22 0
square decimeter (ainp./diu.’'^). Silica .... 2 65 22 0
Natural Grhidiite .. 2.1 to 24 18 0
Acheson's Graplnle 2 2 18
Thermometer headings: ,
.1

l.ampblaek 185 15 4
Degrees Ceutigrado X 1 8 + 32 = deg. Fuhr Carbon Black .
.

1 85 15 4

Fahrenheit — a2 Keystone Filler (ground


slate) 2 66 22 0
Dogroos = dog. Cent. Titanox. . 4 3 35 8
1.8 Ticaniam Oxide 3 9 to 4 0 33 3
Drop Black 2.6 20 8
X
—Roamnr
0
Degrees 32 = deg Fahr To this table the following data may be added:
4 The weight of one gallon of paste made with
4
Pounds
Degrees —
(Fahronhnit

9
—aevi
= dog Reaumur. Red-Lead
White-Lead (heavy paste)
44 8
34 0
White-Lead (soft paste) 30 8
White Zinc .... 25 0
Tloaumur X 't
Chrome Yellow (medium)
.

24 0
Degrees = dog. Cent Chrome Green 24 0
4 Venetian Red 19 0
French Ochre 15 0
Centigrade X 4 Prussian Blue 10 0
Degrees = deg. Reaumur Lampblack 9 1
5 Drop Black 11.7

WEIGHTS ANT) MEASURES


ENGLISH SYSTEM
Avoirdupois and Commercial Weights
16 drams, or 4.37.5 grains — I oiiuee, oz.
16 ounces, or 7000 grains -
1 pound, lb.

4S4
TAbA 485

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, ENGLISH SYSTEM~t\>/i/.nuc«i

28 pounds =1 quarter, qr.


4 quarters (English) =1 hundredweight, cwt. 112 lbs. —
20 hundredweight =1 ton of 2240 lbs., gross or long ton
2000 pounds —1 net, or short, ton
2204.6 pounds —1 metric ton— 1000 kilos
1 stone ==14 pounds; 1 quintal = 100 pounds

Troy Weights 2 scrup]es =


l drachm, 3-<'0 grains

= l>onnyweiKht. dwt S duichni8=l ounce, 5 -4S0 grams


24 graini 1

•20 IHJniiy weights = 1 ouiKf, oz —4hO grains 12 ounces —1 pound, lb. -57bO giaius
12 ounces = 1 pound, lb = .'iTnO grains

1 carat = IbH grains = 0 205 gram

Troy t\ eight is used for weighing gold


The grain i.s the same in Aj)ot lu'ca ICS 1

.Measu res
and silver.
Avoirdupois, Troy and Apothecaries’ 60 minims (min.)=l fluid diachni (tl.dr.)
weights. S fluid drachius - lluul mince (fl. oz.) 1

20 fluul oiiiiecs :
1
piiif ( (
) )
1

Apothecaries’ Weights b pints = 1 gallon (C)-f

20 grains =1 scruple

Hclations of Apothecaries’ Measures to


Weigh!
(>2° Fuht )
(All liquids to be measu'ed at
0.01 gr:un.s o^f distilled vvatcr
1 minim is tho measure of ITi

1 fluid drachm “ <<


ounce
“ “ b’lT.ri
][‘ \\ \\
1 fluid
" “
Ipmt “ “ 70000
1 gallon

Linear Measure
jHih's clinm =1
12 inches--! foot 1

40 jMilcs furlong -

feet =1 yaid
1
:!

=1 fathom S lurluiigs-1 mile - 1700 yards


6 feet
51/j yaids =1 lod pole, or porch

Sijuan* .Measiiro
foot
144 square inches=l square
0 stniare feet =1 s(iuare\aid
leet = square rod
30.25 square vards or 272.5 m;.
l

sq leet-1 acre
_
]G0 square rods or 4StO .sq. yards or
4.;.5(.o

640 acres -1 square mile ^


acre equals a sipiare whose
sule
^
is *.0M.i tut
An

Cubic Measure

1728 cubic inches =1 eubic foot


27 cubic feet -1 cubic ^ard
pile 4 . t / 8 feid
- 12S enb.c
, r
feet
1 cord of wood --a
- 10 .5 v !., / foot .-t.io cubic feet
1 iieich of masonry
I

62" K: hr. weighs 25L 2M,^ gniins


1 cubic inch of water
at
^
^
(i.o:u;ull lb,

00'' 45s oz. (av.)
1 cubic foot
62 27S6 lb.
0.75008 tons
1 cubic yard*

CAI’ACITY MEASL'IiE
Liquid
4 gills =1 pint
2 pints =1 quart
4 quarts =1 gallon
convejRsion of thermometer readings

121.11
27.22
123.89
27.78
28.33 126.67
40.00 30 -1.11 80 26.67 250
28.89 129.44 600 900 482 22
-0 56 81 255 132.22 505 910
38.89 31 487 78
37.78 32 0.00 82 29.44 260 610 920 493.33
30.00 265 135.00
36 67 33 0.56 83 137.78 616 930 498 89
35.56 34 31.11 270 620 940 604.44
143.33
34 44 35 275 146.11 625 950 510 00
33.33 36 280 630 960 615 56
32 22 37 30 66 285 140.55 535 970 621.11
151.67
31.11 38 290 640 980 626.67
30.00 39 31.67 295 545 990 532.22

28.89 40 32.22 300 148.89 650 1000 637.78


27.78 41 32.78 305 162.78 655 1050 565 56
26.67 42 33.33 310 154.44 560 1100 593.33
168.33
25.66 43 33.89 315 157.22 565
171.11 1150 621.11
24.44 44 39.44 320 160.00 670 1200 648.89

23 33 45 36.00 325 675 1250 676 67


22.22 40 35.60 330 105. 6G 680 1300 704 44
21.11 47 36.11 335 6S5 1350 732 22
20 00 48 36.67 340 6'90 1400 760 00
18.89 49 37.22 345 173.89 595 1450 787.78

17.78 50 10.00 100 37.78 350 193.33


176.07 600 1500 815 56
-17.22 196.11
51 10.60 105 40.65 355 179.44 GIO 1550 843.33
198.89
-16.67 52 11.11 no 43.33 300 182.22 620 IGOO 871 11
-16 11 53 11.67 115 46.11 305 185.00 630 1650 898 89
-15.50 54 12.22 120 48.89 370 1700 926.67

-15.00 55 12.78 125 61.67 375 190.55 650 1750 954 4i


-11.44 50 13.33 130 54.44 380 GCO 1800 982 22
-13.89 67 13.89 135 67.22 385 670 1850 1010 00
-13 33 58 14.44 140 60.00 390 680 1900 1037 78
-12.78 69 15.00 145 02.78 395 201.07 090 1950 1065.66

12.22 GO 15.56 150 65.56 400 204.44 700 2000 1093 33


11.67 Gl 16.11 155 68.33 405 207.22 710 2050 1121.11
11.11 02 16.67 IGO 71.11 410 210.00 720 2100 1148.89
10.56 G3 17.22 1G5 73.89 415 212.78 730 2150 1176 67
10.00 64 17.78 170 76.67 420 215.56 740 22001204.44

18.33 175 218.33 7.50 2250 12.32.22


18.89 ISO 221.11 7G0 23001260 00
19.44 185 223.89 770 2350 1287.78
20.00 190 226.67 780 2400 1315 66
229.44 790 2450 1343.33

21.11 200 93.33 450 2500 1371.11


21.67 205 96.11 455 2550 1398.89
22.22 210 98.89 460 2600 1426 67
22.78 215 101.67 465 2650 1454 44
23.33 220 104.44 470 2700 1482.22

23.89 225 107.22 475 246.11 850 2750 1510.00


24.44 230 110.00 480 248.89 860 2800 1537.78
26.00 235 112.78 485 251.67 870 2850 1565.56
25.66 240 115.56 490 254.44 880 2900 1693.33
26.11 246 118.33 496 267.22 890 2960 1621.11
EQUIVALENTS OF TWADDELL, BAUME AND bPECIl-IC GRAVITY SCALES

Twaddell

ir.) 5.3 0 I

VJ) 51 1

107 05 7
lOH 05 9
37 22 5
38 23 0

40 24.0
129 60 0
41 24 6
130 50 9

Relation of Capacit}’, Vulumo and Weight


1 pint - 2'' cubic inches
'
1 quart 7, 7.13 cubic inches

1 gallon (U. S.) -231 cubic inches

1 gallon (English) =277


274 cubic inches
7.4805 gallons = 1 cubic foot
62® Fahr. weighs 8.3356 IbSi
1 gallon water at
m THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY

Dry
2 pints =1
quart
8 quarts =1
peck
4 pecks —1 bushel
1 U. 8. standard bushel (Btruck)= 2150.42 cubic inches.
0.80356 U. 8. bushels (struck) =1 cubic foot

Metric equivalents 1 kilogram = 2.2046 lbs. avoir.


Linear Measure 1 metric ton= 1.1023 Englhsh short tons
1 ounce avoir. = 28.35 grams
centimeter =0.3937 in.
1 pound avoir. = 0.4536 kilograms
1
1 dccimeter=3.937 in. =0.328 ft.
1 English short ton =0.90 72 metric tons
1 meter =39.37 in. =1.0936 yds.
1 decameter = 1.9884 rods
1 kilometer = 0.62 137 miles
1 inch = 2.54 centimeters
Appro.ximate Metric Equivalents
1 foot= 3.048 decimeters
1 yard = 0,914'l meters 1 decimeter =4 inches
1 rod = 0.5029 decameters 1 meter=l.l yards
1 mile= 1.0093 kilometers 1 kilomcter=% of a milo
(The meter, ns used in Europe, is
1 hectare = 2 Ms af'ie.s

1 stere, or cu. mcter=i4 of a cord


39.370432 inches.)
1 litcr=1.06 qt. liquid, 0.9 qt. dry
1 hectoliter =2% bushels
Square Measure 1 kilogram = 21^, lbs.
1 sq. centimeter = 0.1550 sq. inches 1 metric ton = 2200 lbs.
1 sq. decimeter = 0.1076 sq. feet
1 sq. meter=1.19G sq. yards
1 are =3.954 sq. rods
1 hectare =2.47 acres Comparison of Avoirdupois and Metric
1 sq. kilometer =0.386 sq. miles Weights
1 sq. inch = 6.452 sq. centimeters
1 sq. foot =9.2903 sq. decimeters Oa M.S
Crums ')riinm
A. Av.
Deiucrs Grains
1 sq. yard =0.8361 sq. meters
1 sq. rod=0.2529 arcs
1 acre =0.4047 hectares
1.000 1 2!)fi 0 005
1 sq. mile =.259 sq. kilometers 27 :m 1.000 35 437 1 772
437.500 10 000 1.000 500 000 28 350
7000.000 250 000 10.000 1.000 9071 840 453 502
Weights 0 77J 1.000 0 050
15 4.J2 0 03527 20 000 1.000
1 decigram = 0.003527 oz. = 1.5432 grains
1 gram = 0.03527 oz. avoir., or about 15 Vj
troy grains

pH Values of Chemicals
Solution
Strength Reagent pH
1% Commercial Olive Oil Soap (Neutral) 10.1 -10.3
1% Commercial Olive Oil Soap (Neutral) 10.1 -10.3

1% Commercial Olive Oil or Tallow Soap Containing 20% Soda Ash 10.75-10.88
1% (’ommercial Olivo Oil or Tnllow Soap (Jontaimng 5% Caustic 12.0-12.2
Vj% Commercial Olive Oil or Tallow Soap 10.0 - 10.2
%% (Commercial Olive Oil or Tallow Soap 9.9 -10.1
1% Sulphonated Oils (Neutral) 6.0 -7.0
1% Sulphonated Oils Containing Free Acid Below 6.0

1% Sulpliouated Oils Containing Soap or Alkalies Above 7.0

%
V4 Trisodium Phosphate 12.3

1/4% Sodium Silicate 12.2

1/4% Sodium Carbonate 11.3


9.7
1/4% Sodium Sulphite
^% Disodium Phosphate 8.9
8.8
Borax
Monosodium Phosphate 5.0
TABLES* 489

pH Ranges of Common Indnatois Biagou’s Blood 120


Elmi 7r)~120
Useful Ester Gum 12(^“M0
pll Range Gilsonilo 12,'l“C.

Thymol Blue 1. 2-2.8 (lume 85-90


Bromphignol Green 2.fM.0 Iiuh'iio 127- 1-12

Methyl Orange 3.1-4.4 Mastic 105-120


4. 0-5.6 1''5
Bronieresol Green I’tpnfianak
Methyl Red 4.4-6.0 Ivosin (Colophony) 100-140
4. 8-6.4 Sandal ac 1.55- 150
J'ropyl Red
Brom Crosol Purple 5.2-6.8 Slu-llac 120
Brom Thymol Blue 6 0-7.6
Phenol Red 0.8—8. * Melting Points of Coininou Wiues
Litmus 7.2-8.8
Melting
Red
('reaol 7.2-8.H
Point
Cresolphthalein 8 2-9.8
° C«
8.6-10.2 WlLX
Phenolphthalein
Nitro Yellow 10.0-11.6 Bavberry M’ax 45^4
Alizarin Yellow R 10.1-12.1 Beeswax White 07.2
11.2-12.6 Bi'eswax Yellow 01
Sulfo Orange
(’andelillu Wax C4-d7
Canmulia Wax 85
Melting Points of Resins, Etc. (5 resine 74-80

Melting (’hme.se Insect Wax 92 2


(’ocoa Butter 21.5-27..!
Point
° (’. Japan Wax 54.5-59 0
Material 95-90
Montan Wax Refined
Amber 250-.525
Myrtle Wax 47-48
Benzoin 75-100 0.5-110
Ozokerite
('opal(Zanzibar) 2S0 55-<>5M'.
Paraflin
Copal (Congo) 220 14-47.5
Spermaceti
(’opal (Kami) l(i5
Tallow (Beef) 12 5-44
(’opal(Manila) 120
* Very often there U cnnKMer'pble ihfTiTi'nre
(’umarone 127-1 42
between the m<ltin»; imd solidifying jmlnt,
Dammar (Batavia) 100 NftfurnI nnd oonimon iitlly adulleralod article!
Dammar (Singapore) 95 will also show vanaUuus.
REFERENCES CONSULTED

Aircraft Engineering Idalio Agricultural Experiment Station

Allgem. Photo-Zeituiig Industrial Chemist

American Electroplator.s Society Review Industrial Finishing

American (las Assoc. Tioc. IiuluHtnal Woodworking


American Machinist
American Paint & Varnish Mfis. Assn. Japanese Patent Office

American Perfumer Journal American Ceramic Society


.Journal Appl. Cliem. Russ.
American Society Testing Materials
.loiirnal Chemical Industry
Atelier Photography
•louinal Council S<’i. Indiistnal Ucsimrch
Austrian Patent Ollice
Journal Dept. Agriculture Ireland
Belgian Patent Oflice .lournal Econ. Entomology
Berichte Ges. Kohleutech. .lournal Institute of M(*tals

Bled. Zeiitrallilatt .lounial of Industrial & Eng. Chemistry


Brass World .Journal of Society of Chemical Industry

Brewery Ago Journal Society Chemical Industry

British Industrial Finishing {.lapaii)

British Journal of Photography


British Patent Odico Kliimstroi

British Plastics Konosiuii

British Soap Mfr.


Bureau of Standards Pulilications Lancet
l.anndiy Owner’s National Association
Canadian Patent Oflice

Chemical A Metallurgical Engineering Manufacturing Chemist


Chemiker-Zeitung Melliaiid Textile Monthly

Chemist Analyst .Mcfal Industry


Chiniie Industrie Metals & Alloys
Cotton Minn. Agricultural Experiment Station
Monats-Bull. Schwci/.. Ver. Giu* Wass.
Dcr Chcmisch Tcchni.sche Fabrikant Museum Technnpie
Der Parfumer
Deutscher Zuckerind. New York Agricultural Experiment Sta*
Drug Trade News i 1011

Dutch Patent Otfico

Dyestuffs Oil A Colour Trade Journal


Oils, Drugs & Paints
Food Products Journal
French Patent Office
I’aint Mfgr.
Paint & Varnish Production Mgr.
Gas Journal
Paper Maker
German Patent Office
I»erf. & Ebs. Oil Record

Hungarian Patent Office Pharm. Journal

4^1
492 TOE CnEAfiCAL FORMULARY
Phot. Chonik Soap
Photofreund Soap Gazette
Plater's Guide Bonk Swedish Patent Office

Portland Cement Association Synthetic & Applied Finishes


Practical Driig^dst
Purdue Agricultural Experiment Station Tex. Agricultural Exp. Statiott

Quart- Journal Phann. Pharmacologic


U. S. Dept, of Agric.
United States Patent Office
Revue Applied Mycology
Russian Patent Oflico
Welsh Agrieultural Journal
Science
Scifen Siedcr Zeitung Zeit. Untersuch. Lebenanu
INDEX
A Adhesive —ConfinMfd
Abrasive, Compound 417 Latex .3

Polish 417 Leather Shoe 3


for Razor Strops 417 Mask .3

Wheels 4:i.‘l Mica 3

Absinthe, Oil, French 114 Paste 14

Absorbent, Aniinonia Cus Mask 148 R(‘sin, Synthetic 3


Silicate 13
Absorption Base Cream 105
Silk or Rubber 3
Acid, Battery .140
Tape 4
Cherry, Solution 4.3
Tin 4
Cider, Compound 4.3
Vegetable 4
Mixed, Solution 42
Water Resistant 5
Paste 10.5

Phosphoric, Solution 42
Wax 4
for Wigs 5
Acid Proof, Cement 6
Coating .302
Wood 5

Composition .395
Wood Veneer 5
Wood, Tin, etc., to (’elliiloid C)
Marking for Quartz Thermometers. 209
W’ood, Waterproof 5
Stain 297
After Shaving Lotion 132
Acid-Proofing Creamery Floors .328
Agar Pet rolatiiin Emulsion 378
Acid Resistant, Concrete .3.31
Agricultural, Insecticide 214
Enamel 191
215
Larvicide
Paint 27.5
T>
SpiH'ialties
Acid Wash for Concrete Surfaces. . . 34
Spr.ay 215
Acululants, Beverage 41 Air Conditioning Water Treatment. ,346
Acne, Cream 375 Air Drying Black Enamels and Var-
Lotion 124, 37.5 nishes 242
Ointment 375 Air-Plane Wing Dope 2.34
Acriflavine, Emulsion of .378 Airship Fabric, Coating for 4(i3

Adhesive, Bakelite 1 Airship Fabric, Dope 2.35

Box Toe 1 Alcohol I’roof Lacquer 227


Casein 1 Alcohol, Solidified 179
Casein “Dissolving’^ 5 Alcohol Soluble Colors 90
Casein, Liquid 1 Algae Removal 345
Casein, Waterproof 1 Alkali, Blue Inks 204
Cellophane, Moisture Proof 1 Resisting Varnish 285
Celluloid to Celluloid 1 Size 474
Celluloid to Rubber 1 in Soap Base 81
Cellulose Ester 1 Alkaline Mouth Wash .385

Cement for Fine Furniture 6 Alkermes, Oil, Cordial 34


Cigarette Tip 2 Alloy, Aluminum 19
Decalcomaiiia 2 Bearing 19
Dental Plate 378 for Bearings and Knife Edges.... 19
Glass to Brass 3 Brake Drum 19
Glass to Cement 2 Cold Drawing Wire 23
for Hard Rubber 12 Copper 19
Heat Plastic 3 Copper Bearing 20
Insulating, Quicksetting 3 Copper, Heat Treatment of 19

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Eqalpmeat, Containers etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book. *
403
494 mmx
Alloy-Continued Aluminum —Continued
Silver Finish for g.

Dental 20 Solder 170, 177^ *178


DrUl Bit 20 Stearate
Elcetriral Contact 23 Surface Hardening
Electrical Confaet J\jint 20 Amberol Varnish 288 290
Eloctyicnl Fuse 19 Ambro, Fixative
Electrical Resistanco 20 Ammonia, Gas Mask Absorbent J4S
Hard 20 Liquid Toilet 101
Imitation tioM 20 Violet 101
Iron, Corrosion Eesistant 20 Ammunition Primer 109
Lead 20 Analgesic, Balm 375
Load Coating 20 Mouth Wash 385
Low-Expansion 23 Powder for Wounds 380
Magnetic 20 Anchor Rubber for Artificial Suede. .454
Making Euaiblo 19 Anesthetic, Local 375
Permanent Magnet 20 Shaving Lotion 123
liosc 19 Angora Wool, Blenching 87
Silver Brazing 20 Animal, Condition Powder 24
Silver, Tarnish Ttesistant 20 Fats, Bleach for 87
Stainless Silver 21 Hairs, Felting 328
Sulphur Ilesistant 21 Marking Crayon 193
Sulphur Keaistant Steel 21 Preparations 24
Thermocouple 21 and Vegetable Oils, Bleaching 87
Thermostatic Couple 21 Anise Flavor 25
Tough 21 Anisette, Flavor 34
Watch Spring 21 Oil 34
Working Aluminum-Magnesium... 23 Ann.atto, Solution of 38
,\lmond, Blossom Soap 81 Annealing, Bath, Metal 341
Cream Liquid 105 Chrome Steel 344
Cream for After Shaving 105 Ant, (kirpi'uter, Destroying 218
Extract 25 Destroyer 218
Flavor 25 Fire, Insecticide 219
^
Flavor, Imitation 25 Poison 218, 219
Jiavor, Non-Alcoholic 28 Poison, Argentine 218
L^on 123 Powder 219
Oil Efjmlsions 153 Preventing Entry of 219
Shells, Tincture of 33 Repellent 218
Soap, Perfume for 135 Anti-Fogging Agent 345
Alum-tanned Lace Leather 322 Anti- Fouling Composition 235
Aluminum, Alloy 19 Anti-Fouling Paint 275
Black Finish for 91 Anti-Freeze 34()

Brpnze Powder 341 Alcohol, Corrosionless 340


Clwner 417 Anti-Knock 179
Cleanjing Powder 417 Motor Fuel 181
Odloiing 90 Anti-Mist Liquid 345
Copip«r Plating 407 Anti-Oxidant for Oils and Waxes 360
Corrosion Proofing 458 Anti -Perspiration, Cream 105
Diminishing Corrosion of 459 Liquid 143
Electrolytic Coloring of 91 Powder 143
Etches for 105 Anti-wt Compound for Wood 354
‘Magnesium Alloy, Working 23 Anti-Rust Varnish 290
Nickel Plating on 410 Anti-Seize Compound 464
Oleate 353 Anti Stick Coating Compound 345
03ddized Silver Effect on 91 Anti-Sunburn Lotion 123
Polish 417 Antique Gold Finish 166
Recovering from Foils 341 Antiseptic, Cure for Poison Ivy 376
Beffectors, Etching 106 Hand Wash 76

All formilae preceded by an asterisk (#) are covered by patents.


INDBlX 495

Antiseptic—Con tinued Astringent Lotion 123, 124


Inhalant 380 Astringent Lotion Clmnser 124
Oil Spray for Nose and Throat... 380 Astringent Mouth Wash 385
Soap Powder 84 Astringent, I’yorrhea 387
Solution 375 Athlete ‘s Foot Ointment 391
Telephone Mouthpiece 380 Athletic Liniment 3SS
Toothache Drops 377 Automobile, Body Filler ^....304
Apothecaries Weights 485 Brake Shoes 21

Apple, Aroma, Essence 31 Lacquer 229


Cider, Cheap 40 Baste Wax Polish 119

Essence, Extra 34 Polish 417, 418, 419, 423

Imitation Flavor 40 Polish and Cleaner 419

Removing Arsenic Spray Residue Pidish, Wax 418

from 1^^ Radiator Corrosion Inhibitor .311

Apricot Oil 31 Top Dressing 275

Aquarium Cement 0 Top Paint 275


31 A /.0 Oil Dye 355
Arac, Aroma Essence
Essence ^1

Arc, Carbons 3*^


319 Ba< k Filling Cotton Cloth 4G5
Lamp Electrode
-18 Backing for Sheet Plastics 474
Argentine Ant Poison
22 Bakelite, Adhesive I
Armor Plate Steel
33 Type V'arnish 290, 291
Arnica, Tincture of
31 Varnish 289, 290
Aroma, Apple, Essence
34 Bakers Baking Powder 50
Bourbon 1-5 Super
Baking Japans 241
Coffee 25
30 Baking Powder 50
Grape Special, Essence
34 Household 50
Wild Cherry Essence
Baking Varnish for Wrinkle Finish
Aromatic Mouth Wash *84
on Metal 289
Arsenic Spray, Removing Residue
P’
P' Baldness,
BaKtness, I'reparations lor
rreparuTions for 141
•frnm
from Anolos
Apples
Breast Milk 57 HiiIMm-
Artiflcittl,
Cream
•'<""’’11'
Flower Pearl Lacquer li:!:;

Flowers, Coloring W I'"'*’"’.


Banana ',r.
Plants, 7Combating I'M
IceSkaUng Rink
Disease 16
Ivory -J'
309 Banknote Glue 15
Tpnthpr
!" .Sulphiilo Stains, Treatment
Barium Sulphide Trent
Leather Base
f Bariiuii
of 4.39

! Bark Tannetl ami Harness


Tanneil Sole and
iCspiratkm
Leather 318
Barrro^;^^
Ibirometer, Oriental .»347
130
13" Bases,
Baies, Perfume ,...144
Se, Salt Perfumed
Sea Perfumcil
Ibitli Liquid, Pine Oil ...101
Slate ^
Bath INiwder 129
Stone
Bath Salts 00
Sunburn Liquids
Colors for 04
V''a8eline
383
ElTervescing 102, 193
Wood 191
Bath Tablets, Ibne Noodle
Wool 452
^75 Bathing Cap, Rubber
Asbestos Dope
Battery, 346
Aseptic Powder for Wounds 8‘i

Itox Composition 346


Asphalt, Emulsion 1.55, 102, 328, 329
Terminals, (mating for 347
Removal from Stone Surfaces 3.3.5

375 Terminals, Prevention of Corro-


Aspirin, Liquid
•‘^76 sion 458
Tablets
Baum6 Scale
Rf’ulp. 487
Remedy 376
Bearing, Alloy 1®
Astringent Cream 105, 113, 148
Equipment, ConUlner*, coniult Supply
For Chemlcsl AdTisors, SpecJsl Eaw
Section et end of book.
496 INDEX
lioa ring —Co ntinutd —
Black Continued
Lubricant, High Speed ..366 Shoo Cream 428, 430
and Knife Edge Alloy 19 Shoe Polish 431
Beauty Pack 126 Stain on Zinc 97
Bed Bug, Exterminator 219 Stencil Ink 210
Insecticide 219 Stoving Enamels or Baking
Killer, 219 Japans 241, 242
Spray 22. > Varnish 242
Beer 45 Vegetable Tanned Calfskins, Fin-
Pipe Cleaning 86 ishing of 310
Beeswax, Candles 445 Walnut Flavor, Imitation 29
Substitute 445 Walnut Stain 272
Beet Fly, Spray for 222 Wax Emulsions 155
Belgian Plate Glass 184 Blackboard, Crayon 19.3
Belt, Dressing 419 Paint 275
Dressing Stick 347 Blacking, Chrome Sole Leather 312
Edges, Coloring 95 Kangaroo Leather 315
Friction Rubber 451 Liquid Shoe 428
Rubber, Noiseless 455 Blasting Cap Igniter 169
Binding Copper Tubing 354 Blasting, Composition 169
Benedictine, Oil Fuse 169, 172
Benzine Jelly 1 Resistance Wire 23
Benzoin Gum, Tincture ofj^iftm.... 83 pencil, for Animal Fats 87
Benzyl Cellulose Plastic. i,.'. 397 |Chlorino 88
Beverage, Acidulants X
. . . 42
. iream 105
Colors, Vegetable 38 lisinfectant 150
Kola for Furs 88
Beverages and Flavors 25 Hypochlorite 88
Bicycle Chain Lubricant 360 Laundry 89
Binder, Core ,341 for Nicotine Stain 126
Cork Composition 395 Sepia Toning 393
for Coik and Wood Flour 5 Sodium Hypochlorite 88
Oilproof and Waterproof 6 Wood 297
Bindery Glue, Extra Flexible 8 Blcjiching, Angora Wool 87
Flexible 8 Cellulose Pulp 87
Flexible, Machine 8 Coloring, Dyeing 87
Regular 8 Cotton 87
Tablet 8 Cotton in Kier 87
Biological Fixing Fluid 351 Olive Oil 365
Birthday Candles 445 Paper Pulp 89
Bites,Mosquito 1,32 Powder Chlorine Free 87
Bitumen Emulsion 329 Rayon Skeins 89
Bituminous, Cement 6 Shellac 89
Coating ,302 Silk 89
Composition 329 Vegetable and Animal Oils 87
Road Surface 3.37 and Washing Powder 84
Black, Carbon Paper 192 WooK^d Silk 470
Coating Lacquer 230 dovering
Blemijil* 104
Finish for Aluminum 91 Blendk|fc^i:une Juice Essence for. 30
.

Finish on Brass 415 Blight,ljH^, Control 17


Finish for Tin 94 Blocks, UTOO^rete 338
House Paint 2,35 Concrete Building 330
Leather Coloring 308 Blood Albumen Finish for Leather.. 307
Leather Dye 96 Blood Orange Oil 30
NisMi Finish 403 Blotch and Mole Covering 104
Pigments 206 Blue-Black Finish, Steel 9.3
Powder 172 Blue Color Copper 92
Rot, Prevention^ Delphnium. .... 16 Blue Copying Pencil 212
All formulae preceded by an asterisk ( ) are covered by patents.
INDEt 497

Blue Dip 401 Brazing, Solder 177


Blue Fire 170 Breast Milk, Arliticial 57
Blue Inks, Alkali 204 Brewed tiinger Ale 40
Blue Linen Fmialiinjj 475 Brewfi.s’ Pitch 442
Blue Pigments 20.1 Brick Clieese Od
Blue Print Ink 107 Brick, Painting 2(i0

Board, Fibre, Rot proof Ih'tO iu'fraclory ^.,..101


Plaster or Wall siag ....* ;t20

Wall, FirVjiruuf ..510, u72 Sound Proofing 101

Boat, Ibiiuting . ..2()5-2t»7 Weatherproofing 520


Varnish, Long Oil 5()ii Brukwork, Painting .'120

Body Deodorant, LKpnd 11.') Itinige Paint 27.5

Body and Facial b’<'<lucor . . 120 Biie Cheese Oli

Boliemian Plate (Haas 181 Bright Dip 405.

Boiled Soaps 00 Brilliantine, Jelly 10 1,


1.'18

Boiler, (’onipounda .'!17 Liquid.. B)l, 158


Scale, Remo^al 517 Solid lot

Boiling Off Silk 4ii7 Brine Solution, Non Corrosive 518


Boil OIT, Celanese \ chet . .
It'.O Bnn/a Cheese 07
Liquor li.l Bri(|uetle.s, Fuel 179
Oil, Silk or IbiNon 51.5,^ or Pewter 21

Rone Buttons, ('olonng 0.^ ^ronatc, t)^^ean 75


Book Pa{>er 5»if to Iron, widing 178
Plating loi
Booklnndera Vaiii’ah ... .
200^
Powder, AUrtiunum 511
Boot Dressing, Waterpniof..
Borated Ibitlung Solution... Restoration of Ancient 40.5

Bordeau.x Mixture 2t(^ ^Btotdffry Finish on Naval !>1

5<‘.0 Welding Kod 17S


Boring Oil
500 Bronzing Iron and Steel 05
Bottle Caps, (lelatine
::01 l.acqwer 220
Milk
Bottle, Cleaning ('oinpound . 7.5 Brown Color Co])i>er 01, 1I2

Varnish 20<i Brown Ib'd He\er:ige Color .'!0

Bourbon, 1 to 1
.‘:,5 Brushless Shaving CH‘am..l20, 150, 117
51 P.ulling Nickel Polish 127
1-1 Extract
.51 Hugs, Beil, Iiiseeti<M<le 210
l-no, Oil
Aroma .'M Building Blocks, Concrete 3.50
1-5, Super
51 Building Blaster 357
Whiskey Es.sence
1 Bullet Coinjiosition Tracer 170
Box Toe, Adhesive
518 Burn OIT Dip 415
Composition
540 Burn 5'reatmenl 370
Box Wood, Cigar
222 Butter, Coloring 08
Bracken, Eradication
Bnike, Drum Alloy 10 ami Honey Cream 47
..510, .518 Snb.stitute 47
Fluid, H\draulic
518 'rubs, ('oatirig for H02
Lining
510 Buttermilk, ('hiirned 65
luning Composition
U1 B(‘inona<lc 45
-Shoes, Automolnh’
9,', .Manufa<-tiiie of, from Skimmed
Brandy, Coloring
Milk 47
Brass, Black Finish on
B)1 Yogurt or Bulgarian 4.5
Black Pickling for
0-5 Butterscotch Fmige 55
Coloring Red
95 Buttons, Coloring Bone 95
Green ITnish on
Ink for 107
Plating 404 C
405 C.abbage Maggot Insecticide 219
Plating on Steel
419 Cabinet Makeis’ Glue 0
Polish
420 Cable Oil, High Tension 225
Refinishing Corroded
177 Cadnuiun Plating 40.5, 405
Solder
415 Cake, Fruit, Shrine 55
Solution
Row Msterioln, Equipment, ConUlnors, otc., conimlt Supply
For Chfmicil Adri^ors, flprrml
Section et end of book
49S rtfDEX

Cakes, Faney 61 Casein —Continued


Caking of Crystals, Prevention of... 295 \Yfrterproof 1

Caking of Powder, Prevention of.....‘148 Casein, Dispersions of 304


Calamine Lotion 370 Finish for Leather 308
Calf Finish, Chrome Tan .307 Casein Glue, Paper Coating 3(59

Calfskins, Finishing of Black Vege- Water Resistant 9


table Tanned .310 Casing, Sausjige 75
Calsomine, Glue Size in 478 Cast iron. Filler for 304
Cameinbert Cheese 07 Strong Malleable 23, 341
Camphor loo *370 Castings, Iron, (foment for 7

Candles, Beeswax 445 Iron, Prevent Rusting 458


Birthday 445 Magnesium, Molds for .342, 343
Formula 445 Mold Coating 343
Non-Sticking .301 Oxidizable Metals, Mold for 343
Stearic Acid 445 Casting Slip, Ceramic 182
Tapered 445 Castor Oil, Emulsions 153
Wicks 445 Emulsion, Laxative 378
Candy, Glaze 274 Emulsion, Pharmaceutical 379
Candy Jellies 48 Mineral Oil Scduble 364, 305
47 Soap 78
179 Sulfonating 361
Treproofing 174 Thickening 361
Insect and Mildew-Proofing 219 Gastorium, Tincture of 33
Waterjiroofing 479 Catalyst, Oxidation .348

Caps, Milk Bottle 304 Catarrh, Cream 376


Rubber Bafcliing 452 pastilles 376
(-apsicum Flavor or Soluble Ginger.. 26 Catgut Preservative 348
Capsules 3^1 (battle. Food 24
Gelatine 351 Louse Insecticide 220
(’araway Flavor 25 Parasiticide 220
Carbon, Decolorizing 355 Spray 220
Electrode 348 Spr.ay,Pine Oil 220
Looseners, Gasoline 345 Ceding Composition 338
Paper 162 Olanese Garments, Removing Press
Paper, Black 192 Marks 433
Remover 181, .318 Increasing Ironing Resistance of.. 466
Remover, Engine 347 Celaneso Velvet, Boil Off 469
Removing (Cylinder 340 (kdery Flavor 25
Cai^nated Mdk 40 Cellophane .368

OarWinizing, Steel 312 Glue 8, 12

Wool in Cotton Mixture 470 Moisture Proof Adhesive 1

Carbons, Arc 348 Celluloid to Celluloid Adhesive 1

Carborundum Suspension 420 Molding Composition 396


Cardboard, Paste for 15 Non Inflammable 395
Carmine Solution 38 to Rubber, Adhesive 1

Carnation 114 Substitute, Non-Inflammable 397


Cologne 144 to Tin, Adhesive 5

Perfume Base 128 to Wood, Adhesive 5

Camauba Wax Emulsion 159, 1(52 Cellulose Acetate 395


Carroting, Fur 327 Delustering 468
Fur Solutions .328 Dyeing 98
Cartridge Primer, Explosive 109 Yarn, Delustered 473
Carving 441 Cellulose Coatings 302
Case Hardeoi^ of Tools 342 Composition 396
Ester Adhesives 1
Case Making Machine Glue 9
Casein Adhesive 1 Finish for Patent Leather Splits.. 308
“Dissolving” 5 Friction Polishes 420
Liquid ^ Pulp, Bleaching 87

jfi\ formiaiPp receded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


INDEX* 499

Cellulose Coatings —Continued Cheeso, Brick 0(1

Waterproofing Brio 00
Cement 1- Brinza 07
Accelerator 334 Canienihort (!7

Acid Proof C (3ieddar 07


Aquarium fi Cheshire OS
Bituminous f> Cottage (i9

Black Combining for Double Tex- Cream (i9

ture Rubber Goods 454 Cieani, Manufacturing 57


Coated Wire 335 Edam 09
Coating 331 Emmenthaler 70
Coloring 331 (ioigiui/ola 71
Coloring Gray 3i:'t Limburg 72
Dental <’» Loaf <ii Process 72
Floor Hardener 335 Munster 73
for Fine Furniture »» Neufchatel 73
Glass Paime.san 73

Glass, Safety •> l*nsteuri7ing 03


Hydraulic 335 Roipiefort 74
Iron b St ilton

Iron, for Castings 7 Swiss Domestic


Jewelers 13 Chemical Flovver (iardeii. . . .

Linoleum 7 (3iemical Printing on Wall Board... 192

Linoleum Backing 7 (Miemicals, \iilue of 18S

Linoleum and Tile 7 Chi'rrv, Acid Solution 43


Metal Letters to Glass, Marble, (?om|iouiid 40
Wood 11 Ethereal, Oil 32
Oxychloride 7 Oil of. Artificial 37, 40

Paint I'owd.Tcd Plavor 37


Pipe, Plastic 7 Sweet, I'issem'i* 31
Chcsliire (’lii'cse OS
Pipe Thread 7

Preservative ^3.) Cheviots, Finish for 471

Raincoat Chimmw Fire E\tinguisher 350

for Repairing Shoes 7 China Wood Oil Emulsion 153

Retarding Settling of 3::} Cliitiese Lacquer, Imitation 231

Rubber for Leather Shoes 7 (’hipped Glass Kfe*

Rubber to Metal 7 Ghioride of Lime, Noii-llygroscojiic Sf . .

RuViber Tire Cfilorine Bh'aclieis §8


^
Sue Chlotine Free Bleaching Powder,^,* 87
Slow Setting 335 Chloro Phenol Mouth Wash MRS#
Stratena, Household 1'* Chloroph\ll 39

Walls, Waterproofing •I''** Chocolate (Waitings, Non-Mlooniing. . 48


Water Paint ‘37o Cliofolate, (hiffee 48

Waterproof Glass and Metal.. . . I'udge 5.5

Waterproofing 334, -tSl Icing .55

Ceramics 1^“ Margarine 02

Casting Slip 1^- Pudding Dessert 52

Chuin, Bicycle Lubricant b'b Spiced 48


Solder 177 S\ru[» 29
Chalk, Tailors 11‘3 Cliolesterol Leeitliin Oeam 104

Warehouse 1^1 Cholesterol Nourishing Cream 112

Champagne, Essence Cognac Fine... 35 ('hrome Glove Leather, Fat-Liquor


Syrup, Ginger 43 for ...81.3

Syrup, Orange 44 (Mirome Liquor 312


Chartreuse, Es.sencc 35 Chrome Side I/<*ather, Dyefiig Black. .310

Chatterless Lubricating Oil 3f>4 Fat T.iquor for 312


Cheap White Paint 295 (3irome Steel, Annealing 344
Cheddar Cheese b7 Chrome Tan Calf Eiuia^ 307

For Chemical Advinors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, ConUineni. etc., oonuult Supply
SactioD at end of book.
500 WDEX
Chrome-Tanned Leather 319-322
Chromed India-Kips, Coloring 312
Chromium Steel, Magnetic, Heat Soap, Liquid
Treatment of 344 Soap, Rug 85
Churned Buttermilk C5 Straw Hats 77
Chypre, Cologne 144 Cleanser, Astringent Lotion..., 123
Perf«me Base for Face Powder... 133 and Conditioner, Hand 122
Cider, Acid Compound 43 Window 432
Apple, Cheap 40 Cleansing Cream .106, 107
Fkvor ‘^87 Greasy Type 139
Orange, Compound 44 Lemon 110
Sweet Drinking Artificial 40 Lemon Juice 139
Cidcrette Syrup 40 Liquefying 147
Cigar Box Wood 340 Liquid 107
Cigarette, Stain Removal 442 Soluble 106
Tip Adhesive 2 Clear Lacquer 097
Cinnamon Flavor 25 Clear Gloss Lacquer 24.1

Civet, Tincture of 33 Cloth Marking Crayon 193


Clay, Face 194 Cloth, Photographic Printing on 393
FkKMSQlftted 348 Waterproofing 478, 481, 483
Cleaner, Aluminum 417 Clothing, Rubber 4.31

Copper 420 Coal, Coloring 180


Dairy Equipment 76 Dust Prevention 180
Dry 76 Improving Appearance of.. 179
Electric Metal 403 Coating for Butter Tubs
Gelatine Film 392 Cobalt Drier 283
Hand 76 Cochineal, Liquid 38
Kerosene Jelly 76 Cockroaches, Exterrainant of.. 221
LeatliQr 77 Powder 221
Marble and Porcelain 77 (yocoa Icing

Mettil 426 Coconut Oil, Emulsion 153


Oil Painting 77 Softener 477
Porcelain, Deodorant 70 Cod Liver Oil Emulsion .153, 379
76 Codling Moth, Bands 990
Powdered Glove
Printers’ Form 77 Spray 222
Rifle 77 Coffee, Aroma 25
Rubber 449 Chocolate 48
Bug 77 Extract ...25, 37
Silver 431 Icing 54
Soaps 75 Pectin Jellies 51

Suede 431 Stains, Treatment of 439


Wall Paper 78 Substitute
White Shoo Paste 428 Cognac, Brandy Essence ...32, 35
Cleaning, Artificial Dentures 122 Essence 34
Colored Concrete 433 Fine Champagne, Essence . 35
Compound 75 Coil Insulation 224
Compound, Bottle 75 Coins, Cleaning Copper 75
Copper Coins 75 Coke, Dust Prevention 180
Cream Gasoline 76 Improving Appearance of.. 179
Fluid 76 Cold Cream 107, 108, 109, 139, 147
Fluid, Dry 75 Liquid 109
Fluid, Non-Inflammable 75, 76 Making
Liquid, Non-Inflammable 433 Modem 146
Marble 433 for Sun and Wind Bum... 109
Nickel Silver Castings 427 Theatrical 107
Paste, Mechanics 76 Cold Drawing Wire Alloy.... 23

Powder, Aluminum 417 Cold and Influenza Mixture..


Powder, Household 424 Cold, Inhalants for

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


INDEy 501

Cold Water, Paint ..280 Compacts, Rouge 129


Paint, Outside Composition Ornaments 395
Collodion, Photo-Engravers Compound, Pipe Jo'iit 7
Colloidal, Garden Compound Vanilla Kvtnict 29
Iodine . . .'{So Concord Grape Essence 35
Lecithin Conciete ,3,33

Cologne, Carnation . .114 A^i-I Resistant ,331


Chypre ..141 Acid Wash for *.....334
Fancy ..111 Blocks 3.38
Gardenia ..m Building Blocks 330
Jasmine ..111 1
'leaning (.'olored 433
Lilac ..111 G<*a(ing ,303
Orchidee ..III Curing ...330
Bose . .Ill Flllorescence, Removal of 331
Trefl6 ..141 Floors, Dustproollng 3.30

Coloring, Aluminum . . on Floor Hardeners .3,32

Pran'W to Figure 329, 330


Brass Red p;; High Early Strength 3.31

Butter 5)S Mixtures 334


Belt Edges <).')
Oil Tanka, Treating 304
Bone Buttons 1)^ Painting 200
Cement .'{.'{I Paints, Cumar in .,.,,,285
Cement Gray :{ 2 <) I’atches 3.31

(Jhrome India-Kips :{12 Stain Uemovnl 4.35

Coal ISO Tile .3.38

Copper 91 Waterproofing 334


Cotton 471 Condenser, Electrolytic 349, .350
Dio Cast Zinc 97 CondiK'lor, Plastic 221
Dyeing, Bleaclung 87 Construction Material, Waterproof . .3.39

Artificial Flowers 91 Contraceptive Jelly 377


Gasoline 90 Conversion Factors, Table 484
Gelatin Solutions 97 Cotnersion of Thermometer Readings. 480
Glycerin 97 <’o|>[>er. Alloy 19
Iron 9:; Alloy, Heat Treatment of 19
Latex Black 4 IS Bearing Alloy 20
Leatlier Black ?,im BrovMi on 91
Liquid Soaps so Cleaner 420
Metal 91 (V)ins, Cleaning 75
Milled Soaps 80 Color, Blue 92
Mineral Oil 15.') ({olor. Brown 92
Oil in Water Emulsions... ,154, 155 ({(dor, Green 92
Paper 98 C(dor, Verde 92
Paraflin Wax 98 ('(during 91
Wood 101 Cvaiiide Solution 415
Wool 471, 472 EIceti'‘ty[)ing 400
Colored Concrete, Cleaning. m Enameling
Fini.**!!, Royal 92
185
Colored Pencil Leads 212
Colored Varnish, Light Fast 290 Green Pntina on 92
Colored Waters, Non-Fading 100 Improving Kleetii<al Conductivity
Colors, Alcohol Soluble. . . 90 of 21

for Bath Salts 94 Plating 405


Beverage, Vegetable .... .'18 IMating Aluminum 407
Oil Soluble 90 Plating Glass 406
for Plastics 394 Retining Electrode Alloy 22
Water Soluble 89 Holder 177
Comb, Rubber 4.52 Tankards, Glaze 185
Combination Tannage .324 Tubing, Bending 354
Common Indicators 489 Verde Antique Finish on 92, 93

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipmenl, ConUInem, etc,, coniuH Sepply
Section at end of book.
502 imEX
Copying, Ink 195, 197 Crayon —Con tinned
Pencil, Blue 212 Ml^rking 194
Cordage, Groaso 358 194
Sizing for Polishing 475 Cream, Absorption Base 105
Waterproofing 481 Acne 375
Core, Binder 341 Anti-Perspiration 105
Oil 341 Anti-Sunburn 105
Cork Composition Binder 395 Artificial 57
Cork and Wood Flour, Binder for... 5 Astringent 105, 113, 148
Corn, Cures 377 Black Shoo 428
Ether 31 Bleach 105
Fertilizer 17 Brushless Shaving 147
Oil Emulsion 153 Butter and Honey 47
Ecmedy 377 Catarrh ....* 37(5
Removers 377 Cheese 69
Weevils, Killing 215 Cheese Manufacturing 57
Corpse Tissue Filler \l()l Cholesterol-Lecithin 104
Corroded Brass, Refinishing 420 Cleansing 10(5, 107
Corrosion Inhibitor 458 Cold 107, 108, 109, 139, 147
Auto Radiator 341 Cold, Making 107
Proof Steel 23 Cucumber 14(5, 147
Proofing Aluminum, Zinc, Magne- Dental 390
sium and their Alloys 458 Depilatory 140
Resistant Coating 303 Foundation 113, 114
Resistant Iron Alloy 20 Gasoline Cleaning 76
of Steel Parts, Preventing 344 Greaseless 109, 110
Cosmetic, Plastic 127 Greaseless Quinosol 108
(.osmeticH 101 Increasing Viscosity of 57
(hittage Cheese 09 June Typo 14(5
(h)tton,Bleaching 87 Lavender 14(5
Cloth, Back-Filling 4(55 Lecithin Nourishing MO
Coloring 471 Lemon 110, 14(5, 147
Dyeing 4(52, 4(53 Lemon Cleansing 110
Dyeing Black 404 Liquefying 110
Fabrics, Scouring 404, 405 Liquid Almond 105
Finish on Sulphur Dyed 4(54 Liquid Cleansing 107
Finishing of 4(54 Liquid Cold 109
Good Softeners 477 Liquid Lanolin 110
Hosiery 404 Massage 110, 111, 140
Hosiery Scroop 404 Mint 116
in Kier, Bleaching 87 Modern Cold 146
Removing from Cotton Wool Mosquito 11
Mixture 404 Mosquito Repellent Ill
Cotton Seed Oil Emulsion 153 Neutral Shoo 428
Cotton Siac 474, 475 Nourishing Ill, 112
Cotton Solution 234 Nourishing Cholesterol 112
“Cotton! zing” Fla.x Waste 4(55 Pearly Vanishing 148
Cough Lozenges 377 Perspiration, Deodorizing 115
Counter Etches 1(55 Petrolatum 113
Counter Irritant, Refrigerant 387 Polish, Furniture 422
Crack Filler 304 Protective 85
Crackle I^acquer Base 233 Rolling Massage Ill, 140
Crayon 192 Shoe 428
Animal Marking 193 Shoe, Black 430
Blgipkboard 193 Soluble Cleansing 106
Cltrti^arking 193 Soothing 141
Drawing 193 Sour 65
Lithographic 194 Strawberry 146
All -^rmulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.
INDE.\ 5 (

Cream —Continued Dandruff — Continued


Sun Burn 112 I{eni(»\er 128
Tangerine 4-1 Treatment 110
Theatrical Cold 109 r>ecalcomama Adhesi\e 2

Tissue 112, 147 l)ecoh)n/ing IH


Tissue Builder 117 Caihon .'la.)

Translucent Jelly 1J9 Oeeomtcds' Paste 10

Turtle Oil 14 < \armsh *...L’'1S

Vanishing lU, 111, HI, IH Oegieasiiig Leatlu'r before' I >\ eiag. . I I

Violet H'* Ib'j^unitning Od, Silk or h’a_\on .‘li'a

Wild Cherry HO De-gummiii}; Silk b'S

Wrinkle HJ hehaiiiiig Hides .'127

Zme Stearate ll-> l)e inking Newspaper .'US

Paper iwJ, .171

Crease Proof Fabrics 139, H>.) Dclpliinmm. Pievenlion Blm k

Creme de Meat he, Esseuce .'13 Rut in

Crepe Dye Resist


4dC> Deliistenng Cellulose Acetnte
l**d Di'liisteied Cellulose Aia'late Yarn..,
Cresol Disinfectant
Crocus Cuuqiosition 420 Dehisteiing Rayon b'7,

Silk

Cr^stalli/i^g, Lacqm’r — ‘I
V'lrnnh 292
('team

Cucumber ('ream H'>, ID Clown Enamel, (lohl


1 -M ,11. (’) }

Plasicr

DcntiiH's. Cleaning Arlilicial

Pencil ll'»
Cupric-phenol I'hxing Solution
Perspiral ion H.>
Curacao, French ‘lO
I’orcelain Ch'arier 7o
Curling Jelly ^

^ " INiwdcr Hd
Liiiuid
•''O Ibd'iigeiator HS
Curry Powder, Spicing
Sjoa) F19
Cuticle Remover .‘.‘"I/!/,
|)eodori/mg H8
Cutting Oil
l-'J*
l)isiiifectant
Base
C.arlic
Emulsion
Spray, Pine H9
Resin
Dejulalory Hd
Soluble
Cream HO
Sulphur '1^’"
’’-7
Hide
Cyclamen, Extract of
JIO I’erfumi'S hll
Cylinder Carbon, Removing
Depolarizer for Dry and Leclanche
Cylinder Oil
'>>9 Batteries ’07
Cylinder, Upper, Lubricant
Detergent, Laun<lry 77
and Paint Rmnover 77
Silk Stockings and (lloves 77
Dairy Equipment Cleaner
“'* Detonator, Electrical
Dammar Cut
Developer, Pliotognijdiic ,..802
Dance Moor Wax
FO Stains, Removal of ,*.440
Dandruff, Lotion for Dry
Developing Fixer, Photographic 392
Lotion for Oily
Dewaxing, Cum Darnar 440
Mixture
l ‘» Taibricating Oil . .862
Ointment 117,
Diabetic Tea 388
Preparations
Dies, Lubricant for 360
Remedy
Raw Matcriala. Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supply
For Chemical Advisors, Special
Section at end of book.
m JNDEX
Dip, Blue 404 Dust, Insecticidal 215
Bright 403 Diujtproofing Concrete Floors 330
Burn Off 413 Dj^ Applying to Leather 90
Mercury 416 Azo Oil
Dipping Enamel, Olive Green 230 Black Leatiier 9,;
Dipping Solution, Pearl 232 Hair
Direct Wool Printing t.472 Mordants, Fur 327
DisiufeStunt 149 Resist, Crepe 400
Bleach 150 Shoe 429
Cresol 150 Toner for Printing Ink 211
Deodorizing 150 Dyed Fabrics, Stripping Composition
Laundry 150 for 89
Lyflol Type 150 Dyeing, Bleaching, Coloring 87
I’ine Oil 150, 151 Cellulose Aoetate 98
Heed 18 (’hrome Side Leather Black 310
Heed Potato 18 Cotton 402, 463
Disinfucting a. 148 Cotton Black 464
Disinfection, Seed 215 Fur Skin 90
Dispersions of Casein and Shellac ... 304 Goat Skins Black 311
Distemper, Cure for Doga 24 Kangaroo Skins Black 311
Matt Finish 270 Knit Fabrics 40(i
Oil-bound 270 Leather, Degreasing before 3H
“Dissolving” Glue 9 Rayon 4(’)3

Dogs, Distemper Cure for 24 “Shoe” Plush Brown 429


Drawing Crayon 193 Silk Black 468
Drawing Ink, Waterproof 211 Straw Gri'cn 98
Drawing Oil 363 Sueile Brown 98
Drawing Pastels, Wax.... 193 Tiissah Pile Fabric 472
Dressing, Auto Top 275 Dicing Process, Sulphur 94
for “Kinky” Hair 117
Dressing Oil as an Alkali Fat-Liquor E
with Borax 313 Earache Oil 378
Drier, Cobalt 283 Earthworm Poison 221
Lead 304 Eau de Cologne 143
Lead Manganese 289 Soap Perfume 82
Liquid 293 Solid 116
Liquid Paint 296 Eau de Quinine IKi
Manganese 283 Ebony Stain 272
Precipitated Cobalt Linoleate 304 Eczema Preparations 137
Drill Bit Alloy 20 Edam Cheese 69
Drill Holes in Glass 351 Effervescent Bath Salts 102, 103
Driving Journal Grease 356 Egg Albumen Finish for Leather. . . .307
Dry Cleaner 76, 442 Preservative for 57
Dry Cleaning Fluid 75 Eggshell Paint 237
Dry Cleaning Hoap 78, 79, 442 Elastic Compound, Light 349
Dry Cleaning Soap on Ammonia Elastic Putty 11
Base 86 Eloi'tric Ijatnp “Getter” .349
Cleaning Soap, Liquid 79 Electric Metal Cleaner.. ,4 403
D^ Dandruff, Lotion for 137 Electrical,Conducting Varnish 292
Dry Fire Extinguisher 173 Contact Alloy \ 23
Dry Ginger Ale Extract 25 Contact Point Alloy 20
Dry Measure 488 Detonili^; 169
“Dry-Bright” Polish 420 Fuse An6iy 19
Dry Rot, Prevention of 335 Insulating Compound 224
Dry Scalp, Hair Tonic 138 Insulating Tape 224
Duck, Waterproofing 482 Insulation 224
Duplicators 192 Insulation Lining 224
Dust-Cloth Fluid 420 Porcelain 186
All formulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.
INDEX *
606
Electrical—Continued EmuLsious —Contxnutd
Potting Composition
Resistance Alloy
^ 1^5
Mineral Oil and Agar
Neatsfoot Oil
379, 380
154 ^ 158
Resistance Liquid 224 Nitrocellulose 304
Electro-deposited Metal, Stripping. .341 Dll 153
Electrode, Arc Lamp 349 Oil Paint 270
Carbon 34h Ohve Oil .151, 405
Electrolytic Coloring of Aluminum.. 91 Orange Oil 27
Electrolytic Condenser .349 I
Palm Oil 15 1

Ele(!troplating 399 1 Piiradiclilorbcn/rnc 1(;3


Procedures 1(I2 Puniiriu Oil 154
Kl(\-trotype, Raekiug Metal 21 Parallin Wav IdO
Metal 21 Piilcnt Leather Softening 807
Eleotrotyping ICtH Peanut Oil 154
Copper 4()t) 1*01 ilia Oil 151
Embalming Fluid 349, 3.>0 Pine Oil 150
Embroidery Treatment .350 Pitch 155
Emery, Grease 420 Polish 421
Paper 4.32 Rapeseed Oil 151
Paste 421 Raw Tallow 103
Emmcnthaler, Domestic Swiss Cheese. 70 Refined Miuenil Oil 157
Emollient Cosmetic Wash 124 Hootbeer 39
Emulsified Fluid Lubricant 359 Rosin 151, 1.55, 413
Emulsifying Agent 152, 15.'), Kil Rosin, Turpentine 1(;3

Emulsions 151 Rubber 103


of Acriflavine 378 Rubberseed Oil 154
Agar-Petrolatum 378 Sesame Oil 151
Almond Oil 153 Soluble Oil 150
Asphalt 155, 102, 328, .329 Soya Bean Oil 154
Bitumen 329 Sperm Oil 154
Black Wax 1.55 Theory of 151
Camauba Wax 159, 102 Trietliunolainine 100
Castor Oil 153 Uses 152
Castor Oil, Pharmaceutical 379 Vaniisli 292
Chinawood Oil 1.53 White ParafFin Oil 157
Coconut Oil 153 Enamel, Acid Ifesisltint 191
Cod Liver Oil 15.3, 379 Air Drying 248
Coloring Oil in Water 154, 155 Varnish 292, 30fi
Corn Oil 153 Vitreous 185
Cotton Seed Oil 153 White 282
Cutting Oil 301 W'hite Lacquer 230
Ethylene Dichloride 101 Enameling 180, 187, 188, 189, 190
Factice 449 Copper 185
Flatting Paste 421 Iron 185
Flavors Hot and Cold Methods 30 Htwl 186
Fuel or Lubricating Oil 153 Enamels 182
Halowax 102 Engine Carbon Remover 181, 34L
Kerosene . . .i 159, 102 Engine .Toint Beal 34|P
Lanolin 104, 102 English Plate Glass 184
Lard Oil 153 Engraving 164
Laxative 378 Envelope Mucilage 9
Laxative Mineral Oil 380 Ephedrine Nasal Spray 386
Lemon Oil 26 Enidicator, Ink 212
Light Mineral Oil 157 Black Stoving 241, 242
Linseed Oil 154, 158 Dipping, Olive Green 230
Menhaden Oil 154 Interior 239, 240
Methods 152 Opacifler 185
Mineral OU 380, 421 Paint, Indoor £68
For Chemical Advlson, Special Raw Haterlab, Equipment, Oontainera, ate.., MnttiU Snppljr
faction at end of book.
506 * INDEX
===;
Eradkator— Continued / Ether, Corn
Paint, Outdoor ,.267, 275 Prevention of Oxidation....
Paint Bemover Ethylene Bichloride Emulsion.
2:12

Pyroxylin Wood 228 Explosive Primer .169, 17(1

2?,

Rer».oving Vitreous 185 Exterior House Paint


Wall and Woodwork 257 Exterior Wood Paints . 243-24,
Eraser, Rubber 455 Exterminant of Cockroaches.. 00 ^
Esseuee, Apple Aroma Exterminator, Bed Bug
54 Oo'i

Arac 34 Mouse 223


Arac Aroma 31 Extra Flexible Bindery Glue, s

Chartreuse Extract, Almond o-

31
Cli<*rry Wild Aroma ColTco ...25, 3"
34 10 -

Cognac.Brandy ...32, 35 Bry Ginger Ale 0-

Cognac Fine Champagne. . . East India Lemon Sour.... :;<]

Concord Grape Ginger Ale 4';

Creme de Meuthe 35 Ginger Ale Soluble 41


Gin, Gordon 35 Lemon .. .26, 27
Gin, Holland Lemon, Concentrated
Gin, London Dock 31 Lemon, Terpenelcss 41
Gin, Old Tom Limes 41
Grape Aroma Special 30 Orange ...27, 41
Kartoffel Sclmapps 32 Orange, Concrete
Nordhacuscr Korn 32 Pepper Preserving
of Peach Blossom 35 Pyrethrum
Pistacho 30 Sarsaparilla 42
Prune Juice for Blending.. Tea, Concentrated 27
Rflisip W*^o , 33 TnrppTiftlpss nf T.pnitin 07
, ,

Rootbeer Terpeneless of Orange 07


OO
of Rum, Jamaica Vanilla 29
Rum, New England ,...32, 33 Vanilla, Compound 29
Slivovitz 32 Vanilla, 4X Strength 29
Treater Brandy 35 Vanilla, Pure 29
Tutti Frutti 30 Vanilla, Extra Concentrated. 29
Whiskey Bourbon 31 Eye, Lotions 380
Whiskey, Rye Salvo 380
Whiskey, Rock and Rye.... 30 Shadow 116
Wdiiskey, Scotch Eyebww Stick 116
Ester Cut 238
Ester Gum Mixing Varnish... 281 F
Ester Gum
Varnish 288 Fabric, Greaseproof 465
Ester Varnish 238 Bope, Airship
Etch, Resist 104 Finishing Compound for 462
Etch Solutions for Lithograph Flates.105 : Fireproofing 174
Etches, for Aluminum 105 Waterproofing 482
Counter 105 Wrinkle and Crease Proof... 459
for Stone 105 Face, Clay 104
for Zinc Lotion 124
Etching 104 Powder, Chypre Perfume Base 133
Etching, Aluminum Reflectors. Powders 127, 128
Filler* 106 Tonic 125
Glass 164 Facial and Body Reducer 129
Stainless Steel 164 Factice,Compound, Latex 449
Steel . . . 104 Emulsion 449
All ™'^|ireccded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.
INDEX* 507

Factice —Continued Fire Starters ,180


Rubber Substitute 449 Fire, White ,171
Fancy Cakes (U Fireproof, Coating ,174
Fancy Cologne 144 Paint ...174, 209
Fast Dyeing Process 90 Paper and Wall Board . . ,372
Fastan-Chromc Stock Liquor .'Jlit) Wall Board ,310
Fat-Liquor .{Lt File PriHiting ...i73, 174
Recipe for .'Ii:? Canvas ,171
for Chrome Glove Tjoather lU.'i Falirns . 171
for Chrome Side Leather ;)12 l’ap»*r . . . 174, 3(!9

for Sheep Leather ;:i;! Metal .171


Fat-Liqiioring r.l'J Kavuii .171
Feet, Perspiring, Solution for .‘>81 tSidiition .171
Felting Animal Hairs .'128 Textiles .174
Felting Liquid ’127 Wood .175
Fertilizers P' Fiicivsisf iiig Fibrcbuard 175
Corn 17 I'lsli Oil, l'utif\iiig 30,!

General Garden 17 Fixative, Ambie 115


Grass 17 Fixer, Plmtograpliic Uev«‘lo|uiig 392
Pent 17 Fixing Fluiil, Binlugiinl 351

Tobacco 17 Fixing Sulution, Cupric jihenol .352

Fibreboard, Fireresistmg 175 Flaniiels, Fiiu.sli for 405


Rot-proof «>-*9 Flaslibglif J’ovvdcr .392

Field Mouse Poison 22.'} Siiiokidess .392

Fig, Jam Flat Lac(pn“r 227


Preserves «'><1 Paste 243
Tincture of Flat Paint, Interior 210
Filler, for Automobile Body J04 Flat Vainisli 292
for Cast Iron Flatting Paste Eiiiiilsions 421

Crack ^ 3d4 I'lavor, yMiiioiid 25


Etching Almond, Imitation 25

Expansion Joint 7 Almond, Non Ah oludic 2H

Floor Crack Ani.se 25


Gelatine, Hardening 39(» Ani.sett(‘ 34

Wood, Powder 1^117 Ajiph', Imitation 10

Film, Cleaner, Gelatine 392 Caraway 25

Non-Inflammable 39(t ( 'elery 25

Reclamiing Photographic 392 Clu'rry Powderi'd 37


309 Cherry, Wild Powdi'red 37
Filter Paper, to Strengthen
354 Cider' 388
Filter, Ultra Violet
Finger Wave Dryer 120 Cigar, Havana 20

Finish, Laboratory Table 302 Cinnamon 25


,.,.404 (,'od Liver Oil Emulsion .379
Cotton Yarn or Cloth
219 Emulsion, Hot and t^old Methods. . 30
Fire Ant, Insecticide
170 Lemon, Imitation 20
Fire, Blue
Fire Extinguisher 350 Lemon, Non Ah'oliolic 27, 28

350 Lemon, Pure 20


Chimney
173 Maple, Imitation 27
Dry
173 Non-Aleoholic 29
Fluid
173 Orange, Non-Alcoholic 27
Fire Extinguishing
173 Peppermint 27
Foam
Fire, Green 179 Pineapple Powdered 37
453 Powdered 39
Fire Hose Rubber
1^9 Raspberry Powdered 37
Fire Kindler
179 Soluble Ginger or Capsicum. .’
26
FMre, Red
413 Strawberry Powdereil 37
Fire Scale, Removing
171 Thyme 25
Fire,Showers of
438 Tooth Paste 390
Fire Stains, Treatment of
For Chemical Advisors, Special Eaw Materials, Equipment, Containora, ttftt aonsult Supply
Section at end of book.
508 •INDEX

Yi&vofl^Continued Fly —Continued


Tooth Powder 390 Paper 222
Vanilla, Artificial 37 Spray 221, 222
Vanilla Bean Powder CO Foam, Fire Extinguishing 173
Vanilla Compound Concentrated... 28 Foam Prevention Agent 3.5.5

Vanilla, Imitation 28 Foam Producers 43


Vanilla, Non-Alcoholic 28 Foaming, Prevention of 347
Vanilla, Pure 28 Fodder, Potato Flake 17
Walnut, Imitation Black 29 Preserving Green 17
Whiskey 1-25 34 Foenugreek, Concentrate Tincture of. 33
Whiskey 1-1 C Special 35 Foenugreek Tincture 33
Wintergreen 29 Fogging, Anti- Agent .345

Flavors and Beverages 25 Food, Cattle 24


Flax Waste, Cotton izing ”

‘ 465 Food, Preventing Mold on 57
Machine Bindery Clue 8 Foot Powder 381
Bookbinding Clue 12 Formaldehyde, Permanently Neutral. 352
Glass Substitute 398 Formula, Lotion 122
Machine Bindery Clue 9 Formula, Stain 258, 259
Marking Composition 302 Formula, Varnish 280, 281, 282, 289
Paint, Stencil 270 Foundation Cream 113, 114
Paper Box Clue 12 Four Hour Varnish 28.3, 281

Printing Roller 192 Freckle, Removfrs 143


Wax 444 Treatment 113
Floating Soap 78 Freeze, Anti- 31(i

Flocculated ( -lay 348 Freezers, Sterilizing 00


Floor, Acid Proofing Creamery 328 Freezing Mixture .351

Cement, Hardener .3.35 Freight Car Paint 270i

Composition 338 French Curacao .30

Composition, Industrial 330 French Plate Glass 184


Composition, Rubber 455, 457 Fresh Plaster,(^Painting on 280
Concrete, Hardeners 332 Frost Bite Pencil 381
Covering Material 340 Frosting of Glass, Prevention of.....351
Crack Filler 8 Frothing and Foaming, Prevention
Hustproofing Concrete 330 of 317
Oil 421 Fruit, Cake Shrine 55
Paint 237 Pastes, Thickening of 52
Polish 419, 421, 430, 433 Prevention of Mold on 57
Rubber Composition 335 Spray Residue, Removing 218
Terrazzo Finish .330 Stain Remover 440
Varnish 293 Syrup 30
Wax 421 Fudge, Butterscotch 55
Wax, Liquid 422 Chocolate 55
Wood, Finish 422 Fuels 178
Flotation and Cutting Oil Base .300 Anti- Knock 179
Flour, High Rising 50 Briquettes 178
Improvement of 50 Gasoline Modified ISO
Improver 5() Internal Combustion 181
Paste 10 Motor 181
Flower Gardens, Chemical .3.50 Motor, Anti-Knock 181
Flowers, Coloring Artificial 94 Oil 181
Fluid Fire Extinguisher 173 Oil Emulsion 153
Fluorescent Hydrocarbons 90 Special 181
Fluorescent X-Ray Screen .3.54 Fugitive Trans^||pM|l|*<)sition 302
Flux, Soldering 177 Fulling Skins a^fHides 320
Weldiitfe 177 Fumigation Composition 218
Zinc Solder 177 Fuittgicide ...217
Fluxes 170 Seed 17
Fly, Catching Mixture 222 Fungus Killer f 218

All formulae preceded by an asterisli^^*)


INDWX. 509

Fur, Bleach for 8S Gin Cont\nucd ^

Carroting r>27 Holland, Oil 31


Carroting Solutions 328 Oil, Old Tom 31
Dye Mordants 327 Ginger Ale 25
Skin Dyeing 91') Browed 40
Skins, Tanning 315, 323, 321, 32(’) Dry lAtraet 25
Furniture, or Auto Pulisli 42.”. llxlnu t . 43
Gloss Oils 123 pAtraet, Soluble 41
Glue 9 Ginger Cliauipagne Syrup 43
Lacquer 229 Glass '
1.82

Lacquer Gloss 2.34 Belgian I'late ISt


Polish 422, 4;;2 Bolieinmn I’late 184
Polish, Liquid 42.3 to Brus.s Adhesive 3
Polisli, Paste 423 Cement (i, It

Fuse, Blasting lt)9, 172 to Ceineut Adlu'.^-iNe 2

Fused Manganese Besiniite 298 (’hipped 13


Fusible Alloys, Making 19 Copper Plating 40(5

Fusible Synthetic liosin 451 Drill Holes in 351


Kngli.sh Plate 1S4
Ktehing 104
G French IMato 181
Gall Salvo, Veterinary 24 German Plate 184
Galvanized Iron, Painting 27(') GiMiiig 191

Garden, General Fertilizer 17 (hdd<‘ii Lu.sti'r on 1H.3

(iardenia,Cologne Ill ‘‘llorak” 183

Perfume Base Pl'l Ink for 197. 19.8

Gargle, Sore Throat 3SI Marking 182

Garlic, Deodorizing 119 and Metal, Waterproof (Vment.... 7

Gas, Bomb, Tear and Sniok<* 172 I’ohsh 423, 427

Mask Absorbent, Ammonia 118 Prevention of Froaling 351

Gasket Compound 317 Kefnutory 183

Gasoline, Carbon Looseners 315 Ki'.sistunt 183

Cleaning Cream 7<’) Kiibv 183

Coloring Safety 382, 18.3, 191

Fuel, Modified 180 Safety, Gcmciit 0


Gum Formation Inliibitor 180 Silver Plate on 412
Solidified 180, ISl Sihenng 412
Special 181 Sub.sdlute 184
Stabilizing 181 Sulislitute, I'lexible 308
to Whiten Yellow *0' Thermal 184
Gear Lubricant, Open 301 ritra Violet 101
97 Cltni Violet 3'ninsparent 184
Gelatine Backed Lantern Slides
39(1 Waterproof Ink for 198
Gelatine, Bottle Caps
(ilassine Pajier 372
Capsules
Cells for Ultrafiltration 391 (Jinze, Acid Ib'Ki.ating ,^...184
Dessert Powder Alkali free lunie g|*...184
31^- Gandy !:....274
Film Cleaner
39(1 ('opper Tankards »....185
Films, Hardening
3 .jI Metal 428
Sheets
Paper 372, 428
Solutions, Coloring
39(> Wood * . • • 428
Sound Records
351 Glazing Composition 274
Gems, Synthetic . . .
.

Gloss, Lacquer, Clear 243


German Plate
191 Oil 238
Gilding Glaas
London Dock 31 Oils, Furniture 423
Gin, Essence,
Paint : 237
Old Tom
Paint, Interior 240
Gordon . .

Glove dcaner, Powdered 76


Holland ^1
R*i Material*. Equipment, ConUiner*. etc., conioU Supplj
For Chemferf Advisor*. Rpeclal
Section at endof book.
510 INDEX
Glove Leather, Fat-Liquor for Giapc —Continued
Chrome 313 Oil Artificial 30
Gloves, Silk Detergent 77 Syrup Form, Artificial 30
Glue, Jiankuoto 15 Grapefruit Preserves 53
Bindery, Extra Flexible 8 Grapliite, Cup Grease 357
Bindery, Flexible 8 Grease 300
Bind(,y[;y Muehino, Flexible 8 Lubricant 350,
Bindery, Kcgular 8 Suspension 350
Bookbinding, Flexible 12 Grass, Fertilizer 17
Cabinet Makers 9 Killer 17
Case Making Machine 9 Quack, Killer 17
Casein, Paper Coating 3G9 Stain Remover 440
Cellophane 8, 12 Tincture of 39
for Cementing Glass 14 Grease Base, Lubricating 35G, 3(i;i

Composition 398 Grease, Cordage 35S


Composition for Plaster Casting Cup 35G
Molds 351 Cup, Locomotive Rod 35G
‘ ‘
Dissolving ” 9 Cup, Made by Pressure Cooking. . .357
Furniture 9 Driving Journal 35G
Handling of 13 Emery 420
Hectograph 15 Graphite 3Go
for Joints in Leather Driving Belt, 15 Graphite Cup^j^ 357
Leather Solo 9 High Temperature Lubricating 35S
Leather to Metal 14 Lubricating 358
Liquid 9, 12, 15 Mill 358
Masking Tape 9 Spot Remover 441, 471
Mouth 15 Stick for Buffing or Polisliing. . . .432
Paper Box Flexible 12 Thread 358
Sausage Casing 15 Grease Proof Paper 3(t8
Size in Paint and Calsoniino 478 Grcaseless Cream 109, IP'
Starch Paste 12 Greasejiroofing Paper 372
Tablet Binding 8 Greasy Type Cleansing Cream 13*'

Tungstic IG Green Color Copper ‘)L

Vegetable 9 Green Finish on Brass 93.

Waterproof 15 Green Fire 170


Wood Coating 15 Green Fodder, Preserving 17
Glycerine, Coloring 97 Green House Paint 230)

'j
^elly for Microscope Mounting 3.11 Green Lead Arsenate 218
OMt Skins, Dyeing Black 311 Green Patina on Copper 92
Tanning White 315 Green Pigments 205
Gold, Bronze Ink 197 Green Tomato Mince meat 54
Cyanide Solution 41G Grinding Compound 421
Dental Crown Enamel 185 Grinding Paint 27(3

Finish, Antique 10(5 Grindstones ,^...424


Imitation 21 Groundwood Pulp 307
Plating 407, 408 Guava Jelly 53
Polish 423 Gum, Benzoin, Siam, Tincturt of 33
White 23, 408 Daniar, Dewaxing 440
White Untarnishable 21 for Parting Punch from Die, .342, 343
Golden Luster on Glass... 183 Phenol formaldehyde 238
Gordon Gin Essence 35 Toothache 377
Gorgonzola Cheese 71 Lubricant 300
Grafting Wax Solid 444 Gun-metal Fini8||^‘l!';7^if 160
Graining Ink 198
Graining Leather^^ 315
Granular Efferveijcent Cider Salt 387 Hfliijorrhoid Ointment 387
Grape, Aroma Special, Essence 30 Haemorrhoidal Suppositoi^ 381
Concord, Essence 35 Hair,Xloan8er, Non Lathering 11(3
INDEX 511

Hair-^cm(i»«€d Herbicide 21(1

Curling Powder 121 Herzberg Stain, Paper 3(58

Dyes 117 llickor\. Tincture of 3,'l

Felting Animal 32S Hides, Dehainng 327


Fixative 11*'' Depilatory 327
Fixers or Straighteners US Fulling ) 32(5

Lotions Ill High bising Flour 3(5

Milk 117 High Speed Hearing laibricant 3(5(5

Restorer 11*^ High Tension I'able Oil 225


Setting Fluid 1-^* Hides, Drill in Class 3.')1

Setting Preparations 121 Home Tanning 31(5, 317


Setting Solution 121 Home Madi' Icing .55

11*^ Ilonienmde Sjtarkh'rs 171


Slianipoo
HS, 111). 120, i:i> Hone, Ra/or 128
Tonic
Dry Scalp !•)'' lIon(‘\ and Almond Lotion 123
Tonic,
110 Honey and Itutter Cream 17
Tonic, Honey and Flo\\(‘r
none\su<‘Kle 115
Tonic, Oilv Scalp D'-''

Wash, Milky H'* Perfume Hase 131

Wave Conc(‘ntiatc 120, 1 l.I “Honik” Class 183

Wa\e Fluid 120 llorsi'liair .Substitute -17(1

Wave Jelly 120 lIortK ultural Spiay 21(1

Wave Liquid 121 Hose, I'hre, Ruldier


Wave Powder 121 Kiibber 153
Whitcner 13^ Hosier \, Cotton HH
lo2 Cotton, Scroop 4(5-1
Halowax Emulsion
70 Hospital .Slieetmg, Rubber 451
Hand, Cleaner and Softener
121 House Paint, Hlack 235
Cleaning Preparations
122 Exterior 211
Cleanser and Conditioner
(Jreen 23(5
Lotion 1|;*
7< White 235
Wash, Antiseptic
13 llouselndd.Haking Powders oti
Handling of Glue
(Meaning Powder 421
Hard Alloy
12 IDdraulie, Drake Fluid 34(5, .348
Hard Rubber, Adhesives for
Cement 33o
Hard Wax Stopping for Filling Screw
!• bud •>»
Holes in Wood 13

Hardening Steel 23 ID podilorite Bleach


Ihpixdilorite Pleach ,
88.,
318 s
Harness Leather, Bar-tanned
7/
Hats, Cleaning Straw
2(5 lee Cream Powder .'#U7
Havana Cigar Flavor
Hay Fever Ointment 3So lee Meller
Ice Melti-r Wj
#864

Heat, Canned
Ice, Water, Sherbets
;

59
Skating Rink,
I.-eHkai.ng
Ice Art.fn-ml
!ink, Artificial 352
X,i
Conducting Lubricant
Icing, (’h<»i-olal<* 55
o-i
Insulating Material
Inrtllatioi 22^. 2dr, (W. 55
'ol (’ofTee
< olTi'c 514
Insalatiil Paper, Waterproof
22r. Honu- Made
Home oo
55
Insulato/
lami""
I.enion 54

Plastic Adhesive •'

Prodneing Composition 352 Light Meringue M


5.5

278 Manischino
Marasihino >*
54
Eesisting Paint
277 Orange 54
Sensitive Paint
Transfer Medium 352 Pmeajple
Pineapple M
54

Heavy-Bodied OU 292 Royal


oval 55 M
Vanilla 54
Igniter, Blasting Cap 169
.*....169
if
^ 196, 198
w ...,„.198 Imitation, Almond Flavor •

25

Stains,’itemokag';:::;! C440 Black Waln^ Flavor


Waek Walnmt 29

Heel, Rnl##, Black «2 Chinese La(^er 231


831
*2 English Oak I^rcather
I>eather 816
818
Heliotrop#6oap Perfume
For ChM*;sl Advisor., fipecisl Kv MsterisU, Equipment, Coalsiuert, etc, eeniuit Bnpplr
Section *t end of book.
512 INDEX

Imitation —Continued Printing 197, 198-208


Gold 21 Recording 196
Gold Alloy 20 Recording Instrument ..210
Jellies 52 Remover 441
Leather Dressing 307 Rotographic 199
Leather 'r’inish 309 Rubber Stamp 210
Lemon -.Flavor 26 Sausage Marking 211
Maple I’lavor 27 Sheep Marking 211
Marble 337 Stains, Treatment of 436
Parchment Paper 372 Stamp-Pad 196, 210
Porcelain Plastic 39.'5 Stamping 211
Bubber Stencil 211
Vanilla 29 Sympathetic 211
Vanilla Concentrate 28 Transfer 211, 301, .302
Vanilla Flavor 28 Typewriter Ribbon 210
Incense 352 Waterproof Drawing 211
Ink
Indelible, 198 Waterproof Marking 209
Laundry Ink 208 Waterproof Show Card 305
Lead, Red 212 Writing 195
Lipstick 122 Writing, Colored 196
Marking Composition 301 Writing and Cop ying 197
Marking Ink 197 Writing on (^ll|||| 198
Indicators ‘^89 for Zinc 212
Indoor Enamel Paint 2(58 Inner Tube Rubber 453
Industrial Flooring Composition. .. .336 Insulating, Adhesive, Quicksetting... 3

Infants Milk 74 Coating Electrical Etpiipment 224


Influenza and Cold Mixture 382 Compound, Electrical 224
Influenza Remedies 381 Material, Heat 225
Ingot Molds 344 Oil, Refining 363
Inhalant, Antiseptic 386 Porcelain 185
Inhalants for Cold 382 Refrigerator 225
Ink 192 Tape, Electrical 221
Alkali Blue .
204 Varnish 292
Black Stencil .
210 Insulation, Coil 224
Blue-lg 197 Electrical 224
for ]
197 Heat 224, 225
Concei^i^ Writing 197 Lining, Electrical 224
Copying aioid Record 19.5 Plastic 398
Entdicator 212 Insulator, Heat 225
for Glass, Waterproof 198 Insect, Exterminator 223
for Glass or Porcelain 197 and Poison Plant Lotion 124
Gold Bronze 197 Powder, Cockroach 221
Graining 198 Tree-bands 18
1
Hectograph 196, 198 Insect-proofing Canvas . . . . .219
Indelible 198 Insecticidal Dust
Indelible Laundry 208 Insecticide ..219
Indelible Marking 197 Against Lice ....
Intaglio 198, 207 Agricultural
Bed Bugs
Laundry Marking .^^08 Cabbage Maggot
Lithographic • • 1 99 Cattle Louse
Marking IllBoS, 209 for Fire Ant.
Meat Branding t 209 Floatable Powdered .«.
Meat Stamping 210 Mexican Bean Beetle. . •

for Metals 210 NiiOtine


Mimeograph 4 210 OiSnental Bushes
Outdoor W 210 Pine Oil
Powder and Tablets 196 Spraji

All formulae preceded by an asterisk ('


) are cosed by patent*.
INDEX 513

Insecticide — Continued Jell\~Cowtin«f (/


for Vegetable Weevil 215 Hair Wave 120
Intaglio Ink 198 Imitation 52
Water Kesistant 207 Kumquat 53
Interior, Enamel 2IJ9. 240 Lubricating 383
Hat Paint 210 Mola.'».ses Peviin for cast o| Slab
Gloss Paint 240 Work 52
Paint 2;:() Non Sweating T. . . . . 53
Plaster, Paint for 271 Pectin for t'ast Work 50
Wall Paint 24 Pectin for Cast or Slab Work.... 49
Wood Painting 249 iTvtin for Slab Work 51
Wood Stain 2.')S powders 7.5

Internal Combustion Fuel JSl Tur[>entine 3(l2

“Invar,” Stainless 21 Paginal 383


Invisible Ink 208, 211 Wit«li Hazel 133
Iodine, Colloidal .'>8 5 .lewiders ('einent 15
4 ".9 Powder
Stains, Treatment of .lewelr\ Polish 4.32

Tincture, Decolorized ^.87 Joint (’eiiienl, Oilproof 12


Iron, Alloy, Corrosion Kesistant 20 .louriial Box Lnbiicuiit 359
to Bronze, Welding 178 Jiin<‘ Type Cream 140
Cast, Strong Malleable <111 Jute, Pulp 3(;7

Castings, Prevent Size 470


Cement <5

Cement for Castings 7 K


Coloring 9.1 Kangaroo Skins, lUeing Black 311
Enameling Kartoffel S'dinapjiH Essence 32
Filler for Cast •”•94 Ketir or Koumi.ss 40
Painting Galvanized 27<» Kerosene, Emulsion 159, 102
Plating -lO.S Jellv, Cleaner 7tl

Plating Zinc Tin on 415 Solidified 181


Protective Paint 277 “Kirik\” Hair, Dressing for 117

Rustless, Soldering 17<> Kip Hiitt Finish .,307


Kustproofing 343, 458, 459 Knif(‘ Edge Alloy 19

Sheets, Coating 311 Knit Fabrics, Dyeing 400


Sheets, Prevention of Sticking 311 Scouring 400
Stains, Treatment of 450 Knitting Oil, Stainless. ... .^*4 .364

and Steel pMuzing 9'1

and Steel, Phosphate Coating on.. 459 Ktnimiss or Kefir ,1^4..... 46

Strips, Lead Plating IP' Kumquat Jelly i 53

Ivory, Artificial 39(5


L
Label, Paste 14

Jacinth© Synthetic 14 Paste for Machine 14


Laboratory Table Finish 302
Jam,
“lof 211
Lace Leather, Alum Tanned
Lacquer, Alcohol Proof
322
227
pg ArKflcial Hower Pmrl 2.32
pogne 141
1.34 Aul®nobile 229
Base, Crackle 23.3
141
88 Black Coating 2.30

179 Broniing 229


Clejir .227
.104, 138

Clear ilbss .243


48 ,,

Cast or Slab Coating, Non-Chalking 2.32


I 'Hot
.... .51 Coating, Non-Inflammable 230
Crystallizing 2*34
•.#77
....1.38 Enamels, \Vhj|e 230
.... Flat 227

MateriaU. Equipment. ConUlnem, etc. eontnlt flnppJy


For Che^I Adyisors. Speciil Ri^
Section at ei^of book.
514 INDEX
Lacquer— Con tinned / Lead, Alloy OQ

Furniture 229 Arsenate, Green 218


Furniture Gloss 2:54 Coating Alloy 20
Imitation Chinese 2:11 Drier 304
Leather 229 Manganese Drier 289
Metal 4 , - 228 Oleate 353
Metallic^ Non-Gelling 232 Plating 409
Nail l^olish 229 Plating Iron Strips 416
Nitrocellulose ,225, 230 Red 2.36
Non Blushing 2.30 Red Indelible 212
Non-Gelling 231 Stearate 354
Paper 2.33 Leather,Alum-Tanned Lace 322
Paste, Flat .24.3 Applying Basic Dyes to 96
Peail .2,33 Artificial 309
Pearl Wood .2.30 Bark-Tanned .318
Pigment Base .232 Base, Artificial 307
Pyroxylin . 2.33 Blacking Chrome Sole 312
(^uiekDrying 233 Blacking Kangaroo 315
Rubber 233 Blood Albumen Finish for 307
Rubbing or Polishing 227 Casein Finish 308
Shellac Ester 231 Chrome Side, Dyeing Black 310
Specialty 229 Chrome-Tunnad^, 319-322
Spot Remover 441 Cleaner ; 77
Thinner 2.31 Coloring, Black .308
Tinting 234 Coloring, Blue or Purple 314
Undercoat 2.31 Composition for Transfer 302
Wood 227 Degreasing before Dyeing 314
Wrinkle Finish 2.34 Dope, Artificial 308
Lamp, Electric, ‘‘Getter” 319 Dressing 424
Lanolin, Cream, Liquid no Dre.ssing, Imitation 307
Emulsion 104, 102 Driving Belt, Glue for .Joints 15
Lantern Slides, Gelatin Backed 97 Dye, Black 96
Lard Oil Emulsion 1.5.3 Egg Albumen Finish ,307
Lard, Prevention of Rancidity. 5.S . Fat-Li(juor for Clirome Glove 313
Larvici^fij Agricultural .215 Fat-Idquor for Chrome Side .312
Latex, Adhesives Finishes 307, 308, 425
Artificial Rubber 448 Finish, Imitation 309
Coloring Black 448 Graining 315
Factice Compound 449 Heavily Fat-Liquored 313
Paint 277 Imitation English Oak 316
Powdering Rubber 450 Lacquer 229
Removing Ammonia Odor 450 Matt Finish 309
Lathering Shaving Cream 130, 1.31 to Metal Glue 14
Latherlcss Shaving Cream 131 ‘Nourishor” if**.. ^-.441
Laundry, Bleach 89 Oil for .yft, . .364
Blue Paste Polish, Military. . .425
Blue, Liquid ../78 to Pasteboard, Paste 14
Detergent 77 Plump, Producing j, .. ^ .... 314
Disinfectant
Ink, Indelible
150
208
Polish
Preservative
^ 424
425, 441
Marking Ink 208 Rolls, Coating for ...fi.,..307
Soap 79 Sheep, Fat-Liquor for. ••»•«•••
‘‘Sour ” ..78, 89 Shoe Adhesive W. .1.... 3
Lavender, Cream 140 Shoes, Rubber Cement fer.J.... 7
Perfume 134 Softening Emulsion, Pa^]it| 307
Soap Perfume ^ 82 S«ie Glue .t. 9
Laxative, Castor Oil Emulsion., 378 Soles, Impregnant “Ill

Mineral Oil Emulsion 380 Soles, Preserving 425

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are urered by patents.


INDEX r)i5

Leather —Con tinned Lining, Brake 318


Sole, Tanning 32S Electrical Insulation 224
Spirit Shellac Solution fur 308 Linoleum, Backing Cement 7
Split 309 Polish .J2.5
Stain Hemover 309 and Tile Cement 7
Stuffing 32«), 338 Linotype Metal ^ 21
Substitute 327 Linseed Oil, Emulsum i:)4, 138
Variety of Useful Shades 314 .>....177)
Waterproofing 4S2 Substitute 3(;t
Lecithin, Colloidal 102 lapowit/. Metal 19
Lotion 139 Lip Pomade 122
Nourishing Cream 110 Lip Sticks 122, 1.19, 112
Lemon, Cleansing Cream 110 Indelible 122
Concentrated Extract of 2i) Orange Changeable 122
Cream 110, IKi, 117 Lniuefung Cleansing ('leam 117
Extract 20, 27 Li(|uef\ing Cream 110
Extract, Tcrpeneless 11 Li<nud, Anti I’t'rspiratiiin 1155
Flavor, Non-Alcoholic 27, 28 Body Deodornnt 11')

Flavor, Pure 20 I5i llli lilt me 101. I','

Icing 31 Casein Adhesive 1

Imitation Flavor 2i) Cleansing Cieani 107


Juice Cleansing Cream FIO Cold Cream 109
Juice Lotion 121 Diier 293
Oil Emulsion 2<I Electrical Rcsislanco 221
Powder for Soft Drinks 27 Fell mg :{27

Rinse 117 Clue 9, 12, If)

Sour Extract, East Irulia .'59 Lanolin (5rcam 110


Terpeiieh'ss Extract of 27 Maseani 125
Lemonade, Uuttermilk Measure IS5
Lenionsin Oak, Timdure of 33 Pomt Drier 29(5

Lettuce Bottom Rot, Control of 17 Powiler 129


Lew'isol, Solution 282 Rouge 130
No. 3 Solution 2551 Soap 79, HO, 90
Library Paste 19, 11 Soaps, (iolonng 8(5

White 11 Solder 17t5

Lice, Insecticide Against 17 'i’amung *;7“h..'!28


and Mite Tablets, Poultry 21 'i'oilei Ammonia 101
Light Elastic (’ompound 319 V liit(> for Skin 125
Light Fast Coloreil Varnish 29'i Licpior Barrel Wax 415
Liglit Mineral Oil Emulsion Fi? Liipior, Chrome 312
Light Sticks 171 Lupiors •'>11

Light and Washing Fast Dyeing latlio Finish Paper 372


Process 99 I^iitliographing 1(51

Lilac, Cologne HI Craum B) 1

Perfume ij^se 131 Inks 199


Soap 81 1
'lutes 19(5, 197
Lily Perfujpe Base 131 I'latcs, Desensitizing 199
Limburg Cheese 72 J 'kites, Etch for 195
Lime Mortar, Hardening .35’-9 Litmus, Tincture of 39
Limed Rosin 299 Loaf Cheese 72
Limes, Extract of H Local Anesthetic 375
Limestone, Cleaning Stained 411 LiM'omofive Rod Cup Crease 35(5

Linear Measure 483 Long Oil, Varnish 294


Linen Fii|uahing, Blue 473 Boat Varnish 305
Liniment 383 Varnish fur Inside and Outside. . .300
Athletic 388 Lotion, Acne 124, 375
Sunburn 125 After Shaving 123, 132
White 383, 388 Almond 123

For Cheimeal Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc., conault Supply
Section at end of book.
516 . INDEX

Lotion Continued M
Anesthetic Shaving 123 Magnesium, Aluminum Alloy,
Anti-Sunburn 123 Working 23
Astringent 123, 124 Casting Mold 342, 343
Astringent Cleanser 124 Corrosion Proofing 45 }^

Calami^ 370 Prevention of Corrosion by Water. 458


for Dr/ Dandruff 137 Prevention of Tarnishing 458
Eye 380 Magnet, Alloy, Permanent 20
Face 124 Magnetic Alloy 20
Formulae 122 Magnetic Chromium Steel, Heat
Hair 141 Treatment of 344
Hand 124 Mahogany Stain 272
Honey and Almond 123 Making Cold Cream 107
Insect and Poison Plant 124 Making Fusible Alloys 19
Lecithin 139 Malted Milk Powders 40
Lemon Juice 124 Manganese, Drier 283
for Oily Dandruff 137 Resinate, Fused 298
for Oily Skins 125 Mange, Cure 24
Poison Ivy 387 Ointment 24
Skin 124 Maple Bark, Tincture of 33
Louse, Insecticide, Cattle 220 Maple Flavor, Imitation 27
Powder, Poultry 24 Maraschino Icing 54
Low-Expansion Alloy 23 Marble, Cleaning 433
Lubricant 359 Marble, Imitation 337
Bicycle Chain 360 Marble, Polish 431
for Dies and Plates 300 and Porcelain Cleaner 77
Dry Powder 361 Stain Removal 435
Emulsified Fluid 359 Margarine, Chocolate 62
Graphite 350 Marine Paint 278
Gun 300 Marking Crayon 194
Heat Conducting 300 Animal Marking 193
Inorganic 300 Cloth 193
Journal Box 359 Marking, Glass 182
Non-Greasy 300 Marking Ink 208, 209
Open Gear 360 Indelible 197
Rayon 300 Laundry 20 S
Solid 301 Sausage 211
Stainless Steel 358 Sheep 211
Upper Cylinder 359 Waterproof 209
Valve 361 Marking Paint, Road 272
Wool 358 Marmalade, Orange 54
Lubricating, Composition 359 Marshmallow 55
Grease 358 Powders 55
Grease Base 356, 363 Mascara 125
Grease, High Temperature 258 Liquid ^ 125
Jelly 383 Mask Adhesive 3
Oil, Chatterless 304 Masking, Adhesive Tape .... 3
Oil, Dewaxing 302 Cream, Photographic 393
Oil Emulsion 153 Tape 4
Oil, Low Cold Test 364 Tape Glue 9
Oil, Rayon 363 Masonry, Waterproofing 330, 482
Oil, Reclaiming Used 364 Mass, Hectograph 198
Oils, Stabilizing Color of 98 Massage Cream 110, 111, 140
Lumber, Synthetic 340 Rolling Ill, 140
Luminous*^ Paint 277, 278 Mastic, Tincture of 33
Lute, Resistant 7 Matches 169
Lysol Repeatedly
r j Igniting
-o o 172
Lysol-T^e/Disinfectant 150 Mat4, Improving Taste aiR ... 27
AH formulae preceded by an asterisk ( are covered by patents.
INDEX 617

Matrix, Rubber 455 Mica Adhesive 3


Matt Finish, Distemper 270 Migraine Salve 384
Leather 309 Mildew Proofing Canvas 219
Mayonnaise 57 Military Leather I'aste Polish, .425
Meat, Branding Ink 209 Milk, Artificial Breast ..67
Protective Coating for 75 Milk, Bottle Cii})S
^ 304
Stamping Ink 210
Mechanics Cleaning Paste 70 Cultured 61
Medicated Perfume 128 Hair 147
Medium Oil Varnish 283, 284 Increasing Viscosity of 57
Melting Point, of Rosins 489 Infants' 71
of Waxes 489 Malted, Pouders 40
Menhaden Oil Emulsion 154 Pine Needle 102
Menthol Pencil 384 Products, PresorMiig 57
Mentholated Throat and Mouth Skin 125
Wash 3S0 Using in Sherbet .59

Mercerized Yarn Size 47<’t Milky Hair Wash Ill)

Mercurochrome Stains, Removing 411 Milky Powder Base or Lotion 123


Mercury Dip 41o Mill Grease .'1.58

Meringue, Light, Icing 55 Milled Soaps 90


Powders •'><'5 Coloring 80
Metal, Annealing Bath 341 Mimeograph, Ink 210
Backing, Electrotype 21 J nk Base 210
Cap Seal II Moistening 191

Cleaner Paper 373


Cleaning Pad Mimosa Synthetic ...MO
Coating Wood 310 Mincemeat, Green Tomato 54
Coloring 91 Mineral Oil, and Agar Emulsion. 379, 380
Electrotype 21 Coloring 155
Fireproofing I”‘I Emulsion 157, 421
d Emulsion, Refined 357
and Glass Waterproof Cefhent
Glaze "128 laxative Emulsion 38o
210 Softener 301
Ink for
228 Soluble (’aslor Oil 304, 305
Lacquer
14 Sulfonatcd .....103
to Leather Glue
11 Mint Cream 146
Letters, Cement for Attaching....
‘'I Mirrors, Silvering 411
Linotype
21 Mist, Anti, Liquid 345
Monotype
Oxidizable, Mold for 143 Mite and Lice TahhOs, Poultry 21
278 Mixed Acid Solution 43
Paint, Structural
201-201 Mixed I'olish 427
Painting
21 Mixing Varnisli, Rosin 291
Pewter or Britannia
*409 Mixture, Bordeaux 210
Plating, Non-Electric
(’old and Influenza 382
Polish 425, 426, 427
.....425 Concrete 3.34
Polish, Bine Oil
399 Fly (’a telling 222
Preparation for Electroplating
Protective Paint ^ ,
230 Modeling Wax 444
21 Plastic 44i
Resistance, ElectnCal
Modern Cold Cream 146
to Rimber Cement 7

Stereltype 22 Moisture Proof Cellophane Adhesive, 1

22 Molasses Pe<tin .lellies 52


Type, Refining of
289 Mold, on Food, Preventing 67
Varnish on
232 Prevention on Fruit 67
Metallic, Lacquer Non-Gelling
401 Molding Composition, Celluloid .396
Printing on Textiles
412 Thermoplastic 397
Metallizing Patterns
.407 Molding, Plastic 396
Metallizing Non-Metallic Articles. .

488 Powder 394


Metric Scale
.219 Sand, Self Hardening 343
Mexican Be&n Beetle, Insecticide. .

Raw Matei Equipment, ConUlnert, etc., conirolt Supply


For Chomical Advisori, Special
Section at end of book.
m INDEX

Molds, Ingot 344 —


Nail Continued
Piaster Casting 351 Polish Paste
Mole and Blotch Covering 104 Preparations
Monotype Metal 21 White 126
Fur Dye 327 Naphtha Soluble Soap
Mdrinr, to Figure 329, 330 Narcisso, Synthetic 145
H&rdosui^ Lime 330 Narobin, in Baking ..61, 62
Boad .ff. 330 Solution 61
Mosquito, Bites 132 Naskal Spray, Ephodrine

Ointment 391 Naval Bronze, Statuary Finish (:m, . . 91


Mosquito, Cones 384 Ncatsfoot Od Emulsion 154, 158
Cream 141 Negative, Intensifier Photo*
Powder 384 graphic ,392, 393
Eepellant Cream Ill Photographic Removing Water
Repellant Liquid Ill Spots from 392
Moth, Killer 223 Reducer, J’hotograpliic 393
Coddling, Bands 222 Nematodes, Spray for 223
Coddling, Spray 222 Neroli, Artificial, Oil
Spray 222 Perfume Base 128
Mothproofing 222 Synthetic 145
Solution 222 Neufchatel Cheese 73
Textile imrni New Mown Hay Soap 82
Motor Car Polish. .418 News Paper
Motor, Fuel » i.
. . . . . ... ..... -V • Newspaper, De-Inking 348
Fuel, Ant^idSiook *.».181 j Size 475
ValvMy.j^on Cbudizing Steel too. ... 22 Nickel, Finish, Black 403
Mo#-Core- Wjih I'. Plating 409
Mating ‘Pas^e 10 Plating on Aluminum 410
ihoto J*. 1^^ Plating, Machine 403
MfiiBe, textermin^Un' »i 223 Plating on Zinc 415
Poijou ;,.... i
l^ield, 223 Polish, Bdffing 427
Moitli Glu« 15 Silver Castings, Cleaning.... 427
MoSh, \Y<Mt.'.‘.'..' 38t, 385 Strip Solution 403
Alkaline 385 Welding Wire .178, 343
Analgesic 385 Nicotine, Insecticide 215
Aromatic 384 Stain, Bleach for 126
Astringent 385 Nitrocellulose, Emulsion 304
Basic Formulae for 384 Lacquers 225, 23.0

Chloro-Phenol 385 Non-Blooming Chocolate Coatings. . 48


Mentholated 386 Non-Blushing I.acquer
Resorcin 385 Non-Caking Soap Powder 84
Saccharin 384 Non-Corrosive, Brine Solution.. 348
Salol-Thyraol 384 Sljldering Flux 176
Zinc Chloride 386 Noi-Drying Plastic Conductor. 224
Movie Theatre Spray 149 Non-T^adte&r Colored Waters.,. 100
Mucilage 9, 14 Non-Geffl^e, Lacquer . . .
.
^31
Envelope 9 MetallHiLacquer^ ......232

Stick Form 10 Non-Greai^ Lubricant g .360 . .

Mucous Membrane, Sterilizing 386 Non-Inflammable Lacquer Coati:lg...230


Munster Cheese 73 Non-Lathering Hair Cleanser.. A.. .116
126 Non-Magnctic Steel 09
Muscle Oil
Musk, Artificial, Tincture of 33 Non-Offset Compound 195
Tonquin, Grains, Tincture of 33 Non-Oxidizing Steel for Motor
Mustard Ointment 387 Valves 22
Non-Poisonous Rat Destroyer.. 223
Non-Shrinking Putty 11

Nail, Enamel, Pearl 137 Non-Sweating Peanut Butter..


Polish Lacquer 229 Non-Tarnishing Silver Coating. 20

All fonnulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


INDEX 5iy

Nordhaeusor Korn Essence [V2. Oil — ConUniud


Nose Shine Preventer 120 Lubricating, Reidaiming Used 1104
Nourishing Cream.. Ill, 112 Lubricating. Stabiluing Color of.. 1)8
Cholesterol 112 LV-l.'iO
Lecithin 110 Muscle
Nuts, Removing Rancidity of 5S Neroli, Artilicial
Olne, Bleaching
Paint, Emulsion , , . .270
Oak Leather, Imitation English HIO Painting CleaiuT 77
Odor, Peach Blossom 1.11 I'alm, Decolon iig 105
Oil, Absinthe, French 'M Peai-h, Artiticial .17

Alkermes, Cordial .'M l‘each Blossom tl

Anisette '’•4
Pear, Ftlu-roiil :U
Anti-Oxidant for .'{00 Penetrating .'iO.'t

Apricot ‘B Pine, Holnlilied .'!0 {

Benedictine .‘hi I’ineapple, Artiticial .17

Bleaching ^'egetable and Animal.. H7 I’luiii, Ethel eal ill

Blood Orange :’.i> Polish 127

Boil Off, Silk or Ru\on :;im Porcolain M,yhl .'iO.'t

Itonng Raspberry, Artificial 27


Bourbon l-i'.O ."'I Ka\on Lubricating hii.'l

Cable, High Tension -L’o Refining ^J^IIfUng 2(i.l

Cherry, Aitificuil .’’>7, to Resin 202


Cherry, Ethel eal -i- Rootl/‘r 22
('ocoiuit, Softener -177 Sanctuary 225
Coloring Mineral lo.*)

Cure •'ll Scfligli’' Whiskey Mit*. 24


Cutting 'b'- ISoliible '% 156, 392
Cutting, Emulsion 'hU Solubh* ('olors ^
Cutting (»r Spraying ;’.()! Soluble (hittinil .3^
Cutting, Sulphur Spot Remover .441

C\lin(l('r . :{tl2 S[HitH, RtMiioving%


Degniiiniing, Silk or Rayon Spra_\, Antiseptic for No«e and •f
Throat .286
Drawing ,

Stainless Knitting 20
Lye, Azo
.:;78 Stains, Treatment of 428
Earache
17)S Strawberry, Artificial 28
Emulsion, Linseed
Emulsion, Neatsfoot 17)8 Snlfomiting Castor ilOl

-70, 270 Sun Tan 126


Emulsion, Paint
l->7 Textile 20.5
Emulsion, \Vhite Paraffin
Textile, Soluble 205
Emulsions
1^'' Thickening Ciistor 201
Eraulsion.s, Soluble
30-1 Tiansforriier 205
Fish, Purifying
421 Transformer, Improving 365
Floor
in Water Emulsions, Coloring 164
Fuel
Wild Cherry 87
Furniture Gloss
Wintergreen, Synthetic 39
Gin, Holland ,
-’.I

Oil Base, Flotation 366


Gin, Old Tom * 'O
Oil Bound Distfiiipcr 270
Gloss “
j Oilproof and Waterproof Binder.... 6
Grape/Artificial
20 .''.
Oil I'roof .Joint (Jement 12
Heavy Bodied .

Oil Resistant Packing 35.3


Increasing Viscosity of . .'{O.'t

Oil-Resisting Materials 450


for Leather
30t Oil Softener, Mineral ...361
Linseed Substitute
HOr) Oil .Soluble Stain 298
Lubricant for Wool, Insoluble
301 Oil Tanka, Treating Concrete -304
Lubrienting, Chatterless
3f>2 Oil Varnish, Medium 288, 284
Lubricating, Dewaxing
..'104 Oily Dandruff, Lotion for 137
Lubricating, Low Cold Test
Raw MaterlaU, Equipment, Containers, eU: consuH Supply
For Chemical Advisors. Special
.

Section at end of book.


520 INDEX
Oily Scalp, Hair Tonic 138 P
Oily Skin, Lotion for 125 Packing, Metallic Stuffing Box 353
Ointment, Acne 375 Oil Resistant 353
AtliJete’s Foot 391 Rubber 453
Bfcndruff 139 Valve Stem 360
Pad Ink, Stamp 196
Hay rAer 38G Pads, Paste for 15
Mange 24 Paints 235
Mosquito Bite 391 Acid Resisting 275
Mustard 387 Antifouling 275
Skin 375 Automobile Top 275
Zinc 387 Blackboard 275
Olcate, Aluminum 353 Black House 235
Lead 353 Boat 265-267
OliveDrab Paint 279 Brick 260
Olive Grocn Dipping Enamel 230 Brickwork 329
Olive Oil, Bleaching 305 Bridge 275
Emulsion 154, 150, 405 Cement 275
Shampoo 118 Cement Water 275
One Bath Faatan Chrome Stook Cheap White 296
Liquor 320 Cold Water 280
Opacifier,Enamel 185 Concrete 200
Opaque White Pigments 207 Concrete, Cumar in 285'

Open Gear Lubricant 300 Eggshell 237


Orange Beverage Color, Vegetable, . . 38 Exterior House 241
Orange, Blood, Oil of 30 Exterior Wood 243-248
Champagne Syrup 44 Fireproof 174, 209
Changeable Lipstick 122 Flexible Stencil 276
Cider Compound 41 Floor 237
Extract 27, 44 Freight Car 276
Extract, Concrete 44 on Frealf Plaster 280
Flavor, Non Alcoholic 27 Galvanized Iron 270
Icing 54 Gloss 237
Marmalade 54 Glue Size in 478
Oil Emulsion 27 Green House 230
Pigments 200 Grinding 276
Powder for Soft Drinks 27 Heat Resisting 270
Shellac Varnish 292 Heat Sensitive 277
Terpencless Extract of 27 Hydrocarbon Resistant 277
Orangeade Substitute Powder 44 Indoor Enamel 208
Interior 236
Orchidee Cologne 144
Interior Flat 240
Oregon 141
Interior Gloss 240
Oriental Barometer 347
Interior Plaster 271
Ornamental Bushes, Insecticide for.. 17
Interior W'all 248
Ornaments, Composition 395 Interior Wood 1^49-258
Orrisroot, Tincture Florentine 33 Iron Protective ^ 277
Paint 267, 275 Latex k 277
.
IlA ;vT; 210 Luminous 277, 278
Oatilde, Cold Water Paint 275 Marine 278
Paint 279, 280 Metal 261-264
Wood Paint 271 Metal Protective 236
White Paint Base 279 Oil, Cleaner 77
Oxidation in Fats and Oils, Pre* Oil Emulsion 270, 279
vention of 365 Olive Drab 279
Oxidized Silver Effect on Alu- Outdoor Enamel 207, 275
minum 91 Outside 279, 280
Oxychloride Cement 7 Outside Wood 271
All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.
INDEX* 521

Paintfr—Cont'wwcd Paper Continued


Paste 236 Fireproofing 174*
Phosphorescent 295 Flame Proof 373
Plastic 294, 295 Fly 222
Railroad Water Tank 270 Glassinc .308, 372
“Raised Surface” 295 Glaze >372, 428

Reflecting 270 Grease Proof ?>.... 368


Removal from Stone Surfaces 335 Greaseproofing 372
290, 297, 305 Laiquer 233
Remover
77 Litlio Finish 372
Remover and Detergent
275 Mimeograph 373
Remover, Enamel
272 Moisture Proof 373
Road Marking
295 News 307
Roof
29o Parchment 308
Rust Proofing
295 I’archment, Imitation 372
Shellac, Metallic
295 to Parchmentize 309
Ship
Water 209 Paste for 14
Silicate
271 Plate Finish 372
Structural
278 Prepare for Identification 308
Structural Metal
295 Principal Types of 307
Structural Steel
200 and Pulp 307
Stucco
85 I’ulp, Bleaching 89
and Tar Solvent
2(».S Pulp, Preparation of 307
Tin Printing
Ueniove Crrases from 309
Tire
209, 270, 290 •'Safety” 373
Water
235 Sand 432
^Vhite House
242 Size 305
Wood
290 Sizing of 13
Wood, Primer
29 < Softener 373
Zinc
279 Stain, Herzberg 368
Paint Rase, Outside
295 Stain, IMiloroglucinol 368
for Textiles
290 Stain, Sutermeister 368
Paint Drier, Liquid
Stains 308
Palm Oil, Decoloring
Stains, ElToct of .308
Emulsion
Stencil .213
Panama Disease, Combating on
I** Tracing, Temporary .309
Banana Plants
308 Ultraviolet Sensitive .392
Paper, Basic Weights
308 Waterproof .373
Basic Weight Determination of...
*>^*7 to Waterproof .309
Book
Waterproof Coating ..372
Box, Flexible Glue ^2
^^2 W'atcrproof Heat Insulation. .373
Carbon
Waterproofing .482
Carbon Black
*
Waterproofing, Shellac Solution. .373
309, 370, 371
.

Coating
369 Waxed 368
Coating, Casein (due....
371 Wrapping 807
Coating Composition . .

Friction Finish 370 Wrapping, Waterproof ,i.


Coating,
High Finish... 370 IVriting «;
Coating,
372 Paradichlorbcnzene Emulsion
Coating Mixture
Coating, Soft Sized
.370 Paraffin Oil, Emulsion 15^
372 Emulsions, White 15^
Coating Solution
371 Paraffin Wax, Coloring 68
(Joating, Wax Emulsion for
309 Emulsion
Coating, Wax Emulsion
Parasiticide, Cattle 220
Coloring
373, 374 Parchment Paper 868
Deinking
^^2 Imitation 372
Emery
369 Parchment! zing Paper 869
Filter, to Strengthen
372 Parkerizing 843
Fireproof
Parmesan Cheese 73
to Fireproof
Baw Materlato, Bqotpment, Oontalnara, at«., eoBwlt SopplT
For Chemical AdvUore, Special
flection at end of book.
INDEX
Paste, Acids 1<>5 Pectin, Coffee Jellies for Cast or
’ Adhesive 14 Slab Work 51
Cardboard 15 Jellies for Cast or Slab Work 4;)

Decorators 10 Jellies for Slab Work 51


Jellies for Cast Work 50
Emul^ns, Flatting 421 Molasses Jellies for Cast or Slab
Flat ^icquer 2 12 Work 5‘j

Flour 10 Soluble 55.:

Label 14 Pencil, Blue Copying 21L’

I^ibel Macliine 14 Deodorant 115


Leather to Pasteboard 14 Leads, Colored 212
Library 10, 11 Spotting 9,S

Meehanies ' Cleaning 76 Styptic 122, 12;:

Mounting 10 T'enetrating Oil .'IC;;

Nail Polish 141 Pepper Extracts, Preserving 75


Pads 15 Peppermint I’lavor 27
Paints 226 Perborate Soap Powder S4
Paper and Fancy Articles 14 Percussion Cap Primer 1(1!)

Photo Mounting 10 Perfume, for Almond Soap 125


Razor 428 Depilatory ID
Rouge 120 Kau de Cologne Soap 82
Shoe Cleaner, White 428 IIeht)tro[)e Soup 82
Shoe Polish 429 Lavender 124
Soap ^4 Lavender Soap 82
Soldering 177 Medicated 128
Starch 11 Sandalwood 121
Strong 14 Solidified 126
Tooth 288, 281) Sticks 11.1

Tooth, Soaplcss 290 Tuberose Soap 127


Venetian 14 Water Soluble 127
White Library 11 Windsor Soap 125
Pasteboard to Tjoather Paste 14 Perfume Bases Ill

Pastels, Wax Drawing 192 Carnation 128


Pasteurizing Cheese . . . t»2 (lardeniu 12.2

Catarrh 276 lloneysuckle 124


Pastilles, ,

221 .lasiniue 124


Patches, Concrete *
Lilac 121
Patching Plaster 227
Lily 124
Patent Leather, Softening Emulsion. .207
Neroli 128
Splits, Cellulose Finish for 208
Sweet Pea 128
Patterns, Metallizing 412
Violet 1.25
Paving, Composition, Cold 327
Violet Syntlietic 125
Material 337
Perfumed Artificial Sea Salt 12()
Peach Blossom, Essence of 25
Penlla Oil Emulsion 154
Odor 124
Permanent Waving, Fluid 120
Oil 34 121
Solution
Peach-Borer, Control of 223 Perspiration, Anti, Cream 105
Peach, Oil of. Artificial 37 Anti, Liquid 142
Preserves 54 .\nti. Powder 14.2

Peanut Butter, Non-Sweating 75 Artificial 252


Peanut Oil Emulsion 1.54 Deodorant 115
Pear, Ethereal, Oil 31 Deodorizing Cream 115
Pearl Dipping Solution 232 Stains, Treatment of 429
Pearl, Enamel 232 Perspiring Feet, Solution for 381
Lacquer 233 Petrolatum Cream 113
Nail Enamel 137 Petrolatum Pipe Line, Coating for.. 30.2
Wood Lacquer 230 Pewter or Britannia Metal 21
Peat Fertilizer 17 Pewter, Soldering 177

All formulae preceded by an asterisk ( are covered by patents.


INDE55 523

Phonograph Record Composition. .. .390 Pistache Essence 30


Phosphorescent Paint 295 Pitch, Brewers’ 442
Phosphoric Acid Solution 42 Pitch Emulsion 155
Photo-Engravers’ Collodion 160 Plain or Simple Syrup 42

Photo Mounting Paste 10 Plaster, Board 3.37

Photographic, Developer 392 Building 337


392 Casting Molds *.S 351
Developing Fixer
392 Dental 378
Film, Kcolainiing
Masking Cream 393 Magnesium Finishing .337

393 ‘‘Nailable” 337


Negative Intensifier .392,

393 Paint for Interior 271


NegJitive Reducer
Patching 3.37
Negative, Removing Water Spots
from 392 Sound Absorbent 3:’.7

Printing 393 Plaster Wall Size, New 280


393 Plastic, Benzyl tVllulose .397
Printing on Cloth
Sensitizing Solution 393 Coating, Waterjiroof .398

392 Colors for 391


Fotografie
Composition 397
Phtlialic Anhydride Varnish Resin... 299
Conductor 221
Pickling Solution for Stainless St in?!..344
(kismetic 127
Pigment Base, Lacquer 2.3.3

2.35 Imitation Porcelain 395


Pigments, Addition of
200 Insulation 398
Black
20.3 Molding 390
Blue
Green 205 Modeling Wax FI

207 Paint 294, 295


Opaque Wlute
200 Roof (.’ompositiou 340
Orange
Roofing Coinjiound 337
Purple 205
Seal for Glass Jars 11
Red 201
Wood 297
White 207
109, 200 Plasticized Rubber ...4i
Yellow
Coating 391 Plate Finish Paper....
Pills,
387 Plate Glass, Belgian. .. .
Protective Coating for
149 Bohemian 184
Pine, Deodorizing Spray
Engbsli 184
Pine Needle, Balsam B'2
French 184
Bath Tablets 191
German 184
Concentrate for Bath 102
Plates, Lubricant for.. 300
Milk 192
Plating 399
Pine Oil, Bath Liquid 191
Batlis 415
Cattle Spray 220
Brass and Bronze 404
139, 1.51
Disinfectants
Brass on Steel 405
13*'
Emulsion
Cadmium 403, 405
Insecticide 217
“123 Compound, Silver 412
Metal Polish
Copper 405
Liquid Hand Soaps ^3
83 Gold 407, 408
Liquid Scrubbing Soaps
^198
82 Iron
Powder Scrubbing Soaps 410
81 Iron Strips, Lead
Scrubbing Soap
Lead 409
^'1
Soap
Machine Nickel 403
Solidified 303
Metal, Non-Electric 409
Pineapple, Icing 34
Nickel 409
Oil of. Artificial 37
Nickel on Aluminum 410
Powdered Flavor 37
Platinum 410
Pipe, Cement, Plastic 7
80 Silver 403, 41.3
Cleaning Compound, Beer
Silver, Non-Conductors 410
Coating 303
Spotting, Prevention of 411
Joint Compound 7
303 Tin 413, 414
Line, Coating for Petroleum
Nickel on Zinc 415
Thread Cement 7

M.twi.1., Kqnlpi>l.lH, 0>nt»to.rf, 8«rplT


For Ch«ni»l Adrlwr., Spwld lUw
flsetion at end of book.
524 /NDEX
Plating — Continued Pomade, Lip-" 122
Zinc 414 Pompas Bouquet 1?5
Zinc-Tin on Iron 415 Porcelain, Cleaner Deodorant 76
Platinum, Plating 410 Composition 185
Recovering 343 Electrical 186
Plum Ethereal, Oil 33 Ink for 197
Plump Lg^ther, Producing 314 Insulating 185
Poison, Ant 218, 21^ Mold Oil 363
Argentine Ant 2T8 Plastic, Imitation 395
Earthworm 221 Porous, Rubber 45t)

Piold Moiks(! 223 Sponge Rubber 456


Roach 221 Potassium Pol^-sulpliide Solution 18
Rodent 223 Potassium Resin Solution IS
“ Silverlish ” 223 Potato, Blight Control 17
Poison Ivy, Antiseplii: Cure for 37G Flake Fodder 17
Lotion 387 Potting Composition, Electrical 316
Poison Plant and Insect Lotion 124 Poultry, Louse Powder 24
Polish, Abrasive 417 Lice and Mite Tablets 24
Aluminum 417 Powder, Aluminum Bronze 341
Aluminum Cleaning 417 Animal Condition 24
Auto 417, 418,419 Ant 219
Auto Paste Wax 419 Anti-Perspiration 143
Automobile, Wax 418 Bakers’ Baking 5(i

Brass 419 Baking 56


Buffing Nickel 427 Ballistic 169
Cellulose Friction 420 Bath 129
Compound 424 Black 172
Dry Bright” 420 Cleaning, Household 424
Emulsion 421 Curry, Spicing 54
Floor 419, 421, 430, 432 Deodorant 116
Furniture 422, 432 Dry Shampoo 119
Furniture and Auto 423 Face 127, 128
Furniture, Licpiid 423 Flashlight 392
Furniture, Paste 423 Flashlight, Smokeless 392
Glass 423 Flavor, Cherry 37
Gold 423 Flavor, Pineapple 37
Lacquer 227 Flavor, Raspberry 37
Leather 424 Flavor, Strawberry 37
Linoleum 425 Flavor, Wild Cherry 37
Liquid Stove 431 Flavors 36
Metal 425, 420 Foot 381
for Metal or Glass 427 Gelatin Dessert 52
Mixed 427 Glove Cleaner 76
Motor Car 418 Hair Curling 121
Nail Paste 141 Hair Wave 121
Oil 427 Household Baking 56
Pine Oil Metal 425 Ice Cream 57
Rouge 428 Ink : 196
Shoe 430, 431 Insecticide, Floatable 215
Shoe, Black 431 Jelly 75
,
Shoe, Paste Jewelry Polish 432
Shoe, and Preservative Liquid 129
'Bhoe, Saponified Water-Wax..., Lubricant, Dry 361
ioe, Turpentine 43o Marshmallow and Meringue 55
fIyer 423, 431 Molding 394
Tile and Marble 431 Mosquito 384
Wax 432 Parting or Facing 343

Wood 432 Perborate Soap 84

All formulae preceded by^an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


526
Powder —Continued Pulp— Confinuffd
Prevention of Caking ..348 Soda ,

Scouring Compound .. 85 Sulphite


Silver Plating ..412 Puncture, Preventive, Tire.
Soap .. 84 Scaling Compound
Soap, Antiseptic .. 84 Purple Pigmeuts 205
Soap, Non-Caking .. 84 Putty .. ...11, 297
Talcum ..129
Toilet ..129 Non Shrinking 11
Tooth ..390 Sculptois’ 395
Vanilla lican Plavoring . . 00 Wax
Washing and Bleaohmg .. 81 White Loud Wliiting 11
Wood Filler . .297
Precipitated Cobalt Lmoleate Drier .304 . P\ or rhea Astringent 387
Preservative, for Eggs
Leather ..441 pyrotechnics ...1(59, 170
Shoo ..429 I’yrotirlinic Snakes 171
Timber ..339 Pyrottvliuic Starter 171
Wood ...3.39^ Pyroxvbn, (,'oatings, Rubber, 303
Preserves, Fig .. 53 Lacquer
Grapefruit 53 Mixture, Rubber
Thickening of . . 52 Wood Emunels 228
Preserving Composition, Wood , .3.39
Preserving, Milk Products ,. 57 Q
Pepper Extracts . 75 Quack-grass killer 17
Press Marks on Celanese Garments, Quick Setting Insulating Adhesive. . . 3
.433 ,
108
Primer, Ammunition .109
Cartridge, Explosive .l<i9 R
Explosive 1(!9 , 170 Radiator, Aute, Corrosion In-
Percussion Cap .109 liiliitor 341
Wood Paint .290 Solder 365
Printers’, Form Cleaner . 77 Solution, Anti-Rusting .... 363
Roller .399 “Stop-Leak” for 353
Rollers Composition .3,53 Itiiilroad Water Tank Paint.. 270
Printing Blankets, Preservative for. ..353 Raincoat, Rubber Cement.... 7
I'rinting, Chemical on Wall Board. . 192 Kuliber (Vimpound 456
'\ir\ “Raised Surface” Paint 295
Ink ....' 108-208 Raisin Wine Kssence 33
Ink for Cellulose Film .197 Rancidity, in Fats and Oils, J’roven-
Ink, Dye Toner .211 tion of
Metallic on Textiles .401 Prevention of in Lard 58
Photographic .393 Removing of in Nuts 58
Roller, Flexible .192 liapesced Oil Emulsion
Wool, Direct .472 Raspberry, Oil of, Artificial.., .37

Process Cheese . 72 I’owdercd Flavor 37


Protective'Coating, for Meats . 75 Rat Destroyer, Non Poisonous, 22.3

for Wa* Finishes ..303 Raw Tallow Emulsion


Protective, Cream . 85 Rayon, Bleaching
Paint, Iron .277 Boil Off or Uegumming Oil. 365
Paint, Metal .2.30 Delustcring .. 467 468
,

Prune Juice Essence for Blending... .30 , l^Mng 463


Psoriasis Preparations ,142 Fabrics, Scouring .. 464 465
,

Pulp, Groundwood ,307 Fireproofing 174


Jute ,.307 Lubricant 360
.307 Lubricating Oil
Paper, Preparation .367 Pile Fabrics, Scouring and Dyelnl^G?
Rope 367 Scroop 467

For Cbemical Adrisort, SpoeUl Row lUtorUii, Eqolpmoni OonUiaors, otc^ eoatolt Bapplf
Boetion *t end of book.
626 /NDEX
Kayoii —Conhn ued Kink, Artificial Icc-Skatiug 352
Size 475 Rinse, Lemon 118
Hizing 4<i5 Roach, Poison 221
Razor Bhulo Steel 22 Road, Maikiug Paint 272
Razor, Jlono 428 Mol tar 3;j0

Paste .j 428 Bituminous


Sill face. 337
Strops, ^Abrasive f or 417 Rock and Rye Whiskey, Essence 36
Recording Ink 195, 190 Rodent Poison 223
Recording iiistrumeut Ink 210 Rolh'r, Composition, Pi inters’ 353
Red, Peveiage (’olor. Vegetable 38 Pimteis’ 399
Pile 170 Rolling Massage Cream Ill, 1-tO
Indi'lible Lead 212 Roof, Coating 340
Lead 23() Composition, T'lastic 3-ti)

Pigments 201 Paint 295


Hose Soap 82 Roofing, Ckmijiosition 340
Hel'erences (Consulted 491-492 (^)inpouud, Plastic 3;}7
Hefiiied Mineial Oil Pmnlsion 157 Felt,Impregnation of 310
Hefitiing, Insulating Oil 363 Rootbecr 41
Type Metal 22 Emulsion 39
Hi'Hecting Paint 276 Essence 32
Relied or.s, Ptcliing Aluminum 166 Oil 32
Refractory, Buck 191 Rope Pulp 367
Oomposition 186 Roquefort Cheese 74
1S3 Rose Alloy 19
< Jillrfng TT, 182 Rose, (Cologne 141
Kofrigerant 353 Synthetic 141
Connter Irritant / 387 Rosin, Emulsion 155, 443
Leak Warning 353 Limed 299
Refrigerator, Deod|i|iant 148 Oil Emulsion 154
Instating , . , 225 Raising Melting Point of 446
Rogijlar Bindery Glue. 8 Si/,«> Concentrated I|75

ReuWvef, 305 'I’ll I pent me Emulsion 163


Removing ‘Stpris 434 Vaiiiisli 238, 288, 296
Tattoo Marks 133 Rot, Li'ttuce Bottom, Control of 17
VitKlttS Enamel 185 Rot -ptoof Fil)i(' Boaid ;i.')9

Rewiring Liquid Hydrocarbons Fluo- Rotogiaphic Inks 199


rescent 90 Rotten Wood Slams, Treatment of... 139
Reptile Skins, Tanning 316 Rouge, Compacts 129
Resin, Adhesive Synthetic 3 Liquid J3U
Finishes, Synthetic 298 Pa.ste 130
Fusible Synthetic 451 Polishing 428
Melting Points of 489 l\’<»\al Copper Finish 92
Rubber 4 l\o\aI Icing 55
Rubber Compound 450 Riiblier, Adhesive 3
Soluble Cutting Oil 362 Anchor for Artificial Suede 454
Stoving Finishes 305 Artificial 455
Synthetic 442, 443, 450 Artificial, Latex 448
Synthetic, Alkyd 451 Bands and Thread 454
Synthetic, Sugar 451 Bathing Cap 452
Synthetic Thiourea 446 Belt, Friction 451
Varnish 299 Belt, Noiseless 455
White Synthetic 447 Belting in Storage, Protection of.. 449
Kesinate Vi^rhish, Typical 293 Black Sole 452
Resinate, Fut^ Manganese 298 Cement for Tjcather Shoes 7
Resistance, Electrical Metal 21 Cement to Metal 7
Resistance Wire, Blasting 23 Ceineut, Raincoat 7

Resorcin JlMh Wash .385 Conient, Reducing Viscosity of 455


Rifle Cleaner 77 Cleaner 449
All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.
Rubber —Continued Kubbing Vaiiiish— ('onfini 4 <^(l

Clothing 451 Quick Hr}iug 295


Code Wire Compound 455 Kuby Glass 1S5
Comb 452 Hug, Cleaner 77
Composition Flooring 555 Cleaning Soaj) 85
Compound, Resin 450 Hum, Essence of Jamaica..., 52
Electricians’ Gloves 154 New England, Essmice ^ 52, 55
Emulsion 105 Hustle.ss Iron. Soldering 176
Fire Koso 455 Host less Steel 22
Flooring Composition 455, 457 Hust, Pie\entioii 45,
Footwear, Black 452 Heinover Ill, 158
Goods 451 K’emoMiig 511
Goods, Non Sticking 45<» Hu^t Prooliiig 51.5
Goods, Tiansparent 457 lion 515
Hanl Wliite Sole 452 Inm and .Steel 150
Heat Excliange Medium 450 Paint 205
Heel, Black 455 Small lion Parts 458
Hose 455 Htislpioof Steel 25
Hospital Sheeting 451 H\i‘ Whi.ski'y J'lssence. 55
Hot Water Bottle 451
Imitation 455
Inner Tube 455 Saccharin Mouth Wash 584
Lac(}uer 255 Saddle Soap 84
Latex I’owdeiing 450 Safety Gla.ss
Matnx 455 Cemeiil
‘ ’

Non-Stieking Solution 455 •


Safety ’
i'aper .jlTSl •

Packing 455 .SalTroii, Tincture of 83


Pencil Eraser 455 Saint .lohns Plead, Tincture of 83
Plastici/ed 4.5(1 S;ilol-'rii.\ 111(4 Moiitl^i Wash 384
Porous 4.5(! Salt. .\Iuiii Taiiiiagft<v 325 *

'’Porous Sponge 1.5ii .\cid 'raiiiiag*' .....\, ,,,.526


Pyroxylin Coatings 50.’. .Sail, Palli 90
for Pyroxylin Goods 454 ('(Kjkmg and EcrmentiiCl^: 58
J’yrox\lin Mixture .51>4 Pcifuiiu'd .\rtiticial .13^^
Quick Blending 1.5o Smelling * •
'

Raincoat Compound 450 Salve, I'Pe ]?!v|k885


Resin 4 Gall, Veterinary 24
Scorching, Prevention of 4.57 .Migiaine ,581

Softened 4 I.S Sanctiiaiy Oil 225


Sponge 452, 45(i Sand Pajier 152
Stamp Ink 210 Sandalwood, I’erfumc 1.51

Substitute, Factico 440 Tincture of 55


Thermo, Plastic 456, 457 Sapiiione Foams 45
Tiling,White 451 Saponified Water Wax Sinte I’olisli . .450
Tire Carcass 452 Sartttpanlhi Extract 42
Tire Cement 7 Sausage Casing 75
Tire Cushion Stocks 451 Glue 15

Tire Tread 455 Sausage .Marking Ink 211


Topping Formula 455 SchIih's, Preparations for 157
Transparent 452 Scalp, Tonic 116, 110
TuIkj,Red Molded 45.’. Dry, Hair Tonic 1 5,

Tubing, White 451 Oily, Hair Tonic ||**...158


Wax Mixture 457 .Scorch Hemover 44
White Sidewall 455 Scotch, Oil 52
Wringer Roll Compound 454 Whiskey Essenoo 32
Rubbersced Oil Emulsion 151 Whiskey Mix, Oil 34
Rubbing Lacquer 227 .Scouring, Compound Powdered 85
Rubbing Varnish 2H0 and Dyeing Assistant for Yarns... 466
For CbemicAl AdTitort, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
528 IJMDEX

.Scouring — Continued Shock Absorber Fluid .354


Knit Goods .406 Shoe, Blacking, Liquid .428
and Dyeing Rayon Pile Fabrics. . .467 Cement for Repairing . 7
Screw Holes in Wood, Filling . 12 Cleaner, White Paste .428
Screws, Bright Tin Finishing for, . .34a Cream .428
Scroop, Cot,ton Hosiery .464 Cream, Black .430
Rayon ^ .467 Cream, Neutral .428
Scrubbing Soap, Pine Oil . 84 Dressing, Non-Caking .429
Pine Oil Liquid . 83 Dressing, White .429
Pine Oil Powder . 82 Dye .429
Sculptors Putty .:m Polish 430, 431
.Seal, Metal Cap . 11 Polish, Black .431
Plastic for Glass Jars . 11 Polish, Paste .429
Sealing Wax . 11 Polish and Preservative ,429
. 18 -130
Seed Disinfectant . 18 Polish, Turpentine .430
Disinfection .215 Preservative .429
Fungicide . 17 Waterproofing .482
Potato Disinfectant . 18 Shoemaker’s Wax .457
Sensitive Paper, Ultiaviolct .392 Short Oil Varnish 283, 203, 294
Sensitizing Solution, Photographic.. .393 Shotgun Shells, Waterproofing. .482
Sepia Toning, Improved Bleach for. ,393 Show Card Ink, Waterproof... .305
Sesame Oil Emulsion .154 Showers of Fire .171
Sotting Hair Fluid .120 Silicate, Adhesive . 13
Shampoo .118 Silicate Water Paint .269
Dry Powder .119 Silk,Adhesive . 3
Hair .118 Bleaching 89, 470
Olive Oil .118 Boiling Off .467
Soapless .119 Boil Off or Degumming Oil. .365
Shave, Lotion After .123 Degumimng .468
Shaving, Almond Cream for After.. .105 Dclu.'itering
Shaving Cream, JBrnshl ess. ,1 lit), 130, 117 Dyeing Black .468
Lathering 130, 131 Liquid Soap for . 80
Latherless .131 Stockings and Gloves, Detergent.. . 77
Shaving, Lotion After .132 Weighting and Watoi proofing .468
Anesthetic .123 Silo, Concrete, Varnish .285
Shaving Cream for Tubes .1.32 Tarnish Resistant
Silver, Alloy, . 20
Shaving Sticks .132 Brazing Alloy . 20
Sheep, Leather, Fat-Liquor for .313 Cleaner .431
Marking Ink .211 Coating, Non Tarnishing . 20
Sheet Plastics, Backing for .474 Cyanide Solution .416
Shellac, Bleaching . 89 Finish for Aluminum . 91
Dispersions of .304 Finishe.s . 91
Ester Lacquer Plate on Glass .412
Ptfint, Metallic Plating 403, 413
Reconditioning Insoluble .444 Plating Compound .412
Solution for Waterproofing Paper. .373 Plating Non-Conductors .410
Solutions, Water Soluble .270 Plating Powder .412
Tinting .234 Polish 423, 431
Varnish, Orange .292 Solder .177
Waterproof .299 Stainless, Alloy . 21
Water Solution of .299 Toning Bath Stains, Removed .393
Sherbets 68, 59 “Silverfish,” Poison for .223
Using Ice Cream Mix . 59 Silvering, Dragees . 95
Using Milk . 59 Glass .412
Shingle Stain, Clear. .272 Mirrors .411
.272 . 42
Ship Point .29.J Size, Alkali .474

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.


INDEX 529

Size— Continued Soai* — Continued


Cement 335 Laundry 79
Cotton 474, 475 Lilac 81
Jute 470 Liquid 79, 80, 90
Linseed Oil 475 Liquid Cleaning 80
* Mercerized Yarn 470 Liquid Diy Cleaning 79
^

New Plaster Wall Liquid for Silk ^ .SO

Newspaper 475 Milled 90


Paper 305 Naphtha Soluble 79
Rayon 475 iNew Mown Hay S2
Rosin Concentrated 475 Nnii Caking Powder 8 4

Textile 470, 477 Oiiental Hmujuot 81


Warp 47<i I’a-te S4
Wax 170 Pei fume loi Alnmiul 135
Woolen Yarn 470 Perfume, Tubeii)>e 127
Paper
Sizing, of 13 Perfume for Windsor 1.''.5

for Polishing Cordage 475 Pine Oil 8 4

Rayon 405 I'lne Oil Lupini llaml S3


of Textiles 13 Pine Oil Liquid Suulibing 85
Warp 474, 475 Piiu' Oil I’owdei Si’iubbiiig 82
of Wooden Containers 477 Pine Oil Scrubbing 8

Skin Dyeing, Fur *30 Powder 81

Skins, Fulling 3.i!0 Powder, Anti.se])|)c 8 4

Goat, Dyeing Black 311 Pdwdei, Petbdiute 84


Kangaroo, Dyeing Black 311 Red Ro.se S2
Lotion 131 Rug ('h'uning S5
Milks 135 Saddle H4
Ointnieiit 375 Stabilizer 85
Sinoothener 140 Violet 81

Snake, Tanning 315 “ Wateile.ss




81
Tanning Reptile 3iri White Rose 81
'I’anning Fur 315, .323, 321, 320 Soap Base, Alkali in 81

Tanning White Goat 31.) Toilet 136


Whitener 133 Soaph'ss, Shampoo 119

Slate, Artificial 337 'I'ootli Paste ... 389


Writing 3:;JS Soap Rancidity, Pieventiun of 85
Slag Brick 320 Soda Pulp 367
Slivovitz Essence 32 Sodium ilypocldoT ite Bleach MS
Smelling Salts 3.ss Soft Drinks,Lemonade I’owder for.. 27
Smoke, Bomb D3 Oiangc Powder for 27
Composition 171, 172 Soft Soap for Textile 84
Smokeless Flashlight Powder 302 Softener, Coconut Oil. . . . 477
Smooth Skin Balm 13 ‘ Cotton Goods 477
Snail Killer 32.’. Teitiie 477
Snakes, Pyrotechnic I'l Soldot^i t^6
Snake Skins, Tanning 31,. Aluminum 17(i, 177, I7S

Snow Melter 3.)4 Bra.ss 177

Soap 7^ Blazing 177

Almond Blossom ^1 Cham 177


Boiled Copper 177
U"
Castor Oil 7S Fluid 176
Cleaners 75 FInx 177
Coloring Liquid 36 f'lnx, Non-Corrosive 176
Coloring Milled 36 Flux, Zinc 177
Dry Cleaning 78, 79, 442 High Speed Steel 177
Dry Cleaning on Ammonia B.ase 86
. . Liquid ^ 176
Floating 78 Paste 177
Half Boil Process 130 Pewter 177

For Cliemicul Adviwrs, Speciil Raw M«t«ritls, Equipment, CoDtainers, etc., connult Snppljr
Section *i end of book.
530 INDEX

Solder —Continued Spray —Continued


Powder Porm 178
I
-Bed Bug 223
liadiator 355 Beet Fly 222
Rustless Iron 177 Cattle 220
Silver 177 Cattle, Pine Oil 220
Solutioy 176 Codling Moth 222
Soldcniiji; Stainless Steel 176, 177 Deodorant 149
Sole Leather, Bark-Tanned 318 Fly 221, 222
Blacking Chrome 312 Fiuit, Residue Removing 218
Tanning 328 Horticultural 216
Solid, Brilliantino 104 Insecticide 215
Kail do Cologne 116 Moth 222
Lubricant 361 Mo\ie Theatre 149
Solidified, Alcohol 179 Nasal, Ephedrine 386
Gasolino 180, 181 for Nematodes 223
Kerosene 181 Pino Deodorizing 149
Perfumes 126 Sulphur Resin 18
Soluble Cleansing (beam 107 Theatre 149
Soluble Colors, Alcohol 90 Tree 216
Oil 90 Spraying Oil 361
Water 89 Si»rout Killer 18
Soluble (linger Ale Kxtract 41 Squaio Measure 4S5
Soluble Ginger or Capsicuia Flavor. . 26 Stain, Acid Pioof 297
Soluble Oils 156, 363 Black Walnut 272
Cutting Oils, Polishes 428 Black on Zinc 97
Kmulsion 156 Clear Shingle 272
Soluble Pectin 353 (k)lored Shingle 272
Soluble Stain, Oil 298 Ebony 272
Soluble, Starch 354 Foimulas 258, 259
Solvent, Paint and Tar 85 Interior Wood 258
Soot Destroyer 354 Mahogany 272
Soothing Cream 141 Non Grain Raising 297
Sore Throat, Gargle 381 Oil Soluble 298
Sound Absorbent Plaster 337 Papi'r 368
Sound-Proofing Brick 191 lletzboig, Paper 368
Sound Records, Gelatine 396 Phloioglucinol 368
Sour Cream 65 Pliloioglucinol Paper 368
Soya Bean Oil Emulsion 154 Sutermoister, Paper 368
Spar Varnish 293, 291 Water 100
Spaiklers, Homemade 171 Stains, Removing 434, 440
Special Fuel 181 Barium Sulphide, Treatment of... 439
Special Gasoline 181 Cigarette, Removal 442
Specialty Lacquer 229 (kiffi’e, Tieatment of 439
Specific Gravity, Scale 487 Concrete, Removal ^ 435
Table

484 Developer, Removal of ,
440
Sperm Oil Emulsion 154 Fire, Treanicnt of 438
Spiced Chocolate 48 Fruit, Remover 440
Spirit Shellac Solution for Leather. . .308 Grass, Remover . .440
Spirit Stains 100 Hectograph Removing 440
Split Jjcather 309 Ink, Treatment of 436
Splits^ Patent Iji’athcr 308 Iodine, Treatment of 439
Sponge, Rubber 452, 456 Iron, Treatment of 436
Viscose 469 Marble, Removal 435
Spot Remover 440 Mercurochrome, Removing 441
Spotting Pencil 98 Oil Treatment of 438
Spotting, Prevention of Plating 411 PeTspiration, Treatment of 439
Spray, Agricultural 215 Leather 309
Antiseptic for Nose knd Throat 386 Rotten Wood, Treatment of 439

AH formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


INDEX m
Stain—ConftriH^d Contui m d
Spirit StainU'ss, Soldering , 170
Tobacco, Treatment of Struetuial, Paint 2!)d
Treatment of Sulphur ixesiHtant 2d
Urine, Treatment of 4d7 Tool
St^liuless, Invar ”

*
21 Toughening .ill
Knitting Oil Stencil, Ink L> I 1

Silver Alloy 21 Ink. Black . .210


22, 2d Paint, FlexibK' 270
Steel, Bright Annealing .
Pa pel 21.1
Steel, Etching 101 Sheet 192, 212, 21.1
T ill 1 iT If* it Tit
Sheet Coating 21.)
Steel, Jbckling Steieotype Metal
Steel Solder 177 Sti'nliziiig, l*’iee/ei.s ... 00
Steel, Soldering Oial Mik ou> Meiiibiane d.Sii

Stamping Ink 211 Slukv Wax


Stamp- Pad Ink ...15)0, 210 t(»i Toes (if Sliin's ilfil

Standinff Si'ak'r 2NJ Stilton ('liocsi' 71


Wood-Oil
Sfiind-Oil, dOo StoiK', Aitilii-ial OiS
Starch Paste 11 Ktcho.s (oi lOf)

Clu(' 12 Sill faces, IkCinoval of I'ainf ddd


Starch, Soluldo .‘’.ol Sui tacos, Itcinovnl of Pitch, As-
Solubili/dng -170 phalt Odd
Staluaiy Finish ou Naval Hioiizc.. 01 Suit hot 1 C ddS
St(‘aric Acid ('audios 4 Id Stono-likt' Piodiict ildS

8t(‘(d, Alloy, Suljihur Ib'sistant.. .. 21 Stov<‘, i’olish, Liiiuid I.'ll

Aniu’alinjj Ohionio M Wirk 22d


Armor Plato 22 SloMii;^ I'lnishc.s, I'lca Ib'sin Kid

Pluc-Rlack Finish O't Stiatciia Iloiischohi Ccniont Id

Brass IMatui'; on lod S| i.iw l>oi I


\ ,
BasK- Fthcf Wild 40
Carbonizing!; dl2 ('ream 1 Ki

Cloaninj^ IdO Oil of, ,\itilicial .'IS

(7’orrosioii Pi oof 2d P(n\dei(‘d Flavoi .'57

Fnainoling I"'*' St law, Iheing (Jieim ilS

Etching It'll Hats, (’leaning 77

Ifardoning 2d Hat Vatnish . . . 204


Haidoning Composition dll Hals, W’aterpiooting ,..4 m2
TTardoning and Tonipoiing dll Snip S(dutloil, Nickel 4()d

High Sjiood, Solder 177 Stiippiiig, (


'oiiiposit Kin fill Dyed
and Iron Bronzing !* ’>
Fabiics SO

and Iron, l’hosjihat<‘ (’dating on,. l.iO Solution 40.

Magnet m, Phroniinm, Heat Troat- of Textiles 4(1!)

Shoiig .Malleable (hist Iron 2d


rnont of 1

Non-magn|ffc
^ 22 Stiong I’a^te II

Non-Oxidi^ing for Motor Valves... 22 StiiKtural, Metal Paint 27H

Parts, Pfoventing (Jorroaion of d41 J’amt 271

Pickliue bdO Steel Paint 2!)d

4d0 Tile d:;«


Picklini Inhibitor for
Stucco, Composition ddS
Razor l|lade
Rustless^ Painting 200
Water I’aint for 290
Rustproof
Stiifiing Box, Metallic, Packing. ...dOd
Rustproofing
St II Hi ng Leather d26
Stainless
Stainlcs.s Bright Annealing Styptic Idr'

!(>+ I'encils Id2, Id.d


Stainless, Etching
d.)S Substitute, Leather d27
Stainless, Taibricant
d4I Linseed Oil 1(54
Stainless, Pii’kling
Stainless, Solder 177 Suede, Brown, Dymng
For Chemical Aiivisors, Sp«cial Raw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc ,
conhult Huiiiil)

Section at end of twok


532 INDEX

Suede — Continued Tablet Binding Glue S

Cleaner 431 Tablets, Ink 196


Sulfonated Mineral Oil Id3 Tailors Chalk 195
Sulfonating Castor Oil 361 Talcum Powder 129
Sulphite Pulp 367 Tallow Emulsion, Raw 165

Sulphur^ Dyeing Process 94 Tan Calf Finish Chrome 307


Resin Spray 18 Tangerine Cream 146
Eesisltant Alloy 21 Tankards, Copper Glaze 185
Resistant Steel 23 Tanks, Treating Concrete Oil 304
Resistant Steel Alloy 21 Tannage, Combination 324
Sunburn, Anti, Lotion 123 Salt Acid 326
Artificial Liquids 123 Salt Alum 323
Cream 105, 112 Tanning Agent, Synthetic 32S

Liniment 125 Tanning, Fur Skins 315, 323, 326


Preparations 125 Home 316, 317
Sun Tan Oil 126 Liquid 328
Super Aroma Bourbon 1-5 34 Reptile Skins 316
Suppositories, Ilacmorrhoidal 381 Snake Skins 315
Sutermcister Stain, Paper 368 Sole Leather 328
Sweeping Compounds 85, 335 White Goat Skins 315
Sweet Cherry Essence 31 Tape, Adhesive 4

Sweet Pea Perfume Base 128 Coating for Adhesive 4

Swiss Cheese, Domestic.. 70 Insulating, Electrical 221


Sympathetic Ink 211 Masking 4

Synthetic, Gems 351 Masking Adhesive 3

Jacinthe 145 Masking, Glue 9

Jasmine 144 Tapered Candles 415


Lumber 340 Tar and Paint Solvent 85
Mimosa 146 Tartaric Acid Solution 42
Narcisse 145 Tattoo Marks, Removing 13:;

Neroli 145 Tea, Concentrated Extmet 27

Rosin 430 Diabetic 38S


Resins 442, 443 Tear Bomb 172
Resin, Adhesive 3 Telephone Mouthpiece Antiseptic. .. .386
Resin Finishes 298 Tempering Steel 314
Resin, Fusible 451 Tennis, Court Composition 338
Resin, White 447 String Preservative 348
Rose 144 Terminals, Coating for Battery 347
Spinel 432 Terpeneless Extract of Lemon 27
Stone 338 Extract of Orange 27
Tanning Agent 328 Terrazzo Floor Finish 336
Thiourea Rosins 446 Textiles,Determining Wool Silk
Tuberose 145 and Cotton 470
Violet 145 Fireproofing \ 174
Violet Perfume Base 135 Identifying 1 470
Wax 441 Metallic Printing on 461

Syrup, Chocolate 20 Mothproofing 222


Ciderette 40 Oil 365
Fruit 30 Oil, Soluble ',^,....365

Ginger Champagne 43 Paint Base for 295


Orange Champagne 44 Size 476, 477
Syrup Form, Grape, Artificial 36 Sizing of 13
Soft Soap for 84
T Softener 477
Table, Conversion Factors 484 Stripping of 469
SpecificGravity 484 Waterproofing 483
Table Finish, Laboratory 302 Wetting Agent 471
Tablets, Aspirin 370 Thawing Composition 354, 355

All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.


INDEX 533

Theatre Sprays 149 Tire — Contuiutd


Theatrical Cold Cream 101) Paint 347
Thermal Glass 1S4 Puneturo Pn'ventive 317
Thermocouple Alloy 21 Tread, Rubber 453
Thermometer Readings, Conversion Tissue, Builder Cream 1 17
of 480 * Cream 112, 117
Thermoplastic 398 Filler, Corpse *
101
Molding Composition 397 Filler, KniLaliiiers '....350
Rubber 450, 457 Tobacco, Cure .388

Thermostatic Couple Alloy 21 Fertilizer 17


Thickening of Jams, I’reserves and Stains, Treatment of 437
Other Fruit Pastes 52 Toilet, Powder 129
Thinner, Lacquer 231 Soap Base 130
Thread, Grease 35S Waters 143
Wax 445 Toning Bath, Vanadium 394
Throat, Gargle 381 Tonic, Face .125
Wash, Mentholated 3R() Hair 118, 119, 1,;8
Thyme Flavor 25 Scalp 110, 119
Ticking, Finish for 4i^5 To<il Steid 22
Tile, Composition 338 Tools, Case Hardening of 312
Concrete 338 'rootliaclie, Drops, Anfiseptic 377
and Linoleum Cement 7 Gum 377
Polish 431 Tooth Paste, riavois 390
Rubber, White 451 Formula 3S8, 389

Structural 338 Soaph'.ss 389


Timber Preservative 331) Tooth Powder 390
Tin, Adhesive 4 Flavors 300
Black Finish 91 'Pop DrcH.siiig, Auto 275
Cans, Preventing Corrosion 458 'Pop Paint, Auloiiiobilc 275
to Celluloid Adhesive T) 'Pough Allii\ 21

Finish for Screws 312 'Pra( (‘r Bullet ( Viiiposit ion 170
Plating 413, 411 'Pracmg Paper, 'Penqxirary 3ii9

Printing Paint 208 'Pnuisfer, Cnmposiiion 30l

Tincture, of Almonds, Shells 33 Ink 211

Arnica 33 Varnish 291

Castorium 33 Transfers 2!)9 302

Civet 33 Transformer Oil 305


Figs 33 IiiiproMfig 305

Foenugreek 33 Translucent Jell\ ('ream 139

Foenugreek, Concentrate 33 Tninaparent, Rubber 152

Grass 31) Rubber Good.s 457


Gum Benzoin, Siam 33 Wrfip[iing Maf( nal 37't

Hickory 33 Treeband, Cuinposition 210

Iodine, Decolorized 387 I nsect 18

Tvcmonsin Oak ^ Tr<*e Spray 210


Trrtlc ....* 145
Litmus 31)

Maple Bark 33 Culogrie IH


33 Trester Brandy F.ssiuei- 35
Mastic
33 'I’riellianolamine Fiiiulsion DiO
Musk Artificial
Grains 33 Tripoli, Bufling Stick 432
Musk Tonquin,
Orrisroot, IJorentinc 13 Composition 431

Saint Johns Bread 33 Troy Weights 485

Saffron 33 Tubero.se, Soup Perfume 127

Sandalwood 33 S>Tithetic 144

Turmeric 38 Tube, Rubber, R(*d Molded 453

Tinting Lacquers, Shellacs 234 Shaving Cream for 132


452 Tubing, Bending Co[(per 354
Tire, Carciiss, Rublx'r
Cushion St^^cks, Rubber 151 Rubber, Winte 451

Raw Equipment, ConUinera, etc conanlt Supply


For rtipmlril AHrisors, 9pwi»il Mftteriftla. ,

fisetiwi end of book


534 INDEX
Tubs, Coating for Butter 302 Varnishes —Continued
Tungstic Glue 16 Bottle
Turmeric, Tincture of 38 Concrete Silo
Turpentine, Emulsion, Eosin 163 Crystallizing
Jelly 302 Decorator's
Shoe Polish 430^ Electrical Conducting
Turtle Oil Cream 147 Emulsion 292
Tussah I’lle Fabric, Dyeing 472 Enamel 292, 306
Tutti Frutti, Essence 36 Ester 238
Twaddle Scale 487 Ester Gum 288
Type Metal, Refining 22 Ester Gum Mixing 281
Typewriter Ribbon Ink 210 Floor 293
Flat 292
U Formula 280, 281, 282, 289
Ultraflltration, Gelatine Cells for. ..391 Four Hour 238, 283, 284
Ultra Violet, Filter 354 Hard Cold Made 292
Glass 191 Insulating 292
Sensitive, Paper 392 Interior 293
Transparent Glass 184 Light Fast Colored 290
Undercoat Lacquer 231 Long Oil 294
Urea Resin Storing Finishes 305 Long-Oil for Inside and Outside
Urine Stains, Treatment of 437 Use 306
Long Oil Outdoor 292
V Medium Oil 283, 284, 294
VaginalJelly 383 Mixing 291
Valve, Lubricant 361 Orange Shellac 292
Motor, Non-Oxidizing Steel for. . . 22 Quick Drying Rubbing 293
Stem Packing 366 Remover 296, 297
Vanadium Toning Bath 394 Resin, Phthalic Anhydride 299
Vanishing Cream. .109, 113, 114, 141, 148 Rosin 238, 288, 296
Pearly 148 Rubber Shoo 293
Vanilla, Artificial Flavor 37 Rubbing 280
Bean FJ|i,voring Powder 60 Short Oil 283, 293, 294
Compound Extract 29 Silo, Concrete 285
Extract 29 Spar 293, 294
Extract of. Extra Concentrated... 29 Straw Hat 294
Extract of, 4X Strength 29 Transfer 294
Extract, I’uro 29 Typical Resinate 293
Flavor, Concentrated Compound... 28 Violin 294
Flavor, Non-Alcoholic 28 Water Resistant 294
Icing 54 Water Shellac 294
Imitation 28 for Wax Coated Surfaces 305
Imitation, Concentrate 28 Vaseline, Artificial 383
Imitation Flavor 28 Vanilla Basic Ether 40
Pure Flavor 28 Vegetable, Adhesive 4
Varnishes 237, 280, 286, 287 and Animal Oils, Bleaching 87
“A’» 285 Beverage Colors 38
Air Drying 242 G’uo 9
Alkali Resisting 285 Weevil, Insecticide for 215
Amberol 288, 290 Venetian Paste 14
Anti-Rust 290 Verde, Antique Finish on Copper. .92, 93
Anti-Skinning Agent for ,
290 Color Copper 92
Alkali Resisting 285 Veterinary Gall Salve 24
Bakelite 289, 290 Vienna Lime Composition 432
Bakelite Type 290, 291 Violet, Ammonia 101
Blade 242 Cream 146
Boat, Long Oil 306 Perfume 135
Bookbiftdera 290 Perfume Bases, Synthetic 135
All fonnolae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.
%
INDEX 535

Yiolet—Continued —
Waterproof Confinm d
Soap 81 Marking Ink 269
S^Tithetic 145 and Oilproof Binder 6
Violin Varnish 294 Paper 369
Virgil Lights 445 Plastic Coating 398
Viscose, Manufacture 4t*9 Shellac . . 299
Skeins, Weighting 4()9 Show ('aid Ink
Sponge 409 Wood Adliesive 5

Viscosity, Increasing of in Milk and Wiappiiig Paper ... 1.5

Cream 57 WaterpioiUing, Canvas ... .479

Viscosity of Oil, Increasing 30:i Cellulose Pi od nets 4Sl

Vitamin Concentrate 50 Cement 4S1


Enamel 185 Cement Walls 4 SO
Vitreous
185 ('loth 17.8, 4S1, IS3
Removing
CoiiipoMtion 47,8

W Concrete and Cement 3:u


537 Cordage 481
Wall, Board
102 Duck 482
Board, Chemical Printing on
340, 372 482
Board, Fireproof
4S0 4^2
Cement, Waterproofing
Coating 303
338 ... 482
Composition .

Efflorescence, Prevention of 33S Masonry and Wall


1 >11
Enamel 337
218 482
Paint, Interior
Shotgun Shells 482
Paper Cleaner
2.17, 2< I 468
Sealer
280 Straw Hats ....482
Size, New Plaster
183
Wash 2.37

330 478
Waterproofing
222 Water Resistant, Adhesive 5
Warble-Fly, Control of
l*'l 9
Warehouse Chalk ^
1"*'’ 294
Warp Size
Water Sliellae Varnish .... 294
Warp Sizing 474, 4/5
»83 Water Soluble, Cohirs .. ..89
Wart Remover
127
Wash, Antiseptic Hand '5
310 Shellac Solution 270
Washable Writing Surface
Washing and Bleacliing Powder 81 Transfer (!(nnposition
237 Water Solution of Shellac 209
Wash, Wall
IfiO
Watch Spring Alloy 21
in Water 'I'ank Paint, Hailroad... 270
Water, Emulsions, Coloring Oil
Waters, (kiloring, Non-Fading.. 100
154, 155
373 143
and Flame Proof Paper
Wave, Concmitrated Hair 143
Ice, Sherbets 59
l)ry<*r. Finger 120
Javel
Fluid, Permanent 120
Paint 269, 270, 296
275 Solution, iVnnanent 121
Paint Cement
275 Wax, A<lliesi\e 4
Paint, Cold, Outside
Anti-oxident for .3(i0
Water Fugitive Transfer Composi-
302 Automoble, Polish 418
tion
84 (
'nrving 444
“Waterless” Soap
309 194
Waterproof, Boot Dressing
-

Danco Floor 445


Casein Adhesive 1

372 Dental Impression ..398, 444


Coating Paper
6 Drawing Pastels 193
Glass and Metal Cement
Emulsion, (’arnauba ,.159, 102
Glue 1?
Heat Insulation Paper 373 Emulsion, Paper Coating....
138 Emnlsion, Paraffln 160
Ink for Glass
For Chemical AdTiaors, Special E»w Material*, Equipment, OonUinera. et«., oonault Supply
Section at end of book.
t
536 INDEX
Wax —Continued Whitening Yellow Gasoline 96
Finishes, Protecting Coating for... 303 Whitewash 294
Flexible 444 Whiting Putty H
Floor 421 -White Lead Putty 11
Floor, Liquid 422 Wick, Stove 22,)
Grafting, Solid 444 Wicks, Candle 445
Melting Point of 489 Wigs, Adhesive for 5
Mixtdrc, Rubber 457 Wild Cherry, Aroma, Essence 34
Modeling 444 Cream 146
Paper 368 Oil of 37
Plastic Modeling 444 Powdered Flavor 37
Polishing 432 Window Cleanser 432
Putty 444 Windsor Soap, Perfume for 135
Scaling 11 Wine Barrel Wax 415
Shoemaker’s 457 Wine, Raisin, Essence 33
Size 476 Wing Dope, Air-Plauo 235
Sticky 5 Wintergreon Flavor 29
Synthetic 444 Synthetic Oil of 39
Thread 445 Wire, Nickel Welding 17S
Wine or Liquor Barrel 445 Blasting, Resistance 23
Wax Coated Surfaces, Varnish for... 305 Cement Coated 335
Weatherproofing Brick 329 Cold Drawing Alloy 23
Weed-Killer 18, 215 Nickel Welding 313
for Seed Beds 18 Witch Hazel Jelly 133
Weevils, Corn, Killing 215 Wood, Adhesive 5
Vegetable 215 Adhesive, Waterproof 5
Weighting Silk 468 Anti-Rot Compound for 351
Weights and Measures, Englbh Sys- Artficial 340
tem 484 Bleaches 297
Welding 176 Cigar Box 310
Bronze to Iron 178 to Celluloid Adhesive 5
Electrode Coating 178 Coating Glue 15
Flux 177 Coloring pH
Rod, Bronze 178 Containers, Sizing of 477
Rod Composition 178 Enamels, Pyroxylin 228
White Metal 178 Filler Powder 297
Wire, Nickel 178, 343 Fireproofing 175
Wetting Agent, Textile 471 Floor Finish 422
Wheel, Abiasive 433 Flour and Coik Binder 5
Whiskey, Bourbon, Essence 31 Glaze 428
Flavor 1-25 35 Impregnating Liquid 33S
Flavor 1-16, Special 35 Lacquer 227
Mix, Oil Scotch 34 Metal Coating 34U
Rye, Essence 35 Paint 242
Scotch, Essence 32 Paints, Exterior 243
White Enamel 282 Painting Interior 249-258
White Fire 171 Paint, Outside 271
mite Gold 23, 408 Paint Primer 296
Untamishablo 121 Plastic 297
White House Paint 235 Polish 432
White Lead- Whiting Piitty 11 Preservative 339
White Library Pastoi 11 Preservative Finish 441
White Liniment . 388 Preservative and Finish 432
White Met^tf Welding 178 Preserving Composition 339
White Pigamgs 207 Stain, Acid Proof 297
Stain, Interior 258
Whitf^^^Soap 81 Stain, Non Grain Raising 297
White Shfi^Hpsing 429 Strengthener 340
AU preceded by an asterisk ('
) arc covered by patents.
INDEX 537

Wood —Coniinxied Writing Ink — (’onM/iMMl


5 Colored 196
Veneer Adhesive
478 Writing Paper 367
Waterproofing
237 \Vnting Slate 338
Work Enamel
305 Writing Surface, Washable 340
-Oil Stand-oil
TiT«,,1
VYOOi*
Arfifipinl »•••••••••• 470
i3l(;atIUUg 470
X-Ray Si'roeii, Fluorescent 354
Bleaching Angora
Coloring
in Cotton Mixtuio, Carbonizing
470
Finish for Yarns. Scouiing and Dymng A'»sis

r>65 taut 4(16


Insoluble Oil Lubricant for
Yeu.st, ('and} 4(
Lubricant
N’egetable. 3,s
Treatment foi 4i^l Yellow Hexeiage ('oloi, . .

Oil
Yellow I’igments.. .... .. 199, 2i><)
Printing, Direct
172 Yellow Smoke (loinpobil ion ... 172
Protecting in Vat Dyeing
, . .

Yogurt or Itulgaiian Hulteiniilk 15


Yarn Size
Working Aluminum-Magnesium Alloy 22^

Worm Expcllor
97
471 Zinc, Plack Stain on ..
Worsteds, Finish for
Chloiide Mouth Wash .38(1
Wounds, Aseptic and Analgesic Pow-
('oriosion Piooling ..458
der for
(Vanide Solution .41(1
Woven Goods, Finish for 400
Die ('ust, ('(doting . . 97
Wrapping Materials, Kesistance to
^ 1 65
Etchi'S for. .

Water Vapour ‘'yjj

Ink for ..212


Transpaient
Ointment .387
Wrapping Paper
Plating 411
Waterproof
443 Plating on Nickel *

Wrinkle Cream
234 Prepaiing for Painting 297
Wrinkle Finish Lacquer
Solder F’lux ^77
Wrinkle Proof Fabrics 439
Stearate -^>4
Wrinkle Remover
•h43 Stearate Paw* 282
Wrinkled Finish Coating
4
195, 197 Steaiate (.'’n>nm
Writing Ink
CouUmwB, etc., coubuU Supply
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Matcriab, Equipiueul,
Section at end of book.
addenda
ALCOHOLIC HQUOHS
The most important constituent of alco- ness cun bo hastened by
the addition of
holic beverages is the alcohol. Its 1 pint of skmiiiied milk.
strength depends upon the character of
The clear liquid
18 then siphoned off later. Where rapid
the beverage. If the alcohol is inferior clearing is desired filtration must bo re-
in quality or has an oily taste and odor, sorted to.
the finished product will be unsatisfac-
tory. Be sure to use good alcohol. Sugar Essence Aroma tie
18 used to sweeten the liqueurs and, in
No. 1
many cases thickens the liqueuis as well, Cardamom gin.
which is desirable. Clovo Kill gm.
The colors used should be certified, Mace Bid gm.
pure food colors. For brown coloring (’mmunoii 580 gm.
tlie most predominant color is burnt 95% Ali-uhol 10 kilos
augur color or caramel. Sometmie.s its No. 12
taste helps to mellow' or round out the Cmaeao Peels BIO gm.
taste of liqueurs. Wines and fruit juices ('love.s 8.'i gm.
also may be used sometimes to bring out Maee K;t gm.
the fuller taste. 9o% Alcohol 10 kilos
The quantities ofcssi’nces or flavoring No. .1

oils called for in each formula should be Angelica Root L2I) gm,
carefully measured. It is (he essence or (lalgunt Root 1120 gm.
oils that gives the alcohol in tin* finished (linger Root 10 gm.
beverage its ciiaracteristic ta.ste and (’alamus Root 1‘JO gm.
aroma. The skill employed in making (’haiiiomile 100 gm,
these beverages usually ilecides success Laurel Li'uves L20 gm,
or failure. As with ail formulas, care- Maee 20 gm.
lessness, inaccuracy and haste will only (’hues 00 gill.
result in failure. A formula that im- Orange Peels 80 gill,
parts good taste and aroma is one always Pejqiermint 100 gm,
sought for. (rood recipes never grow old. (’innamon 100 gm.
They do not change as the science of Zedoarv Plant 200 gm,
(’hemistry does. And so an old formula 9.5% ALohol 10 kilos
when tried and found to be true never No. 4
grows old. Orange Ih'els 450 gm.
Some of the liquor formulas in this Chtves 90 gm.
book may call for substances other than Ma<-e 90 gm.
simple oils or simple ingredients. By r<‘ 95% Aleoliol 10 kilos
ferring to the first section of this liook No. 5
in the chapter of non alcoholic, flavors Angelica Root
beginning on page .'^0, you will find for- (linger Root
mulas for making these products. When (’ala inns Root
or should you desire to
difficulty arises ('ardamom
become more expert in mixing, blending Lavender
and compounding, call in a reimble, rep- Mace I/> gm.
utable chemist. He will be able to assist Nutmeg 25 gnu
you and render valuable service. Orange Pei'ls .300
Even a freshly prepared mixture of Peppermint 200 fm.
aromatic substances lacks homogeneons- Cinnamon 50 gat.
ness and only after some period of time Zedoary J’lant 100 gm.
are the ingredients well mixed and 9.5%; Alcohol 10 kilos
blended. However, storage is nc<;e8Hary
in every case to round out taste, flavor Absinthe Essence a la Turine
and brilliancy — to produce an equilib- No. ]
rium of the reactants present, to give the Oil Angelica 3 gm.
proper bouquet which characterizes a Oil Anise 5 gm.
good product. Oil Fennel 5 gm.
When beverages arc stored in barrels, Oil Cardamom 1 gm.
the tannin of the wood appears to pos- Oil (Coriander 5 gm.
sess thepower of hastening, ageing and Oil Marjoram 3 gm.
improving the taste. Oak barrels are beet Oil Star Anise 6 gm.
to use to clear nr make liqueur brilliant. Oil Wormwood .3 gm.
Storage usually sufficient but the clcar-
is 95% Alcohol 10 kilos
For INDEX to Addenda see page S87.
For Chemical Advison, Special Raw Hateriala, EqaipmcDt, (ToaUlnera, etc., consult Supply
SscUon at and of book.
Ml
542 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
No. 2 Oil Ether Oenanthic Vio gm.
Anise Seed ICO gm. Oil Star Anise 1 gra.
Bitter Almond 70 gm. Oil Wormwood 3 gra.
Fennel 100 gm. Oil Lemon 1 gm.
Calamus 20 gm. 95% Alcohol 10 kilos
Coriander 50 gm. No. 2
Peppermint 10 gm. Oil Angelica 2 gm.
Wood
Sassafrtis 100 gm. Oil Anise Russian 5 gm.
Wormwood Herb 20 gm. Oil Fennel 3 gm.
^
Sugar 700 gm. Oil Calamus 20 gm.
95% Alcohol 10 kilos Oil Caraway 3 gm.
Oil Marjoram 5 gm.
Vienna Absinthe Essence Oil Mace 2 gm.
Oil Clove 1 gm.
No. 1
Oil Orange 20 gm.
Oil Angelica V/i gm.
Oil Aniso 2 gm.
Oil Pimento % gm.
Oil .luniper Berry 2 gm.
Oil Fennel V/i gm.
Oil Wormwood 25 gm.
Oil Ginger 1 gm.
Oil Lemon 3 gm.
Oil Coriander IV2 gm.
Oil Marjoram IVi gm.
95% Alcohol 10 kilos

Oil Star Aniso gm.


i
Oil Wormwood 5Vj gm. Alant Essence
95% Alcohol 10 kilos Alant Root 5 gra.
No. 2 Cinnamon V2 gm.
Anpfclica Boot 100 gm. 95% Alcohol 10 kilos
Anise Seed 200 gm. Color : Red.
Calamus 120 gm.
Marjoram 50 gm.
Peppermint .10 gm. Angelica Essence
Star Anise Seed 50 gm. Angelica Root 1 kilo
Wormwood 200 gm. Coriander 100 gm.
Sugar 2 kilos Caraway Seed 200 gm.
95% Alcohol 10 kilos 95% Alcohol 10 kilos

Swiss Absinthe Aniso Essence


No. 1 Anise Seed 4 gra.
Oil Star Anise 1 gm.
Oil Anpjelica 5 gm.
Oil Anise 10 gm. 95% Alcohol 10 kilos
Oil Fennel 10 gm. Color : Orcon.
Oil Cardamom 3 gm.
Oil Coriander 10 gm. Barbado Essence
Oil Marjoram 10 gm.
on Star Aniso 12 gm.
No. 1

Oil Wormwood 15 gm.


Mace 3 gm.
95% .Adcohol 10 kilos Cloves 5 gm.
No. 2 Orange Peel Fresh 100 gm.
Oil Angelica 8 gm.
Cinnamon 10 gm.
Oil Anise 15 gm.
Lemon Peel Fresh 100 gm.
Oil Tincture Arrac No. 5 100 gm. 95% Alcohol 10 kilos

Oil Fennel 15 gm.


Color Brown.
Oil Marjoram 15 gm. No. 2
Oil Orange 20 gm. Oil Bergamot 4 gm.
Oil Wormwood 20 gm. Oil Cloves 1 gm.
Oil Lemon 10 gm. Oil Nutmeg 1 gra.
95% Alcohol 10 kilos Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Oil Lemon 4 gm.
Swiss Absinthe Essence 95% Alcohol 10 kilos

No. 1
gm. Angostura Bitter Essence
Oil Angelica 1
Oil Anise 1 gm. Angostura Bark 1000 gm.
Oil Marjoram 1 gm. Cardamom 200 gm.
Oil Orange gm. Clove 50 gm.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supidj
Section at end of book.
AIX:!OHOLIC LIQUORS .543

Cinnaraon Buds 500 pni. Rum Essence % lil.

Water 5 litres Water Oiii/j ht.


Alcohol 5 litres
Color ; Dark Brown. reppermint Brandy
To get the correct and agreeable aroma
Alcohol 90*;;, Ity Volume .10 lit.
it has to be cut down 4 to 5 times with
IVppermint Oil Essmice J5() gin.*
50% Alcohol. Sugar Synij> 05%. i 4 lit.
Water 00 lit.
BRANDIES Filter and clnrif\ with 10 grams Alum.
Anis(i Brandy Color green or lea\e white.

Alcohol 90% by Volume .30 lit.

Anise Oil Essence 30 gm.* Orange Bnindy, White


Sugar Syrup 05% 4 lit. Alcohol 90% by Volume 30 lit.
W’atcr 00 ht. HitterOrange Oil Essence Vj b(.*
Sugar Syrup 0.5% 4 lit.

Lemon Brandy Water ’


.IlH/j lit.

Alcohol 90% by Volume 30 lit. For brown, color with caramel color.
Lemon J'lssence 50 gm.*
Sugar S,^^up 05% 4 lit.
Absinthe Brandy
W'ater 00 lit.
Color AVllow to suit. Alcohol 90% by Volume .'iO lit.

Absinthe Essence Vj Id,*

Raspber ry 11 randy
Sugar S\rup 05% L''/j lit.

Water 01 lil.
Alcohol 90%j by Volume 17 lit.
C(»lor: (Ireen.
Cherry ^Vhlskey .3 lit.*

Raspberry Juice 27 111.

Sugar Syrup 05% 7 lit. Juniper H randy


Water 40 lit.
Alcohol 90%, by ^’()lnmo 40 lit.

Juniper Berry lissence % lit.*


Kummel Brandy Sugar S\rup 05% 3 lit.

Alcohol 90% by Volume 30 lit. Water 50% lit.

Coriander Essence Vi Id.* Color is white. For brown use earnmel


Sugar Syrup 05% 4 lit.
olur.
W’utcr 00 ht.

Calamus Brandy
Cherry Brandy
Alcohol 9o';< by \’olunio 30 lit.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 10 ht.
(!alaimi.s Esseme % bt**
BitterAlmond Oil Essence 10 gm.*
Sugar Syrup ()5% 4 lit.
Cinnamon Oil Essence 20 gm.*
gm.*
Water 59 % lit.
Clove Oil Essence 10 Color; Brown.
Sugar Syrup 05% 3% lit.

Water 32 Vi b t.
Cherry Juice 48 ht. Bergamot Brandy
Alcohol 90% by Volume .38 lit.

Clove Brandy Bergamot Oil Essence 25 gm.*


Sugar Syru[» 05% (1 Tit,
Alcohol 90% bv Volume 30 ht.
W’aler 50 lit.
Clove Oil Essence 100 grn.*
Cinnamon Oil Essence 50 gm.*
Sugar Syrup 05% 4 ht. Anise l^iqiieur

Water 57 Vi lit. Alcohol 90%, liy Volume 50 lit.


Cherry Juice 214 I'l- Anise Essence 00 grn.*
Color: Brown. Fennel Essence 20 gm.*
Cinnamon Essence 5 gm,*
Com Brandy (30% Alcohol) Sugar Syrup 05% 25 Tit.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 33% lit. Water 25 lit.
Coriander Oil Essence 85 gni.*
Anisette
* In this formula and the others that
Oil Anise Russian, Rectified 405 mils
follow where an essence is used dissolve
Oil Sweet Fennel, Rectified 20 mils
latter in alcohol first, then add balance
of ingredients and then filter.
Oil Coriander, Pure 10 mils

For Chemtcal AdTisort, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Contalnert, etc., coniult Supply
Section at end of book.
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Oil Star Anise, Leadfree 4C5 mils Lemon Brandy
Oil Angelica Root 30 mils Alcohol 90% by Volume 21% lit.
Oil Bitter Almonds, F.F.P.A. 8 mils Lemon Essence 600 gm.
Oil Rose, Artificial 2 mils Sugar Syrup 5% lit.

Dissolve lA oz. of above mixture in 22 Water 23 lit.


gallons alcohol. Then add 2S gallons Color: Yellow.
water in \^hich has been dissolved 112 lb.
sugar.
Cognac

Peppermint Liqueur Alcohol 90%


by Volume 22 lit.

Cognac Essence 500 gm.


Alcohol 90% by \'olume 50 lit.
(’itric Acid 12% gm.
I’cppcrmint lisscnce 400 gm.* Rock Candy 1 Qlo
Hugar Bvrup (;5% .30 Tit.
Water 28 lit.
Wati'r 20 lit.
Dissolve the (htfic Acid in liter of %
wafer. Dissolve the liock Candy in 1
Creme dc Menthe liter of water. Mix the ingredients thor-
Oil Peppermint, Twice oughly and allow to remain in the vessel
Rectified 2 oz. for several week.s.
Menthol 2 dr.
Alcohol 35 oz. 4 dr.
Cognac Brandy
Green Coloring.
E.ssence T’ra ndy 20 oz.
Dissolve 1 oz. of this mixture in 1%
Extiact Vii nilla 4 oz.
gallons alcohol. Then add 1% gallons
Tinct. Orri sroot, Florentine
water in which luis been di.s.solved 5% lb.
(2 lb. tc 1 gal.)
>
2 oz.
.sugar.
Oil Cognac Genuino ,
1 oz.
Oil Bitter Almonds, Freo
Ginger Liqueur from Acid
J^russic 2 dr.
Alcohol90% by Volume 30 lit. Esseuce N(‘w Englam 1
Riiim, 6 dr.
Ginger Extract 20 lit.* Absolute
Ac<‘tie Etlui'r, 2 oz. 2 dr.
Sugar Syrup (»5% 40 lit. Nifrous Etlier, Absolute o oz.
Water 10 lit. Alcohol 10 oz.
Color: Brown. Dissolve 1 oz. of above mixture in 10
gallons alcol:lol. Tlien add 10 g:iillons
Chart reuse water. Mi.x. Filter tlirough magnesium
carbonate. Color with caramel.
Alcohol 90% bv Volume 22% lit.
Chartreuse Essence lOoO gm.
Sugar Syrup 10 lit. Cognac
Water 17% kilos
Oil Bitter Almond 20 dr.
Yellowish Color. Oil Cognac 50 grn.
Violet Flower Essence 25 gm
Woodruff Essence 50 gm.
Chartreuse
Oenantliic Ether 15 gm.
Oil Peppermint, Rectified 1% dr. Acetic Ether 120 grn.
Oil Lemon, Handpressed 2 dr.
Dissolve 1 oz. of above mixture in 30
Oil Cassia, Leadfreo 1 dr.
gallons alcohol. Then add 30 gallons
Oil Cloves Pure 1 dr.
water. Mix. Filter and color with cara-
Oil Mace Distilled 1% dr.
mel.
Oil Anise Seed, Russian,
Rectified 1 dr.
Oil Angelica Root 40 dr. Geneva Gin
Oil Bitter Almonds, F.F.P.A. % dr
Alcohol 90% by Volume 22% lit.
Oil Wormwood, American 20 dr.
Geneva Essence 150 gm.
Oil Neroli Bigrade, Pctalo,
Water 27% Tit.
Extra 1 dr.
Oil Cognac, Genuine, White 15 dr.
Mix well and store for several weeks.
Alcohol 20 oz.

Dissolve 1 oz. of this mLxture in 7 gal- Goldwasser


lons alcohol. Then add 9 gallons water Alcohol 90% by Volume 23% lit.

in which has been dissolved 38 lb. sugar. Goldwasser Essence 750 gm.
Rose Water 1% Tit.

For Chemictl Adrisort, Special Raw SfateriaU, Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supple
Section at end of bonk.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 515

Orange Blossom ^Vuter 750 gm. Aroinatique


Sugar Solution 5 Tit.
Alcohol90% by Volumo 21Vi lit.
Water 20 lit.
Aromatiquc Essence 750 gm.
After the mixture has been stored for Sugar Solution 7^i lit.

some time there is added to it a small Water 21 lit.

quantity of genuine Gold Leaf. Color'd Brown with (’arainel.

1
Calamus
Hamburger Bitters
Alcohol 90%
by Volume 21 Vi bt.
Alcohol 90% by Volumo 21 Vi bt.
Calamus Essence 500 gm.
Hamburger Bitter
Sugar S\rup 4 Vi 111.
Essence 550 gm.
Water 21 lit.
Sugar Solution 4% bt.
Color Light. Brown with Caramel.
Water 24 bt.
Color Brown with Caramel.
Cardinal
Khme or Mosi'lle Wine 75 lit.
Absinthe Brandy (Swiss) Cardinal Es.seiice 400 gm.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 25 lit. Sugar 10 kilos
Absinthe Pls-nence .‘Uio gtn. Water 10 hi.
Water 25 h(. water and the
lb.s.sol\e Sugar in tlie
Color Green to suit. osscitco in the Mine and mix till* two
solution.s.

Absinthe Brandy (French)


Alcohol 90% by Volume 21% lit Beiu'dictirie
Swiss Absintlu' Essence 575 gm. Oil Swi'et Orange, Hand
Sugar Syruj) 5% lit.
J»ie.s.sed 72 oz.
Water 25 lit.
Oil Angelica KooL 0 oz.
Color Green to suit Oil Calamus 5 oz.
Od Ciiinaiiion, Ceylon oz.

Absintlie (Frencli) Oil Mac<', Dislilled 5 oz.


Oil Celery .'!
oz.
Oil Wormwood, American 10 07 .

Alcohol 12 oz.
Oil Star Anise, l.eadfree 1<) o/,.

Di.ssohe 1 0 /,. of above allxturo in 5


Oil Anise iGissian, Kectified 12 o/..

Oil Fennel, Ttectified 0 oz. gallons ab-nluil. 'riien add 6 gallons


water to winch has Ix'cn added 21 lb.
Oil Neroli, Artificial Vi dr.
Alcoliol 5 oz. sugar.

Tiru't. Giini Iten/.oin, Siam


2 lb. to 1 gal. 3 oz. Slivovitz

l)is.snl\e Vi oz of above mixture in 20 Oil Bitter Almonds,


F.l'.i' A.
0 mils
gallons alcohol 'riimi add 21 galloii’i

water Mix. Filter flinuigli magnesium Oil Neroli, Artificial 1 irul

carbonate. Cohn to suit. Oil Cogiua<', (j< 'iiuiiie. Green 2 mils


Vanillin 5 gm. ;

lisai'nce KaspbcTry Aroma .'lOO milii


Tinea |)})le Brandy Es.s('ncc Tluiii 500
Alcohol 90%r by Volume 21% lit. Essence Ja mai< •a Klim 25
Tineapple Ester (Cone.) 2(15 gm. Essence Kaisiii Wine 50 mils
Tineapple Essence from Prune Siurit 100 mils
f'resh Fruit 145 gm. Alcohol too mils
Sugar Solution 3V4 Tit. Bissolve 1 07. of above mixture in 8
Water 25 bt.
gallons alcohol. 'I’licii add 8 gallons
water. Mix. J'lltcr through magnesium
Italian Onuige Brandy cjirbonate.

Alcohol 9iWr by Volume 21 Vi lit.

Orange Essence 500 gm. Jamaica Kura


Sugar Solution 8Vi Tit. Oil of Cassia 1 dr.
Water 20 lit. Oil of Tbrch Tar 25 dr.
Color Y'clluw with Tincture of Saffron. Oil of Ylang Ylang Natural .'5
dr.
Od of Orange Flower Natural 20 dr.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materiala, Equipment, Containers, et«., consult Supply
Seedon at end of book
546 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Oil of Ceylon Cinnamon 15 dr.‘ Gin, Old Tom
Rum Ether Pure 3 pt. Essence Gin, Holland 1 gal.
Acetic Ether 214 OS5- Alcohol 1 pt.
Butyric Ether 1 oz. 1 dr. Oil Coriander, Pure 1 oz.
Tincture of Saffron Oil Calamus 1 oz.
1 lb. to a gal. 4 oz.
Dissolve 1 oz. of above oil in 5^/j gal-
Extract of Vanilla Pure 3 oz.
lons alcohol. Then add gjillons water.
Balsam Peru 2 dr.
Mix. Filter through magnesium carbo-
Tincture* Styrax U.S.lk 2 dr.
nate.
Couinarin 5 dr.

Dissolve 1 oz. of above mixture in


Gin, London Dock
gallons of alcohol. Then add gallons 5%
Oil Gin, Old Tom 6 oz.
water. Mix. Filter through magnesium
Oil Gin, Holland 18 oz.
carbonate. Allow to age in barrel.
Oil Cassia, Rectified 4 dr.
Alcohol 64 oz.
Wldskey “Scotch' Dissolve 1 oz. of above oil in .1 gal-
Guaiacol, Pure 4 dr. lons alcohol. Then add 4 gallons water.
Oil Cade, Pure 1 oz. Mix. Filter through magnesium carbo-
Butyric Ether, Pure 4 oz. nate.
Essence R)e Whiskey 2 gal.
Dissolvi' oz. of above mixture in 2yi
1 Gordon Gin
gallons of alcohol. Then add S'Yi gallons Oil Juniper Berrie.s 16 oz.
water. Mix. Filter through magnesium Od Angelica Root 20 cc.
carbonate. Color with caramel. Oil Angelica Seed 20 cc.
Oil (’oriandor 40 cc.
Oil Lemon 60 cc.
Scotch
Sweet Orange 20 cc.
Oil Corn Fusel 6 oz.
Neroli 5 cc.
Oil Bitter Almonds 4 dr.
Geranium Rose 5 cc.
Oil Coriander 4 dr.
Alcohol to make 1 gal.
Oil Cade 1 oz.
Guaiacol 2 dr.
4 oz. of above is used to 50 gal. 50%
alcohol.
Butyric Ether 4 oz.
Alcohol » 4 oz.
Oil Gin Holland
Dissolve 1 oz. of above mixture in 1
gallons alcohol. Then add H» gallon.s Oil L(‘mon 1 dr.
water. Mix. Filter through magnesium Oil Anise 1 dr.

carbonate. Color with caramel. Od Angelica Root 6 dr.


Oil Fusel 4 dr.
Oil Juniper Berries 20 oz.
Scotch Whisky Mix Od Rosemary Flavor 6 dr.
Oil Fusel 6 oz. Oil Coriander *
4 dr.
Oil Bitter Almond 4 dr. Alcohol 10 oz.
Oil Coriander 4 dr.
Dis.solve 1 oz. of above oil in 7 gal-
Oil (kule Pure 1 oz.
lons alcoliol. Then add 8 gallons water.
Guaiacol Pure 2 dr.
Mix. Filter through magnesium carbo-
Butyric Ether •1 oz.
nate.
1 oz. to 60 gal. (
50 % sdcoholj 1 .

Holland Gin
Gin, Old Tom Oil Gin 1000 mils
Oil Coriander, Pure .I oz. 4 dr. Glycerine C.P. 200 mils
Oil Angelica Root .3 dr. Alcohol 216 oz.
Oil Anise, Russian, Rectified 1 oz. Dissolve 5 oz. of above in 2^ gallons
Oil Caraway, Dutch 4 dr. alcohol. Then add 2% gallons water.
Oil Juniper Berries, Mix. Filter through magnesium carbo-
Rectified 7 oz. 4 dr. nate.
Alcohol 1 pt. 8 oz.

Dissolve 1 oz. of above oil in gal- 4^ Whiskey “Rye”


lons alcohol. Then add 5^
gallons water. Oil Fusel Potato 2 pt.
Mix. Filter through magnesium carbo- Od Fusel Rye 18 pt.
nate. Rum Ether, Pure 20 pt.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment.


'i a' .
Containers, etc., consult SuddIv
/
SecUon at end of book.
ALCX)HOLIC LIQUORS 547

Oil Coriander, Pure 5 oz. Vanilla Extract o».

Oil Bitter Almonds, Ess. Jamaica Hum 40 oz.

F.F.P.A. 2 oz. 4 dr. Pineapple Aroma 40 oz.

50 pt. Acetic Etlier 1- oz.


Alcohol
Tinct. Catechu 1 pt. Dissolve 1 oz. of above in 12 gallons
Vanillin 2 dr. alcohol. Then add 13 gallons water. Mix.
Heliotropin 4 dr. Filter through inagnesiiini •carbonate.
Tinct. Balsam, Peru, True 1 dr.
Store in charred barrel ui)tif color be-

Dissolve 1 oz. of above in 7Vt gallons comes caramel.


alcohol. Then add to it 7% gallons water.
Mix; filter; and color with cnrainel.
Cherry Dnindy Liqueur
Genuine Cherry Brandy 1 pt.
Bourbon (3ierry Fruit Juice iVi pt.
Oil Bourbon 6 oz. Alcohol 2 pt.
o
Alcohol 32 oz. Sugar Syrup 65% pt.

Sugar Color 20 oz. Water - pt.

Citric Acid Solution 8 oz.


Tannic Acid Solution 1 oz.
Es.sence for Artificial Cherry Brandy
67 oz. (1 oz. per gallon)

Water 61 oz. Oil of Neroli 2 drops


Od of Cloves V4 dram
128 oz. Oil of (hnnamon V dram
of Bitter Almonds o
Oil oz.
Filter. Then dias(dve 1 oz. of above in V-i

gal. alcohol and then add Mi gJil- Rum Ether 14 oz.


Wine Brandy 16 oz.
Colorless Cherry I'^lavor lb.
Super Aroma Bourbon Genuine Bitter Almond
Oil Fusel Rectified 210 oz. Water 5 Ib.

Ess. Pineapple Vi oz.


Peach Blossom Vi 07.
Ess. Cherry Liqueur Essimee
Citric Acid Solution 50% 210 oz.
(2 oz. per gallon)
Solution Saccharin Saturated % oz.

Oil Jam. Rum 13 OZ. Vanillin IVi dimn


Alcohol 133 oz. Oil of (Joves 2 oz.

Tannic Acid Solution 1 oz. Oil of (.hnnamon 3 oz.


Benzuhh'hyde 5 oz.
626 oz. Rum Essence 14 oz.
Alcohol 16 oz.
Filter. Then 1 oz. of this will flavor
(hierry Juice 2 Vi lb.
5 gallons of 50% alcohol.
5
(hierry Flavor II).

Bourbon
Essence for Artificial Sliv(»vitz
Oil Bourbon
Oil Combindlion (1 oz. per gallon)
Alcohol Oil ofCognac 2 oz.
Tannic Acid Solution 1 lb. Benzaldehyde 4 oz.
C.P. Tannic Acid Pis-solved Rum Essence Ethyl Acetate 0 oz.
in 1 gal. Hot Water 10 oz.
12 oz.
Orris Itoot Tincture
Saccharin Solution 1 lb. Sol- Wine Brandy 1 lb.
uble Water Saccharin 5 Pineapple Essence 1 lb.
gal. Boiling Water Vi Carob Tincture (1 to 5) 2 lb.
10 oz.
Citric Acid Solution Alcohol 2 lb.
100% JiOO oz.
Sugar Color Distilled Water 2 lb.
Vanilla Ext. Imitation 2 oz.

Vanillin. Dis-
Imit. Vanilla Ext. 1 oz.
gal. Water. Ginger Liqueur
solve in Vi gal- Alcohol; Hi
Alcohol 90% by Volume 31 lit.

Ginger Extract 17 lit.*


Whiskey Bourbon
gal. Sugar Syrup 65% 27 lit.
Fusel Oil 1
lit.
1% Water 5^5
Oil Bitter Almond
oz.
48 min. Color: Brown.
Oil Bose Art.
Materials, Equipment, ConUlners. etc., conault Bnppljr
For Chemical Advisora, Special Eaw
Section at end of book.
548 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Kummel Liqueur Sugar Syrup 65% 45 lit.

Water 20 lit.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 45 lit.

Kummel Essence 1 lit.*

Orange Peel Essence Vi lit.* French Liqueur (Cremes) as below:


Sugar Syrup 05% 38% lit.
Fleur d ’Amour (Flower of Love)
Water 15 lit.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 34 lit.

Lemon Oil Essence lit.*


Turko-Liqueur Clove Oil Essence 150 gm.*
Alcohol 90% by Volume 31 lit. Nutmeg Oil Essence 150 gm.*
Hamburg<3r Bitter Extract % lit.* Sugar Syrup 65% 45 lit.

Sugar Syrup 65% 19 lit. Water 20^ lit.

Water 35 lit. Color: Bluish Red.


Ginger Extract 9 lit.*

Caramel Color 2 lit.


Anisette d’llollande
Swiss Absinthe 4 lit.*
Alcohol 90% by Volume 40 lit.

Anise Oil Essence 700 gm.*


Maraschino Liqueur Fennel Oil Essence 300 gm.*
Alcohol 90%by Volume 30 lit. Cinnamon Oil E8.sence 10 gm.*
Bitter AlmondOil Essence 115 gm.* Sugar Syrup 65% 40 lit.

Storoli Oil Essence 200 gm.* Water 18^4 lit.


Rose Oil 30 drops
Sugar Syrup 05% 64 lit.
Creme de Rose


Alcohol 90% by Volume 4^ lit.

Vanilla Liqueur Genuine Turkish Rose Oil


Alcohol 90% by Volume 20 lit. ^ Essence 1214 Pfni.*

Vanilla Extract 10 lit.* Sugar Syrup 65% 10 lit.

Raspberry Juice 1 lit. Water Vs lit

Sugar Syrup 65% 40 lit. Color Red witli Aniline.


Water 29 lit.
Caramel Color 2 oz.
Creme de Chocolat
Alcohol 95% by Volume 4% lit.
Lemon Liqueur (kiooa Powder 375 gm.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 34 lit. Bitter Chocolate 250 gm.
Lemon Essence 7 lit.* Cinnamon Essence A few drops
Sugar Syrup 05% 20 lit. Vanilla Extract A few drops
Corn Syrup 13 lit. Sugar Syrup 65% 12 lit.

Water 20 lit. Water 1% lit.

Color: Yellow. Cook together the cocoa and chocolate


with the water. W'hen cold add the alco-
Spanish Bitter Liqueur hol with stirring. After one half hour
filter. Then add to the filtrate the sugar
Alcohol 90% by Volume 43 lit.
syrup and essence.
Spanish Bitter Oil Essence % lit.*

Sugar Syrup 65% 28 lit.

Water 28 lit. Creme de NoLx


Color (Brown) 8 oz.
Alcohol 95% by Volume 4 lit.
Nut Essence 100 gm.*
Rose Liqueur Sugar Syrup 11 lit.

Nut Extract 2 lit.*


Alcohol 90% by Volume 40 lit.
Water 1 lit.
Rose Oil Essence 80 gm.*
Sugar Syrup 65% 32 lit. Color faint brown.
Corn Syrup 10 lit.

Water 18 lit.
Schiedamer Geneva Holland Gin
Color : Red.
Alcohol by Volume 78% 20% lit.

Oil of Juniper 3 gm.


Sherry Cordial Lemon Balm Oil 3 gm.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 35 lit. Genuine Cognac % Tit.

Bitter Almond Oil Essence 56 gm.* Sugar Syrup % lit.

Ethyl Acetate 65 gm.* Water 8% lit.

For Ohemioal Adrisorn, Specisl Raw Materials, Equipueat, Containan. et«., eoaialt flopphr
SaoUott at and of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 549

Extract d ’Absinthe Cognac


Alcohol by Volume 90% 80 lit. Alcohol by Volume 90% 5 lit.
Vermouth Essence 710 gm. Ethyl Acetate 20 gm.
Anise Essence 1250 gm. Pyroligneous Acui 20 gin.
Fennel Essence 65 gm. Water ,5 Tit.
Coriander Essence 65 gm. Color: Yellow and age .5 6 weeks.
Ethyl Acetate 210 gm.
Water 20 Tit.

Color: Green.
Rum Essence 0

To 103 Evum 60%’ by Volume add:


litres
Butyric Etlier 1S7 gm.
Goldwassor Whiskev Formic Etlier gm. 1

Alcohol by Volume 90% 7 lit. Birch Oil 1 gm.


Goldwasser Essence 130 gm. Vanilla Essence /i lit. 1

Sugar Syrup 65% 7 lit. Alcohol by Volume 90'/J' 111 lit.

Water 3 ht. Balsam Peru (io gm.


Ethyl Ether 16.3 gill

IJaisin Stems I'K- 1


Arrack
Cedar Wood Shavings 2.30 gm.
Ethyl Acetate 100 gm.
'Die above is tiiea addl’d ivitli 102 hires '

Black Balsam Peru 1.30 gm.


Vanilla 1 gm. of brandy or alcohol lUK, 7 by volume,
6
Oil of Ncroli 5 gin. mixed and cohired with cm aiiiel.
Oil of Birch 1 gm.
Ground Horseradish 500 gm. h'um
Onions 125 'gm.
.Alcohol bv Volume OO'iiir \ lit.
Iron Filings 2- kg.
.Tamaica Rum ht 1

Cocoa 2.3 gnu Spint of P.inli Oil 12 drops


Baisin Stems 1 kg.
'rmctiire of Lamp Black 12 diojiH
Alcohol by Volume 90% •11 lit.
Hth\l Acetate 120 drops
Water 2714 lit.
\auilla E-\lract 90 diojis
The above arc mixed togetlnw and tin* Sugar dmsoKe^l in a lilth'
filtored. water •}() gui.
Arrack— Nu. 1
Mi\ the above with 3) litres of distilled
Alcohol by Volume 90% 6 lit. watt'f, filter and allow to remain in stor-
Arrack 21 lit. age for awhile.
Vanilla Spirit Vio Id.
Oil Bitter Almonds 2 drops
Water ,3 lit. Rum New England
No. 2 Oil Cinnamon, Fevloii 2 dr.
Oil Cloves, J'lire 2 dr.
Alcohol by Volume 90% 12 lit.

Pii/j Oil Chanioiinle, Roman 4 dr.


Arrack lit.

125 gm. Itum Ether, J’lire 4 pt.


Vanilla Spirits
drop.s Butyric Ether, Ahsohiti ' 3 0/..
Oil Bitter Almond.s 2
11 Vi Extract Vanilla 4 dr.
Water lit.
Acidic Etlu'r, Ahsolute 3 oz.
Al'-ohol 8 oz.
Cognac
Dissolve 1 oz of ahovo mixture in 41/^
Alcohol by Volume 90% 31 lit.
alcohol
illoTis Then m id .3 Vi gallon#
(yOgnac 16 lit.
through magnesium
water. Mix. Filter
Cognac Essence Vm lit
carbonate, ('olor with caramel.
Oil of Grapeseed 36 «»•

Sugar Syrup 65% M lit.

Water k'2% lit. New England Rum


Nitrous Ether 250 gr.

Cognac Butyric Ether 250 gr.


Acetic lAlier 250 gr.
Alcohol by Volume 90% 11 lit.

16 gm. Oil Lemon 3 gr.


Acetic Acid
8 gm. Oil Cinnamon 3 gr.
Ethyl Acetate
Oil Neroli 1 gr.

120
Balsam of Peru 2 gr.
in % liter Water
5^^ I?-
Rum Ess. No. 10 500 gr.
Water
Color; Yellow. Dissolve 1 oz. of above in 2% gallon#

lUw M*terl8l», Equipment, Containnri. etr rnaonlt Pnpply


ror Chemic*! AdviBors. Sponal
.

B«ction »t ^‘nd nf hook


550 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
alcohol. Then add 3Vt gallons water. Bum Grog Extract
Mix. Filter through magnesium carbo- Alcohol90% 15 lit.
nate. Color with caramel. Jamaica Rum 75 lit.

Water 27 lit.

Rum — No. 1 Sugar 45 kg.


Alcohol by Volume 90% 60 lit.

Vanilla* Spirit 1 lit.


Arrack Grog Extract
Sugar Syrup 65% 1 lit. Alcohol 90% 6 lit.

Jamaica Rum 1814 IR- Arrack de Goa 30 lit.


Rum Essence ^ lit. Water 18 lit.
Water 19 lit. Sugar 30 kg.
Color with Caramel.
Arrack Punch Extract Ordinary Type
Rum Punch Extract —No. 1 Alcohol 90% 30% lit.

Alcohol by Volume 90% 21 lit.


Lemon Oil 55 gm.
Lemon Oil 15 gra.
Arrack do Goa 1% Tit.
Sugar Syrup 65% 24 lit.
Oil of Rose 15 drops
Corn Syrup 4 lit.
Jamaica Rum 42 lit.

Sugar 52 kg.
Water 7 lit.

Vanilla Spirit 1 lit.


Citric Acid 390 gm.
Water 24 Tit.
Pineapple Ether 45 gm.
Tartaric Acid dissolved in
Color to suit.
No. 2
% litre water 150 gm.

Alcohol by Volume 90% 3414 lit.


Lemon Oil 15 gm. Rum Punch Extract Ordinary Type
Oil Rose 15 drops Alcohol 90% 83% lit.

Jamaica Rum 1114 lit. Rum Essence 1 lit.

Coarse Sugar 52 kg. Lemon Oil 280 gm.


Citric Acid .390 gm. Sugar Syrup 65% 41 lit.

Water 30% Tit. Vanilla Spirit 2 lit.

Color to suit. Tartaric Acid dissolved in


1% litres water 300 gm.
Water
Arrack Punch Extract —No. 1
81 Tit.

Alcohol 90% 14 lit.


Angostura Bitter
Lemon Oil 10 gm.
Rose Oil 10 drops Angelica Root 25 gm.
Arrack de Goa 28 lit. Angostura Bark 500 gm.
Sugar 35 kg. Cinnamon Ceylon 60 gm.
Citric Acid 260 gm. Gentian 40 gm.
Water 16 lit. Galgant 150 gm.
No. 2 Hops 40 gra.
Alcohol 90% 23 lit. Ginger 10 gm.
Lemon Oil 10 gm. Cardamom 60 gm.
Rose Oil 10 drops Clove 10 gm.
Arrack de Goa 4yi lit. Pimento 70 gm.
Sugar 35 kg. Orange Peel Fresh 250 gm
Citric Acid 260 gm. Raisin 2000 gm.
Water 20Vj Tit. or
Honey 250 gm.
Extract—
Rum 1760 gm.
Victoria Punch ^No. 1
Woodruff 150 gm.
Alcohol 90% 21% lit.
Cinnamon Buds 150 gm
Lemon Essence 85 gm. Alcohol 17 m.
Pineapple Ether 2
Arrack de Goa 2814 Tit.
Sugar 47% kg. Angostura Bitter American
Cherry Juice 8 lit. Angostura Bark 18% gm.
Raspberry Juice 2% lit. Gentian 7% gm.
Water 9 lit. Galgant 17% gm.
Tartaric Acid dissolved in 1 Hazel Root 7% gm.
litre of water % lb. Honey 250 gm.

For Chemioal Adviaors, Bpeciol Bow ICotorUla, Equipment, OonUinert, etc., consult Supidy
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 551

Cardamom 18% gm. Wormwood 50 gni.


Catechu 7.6 gm. Cinnamon 20 gm.
Coriander 7% gm. Alcohol ]0 kilos
Caraway 7% gm. Colored : Bark Brown.
Curcuma 100 gm.
Ko. 2
Dandelion Root 7% gm.
IToly Thistle
Mace Buds 3% gllL •100 gm.
(lentian Koot •lOO gm.
Nutmeg 7% gm.
Lesser Centaury
Cloves 1 gm. •>/0 gm.
Vermouth -'I 00 gm.
Pimento 22 gm.
Alcohol 10 Kilos
Orange Peel 30 gm.
Sandalwood Red 30 gm.
Colored Bark Brown.
Snake Root 7% gm.
Licorice 7% gm. Stomach Bitter Lssence-Tso. 1
Wormwood 7% gm. Angelica Hoot 100 gm.
Cinnamon 7% gm. Ceiitian Hoot JOO giu.
Alcohol (55% 7.2 lit.
Holy Thistle 20 gm.
Buck Bean KO gm.
Wormwood 80 gm.
Angostura Bitter a la Siegert
Bitter Orange Peel 80 gm.
Angelica Root 3 gm. Lemon Peel .50 gm.
Gentian Root 15 gm. Alcohol 10 kilos
Galgant Root 15 gm. No. 2
Ginger Root 3 gm. Angelica Hoot .'!() gm.
Cardamom Small 20 gm. Gentian Hoot IJO gm.
Cinnamon 20 gm. Holy Thistle 40 gm.
Cloves 3 gm. Biickheaii 40 gm,
Orange Peel Bitter 25 gm. Bitter Orange Peid 200 gm.
Sandalwood Rod 80 gm. Alcohol 30 kilos
Tonka Beans 80 gm. Both Bitters (kdored Brown Green.
Zedoary Plant 15 gm.
Everything roughly eut and put into
Bitter Kssence Luglish-'-No. 1
5000 grams of ()0% Alcohol. This mix-
ture has to stand 15 da>s, then filtered. Holy Thistle 50 gm.
After this add 200 grams Sugar (’olor, Gentian .'10 gm.
Les.ser Centaury 50 gm.
500 grams Malaga Wine. Let it stand
for an additional few da} a and filter it
Wormwood Herb 50 gm.
again. Orange Peel .'!() gm.
Orris Hoot 50 gm.
Gniins of I’nradise 00 gm.
Angostura Bitter Alcohol 10 kilos
Angostura Bark Genuine 90 gm. Colored: Bark Brown.
Chamomile 21 gm. No. O
Cardamom 8 gm.
Curacao Peel 100 gm.
Cinnamon Ceylon 7 gm.
Gentian Root 40 gm.
Orange Peel 24 gm.
lA\sser Centaury 'to gm.
Raisins 300 gm.
Orris Hoot 80 gm.
Water 5 kilos
Holy Thistle 10 gm.
Alcoliol 5 kilos
Wormwood 40 gm.
Alcohol 10 kilos

Bitter Essence Simple Colored Red Brown.


Curacao Peels 50 gm. No. 3
Calamus Ho(jt 50 gm. Benedictine Herb 8 gm.
Lesser Centaury 50 gm. Cardamom 4 gm.
Alcohol 10 kilos Gentian 10 gm,
Colored : Dark Brown. Orange Peel 40 grn.
Grains of Paradise 10 gm.
Lesser Centaury 20 gin.
Bitter Essence Double —No. 1 Orris Root 20 gin.

Buck Bean 100 gm. Wormwood 5 gm.


Orange Peel Dry 50 gm. 95% Alcohol 10 kilos
Gentian Root 20 gm.

For Chemical Advisora, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Oontainera, etc., consult Supply-
Section at end of book.
552 THE CHEMICAL FORMULAKY
'
Bitter Essence Spanish—No. 1 Raspberry Essence
Horse Heel 80 gm. Raspberry Squashed 10 kg
Angelica Root 40 gm. Orris Root 200 gm
Holy Thistle 80 gm. Alcohol 90% 10 kg.
Calamus Root 250 gm. Colored : Red.
Gentian 40 gm.
Polypodiura gm.
Galgan^ Root
10
80 gm.
Grunewald Essence —No. 1

Masterwtet 40 gm. Buck Bean 40 gm.


Burnt Saxifraga 40 gm. Calamus Root 5 gm.
Lesser Centaury 150 gm. Holy Thistle 8 gUL
Wormwood 40 gm. Gentian Root 40 gm.
Alcohol 10 Llos Galgant Root 40 gm.
Orange Peels 40 gm.
Colored : Brown.
Wormwood Root 8 gm.
No. 2 Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Horse Heel 40 gm. Colored Green.
:

Galgant Root 30 gm.


No. 2
Spearmint 100 gm.
Melissa 40 gm. Oranges Unripe Green 500 gm.
Otiracao Peel 100 gm. (fontian Root 50 gm.
Wormwood 10 gm. Galgant Root 40 gm.
Alcohol 10 kilos Cassia 40 gra.
Ginger 40 gm.
Colored : Brown.
Nutmeg 10 gm.
No. 3 Cloves 30 gm.
Horse Heel 30 gm. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Angelica Root 00 gm. Colored: Green.
Benedictine Herb 30 gm.
Calamus Root 120 gm.
Gentian Root 30 gm. Harts Content Essence
Galg'cint Root 30 gm. Angelica Root 00 gm.
Burnt Saxifragtt 15 gm. Calamus Root 120 gm.
Lesser Centaury 60 gm. Catachou 20 gm.
Tormentilla Root 15 gm. Gentian Root 120 gm.
Orris Root 50 gm. Ginger 10 gm.
Wormwood 15 gm. (doves 10 gm.
Alcohol 10 kilos Melissa 50 gm.
Colored: Brown. Orange Peels 60 gm.
Juniper Berries 10 gm.
Wormwood 10 gm.
Flower Essence Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Vanilla Tincture No. 4G 200 gm. Colored : Dark Brown.
Oil Rose 5 pm.
Jasmine Spirit 10 kg.
Strawberry Essence
Colored: Rose Red or Violet,
Strawberry Squashed 10 kg.
Orris Root 200 gm.
Curacao Peels Essence Alcohol 90% 10 kg.
Curacao Peels 1 kg. Colored : Red.
Orange Hower Water 1 kg.
Alcohol 9.')% 10 kg. Virgin Essence
Colored : Golden Brown. Vanilla Tincture No. 46 100 gm.
Oil i\jiiso 20 gm.
Essence Elixer de Suede .Tasminc Water 100 gm.
Oil Neroli 5 gm.
Inula (Horse Heel) 8 gm.
Rose Oil 1 gra.
Gentian Root 8 gm.
Saffron gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
5
Cinnamon gm.
No Color.
5
Zedoary Plant 10 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Coffee Essence —No. 1
Colored : Green. Coffee Burned and Ground 1 kg.
Vanilla Tincture No. 40 50 gm.

For Chemiciil Advi«;ors, Sperinl Equipment, Ck>nUiner8, etc., consult Supply


Section Ht end of book
ALCOHOLIC LIQ UORS 553

Oil Caraway tiO gra.


Cinnamon Tincture No. 2 10 gm. Oil Orange Flower
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Oil Peppermint 30gm.
No Color. Oil Rose gm.
5
No. 2 Oil Star Anise 150gm.
Clove Tincture No. 23 gm.
Od Juniper Berry 20gm.
20
Mace Tincture No. 28 20 gm.
Oil Wormwood ^0 gm.
Cinnamon Tincture No. 52 gm.
Oil Cinnamon / 5 gm.
20
Coffee Burned and Ground 600 gra.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
No Color.

No Color.
No. 3 Herb Essence
CoffeeBurned and Ground 400 gm. Angelica Root 2V2 gm.
Cinnamon 5 gm. Anise SoihI 10 gm.
Vanilla 2 gm.
Calamus Root 20 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Lemon Peels 25 gin.
Coriander Heed 2 Ml gm.
No Color.
Galgant Root 3 gm.
Ginger Root 2V2 gm.
Coffee Triple Essence Marjoram Herb 3 gm.
Coffee Burned and Ground 5 kg. Orange I'eels 25 gm.
Vanilla 10 gin. Roseimirv Herb 3 gm.
Orris Root 2 Ml gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
No Color. .lumper Berries 2% gm.
Alcohol 05% 10 kg.
(’olored: OrasH Green.
Calamus Essence —No. 1

Angelica Root 40 gm.


Spearmint Essence
Calamus Root 000 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Hpearmint 4 kg.

Colored: Brown. Peppermint 500 gm,


Melissa 200 gm.
No. 2
Alcohol 95% 10 k-
Calamus Root 300 gm.
Colored Dark Green.
Ginger Root 20 gm.
Ercsli Orange Peels 50 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Caraway Essence
Colored : Brown. Caraway Seed Squashed 500 gin
Anise Squashed 30 gm
Coriander Sijuashed 30 gm
Cardinal Essence
lYnnel 30 gm
Orange Peels Dry 1000 gm.
Orris Root 50 gm
Oranges Green Unripe 000 gm.
Cinnamon 20 gra
Lemon Peels 50 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
No Color.
Colored: Rod- Yellow.

Carmelite Essence
Life Essence —No. 1

500 gm. Angelica Root 120 gra.


Lemon Peels
20 gm.
100 grn. Calamus Root
Coriander
50 gm. Cardamom 20 gm.
Nutmegs 120 gm.
10 gm.
fJentianRoot
Pimento
Zedoary Plant 120 gm.
500 gm.
Orange Peels
Alcohol 95% 10 kg-
Alcohol 95%
No Color.
10 h
Colored: Greeru
No. 2
Buck Bean 250 gm.
Contuszawka Essence (’alamuB Root 20 gin.

Ethyl Butyrate 150 gm. Orange Peels Fresh 60 gm.


Anise Oil 80 gm. Coriander 30 gm.
Lemon Oil 40 gm. Ginger 10 gm.
60 gm. Oranges Unripe 60 gm.
Oil Coriander
50 gm. Juniper Bernes 30 gin.
Oil Fennel

For Chemictl Adviion, Sp«clil Raw llatwriaU, Equipment, OonUlners, et«„ consult Supply
Section at end of book.
654 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Wormwood 250 gm. Ginger Root 1.5 gm.
Cinnamon 30 gm. Caraway 3 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Spearmint 20 gra.
No Color. Pimento 3 gm.
Orange Peels 35 gm.
Juniper Berries 3 gm.
Flower of Love Essence Alcohol 95% 10
Oil ClV^B 10 gm.
Oil Nutmeg 10 gm. No. 3
gm. Anise 20 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 3
Basilicum Herb 20 gra.
Alcohol 95% 10
Lemon Peels 50 gm.
Colored: Light Red.
Calamus 20 gm.
Chamomile 20 gm.
Stomach Bitter Essence Cardamom 5 gm.
Angelica 150 gm Coriander 20 gm.
Anise 100 gm Oalgaut 15 gm.
Calamus 300 gm Lavender Herb 5 gm.
Peppermint 50 gm Mace 5 gm.
Orange Bitter 300 gm Nutmeg 5 gm.
Cinnamon 50 gm Orange Peels 50 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Rosemary 20 gm.
Orris Root 15 gm.
Cinnamon 5 gm.
Stomach Bitter Essence French Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Anise 20 gm No. 4
Cardamom 25 gm
Inula (Horse Heel) 15 gm.
Lemon Peels 45 gm
Angelica Root 10 gm.
Fennel 40 gm
Anise 30 gm.
Galgant Root 10 gm
Basilicum Herb 10 gm.
Ginger 20 gm
Calamus 25 gm.
Mace 5 gm
Lemon Peels 45 gm.
Nutmeg 5 gm
Coriander 25 gm.
Cloves 10 gm
Galgant 20 gm.
Orris Root 15 gm
English Spice 15 gm.
Woodruff Herb Dry 100 gm
Ginger 10 gm.
Cinnamon 10 gm
Spearmint 10 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Caraway 15 gm.
Lavender Herb 10 gm.
Stomach Bitter Essence Breslau —No. 1 Grains of Paradise 10 gm.
Anise 25 gm. Orange Peels 45 gm.
Basilicum Herb gm. Juniper Berries 10 gm.
25
Alcoiiol 10 kg.
Calamus Root 5 gm.
Chamomile 25 gm.
Cardamom
Lemon Peels 50
3 gm.
gm.
Stomach Bitter Danzig —No. 1
Inula (Horse Heel) 25 gm.
Coriander 15 gm.
Anise 70 gm.
Galgant Root 5 gm.
Calamus 12 gm.
Mace 3 gm.
Chamomile 5 gm.
Nutmeg 3 gm.
Lemon Peels 45 gm.
Orange Peels 50 gra.
Dill Seed 12 gm.
Rosemary Herb 25 gm.
Caraway 15 gm.
Orris Root 5 gm.
Nutmeg 12 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Pimento 6 gm.
No Color.
Orange Peels 45 gm.
No. 2 Oil Rose 1 gm.
Inula (Horse Heel) 5 gm. Orris Root 15
Angelica Root 1.5 gm. Cinnamon 15 gm.
Basilicum Herb 20 gm. Zedoarv Plant 15 gm.
Calamus Root 5 gm. Alcohol 10 kg.
Lemon Peels 35 gm. No. 2
Galgant Root 1.5 gm. Angelica Root 50 gm.
Coriander Seeds 3 gm. Anise 20 gm.

For Chemical AdrlBora, Special Raw Matoriala, Equipment, Containers, etc., consnlt Supply
Section at end of book. ^
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 656

Coriander 25 gm. Orange Peels 60 gm.


Lemon Peels 70 gm. Zedoary Plant 00 gm.
Fennel 60 gm. Cinnamon 10 gm.
Galgant Root 10 gm. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
50 gm. Color; Brown.
Mace
Nutmeg 20 gm.
Pimento 20
60
gm.
gm.
Stomach Essence —No^
Orange Peels Calamus Root .r 250 gm.
Rose Oil ¥j gm- gm.
gm. Coriander
Cinnamon GO
Gentian Root gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg-
Galgant Root gm.
Lesser Centaury gm.
Orris Root gm.
Stomach Essence Vienna
Zedoary I’lant gm.
Inula (Horse Heel) gm.
gm.
Alcohol H-
Anise Color; Browm.
Calamus gm.
gm. No. 2
Coriander gm.
gin. Angelica Root
Dill Seed
Benedictine Herb gm.
Fennel gm.
Buck Bean gm.
Oalgant Eoot gm.
Cardamom gm.
Caraway gm.
gm. (Jeiitiun Root
Mace gm.
gm. Ginger
Nutmeg gm.
gm. Orange Pecds Fresh
Cloves gm.
gm. Oranges Unripe
Pimpinclo gm.
gm. Lesser Centaury
Orris Root gm.
gm. Wormwood
Cinnamon
gm. Alcohol H-
Zedoary Plant Brown.
Color;
Alcohol 95% H-
Color; Brown or Greenish Brown to all No. 3
Stomach Essences. Inula (Horse Heel) gm.
Angelii’a Hoot gm.
Calamus Root gm.
Alp-IIerbs Stomach Essence gm.
Galgant Root
Angelica Root 20 gm.
Juniper Berries
Benedictine Herb 20 gm.
gm.
.‘to
Alcohol 95%
Calamus Root Color; Brown.
Lemon Peels 70 gm.
20 gm.
Coriander
Cardamom 2 gm. Musk Essence — No. 1

20 gm. Musk 40 gm.


Galgant Root
20 gm. Vanilla 40 gm.
Ginger Root
20 gm. Amber 15 gm.
Marjoram 1 kg.
Orange Peels 70 gm. Alcohol 95%
20 gm. No. 2
Rosemary 20 gm.
20 gm. Musk
Thyme 10 gm.
60 gm. Ambra
Tonka Beans 1 kg.
Orris Root
20 gm. Alcohol 95%
20 gm.
Juniper Berries
10 kg.
Alcohol 95% Clove Essence
Color; Brownish-Green Cloves 200 gm.
Cinnamon 50 gm.
95% 1 kg.
Alcohol
Stomach Elixir Essence
gm. Color; Red-Brown.
10
Cardamom
120 gm.
Calamus Root
60 gm. Persico Essence— No. 1
Calumba Root
60 gm.
Gentian Bitter Almonds 400 gm.
60 gm. ^
Galgant Water
10 gm. 10 kg.
Ginger
gm.
Alcohol 95%
120
Pimpinele Chopped bitter almonds must stand in
120 gm.
Tormentilla warm place.
20 gm. water one day in a
Wormwood
OwUlwr., rte., connlt 8.pplr
»o, Ch.n.l«I Adrlwr.,
*p.cl.l B.W M.Uri.1.,

Section at end of book.


556 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
No. 2 No. 4
Apricot Pits Crushed 2 kg. Aromatic Essences as
Cherry Pits 200 gm. Before 100 gm.
Cloves 5 gm. Cocoa Beans Roasted and
Mace 5 gm. Ground 2 kilos
Alcohol 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kilos
The ai^icot pits may be replaced by
chorry jiit^ecause the hitter have a finer
Spanish Bitter Essence
taste. All IVrsieo i'issenecs stay uncol-
or('d anil arc not to be taken alone, luiv-
Oil Angelica Root 50 gm.
ing a eertain content of persico acid Oil Anise 30 gm.
which has a bad effect on the health and Oil Orange Bitter 300 gm.
are only harmless when considerably Oil Calamus SO gm.
thinned down. Oil Cassia 30 gm.
No. 3 Ethyl Acetate 100 gra.
Oil Caraway (Roman) 30 gm.
Sweet Almonds 1 kg.
Oil Peppermint 30 gm.
Bitter Almonds 2 kg.
Oil Wormwood 100 gm.
Lemon Peels 500 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 Itg-
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Color: Dark Green.
Sweet Almonds are to be roasted until
they have a light brown color inside.
Sultan Essence

Peni Essence Benzoin Tincture 1 kg.


Musk Tincture 10 gm.
Orris Eoot Tincture 2 kg.
Amber Tincture 20 gm.
Peru Balsam Tincture 1 Kg.
Oil Rose 1 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Color: Red-Brown. Color : Green.

Rose Essence Venus Essence


Vanilla Tincture 1 kg.
Rose Loaves Salted 150 gm.
Oil Rose 2 gm.
Orange Flowers 15 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 5 gm.
Cloves 2 gm.
Color: Red.
Vanilla 2 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Color : Rod. Violet Flower Essence
This essence can be produced by ex-
Red Carnation Essence tracting the fresh violet flowers with fat
Red Carnations 2 kg. and later on extracted over with full
Cloves 100 gm. proof alcohol.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
No Color.
Woodruff Essence
Chocolate Essence —No. 1 Fresh Woodruff 4 kg.
Tonka Beans 100 gm.
Cocoa Beans Rousted and
Ground 2 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
gm. Color: Grass-Green.
Cinnamon 25
Cloves 20 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 50 gm. Vermouth di Torino Essence
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Angelica Root 30 gm.
No. 2
Valerian Root 15 gm.
Vanilla Tincture No. 46 100 gm. Benedictine Herbs 200 gm.
Cocoa Beans Roasted and Cardamom 10 gm.
Ground 2 kg. Guaiac Wood 30 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Orange Peels 60 gm.
No. 3 Peppermint Herbs 100 gm.
Peru Balsam Tincture Lessor Centaury 100 gm.
No. 35 50 gm. Wormwood 120 gm.
Cocoa Beans Roasted and Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Ground 2 kg. Color : Dark Brown.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, ConUinsrs, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
AL(X)HOLIC LIQUORS 557
Worawood Essence Oil Orange 10 gm.
Angelica Root 60 gm. Oil Rose
5 gm.
Anise 20 gm. Oil Juniper Berries 3 gm.
Benedictine Herb gm. Oil Cinnamon
60 5 gm.
Calamus Root 30 gm. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Coriander 20 gm.
Gentian Root 30 gm. Corn Essence
Marjoram 50 gm.
Ethyl Acetate x'’^500 gm
Orange Peels 50 gm.
Ethyl Oeimntliic 10 gm.
Peppermint Herbs 50 gm.
Oil Juniper Berry 50 gm
Lesser Centaury 60 gm.
Alcohol 10 kg
Wormwood 100 gm.
Cinnamon 30 gm.
S]>earniint Esstmoe
Alcohol 95% 10
Color: Dark Brown. Oil Spearmint 4 jjm.
Oil Peppermint ‘2 j^ui

Aleoliol 10 kg.
Civet Essence
Civet 30 gm.
Caraway Essence
Rose Oil 1 gm.
Oil Anise 1 gm.
Alcohol 95% 1 kg.
0)1 Coriander gm.
1

Oil Cam way 7 gm.


Cinnamon Essence Orris Boot Tincture 10 gm.
Cinnamon 1 kg.
Orange Flowers 100 gm. Essence I’arfuit d’Amoiir
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Oil Anise 40 gm.
Color: Cinnamon-Brown. Oil Cardamom 10 gm.
Oil ('hamomile 5 gm
Allaah Caraway Essence —No. 1 Oil liemon 5 gm.
Oil Lavender 5 gm.
Oil Anise 10 gm.
gm.
Oil Cl()ve.s 5 gm
Oil Angelica 5
gm.
Oil Orange 5 gm.
Oil Coriander 5
Oil Rosemary 40 gm.
OiK Caraway 100 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 80 gm
Vanilla Tincture 20 gm.
Alcohol 10 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

No. 2
Itura Essence
Oil Anise 8 gm.
Ethyl Butyrate 80 gm.
Oil Angelica 2 gm.
Ethvl Acetate 15 gm.
Oil Coriander 2 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 5 gm.
Oil Caraway 80 gm.
Orris Root Tincture 15 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
Alcohol 10 kg.
Aleoliol 95% 10 kg.

Liqueur Body for Cremes and lluiles :

Bishop Essence
No. 1
Oil Orange Peels 50 gm.
20 gm. Sugar Sol. 437 Gnims Sugar in
Oil Bitter Orange Peels
10 kg. 1 Litre Water.
Alcohol
Sugar Sol. above 57.20 lit.

Alcohol 45.70 lit.


Essence Spice
Water 11.40 lit.

Oil Cardamom 10 gm. No. 2


Oil Cloves 15 gm. Sugar. Sol. = 393,3 Grama Sugar in
Oil Mace 10 gm. Litre Water.
1
Oil Cinnamon 30 gm. Sugar Sol. above 51.48 lit.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Alcohol 45.70 lit.

Water 28.00 lit.

Gold Water Essence No. 3


Oil Calamus 3 gm. Sugar Sol. =
349.0 Grams Sugar in
Oil Lemon 5 gm. 1 Litre Water.
Oil Lavender 2 gm. Sugar Sol. above 45.70 lit.
Oil Cloves 1 gm. Alcohol 48.05 lit.
Oil Nutmeg 5 gm. Water 22.88 lit.

For Chemical Advisor*, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc, consult Supply
Sectloa at end of book.
558 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Liqueur Body for Fine Liqueurs No. 13
No. 4 Sugar Sol. = 43.7 Grams Sugar in
Sugar Sol. = 327.7 Grams Sugar in 1 Litre Water.
1 Litre Water. Sugar Sol. above 5.72 lit.
Sugar Sol. above 42.90 lit. Alcohol 61.77 lit,'
Alcohol 50.91 lit. Water 46.90 lit.
Water, 20.59 lit.

No. 5
Sugar Sol. = 305.9 Grams Sugar Creme de Angelica
in
1 Litre Water. Oil Angelica 2.5 gm.
Sugar Sol. above 40.08 lit. Oil Lemon 0.5 gm.
Alcohol 50.33 lit. Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
Water 24.02 lit. Oil Mace 0.2 gm.
No. 0 Oil Nutmeg 0.2 gm.
Sugar Sol. = 202.2 Grams Sugar in
Oil Cinnamon 0,5 gm.
Liqueur-body 11.5 Tit.
1 Litre Water.
Sugar Sol. above 34.32 lit.
Color: Yellow.
Alcohol 50.33 lit.

Water 27.25 lit.


Angelica Liqueur
Liqueur Body for Ordinary Liqueur Oil Angelica 1 gm,
No. 7 Oil Lemon 1 gm.
= Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm.
Sugar Sol. 218.5 Grama Sugar in
Oil Calamus 0.5 gm.
1 Litre Water.
Oil Mace 0.5 gm,
Sugar Sol. above 28.00 lit,
Oil Melissa 0,5 gm.
Alcoliol 53.77 lit.
Oil Wormwood 0,5 gm
Water 32.03 lit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit,
No. 8
Color Green.
Sugar Sol. = 174.8 Grams Sugar in
:

1 liitro Water.
Sugar Sol. above 22.88 lit.
Iluile d ’Angelica
Alcohol 50.08 lit.
Oil Angelica 3 gm.
Water 35.46 lit.
Oil Lemon 0.5 gm.
Oil Cloves 0,1 gm.
For Double Spirits or Whiskey
Oil Orange 0.5 gm.
No. 9 Oil Peppermint 0.1 gm.
Sugar Sol. — 131 Grams Sugar in Color: Grass-Green.
1 Litre Water.
Sugar Sol. above 17.16 lit.

Alcohol 57.20 lit.


Anise Liqueur
Water 40.04 lit.
Oil Anise 4 gm.
No. 10
Oil Star Anise 4 gm.
Sugar Sol. =
109.25 Grams Sugar in
Dissolved in 0.25 Alcohol
lit. 95%.
1 Litre Water.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Sugar Sol, above 14.30 lit.
Alcohol 58.31 lit. No Color.

Water 41.18 lit.


No. 11 Anisette Double
Sugar Sol. = 87.4 Grams Sugar in Oil Anise 2 gm.
1 Litre Water. Oil Star Anise 3
Sugar Sol. above 11.44 lit. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.

Alcohol 59.48 lit. Color: Yellow.


Water 43.42 lit.

Anisette de Martinique
For Ordinary Spirits or Whiskey
Oil Anise 2.6 gm.
No. 12
Oil Fennel
Sugar Sol. =
65.55 Grams Sugar in 0.4 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.4 gm.
1 Litre Water.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Sugar Sol. above 6.86 lit.
Alcohol 60.62 lit. No Color.
Water 46.90 lit.

For Chemicol Advisors, Special Raw Hatorials, Equipment, Oontainsrs, etc., consult Supphr
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 559

Creme d ’Anisette Melee Oil Melissa 0.2 gm.


Oil Anise 16 gm. Oil Orange Peels 1 gm.
Oil Fennel 4 gm. Oil Star Anise I gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Oil Wormwood 1 gm.
No Color. Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Color: Green.
Anisette de Bordeaux
.y'
Oil Anise 5 gm.
Swiss Double Absinthe
Oil Star Anise 1 gin.
Oil Anise 16 gm.
Alcohol 95% 3 kg.
Oil Coriander 1 gm.
Water 3.5 kg.
Oil Fenm'l 1 gm.
Sugar 1.5 kg.
Color: Yellow. Oil Wormwood 16 gm.
Alcohol 90% 1.25 lit.

Sugar Dissolved in 2.5 Litres


Anisette de Bordeaux Francnia Water 250 gra.
Oil Anise 16 gin. Color Green.
Oil Coriander 4 gin.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Bonevento Liqueur
No Color.
Sugar Solution 4.5 lit.

Alcohol 90% 35 lit.

Adieu de Bertrand Water 20 lit.

Oil Calamus 2.5 gm. Benevonto liqueur Oil 50 giu.


Oil Wormwood 4 gm. Color: Green.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

No Color or Violet.
Creim' do Bergamot
Oil Bergamot 3 gm.
Amourette .laamine Water 5 gin.
Oil Lemon Italian 2.5 gm. Roae Water 5 gin.
Oil Orange Italian 2.5 gm. ^'anilla Tincture 5 gin.

Oil Star Anise 0.5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.


Oil Peppermint U.S.P. 0.5 gm. Color: Yellow.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color : Dark Red. Bergamot Liqueur


Oil Bergamot 5 gm.
A Propos Oil Neroh 1 gin.
Oil Lemon 2 gm. 0.5 gm.
Oil Hose
Oil Fennel 0.5 gin. 10 gm.
Vanilla Tincture
Oil Mace 0.2 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Oil Cloves 0.1 gm. Color: Yellow.
Oil Orange 3 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.2 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Berliner Bitter
Oil Angelica 0.5 gm.
Agua Bianca Oil Coriander 0.5 gra.
Oil Ginger 0.5 gm.
Amber Tincture 2 gra.
gm. Oil Mace 0.5 gra.
Oil Bergamot 1
gm. Oil Star Anise 1 gm.
Oil Lemon 2
?m. Oil Jumper Berry 0.5 gm.
Oil Peppermint 2
11.5 Oil Wormwood 1 gm.
Liqueur Body lit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
With six Silver-leaves (ground) and
Color : Brown.
mixed.

Absinthe Creme
Boonekamp (Stomach Bitter)

Oil Anise 0.5 gm. Oil Angelica 0.5 gni.

Oil Lemon 0.5 gm. Oil Orange Bitter 0.5 gm.


Cognac Essence 1 gm. Oil Lemon 0.5 gm.
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm. Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
Oil Mace 0.2 gm. Oil Qalgant 0.2 gm.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, ConUiiiera, eU., coMult Supply
Section at end of book.
560 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Oil Ginger 0.4 gm. Curacao Simple
Oil Mace 0.4 gm.
Oil Orange 4 gm.
Oil Marjoram 0.4 gm.
Oil Mace 1 gm.
Oil Peppermint 0.4 gm.
Oil Cloves 0.5 gm.
Oil Star Anise 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11,5 Rt.
Oil Juniper Berry 0.5 gm.
Oil Wormwood 0.6 gm. Color ; Light Brown.
Liqueur^l^y 11.5 lit
!o]or: Yellow.
Curacao de Hollande
Oil Orange IS gm.
Boonekamp Dutch (Stomach Bitter) Oil Neroli f),5 gm.
Oil Angelica gm. OilCinnamon
1 0.25 gm.
Oil Orange Bitter 1 gm Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Calamus 0.5 gm Color; Light Brown.
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm
Oil Ginger 1 gm
Oil Mace 0.5 gm Creme de Curacao Dutch
Oil Nutmeg 0.5 gm
Oil Juniper Berry 1 gm Oil Pear 1 gm
Oil Wormwood 1.5 gm Oil Bitter Orange gm.
1.5
Oil Cinnamon 0,2 gm Raapberry Ether 2 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Neroli 0.4 gm.
Color; Amber- Yellow
Oil Mace 0.1 gm
Oil Orange 1.5 gm
Vanilla Tincture 5 gm,
Water Cress Liqueur Oil (hnnamon 0,5 gm.
Sugar Solution 15 lit
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit
Alcohol 90% 41.5 lit Color; Yellow.
Water 40.5 lit
Oil Water Cress 50 gm.
Curacao dc Marseille
Color; Green.
Raapberry Ether 10 gm
Oil Mace 1 gm.
Creme de Canelle Oil Orange 4 gm.
Oil Neroli O.i gm. Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
OilCinnamon 3 gm. Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 1 1.5 Tit Liqueur Body ILt) lit.

Color; Cinnamon-Browm Color; Light Brown.

Liqueur de Canelle Curacao Imperial


Oil Mace 0.5 gm. Oil Bitter Orange gm.
4
Vanilla Tincture 5 gm. Oil Lemon 2 gm.
OilCinnamon 2 gm. Raapberry Ether 4 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit Oil Nutmeg 0.5 gm.
Color; As Above. Oil Neroli 1 gm.
Oil Orange 2 gm.
Tonka Bean Tincture 10 gm.
Creme de Cassia
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
Oil Cassia 3 gm. Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm,
Rosewater 100 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit
Color; Dark Brown.

Christopher
Oil Lemon 5 gm. Creme de Dames
Oil Mace 1 gm. Oil Anise 0.5 gm.
Oil Melistt/ 1 Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm.
Oil Cloyrt 1 gm Oil Lemon 0.5 gm.
Oil Cinrtwi^n 1 gm Raspberry Ether 5 gm.
Liquenjj^ Body 11.5 Tit Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
For ChSmIoa} Advisor*, SpeciM Raw Mat«rials, Equipment, Container*, etc., eonsnit Supply
Section at fnd M book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS
561
Oil Cloves 0.5 gni. Balsam Pine 1 rri„
Oil Neroli 0.5 gm. * ‘

Rosemary Oil ’
J gm.
Vanilla Tincture 5 gm. Oil Cinnamon
1.5 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Color: Rose Red.
Color: Yellow.

Eau d’Or~A *
Gold Water a la Danzig Oil Lemon '8 gm.
Oil Rose '
Sugar Solution 25 lit. 0.5 gm.
Oil Cinnamon
AJcohol 90% 40 lit. 4 gill.

Water Liqueur Body 11.5


28 lit. 111.

Cherry Water 4 Color; Yellow,


lit.

Cognac .'I lit.


T'i\e genuine gold leiue.s ground and
Oil Danzig Gold Water 50 gm. added (0 liqueurs.

Ground Gold Leaves genuine to be dis- B


solved. Oil Calamus 2 gm.
Oil Cardamom 1 jjm.
Oil Lemon 4 jrm.
Eau d ’Argent Oil Lavender 2 gm.
Oil Bitter Almond 8 gm. Oil Mace 4 gm.
Oil Lemon »/> gm. Oil Cloves 1
jrm
Oil Mace 1/2 Oil Orange Peels 12 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Oil Rose 4 gm.
Five genuine silver leaves to be ground Oil Rostmiary 2 gm.
and mixed in to alcohol in which the oils Oil .luiiiper Berry 2 gm.
have to be di.ssolved. Oil ('iniiamoii 1 gm,
Distilled in 1 l^itrc of .Mi-oliol.
Liqueur Body 1 1.5 lit.
Eau d ’Amour
Gold leaves a.s before.
Oil Bitter Almond 1 gm.
Oil Lemon 2 gm.
Oil Coriander V2 g'»-
Eau de Capucine
Oil Lavender i/i gm. Oil Anise 1 gm.
Oil Mace Oil Fennel gm.
Vi g»o-
I

Oil Cinnamon Vj go'-


Oil Mace 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Oil Neroli 0 5 gm.
Color: Red. Oil Peppermint 0.5 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Eau d ’Ardelle
Color: Dark Brown.
Oil Lemon 2 grn.
Oil Mace 1 gm.
Oil Clove 1 gm. Eau des Chasseurs —
Oil Orris Root Tincture 50 gin. Oil Mace 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Oil I'ejipennint 2

Color: Violet. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.


Color: Green or no color.

B
Eau de Diane Oil Clovei! 1 gm.
Oil Bitter Almond 0.5 gm. Oil Maee 2 gra.
Oil Rose 1 gm. Oil Peppermint gm.
5
Oil Ncroli 0.5 gm. I.iiqueiir Body 11.5 Tit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Color: Dark Brown.
No Color.

Eau Celeste
Eau de Milles Fleurs Oil Anise 1.5 gm.
Oil Bergamot 0.5 gra Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm.
Oil Lemon 1 gra Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
Oil Lavender 1 gm Oil Cloves 0.5 gra.
Oil Mace 0.5 gra Oil Neroli 1 gm.
Tincture Musk Tonquin 0.5 gra Oil Cinnamon 1 gra.
Oil Coves 0.5 gm Liqueur Body 11,5 Tit.

For Chemical Adrisors, Special Raw Materials, Eqaipment, Containers, etc., consnit Supply
Section at end of book.
662 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
«

Eau Cordiale Cinnamon 20 gm.


Anise 50 gm. Alcohol 95% 0.6 Tit.
Lemon Peels 400 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Coriander Seed 50 gm. Five ground gold leaves.
Melissa 100 gm.
Nutmegs 20 gm.
Cinnamon 60 gm. Prinzess Water
Liqucift^ody 11.5 lit. Amber Tincture to be added
Color: Blue. to the finished liqueur 10 gm.
Chamomile 50 gm.
Eau de la Cote Lemon Peels 80 gm.
Coriander 40 gm.
Oil Bergamot 1 gm.
Figs 100 gm.
Oil Lemon 2 gm.
Almonds Bitter 40 gm.
Oil Peppermint 0.5 gm.
Melissa 60 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 1.5 gm.
Cloves 20 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Rosemary 100 gm.
Color: Yellow.
Cinnamon 20 gm.
Alcohol 95% 0.6 Tit.

Agua Turca Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Amber Tincture 10 gm. Six ground silver leaves.


Angelica Tincture 10 gm.
Musk Tincture 2 gm.
Tea Chinese 100 gm. Silver Water
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm. Angelica Root 20 gm.
Alcohol 95% 4,,6 Tit. Lemon Peels 200 gm.
Water 2 .3 lit. Cloves 20 gm.
Sugar 2 kg. Star Anise 20 gm.
No Color. The tea has to bo extracted Orris Root 50 gm.
in a cold process for 8 days in the Cinnamon 20 gm.
Alcohol 95% 0.6 Tit.
alcohol.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

10 Silver Leaves ground.


English Bitter
Benedictine Herb 10 gm.
Gentian Root 20 gm. Greek Water
Orange Peels 100 gm. Angelica Root 20 gm.
Calamus Root 40 gm. Calamus Root 40 gm.
Lesser Centaury 50 gm. Cardamom 20 gm.
Orris Root 50 gm. Cloves 20 gm.
Wormwood 20 gm. Mace 20 gm.
Cinnamon 10 gm. Bitter Almonds 80 gm.
Alcohol 95% 0.6 lit. Wormwood 20 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Cinnamon 20 gm.
Color: Brown, Alcohol 95% 0.6 Tit.

Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Red Violet.


Fine Bitter
Orange Peels 500 gm.
Oranges Unripe 100 gm. Eau de Sante
Calamus Root 40 gm. Angelica Root 40 gm.
Cinnamon 20 gm. Lemon Peels 100 gm.
Zedoary Plant 20 pi. Cardamom 40 gm.
Alcohol 95% 1.15 Tit. Jasmine 100 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Lavender 80 gm.
Color; Dark Red Brown. Marjoram 60 gm.
Grains of Paradise 40 gm.
Peppermint 80 gm.
Gold Water
Rosemary 100 gm.
Anise 50 gm.
Lemon Peels 100 gm. Alcohol 95% 0.6 lit

50 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit


Coriander
Color: Green.
Mace 30 gm.
Cloves 20 gm.

Raw Materials, Equipment, ConUinera, etc., consult Supply


For Chemlc*! Advisora, Special
Section at end of book. <
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORg 563
Fleurs de POrient Calamus Tincture 5
Calamus .'10
gm. Oil Neroli 0.5 gm.
Lemon Peels 200 gm. Liqueur Body 11.6 lit
Dates 200 gm. Color: Lrovvn.
Fennel 100 gin.
Cloves .lO gm.
Orange Peels 300 gm. Pineapple Fruit Liqueur
Cinnamon 30 gm. Pineapples ^
Alcohol 95% 0.( i lit. Alcohol 95% ' 4A) lit.
Liqueur Body ll.J;i lit. ^Vater 5.4 lit.
Sugar 4,6 kg.
Vanilla Tincture 50 gm.
Creme Aux Mac^rons
Pear Ether 6 gm.
Cardamom 15 gm. Color: Yellow.
Bitter Almond 150 gra.
Cloves 10 gm.
Cinnamon 10 gm. Apricot Fruit Liqueur
Digest with 150 gm. Orange Flower
A[»rico(s (? kg.
Water.
Sugar 4 kg.
Rosewater 100 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. 1
Alc<di<d 95% .T.l lit.

Wafer 1.1 lit.


No Color.
Cinnamon Tincture 50 gm.
Color: Pose Red.
Marascdiinodella Boche do Cattaro
BitterAlmond Water 1.15 lit. Bergamot Fruit Liqueur
Raspberry Water 3.45 ht.
Ripe Bergamots 5 kg.
Orange Flavor Water 2.25 lit.
Alcidiol 95% 4.0 111.
Alcohol 90% 4.00 lit.
Wafer 2 3 lit.
Sugar dissolved in the
Sug:ir 5 kg.
^spberry Water 4
Apple Etlu'r gm
20
No Color.
C(dor: (Joldeii Yellow.

Persico Adriatico Blackberry J'ruit liiqucur


Bitter Almond Water 1.15 lit.
Blackberries 3 kg.
Sugar Solution 4.00 lit.
Alcohid 95% ].5 lit.
Alcoliol 95% 5.20 lit.
Sugiir 0.8 kg.
oder
Lemon Absinthe Blackberry Juice 2 lit.

gm. Sugar 0.8 kg.


Lemon Peels 200
Peppermint Herb 100 gm. Alcolud 95% 1.5 lit.

Wormwood 50 gm.
Alcohol 95% 0.0 lit. Pim'apple Ratafia
Liqueur Body 1L5 lit.
Pineapple Ether 20 gm.
Color : Green. (^)gnac Essenci* 10 gm.
Ethyl Oenanthic Solution 10 gm.
Lemon Liqueur (1 gr. to 1 lit. Alcohol 95%)
gm. Rose Water 40 gra.
Lemon Peels Fre^h 400
Tartaric Acid 40 gm.
Alcohol 95% 0.0 ht.
11 -5
I..iqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Liqueur Body lit.
Color; Yellow.
Lemon Peels to be extracted for 8 days
with the alcohol. Color: Yellow.
Ratafia Aux Bergamottes
Oil Bergamot 3 gm.
Cliina Liqueur
gm. Rose Water 10 gm.
Angelica 50
gm. Vanilla Tincture 6 gm.
Anise 50
gm. Cinnamon Tincture 5 gm.
Mace 20
gm. Tartaric Acid 20 gm.
BitterAlmonds 200
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Cinnamon 20 gra.
_
Color: Yellow,
Digested with 1.1 lit. Water.
Alcohol 95% 0.6 lit.

Raw Materiala. Equipment, ConUiners, etc., consult Supply


For Chemical AdrisorB, Special
Section at end of book.
664 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Ratafia Aux Chocolate Cognac Essence 2 gm.
Cocoa Burned 1 kg. Oil Marjoram 0.5 gm.
Vanilla Tincture gm. Oil Melissa 0.5 gra.
10
Cinnamon Tincture gm. Oil Wormwood 0.5 gm.
5
Liqueur Body 11.5 Rt. Raspberry Ether 5 gm.
Color: Dark Brown. Liqueur Ilody 11.5 ut.
Color Brown.
V
I(atafia de Curacao
Oil Bitter Almond 2 gm. Ginger Ratafia
Oil Clove 0.5 gm. Ginger 100 gm.
Oil Neroli 0.4 gm. Mace 10 gm.
Oil Orange 2 gm. Vanilla 5 gm.
Vanilla Essence 4 gm. Cinnamon 10 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.

Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Color: Yellow.

Ratafia Aux Citrons


Grunewald
Lemon Peels 4 gm.
gm. Grunewald Essence 1.1-2.25 lit.
Orange Flower Water 10
gm. Liquer Body 11.5 lit.
Tartaric Acid 00
Color: Green.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Yellow.

Sailors Hearts-Content
Tonka Ratafia Hearts Content Essence 2.55-3 lit.

Tonka Beans 50 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.


Cinnamon Tincture 10 grn.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Maraschino
Color: Green. Oil Bitter Almond 3 gm.
Cognac Essence 2 gm.
Raspberry Ratafia liaspberry Ether 2 gm.
Oil Neroli 1 gra.
Raspberry Ether 100 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 5 gm.
Oningc Flower Water 10
10 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Tartaric Acid
Cinnamon Tincture 5
No Color.

Liqueur Body 11.5


Color: Raspberry Red.
Stomach Creme
French Stomach Essence 1.1 lit.
Bishop
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Cherry Juice 4.6 lit.
Color: Light Brown.
Curacao Peels 50 gm.
Cloves 10 gm.
Oranges 10 pieces
Creme de Mocca
Cinnamon 10 gm.
Coffee Es8cnc.e 2.25 lit.
Alcohol 95% 4.6 Tit.

Sugar 2 kg. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Yellow. Color : Brown.

Calamus Ratafia Double Carnation Liqueur


Oil Calamus 0.5 gm. 0.52
Cloves Tincture lit.
Oil Cardamom 3 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Vanilla Tincture 4 gm.
Color : Brown.
Cinnamon Tincture 4 gin.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Yellow. Creme de Sultan


Sultan Essence 0.52 lit.

Bitter Ratafia Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

gm. Color: Dark Red.


Oil Angelica 1
Oil Cardamom 1 gm.

R»w M^terisls, EoniwnenU ConUiners, etc.. conMdt Supnlf


For Choraiciil Advisors, SpccUJ
Section at end of book-
ALCX)HOLIC LIQUORS 665

Vanilla Creme Creme de Peru


Vanilla Essence 50 gm. Peru Essence 1.1 lit.

Balsam Peru Essence 100 Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Color: Brown,


Color: Red.

Chocolate Liqueur

Venus Creme Cocoa Beans Burned 2Cd gm.


Clove Tincture ^ 5 gm.
Venus Essence 1.1 pi.
Vanilla Tincture 16 grn.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Yit.
Cinnamon Tincture gm.
5
No Color.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Dark Rcil.

Amber Liqueur
Amber Essence 5 gm. Creme de Vanilla Pure
Musk Essence 0.5 gm. Vanilla Tincture loO gm.
Civet Essence 0 5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Color: Red.


Color: Liglit Brown.
Creme de Vanilla Double
Vanilla Tincture 1 15 lit
Friends Drink
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Bergamot 2 gm.
Color : Red.
Oil Lemon 1 gm-
Cognac Essence 5 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm. Liqueur de Vanilla
Orris Root Tincture 10 gm. Bal.sam Peru Tincture 200 gm.
Liqueur Body 11-5 lit. \anilhi Tincture 200 gm.
Color: Brown. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color Red 1 .

English Bitter
Huile de Vanilla Surflne
Essence Bitter Orange 40 gm.
gm. Benzoin Tincture 10 gm.
Essence Holy Thistle 00
Hosewal<*r 60 gm.
Essence China Bark 40 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 20 gm.
Essence Gentian Root 40 gm.
gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Essence Lesser Centaury <)0
Color: R(><1L
Essence Orris Root 40 gm.
Essence Wormwood 60 gm.
Liqueur Body 11-5 lit. Cinnamon Liqueur Simple
Color : Brown. Cinnamon Tincture 0..55 lit.

Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Cinnamon Brown.


Spanish Bitter Creme
Spanish Bitter Essence 1.1-1 -0 lit.
Cinnamon Idqueur Double
Liqueur Body 11-5 bt.
Balsam Peru Tincture 0.1 lit.
Color Brown,
:
Cinnamon Tincture 0.9 lit.

Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Cinnamon Brown.


Spanish Chocolate Creme
Chocolate Essence 2.25 lit.

Liqueur Body 11-5 lit. Cream of Lemon Fruits


Color: Brown. I<emon Peels absolutely fresh
extracted for (5 days in 0.6
lit. Alcohol 95% 10 pieces
Curacao of Java
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Curacao 1-1 6L
Color: Yellow.
Oil Neroli 5 g™-
Dissolved in 50 gm. Alcohol 95%.
Liqueur Body 11-5 lit. Cherry Liqueur
No Color. Oil Bitter Almond 1 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 2 gm.

For Chemical Adviaora, SpecUl R«w llstwisU, Equipment, ConUinora, etc., coniult Supply
Section «t end of book.
566 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
#
Orris Root Tincture 5 gm. Dissolved in 100 gm. Alcohol 95%.
Cinnamon Tincture 0.5 gm. Vanilla Tincture 8 ra.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit
Color: Cherry Red. Colorless.

Fleur do Montpelier Creme do Coffee


Angeliaa Tincture 10 gm. Clove Tincture 10 gm.
Oil Bergamot 1 gm. Mace Tincture 10 gm.
Oil Lemon 1 gm. Cinnamon Tincture 15
Oil Cloves 0.5 gm. Coffee Tincture 1.15 Tit.
Oil Neroli 1 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Oil Rose 0.2 gm. Color: Dark Brown.


Vanilla Tincture 5 gm.
Cinnamon Tincture 5 gm.
Coffee Liqueur
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Blue. Coffee Burned 200 gm.


Tincture Cloves 5 gm.
Tincture Mace 5 gm.
Creme do Girofle s Tincture Vanilla 15 gm.
Clove Tincture COO gm. Tincture Cinnamon 5 gm.
Cinnamon Tincture 50 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.

Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Color: Dark Brown.


Color: Brown.
Creme de Mocca
Nut Creme Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
Nut Tincture 1.15 lit.
Orris Root Tincture 50 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Cinnamon Tincture 15 gm.
Color: Green. Coffee Tincture 1.15 lit.
Tiiqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Creme de Peru Color: Dark Brown.

Balsam Peru Tincture 120 gm.


Orris Root Tincture 50 gm. Creme de Cassia
Liqueur Body 11.5 i
lit.
Cinnamon Tincture 500 gm.
Color: Brown. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Color: Brown.
Creino do Chocolate
Aromatic Tincture 50 gm. Creme of China
Cocoa Tincture 1.5 gm. Cassia Tincture 800 gm.
Balaam Peru Tincture 20 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Color: Brown.
Color Brown.
:

Creme de Cocoa
Cream of Raspberry gm.
Vanilla Tincture 25
Raspberry Tincture 10 gm. Cocoa Tincture 1.15 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 2 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Cinnamon Tincture 2 gm. Color : Brown.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.

Color : Red.
Cream of Flower
Indian Ginger Jasmine Tincture 10 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
Amber Tincture 1 gm.
Oil Rose 1 gm.
Musk Tincture 0.6 gm.
Dissolved in 0.15 lit. Alcohol 95%.
Oil Ginger 2 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
No Color.
Color: Brown.

Cream of Virgins Cream of Sulton


Oil Anise 20 gm. Amber Tincture 1.5 gm.
Oil Neroli 2 gm. Benzoin Tincture 1.5 gm.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials. Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 567

Musk Tincture 0.5 gm. Absinthe Fine


Oil Ruse 0.5 gm. Oil Calamus gm.
1
Dissolved in 50 gm. Alcohol 95%. Oil Coriander 1.5 gm.
Liqueur Bo<ly 11.5 lit.
Oil (linger 1 gm.
Color: Dark Rod. Oil Wormwood I gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Creme of Lemon a la Malta Color: (Ireen.

Oil Lemon L5 gm.


Oil Coriander 0.5gm. Cinnamon LiqiieiA
Oil Neroli 0.2gm. Oil Cinnamon •\ gm.
Oil Orange L5 gm. Dissolved in (Kl lit. Alcohol 95%.
Vanilla Tincture 5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Cinnamon Tincture 5 grn. (’olor; Liglit Drown.
Liqueur Body 11.5 ht.
Color: Yellow.
Dutch Cinnamon Liqueur
Oil Rosewood 1.5 gm.
Extract of Lemon Double gm.
Oil Cinnamon 2.5
Oil Lemon 4 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Oil Coriander 0.5 gm. Color: Liglit Brown.


Oil Neroli 1 gm.
Oil Orange 2 gm.
0.5 gm. Creme of (’innamon Extra Fine
Oil Star Anise
Tonka Bean Tincture 10 gm. (lenuine Oil Rose 9 5 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm. Oil (bnnainoii 5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Liqueur Body 11 5 lit.

Color: Lemon Yellow. ('olor: Brown or Red.

Pineapple Liqueur Cinnamon l.iqueur Super Fine

Pineapple Ether 15 gm. Oil Mace 0.5 grn.

Cognac Essence 19 gui. Oil ('loves 0.5 gm.


Oil Rose 1 Oil Cinnamon 2 gm.
Liqueur Body 11-5 bt. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color; Yellow. Color: Cinnamon Brown.

Creme of Pineapple Lemon Liqueur


Pineapple Ether 20 gm. Oil Lemon 8 gm.
Pear Ether 5 gm. Dissolvivl in 0.1 bt. Alcohol 95%.
Acetic Ether 10 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Raspberry Ether 20 gm. Color: Yellow.


Liqueur Body 11.5 bt.
Color: Yellow. Creme de Citron
Oil Lemon H gm.
Creme de Barbados Oil Neroli 0.4 gm.
Oil Bergamot 1 f?m. Liqueur Body 1L5 Tit.

Oil Lemon 1 Color: Light Yellow.


Oil Mace 0.2 gm.
Oil Cloves 0.5 gm.
Iluile de Citron
Oil Neroli 0.2 gm.
Balsam Peru Tincture 5 gm. Oil Lemon 15 grn.

5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.


Orris Root Tincture
Color: Light Yellow.
Oil Cinnamon 1 P*'-
Liqueur Body 115^ bt.
nr "Rrnwn.
•NT.. /'’r.lMf
Usquebaugh —No. 2
Oil Anise 1 gm.
Creme of Cinnamon Oil Calamus 0.5 gm.
Cinnamon Tincture 100 Oil Cardamom 1 gm.
Liqueur Body lb K- Oil I>emon 1 gm.
Color : Brown. Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
Oil Nutmeg 0.5 gm.

Raw MstorUli, Equipment, Containers, etc.. consult Supply


For Chemicftl Advlsori, SpecUl
Section at end of book.
568 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Oil Cloves 0.5 gm. Creme of Beven Fruits
Oil Cinnamon 1 gm. Oil Anise Russian 2 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Lemon 2 gm.
Color: Yellow. Oil Coriander 2 gm.
Oil Caraway 5 gm.
Venus Creme Oil Muscat 1 gm,
Oil Cloves 2 gm. Oil Cloves 1 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 2 gm. Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Liqueur Body 11.5 Ht.
Color: Rose Red.

Swiss Creme
Creme de Juniper Berry Oil Angelica 0.5 gm.
Oil Lemon 4 gm. Oil Bitter Almond 1 gm.
Oil Orange 4 gm. Oil Calamus 0.5 gm.
Oil Juniper Berry 10 gm. Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Oil Cloves 0.2 gm.
Colorless or Faint Green. Oil Peppermint 0.2 gm.
Oil Rosemary 0.2 gm.
Oil Thyme gm.
Juniper Berry Liqueur —A Oil Juniper Berry
0.5
0.5 gm.
Oil Coriander 1 gm. Oil Wormwood 0.5 gm.
Cognac Essence 4 gm. Vanilla Tincture gm.
6
Oil Juniper Berry 3 gm. Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Color: Green. Color: Green
B
Oil Calamus
Oil Cardamom
0.5
0.5
gm.
gm.
Usquebaugh —No. 1

Cognac Essence Oil Anise 1 gm.


2 gm.
Oil Coriander Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm-
0.5 gm.
Oil .Juniper Berry Oil Lemon 0.5 gm.
2 gm.
Oil Ginger Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
11.5 lit.
Color: Oil Cloves 0.5 gm.
Green.
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
English Absinthe Color: Yellow.
Oil Anise 8 gm.
Oil Wormwood 8 gm.
Liqueur d 'Oranges
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Green. Oil Lemon 2 gm.


Oil Orange 3 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Rostopschin No Color.
Oil Anise 1
Oil Cardamom 1 gm.
Oil Lemon Creme d 'Oranges
1 gm.
Oil Coriander gin. Oil Neroli 0.5 gm.
1
Oil Mace gm. Oil Orange 2.8 gm.
1
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.

Liqueur Body 11.5 Ut. No Color.


No Color.
Creme dc Roses
Cremo de Celery Oil Geranium 0.5 gm.
Oil Anise 0.5 gm. Oil Rose 0.5 gm.
Oil Bitter Almond 0.5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Ut.
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm. Color: Rose Red.
Oil Caraway 0.5 gm.
Oil Celery Seed 1 gm. Huile de Roses
Liqueur Body 11.5 Ut. Oil Rose 1.5 gm.
No Color.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Color: Pale Rose Red.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LlQUORi^ 560

Rosa Bianca Creme de Menthe Anglaise


Oil Cloves 0.5 pm. Oil Cloves 0.5 gm.
Oil Rose 1 gm. Oil Peppermint 4 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Til.
Colorless. Colorless or Green.

Creme de Roses de Bassora Liqueur de Menthe


Oil Neroli 0.5 gm. Oil Peppermint '
0 gm.
Oil Rose 2 gm. Dissolved in 0.1 lit. Aleohol 95%,
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Liqueur Body 1 1 .5 lit.

Color : Rose Red. No Col(»r.

Superior Knglisli Pe[»peimint


Creme de lu Rose Mousseuse
Oil Spearmint I gm.
Oil Neroli 0.2 gm.
Oil Peppermint 4 gm.
Oil Rose 0.4 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Vanilla Tincture 2 oti.
Color: Grass Green.
Liqueur
*
Body 11.5 lit.
.-I I T>
Color: Rose Red.
Creme de Fleurs d’Oningi'S
(Creme of Orange Flower)
Rosemary Liqueur Oil Neroli 4,5 gm.
Oil Lemon 1 gm. Oil Rose 0.5 gm.
Oil Coriander 1 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Oil Rosemary d g>n. No Color.


Liqueur Body 1L5 lit.

Color: Green.
Fleurs d ’Oranges
Oil Neroli 2 gm.
Pcrsico de Cattaro Oil Orange .'5 gm.
gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Bitter Almond 4.5
11.5 LL No (’olor.
Liqueur Body
No Color.

Iluille de Fleurs d ’Orange,


Oil Neroli 4.5 gm.
Creme de Persico gm.
Oil Orange 2 5
Oil Bitter Almond 2 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Oil Mace 0.4 gm. No Color.


Oil Cloves 0.2 gm.
Oil Neroli 0.2 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 4 gm. Creme de Fleurs d ’Oranges
Orris Root Tincture 6 gm. Pear Kther 1 gm.
Cinnamon Tincture 4 grn.
Oil Bitter Almond 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Raspberry Ktlier 2 gin.
No Color. Oil Neroii 1 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Huilc de Menthe Color: Yellow.

Oil Peppermint 4 gm.


Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Fleur d ’Oranges do la Riviere
Color: Green.
Jasmine Water 50 gm.
Oil Neroli 5 gm.
Oil Rose 1 gm.
Mentha Bianca
gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Oil Spearmint 2
gm. No Color.
Oil Cloves 1
4 gm.
Oil Peppermint
Liqueur Body 11.5 Ut. Parfait Amour
No Color. Oil Lemon 8 gm.
Oil Mace 1 gm.

Equipmant, Coi»Uln.r8, coninlt Supply


Por ClMitntc*! AdviMw, Bpwlal Raw rtc.,

BacUoa ftt and of book.


670 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Oil Cloves 4 gm. Creme de Fleurs d 'Oranges
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Orange Flower Water 1 lit.
Color: Light Red. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
No Color.
Parfait Amour Liqueur
Oil Anise
Oil Chamomile
4
2
gm.
gm.
Creme de Muscat —
Oil Mace 2 gm.
Oil Cardamom 4 gm. Oil Nutmeg 1 gm.
Oil Lemon 2 gm. Vanilla Tincture 5 gm.
Oil Lavender 2 gm. Liqueur Body 11,5 lit.
Oil Cloves 2 gm. Color: Red-Brown.
Oil Orange 2 gm.
Rosemary
B
Oil 4 gm. Cognac Essence 5 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 20 irm. Oil Mace 1 gm.
Dissolve in 1.15 lit. Alcohol 95%. Oil Nutmeg 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Neroli 0.5 gm.
Color: Ko 80 Rod. Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Melisse Komaino
Oil Lemon 1 gm. Carnation Creme Liqueur
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
Oil Cloves 1.0 gm.
Oil Melissa 3 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Vanilla Tincture 5
Cinnamon
No Color or Light Yellow.
Oil 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Green. Liqueur Aux Fleurs d'Ocillets


Oil Cloves 5 gm.
Milk Liqueur Dissolved in 0.1 lit. Alcohol 95%.
Oil Anise 0.5 gm Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Oil Cloves 0.5 gm Color: Brown.


Oil Orange 2 gm.
Oil Rose 0.5 gm. Huile d’Oeillets
Oil Cinnamon 1 gm. Oil Cloves 1.5 gm.
Milk 1.15 lit. Oil Cinnamon 0.25 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
No Color or Light Yellow.
Nordhauser Corn Liqueur
Acetic Ether 10 gm. Creme de Clous do Girofle
Oil Juniper Berry 0.5 gm. Oil Bitter Almond gm.
0.5
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm. Oil Mace gm.
0.2
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Oil Cloves 1.5 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
Nordhauser Corn Liqueur Double Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Acetic Ether 15 gm. Color: Brown.


Raspberry Ether 10 gm.
Oil Mace 0.5 gm. Non Pareille
Oil Cloves 0.2 gm. Oil Mace 1 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm. Oil Cloves gm.
1
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Oil Rose 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Nut Creme Color : Dark Cherry Red.
Oil Cloves 10 gm.
Green Nuts 250 gm. Almond Creme
Mace 40 gm. Oil Bitter Almond 1.5 gm.
Orris Root 10 gm. Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 10 gm. Oil Peppermint gm.
0.5
To be dissolved in 1 lit. Alcohol 95% Tincture Balsam Peru 5 gm.
and extracted in cold process or 14 days, Tincture Cinnamon 5 gm.
then add 11.5 lit. Liqueur Body. Liqueur Body 11.5 Ut.
Color: Green. No Color.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Baw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 571
"
%

Maraschino Dalmatico Oil Caraway 2 gm.


Oil Orange 1 gm.
Oil Bitter Almond 1.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Oil Neroli 0.5 gm.
0.5 gm.
No Color.
Oil Bose
Oil Cinnamon 0.8 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Fine Caraway Liqueur
No Color. Oil Fennel gm.
Oil Caniway ^
4 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
Maraschino di Zara gm.
Oil Cinnamon 1

Oil Bitter Almond 3 gm. Liqueur Body IL lit.

Oil Neroli 0.8 gm. No Color.


Jasmine Water 40 gm.
Rose Water 30 cm.
ILS ht. Triple Caraway Kssence
Liqueur Body
No Color. Oil Anise 2 gm.
Oil Lemon iJ”*-

Oil Coriander J?"'-

Liqueur de Melisse Oil Caraway 13(» gm.


«"'•
Oil Lemon 0.5 gm. Oil Mace 1

mixed
Oil Melissa ^ 48 gm. of this mixture are to bo
Oil Nutmeg 0.5 gm. with 25 ht. of <50% Alcohol, 2r) lit.
Water,
11*^ Hugar.
1 lit. Bourbon Whiskey and
4 kilos
Liqueur Body
Color : Green.

Mixed Caraway Kssence


Creme de Melisse Cognac hiSsence 5 gm.
0.5 gm Oil Coriander 1 gm.
Oil Cardamom gm.
Oil Lemon 0.5 gm Oil Fennel 1
gm.
Oil Coriander 0.5 gra Oil Caraway
gm 0.5 gm.
Oil Mace 0.5 Oil Neroli
gm 1 gm.
Oil Melissa 2 Oil Orange
gm gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 Oil Cinnamon 1

11.5 lit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Liqueur Body
Color: Green. No Color.

Spearmint Buds Liqui ‘ur


Muscat Liqueur Simple Oil Spearmint
.*1 gm.
5 gm. gm.
Tincture Benzoin Oil Lavender 1
gm. 0.5 gm.
Oil Coriander Oil Melissa
^ gm. 0.5 gm.
Oil Mace Oil Peppermint
^
* gm.
Oil Nutmeg Oil Orange 1

Liqueur Body Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.


Color: Brown. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.

Color: Green.

Creme de Caraway Simple


Oil Caraway 16 gm. Crambambuli —
11.5 Tit. gm.
Liqueur Body Oil Cardamom 1
^ No Color. gm-
Oil Lemon 1

Oil Mace 1 gm.


Oil Cloves 0.5 gm.
Creme de Caraway Double Oil Orange 1 gm.
2 gm. 0.5 gm.
Oil Anise Oil Cinnamon
16 gm. 11.5 Tit.
Oil Caraway Liqueur Body
11.5 Tit.
Dark Red.
Liqueur Body Color;
No Color.
B
Oil Calamus
0.5 gm.
Danzig Oil Cardamom
1 gm.
Double Caraway a la
1 gm.
gm. Oil Lemon
Oil Cardamom Oil Fennel
0.5 gm.
gm.
Oil Coriander "
J gm. Oil Nutmeg 0.5 gm.
Oil Fennel
consult Bupplf
MaUrlals, Equipment, Contalnera*
etc.,
8p«cl*l Raw
for Chamleal Adviton,
Section at end of book.
672 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Oil Orange 1 gm. Spearmint Liqueur
Oil Peppermint 2 gm. Oil Spearmint 8 gm.
Oil Star Anise 0.5 gm. Dissolves in 0.1 lit. Alcohol 95%.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Color: Dark Red. Color Green.
:

Liqueur Polonaise (Kontuszowka)


Cardamom Liqueur
Oil Lemon. 0.4 gm
Oil Anise gm.
Oil Cubeb 0.5 gm 2
Oil Cardamom gm.
Oil Ginger 0.5 gm 3
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
Oil Lavender 1 gm
Mace Liqueur Body 11.5
Oil 0.5 gm Tit.

Oil Marjoram 0.5 gra


No Color.
Oil Juniper Berries 0.5 gm
Oil Wormwood 0.5 gm
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Cardamom Liqueur
Color: Brown. Oil Cardamom 3 gm.
Oil Lemon 1 gm.
Oil Coriander 1 gm.
Caiaway Liqueur Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Oil Caraway 8 gm. Color: Yellow.
Dissolved in 0.1 lit. Alcohol 95%.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Cardinal Liqueur
Liqueur dcs Carmelites Remains Amber Tincture 10 gm.
Oil Lemon 2 gm.
Oil Lemon 2 gm.
Oil Nutmeg 1 gm.
Oil Coriander 1 gm.
Oil Cloves 1 gm.
Oil Fennel 1 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Melissa 0.5 gra.
Oil Peppermint 0.5 gm.
No Color.

Oil Orange 2 gm.


Zedoary Plant 1 gm. Cardinal Essence
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Amber Tincture 10 gm.
Color: Yellow-Green. Oil Lemon 4 gm.
Oil Mace 1 gm.
Creme Carminative Oil Cloves 0.5 gm.
Oil Peppermint 0.5 gm.
Oil Anise 1 gm
Vanilla Tincture 25 gm.
Oil Lemon 2 gm.
Oil Coriander
Oil Cinnamon 1.5 gm.
1 gra
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Oil Fennel 1 gm
Color: Red-Yellow.
Oil Caraway 1 gm.
Oil Neroli 0.5 gm.
Oil Orange 1 gm. Liqueur des Carmelites
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm. Oil Lemon 1 gm
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Coriander 1 gm
Oil Mace 0.4 gm
Coriander Liqueur Oil Melissa 0.4 gra
Oil Lemon 1.5 gm. Oil Orange 1 gm
Oil Coriander 4 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. No Color.


Color: Yellow.
Honey Liqueur
Creme de Coriander Double Sugar Solution 30 lit.

Oil Lemon 1 gm. Alcohol 90% 30 lit.

Oil Coriander 4 gm. Water 40 lit.

Oil Cloves 0.5 gm. Honey Aroma according to


Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm. strength 50-500 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Color: Honey Yellow.
Color Yellow.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, CooUlners, etc., consult Susnlr
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 573

Jasmine de la Province Spice — Creme Liqueur


Oil Jasmine 2 Oil Anise 0.2 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Oil Cardamom 0.2 gm.
Color: Brownish. Oil Lemon 0.5 gm.
Oil Ginger 1 gm.
Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
Calamus Liqueur Simple
Oil Nutmeg OM gm.
Oil Calamus 5 pm. Oil Neroli 0.4 gin.
Dissolved in 0.1 lit. Alcohol 95%. Oil (’loves ' 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Oil Wormwood 0.5 gm.
Color: Yellow. Liqueur Body 11.5 ht
Color : Brown.
Caljumi‘< Creme
Oil Calamus ^ gm. Creme de Girofle
Oil Cinnamon 2 pn. Oil Cloves 2 gin.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Oil Mace 1 gm.
Color: Yellow. Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Liqueur Bodv 11.5 lit.

Color: Brown.
Calamus Liqueur
Oil Calamus 3 gm.
Oil Cardamom 2 gm. Liqueur Allemiinde (Grunewnld)
Oil Orange 1 gm. Oil Angelica 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 ht. Oil Lemon 1 gm.
Color: Red- Yellow. Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm.
Cognac E.ssence 5 gm.
Oil Galganl 1 gill.
Eau de Calume Orange gm.
Oil 1
Oil Calamus 4 gm. Oil (’inimmoTi 0.5 gm.
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm. Oil Wormwood 1 gm.
Oil Orange 1-5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 III.

Oil Star Anise 0.5 gm. Color: Brownish-Green.


Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.

Color: Brown-Red. Eau de Pueelle


Oil Angelica 0,5 gm
Oil Fennel 1 gm
Calamus Liqueur Composed Oil ('lo\e.H 0.5 gm
Oil Angelica 2 gm. Oil Oiange 1 gm
Oil Calamus 4 gm. Tincture Oiris Root 10 gm
Oil Cloves 0.5 gm. Oil Juniper Berry 1 gm
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm. Oil Cinniimon 1.5 gm
Liqueur Body 11-5 ht. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.

Color: Light Brown. (^)lor: Yellow.

Genevre de Hollande Eau Royale


Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm. Essence Amber 4 gm.
Cognac Essence 4 gm. Oil Lemon 1 gm.
Oil Juniper Berries 2 gm. Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
Oil Wormwood 0.5 gm. Oil Cloves 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Bodv 1L5 lit.
Oil Orange 2 gm.
Color: Yellow. Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.

No Color.
Double Genevre
Oil Cardamom 1 gm
0.5 gm Eau de Valeriane
Oenanthic Ether
Oil Juniper Berries 4 gm Oil Angelica 1 gm.
gm Oil Valerian 3 gm.
Oil Wormwood 1
0.5 gm. Oil Calamus 2 gm.
Oil Cinnamon
11.5 Tit. Oil I^emon 1
Liqueur Body
Color: Dark Yellow. Liqueur Body 11.5
Color: Yellow.

Eaw llateriala, Equipment, Containera, etc., coniult Supply


For Chemical AdTiwra, Special
Section at end of book.
674 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Double Fennel Liqueur Bouquet dee Dames
Oil Anise 0.5 gm.
Oil Cloves 0.5 gm.
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
Oil Fennel 3 gm.
Oil Rose 1 gm.
Oil Star Anise 0.5 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 fit.
Liqueur Body 10 Tit.
* Color; Yellow.

Springflower Liqueur Polish Brandy-—*^ A’'


Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm Raisins 280 gm.
Cognac Essence 5 gm Licorice 35 gm.
Oil Lavender 1 gm Cinnamon 25 gm.
Oil Mace 1 gm Cardamom gm.
25
Oil Melissa 0.5 gm Cloves 8 gm.
Oil Peppermint 1 gm Oalgant 8 gm.
Oil Orange 1 gm Ammonia Rubber 8 gm.
Tincture Vanilla 10 gm Anise Seed 8 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 1 gm (briander 8 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Alcohol 60% 3 lit.

Color: Green.
Extracted for few days, pressed, fil-
tered and mixed with sugar, the last to
Bishop Drink be dissolved in rose water.
Anise 20 gm.
Lemon Peels 100 gm.
Fennel Rosemary 70 gm.
10 gm.
Peppermint Herb Calamus 8 gm.
60 gm.
Orange Peels Anise 8 gm.
60 gm.
Savin Herb Raisins 280 gm.
50 gm.
Liqueur Body Pepper 50 gm.
11.5 lit.
Caraway 110 gm.
Color; Light Red.
Ginger 110 gm.
Com Brandy 4 lit.

Flower Creme Liqueur


Manufacture as in “A.'’
Jasmine Tincture 10 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
Oil Rose gm.
1 Trestor Brandy
Dissolve in 0.15 lit. Alcohol 95%.
Liqueur Body Oil Cognac, Genuine 4 oz.
11.5 lit.
Oil Corn Fusel 5 oz.
No Color.
Methyl Salicylate 3 oz.
Acetic Ether, Absolute 2 lb. 8 oz.
Oriental Flower Creme Alcohol 24 pt.
Calamus 30 gm. Water 3 pt. 12 oz.
Lemon Peels 200 gm. Filter through magnesium carbonate.
Dates 200 gm.
Fennel 100 gm.
Cloves 30 gm. Blackberry Essence
Orange Peel 300 gm.
Cinnamon 30 gm. Nutmeg Essence 10 gm.
Alcohol 95% 0.6 kilo
i
Coriander Essence 10 gm.
Liqueur Body lU i lit. Cinnamon Essence 10 gm.
No Color
Blackberry Ether 100 gm.
Blackberry Juice 170 gm.
Alcohol 60% 500 cm.
Flower Essence
Vanilla Tincture 200 gm.
Rose Oil 5 gm. Breadwater Liqueur
Alcohol 70% 10 kilos
Lemon Peel 1750 gm.
Color ; Rose Red. Cloves 100 gm.
Cinnamon Ceylon 100 gm.
For Cbomical AdyUors, Special Raw Materials, Equipmont, Coataioera, ate., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 675
Mace 50 gm. Greek Water
Coriander 60 gm. Angelica Root 20 gm.
Anise 25 gm. Calamus Root 40 gm.
Alcohol 90% 10 lit. Cardamom 20 gni,
This mixture has to be extracted for Mace 20 gm.
30 hours, then add 5 lit. water, distill off ('loves 20 grn.
12 lit., then add tincture manufactured Bitter Almond 86 gm.
as follows: 7.5 kilos toasted
pumper- Wormwood 20 gm.
nickel, 12.5 lit. 75% alcohol— then add Cinnamon ' 20 gm.
18 lit. alcohol 90% and 25 kilos sugar Alcohol 95% 0.6 lit.
and enough water to make it 100 kilos. Color: Red Violet.
Color with Caramel.

Oieek Bitter Essence


Train Liqueur Oil
Cinnamon Flowers 50 gm.
Oil Peppermint 15 gm. Caraway Seed 200 gm.
Oil Star Anise 15 gin. Peppermint Herb 200 gm.
Oil Cloves 10 gm. Orange I’eels 150 gm.
Oil Calamus 3 gm. Angelica Root 150 gm.
Oil Juniper Perry 3 gm. (lentian 200 gm.
Oil Coriander Seed 3 gm. Alcohol 70% 4 lit.
Oil Bitter Orange 2 gm.
Raisin Ether 6 gm.
Acetic Ether 5 gm. Sky Water
Violet Flower Essence 3 gm. Oil Anise 1.5 gm
To bo distilled over burnt magnesia. (cardamom Oil 0.5 gm
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
Oil (’loves 0.5 gm.
Train Liqueur
Oil Noroli 1 gm.
Train Liqueur Oil 35 gm. Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Pineapple Ether 150 gin. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Raisin Essence 150 gm.
Vanilla Essence 50 gm.
Violet Flower Essence 30 gm. Hunting Liqueur — (A»>
Alcohol 95% 20 lit.
Cassia 450 gm.
This mixture has to stay 48 hours. Ginger 125 gm.
Add: Galgant Root 125 gm.
Water 20 lit.
Cardamom 75 gm.
CloV4‘8 75 gm.
Alcohol 95% 5 lit.

Sugar dissolved in 5 lit.


Extmet with 10 lit. Alcohol 00%.
In 5 lit. Alcohol you dissolve
Water 8 kilos
Oil Cinnamon Ceylon 6 gm.
Color with CarameL
Oil Cubeb 6 gm.
Oil Mace 6 gm.
Fig Fruit Liqueur Oil Coriander 3 gm.
Fresh Figs 5 kilos Add this to above mixture after it is
Water 2-3 lit. filtered. Then add 25 lit. 95% alcohol
Alcohol 95% 4-6 lit. and 12.5 kilos sugar dissolved in boiling
Sugar 2 kilos water and complete with water suflficient
to make 100 lit.
Spring Flower Liqueur Color: Light Green.

Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm. “B”


Cognac Essence 5 gm. Oil Caraw^ 12 gm.
Oil Lavender 1 gm. Oil Anise Russian 15 gm.
Oil Mace 1 gm. Oil Star Anise 15 gm.
Oil Melissa 0.5 gm. Oil Wormwood 5 gm.
Oil Peppermint 1 gm. Oil Ginger 2.5 gm.
Oil Orange 1 gm. Oil Coriander 2.5 gnu
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm. Oil Peppermint 0.5
Oil Cinnamon 1 gm. Oil Rum Essence 0,5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Liqueur Body 10 lit.

Wot Ohtmical Adrison, Special B«w Materials, Equipment, Containers, «tc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
570 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Hunters Water— “A** Nordhauser Com Liqueur
Oil Mace 1 gm. Acetic Ether gm.
10
Oil Peppermint 2 gm. Oil Juniper Berry 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
No Color or Green. Liqueur Body 11.5 Lt.

Cherry Water Black Forest Double Nordhauser Cora Liqueur


Alcohol 9i% 74 lit. Acetic Ether 15 gm.
Nut Essence 20 gm. Raspberry Ether 10 gm.
(12 parts oil bitter almond in 88 parts Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
Alcohol 95%.) Oil Cloves 0.2 gm.
Orange Flower Water 2 lit. Oil Cinnamon gm.
0.5
Water 124 lit. Liqueur Body 11,5 Tit.
No Color.
Coast Water
Oil Bergamot 1 gm. Polka Liqueur Oil
Oil Lemon 2 gm. Oil Anise Russian 150 gm.
Oil I’eppermint .05 gm. Oil Fennel 150 gm.
Oil Cinnamon .05 gm. Oil Cloves 150 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit. Oil Cinnamon 150 gm.
Color: Yellow. Oil Rnsemarjr gm.
75
Oil Chamomile Roman 75 gm.
Mogador Essence —No. 1
Oil Angelica
Oil Spearmint
50 gm.
gm.
Wormwood 50
500 gm.
Peppermint 250 gm.
Cassia 65 gm. Creme de Flauve d ’Orange
Cubeb 18 gm. (Orange Liqueur)
Pimento 65 gm. Alcohol by Volume 95% 41/4 lit.
Cloves 65 gm. Neroli Oil Essence 132 gm.
Galgant 65 gm. Bitter Oil Almond Ess. 175 gm.
Oranges 65 gm. Sugar Syrup 65% 11 Vi lit.
White Cinnamon 65 gm. Water IVi lit.
Orange Peels 135 gm.
Chamomile 135 gm. Creme de Framboise (Strawberry)
Alcohol 90% 8.5 lit.

Water 3.5 lit.


Alcohol by Volume 95% 2 lit.
Raspberry Juice 7 lit.
Sugar Syrup 65% 8^ lit.
No. 2
Oil Wormwood 10 gm.
Oil Calamus 25 gm. Creme de Vanille (Vanilla)
Oil Cloves 25 gm. Alcohol by Volume 95% lit.
Oil Mace 35 gm. Vanilla Extract 4 lit.
Oil Orange 70 gm. Raspberry Juice % pt.
Oil Lemon 50 gm. Sugar Syrup 65% 11% lit.
Oil Savin 12 gm. Water 3 lit.
Oil Cinnamon Genuine 8 gm. Caramel Color 65 gm.
Oil ThjTne 25 gm.
Oil Lavender 12 gm.
Wine Spirit Essence
Creme de Canelle
50 gm.
Orange Ether 50 gm. Alcohol by Volume 95% 5 lit.
Acetic Ether 50 gm. Cinnamon Oil Essence 45 gm.
Alcohol 4.6 lit. Water 12 lit.
Color: Golden Yellow. Color with Caramel

Non Pareille Creme d ’Ananas (Pineapple)


Oil Mace 1 gm. Alcohol by Volume 95% 5 lit.
Oil Cloves 1 gm. Pineapple Essence 100 gm.
Oil Rose 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Sugar Syrup 65% 11 % lit.

Water % lit.

« Oh«mlo*l Ad^wr*. SpMial Raw Materials. Equipment, CooUlnere. etc., eoniuH Supply
Bection at end of book.
ALCX)H0L1C LIQUORS 677

^ Chartreuse Liqueur out the liquid. Add 10 lit water and 10


lit sugar syrup, then filter.
Alcohol by Volume 90% 12% lit
Chartreuse Essence 5
Sugar Syrup 65% 4% lit. Rosemary Liqueur Essence
Water 12% lit
Oil Rosemary 80 gm.
Wherever the word essence appears you Oil Lemon 30 gm.
take one part of the essential oil and Oil Neroli U) gm.
mix thoroughly with 7 parts of 95% alco- Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
con- 50 gm.
hol and these mixtures or solutions Acetic Ether «

for- 100 gm.


stitute the essences as given in the Raisin Essence
Violet Flower Essence 100 gm.
mulas.
Alcohol 95% 2 Tit.
Details for preparation of extracts and
essences for some of the above formulas.
‘ Celery Liqueur
Oil Anise 0.5 gm.
Lemon Essence
Oil Bitter Almond 0.5 gto.
Alcohol by Volume 95% 2% lit
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
Lemon Juice 2% lit.
Oil Caraway 0.5 gra.
Mix the alcohol and lemon juice and 1
Oil Celery Seed
then filter. Liqueur Body 11*0 lit

Spanish Bitter Oil Essence Swiss Creme


Angelica Oil 160 gm. 0.5 gm.
Oil Angelica
Almond 10 gm. gm.
Bitter Oil Oil Bitter Almond 1
Lemon 80 gm. 0.5 gra.
Oil Oil Calamus
160 gm. 0.5 gm.
Calamus Oil Cardamom
Spearmint Oil 160 gm. 0.2 gm.
Oil Cloves
20 gm. 0.2 gm.
Coriander Oil Oil Peppermint
40 gm. Rosemary 0.2 gm.
Clove Oil Oil
320 gm. 0.5 gm.
Oil Bitter Orange Oil Thyme
160 gm. 0.5 gm.
Wormw’ood Oil Oil Juniper Berry
160 gm. Wormwood 0.5 gm.
Juniper Oil Oil
40 gm. 6 gra.
Cinnamon Oil Vanilla Tincture
Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
Oil
11.5 Tit
Liqueur Body
Curacao Essence Green.
Color:
640 gm.
Bitter Orange Oil
27 gm.
Neroli Oil
Orange Peel Sweet Oil 27 gm. Date Fruit Liqueur
13% gm. 4 kg.
Cinnamon Oil Dates (Squashed)
4.6 lit.
Water
4.6 lit.
Alcohol 95%
Rhine Wine Extract 4 kg.
Sugar
Alcohol by Volume 90% __3% lit.

75 gm.
Strawberry Oil No. 1
50 gm. Strawberry Fruit Liqueur—
Orange Peel Oil
Pineapple Essence
20% Tit. Strawberries 8
gm. J Jg*
“K-
100 Sugar
Woodruff Extract
48 drops Alcohol 95% 4-5
Neroli Oil 3.4 J'
lit.
Color: Yellow. Water
According to taste 50 gm.
Mace or

Polish Water
Cinnamon Tincture.
185 gm. No. 2
Currants
30 gm. Strawberries ®
Anise Jg-
30 gm. Alcohol 95% [«•
Cinnamon gra. Water 2.6 kg.
30 Sugar in 3 lit.
Goves gm. Vanilla.
30 According to taste a little
Fennel
30 gm.
Peppermint
20 gm.
-
Galgant
uaigani. Fig Fruit Liqueur
crumbled and
These drugs have to be alco- Figs (Fresh)
5 Itg.
with 18 lit.
extracted for 14 days Water 2.28 lit
press
lit rosewater, then
hol 95% and 4 , o i
8»PP>r
Aavl»r., 8p«u. lU.
F.,
SKtlon It end of book.
678 THE CHEMICAL FORMUURY
Alcohol 4.6 lit Cold Saturated lilalic
Sugar *
2 kg. Acid Solution 10 gm.
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Raspberry Fruit Liqueur
6 kg. Raspberries (squashed) are to be f
extracted with 2 lit. Water and 5 lit. Pineapple Fruit Ether
Alcohol Shake daily for 14 days. Ethyl Butyrate "
50 gm.
Amyl Butyrate 100 g^m.
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Raspberry Fruit Liqueur
Fresh Pressed Raspberry
Juice 10 lit. Apricot Fruit Ether
Alcohol 95% 8 lit.
Ethyl Butyrate
Sugar 100 gm.
6 kg.
Ethyl Valeriate 50 gm.
Oil Bitter Almond 10 gm.
Cherry Fruit Liqueur Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Cherries 6.5 kg.
Sugar 3 kg.
Alcohol 95% 4.6 lit.
Pear Fruit Ether
Water 1.1 lit. Ethyl Acetate 50 gm.
Bitter Almond Tincture 50 gm. Amyl Acetate 100 gm.
Very sweet dark cherries very ripe,
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
have to be squashed including the pits,
in a stone mortar. The mash has to stand Strawberry Fruit Ether
a few days in a cool place then press it
Ethyl Acetate 60 gm.
out and add the sugar and water and
Ethyl Formate 10 gm.
heat until it boils. After it cools off add
Ethyl Butyrate 50 gm.
Bitter AJmond Tincture and alcohol.
Ethyl Salicylate 10 gm.
Color; Dark Red.
Amyl Acetate 30 gm.
Amyl Butyrate 20 gm.
Peach Fruit Liqueur Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Peaches 6 kg.
Sugar 4.5 kg.
Current Fruit Ether
Alcohol 95% 4.6 lit.
Water 1.7 lit.
Ethyl Acetate 50 gm.
Bitter Almond Tincture gm. Ethyl Formate 10 gm.
16
Ethyl Butyrate 10 gm.
The fruits skinned and pits removed.
Ethyl Benzoate 10 gm.
Then to be squashed and ex-pressed. To Ethyl Oenanthato 10 gm.
the residue 1.7 lit. water added together
Ethyl Salicylate 10 gm.
with the stamped pits. This mash re-
Ethyl Sebaciate 10 gm.
mains for 2 days then press it. Dissolve
Amyl Butyrate 10 gm.
sugar in those liquids, add Bitter Almond
Cold Saturated Solution of
Tincture. No heating.
Tartaric Acid 50 inn.
Color: Pale Red.
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.

Orange Fruit Liqueur


Cherry Fruit Ether
Fresh Orange Juice 1.1 lit.
Alcohol 95% 4.6 lit.
Ethyl Acetate 50 gm.
Water 3.4 lit.
Ethyl Benzoate 50 gm.
Sugar 4.5 kg. Oil Bitter Almond 10 gm.
Curacao Tincture 100-200 gm. Cold Saturated Solution Ben-
zoic Acid in Alcohol 95% 10 gm.
The fruit juice stays with alcohol for
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
8 days, then filter. The clear li(juid has
to be mixed with a Sugar Solution then
add carefully the Curacao Tincture to Melon Fruit Ether
avoid bitter taste. Ethyl Formate 20 gm.
Color; Golden Yellow. Ethyl Butyrate 40 gm.
Ethyl Valeriate 50 gm.
Apple Fruit Ether Ethyl Sebaciate 100 gm.
Ethyl Acetate 10 gm. Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Amyl Valeriate 100 gm.
For OhMnical Advisors, Special Rsw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
AUX)HOLIC I4QHOR8 679
—- ^
Orange Fruit Ether * Birch Oil Spirit
^

Ethyl Acetate
Alcohol 90% % lit.

Oil Birch 6
Ethyl Formate
Ethyl Butyrate
Hhyl Benzoate Lamp Black Tincture
Methyl Salicylate
Amyl Acetate
Lamp Black 17, p.
Orange Flower Oil
Alcohol 90% H l»t.

Cold Saturated Solution of TT

Tartaric Acid in Alcohol Vanilla Extract


95% 1000
1 gm. gm.
Alcohol Chopped Vanilla Bean 8
Alcohol 90% % *lt*

Peach Fruit Ether


Ethyl Acetate 50 gm. Weichxel Fruit Ether
Formate 50 gm.
Ethyl Ethyl Acetate 190 gm.
Butyrate 50 gm.
Ethyl Ethyl Benzoate 50 gm.
Valeriato 50 gm.
Ethyl Oil Bitter Almond 20 gm.
Sebaciate 10 gm.
Ethyl Cold Saturated Solution
Almond 50 gm.
Oil Bitter Malic Acid in Alcohol 10 gm.
95% 1000 gm.
Alcohol Benzoic Acid ^0 gm.
Alcohol 95%>
Grape Fruit Ether
Ethyl Formate 20 gm. Lemon Fruit Ether
Ethyl Oenanthate 100 gm. 100 gm.
Ethyl Acetate
Methyl Salicylate 10 gm* 100 gm.
Oil Ijemon
Cold Saturated Solution of Cold Saturated Citric Acid
Tartaric Acid in Alcohol oO gm. 100 gm.
Solution
-^O gm.
Succinic Acid Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.

Mulled Wine Extract


kg.
4 gm. Sugar
Angelica Oil Water IJ
32 gm.
Aniae Oil Cherry Juice »
290
^ gm. IJ*
Lemon Oil Raspberry Juice ^ ,,
32 gm. ,
thmi "dd
Spearmint Oil
32 gm. Cook tlie above together and
Laurel Oil Alcohol 90% 37yj
64 gm.
Lavender Oil Clove Essem’e jlj* %
16 gm.
Nutmeg Oil
20 gm. Cinnamon Essence %
Balm Oil Moselle Wine 11*A
64 gm.
Clove Oil Color: Dark Cherry.
16 gm.
Orange Oil
16 gm.
Rose Oil
Rosemary Oil
32 gm. Orange Lemonade
32 gm. 45 lit.
Juniper Oil Sugar Syrup 05%
90% 4 lit.
Alcohol
in
Curacao Essence3 Citric Acid dissolved
640
04' gm. 1 lit. water
Bitter Orange Oil 1% O'-
27 gm. Orange Oil Essence
NeroliOil
^
27 gm.
Sweet Orange Oil
13%
^ gm. Lemon Lemonade
Cinnamon Oil 1

jit.
Sugar Syrup 05% 45
Rhino Wine Extract Alcohol 90% 4
t.

Lemon Oil Essence 1% j

Mix together:
3% lit. Citric Acid dissolved in
Alcohol 90% gm. water 750 gm.
75 1 lit.
Strawberry Oil

50 gm.
Orange Oil \
20tA Tit. Strawberry Lemonade
Pineapple Essence

100 30
Woodruff Essence 1^
Sugar Syrup 65% lit.
48 drops
Neroli Oil 3
Alcohol 90%
‘color: SUghtly Yellow. ,

.t.,,
» B.ppl,
E.W lUWrirt. Koulpm...,
Cb«.Uc.I AdvUor., Sp«i.l
lection at end of
book.
580 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Strawberry Ether 25 gm*. Vanilla Spirit
Citric Acid dissolved in bean percolate with
500 gra. vanilla
1 lit. water 750 gm. 42 lit. 00% alcohol, and 5 lit. water and
Color: Strawberry. over 34
distill lit.
^

Raspberry Lemonade Lemon Essence


Sugar with 75 kg. Lemon Juice 2^ lit.
Raspberry ,[uice 31 lit.
90%
Alcohol 2% lit.
Cherry Juice 10 lit.
Mix the above and filter.
Water TVi lit.

Tartaric Acid kg.


Heat together juices and sugar; then Maraschino Liqueur
dissolve acid in water and then mix all
together.
Alcohol 90% 20 lit.
Maraschino Essence 625 gm.
Concentrated Raspberry
Champagne Ether 100 gm.
Rhine Wine 32 lit. Sugar Syrup 65% 15 Tit.
Whole Lemons and peels Water 15 lit.

cut up 4
Raisins 2 kg.
Orange Liqueur
Orange Oil Essence 30 gm.
Oil of Neroli 10 drops Alcohol 90% 20 lit.
Sugar 8 kg. Orange Essence 875 gm.
Water 2 lit. Sugar Syrup 65% 7 Tit.

Water 23 lit.

Cherry Lemonade
Clove Bitters
Cherry Juice cooked with 17 lit.

Sugar and 12^2 kg. Alcohol 90% 20 lit.

Tartaric Acid dissolved in Clove Bitter Essence 1% lit.

lA lit. water 125 gm. Sugar Syrup 65% 4 lit.

Water 24 lit.

Cardimil Wine Rose Liqueur


Moselle Wine 52 lit.
Alcohol 90% 20 lit.
Alcohol 90% 7 lit.
Rose Essence 350 gra.
Sugar Syrup (55% 11 lit.
Sugar Syrup 65% 12 Tit.

Flavor with Cardinal Extract and make Water 17% lit.

acid with Tartaric.

Rum
Bischof Wine Alcohol 90% 25 lit.
Red Wine U lit. Jamaica Rum Essence 600 gm.
Alcohol 90% Jl lit. Butyric Ether 15 gm.
Sugar Syrup (55% lO lit. Water 25 Tit.
Flavor with Bischof Extract and make Mix well, color well and let stand.
acid with Tartaric.

Maraschino
Cardinal Extract
Alcohol 95% 8 lit.
Alcohol 90% 20 lit.
Oil of Bitter Almonds 35 gm<
Orange Blortom Oil 416 gm.
Sweet Orange Peel 266 gm. Sugar Syrup 65% 15 Tit.
Water 15 lit.
Water 1% Tit.

Caramel Color % lit.

Cdoves

Bischof Extract
Alcohol 90% 20 lit.
Oil of Clove 25 gm.
Cardinal Extract 3 lit.
Sugar Syrup 65% 5 lit.
Orange Peels 100 gm. Water 25 Ut.
Bitter Orange Oil 100 gm. Color : Light Brown.

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Contaiae>ra, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 581
Hamburger Bitter Extract
Angelica Tincture
Galgant Root 3000 gm. Angelica Root 1500 gm.
Oak Bark 125 gm. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
^np;er Root 150 gm.
Cffris Root 375 gm.
Gentian 1000 gm. Angostura Tincture
Alcohol by Volume 90% 8 V2 bt.
Angostura Bark 10^)0 gm.
Digest the above in alcohol for 5 days Alcoliol 95% 10 kg.
after which add 8 Vj lit. of water and
let stand for 8 days. Then draw off the
clear liquid and add to this the following Anise Tincture
solution
Anise Squashed 1600 gm.
Alcohol by Volume 90% 3 lit. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Oil of Bay 75 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 600 gm.
Oil Nutmeg 25 gm. Arrac Tincture
Oil Cloves 6 grn.
Cognac Ether 1800 gjn.
Ethyl Acetate 75 gm.
Oil Calamus
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
730 gm.

Valerian Tincture
Hamburger Drops
Valerian Root 2500 gm.
Alcohol by Volume 90% 21% lit.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Hamburger Bitter
Essence 550 gm.
Sugar Solution 10% ht.
Basil Tincture
Water 23 lit.
Basil Leaves 6 kg.
Color: Brown with Caramel Color.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Raspberry
Benzoin Tincture
Cook together the following:
Benzoin Tears 600 gm.
Sugar 7% kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Clear Raspberry Juice lit. 7%
Cherry Juice 2 lit. %
Cool this and add to it the following
Bergamot Tincture
mixture:
Bergamot Peels 3 kg.
Raspberry Syrup 12 % lit.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Alcohol by Volume 90% 17% lit.

Aromatic Essence 400 gm.


Water 20 Tit. Castoreum Tincture
Castoreum 50 gm.
Raspberry-Lemonade Alcohol 95% 500 gm.

Sugar Syrup 30 lit.

Raspberry- Lemonade Curacao Tincture


Essence 1% kg. Curacao Peels 3 kg.
Citric Acid 250 gm. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Mix well and color Red. or
Orange Peels Fresh Green 3 kg.
Alcohol 95% • 10 kg.
TINCTURES
Amber Tincture Fennel Tinilure
Amber Grease Gray 40 gm. Fennel Squashed 1600 gm.
Alcohol 95% 600 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Pineapple Tincture Orris Tincture

Pineapple Ether 160 gm. Orris Root Florentine 500 gm.


Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

lV>r Chemlcsl Advisors, 8pecUl Raw Mstorials, Equipment, CooUinert, etc., consult Supply
6wtion St end of book.
682 * THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Jasmine Tinctare Rosemary Tincture
Jasmine Flowers 5 kg. Rosemary 1500 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Sage Tincture
^
Coffee Tincture
Sage Dry 2500 gm.
Coffee 'Fresh, Burnt, Ground 4 kg.
Alcohol 95%
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
10 kg.

Celery Tincture
Calamus Tincture Celery Seeds 200 gm.
Calamus Root 2500 gm. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Cocoa Tincture —No. 1
Cocoa 2 kg.
Cardamom Tincture Alcohol 95% 10 k|
Cardamom COO gm. No. 2
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Cocoa Deoiled 1500 gra.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Cassia Tincture
Star Anise Tincture
Cassia Cinnamon 1 kg.
Alcohol 95% Star Anise Crushed 1000 gm.
10 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Catechu Tincture Nutmeg Tincture


Catechu 1500 gm. Nutmegs Pulverized 1 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Spearmint Tincture Clove Tincture


Spearmint Dry 1 kg. Cloves 1500 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Caraway Tincture Nut Tincture


Caraway Seed Squashed 1 kg. Nuts (Green-Soft) 1 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.*

Lavender Tincture Peru Balsam Tincture


Lavender Dry 1 kg. Balsam Peru 70 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 1 kg.

Mace Tincture Peppermint Tincture


Mace 800 gm. Peppermint 1 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Marjoram Tincture Orange Tincture


Marjoram Dry 1 kg. Orange Peels 4 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

MeWSsa Tincture Rose Tincture


Melissa 2500 gm. Rose Leaves Salted 1500 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Mui^ Tincture Thyme Tincture


ICosk Tonqutji 1 gm. Thyme 2500 gm.
Alet^ol 95% » 1 Tit. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Equipment. ConUinera, etc., coniult Supply


SwstRf i?!nd®0f
ALOOHOLIC LIQUORS 583

Tonka Bean Tincture Bitter Almond Oil Tincture


Tonka Beans Crushed 1 kg. Oil Bitter Almond 100-150 t

Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 \

Vanilla Tincture Fennel Oil Tincture


Vanilla Crushed 75 gm. Oil Fennel 70-^!O gra.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Orris Root Tincture Raspberry Ether Tincture


Orris Root Crushed 1 kg. Raspberry Ether 1 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Juniper Berry Tincture Calamus Oil Tincture

Juniper Berries 2500 gm. Oil Calamus 50 -70 gm.


Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Woodruff Tincture — ^No. 1 Cassia Oil Tincture


Woodruff Fresh 2500 gm. OilCa.ssia 100-150 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
No. 2
Woodruff Dry 1800 gm.
Coriander Oil Tincture
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Oil Coriander 70-100 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Wormwood Tincture
Wormwood Dry 1 kg.
Spearmint Oil Tincture
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Oil Spearmint 50-00 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Civet Tincture
Civet 40 gm.
Caraway Oil Tincture
Alcohol 95% 600 gm.
Oil Caraway 50-00 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Cinnamon Tincture
Cinnamon (Fine Pulverized) 1 kg.
Lavender Oil Tincture
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Oil Lavender 120-150 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Lemon Tincture
Lemon Peels of 80-100 fresh lemons to Mace Oil Tincture
10 kg. Alcohol 95%.
Oil Mace 40-70 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

OIL TINCTURES
Angelica Oil Tincture Marjoram Oil Tincture

Oil Angelica 40 gm. Oil Marjoram 140-160 gm.


Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Anise Oil Tincture Melissa Oil Tincture

OU Anise 30-40 gm. Oil Melissa 40-00 gm.


Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Bergamot Oil Tincture Nutmeg Oil Tincture

Oil Bergamot 40 gm. Oil Nutmeg 40-60 gm.


Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Raw Materials, Equipment, ConUlneri, etc., eontuH Supply


For Chemical Advieors. SpecUl
Section atend of book.
684 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
—.— -I.. :
'


Clove Oil Tincture Rosemary Oil Tincture
Oil Cloves 50-60 gm. Oil Rosemary 160-200 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Neroli Oil Tincture Sage Oil Tincture


Oil Neroli 60 gm. Oil Sage 50-60 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Oenanthic Tincture Celery Oil Tincture


Ethyl Oenanthate 20 gm. Oil Celery 50-60 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Peppermint Oil Tincture Star Anise Tincture


Oil Peppermint 50-60 gm. Oil Star Anise 50-60 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Rose Oil Tincture Lemon Oil Tincture


Oil Rose 50 gm. Oil Lemon 60-80 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.

Simple Tinctures
Anise 750 gm. Aniscsecd 4% lit. Alcohol
Angelica 750 gm. Angelica Root 7 lit. Alcohol
Lemon 1 kg. Lemon Peel 4^ lit. Alcohol
Calamus 1 kg. Calamus Root 7 lit. Alcohol
Strawberry 58 lit. Ripe Berries 14 lit. Alcohol
Raspberry: 58 lit. Raspberries 14 lit. Alcohol
Coffee: 750 gm. Boasted Coffee 9 lit. Alcohol
Cherry 58 lit. Sour Ripe Cherries 14 lit. Alcohol
Kumrael 750 gm. Caraway Seeds 4% lit. Alcohol
Balm Mint: 750 gm. Balm Mint 9 lit. Alcohol
Nutmeg: 875 gm. Nutmeg 4% lit. Alcohol
Cloves 750 gra. Cloves 4% lit. Alcohol
Peppermint 3 kg. Peppermint Leaves 14 lit. Alcohol
Orange: 1 kg. Orange Peel 4% lit. Alcohol
Quassia 375 gm. Quassia 4Vi lit. Alcohol
Juniper: 750 gm. Juniper Berries 9 lit. Alcohol

Mixed Tinctures
Oftrdamom: 750 gm. Cardamom Seeds, 400 gr. Anise Seed 7 lit. Spirit
Nutmeg: 200 gm. Nutmeg, 25 gm. Nutmeg Leaves, 50 gr.
Cinnamon 4^ lit. Spirit

ARTIFICIAL WINE FI.AVORS


Absinthe Extract Claret Essence

Wormwood 500 gm. Ambergris Tincture dr.


Green Anise Seed 500 gm. Ethyl Acetate 3% dr.
Star Anise 125 gm. Cirob Tincture 8^ oz.
Fennel Seed 35 gm. Cherry Juice 7 Vi oz.
Coriander Seed 35 gm. Krameria Tincture 4 lb.
Nutmeg Leaves 20 gm. Wine Distillate 5 lb.
Cinnamon 5 gm.
Alcohol 7 lit
Water 3% lit. White Wine Essence
Allow to soak for 8 days. It is then Cognac Oil 10 dr.
distilled over. Ethyl Nitrite 22 dr.
Ethyl Acetate 0Z.4

For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, CooUiners, etc., consult Supplj
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS
- r" — 585

Johns Bread Tincture 12^ oz. Malaga Fondant


St.
Wine Distillate 4% lb. Civet Tincture 5 gm.
Water 4% lb. Ambergris Tincture 5 gm.
Vanillin 5 gm.
Cherry Water Genuine 9 gm.
Port Wine Essence
¥4 dr.
Rhatany Tincture 6% oz.
Ambergris Tincture Black Currant Essence r lb.
Ethyl Acetate 7% dr.
oz.
Carob Tincture 1 lb.
Krameria Tincture Grape Essence '
7V» lb.
2 oz.
Elder Flower Tincture
Tincture 3 oz.
St. Johns Bread
3 oz.
Carob Tincture Muscatel Essence
3 oz.
Cacao Essence
Wine Distillate 3 oz. Coumarin U oz.

Mace Tincture 1% oz.

Elder Flower Essence 6 oz.


Claret Lemonade Apple Essence U/4 lb.
.3 dr. Grape Essence 8 lb.
Clove Tincture
Cinnamon Tincture 5 dr.
2 oz.
Claret Essence
5¥i oz. Port Fondant
Cherry Juice
Red Wine
8 oz. Vanillin U oz.

Ambergris Tincture M oz.

Brown Cacao Essence 7^ oz.


Muscatel Lemonade Rliatany Tincture 8 oz.

Honey Lemonade Essence % oz.


Grape Essence 9 lb.
2 oz.
Claret Essence
3 oz.
Port Wine Essence
101^ oz.
Rliine W’ine Fondant
Grape Essence
^Vhite Co^c Oil 2% oz.

Nectar Lemonade Hcliotropin 3% oz.

oz. Ethyl Acetate 10 gm.


Honey Lemonade Essence 1/4
1 lb. 7 oz.
1% oz. Apple Essence
Rum Essence oz. Grape Essence 8^ lb.
3
Port Wine Essence
3 oz.
Currant Essence
Apple Essence Sherry Fondant
Civet Tincture 14 oz.

WINE FONDANT FLAVORS Elder Flower Tincture 2% oz.

Black Currant Essence 13 oz.


Burgundy Fondant 1 lb.
Pineapple Essence
Ambergris Tincture Vi oz. 8 lb.
3 Vi oz.
Grape Essence
Rhatany Tincture
4 oz.
Cherry Juice
Raspberry Essence Tokay Fondant
1
Black Currant Essence 2V6 dr.
Civet Tincture
Grape Essence I’ineapple Essence % lb.

Raspberry Essence % lb.

Claret Fondant Carob Tincture 1 lb.

Vi oz. Grape Essence 8 lb.


Civet Tincture
Ambergris Tincture ^ oz.

Rhatany Tincture
Pear Essence
Black Currant Essence
(1 oz. per gallon)
Cherry Juice
Grape Essence (from dried
.

Vanillth % dr.

grapes) 6^ lb. AmyliAcetate dr.

Raspberry Distillate 5 oz.

Bergamot Essence 11 oz.


Madeira Fondant Orange Flower Water 1 lb.
4 oz. 1 lb.
Pineapple Essence Wine Brandy
8 oz. 2% lb.
Brown Cacao Essence Distilled Water
Elder Flower Tincture
8 oz.
Alcohol 4% lb.
12 oz.
Black Currant Essence
8 lb.
Grape Essence
K-
SeeUon at end of book.
686 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Burgundy Wine Punch Extract Glowing Wine Punch Extract
Vanilla Essence 1 oz. Cardamom Tincture 2 oz.
Lemon Juice % gal. Pineapple Essence 3 oz.
Bum % gal. Cinnamon Tincture 5 oz.
Arrac % gal. Clove Tincture 5 oz.
Water 2% gal. Genuine Arrac gal.
Genifine Burgundy Wine 3 gal. Alcohol gal.
Sugar Syrup 4 gal. Cherry Fruit Syrup 4 gal.
Claret Wine 41^ gal.
Claret Punch Extract
Cardamom Tincture 1 oz.
Cinnamon Tincture 3 oz. White Wine Punch Extract from
Clove Tincture 3 oz. Moselle, Rhine or Chablis Wine
Lemon Juice 1
Genuine Rum
lb. Sweet Orange Juice % gal.
^ gal. Genuine Arrac 1 gal.
Sugar Syrup 4 gal. Sugar Syrup 65 % 3% Si.
Dark Claret Wine 4% gal. Moselle, Rhine or Chablis gal.
5
For CluHiilcal Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Ckmtainors. etc., consult Suppl;
Section at end of book.
INDEX TO ADDENDA
A Aromatic, Essence (> 4^
A PropoB 559 Aroraatique 545
Absinthe, Brandy 543
Brandy, French 545 Grog Extract fifiO
Brandy, Swiss 545
Creme 559
English 568 Artificial, Clierry Bmndy Essence. . ..547
Essence 541
Essence, Swiss 542
Essence, Vienna 542
Extract 584 B
Fine 5()7
French 545 Basil Tincture 581
Lemon 5(5.1

Swiss 542 Benevento Liqueur 559


Swiss Double 559 Benzoin Tincture 681
Adieu dc Bertrand 559 Bergamot, Brandy 543
Agua, Bianca 559 Fruit Liqueur 563
Turca 5(52 Liqueur 5,59
Alant Essence 542
Allash Caraway fissencc 557
Allemande, Liqueur 57.1 Tincture 681
Almond, Creme 570 Berliner Bitter 559
Oil Tincture Bitter 58.1 Birch Oil Spirit 579
Alp Herbs Stomach Essence 555 Bise.hof, E.xlract ,.,680
Amber, Liqueur 5(55 Wine ,680
Tincture 581 Bishop 664
Amourette 559 Drink 674
Angelica, Essence 542 Essence 657
Liqueur 5.58 Bitter, Angoslum 550, 551
Oil Tincture .58.1 Angostura, Essence 642
Tincture .581 Berliner ,.659
Angostura, Bittt^|,.^.i 550, 551 Clove 580
Bitter Ploflence .542 English 602 565
Fine 502
Anise, Brandy 541 Hamburger 545
Essence 542 564
Liqueur 543, 558 Bitter Almond Oil Tincture 683
Oil Tincture 583 Bitter Creme, Spanish K 565
Tincture 581 Bitter Essence, English 551
Tincture, Star 582, 584 Greek.* 675
Anisette 543 Bim^ 661
de Bordeaux 559 Spanish 652
Double 558 Bitter Extract, Hamburger 581
d'HoUande 548 Bitter Liqueur, Spanish *..648
de Martinique 558 Bitter Oil Essence, Spanish •.*..577
Apple Fruit Ether 678 Blackberry, Essence 1 . .674
Apricot Fruit, Ether 578 Fruit Liqueur 563
Liqueur 563 Poonekamp 669 , 660
For Chemical Adriion, Special Raw MaterUlL Bfilfoaot, Cootolnen, etc., eooeoH tnpplr
Section at end od book. ^ it

587
588 INDEX
t
Bouquet des Banies .574 Carnation Creme Liqueur .570
Bourbon .547 Carnation Liqueur, Double.. .564
Super Aroma .547 Cassia, Creme de .566
Whiskey .547 Oil Tincture .583
Brandies .543 Tincture .582
Brandy, Absinthe .543 Castoreura Tincture .581
Absinthe, French .545 Catechu Tincture .582
Absinthe, Swiss .545 Cattaro, Persico de .569
Anise .543 Celery, Creme de .568
Artificial Cherry Essence .547 Liqueur .577
Bergamot .543 Oil Tincture .584
Calamus .543 Tincture .582
Cherry .543 Champagne .580
Clove .543 Chartreuse .544
Cognac .544 Liqueur .577
Corn .543 Cherry, Brandy .543
Italian Orange .545 Brandy Liqueur .547
Juniper .543 Fruit Ether .578
Kummcl .543 Fruit Liqueur .578
Lemon .543, 514 Lemonade .580
Orange, White ..543 Liqueur .565
Peppermint .543 Li(|ueur Essence .547
Pineapple .545 Water, Black Forest .576
.574 .566
Raspberry .543 Liqueur .563
Trester .,574 Chocolate, Creme de .506
Brandy Liqueur, (’herry .,547 Creme, Spanish .565
Breadwater Liqueur ..574 Essence . 556
Burgundy, Fondant .585 Liqueur .565
Wine Punch Extract .586 Itutafia Aux .564
Christopher .500
C Cinnamon, Creme of .567
^lalamus .545 Essence .557
Brandy .543 Liqueur ..565, 567
Creme .573 Liqueur Dutcli .507
Essence .553 Tincture .583
Liqueur .573 Citron, Creme de .567
Liqueur Composed .573 Huile de .567
Liqueur Simple .573 Ratafia Aux .564
Oil Tincture .583 Civet, Essence ..557
Ratafia .564 Tincture .583
Tincture .582 Claret, Essence . .584
Canelle, Creme do .560, 576 Fondant .585
Caraway, Creme de.., .571 Lemonade .585
Essence 553, 557, 571 Punch Extract .586
Liqueur .571, 572 Clous de Girofle, Creme de.. .570
Oil Tinfture .583 Cloves .580
Tincture .582 Bitters .580
^•Cardamlim, Liqueur .... .572 Brandy .543
Tincture .582 Essence .555
Carding .545 Oil Tincture .584
BsseAee .553, 572 Tincture .582
Extrlct .580 Coast Water .576
Uqutor .572 Cocoa, Creme do ..566

Win# .580 Tincture .582


Carmeti!^ Essence .553 Coffee, Creme de .566
OarmiBative, Creme .m Essence ..552, 553

l*or Ohtmioal Adrlaon, Special Raw Mati^ala, Equipment, CooUinen, etc., consult Snpplj
Saetion at end of book.
index 589
«
Coffee —Continued —
Creme Continued
Liqueur Peru 565, 666
Tincture 582 Pineapple
Triple Essence Raspberry
Cognac 544, 549 Rose 548, 508, 509
Brandy Seven Fruits 608
Contuszawka P^ssence 553 Spanish Bitter
Cordial, Sherry Spanish Chocolate 505
*
Coriander, Creme do 572 Stomach 504
Liqueur 572 Strawberry 570
Oil Tincture 583 Sultan ....504, 500
Corn, Brandy 543 Swiss 508, 577
Essence 557 Vanilla 505, 570
Liqueur, Nordhauser . . 570 Vanilla Pure
Crambambuli 571 Venus
Creme, Almond 570 . . .500

d 'Ananas 570 Creme Liqueur, Carnation. 570


Angelica 558 Flower 574
d 'Anisette Melee 559 Spice 573
Barbados 507 Cremes, French Liqueur... 548
Bergamot 559 Curacao, Essence 577, 579
Calamus 573 Ilollande 500
Canelle Imperial 500
Caraway 571 Java 505
Carminative 572 Marseille 500
Cassia 500, 500 Peels Pjssence 552
Celery 508 Ratalia de 604
China 500 i
Simple
Chocolat 548 Tincture 681
Chocolate 500 Current P'ruit Pother 678
Cinnamon
Citron 507 D
Clous de Giroflc 570 Date Fruit Liqueur
Cocoa 500 Double Carnation Liqueur.
Coffee 500 Double P'ennel Liqueur....
rioriand**^ - -
i
572 Double Genevre
Curacao Dutch 500 Drops, Hamburger 581
500 Dutch Cinnamon Liqueur. 667
Flauve d 'Oranges 570
Fleurs d 'Oranges ....509, 570 E
500 Eau d 'Amour
m r\Aiaa 570 d'Ardclle 661
Girofles 560, 573 d 'Argent
T _ _
*
TJ ..508 Calame 573
. ..505 Capuainc
Lemon a la Malta 667 Celeste
A \€ rtA V ma . ...50,3 Chasseurs
571 Cordiale ^..562
IL/TAwf Via 544 Cote, la
. .509 Diane
564, 506 Millcs Fleurs uilm
..570 d’Or
.548 Pucelle

Nut 560, 570 Royale 673


508 Santa
.574 Valeriane
Persico 569 de Suede Essence. .

Tor OhmiMl AItImh, 8p«UI B4v MiUrldL (fflpmnt, Cmulim, tU., eoanit ItpMr
8«etioa kt m4 «f b«ek.
590 INDEX

English, Absinthe .568 Essence—Conttnwed


Bitter 562, 565 Bum 549, 557
Bitter Essence .551 Spanish Bitter 556
'!|^epperraint 569 Spanish Bitter Oil 577
ISssence, Absinthe 541 Spearmint 553, 557
Alant 542 Spice 557
AllasltCaraway 557 Stomach 555
Alp-Herbs Stomach 555 Stomach Bitter 551, 554
Angelica .! 542 Stomach Elixir 555
Angostura Bitter 542 Strawberry 552
Anise 542 Sultan 556
Aromatic 541 Swiss Absinthe 542
Artificial Cherry Brandy 547 Venus 556
Artificial Slivovitz 547 Vermouth di Torino 556
Barbado 542 Vienna Absinthe 542
Bishop 557 Violet Flower 556
Bitter, Simple 551 Virgin 552
Blackberry 574 White Wine 584
Calamus 553 Woodruff 556
Caraway 55.3, 557, 571 Wormwood 557
Cardinal 553, 572 Ether, Apple Fruit 578
Carmelite 553 Apricot Fruit 578
Cherry Liqueur 547 Cherry Fruit 578
Chocolate 556 Current Fruit 578
Cinnamon 557 Grape Fruit 579
Civet 557 Lemon Fruit 579
Claret 584 Melon Fruit .578
"^9ye 555 Orange Fruit 579
552, 553 Peach Fruit 579
Coflee Triple 553 Pear Fruit 578
ContuBzawka 553 Pineapple Fruit 578
Com 557 Strawberry Fruit 578
Curacao 577, 579 Weichxel Fruit 579
Curacao Peels 552 Extract, Absinthe 549, 584
Elixir de Suede 552 Arrack Grog 550
Flower 552, 574 Arrack Punch 550
Flower of Love 554 Bischof 580
Gold Water 557 Burgundy Wine Punch 586
Goldwasser 579 Cardinal 580
Greek Bitter 575 ClaretPunch 586
Grunewald 552 Glowing Wine Punch 586
Hearts Content . . . i 552 Hamburger Bitter 581
Herb '.
553 Lemon Double 567
Lemon Mulled 579
Life ? 553 Rhine Wina#!* 577, 579
Mogador 576
‘HuBcatdl 585 RtunJpSch 650
ICutk 555 VamHa 579
Parfait #IAnmur 557 Punch
Victoria 550
Pear /..i 585 White Wine Punch 586
. Persioa 555
Peru 556 F
Port, Wine 585 Fennel Liqueur, Double 574
BaspWry Fennel, Oil Tincture 583
Bed Carnation . .556 Tincture 581
Bom ...> Fig Fruit Liqueur 575, 577
Boaemat^ Liqueur ’...jaSHML Fine Bitter 562

m Equipment, ConUlnen, eoiumlt Supplf


Seotton at m
Fbr dMileal Adrlsors, Special
of book.
Is, etc.,
INDEX
Flavors, Wine, Artificial 584 Hearts Content Essence
Wine Fondant 585
Fleur de Montpelier 5t;t}

d'Oeillets, Liqueur Aux 570


do 1 ’Orient 503
d ’Orange 509 Honey Liqueur 5^,
Flower, Creme of 500 Huile d’Angelica *
65^|''

Creme Liqueur 571


Creme, Oriental 574 Fleurs d 'Oranges ' 509
Essence 552, 574 Mentlio 509
Flower of Love Essence 554 d’Oeillets 570
Fondant, Burgundy 585
Claret 585 Vanilla 505
Madeira 585 TTiint.prfi Wjifi'r
Malaga 585 Hunting Liqueur 575
Port 585
Rhino Wine 585 1

Sherry 585 Indian Ginger 500


Tokay 585 Italian Orange Itrandy 545
Fondant Flavors, Wine 585
French Liqueur, Cremes 548 J

Friends Drink 505 Jamaica Rum 545


Fruit Liqueur, Fig 577 Jasmine dc la Province 573
Tincture 582
G .Tuniper Berry, Creme de 568
Geneva Gin 544 Liqueur 568
Genevre, Double 573 Tincture
do Hollando 573 Juniper Bnindy .

Gin, Geneva 544


Gordon 540
Holland 540 Kontuszowkn Liqueur I’olonaise..

London Dock ...540 Kummel, Brandy


Old Tom 540 Liqueur
Schiedamer Geneva Holland 548
Gin Oil, Holland 540
Ginger, Indian 500 Lamp Black Tincture.,,

Liqueur 544, 547 I>avender, Oil Tincture.,

Ratafia 504 Tincture

Qirofles, Creme dc 500, 573 Lemon, Absinthe


Glowing Wine Punch Extract 580 Brandy .543, 544

Gold Water 502 Double, Extract of... 567


a la Danzig 601 Essence ,.677, 680

Essence 557 Fruits, Crmin of 565


Goldwasser 544 Fruit Ether 579
Essence ...’ 579 Lemonade 679
549 Liqueur 548,, 563, 567
Whiskey
Gordon Gin 546 Oil Tincture

Grape Fruit Ether 579 Tincture

Greek Bitter Essence 575 Lemonade, Cherry . .

Claret
Greek Water ^62, 575
Grunewald o64, 573 Lemon .
4|1«...679
Essence 552 Muscatel
Nectar
H Orange
Ebnuborger, Bitters 645 <rry

Bitter Extract 581 [wberry .j*iU.|***j

Drops 681

Vor dManlMl Advison. SjMeUl Baw It, OontslMn, sto., ||m|| 0«99lr
592 INDEX

Liqueur, Allemande . . Liqueur Cont inued


Amber 565 Pineapple 567
Anise .543, 558 Pineapple Fruit
Apricot Fruit 563 Polonaise Eontuszowka . . 572
Benevento Raspberry Fruit 578
Bergamot 559 Rose ...548, 580
Bergatoot Fruit .... Rosemary 569
Bitter, Spanish '
Spearmint 572
Blackberry I'ruit 563 Spearmint Buds 571
Breadwater 574 Spring Flower ..574, 575
Calamus Strawberry Fruit 577
Calamus, Composed . 573 Train 575
Calamus, Simple .... 573 Turko
Canelle 560 Vanilla ...548, 565
Caraway .571, 572 Water Cress 560
Cardamom 572 Liqueur Body, for Cremes and Huile8.557
Cardinal ...... for Fine Liqueurs 558
Carmelites Liqueur Essence, Rosemary 577
.

Carmelites Roma ins . Liqueur Oil, Polka 576


Carnation Creme .... 570 Train
Celery 577 London Dock Gin 546
Chartreuse 577 M
Cherry Mace, Oil Tincture. 583
Cherry Brandy 547 Tincture 582
Cherry Essence 547 Madeira Fondant 585
Cherry Fruit 578 Marjoram, Oil Tincture 583
China Tincture
Chocolate 565 Malaga Fondant 585
Cinnamon .565, 567 Maraschino ..564, 580
Coffee 566 Dalmatico 571
Coriander Liqueur ..548, 580
Creme, Spice 573 Zara 571
Date Fruit 577 Maraschinodella Boche do Cattaro. . .563
Double Carnation ... 564 Melissa, Tincture
Dutch Cinnamon .... 567 Oil Tincture 583
Fennel, Double Creme de 571
Fig Fruit 575 Liqueur de 571
Flours d 'Oeillets .... 570 Romaine
Flower Creme 574 Melon Fruit Ether
French, Cremes Mentha Bianca 569
Ginger .544, 547 Milk Liqueur 570
Honey 573 Mixed Tinctures
Hunting Mocca, Creme de . .564, 566
Juniper Berry 568 Mogador Essence 576
Kummel 548 Montpelier, Fleur de 566
Lemon ...548, 563, 567 Mulled Wine Extract 579
Maraschino .548, 580 Muscat Liqueur .... 4 571
Melisse 571 Muscatsl, Essence 585
Menthe 569 Lemonade 585
Milk 570 Musk^Essence 555
Muscat 571 Tincture 582
Nordhauser Com .570, 576 N
Orange .,568, 576, 580 Nectar Lemonade
Orange Fruit Neroli Oil Tincture 584
Parfait Amour New England Rum 549
Peach Fruit ,,....578 Non Pareille ..570, 576
Pepperminl Nordhauser Com Liqueur ...570, 678
“S
fo# OlMlik Advlaon, SpAciftl Raw Itetagrials, SqvipoMot, ConUinen, ate^ eouvH Svpplj
Sm^mi anCol book.
INDEX
Nut, Creme 56G, 570 Ra^berry—Con f inuf d
Tincture
Cream of
Nutmeg, Oil Tincture 583 Essence
Tincture 582 Ether Tincture
583
Fruit Liqueur
0 578
Oenanthic Tincture
Lemonade 580, 581
.....584
Ratafia
Oil Gin Holland 546 *....564
Oil Tinctures
Ratafia, Aux Bergamottes 663
583
®‘tter
Old Tom Gin 546 564
Calamus 564
Orange Brandy, Italian 545
Chocolate
White 543
Citrons
Orange Flower, Creme of 509, 570
Curacao
Orange Fruit, Ether 579
Cinger
Liqueur 578
Pineapple 563
Orange, Lemonade 579
Raspberry 664
Liqueur 570, 580
Tonka 564
Tincture 582
Red Carnation Essence 556
Oriental Flower Creme 574
Rhino Wine, Extract 577, 579
Orris Root Tincture 583
Fondant 585
Orris Tincture 581
Rosa Bianca 569
P Rose, Essence 556
Parfait,Amour 509 Liqueur 548, 580
Amour Liqueur 570 Oil Tincture 584
Peach Fruit, Ether 579 Tincture 582
Liqueur 578 Rosemary, Liqueur 509
Pear, Essence 585 Liqueur Essence 577
Fruit Ether 578 Oil Tincture 584
Peppermint, Brandy 54,3 Tincture 582
English 509 Roses, Creme de 608, 509
Liqueur 544 Huilo de 508
Oil Tincture 584 Rostopschin 508
Tincture 582 Rum 549, 550, 580
Persico, Adriatico 503 Essence 549, 667
Cattaro 509 Grog Extract 650
Creme de 509 Jamaica 545
Essence 55.) New England 549
Peru, Balsam Tincture 582 Punch Extract 650
Creme de 505, 500
Rye Whiskey 646
Essence 550 8
Pineapple, Brandy 545 Sailors Hearts Content 504
Creme of 567, 570 Sage, Oil Tincture 684
Fruit Ether 578 Tincture 682
Fruit Liqueur 503 Schiedamer Geneva Holland Gin 548
Liqueur 507 Scotch 546
Ratafia 503 Whiskey Mix 545
Tincture 581 Seven Fruits, Creme of 668
Brandy
Polish, 574 Sherry, Cordial 548
Water 577 Fondant 688
Polka Liqueur Oil 570 Silver Water 562
Port, Fondant 685 Simple Tinctures 584
Wine Essence 585 Sky Water 875
Prinzess Water 562 Slivovitz 648
Artificial, Essence for 54T
R Spanish, Bitter Creme 508
Raspberry 581 Bitter Essence 552, 666
Brandy 543 Bitter Liqueur 548
For Ohcmieal Advisors, SpecitI Raw Mstsrisli, Eqaipiasnt, Goatsiaors, ste., seoidt fasgir
loetion St end of book.
594 INDEX

SpaniBh— Confinwti » Tincture —Continued


Bitter Oil Essence 677 Celery Oil 584
Chocolate Creme 565 Cinnamon 583
Spearmint, Buds Liqueur. 571 Civet 683
Essence .553, 557 aove 582
Liqueur 572 Clove Oil 584
Oil Tjncture 583 Cocoa r^...582
Tincture 582 ^ Coffee 582
Spice, Creme, Liqueur. . 573 Coriander Oil 583
Spice Essence 557 Curacao 581
Spirit, Birch Oil 579 Fennel 581
Vanilla 580 Fennel Oil 583
Springflower Liqueur. . . .574, 575 Jasmine 582
Star Anise Tincture .582, 584 .Juniper Berry 583
Stomach, Bitter Essence. .551, 554 Lamp Black 579
Creme 564 Lavender 582
Elixir Essence 555 Lavender Oil 583
Essence 555 Lemon 583
Strawberry, Creme do... 576 Lemon Oil 584
Essence 552 Mace 582
Fruit Ether 578 Mace Oil 583
Fruit Liqueur 577 Marjoram 582
Lemonade 579 Marjoram Oil 583
Sultan, Creme do 564 Melissa 582
Essence 556 Melissa Oil 583
Sulton,Creme of 566 Mixed 584
Super Aroma Bourbon.. 547 Musk 582
Swiss Absinthe 542 Neroli Oil 584
Essence 542 Nut 582
Swiss Creme .568, 577 Nutmeg 582
Swiss Double Absinthe.. 659 Nutmeg Oil 583
Oenanthic 584
T Orange 582
Thyme Tincture 582 Orris 581
Tinctures 581 Orris Root 583
Tincture, Amber 581 Peppermint 582
Angelica 581 Peppermint Oil 584
Angelica Oil 583 Peru Balsam 582
Angostura 581 Pineapple 581
Anise 581 Raspberry Ether 583
Anise Oil 58^* Rose 582
Arrac 581 Rose Oil 584
Basil 581 Rosemary 682
Benzoin 581 Rosemary Oil 584
Bergamot 581 Sage 582
Bergamot Oil 683 Sage Oil 584
Bitter Almond Oil ... 583 • Spearmint 582
Calamus 582 Spearmint Oil 583
Calamus Oil 583 Star Anise 682
Caraway 582 Thyme 582
Caraway Oil 583 Tonlb Bean 583
Cardamom 582 Valerian 581
Cassia 582 Vanilla 583
Cassia Oil 583 Woodruff 583
Castoreum 681 Wormwood 583
Catechu 582 Tinctures, Oil 583
Celery 582 Tinctures, Simple 584

For Ohemioal lp«cial Rtw Ifftterlftls, Equipment, Containers, eto., consult Supplj
flMtion at end of
INDEX
•V
' '
nr -
. ,
d
5 ^
- ~.JII

Tokay Fondant 585 Virgins, Cream of 566


Tonka, Bean Tincture 583 Essence 552
Batafia 564
Train, Liqueur 575 W
Liqueur Oil 575 Water Cress Liqueur ,.560
Treater Brandy 574
Weichxel Fruit Ether 679
Turko-l4(lueur 548
Whiskey, Bourbon »..547
Goldwusser 549
U
Rye > 54(1
Usquebaugh 567, 568
Scotch 54(5

V White Wme, Essence 584


Valerian Tincture 581 Punch Extract 586
Vanilla, Cream de 565, 576 Wine, Bischof 680
Extract 579 Cardinal 580
Huile de 565 Wine Essence, Port 585
Liqueur 518, 565 White 584
Spirit 580 Wine Flavors, Artificial 584
Tincture 583 Wine Fondant Flavors 585

Venus Creme 5(55, 5(58 Wine Punch, Extract Burgundy 58(5

Venus Essence 556 Extract Glowing 586


Vermouth di Torino Essence 556 WoodrufT, Essence 556
550 Tincture 583
Victoria Punch Extract...
542 Wormwood, Essence 557
Vienna Absinthe Essence
556 Tincture 583
Violet Flower Essence

For Chemical Advisors, SpocUl Raw Materials, Equipment, CoaUiiuora, etc., coniult Supply
Section at end of book.
Trade Named (^hemicals

During the past few years, tJie practice of marketing raw mati'rials

under names whicli in themselves arc not descriptive chemically of the

products they represent, has become V(‘ry prevalent. No modern l)(u>k

of formulae could justify its claims either to comjtleleness or motli‘rni1y

without numerous formulae containing these so-called “Trade Names.”


Without wishing to <‘nter into any discussion regarding lhi‘ justilica-

tion of “Trade Names,” the Editors recognize the tremendous service

rendered to commercial clomiistry by manufacturers of “Trade Name”


tiroducts, both in the jdiysical data su])plied and the formulation sug-
gested.

Deprived of the protection altordi'd their ])rodncts by this syst('m of

nomenclature, tlu'se manufacturers would hav(‘ been forced to stand

helplessly by whih‘ tin' fruits of lh('ir labor wen* being filched from them

by competitors who, unhampered by ex))enses of ri'search, (‘xperimenta-

tion and promotion, would be able to produce something “just as good


at prices far below thos(' of the original ])roducers.
That these competitive products were “just as good” solely In the

minds of the imitators would only be (‘videncisl in costly experimental

work on the part of the purchaser and, in the meantime irreparable


done, to theH;mly ethical jirodnct. It is obvious,
damage would have been
of course, that under these circumstance's, there would be no incentive
for manufacturers to develop new materials.

Because of this, and also because the “Ohemical FormulaTw” is pri-

marily concerned with the ])hvsica1 results of compounding rather tlian

with the chemistry involved, the Editors felt that the inclusion of for-

mulae containing various trade name products would be of definite value


to the producer of finished chemical materials. Tf they had been left out

many ideas and processes would have been automatically eliminated.


As a further service a list of the better kno^vn “trade name” products
is appended together with the sup])licrs of these materials. The number
after each trade name refers to the supplier given below with the corre-

sponding number.
697
TRADE NAME LISTINGS
A Butalyde 22
A-Syrup 59 Butanol 22
Abalyn 35 Butyl Carbitol 13
Accelerator 808 25 Bromo “Acid” 60
Accelerator 833 25 C
Acid Black 10 BX 00 Cadalyte 61
Adheso Wax 30 Calgon 12
Agerite Gel 79 Calo-Clor 44
Akacene O 3 Calorite 28
AliztirineBlue A. S GO Captax 79
Alftalato No. 222 A 05 Carbanthrene 49
Alba Floe 77 Carbox 2
Aloxite 14 Carbitol 13
Altax 79 Carbon Black P-33 79
Amberol 62 Carboncx 8
Ammonium Palmolate 30 Carboraffin 2
Anhydrone 7 Carborundum 14
Ansol 78 Carboxide 13
Antidolorin 27 CCH 45
Anti-Storcli T 25 Celite 39
^Aquaresin 30 Cellosolvo 13
Aquasol 3 Cellosolve Acetate 13-27
Asbestine 38 Censteric 16
Astringent Powder No. 1 30 Ceraflux 30
Aurasol 0 Cerelose 21
Auromine 0 00 Cetamin 30
Avirol 25 Chlorasol 13
Azo Oil Yellow 408 00 Chlorox 13
Azo Orange 30 00 Cliloro Green S 60
Azo Bubine 60 Chloro Green 8-310 60
Chrysophinine C Yellow 60
B •*
(
Clarex 37
Bakelite XR-254 5 Cliff Char 20
Bardex 8 Cloth Red 60
Bardol 8 Clovel 30
Barretan 8 Creolol 40
Base No. 214 3 Croceine Scarlet 3 Bx 60
Beckacite Eesins 10 Crysalba 74
Beckolac 1308 10 Cumar 8
Beuteno 51 Curbay Binder 78
Black Walnut Flavor 60 Cutrilin 3
Blandol 09 Cyanegg 61
Blendene 30 Cyanobrite 61
Borden’s Lemon Powder 11 Cyanogran 61
Borden’s Orange Powder, 11 Cyanogas A ,... 3
Bordo 24 Cycline Oil Softener 64
Borosoap t 54 Cycline 47
B. B. 0. Mineral Rubber 8 Cymanol 37
600 trade NAMK LlSTlNfiS
0 Wax
Dark Bed BA Dye CO !.!!.*!!
Darco 23 Guantal
Decalin
Docalso 57 H
Deramin 30 Ilulazoiie ,
47
Deo Base 09 llarslww’s No. 42 Cobalt
Diafllt 37 Hexaliii
. A *7
Diatol 78 HTII . . 7. .

Dili! 37 IBacehne 25
Dipentene No. IKB 35 Hvdristear K1
Dipolynier 35 IlMlromaliu 30
Direct Black E 00 Hydroreain
Direct Brown 00 Hvdrotau 32
Direct Fast Yellow NN 00 Ilvdrowax 30
Direct Pink E 00
Direct Sky Blue 5B 00
Direct Violet N 00 Imperial E.st<‘r (Jum 43
79 Indusuil
Dixie Clay ;j7

Doh-Tone 55 lodeikoti 44
Isoliol 30
Dowco 24
Dowflake 21 Isolem* 50
Dowicide B 24 Jsoprepumtl 13
Dowmetal 21 Ivo Bono Black 9
Dowtherm 24
K
Duclean
Kalite No. 1 79
Du Pont Antox
KelH^jr KIJU 70
Durez Resin No. 500... 29
Koliiieum 40
Dutox
Konate 3
Krone J'lake 34
E
Koreou 48
Emulsone B ;]()

Erio Flavine «>0


L
Ervol 0.9
La.'tol Spirits A 18
Estersol 78
Ijeukonm 34
Ethavan 47
Lew 1 sol 43
Lignin Liquor 03
F Lindol 15
Ferrite Black 3 Lissamiuc Fast Yellow 00
Filter-Cel 39 ^/itol 61
Flectol 47 Liipogum 82
Flexoresins 30 Lysol 42
Fluf 08
Fluxol 47 M
Fuma 7 Mulloi>li(*ne 44
Munganar 32
Q Mapico Brown 9
Galagum C 30 Medium Process Oil. 78
Gardinol 25 Mcrclor 47
Gelowax 30 Methyl ('cllosolve . . 13
Glycomine 30 Metso 34
Glycopon AA 30 Miscibol 30
Glycopon AAA 30 Moldex 30
Glycopon 8 30 Moldol 58
Glycopon X8 30 Monex % . . 51
Glycoaterin 30 Monopole Soap 82
TRADE NAME LISTINGS 601

. .
N '
Pylam Purple 60
Narobin 30 Pylam Red 60
National Bismarck Brown Y Extra. . 49 Pylam Orange 60
National Buffalo Black NliU 49 Pylam Spirit Black 60
National Metllylene Blue 2B 49 Pylam Spirit Orange, . 00
National Phosphine liN 49 Pylam Scarlet No. 13,23 GO
National Resonune lirown R 49 Pylam Water Maroon.. 00
NatioM^ Saf ranine A 49 Pylam Yellow 60
NatioMl Wool Orange A Conr 49 Pylam Yellow S 60
Nelgin 30 Pylam Yellow S-318... 60
Neoinerpin 25 Pylam Violet 8-333... 60
Ncozone A 25
Neville Hard Resin 52 Q
Novindene 52 Quakersol 56
N^agin M 31
Nuchar 37
R
JiTutxIcx Cobalt 53
Resin C 8
Resinox 22
0
Rezinels 30
Opal Wa c 25
Ortliciic 47
Rhodainine B Bx 00
Rhodamine Bx 00
Orzol <»9
Rhodine 25
Oxonc (il
Rhod(d 25
O-xynoue 47
Rodo No. 10 79
P Roaoap 30
Parachol 30 Rozolin 30
Paracido 3(5 Rubber Orange 2R 25
Paradi 3i)

Paradow 24 S
Paraflux '
3,3 Salamac 32
Paraplex li2 Sapinoue 30
Paraatcrin 3,0 Schultz Silica 17
Paris Paste 9 Sheragum 30
Pearl Essence 40 Sica pun 30
Peerless Carbon Black 9 Silex 74
Pentacetatc 07 Soh’ustol 3
Pentalarm 07 Solcornol 3
Pentaphen 07 Soligen Driers 1
Pentasol 07 Solozonc 61
I’erchloron 55 Solvent No. 75 30
Pennosalt 30 Solway Green 60
Pctrohol 71 Special Oil A 3
Pipsol 47 Stearoricinol 30
Plastogen 79 Stripper T. S 4
PylaAVhite 00 Sulforoii 32
Pylakronie Black 319 00 Sulfonol 69
Pylakrome Green 43,0 00 Sulfo Turk A 30
Pylakrome Grecni LX 790 00 Sono dell 69
Pylakrome Oil Green No. 1119 00 Super Spectra Black... 9
Pylakrome Red No. 420 60 Syntlie-Copal 10
Pylam Amber S-271 60 Suspendite 30
Pylam Basic Black 60 Santamine 47
Pylam Black 60 Santicizers 47
Pylam Brilliant Gelo Red 60 Santochlor 47
Pylam BrilliantGreen 60 Santolite 47
Pylam Ebony Black 00 Santotan 47
602 TRADE NAME LISTINGwS

• V ’IT
Taiuik .. 3 Vandex 79
Tecsol .. 26 Varnolono 78
Teglac .. 3 V^aselino 19
Tetralin . 25 Vaso 80
Texavac . 3 Vinyhte liosnis . 13
Thinnex . 25 Violamine 211 . ..... 00
Thionex . 25 Viscogum . . . !(h

Thylox .. 40
#
Ti-Tone . 41 W
Titanox B 75 Wetting Oil SF.. 3

Triclene . 25
Trikalin . 30 Y
Tripoli .. 74 Yarmor I’lno Oil.

Trogeen . 30 1

Tuads . 79 Z
Turpenol 3 Zerono 25
Zimate 79
Zyklon B 3

Urazine 25
Ureka C 64
Uveraol 34
Suppliers of ^^Trade Name” Chemicals

\ ^vance^ Solvents & Chemical Corp New York City


2 American Active Carbon Corp Columbus, Ohio
3 American Cyanamid & Chemical Corp Ne|j York City
4 Arkansas Co New York City
5 liakelite Corp New York City
6 Baker & Co., Inc Newark, N. J.
7 Baker, J. T. Chem. Co New York City
8 Barrett Co New York City
9 Binney & Smith New York City
10 Beck, Koller & Co Detroit, Mich.
11 Borden Co Now York City
12 Buromin Corp Pittsburgh, Pa.
13 Carbide & Carbons Chera. Corp New York City
14 Carborundum Co Niagara Falls, N. Y.
15 Celluloid Corp Newark, N. J.
16 Century Stearic Acid & Candle Works (^o New York City
17 Chaplin & Bibbo New York City
18 Chemical Solvents Corp New York City
19 Chesebrough Mfg. Co New York City
20 Cleveland Clitfs Iron Co... Cleveland, Ohio
21 Corn Products Refining Co New York City
22 Commercial Solvents Corp Terre Haute, Ind.
23 Darco Sales Corp New York City
24 Dow Chemical Co Midland, Mich.
25 Du Pont de Nemours, E. I. & Co Wilmington, Del.
26 Eastman Kodak Co Rochester, N. Y.
27 Franco-American Chemical Works Corp Carlstadt, N. J.
28 Ooneral Electric Co ^ Bridgeport, Conn.
29 General Plastics Inc N. Tonawanda, N. Y.
30 Glyco Products Co., Inc Brooklyn, N. Y.
31 Goldschmidt, Th. Corp.i .New York City
32 Grasselli Chemical Co Cleveland, Ohio
33 Hall, C. D. Co Akron, Ohio
34 Harshaw Chemical Co New York City
35 Hercules Powder Co Wilmington, Del.
36 Hooker Electrochemical Co New York City
37 Industrial Chemical Sales Co New York City
36 International Pulp Co New York City
39 .Tohns Manville Corp New York City
40 Koppers Products Co Pittsburgh, Pa.
41 Krebs Pigment & Chemical Co New York City
42 Lehn & Fink New York City
43 Lewis, John D Providence, R. I.

44 Mallincrodt Chemical Works New York City


45 Mathieson Alkali Co New York City
46 Moarl Corp New York City
47 Monsanto Chemical Wks New York City
48 Mutual Chemical Co. of America New York City

603
604 .
SUPPLIERS OF “TRADE NAME** CHEMICALS

49 National Aniline and Chemical Co ^ Buffalo, N. Y.


50 National Rosin Oil & Size Co New York City
51 Naugatuck Chemical Co New York City
52 Neville Chemical Co Pittsburgh, Pa.
53 Nuodex Products Co Newark, N. J.

54 Pacific Coast Borax Co New York City


55 Penn Salt Mfg. Co Philadelphia, l*i

5G Penn. Sugar Co New York Cityi


57 Permutit Co New York Cit}^
58 Pfaltz & Bauer New Ydrk City
59 Philadelphia Quartz Co Phila., Pa.

00 Pylam ProdUcts Co New York City


61 R & H Chemical Co New York City
62 Resinous Products & Chemical Co Pliila., Pu.
63 Robeson Process Co New York City
64 Rubber Service Labs. Co W.
Nitro, Va.
65 Scott-liadcr & Co London, England
66 Seeley & Co New York City

67 Sharpless Solvents Corp Pliiln., Pa.

68 Solvay Sales Corp New York City

69 L. Sonneborn Sons, Inc New York City

70 Spencer, Kellogg Co New York City

71 Stanco, Inc New York City

72 Standard Oil Co. of New York New Yofk City

73 Sun Oil Co New York City

74 Swann Chemical Co New "iork City

75 Titanium Pigment Co New York City


Clifton, N. J.
76 Takamine Labs
Gypsum Co Chicago, III.
77 U. S.
78 U. Chem. Co
S. Industrial
New York City

79 Vanderbilt, R. T. Co New York City


Norfolk, Va.
80 Virginia Smelting Co
81 Will & Baumer Candle Co New \ ork City
Passaic, N. J.
82 Wolf, Jacques Co
NEVER BEFORE-80 MUCH FOR SO LIHLE
NOW YOU WILL BE ABLE TO WEIGH ACCURATELY
PRICE 16.00 (in U. S. A. only)
with extra pan, beam arrest,

knife-edge centerer, and extra


sensitivity scale.

Overall JVs" wide


Dimensions 12" • long
THE BENNETT BALANCE 23/8" high

It took seven years to perfect it. Only large scale production and
modern manujacturing methods make such an accurate compact scale
possible at such a low price.

* Examine the facts below before buying.


Accurate to 1/1 00th of a gram
Weighs up to 100 grams
No loose weights
Agate bearing and alloy steel knife-edge
Bakelite base and pan
Die-cast light alloy beam
Small enough to be carried wherever wanted
Ruggedly built for service

To get good results from any formula, you must weigh accurately
The gleaming black Bakelite and the silver sheen of the light alloy
beam in stream-lined modernistic design make the Bennett Balance an
object of rare beauty which will not rust or become drab looking.
Chemists tell us it is the most accurate and beautiful scale they have
ever seen at less than twenty-five dollars —
and also more rugged and
durable than high-priced scales.

JVST A FEW BUYERS OF THE BENNETT BALANCE


American Chicle Company Lambert Pharmacal Company
American Sugar Refining Company Marine Biological Laboratory
Canadian Oil Refineries, Ltd. N. Y. State Agric. Exp. Sta.
Columbia University Sherwin-Williams Company
Consumers' Research, Inc. Standard Oil Company of N. J.

E. 1. DuPont de Nemours Company Union Oil Co. of California


Eastman Kodak Company U. S. Forest Products Lab.
B. F. Goodrich Company Univ. of Chicago
Harvard University Univ. of Pennsylvania
Ford Motor Company Univ. of Wisconsin
General Electric Company Yale University

If the Bennett Balance is good enough for chemists and colleges it should
answer your needs perfectly. Send your order in now, before you forget.

The Chemical Publishing Company of N. Y., Inc.


175 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.

* Your money will be refunded if you do not find the Bennett Balance exaaly
as represented above.
New York Testing Laboratories
80 WASHINGTON ST., NEW YORK CITY
CHEMISTS METALLURGISTS ENGINEERS
Process and Formula Development
Analysis op Metals, Ores and Fuei^

Physical Tests of Engineering Materials and Textiles

Research Laboratories, Inc.


Dr. B. Jurist, Director

126 W. 32nd street, NEW YORK CITY


Analytical and Consulting Chemists
Bacteriologists
Expert Court Testimony
Specializing in
Foods and Beverages

Shirley Laboratories
30 IRVING PGACK
New York City

Specialists in Developing Formulae for

FOODS ^ BEVERAGES CHEMICAL SPECIALTIES

EXPERT COURT TESTIMONY

Taub Laboratory
Harry Taub, Director

115 W. 68th ST., NEW YORK CITY


ANALYTICAL AND CONSULTING CHEMISTS

SPECIALIZING IN COSMETICS, FOODS AND DRUGS

Technicai. Formulae Developed


CHEMICALS
TAR ACIDS BARRETAN* Y.E.
PHENOL (Natural)—U.S.P. 39.5* C. PICKLING INHIBITORS
and 40* C. M.Pt. 39* C. M.Pt.
LIGHT OIL DISTILLATES
Technical — 82-84% and 90-92%
BENZOL
Technical.
OETHO CRESOL-M.Pt. 29* to
THIOPHENE FREE BENZOL
30.G5* C. TOLUOL
ORESOLS— U.S.P., Meta Para and XYLOL
Special Fractions SOLVENT NAPHTHA
CRESYLIO ACIDS HI-FLASH NAPHTHA
XYLENOLS PSUEDO CUMENE FRACTION
TAR ACID OILS HEAVY NAPHTHAS
NAPHTHALENE
CRUDE, Defined chipped, FLOTATION REAGENTS
FLAKE and BALL OILS
CUMAR * SPECIAL REFINED CREOSOTE
(Paracoumarone-indeno Rc.sin) OIL
RUBBER COMPOUNDING NEUTRAL OILS
MATERIALS
BROWN SHINGLE
CARBONEX* B.R.C.* No. 555
PRESERVATIVE
CARBONEX S« B.B.H.« No. 2
SHINGLE STAIN OILS
CUMAR* B.R.T.* No. 3
DIP OIL
BARDOL* B.R,T.*No. 7
BARDEX* B.R.V.*
HYDROCARBON OIL
B.R.C.* No. 20 S,R.O.* SPECIAL HEAVY OIL
B.R.C.* No. 553 animal SPRAYS and
COAL-TAR BASES SPRAY BASE OILS
PYRIDINE, QUINOLINE, Etc.
NITROGEN PRODUCTS
Refined Pyridine
Refined Alpha Picolino
AMMONIA
Beta Gamma Picolino Anhydrous
High Boiling Pyridines, 145* C.- Ammonia Liquor, A, B, and
200* C. C grades
Special Fractions SULPHATE OF AMMONIA
Quinoline
Isoquinoline
CRUDE NITROGEN SOLUTION
Quinaldine NITRATE OF SODA

'Phone, wire or for information and prices on these and other


^rrett Standard Chemicals

THE BARRETT COMPANY


40 RECTOR STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
•Rn- <7. s. P«i. os.
BLACKS
IRON OXIDES AND COLORS
STEARIC ACID

GAS CARBON BLACKS


MICRONEX
COLLOIDAL MICRONEX
FUMONEX
PEERLESS
SUPER SPECTRA
SUPER SPECIAL No. 9

ROYAL SPECTRA
BONE BLACKS-DROP BLACKS -SPECIAL BLACKS

MAPICO REDS
MAPICO BROWNS
MAPICO YELLOWS

“ST EAR EX "-Stearic Acid

Agent* and Dutrihutor* in Principal Citie*

throughout the World

BINNEY & SMITH CO.


41 EAST 42d STREET
NEW YORK, N. Y.
STEARIC ACID
. SINGLE PRESSED
SAPONIFIED
DOUBLE PRESSED
AND DISTILLED
TRIPLE PRESSED

* SUPER TRIPLE PRESSED, SAPONIFIED

^CENTURIC, SAPONIFIED (C.O.)

* Especially made for cosmetic and pharmaceutical use.

OLEIC ACID (White)


RED OIL—all grades
Wl DO OUR RRNl

GLYCERIN

CENTURY STEARIC ACID


CANDLE WORKS, Inc.
ESTABUSBED 1800
22 EAST 40th STREET NEW TORE CITY
•CHEMICALS-
We are prepared to supply small quantities
of chenv-
icals for the manufacture of the different formulae
given in The Chemical Formulary.

HOW TO ORDER CHEMICALS


Print name of chemical.
full

Print yourname and address.


Attach money order or cashier’s check (cash at your
risk) for one ($1.00) dollar. This
will entitle you to
one dollar’s worth of the chemical including free
postage. If you want more than one chemical add one
($1.00) dollar for each one. Any balance will be
returned in stamps with your paid bill. To save time,
it is suggested that you include more than enough
rather than insufficient payment. Some experimenters
to save time always keep a small cash balance with
their supply company.

EXPERIMENT WITH COLORS


Wonderful color effects can be gotten with various
dyes. The following sets contain the principal colors.
Countless combinations may be made by mbcing
them. Sufficient color is included in each set to color
many gallons of liquid.
Postpaid
CX)LOR SET A—for coloring water so^itions ^ ^ $i.oo
COLOR SET B—for coloring alcoholic and lacquer solutiona - |x.oo
COLOR SET C—for coloring oil», fats and grcaae* - ^ - - <• $i.oo

ALL THREE OF THE ABOVE SETS SE NT POSTPAID FOR - ^ $ 2.78

7^0 C.O.D. orders are accepted

THE EXPERIMENTERS SUPPLY CO.


14 East 33(1 Street New Yotk, S. Y,
Make Your Own Cosmetics
No. 1.-COLD CREAM
Sufficient base to make more than 54 ounces of high grade
Cold Cream. Sent postpaid for $1.20

No. 2.-VANISHING CREAM


Sufficient base to make more than 54 ounces of high grade
Vanishing Cream. Sent postpaid for $1.00

No. 3.~CLEANSING LIQUEFYING CREAM


Sufficient base to make more than 100 ounces of high grade
Cleansing Cream. Sent postpaid for $1.00

No. 4.-" HONEY AND ALMOND" TYPE LOTION


Sufficient base to make more than 53 ounces of a high grade
Lotion. Sent postpaid for $1-20

Make your own Automobile and Furniture Polish

No. 5.~^MILKY AUTOMOBILE AND FURNITURE POLISH


Sufficient base to make 6 quarts of high grade Polish.
Sent prepaid for $1.00

Full directions supplied with each order

ALL FIVE OF ABOVE BASES FOR $4.50 Postpaid

MAGIC CHEMISTRY SET No. 1. Not Illustrated

20 Chemicals and Pieces of Apparatus. Instruction Book.


Price, prepaid $1.00

MAGIC CHEMISTRY SET No. 2


37 Chemicals and Pieces of Apparatus. Instruction Book.
Price, prepaid $2.00

mwuu
mn
THE EXPERIMENTERS SUPPLY CO.
14 EAST 33d STREET NEW YORK
Photographic. Printing
And Deveioping Kit

SAVE MONEY and MAKE MONEY


DEVELOP AND PRINT YOUR OWN
AND OTHER PEOPLE'S SNAPSHOTS
FINE PRINTS CAN BE MADE ONLY WITH HIGH QBALITT
laboratory tested materials and chemicals like those included in
our Winner Photo Sets. Each kit includes everythinf necessary
for complete photo-finish Ing, including reliable instruction book

IN ORDER TO SECURE FINE, CLEAR NEGATIVES AND PRINTS,


it ismost important to use only high quality materials. The quality
of the developing and fixing powders, and printing paper is especially
important. These items, in Winner Photo Sets, are secured from a
large, well known photographic supply house, and are laboratory
tested for purity and effectiveness.

EACH SET IS COMPLETE IN ITSELF, NOT REQUIRING THE


purchase of additional items. The instruction book not only gives
full directions for use of the materials, but also an explanation of
the procedure in order to assist you in obtaining the best possible
results.

WINNER PHOTO SET NO. 4-43.95


Contains all professional type equipment and will develop as many
as 600 negatives and make prints up to 4 x 6 inches.

WINNER PHOTO SET NO. 2-$2.25


Similar to No. 4 Set only with smaller size and less quantity materials.
Ideal experimenter’s set.

Mention size or number of camera when ordering

THE EXPERIMENTERS SUPPLY CO.


14 BAST 3Sd STREET YORK, H. T.
Stroblite Experimental Outfit
'
No. 4 '
/ ! ! Price $5.00

NOT A TOY-
A practical outfit for the
study of fluorescence and the
development of spectacular
luminous color and lighting
effects.

For the use of the


Teacher Stage Designer
Lecturer Costumer
Student Magician
Decorator Advertising Man

DIRECTIONS FOR USE


Just select the design you desire, the
simpler the better, st first. Paint it on
CONTAINS: any white material. Wood, silk, cotton,
wool, paper, glass, oilcloth, all take U.V.
One Stroblite U.V. Lamp colors equally well and dry quickly.
(Operates on 110 V. either AC or DC) Plug in the special Stroblite U.V. Lamp |

into your light socket. Switch off the


Six Bottles stroblite U.V. Colors I

regular light and turn on the special


(Invisible Green, Blue, Green.Yellow, ultra-violet lamp. Anything painted with
Orange, Red) Stroblite will change color and glow as
long as this light is trained upon ft.
White (Stroblite invisible green) becomes bright green under U.V. light, light cream
becomes blue, yellow becomes green, orange becomes yellow, red becomes orange and
magenta becomes red.
The lamp consumes two watts only and will serve to illuminate a circular area of about
(our feet in diameter. For larger areas use several two watt U.V. Bulbs or larger Stroblite
U.V. Lighting Units. There are units of various sixes to meet every requirement. Addi-
tional two watt bulbs can be obtained for fifty cents.
Stroblite colors are obtainable in many other shades and in various sise containers. One
Pint will cover about 20 square feet of white surface. Stroblite colors are absolutely
non-injurious to any person or material; they contain no radium, sulphur, phosphorus, or
other dangerous chemicals.

OTHER SUGGESTED USES


For DANCING SCHOOL RECITALS, AMATEUR PRODUCTIONS. SCHOOL
ENTERTAINMENTS— Stroblite is used with wonderful results. The marvelous effects
seen on the professional stage can be inexpensively produced (or smaller auditoriums.
Costume painung is a simple matter. Lighting units may be rented at moderate cost.
VAUDEVILLE and MINSTREL performers use Stroblite effects to produce startling
transformations that put these acts over and stop the show.
Hostesses employ Stroblite (or clever novelty and decorative effects at parties.

THE EXPERIMENTERS SUPPLY CO.


14 East 33d Street New York, H. Y.
FULLVISION KEMKIT No. 70
Contains go Chemicals

PRICE $7.00 .

OPEN CLOSED
Compact, individual chemical kits containing the proper amounts of each
chemical required by the student for his experiments.
Considerable time is saved for both the teacher and student. Experience
shows that a large portion of the laboratory period is used for distributing
chemicals to the student. Kemkits do away with this waste of time, leaving
more time for actual chemical work.

KEMKITS ARE MORE ECONOMICAL AND SAVE MONEY


Contains all of the C.P. Chemicals that are usually required for experiments
in the first year General Chemical courses as given in the average laboratory
manual or General Inorganic Chemistry text. Its special features of compact-
ness and arrangement render it desirable for school or home laboratory use.
WHEN THIS KEMKIT IS OPEN, the label of every chemical is exposed
to View. Each label bears the full Name, correct Formula and
Full
Molecular (or Atomic) Weight.
WHEN CLOSED, Kemkit No. 70 fojms a neat compact box which is
3 ins. X 6 ins. X 12 i ins. and will fit easily in any laboratory drawer or cupboard.

FULLVISION KEMKIT No. 35

Ckmtains 42 Chemicals
PRICE $3.25
Includes C.P. Chemicals that are
generally required for experiments
performed in a course in elementary
general chemistry in the high school
or secondary school.
Any Assortment of Chemicals can
be furnished in this KEMKIT for

High School Chemistry Classes,

NO C.OD. ORDERS ARE ACCEPTED


14 EAST 33d STREET
The Experimenters Supply Co. NEW YORK CITY
R. P. C. Sample Storage Sets
Keep Your Samples in Orderly Arrangement
Indexed for 9luic\ Reference
SAMPLES OF SPECIAL INTEREST
or on which valuable work has been
done are often needed for reference
but are lost through lack of convenient
means for storage and in*
S. dexing. R.P.C. Sample
Storage Sets enable tech-
nical and scientific
workers to make collec-
tions of selected samples
for permanent reference,
samples in time
L become invaluable as
they usually cannot be

These sets are used in


hundreds of Laboratories
for chemical products,
and by geologists and paleon-
r tologists for storing washed sub-
surface samples and sized grades
of clastic sediments.

Contains 100—4 i ins.X J in. vials

Ten Model A
boxes holding 1000
samples occupy only 33 inches shelf
space. This model is recommended
for all purposes that can use the
i in. vials.
Each, $3.26 Dozen, $30.00

MODEL B; \ \
Contains 60—2 J ins. Xi in. vials \
Each, $2,60 Dozen, $24.00 1
^
MODEL C: \
Contains 60—3 i ins.Xl in. vials \
Each, $3.60 Dozen, $36.00
^
MODEL D: \
Contains 60— I in. XI in. vials

Each, $2.00 Dozen, $20.00

Each sample storage set is complete with vials, corks, gummed labels
and large index card for recording details of samples for quick reference

THE EXPERIMENTERS SUPPLY CO.


14 East 33d Street New York City
The new gem MicRbscoPE
At S14.60 the New Gem U truly an exceptional
ratue. In
the vital feature of “ reaolutlon ” amouf amateur
'tcopei, it la
mecond only to another Bauach A Lomb microacope— the
Model R, at $11.00. Thla permita the maklnf of photomlcro-
grapha that are the envy of thoae who uae a leM preciae inatru*
ment.
The Gem magniflea T1 to ISO diametera. An additional
objective lena, for SS.SO, increaaea the magnlfftation to 100
diametera, A third objective can be added to raiae the power
to STS X ; SS.SO alao. So preciae ia the optical ayatem that even

i
at the greateat magnification there ia none of the blurry color-
fringe characteriatic of Inferior lenaea. The many Gem advan-
tagea are worth aeelng. Price $14.S0 with one objective
(76 X to ITSX) and Book I, " Microacope Sxperimenta" free.
Extra objective and Book II, ** Microacope Ezperimenta ** free,
$2.60.

MICROSCOPE EXPERIMENTS
(TWO BOOKS - . - BOTH PRBE)
Book I tells how to care for your New Gem, and how to use it.
It is liberally illustrated, and contains 20,000 words of strictly

scientific information, written in simple English. Beginning


with instructions for setting up the instrument (a simple

operation) it tells how to Identify and classify them,


covers the gathering of specimens,
instructs in the interesting yet easy methods of preserving and permanently mounting.
Given free with every Gem Microscope. Otherwise TBc.
Book II, equal to Book I in sUe, length and illustrations,
fills the need of the user of magnifications between 160 and

800 diameters. Hence, It ia given free to thoae who buy the

additional lent; otherwise the price is 76 cents, postpaid.

THE PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC
OUTFIT
Here is With this Outfit
what every amateur has wanted I

you can make photomicrographs as Inexpensive and as easy as


snapshots.
The Outfit consists of a camera, focusing tube, base, clamp
and light-tight connector. The microscope (any make) is
clamped to the base, where it is held firmly. The focusing
tube, at the side of the camera, is rested on the Imicroscope’s
eyepiece,and the microscope manipulated until the image Is
sharp and clear. Then the camera is swung over the eyepiece
and the exposure made.
Ordinary Eastman roll film Ho. 127 or equivalent is
used. The picture will be as sharp and as rich in detail
as the quality of your microscope will permit. Price of
is $12.00.
thisBausch & Lomb Photomlcrographic Outfit
Instruction book “Amateur Photomicrography” is in-
cluded free. This book sells for 76c. separate from the
Outfit.

THE EXPERIMENTERS SUPPLY CO.


14 East 33d Street NEW YORK, N. Y.
MICROSCOPE
MODEL R — $21.00
Thlf newMt addition to the Bausch &
Lomb microscope line was designed to
supply an instrument which, without pos-
sibility of' doubt, would offer microscopists

valuable features obtainable heretofore


only at a much higher price.
Its outstanding superiority lies in its
optical system —which is of course the very
heart of any microscope. The exceptionally
high power of resolution yields images to be
expected only in a far costlier instrument.
The price includes two objective lenses,
giving magnifications of 75 to 300 diameters.
Of polished bakelite and chromium.
Model R resembles the most modern
curved-arm microscopes used for specialized
scientific laboratory and clinical work. It
may be used as a micro-projector and for
photomicrographs. Before you buy any
microscope, see this Model R and its many
features. Solid walnut carrying case, 440-
page book, 7 blank slides, specimen slide,
instruction book on Model R included;
price, $21.00 complete.

“ADVENTURES WITH THE MICROSCOPE”


- ($7.60. 440 Page Book, free with Model R)
With each Model R, in addition to the instruction booklet, there is given free a copy of
the 440-page book,
*
‘Adventures With the Microscope.” 865 illustrations, like the usual
scientificvolume in size and binding, this book retails for $7.50.
This book covers the entire field and was written especially for the amateur. No other
book on the subject compares with it for completeness, clarity, scientific exactness and
simplicity of its English. There is material enough to carry an industrious microscopist for
years to come, leading him from the initial care of the instrument through breeding and
gathering of specimens, identification, staining, dissecting, mounting, and into deeper special-
ization as he grows more skilled.

THE NEW GEM SCIENCE KIT


A complete portable laboratory for making permanent slides of specimens. Now it is
easy to build an extensive slide
library that will excite comment and

admiration here are the materials crr3
and equipment. Nothing like it on the
market!
Unique solid walnut case, nickel
mounted. Front lets down to form
work bench. Inside are racks for
slides and 49 pieces of equipment
fixers, hardeners, stains, clearers,
dissecting instruments, cover glasses,
petri dishes, specimens, etc., etc., etc.
Book of directions on how to mount
different types of slides. Complete,
ready for you to open op and go to
work, $9.50 without microscope.
$24.00 with New Gem.

THE EXPERIMENTERS SUPPLY CO., 14 East 33d Street, New York


FEZANDIE & SPERRLE, Inc.
Importers, Mmufacturers* Agents, Exporters,
Colors and Dyestuffs
^

205 FULTON. STREET NEW YORK, Ns Y.


SOLE AGENTS Cable Addreu
United SUtes and Canada •‘PEZAN,” New Vk
Chremnit* and Flake \\'Tiites made by Codes: A. B. C 4ih. 5th and 6lh edlUous
Bleiberjer Bergwerka Union Livhrr's 5 letUT

PRODUCTS ANILINE COLORS


Nigrosinos
Lake Colors, Dry Colors, Dye-
Water soluble
sttiffs for rubber, varnish, lac-
Alcohol soluble
quers, paint, leather, textile,
Oil soluble
glass, soap, cosmetic, oil cloth Black Ba.so
and linoleum, and writing and Blue Base
I’urplo Base
printing ink industries.

SPECIALTIES DRY COLORS


Genuine Chroranitz Whites Madderlakea
Made from the purest and Fast Lukes, Rod, Blue, Purple, Yel-
softest Austrian lead. low, Green
As a result of special elabor- Fast Toners, Red, Purple, Blue,
ate and careful processes, the Yellow, Green
product is extraordinarily fine
Green Lukes
grained, perfectly amorphous *
Yellow Lakes
and of absolutely uniform qual- Orange Toners
ity. No better foundation exi-^ts
Orange l.ukcs
for the finest artist and paint-
(Chrome Oxide
er’s colors, for lithographic inks,
Guignet Green
and all similar purposes.
Veronese Green
Genuine Sap Brown Crystals Terre Verto
Water soluble, for Paper
English Vermilions, all shades
Staining,
Ultramarine Blues
Genuine Van Dyk Brown Bronze Blue
Also called Cologne Earth, air Milori Blue
dried and finely bolted, contains Prussian Blue
no foreign admixture; valuable Chinese Blue
for Paint Specialties, Linoleum, Raw
Umbers, Burnt and
etc. Raw
Siennas, Burnt and
Genuine pi^ents for Artists’ colors
Red Oxides
Genuine Rose Madders Milori Greens
Genuine Cobalt Blues
Milori Yellows
Genuine Cobalt Greens
Drop Blacks
Genuine Cobalt Violets
Carbon Blacks
Genuine Cerulean Blue
Lithopone
Genuine Aureoline
Genuine Emerald Green
Genuine Emeraude Green COMPLETE RANGE OF
colors.
And other pigment and lake Acid Colors
Superfine Mineral Black Basic Colors
Direct Colors
Past Lake Colors
Oil Soluble Colors
Lacquer Colors
Toner Wood Stains, all shades
Bed, Blue, Green, Jet Black
Glyco Products Go., Inc.
Bush Terminal Bldg. No. 5, BrooklyA, N. Y., U. S. A.

Aaetram Olycopon AA
Abietic Acid Tech. Olycopon AAA
Adhetio Wax Olycopon 2A
Adhoao Wax Emulaion Olycopon 4A
Adlplo Acid Olycopon 8
Ammonium Laurate Tech. Glycopon U
Ammonium Linoieate Tech. (B58S) Olycopon XS
Ammonium Naphthenato Tech. Olycopon 644
Ammonium Oluate Tech. Glycoaterin Special
Ammonium Pnlrnolate Hydromalin
Ammonium lliclnoleate Tech. Hydroresin
Ammonium Stearate Hydrowax Cream N
Ammonium Stearate Tech. Uydrowax Liquid N
Ammonium Undecylenato
Aquaroein leohol
Aquareein OM Loraenone
Aquareffiii M Lenumone Crude
Aquaresm T Tech. Llnoleio Acid Tech.
ANlnnij’uiit i’owder No. 1 Mlscihol
Bead on Moldex
Blondone Muiic Acid
Naphthenic Acid Tech.
Ceraflux
(’ora/iux Tech.
Narobin
(ntronoIJa Oil (Art.)
Natrex
Nelgin
C’lovel
No-Foam
Doramin Parachoil
Di-Olycol Mono Oleate Tech.
Parasterin
l)i-OIycol Mono Stearate Tech.
Permosalt
])1-Olycol Oleate Tech.
Phenyl Chloride Tech.
])l-01ycoI Oleate Tech. (Llyht)
Pot. Abietate
Di'Olycol Stearate (Tech.)
Pot. Palmolata
Emulsion B777 Proflex
Emulsion 751Z Rezinel No. 2
Emulsone Rezinel No. 6
Kmulsoiie B Ricinoleic Acid Tech.
Emulsone £ Bosoap
Emu Wax Sapinone
Flexore.sin A1 Sheragum
Flexoresin B1 Bicapon
Flexorosin DAI Sodium Alfrinate Tech.
Flexoresin El Sodium SuJforicinoleate
Flexoresin LI Stacol
Flexoresin HI Stearoricinol
Plexo Wax Sulfo Turk A
Foainapin Sulfo Turk B
Galagum Sulfo Turk 0
Qalagum C Suapendito
Qelowax A Suspensone
Olycera Wax Teecol
Glyceryl Bori-Borate Triethanolamine Oleate
Glyceryl Mono Stearate Tech. Trihydroxyethylamine Llnoleate
Glyceryl Naphthenate (T.H L )
Glyceryl Oleate Tech. Trihydroxyethylamine Stearate (T.S.)
Glyceryl Phthallate Tech. Trihydroxyethylamine Stearate Special
Glyceryl Stearate Tech. Trikalin
Glyco Wax A Trogeen
Glyco Wax B Turkey Brown Oil
Glycol Bori-Borate Vlscogam
Glycol Naphthenate
Glvcol Phthallate Tech.
Wax B480
Glycomel
Wax No. 181
Gljcomine Zinc Fhenolsulfonate
Glygo Products Co., Inc.

Emulsifying Agents

ALCOHOL SUBSTITUTES
(FOR FOOD PURPOSES)

RESINS, SYNTHETIC

WAXES. SYNTHETIC
WATER SOLUBLE RESINS

WATER SOLUBLE WAXES


WAX EMULSIONS

Formula for making cosmetics, flavors and


numerous emulsions sent on receip, of
lOi in stamps
SOLVENTS AND
PLASTICIZERS
For the Lacquer Industry

Warehouse stocks carried at all principal

consuming points

Acetone CP Fusel Oil Refined

Ethyl Acetate Amyl Alcohol

Butyl Acetate Nor. Butyl Stearate

Butyl Acetate Sec. Dimethyl Fhthalate

Amyl Acetate Diethyl Phthalato

Amyl Acetate Sec. Dibutyl Phthalato

Butyl Alcohol Nor. Diamyl Phthalato

Butyl Alcohol Sec. Acetine

Butyl Propionate Triacetine

SPECIAL SOLVENTS AND PLASTICIZERS

KESSLER CHEMICAL CORPORATION


Subsidiary of

AMERICAN COMMERCIAL AIXXIHOL CORPORATION


B & O BLDG., llth Avo. & W. 26th St. NEW YORK
GUM SPECIAUST
Gum$ for every pmpoee. Game from all parte of the World

Accra Gum Copal Gum Mastic Gum


AccroidesGum Damar Gum Myrrh Gum
Almadina Gum East IndiaGum North Coast Gum
Amber Gum Elemi Gum Olibanum Gum
Angola Gum Ester Gum Pontianak Gum
Animi Gum Franckincense Gum Red Gum
Arabic Gum Gamboge Gum Sandarac Gum
Asphaltum Gum Ghatti Gum Senegal Gum
Balata Gum Grass Tree Gum Shellac Gum
Benguela Gum Guaiac Gum Sierre Leone Copal
Benzoin Gum Gutta Percha Gum Sumatra Black Gum
Black Gum Indian Gum Thus Gum
Black Boy Gum Kadaya Gum Tragacanth Gum
Brazilian Copal Karaya Gum Varnish Gum
British Gum Kauri Gum Yacca Gum
Carob Bean Gum Locust Bean Gum Yellow Gum
Chicle Gum Macassar Gum Zanzibar Gum
Congo Gum Manila Gum

SPECIALTIES
DullCompounds for Dull and Rosin, common and treated
FUt Finishes Waxes of aU kinds
Hydrated Lime or Lime Flour Venice Turpentine, Pale Pure
Oxide of Calcium or Live Lime and Domestic Synthetic
Hardening Powder for treating Larch, Superior quality Venice
Rosin Turpentine

GEORGE R LINCKS
123 FROOT STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
GEORGE LUEDERS & CO.
(EtUblUhed 1S85]

427-429 WASHINGTON ST., NEW YORK


Branehw Chicago, San Francisco, Montraai

Factory: Bnx^yn

Manufacturers, importers and exporters of

Essential Oils
and

Synthetic Aromatic Qiemicals


for Perfumery and Toilet Articles

In addition to our factory we maintain an extensive

service laboratory for the manufacture


of

Compound Perfumes for Cosmetics

attractive perfumes
We can offer a wide range of
and arc in position to
for creams, powders, etc.,

render assistance along these lines. Even though We

have been in business for nearly fifty years,


we are
and fully abreast of the times*
always up to date,
CRUDE BOTANICAL DRUGS
TESTED FOR THEIR QUALITY

.
The Urgeit end most complete stocks in the world, in

WHOLE, GRANULATED, POWDERED, end CUT end SIFTED FORMS

TESTED BOTANICAL DRUGS


in csnister pscksges

INITIAL LINE LOOSE PRESSED HERBS


in ounce cartons

GOODS FOR THE TOILET PREPARATIONS MANUFACTURER


ALMOND MEAL LAVENDER FLOWERS
HENNA Color Tested ORANGE FLOWER PETALS
E Z WAV Finger Waving Solution PATCHOULI LEAVES
PALE ROSE BUDS SANDALWOOD CHIPS
and Powder

INDUSTRIAL RAW MATERIALS


ACACIA GUMS ISINGUSS, RUSSIAN
ARABIC LOCUST GUM
White, Amber and Crushed
Granulated and Powdered
LYCOPODIUM
AGAR AGAR MASTIC GUM
All Grades ORRIS ROOT
ALTHEA ROOT ROSIN
BURGUNDY PITCH Powdered
Select SANDARAC GUM
CATECHU GUM SAPONINE
CHALK SOAP BARK
Precipitated, Light and Heavy Whole, Crushed, Powdered
CHARCOAL Square Cut, Granulated
Powdered SOAP
GHATTI GUM Powdered, Castile and Neutral
INDIAN GUM TALHA GUM
Karaya, all grades
TRAGACANTH GUM
IRISH MOSS Ribbons, Sorts, Powdered
Bleached, Natural, Powdered All grades

S. B. PENICK & COMPANY


For tho Manufacturing Trad# Only
132 Nassau Street New York, N. T.
PURE BROMO ACIDS, A.R
GERANIUM LAKES, Y.MB.
Also a fall line of Oil, Alcohol, Shellac, Wax Lacquer* or
Water Soluble Colors and Dyes for Cosmetics^ Paints,
Stains, Soaps, Gelatines, Slides, Filins, Leather, Paper,
Celluloid and Wood.

For the experimenter and user of small quantities of dyes and


colors our SMALL PACKAGE DEPT, puts up all dyes and stains
in one ounce tins at 50o. per ounce or 6 tins for $2.50.
Here are some of the colors and dyes mostly used:

SOAP COLORS PYLAKROME OIL COLORS


For all .soaps, shampoos, soap For lacquers, varnislje.s, waxes,

emulsions, oils, jrreahcs. hen?.nl,


pastes, bath salts.
turjx'ntine, acetone, oleic ami
PYLAM CHLORO GREEN
stearic ncid.s, f'n.soline and kero-
PYEA^^ Cin.ORO OPAL
sine.
PYLA^r CHLORO VIOLET
PYLAKROME ^TLLOW
PYLAM CHLORO BLUE
PYLAKROME ORANGE
I'YLAM (TILORO YELLOW
PYI.AM CHLORO PINK PYLAKROME RED
PYLAM CHLORO AMBER PYLAKROME BLUE
PYLAKROME BLACK
WATER SOLUBLE COLORS PYLAKROME VIOLET
For emulsions, wood, slides, PYLAKROME GREEN
films, leather and paper.
PYLAKROME AMBER
PYLAM RED, YELLOW
PYLAKROME MAHOGANY
BLUE, GREEN, VIOLET
ORANGE, BLACK, AMBER PYLAKROME WALNUT
OAK, WALNUT, MAHOGANY PYLAKROME OAK

PYLAM PRODUCTS CO., Inc.


MFO. CHEMISTS, EXI’OBTEBS, 1MPOKTEK8

799A GREENWICH STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.


H. H. ROSENTHAL OO., Inc.
25 EAST 26th STREET
NEW YORK CITY

COMMISSION MERCHANTS
IMPORTERS EXPORTERS
BROKERS

Complete line of

CHEMICALS, DRUGS, OILS, BOTANICALS,


SPICES, WAXES, and KINDRED RAWMATERIALS
Jot all industrial purposes

SPECIALISTS in raw materials for all Industries, including:

DRUGS PHARMACEUTICALS
COSMETICS INSECTICIDES
PAINTS VARNISHES
LACQUERS TEXTILES
LEATHER RUBBER
PAPER

Headquarters for —
Materials of Japanese Origin
^

TT

WAXES
CARNAUBA WAX
CRUDE . REPINED . POWDERED

CANDELILLA WAX
CHINESE INSECT WAX
CERESIN WAX

JAPAN WAX
BEESWAX
BLEACHED • REFINED • CRUDE

FRANK B. ROSS CO. INC.

Importers • Refiners • Manufacturers

79 WALL ST. NEW YORK CITY


^LVAY §ALES
S^ORATI0N
d Chemical Products

ilifactured by
l?®EOCESS COMPANV

IlutchinRon, Kans.
*'^1

61 BRO^DWA'I; new JORKy W.


Cleveland IndUfi^Olts Pl)^e]|^ia St. Loals New York
riucinnati Detitit Ktitiaa City Pittshl>r|h ByrHcnne

)H% Soda Ash S64lum^ jSes^nlMOaKbonate

'//o Caustic Soda ^tfdlnm mtritd,

Special Alkalies Ammsttlmn Chloride


Special Cleansers Ananohlum Bicarbonate
Calcium Chloi;|[de PiW^a<|il^hlorobenaene ;

Detergents Oatn^^otasb OUquid)


OUbri]ie(lit4s^^,

LITERATURE .
' •

Dosciiptivc literature conoeinjng the privets listq^ii^iBWte will bo

soul upon request. Your lette?' addressed Ne^ YorkVjp^(^, 61

Broadway, will receive prompt atCention.

TECHNICAL SERVICE
c and advice of Solvay Technical experts is Available to us^
IV products through the Technical Service BSpartment of the
> Mi ll in this department are qualified through both pmetical
iind .ilioratorN experience. There is no charge for this servjc©^ ^

DISTRIBUTION SERVICE
dis-
Solvay products afo stocked in over 100 conveniently ^^cated
tribution points. This gives Solvay customers the double
prompt service with minimum transportation charges.

Standard of Quality.Since 1881

You might also like